A NEW . MEDICAL DICTIONARY; CONTAINING AN EXPLANATION OF THE TERMS IN ANATOMY, HUMAN AND THERAPEUTICS, MATERIA "MEDICA, PHARMACY, COMPARATIVE, PHYSIOLOGY, PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, OBSTETRICS, CHEMISTRY, BOTANY, SURGERY. NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, WITH THE FORMULAS OF THE PRINCIPAL PHARMACOPEIAS, AND VALUABLE PRACTICAL ARTICLES ON THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE. ON THE BASIS OF HOOPER AND GRANT. ADAPTED TO THE PRESENT .STATE OF SCIENCE, AND FOR THE USE OF MEDICAL STUDENTS AND THE PROFESSION. BY D. PEREIRA GARDNER, M.D., m PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE IN THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF MEDICINA FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, ETC., IN HAMPDEN SIDNEY COLLEGE. CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW YORK, ETC., ETC. lit}*! NEWYORK: HARP1ER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS. 1 8 5 5. G22i>* Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred and forty-seven, by Harper & Brothers, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New Y~or l PREFACE. Dr. Hooper's Medical Dictionary has been, since its first appearance in London, a standard in the profession. It has almost completely superseded the books of this class which were in circulation antecedently, and retains its original and imposing position. The publishers have not, however, overlooked the necessity of frequent emendations to keep pace with the rapid advancement of the medical sciences. The present seventh London edition has been completely revised and considerably improved by Professor Klein Grant, a gentleman of distinguished medical celebrity. Actuated by the same liberal motives, the American publishers have determined to keep pace with the improvements in the medical profession, and hence the republication of this work in a new and more compendious form. Adopting the last edition of the English work as a basis, the editor has bent his exertions, in this revision, to the production of a dictionary entirely adapted to the use of medical students, while he has endeavored to retain all the practical matter of the previous writers, so as to make it equally invaluable to the general practitioner. He has made an addition of many thousand articles, and more especially in the departments of chemistry, physiology, surgery, and the practice of medicine; nor has he lost any opportunity of giving notoriety to numerous American improvements, wherever the limits of the article have permitted. Philadelphia, September, 1847. 9 A NEW MEDICAL DICTIONARY. ABB AX. Alpha privativum denotes the absence . or privation of any thing; as, aphyllus, leafless; aphonia, loss of voice: when the word to which it is prefixed begins with a vowel, v or n is inserted; thus, anorexia, want of appetite. 2. A. aa. ava, ana, of each, used in prescriptions after the mention of two or more ingredients, when it is intended that the specified quantity of each ingredient should be taken. 3. aaa. A contraction of amalgama, an amalgam. Aabam. An alchemical name of lead. Aarzhil, Waters of. They contain muriates and sulphates of lime and soda, oxide of iron, and hydrosulphuric acid. Abach, Waters of. A hyclrosulphureted saline spring. Abactus venter. Abigcatus. Abortion. Abaisir. Abasis. See Spodium. Abaliena'tio. Abalienation; decay of body or mind. Abalienatus. Abalienated; benumbed; corrupted. Abanga. See Ady. Abapti'ston. Abaptista. The old trepan. Abaremo-temo. A tree of Brazil, probably a mimosa. The decoction of its bark, which is bitter and astringent, was applied by the natives to ill-conditioned ulcers. Abarnahas. Magnesia. Abartamen. Lead. Abarticulation. See Diarthrosis. Abas. Scald-head. Ab a'ttoir. Abuildingfor slaughtering cattle. Abbeville, Waters of. An acidulous chalybeate spring. ABBREVIATION. (Abbreviatio, onis) f.) Certain abbreviations, consisting of signs, letters, or parts of words, are used in medical formula? and prescriptions, for the sake of expedition ; thus, R signifies recipe; h. s., hora somni; conf. aromat., confectio aromatica. See Prescription. A variety of characters or signs were used by the old chemists and pharmacologists: thus, the seven metals were represented by the signs of the planets after which they were named; as, gold or Sol by that of the Sun, 0; silver or Luna by that of the Moon, ]); iron by that of Mars, $, &c. All the principal substances used AB D in chemistry, have likewise their particular symbols. Abbrevia'tds. Abbreviate; shortened. ABDO'MEN. (men, inis, n.; from abdo, to hide.) The belly. The largest cavity in the body, bounded above by the diaphragm, by which it is separated from the chest; below, by the bones of the pubes and ischium; on each side, by various muscles, the short ribs, and ossa ilii •, anteriorly, by the abdominal muscles, and posteriorly by the lumbar vertebra? and muscles of the loins. Internally, it is invested by a serous membrane, the peritoneum (see Peritoneum), and externally by muscles and common integuments. The abdomen and the pelvis constitute, in reality, but one cavity, there being no partition between them. Abdo'minal regions. If an imaginary lino be drawn from the cartilage of the seventh rib on one side to the same point on the other, and another fine between the anterior superior spinous processes of the ilia, the abdomen will be divided into three regions. The upper above the first line is the Epigastric region, the intervening space is the Umbilical region, and that below, the Hypogastric region. Each of these is subdivided. The central part of the uppermost is the epigastric, and those on each side the right and left hypochondriac. The umbilical region is divided into the central, or umbilical and right and left lumbar. The hypogastric becomes the pubic in its central part, and has an iliac and inguinal region on each side. Abdomina'les. An order of Fishes which have fins placed on the abdomen, as the salmon, the trout. Abdominalis. Abdominal: pertaining to the belly; as, abdominal viscera, &c. Abdominal aorta. That portion of the aorta which is situated below the diaphragm. Abdominal aponeurosis. ' The tendinous aponeurosis of the oblique and transverse muscles which forms the linea alba and sheath of the recti muscles. Abdominal ganglia. The semilunar ganglia. Abdominal ring. See Annulus abdominis. Abdominal vertebras. The lumbar vertebra 1 . Abdominal viscera. The organs included in the tine abdominal cavity; those which lay in the pelvis are called pelvic viscera. They are. anteriorly and laterally, the epiploon, stent A B D A B I ach, and small iutestmes, mesentery, lacteal ves-j Abductok pollicis pedis. Thenar. Ab- 10 sels, the pancreas, spleen, liver, and gall-blad- ductor pollicis. It arises from the protuberi t> . . • ..i„j_j *i • -.c .1 i...i /• i i der. Posteriorly, not included within the eritoneum, the kidneys, supra-renal glands, ureters, the receptaculum chyli, the descending aorta, and the ascending vena cava. Abdomino'scopy. (From abdomen, and oaorreu, to explore.) Exploration of the abdomen. Abduccns labiorum. See Levator anguli oris. Abducent. That which draws apart. The sixth pair of nerves are called nervi abducentcs. See Nervi abducentes. Abduce'nteS. Motor oculi externus. ABDUCTION. (Abductio, onis, f. ; from ab, and duco, to draw.) 1. The action by which muscles withdraw a part from the axis of the body or of a limb. 2. In Surgery, Abruption. A fracture in which the bone near a joint is so divided that the extremities recede from each other. ABDUCTOR, (or, oris, m.) A muscle which performs the abduction of any part; its antagonist is called adductor. Abductor auricularis. Abductor minimi digiti manus.— Abductor auris. A portion of the posterior auris muscle.— Abductor brevis alter. Abductor pollicis manus. — Abductor indicis. Abductor indicis manus. Abductor indicis manus. Semi-interosscous indicis. Abductor indicis. It arises from the metacarpal bone of the thumb and the os trapezium, and is connected to the superior part of the first phalanx of the fore finger. Abductor indicis pedis. It arises from the metatarsal bone of the fore toe, the metatarsal bone of the great toe, and the os cuneiforme internum, and is inserted into the first joint of the fore toe. Abductor longus pollicis. Abd. long, pollicis manus. Extensor primi internodii pollicis. Abductor longus pollicis manus. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. Abductor medii digiti pedis. It arises from the inside of the metatarsal bone of the middle toe internally, and is inserted into the inside of the first joint of the middle toe. Abductor minimi digiti manus. Extensor tertii internodii minimi digiti. Hypothenar minor. Abductor auricularis. It arises from the pisiform bone, and the ligamentum carpi annulare, and is inserted into the inner side of the first bone of the little finger. Abductor minimi digiti pedis. Abductor. Parathcnar major and metatarseus, Winslow. It arises from the inferior part of the protuberance of the os calcis, and the metatarsal bone of the little toe, and is inserted into the first joint of the little toe externally. Its use is to bend the little toe downward, and to draw the little toe from the rest. Abductor oculi. Rectus externus oculi. Abductor pollicis manus. Abductor pollicis brevis. Abductor thenar Riolani. Abductor pollicis. It arises from the ligamentum carpi annulare, and the os trapezium and os naviculare, and is inserted into tho outer side of the first phalanx of the thumb. Its use is to draw the thumb from the fingers. The Abductor brevis alter of Albinus is merely the inner portion of this muscle. ance of the os calcis, where it forms the heel, and is inserted into the internal sesamoid bone and root of the first joint of the great toe. Its use is to pull the great toe from the rest. Abductor tertii digiti pedis. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the inside and inferior part of the root of the metatarsal bono of the third toe, and is inserted, tendinous, into the inside of the root of the first joint of the third toe. Its use is to pull the third toe inward. Abeba'os. Weak; infirm. Abellice'a. Hcsmatoxylon campechianum. Abelmeluch. This is a species of Ricinus, according to some authors: a tree growing in the neighborhood of Mecca is so called. Its seeds are black and oblong, and are alleged to act as a very violent cathartic. Abelmo'schus. Abelmusk. Hibiscus abelmoschus. Abensberg, Waters of. A cold sulphureous spring. Abepithy'mia. A paralysis of the solarplexus. Abcrratio mensium. Vicarious menstruation. ABERRA'TION. (Aberro, to wander from.) 1. The passage of a fluid in the living body into vessels not destined to receive it, as of red blood into the capillaries, constituting the error loci of Boerhaave. 2. The determination of a fluid to a part different from that to which it is ordinarily directed, as in vicarious hemorrhage. 3. Alienation of the mind, which is its most usual acceptation. Aberration. In Optics, a deviation of the rays of light from a true focus, producing a distorted or colored image. It is also used in astronomy to designate an apparent chango of place in stars produced by the earth's orbital motion and the progressive movement of light. Abe'sasum. Iron rust. Abcssi. Realgar. In Arabic, fa;ces. A'besum. Quicklime. Abevacualioit. An incomplete discharge of humors. Abhal. An Asiatic fruit from a species of cypress, believed to be powerfully emmenagogue. A'bies. The fir genus. See Pinus for the species of Abies. Abies canadensis. Pinus balsamea. Abies mungos scopoli. See Pinus pumilio Abies virginiana. See Pinus balsamea. Abie'tic acid. Acidum abieticum. An acid in the resin of tho Pinus abies; it crystallizes in square plates, and is soluble in alcohol. Abieti'na pix. Pix Burgundica. Abieti'nje. A division of the natural family Conifera, including those trees which produce cones with many rows of scales, under which their seeds are formed. Pines; firs. Abi'etine. Abietina. A resinous substance obtained from the Strasbourg turpentine. Ber zelius calls it the resin gamma of the same turpentine. Abie'tis resina. Thus, the exudation of the Spruce fir. Abiga. Teucrium chamospitys. ABO ABS 11 Abigea'tus. Abactus. Abio'tos. Conium maculatum. Abirrita'tion. Debility; asthenia. ablactation. Weaning. Abla'tion. (Aufero, to remove.) The removal or extirpation of a part. It is used in Surgery as a generic term, and divided into the species amputation and extirpation. Able'psia. (From a, priv., and (3Xeiro, to see.) Ablepsy; blindness. Abluent. Abluens. Abstergent. ABLUTION. (Ablutio; from abluo, to wash away.) 1. The washing of the body. 2. The separation of extraneous matters from any substance by washing. ABNO'RMAL. Abnormous. Abnormitas. Anormal. Anomalia. (ab, from; norma, a rule.) Irregular; not symmetrical or according to rule. Aboit. Abit. White lead. Aboli'tion. Abolitio. Destruction; as of sight, hearing. Aboma'sus. Abomasutn. Abomasiurn. The fourth stomach of ruminating animals. Abomina'tio. Disgust; loathing of food. Abo'rsus. Aborsio. A miscarriage. Abo'rtiens. Miscarrying. Slerilis, barren, in Botany. Abortifacient. Abortive. ABO'RTION. (Aborlio, onis, f.) Abortus; Aborsus. 1. Expulsion of the foetus before the sixth month; miscarriage. A birth after the sixth month, and before the ninth, is called premature labor, the child being viable. Abortion arises from an unhealthy condition of the mother or foetus. A nervous, relaxed, or plethoric habit in the mother is most calculated to produce this accident, which, frequently arising from constitutional causes, becomes habitual. It is often connected, where habitual, with diseases of the placenta. Violent shocks produced by fatigue, mental emotions, or physical violence, occasionally produce miscarriage, and should all be avoided by persons liable to the accident. Abortion occurs from the first month after conception, but is more frequent between tho second and third. It is attended with hemorrhage, pains in the loins, spasms in the bowels, and slight fever, but simulates laborpains in the more advanced stages. The' hemorrhage continues for several days in late cases, and may become dangerous. The treatment, when it has taken place, is to confine the patient to the horizontal posture, in perfect quiescence, render the bowels soluble, use cold applications to restrain hemorrhage, such as wet cloths, injections of cold water, or introduce a plug into the vagina when it is excessive ; the diet should be light. The great point of treatment in abortion is the delivery of the placenta, which is sometimes retained, and becomes putrid, producing a low fever in the patient, which is to be combated by quinine and diffusible stimulants, &c., as in typhus. The acetate of lead is used internally with good effect. 2. Tho product of miscarriage. Abortive. Abortifacient. 1. A medicine supposed to have the power of exciting abortion. Ergot, savine, borax, and those medicines which irritate the rectum, sometimes produce this ef- feet. 2. La Botany, flowers which do not produce perfect seed. Abortus. Abortment. Abortion. Aboulaza. A tree of Madagascar, which yields a medicine for diseases of the heart. Abrabax. Abraxas. Abrasaxas. A mystical term, 365. Abracada'bra. A Syrian idol. Abra'calan. Abracadabra. Abra'chia. (a, priv., and flpaxuov, the arm.) An absence of the arms. Abra'nchia. An order of the class Anne lida. Abra'sion. (Abrado, to scrape off") Abrasio. A superficial lesion of the skin. A very superficial xdcer or excoriation of the intestinal mucous membrane. A'brafhan. Abralan. Artemisia abrotanum Abrette. Abelmoschus. Abric. Sulphur. Abro'ma. A gum-bearing tree of New South Wales. Abrosia. Abstinence. Abro'tanum. Common southern-wood. See Artemisia. — A. mas. See Artemisia. Abrotoni'tes. A wine impregnated with abrolanum. Abru'pte-pinna'tus. Abruptly pinnate; a pinnate leaf which terminates abruptly without an odd leaflet or a cirrus. Abru'ftio. See Abduction. Abru'ptus. Abrupt. Abrupte pinnatus. A'brus. A genus of leguminous plants. — A. precatorius. A small shrub of Africa, the East and West Indies. Its root resembles liquorice. Its seed (Angola seed) is farinaceous, and used as food; it is of a bright scarlet color, marked with a black spot, and employed for beads. Wild or Jamaica liquorice. Absce'dens. (From abscedo, to depart.) A decayed part separated from the sound. ABSCESS. (Abscedo, to separate from.) An imposthume, boil, or gathering. A collection of pus in a part of the body, resulting from inflammation, which may be acute or chronic; the latter is attended with great constitutional disturbance, as in lumbar abscess. The pus is to be evacuated as soon as fluctuation in the abscess can be discovered, and the wound kept clean, and dressed with adhesive plaster or lint. Acute abscesses in unimportant parts are either discussed by leeches, counter-irritation, or, if too far advanced, matured by warm poultices. In chronic abscesses, and those formed internally, the strength is often to be maintained by gentle stimulants. Abscessus. The generic name of a class of diseases: A. lumborum. Lumbar abscess.— A. mamma:. Mammary abscess. — A. pectoris. Empyema.— A. pulmonum. Empyema.— A. oculi. Hypopiou.— A. gangratnosus. Anthrax. — A. capitis sanguineus neonatorum. Cephala> matoma. — A. spiritosus. Aneurism. Abscissa vox. Loss of voice. ABSCFSSION. (Abscissio; from abscindo,to cut off.) The cutting away some morbid or superfluous part. The premature termination of a disease. Abscissio piueputii. Circumcision. Absco'nsio. (From abscondo, to hide.) A A B S A C A 12 cavity of a bone, which receives and conceals the head of another bone. A sinus. Absi'nthate. Absinthas. A salt of the absinthic acid. Absi'nthine. Absinthina. Absinthia. The bitter uncrystallizableprinciple of absinthium. Absi'nthic acid. Acidum absinthicum. A peculiar acid of absinthium. Absinthi'tes. Abrotonites. ABSFNTHIUM. (um, ii, 11. AibtvOiov ; from a, neg., and ipivdor, pleasure.) Wormwood. See Artemisia. —A. commune. Artemisia absinthium.—A. noMANUM. Artemisia pontica. —A. vulgare. Artemisia absinthium. Absolute. Alcohol free from water is called absolute alcohol; also perfectly pure; as, huile absolue, pure oleine. ABSO'RBENT. (Absorbens; from absorbeo, to suck up.) Having the property of absorbing or neutralizing. Calamine, starch, &c, applied to ulcerous surfaces to absorb fetid pus, are termed absorbents. In Anatomy, the delicate vessels which take up substances from any part of the body and carry them into the blood. Seo Lacteal and Lymphatic. Absorbents. Bodies which neutralize acids in the stomach and bowels, as magnesia, chalk. ABSORBENT SYSTEM. The vessels and glands throughout the body which produce absorption ; they discharge, lor the most part, into the thoracic duct. ABSO'RPTION. (Absorptio, onis, f.; from absorbeo, to suck up.) 1. Imbibition. The function of the absorbents of collecting or imbibing the chyle and superabundant nutrition of the body; the former being the office of the lacteals, the latter of the lymphatics: by the latter, abnormal growths, fat, &c., are occasionally removed. The minute extremities of the veins are also endowed with the faculty of absorption, according to Magendie's experiments. Absorption is applied in pathology to the re-entry of morbid fluids into the system, as pus, dropsical effusions, &c.; in therapeutics, to the passage of medicines, either from the cutaneous surface or in any other way. By many physicians the action of numerous medicines is attributed to their direct passage to the parts remedied, or into the circulation. The conditions of absorption are the presence of numerous pores or vessels in the part, and an affinity between the substance and the membrane ol the absorbents or pores. 2. Absorption, in Physics, is the flowing of a gas or liquid into the pores of any other substance : this result depends on an electrical affinity of the two bodies. Absorption, interstitial. The removal of fat from its cellules, and similar offices of the lymphatic or absorbent system. Absorpti'vity. Absorptivite. The power of absorption inherent in organic tissues. Abste'mious. (Abstemius; ab, from; and temetum, wine.) Refraining from wine, according to French writers. Abste'ntio. A suppression or retention. ABSTERGENT. (Abstergens; from abstergeo, to cleanse.) Abstersive. Detergent. A medicament, which cleanses or clears away foulness. Abstergents. Abstergentia. Detergents. Abstinence. (Abstinentia, a, f. ; from abstineo, to abstain.) A sparing use of food. Abstracti'tius. (From abstraho, to drftw away.) Abstractitious; obtained by distillation. Absus. See Cassia absus. Abuta. See Cissampclos pareira. Abvacua'tio. A large evacuation of a ny fluid, as of blood from a plethoric person. Acaca'lis. An Egyptian shrub. Acacia. Gum acacia. ACA'CIA. (a, a:, f. Anaicia.) The name of a genus of leguminous trees and shrubs. The Egyptian thorn. Acacia ALTERA trifoliata. Acacia trefoil. Spartium spinosum. — A. falsa. Robinia.— A. germanica, v. nostras. The sloe, or Prunus spinosa.—A. indica. Tamarindus.— A. zeylonica. Haematoxylon campechianum. Acacia catechu. A tree of India; the extract of its wood forms catechu. ACACIA, GUM. Acacia gummi. Gum Arabic. Gum Senegal. Common sweet gum, obtained from Barbary, Morocco, and India.; it exudes spontaneously from several species of acacia, as the A. vera, Arabica, Senegal, &c. It is found in pale-yellowish, hard, brittle, and shining fragments, soluble in water; sp. gr 1-4; insoluble m alcohol; composition, CijHnOn when pure. The mucilage is prepared by dissolving one part of gum in two of hot water: it is demulcent, and an excellent vehicle for suspending oily medicines, which it renders miscible with water. Acacia vera. The name of the Egyptian thorn, or gum Arabic tree. Acacia veravel. The expressed juice of the immature pods of the Acacia veravel. This inspissated juice is brought from Egypt: it is considered a mild astringent medicine. Acacia: gummi. Acacia gum. Acaid. Vinegar. Acajou. The cashew nut. Anacardium occidentale. Acalai. Salt. Acalcum. Tin. Acale'pha:. Acalephans. A class of radiate sea animals, as the Medusa). Acalc'phe. (AnaAnQti.) The nettle. Seo Urtica. Acalyci'nus. Without a calyx. Acalypha. The name of a genus of euphorbiaceous plants. Class, Monadelphia. Order, Monacia. Acalypha indica. A Malabar plant used by the natives against gout and syphilis. Oil in which the«plant has been infused is applied by friction.— A. betulina furnishes leaves of aromatic and stomachic properties.— A. virginiaca is indigenous, expectorant, and diuretic. Aca'matos. A perfect rest of the muscles Acamech. Impure silver. ACA'MPSIA. (From a, priv., and Kaurrro, to bend.) An inflexible state of a joint. See Anchylosis. Acanor. An ancient furnace. A'canos. Acanthium. Onopordium acanthium. Aca'ntha. (a, a, f. Anavda; from attn, a point.) 1. A thorn or prickle. 2. The spinous processes of vertebra. 3. The spina dorsi A C C A C E nis. Ejaculate r seminis. Bulbo-cavernosus of Aca.vtha'bolus. A kind of forceps for re-1 13 moving thorns. Acanthalzuca. Echinops. Aca 'nthinum gummi. Gam acacia. Aca'nthulus. Acanthabolus. Aca'nthus. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. — A. mollis. Bear's breech ; brank-ursine. Branca ursina. The leaves and root abound with a mucilage. It is employed for purposes as althaia. Acapatli. See Iva frutescens. Aca'pnon. Marjoram. Aca'rdia. Acardiac. (From a, piav., and h'apdia, the heart.) Without a heart. Acaricoba. Hydrocotyle umbcllatum. Acaro'is resinifera. Botany Bay gum-tree. A'caron. The wild myrtle. Acartum. Minium. A'CARUS. {us, i, m.; from a, ueg., and Keipu, to divide, too small to be divided.) The tick, or mite; a numerous genus of insects. Those which are found in the human body are, 1. A. domesticus, domestic tick: observed in the head, near gangrenous sores, and on dead bodies. 2. A. scabiei (Scarcoptes scabiei), itch tick: this animal is white, with reddish legs. It burrows near tho exulcerations of the itch, and in the neighborhood of other ulcers: it is seldom seen except in hot climates. 3. The A. autumnalis, harvest bug, or wheal insect: the bite produces inflammation and swelling, accompanied by much itching. The insect is of a globular ovate shape, with an abdomen bristly behind. Other species are commonly known as the A. ricinus, or dog tick; the A. siro, or cheese mite; the A. dysenteria, or dysentery tick. The A. folliculorum is said to inhabit the cutaneous follicles. The irritation caused by these vermin is relieved by a lotion composed of equal parts of the aromatic spirit of ammonia and water. Acatalf/psia. (a, neg., and naraAapfiavu, to apprehend.) Acatalepsy. Uncertainty in the diagnosis. Aca'talis. The beny of the juniper. Acata'posis. (a, heg., and naranivu, to swallow.) Difficult deglutition. Acata'statos. Acatastaticus. Acatastatic. (a, neg., and Kadiarrjpi, to determine.) A term applied by Hippocrates, 1. To fevers which are irregular in their paroxysms. 2. To turbid urine without sediment. Acatera. The greater juniper-tree. Acatha'rsia. Without purgation. Acatsjavalli. A Malabar plant— Cassytha filiformis 1 It is astringent and aromatic. Its infusion is used as a fomentation in cases of hemicrania; and its juice, mixed tfeith sugar, is esteemed as a remedy for ophthalmia. Acau'lis. (a, priv., and KavXoc, a stem.) Stemless; without apparent stem. Acaweria. The root of the Ophyoxylum serpentinum. It is bitter, and much used in the East Indies as an antidote to the bite of serpents. Acazdir. Tin. Accatum, or accalem. Brass. ACCELERATION. (Acceleratio, onis, f.; from accelero.) An augmentation of motion. Accelerator urina?. A muscle of the pe- Winslow. It arises from the sphincter ani and membranous part of the urethra, and from the crus and beginning of the corpus cavernosum penis. It is inserted into a line in the middle of the bulbous part of the urethra. The use of these muscles is to drive the urine or semen forward, and to push tho blood toward the corpus cavernosum and glans penis in erections. Accent. Inflection ofthe voice. Accession. (Accessio, onis, f.; from accedo, to approach.) The accession or commencement of a disease. Applied chiefly to a fever which has paroxysms or exacerbations; thus, the accession of" fever means the commencement of the paroxysm, or approach of the febrilo period. Accesso'rius. Accessory. Connected with, or dependent upon, any thing; as, an accessory symptom, accessory muscle, accessory nerve, &c. Accessorius lumbalis. Sacro-lumbalis. Accessorius nervus. Accessorii Willisii. From the second, fourth, and fifth cervical nerves. The superior respiratory nerves. Accessory of the par vagitm. The superior respiratory nerve. Accident. {Accident; from aecido, to happen.) A casualty. An unexpected symptom arising in the course of a disease. The French writers use this word synonymously with symptorn. Accidental. Tissus accideutels. Accidental, or false membranes. Accidental colors. Ocular spectra. Acci'piter. (From accipiter, a hawk.) A bandage which was put over tho nose; so called from its resemblance to the claw of a hawk. Accipitres. The hawk tribe". Acclimated. Accustomed to a climate. Acclimatemcnt. Acclimation. ACCLIMATION. Becoming seasoned or accustomed to a climate. It is usually preceded by fevers or some specific disease, which is hence called the acclimating fever. Accli'vis. Obliquus internus abdominis. ACCOUCHEMENT. Parturition. ACCOUCHEUR. A man-midwife. An obstetrician. ACCRETION. ( Accrelio, onis, f.; from ad, and cresco, to grow.) Growth; growing together. ACCUBA'TIO. (From accumbo, to recline.) Childbed; reclining. Accumbent. Lying against. Acephalia. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and netyaAn, a head.) Absence of the head. Accusatio. Indication. Acedia. Neglect; fatigue. Acella. Axilla. Acephalobra'chia. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., KeaAn, a head, and X eip. a hand.) A foetus born without head or hands. ACE ACE 14 Acephaloc y'stis. (is, idis, f.; from a, priv., Ktuv?>, sound.) Auscultation by the ear of sounds produced by percussion. Acou'sma. A deprivation of the sense of hearing, in which imaginary sounds are heard. Acou'stic (From anovu, to hear.) 1. Belonging to the ear, or to sound. 2. An acoustic medicine is one used in disorders of the sense of hearing. Acoustic duct. See Meatus auditorius. Acoustic nerve. See Portio mollis. Acoustico-malleus. A doubtful muscle of the internal ear; the third, or external muscle of the malleus. Acou'stics. The science which investigates the nature and production of sounds. Acqu'a. See Aqua and Eau. Acquetta. Liquor arsenicalis. Acqui, Mineral water of. A thermal (167° F.) sulphur spring. Acquired diseases. Diseases which are not hereditary nor congenital, but dependent on some adventitious cause operating after birth. Acrai. A kind of satyriasis or nymphomania.—Avicenna. Acrai'palos. Acraipala. Remedial of the effects of a debauch. Acra'lea. (From aicpoc, extreme.) The extreme parts of the body, as the legs, arms, nose, ears, &c. Acra'nia. (From a, priv., and Kpaviov, the cranium.) Absence of the whole or a part of the cranium. Acra'sia. (From a, priv., and Kpaaic, tem- Intemperance of any kind.—Hippocrates. Acratei'a. Acratia. (From a, priv., and Kparoc, strength.) Debility; impotence. Acrati'sma. A meal of bread steeped in pure wine. A C R ACT 19 A'CRATOS. (From a, priv., and Kepavvvfit, to mix.) Unmixed. Acrature'sis. Inability to void mine from weakness (acratia) of the bladder. A'cre. (AKpn.) The extremity of the nose or any other part. A'crea. The same as acralca. A'CRID. (Acris.) Substances which excite, in the organs of taste, a sensation of pungency and heat, and, when applied to the skin, irritate and inflame it. ACRIMONY. (Acris, acrid.) Many diseases were referred to acrimony of the humors. The term is still partially used in medicine. The humoral pathologists distinguished an acid and alkaline acrimony. Acri'nia. (From a, priv., and npivu, I separate.) The diminution or suspension of a secretion. A'cris. (Anpiq, the summit of any thing.) The prominence of a bone.— Hippocrates. Acri'sia. (From a, priv., and npivu, to judge.) A state of disease in which no judgment can be formed, or one in which the prognosis is unfavorable. Acrites. Acrita. The lowest division of animals, as sponges, polypi, sterelmintha, &c Acritical. A'critos. Applied to a disease without a regular crisis, or to a symptom not indicative of a crisis. Acrivi'ola. Troposolum majus. Acroby'stia. The prepuce. Acrochei'ris. Acrocheir. (From aicpoc, extreme, and x £l P> a hand.) The arm from the elbow to the ends of the fingers. ACROCHO'RDON. (From anpog, extreme, and X op6n, a string.) A small, hard tumor or wart, placed on a narrow base, or hanging by a pedicle. Acrochor'ismus. A species of violent dancing. Acrocolia. The extremities. Acrodactylum. The upper surface ofthe digit. Acrodrya. Autumnal fruits. Acrodynia. (From anpoc, oSwn, pain.) An epidemic in Paris during 1828, '29, attended with great pain in the tendons, &c., of the wrists and ankles, sometimes attended with irruptions. It is supposed to have been rheumatic or nervous, and, according to M. Roberts, resembling dengue. Acrogens. (From a/cpoc, yevvau, to grow.) The Cryptogamia, or Acbtyledons, which grow only by additions to the extremities. Acroleine. An acrid volatile body resulting from the decomposition by heat of glycerin, or oils containing it. Form., CsHjOj. It is considered a hydrated oxide of Acryle —CeH 3 . Acroleine rapidly absorbs oxygen, and becomes Acrylic acid (C6H 3 0 3 -}-HO), which is analogous to the acetic. Acrole' nion. The Olecranon. ACROMA'NIA. (a, m, f.; from aapoq, extreme, and pavia, madness.) Total or incurable madness. ACROMIAL. Acromia'lis. Appertaining to the acromion. Acromial artery. External scapular artery. A branch of the axillary artery, dividing into an inferior and superior branch, and sup- plying the muscles of the chest and shoulder. They freely anastomose with the superior scapular, thoracic, and circumflex arteries. Acromial vein. Accompanies the artery. Acromio-coracoid. Related or belonging to these processes, as the acromio-coracoid ligament. ACRO'MION. (Acromium, i,n.; from anpoc, extreme, and ufioq, the shoulder.) The process of the scapula or shoulder-blade, to which the clavicle is articulated. Acro'mphalon. The center ofthe navel. Acron. (Anpuv.) The extreme part of a limb. Acro'nia. (knpuvia ; from aicpuv, an extremity. ) The amputation of any extreme part, as of a finger or toe. Acro'pathus. (AKponaOog ; from anpog, extreme, and 7ra0or, a disease.) A term applied by Hippocrates to an organ diseased in its extreme part; or to a disease situated on the surface or extremities of the body. Acro'phyton. Tussilago farfara. Acropodium. The upper surface of the foot. Acropo'sthla. Acropsi'lon. Acrosbystia. The extremity of the prepuce. The extremity of the glans penis. Acros. Extreme; summit. The activity of strength or of disease, &c. A'crospire. Acrospira. The young shoot of germinating seeds. Acrotarsium. The upper surface ofthe tarsus. Acrote'ria. The extremities of the body. Acroteria'smus. (Anpurnpiafa.) The amputation of an extremity. Acrothy'mion. A kind of wart described by Celsus as hard and rough, readily bleeding, with a narrow base and a broad top. Acro'ticus. (From anpog, extreme.) Affecting the external surface. Acrolica is Dr. Good's third order of his class Eccritica. Acroti'smus. (From a, priv., and Kporoc, the pulse.) Acrotism, defect of pulse. Asphyxia. Acryle. Acrylic acid. See Acroleine. Actas'a. Acte. Sambucus niger. ACTjE'A. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Family, Ranunculacece. — A. spicata. A. Christophoriana. Herb Christopher. Baneberry. A plant growing in mountain forests in most parts of Europe. It is very acrid; the root is strongly cathartic, and the berries are poisonous. — A. racemosa. Cimicifuga. Black snake-root. Rich-weed. The root of this plant is astringent, and its decoction has been used as a gargle in malignant sore throat. It is acro-narcotic, and has been used in chorea, epilepsy, &c. Actasa americana. Sometimes called red and white cohosh, from being found in two varieties, rubra and alba, with red or white berries ; it is found in the rich mold of shady and rocky forests throughout the Northern States to Virginia, and was in great repute among the Indians. It is a drastic purgative, and sometimes emetic. A'ctine. Bunium bulbocastanum. Acti'nism. Actino-cheixiistry. Actinoboli'smus. (From aariv, a ray, and (iaTiKu, to throw out.) Irradiatio. Diradiatio. An ancient term to designate the instantaneous A C U ADA 20 How of the animal spirits by which the volitions of the mind are communicated to the different organs. ACTI'NO-CHEMISTRY. (From uktcv, a ray.) That department of chemistry which treats of the action of the sun's rays. Acti'nology. (From anriv, and Aoyoc, a discourse. ) The science which treats of the action of the sun's rays. Acti'nometer. (From anriv, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument to measure the force of the sun's light. ACTION. (Actio, onis, f.; from ago, to act.) The exertion or operation of an active power. 1. Voluntary actions are those produced by acts of the will, as the contractions of the muscles. 2. Involuntary actions are those excited either mediately, through the nerves and spinal rnarrow, as those ofthe larynx, pharynx, sphincters, &c.; or immediately, as those of irritability. 3. Mixed actions are those motions or alterations of inspiration and expiration which constitute the acts of respiration. 4. Morbid actions are those derangements of the ordinary actions which constitute diseases. ACTION OF PRESENCE. Catalysis. A chemical term to indicate the property some agents possess of causing combination or decomposition in others without appearing to be chemically affected; as when spongy platinum causes the union of hydrogen with oxygen, &c. These actions are, for the most part, to be referred to capillary forces, or to the presence of ferments. ACTIVE. Activus. Acting with energy; thus we say an active medicine, an active disease. The term is applied to some particular diseases in a manner not very significant, as active hemorrhage, active aneurism. Actual. Actualis. Any thing which acts immediately; it is, however, usually restricted to red-hot iron employed as a cauteiy, and called the actual cautery; while a caustic, or escharotic substance, is called the potential or virtual cautery. Actuation. Actuatio. A word used to signify that change wrought by the vital powers on a medicine, &c. Acua'le os. A styloid process. Acuitas. Acrimony. Acui'tio. (From acuo, to sharpen.) Acuition. The sharpening of an acid liquor by the addition of something more acid; or, the augmentation of the strength of a medicine by the addition of something which has similar powers in a greater degree. Aculeate. Aculeatus. (From aculeus, a prickle.) Prickly. Acu'leus. A prickle. Aculeus ligneus. A splinter of wood. ACUMINA'TUS. (From acumen, a point.) Acuminate; or, terminated by a point somewhat elongated. ACUPUNCTURE. (Acupunctura, ce, f.; from ¦acus, a needle, and punctus, a prick.) An operation which consists in the introduction of long, fine needles into any part of the body with a view to the relief or cure of disease. This proceeding is sometimes termed acupuncturation. The needle is introduced with a slight semi-rotatory motion, and occasions very little pain; it is passed to the depth of from half an inch to two inches, according to the nature of the part where it is applied, and is allowed to remain from a few minutes to seV" eral hours before it is withdrawn. It has been observed by many practitioners, that one needle, allowed to remain for a considerable time, is more efficacious than several which are speedily withdrawn. Practitioners confine this operation to muscular, tendinous, and aponeurotic parts; but the Orientals pierce the abdomen with needles for the relief of colic and other affections; and M. Bretonneau declares that he has passed needles in all directions through the cerebrum, cerebellum, heart, lungs, and stomach of young puppies without any bad effect. On the Continent of Europe it has been tried, with more or les3 apparent success, in most diseases of which pain is the principal symptom, as rheumatism, neuralgia, gastrodynia pleurodynia, headache, toothache, &c. Acu puncture is not generally considered worthy of any confidence, except in cases of local pain quite unattended with inflammatory action: that form of chronic rheumatism in which the nerves are chiefly implicated, and which may be termed rheumatic neuralgia, is the disease in which this remedy has been found most unequivocally useful. The practice of making punctures with a needle, to afford exit to the fluid effused in anasarca and oedema, is as effectual as scarification, and much less dangerous; in this case, the needle ought not to be deeply inserted; the penetration of the cutis is all that is required. ACURGIA. .Operative surgery. A'CUS. A needle. See Needle. Acus cannulata. A trocar. Acus capitata. A pin. Acus interpunctoria. Acus ophthalmica. A couching needle. . Acus moscha'ta. Geranium moschatum. Acus paracentica. A trocar. Acus pastoris. Scandix anthriscus. Acus tri'quetra. A trocar. Acus veneris. Eryngium campestre. Acusis. The faculty of hearing. Acustica. Acoustics. Acusio. Nitre. ACUTE. (Acutus; from acuo, to sharpen.) Sharp. 1. Designates the shape of objects; an acute leaf is one which tapers gradually to a slender, but not a prickly or thorny termination. 2. In Pathology, it is applied to a disease which is attended, with violent symptoms, and whose course is short; it is opposed to chronic. ACUTENA'CULUM. (um, i, n.; from acus, a needle, and tenaculum, a handle.) The handle for a needle, to make it penetrate easily when stitching a wound. Heister calls the portaiguille by this name. Acy anoble'tsia. Incapability of distinguishing the color of blue. Acye'sis. (From a, priv., and Kvrjaic, pregnancy.) Sterility in women.— Vogcl Acyrus. Arnica montana. Adaca. Sphceranthus indicus. Adasmo'nia. (From a, priv., and daipov, fop- ADD ADD 21 tune.) Hippocrates and Galen use this word for uneasiness, restlessness, or anxiety. Adakodien. A Malabar plant, of the tribe Apocyneae; used in affections of the eyes. Adal. The part of plants on which their medicinal virtues depend. Ad all Lippia. A Malabar plant regarded by the Indians as an antidote to the bite of the Cobra di Capello. A'damas. Adapag. The diamond. Ada'mi morsus os. The thyroid cartilage. Ada'mica terra. The name applied to several kinds of bole or clay, which are of a red color. Adam's apple. Pomum adami. Adam's needle. Yucca gloriosa. Adami'ta, or adami'turn. A very hard, white calculus.— Paracelsus. ADANSO'NIA DIGITATA. The baobab. The pounded bark, leaves, and fruit are used by the negroes; they are mucilaginous, and supposed to be useful against fevers. Ada'rce. Ada'rces. A substance found incrusting the reeds and grass in the marshes on the sea-coast of Galatia. Formerly in repute for cleansing the skin from tetters, freckles, &c. Adarigo. Ardarneck. Orpiment. Adarticula'tio. The same as Arthrodia. Addad. A bitter, poisonous plant of Numidia. ADDEPHA'GIA. (a, as, f.; from addnv, abundantly, and 6aApog, the eye.) Inflammation of the meibomian glands. Adenophyma. Adenoncosis. Adenophyma inguinalis. A bubo. Adenosclero'sis. (From adnv, aud onAnpou, to harden.) A term applied by Swediaur to a hard, indolent swelling of a gland which is not of a sciiTous nature. ADENO'SUS. .Adenous. Gland-like. Adenosus abscessus. A hard abscess, resembling a gland. Adenotomy. Adenotomia. Dissection of the glands. Adepha'gia. Bulimia. A'DEPS. (s, is, m. and f.) Lard. (U. S.) Fat. A concrete oily matter contained in the cells of the adipose tissue. In Medicine, this word usually means Hog's lard: it is to be washed free from salt. Adeps is used in the same sense as Unguentum by some authors. See Unguentum. Adeps anserina. Goose grease. It has been used as an emollient, and also as an emetic. Adeps ovillus. Suet. Mutton fat. Adeps pra?parata. Prepared hog's lard. Lard is prepared for medicinal purposes by cutting it into small pieces, melting with a gentle heat, and straining through linen. Adeps suilla, vel suillus. Hog's lard. Adepta philosophia. Adcpta. (From adipiscor, to obtain.) Alchemy, which see. Adepta medicina. That branch of medicine which treated of diseases produced by astral influences was so called by Paracelsus. Adflatus. Afflatus. Adhasrentia. Adhesion. Adhatoda. Justicia adhatoda. Adherence. Adhesion. ADHESION. (Adhossio; from adhasreo, to stick to.) 1. In a general sense, the state of two bodies which are joined together' by attraction or the interunion of parts, or the act by which they are so united. 2. In Surgery, the reunion ol parts that have been divided, by a particular kind of iirflammation, called the Adhesive. See Inflammation. 3. In Pathology, the morbid union of parts which are naturally contiguous, but not adherent, by means of adhesive inflammation, as that of the pleura pulmonalis with the pleura costalis. The French writers usually make a distinction between adhesion and adherence; by the former they designate the act or process of uniting, by the latter the state of union. Adhesive inflammation. See Inflammation. Adhesive plaster. Emplastrum resina. ADIA'NTUM. A genus of Ferns. Maiden- A D I A D U 23 hair. — A. csthiopicum. Cape of Good Hope maidenhair. An astringent and aromatic.— A. album. See Asplenium murale.— A. aureum. See Polytrichum commune. — A. canadensc. Adiantum pedatum. — A. capillus veneris. Maidenhair. Adiantum vulgare. Adiantum verum. Capillus veneris. The leaves of this plant are somewhat sweet, austere, and mucilaginous, and are used in the preparation of the sirop de capillaire. — A. nigrum. See Asplenium adiantum nigrum.— A. pedatum. Adiantum canadense. Capillus veneris canadensis. Canada maidenhair.— A. rubrum. See Asplenium trichomanes. ADIAPHORE'SIS. Adiaphro 1 sis. (From a, priv., and diacfiopeu, to dissipate.) Defect of cutaneous perspiration. Adia'phorous. Adiaphorus. Neutral; inactive. ADIAPNEU'STIA. (a, oe,i.) A diminution or obstruction of cutaneous perspiration. Adiapto'tos. An electuary composed of stone parsley, henbane, and white pepper: it was given in colic.— Galen. ADIARRHCE'A. A suppression of any of the necessary excretions. Adibat. Mercury. A'dice. The nettle. Adipic acid. It results from the action of nitric acid on oleic acid, and occurs in rounded masses; volatile and fusible. Formula, C6H 4 0 3 -{-HO. — Laurent. ADIPOCE'RA. (a, ce, f.; from adeps, fat, and cera, wax.) Adipocere. A substance closely allied to spermaceti; grave-wax. It is the animal fat left after the decay of the fleshy parts. It is produced by the long-continued action of water on muscle. Adipocera cetosa. Spermaceti. Cetaceum. Adipocire. Adipocera. • A'DIPOSE. (Adiposus; from adeps, fat.) Fatty; as, adipose membrane, &c. Adipose arteries. This name has been applied particularly to the twigs of the diaphragmatic, capsular, and renal arteries, which supply the fat around the kidneys. Adipose ducts. Imaginary ducts of Malpighi, which convey the fat to the cells of adipose tissues. Adipose membrane. Membrana adiposa. The tissue in the cells of which the animal matter called fat is deposited. There is no good reason to suppose that it differs from common cellular tissue. Adipose tissue. See Adipose membrane. Adipose sarcoma. This is of the character of suet: it is found on the back and front of the trunk. Adiposis. Excessive fatness. Polysarcia. Adiposis hepatica. Fatty disease ofthe liver. Adipous. Adiposus. Fatty. ADI'PSIA. (a, a, f.; from a, neg., and thirst.) Absence of thirst. It is mostly symptomatic of some disease of the brain. Adi'pson. (From a, priv., and diipa, thirst.) A medicine which allays thirst. Adi'psos. 1. Liquorice. 2. The fruit of the Egyptian palm. Adi'tus. An entrance or approach. Adiuli'stos. Unstrained wine. Adjunctum. An adjunct or assistant. Adjutor partus. The midwife; accoucheur. Adjuto'rium. A name ofthe humerus. ADJUVANT. (Adjuvans; from adjuvo, to assist.) 1. That which assists in the cure or prevention of a disease. 2. An ingredient introduced into a prescription to aid the operation of the principal ingredient or basis. See Prescription. ADNA'TA TUNICA. That portion of the tunica conjunctiva which covers the sclerotic coat of the eye has been called tunica adnata. Adnate. Adna'tus. (From adnascor, to grow to.) Applied to some parts which appear to grow to others. ADOLESCENCE. Adolesce'ntia. (a,ce,i.; from adolesco, to grow.) Youth; the period of life between puberty and the full development of the frame; extending, in man, from the age of 14 to 25, and in woman from 12 to 21. Adolia. A Malabar plant, of the leaves of which, boiled in oil of sesamum, the natives make a liniment used to facilitate parturition. ADO'NIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Pheasant's eye. The roots of the A. verna and A. apennina were formerly supposed to possess emmenagogue properties. ADO'PTER. A chemical vessel with two necks, placed between a retort and receiver. Ador. Maize, or Indian corn. Adorion. The carrot. ADOSCULA'TK)N. (From ad, and osculor, to kiss.) Copulation or impregnation by mere external contact between the genital parts of the two sexes, without intromission. This takes place in many birds and fish. AD PONDUS OMNIUM. To the weight of the whole. These words, placed after the name of any ingredient in a prescription, signify that tho weight of such ingredient is to equal that of all the others put together. Adrachnc. See Andrachne. Adraga'nthine. Adraganthina. The mucilage which forms the greater part of gum tragacanth. Adram. Fossil salt. Adrarhi'za. Aristolochia clematitis. Adrobo'lon. Indian bdellium. Adros. A full habit or pulse. Adsaria pala. Dolichos. « Adspiratio. Adspiration. Inspiration. ADSPRE'SSUS. Approximate, pressed to, or laid to. Adstites geandulosi. The prostate gland. ADSTRICTION. Adstrictio. The action or effect of an astringent. Constipation. Adulasso. Justicia bivalvis. An Indian shrub used in gout. ADULT. Adultus. (From adolesco, to grow.) A term applied to animals or plants that have arrived at a state of maturity. ADULTERATION. The act of corrupting or debasing a thing that is pure, by some improper admixture. Adurion. Rhus coriaria. ADU'STIO. Adustion: a burn, cauterization. See Cautery, and Moxa. Adu'stus. (From aduro, to burn.) Adust: burned, parched. JEGO A E R 24 ADVENTFTIOUS. Adventitius. (From 00"-venio, to come to.) Accidental. Applied, 1. To diseases which are not hereditary nor congenital. See Acquired diseases. 2. To tissues which are the product of disease, as false Adversifo'hus. Having opposite leaves. A'DY. A tree of St. Thomas, Palma ady. The fruit is called caryoces, cariosse, and abanga. It contains a stone, the kernel of which, if infused in boiling water, gives out an oil of a saffron color, which becomes hard in the cold, and is used as butter. ADYNA'MIA. (a, ce, f. kdvvapia; from a, priv., and dvvapiq, power.) A defect of vital power. Adynamia virilis. Impotence. Adynamic. Adynamicus. Asthenic. A term applied to malignant fevers and other diseases attended with great debility. Ady'namon. A kind of weak wine. Adynasia. Adynatia. Adynamia. Adynatos. Weakly, sickly. iEr>/Ka. JEdoia. The genitals. (From aidoia, the parts of generation.) Inflammation of the pudenda. JEdgs oble norrhce a. Blenorrhcea. The description of the organs of generation. jEdceology. A treatise on the organs of generation. Nymphomania. Mtheon. The groin. Prolapsus of any part of the genitals.; Tho anatomy ofthe organs of generation. iEDorso'pHiA. The escape of wind from the womb through the vagina. jEeigluce. Sweet wine, or must. ./Egagropi'lus. A concretion of hairs found in the stomach of goats, deer, cows, &c., formerly called Bezoars, and believed to possess the same virtues as the Oriental bezoars. IEJgiks. Aigis. A white speck on the cornea, which occasions a dimness of sight. An ancient collyrium. .ffi'GILOPS. (ops, opis, m.; from atf, a goat, and aip, an eye: so named from the supposition that goats were very subject to it.) 1. The ancients apply this term to a sore just under the inner angle of the eye. The best modern surgeons seem to consider the ffigilops only as a stage of the fistula lachrymalis. 2. A name of the Bromus sterilis, given to it from its supposed virtues. A species of Orobanche, used in Malabar as a masticatory. .SSgi'rinon. (Aiyeiptvov, from aiyeipog, the poplar-tree.) A kind of ointment in which the iruit, or catkin, of the poplar was a principal ingredient. JEglia. .ffigias. JEGOBRONCHO'PHONY. The bleating sound of the voice with the bronchial voice, as in pleuropneumonia. .ffiGo'cEROs. Trigonella fanugrcscum. JEgo'lethron. Azalea pontica ? JEgo'nychok. Lithospermum officinale. jEgopho'nia. (From at?, a goat, and avn, voice.) A stethescopic sound, in which the voice of the patient somewhat resembles the bleating of a goat. It is characteristic of pleurisy accompanied with a small degree of effusion; if the effusion become considerable,, the peculiar sound is no longer heard. podagraria. Goat-weed; goutweed. This umbelliferous plant is sedative, and was formerly used to mitigate the pains of gout. iEGOPROso'poN. A name of a lotion for the eyes when inflamed. JEgripha. Agrippa. uEgritudo. Sickness; disease. jEgrotus. Sick; a sick person. vEgyptia. A medicine. JEgyptia moscata. Hibiscus abelmoschus. JEgyptia stypteria. Egyptian alum. /Egyptia ulcera. Ulcers of the fauces and tonsils, described by Aretaeus as common in Egypt and Syria — ktyvirrta nai Svpiaica e/l- Kea. jEgyptiacum unguentum. JEgyption. A name given to different unguents of the detergent or corrosive kind. The simple aegyptiacum is a composition of verdigris, vinegar, and honey, boiled to a due consistence. jEgyptius pessus. A vaginal suppository composed of honey, turpentine, butter, oil of lilies or roses, saffron, and sometimes a little verdigris. Aeichry'son. See Sempervivum. AEIPATHFA. Aipathia. (From aei, always, and iradog, a disease.) An inveterate disease; a continued disease. Aei'thales. The house-leek. See Sempervivum. Aeizo'on. (From aei, always, and £un, life.) The sempervivum. jEnea. A catheter. jEolecthyma. Small-pox; variola. JEollion. Varicella. jEolipile. A globular metallic vessel with only a small aperture or pipe, in which water may be heated, so that the steam jets out with considerable force. JEox. Aiuv. 1. The age of man from birth till death.— Hippocrates. 2. The spinal marrow. jEone'sis. A sprinkling or washing of the whole body. Aiuvtov. The sempervivum. iEO'RA. Swinging. A species of exercise frequently used by the ancients. jEqualis. Equal. jEquator oculi. The line formed by the closed eyelid. iEo_uivocus. Equivocal; doubtful. AER. (er, eris, m. Anp.) Air; a gas. See Atmosphere. jEration of the blood. Its conversion intoarterial blood in the lungs by the absorption of oxygen and loss of carbonic acid. Aerfactitius. Factitious air; gas artificially obtained. Aerfixus. Fixed air. Carbonic acid gas. Aer ingenitus. The air contained within the cavity of the tympanum MSC JETH 25 Aerated alkaline water. Water impregnated with carbonic acid. JEreolus. An ancient weight, the sixth part of an obolus, or about two grains. It was the same with the Greek #aA«ovc. Aerial plants. Plants, as the epidendra, aerides, &c, which continue to live on moisture imbibed from the air. The discharge of gas or emanations from sick persons. Aeri'tis. Aeptrig. Anagallis arvensis? JEro-enterectasia. Tympanitis. A'erolith. Aerolite. A meteoric stone. See Meteorolite. AEROLO'GIA. (a, as, f.) Aerology. Pneumatics. The action of the atmosphere on organized bodies is a subject of much importance in physiology. Aero'meli. Mel Aereum. Honey-dew. It is nearly identical with manna. AERO'METER. (From anp, air, and unrpov, a measure.) An instrument for making the necessary corrections in pneumatic experiments to estimate the mean bulk of gases. An instrument well adapted to this purpose has been invented by Dr. Marshall Hall. Aeropho'bia. (a, a, f.; from anp, air, and o6og, fear.) ? Dread of air—that is, of a current of air. This symptom is common in hydrophobia, and has been occasionally observed in other diseases, as hysteria and phrenitis. Aero'sis. Anpuaie. In the physiology of Galen, this term signifies the process by which the blood was supposed to be attenuated and converted into the vital spirits. Aerosta'tics. The science which treats of the elevation of bodies in the atmosphere, by means of balloons. Aerosta'tio. Aerostation. The raising of heavy bodies in the atmosphere. jEro'sus lapis. Lapis calaminaris.—Pliny. jEru'ca. Verdigris. Subacetate of copper. jEruginous. Of a greenish color, like verdigris. jERU'GO. (o, inis, f.) The ancient name for the rust of brass; (verdigris) jErugo airis. Verdigris. See Cupri subacetas. Ms ustum. Burned copper; a preparation consisting of equal parts of copper and rough brimstone, laid in strata, with a small quantity of common salt sprinkled on each layer, and exposed to the fire till the brimstone is burned out. It has been called JEs veneris, jEs cremantum, Cinis asris, Crocus veneris, &c. A2rugo preparata. See Cupri subacetas. MS. Brass. jEschromythe'sis. The obscene language of the delirious. jE'schos. Deformity. jE'SCULINE. The extractive matter of the horse-chestnut. JE'SCULUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of trees. Heptandria. Monogynia. —y£. hippocas'tanum. The bark is an uncertain febrifuge, and by some considered superior to Peruvian bark. For medical use, it is to be taken from those branches which are neither very young nor very old. It is somewhat astringent. The powder of the dried root is errhine. .ESCULA'CEiE. A natural order of exo- genous plants, consisting of the horse-chestnut and other nearly allied species. They are alt either shrubs or trees inhabiting temperate regions, and nearly correspond with iEsculus hippocastanum hi the structure of the flowers. Their seeds contain starch, and then bark is in some cases bitter and astringent. Brass. Freckles. See Ephelis. iEsTHEMA. A sensation or perception. jEsthematonusi. Diseases affecting sensation. ASTHENIC. (From aiadavopai.) icus. Affecting the senses. Deprivation or loss of one or more of the functions of sensation. The jEsthetica form the second order of the Class Neurotica of Dr. Good. iEsTHESis. JEsthesia. (Aiodr/oiQ ; from aiadavopai, to feel.) This term has been applied both to sensibility and sensation. jEsthete'rium. JEsthetcrion. (Aiodnrnpiov; from aiadavopai, to feel or perceive.) The sensorium. iESTFVAL. (JEstivalis; from osstas, summer.) Belonging to summer. JEstivatio. 1. The action of the summer on the animal economy. 2. The particular state of the bud in plants before the evolution of the corolla. .ESTUA'RIUM. (um, i, n.) A stove, or a vapor bath. iE'STUS. Heat: applied both to the natural sensation when intense, and to the morbid sensation excited by inflammation or any other cause. volaticus. A sudden and fugitive sensation of heat, which leaves a little redness of the skin; sudden heat or flushing of the face; Strophulus volaticus, or wild-fire'rash of children. /E'TAS. (as, tis, f.) The ancients reckoned six stages of life: 1. Infantia vel pucritia: childhood, which is from birth to the fifth year of our age. 2. Adolesccntia, oslas bona: youth, reckoned to the eighteenth; and youth, properly so called, to the twenty-fifth year. 3. Juvcntus, reckoned from the twenty-fifth to the thirty-fifth year. 4. Virilis oetas, ostas Jirmata, 30 years; octas constans, 40 years; oetas matura, 50 years: man hood, from the thirty-fifth to the fiftieth year. 5. Senectus, oetas provecta, oetas mala: old age, from fifty to sixty. 6. Crepita ostas, ostas ingravcscens, ostas decrepita, ostas affecta, ostas exacta, ostas extrema i decrepid age, which ends in death. jEthales. See Aeithales. jEtheogamous plants. The Cryptogamia. jE'THER. (er, eris, m.; from aidnp, pure air, or any highly subtile fluid.) Ether. A volatile inflammable liquor, obtained by distillation from a mixture of alcohol and a concentrated acid. The ethers are an important class of chemical compounds, which agree in certain general properties, but vary according to the nature of the acid employed in their formation. They are all highly volatile and inflammable, and have a peculiar characteristic odor. The sulphuric and nitrous ethers are extensively used in medicine, and the acetic and muriatic occasionally; the rest are not employed medicinally. See Ether. JE T H ilTI 26 /Ether aceticus. Acetic ether. A mild, agreeable, and diaphoretic ether. Dose, f. 33s. to f. 3ij. jSCther chloricus ? Has been used as an antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. ./Ether, Hoffman's. Spiritus astheris compositus. jEther hydrochloricus. The extremely volatile chloride of ethyl. It boils at 51° F. A spirituous solution has been used in doses of f. 3j. to f. 3iij. JIthee hydrocyanicus. prussicus. See Ether hydrocyanic. ./Ether martialis. An etherial solution of chloride of iron. ./Ether nitricus alcoolisatus. Spiritus astheris nitrici. jEther nitrosus. Nitrous ether. Nitric ether. Hyponitrous ether. This ether is placed in the Dublin Pharmacopoeia. It is rarely used, is very subject to decomposition, and is a yellowish, highly volatile liquid. Sp. gr., 0 - 94; boils at 6l£° F.; and has the properties of sulphuric ether. Composition, Ae0-f-NO3, or nitrite of oxide of ethyl. ./Ether fhosphoratus. Dissolve 3 grains of phosphorus in gj. of ether. (Paris codex.) Dose, gtt. x. to xx. Used in impotence, and as a nervous stimulant. ./Ether rectificatus. JEther sulphuricus rectificatus. ./Ether sulphuricus. jEther vitriolicus. Common ether. Prepared by distilling alcohol, Ibiiss.; sulphuric acid, Ibiss. It may be used externally in lotions, &c. Also prepared from alcohol, Oiv.; sulphuric acid, Oj.; and rectified with potash, 3yj., and water, f. giij. (U. S.) ./Ether sulphuricus rectificatus. (U.S.) Rectified ether. Take common ether, f. gxiv.; potash, gss.; distilled water, f. gxj.: distill f. gxij. at 120° F. Wash the product in f. gix. of water. Sulphuric ether is a perfectly transparent and colorless liquid; it has a fragrant, penetrating odor, and a peculiar, pungent taste: it is exceedingly volatile, and produces a great degree of cold by its evaporation: it is highly inflammable. It boils at about 98° F. Ether combines with alcohol in all proportions, but sparingly with water, 1 part only of ether being taken up by 10 of water. It readily dis solves the essential oils, camphor, resins, gum resins, wax, balsams, &c. When most completely rectified, it has a specific gravity of about -700. Sulphuric ether acts on the animal economy as a very diffusible stimulant; it is a powerful antispasmodic, and, under certain circumstances, has a narcotic effect. The common dose is from f. 3ss. to f. 3ij.; but, to produce any decided effect, it often requires to be given in larger doses than these; and, from the diffusibility of its stimidus, the dose ought to be frequently repeated, if any continued operation of the remedy he desired. Externally applied, ether may be made to act as a stimulant or a refrigerant: if it be prevented from evaporating by closely covering the place where it is applied, it excites a strong sensation of heat and reddens the skin; if it be allowed to evaporate freely, it produces extreme cold, and with this view has been appliedto the tumor of strangulated hernia to favor its reduction. When chemically pure, it is the oxide of ethyl: C4H5O. Sym bol, AeO. JEther sulpkuricus acidus. Elixir acidum Halleri. sulphuricus cum alcoholc. (Ph. E.) Spiritus astheris sulphurici. sulphuricus cum alcohole aromaticus. Spiritus astheris aromaticus. JEthcr vitriolicus. ./Ether sulphuricus. jEtherea. The ethers. JEthe'rea herba. Eryngium. jEthe'real. Appertaining to, or of the nature of, ether. ./Ethereal acid. Sulphovinic acid jEthereal oil. Oleum athereum. ./Ethereal tincture. A preparation in which ether is used in place of alcohol. jEtherolea. The volatile or essential oils. Salvia sclarea. iE'THIOPS. A name given to several black powders, oxides, sulphurets, &c. albus. The albino. ./Ethiops alcalisatus. Hydrargyrum cum creta. JEthiops animalis. The powder formed by burning various animals to a chide*. ./Ethiops antimonialis. A preparation still employed hi cutaneous diseases. It is made by triturating two parts of sulphuret of antimony with one of quicksilver. Dose, a few grains at first, which may be gradually increased to half a drachm. sEthiops auripigmentalis. Was made by triturating sulphuret ol* arsenic with quicksilver. JEthiops jovialis. Was prepared by rubbing together tin, quicksilver, and sulphur. martialis. The black oxide of iron. mineralis. mineral. See Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. narcoticus. ./Ethiops mineral. ./Ethiops per se. The protoxide of mercury was so called, because it may be formed by merely triturating the mercury for a long time when exposed to the air. Ethiops vegetabilis. A powder formed by incinerating the Fucus vesiculosus in a covered crucible. It contains iodine, and has been used in diseases of the glands. ./ETHMOID. See Ethmoid. jEtho'lices. Burning pustules on the skin. Furunculi, or boils. (From aidog, shining, and opua, a sight or spectacle.) The appearance of flashes of light before the eyes: a symptom common in several diseases. iETHU'SA. A genus of umbelliferous plants. — JE. cyna'pium. Fool's parsley. A poisonous plant which much resembles parsley. meum. Meum. Meum athamanlicum, Men and Spignel. Baldmony. The root is carminative and stomachic. It appears to be nearly of the same nature as that of lovage. Aetioi phlebes. The temporal veins. AETIOLOGY. JEtiologia. (From atria, a cause, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of the causes of diseases, divided by medical writers into proximate and remote; and the latter, AG A AG A 27 again, are distinguished into predisposing and exciting. iETI'TES. Lapis aquilce. Eagle-stone. They had wonderful virtues attributed to them, as that of facilitating parturition and preventing abortion. JEthogen. A compound of nitrogen and boron, remarkable for phosphorescing before the blow-pipe. jEto'cion. See Daphne mezereon. JEto'nychum. See Lithospcrmum. Affectio hypochondriaca. Hypochondriasis.—A. hysterica. Hysteria.— A. orthopnoica. Croup.— A. tympanitica. Tympanitis. AFFECTION. A disease. Also, certain conditions of the mind; thus, we speak of the moral affections. Affectus. Passion.— A. faucium pestilcns. Cynanche maligna.— A. hypcrodes. Dropsy. Afferentia vasa. See Vasa afferentia. AFFINITY. (Affinitas, atis, f.) This term has been used indifferently with attraction, but is commonly restricted to chemical attraction. Chemical affinity is generally supposed to be the result of the electrical conditions of the bodies combining. It was formerly divided into a number of species; as, disposing affinity, quiescent affinity; but these are merely theoretical, and have no peculiar importance. Affinity, vital. The power which regulates the formation of the various solids and fluids from the common circulating fluids has been called vital affinity. A'ffion. An Arabic name of opium. AFFLA'TUS. (us, us, m. ; from afflare, to blow upon.) 1. A vapor or blast. 2. Applied to a species of erysipelas, which attacks suddenly, as if produced by some unwholesome wind. Afflux. Affluxus. A determination of blood or humor to a part. Affluxio. Abortion. Affrodina. Copper. Affusio orbicularis. The placenta. AFFUSION. (Affusio; from affundo, to pour upon.) The affusion of cold water has been used in the hot stage of certain low fevers. The water is poured over the head. It sometimes cuts short the disease. It is also used in nervous affections, especially of the spine. Affusions may be also made with hot and tepid water. Sponging the body with tepid water, or vinegar and water, has now in a great measure superseded the use of the cold affusion. It allays febrile heat and restlessness, and frequently induces a gentle moisture on the surface. It is useful in most cases where the skin is hot and dry, but should be avoided where there is any tendency to perspiration; it is particularly serviceable in scarlatina, in which disease the heat of the skin is frequently very intense; it has also been recommended in measles, but its safety in this case is extremely doubtful. Afium. Opium. Afragar. Verdigris. After-birth. See Placenta. After-pains. See Parturition. Ag. The symbol of silver. Argentum. AGALA'CTIA. (From a, priv., and yala, milk.) Agalaxis. Agalaclio. Agalactatio. A defect of milk after childbirth. AGALA'XIS. See Agalactia. AGA'LLOCHUM. Lignum aloes. Agamous plants. The Cryptogamia. Agaric. Agaricum. Boletus ignarius. - Agaric female. Agaric of the oak. Boletus ignarius.— Agaric purging. Boletus laricis. AGA'RICUS. {us, i, m.) Agaric. Mushrooms. A genus of Fungi, with a cap, and gills underneath of a different substance from the cap. They vary greatly in their qualities. The poisonous kinds have either a narcotic smell or acrid taste, and are warty or glutinous. In poisoning, the mushroom is to be voided by emetics, and appropriate treatment adopted according to its narcotic or acrid nature. Agaricus albus. See Boletus laricis. Agaricus aurantiacns amlpseudo-aurantiacus. Amanita.— A. auriculmforma. Peziza. Agaricus campestris. There are several species of the agaric which go by this term; as, the Agaricus edulis, cantharellus, deliciosus, violaceus, &c. The eatable mushroom. Similar to it in quality is the champignon, Agaricus pratensis. Great care should be taken to ascertain that they are of the right sort, and not of a poisonous nature. Catsup is made by throwing salt on mushrooms, which causes them to part with their juice. None of the following species aro known to be dangerous, and they are all sold for food in different parts of Europe. Agaricus araneosus; cantharellus, the chautarelle; cortinellus ; albellus, the mUsk champignon; eburneus, the mugnaio ; ericetorum, the jozzolo; virgineus, the petite oreillette; auricula, the escoubarbe; eryngii, the ciccioli, which grows on the sea-holly ; tristis, the fungo appassionato; nivalis, the fungo dormiente; socialis, pivoulade d'Ecosse; ilicinus; tortilis, the mousseron de Dieppe; palomet, the palombette; virens, the verdone; translucens, the pivoulade de saule; deliciosus; subdulcis; procerus; cylindraccus; attenuatus; asper; solitarius,incarnatus; vaginatus; aroideus. Agaricus chirurgorum. See Boletus igniarius. Agaricus cinnamomeus. Brown mushroom. This species of agaric is of a pleasant smell. When broiled, it has a good flavor. Agaricus mineralis. Mountain milk; pure carbonate of lime, or rock milk. Agaricus muscarius. Bug agaric. Amanita. So called from its known property of destroying bugs. This*reddish fungus is the Agaricus — slipitatus, lamellis dimidiatis solitariis, stipite volvato, apice dilatato, basi ovato, of Linnaeus. It is intoxicating, narcotic, and often very poisonous. Agaricus necator. This has a yellowish juice, and is a deadly poison. Agaricus piperatus. Pepper mushroom; pepper agaric. Fungus albus acris. When freely taken, fatal consequences are related by several writers to have been the result. Even when this vegetable has lost its acrid juice by drying, its caustic quality still remains. Agaricus theiogalus. This has a yellowish juice, and is highly poisonous. A G N AGR 28 Agaricus vioi.aceus. Violet mushroom. This fungus requires much boiling, but when sufficiently done and seasoned, it is very agreeable to the palate. Agate. A siliceous stone. Agathis australis. Syn. Dammar a australis. See Cowdie gum. Agathosma. Syn. Diosma. Agathotes. Syn. Gentiana. Agave americana. Mexican aloe. The juice is said to be diuretic. Agave cubensis. The roots resemble red sarsaparilla. AGE. See JEtas. AGENE'SIA. Agennesia. Agenesis, (a, ce, f.; from a, neg., and yeveoic, generation.) 1. Impotence; sterility. 2. A term applied by Breschet to anomalies of organization consisting in absence or imperfect development of parts. AGENT. (Agens; from ago, to act.) Any thing which acts or produces an effect upon the body. In pathology, the extraneous causes of disease are called morbific agents; and in therapeutics, medicines, and all things used in the treatment of disease, are called therapeutical agents. « Agentia. Active agents. Ager natura?. The uterus. Agera'sia. A green and vigorous old age. Age'ratum. Achillea ageratum. AGEU'STIA. (a, ce, f.; from a, neg., and yevopai, to taste.) A defect or loss of taste. It is organic or atonic. Agglo'merate. (Agglomeratus; from agglomero, to shape into a ball.) Aggregate. Agglu'tinant. (From agglutino, to glue together.) An external application which unites divided parts by causing them to stick together. Agglutinatio. Coition. Agglutina'tion. 1. The natural process of adhesion in wounds. 2. The action of an agglutinant. AGGREGATE. (Aggregatus; from aggrego, to assemble together.) Collected together. Glands which are clustered together are called glandules aggregates. Aghcustia. Aguestia. Agiahalid. An African shrub resembling Zimenia. It is vermifuge, and the fruit purgative. AGITATION. Constant and distressing action of body or mind. Agitatorius. Convulsive. A'glia. A white cicatrix on the cornea. Aglossia. Wanting the tongue, from malformation. Aglutition. Agluti'tio. (From a, neg., and glutio, to swallow.) Inability to swallow. A'gma. A fracture. Agna'ta. Adnata. Agnathia. Wanting the jaw, from malformation. Agni'na tunica. The amnion. See Amnion. Agno'ia. (From ayvoeu, to be ignorant; not to understand.) The state of a patient who does not recognize those around him. A'gnus castus. See Vitex agnus castus. Also, Castor oil. Ago'ge. 1. The process of reasoning upon diseases from their symptoms. 2. The order, state, or tenor of a disease. Agomphi'asis. (From a, priv., and yofupuaig, a particular mode of connection between bones.) Looseness of the teeth. This word has sometimes been incorrectly written gomphiasis. A'gone. Henbane. See Hyoscyamus niger. Ago'nia. (Ayovia ; from a, priv., and yovoc, offspring.) Sterility; impotence. Agoni'sticon. (From ayuvioTqg, one who contends.) Very cold water, given in large quantity in fevers to overcome the morbid heat of the blood. A'GONY. Agonia. (Ayuvta ; from ayuv, a contest.) The struggle which precedes death. Ago'stos. (From ayu, to bring or lead.) The forearm from the elbow to the fingers; also, the palm or hollow of the hand. Agra. Aypa. An attack or seizure; a com mon suffix. Agrahalid. Agiahalid. Agre'sta. Veijuice. Agre'sten. Tartar before it is purified. AGRE'STIS. (is, is; from ager,a field.) 1. Pertaining to the field; the trivial name of many plants. 2. In the works of some old writers it is applied to a disease which is malignant or intractable. A'gria. Ilex aquifolium. Herpes cxedens. Agria'mpelos. Bryonia alba, or Tamus communis. Agrielas'a. Agrielaeos. The oleaster, or wild olive. Agrijo'lium. The holly-tree. Ilex aquifolium. AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA. Common agrimony. A mild astringent, corroborant, and deobstruent, used fresh in infusion, &c. Dose, 3ss. to 3ij. of the substance. AGRIMONY. Agrimo'nia. (a, es, f.) A genus of Rosacea;. Agrimony, hemp. 'Eupatorium cannabinum. Agrioca'rdamum. Lepidium iberis. Agrioca'stanum. Bunium bulbo-castanum. Agrioci'nara. Cynara scolymus. Agriococcime'la. Prunus spinosa. Agriome'la. The crab-apple. See Pyrus malus. ' A'grion. See Peucedanum silaus. Agriopastina'ca. Wild parsnip. Agriophy'llon. Peucedanum silaus. Agriori'ganum. Origanum vulgare. Agrioseli'num. Smyrnium olusatrum. Agrioste'ari. Wild field-corn; a species of Triticum. AGRIOTHY'MIA. (From aypiog, wild, and ¦ovpoc, disposition.) Furious insanity.—Sauvages. Agripa'lma. The herb motherwort. Leonurus cardiaca. Agripalma gallis. Leonurus cardiaca. Agri'ppa. A child or person born with the feet foremost. Agrippinus partus. Born with the feet foremost. Agro di cedro. The lemon, or citron Agroste'mma. The cockle. Agro'stis. Bent-grass. A H M AG U 29 agru'mina. Leeks; wild, onions. Agrun a. The sloe. Prunus spinosa. AGRY'PNIA. (a, a, f.; from a, priv., and vnvoc, sleep.) Watchfulness; sleeplessness. Insomnia. AGRYPNOCO'MA. A lethargic kind of watchfulness. Agrypnodes. Agrypnus. Watchfulness; sleeplessness. AGUE. An ague or intermittent fever is a disease consisting of febrile paroxysms which completely subside, and return at stated periods. During the intermissions, the patient is generally quite free from fever, but a degree of languor and inaptitude to exertion frequently remain. The febrile paroxysm of an ague consists of three periods or stages —the cold, the hot, and the sweating —and these follow in regular succession. The paroxysms occur at certain intervals, and the fever is called quotidian, tertian, &c, according to their time of attack. The cold stage commences with a sense of debility and sluggishness in motion, frequent yawning and stretching, and an aversion to food. The face and extremities become pale, the features shrink, and the skin over the whole body appears constricted. At length the patient feels veiy cold, and universal rigors come on, with pains in the head, back, loins, and joints, nausea, and vomiting of bilious matter; the respiration is short, frequent, and anxious; the urine is almost colorless; sensibility is greatly impaired; the thoughts are somewhat confused; and the pulse is small, frequent, and often irregular. In a few instances, drowsiness and stupor have prevailed to a degree amounting to complete coma; but this is by no means usual. These symptoms abating after a short time, the second stage commences with an increase of heat over the whole body, redness of the face, dryness of the skin, thirst, pain in the head, throbbing in the temples, anxiety and restlessness; the respiration is fuller and more free, but still frequent; the tongue is furred, and the pulse has become regular, hard, and full. If the attack has been very severe, delirium may occur at this period. When these symptoms have continued for some time, a moisture breaks out on the forehead, and by degrees becomes a sweat, which at length extends over the whole body. As the perspiration continues, the heat of the body abates, the thirst ceases, and most of the functions are restored to their ordinary state. This constitutes the third stage. The quotidian is sometimes converted into a continuous fever. The tertian, in which the paroxysms have a remission of forty-eight hours, is most common; and the quartan, with a remission of seventy-two hours, is most severe and unmanageable. But the intervals are sometimes longer, even to ten days; and occasionally we find two or three distinct types affecting the patient at the same time, as a double tertian, with two paroxysms on one day, &c These are called complicated agues. When agues arise in the spring of the year, they are called vernal; and when in the autumn, they are known by the name of autumnal. Intermittents often prove obstinate, and of long duration, especially in warm climates: they not unfrequently resist every mode of cure, so as to become very distressing to the patient; and by the extreme debility which they induce, often give rise to other chronic complaints. It seems to be pretty generally acknowledged that marsh miasm, or the effluvia arising from stagnant water or marshy ground, when acted upon is by far the most frequent exciting cause of this fever: it is by no means improbable, however, that other causes may sometimes operate in its production. One peculiarity of ague is, its great suscepti bility of renewal from very slight causes, even without the repetition of the original exciting cause. Ague is not generally a dangerous disease; in a few instances the cold or congestive stage has been so intense as to overwhelm the powers of life, but such an occurrence is extremely rare. The debility induced renders the patient liable to dropsical affections, dyspepsia, and visceral obstructions. The indications in the. treatment are to cut short the paroxysms, and to prevent their recurrence. The first is effected by the febrifuges ; the second is the most important period. The time immediately before a paroxysm is best for the administration of revellents, as emetics, stimulants, hot baths; a large dose of quinine, gr. x., is very effectual; in some cases, blood-letting. In the intervals between the paroxysms, quinine, gr. j. to gr. v. Cinchona, and tonics, often combined with aromatics and stimulants, are used. The liquor ai'senicalis, in doses of 5 to 20 drops, is used where quinine disagrees. The bowels must be kept in good order. When ague occurs in debilitated constitutions, or has induced debility by its violence or long continuance, a generous diet and a pretty free use of wine is often necessary during the intermissions. AGUE AND FEVER. Ague. Intermittent fever. Ague cake. The popular name for a tumor, consisting, commonly, of an enlarged spleen, which projects under the false ribs on the left side. It occurs in patients who have suffered from protracted ague. Ague, complicated. See Ague. Ague, dead. Ague, dumb. Irregular, or masked intermittent. Ague drop. Fowler's tasteless ague drop is a solution of arseniate of potash in water. The regular substitute is the arsenicalis liquor. Ague-free. Sassafras. Ague-weed. Eupatorium perfoliatum. Agui'os. (From a, priv., and yviov, a member.) Wanting limbs.— Hippocrates. Weak; feeble.— Galen. Agul. Hedysarum alhagi. Agyion. Weak; mutilated. Agy'rias. An opacity of the crystalline lens. Agy'rtes. Agyrta. An itinerant quack or mountebank. Ahme'lla. See Achmella. ALA ALB 30 Ahoval. See Thcvctia. Ahusal. Orpiment. Aidoromaxia. Nymphomania. Aiersa. Iris germanica. Aigrette. Pappus. AIMA. Blood. A prefix to many words, but commonly written Hosma, hasmo, which see. Aimatera. Hepatirrhcea. Aimo'rra. Anthemis tinctoria ? Aipi. Aipima. Aipipoca. Jatropa manihot. Air, atmospheric. See Atmosphere. Air, alkaline. Ammonia.' Air, azotic. Nitrogen. Air, dcphlogisticated. Oxygen. Air, fixed. A., factitious. Carbonic acid. Air, fluoric. Fluoric acid. Air, heavy inflammable. Carbureted hydro- gen. Air, hepatic. Hydrogen, sulphureieel. Air, inflammable. Hydrogen. Air, marine. Muriatic acid. Air, mephitic. Carbonic acid. Air, nitrous. Nitrogen. Air, nitrous dcphlogisticated. Protoxide of nitrogen. Air, phlogisticated. Nitrogen. Air, phosphoric. Phosphureted hydrogen. Air, sulphureous. Sulphurous acid. Air, vital. Oxygen. Aira. 1. Lolium, or darnel. 2. A genus of grasses. Hair-grass. Air-cells of the lungs. Bronchial cells. AIR-PASSAGES. The larynx, trachea, bronchi, nostrils, and pharynx. Airthrey mineral water. Saline and cathartic. Aithiology. Etiology. Aisthesis. iEsthesis. Aithomma. Blackness of the humors of the eye. Aitia. Aition. Cause. AlX LA CHAPELLE, MINERAL WATERS OF. A thermal (136° F.), strong sulphur spring, much used. The factitious water is made by mixing hydrosulphureted water, f. giv.; carbonate of soda, 3j.; common salt, gr. ix.'; water, f. gxviiss. This is the Aqua aquisgranensis. Aix. A city of Provence. It has thermal springs, slightly impregnated with saline matter. Aix. A town of Savoy. It has warm sulphureous springs. Aizo'on. House-leek. Ajava. The Indian name of a seed used as a remedy for the colic. A'juga, or Abiga. Teucrium chamaspitys. Ajuga pyramidalis. Upright bugloss. Is slightly astringent and bitter. Ajuga reptans is said to possess similar properties. Akatalis. Akatera. Juniperis communis. Akibot. Sulphur. Akinesia. See Acinesia. Ako'logy. Acology. Materia medica. AL. The symbol for aluminum. ALA. (a, es, f.; a wing.) 1. In Anatomy, applied to many parts, as ala, the arm-pit; alas nasi, the lateral cartilages of the nose; ales uteri, the broad ligaments of the uterus, &c. 2. In Botany, any lateral expansion of tissue. Ala auris. The upper and outer part of the external ear. Ala interna minor. Nymphos. Ala nasi. The cartilage of the nose which forms the outer part of the nostrils. Ala vespertilionis. That part of the ligament of the womb which lies between the Fallopian tube and the ovarium; so called from its the wing of a bat. , Alabaster. Alabaslrites. Formerly used in ointments. Alacab. Sal ammoniac. Alacform. Alaformis. (From ala, a wing, and forma, shape.) Wing-shaped. See Pterygoid. Ala? ingrassii. The lesser pterygoid processes of the sphenoid bone. Ala? majores. The labia pudendi. Ala? minores. The nympha). Ala? vomeris. The two laminae foiTning the sphenoidal edge of the vomer. Alafor. Alafort. Alafi. Alkali. Alagao. A shrub which grows in the Philippine Islands, of which the natives make cataplasms for diseases of the head and belly, for tumors, and for ulcers. Alagas os. A name of the sacrum and coccyx. Alahabar. Alabari. Lead Ala'lia. (From a, priv., and AaAeu, to speak.) Defect of articulation. Alana terra. Tripoli. Alandahal. Cucumis colocynthis. Alanfuta. An Arabian name of a vein between the chin and lower lip, which was formerly opened to prevent fetid breath. Ala'ntine. Inuline. Alaqueca. A sulphuret of iron. Alares musculi. Pterygoid muscles. Ala'res vena?. The superficial veins at the bend of the arm. Alaria ossa. The pterygoid processes of the sphenoid bone. ALA'RIS. (From ala, a wing.) Formed like, or a whig. Alaris externus. The external pterygoid muscle. Alate'rnus. Rhamnus alaternus. ALA'TUS. (From ala, a wing.) Winged. Alate. In Pathology, one whose scapulae project backward like the wings of a bird. Alauda arvensis. The field-lark. Albadara. The sesamoid bone of the greattoe, to which many extraordinary virtues were attributed by the superstition of the Rabbins. Albagenzi. Albagiari. Albagiaze. The os sacrum. Albamentum. The white of an egg. Albanum. The saline part of urine. Alban, Saint. A village in the department of the Loire, where there is an acidulous chalybeate spring. Albaras. Albara. Albarees. Albaros. The Arabic name for the alphos of the Greeks. Lepra alphoides.— Albaras alba. See Leuce. — Albaras nigra. Lepra Grcecorum. L. nigricans. Albaras. An alchemical name of arsenic. A'lba pituita. Leucophlegmasia. Alba'tio. Dealbalio. Albificatio. The act of becoming white. Albetad. Galbanum. ALB A L C 31 Albica'ntia corpora. Corpora albicantia Willisii. Two small, rounded bodies or pro- jections from the base of the brain, of a white color, anterior to the tuber annulare. Albinism. Albinoismus. The anomaly of organization which characterizes the albino. Albi'no. A Spanish term for the white progeny of negro parents, but now applied to all persons presenting the characters of the albino. The whiteness of the surface in the albino is pallid and death-like; the hair is white in every part of the body; the iris of a pale rose color, and it can not bear a strong light. The constitution is feeble. Albino skin. Albinism has been treated of as a disease under the name of albino skin. Albi'num. Gnaphalium dioicum. Albor. Urine. ALBORA. A disease complicated of the morphew, serpigo, and leprosy.— Paracelsus. Alborca. Mercury. Albotim. Albotai. Turpentine. Albuginea oculi. The fibrous membrane situated immediately under the conjunctiva, formed by the expansion of the tendons of the four recti muscles. White of the eye. Albuginea testis. A thick, fibrous membrane, of a white appearance, forming the proper tunic of the testas. Albugineous. A term applied to substances of a pearly or pure white color. Albugineous membranes. The fibrous membranes. ALBUGFNEUS. (From albus, white). A term applied by anatomists to certain parts on account of their whiteness; as, tunica albuginea oculi, tunica albuginea testis. Chaussier uses this term to designate one of the four fibres which he considers as elementary. Fibre albuginee. See Fibre, elementary. Gauthier calls one of the four layers into which he divides the rete mucosum, membrana albuginea profunda, and another membrana albuginea superficialis. See Rete mucosum. ALBU'GO. Albula. (o, inis, f.; from albus, white.) 1. The white of the eye. 2. A white opacity of the cornea. See Leucoma. Albugo ovi. The white of an egg. Albuhar. White lead. Album balsamum. Copaiba. Album canis. Album grwcum. Album ceti. Spermaceti. Album gra?cum. The white dung of dogs. It consists chiefly of phosphate of lime, and was formerly applied as a discutient. Album nigrum. The dung of mice. Album olus. Valeriana locusta. Album rhasis. An ointment composed of ceruse and hog's lard. ALBU'MEN. (en, inis.) 1. A substance so named from the albumen, or white of eggs. It enters largely into the composition of the animal fluids and solids. It abounds in the serum ofthe blood, the vitreous and crystalline humors of the eye, the fluid of dropsy, and the substance called coagulable lymph, and forms the greater part of most tissues. The white of eggs consists of albumen in a liquid form, and sufficiently pure for all ordinary purposes, being combined with water and a trace of soda and saline mat- ter. In this state it is a glairy fluid, without smell or taste, and easily soluble in cold water, but not in hot, since it begins to coagulate at 145°. When exposed, in a thin stratum, to a current of air, it concretes into a solid transparent substance, which is soluble in water, and, if kept dry, may be preserved for any length of time without putrefaction. The principal characteristic of albumen is its coagulability by heat. It coagulates at 160° F., and at 212° it shrinks and dries into a horny mass. The acids and metallic oxides coagulate albumen. On exposure to the atmosphere in a moist state, albumen passes speedily into putrefaction. Solid albumen may be obtained by agitating the white of egg with ten or twelve times its weight of alcohol, or with acetic acid; it precipitates in the form of white insoluble flocculi. Albumen thus obtained is like fibrin, solid, insipid, inodorous, denser than water, and without action on vegetable colors. It dissolves in potash and soda more easily than fibrin, but less easily in acetic acid and ammonia. It is also soluble in nitrate and sulphate of potash and soda, and other neutral salts. From its coagulability, albumen is much used for the purpose of clarifying liquids. There are many varieties of albumen, differing hi physical qualities, but being compounds of Protein, which see. It is highly nutritious, and convertible by the economy into fibrin. Orfila recommends the white of eggs as the best antidote to corrosive sublimate; and, as albumen forms precipitates with the solutions of almost all the metallic salte, it is useful against other metallic poisons. 2. In Botany, the substance which forms the chief bulk of some seeds, as corn, coffee, &c., and which is of various consistence, being feculent, farinaceous, horny, or ligneous. Albu'men aluminosum. Alum curd. Albumen ovi. Albumor. The white of an egg; used in pharmacy to suspend oils, fats, and balsams. Albuminorrhcsa. Bright's disease. ALBU'MINOSE. Proteine. That part of albumen or fibrin soluble in weak hydrochloric acid. Albuminous. Of the nature of albumen. Containing albumen. ALBUMINURIA. Albuminous urine. It is discovered by heating, or the action of nitric acid, which coagulates the albumen, and is a symptom of organic diseases of the kidney Bright's disease. ALBU'RNUM. (um, i, n.; from albus, white.) The new wood of trees. ALCAHEST. Alkahest. Alcaest. The universal solvent. Alcahest glauberi. Subcarbonate of potash. Alcahest respurii. This was formed by detonating nitre with metallic zinc, and U-eating the residuum with water. The water contained the alcahest. Alcahest zwelferi is acetic acid obtained by distillation from verdigris. • Alcalescence. Becoming alkaline. A'lcali. See Alkali. Alcaligene. Nitrogen. A L C ALE 32 ALCALIZA'TION. See Alkalization. Alca'nna. This name has been given to three plants. 1. Lawsonia inermis. 2. To a species of Filaria. 3. Anchusa tinctoria. Alcaol. The solvent for the preparation pf the philosopher's stone. Alcarge'n. Cacodylic acid. Alcarsin. See Cacodyl. A'LCEA. AA/cea. A genus of malvaceous plants. Hollyhock. — A. JEgyptiaca villosa. ¦See Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A. Indica. See Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A..Rosea. Common hollyhock. The flowers are mucilaginous. Alcebric vivum. Sulphur. Alchachenge. Physalis alkekengi. Alchachil. Rosemary. Alcharith. Mercury. Alchemia. See Alchemy. ALCHEMFLLA. (a, oz, f.) A genus of Rosaceous plants. Ladies' mantle. — A. vulgaris. Formerly esteemed as an astringent.— A. arvensis is slightly diuretic. A'LCHEMIST. One who practiced alchemy. A'LCHEMY. Alchymy. Alchimia. Alkima. This was synonymous with chemistry at first, but, owing to the theoretical views of the chemists of the seventh century, became the art of discovering the universal solvent, medicine, &c, and to some extent falling into the hands of empirics, has been of late much denounced. Alchitram. Alchitura. Tar. Alchitran. 1. Oil of juniper. 2. The residuum of a distillation. Tar. Alcibia'dium. Alci'bium. Echium vulgare. Alcimad. Antimony. Alcoates. See Alcohol. Alcob. Sal ammoniac. Alcocalum. Cynara scolymus. Alcofol. Antimony. ALCOHOL. The rectified product of the distillation of whisky, &c. That in the market contains 85 per cent, real spirit. The alcohol of the U. S. Pharm. is of sp. gr. 0-835, and represents the spiritus rectificatus of the London and alcohol fortius of the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. Alcohol is used in British pharmacy for the rectified spirit distilled from carbonate of potassa; in this way it is obtained with a sp. gr. of 0-810: this is nearly pure, and may be made so by repeated distillation from chloride of calcium, when absolute alcohol of sp. gr. 0-794 is obtained. It is the peculiar product of the vinous fermentation, and is found in quantities from 4 to 25 per cent, in beer, cider, wines, &c. It has a hot, pungent taste, is extremely inflammable, and a remarkable solvent of resins, some fats, the active principle of many substances, &c. It boils at 173° F., and is very volatile. It combines with some saline substances, forming Alcoates. Composition. —Hydrated oxide of ethyl, AeO-{-HO, or C 4 H 5 04-HO; many acids separate its water, and thus produce ether. Medically, it is a powerful diffusible stimulant, and when habitually used in its -stronger preparations, produces serious injury to the health. Externally it is applied in evaporating lotions. Li Pharmacy, it is much used diluted with one half water, as alcohol dilutum (dihitus), spiritus tenuior, sp. gr. 0*935, and proof spirit, in the preparation of tinctures, essences, spirits, elixirs. Alcohol is frequently used for tinctura or spiritus, which see. Alcohol, absolute. Pure alcohol of sp. gr. 0794, at 58° F. Alcohol ammoniatum. (U. S.) Take alcohol, Oiiss.; lime, fly.; muriate of ammonia, riviij.; water, f. fvj.; prepare as in the case of liquor ammonia. It is stimulant and antispasmodic ; dose, 3SS. to 3J. It is used in forming ammoniated tinctures. Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. (U. S.) Take alcohol ammoniatum, Oj.; oil of rosemary, oil of lemons, of each, f. 3ij.; oil of cloves, oil of cinnamon, each, f. 3ss. Mix, and add a little water to avoid empyreuma in the distillation: let Oj. pass over by a gentle heat. Stimulant and antispasmodic; dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3j. Alcoholic muriatic ether. A mixture of equal parts of muriatic ether and alcohol. Dose, gtt. x. to 3ss. Diffusible stimulus. Alcohol sulphuricatum. A. sulphuricum. Elixir acidum Halleri. Alcohol of sulphur. Bisulphuret of carbon. See Carbon. Alcoholate. Spirit. Essence. Apharma ceutical preparation in which a tincture is first made and then distilled, so that it retains only the volatile portions. Alcoholic potassa. Potassa fusa purified by solution in alcohol and evaporation to dryness. Alcoholmeter. The specific gravity implements used in ascertaining the purity of spirits. Areometer. Alcool. Alcohol. Alcoolcs. Tinctures. Alcoolats. The preparations called spirits. See Spiritus. Alcol. Vinegar. Alcola. 1. An Arabic name of aphthae, or the thrush. 2. A term applied by Paracelsus to the sediment of urine. Alcolita. Urine. Alcor. Oxide of copper. Alcornoco. Alcornoquc. The bark of an unknown South American tree, which has been introduced into Europe of late years, aud extolled by some as a specific in phthisis: it is slightly astringent and bitter. Dose, in powder, 3ss. Alcubrith. Sulphur. A'lcyon. A bird of the swallow tribe. Alcyo'nium. Bastard sponge. The ashes of this substance were formerly employed as a dentifrice ; they were also believed to promote the growth of hair, and were used against baldness. Aldehyde. The hydrated protoxide of acetyl, an ethereal fluid: AcO-j-HO. Aldehydic acid. The same as the acetylous acid, a volatile puugent body: it is readily converted by reagents into acetic acid. ALDER. Betula ulnus. Alder, berry-bearing. Black alder. See Rhamnus. ALE. Cerevisia. A fermented liquor made from malt and hops, and chiefly distinguished from beer by a less quantity of hops used therein. Ale ac as. Liquorice. Alec. Vitriol. Alccharith. Mercury. Alecost. Tanacetum balsamita. A L G A L I Alegar. Vinegar. C 33 Alei'mma. Alei'pha. An ointment. Alel.-e'o.v. (From ale, salt, and elaiov, oil.) A compound of salt and oil, applied by the ancients to tumors. Alema. Flour. ALE'MBIC, or Alambic. Alembicus. A chemical utensil made of glass, metal, or earthen-ware, consisting of a body, to which is fitted a conical head, with a beak descending laterally, to be inserted into a receiver. A kind of still. Alembic. Lead. Alembroth, sal. Hydrargyrum precipitation, album. Alembroth desiccatum. Sal tartari, or carbonate of potash. Alemzadat. Alemzadar. Sal ammoniac. Ales. A compound salt. Atese. Alexe. A napkin. A'LETRIS. A genus of asphodelea;.—Afarinosa. Star-grass. A plant common in the United States; it is a strong bitter, and is used as a tonic and stomachic. Dose, ofthe powder, 9ss. Aletron. Flour. Aleu'ron. Flour. Aleurotcsis. Sifting. Alexanders. See Smyrnium. Alexa'ndria. Prunus lauro-ccrasus. Alexandrinum. Au ancient form of medi- cine. Alexica'cum. An antidote or amulet. Alexipharmacum. An alexipharmic medicine. ALEXIPHA'RMIC. (Alexipharmicus; from to expel, and tyappanov, a poison.) A term applied by the ancients to medicines which were supposed to fortify the system against poisons, or to obviate their effects when taken. Alexipvreticum. Alexipyretum. A febrifuge medicine. Alexipyre'ticus. Alexipy'retus. (From to drive away, and irvperoc, a fever.) Possessed of febrifuge power. Alexir. See Elixir. Alexiteric. Alcxite'rium. (um, i.; A/Ufnrjipiov; from alei-u, to aid.) A remedy of any kind; but it was applied chiefly to alexipharmics. An antidote to external poisons. Alexiterium chlorium. Chlorine. Alexiterium nitricum. Nitrous acid. Alfatidc. Alfol. Sal ammoniac. A'LGA. (a, a, f.) A sea-weed. Under this term is comprehended all the sea-weeds. Algali. Nitre. Algalie. A catheter, or sound. Algarab. Anchylops. ALGAROTH. When chloride of antimony (butter of antimony) is thrown into water, a metallic compound is precipitated in the form of a white powder, which is the powder of algaroth, and is an oxychloride of antimony. It is violently emetic in doses of two or three grains, and is preferred by many for making the emetic tartar. ALGE'DO. (o, inis, f.; from olyor-, pain.) A violent pain about the anus, perineum, testes, urethra, and bladder, arising from the sudden stoppage of a virulent gonorrhoea. Alge'ma. Algedon. Algesis. (k.Ayrjpa' f from aXyeu, to be in pain.) Pain of any kind. Algekic. Lime. Algidus. Coldness. Algidafebris. Febrishorri'fica. Febris que'rquera. A malignant remittent, characterized by icy coldness of the surface. A'LGOR. (or, oris, m.; from algeo, to shiver with cold.) The feeling of coldness which is general in the first stage of fevers. Rigor. Algos. Algeticus. Algia. Pain. Alhagi. See Hedysarum. Alhandal. Colocynth. Alhasba. Measles. Alhenna. See Lawsonia inermis. Ali'bilis. Alibile. Fit for the purposes of nutrition. A'lica. Probably the spelt. A'lices. The spots which appear on the skin at the commencement of the eruption of the small-pox, and which afterward become pustules. ALIENATIO. Irregularity; derangement. Aliena'tio mentis. Alienation of mind. Pinel restricts this term to insanity, exclusive of those derangements of the intellect which are secondary or symptomatic of some other disease; as delirium, &c. Alienus. Delirious. A'LIFORM. (From ala, a wing, and forma, resemblance.) Wing-like. Pterygoid. Aligulus. A confection. Alimella. The parotid. ALIMENT. (Alimentum, i, n.; from alo, to nourish.) Any substance which, being subjected to the action of the digestive organs, is capable of affording nourishment to the body. Organized matter, or that which has possessed life, seems to be alone capable of assimilation with the animal system: hence, every aliment must necessarily be derived from the animal or vegetable kingdom. There are, however, certain inorganic substances, such as water, common salt, lime, &c, which, though incapable by themselves of nourishing, appear, when administered in conjunction with alimentary substances, to contribute essentially to nutrition. Food is azotized or non-azotized: the former only is capable of sustaining life. Aliments may be divided into: 1st. Farinaceous, or amylaceous: wheat, barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, potato, sago, salep, peas, beans, lentils, &c. 2d. Mucilaginous : canot, beet-root, turnip, asparagus, cabbage, lettuce, artichoke, cardoons, pumpkins, melons, &c. 3d. Sweet: the different sorts of sugar, figs, dates, dried grapes, apricots, honey, &c. 4th. Acidulous : oranges, gooseberries, cherries, peaches, strawberries, raspberries, mulberries, grapes, prunes, pears, apples, sorrel, vinegar, &c. 5th. Fatty and oily: cocoa, olives, sweet almonds, nuts, walnuts, the animal fats, the oils, butter, &c. 6th. Gelatinous: tendinous parts, as calf's foot; some fishes; and the flesh of young animals generally; jellies. 7th. Protein: the flesh and the blood of different animals; eggs, milk, cheese. A L K A L K 34 8th. Spirituous: wine, beer, cider, spirits. ALIMENTARY. Alimenta'rius. Nourishing ; belonging to food. Alimenta'tion. Alimentatio. The reception of nourishment. ALIMENTARY CANAL. Canalis alimentarius. Alimentary duct: a name given to the •whole conduit through which the food passes from the mouth to the anus. Alimentary duct. 1. The alimentary canal. 2. The thoracic duct is sometimes so called. See Thoracic duct. Alimos. Liquorice. Alinthisar. Elongation of the uvula. Alip-e'nos. Alipontos. Remedies which were of a dry nature, as powders, &c. Alipa'sma. Lipasma. Alipata. A tree which grows in the Philippine Islands, and is reputed to be highly poisonous; the juice, which is milky, and the smoke of the wood, are said to cause blindness. Ali'ptica. That department of ancient medicine which treated of inunction. ALISMA PLANTAGO. The water-plantain, the root of which has been used in hydrophobia. The fresh leaves are rubefacient. Alitu'ra. The process of assimilation or nutrition. Alizarine. The sublimed red coloring matter of madder. Alkafial. Alkafiel. Antimony. Alkahest. See Alcahest. Alkale. Pullets' fat. ALKALE'SCENT. Alkalescens. Slightly alkaline. A'LKALI, or ALCALI. A caustic substance which changes vegetable blue colors to green, and which combines with acids so as to neutralize their properties more or less perfectly, and to form salts. Potash, Soda, Lithia, and Ammonia are known to chemists; the three former are fixed, and the last volatile. Of late years, the list of alkalies has been augmented by a numerous and interesting class of vegetable substances, which have been called by some alkaloids, because they possess the property of neutralizing acids. Lime, magnesia, baryta, and strontia are called alkaline earths. The composition and chemical relations of the individual alkalies will be found under their respective heads. Alkali ammoniacum. Ammonia. Alkali ammoniacum spirituosum. Spiritus ammonias. Alkali, animal. Ammonia. Alkali, caustic volatile. See Ammonia. Alkali causticum. Caustic alkali. Caustic potash is used in surgery for making issues. Alkali fixum. See Potash and Soda. Alkali, fossil, mineral. See Soda. Alkali, native vegetable. See Alkaloid. Alkali, phlogisticated. Prussian alkali. When a fixed alkali is ignited with bullock's blood or other animal substances, and lixiviated, it is converted, in a great measure, into ferrocyanide of potassium or prussiate of potash. Alkali, Prussian. Ferrocyanide of potassium. Alkali, vegetable. See Potash. Alkali vegetabile salitum. The muriate of potash. Alkali, volatile. See Ammonia. Alkali, volatile, concrete. Ammonia carbonate. Alkalid. Alkes. ustum. Oxide of copper. ALKALI'METER. The name of an instrument for determining the quantity of alkali in the impure potash and soda of commerce. ALKALINE. Alkali'nus. Applied to a substance partaking of the nature of, or having in its composition, an alkali. Under the name of alkalina, Dr. Cullen includes those medicines which are usually called antacids. Alkaline air. Ammoniacal gas. Alkaline earths. Lime, magnesia, baryta, and strontia, which have the property of changing yellow colors. ALKALI'NITY. (Alkalinitas; from alkali.) The property communicated to bodies by the presence of an alkali. ALKALIZATION. Alkalizatio. The communication of alkaline properties to any substance. A'LKALOIDS, VEGETABLE. (From alkali, and etdoc, resemblance.) A class of vegetable substances possessing the property of combining with acids, usually representing the active principle of the plant; as morphia, strychnia. They are commonly insoluble in water, but dissolve in alcohol. As the vegetable alkalies agree in several of their leading chemical properties, the mode of preparing one of them admits of being applied with slight variation to all. The general outline of the method is as follows: The substance containing the alkaline principle is digested, or more commonly macerated, in a large quantity of water, which dissolves the salt, the base of which is the vegetable alkali. On adding some more powerful salifiable base, such as potash or ammonia, or boiling the solution for a few minutes with lime or pure magnesia, the vegetable alkali is separated from its acid, and, being in that state insoluble in water, may be collected on a filter and washed. As thus procured, however, it is impure, retaining some of the other principles, such as the oleaginous, resinous, or coloring matters with which it is associated in the plant. To purify it from these substances, it should be mixed with a little animal charcoal, and dissolved in boiling alcohol. The alcoholic solution, which is to be filtered while hot, yields the pure alkali, either on cooling or by evaporation; if not quite colorless, it should again be subjected to the action of alcohol and animal charcoal. In order to avoid the necessity of employing a large quantity of alcohol, the following modification of the process may be adopted: The vegetable alkali, after being precipitated and collected on a filter, is made to unite with some acid, such as the acetic, sulphuric, or muriatic, and the solution boiled with animal charcoal until the coloring matter is removed. The alkali is then precipitated by ammonia or some other salifiable base. The following substances have been brought forward of late years as native vegetable alkalies, but the title of several of them to be so considered is more than doubtful: ALL ALL 35 Aconitine, Crotonine, Narcine, Arcinia, Curarine, Nicotine, Atropia, Cusparine, Ficrotoxia. Brucia, Cynopia, Populine, Buxine, Daturine, Quinia, Capsicine, Delphia, Sabadilline, Chelidonine, Digitalia, Salicine, Cinchonia, Emetia, Sanguinaria, Codeine, Eupatorine, Solania, Colchicine, Hyoscyamine, Strychnia, Conine, Jervine, Veratria. Corticine, Morphia, Corydahn, Narcotina, A'LKANET. Alka'nna. See Anchusa tinctoria. Alkanet, bastard. Lithospermum officinale. Alkanna vera. See Lawsonia inermis. Alkant. Merciuy. Alkantum. Oxide of copper. Arsenic. Alkar. A medicine. Alkeke'ngi. Physalis alkekengi. ALKE'RMES. A celebrated remedy, whereof kermes is the basis. Alkerva. Ricinus communis. Alkitran. Cedria. Alkoel. Sulphuret of lead. A'lkohol. Alcohol. Alkool. Alkoolk. A preparation of antimony used to tinge the eyelids aud eyelashes black. Alkosor. Camphor. Alky plumbi. Sugar of lead. Allabor. Lead. Allama'nda. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — Allamanda cathartica. A shrub of Guiana, the infusion of whose leaves is said by Linnaeus to be useful in colica pictonum. ALLA'NTOID MEMBRANE. (From aAAag, a sausage, and eidog, likeness.) Membrana allantoidcs. A membrane of the fcetus, which exists in most of the mammalia. It is situated between the chorion and amnion; it communicates with the bladder by the canal termed the urachus, and contains the urine of the fcetus. It has been much disputed among anatomists whether this membrane exists in the human subject and some other animals. The membrane called vesicula umbilicalis is not to be found during the whole period of gestation, like the allantois, but disappears in the course of the third month; it is doubtful whether it communicates with the bladder, and, consequently, whether it contains urine; it has, therefore, been generally considered as connected with the nutrition of the fcetus. The vesicula umbilicalis is sometimes called tunica erythroides, especially in those of the inferior animals in which it exists. Allantoin. Alla'ntoic acid. By gently evaporating the allantoid fluid, it is deposited in the form of white acicular crystals. It is neutral. Form., Cy 2 -|-3HO. Alla'ntois. See Allantoid. Allantoto'xicum. (From aAAag, a sausage, and a poison.) A poison developed in putrid sausages made of blood and liver. It often proves speedily fatal, producing a low typhus fever. Alla'sia. A tree that grows on the coast of Mozambique. A cataplasm made of its leaves and applied to the loins is said to facilitate parturition. Allelui'a. The wood-sorrel; oxalis. All-good. Chenopodium bonus Henricus. All-heal. See Stachys and Hypericum. ALLIA'CEOUS. (Alliaceus; from allium", garlic.) Pertaining to garlic. Similar to garlic. Allia'kia. Erysimum alliaria. Allicar. Vinegar. Alligatu'ra. The act of bandaging a wound Allii radix. Garlic. Allio'ticum. An alterative medicine. A'LLIUM. Garlic. A genus of asphodelese. —A. cepa. The onion. It is acrid, rubefa cient, and stimulating, promoting the secretions, particularly expectoration and urine; and possesses antiscorbutic properties. Externally, they are employed roasted in poultices, to promote suppuration.—A. porrum. The leek or porret Porum. Similar to the onion.—A. sativum. Garlic. Every part of the plant, but more especially the bulb, has a pungent, acrimonious taste, and a peculiarly offensive, strong smell. These properties depend on an essential oil. It has the same properties as the onion, but is very much more active. Dose, 1 to 3 cloves; of the juice, f. 3ss. to 5j. The syrup is an officinal preparation. (U. S.) — Allium ascalonicum is the shallot.— A. schamoprasum. The chive.— A. scorodoprasum. The rochambole. Allium gallicum. Portulaca* Allium victoriale. VictoriaHs longa. The root, which, when dried, loses "its alliaceous smell and taste, is said to be efficacious in allaying the abdominal spasms of gravid females 1 Allium redolens. Teucrium scordium. Allochoos. Delirious. Allgso/sis. (AAAoiuoic; from aAAoioo, to> change.) A change in the constitution. Allgso'ticus. (From aAAoiou, to change.) Applied to a medicine capable of effecting a change in the constitution— aAAoiuriKa tyappana, alterative medicines. ALLOPATHY. Allopathi'a. (From alloc, other, and nadog, a disease.) The effect of a medicine which cures a diseased action by establishing another of a different kind. Allo'phasis. Dehrium; incoherence. Allotriophagi'a. (a, ce, f.; from aAAorpiog r foreign, and ayu, to eat.) Depraved appetite. Allotropism. Allotropy. The change of property witnessed in elementary bodies, as in chlorine, carbon, &c. Alloxan. A crystalline solid produced by the action of strong nitric acid on uric acid. It is the erythric acid of Brugnatelli; formula, C8H4N2O10. It is converted into alloxanic acid by alkalies, and into alloxantin by sulphureted hydrogen and other agents. Alloxan and alloxantin are compounds of uril; the 1st, 2U1.-J- Oi+4HO; the 2d, 2Ul.+0-|-5HO. ALLOY. Metallic compounds in general.. Thus, brass is called an alloy of copper and] zinc ; bell metal, an alloy of copper and tin- ALLSPICE. See Myrtus pimenta. Allyl. A hypothetical radical in the pun gent principles of garlic, mustard, and simila, plants. ALO ALP Aloe depurata. A. lota. An old extract. Aloe insuccata. An old aromatic extract Alma. Water. 36 Almaranda. Almakis. Almartak. Litharge. Almarkasita. Mercury. Almelilektu. A word used by Avicenna to express a preternatural heat less than that of fever, and which may continue after a fever. Almezekion. Cneorum tricoccum. Almisadir. Sal ammoniac. Almizadir. Verdigris. ALMOND. See Amygdalus. Almond cake. The cake left after the ex- pression of the oil. Almond paste. This is made, of four ounces of blanched bitter almonds, the white of an egg, rose water, and rectified spirits, equal parts, as much as may be sufficient. It is a cosmetic for softening the skin and preventing chaps. Almonds of the ears. External glands of the neck situated near the ears. The parotid. Almonds of the throat. See Tonsils. Almuri. A cathartic preparation. Alnus rotundifolia. Betula alnus. Alnus nigra. Rhamnus frangula. A'LOE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants in the family Liliacea?. Much confusion exists as to the plants from which the numerous kinds of aloes are derived, the A. perfoliate of Linnaeus having been divided into a number of species. Aloe vulgaris yields Barbadoes aloes. Aloe socotorina, the socotorine. Aloe spicata, which is the only officinal species, yields Cape aloes. , The active principle of aloes is called aloe'sin; it is a saponaceous, extractive, and bitter substance, present to the extent of 81 per cent, in Barbadoes aloes. It is soluble in water. They also contain a resinous extractive matter. The terms aloeresinic and aloetic acids are given to the two Bodies making up the bitter principle. The socotorine aloes yield by distillation a volatile oil which is not obtained from the Barbadoes. The several kinds of aloes are dissolved almost entirely by boiling water, but the resin is deposited as the solution cools. Their solubility is increased by the addition of alkalies or their carbonates. All the kinds of aloes are soluble in proof spirits. Aloes are a well-known stimulating purgative, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic. The medium dose is from 5 to 15 grains, nor does a larger quantity operate more effectually. Their effect is exerted on the large intestines, and principally on the rectum; when administered as a decoction, little of this peculiar effect is observed. Aloes sometimes can not be employed. It has the effect of stimulating the rectum more than other purges, and with justice has been accused of exciting hemorrhoidal swellings, so that we ought to abstain from it in such cases, as well as in cases where there is inflammation or irritation of the intestinal canal; it is improper in pregnancy. Aloes are too nauseous to be given in powder. They are most frequently exhibited in the form of pill, combined with purgatives, aromatics, bitters, or other medicines, according to the effect desired to be produced. The best liquid form is the Decoctum aloes compositum. Aloe Aloe guineensis. Aloes. of aloes. Aloe socotorina. Aloe zocotorina. Aloes. Aloeda'rium. kAondaptov. A name given by the Greeks to various cathartic compounds containing aloes as a principal ingredient. Aloephangina? pilula?. See Pilules alephangines. ALOES. The dried j uice of different species of aloe. The commercial varieties are, Cape, socotorine, and hepatic or Barbadoes. Sometimes we also hear of Mocha, Indian, and Caballine, or horse aloes. Aloes, Cape. Shining aloes. Very dark olive color; vitreous fracture; it is the kind used almost exclusively in the United States. Aloes, common. Cape aloes. Aloes, fetid. Horse aloes.— A. barbadensis. Barbadoes aloes.— A. lucida. Aloes socotorina. — A. extractum. Aloes. Aloes, hepatic. Barbadoes aloes. Reddish brown; aromatic, but unpleasant; rather soft; little used in the United States. Aloes, horse. Aloes. Dose, jvj. for ahorse. Aloes, lignum. See Lignum aloes. Aloes, socotorina. Turkey aloes. Aloe indica, Reddish yellow; fragrant; garnet edges when examined by transmitted light; glossy, and sometimes with vitreous fracture. It is seldom met with in the United States, but every kind is passed under this name by dealers. Aloes, spiked. Aloe. Aloes wood. See Lignum aloes. Aloesin. Aloeresinic. Aloetic acid. Aloes. ALOE'TIC. Aloeticus. A medicine in which aloes is the chief ingredient. Aloetic acid. Chevreuil regards it as artificial tannin. ALOGOTROPHI'A. (From aloyog, disproportionate, and rptu, to nourish.) A term employed by some writers to designate an unequal nutrition of different parts ofthe body, especially of the bones in rachitis. ALO'PECES. The psoae muscles. ALOPE'CIA. (a, es. f.) Baldness. Alopecia areata. Porrigo declavens. Alouchi. The name of a gum obtained from the canella alba tree. Alpam. A Malabar shrub, from which an ointment for the itch is prepared. The juice of the leaves mixed with that of the calamus is used against the bite of serpents. Alpha, a. A very common prefix in chemistry to distinguish varieties; as, alpha orcein, alpha resin, &c. A'lphiton. Flour, especially barley-meal. Alphite'don. A fracture in which a bone is broken into small fragments. ALPHO'NSIN. The name of an instrument for extracting balls. It consists of three branches, which separate from each other by their elasticity, but are capable of being closed by means of a tube in which they are included. ALPHO'SIS. The albino-skin. A'LPHUS. Alphos. Lepra alphoides. Alpi'ni balsamum. Balm of Gilead. Amy- ris gileadensis. Alpinia card amomum. A name given to the cardamom plant. ALU ALV 37 Alratica. A partial or total imperforation ofthe vagina. Alsamach. The external auditory foramen. Alsech. Alumen plumosum. ALSI'NE. See Stellaria. Altafor. Camphor. A'LTER ATIVE. Alteram. That which re-establishes the healthy functions of the animal economy, without producing any sensible evacuation by perspiration, purging, or vomiting. Altercum, or Altercangenon. Hyoscyamus niger. Alterna? planta?. Altemate-leaved plants. ALTILE'A. The name of a genus of malvaceous plants. The marshmallow. — Althaea officinalis. It abounds in mucus, and is useful as a demulcent in coughs, catarrhs, dysuria, &c. Both the root and leaves are employed medicinally. Althaea is generally used in decoction and syrup. The root and leaves are officinal. Althanaca. Althanacha. Orpiment. Althea, or Altheine. A substance found by Braconnot in the marshmallow. It is the same with asparagin.. Althebegium. An Arabian name for a sort of swelling, which is observed in cachectic and leucophlegmatic habits. Altheben. Pterygium or pannus. ygium. ALTHE'XIS. The cure of a distemper. Thence Altheus, a physician. Althionic acid. It is isomeric with the sulphovinic, and formed in the same way. Altilibat. Turpentine. A'LUDEL. A subliming vessel. ALUM. The officinal salt is a double sulphate of alumina and potassa. There are also alums which contain soda, ammonia, &c, in place of these components, and some with iron, or oxides of chrome or manganese in place of the alumina. Alum has a sweetish and very astringent taste. Its specific gravity is about 1-71. It is soluble in five parts of water at 60° F., and in rather more than its own weight of boiling water. It crystallizes in octohedrons, or segments of the octahedron. When the crystals are exposed to a gentle heat, they undergo the watery fusion; and when to a stronger heat, they swell, part with all their water, which amounts to nearly 50 per cent., and subside into a opaque, friable, spongy substance: this is to9 alumen exsiccatum, or alumen ustum of the Pharmacopoeias. In medicine, alum is internally applied as an astringent in cases of passive hemorrhage ; in those of an active character it is less applicable: the dose is from 5* to 20 grains every hour or two till the bleeding is .restrained. As an astringent tonic, alum may be given in the dose of 10 grains made into a bolus, three times a day, or in whey. Externally, alum is much employed by surgeons as an astringent lotion for the eyes. From 2 to 5 grains to an ounce of rose water forms a proper collyrium. It is also applied as a styptic to bleeding vessels; as a mild escharotic to fungous ulcers, and as an astringent to those with flabby granulations. Alum is much used as an ingredient in gar* gles for sore throat, relaxation of the uvula, and aphtha; and injections for gleet, leucorrhoea, &c. Alum, compound solution of. See Liquor aluminis compositus. Alum curd. Alum curd of Riverius. A coagulum made by agitating briskly 3j. of alum with the white of an egg. Alum root. Hcuchera cortusa. Alum whey. Serum aluminosum. A whey made by boiling two drachms of alum with a pint of milk, and then straining. Dose, 3ij.' Alumen catinum. An old name for potashes. Alumen deRochi. Alumen Rochi Gallis&re impure kinds of alum formerly in the market. Alumen exsiccatum. A. ustum. A. calcinatum. Dried alum. It is escharotic Alumen factitium. A. crystallinum. A. commune. See Alum. Alumen fixum. Potash. Alumen kinosatum. Pulvis aluminis compositus. Alumen rubrum. A. romanum. A. rutilum. The Roman alum, which is of a reddish color, and nearly free from iron. Alumen rupeum. Native alum. Alumen saccharinum. A cosmetic prepared with alum, rose-water, and the white of e SS s - . - ... ALU'MINA. (a, as, f.) Alumine : earth of alum, argil, or argillaceous earth. A white, insoluble, veiy infusible powder. . The sesquioxide of aluminum. It is the basis of clay, kaolin, tho sapphire, and ruby. It combines with acids, but is not a very powerful base. The acetate and sulphate of alumina, as well as the chloride of aluminum, possess the most extraordinary antiseptic properties. Solutions of these bodies will perfectly preserve animal remains. Alumina pura. Alumina. Alumina: sales. See Alumina. Alumina? sulphas acidulus cum potassa. Alum. Alumina? et potassa? hypersulphas. Alum. Alumina? sulphas fusus. The Alumen exsiccatum. Aluminous. Aluminosus. Pertaining to, or partaking of, the nature of alum. Aluminous acid. Sulphuric acid. ' ALU'MINUM, or ALUMPNIUM. (um, i, n.) The metallic base of alumina. It is prepared from the chloride, and somewhat resembles platinum in powder. Alus. Comfrey. Alusar. Manna. ALU'SIA. (a, as, f.; from alvoic, a wandering.) Illusion; hallucination. The name given by Dr. Good to a genus of diseases, includmg Alusia clatio, sentimentalism, or mental extravagance ; and Alusia hypochondrias, hypochondrism, or low spirits. Alvaquilla. Psoralea glandulosa. ALVEA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) The meatus auditorius externus of the ear. A'lveo-labia'lis. The buccinator muscle. ALVE'OLAR. Alveolaris. Appertaining to the alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. A M A A M A 38 Alveolar artery. The superior maxillary. Alveolar membrane. The membrane lying between the tooth and alveolus. Alveolar structure. The minute cellular structure of the intestinal mucous membrane; full of small pits. Alveola'tus. (From alveolus, a little cavity.) Alveolate; having small cavities. ALVE'OLUS. (us, i, m.) A diminutive of alveus, a cavity.) The socket of a tooth. A'lveus ampulla'scens. The tumid part of the thoracic duct at its commencement from the receptacidum chyli. Alveus communis. The common duct, or communication ofthe ampulla? ofthe semicircular canals of the ear, is so termed by Scarpa. ALVIDU'CUS. Purgative; laxative. Alvi excretio. Defecation. Alvi fluxus, v. profluvium. A diarrhcea. A'LVINE. (From alvus, the belly.) Ap pertaining to the belly or bowels. Alvine concretions. See Enterolithus. A'lvus. The abdomen; the belly. Alvus astricta. A. coacta. A. dura. *4 tarda. Costiveness. Alvus fluida. Looseness ofthe bowels. Alvus renum. Telvis of the kidney. A'lyce. Alysis. Morbid anxiety and restlessness. A'lypon. Globularia alypum, ALY'SMUS. (kAvnpoe; from aAvu, to be anxious.) The anxiety and inquietude that accompany many states of disease. ALY'SSUM. Mad wort. See Marrubium alyssum. Alyssum galeni. See Marrubium. Alyssum plinii. See Galium mollugo. Alyssum verticillatum. Marrubium ver- ticillatum. Alzemafor. Cinnabar. Alzilat. An Arabian weight of 3 grains. Amadou. A tinder made of dry fungi steeped in nitre. AMA'LGAM. An alloy of mercury. See Mercury. Amalgamation. The process by which an amalgam is formed. Amame'lis. Various fruits. Amandinus lapis. A stone regarded by the ancients as a universal antidote to poisons. AMANI'TA. A genus of fungi nearly resembling the agaricus. A. muscaria, fly amanita, is used to poison flies. f Amanita:. Apavirai. A name given by the ancients to edible fungi, as mushrooms. Amani'tine. Amanitina. Letellier has given this name to the poisonous principle of fungi, which, however, he has not been able to separate from other matters with which it is associated. Ama'ra du'lcis. Bitter-sweet. Solanum dulcamara. Amara medicamenta. Bitters; tonics. Amara'cina unguenta. Fragrant ointments. Ama'racum. A fragrant herb. Marjoram? Amare' lla. The Polygala vulgaris. Ama'rine. Amarina. A name given by some to the bitter principle of vegetables. According to Laurent, a product of the action of ammonia on oil of bitter almonds. Amaiuties. Amaritudo. Amaror. Bitter ness. • AM ARYLLID A'CEiE. (Amaryllis, one of its genera.) A natural order of beautiful endogens, with inferior fruit, six stamens, and six nearly equal segments of the flower. The greater part consists of bulbous species inhabiting the Cape of Good Hope, and the tropical parts of both hemispheres. The bulbs are often emetic and poisonous. Amasesis. Imperfect mastication. Amato'ria febris. Chlorosis has been so called. Amatorium virus. A. veneficium. See Philtrum. Amato'rius. (From amo, to love.) The superior oblique muscles of the eye have been called musculi amatorii, from their use in ogling. AMAURO'SIS. (is, is, f. Apavpuoic; from apavpou, to obscure.) Gutta serena, Suffusio nigra. A diminution or total loss of sight, arising from a paralysis of the retina or optic nerve. Amaurosis may exist independently of any visible lesion of structure in the eye, or it may be complicated with cataract or any other affection. It is in geneial characterized by dilatation of the pupil and immobility of the iris. These, however, are not constant symptoms. There is, moreover, something very characteristic in the appearance of an amaurotic eye: there is a total want of the natural expression; the eye rolls unmeaningly, and the patient is unable to direct it at will toward any particular object. In simple amaurosis, also, the humors of the eye are perfectly clear; and when we look into the organ, the bottom of it frequently appears as if it were of a dead white or a sea-green color. It may attack suddenly, or gradually come on; be complete, or partial and intermittent, as in attacks of ague. Causes:—1. Morbid chajiges of structure in the optic nerve, or parts of the brain connected with it. 2. Compression of the nerves. 3. External injuries. 4. Exhaustion of the power of the visual nerves by over - excitement. 5. Inflammatory affections of the retina. 6. Derangement of the digestive organs. 7. Suppressed secretions and discharges, and the sudden cure of some cutaneous diseases. 8. The influence of narcotics and other poisonous substances. 9. Congenital malformation. The prognosis in this disease is generally un! favorable. When it is congenital, or dependent on organic lesion, it is totally incurable; when it comes on at an advanced period of life, or when it has been of long continuance, and increased gradually to complete blindness, little reasonable hope of success can be entertained ; on the other hand, when #he patient is young and the blindness not complete, when the attack has been sudden, when the disease has not been of long standing, and especially when it is periodical, judicious treatment will often effect a cure. The treatment should always have particular reference to the cause of the disease, where this can be ascertained. When it is connected with increased vascular action, general and local blood-letting should be had recourse to, and followed up by the use of counter-hritants, as A M B A M B Ambil."e vus. Awkward. 39 blisters behind the ears and on the back of the neck, issues, setons, and the moxa; the application of cold to the head by means of the shower-bath or the douche should not be neglected ; active purgatives are clearly indicated, and an antiphlogistic regimen should of course be enjoined. When it arises from genuine paralysis ofthe. optic nerve, in consequence of overexcitement or any other cause, bloodletting and all debilitating measures are highly injurious, and tonic treatment is required; blisters should he repeatedly applied; and electricity should have a fair trial, since it has been highly extolled in this form of the disease, and, at all events, can do no harm when judiciously regulated. The internal use of strychnine has been recommended hi that form of amaurosis which consists simply in loss of nervous power; and its reputed success in other cases of paralysis justifies a trial of it in this. Mr. Liston, Dr. Short, and Dr. Heathcote have applied strychnine externally with apparent benefit. The cuticle, raised by a blister, was removed from the temples, and from one eighth to one fourth of a grain applied daily to the denuded surface on each side, the quantity being gradually increased to a grain, and in one instance to three grains; half the latter quantity, however, is as much as will generally be requisite or safe: repeated blisters and applications of the strychnine will sometimes be required. The partial amaurosis of dyspeptics, &c, must by treating the cause. Amaurotic cat's eye. Amaurosis in which the pupil is unusually pale, as in old persons. Amazo'nius. Apa&vioc. A lozenge formerly used against flatulency and vomiting: it was composed of aniseed, wormwood, myrrh, pepper, smallage, castor, opium, and cinnamon. Ambar. Amber. See Succinum. A'mbe. (Ambe, es, f.; Ap6n, the rim or margin of any thing.) A machine invented by Hippocrates for reducing dislocations of the shoulder. Amber. See Succinum. Amber seed. See Hibiscus. A'mbergris. Ambarum. (Ambragrisea, as, f.) A substance found in irregular masses floating on the sea near the islands of the Indian Ocean and many tropical shores. It is discharged from the intestines of the spermaceti whale, and is a diseased product. It is of a grayish-yellow color, waxy fracture, and agreeable odor; melts at 144° F.; sp. gr., 78 to -92. Pelletier and Caventou have found ambergris to consist principally of a substance very analogous to cholesterine, and to which they have given the name of ambreine. This is converted into ambreic acid by nitric acid. From its high price, ambergris is variously counterfeited. It has been alleged to possess stimulant and antispasmodic virtues, but it appears to be nearly inert, and is now scarcely used except by the perfumer Ambia. An East Indian fluid, yellow bitumen. Ambide'xter. (From ambo, both, and dexter, right.) As a substantive, one who uses both hands with equal facility; hence, ambidextrous. Amblo'sis. Amblothridion. Ambloma. A miscarriage. Amblo'ticus. (From ap61uoig.) Amblotic; having the power to cause abortion. Amblyaphia. Dullness of touch or general sensation. Amblyo'gmos. See Amblyopia. AMBLYO'PIA. (a, ce, f.; ApbAvuma ; from ap6Avc, dull, and uf, the eye.) Hippocrates means by this word the dimness of sight to which old people are subject. The best modern writers make amblyopia synonymous with partial amaurosis. Amblyopia crepuscularis. Hemeralopia. — A, dissitorum. Short-sightedness. Amblyopia MERIDIana. Nyctalopia. Amblyopia proximorum. Long-sightedness. Amblyo'smus. See Amblyopia. A'mbon. Apfuv, the margin or tip of the sockets in which the heads of bones are lodged. A'mbra. Ambor. Amber. See Succinum. Ambergris. Ambreic acid. An acid obtained by treating ambreine with nitric acid. Ambreine. A fatty substance forming tho basis of ambergris: it differs but little from cholesterine. Ambro'sia. kpfjpoaia. 1. A name given to several plants, as tansy, wormwood, the herb botrys, &c. ,2. The name of several compound medicines, which were all of the alexipharmic kind. Ambulance. (Ambulo, to walk.) A light caravan, furnished with surgeons' assistants, implements, &c, and orderlies, for attending upon the wounded in the field of battle. A'mbulans. (From ambulo, to walk.) A term applied to some erratic diseases, as erysipelas ambulans, &c. Ambuleia. Succory. Ambuli. An East Indian plant which is bitter and febrifuge. A'mbulo. Flatus furiosus. Vareni. Flatulent distension of the abdomen, attended with pain. AMBU'STIO. (o, onis, f.; from amburo, to burn.) A burn or scald. Burns may be divided, according to the degree of injury sustained, into three kinds. 1. Such as merely excite an inflammation of the skin, attended, or not, with slight vesication, and which, if it be not very improperly treated, almost always shows a tendency to resolution. 2. Those which affect the vitality of the cutis, causing detachment of the cuticle and suppuration of the cutaneous surface, and which become dangerous when extensive. 3. Those in which the vitality of the integuments is either immediately destroyed, or so injured that sloughing ensues ; these are frequently dangerous, especially in very young or feeble persons. Setting aside all exclusive plans, the most rational and successful treatment of burns seems to be that founded on the actual condition of the parts in the three degrees of injury mentioned at the commencement of this article. When the burn or scald is quite superficial, and the integuments merely inflamed, the inflammation is to be relieved by the application of cold A M B A MI 40 water or cooling lotions. It is to be observed, however, that when the pulse is feeble and the skin cold, or when the bum, though superficial, is extensive, or situated on the trunk, cold ap{)lications are improper, and we may use the iniment recommended by Sir Astley Cooper, consisting of equal parts of oil of turpentine, lime water, and linseed oil, resorting afterward to cooling applications and antiphlogistic treatment, when reaction is sufficiently established. When the cuticle has been detached, and suppuration thus rendered necessary, there is no better general application than the linimentum aquas calcis ; though, when the part is very hot and painful, a poultice will frequently be found to give more effectual relief. In burns attended with destruction of parts, the treatment is the same with that of sphacelus; the separation of the sloughs is to be promoted by emollient poultices; and as the injured part is liable during this process to assume every variety of action, stimulating or soothing remedies must be applied according to circumstances; when the sores are languid and the sloughs detached slowly, a certain proportion of turpentine mixed with the dressings will be found useful; end when the ulcers are irritable, anodyne fomentations or poultices are necessary to restore a healthy action. Slight burns require little constitutional treatment ; laxatives and attention to diet are generally all that is required. With respect to those of a more serious description, the following summary of practice is given by Mr. Samuel Cooper: " With regard to the internal treatment, when a scald or burn is of a severe description, the first stage of danger, the danger from the shock on the system, the period of irritation, as Dupuytren terms it, immediately presents itself, sometimes accompanied by violent agitation of the nervous system, but still more frequently by shiverings, paleness, stupor, coldness, weak pulse, and collapse. Now opium, brandy, ammonia, or ether may be given. Cold applications are to be avoided, bottles of hot water may be put to the feet and epigastrium, and the patient kept covered. The warm bath for children is in this stage particularly recommended by Dupuytren. When the collapse goes off, and fever and inflammation come on, we are to adopt antiphlogistic treatment, bleed young, robust subjects, and administer opium. " The second period of great suffering and danger is when the eschars and sloughs are beginning to loosen: the stage of elimination, as it is named by French surgeons. The constitutional disturbance now runs high, and, when the patient is strong and young, bleeding is often necessary, together with leeches and opium. ** The third stage of danger is that of suppuration, when the profuse discharge may be such as the patient can not safely bear; purgatives and astringent lotions are now proper to check it, followed by bark, dil. sulph. acid, a moderate quantity of wine and opium. For the diarrhoea to which burned patients are subject in the suppurative stage, Dupuytren prefers giving half a grain of opium, and one of sulphate of zinc, three or four times a day. " The fourth Btage of danger is when hectic symptoms have been induced by the long duration of the effects of the injury, the irritation, pain, discharge, &c. Here we must act according to the principles explained in the article on hectic fever, support the strength, give opium, &c. The occasional complications of burns, phlegmonous erysipelas, tetanus, and the determination of blood to internal organs, will of course demand their particular remedies." Ambutua. Cissampelos pareira. Ambuya-embo. The name of a Brazilian species of aristolochia, a decoction of which is used by the natives against obstructions, &c. Ameli. A Malabar shrub of an unknown genus. The decoction of its leaves is said to be useful in colic, and its root boiled in oil is applied to tumors as a discutient. Ame'ixa. The same as achmella. Amenia. Amenorrhcea. AMENORRHEA, (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., uvv, a month, and peu, to flow.) An obstruction of the menses in women from other causes than pregnancy or advanced age. Amenorrhcea involves two distinct cases: 1. Emansio mensium: Retention of the menses ; when the menses do not appear at the period of life at which they may be naturally expected. See Chlorosis. 2. Suppressio mensium. Morbid cessation. This may arise directly from colds, mental emotions, and is to be restored by attending to the cause : or it may be symptomatic of diseases of the nervous system, or of debility from •j-bese causes: it often becomes chronic, and is to be treated as in chlorosis. AMENTACEjE. Amenta'ceosplantcs. Amentaceous plants. Amenta'ceous. Amentaceous: having an amentum or catkin; as tho willow, birch, beech, poplar, &c. AME'NTIA. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and mens, the mind.) Imbecility of mind, in which the relations of things are either not perceived or not recollected. When it originates at birth, it is called amentia congenita, natural idiotism; when from the infirmities of age, amentia senilis, dotage, or second childishness; and when from some accidental cause, amentia acquisila. Ame'ntum. (um, i, n.) A catkin, or deciduous, pendulent spike. Ame'ntum. Alumen siccum. Amer. A bitter substance produced by acting on raw silk with nitric acid. American centaury. Sabbatia angularis.— A. dittany. Cuuila mariana. — A. hellebore. Veratrum album.— A. ipecacuanha. Euphorbia ipecacuanha; but principally Gillenia trifoliata. — A. sanicle. Heuchera americana.— A. senna. Cassiamarilandica.— A. spikenard. Aralia racemosa. Americanum tuberosum. The potato. Amethy'stus. Amethyst a medicamenta. Medicines used to prevent or remove the effects of excess in wine. The amethyst. Ametria. Intemperance. Ami'culum. The amnion has been so called. Amidogen. The hypothetical compound radical of ammonia, &c.: NH 2 . Symbol, Ad. A M M A M M Amides. Amidides. Salts containing ami 41 dogen. Amidide of hydrogen. Ammonia. A'midine. Amidin. Gelatinous starch; the soluble portion of starch : it is formed at once by the action of hot water on starch. A'midum. Amidon. See Amylum, Amiline. A product of the distillation of hydrated oxide of amyl with dry phosphoric acid—C 10 Hi 0 . Amina?'um vinum. A wine much esteemed by the ancients. Galen also mentions an Aminaum neapolitanum and an Aminaum siculum. A'mma. Hamma. A truss. Ammelide. Ammeline. Products of the decomposition of sulphocyanogen. A'MMI. The pharmacopoeia] name of the herb bishop's weed, of which there are two sorts. See Sison ammi, and Ammi majus. — A. majus. The Ammi vulgare of the shops. The seeds are less powerful than those of the Sison ammi ; they are carminative and tonic. — A. verum. See Sison ammi. AMMO'NIA. (a, a, f.; so called because it is obtained from sai ammoniac.) Ammonia is a gaseous body procured by the destructive distillation of animal matters. It is alkaline, transparent, of a suffocating, pungent odor. It may be condensed into a fluid by a pressure of 6£ atmospheres, at 50° F. Composition, NH 3 . Equivalent, 17-19. Water dissolves 750 times its bulk, and acquires the properties of the gas. This is the liquor ammonia?, or solution of ammonia* The strength of the solution increases with its specific gravity. The strongest contains 32£ per cent.; sp. gr., 0-875. The liquor ammonia? is powerfully caustic and discutient. It is alkaline, and combines readily with acids, forming soluble salts for the most part. Heat, or exposure to the air, removes the ammonia, which is merely dissolved. On account of its great volatility, it should be preserved in well-stopped bottles, a measure which is also required to prevent the absorption of carbonic acid. At a temperature of 130° F. it enters into ebullition. Table of the quantity of real Ammonia in solutions of different densities. 100 parts of j Of real I 100 parts ofl Of real »p. gravity Ammonia sp. gravity Ammonia •8750 32-5 -9435 14-53 ¦8875 a 29-25 -9476 a 13-46 ¦9000 'J 26-00 -9513 'J 12-40 •9054 g 25-37 -9545 g 11-56 •9166 8 2207 -9573 8 10-82 •9255 19-54 -9597 10-17 •9326 17-52 -9619 9-60 •9385 15-88 -9692 9-50 Real ammonia, in its compounds with other bodies, betrays a remarkable chemical nature. Its compounds are formed under four classes: direct compounds of NH 3 ; these are very few, instable, and similar to the hydrates: compounds of amidogen, NH 2 , which are amides, and principally with metallic bodies: compounds of ammonium, NH 4 , which unites directly with chlorine, sulphur, &c.: and, lastly, compounds of oxide of ammonium, NH 4 0, which is present in the common salts of ammo- The presence of free ammoniacal gas may always be detected by its odor, by its temporary action on yellow turmeric paper, and by its forming dense white fumes of muriate of ammonia, when a glass rod, moistened with muriatic acid, is brought near it. Spirits of hartshorn is impure liquor ammonia. For the salts of ammonia, see Ammonia;. Ammonia acetata. See Ammonia; acetatis liquor. Ammonia caustica liquida. Ammonia liquor.—At hydriodate of, see Iodine. — A. hydrosulphuret. A. hepatized. See Ammonia; hydrosulphuretum. Ammonia muriata. See Ammonia; murias. Ammonia pr.eparata. Sec Ammonia; sesquicarbonas. Ammoniaco-magnesian phosphate. A tribasic phosphate; NH 4 0, 2MgO, P0 3 -fl2HO; it is granular, sparingly soluble in water, but very soluble in acids; it forms a frequent calculus. See Calculus. AMMONIA'CUM. (AppuviaKov. Ammoniacum, i, n.) See Heracleum gummiferum. Ammoniacum sal. Sal ammoniac. See Ammonia; murias. Ammonia? acetatis liquor. Solution of acetate of ammonia; formerly called Aqua ammonia acetata. Take of sesquicarbonate of ammonia, two ounces; dilute acetic acid,four pints. Add the acid to the salt, until bubbles of gas shall no longer arise, and mix. Febrifuge, sudorific, diuretic; dose, sij- ad gij. Externally, discutient. Ammonia? aqua diluta. (Ed.) Dilute solution of ammonia is made by mixing tho strong ammonia solution of chemists, sp. gr. -875, with two parts of water. Dose, gtt. xv.-xxx. Ammonia? bicarbonas. (D. Ph.) Bicarbonate of ammonia. Expose a solution of the sesquicarbonate to a stream of carbonic acid gas until it loses its alkaline reaction. It is much less active than the sesquicarbonate. Dose, gr. x. to gr. xxv. Ammonia? carbonas. (U. S.) See Ammonia sesquicarbonas. Ammonia? citras. Citrate of ammonia. Obtained by the action of lemon-juice on the sal volatile or the bicarbonate. It is usually employed ij| the form of effervescing draughts, as a febrifuge and saline diaphoretic. The juice of half a lemon will saturate about gr. xv. to gr. xx. of the ammonia. Ammonia? et ferri murias. Ferrum ammo niatum. Ammonia? hydrochloras. (L.) Hydrochlorate of ammonia. The muriate. monia murias. Ammonia; hydrosulphuretum. (D.) Ammonia sulphuretum. Hydrosulphuret of ammonia. Liquor ammonia? hydrosulphatis. (U. S.) Take liquor ammonia, f. giv.; pass hydrosulphuric acid through it to saturation; keep in a wellstopped bottle. (U. S.) A yellowish, fetid, acrid fluid. It precipitates metallic solutions, and is decomposed by acids. It is a powerful arterial and nervous sedative. Dose, gtt. v., in a tumbler full of water. Ammonia: liquor. Liquor of ammonia; the Alkali volatile causticum and Aqua ammonia pura. Take lime, Ibiss.; slake with water, gix.; A M M A M N 42 mix, when cold, with ibj. muriate of ammonia, in a mortar; introduce into a retort over a sand- bath, and distill into a vessel containing Oj. of distilled water. Sp. gr., 0-944. (Ph. U. S.) This preparation is colorless and transparent, with a strong, peculiar smell: it parts with the ammonia in the form of gas, if heated to 130°, and requires to be kept from the contact of atmospheric air. The solution of ammonia is stimulant and antacid, and is given in doses of gtt. x. to xx. Externally applied, it is rubefacient, and useful when it is desirable to establish a strong counter-imtation in a short time. Taken internally in an over-dose, it is rapidly fatal; the best antidote is vinegar. Ammonia? murias. Muriate of ammonia. Hydrochlorate of ammonia. Sal ammoniacus or ammoniacum. A salt formed by the combination of muriatic acid with ammonia. The ordinaiy mode of manufacturing sal ammoniac in Europe is by combining with muriatic acid the ammonia resulting from the igneous decomposition of animal matters in close vessels. Muriate of ammonia bos a pungent, acrid, and cool taste. Its crystals are of a tetrahedral form, but they are seldom regular. It is totally volatile, but a strong fire is requisite to sublime it. It is soluble in 3-25 parts of water at 60°, and in its own weight of boiling water. Its solution in cold water is attended with a great reduction of temperature, hence it is mixed with ice to form freezing mixtures. Its specific gravity is about 1-450. Chemically, it is a chloride of ammonium: NH 4 -|-C1. Sal ammoniac was formerly given in different doses as a purgative, emetic, diuretic, and sudorific. It is now hardly ever used internally; it may, however, be given in the dose of a drachm to act as a diuretic or diaphoretic, according as its operation is determined to the kidneys or the skin. Externally applied, it is an excellent discutient, and is frequently used by surgeons as an ingredient in lotions for indolent tumors, chilblains, &c. Dissolved with its own weight of nitre in eight parts of water, it forms an excellent refrigerant application. Ammonia? nitras. Ammonia nitqpta. Nitrate of ammonia. Nitrate of oxide of ammonium. Composed of the nitric acid and ammonia, its virtues are internally diuretic, and externally resolvent and sialogogue. Dose, 3j.-9\j. It is the substance from which protoxide of nitrogen, or laughing gas, is obtained. Ammonia? sesquicarbonas. (L.) Subcarbonate of ammonia. Sal volatilis, or Sal volatile. It is made thus: Take of muriate of ammonia, a pound; of prepared chalk, dried, a pound and a half. Reduce them separately to powder; then mix them together, and sublime in a heat gradually raised, till the retort becomes red. This salt is prepared 011 the large scale. It should be kept in well-stopped bottles, for, when exposed to the air, it gradually parts with its ammonia, loses its pungency, and effloresces. When very pure, carbonate of ammonia has a crystalline form, but the crystals are seldom very regular. Its specific gravity is 0-966. The taste and smell of this salt are the same with those of pure ammonia, hut much weaker. It is soluble hi rather more than twice its weight of cold water, and in its own weight of hot water, but is volatilized by a boiling temperature. Heat sublimes it. The sesquicarbonate is stimulant, antacid, diaphoretic, and, in large doses, emetic; in some nervous affections, it acts as an antispasmodic. Dose, gr. x. to xv. The common smelling salts of the shops consist of this salt, with the addition of some fragrant substance. Ammonia? sesquicarbonatis liquor. (L.) Solution of carbonate of ammonia. Take of sesquicarbonate of ammonia, four ounces; distilled water, a pint. Dissolve and filter. It spoils by keeping. The dose is from 3ss. to 31. Ammonia? spiritus aromaticus. A. spiritus compositus. See Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. Ammonia?, spiritus fostidus. See Spiritus ammonia; fcetidus. Ammonia? spiritus succinatus. See Spiritus ammonia; succinatus. Ammonia? sulphas. Sulphate of ammonia. Consists of sulphuric acid and ammonia (NH 4 O.SO3.HO). Sulphate of oxide of ammonium. Properties similar to muriate of ammonia. Ammonia? tartras. Tartrate of ammonia Formed by saturating carbonate of ammonia by tartaric acid. It may be given in solution or as effervescing draught, as a febrifuge. Seldom used. Ammoniaretum cupri. Cuprum ammoniatum. Ammoniated copper. See Cuprum ammoniatum.—A. iron. Ferrum ammoniatum.— A. iron, tincture of. Tinctura ferri ammoniati. — A. copper, liquor of. Cupri ammoniati liquor. Ammonio-chloride of mercury. Ammoniated submuriate of mercury. A. mercury. A. oxychloruret of mercury. White precipitate. See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. Ammonio sulphate of copper. Cupri ammoniatum. Ammo'nion. A collyrium. Ammo'nium. {um, i, n.) The hypothetical compound NH 4 ; its oxide, NH 4 0,is the common base of ammoniacal salts. See Ammonia. Ammonium, chloride of. Ammoniae murias. AMMONIURET. (Ammoniuretum, i, n.) A compound of ammonia, and a metallic oxide; as, ammoniuret of gold, silver, zinc, &c. Ammoniuret of teroxide of gold. Fulminating gold. Aurate of gold. It has been given, very culpably, in venereal disease, &c. Amna alkalisata. A name given by Paracelsus and others to natural saline waters. AMNE'SIA. Amne'stia. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and pvnaic, memory.) Forgetfulness. A'mnic acid. See Amnion. Amnioclepsis. Premature escape of the liquor amnii. A'MNION. Amnios. The innermost membrane of the ovum, which immediately surrounds the fcetus. It lines the chorion, covers the placenta, and is reflected on the umbilical cord, which it invests as far as the navel, where it terminates. It contains a thin, watery fluid, A M P AMY 43 called the liquor amnii, or water of the amnion, and in popular language the waters. The quantity is usually two pints at parturition, but may be only six ounces, or in great excess. This fluid is generally transparent, often milky, and sometimes of a yellow or light brown color, and veiy different in consistence. It has a slightly saline taste. The obvious uses of the amniotic fluid are, to afford the fcetus a yielding medium, which does not restrain its motions, while it protects it from external shocks and injuries; and to act as a soft but powerful wedge for the dilatation of the os uteri and vagina at the time of parturition. Amnios. In Botany, a transparent fluid in which tho young embryo is at first suspended. Amo'mis. The fruit of the plant now called Matonia cardamomum. AMO'MUM. A genus of plants; family, Zingiberaceae. Amomum cardamomum. The round cardamom. Amomum galanga. Maranta galanga. Am. zedoaria. Kaempferia rotunda. Amomum granum paradisi. The plant which affords the grains of paradise. It has also been called Cardamomum majus, and Cardamomum piperatum. Grains of paradise, or the greater cardamom seeds, are contained in a large brown, triangular pod. The seeds are angular, and of a reddish-brown color, smaller than pepper. They are extremely hot, and similar in virtue to pepper. Amomum plinii. The Solanum. Amomum racemosum. See Cardamomum. Amomum vulgare. See Sison amomum. Amomum zingiber. See Zingiber officinale. A'MOR. (or, oris, m.) Love. See Pathemata animi. Amo'rge. See Amurca. Amo'rpha. A genus of plants of the class Diadelphia, and order Decandria. There is only one species known. It grows in America, and the bruised root is said to be good for the toothache. Amorphous. (From a, fiopn, form.) Without regular form. Amosteus. Osteocolla. Ampac. An East Indian tree, which affords a very odoriferous resin; the leaves are used to medicate baths. Ampar. Succinium. Ampelosa'gria. Bryonia. Ampharisteros. Awkward with the hands. Amphemeri'nus. kpfynpepivoc. Occurring daily. Applied by the Greeks to a quotidian ague— nvperoc avpepivoc. Amphiam. Opium. AMPHIARTHRO'SIS. (From apipi, both, and apOpuoic, an articulation.) A mixed kind of articulation, in which the articular surfaces of bones are united by an intermediate substance, in a manner which admits of a small degree of motion. The junction of the vertebrae by the intervertebral cartilages is of this kind. Some use the term synonymously with synchondrosis. AMPHI'BIA. A class of animals, embracing frogs. They are vertebrated, with cold blood and naked skin; oviparous, and most undergo a metamorphosis, adapting them to a transition from an aquatic to an atmospheric medium of respiration. Amphi'bius. (From apijn, both, and (3iog, life; as being capable of two modes of life.) Amphibious. Amphiblestroi'des. The hyaloid membrane surrounding the vitreous humor of the eye. Amphibra'nchia. The tonsils and parts adjacent to them.— Hippocrates. Amphicaustis. The vulva. Amphi'deon. The os Mteri. AMPHIDIARTHRO'SIS. (From api, both, and diapdpuotr, a movable articulation.) A name given by Winslow to the articulation of the lower jaw with the os temporis, because it partakes of the nature both of ginglymus and arthrodia. Amphimerina. Pertussis.— A. hectica. Hectic fever. Amphion. Maslach. Amphiplex. The perineum. Amphipneu'ma. (From apfi, about, and irvevpa, breath.) A great difficulty of breathing.—Hippocrates. Aphismi'la. A dissecting-knife. Amphispha'lsis. Circumduction. A'mphora. See Weights and Measures. AMPHORIC RESONANCE. A stethescopic sound, which is a variety of the metallic tinkling. See Metallic Tinkling. Amphi'stoma. A genus of intestinal worms Amplexicau'lis. Amplexicaul. Embracing or clasping the stem. Ampu'lla. A large-bellied bottle. In Anatomy, the dilated part of the membranaceous semicircular canals in the ear. In Pathology, some writers use it synonymously with bulla, a bleb, or watery bladder on the skin; hence pemphigus has been called Febris ampullosa. Ampulla chylifera. Receptaculum chyli. Ampulla?. Phlyctaena. Ampullula. (a, ce, f.) Applied by anatomists to a canal or bag, which is a little enlarged in the centre. AMPUTA'TION. (Amputatio, onis, f.; from amputo, to cut off.) The removal of a limb,,or any projecting part, as the penis, by means of a cutting instrument. In the case of a tumor, the term excision or extirpation is generally used. The amputation may be by a circular cut, which is the old plan; or, more properly, by so directing the knife as to leave flaps which can be nicely adjusted, so as to cover the bone. A tourniquet is used where the part is supplied with large arteries, or, if that is inapplicable, strong pressure. A'mulet. Amuletum. Gems 1 , stones, pieces of paper inscribed with certain words, &c, were formerly worn suspended from the neck, as prophylactics against different diseases. Amu'rca. The marc of the olive. A'myche. A slight exulceration, excoriation, or abrasion of the skin. — Hippocrates. Amy'cticus. Applied to irritating medicines used to excite torpid parts into action. Amydriasis. See Mydriasis. Amye'lia. A monstrosity consisting in par tial or total absence of the spinal marrow. AMY ANA 41 AMY'GDALA. (a,cs,f. ApvydaXn.) 1. The almond. Amygdalus communis. 2. The tonsils are called amygdala;. Amygdala amara. The bitter almond. See Amygdalus communis. Amygdala dulcis. The sweet almond. See Amygdalus communis. Amygdala; oleum. Amygdalus communis. Amygdala; placenta. Almond cake. Amygdala'tum. Almond emulsion. Amygda'lea?. A tribe of the natural family of the Rosacea?, of which the genus Amygdalus is the type. Amygdalin. A crystalline, white, bitter substance, obtained from bitter almonds, cherrylaurel, &c. (C4oHa 7 N0 22 —anhydrous), which is readily metamorphosed into hydrocyanic acid, &c. Amygdalic acid is a product. Amygdalitis. Cynanche tonsillaris. AMY'GDALUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants.— A. communis. The almond-tree. The systematic name of the plant which affords the almond. Amygdalus — foliis scrratis infimis glandulosis, floribus sessilibus geminis, of Linnauis. The almond is a small tree. The sweet and bitter fruit is the product of varieties. The fruit yields by expression an abundance of bland oil— Oleum amygdala;. But, besides this, the bitter kinds contain a principle called amygdalin, which is readily decomposed, and, under ordinary circumstances, converted into oil of bitter almonds and prussic acid. Hence their poisonous nature. They are seldom used alone. Almonds are employed in emulsion and confection, but principally in confectionary. They are demulcent. Amygdalus persica. The common peachtree. The leaves and flowers owe their flavor to prussic acid. Amygmos. Scarification. Amyl. Ayl. The hypothetical radical of a class of bodies resembling the ethyl series. Formula, CioHn. Oil of grain spirits, or potatoes. Amilic alcohol is AylO,HO; amiline is CiqHio. AMYLA'CEOUS. Possessing the properties qf starch. A'myline. See Amidine. A'MYLUM. Amylcon. (um, i, n. ApvAov; from a, priv., and pvAn, a mill; because the ancients made it from unground wheat.) Starch. A white, insipid substance, insoluble in cold water, but forming a jelly with boiling water. Starch exists abundantly in all plants, and is readily separated lw pounding and washing. Its composition is C12H10O10. Its presence is ascertained by the action of iodine on a cold solution, which it renders blue. It is very inferior as a nutritious body because of the absence of nitrogen. Tapioca, sago, arrow-root, cassada, Sec., are forms of impure starch. The granules of starch present miscroscopic differences, by which they may be recognized. Each granule consists of an external waxy envelope, and of a soluble center, which is Amidin. It is a demulcent; and a mucilage prepared from it often produces excellent effects, especially in the form of clyster, in dysentery and diarrhoea. Externally, surgeons sometimes apply the powder as an absorbent in erysipelas and abrasions of the skin. Amtlum iodatum. See Iodide of starch. Amylum maranta?. Arrow-root. A'myos. (From a, priv., and pvc, a muscle.) Applied to a limb so emaciated that the muscles scarcely appear. — Hippocrates. Amyosis. Imperforate his or pupil. AMYRIDACEjE. An order of dicotyledonous plants, abounding in fragrant resin. Trees or shrubs, with leaves compound, with pellucid dots ; corolla, polypetalous; stamens, hypogynous; ovary, superior; fruit, sub-drupaceous, samaroid, or leguminous. Amyris elemifera. A tree yielding gum elemi. The resin is softish, somewhat transparent, of a pale whitish color, inclining a little to green, and of a strong, though not unpleasant smell. It is only used in an officinal ointment, the Unguentum elemi compositum, and is now seldom, if ever, to be found genuine in the shops. Amyris gileadensis. Balm of Gilead, or balsam of Mecca tree. It is a native of Abyssinia and Arabia. The fruit is termed carpobalsamum in the old pharmacopoeias, and the wood of the branches xylobalsamum. The best balm of Gilead is a spontaneous exudation from the tree, and is held in such high estimation by the Turks, that it is rarely, if ever, to be met with genuine among us. The medicinal virtues are similar to tolu. Dose, gtt. xv. Other species of amyris, as A. plumicri, A. zelandica, Sec, are also spoken of as sources of medicinal balsams. Amyron. Carthamus. Amyxis. Scarification. ANA. Iu medical prescriptions it means " of each." See A. ANA'BASIS. (From avaGaivu, to ascend.) The first period of a disease, or that of increase; hence, anabaticus. Anabe'xis. (From avaSnrru, to cough up.) An expectoration. Anable'psis. (From ava, again, and/3Ze7rw, to see.) The recovery of sight after it has been lost. Ana'bole. (e, es, f.; from ava&aAAu, to reject.) The discharge of any thing by vomiting ; expectoration. Anabrochi'smos. (Anabrochismus; fromava, with, and /?po;roc, a running knot.) The removal of the eyelashes, when they irritate the eye, by means of a hair knotted round them.— Hippoc, Galen, Paulus. •Anabro'sis. (is, is, f.; avatpuoig, from ava.' dpoonu, to corrode.) A corrosion. ANACARDIACE.&. The cashew tribe of dicotyledonous plants, abounding in a resinous, sometimes acrid, highly poisonous juice. Trees or 6hrubs with leaves alternate ; flowers, usually unisexual; stamens, perigynous; o»ary,superior; fruit, generally drupaceous. Anacardium occidentale. The cashewnut, called, also, Acajou and Acajuba, is of this family. Anacardium orientale. The Malacca bean. See Avicennia tomentosa. Anacatha'rsis. Anachrempsis. Expectora tion. Blancard denotes, by this word, the op eration of medicines which act upward, as emet ics, expectorants, &c. 45 ANA Anacatha'rticus. Anacathai'tic. Prornodug expectoration, or vomiting. Anachmus. An alchemical term for a spirit. Anachron. Soda. ANA'CLASIS. (is, is, f.; from avaicAaa, to bend back.) A recurvature of any part, as of a joint, of a fractured limb, &c. Anaclinterium. A reclining chair. Ana'clisis. (is, is, f.; from avaxAivu, to recline.) Decubitus. The attitude of a sick person in bed, which affords important indications iu several diseases. Anacolle'ma. (From avanoAAau, to glue together.) An epithem made of agglutinant substances, and applied to the forehead.—Galen. Anacoluppa. A Malabar plant which is used by the natives to cure epilepsy, and as antidote to the bite of the naja. It is probably the Zapania nodiflora. Anacte'sis. Anacomide. (From avaxraopai, to recover.) Restoration of strength; recovery from sickness.— Hippocrates. Anacyclus pyrethrum. Anthemis pyrethrum. Anadesmus. A fascia. Anadiplo'sis. (From avadmAou, to reduplicate.) The reduplication of the paroxysm in agues of? a double type. Ana'dora. Excoriation. Ana'drome. The translation of a pain from the lower to the upper parts of the body. Anaidcs'us. A monster without genitals. AnavMatopoiesis. Defective sanguification. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and aipa, blood.) Exsanguinity. Deficiency of blood. The general cause of such deficiency is hemorrhage; but there is a remarkable disease, the leading feature of which is an insufficient formation of blood (Marasmus anhesmia). " Face, lips, and general surface ghastly pale; pulse quick and feeble ; appetite impaired; alvine evacuations irregular, black, and fetid, occasionally with severe gripings; languor and emaciation extreme." Anaemia has been divided into A. chlorosis v. vera for the true disease, and A. spuria consecutiva for loss of blood. It appears to arise from disease of the mesenteric vessels where it is true. Tonics, stomachics, and generous diet, with change of habits, residence, &c, are the only means of treatment. Mercury is said sometimes to succeed. Anasmosis. Anaemia. _ Anasmotrophy. Deficiency of blood in a part; deficient nutrition. ANjESTHE'SIA. (a,as,f. Avaiodijaia; from a, priv., and aiadavopai, I feel.) Loss of the sense of touch. Diminished or lost sense of feeling. When numbness occurs without obvious pressure, it shows a tendency to a paralytic state, and should be watched. There is sometimes a total loss of the sense of touch, mostly partial, but sometimes general, over the whole surface of the body. Anagallis arvensis. Scarlet pimpernel. A beautiful little plant, very common. It has been considered as antispasmodic and stomachic, but does not seem to possess any activ- ity. ANA Anagargali'cta. AvayapyaAinra. A gargle. Anagargari'stum. Avayapyapiorov. A gargle. Anagly'phe. (From avayAvQu, to engrave.) See Calamus scriptorius. Ana'gogue. That which produces an evacuation upward. Ana'graphe. (From avaypau, to write or prescribe.) A prescription or receipt. Anagyris fcetida. This plant grows in Italy and the south of France. Its wood exhales a very fetid odor. Its leaves are strongly cathartic. A'NAL. (Analis; from anus.) Appertaining to the anus, or extremity of the great gut. Anale'ntia. A term of Paracelsus to denote a species of epilepsy. Anale'psia. Epilepsy arising from affection of the stomach.— John of Gadesden. ANALE'PSIS, or ANALE'PSIA. (From avaXap6avo>, to restore.) A recovery of strength after sickness. ANALE'PTIC. Analepticus. That which recruits the strength which has been lost by sickness. Restorative. Analge'sia. Absence from pain. Analogous. The organs of different animals which have the same anatomical relations. Morbid tissues which resemble sound structures ai'e termed analogous. ANALO'SIS. (is, is, f. AvaAuoic; from avaAionu, to consume.) A consumption or atrophy. Analtesis. Recovery of strength. ANA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. AvaAvoir ; from avaAvu, to resolve.) The resolution of any substance into its constituent elements. Analysis is proximate when the various compound parts are separated, as a sulphate into the acid and base; and ultimate when the elementary parts are separated. Organic analysis is the investigation of animal or vegetable bodies. Anamirta cocculus. Cocculus indicus. Anamne'sticus. (AvapvnoriKoc ; from avapipvnmcu, to remember.) Anamnestic. Medicines supposed to strengthen the memory. A'nanas. Ananassa. See Bromelia. Anapeti'a. Avarcereia. An expansion of the orifices of vessels or canals.— Galen. Anaphalanti'asis. A falling off of hair from the eyebrows. Baldness. Anaphone'sis. Vociferation. Ana'phora. Expectoration; vomiting. ANAPHRODI'SIA. Impotence. See Sterility. Anaphro'meli. Clarified honey. ANA'PLASIS. (AvanAaoic; from avaizAaaau, to form anew.) Hippocrates uses this term to signify the reunion of a fractured bone. ANAPLERO'SIS. (AvanAnpuaig, repletio; from avanAnpou, to fill up.) The restitution of parts that have been destroyed, as the incarnation of an abscess, or the healing of a wound attended with loss of substance. Anaplero'ticus. Incarnative; a medicament which favors the restoration ofthe lost substance of a part. Anapleu'sis. (From avanAeu, to float.) The exfoliation and casting off of dead portions of bone. ANA ANA 46 AN APNEU'SIS. (From avanveu, to respire.) Respiration. Ana'pnoe. kvaiivor}. Respiration. Ana'posis. A recession of humors from the skin inwardly. Anapse. Emaciation. Atrophy. Anapsia. Blindness. Ana'ptysis. Avanrvoic. Expectoration. Anarrhegnu'minos. (From avappnyvvpi, to break again.) A term applied by Hippocrates to ulcers which heal prematurely and break out again— avappnyvvpiva eAnea. Anarrhi'non. That which issues from the nose or skin. ANARRHCE'A. (From ava, and pea, to flow.) A flux of humors from below upward. Anarrho'pia. (AvappoTua; from ava, upward, and 0£7rw, to tend.) A flux of humors from below upward.— Hippocrates. Anarthros. A person fio fat that his joints are scarcely seen. A'NAS. A duck or drake. — A. anser. The goose, called also Anser domcsticus. — A. cygnus. The swan.— A. domestica. The tame duck. ANASA'RCA. (From ava, throughout, and cap!-, the flesh.) Anasarca is a collection of serous fluid in the cellular membrane immediately under the skin. As the accumulation increases, the skin often becomes inflamed and thickened, and presents an appearance of erysipelas. The fluid gravitates toward the lower extremities, which often become excessively swollen. . The distended cuticle at last gives way, and affords an outlet of the effused fluid, which, however, continues to be poured into the cellular tissue with great rapidity. Anasarca is usually symptomatic of visceral diseases in which the functions of the absorbents and veins are interrupted. It may be active or passive, or may follow as a sequel of the exanthems. It is treated in the same way as dropsy. See Hydrops. Anasarca hystericum. A transient swelling sometimes observed in hysterical persons.— A. pulmonum. (Edema of the lungs.— A. serosa. Phlegmasia dolens. ANASPADIAS. Anaspadiceus. When the urethra opens on the upper surface of the penis. Ana'spasis. (From avaonau, to draw together.) Contraction of the stomach, &c. Anasta'lticus. (From avaareXku, to restrain.) Styptic or astringent. ANA'STASIS. (From aviornpi, to rise, or rise again; to cause to rise.) 1. A recovery from sickness; a restoration to health. 2. A translation of humors to a superior part. — Hippocrates. ANASTOMO'SIS. (AvaaTopomc ; from ava, mutually, and aropa, a mouth.) The inosculation or communication of vessels, as arteries, veins, and lymphatics. The term has also been hypothetically applied to the union of the branches of nerves, from the notion that these were canals for the transmission of a nervous fluid. ANASTOMO'TICUS. Anastomotic. 1. A term anciently applied to medicines which were supposed to open the mouths of vessels, as cathartics, diuretics, deobstruents, diaphoretics. 2 Applied by anatomists to those branches of vessels by which a union or anastomosis with other vessels is effected. Anastomoticus magnus. The branch of the brachial artery which is given off a little above the elbow, aud supplies the adjacent parts. Anatasis. Extension. Anathymiasis. Anasarca hystericum; also hypochondriasis. Fumigation and exhalation. Ana'tica portio. An unequal portion; from ava, of each. Anatomia animata, v. viva. Physiology. Anatomical nomenclature. See Nomenclature, anatomical. ANA'TOMY. (Avarofua or Avaropn. Anatomia, ce, f., or Anatome, es, f. ; from avarepvu, to cut up.) The dissection of organized bodies, with a view to elucidate their structure and functions; also, the science which treats of the structure of organized bodies, and which is learned by dissection. Anatomy is divided into human, and comparative, which compares the structure of all organized beings. The anatomy of the inferior animals is called zootomy; that of vegetables, phytotomy. Anatomy is also divided into general and descriptive: general anatomy teaches the structure and physical properties of the various tissues which compose the body, without reference to the form or situation of the organs into whose composition they enter; descriptive anatomy takes cognizance of the shape, position, and connection of parts. Descriptive anatomy is sudivided into, Osteology; the study of the bones. Syndesmology; that ofthe ligaments. Myology; of the muscles. Neurology; of the nerves. Angiology; of the vessels. Adenology; of the glands. Splanchnology; of the viscera. Dermology; of the cutaneous textures. Lastly, anatomy is divided, according to the object with a view to which it is especially cultivated, into pathological, or morbid anatomy, which investigates the changes induced in the structure of organs by disease; surgical anatomy, which demonstrates the relative position of parts, with a reference to those operations which it may be necessary to perform on them; physiological anatomy, which regards the structure of organs only in as far as it elucidates their functions, and classifies organs according to the functions to which they minister; transcendental which regards the plan or model on which the living frame and its organs are developed. Anatomy, artificial. The art of making models in wax or other materials of anatomical objects. Anatrepsis. Recovery from sickness. Anatre'sis. The operation of trepanning the skull.— Galen. Anatri'psin. Anatribe. (From avarpiCu to rub.) Friction of the surface of the body. Anatripso'logy. A treatise on the use of friction. Anatris. Anatris. Mercury. Anatron. Anairum. See Natron. Ana'trope. Inverted action of the stomach nausea and vomiting.— Galen. AN C AND 47 ANAU'DIA. (a, art, which have become dilated, and open into ittle sacs in the cellular substance, which give way when over-distended, aud often discharge blood so profusely as to endanger the life of the patient. Nanus is of this nature. The spontaneous cure of aneurism, when it occurs, depends upon the formation of coagula in the sac, or the artery, or both; or upon some mechanical obstruction to the course of the blood through the artery, which eventually causes a deposition of lymph within the canal of the vessel. The treatment, whether medical or surgical, is founded on a knowledge of these facts. The medical treatment consists in the use of such means as diminish the action of the heart and favor the formation of coagula within the aneurismal sac: the principal of these means are small but frequent abstractions of blood from the general system, purgatives, a very spai'e diet, and perfect quietude. Digitalis, colchicum, tartar emetic, acetate of lead, and acetic acid are also used to diminish the circulation. This treatment is the only one applicable to aneurisms of the aorta, or others situated within the chest or abdomen, in which it is not deemed expedient to attempt a surgical operation. In the case of aneurisms situated in the extremities, however, the reducing practice just described becomes a valuable adjunct to local compression. The surgical treatment of aneurism is twofold ; namely, by compression, and by ligature. Compression is only applicable to aneurisms situated in the extremities, and is applied to the aneurismal tumor itself, to the artery between it and the heart, or to both, according to circumstances. When the case is not of long standing, and the tumor is small, pressure is advantageously applied to the tumor itself; when the tumor is larger, pressure, directly exercised upon it, would be, for obvious reasons, both ineffectual and injurious, and can only be applied with propriety on the artery between it and tho heart. In all cases, the compression must by no means involve the whole circumference of the limb. This means seldom produces a radical cure. The great surgical means for the cure of aneurism is the ligature of the artery, whereby the canal of the artery is obliterated. Formerly, the ligature was placed beyond the aneurism; but now it is always placed between it and the heart, if possible. In the method of curing aneurism by the ligature, there are several very important precepts to be observed: 1. The ligature shoidd be thin and round, so as to effect a clean division of the two inner coats, and it should be tightly applied in order to insure this result. 2. The vessel should bo detached from its connections as little as possible, and the wound caused by the operation should be immediately brought together, with a view to its healing by the first intention. 3. In spontaneous or true aneurism, the ligatuie should not be applied too near the sac, lest the arteiy should be diseased, and incapable of assuming the adhesive inflammation on which the cure depends: in traumatic or false aneurism, the arteiy is sound; and. the ligature may, therefore, be applied near the sac. 4. The ligature ought never to be applied to the artery too near a large anastomosing branch; for the impulse of the blood will prevent the formation of a firm coagulum, and may frustrate the whole sanatoiy process. An aneurism situated on the, limbs, neck, or outward parts, is an external aneurism; that hi the internal organs, an internal aneurism. It sometimes happens that an external aneurism is situated so near the trunk of the body, or otherwise so circumstanced, that a ligature can not be applied at any point of the artery nearer the heart; in such cases, the artery has been tied beyond the tumor. Aneurismal varix seldom requires treatment: if it becomes very large, compression may be tried; and if it bursts, the arteiy is to be tied. The aneurism by anastomosis has been variously treated. Whenever the tumor is so situated that it can be secured by ligature or extirpated with safety, it should, without hesitation, be removed; it must not be wounded, for the bleeding may be fatal; otherwise it is better to let it alone, unless it be a serious difficulty. Aneurism, dissecting. When one or two arterial coats are ruptured,and the effused blood passes between them and the outward coat or coats, separating them for a distance. Aneurism of the heart. This term has been applied to enlargement of the heart. When it is attended with thickening of the parietes, it is called active aneurism; and when with enlargement of the cavities and extenuation of the parietes, passive aneurism. See Heart, diseases of. Aneurisma spurium. False aneurism. See Aneurism. Aneurisma varico'sum. Varicose aneurism, aneurismal varix, or venous aneurism. See Aneurism. Aneurisma verum. True aneurism. See Aneurism. Aneurismal cyst, or sac. The pouch in which the blood is accumulated. Aneurismal varix. See Aneurism. Aneurysmus. Dilatation. Anfractuo'sity. Anfractus. This word is used by anatomists for a sinuous depression or groove; thus, the furrows which separate the convolutions of the brain have been called cerebral anfractuosities. ANGEIAL. (ayyeiov, a vessel.) Vascular. The serous membrane which lines the bloodvessels and lymphatics. Angeio'logy. Angeio'tomy. See Angiologia. \ N G A N G 50 Angeion. A vessel. From this word is compounded a great number of terms little used: as, Angeioleucitis, scrofulous inflammation; Angeiosteosis, ossification of the vessels; Angeiopathia, disease of the vessels; Angeiography and Angeiohydrography, anatomy of the vessels and lymphatics. Angeiorrhagia. Hemorrhage. ANGE'LICA. (a, as, f.) A genus of umbelliferous plants.— A. archangelica. The roots have a fragrant, agreeable smell, and a bitterish, pungent taste. The stalk, leaves, and seeds possess the same qualities, though in an inferior degree. They are aromatic and carminative. The dose, 3ss. to 3j., three or four times a day. Confectioners make a sweetmeat of the stems. — A. atropurpurea is indigenous, and similar in property. — A., garden. See Angelica archangelica.— A. pilula. Anderson's pill.— A. sativa. See Angelica sylvestris. — A. sylvestris. Wild angelica. This species possesses inferior properties to the garden species. Angelicus ruLVis. Algaroth. Angeli'nac cortex. See Andira. Anger. Ira. See Pathemata animi. Angie'ctasis. (From ayyeiov, a vessel, and enroots, extension.) Any dilatation of a vessel; a term comprehending the different kinds of aneurism, varix, &c. ANGI'NA. (a, as, f.; from ango, to strangle.) A term that has been applied to several diseases which are attefided with difficult deglutition or respiration. Inflammation of the throat, pharynx, or surrounding parts. Angina has been often used for croup, which has the following synonymes : Angina canina; A. cxitdatoria; A. humida; A. infantum; A. inflammatoria; A. cynanche; A. membranacea; A. pellicularis; A. perniciosa; A. polyposa; A. pulposa; A. strepilosa; A. trachcalis; A. suffocativa. It is a synonyme of Cynanche maligna, which has been termed Angina epidemica; gangrenosa ; maligna; ulcerosa. Angina aphthosa. Aphtha?.— A. bronchialis. Bronchitis.— A. interna. A. laryngea. Laryngitis.—A. paralytica. Paralysis of the pharynx. — A. uvularis. Uvulitis.— A. tonsillaris. Sore throat. Angina external. A. maxillaris and A. parotidea are synonymes of mumps. Angina epiglottiuea. A. asdemalosa. An oedematous affection of the glottis, the consequence of chronic laryngitis. See Laryngitis. Angina nasalis. Inflammation of the posterior portions of the Schneiderian membrane. Nasitis. Angina pectoris. A. cordis. Neuralgia of the heart. Suffocative breast-pang. This affection is acute or chronic. The acute is characterized by a sense of painful constriction in the chest, most about the lower part of the sternum, inclining to the left side, and extending to the left arm. The pain is always severe, and sometimes amounts to agony; the action of the heart and lungs is variously disordered, and the patient is harassed with dyspnoea, palpita tion, extreme anxiety, and a sense of impending dissolution; the pulse is sometimes not much affected, but it is generally either oppressed, feeble, and hitennittent, or full and tlirobbing: it occasionally alternates between these two states; the functions of the stomach are also much deranged, and there is often excessive flatulence aud eructation. After continuing from a few minutes to one or more hours, these distressing symptoms subside, and the patient returns to his ordinary state. The chronic form of the disease is less violent, but the paroxysms are more frequent, and of longer duration, and the intermissions less perfect. The chronic form often results from the long continuance of the acute. The fits are brought on by considerable exercise, fatigue, indigestion, depressing passions. It is chiefly dependent on gout, rheumatism, dyspepsia, neuralgia. The prognosis is rather unfavorable in aged persons. The treatment depends upon the cause, which must be assailed during the intermissions, whether it be gastric, rheumatic, or neuralgic. During the paroxysms, friction over the heart, counter-irritation, antispasmodics, especially small doses of ipecacuanha or antimony, are very serviceable. Hydrocyanic acid, spiritus ammonia? foetidus, and camphor are much employed. Bleeding is serviceable where there is plethora or congestions of the parts near the heart. Mild laxatives are also to be used. The patient should lead a quiet, regular life, taking as much exercise as he can. Organic affections of the heart and great vessels are also causes, such as ossification of the different valves, ossification of the coronary arteries, hypertrophy of the heart, or passive dilatation—more frequently the latter. Angina pellicula'ris. A name lately given to those inflammations of the pharynx, larynx, or adjacent parts, which are attended with the formation of false membranes, as croup. Angina polypo'sa. See Croup. Angina scirrho'sa. Difficulty of deglutition, occasioned by scirrhus of the pharynx or oesophagus. See Stricture. Angina sicca. A chronic inflammation of the pharynx, accompanied with a distressing sensation of dryness and heat It is generally symptomatic of chronic affections ofthe stomach or lungs. Angina trachealis auultorum. Laryngitis. Angino'sus. Attended with angina, as Scarlatina anginosa. Angio. A prefix, similar to Angeio, which see. A'ngioca'rpous. (From ayyttov, a case, and napnoc, fruit.) When seed-vessels are inclosed within a covering that does not form a part of themselves; as the filbert, acorn, such fungi as have their spores included in a peridium, or hollow shell, as lycoperdon. ANGIOLO'GIA. (a, as, f.; from ayyeiov, a vessel, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) Angiology, or the doctrine of the blood-vessels and absorbents. Angiopyra. Continued fever. Angio'sis. A term under which Alibert includes all diseases of the blood-vessels. ANGIOSPF/RMIA. An order of plants in the class Didynamia of Linnaeus, the seeds of which are lodged in a pcricarpium or seed-vessel. Angiotenic. Synocha, Inflammatory fever. ANGIOTO'MIA. (a, as, f; from ayyeiov, a A N H A N I 51 v essel, and reuvu, to cut.) Angiotomy; the anatomy of the sanguiferous and absorbent vessels. Angle. Angulus. The inclination of two lines tdward each other, which meet at a point. The term is applied by anatomists to various parts, which are of an angular shape; thus, we speak of the external and internal angle of the eyes, of the angle of the jaw. Angle, facial. A straight line drawn from the most prominent part of the forehead to the alveolar edge of the upper jaw, opposite to the incisor teeth, and another from the external auditory foramen to the same point, form an angle called the facial angle. The facial angle affords but a very defective criterion of the development of the cranium, or the sagacity of the animal ; still, however, there appears to be some general truth in tho indications derived from it, especially in relation to the human species; for in the European race the facial angle is seldom less than 80°, while in the negro it is seldom more than 70°. Angle, optic. Angle of vision. Visual angle. The angle formed by two rays of light proceeding from different objects, or opposite extremities of the same object, and meeting in the pupil. Angola seed. Abrus precatorius. Angolan. A fine East Indian tree, the wood of which is believed to possess diuretic and vermifuge powers. It is the Alangium decapetalum. A'ngone. (e, es, f.; from ayxu, to strangle.) A name given to the feeling of strangulation common in hysteria. Globus hystericus. A'NGOR. (or, oris, m.) In pathology, a feeling of anxiety and constriction in the precordial region. Anguish. Angor febrilis. The weariness and pain which commences some fevers. Angor pectoris. Angina pectoris. A'ngos. Ayyoc. A vessel. The uterus. A bubo. Angosturin. A bitter neutral, ciystalline principle, obtained by evaporating the alcoholic solution of cusparia. Angui'lla. The eel. Angular artery. The facial arteiy, where it is distributed near the inner angle of the eye, and also the facial artery. Angular processes. The orbitary processes ofthe frontal bone. Angular vein. The vein accompanying the angular artery. Angularis. The levator scapula?. ANGULO'SUS. Angular. Angusta'tio. The morbid contraction of a vessel or canal. Angustatio cordis. The contraction, or systole, of the heart. Angustia. Contraction; anxiety. Angustifo'lium. Narrow-leaved. ANGUSTU'RA. Angusturia cusparia. See Bonplandia. Angustura spuria. A. ferruginea. See Brucia antidysenterica. Anhasmatosia. Asphyxia; anaemia. Anhasmia. Anaemia. Anhalti'na. Certain distilled aromatic spirits supposed to possess analeptic virtues. ANHELA'TION. Dyspnoea. Difficulty of breathing; panting. ANHE'LITUS. (us, us, m.; from anhelo, to breathe with difficulty.) Anhelation. The breath; dyspnoea; asthma. Anhistous. Inorganic. The decidua is termed an anhistous membrane by Velpeau. ANHY'DROUS. (From a, neg., and vdup, water.) Without water. A term applied by chemists to various substances which contain no combined water, as crystals, &c. Anice'ton. A plaster of litharge, alum, cerussa, frankincense, white pepper, and turpentine, formerly reputed in tinea, &c. Anideus. (From a, neg., and elSoc, shape.) Amorphous. Anidro'sis. (Avidpuotc ; from a, neg., and idpuc, sweat.) Absence of cutaneous perspiration. Anil. See Indigofera. Anile. Senseless. Aniline. Anilicacid. Products from indigo. A'NIMA. (a, as, f.; from aveuoc, wind, or breath.) The soul, or vital principle. Any simple and volatile substance; the purest part of any substance. A medicine supposed to have particular virtues in curing the diseases of any organ was sometimes called the anima. Anima aloes. Refined aloes. Anima articulorum. See Hermodactylus. Anima he patis. Sulphate of iron. So called from the efficacy it was formerly supposed to possess in diseases of the liver. Anima mundi. The universal spirit or intelligence. Anima pulmonum. A name given to saffron on account of its use in asthmas. Anima rhabarbari. The best rhubarb. Anima saturni. Sugar of lead. ANIMAL. A symmetrical organization provided with an internal stomach, and having the power of voluntary motion to a greater or less extent. The nervous system is peculiar to animals, although it can not be traced in every species. The term includes eveiy variety of form and degree of development. Chemically considered, animals are compounded of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, chiefly. Phosphorus and sulphur exist in all to a limited extent; the earthy bodies are peculiar to some only. Animals differ from plants in their power of digestion; while the latter convert gases, water, and inorganic substances into starch, fibrin, &c, animals are incapable of producing extensive changes on the food they receive, and require that which is highly organized for their nutrition. Animal acids. Those acids produced by the metamorphoses occurring within animals, such as the cholic, uric, cystic, lactic, cerebric,. margaric, stearic, &c. Animal black. Charred bone, horn, u, to write.) A description of the structure of man. Anthropo'logy. (From avQpunoc, aiid.Aoyoc, a discourse.) The description of man. Physiology. Anthropo'phagus. Anthropopha'gia. A man-eater; a cannibal. Anthroposo'phia. (From avdpunog, and aotyia, knowledge.) The philosophy of man. Anthropotomy. Anatomv of man. ANTHY'LLIS. AvdvMtc. A name given by the ancients to a number of plants. A genus of plants; family, hcguminosas. — A. vulnera'ria is used as an application to wounds, bruises, &c — A. cre'tka is supposed to have laxative properties. Anthypno'tic (Anthypnoticus; from avri, against, and vnvog, sleep.) Applied to medicines which prevent sleep. Coffee and strong tea has this effect on many persons. Anthypoco'ndriac. Anthypochondriacus. Medicines used against hypochondriasis. Anthyste'ric. (Anthystcricus; from avri, against, and varepa, the womb.) Applied to medicines used against hysteria. A N T ANT 5G ANTI. Ant- Avrt. A prefix meaning opposed to, against. See the compound words Ant-; as, Aniapoplectic, Antarthritic, Antiasthmatic, Antatropic, Antemetic, Antephialtic. Anti'ades. The tonsils. Antiadi'tis. Inflammation ofthe tonsils. Antiado'ncus. Anti'agri. A swelling of the tonsils. Antiarine. Anthiarin. Antiaris toxicaria. See Upas. Antiballo'menos. Applied to a medicine used as a substitute for another. Antibra'chial. Antibrachialis. Appertaining to the forearm. Antibrachial aponeurosis. The aponeurosis or cellular sheath covering the forearm; it arises above from the brachial aponeurosis, and the tendons of biceps and triceps, as well as the'condyle, and is lost below in the annular ligaments. Antibra'chium. The forearm. Anticache'ctic. Anticackecticus. A medicine against a cachexy. Anticancerous. Anticarcinomatous. A medicine against cancer. Antica'rdium. (um, i, n.; from avri, opposite to, and aapdia, the heart.) The hollow at the bottom of the breast, commonly called scrobiculus cordis, or pit ofthe stomach. Anticatarrhal. Anticatarrhalis. A medicine used against a catarrh. (Anticausoticus; from avrt, against, and navooq, a burning fever.) Applied to a medicine used against an ardent fever. A'nticheir. The thumb.— Galen. Anticholerica. Sophora heptaphylla. ANTICIPATING. Anti'cipans. When certain phenomena of the living body occur before their accustomed time; as to the menses, anticipating their monthly period, or the paroxysm of an ague coming on before the expected hour. Anticipa'tio. Anticipation. See Anticipans. Anticne'mion. The shin.— Galen. Antico'lic. Anticolicus. A medicine used against the colic. Anticus. Anterior; in front. ANTIDE'SMA. A genus of East Indian plants. The leaves of the A. alexiteria are used as an antidote to the bite of serpents. The A. zeylanica is supposed to be an antidote to the bite of the naja. Antidinic. Antidi'nicus. (From avri, against, and divog, giddiness.) A medicine used against vertigo or giddiness. ANTIDOTA'RIUM. A dispensatory; a pharmacopoeia. A'NTIDOTE. Anti'dotus. Anti'dotum.— (From avrt, against, and didopi, to give.) A medicine used to prevent or remove the effects of poison. Originally it meant any medicine. Antidynous. Anodyne. Antidysente'ric. Antidysentericus. Amedicine used against a dysentery. Antifebrile. Antifebrilis. A febrifuge. Antigala'ctic (Antigalacticus ; from avri, and yaAa, milk.) Medicines or other means which diminish the secretion of milk. Antihaimorrhagic. Styptic. Antihaemorrhagic extract is a styptic extract of ergot. Antihe'ctic. Anthecticus. Anthectic. .A medicine against hectic fever. Antihectic mixture of Griffith. See Mistura ferri composita. Antihe'cticum poterii. Diaphoreticum Joviale. Formerly extolled for its efficacy in hectic fevers. It was made by fusing antimony and tin together in a crucible, pounding, and then detonating them with nitre. Antihydro'pic. (Antihydropicus; froraavn, against, and vdpung, dropsy.) Medicines used against dropsy. Antii'cteric (Anti-ictcricus; from avri, and mrepog, jaundice.) Applied to medicines used against jaundice. Anti-impetigines, Solomon's. Liquor hy drargyri oxymuriatis. Antilactics. Antigalactic. Antili'thic (From avri, and Aidog, a stone.) Synonymous with Lithontriptic. Antilo'bium. The tragus. Antiloi'mic. Antiloimicus; from avri, and Aoipog, a pestilence.) Applied to a preservative against pestilence. ANTILOPE. Antilopus. Antholops. The horns and hoofs were formerly supposed to possess antispasmodic virtues, and were given in hysteria and epilepsy. Antilyssic (From avri, and Avooa, mad ness.) A medicine useful in madness. ANTTLY'SSUS. (From avri, and Avooa, canine madness.) Medicine which is administered against the effect of a mad dog's bite. Antimelancho'lic. A medicine given to remove melancholy. ANTIMO'NIAL. Antimonialis. A preparation of antimony. • Antimonial powder. See Antimonialis pulvis. Antimonial wine. See Antimonii tartarizati vinum. AntisIonialis pulvis. Pulvis antimonii compositus. Antimonial powder. Take sulphuret of antimony, powdered, a pound; hartshorn shavings, two pounds. Mix, and throw them into a crucible at a red heat, and stir the mixture until it ceases to give off vapor. Pound the residue, and place in a crucible with a loose lid; keep at a red heat two hours. It was introduced as a substitute for James's powder, and is an uncertain mixture of oxide of antimony, antimonious acid, and bone earth. It is principally employed as a sudorific in febrile diseases, given in powder or pill; dose, gr. v. to x. Minute doses of emetic tartar produce the same diaphoretic effect, and with much greater certainty. Antimoniale causticum. Antimony, chloride of. Antimo'niate. A salt formed by the combination of the antimonic acid with a base. Antimoniatum tartar. Antimonii tartanzatum. Antimonii butyrum. See Antimony. — A. calx. Antimonium calcinatum. — A. cinnabaris. See Cinnabar.— A. clyssus. Sulphuret of antimony deflagrated with nitre.— A. crocus. See Antimonii vitrum. — A. flores argentini. See Antimony.— A. flores Helmontii. See Flores antimonii Helmontii. — A. flores rubri.- See ANT ANT 57 Flores antimonii rubri.— A. hepar. Antimonii sulphuretum prajcipitatum. Antimonii cerussa. A. cinis. See Antimonium calcinatum. Antimonii et potass,*: tartras. A.potassio tartras. Antimony et potash, tartrate of. Antimonium tartarizatum, which see. Antimonii muriatum. Antimony, muriate of. Antimony, chloride of. Antimonii nix. Oxide of antimony. Antimonii oleum. Antimony,chloride of. Antimonii oxydulum hydrosulphuratum. Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. Antimonii oxydum. Oxide of antimony. Teroxide or sesquioxide of antimony. See Antimony. Antimonii oxydum cum sulphure vitrificatum. A. oxydum sulphuretum vitrificatum. See Antimonii vitrum. Antimonii oxydum nitro-muriaticum. (Ph. D.) Antimony, nitro-muriatic oxide of. See Antimonium tartarizatum. Antimonii oxysulphuretum. Antimony oxysulphuret. See Antimonium sulphuretum prcecipitatum. Antimonii regulus. The native sulphuret. Antimonii sal. Antimonium tartarizatum. Antimonii sesquioxydum. A. sesquisulphuretum. A. sesquichloridum. These are now called the oxide, &c, or the teroxide, &c. See Antimony oxide, Antimonium sulphuretum proecipitatum. Antimonii sulphuratum, v. praicipitatum. See Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum, Antimonii sulphure'tum. Sulphuret of antimony is an abundant natural product, and is found in the form of the common ore of antimony; it exhibits a brilliant lead-gray color, and radiated oif fibrous crystalline texture. It is used to form the compounds of antimony, and not as a medicine. Its composition is SbSs; and it is a tersulphuret, aud not a sesquisulphuret or sulphuret. Antimonii sulphuretum frascipitatum. (U. S.) Sulphur: antimonii prcecipitatum. Precipitated sulphuret of antimony. A preparation which is made thus: Take of sulphuret of antimony, in powder, six ounces; of the solution of potash, four pints; of distilled water, three pints. Mix, and boil the mixture over a slow fire for three hours, stirring it well, and occasionally adding distilled water, so that the same measure may be preserved. Strain the solution quickly through a double linen cloth, and, while it is yet hot, drop in, gradually, as much sulphuric acid as may be required to precipitate the powder ; then wash away the sulphate of potash with hot water; dry the precipitated sulphuret of antimony, and reduce it to a fine powder. It is an oxysulphuret of antimony (Hepar antimonii). If the decanted liquor be allowed to cool before the addition of the acid, the orange-red precipitate, called kermes mineral, will be thrown down. Golden sulphuret is obtained by precipitating the solution by an acid after the kermes has subsided. The precipitated sulphuret of antimony is di- aphoretic and expectorant in small doses, and emetic in a larger dose. In modern practice it is only used as an alterative. It is useful in many cutaneous affections, and in chronic rheumatism, especially combined with calomel, as in Dr. Hummer's pill. The dose of the precipitated sulphuret is from gr. j. to gr. iv., twice a day. Acids increase the emetic effect of this medicine, and should therefore be avoided during its use. Antimonii sulphuretum prasparatum. (U. S.) Prepared sulphuret of antimony. It is prepared in the same way as chalk, but is an unsafe medicine, seldom used; dose, gr. x. to 9j. Antimonii sulphuretum rubrum. The red precipitate which falls spontaneously from the solution of sulphuret of antimony in potash. Kermes mineral. Antimonii tartariza'ti vinum. Vinum antimonii. (U.S.) Wine of tartarized antimony. Take of tartarized antimony, one scrapie; Teneriffe wine, §x. Dissolve. Each fj. contains two grains. Antimonii tartras. Antimonium tartarizatum. Antimonii vitriolum. See Sulphas antimonii. Antimonii vitrum. Glass of antimony. A preparation which is thus made: sulphuret of antimony in powder is exposed in a shallow iron dish to heat, and is kept constantly stirred to prevent agglutination. It is heated until fumes are no longer given off. The gray powder thus obtained answers well for the formation of tartarized antimony; but if it is to be vitrified, it must be put into a covered iron crucible, and exposed to a strong heat until it fuses into a clear glass ; the glass should be transparent, and of a bright brownish-red or hyacinthine color. It consists of oxide and sulphuret of antimony, in proportions which are somewhat variable. When the oxide is dissolved by acids, there remains the crocus or saffron of antimony, an oxysulphuret: Sb03-t-2SbS 3 . This preparation was formerly employed as a diaphoretic, aperient, and emetic; but it is now only used in making some other preparations. Antimonite. A salt formed by the combination of the antimonious acid with a base. See Antimony. Antimonium calcinatum. The impure oxide of antimony, as obtained by calcining the sulphuret. It is of an ash-gray color, and contains antimonious acid. Antimonium diaphore'ticum. Diaphoretic antimony. An old preparation; called, also, Calx antimonii Anglorum: made by deflagrating in a crucible one part of gray antimony with three of nitre. Antimonium diaphoreticum lotum. Antimoniate of potash. This is the diaphoretic antimony washed. Antimonium diaphoreticum martia'le. Anticachecticum Ludovici. An old medicine, made by fusing together equal weights of powdered sulphuret of antimony and iron filings, reducing them when cool to powder, deflagrating them with three times their weight of nitre, and dissolving the product in water; a yellowishbrown precipitate is formed, which is the mar- ANT A N T Antimonium vitrificatum. See Antimonii CIS L Jo tiat diaphoretic antimony. It was given as a tonic in doses of 15 or 20 grains. Antimonium medicina'le. Melt together sulphuret of antimony, gv.; potash, gj.; common salt, giv. When cold, separate the crust; powder, and wash. Antimonium salitum. Antimony, chloride of. Antimonium tartariza'tum. Antimonii et roTASSA£ tartras. (U. S.) Tartarized antimony; tartar emetic. Take prepared sulphuret of antimony, gij.; muriatic acid, gxiiss.; nitric acid, sj.; water, Cj. Digest with heat in the acids; filter; add to the water. Collect the precipitate (nitro-murialic oxide, Dub."); wash thoroughly; dry. Take of this oxide, gij.; powdered supertartrate of potash, giiss.; distilled water, gxviij. Boil, filter, and set it aside to crystallize. Pure tartar emetic is in crystals, the primary form of which is an octahedron with a rhombic base. They are transparent when first formed, but become white and opaque by exposure to the air. It reddens litmus. Its taste is slightly styptic and metallic. Exposed to the air, it effloresces slowly. It is insoluble in alcohol. Boiling water dissolves half its weight, and cold water a fifteenth part. If the aqueous solution be long kept, the salt is spontaneously decomposed. As an emetic, it is given in doses of gr. j. to gr. iij., and produces, also, active purgation. It is not suitable for children, from ther prostration it produces. It acts as an arterial sedative, and sometimes is altogether contra-indicated in any form, from the patient's idiosyncrasy. In small quantities, emetic tartar is of great utility as a nauseating medicine, a diaphoretic, and an expectorant. Dose, gr. i to gr. £. In minute doses, and combined with calomel, it is a powerful alterative in many diseases of the skin. It is sometimes administered in doses of gr. V« to x. in inflammations, especially of the chest, to produce a full sedative effect. When nibbed into the skin, or applied to the surface of a wound, tartarized antimony produces its characteristic effects on the system. An ointment, formed by triturating 31 j. of tartarized antimony with ?j. of lard, and nibbed into the skin, has the singular property of bringing out a crop of large and inflamed pustules, something resembling those of small-pox. This is used with great effect in all cases where powerful counter-irritation is required, and has the advantage of all other means in one particular, namely, that it not only excites inflammation, but establishes a new and specific action, and imitates closely the natural process by which internal disease is sometimes thrown upon the surface. When taken in a poisonous dose, emetic tartar produces effects very analogous to those of arsenic: violent vomiting and purging, with severe colic, pain and sensation of burning hi the stomach, difficult respiration, fainting, convulsions, and death. The treatment consists in evacuating the poison by the copious use of bland diluents, decomposing it by decoctions of oak bark or infusion of galls, and subsequently abating the inflammation of the bowels by bleeding and opium. vitrum. A'NTIMONY. (Antimonium, i, n.) A metal of a grayish-white color, having a slight bluish shade, and very brilliant. Its texture is lamellated. Its specific gravity is about 6*7. It is moderately hard, very brittle, fuses at 800° F., and, if the heat be increased, it is volatilized in white fumes of oxide of antimony. Symbol, Sb; equivalent, 129*24, or, according to some chemists, 64*62. When antimony is heated to a full red or white heat in a covered crucible, and then suddenly exposed to the air, it inflames and burns with a white light; the vapor which rises condenses on cool surfaces, frequently in the form of small acicular crystals of a silvery whiteness: these were formerly called argentine jioicers of antimony ( SbOa). It is the active oxide of medicines. Antimonious acid : Sb04. It is generated when the oxide is exposed to heat in open vessels, and is formed in the process of preparing the pulvis antimonialis. It is probably a mixture of the oxide and anthnonic acid. Antimonic acid, sometimes called peroxide of antimony, is obtained as a white hydrate by digesting the metal iu strong nitric acid. When exposed to a red heat, it parts with oxygen, and is converted into antimonious acid. Its form, is SbC>6. Chloride of antimony, SbCls, or Tcrchloride, formerly the sesquioxide, is formed by distilling metallic antimony with rather more than twice its weight of corrosive sublimate; the volatile chloride of antimony passes over, and the mercury remains in the retort. This butter of antimony is soft, dissolves with a gentle heat, and crystallizes on cooling. When it is thrown into water, the greater part subsides in the state of an oxychloride, which is the powder of Algaroth. The chloride, or butter, is deliquescent, and has caustic qualities. It is rarely used except by veterinary surgeons. Antimony forms an important series of compounds with sulphur. The common sulphuret, kermes mineral, and golden sulphuret, have already been described. See Antimonii sulphuretum and Antimonii sulphuretumpraocipitatum. There are several oxysulphurets of antimony, which are of rather variable composition, according as more or less of the sulphuret is oxydized during their formation. Of this nature are the glass of antimony, the crocus or saffron of antimony, and the liver of antimony. See Antimonii vitrum. The compound of antimony most important to the physician is the double tartrate of antimony and potash, or emetic tartar of the shops. See Antimonium tartarizatum. Antimony ash. Antimonium calcinatum.— A.,flowers. See Antimony.— A., deutoxide of. Antimonious acid : Sb0 4 . The antimonium calcinatum is an impure kind. — A.,golden sulphuret. See Antimonii sulphuretum prfficipitatum — A.,hydrochlorate. A.,muriatc. Antimony, chloride.— A.,peroxidc. Antimonious acid. Antimonium calcinatum. — A., red. Kermes mineral. Antimonii sulphuretum prajcipitatum — A., submuriale. Powder of Algaroth. See Antimony, cliloride.— A.,sesqnioxide.A.,ses- A N T ANT Anti'phthora. See Anthora. 59 quisulphurct, &c. The same as the oxide, sulphuret, the former terms being used when the equivalent of antimony is taken at 64-62: thus, the oxide becomes 2SbC>3. — A., teroxide. A., tersulphurct. The same compounds as are usually termed the oxide, sulphuret, &c. Antimony, butter of. See Antimony, chloride of. Antimony, cerated. Cerated glass of. The levigated powder of the glass, mixed with 5 th wax, roasted till no more vapors arise, and then pounded. An old preparation. Antimony, crude. The sulphuret of antimony of commerce. Antimony, glass of. See Antimonii vitrum. Antimony, sulphuret of. See Antimonii sulphuretum. Antimony, tartarized. See Antimonium tartarizatum. Antimony, vitrified oxide of. See Antimonii vitrum. Antinephri'tic (Antinephriticus; fromavn, and vefpinc, a disease ofthe kidneys.) Medicines used against disorders of the kidneys. Antineurotic Nervine remedies. Antiochi hieri, and A. theriaca. Complicated medicines used by the ancients in mania, &c. Antiodonta'lgic. See Antodontalgic. Antiorga'stic (Antiorgasticus; from avri, and opyafa, to excite vehemently.) Sedative. Antiparaly'tic. Antiparalylicus. Medicines against palsy. Antiparasitic. Antiparasiticus. Substances which destroy vermin. Antipa'thic. Possessed of an antipathy. Applied to things whose nature is adverse and opposed. ANTFPATHY. (Antipathies, a;, f.; from avri, against, and nadog, an affection.) Disgust and hon or at the presence of particular objects, with great restlessness or fainting. It comprises two speoies, viz., Antipathia sensilis, eensile antipathy, antipathy excited through the medium of the external senses; and Antipathia insensilis, insensile antipathy, where the antipathy is not excited by objects within the range of vision. ANTIPERISTALTIC. Antiperistalticus. An inverted action of the intestines, by which their contents are urged upward. It is opposed to Peristaltic, which see. Antiperi'stasis. Antagonism. Antipertussis. An old remedy against hooping-cough, containing the sulphate of zinc. Antipestilential. The same as antiloimic. Antipha'rmic Autipharmacon. (Antipharmicus; from avri, and tyappanov, a poison.) The same as alexipharmic. ANTIPHLOGISTIC. (Antiphlogisticus; from avri, against, and leyu, to burn.) A term applied to those means, whether medicinal or hygienic, which tend to reduce inflammation. Bleeding, purging, refrigerants, and a low diet form the most important part of the antiphlogistic treatment. Antiphtheiriaca. Antiparasitic medicines. Antiphthi'sic. Antiphthisicus. Agahist a consumption. Antiphy'sical. (Antiphysicus; from avrt, against, and (pvoaw, to blow.) Synonymous with carminative. Antipleuri'tic Antipleuriticus. Against a pleurisy. Antipoda'gric Antipodagricus. Medicines which relieve the gout. Antipra'xia. Antipraxis. (From avri, and Ttpaoou, to work.) A contrariety of diseased states coexisting in the same patient, as spasm of the muscles in one limb, and paralysis in another. Antipro'stata: glandula:. Cowper'sglands, so called because they are situated before the prostate. Antiputric Antiseptic. Antipso'ric. Medicines used against the itch. Antipyic (Antipyicus; from avri, against, and nvov, pus.) Medicines or other means used to prevent suppuration. Antipyre'tic. Antipyrelicus. Against a fever. Febrifuge. Antipyro'tic. (Antipyroticus; from avrt, against, and nvp, fire.) Applied to remedies used in the cure of burns. Antiquartana'rium. A remedy against a quartan ague. Antiqua'rticum. The same as Antiquartanarium. Antiquarticum peruvianum. The cinchona, or Peruvian bark. Anti'qui morbi. Chronic diseases. Antirachitic Against rachitis, or the rickets. ANTFRRHINUM. (um,i, n.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Family, Scrophularinece. — A. elati'ne. Elatinc. The leaves of this plant have a roughish, bitter taste, but no smell. Fonnerly used against scurvy and old ulcerations.— A. lina'ria. Toad-flax. Linaria, The leaves have a bitterish, saline taste. They are diuretic and cathartic. They have been much used as an application to piles in ointment, &c. Antisco'lic. (Antiscolicus; from avrt, and OKulnf, a worm.) Anthelmintic. ANTISCORBU'TIC. Antiscorhuticus. Against the scurvy. ANTISCROFULOUS. Antistrumous. Medicines or other means opposed to scrofula. ANTISE'PTIC. (Anlisepticus; from avri, against, and anno, to putrefy.) A term applied to any substance which has the power of preventing animal matter from passing into a state of putrefaction, and of obviating putrefaction when already begun. In the arts, salt, nitre, acetic acid, mineral acids, creasote, acetate and muriate of alumina, chlorine, sulphate of iron, charcoal, acetone, arsenic, corrosive sublimate, sulphate of copper, acetate of iron, &c, are of this kind. Antiseptic medicines are those which are used to correct the tendency to putrescency supposed to exist in certain malignant diseases. This class of medicines has been divided into, 1. Tonic antiseptics; as cinchona, cusparia, anthemis, quinine. 2. Refrigerating antisep tics; as the mineral acids. 3. Stimulating antiseptics ; as wine, alcohol, creasote, acetone, chlorine water, chloride of lime, and soda. 4 ANT A O R Antispasmodic antiseptics; as camphor, assafce- 60 tida, musk. Anti'spasis. A revulsion or derivation, as in the action of a blister. See Revulsion. ANTISPASMODIC. (Antispasmodics ; from avri, against, and onaapog, a spasm.) An antispasmodic medicine properly means one which has the power of allaying spasm, but is usually extended to those which allay severe pain unconnected with inflammation. The principal are musk, castor, petroleum, ammonia, asafetida, sagapenum, galbanum, ammoniacum, valerian, cajeput oil, ether, opium, camphor, and animal oils. Antispa'stic. Antispasticus. Antispasmodic. Derivative or revulsive. Antiste'rnum. Kvriarepvov. The back. Antistropha. The first and second ribs have been so called. Antistrumous. Antiscrofulous. ANTISYPHILI'TIC. Against the venereal disease. Anti'tasis. (From avri, against, and raaic, extension.) Counter-extension. Anti'thenar. This name has been given to two muscles: adductor ad indicem., and adductor pollicis pedis. Antitra'gicus. A muscle of the external ear; use, to turn the tip of the antitragus a little outward. ANTFTRAGUS. (us, i, n.; from avri, and rpayoc, the tragus.) An eminence of the outer ear, opposite to the tragus. Antitypia. Resistance. _ ANTIVENEREAL. Aniivcncrcus. Medicines used in the cure of venereal diseases. Antiverminous. Anthelmintic. Antizy'mic Applied to that which prevents fermentation. Antiseptic. Antli'a lactea. Anllia mammaria. A breast-pump. Antonii sancti ignis. See Erysipelas. Antophy'llos. Anthophyllos. Antri'tis. (From antrum, a cave.) Inflammation of any cavity of the body. A'NTRUM. (um, i, n., a cave.) A cavity which has a small opening. The term is applied by anatomists to several cavities. Antrum buccinosum. The cochlea of the ear. Antrum gena:. See Antrum Highmorianum. Antrum Highmoria'num. Antrum of Highmore. Antrum maxillm superioris. Maxillary sinus. A large cavity in each superior maxillary bone, between the eye and the roof of the mouth, lined by a mucous membrane. The maxillary sinuses are liable to several morbid affections. Sometimes their membranous lining inflames, and secretes a great quantity of mucus or pus. Various polypi, fungi, and other tumors are produced in them. Their bony parietes are occasionally affected with exostosis, or caries. The antrum is subject to abscess, which is accompanied with great pain and swelling, ending in caries of the palate, nasal plate, &c, whereby the pus is evacuated. It may be remedied by extracting a molar tooth, and perforating, through its socket, the cavity. After the pus is discharged, inject the cavity with tepid water. But it is also subject to polypus and malignant growths, which require the antrum to be laid open, and often cauterized by fire. Antrum pylo'ri. The small extremity of the stomach approaching the pylorus. Ants," acid ok. Formic acid. Anty'lion. Avrvhiov. An astringent cataplasm. Anuria. Ischuria. A'NUS. (us, i, m.) The fundament, or ter mination of the rectum. The seat. The anus is furnished with muscles, viz., the sphincter, which keeps it closed; aud the levatores ani, which retract it into its natural situation after the expulsion of the faeces. It is surrounded with a veiy loose cellular substance. The anus is subject to various diseases, especially piles, ulceration, abscesses, excrescences, and prolapsus, and to imperforation in new-born infants. 2. The foramen commune posterius, in the brain. Anus, artificial. An artificial opening made by the surgeon in the situation of tho anus in cases where the rectum is imperforate; or, a serious operation for the purpose of affording an outlet to the faeces by a new way, when, from disease or accident, a portion of the intestinal canal is obliterated. Anus, constriction of. The same as that below, with or without ulcerations. Anus, fissure of. Contraction of the anus, accompanied by a slight elongated ulceration of the rectum, the edges of which are red; there is, also, contraction of the rectum. It is attended with great anguish during defaecation, lasting from half an hour to several days. The introduction of the finger is attended with tho greatest pain. Laxatives, leeches to the anus, and fomentations are of little service if the disease be established; nothing but a free division of the sphincter toward the coccyx, and the introduction of tents during the cicatrization, will effect a perfect cure. Anus, preternatural. An accidental opening in the parietes of the abdomen, to which opening some part of the intestinal canal leads, and through which the faeces are either wholly or in part discharged. It may arise from a wound or gangrene of a strangulated hernia. Every means are to be taken to direct the faeces in their natural direction. ANXIETY. Anxictqs. In medical language, this term is applied to a painful restlessness and inquietude, usually accompanied with a sense of weight in the precordial region. Any'dron. A species of night-shade.—Btancard. AO'RTA. (a, m, f.) The main trunk of tho arterial system, which gives rise to eveiy artery in the body except the pulmonary. The aorta rises behind the pulmonary artery from the upper and back part of the left ventricle of the heart, opposite the third dorsal vertebra. Its mouth is closed by three semilunar valves. It ends at the fourth lumbar vertebra, and bifurcates into the right and left iliac arteries. Aorta, arch of. The bend between the ascending and descending portions. Aorta, ascending. That portion which goes from the heart to the arch. Af R A P H 61 Aorta, descending. The whole of the aorta from the termination of the arch to its bifurcation into the iliac arteries. Aorta, thoracic The portion of the aorta between the heart and the diaphragm. . Aorteuri'sma. Aneurism ofthe aorta. Aortic Appertaining to the aorta, as aortic valves. AORTI'TIS. Inflammation of the aorta. An extremely obscure disease, usually associated with diseases of the heart, lungs, and pleura, and resulting in aneurism and other organic and fatal consequences. Increased action of the heart, dyspncea, uneasiness in the course of the arteiy, violent pulsations, are the few uncertain signs. The affection is very common in its chronic form, as autopsies reveal. Treatment.—Counter-irritation, with tartar emetic ointment, issues, bloodletting, rest, antiphlogistic treatment. Ao'rtra. Aotron. The lungs. Ao'tus. (From a, and ovg, an ear.) A monster without ears. Apa'gma. The fracture of a bone. Apalachi'ne gallis. Ilex vomitoria Apallage. Change for the better. Apalotica. Deformities of tho soft parts. Apanthismits. The obliteration of parts no longer useful, as the thymus gland. Apa'nthropy. (Apanthropia; from a, and avQpuirog, a man.) A species of melancholy characterized by a dislike to society. Apari'ne. Goose-grass. See Galium aparine. Aparthro'sis. The same as Abarticulation. APATHY. (Apathia, as, f.; from a, priv., and naOog, affection.) A morbid suspension of the natural passions and feelings. It is a common symptom in low fevers, and other diseases which greatly impair the energy of the brain. Apeche'ma. Counter-fissure. Ape'lla. Retraction or smallness of the prepuce, or any soft appendage. Ape'psia. Indigestion. See Dyspepsia. Aperiens palpebrarum rectus. See Levator palpebras superioris. APE'RIENT. Ape'riens. Apertivus. (From apcrio, to open.) Applied to a medicine which gently opens the bowels. Aperi'statos. Aperistatum. An epithet applied by Galen to a small hollow ulcer which is not surrounded by inflammation, or accompanied with any particular morbid disposition. Ape'rtor oculi. Levator palpebra? superioris. Aperto'rium. An instrument that has been used to dilate the os uteri during labor. APE'TALOUS. Apetalus. Without a petal. Apeuthy'smenos. The rectum. A'PEX. (ex, icis, m.) The extremity or tip of a part, as the apex of the tongue. APHiE'RESIS. Amputation or extirpation. APHE'LXIA. (a, as, f.; from atpelucu, to abstract.) Revery. Dr. Good has three species: 1. A. socors, absence of mind. 2. A. intenia, abstraction of mind. 3. A. otiosa, brown study. Aphepse'ma. Aphepsis. A decoction. A'phesis. 1. The remission or resolution of a disease. 2. Laxity and debility of the whole body, or of any part. • A philanthropy. Aphilanthropia. (From a, (fnXeu, to love, and avdpuirog, a man.) Dislike of men; love of solitude. APHO'NIA. (Apodioia, venery.) Applied to articles of food, medicines, &c, which excite the venereal appetite. Phosphorus dissolved in oil is said to have this property, in doses of to of a grain'. Aphrodisia'smus. Aphrodisia. Aphrodi'sius morbus. The venereal disease. Aphronia. Apoplexy. Aphrosyne. Insanity. A'PHTHA. (a, as, f.; k6ai ; from aura, to inflame.) The thrush; called, also, Aphtha lactucimen. Small white ulcers upon the tongue, gums, inside of the lips and palate, resembling particles of curdled milk. There are three species of this affection : L Aphtha infantum. This appears in children soon after birth. When it is mild it is confined to the mouth, or extends no farther than the fauces; but when violent and of long standing, it is apt to extend through the whole course of the alimentary canal, from the mouth down to the anus; and to excite severe purging, with great constitutional irritation. The disease, when recent and confined to the mouth, may hi general be easily removed; but when it is of long standing, and has extended to the stomach and intestines, it very frequently proves fatal. 2. Aphtha maligna. Black thrush. In this the ulceration spreads from the larynx to the mouth, the sloughs are black, and the patient is affected with typhoid fever. It is usuaUy symptomatic. A gangrenous form of thrush (Aphtha gangrenosa, or A. serpentes) has frequently been very fatal among children, especially in foundling hospitals. 3. Aphtha chronica. The thrush sometimes occurs as a chronic disease, both in warm climates and in those northern countries where the cold is combined with a considerable degree of moisture, or where the soil is very marshy. The treatment of the thrush in children is generally to be begun by clearing out the bowels with rhubarb and magnesia, or A P 0 A P 0 G2 mild aperients. Where the child is veiy weak, and the aphtha? of a dark color, bark and other tonics must be had recourse to. The separation of the sloughs and healing of the ulcers may be promoted by washing the mouth occasionally with the honey of borax, diluted with two or three parts of rose water. The diet should be light and gelatinous. Warm clothing is necessary where there is dampness or cold. Aphtha lactantium. Aphtha infantum.— A. adultorum. Aphtha maligna. — A. anginosa. Aphtha? of the throat. Aphthous. Partaking of the nature of aphtha. APHY'LLUS. (From a, priv., and $va7jjv, a leaf.) Aphyllous; leafless. A'pios. Formerly Euphorbia apios. Also, the Bunium bulbocastanum, Lathyrus tuberosus, and Glycine apios. A'PIS. (is, is, f.) The name of a genus of Hymenopterous insects. The bee is A. mcllifica. A'PIUM. (um, i, n.) The name of a genus of plants; family, Umbellifcra. — A. grave'olens. Apium. Smallage. The roots, &c, are said to be aperient and carminative; the whole plant is acrid and poisonous. Celery is a variety produced by cultivation. — A. hortense. See Apium petroselinum. — A. pctroselinum. (Ph. U. S.) Common parsley. The seeds possess aromatic and carminative powers, but are seldom prescribed. Aplastic Not plastic. See Plastic. APNGD'A. Apnus. Apncustia. (a, cs, f.; from a, priv., and irvea, to breathe.) An extreme feebleness of respiration, as in syncope —sometimes asphyxia. Apo-. A7ro. From; off; out. A common prefix. Apoarthrosis. Articulation. Apoca'rpason. Apocarpathon. Apocalpason. See Carpasus. Apocarpa:. Apocarpous. Without distinct carpels. APOCATHA'RSIS. (From goto, and nadaipa, to purge.) A purgation, whether upward or downward. Apocatha'rtic The same as cathartic. APOCENO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ano, and ksvou, to evacuate.) 1. A flow or evacuation of any humor. 2. An order in the class Locales of Cullen is called Apocenoses, which embraces diseases characterized by a flux of blood, or other fluid, without pyrexia. Apochrempsis. Expuition. Apochyli'sma. An extract. Apochy'ma. knoxvpa. Pitch impregnated with sea-salt. Apocla'sma. Apagma. Apo'cope. Abscission. Apocrenic acid. A product of decaying vegetable matter, probably a humate of ammonia.—Mulder. Apo'crisis. (From anoKpiva, to secrete from.) An excretion of superabundant humors. Apocru'sticus. Apocroustic; repellant. Apocye'sis. (From otto, and kvu, to bring forth.) Parturition. APOCYNACEiE. An order of dicotyledonous plants, nearly agreeing with asclepiadacea?, but of rather more suspicious properties. Trees or shrubs, usually with milky juice, with leaves opposite, sometimes whorled ; corolla, monopetalous, hypogynous ; stamens, inserted into the corolla; ovaries, two ; fruit, a follicle, capsule, drupe, or berry, single or double. , Apocy'nine. A bitter principle from apocynum. APO'CYNUM. Dog's-baue. A genus of plants: class, Pentandria; order, Monpgynia; family, Apocynacece. — A. androscsmifolium. (U. S.) The powder of the root is given as an emetic, thirty grains producing about the same effect as a scruple of ipecacuanha.— A. cannabinum. (U. Si) Indian hemp. Powerfully emetic and cathartic. Dose, 3j. Also diuretic. Used in dropsies.— A. mari'timum, or Venetum. Grows near Venice, and contains a milky, poisonous juice.— A. juvc'ntas is used in India as a cordial.— A. scandens. The allamanda. Apodacry'ticus. Substances which first excite a flow of tears and then repress them. Afodyte'rium. The anteroom ofthe bath. Apogalacti'smus. Ablactatio. APOGEU'SIS. (From goto, and yevopai, to taste.) A generic term used by Vogel, including the various disorders of the sense of taste. Ageustia. Apoglauco'sis. Glaucoma. APOLE'PSIS. (knoliityic; from arro/iap-6avu, to intercept.) A suppression of any function. Afollinaris altercum. Hyoscyamus. Apo'lysis. Relaxation. Apo'meli. An oxymel. APONEURO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ooto, and vevpov, a nerve, or a tendon, which the ancients confound together.) A tendinous expansion. It is sometimes used for fascia. See Muscle. Aponeurosis crural, or femoral. Fascia lata. — A. iliac. Fascia iliac a. A'ponos. Anodyne. Apopalle'sis. Apopalsis. Expulsion. Protrusion.—Hippocrates. Apopa'lsis. See Apopallesis, Apopedasis. Dislocation. Apophlegma'tic. Apophlegmaii' smus. (Apophlegm at icu s; from atvo, and ifkeypa, phlegm.) A medicine which excites a discharge of mucus. The term, therefore, includes errhines, masticatories, detergent gargles, &c. Apo'phrades. (From ana, and pa£u, to speak.) Unlucky days, dies nefandi ; days which are not critical, or those on which no favorable change in a disease is expected to take place— Dies apophrades. Apo'phthora. Apophtha'rma. Abortion APO'PHYSIS. {is, is, f.; from anofvu, to produce or send forth.) A process, projection, or protuberance of a bone or other part. Apophysis of Ingrassius. The ahe minores of the sphenoid bone. Apophysis of Rau. See Malleus. Apople'cta ve'na. The internal jugular vein. APOPLECTIC. Apopleclicus. Appertain ing to apoplexy. Apoplectic cell. The cavity into which blood has been effused in apoplexy. a. r o APP 63 Apoplectifacients. The trae narcotics, as opium, morphia, and lactucarium, which stupefy and produce contracted pupil. Apople'xia hydrocepha'lica. Acute hydrocephalus. Apoplexia catat.e'ptica. A. parva. Catalepsy. Apoplexia infa'ntum. A form of apoplexy which has been observed to occur in children from the effect of teething, worms, or intestinal irritation. Apople'cticje ve'xje. The jugular veins. A'POPLEXY. (Apoplexia, a, f.; from aTTOTrAwaau, to strike or astound.) A sudden abolition, or great diminution, of the powers of sense and voluntary motion, the patient lying in a sleep-like state; the action of the heart continuing, as well as the respiration, which is often accompanied with a stertorous sound. The fit of apoplexy is frequently attended with convulsions of one side of the body and paralysis of the other. It is most frequent after thirty-five, and the prognosis is unfavorable. Apoplexy is usually divided into sanguineous (A. sanguinea") and serous (A. serosa, A. pituitosa), according as there is blood or serum effused into the brain; the terms sthenic and asthenic are, however, preferable. In sthenic apoplexy there is a full habit, plethora, tendency to hemorrhage; in asthenic there is feebleness, small pulse, pallor, and tendency to nervous disease. The precursory signs of pain in the head, vertigo, somnolency, deep inspirations, belong to both; but the stupor of the sthenic variety is deeper, and the liability to paralytic consequences is greater in the asthenic. The worst symptoms during the fit are, close contraction of the pupil, deep stertor, clinched jaw, foaming at the mouth; spontaneous hemorrhages are favorable. The treatment depends on the variety; where there is plethora, bleeding, counter-irritation, and purgation are actively employed; but in the asthenic form bleeding is always to be cautiously employed, the main dependence being on counter-irritants. The -fits last from eight hours to upward of two days, and the prognosis will depend somewhaton their length. The asthenic form is most dangerous. During convalescence the diet is to be low or nutritious, according to the variety. There is a liability to recurrence produced by the attack. Simple apoplexy (Apoplexia nervosa, or A. simplex) is a name given to a disease the symptoms of which are similar to those of common apoplexy, but in which it is of nervous or cerebral origin, and unconnected with effusion either of blood or serum. Apoplexy, cutaneous. Apoplexie cutanee. A great and sudden determination of blood toward the skin and subjacent cellular membrane. Apoplexy, pulmonary. Extravasation of blood in the lungs from the rupture of vessels, or exhalation and transmission from the membranes of the bronchia;, &c. See Hemoptysis. Apoplexy, renal. A congested state of the kidney, with irregular, dark, or black tuberculated knots. Apopni'xis. Suffocation., Apopsy'chia. Complete syncope. Apoiiuhce'a. (From anohpeu, to flow from.), Dejluvium. Effluvium. Miasm. Alopoecia. Aposce'mma. Aposcepsis. 1. The metastasis of a disease.— Hippocrates. 2. Faeces. Aposceparni'smus. A wound of the cranium, from which a fragment has been chipped off by a sharp instrument. Aro schasis. (From anoox a &> to scarify.) Aposckasmus. A scarification. Venesection — Hippocrates. Apose'pidin. Caseous oxide. Apo'sia. Absence of thirst. Aposi'tia. A loathing of food. Aposi'tic Medicines, &c, which take away the appetite. Apospa'sma. A solution of continuity, attended with recession of the divided parts from each other, as laceration of tendons, &c.— Galen. Aposphaceli'sis. Sphacelus. Apo'stasis. (is, eos, f.; from atyiarnpi, to separate.) The Greek, writers apply this term, 1. To abscesses in general. 2. To the separation of a fragment of bone. 3. To the resolution of a disease by excretion, or by a critical discharge. Aposta'xis. The dropping of any fluid. See Staxis. APOSTE'MA. (a, atis, n.; from aiarnpc, discedo, abscedo; hence, abscessus.) An apostem, imposthume, or apostume. Abscess. Apostema apostasis. An abscess from metastasis. ArosTEMA psoaticum. Lumbar abscess. Apo'stropiie. An aversion for food. Aposyringesis. The passage of a sore into a fistula. Apotelesma. The termination of a disease. APOTHE'CA. (\nodnKT}, a repository.) A storehouse for medicines; an apothecary's shop. Apothecaries' Hall. The place of business ofthe Company of Apothecaries, whose office, in England, is to examine candidates for the diploma of apothecary or general practitioner, and to prepare and 'sell pure medicines. Apo'thecary. (Apothecarius, i, m.; from anodnicn.) A general practitioner and druggist. This term formerly signified a druggist. Apothe'cia, or Apothe'cium. The receptacle of lichens. Apo'theme. The dark, insoluble body into which extractive matter becomes changed by contact with air. Apo'thesis. (From anoridnui, to replace.} The proper position for a reduced bone or part Apo'tocus. Abortive; premature. Apotome. Amputation. APO'ZEMA. A'pozem. (a, atis, n.; airofr pa ; from ano&u, to boil.) A decoction or apozem. APPARA'TUS. (us, Us, m.; from apparo, to prepare.) The instruments used in the practice of any art, as chemical apparatus, surgical apparatus. In Surgery, to certain methods of performing operations, as apparatus major, and apparatus minor —particular methods of operating for the stone. In Physiology, to a catenation of organs all ministering to the same function, as the respiratory apparatus, the digest ive apparatus. Apparatus at.tus. The high operation for the stone. APR AQU 64 Apparatus, chemical. The instruments required for chemical investigations, such as furnaces, crucibles, evaporating vessels, retorts, receivers, adopters, &c. Apparatus lateralis. Apparatus major. Apparatus minor. See Lithotomy. Apparatus, pneumatic. The name given to various contrivances for collecting the gases that result from chemical processes, and subjecting them to experiment. They are received over water or mercury usually. Apparatus, immovable. A method of supporting fractures by bandages or pasteboard, wetted with starch, or some stiffening paste. Appe'ndices cerebe'lli vermifo'rmes. Two eminences on the cerebellum, one of which is situated on the anterior and superior part, the other on the posterior and inferior. They somewhat resemble earth-worms coiled up, whence their name. APPENDPCULA. (a, oe, f.; dimin. of appendix.) A term applied by anatomists to certain parts appended ;to others. Appenoicula cacci vermiformis. See Appendix cotci vermiformis. Appendicula cerebri. The pituitary gland. Appendicula: epiplo'ica;. Appendices coli adiposce, vel pinguedinosae. Numerous small appendages of the colon and rectum, consisting of the peritoneal tunic filled with adipose matter. Appendi'culate. Appendiculatus. Leaves, leaf-stalks, &c, furnished with an appendix or additional organ. APPE'NDIX. (ix, icis, f.) An appendage. Appendix auricularis. A process of the upper and anterior part of the auricles of the heart. Appendix c.eci vermiedrmis. A hollow process attached to the caecum. It is of variable length, usually about four inches, and of the diameter of a goose-quill. Appendix ventriculi. The duodenum. Appetence. Strong desire. APPETITE. (Appctitus, us, m. ; from appeto, to desire.) An instinctive desire to perform certain natural functions, especially those of digestion and generation.— A., canine. Bulimia.—A., depraved. Pica. — A., insatiable. Bulimia.— A., morbid. Bulimia, Pica, Dyspepsia, Limosis. Apple. Pyrus malus. Apple, Adam's. Pomum Adami. Apples, acid of. Malic acid. Application. (From applico, to apply.) In medical language, remedial agents which are used externally, as poultices, lotions, &c, are called external applications, as opposed to internal medicines. Apprehe'nsio. (From apprehcndo, to take hold of.) 1. Catalepsy has been so called. 2. Indication. Approximate. Approximates. A term used in botany. See Adpressus. Approximation. (Approximate, onis, f.) The name given by Ettmuller to a pretended method of curing diseases by making them pass from the human body into animals or vegetables. Apricot. Armcniaca vulgaris. Apulo'tic. Epulotic. Apye'tus. (Anvnroc; from a, priv., and nvov, pus.) A term applied by the ancients to external tumors which do not suppurate. APYRETIC. (Apyreticus, anvperoc; from a, priv., and 7irp, fire.) A term that has been applied, 1. To those days on which the intermission happens in agues. 2. To local affections which are not accompanied with febrile excitement of the system. APYRE'XIA. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and fever.) Apyrexy. The intermission of an ague. Also, freedom, or cessation of fever. Apyrous. (Apyrus; from a, neg., and 7rt*p, fire.) Applied, 1. To a body which sustains the action of a strong heat without change. 2. To a body which has not been subjected to the action of fire. A'QUA. (a, oe, f.) Water. In Pharmacy, water is divided into several species; as, Aq. fontana, spring water; Aq. fluviatilis, Aq. ex flumine, river water; Aq. ex lacu, lake water; Aq. pura, Aq. destillata, pure or distilled water; Aq. medicata soteria, mineral water; Aq. nivea, nivalis, snow water; Aq.pluvia, pluvialis, imbrium, rain water; Aq. paludosa, ex palude, marsh water; Aq. putealis, cx puteo, well water. The term is also erroneously employed for Spiritus, as Aqua anisi fortis, Aq. cinnamomi fortis, Aq. juniperi, Aq. mentha? spirituosa, Aq. ardiente, &c.; for all of which, see Spiritus. Aqua aeris fixi. A. acidi carbonici. Water impregnated with fixed air. See Carbonic acid water. Aqua alexite'ria. A water distilled from leaves of spearmint, fresh tops of sea wormwood, and fresh angelica leaves. The aqua alexileria spirituosa was made from the same ingredients, but with the addition of proof spirit. The latter preparation, with vinegar added to it, was called Aqua alexileria spirituosa cum aceto. Aqua alkali'na oxymuria'tica. Chloride of soda. Aqua alu'minis composita. Aqua aluminosa Bateana. See Liquor aluminis compositus. Aqua ammo'nia: aceta'ta;. See Ammonia: acetatis liquor. Aqua ammoniac pura?, or fortissimo, or caustica. See Ammonia. * Aqua amygdalarum amarum concentrata. Water of bitter almonds. Take bitter almonds, Ibij.; water, Ibx.; alcohol, Ibiv. Bruise the almonds, and add the fluids gradually. Set the mixture aside in a well-closed vessel for a day. Distill; receive ibij. It contains prussic acid, and takes the place of the Aqua laurocerasi, and Aqua cerasorum nigrorum, or black cherry water, but it does not keep well. Aqua anethi. See Anethum graveolens. Aqua argentea. Mercury. Aqua arsenicalis pearsonii. Solution of arsenite of soda; it is almost identical in property with the arsenicalis liquor, or Fowler's solution. Aqua benedicta rulandi. A solution of crocus of antimony in wine. It is an active emetic. Aq.ua binelli. Aq. balsamica arterialis. A Q TJ AQU Aqua marina. Sea-water. Aq.ua menthjE piperita. See Mentha piperita. E 65 An Italian styptic of little value, supposed to be a solution of creasote in water. Aqua brocchieri. Eau de Brocchieri. Very similar to the Aq. binelli. Aqua calcis. See Calcis liquor. Aqua camphora:. (U. S.) Camphor water or mixture. Camphor, 3ij.; alcohol, HI xl.; magnesia, jj.; distilled water, Oij. Rub the camphor with the alcohol, then, with the magnesia, dissolve and filter. Dose, f. gss. to f. gj. Aqua camphorata (of Bates). See Aqua vitriolica camphorata. Aqua carui. See Carum carui. Aqua cerasorum nigrorum. Black cherry water. Prepared by bruising black cherries so as to break the stones, and then distilling with only a small proportion of water. Aqua chlorinii. See Chlorine water. Aqua cinnamomi. See Aquas distillate. Aqua ccslestis. Water holding ammoniated copper in solution. See Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. • Aqua ccerulea. See Aqua sapphirina. Aqua coloniensis. Cologne water. Eau de Cologne. *» Aqua cupri ammonia'ti. See Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. Aqua cupri vitriola'ti composita. Aqua vitriolica ccerulea, See Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. Aqua di na'poli. See Aquctta. Aqua distillata. Aq. stillata. Distilled water, obtained by distilling water in clean vessels, until about two thirds have come over. Aqua ferne'lii. A mixture of corrosive sublimate and lime-water, with the addition of a little spirit of wine. Aqua florum aurantii. Aqua naphas. Orange-flower water. A simple water distilled from orange flowers. It has a fragrant but sickly smell, and is antispasmodic. Dose, gj. to giv. Aqua fcsniculi. See Anethum fosniculum. Aqua fortis. A weak and impure nitric acid. Aqua gracca. A weak solution of nitrate of silver, which is sold by venders of nostrums to turn red hair black. Aqua gryse a. An aqueous solution of nitrate of mercury mixed with a decoction of various plfcnts. Aqua hepatica. Aq. acidi hydro sulphurata. Hydrosulphuretted water. Aqua hordeata. Barley-water. See Decoctum hordei. Aqua inter cutem. Anasarca. Aqua kali See Potassai carbonatis liquor. Aqua kali puri. See Potassm liquor. Aqua lab yrinthi. The fluid of the internal ear. Aqua lithargyri acetati. See Plumbi acetatis liquor. Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. See Plumbi acetatis liquor dilutus. Aqua lucia:. Spiritus ammonia? succinatus, or aromaticus. Aqua Mentha; sativa:. Aqua menthas viridts. See Mentha viridis. Aqua mephkitica. Aqua nucis moschata:. Spiritus myristica?. Aq.ua mirabilis. This was made by digesting aromatics in alcohol, and then distilling. Aqua mulsa. Hydromeli. Aqua obscura. The cataract. A term translated from the Aiabian authors. Aqua ophthalmica. Aqua zinci sulphatis cum camphora. Aqua pelagica. Sea-water. Aqua phagede'nica. The common yellow wash. See Yellow wash. Aqua picis liquida:. (D. Ph.) Aquapicea. Tar water. Mix of tar, Oij.; water, Cj.; stir 15 minutes, and, when clear, strain. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose, Oj. and Oij. ; in the day. Aqua pimenta:. See Myrtus pimenta. Aqua potassa:. Liquor potassa?. Aqua pulegii. See Mentha pulegium. Aqua rabelli. Elixir acidum Halleri.— A. raphani composita. Spiritus armoracia? compositus.—A. saturni. Plumbi acetatis liquor.— A. srdphurata simplex. Hydrosulphuretted water. — A. naphee. A. neroli. See Aq. florum aurantii.—A. vtdncraria. A. thediana. A. traumatica. A. sclopetaria. Eau d'Arquebusade. Aqua regia. Aqua regalis. Nitromuriatic acid. Aqua rosa:. (U. S.) Rose-water. Rose petals, lbviij.; water, Cij. Distill one gallon. Aqua sapphirina. Aqua ccerulea. Aqua cupri ammoniati. Blue eye-water. This is made by mixing 3j. of sal ammoniac with ibj. of lime-water, and putting into the mixture a small piece of clean copper, which is to remain till the fluid has acquired a fine blue color Aqua sere'na. Amaurosis. Aqua stygia. Nitromuriatic acid. Aqua sty'ptica. A name formerly given to a solution of sulphate of copper (or iron) and alum in water, with the addition of sulphuric acid. Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. Aqua toffania. See Aquetta. Aqua ve'geto-minera'lis. Eau vegeto-minerale. Goulard water is so called from its being made of vinegar and lead. Aqua vita:. Brandy. Aqua vitriolica camphorata. Camphorated water. Take of white vitriol, Armenian bole, aa. giv.; camphor, gj. Powder. Sprinkle one ounce at a time into Ibiv. of boiling water, and stir it briskly, and filter. A preparation formerly much used as a detergent to ulcers and a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia. Aqua zinci sulphatis (vel vitriolati) cum ca'mphora. Dissolve of sulphate of zinc, gss., in a quart of boiling water; add of camphorated spirits, f. gss., and filter. This is astringent, and a good collyrium. Aqua: distilla'ta?. Distilled waters. These are made by distilling vegetables or other substances with common water, and continuing the process as long as the water which comes over is strongly impregnated with the volatile part of the substance employed. The distilled waters of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are prepared by rubbing the essential oil with carbonate of magnesia, triturating with water, and then filter- AQU ARA OG ing; f. 3ss. of oil is added to two pints of water. To every gallon five ounces of proof spirit are to be added. It is unnecessary to enumerate all the distilled waters, as their names indicate the substance with the virtues of which they are impregnated. Dose, gss. to gij. Aqua: minkkai.es. See Mineral waters. Aqua: stillati'tiac simplices. Simple distilled waters. Aqua: stillatitia: spirituosa:. Spirituous distilled waters, now called spirits. See Spiritus. An aqueduct. This name has been given by anatomists to several canals in different parts of the body, but not very correctly, as several of them contain no fluid. Aquasductus cerebri. The infundibulum of the brain. Aqua:ductus co'chlea:. A very narrow canal, which begins at the under part of the scala tympani, near the fenestra rotunda, and, passing through the pars petrosa of the temporal bone, terminates by a triangular opening on the surface of the dura mater. Aquacductus cotu'nnii. The aqueducts of Cotunnius. The aqumductus cochlea and aqumductus vestibuli. Aquacductus fallopii. The aqueduct or canal of Fallopius, so called after the anatomist of that name. It commences within the meatus auditorius internus, passes through the pars petrosa of the temporal bone, and terminates in the stylo-mastoid foramen. It transmits the portio dura of the seventh pair of nerves. Aquacductus sylvii. From the under and back part of the third ventricle of the brain to the fourth ventricle. Iter ad quartum ventriculum, or canalis medius. Aquacductus vestibuli. A canal which commences in the vestibule of the internal ear, near the common orifice of the semicircular canals, and terminates between the layers ofthe dura mater on the posterior surface of the pars Eetrosa of the temporal bone. Its use is not nown. Aquatic nut. See Trapa natans. AQUA'TICUS. (From aqua, water.) Aquatic. Aqueous humor. Humor aquosus. The Umpid, watery fluid which fills the space between the cornea and crystalline lens in the eye. See Eye. AQUETTA. Aqua Toffania. Aqua delta Toffana. Aquetta di Napoli. A celebrated poison prepared by a woman named Toffana. It was a concentrated solution of arsenic. Aquifo'lium. Ilex aquifolium. Holly. A'QUILA. (a,a:,f.) The Latin for an eagle. An alchemical name of sal ammoniac, the mercurius metallorum, arsenic, sulphur, and the philosopher's stone. Aquila alba. A. mitigata. Calomel. Aquila ccelestis. Some preparation of mercury. Aquila lachrym.e. A preparation of which calomel was an ingredient. Aquila veneris. An old chemical preparation, made by subliming verdigris with sal ammoniac. Aquila: lignum. See Lignum aloes. Aquila: vena:. The temporal veins. AQUILE'GIA. The herb columbine. A genus of plants. Family, Ranunculacece. Aquilegia vulgaris. The seeds, flowers, and the whole plant have been used medicinally in exanthematous diseases, scurvy, jaundice, &c. It is retained in several foreign Pharmacopoeias. Aquili'cia. A genus pf plants, of the class Pentandria, and order Monogynia. It contains only one species, the Aquilicia sambucina, which is a native of Java, the Moluccas, &c. The decoction of the root is used against heartburn; that of the wood is said to allay thirst. Aquili'na. The same as Aquilegia. Aquo-capsulitis. Aquo-membranitis. Inflammation of the anterior chamber of the eye. Aquula. In medical language, it has been applied to a hydatid, a fatty tumor under the skin of the eyelid, &c. Aquula acustica. Aqua labyrinlhi. Arabic gum. See Acacia vera. Arabica antidotus hepatica. A powder composed of myrrh, costus, white pepper, and cassia leaves. It is not now used. Arabine. Soluble and pure gum. A'rabis. A species of nasturtium used by the ancients in pickles. Aracea:. Aroideae. I Arachis hypogea. The earth-nut. Ara'chnida. (From apaxvn, a spider.) The spider tribe. Arachni'tis. A term generally applied to inflammation of the arachnoid membrane. Arachnoiditis, or Arachnoditis. See Encephalitis and Spinal cord, diseases o f the. ARA'CHNOID. (Arachnoides; from apaxvn, a spider, or spider's web, and eidoc, likeness. ) Cobweb-like. Arachnoid membrane. Membrana arachnoides. Tunica aranea. 1. A very thin and transparent membrane, investing the brain, medulla oblongata, and spinal cord. It is situated between the dura mater and pia mater. Over the whole upper surface of the brain the arachnoid membrane adheres so closely to the pia mater as to be scarcely separable from it; but, in different parts of the base of the brain, especially about the tuber annulare, it is merely in contact with the pia mater, and can easily be raised with the aid of the blow-pipe. Tne arachnoid membrane does not insinuate itself between the convolutions of the brain. No blood-vessels or absorbents have hitherto been detected in the arachnoid membrane, although the phenomena of disease sufficiently evince that it is endowed with both. The inner surface of this membrane is constantly bedewed with a serous exhalation, and there is little doubt that, like other membranes of this class, it forms, in its whole extent, a closed sac. 2. The term arachnoid was also applied by the Greek anatomists to the hyaloid membrane, or tunic of the vitreous humor of the eye. 3. The capsule of the crystalline lens has been called tunica aranea by modern anatomists. A'RACK. Arac. An Indian spirituous liq uor, prepared from rice, &c. Aracouchini. See Idea aracouchini. ARC ARC Aracus aromaticus. Vanilla. 67 Arados. A commotion. Aracometer. The hydrometer. Araco'ticus. Medicines supposed to rarefy the fluids of the body. ARA'LIA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Class, Pentandria ; order, Pentagynia. — A. nudicaulis. (U. S.) False sarsaparilla. The roots are sometimes chopped up and mixed with the sarsaparilla of the shops. It is said to be a mild stimulant and diaphoretic, and has been recommended as a substitute for sarsaparilla.—A. spinosa. Angelica-tree. Prickly ash. Toothache-tree. The bark of this species is useful in toothache, colic, and rheumatism.— A. umbellifera. This species affords an aromatic gum-resin which exudes from the bark. Aralia'ceac. The natural family of plants, of which the genus Aralia is the type. Aralia'strjjm. The ginseng. See Panax quinquefolium. Ara'nea. 1. A spider. This insect was formerly held to be highly poisonous, and also very efficacious in medicine. The web was likewise used externally and internally as a febrifuge. The web is not a bad mechanical styptic. 2. The herb Paris has been called Aranea. See Paris quadrifolia. Aranea tarantula. The tarantula. Aranea tunica. Arachnoid membrane. Araneo'sa urina. Urine which contains filaments resembling a spider's web. Araneosus pulsus. An extremely feeble pulse. Araneum ulcus. See Astakillos. Arantia. The same as aurantium. See Citrus aurantium. A'rar. The Thuya occidentalis, which yields gum sandarach. Aratrum. The vomer. A'RBOR. (or, oris, f.) A tree. The term arbor has been applied to things more or less resembling a tree, as arbor vitas, arbor Diana;. Areor alba. Melaleuca minor. Arbor maris. Coral has been so called. Arbor toxicaria. The Upas-tree. Arbor vitas. The tree of life. 1. When the cerebellum is cut vertically, the medullary substance appears ramified so as to represent a tree; this dendriform arrangement of the white matter is named Arbor vitas. 2. The Thuya occidentalis is named Arbor vitas. Arbor vita: uterina. The arborescent folds of the membrane on the interior of the cervix uteri. • Arbore'scent. Arborescens. Woody plants: resembling the shape of a tree. Arbuscula gummifera. Hypericum bacciferum. A'RBUTUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. Ericaceas. Decandria. Monogynia. — A., trailing. See Arbidus uva ursi. — A. u'nedo. Unedo papyracea. The strawberry-tree. The leaves are astringent.— A. uva ursi. Bear'sberry. The leaves are astringent and tonic, and used in calculous and other diseases of the urinary organs. The powder of the leaves is given in doses of from 9j. to 3j. twice or thrice a day. Arca cordis. The pericardium. Arceus, balsam of. A soft ointment containing resin and turpentine. ARCA'NUM. (um,i,n.) A secret. A nostrum or medicine. Arcanum be'cchicum. A solution of liver of sulphur and sugar in water. Arcanum cora'llinum. An old preparation made by digesting the nitric-oxide of mercury in solution of potash, washing it, and burning spirit of wine upon it. It was used internally to excite salivation, and externally as an escharotic. Arcanum duplicatum. Panacea Holsatica. Sulphate of potash. Arcanum duplicatum catholicum. An amulet composed ofthe root of colchicum ancTplantain. Preservative from pestilential diseases. Arcanum ludemanni. Oxide of zinc. Arcanum ta'rtari. The acetate of potash. Arceuthos. Apnevdog. Juniper. Archangelica officinalis. See Angelica. A'rche. (Apxv, a beginning.) The earliest stage of a disease. Archegeni morbi. Acute diseases. Archelogia. A treatise on the principles of medicine. Arches of the palate. The anterior and posterior folds ofthe mucous membrane, &c, between which are the tonsils. ARCHE'US. Archceus. The vital principle; an occult power. ARCIIIA'TER. A chief physician. Archil. Archilla. See Lichen rocella. Archima'gia. Archimia. The art of making gold and silver. Archopto'ma. Archoptosis. (From apxoc, the rectum or anus, and tttiztu, to fall down.) Prolapsus ani. Arciform fibres. Curved fibres proceeding from the corpus pyramidale, beneath the corpus olivare, to the cerebellum. ARC OS. Arcus. The rectum. Hence, Archorrhagia, Archorrhasa. Hemorrhage from the rectum.— Archosyrinx. Fistula in ano. Arcta'tio. (o, onis, f.; from arcto, to contract.) Arctitudo. Narrowing or constriction in any sense ; the term has been chiefly applied to constipation of the bowels, and preternatural narrowness of the female pudenda. A'RCTIUM. (um, i, n.; apiceiov.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Composita:. — A. lappa. Burdock, or clit-bur. Bardana, Arctium. The seeds have a bitterish, sub-acrid taste: they are diuretic in the quantity of a drachm. The roots are esteemed aperient, diuretic, and sudorific. Arctosta'phylos. The uva ursi. See Arbutus. Arcua'lis. (From arcus, a bow.) Shaped like a bow. The coronal suture has been called sutura arcualis; and the parietal, as also the temporal bones, have been called ossa arcualia. Arcua'tio. (From arcus, a bow.) A gibbosity or projection of the sternum. Arcua'tus morbus. Morbus arquatus. The jaundice. See Icterus. A'rcula. The orbits or sockets of the eyes have been called arculce. A cradle. Ahcula cordis. The pericardium. Arcus medullaris. The fornix. ARE A R G 08 Arcus senilis. An opacity around the cornea, occurring in advanced life. Ardent. Ardens. (From ardeo, to burn.) Burning: applied to fevers and to alcoholic spirits. A'RDOR. (or, oris, m.; from ardco, to burn.) Intense heat. Ardor febri'lis. Feverish heat. Ardor uri'nje. Scalding of the urine. A common symptom in gonorrhoea. Ardor ventri'culi, or A. stomachi. Heartburn. See Cardialgia pyrosis. A'REA. (a, cs, f.; the space contained within the boundaries of a plane figure.) This term was applied by Celsus to a cutaneous disease, of which he makes two varieties, one corresponding to alopecia, the other to ophiasis. Area pellucida. The transparent space formed after the lapse of several hours in the incubated egg, around the first trace of the embryo, by the middle portion of the germinal membrane. Area vasculosa. A second distinct space surrounding the area pellucida, and so named from the formation of the blood-vessels in it. Area vitellina. A third distinct space surrounding the area vasculosa. This zone eventually incloses the whole yolk. ARE'C A. A genus of Palms. Areca catechu. Areca indica. East Indies. Two kinds of catechu are extracted from the nut by the Indians, one called cuttacamboo, and the other cashcutti. Areca oleracea. Areca Americana. The cabbage-tree palm. The pith forms an inferior kind of sago; the young buds are eaten as cabbage, and the fruit yields oil. Arefaction. Drying. Are'gon. A resolvent ointment. Aremaros. Cinnabar. Are'na. (a, ce, f.) Sand. Applied to gravel deposited from the urine. Arena callida. The sand-bath. Arenaria peploi'des. Sea-side sand-wort. Sea chick-weed. This herb has been used as an application to whitlows. Arenamen. Armenian bole. — Ruland. Arena'tio. (o, onis, f.; from arena, sand.) A practice formerly prevailed of immersing the whole body, or the feet only, in hot sand; this was called arenatio, and was used in cases of dropsy. Are'nga. A palm which grows in the Moluccas. The sap affords sugar; the pith, a kind of sago. The ripe fruit, when eaten, is said to cause insupportable itching of the skin. ARE'OLA. (a, ce, f.; diminutive of area.) Applied, 1. In Anatomy, to the small interstices of cellular or other tissues. 2. A circle of a pale-reddish color, which surrounds the nipple m women. During pregnancy, and for some time after, the areola is considerably enlarged, and of a darker color. 3. An inflamed ring around pustules, &c. The areola surrounding the vaccine vesicle affords an important indication of the disease being genuine. Areola papilla'ris. The areola round the nipple in women. Areo'meter. See Hydrometer. Aretacnoi'des. See Arytcenoides. A'rete. Vigor. A'RGAL. Argol. Crude tartar. A'rgema. (From apyog, white.) Argemon. An ulcer of the eye, situated on the margin of the cornea. ARGEMO'NE. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Papaveracece. — A. mexir cana. Papaver spinosum. Prickly poppy. The seeds are purgative and emetic, and the flowers narcotic. An infusion of the leaves is said to be useful in ophthalmia. The yellow juice is said to be hydragogue. Argentate of ammonia. Fulminating silver. Argenti cyanuretum. (U. S.) Cyanide, Cyanodide, Cyanuret, or Hydrocyanate of silver. Take nitrate of silver, 3xv.; prussic acid and water, aa. Oj. Dissolve the nitrate in the water and add the acid; mix. Wash the precipitate with distilled water; dry. Use, to prepare hydrocyanic acid from* It has been used in syphilis in doses of gr. Arge'nti ni'tras. Argentum nitratum. Nitrate of silver; lunar caustic. Take of silver, gj.; nitric acid, f. 3V.; distilled water, two fluid ounces. Mix the nitric acid and water, and dissolve the silver therein on a sand-bath; then increase the heat gradually, that the nitrate of silver may be dried. Melt the salt in a crucible over a slow fire, until, the water being evaporated, it shall cease to boil; then pour it quickly into molds of convenient shape. It is inodorous; has a very nauseous, metallic, and caustic taste; and, when applied to the skin, immediately tinges it black. It is used as a caustic —and externally, in solution, gr. v.-3j. to the gj. of water, as a wash to ulcers and inflamed surfaces, especially in purulent ophthalmia and erysipelas. Internally it is tonic, and given in epilepsy, chorea, &c, in doses of gr. \ to gr. iij., three times a day; but, if long used, produces a leaden appearance of the skin. Argenti'na. Potentilla anserina. Argentine flowers of antimony. See Antimony. Arge'ntum. (um,i, n.) Silver. This metal occurs both native and combined with gold, &c. Pure silver is white, brilliant, malleable, and ductile; a good conductor of heat and electricity; sp. gr., 10-5; soluble in nitric acid; symbol, Ag; equivalent, 108-3. Silver leaf, Argentum foliatum, is sometimes used to cover pills. Silver combines readily with chlorine, iodine, and analogous elements. The oxide Argenti oxydum has been partially used as a substitute for the nitratef but is not sufficiently active; internally, it has been given in doses of gr. ss., in gastric and epileptic diseases. The chloride (Argenti chloridum) has been used in similar cases; dose, gr. iij.; 3ss. is an emetic. Both these remedies were formerly used, and then abandoned. The iodide and the chloride of silver and ammonia have also been used in syphilis, but without remarkable advantage over mercurials; doses, gr. $ to \. Argentum divisum. Metallic silver in fine particles. Argentum nitra'tum. See Argenti nitras. Argentum vivum. Argentumfugitivum. Argentum mobile. Quicksilver. See Mercury. Argentum zootinicum. Argenti cyanuretum. AR I ARN 09 ARGI'LLA. Argil. Alumina, or argilla pura, has been used as an absorbent; dose, 3ss. to 3$. See Alumina. Argilla vitriola'ta. Alum. Argilla'ceous. Argillaceus. Of, or belonging to, argil or clay.» ARGYREI'A. A genus of plants. Class, Pentandria. Order, Monogynia. It includes some shrubs natives of Cochin-China. Cataplasms made of their leaves and roots are applied to tumors of the breast. Argyri'tis. Litharge. Argyroli'banos. The white olibanum. Argyro'phora anti'dotus. A medicine described by Nicolaus Myrepsus. Argyropcs'ia. The art of making silver. Argyrotrophe'ma. (From apyoq, white, and Tponpa, food.) A white, cooling food, made with milk.— Galen. Ari'a. Aronia. See Crataegus. ARICINA. Aricine. C 20 H, 2 NO 3 . An alkaloid found in Cusco-cinckona bark, and very analogous in its properties to cinchonia and quina. These three alkaloids may be viewed as oxides of the same compound radical. Aricy'mon. (on, onis, f.; from ape, an intensive'particle, and uva, to be pregnant.) A woman who conceives readily and often. — Hippocrates. Aridena. Leanness of any part. Aridity. Ariditas. Dryness, especially of the tongue and skin. Aridu'ra. (From areo, to be dried up.) Wasting of any particular limb or other part, as opposed to atrophia, or general wasting of the body.— Ettrnuller. Sauvages. ARI'LLUS. (us, i, m.) A tunic investing the seeds of some plants, completely or partially. Ari'sta. (a, ce, f.) The awn. A sharp, bristle-like appendage, which proceeds from the husk or glume of grasses. Ariobarza'nium. The name of a discutient plaster mentioned by Aetius. Arista'rchi anti'dotus pauli'na. A compound of opium, castor, styrax, galbanum, and aromatics, mixed up with honey. Aristi emplastrum nigrum. See Tetrapharmacum. Aristio'nis machinamentum. An apparatus invented by Aristion for the reduction of dislocations. Aristaltha/a. Althaea officinalis. Arista'tus. (From arista, an awn.) Awned. ARISTOLOCHI'A. (a, as, f.; from apioroc, best, and loxeia, parturition.) A genus of plants. Gynandria. Hcxandria. Family, Aristolochiaceas — A. anguici'da. Snake-killing birthwort. Contra capitan. The juice of the root has the property of so stupefying seipents, that they may be handled with impunity. One or two drops are sufficient; and if more be dropped into the mouth, it kills them. It is also esteemed as a preservative against the effects of the bite of venomous serpents.— A. clemati'tis. The Aristolochia vulgaris of some Pharmacopoeias; called, also, Aristolochia tenuis. This plant is diaphoretic; it is retained in some Pharmacopoeias, but has no great activity.— A. faba'cea. See Fumaria bulbosa. — A. grandiflo'ra. This plant grows in the West Indies Its flowers have a very fetid smell, and its root is said to be a deadly poison to all animals that eat of it.— A. longa. The aristolochia of the Pharmacopoeias. The root of this plant only is in use; it possesses a somewhat aromatic smell, and a warm, bitterish taste, accompanied with a slight degree of pungency. It is sometimes given as an aromatic stimulant in gout and other diseases. — A. odoratissima. Bastard contrayerva. The root is tonic.— Ay pistolochia, or polyrrhiza. Aromatic, acrid, and bitter.— A. rotunda. Properties same as Aristolochia longa. — A. serpenta'ria. The Serpentaria virginiana. Virginian snake-root. Aristolochia. Its root has an aromatic smell, approaching to that of valerian, but more agreeable; and a warm, bitterish, pungent taste. Its active principles appear to be a bitter resin and an essen tial oil. It possesses stimulant and diaphoretic virtues, and is employed in some fevers where these effects are required. It is thought to increase the efficacy of cinchona in cases of protracted ague, and is a useful tonic in dyspepsia. It may be given in powder, in doses of gr. xv. increased to 3ss., or an infusion may be made by macerating §i. of the bruised root in f xij. of boiling water, and fiss. or fij. may be given several times a day. Decoction impairs its virtue by dissipating the essential oil.— A. tc'nuis. See Aristolochia clematitis.— A. triloba'ta. Three-lobed birthwort. The root, and every part of this plant, is diuretic, and has been employed against the bite of serpents. — A. vulga'ris. See Aristolochia clematitis. ARISTOLOCHIACEiE. A tribe of Dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or shrubs, with leaves alternate; flowers apetalous, hermaphrodite; stamens epigynous; ovary manycelled ; fruit dry or succulent, many-celled. Aristolochica medicamenta. Medicines which promote the flow of the lochia. Aristrios. See Astragalus. Arkansas springs. These are thermal; temp., 100° F. ARM. Brachium. That part of the upper extremity which extends from the shoulder to the wrist. It is divided into the brachium, properly so called, which extends from the shoulder to the bend of the arm; and the antibrachium, or fore-arm, which is between the bend of the arm and the wrist. ' Armadi'llo. See Millepedes. Arma'lia ossa. The temporal bones. Armarium unguentum. See Unguentum ar- marium. Armatu'ra. Armor. The amnion has been so called. Armeni'aca malus. Armeniaca vulgaris. The apricot. Armenian bole. See Bole, Armenian. Arme'nius lapis. Appevioc Tudoc. Armenian stone. Armi'lla. The annular ligament ofthe carpus. Armoniacum sal. See Ammoniacum sal. Armora'cia. See Cochlearia armoracia. Arnaldia. A doubtful disease. A'RNICA. (a, as, f) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composite. — A. montana. Arnica ofthe Pharmacopoeias. ARS ARS 70 Leopard's bane. The plant, when dried, has a Blight aromatic odor; the leaves and flowers have a weak, bitter, and aromatic flavor; the root is bitter and acrid. The leaves and flowers are narcotic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and errhine; the root is aromatic and tonic. The leaves and flowers have been greatly extolled in paralysis, amaurosis, gout, rheumatism, and other cases; in an over-dose, they are narcotic. La powder, rjose from gr. v. to gr. x. twice or thrice a day; or an infusion may be made with 3jss. of the dried leaves or flowers, or jj. of the root, to gxij. of water, and given in the quantity of gjss. The principal preparation is an oil (Oleum arnica). It is dissolved in ether, and given in doses of gtt. -jL to \ of tho oil. Arnica suede'nsis. A. spuria. See Inula dysenterica. Arnoglo'ssum. See Plantago. Arno'tto. See Bixa orlcana. Arohot. Quicksilver. Aroideac. The Arum tribe of Monocotyledonous plants, containing an acrid, and, in some cases, a highly dangerous principle. Herbaceous plants, with leaves sheathing at the base; flowers unisexual, arranged upon a spadix, within a spathe; stamens hypogynous; ovary superior; fruit succulent. ARO'MA. (a, atis, n., apupa.) The odoriferous principle of plants, which resides either in a volatile oil or a resinous matter. AROMA'TIC. (Aromaticus; from apupa, an odor.) Certain vegetable substances which have a peculiar spicy odor and a warm and generally agreeable flavor, as ginger, cinnamon, cardamom, &c. Substances of this class are more or less similar in their operation on the animal economy, being all stimulant and carminative. Aromatic vinegar. See Acetum aromaticum. Aroma'ticus cortex. A name of canella alba. See Wintera aromatica. Aromati'tes. A name given, according to Pliny, 1. To a bituminous stone found in Arabia, having the color and odor of myrrh. 2. To a factitious wine containing various aromatics. Aromatopolia. A druggist. AronIa. See Aria. Arquebusa'de. Eau d'arquebusade. Arrack. Seo Arack. A'rraphon, or Arabon. (From a, priv., and pat], a suture.) A term that has been applied to a cranium without sutures. Arrha-'a. (a, a, f.; from a, neg., and peu, to flow.) The suppression of any natural flux, as the menses, &c Arrhi'zus. (From a, priv., and pifc, a root.) Destitute of a root. Arrhostema. Arrhostia, Disease. Arrow-head. See Sagittaria. ARROW-ROOT. The fecula, chiefly starch, obtained from the roots of the Maranta arundinacea. This term is used, also, for that obtained from potatoes, Arum (Portland); Zamias (Florida); Curcuma (East Indies), and other sources. It is used, often very injudiciously, as aliment for sick persons. Its properties are the same as starch. ARS. Art. This term is often used to des- ignate a science; as, Ars chymiatria, A. hermetica, A. majorum, A. separatoria, A. spagirica, are terms for chemistry. Ars machaonia. A. medica. A. sanandi. The medical art. Arse'niate. Arsenias. v A salt formed by the combination of the arsenious acid with a base. See Arsenic acid. Arseniate of ammonia (Arsenias ammonias) and Arseniate of potash (Arsenias potassa) have been recently used in cutaneous affections, &c, but they have no advantage over the Arsenicalis liquor. The dose is gr. to £th, dissolved in water. They are prepared by bringing together arsenic acid and the carbonates ofthe bases. Arseniate of iron. Arsenias ferri. Has been used in ointment, and internally, in doses of gr. to gr. -Jth, in cancerous affections, inveterate skin diseases, and scrofula. A'RSENIC. (Arsenicum, i, n. Apaevinov, or apfievacov, masculine: so called on account of its strength as a poison.) Arsenic is met with abundantly in nature, sometimes in its metallic state, more frequently combined with sulphur and with other metals. United with sulphur, it forms the native realgar and native orpiment of mineralogists. Arsenic is an extremely brittle, dark metal. It is of a crystalline texture. Its specific gravity is 5-235 to 5-8843. Symbol, As. Equivalent, 75-34 or 37-7. It sublimes at 356° F., without previous fusion. Its vapor has a strong alliaceous smell. When it is exposed to the air its surface tarnishes, and it slowly falls to powder, and constitutes fly-powder, or mort a mouches. The known compounds of arsenic and oxygen are two, and they both possess acid properties: one is the arsenious acid, which is the well-known poison called white arsenic, or arsenic in commerce; the other is called arsenic acid. (See Arsenious acid and Arsenic acid.) It forms a fetid gas with hydrogen, and a volatile product with chlorine, called the fuming liquor of arsenic. These are both poisonous. Of the combinations of arsenic with sulphur, three are distinctly known. The bi-sulphuret, well known in commerce under the name of realgar, occurs in a native state. It is of a ruby-red color, transparent, and crystalline. The compound AsSs is also familiar under the name of orpiment. The sulpharsenic acid, AsSs, nearly resembles orpiment. Arsenic also unites with bromine, iodine, &c, and produces highly poisonous compounds. The iodide has been used in ointment, and internally in doses of gr. £th to gr. jd, in skin diseases. Arsenic and mercury, iodide of. Liquor hydriodatis arsenici et hydrargyri. Made hy rubbing 6-08 grs. metallic arsenic; 15-38 grs. quicksilver; 50 grs. iodine; with f. zj. of alcohol; until the mass is dry and of a pale-red color. Dissolve in Oss. of distilled water; add of hydriodic acid gss., and boil a few minutes. Make up the cold solution to f. gviij. by distill ed water. Each fluid drachm contains of arse nic gr. i ; dose, ft xv. to f. 3ss., three times duily. Useful in cutaneous affections and fungoid dis eases.— Donovan. ARS ARS 71 Arse'nic acid. This acid is obtained by dissolving arsenious acid in nitric acid, and drying. Composition, AsOs- Arsenic acid is of a milk-white color. It is soluble in five or six times its weight of cold, and in a smaller quantity of boiling water. It is very deliquescent. It is poisonous in the highest degree, more so, apparently, even than the arsenious acid. Its salts are called arseniates. Arsenic, bromide of. See Arsenic. — A., fuming liquor of. The chloride of arsenic.— A., iodide of. See Arsenic. — A., oxide of. Arsenious acid. — A., sublimed white. See Arsenicum album sublimatum. — A., sulphuret of. See Arsenic. — A., white. A., white oxide of. See Arsenious acid. Arsenical caustic. A species of caustic which was used by Mr. Justamond in the treatment of cancer. It was composed of two parts of white arsenic to one of levigated antimony, melted together in a cmcible. The caustic was mixed with opium. The use of arsenical caustics is of doubtful propriety. Arsenical solution. See Arsenicalis liquor. Arsenica'lis liquor. Liquor potassa; arsenitis. (U. S.) Fowler's solution. Arsenical solution. Take of oxide of arsenic, in very fine powder, subcarbonate of potash, of each 64 grains; distilled water, a pint. Boil them together in a glass vessel, until the arsenic be entirely dissolved. When the solution is cold, add compound spirit of lavender, four fluid drachms. Then add as much distilled water as may exactly fill a pint measure. Each ounce of this fluid contains four grains of the oxide, and each drachm half a grain. The dose is from 111 v. to HI xx., given twice or thrice a day. The medicinal properties of this solution are noticed under the head Arsenious acid. It is incompatible in prescription with lime-water, nitrate of silver, hydrosulphuret of potash, the salts of copper, and cinchona bark. Arsenical paste. See Pate arscnicale. Arsenici iodidum. Arsenicum ioduretum, as, also, the other binary compounds of arsenic. See Arsenic. Arsenici oxydum pra:paratum. See Arsenicum album sublimatum. Arsenicum album sublimatum. Reduce wlrite arsenic to powder, then put it into a crucible and expose it to the fire, so as to sublime it into another crucible inverted over the former. Arsenicum crystallinum. See Arsenious acid. ARSE'NIOUS ACID. White oxide of arsenic. White arsenic. The common form of arsenic, obtained by subliming tho ores of arsenic in the air; it exists as a translucent mass, in octahedral crystals, or, more commonly, as a white, opaque substance, the powder of which is foimd in the shops. Its sp. gr. is 3-7; composition, AsOs. It has little taste, but acid properties. It is soluble in 13 times its weight of boiling water, but requires 80 times its weight of cold. The solution crystallizes, and the acid assumes the form of regular octahedrons. The solution is very acrid, reddens blue colors, unites with the earthy bases, and decomposes the alkaline sulphurets. Arsenious acid combines with the earthy and alkalino bases. The earthy arsenites possess little solubility; and hence the solutions of baryta, strontia, and lime form precipitates with that of arsenious acid. With_ the fixed alkalies the arsenious acid forms viscid arsenites, which do not crystallize, and which are decomposable by fire, the arsenious acid being volatilized by the heat. The arsenite of potash is the active ingredient in the arsenical solution of the Pharmacopoeias. The solution of Arsenite of soda, or Pearson's solution, is identical in its properties with the Arsenicalis liquor. Arsenious acid is readily precipitated from colorless solutions, of a yellow color, by sulphureted hydrogen, or nitrate of silver and ammonia. Ammoniacal sulphate of j copper produces a green precipitate, called Scheele's green. But the decisive trial, or experimentum crucis, is to take a little of the dry matter, mix it with a small pinch of diy, black flux, put it into a narrow glass tube sealed at one end, and after cleansing the sides with a feather, subject the bottom of the tube to the action of the blowpipe till it has been red hot for a minute; a garlic odor will then be perceptible, and the steel-lustred coating of metallic arsenic will be seen in the tube about one fourth of an inch above its bottom. Cut the tube across at that point by means of a fine file; detach the scale of arsenic with the point of a penknife; put a fragment of it into the bottom of a small wineglass along with a few drops of ammoniacal acetate of copper, and triturate them well together for a few minutes with a round-headed glass rod: the mazarine blue color will soon be transmuted into a lively grass-green, while the metallic scale will vanish. Thus we distinguish perfectly between a particle of metallic arsenic and one of anhnalized charcoal. Another particle of the scale may be placed between two smooth and bright surfaces of copper, with a touch of fine oil, and while they are firmly pressed together, exposed to a red heat: the tombac alloy will appear as a white stain. A third particle may be placed on a bit of heated metal, and held a little under the nostrils, when the garlic odor will be recognized. No danger can be apprehended, as the fragment need not exceed the tenth of a grain. A test superior to those by precipitation is called Marsh's test; the suspected fluid is inclosed in a curved tube, or Woulfe's bottle, and mixed with pieces of zinc and dilute sulphuric acid; the hydrogen thus produced combines with any arsenic present, and gaseous arseniuretted hydrogen is produced; the gas, being allowed to pass from the reservoir by a small jet, is readily ignited, and a plate or tube held over the flame shows rings of metallic arsenic and arsenious acid—or the gas may be reduced by a red heat in a tube before issuing into the air. Another test, somewhat superior, is to evaporate the suspected fluid to a small bulk, add pure hydrochloric acid, digest, and then introduce strips of pure, clean copper foil; these collect the metallic arsenic, and become of a dark metallic color. The strips, introduced into a small open tube and heated, yield crystallized arsenious acid; or, surrounded with charcoal, give off the metal. ARS ART 72 The following minute specification of symptoms in poisoning by arsenic is given by Orfila: "An austere taste in the mouth; frequent ptyalism; continual spitting; constriction of the pharynx and oesophagus; teeth set on edge; hiccough; nausea; vomiting of brown or bloody matter; anxiety; frequent fainting-fits; burning heat at the praecordia; inflammation of the lips, tongue, palate, throat, stomach; acute pain of stomach, rendering the mildest drinks intolerable ; black stools of an indescribable fetor; pulse frequent, oppressed, and irregular, sometimes slow and unequal; palpitation of the heart; syncope ; unextinguishable thirst; burning sensation over the whole body, resembling a consuming fire —at times an icy coldness; difficult respiration; cold sweats; scanty urine, of" a red or bloody appearance; altered expression of countenance; a livid circle round the eyelids; swelling and itching of the whole body, which becomes covered with livid spots, or with a miliary eruption; prostration of strength; loss of feeling, especially in the feet and hands; delirium ; convulsions, sometimes accompanied with an insupportable priapism; loss of the hair; separation of the- epidermis; horrible convulsions; and death." In cases of poisoning, the arsenic is first to be evacuated: this is done by means of the stomachpump; active emetics (sulphate of zinc, 3j.), mucilaginous and warm drinks—whites of eggs are to be freely administered, to enable the operator to collect all the particles in the stomach; and, as soon as it can be prepared, a tablespoonful of fresh hydrated sesquioxide of iron is to be given eveiy five minutes until relief is had. If the means do not exist at hand for the preparation of this antidote, lime-water is the next best means within reach. The after treatment is chiefly counter-irritant and demulcent, but must be directed according to the urgent symptoms, for the poison may act almost entirely on the heart and nervous system, prostrating their action. Clysters and suitable means are to be taken to evacuate the whole alimentary canal. In testing for the poison, all vomited matters, the contents of the stomach, and suspected food, are to be secured and treated by Marsh's test, or with the hydrochloric acid and copper foil. Bodies poisoned by arsenic are preserved in a remarkable way. Uses: Arsenious acid is seldom given internally, Fowler's solution and other forms being preferred. The classes of diseases for which arsenical preparations are administered internally are, intermittents, neuroses, inveterate skin diseases, epilepsy; dose, of the acid, gr. A to gr. \, in pill. All these preparations are to be discontinued when the oedema arsenicalis is produced, or salivation, headache, &c.; for a chronic poisoning leading to death is produced by the smallest doses long continued. A fatal dose is from gr. ij. to gr. v.; but the effect depends on the fullness and condition of the stomach; for, when vomiting is at once produced, half an ounce has been rejected without any dangerous effect. Arsenis potassa:. Arsenis potassa liquor. Arsenite of potash. See Arsenicalis liquor. A'rsenite. A salt formed by the union of the arsenious acid with a base. Arsenite of copper. Scheele's green. Arsenite of potash. The active agent of the arsenicalis liquor. Ars smart. The genus Polygonum. Artaneck. Artanech. Arsenic. ARTEMFSIA. (a, a,i.) A genus of plants in the Linnaean system. Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composita. — A. abro'tanutn. Common southern-wood. Abrotanum, Abrotanum mas. It has a strong, agreeable smell; a pungent, bitter, and somewhat nauseous taste. It is said to be tonic, diaphoretic, anthelmintic i seldom used except in fomentations.— A. absinthium. Common wormwood. Absinthium vulgare of the Pharmacopoeias. This species of wormwood yields an essential oil by distillation, which is said to possess narcotic powers. According to Bergius, wormwood is antiseptic, anthelmintic, resolvent, tonic, and antispasmodic. It is so seldom used in the present day, that it is difficult to find it in the shops. Both alcohol and water extract the virtues of the plant. It is sometimes administered as a tonic in dyspepsia, either in the form of powder or infusion. The powder of the dried leaves may be given in the dose of 3j. to 3ij. Of the infusion, made with 3yj. of the herb to gxij. of boiling water, from one to two ounces may be given three times a day. The powder of the root is highly recommended in epilepsy ; dose, 3j., thrice daily.— A. campestris. Field southern-wood. Is bitter, and similar to the Abrotanum — A. chincnsis; sinensis; latifolia. A soft woolly substance, called Moxa, is prepared in China and Japan from it. This is used as a moxa.— A. dracunculns is common Tarragon.— A. glacialis. Similar to common wormwood. — A. judaica. Artemisia santonica. — A. latifolia. See Artemisia chinensis. — A. maritima. Sea wormwood. Absinthium maritimum of the Pharmacopoeias. It has been preferred to the absinthium, as being less nauseous; but it is also less active, and is now hardly ever used.— A. pontica. Absinthium ponticum, or Roman wormwood, not now used medicinally.— A. rupeslris. Genipi album. Used in some countries in ague and amenorrhcea. — A. santo'nica. The Tartarian southern-wood or worm-seed. The Semen sanlonici; called, also, Absinthium santonicum. The seeds are small, light, and oval; they have been esteemed as stomachic and emmenagogue, but were chiefly prized for their anthelmintic virtues. For adults, the dose in substance is from one to two drachms, twice a day.— A. vulgaris. Mugwort. Slightly bitter, and now neglected, but said to be useful in epilepsy; dose, 3j. of the dried root. Arteria. An arteiy; see the particular branch for a description. Arteria aspera. The trachea. Arteria centralis retina:. A very small branch of the ophthalmic which penetrates the optic nerve, and runs imbedded within it till it arrives at the retina, on the internal surface of which it is dispersed in numerous minute branches. One branch passes through the vitreous humor to the posterior surface of the capsule of the crystalline lens. ART A R T a. It first forms an arch. 73 Arteria venosa. This name was given by the ancient anatomists to the pulmonary vein, or, rather, veins, for there are four trunks. Arteri'acds. Medicines used against diseases of the windpipe— aprnpiaica loyuotc, inflammation.) Inflammation of a joint. ARTHROPUO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from apdpov, and ttuov, pus.) Arthropyosis. Suppuration in the cavity of a joint. Arthro'sia. (a, a, f.) Articular inflammation. Arthrosia acuta. Rheumatism, acute. — A. chronica. Rheumatism, chronic.— A. lumborum. Lumbago.— A. podagra. Gout. ARTHROSIS, (is, is, fT; from apdpov.) Articulation. Arthrospongus. A sponge-like tumor of the joints. A'rtia. Aprta. Aprtn. The same as arteria; but especially the aspera arteria, or windpipe. Arti'calus. The artichoke. Artichoke. Artichoke, French. See Cinara scolymus. Artichoke, Jerusalem. See Helianthus tubcrosus. ARTFCULAR. (Articularis; from articulus, a joint.) Belonging to a joint; as, articular cartilages, articular arteries, &c. Articular arteries. Five branches ofthe popliteal artery given off around the knee-joint. They anastomose freely, and cany sufficient blood to establish the circulation of the foreleg, where the popliteal is tied for aneurism, &c. They are, 1. A superior external articular (Arteria articularis superior externa). 2. The superior internal articular (Art. articularis superior interna). These arise above the condyles of the femur. 3. The middle articular (Art. articularis media), distributed to the posterior capsular ligament and adipose matter. 4. The inferior internal articidar (Art. articularis inf erior interna); and, 5. The inferior external articular (Art. articularis inferior externa). The articular veins correspond with these. Articularis gena. Subcrurcsus. A few detached muscular fibres, found under the cruraeus, and attached to the capsule of the kneejoint. Articularis morbus. Arthritis, or gout. Articula'ta. Articulated animals, as insects, worms, lobsters. ARTICULA'TION. (Articulatio, onis, f.; from articulus, a joint.) 1. In Physiology, the formation of distinct syllables by the organs of A R U ASA 75 speech. 2. Iu Anatomy, the natural connection of one bone with another in the skeleton. Anatomists distinguish three kinds of articulation : the first they name Diarthrosis; the second, Synarthrosis; and the third, Symphysis ; which see, under their respective heads. Articulation, false. False joint. Where a fractured bone remains ununited, a false joint is produced. Operations have been performed to cause reunion even after years: they consist of cutting to the bones, destroying the articular surfaces, and establishing a union through the resulting inflammation. An extremely severe, and almost unjustifiable process. ARTICULA'TUS. Articulate; jointed. Applied to objects which are formed of distinct pieces, united as if one piece grew out of another. ARTFCULUS. (us, i, m.) A joint or articulation. The phalanges of the fingers have also been called articuli. Artificial. Artificialis. Formed by art. ARTIFICIAL EYE. It is made of enamel beautifully colored, and is a shell of less than a hemisphere. It is applied under the eyelids, over the diseased ball. At first it produces considerable irritation, and can not be worn but for a few hours; but, as the part hardens, it becomes easy, and the patient is capable of imparting a slight motion to the shell. ARTIFICIAL TEETH. They are now made of enamel. The mode of insertion is various. They may be attached by gold or platinum wire, or a band, to sound teeth, or to a plate attached to the gums. The artificial tooth is also attached to a sound stump by means of a wedge of wood fitted into corresponding holes in the two. Arti'scus. A troch. ARTOCA'RPUS. (From aprog, bread, nap-7roc, fruit.) A genus of plants.— A. incisa is the bread-fruit tree. — A. integrifolia. The jack or jaca tree. The fruit of this tree is also used as food.— A. bcnghalcnsis. The fruit is preserved in salt, and used in cookery. Arto'meli. A cataplasm of bread and honey. — Galen. A'RUM. (um, i, "n. Apov.) A genus of plants. Gynandria. Polyandria. Family, Aroideas.-— A. coloCasia. Colocasia. This species is cultivated in the East Indies, Syria, Egypt, and the South of Europe. The leaves and root boiled in water are much used as food. — A. dracontium. See Dracontium pertusum. — A. dracunculus. A. polyphyllum. Dragon'swort. This plant is extremely acrimonious; more so than the A. maculatum, with which, however, it agrees in its general properties, and, like it, becomes bland and nutritious by drying or boiling.— A. csculentum. Taro. The root is a pot-herb in the West Indies and elsewhere — A. maculatum. Wake-robin. Arum of the Pharmacopoeias. Arum — acaule ; foliis hastatis, integerrimis; spadice clavato of Linneus. The root is the medicinal part of this plant. When recent, it is very acrimonious. When cut in slices, and applied to the skin, it has been known to produce blisters. This acrimony, however, is gradually lost by drying, and may be so far dissipated by the application of heat as to leave the root a bland,farinaceous aliment. The dose of the fresh root, gr. x. to 3j. The dried root is inert. It has been used in rheumatism chiefly.— A. triphyllum. Indian turnip. Arum (U. S.) has the same properties as A- maculatum. — A. venenosum. A. seguinum. Caladium seguinum. ARUNDINA'CEUS. (From arundo, a reed.) Arundinaceous, or reed-like. Arundinace je . A natural tribe of plants, of which the genus Arundo is the type. ARU'NDO. (o, inis, f.) A reed. A genus of plants. Triandria, Digynia. Gramineas. — A. saccharifcra. The sugar-cane. See Saecharum officinale. — A. bambos. The bamboo plant.— A .phragmi'tcs. The common reed has been used in syphilis, &c., but there is no reason to believe that it possesses any medicinal activity. Arundo brachii major. Tho ulna. Arundo brachii minor. The radius. Arvi'na. Hog's lard. Arytas'no-epiglottide'us. Arytesno-epiglotticus. A muscle which runs on each side, irom the arytenoid cartilage to the epiglottis. The use ofthe two muscles, which act together, is to draw the epiglottis directly downward upon the glottis during the act of deglutition. ARYTENOID. (Arytasnoides; often improperly called arytasnoideus; from apvraiva, a funnel, and etdoc, shape.) Funnel-shaped; applied to two cartilages of the larynx, and also to the muscles, glands, &c., connected with these cartilages. Arytenoid cartilage. Cartilago arylasnoides. See Larynx. Arytasnoide'us major. Seo Arytasnoideus transversus. Arytasnoideus minor. See Arytasnoideus obliquus. Arytasnoideus obliquus. A muscle of the glottis. Arytasnoideus minor of Douglas. It arises from the base of one arytenoid cartilage, and, crossing its fellow, is inserted near the tip of the opposite arytenoid cartilage. This muscle is occasionally wanting; but when present, its use, in conjunction with its fellow, is to puU the aiytamoid cartilages toward each other. Arytasnoideus transversus. An azygos, or single muscle of the glottis. Arytasnoideus major of Douglas. It arises from the side of on© arytenoid cartilage, from near its articulation with the cricoid to near its tip. The fibers run across, and are inserted in the same manner into the other arytenoid, cartilage. Its use is to shut the glottis, by bringing the two arytenoid cartilages, with their ligaments, nearer to each other. Both these are now often called the Arytasnoideus. Ary'thmus. Arrhythmns. Appvdpog. An irregular pulse. AS. The symbol for arsenic. As, or Assis. (is, is, m.) The Roman pound, which was divided into twelve equal parts, or ounces. Asa dulcis. Styrax benzoin. Asafcstida. See Fertda assafaetida. ASAGRjEA OFFICINALIS (Lindley).Af«-lanthacea. A Mexican plant which furnishes, with Veratrum sabadilla, a portion of the sabadilla seeds of commerce. A S C A S 0 7G Asaphatum. See Saphatum. Asaphi'a. (AoaEia ; from a, neg., and aarjc, clear.) Defect of speech. Asarabacca. See Asarum europaum. Asarone. A'sarine. A species of crystalline stearoptene discovered in the Asarum europarum. It has an emetic quality. Form., C20H13O5. A'SARUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Do decandria. Monogynia. — A. canadense. Wild ginger. The root resembles ginger in properties. It is the asarum ofthe U. S. Ph.— A. europceum. Asarabacca. Its leaves are acrid, bitter, nauseous, and slightly aromatic. The root is extremely acrid. It loses much of its medicinal activity by drying. It was formerly used as an emetic, but is now seldom employed except as an errhine. It contains a principle called Asarone. Asarum hy.pocistus. Cytinus kypocistus. Asarum oil and camphor. These are ob- tained from the A. europceum. Ascalo'nia, or Ascalo'nium. The shallot. Ascaricida. Vernonia anthelmintica. Asca'rides. The plural of ascaris. A'SCARIS. (is, idis, f.; from aonapi£u, to leap.) The name of a genus of intestinal worms. See Entozoa. ASCE'NDENS. (From ascendo, to ascend.) Adscendens. Ascending. Applied, in Anatomy, to various parts, as musculus obliquus ascendens and onobrychis. Ascendens obliquus. See Obliquus internus abdominis. Ascending aorta. See Aorta, ascending. Asce'nsus. (us, us, m.) An ascent. This term has been applied, 1. In Pathology, to the increase of a disease. 2. Sublimation has been called distillatio per ascensum. Ascensus uteri. Hysteria. Ascesis. Exercise. A'scia, or Dola'bra. The spiral bandage, said to be so called from its having the shape of a hatchet when applied; but this resemblance is not very obvious. Asci'dium. (um, i, n.; from aoictdiov, a small round bottle.) Hollow appendages formed by a leaf or other organ. ASCFTES. Askites.' (es, a, m.; aaKirnc, from aoKoc, uter, a bottle: so called from its bottle-like protuberance.) Hydrops utricularius. Dropsy of the belly within the peritoneum. Ascites is generally recognized with great facility. The symptoms are, swelling of the abdomen, coming on gradually, equable when the patient is upright or laid upon the back, and following the motions of the body by gravitating to the side toward which the patient leans. To the touch the swelling is somewhat tense; and if one hand be placed on either side of the abdomen, and the opposite side be sharply struck with the other hand, a sense of fluctuation is communicated, which can hardly he mistaken by an experienced observer. There is generally anasarca of the lower extremities and other parts ofthe body, the urine is commonly high colored and very scanty, the breathing is difficult, and those parts of the body which are not puffed up by watery infiltration are emaciated. The treatment of ascites is, on the whole, to he conducted as in dropsy. In the acute idiopathic form of the disease, bleeding, purgatives, and other antiphlogistic means are required. When there are evident symptoms of peritoneal inflammation, local bleeding by leeches, and the application of blisters, are of manifest utility. In by far the greater number of cases, however, ascites presents itself as a chronic affection, connected with a shattered constitution, and too frequently with incurable disease of some important viscus; hence the prognosis is nearly always unfavorable. Diuretics, with hydragogue cathartics, are freely employed; mercury as an alterative, and tonics, are also necessary. The blue pill, to produce a slight effect on the mouth, is very beneficial; and the combination of this medicine with squill, digitalis, and other diuretics, is often found to increase their effect upon the kidneys. Tapphig is employed to alleviate the urgent symptoms of the distended abdomen, but it is only palliative; it has sometimes been repeated 60 times and upward. The diet of dropsical patients should be nourishing, but light; and cooling and acidulated beverages may be safely allowed, notwithstanding a vulgar prejudice to the contrary. Asci'tic. Asciiicus. Affected with ascites. ASCLEPIADA'CEiE. The asclepias tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous plants, with leaves opposite, alternate, or whorled; corolla monopetakms, hypogynous; stamens inserted into the base of the corolla; ovaries two; fruit one or two follicles. In this tribe the sexual apparatus is very peculiar. ASCLE'PIAS. (as, adis, f.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. — A. asthmatica. Cynanchum ipecacuanha. Coromandel ipecacuanha is emetic and diaphoretic, and celebrated in asthma.— A. curassa'vica. Bastard ipecacuanha. White ipecacuanha of St. Domingo. The leaves are emetic in the dose of 3j. or 9ij. The root is mixed with that of ipecacuanha, and possesses similar virtues, but in a less degree.— A. gigantea. The Mudar of the East. It has an acrid, milky juice, and is employed in cutaneous diseases; a medicated oil is also used as a liniment in gout. The inner bark of the root is given in syphilis and tape-worm, in doses of gr. v., twice a day. — A. incarnata. (U. S.) It has pink flowers, and is veiy common; the root is emetic and cathartic.— A. pseudosarsa. Syn. of Hemidesmus indicus. — A. syriaca. (U. S.) Apocynum syriacum. Syrian dog's-bane. Common silk-weed. The milky juice of this plant is an acrid poison. Boiling appears to destroy the poison in the young shoots. The root is said to be useful jn asthmatic and other pulmonary affections; dose, "$j. ofthe dried bark, in the day.— A. tuberosa. (U. S.) Butterfly weed. Pleurisy root. The root of this species is diaphoretic and slightly purgative. It is said to be also expectorant and febrifuge. In Virginia and the Carolinas it is used in pulmonary affections.— A. vincetoxicum. Swallow-wort. Vincetoxicum of the Pharmacopoeias. The root of this plant smells, when fresh, somewhat like valerian; it has at first a sweet taste, succeeded by an unpleasant, sub-acrid bitterness. It ASP ASP 77 was formerly in esteem as an alexipharmic, and has had diuretic and deobstruent virtues attributed to it; but it is now veiy seldom used. Asco'ma. The eminence ofthe pubes. A'SCYRUM. (w,i,n. Aanvpov.) 1. The Greek name of the herb St. Peter's wort. 2. The name of a genus of plants ofthe family of the Hypericece. The species are natives of America. Asef. Albasef. Pemphigus. Asegon. Asegen. Asogen. Dragon's blood. Aselli. Asellus. The wood-louse. Onis- cus aselli. Ash. See Fraxinus. Ash, bitter. Quassia. ASIATIC PILLS. Each pill contains about jjth of a grain of white oxide of arsenic, and somewhat more than half a grain of black pepper. Asiaticum balsamum. Balm of Gilead. Asininum lac Ass's milk. See Milk. ASI'TIA. (a, ce, f.; from a, priv., and otrog, food.) Loathing of food. Asius lapis. See Assius lapis. Asjogan. Asjagan. (Indian.) A tree growing in Malabar and the East Indies, the juice of which is used against the colic. ASO'DES. (Aoudeg.) A fever accompanied with great internal heat, anxiety, nausea, and loathing of food— aoudeg nvp. Asp. See Naja. ASPA'LATHUS. A thorny shrub. Cytisus lanigerus ? Aspa'ragin. A peculiar principle ofthe asparagus. It exists, also, in the root of the liquorice and marshmallow, and in potatoes. It is crystallized in octahedrons of a white color, having a cool and slightly nauseous taste. They are soluble in hot water, but sparingly so in cold water, and not at all in alcohol. Formula, It is also called asparamide, and is converted by bases into aspartic acid and ammonia. ASPA'RAGUS. (us, i, m.; Aoirapayog, a young shoot.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Family, Asphodelecs. — A. officinalis. The root has been esteemed diuretic. The young shoots are an agreeable and wholesome article of diet. Aspa'sia. A constrictive application, consisting of wool soaked in infusion of galls, for the vagina. Aspen. See Populus tremula. As per. Rough. Applied to parts which are rough, as the linea aspera of the thigh-bone. A'spera arteria. The windpipe. See Trachea. Asperifo'lius. Rough-leaved. Asperity. Asperitas. Roughness. Asperma'sia. (a, as, f.; from a, priv., and oneppa, seed.) Deficiency of semen. Aspermati'smus. (From a, priv., and dneppa.) A reflux of the semen into the bladder, preventing its emission in coitu. It is the Dyspermatismus refluus of Sauvages. ASPE'RSION. Aspersio. Sprinkling. The sprinkling of the surface of the body, or any part of it, with a liquid or a powder. ASPE'RULA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiaceos. — A. odo- rata. Sweet woodruff. The plant has been recommended as a cordial, diuretic, deobstruent, and vulnerary. Aspha'ltias. ,Aoalriag. Asphalitis, and Asphaltilis. The last lumbar vertebra. ASPHA'LTUM. (um, i, n.; from aapalroc, bitumen.) A smooth, hard, brittle, black, or brown substance, which melts easily when heated, and, if pure, burns without residue. It is found in a soft or liquid state on the surface of the Dead Sea and the Island of Trinidad. It occurs, also, as a mineral production in various parts of Europe, Asia, and America. The Egyptians used asphaltum in embalming, under the name of mumia. It was used by the Babylonians instead of mortar for cementing bricks. Taken internally, asphaltum acts as a stimulant, but it is now hardly ever used unless as an ingredient in some plasters aad ointments. A'sphodel. See Asphodclus. ASPHO'DELEjE. The asphodel or lily tribe of monocoTjyledonousplants. Herbaceous plants, with bulbs, occasionally arborescent, with leaves not articulated with the stem, parallel-veined; flowers hexapetaloideous; stamens hypogynous; ovary superior; fruit succulent, or dry and capsular. ASPHO'DELUS. (us, i, m. AoajoSeAog.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Family, Asphodelecs, or Liliaceas. — A. ramosus. Branched asphodel, or king's spear. The bulb was formerly supposed to possess diuretic and emmenagogue virtues, and was applied locally to promote suppuration. It loses its acridity by boiling. ASPHY'XIA. (a, as, f.; from a, priv., and the pulse.) Asphyxia. This term properly signifies absence of the pulse, but is usually applied, in medical language, to that state in which the vital phenomena are suspended from some cause interrupting respiration, but in which life is not actually extinct. Dr. Mason Good divides asphyxia into four varieties: 1. Asphyxia suffocationis. Asphyxia from suffocation, produced by hanging or drowning: countenance turgid and livid 2. A. mephitica. Choke-damp; produced by inhaling carbonic acid, or some other irre spirable exhalation: countenance pallid. 3. A. electrica. Electrical asphyxia; produced by a stroke of lightning or electricity: limbs flexible, countenance pale, blood uncoag ulable. 4. A. algida. Frost-bite asphyxia; produced by intense cold: limbs rigid, countenance pale and shriveled. In the first variety, from hanging or drowning, the immediate cause is suffocation, or a total obstruction to the breathing. The face is turgid with blood, and of a livid hue. The countenance has a semblance of apoplexy, as though there were congestion of blood in the head. The immediate cause of asphyxia is an occlusion of the larynx; and where this is partial, some apoplectic symptoms are generally observable. It is on this account that the face of those who die by hanging is more frequently turgid, and the muscles give proof of more convulsive action than the face of those who die by drowning. ASP A S I 78 It is the same with persons who are exposed to the action of carbonic acid or other mephitic gases, so far diluted with respirable air as to render them incapable of destroying life instantly ; in which case, there has not only been sometimes a feeble prolongation of the circulation, but even stertorous breathing, and many other symptoms of apoplexy, of which we shall have to speak further under the next variety. Some of the narcotic poisons seem to act in a similar manner. Given in a full dose, they destroy life instantly; but when the dose is smaller, the circulation is continued feebly, and apoplectic symptoms ensue. How long the living principle may remain attached to the animal frame, so as to admit of the resuscitation of the individual, has not been ascertained with any degree of accuracy, even to the present time ; and there is very probably some diversity in this respect, according to the varying degree of irritability in different individuals. It has been known, however, from a very early time, that torpitude from drowning may be induced and continue for some minutes without much danger; but after 20 minutes recovery becomes rare, although persons have been resuscitated after three quarters of an hour and more. In the resuscitation of drowned persons, the two means on which we have principally to depend are the regulated application of warmth and artificial inflation Of the lungs. The body should be quietly conveyed to a warm and dry place, where it should be stripped of its clothing, wrapped in warm blankets, and placed on its back on a table, with the head, shoulders, and chest a little raised. The room should be Very freely ventilated, and all persons whose attendance is unnecessary excluded. Blankets wrung out in very hot water should be placed over the trunk, especially the stomach, and bottles of hot water applied to the feet. It is necessary, however, to be cautious in the application of heat, since, if too suddenly applied, or in too high a degree, it will immediately destroy the feeble vitality which remains. A restoration of the action of the lungs is, however, the most important object of all. The manner of accomplishing this has been very accurately described by Dr. Currie as follows: " While an assistant sustains the wooden tube (into which a common pair of bellows can be made by the assistance of a strip of linen,- ribbon, or tape, to fit accurately) m one nostril, and stops the other nostril with his left hand, and with his right hand accurately closes the mouth, another assistant (who ought to be placed on the opposite or left hand of the body) is, with his right hand, to press backward, and draw gently downward toward the chest, the upper end of the windpipe, that part which lies a little below the chin, and which, from its prominence in men, is vulgarly called Adam's apple; by doing this, the gullet or passage to the stomach will be completely stopped up, while the windpipe will be rendered more open, to let the air pass freely into the lungs. The left hand of this second assistant is to be spread lightly over the pit of the stomach, ready to compress the chest, and expel the air again as soon as the lungs have been moderately filled; the first assistant unstopping the mouth or nostril at the same time, to let the air escape. The operation is to be conducted in a regular and steady manner, either until natural respiration begins, or until this and the other measures recommended have been persisted in for at least six hours, without any appearance of returning life." Nothing approaching violence should be used, as the tissue of the lungs will be ruptured thereby. Oxygen and protoxide of nitrogen have been recommended in place of air, but the means of obtaining them are not always at hand. In addition to the means already stated, the surface of the body may be rubbed with ammoniacal or other stimulating liquids. Stimulating injections, containing ammonia, and brandy, or other spirits, have often been introduced with success into the rectum, and will be found most beneficial when administered moderately warm. It is also advisable to convey some cordial, volatile alkali, or the compound spirit.of lavender into the stomach by means of a canula. Venesection, and especially that of the jugular vein, has been strenuously recommended; and wherever there is reason to believe that the drowning has followed upon a sudden fit of apoplexy, the recommendation is rational enough, provided it can be practiced with effect. But commonly the blood will not flow. Returning life is usually first discoverable by the symptoms of sighing, gasping, twitching, or subsultus, and slight pulsation of the heart; in effect, by a weak or clonic action in most of the organs. UIKUUB. The general principles of the remedial treatment here recommended apply to most of tho other varieties of asphyxia, or suspended animation. We may observe, however, that in attempting the recovery of those who have been hanged, and particularly those who have inexpertly hanged themselves, bleeding from the jugular veins may be more frequently found necessary than in the drowned. In asphyxia from inhalation of irrespirahle gases, death, in many cases, takes place instantaneously ; and, consequently, the countenance, as well as the general surface of the body, is pale. Yet, as the gas is often in some degree diluted with atmospheric air, the circulation, and even the breathing, are occasionally continued for some time in a feeble and imperfect manner, and the asphyxia is united with symptoms of apoplexy, or genuine apoplexy takes place in its stead. The gases that are found most fatal are the carbonic acid, and several which are thrown forth from putrefying animal and vegetable substances, and especially from cemeteries. The most common source of injury is carbonic acid, which is found in close rooms where charcoal has been burned, over fermenting vats or wells, and in many natural cavities of the earth. As it will not support flame, the common and easiest test, where it is suspected to exist, is that of a lighted candle, which is well known to be extinguished immediately if this gas be present in a quantity sufficient to be injurious to respiration. A 8 P ASS 79 The patient, if any degree of sensibility remain, should, in this variety of asphyxia, be freely exposed to the open air, instead of a heated atmosphere, as in the preceding; and, if he can swallow, moderately stimulating drinks may be given. If insensible, cold water should be dashed on the face, aromatic vinegar applied to the nostrils, and stimulating clysters injected, as recommended imder the first variety. The lungs should be artificially inflated. A proper use of voltaic or magnetic electricity is also, in many instances, found highly serviceable. The fluid should be transmitted along the course of the nerves, as from the phrenic nerve in the neck, toward the diaphragm, or from the pneumogastric and great sympathetic nerves, immediately under the sterno-mastoid muscle, where they lie in a common sheath. In Dr. Babington's case, the application of voltaic electricity surprisingly increased the power of the muscles of respiration, but appeared rather to diminish the action of the heart. It was hence used alternately with a forcible inhalation of oxygen gas and various external stimulants. Venesection was tried, but does not seem to have been beneficial. The man recovered in a few days. In the third, or electric variety, tho system appears to be suddenly exhausted of all its nervous power. The mode in which the electricity is communicated is of little importance; for, if sufficiently powerful for the purpose, real or apparent death is instantaneously produced, whether the stroke flow from lightning, an electric battery, or a voltaic trough, and every organ is equally exhausted of its vital power. The shock of lightning destroys the contractility of the muscles, and renders the blood loose and uncoagulable. The general principle of medical treatment has been laid down under the first variety. Stimulants of the most active kind should be resorted to without loss of time; but, of all stimulants, that of electricity or voltaism seems to be specially called for in the present modification of asphyxia. In frost-bite asphyxia, or that produced by intense cold, the limbs are rigid, and the countenance pale and shriveled. This variety is always preceded by an insurmountable desire to sleep, which the utmost exertion of the will is unable to counteract. The sleep, in most cases, terminates in death. In applying remedial means to this modification of asphyxia, great caution is necessary respecting the employment of warmth. In this last case, commence by immersing the body for a few minutes in a bath of cold sea-water or salted water, at the same time that the lungs are inflated with air moderately warm, and the stomach and rectum excited by gentle stimulants. After a short immersion in sea-water, the body should be taken out, wiped perfectly dry, laid in flannel in a moderately warm room, and submitted to the friction of warm hands. Asphyxia idiopathica. Fatal syncope from relaxation of the heart. Asphyxia, local. Gangrene. Asphyxia neonatorum. Asphyxia of newborn infants. This name has been unnecessari- ly given to defect of respiration in children just born, which may arise from various mechanical and physiological causes. Asphyxiated. In a state of asphyxia or suffocation. Aspidi'scus. AoiridiOKOc. The sphincter ani. ASPI'DIUM. (um, i, n.; from aamc, a shield.) A genus of plants. Cryptogamia. Filices. — A. coriaceum. Calagualae radix.— A. filix mas. The male fern, or polypody. The root of this plant has been greatly celebrated for its effects upon the tamia, or broad tapeworm. Dose, 3ij. to 3iij., in powder, followed by a cathartic. Aspiration. Aspiration. Inspiration; imbibition. ASPLE'NIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Cryptogamia. Filices. — A. adia'ntum nigrum. Leek fern. Black maidenhair. This is used as an astringent and pectoral.— A. ce'tcrach. Spleen-wort. Miltwaste. A. officinarum. It has a mucilaginous, roughish taste, and has been recommended in diseases of the chest, and in nephritic and calculous cases. — A. hemioni'lis. Hemionitis. Mule'sfern. Used with the same intentions as the Scolopendrium vulgare. — A. murale. Wall-rue. Tent-wort. A. ruta muraria. It has been supposed by some to possess specific virtues in the cure of ulcers of the lungs, and is exhibited in the form of decoction.— A. officinarum. See Asplenium ceterach.— A. ruta muraria. See Asplenium murale. — A. scolopendrium. See Scolopendrium vulgare.— A. tricho'manes. The common maiden hair or spleen-wort. Trichomanes of the Pharmacopoeias. The leaves of this plant have a mucilaginous, sweetish, subastringent taste, without any particular flavor; they have been esteemed as an expectorant and deobstruent. Aspredo. Trachoma. Aspredo miliacea. Miliary fever. Aspre'lla. Equisetum majus. Assa dulcis. Benzoin. Ass's milk. See Milk, ass's. ASSAFCETIDA. See Ferula assafcetida. A'ssala. The nutmeg. Assarabacca. See Asarum europceum. Ass a'rius . A Roman weight of two drachms. Assarthrosis. Articulation. ASSAY. An operation, the object of which is to determine the quantity of valuable metal contained in any mineral or metallic mixture. Asserac. An intoxicating preparation used by the Eastern nations. It is made with opium, or with the cannabis sativa. Assidens. Accompanying. Asside'ntia signa. Accessory symptoms. ASSIMILATION. (Assimilatio, onis, f. ; from assimilo, to make like to.) Assimilation. The conversion of nutritious matter into the proper organic substance of the different textures of the animal body. The term is synonymous with nutrition. Assiste'ntes gla'ndulac. The lobes of the prostate gland have been so called. Associated movement. Consensual movements. Movements which, without our cognizance, accompany voluntary exertions. AST AST Assodes. See Asodes. 80 Assula. A splint. A'STACUS. (us, i, m.) The name of a genus of shell-fish. — A. fluviatilis. The officinal crevis, or cray-fish. See Cancer astacus.— A- marinus. The lobster. See Cancer gamin arus. Astakillos. A malignant ulcer of the foot. Astasia. Uneasiness. A'static. Where the magnetic direction of one needle is neutralized by another, so that the two stand in any position, and not constantly north and south. Astera'ntium. Anthemis pyrcthrum. Aste'ria. Asterias. Astroites. Astrios. A .stone to which the ancients attributed imaginary virtues. Aste'ricum. See Anthemis pyrcthrum. ASTHE'NIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and cdevog, strength.) Debility. Asthenia deglutitionis, Paralysis of the pharynx. Asthenia pectoralis. Angina pectoris. Asthenia suffocationis. Asphyxia. ASTHENIC. Weak: of debility; thereverse of sthenic. It is used extensively as a term to qualify disease. Asthenopia. Weak-sighted. A'STHMA. (a, atis, neut. Aodpa; from to breathe with difficulty.) Asthma spasticum adultorum. A. seniorum. A. convulsivum. A. intermittens. A. chronicum. A disease characterized by difficulty of breathing, recurring in paroxysms, accompanied with a wheezing sound, cough, and sense of constriction in the chest, and terminating in expectoration more or less copious. Asthma is more frequently met with at an advanced age than at an early period of life: it seldom appears in infancy or youth. The paroxysm of asthma is very generally preceded by languor, flatulency, headache, heaviness over the eyes, sickness, pale urine, disturbed rest, and sense of oppression about the praecordia. The accession usually happens about the middle of the night, and during the first and deepest sleep : the cause of this it would be difficult to explain. In many instances there is an ineffectual effort to spit, with a harsh and dry cough that brings up nothing but a little frothy mucus during the whole of the paroxysm. In such cases the fit is seldom of long duration, and often subsides in two or three hours. In other instances the cough is violent and suffocative; and when it has lasted for an hour or two, an expectoration of tough viscid mucus commences, which gradually becomes copious and affords relief. It is occasionally mixed with blood from the severity of the struggle, and, when this occurs, it tends the more effectually to unload the bronchial vessels, and alleviate the symptoms. It is often, however, many hours before the severity of the paroxysm is very sensibly diminished: the patient generally feels some degree of constriction during the whole of the ensuing day, and is fortunate if the next night be passed without a return of the fit. The tendency to such returns usually continues for several nights; in severe cases, for a week or a fortnight. The paroxysms are rarely fatal, but the disease induces organic affections, which may become so. The ordinary seat of the asthmatic spasm is in the bronchial tubes. At the same time, the muscles of the larynx may, in some instances, become involved in the morbid action, or that, in cases of extreme severity, the external muscles of respiration, overpowered by ineffectual exertion, may participate in the spasm instead of opposing it; but this is evidently a state of things which could not endure long without occasioning death. The pneumogastric nerve is undoubtedly implicated, if not the cause of the disease in many cases. The copious expectoration which occurs in one kind of asthma, and the absence or small degree of this excretion in the other, has occasioned the division of asthma, both in popular language and in systems of nosology, into dry and humid, under which heads we shall consider it in the present article. 1. Asthma siccum: dry asthma; nervous asthma. 2. Asthma humidum: humid asthma; common asthma. Asthma siccum. Paroxysm sudden, violent, and of short duration; cough slight; expectoration scanty, only appearing toward the close of the fit, or, in some instances, altogether absent. This is the proper convulsive or nervous asthma of Willis, Hoffman, Floyer, and Akenside. Dr. Mason Good makes five varieties of dry asthma. a. Simplex. Simple nervous asthma. Without any obvious cause, or connection with any other affection. /?. Metastaticum. From retropulsion of some acrid humor from the surface of the body. y. Phlegmaticum. From repelled oedema of the extremities in phlegmatic or cachectic habits, with a scanty secretion of urine. 6. Vaporosum. From inhaled fumes of metals, especially of lead and arsenic; of sulphur, charcoal, nitric acid, and other deleterious substances. e. Organicum. From organic derangement of the walls or contents of the chest. Asthma humidum. Attack gradual. Paroxysm ingravescent and protracted; cough severe ; expectoration commencing early; at first scanty and viscid, afterward copious and affording great relief. This species, like the preceding, generally appears without any obvious cause or marked connection with any other disorder. In some cases, however, it seems to be connected with plethora, and a loaded state of the pulmonary vessels. In other instances, as in old age, or after long-continued and repeated catarrhs, it is accompanied with, and perhaps excited by, an excess of mucus flowing from a weakened and relaxed state of the mucous glands of the bron chiae. Dr. Good has three varieties: a. Simplex. Simple humid asthma. Without any manifest cause, or combination with any other affection. j3. Plethoricum. From plethora, or the sup- A. S T A S T F 81 pression of some accustomed, sanguineous evacuation. y. Atonicum. From local atony. From a debilitated and relaxed condition of the excretories of the air-ves3els, as a consequence of chronic and neglected catarrhs, or of old age. In the treatment of asthma, our attention should be directed to the paroxysm itself, and to the state of the constitution during the intervals of the paroxysms. Bleeding. — When there is much general plethora, inflammatory action in any important organ, or great embarrassment of the pulmonary circulation occasioning congestion in the brain, the propriety of venesection, under proper limitations, is sufficiently obvious. Purgatives, except in as far as they may be needful to keep the bowels regularly open, have seldom proved beneficial. Emetics, especially ipecacuanha, have been highly extolled by many writers, but overrated. Sir John Floyer is said to have found great benefit in his own case from the use of veiy strong coffee. Narcotics and antispasmodics, given alone, have rarely been attended with any decided advantage. They have occasionally afforded relief in the diy asthma, but have little effect in the humid; they should be combined with diaphoretics, as in Dover's powder, which is sometimes followed by a moisture over the whole surface of the body, and a corresponding abatement of the internal spasm. This state of gentle diaphoresis, however induced, is always favorable. Antispasmodics, as musk, castor, valerian, camphor, and the fetid gums, may perhaps be employed successfully; and they acquire additional efficacy from a union with diaphoretics, as the neutral salts, and small doses of ipecacuanha, or antimonial powder. The hyoscyamus has often succeeded as a narcotic where opium has failed, but should not be trusted to by itself. Camphor is much esteemed. Where the urine is small in quantity, and of a pale hue, and particularly where the disease is connected with a pituitous or phlegmatic habit, diuretics have been found unquestionably serviceable. The fetid gums, which combine an expectorant with an antispasmodic power, have been much employed, especially ammoniacum and asafoetida; both these should be combined with saline medicines. Squill and ipecacuanha, combined in small and frequently-repeated doses, will generally be found more efficacious than any other expectorant, and their efficacy will often be increased by the addition of a minute quantity of the blue pill, especially in cases where the abdominal secretions are in a disordered state. Acids, especially nitric acid, gtt. vj., combined with squill and hyoscyamus, have been found to give great relief. Smoking tobacco, and especially stramonium leaves, is often useful. Within the last few years anew anti-asthmatic remedy has sprung up in the lobelia inflata: in some cases it has doubtless afforded almost immediate relief, but it fails much more frequently than it succeeds. It is given in the form of a | saturated tincture of the leaves, in doses of from 3ss. to 3VJ- The general treatment is to be conducted with a view of establishing a healthy tone; if tho disease be associated with plethora, gout, or a nervous diathesis, appropriate medicines are to be employed; these have reference, chiefly, to diet, regular exercise, and habits. It can not bo too strongly inculcated, that there is no disorder in winch a careful regulation of the ordinary habits of the patient is of more avail than in asthma. An exact temperance in diet, an undeviating regularity in the hours of rising, taking food and exercise; and going to rest, and residence in a locality which is found by experience to be salubrious to the individual, have often produced a marked improvement, if not a complete cure, in cases on which half the materia medica had been exhausted. Asthma acutum. A. spasticum infantum. A. spasmodicum infantum. A. Koppian. A. Millar's. A. thymicum. A. thymic. Spasmodic croup. See Laryngismus stridulus. Asthma acreum. A. emphysematicum. Pneumothorax. Asthma arthriticum. A. convidsivum. A. diaphragmaticum. A. dolorificum. Angina pectoris. Asthma cardiac. Dyspnoea, dependent on disease of the heart. Asthma gypseum. A. montanum. A. pulverulerdum. Asthma arising from particles of dust irritating the air-passages; the asthma of bakers, millers, &c. Asthma infantum. Croup. • Asthma nocturnum. The nightmare. Asthma uteri. Hysteria. — Van Helmont. Asthmatic. Broken-winded; subject to asthma. A'stites. The lobes of the prostate gland. A'stomus. (Koropoc; from a, priv., and aropa, a mouth.) Without a mouth. ASTRA'GALUS. (us, i,m.) 1. Astragalus os, the ankle-bone; a bone of the tarsus, upon which the tibia moves. It is placed at the upper and back part of the tarsus, and its superior surface presents a large smooth head for articulation with the distal ends ofthe tibia and fibula. The ankle-joint which is thus formed is a complete ginglymus, or hinge-joint. 2. In Botany, a genus of leguminous plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Astragalus exscafus. Stemless milk-vetch. The root of this plant is said to cure confirmed syphilis. Astragalus tragaca'ntha. This species was supposed to be the plant that afforded the gum called tragacanth. See Astragalus verus. Astragalus verus. Goat's thorn; milkvetch. Astragalus aculeatus. The gum-tragacanth is derived principally from the Astragalus verus, but in part, also, from the A. gummifera and A. creticus. Gum-tragacanth, or gum-dragant, or dragon, exudes spontaneously from the plant in summer. The best is white, semitransparent, dry, yet somewhat soft to the touch. Put into water, it slowly imbibes a great quantity of the liquid, swells to a large volume, and forms a soft, but not fluid mucilage; if more A T C A T L 82 ¦water be added, a fluid solution may be obtained by agitation, but the liquid looks turbid and whey-like. Tragacanth contains 40 to 50 per cent, of bassorin. Tragacanth is usually preferred to the other gums for making up troches, and other like purposes, and is, perhaps, superior as a demulcent to gum-arabic. ASTRA'NTIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Class, Pentandria. Order, Digynia. — A. major. Astrantia nigra. Astrantia vulgaris. Black master-wort. The root of this plant is acrid, and was formerly employed as a purgative. The Imperatoria ostruthium has been called astrantia. Astricta alvus. Costiveness of the bowels. Astriction. Astrictio. Constringent; the action of an astringent. The corrugation and contraction produced by astringents. Astricto'rius. Astringent; styptic. ASTRFNGENT. (Astringcns; from astringo, to constringe.) An astringent medicine is one which, when applied to the body, renders the solids denser and firmer, by contracting their fibres. Astringents serve to diminish excessive discharges; and, by condensing relaxed parts, act indirectly as tonics. The substances of this class are, the mineral acids, alum, limewater, and several preparations of copper, zinc, iron, lead, creasote, and nitrate of silver. A great variety of vegetable substances possess astringent properties, which they probably owe to the presence of tannin, as oak bark, galls, catechu, kino, krameria, logwood, red Sander's wood, the rosa gallica, uva ursi, tormentil; these are the pure astringents. Astringent principle. Tannin or tannic acid. Astringents. Aslringcntia. See Astringent. A'strion. The astragalus. Astroboli'smus. (AorpoboAicpoc.) Apoplexy, or sudden paralysis. Astrologia. Astrology. Astrum duplicatum. A medicine composed of the tinctures of antimony and coral, essence of amber and musk. Great cordial virtues were attributed to it. Astysia. Asynodia. Impotence. Asuoli. Soot. Ink. Atac. Talc. Nitre. A'tavism. When an hereditary affection is lost in one generation and reappears in the next. ATA'XIA. (a, ce, f.; from a, neg., and raoou, to order.) Want of regularity. Applied to the course or symptoms of a disease, or to the functions of the animal body. Sydenham uses the term ataxia spirituum to signify commotion of the nervous system. It has been most generally used by recent writers to denote that state o£the nervous system which accompanies nervous fever. Ata'xic Ataxicus. A-toktoq. In a state of ataxia. Ataxic fever means nervous fever. A low state. ATA'XO-ADYNA'MIC. (Ataxo-adynamicus; from arai-ia, disorder, and advvapia, debility.) A term applied by the French to typhus fever— -fievre ataxo-adynamique. Atchar. A condiment used in India, con- sisting of various green fruits, garlic, ginger mustard, and pimenta, pickled in vinegar. Ate'cma. Ate'cnia. (From a, priv.. and tekvov, a child.) Anaphrodisia. Sterility. Atelectasis pulmonum. Imperfect dilatation of the lungs at birth. A'TELES. Arehnc. Imperfect; defective. Atelo. From Ateles. With this prefix is compounded many words signifying an absence or defect of a part; as — Atelocheilia, malformation of the lips— Atcloenccphalia, imperfect brain — Atelognathia, imperfect jaws—Atelomyelia, imperfect spinal marrow— Ateloprosopia, imperfect development of the face— Atelosto mia, imperfect mouth. Ater succus. Black bile. ATHAMA'NTA. («,«,f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria, Digynia. Umbelliferee. — A. cretensis. Candy carrot. Daucus creticus of the Pharmacopoeias. The seeds have an aromatic smell, and a slightly pungent flavor, and have been employed as carminatives and diuretics. — A. meum. .iEthusa meum.— A. oreoseli'num. Black mountain parsley. The officinal oreoselinum. An extract and tincture prepared from the root were said to be attenuant, aperient, deobstruent, and lithontriptic. The oil obtained by distillation from the seed was esteemed as a retoedy for the toothache. Athama'nticum. .ffithusa meum. ATHANA'SIA. (a, ce, f.; AOavaoia, immortality.) A name given to tansy; also, to several medicines. Athanor. Athonor. An old kind of furnace. Athelas*mus. Unable to suckle. Athelsis. Suckling. Athe'na. Adnva. A compound plaster in much repute among the ancients. Athenato'nium. A glass cover for a cucurbit. Athenio'nis catapo'tium. The name of a pill, composed of myrrh, pepper, castor, and opium. Celsus recommends it against a cough. Atheni'ppum. Diasmyrnes. Ewder. An ancient collyrium, described by Scribonius Largus. Athera. Athara. Pulse; pap ; also, a liniment. . ATHERO'MA. («, atis, n. Adepupa, or adnpupa; from adapa, pulse or pap.) An encysted tumor that contains a substance of a pulpy consistence, as molluscum. Atheromatous. Atheromatodes. The adjective derived from atheroma; thus, we say an atheromatous tumor. Beclard observes that the substance of these tumors is sebaceous, the cysts being distended follicles. ATHLETIC. (Athleticus; from adAoc, a contest.) Individuals in whom the muscular system is highly developed are said to be athletic. ATHY'MIA. («, a, f.; from a, neg., and ¦dvpoc, courage.) Despondency or melancholy. Atincar, or Atinkar. Borax. A'TLAS. Atlantion. Atloid. (From a, in tensive, and rAau, to sustain.) The name of the first vertebra. This vertebra has a small arch instead of a body, and little or no spinous process, but a very large ring. In the fresh subject this is partially filled up so as to cor- A T O AT R 83 respond with the rest of the spinal canal, by the odontoid process of the second vertebra. It is articulated above with the condyles of the occipital bone ( atloido-occipital articulation); and below, by the oblique processes, with the dentata (atloido-axoid articulation). The nodding motions of the head are performed between the occipital bone and the atlas; the rotatory motions, between the atlas and dentata. Atloido-axoid ligaments. Two ligaments passing between the atlas and axis, or dentata. Atle. The tamarisk — Prosper Alpinus. Atmidia'trice. Atmiatria. (From arpig, vapor, and tarpiKn, with rexvn understood, the medical art.) The art of curing diseases by exposure of the body to the action of vapors. Atmisterion. A vapor-bath. Atmo'meter, or Atmido'meter. (From arpog, or arpig, a vapor, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument for measuring the quantity of vapor exhaled from a humid surface in a given time. A'TMOSPHERE. {Almosphcra, as, f.; from arfioc, vapor, and auvn, voice.) The process of examining the modifications of one's own voice when speaking with the head close to a patient's chest, abdomen, &c. Autopho'sphorus. Phosphorus. AUTOPLA'STY. Autoplastic surgery. The restoration of lost parts, as the nose, &c. AUTO'PSY. Auto'psia. Autopkia. (a, as, f.; from avToc, one's self, and orbic, vision.) Inspection; personal observation; the dissection of a dead body. Autumnal fever. An intermittent, or remittent, with bilious complication. Auxiliary. Auxiliaris. Auxilium. Assistant. Auxiliary muscles are those which concur with others, and aid them in their action. An auxiliary medicine is one which is given along with another to increase its efficacy. Avella'na. The hazel-nut. Corylus avellana.—A. cathartica. The purgative nut of Jalropha curcas. Physic-nut. — A. i'ndica. The ben-nut. See Balanns myrepsica. — A. mexicana. Cacao. Theobroma cacao. — A. purgatrix. Garden spurge. AVE'NA. (a, ce, f.) A. sati'va. The oat. Gruel made with oatmeal is in common use as an article of diet for the sick. Externally, oatmeal is used as the basis of several poultices. Avena: farina. Oatmeal. Avena: semina. Oats. Avenaine. A principle said to exist in oats. Avenheim. A village not far from Strasbourg. It has mineral waters, which contain bitumen, carbonate of soda, &c. They are aperient and absorbent. Avens. See Geum. Averrhoa bilimbi, and A. carambola. Indian trees, the fruit of which is acid and refrigerant. Aversion. Aversio. (o, onis, f.; from averto, to turn away.) In therapeutics, this term has been used in the same sense as derivation, or revulsion. AVICE'NNIA. (a,ce,f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. — A. tomento'sa. The white mangrove of Brazil. A large tree. The fruit, boiled in water, is eaten, and the leaves are used in emollient cataplasms. Avi'culje herme'ticac. A pretended universal salt. Aviga'to fear. See Laurus persea. Avis medica. The peacock. AVOIRDUPOIS. Averdupois. See Weights and Measures. Avranches. A town of Lower Normandy, which has acidulous chalybeate waters. Avulsion. Evulsion. Ax. A small town in the department of Arriege. It abounds in sulphureous waters. A'xea commissu'ra. See Trochoides. Axia. A shrub of Cochin-China, said to be tonic and diaphoretic. AXFLLA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The arm-pit. 2. In Botany, the angle formed by the leaf with the stem. AXILLA'RIS. Axillary. (From axilla, the arm-pit.) Of, or belonging to, the axilla, or arm-pit. Axillaris arteria. The axillary artery is a continuation of the subclavian, and gives off in the axilla four mammary arteries, the subscapular, and the posterior and anterior circumflex arteries, whieh ramify about the joint. Axillaris vena. The axillary vein, which is a continuation of the basilic vein, and receives the blood from the cephalic, and the veins corresponding to the branches of the axil- B A C B A C Azotane. The chloride of azote. 94 lary arteiy. When the axillary vein passes under the clavicle, it becomes the subclavian. Axillary. See Axillaris. Axillary glands. The lymphatic glands of the arm-pit. They receive the fluid of the lymphatics of the arm. Axi'llary tlexus. Plexus axillaris. The axillary or brachial plexus of nerves is formed by the last three cervical nerves and the first dorsal. It surrounds the axillary artery; and, having given off the external thoracic nerves, and some muscular branches, the plexus divides into the large nerves which supply the upper extremity. See Nervous system. Axilla'tus. Disposed round an axis. AXIS. Afwv. 1. This term is applied, in the general language of science, to a right fine passing through, or supposed to occupy, the centre of a body. 2. The second cervical vertebra, or dentata, Axoi'do-atlandoid. The ligaments, articulation, &c, ofthe axis and atlas. This junction is liable to fatal accidents, as when the process of the dentatus is broken, or the ligaments which confine it. Azotates. Nitrates. A'ZOTE. (Azotum, i, n.; from a, priv., and (Ju*7, hfe, because it is unfit for respiration.) See Nitrogen. Azotenesis. (From azote, and vooog, disease.) Diseases arising from excess of nitrogen in the system. Azo'tic acid. The nitric acid has been so called Azotic gas. See Nitrogen. AZOTIZED BODIES. Organic compounds containing nitrogen, and especially the compounds of proteine, which are remarkable for their nutritiousness. Azotureted hydrogen. Ammonia. Azoturia. An excess of urea in the urine. Azo'lmic acid. During the spontaneous decomposition of hydrocyanic acid, a black matter is deposited, very similar to the ulmic acid. This has been named by M. Boullay Azulmic acid. Azurestone. See Lapis lazuli. A'zyges. The sphenoid bone. A'ZYGOS. (From a, priv., and fvyoc, a yoke; because it has no fellow.) Several single muscles, veins, bones, &c, are so called. Azygos processus. A process of the os sphenoides. Azygos u'vula;. Azygos muscle. Palatouvularis. A muscle of the uvula. Palato-staphalinus of Douglas. Staphalinus, or Epistapkalinus, of Winslow. It arises from the posterior extremity of the suture, which joins the palate bones, and runs down the whole length of the velum and uvula, covered by the mucous membrane, and adhering in its passage to the tendons of the circumflexi muscles. It is inserted into the tip of the uvula. Its use is to raise the uvula upward and forward, and to shorten it. Azygos vein. Azygos vena. This vein is formed by the union of the lower intercostal veins of the left side, and ascends on the forepart of the spine at the right side of the aorta; it passes through the diaphragm into the chest, crosses the aorta, generally behind, but sometimes before, to the right side of the chest, and terminates in the vena cava superior, just before it enters the pericardium. In this course it receives blood from the renal and lumbar veins, the right intercostals, the oesophageal veins, and the right bronchial vein. On the left side of the spine is a large vein called Semi-azygos. See Semi-azygos. Azymus. Unleavened. AX'UNGE. Axungia. (a,a,f.) The lard or fat of an animal. — A. anserina. Goose fat. — A. casloris. The fluid of the oil-bags of the castor fiber. — A. cura'ta. A. prceparata. Purified hogs' lard.— A. de mu'mia. Marrow.— A. porci'na. Hogs' lard. Ayally. The name of a grass used in St. Domingo as a laxative. Azagor. Verdigris. AZA'LEA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — A. pon'tica. The Pontic azalea, believed to be the JEgoletliron of the ancients. A nectareous juice exudes from it, which has intoxicating and poisonous properties. Azamar. Vermilion; also, minium. Azederach. Melia azederach. Azelaic acid. The product of the action of nitric on oleic acid. Azobenzide. Azobenzoyl. Azobenzoide. Azobenzoidine. Azobenzoilide. Azotide of benzoyle. Products of the decomposition of benzoyle and its compounds. Azoerythrine. All azotized compound of archil. Azolitmine. A purple coloring matter, the principal constituent of litmus. Azoodynamia. Loss of vital power. AZORES. The climate is mild, moist, and equable. B. -B • The symbol for Boron. Ba. Barium. Baccar. Bacchar. Baccharis. Baiacapic. BaKxapic. A fragrant herb formerly used. BA'CCHARIS. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superfiua. — B. braziliana. The bruised leaves are used against ophthalmia.—B. ivafolia. The leaves are used in infusion as a stomachic by the Peruvians. Babuzica'rius. The nightmare. SeeEphialtes. BA'CCA. (a, The falling off of the hair, which is natural in old age, may be prematurely induced by a variety of causes, as after severe fevers, and in consumptive and cachectic diseases. Some healthy persons lose their hair early in life. Where the disposition to baldness is only slight, the use of animal fat, as bear's grease, &c, will often suffice to obviate it; but when the hair falls off in any quantity, the only effectual remedy is to shave the head. Baldwin's phosphorus. Fused nitrate of lime. Baline'um. See Balneum. Ball and socket joint. Enarthrosis. Balli'smus. (Bo.AAioy.og ; from BaAAifa, to dance.) Chorea. Balli'sta. Batista. Os batistes. The astragalus. Balloon. (Ballon, French.) A large glass receiver in the form of a hollow globe, usually with two necks. BALLO'TA. Ballote. BalAurn. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiates.—B. nigra. B. fcetida. Marrubium nigrum. Black, or stinking horehound. A common plant, to which detersive and other virtues have been ascribed. — B. lanata. A Siberian species, recommended by Brera in rheumatism, gout, and dropsy, as a diuretic. Dose, gss., in decoction. BALLOTTEMENT. A French term introduced into medicine. It means the motion communicated to the fcetus in utero, by striking the cervix uteri with the finger of one hand introduced into the vagina, while the other hand is placed on the abdomen to fix the uterus. The fcetus is thus made to ascend and descend floating in the liquor amnii. This ballottement is one of the least equivocal signs of pregnancy. BALLSTON SPA. A village in Saratoga county, New York. It has acidulous chalybeate springs, which are much frequented. It has, also, a sulphureous spring. Balm. Ste Melissa. Balm of Gilead. Balm of Mecca. Amyris gileadensis. Balm of Gilead fir. Abies balsamea. Balm, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. Balnea casnosa. The mud surrounding mineral springs. It has been often topically applied. BA'LNEUM. (um, i, n. BaAaveiov.) A bath. B AL B AL 9G Baths are distinguished, according to the medium employed, into the water bath, the vapour bath, the air bath, &c.: according as the water or other medium is applied to the whole body or only to a part, into general and partial: according to the part which is bathed, into pediluvium, or the foot bath; coxosluvium, or semicupium, the hip bath; manuluvium, or the hand bath, &c.: according to the manner in which the medium is applied, into the shower bath; the douche bath; and affusion. When the medium is not applied in its simple state, but impregnated with some medicinal substance, the bath is said to be medicated. We shall hence, in the present article, consider the subject of bathing under the following heads: 1. The cold bath. 2. The tepid bath. 3. The hot bath. 4. The vapor bath. 5. The air bath. 6. Partial bathing. 7. The shower bath. 8. The douche. 9. Affusion. 10. Medicated baths. 1. The Cold Bath. The temperature of this is from 42° to 85° F. When a healthy individual immerses his body in cold water, he at first experiences a sensation of cold and a certain shock to the whole system; these very soon subside, and, unless the immersion be long continued, the water communicates a pleasant sensation, and feels warm rather than cold: when he leaves the water a very marked reaction of the arterial system takes place; the pulse becomes very full and strong; there is a glow on the surface from the increased action ofthe capillary vessels; the muscles are braced, and the general sensations are those of elasticity and vigor. It is by the production of this reaction that the cold bath proves so salubrious, and it is therefore beneficial or otherwise, according as the system is sufficiently vigorous to establish this reaction or not. Cold bathing is not only conducive to the preservation of health, but is a veiy powerful therapeutical agent. The general circumstances of disorder for which cold bathing appears to be of service, are languor and weakness of circulation, accompanied with profuse sweating and fatigue on very moderate exertion; tremors in the limbs, and many of those symptoms usually called nervous; weakness of the moving powers, and a listless and indolent state ofthe mind; provided that these symptoms are unconnected with any permanent disease of the viscera. The sea bath is best. 2. The Tepid Bath. The range of temperature of this is from 85° to 97° F. Tepid bathing is chiefly serviceable by relaxing the skin, and promoting insensible perspiration. It is hence used with advantage in most cases wherp the skin is arid, and transpiration deficient; and in many chronic cutaneous diseases its use is indispensable to cleanse the pores of the skin from the vitiated secretions which are continually obstructing them. The tepid bath is frequently used as a preparation for the cold in the case of weakly patients, who would, at first, be unable to sustain the shock of the latter. 3. The Hot Bath. The temperature of this is from 95° to 100° F., but about 96° is the best for ordinary purposes. Immersion in water of this degree of heat has a remarkably tranquillizing effect on the nervous system; it renders the skin soft and perspirable; it allays irritation, and produces a strong tendency to quietude and sleep. At a temperature of 98° the hot bath usually renders the pulse somewhat quicker and fuller. At 100° and upward it strongly stimulates the arterial system, and produces a general unpleasant sensation of excitement and turgescence, which is presently relieved by perspiration; if the immersion be long continued, it causes extreme lassitude, debility, and somnolency. The bath at 96° operates as a powerful antispasmodic, and relieves visceral inflammation by determining the blood to the surface of the body; it hence affords the greatest relief in cases where an inflammatory and a spasmodic state are combined, as in enteritis, cystitis, gall stones, &c. It is employed by surgeons to favor the reduction of strangulated hernia by the relaxation it occasions. It is much used.in convulsive affections, especially those of young children; and in cutaneous diseases accompanied with a very rough and imperspirable state of the cuticle, its utility is obvious. A very hot bath of 104° F. is, in some cases, a valuable remedial agent, as in the cold stage of malignant fevers, and other cases in which the heart is almost overpowered, and the blood, accumulating in the larger vessels, leaves the surface cold and pallid. 4. The Vapor Bath. This bath is formed by letting the steam from a kettle pass between the sheets which surround the patient, taking care that the vapor is not too hot. Or it may be formed by pouring water on hot bricks, &c, placed under a suitable cover. The. temperature varies from 112° to 130°. It produces nearly similar effects, and is applicable nearly to the same cases, as the hot water bath: it differs, however, in exciting the circulation less, and producing more immediate and copious diaphoresis. 5. The Air Bath. The exposure of the naked body to the atmosphere of a cool chamber is often very useful in allaying the restlessness arising from slight degrees of febrile excitement; and this may be called a cold air bath. The air bath, however, which is generally used as a therapeutical agent, is the warm air bath, in which the body of the patient is placed in an apparatus adapted to the purpose, and exposed to the action of the air heated to a temperature of from 90° to 130°. The warm air bath is more stimulating than the vapor bath, and produces copious perspiration in a still shorter time ; it is hence a powerful remedy in highly congestive forms of fever, and in the cold stage of the malignant cholera. It is also used with advantage in stiffness of the joints from chronic rheumatism, and other cases. 6. Partial Bathing. The beneficial effects* of the topical application of water are known to every one. Thus, cold water applied to the head is a common means of diminishing cere B A L B A L G 97 bral excitement; the topical use of the same agent to restrain hemorrhage in abortion and other cases is equally familiar; nor less so is the immersion of a scalded part in cold water as the most effectual means of allaying pain and preventing vesication. The immersion of the feet and legs in warm water is a popular and useful means of determining the blood from internal parts, and producing moisture on the skin; the inflammation caused by sprains and bruises is much relieved by bathing with warm water, and the suppuration of external abscesses is promoted by the same means. Many other examples might be adduced, but the above may suffice. 7. The Shower Bath. In this kind of bath water is made to fall from a height through numerous apertures upon the head and body of the patient. Its effects are similar to those of the ordinary cold bath, except that it produces a more transient shock, and is, therefore, better adapted to individuals whose power of reaction is feeble. 8. The Douche. This consists in the projection of a stream of cold water from a tube upon any part of the body. It is a most powerful means of refrigeration, and diminishes remarkably all the vital actions of the part to which it is applied. Its effect varies according to the temperature of. the water, the diameter of the stream, and the force with which it is projected. When applied to the head it speedily diminishes every action of the system, and will often, in a short time, reduce a full, inflammatory pulse to a thread. It is used principally in inflammatory affections of the brain, and is a remedy of extraordinary efficacy in such cases: the 'louche should here be used with due caution, for its depressing power is so great, that if too long or too severely applied, it may have fatal effects. 9. Affusion. The affusion of cold water has been much extolled as a means of cutting short fever. It has already been treated of in the article Affusion, which see. Sponging the body with cold water, or cold ablution, is highly conducive to the preservation of health: it should be practiced regularly immediately on getting out of bed in the morning. 10. Medicated Baths. ''hese are such as consist of particular liquids or vapors different from the ordinary media used for bathing, or of the common media impregnated with foreign substances, with a view of giving them some peculiar efficacy. Thus we have wine baths, milk baths, sulphureous baths, acid baths, aromatic baths; baths prepared with sulphate of iron, with quicklime, with alum, with sal ammoniac, &c. Generally speaking, much more importance seems to have been attached to medicated baths than their real efficacy warrants. The sulphureous and acid baths, however, form an exception to this remark. The sulphureous vapor bath is applied by placing the patient in a box, not including his head, and introducing the fumes arising from sulphur placed upon a piece of hot iron. This bath is used in various cutaneous diseases, and often with success, especially in the different forms of scabies and impetigo. It has also been extolled for its efficacy in rheumatism, gout, paralysis, disorders, of the digestive organs, &c, in which cases its efficacy is much more doubtful. The nitro-muriatic acid bath was invented by Dr. Scott, of Calcutta, and used by him in many morbid conditions of the liver, especially a torpid state of that viscus. It is not often found necessary to raise the bath much above the knees, and a mere foot bath, or common washhand basin, is occasionally sufficient; in which case the attendants sponge the parts above the knee, or the arms, with the acid water. Three parts, by measure, of muriatic, and two of nitric acid, are to be carefully mixed, and added to five parts of distilled water. The bath is to consist of three ounces of this dilute acid to every gallon of water. The feet should remain in the bath for twenty minutes or half an hour, and the legs, thighs, and abdomen be, in the mean time, frequently sponged with the liquid. In winter the bath may be used warm, but this is not necessary in summer. Dr. Scott affirms that he has employed this process with decided advantage in almost all cases dependent on a morbid secretion of bile; whether the secretion be superabundant, defective, or depraved. He found it often, within a few hours after the first bathing, hicrease the flow of bile and ameliorate its character, causing the expulsion of dark-colored feces, brightcolored bile, or bile of a brown, green, or black color, like tar mixed with oil. In the paroxysm of pain from a gall-stone passing the bile ducts, or from common spasm, he also found it act like a charm, and produce almost immediate ease. Balneum animale. The animal bath. Wrapping the skin of an animal just killed round the body of a patient, or any part of it. Balneum arenas. A sand bath. Balneum calidum. A hot bath. Balneum frigidum. A cold bath. Balneum marias. The water bath used by chemists. Balneum medicatum. A medicated bath. A bath impregnated with some substance to give it a peculiar activity or virtue. Balneum nonfs. A bath of dew. An old name for the vapor bath. Balneum siccum. A dry bath. The immersion of the body in any dry material, as ashes, salt, sand, &c., is called a dry bath. Also, the hot air bath. Balneum sulphureum. A bath containing some preparation of sulphur. Balneum tepidum. A tepid bath. Balneum vaporis. A vapor bath. BALSAM. (Balsamum, i, n. BaAoapov; from baal somen, the Hebrew for the prince of oils.) This term was formerly applied to any strong-scented, fluid, natural vegetable resin. Latterly, however, chemists have restricted this term to vegetable juices, either liquid, or which spontaneously become concrete, consisting of a substance of a resinous nature, combined with benzoic acid. They are insoluble in water, but readily dissolve in alcohol and ether. Balsam apple, male. See Mormordica hair samina. B A L B A L 93 Balsam, artificial. Compound medicines are thus termed which are made of a^balsamic consistence and fragrance. Balsam of Canada See Pinus balsamea. Balsam, Canary. See Dracocephalum. Balsam of Copaiba, or Capivi. See Copaifera officinalis. Balsam of honey. The preparation sold under this name is generally cither tincture of benzoin or tincture of tolu. Balsam of horehound, Ford's. See Ford's balsam of horehound. Balsam of liquidambar. See Liquidambar styraciftua. Balsam of liquorice. A nostrum which, according to Dr. Paris, consists principally of paregoric elixir, very strongly impregnated with oil of anise. Balsam of mercury. The unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. Balsam, natural. A balsam which exudes from a plant is thus called. Balsam, Peruvian. See Myroxylon peruiferum. Balsam, Riga. Pinus cembra. Balsam of storax. Balsams procured from the Liquidambar atlinia and orientate. Balsam, sea-side. Croton eleuteria. Balsam of sulphur. See Balsamum sulphuris. Balsam of Tolu. See Toluifera balsamum. Balsam, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. Balsam for wounds. Tinctura benzoini composita. Balsama'tjd. The embalming of dead bodies. Balsamelas'on. Balsa'mi oleum. Balm of Gilead. See Amyris gileadensis. BALSA'MIC. Balsamicus. Balsameus. Relating to a balsam. Hoffman applies this name to medicines which are stimulant, hot, and acrid. Dr. Cullen speaks of them under the joint title of balsamica et resinosa. BALSAMFFERA. Balm-bearing.— B. braxiliensis. See Copaifera officinalis.— B. indicana. See Myroxylon peruiferum. Balsamina. B.famina. See Impatiens. Balsamita F02M1NEA. See Achillea ageratum. Balsamita lutea. See Polygonum. Balsamita major. B.mas. See Tanacetum balsamita. Balsamita minor. See Achillea ageratum. Balsamita suavolens. A composite plant, resembling tansy in its appearance and virtues. Balsamodendron gileadensis Syn. of Amyris gileadensis. BALSAMODENDRON MYRRHA. The myrrh-tree; a plant of the order Terebinthacece, which yields the gum-resin myrrh. It is thought syn. with B. kataf. Balsamum. A balsam. Every nostrum of extraordinary virtue was formerly called a balsam, but few of them are now known. See Balsam. Balsamum acusticum. Acoustic balsam. A mixture of antispasmodic tinctures, essential oils, and the like. Baume's consists of tinctures of assafoetida, ambergris, and castor, terebinthinated balsam of sulphur, and oil of rue. It is dropped into the ear, or a piece of cotton moist- ened with it introduced, in cases of atonic deafness. Balsamum ptiacum. See Amyris gilcud- crisis. Balsamum alpini. See Amyris gileadensis. Balsamum americanum. See Myroxylonpe- ruiferum. Balsamum anodynum Batei. See Bates's anodyne balsam. Balsamum anodynum guldonis. Balsamum guidonis. A vulnerary balsam prescribed by Guy of Caliac. It consisted of hepatic aloes, ammoniacum, bdellium, caranna, castor, galbanum, labdanum, myrrh, Peruvian balsam, olibanum, amber, tacamahaca, storax, and Venice turpentine. Balsamum apoplecticum. This was prepared with musk, amber, civet, Peruvian balsam, volatile oils, &c. It was applied externally to the head and nostrils of apoplectic patients, and was believed to be of great efficacy in that disease. Balsamum arcvei. A digestive ointment. The unguentum elemi compositum. Balsamum asiaticum. See Amyris. Balsamum braziliense. See Copaifcra officinalis. Balsamum canadense. See Pinus balsamea. Balsamum carpathicum. 1. The essential oil distilled very carefully from the fresh cones of the trees which yield the common turpentine. 2. The resinous juice of the young twigs of the Pinus cembra. Balsamum cephalicum saxonicum. A distillation from various essential oils. Balsamum commandatoris. Friar's balsam. See Tinctura benzoini composita. Balsamum copaiba:. See Copaifera officinalis. Balsamum embryonum. Aqua embryonum. A preparation made by mixing a vinous infusion of different aromatics, misletoe, &c., with several kinds of distilled waters; digesting and then distilling. It was used internally and externally with a view of preventing abortion by sti'engthening the foetus and the womb; whence its name. Balsamum filicis. Oleum filicis. Balsamum genuinum antiquorum. B. gil eadensc. See Amyris gileadensis. Balsamum guaiaci'num. An old preparation made by dissolving a pound of guiac and three drachms of Peruvian balsam in two pints and a half of rectified spirits of wine. Balsamum guidonis. See Balsamum anodynum guidonis. Balsamum hungaricum. A resin which exudes from the extremities of the branches of the Pinus pumilio, and is also expressed from the cones of the same tree. Balsamum judaicum. See Amyris gileadensis. Balsamum libani. Riga balsam. Balsamum locatelli. Balsamum lucatelli. A preparation made of olive oil, Venice turpentine, yellow wax, and red sanders. It was formerly exhibited in phthisis, coughs of long standing, &c, but is now disused. Balsamum mas. See Tanacetum balsamita. Balsamum e mecca. See Amyris gileadensis B AL BAR Balsamum mexicanum. See Myroxylonperu- 99 iferuni. Balsamum persicum. Tinctura benzoini composita. Balsamum peruvianum. See Myroxylon peruiferum. Balsamum rackasi'ri. Balsamum racazzira. Balsamum rhadasiri. A balsamic substance which is inodorous when cold, but when heated has a smell somewhat resembling the balsam of Tolu; said to have the properties of copaiba. Balsamum saponaceum. Opodeldoc. .Linimentum saponis compositum. Balsamum saturni. The remedy so named is prepared by dissolving acetate of lead in oil of turpentine. It is a good application for cleansing foul ulcers. Balsamum styracis benzoini. See Styrax benzoin. Balsamum succini. Oil of amber. Balsamum sulphuris. Oleum sulphuratum. sulphuris simplex. Balsamum sulphuris crassum. A solution of sulphur in olive oil in the proportion of one part of the former to eight of the latter; their union being effected by a gentle heat. This preparation was formerly given in catarrh, asthma, and other pectoral affections, in doses of from HI v. to 3ss., in water. It is never administered internally at present, but is sometimes used as an application to foul ulcers. Balsamum sulphuris ani'satum. A solution of sulphur in oil of aniseed, with or without the addition of oil of turpentine. Balsamum sulphuris barbadense. Petroleum sulphuratum. Sulphur boiled with Barbadoes tar. Balsamum sulphuris crassum. B. sulphuris simplex. See Balsamum sulphuris. Balsamum sulphuris terebinthinatum. This is made by digesting sulphur with oil of turpentine; its use is now confined to veterinary medicine. Balsamum syriacum. See Amyris gileadensis. Balsamum tolutanum. See Toluifera balsamum. Balsamum traumaticum. Balsam for cuts. Vulnerary balsam. See Tinctura benzoini composita. Balsamum universale. The ceratum plumbi compositum has been so called. Balsamum verum. See Amyris gileadensis. Balsamum viride. Green balsam. 1. A preparation formerly much used by surgeons as a detergent. It was made of verdigris, linseed oil, and elemi; or of verdigris, linseed oil, and oil of turpentine, or of verdigris and linseed oil without any other ingredient. There is a preparation still used in France called Baume vert de Metz, Balsamum viride Mctcnsium, which consists of subcarbonate of copper, sulphate of zinc, turpentine, aloes, and several fixed and volatile oils. 2. A natural balsam brought from Pern. It is the produce of the Chloroxylon verticillalnm, Balsamum vitas. Several artificial balsams have been so called; as, Balsamum Vitas Hofftnanni, Balsamum Vitas Tcichmczerianum, &c. That of Hoffman was the most celebrated. It was composed of ambergris, balsam of Peru, and a variety of essential oils dissolved in highly-rectified spirit of wine. It was used both externally as a corroborant, and internally as a cordial, &c. The number of its ingredients is now much diminished, and it is scarcely used. Balzoinum. Benzoin. Bambalia. Stammering. BAMBA'LIO. One who stammers or lisps. BAMBU'SA. Bamboo. Various pickles and condiments are prepared from the young shoots, and the substance called tabasheen, which concretes in the cavities of the bamboo, is much esteemed by the natives as a deobstruent. Bamia. Bammia. — B. moscha'ta. Hibiscus abelmoschus. Bana'na. See Musa. BANDAGE. Deligatio. Fascia. An apparatus consisting of one or several pieces of linen, flannel, or other material, used to give support to parts, to exert pressure on them, or retain dressings, &c, in their proper position. Bandages are either simple or compound. The chief of the simple are the circular, the spiral, the uniting, and the retaining. The compound bandages are the T bandage,, the suspensory, three or four tailed, the eighteen-tailed bandage, &c. Bandy leg. A leg which has the bones curved outward, or in any other direction. Bangue. See Cannabis indica. Banilla. Epidendrum vanilla. Banyer's ointment. Litharge, Ibss.; burned alum, gij.; calomel, giss.; Venice turpentine, Ibss.; lard, Ibij. Used in porrigo. Baobab. Adansonia digitata. Baptica coccus. The kermes insect. BAPTISIA TINCTORIA. Wild indigo. A leguminous perennial. The root is laxative and acrid; in large quantity, emetic. It is used freely in domestic economy as a source of indigo. Baras. An Arabic name of the alphos, or white leprosy. Ba'rba. a, as, f. A beard. Barba Aronis. See Arum maculatum. Barba capras. See Spirea ulmaria. Barba hirci. See Tragopogon. * Barba jovis. Jupiter's beard. Several herbs have been so ca lied. Barbadoes cherry. Malpighia glabra. BARBADOES LEG. A disease endemic in the island of Barbadoes and the East Indies. The Elephantiasis arabum. An enormous distension of the cellular tissue of the leg, of a dark color. It is preceded by fever and inflammation, in which stage it is managed by antiphlogistic means, scarifications, &o ; but if this stage be passed, the disease is unmanageable. Amputation has been practiced. Barbadoes nut. See Jatropha. Barbadoes tar. Petroleum barbadense. Barbarea. See Erysimum barbarea. Barba'ria. Barbaricum. Rhubarb. Barbarossas pilula:. Barbarossa's pills. These were composed of quicksilver, rhubarb, diagridium, musk, amber, &c. It was one of the earliest mercurial medicines which came into general estimation. BAR B A S 100 Barbarv gum. A variety of Senegal gum. Barba'tus. (From barba, a beard.) Beard- ed: applied, in botany, to leaves or other parts of plants which have a hair-like appendage; as the Mesembryanthemum barbatum, and Spananthe paniculata; and in zoology, to animals which have a beard, or an appendage resembling one. Barberry. See Berberis. BARBIERS. A paralytic affection of the tropics, commencing inthe limbs, but followed by loss of voice, emaciation, adynamia. It principally affects strangers, and has been confounded with beriberi. Barclay's antibilious pills. These consist of colocynth, ; extract of jalap, 3j.; almond soap, 3iss.; guiac, 3iij.; emetic tartar, gr. viij. ; essential oils of juniper, caraway, and rosemary, of each gtt. iv., made into a mass with a sufficient quantity of syrup of buckthorn, and divided into sixty-four pills. Barda'na. Burdock. See Arctium lappa. BARE'GES. In Haute Pyrenees. There are several thermal (85° to 112° F.) sulphureous springs. Barii chloridum. Barii iodidum. See Baryta. BARFLLA. (a,as,i.) The impure soda ash, procured by burning to ashes different plants that grow on the sea-shore. BA'RIUM. (um, i, n.) The metallic basis of the earth baryta. The sulphuret and chloride are used in medicine. Barium, chloride of. See Baryta. BARK. Cortex. 1. The common integument of vegetables. 2. The Peruvian bark is called bark by way of eminence. See Cinchona. Bark, Cariba:an. See Cinchona caribasa, Bark, Jamaica. See Cinchona caribasa. Bark, Peruvian. See Cinchona, Bark, red. See Cinchona oblongifolia. Bark, yellow. See Cinchona cordifolia. Barley. See Hordeum. Barley, caustic See Cevadilla. Barm. Yeast. Barnet, waters of. A saline purging spring near London. BAKO'METER. (From Bapoc, weight, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument for determining the weight of the atmosphere; it is commonly called a weather glass. It is made thus: take a glass tube more than thirty inches long, seal it hermetically at one end, fill it with mercury, and invert it in a basin of the same fluid; the mercury in the tube will fall to a point, at which it is exactly balanced by the pressure of the atmosphere on the surface of the mercury in the basin, leaving a vacuum in the upper part of the tube. The ascent and descent of the mercury in the tube indicates the variations in the weight of the atmosphere. The whole is supported by a convenient apparatus, to which a scale is adapted for measuring the height of the mercury. Baro'nes. Small worms. Barosma. Diosma. Barras. The resinous juice which exudes from the Pinus maritima, and concretes on the bark in yellow masses. It is also called galipot. Barre, springs of. They are thermal and chalybeate. BARREN. In Botany, a barren flower is that which has no pistil. Barrenness. See Sterility. BARRY'S EXTRACTS. These are prepared with great care in vacuo, and by steam heat only. glandule. See Sublingual glands. Baryecoi'a. Dullness of hearing; deafness. Baryoco'ccalon. Datura stramonium. Barypho'nia. A difficulty of speaking. Bahypi'cron. Absinthium latifolium. BARY'TA. (a, ee, f.j from Bapvc, heavy.) Barytes. This earth is a protoxide of barium. It occurs abundantly in nature in the form of sulphate and carbonate. It is a grayish caustic powder. The salts of baryta are white, and more or less transparent. They are all poisonous except the sulphate; and hence the proper counter-poison is dilute sulphuric acid for the carbonate, and sulphate of soda for the solul|ie salts. Baryta, carbonate. Barytas carbonas. Used for the preparation of the chloride and other salts. Baryta, hydriodate. Iodide of Barium. Has been used in scrofula. Dose, gr. $th thrice daily; and also in the form of ointment. Baryta, muriate. Baryta hydrochlorate. Barii chloridum. Chlo ride of Barium. Take carbonate of baiyta, Ibj.; muriatic acid, f. gxij.; water, Oiij. Dissolve gradually; warm, filter, evaporate, so that crystals may form. It is used in solution.— Liquor barytas murias. One part salt to three water. Employed principally in scrofulous diseases; also in cutaneous diseases, and as a wash to ulcers. Dose, gtt. vj. to gtt. x., continued until nausea is produced. It is a violent, irritating poison. It is the test for sulphuric acid in solution, throwing down the white, insoluble sulphate of baryta. Barytin. A new base from Veratrum album. Basaal. An Indian tree. The leaves are used iu gargles. The kernels are said to be vermifuge. Basalt. Trap rock. BASCULATION. (Basculer, French.) A term used in examinations of the uterus m retroversion; the fundus is pressed upward, the cervix drawn downward. BASE. See Basis. Base, acidifiable. A body which, by its union with oxygen, forms acids. Basia'tor. (From basio, to kiss.) The atbicularis oris muscle. Basic water. Water which is combined with an acid or other substance as a regular metallic base, and not in the crystals or as a hydrate. Basil. See Ocimum basilicum. Basilauis processus. See Occipital bone. BASILARY. Basilaris. Appertaining to the base. A term used in anatomy: thus, a process of the occipital bone is called the basilary process, because it is situated at the base of the skull. Basilary apophysis. See Occipital bone. Basilary artery. An artery of the brain; BAT BAY 101 so called because it lies upon the basilary process of the occipital bone. It is formed by the junction of the two vertebral arteries within the skull, and runs forward to the sella turcica along the pons varolii, which, as well as the adjacent parts, it supplies with blood. Basilary vertebra. The last lumbar vertebra. Basilic veln. Basilica vena. The large vein that runs oft the inner side of the arm, and terminates in the axillary vein. The branch which crosses, at the bend of the arm, from the long median vein to join the basilic, is called the median basilic. Either of them may be opened in the operation of blood-letting. Basilica mediana. See Basilic vein. Basilica nux. The walnut. Basilicon. See Unguentum basilicum. Basi'licum. Ocimum basilicum. Basilicum unguentum. See Unguentum basilicum. BASFLICUS. In Anatomy, parts supposed to be very important in their functions; and in Pharmacy, compositions highly esteemed for their efficacy. Ba'silis. An ancient collyrium. Basili'scus. Basilisk. A fabulous serpent. The philosopher's stone. Corrosive sublimate. Ba'sio-ce'rato-glo'ssus. The Hyoglossus muscle has been so named from its attachment to the basilary process of the occipital bone, the corner of the os hyoides, and the tongue. Basio-cestrum. A kind of crotchet. Basio-glossus. That portion of the hyoglossus muscle which is inserted into the base of the os hyoides. Basio-pharyngasus. See Constrictor pharyngis medius. BA'SIS. (is, is, f.) A base. 1. That from which other parts are supported. 2. The principal medicine in a prescription. 3. The elecUopositive component of a salt; as lime, potash. Basis cordis. The base ofthe heart. Bassi colica. A medicine compounded of aromatics and honey. Bassora gum. GumKuteera. A gum which distills from the Slerculia urens. See Bassorine, BA'SSORINE. A variety of gum which swells, but does not dissolve, in water; as tragacanth. BASTARD. False. Bastard contrayerva. Aristolochia odoratissima. Bastard dittany. Dictamnus fraxinella. It appears to have no sensible properties, although used by some as an antispasmodic. Bastard pellitory. See Achilleaptarmica. Bastard peripneumony. See Peripneumonia notha. Bastard pleurisy. See Peripneumonia notha. Basyle. The metallic radical of a salt. Bata'tas. The natives of Peru give this name to the root of a convolvulus, and to the potato. See Solanum tuberosum, and Convolvulus batatas. Batatas peregrina. See Ipomcea quamoclit. Bateman's pectoral drops. These consist, chiefly, according to Dr. Paris, of tincture of castor, with proportions of camphor and opium, flavored with aniseed, and colored with cochineal. Bates's alum water. Liquor aluminis com* positus. Bates's anodyne balsam. A preparation corresponding with the linimentum saponis compositum. Bates's aqua camphorata. Take sulphate of copper, French bole, aa gr. xv.; camphor, gr. iv.: dissolve in water, Oiv. An eye wash. BATH. 1. A place for bathing, or the medium in which the body is bathed. See Balneum for every kind of bath. 2. The name of a city in England long celebrated for its numerous hot springs, called Bathoniae aquae, Soils aquae, Badiguee aquae (from 112° to 116° F.). The mineral components are of little importance. Bath, Dupuytren's. Gelatino-sulphurous bath. Add glue, lib., dissolved in water; sulphuret of potassium, giv.; water, 30 gallons. Use a wooden bath vessel. Bath, sulphurous. The above, without the glue. Bastennes. A place in Gascony. Its mineral waters are said to be similar to those of Bareges. Ba'thmis. The cavity of a bone which receives the articular extremity of another bone. Ba'thron. Badpov. An instrument for reducing luxations in general. Bathypi'cron. Absinthium. Batisse. A place near Clermont. Its mineral waters contain subcarbonate of soda, sulphates of soda, iron, and lime, muriate of magnesia, and carbonate of lime. BATRA'CHIA. Animals of the frog kind. Batra'chium. Ranunculus. Batrachi'tes. See Bufonites. Ba'trachus. Ranula. Battari'smus. Stammering. Batta'ta peregrina. Ipomaca quamoclit. Battata virginiana. Solanum tuberosum. Battery, electrical. A combination of Leyden jars, all of which can be discharged at once. Battery, galvanic Numerous pairs of galvanic plates. Battley's solution. See Liquor opii sedativus. Baudricourt, waters of. Sulphurous springs. Bauhin, valve of. The ileo-colic valve. Baume's hydrometer. See Hydrometer. Baurin. A village in the department ofthe Somme. It has mineral springs which are strongly chalybeate. BAY-CHERRY. Bay-laurel. Bayleaves. See Prunus lauro-cerasus. Bay-leaved passion-flower. See Passiflora laurifolia. Bay-rum. Spirit flavored with bay-leaves. Bay-salt. Common salt obtained by evaporating sea water in shallow ponds by the heat of the sun. It is of a dark-gray color, and contains a minute quantity of iodine. Bay, sweet. Laurus nobilis. Baynton's adhesive plaster. This consists of six drachms of resin, melted with a pound of lead plaster. BEG BEN Baynton's bandage. This consists in the Beguin's sulphurated spirit. The sulphuret of ammonia. 102 application of strips of adhesive plaster round the leg in regular order, one above the other, and with their edges in contact. It is of the greatest use in indolent ulcers of the leg, and acts, both by approximating the edges of the ulcers to each other, and by its uniform press- ure. Bdella. A leech. BDELLIUM, (um, i, n.) A gum-resin having somewhat the appearance of very impure myrrh, and with similar properties, but it is not used now. Bdello'meter. (From BdeAAa, a leech, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument proposed as a substitute for the leech; it consists of a cupping-glass, to which are attached a scarificator and exhausting syringe. Bean. Vicia faba. Bean, French. B., kidney. Fhaseolus vulgaris. Bean, Malacca. Anacardium indicum. Bean of Carthagena. Laurus pichurim and Ocotea puchury. See Bejuoi. Bean, St. Ignatius's. Strychnos Sancti Ignatii. Bear's berry. Bear's bilberry. Bear's whortleberry. Arbutus uva ursi. Bear's breech. Acanthus mollis. Bear's foot. Helleborus fcetidus. Beauvais. Department of Oise. It has chalybeate springs. Beaver. Castor fiber. BEBEERU. A tree of Guiana, the bark of which yields bebecrine, a principle analogous in properties with quinine. Beccabunga. (a, a;, f.) Veronica beccabunga. Be'chicus. (From fin!;, a cough.) Remedial of a cough. Be'chion. Tussilago farfara. Bechorthopnea. Fertussis. Beconguilles. A root which is brought from South America. It has emetic properties analogous to those of ipecacuanha. Becui'ba nux. A nut produced by a Brazilian tree, from which a balsam is drawii that is held in estimation in rheumatism. Bedegar, Or Bedeguar. Spongia cynosbati. An excrescence found on different species of wild roses. Bedford springs. In Pennsylvania. They are saline and carbonated. Bedstraw. Galium aparine. Bee. Apis inellifica. Beech. Fagus sylvatica. Beech Dnors. Orobanche virginiana Beer. See Cerevisia. Beestings. The colostrum. Bees' wax. See Cera. Beet. Beta vulgaris. Beetles. Coleopterans. . Begma. Bnypa. The* matter expectorated by coughing. BEGO'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, Moncecia; order, Poly andria. The roots of B. grandiftora and B. tomcntosa are used in Peru against hemorrhages, diseases of the chest, scurvy, &c. Beguan. A bezoar or concretion found in the intestines of the iguana lizard Behen album. See Centaurea behen. Behen, officinarum. See Cucubalus behen Behen rubrum. See Statice limonium. Behen tree. The Moringa aptera. Beidelsar. Bcid el ossar. A plant used in Africa as a remedy for fever and the bites of serpents. It is supposed to be the Asclepias procera. Cataplasms made of its leaves are applied to indolent swellings, and its caustic, milky juice is used to discuss venereal nodes. The Egyptians use the down of its seed as tinder. Beju'io. Habilla de Carthagena. Bean of Carthagena. A kind of bean famed for being an effectual antidote against the poison of all serpents. Bela-aye. Nerium antidysentericum. Beledamboc A kind of convolvulus which grows in Malabar. It contains an acrid juice, which is made, with oil and ginger, into a liniment, and used against the bite of a mad dog. Belamodagam. A Malabar plant of the genus Scesvola. Its leaves are said to be diuretic and emmenagogue. Belching. Eructation. Belenoi'des. Belemnoid. (From BeAoc, a dart, and eidoc, form.) Belenokl. A term that has been applied to the styloid processes in general. BELLADO'NNA. (a, az, f.) The deadly nightshade. See Atropa belladonna. Belladonine. A principle said to be distinct from atropia, and found in the belladonna. Bellegu. Belleregi-myrobalanus. Belleris. Myrobalanus bellirica. Bellesme. A town near Montagne, where there is a cold chalybeate spring. Bellison. Belilla. Musseenda frondosa. Bell metal. An alloy of copper, zinc, tiu, and a small quantity of antimony. Bellon. Dry colic. Bellotas. The fruit of the Ilex major. Recommended by some Spanish physicians in diseases of the chest, accompanied with profuse expectoration and haemoptysis, BELLOWS SOUND. Bruit de soufflet, A sound resembling that which is produced by the action of a pair of bellows. It is heard in cases of enlargement of the heart, or contraction of its orifices. It is rarely constant, but ceases and returns abruptly, often without any apparent cause. It sometimes exists in a heart that is perfectly healthy, especially in hysterical or highly-nervous subjects. The same sort of sound, only sharper and more whizzing, is heard in different arteries, often without any assignable cause. It is always loud and distinct in cases of aneurismal varix. When the bellows sound, as heard at the heart, becomes somewhat rough to the ear, it passes into what is called the rasp sound. See Rasp sound. Belluas. The pachyderms. Bellyache. Colic. Belzoinum. Belzoim. Benzoin. Seo Sty rax benzoin. Bel moschus. Hibiscus abelmoschus. Ben. See Quilandina moringa. Ben moenja. A tree of Malabar. The de- B ER BEX Bergamot. Citrus medica. 103 coction pf its roots is thought by the natives to be of great efficacy in malignant fevers. Its bark, given in decoction, is said immediately to stop the vomiting caused by the bite of serpents. Ben-nut. Moringa aptera. Benedicta herba. The Geum urbanum. Benedicta laxativa. The lenitive electuary. See Confectio sennas. Benedictum laxativum. Rhubarb, and also the lenitive electuary. Beneficium naturje. Spontaneous recovery without medicine. Beneolentia. Fragrant medicines, &c. Bengal quince. See Erateva marmelos. Benga'las radix. See Cassumuniar. BENI'GNUS. Benign. A term applied to the mild form of a disease as opposed to the malignant. A medicine which is gentle in its operation was likewise so called by the older writers. Benivivum. Benzoin. Benjamin. See Styrax benzoin. Benjamin flowers. See Benzoic acid. Bennet herb. Geum urbanum. Bent grass. Agrostis. Benumbers. Agents which produce numbness and loss of muscular power, as aconitine, stramonium. Benzamide. Bz. Ad. Obtained by saturating chloride of benzoyl with dry ammonia, and washing to remove the muriate of ammonia. It is crystalline, pearly, soluble, fuses at 239°. It is decomposed by acids or alkalies, with water, into ammonia and benzoic acid. Benzile. A substance procured by passing a stream of chlorine gas through fused benzoin. Benzimide. A substance discovered by Laurent in crude essence of bitter almonds. Benzin. Benzene. The name of the bicarburet of hydrogen, procured by heating benzoic acid with lime; this compound is termed by Liebig benzole (Ci2H e ). Benzoas. Benzoate. A salt formed by the union of the benzoic acid with a base. BENZOIC ACID. (Acidum benzoicum ; so called because it is procured from benzoin.) This acid is easily obtained by subliming gum benjamin. It forms long, hexagonal, silky needles ; is sweet and hot to the taste. Soluble in alcohol. Formula, CnHsOa-t-HO, or hydrated oxide of benzoyl, HO, Bz.O. Benzoic acid is veiy seldom used in medicine, but now and then it is ordered as a stimulant in spasmodic coughs and dyspncea. The dose is from one grain to five. Benzone. A volatile fluid procured by Peliglot by heating dry benzoate of lime. Benzoyl, Benzoile, or Benzyle. C14H5O2. Bz. The hypothetical radical of a series of compounds, including benzoic acid, and the essence or volatile oil of bitter almonds. Berberia. See Beriberia. Berberin. The yellow coloring matter of the barberry root. BE'RBERIS. (it, is, f.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. — B. vulgaris. The barberry of the Pharmacopoeias. The berries, which are gratefully acid, and moderately astringent, were formerly believed to be of great use in biliary fluxes. Bergmehx. A Swedish infusory formation resembling earth, said to be very nutritious. Beriberia. See Beriberi. BERI'BERI. An acute dropsy common in Malabar and Ceylon, attended with muscular debility and spasms. The treatment is very uncertain. Berlin blue. Prussian blue. BERMUDA, CLIMATE OF. The winter is mild, but too liable to sharp, dry winds for invalids. Bermuda berry. See Sapindus saponaria. Berry. See Bacca. Berthollet's neutral carbonate of ammonia. The bicarbonate. It is almost destitute of odor. Beru. A place iu Champagne, France. It has mineral waters, which are slightly chalybeate. Bes, or Bessis. An eight-ounce measure. BETA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Chenopodiaceos. — B. hybrida. Mangel wurzel of the Germans. — B. rubra. The systematic name of the red beet, the root of which is used indifferently with that of the beta vulgaris. — B. vulgaris. The common beetroot, well blown as an agreeable and wholesome article of diet. It yields sugar. Betel. Piper betel. A species of pepper cultivated in several parts of India. The natives are in the habit of chewing a preparation made with the leaves of this plant, lime, and areca; this mixture is called Betel. It is considered tonic and astringent. BETO'NICA. Betony. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiates. — B. aquatica. See Scrophularia aquatica.— B. officinalis. The wood betony of the Pharmacopoeias: also, B. purpurea, B. vulgaris. This plant, though formerly much esteemed, has little activity, and is not used now. Root slightly cathartic and emetic. Betonica fauli. Veronica. Betony. See Betonica. Betony, water. Scrophularia aquatica. BE'TULA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Moncecia. Tetrandria. Betulineai. — B. alba. The betula of the Pharmacopoeias, or white birch. The juice is sweet and fermentable. The leaves and bark are slightly astringent and tonic. The bark has been used hi mtermittents.—B. alnus. The alnus of the Pharmacopoeias. The common alder. This, like the birch and other trees of the same genus, affords a large quantity of saccharine juice. A wine is made from it, called Alder wine. Betuli'na. Betuline. A substance discovered in the bark of the Betula alba. It is of a white color, veiy light, crystallizes in the form of long needles; soluble in ether, alcohol, and oils; fusible, volatile, and inflammable. Beulah spa. A saline mineral spring near London. Beuvigny. A place near Bayeux, in Normandy. Its waters are said to be chalybeate. BEX. Bexis. Cough. Bex convulsiva. B. theriodes. Pertussis. Bex humida. A cough, with expectoration. Bexaguillo. A name given to the white B E Z B I C 104 ipecacuanha, which the Spaniards bring from Peru. Bexugo. A purgative root formerly imported from Peru. It is supposed by some to have been a species of Hippocratea. Bezetta ccsrulea. Croton tinctorium. BE'ZOAR. Lapis bezoardicus. Bezoard. A preternatural concretion formed in the intestines of animals. Some of these substances were formerly celebrated for their medicinal virtues. They were supposed alexipharmic, and used as amulets. They are concretions of phosphate of lime, magnesia, and other salts, mixed with hair, and tinged with bile. Others are biliary, or of cholesterine. Bezoar bovinum. Bezoar of the ox. Bezoar germanicum. The bezoar from the alpine goat. Bezoar hominis. Biliary concretions. Bezoar hy'stricis. The bezoar of the In- dian porcupine. Bezoar microco'smicum. The vesical cal- culus of the chamois. Bezoar occidentale. Occidental bezoar. Bezoar orientals. Lapis bezoar orientalis. Oriental bezoar. Bezoar porcinum. See Bezoar hystricis. Bezoar simia:. Tho bezoar from the mon- key. Bezoa'rdic. Bezoardicus. Of, or belonging to, the bezoar. Alexipharmic. Bezoardica radix. See Dorstenia contrayerva. BEZOARDICUM. A bezoar, or bezoardic medicine. The name was given to numerous very complex bodies, most of which are now unknown, and none used. The principal are mentioned below. Bezoardicum joviale. An old preparation made by fusing regulus of antimony with tin in a crucible; reducing them to powder when cold, mixing them intimately with corrosive sublimate, keeping tho mixture for some days, distilling it, and mixing the liquor that comes over with a large quantity of water, whereby a white powder is precipitated, washing the precipitate repeatedly with water, drying it, and detonating with nitre; lastly, washing the product carefully and again drying. This preparation was a very powerful diaphoretic, and was given in doses of from gr. x. to 9j. Bezoardicum lunare. 1. A medicine prepared by distilling butter of antimony with a solution of nitrate of silver. It was deemed of great efficacy in epilepsy, and various affections ofthe head; the dose was from gr. 6 to gr. 12. 2. The Pulvis Viennensis Albus Virgineus; not now used. Bezoardicum martiale. The Bezoardicum joviale, with the substitution of iron for tin. Tonic and diaphoretic. Dose, gr. xv. to gr. XXV. Bezoardicum minerals. Antimonious acid. Bezoardicum saturni. An old preparation made by distilling protoxide of lead and butter of antimony with nitric acid; it was given in doses of gr. vi. in" diseases ofthe spleen. Bezoardicus lapis. See Bezoar. Bezoardicus pulvis. See Pulvis bezoardi- ens. BI. Bin. Bis. Two, or twice. A common prefix, meaning two, twice, a pair. In Chemistry it means, in any compound, two atoms of the electro-negative body. Biarchetunsim. Cerusse. Bibasic. Acids which combine with two atoms of base, or can form double salts. Bibenella. See Pimpinella. Bibito'rius. Rectus internus oculi. Biborate of soda. Borax. Bibulous. Bibulus. Attracting moisture: charta bibula, blotting paper. Bicarbonas potassa;. See Potasses bicarbonas. Bicarbonates. Salts with two atoms of carbonic acid. Bicauda'lis. The posterior auris muscle. Bicephalium. (From bis, twice, and KetyaAn, a head.) A large sarcoma growing on the head. Bicephalus. Dicephalus. BFCEPS. (From bis, twice, and caput, a head.) Two-headed: applied to muscles which have two distinct origins or heads. Biceps brachii. See Biceps flexor cubiti. Biceps cruris. See Biceps flexor cruris. Biceps cubiti. See Biceps flexor cubiti. Biceps externus. See Triceps extensor cubiti. Biceps flexor cruris. Biceps cruris. Biceps. A muscle of the leg, situated on the hind part of the thigh. It arises by two distinct heads: the first, called longus, from the upper and posterior part of the tuberosity of the os ischium. The second, called brevis, arises from the linea aspera, a little below the tennination of the glutajus maximus. It is inserted, by a strong tendon, into the upper part of the head of the fibula. Its use is to bend the leg. This muscle forms what is called the outer ham-string; and between it and the inner, the popliteal arteiy, vein, and nerve are situated. Biceps flexor cubiti. Coraco - radialis. Biceps internus humeri. A muscle of the forearm, situated on the forepart of the os humeri. It arises by two heads. The first and outermost, called longus, begins tendinous from the upper edge of the glenoid cavity of the scapula, passes over the head of the os humeri within the shoulder joint, and is afterward inclosed, in its descent, in a groove near the head of the os humeri, by a membranous ligament that proceeds from the capsular ligament and adjacent tendons. The second, or innermost head, called brevis, arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the coracoid process of the scapula, in common with the coraco-brachialis muscle. The muscle is inserted into the inner tubercle at the upper end of the radius. Its use is to turn the hand supine, and to bend the fore-arm. Biceps internus. See Biceps flexor cubiti. Biceps manus. See Biceps flexor cid>iti. Bicipital. Relating to the biceps muscle thus, the groove in the os humeri which lodges the tendon of the long head of the biceps, iscalled the bicipital groove. The bicipital tuberosity is the prominence near the end of the radius, into which the tendon of the biceps is inserted. B I L BIL 105 Bichichxs. Pectoral troches consisting of liquorice juice, sugar, starch, tragacanth, almonds, and mucilage of quince-seed. Bichios. Bicho. The Guinea worm. Bicho di culo. A disease endemic in Brazil. It consists in great relaxation of the anus. Bichos. The chigoe, or chigger. Bico'ngius. A measure containing two congii, or twelve sextarii. Biconjuga'tus. Yoked together. Biconjugate. Bico'rnis. Two-horned. The os hyoides. Bicorne os. The os hyoides. BICUSPID. Bicuspidatus, or Bicuspis. (Bis, twice, and cuspis, a point.) Bicuspidate. Applied, 1. To teeth. See Dentes. 2. To leaves: folium bicuspidum, or bicuspidatum, a leaf that terminates in two points. BI'DENS. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Composita;. — B. tripartita. The hemp agrimony, formerly esteemed as a diuretic, sudorific, vulnerary, &c, but now disused. BIE'NNIAL. Biennis. Applied to plants which live for two years. Blestings. The first milk; *colostrum. Bifarious. Arranged in two rows. Bife'moro-calca'neus. Bifemoro-calcanien. The gastrocnemius muscle. Bifid. Bifidtcs. Forked; divided into two. Bifo'lium. Ophrys ovata. BIFURCATION. Bifurcatio. The division of a trunk into two branches, as that of the aorta, the trachea, or the stem of a plant. Bifurcate. Bifurcatus. Divided into two branches. Bigarade. The bitter or Seville orange. Biga'ster. Biventer, or Digastricus. BIGNO'NIA. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. The leaves of the Bignonia indica are used by the natives of India as an emollient application to ulcers, and the flowers of the B. chelonoides are used in Malabar as a perfume.— B. catalpa is the catalpatree. Bignonia'cea:. A natural family of plants, of which the genus Bignonia is the type. BlHYDRATE OF AMILINE. Corn Spirit oil, Or amilic alcohol. Bikh. The poisonous aconitum ferox of India. Bilabiate. Bilabiatus. Two-lipped. Biladen. Steel. Bilate of soda. Choleate of soda combined with coloring matter. Bilazay waters. Department of Deux Sevres. A thermal sulphureous spring. Bilberry. See Vaccinium. Bilberry bean. See Arbutus uva ursi. BILE. (Bills, is,{.) A bitter, nauseous fluid, of a greenish-brown color, secreted by the fiver. That from the gall-bladder is thick and dark (cystic bile), but that which flows directly into the duodenum from the liver (hepatic bile) is thin, yellowish, and inodorous. Bile does not putrefy readily; it is soluble in water and alcohol; acids produce a turbidity. Alkalies dissolve bile. This secretion possesses the property of dissolving fatty substances. Bile contains about ten per cent, of solid matter, the rest being water The solid part contains the fatty acids, cholesterine, bilin, cholepyrrhin or coloring matter, fellinic and cholinic acid, soda, phosphates, &c, and mucus. Liebig calls the whole of-the organic matter choleic acid, since it combines with oxide of lead and other bases. The chemical history of bile is very obscure: it is so readily metamorphosed that the ordinary tests and manipulations are impossible in its examination. Bilin (Berzelius) is the principal compound in bile, and is m combination with the fellinic and cholinic acids, forming the bilifellinic and bilicholinic acids of Berzelius. Bilin is a gummy, yellowish solid, without nitrogen ; it is decomposed at 212° F., and burns, leaving an ash. Liebig gives the formula C76N2H60O22 for his choleic acid, which is all that part of bile soluble in alcohol, and containing the bilin, &c, of Berzelius. This substance is resolved by muriatic acid into taurine, ammonia, and a new acid, the choloidic, and by the action of caustic potash into carbonic acid, ammonia, and a new cholic aGid: both these acids are found to contain no nitrogen. This author regards the bile as a secretion destined to prepare carbonaceous food for the function of calorification, and not as an excretion; and his view is sustained by the fact that choleic acid can not be discovered in healthy fasces. The most obvious use of the bile in the animal economy is to separate the chyle from the chyme. It aids in exciting the peristaltic action of the intestines; hence, in'jaundice, the bowels are, in general, extremely torpid. The color of the faeces seems to depend on the state of the bile. The bile or gall of various animals w r as formerly used in medicine. All bile was supposed to be calefacient, drying, detergent, discutient, vermifuge; it was believed, also, to facilitate parturition. Bile, Pettenkofer's test for. The suspected fluid, or an alcoholic solution of the solid, is placed in a test tube, and two thirds the volume of pure sulphuric acid added by drops. When the mixture is cold, two or three drops of pure syrup is added, when, if choleic acid be present, the mixture assumes a violet-red color. Bile sugar. Picromel. Biliary. Biliarius. Appertaining or rela ting to bile; as, Biliary ducts, Biliary concre Hons. * Biliary apparatus. The liver, ducts, &c, concerned in the secretion of bile. Biliary calculus. B. concretions. See Calcidus. Biliary ducts. See Hepar. Biliary resin. (Thenard.) This is a mixture of the bilifellmic and bilicholinic acids of Berzelius. Bilicholinic acid. See Bile. Bilifellinic acid. See Bile. Bilifulvin. An insoluble pale-yellow coloring matter, produced by the action of oxygen on cholepyrrhin; and left, after the precipitation of the biliverdin, by an acid from the oxidized solution. Bilimbi. An Indian tree (the Averrhoa bilimbi) which yields a juice used by the natives for the cure of itch and other cutaneous disor- BIB BIT 100 ders; it is said that for this purpose they wear linen dipped in the juice. Bilin. The principal constituent of bile, which see. Bilious. Abounding in bile. Bilious fever. See Febris and Fever. Bilious temperament. See Temperament. Biliphaun. The reddish-yellow coloring matter of bile, called cholepyrrhin by Berzelius. It is found in some biliary calculi, and as a powder in the gall-bladder. It is very slightly soluble, except in solutions of potash or soda; and in this case, when exposed to air, it absorbs oxygen, and the yellow changes to green (Biliverdin), which may be precipitated by an acid, leaving behind the Bilifulvin. The presence of biliphsein in serum, urine, &c., is at once known by adding a little nitric acid, when it changes to blue, then green, violet, red, and, ultimately, yellowish-brown. BI'LIS. See Bile. Bilis atra. Black bile. The fanciful cause of melancholy. Biliverdin. The green oxidized biliphaein. That obtained from ox bile is said to closely resemble chlorophyll. BI'LOBED. Bilobus. Having two lobes. Bilocular. Bilocularis. Two-celled: applied to a capsule which has two cells. Bimana. The order of mammalia containing the genus man, or homo. Bi'manus. Two-handed. A term applied by zoologists to man. Binary. Binary. A binary compound is that resulting from the union of two elements. Bina'tus. Binate; in pairs. Bindweed. The genus Convolvulus. Bindweed tribe. Convolvulacea?. Bino'culus. Diophthalmos. (From bit, twice, and oculus, the eye.) The name of a bandage adapted to be applied over both eyes. Biochemia. Biochymia. Animal or vital chemistry. Bio-dynamics. The doctrine of the vital forces. BIO'LOGY. (Biologia, a, f.; from Bioq life, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine or science of life. Bioly'chnium. Biolychnion. (From Bloc, life, aud Avxviov, a lamp.) The vital or animal heat. # Bipari'etal. That diameter of the cranium which passes from one parietal protuberance to the other is called by some the biparietal diameter. Bipartite. Biparti'tus. Deeply divided, almost to the basis. Bipeneli.a. See Pimpinella. Biped. (From bipes.) An animal with only two legs. Bipinnati'fidus. Doubly pinnatifid. Bipinnate. Bipinnatus. Doubly pinnate. Bir. The thorax. Birch. Seo Betula alba. Birdlime. Viscus aucupum, So called because, from its great viscidity, it is used to entangle birds. A vegetable substance, generally prepared from the middle bark of the holly. Bird's eye. The Adonis verna. See Adonis. Bird's tongue. The seeds of the Fraxinus excelsior. Birthwort. See Aristolochia. Birthwort, climbing. See Aristolochia clematitis. Birthwort, long-rooted. See Aristolochia longa. Birthwort, snake-killing. See Aristolochia anguicida. Birthwort, three-lobed. See Aristolochia trilobata. Bische. Biecho. A malignant dysentery of the West Indies. Biserial. Arranged in two rows. Biserrate. With two orders of seratures. Bisferiens. Dicrotus. Bishop's weed. See Ammi. Bisli'ngua. Ruscus hypoglossum. Bis malva. Althaea officinalis. BISMUTH. (Bismuthum, i, n.) A brittle, crystalline metal, fusible at about 400° F.; of a pink tinge; readily soluble in nitric acid. It is a very inferior conductor of heat and electricity. Sp. gr., 9-5; equivalent, 71-0; symbol, Bi. When heated in the open air, it burns into the oxide BIO, or flowers of bismuth of a fine white color. The salts of bismuth have attracted little attention in medicine, the subnitrate, or magistery of bismuth, being the only officinal preparation. The chloride of bismuth, also called the butter of bismuth, is corrosive, and of a soft consistency. Bismuth subnitrate. B. trisnitratc. B. tetarto-nitrate. This is formed when a solution of the nitrate is dropped into a large quantity of pure water. The subnitrate (3 BiO-f-NOs) falls as an insoluble, beautifully-white powder, known under the names of pearl powder and magistery of bismuth. This powder has obtained some celebrity in the treatment of gastrodynia, obstinate vomiting, and painful affections of the stomach. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x., three times a day. It is but an uncertain medicine, however, and has been pushed to doses S of 3j. without benefit. i Bismuthi subnitras. See Bismuth subni- trate. Bismuthum album. Bismuth, subnitrate. Bistort. See Bistorta. BISTO'RTA. (a, ce, f.) Polygonum bistorta. BFSTOURY. Bistouri. Any small knife for surgical purposes. Bistouries are straight, convex, concave, sharp-pointed, probe-pointed, tfce. Bistoury cache. A bistoury, the blade of which is concealed in a sheath, from which it is made to protrude by pressing on a spring. Bisulphas. Bisulphate. Bisulphas potassa;. See Potasses bisulphas. Bitartrate of potash. Cream of tartar. Bi'thynos. BidvvoC' An ancient plastei against dropsy. BIT NOBEN. (Indian.) Salt of bitumen. A white saline substance imported from India, which is not a natural production, but a prep aration made by the Hindoos. It is called in the country padanoon, soucherloon, and popularly, khala mimue, or black salt. It is used by the Indians in all complaints. B L A B L E Bitter. See Amarus. 107 Bitter apple. See Cucumis colocynthis. Bitter earth. Magnesia. Bitter of welter. Carbazotic acid. Bitter infusion. An infusion of gentian, quassia, &c. BITTER PRINCIPLE. This name was formerly applied to a substance supposed to be common to bitter plants, and to be the cause of their peculiar taste. There is no such common principle. Bitter-sweet. Solanum dulcamara Bitter wood. Quassia. BITTERN. The mother water which remains after the crystallization of common salt from sea-water. It abounds with sulphate and muriate of magnesia, and contains iodine and bromine. BITTERS. Medicines of a bitter taste. They are usually tonics, and are by some writers divided into pure or simple bitters, aromatic bitters, and astringent bitters.— Bitters, wine or spirit. Tinctura gentiana? composita. Bittos. A disease marked by acute pain in the anus. BITU'MEN. (en, inis, n.) This term includes a number of inflammable mineral substances. The fluid are naphtha, petroleum, mineral tar, mineral pitch. The solid are asphaltum, elastic bitumen or mineral caoutchouc, mineral adipocire, retinasphaltum, pit coal, jet mellilite or honey-stone, aud amber. Of these substances, asphaltum and amber have been used in medicine. See Asphaltum and Succinum. Bitumen barbadense. See Petroleum barbadense. Bitumen judaicum. See Asphaltum Bitumen liquidum. See Petroleum. Bitumenization. The transformation of organic matters into bitumen. Thus, wood is converted by natural processes into several varieties of coal, and the substance called peat consists of the remains of vegetables which have undergone a similar change. Bitumenized. Changed into bitumen. Thiis, bitumenised wood, &c. Bituminous. Partaking ofthe nature of bitumen. BIVA'LVE. Bivalvis. Two-valved; formed of two pieces. BIVE'NTER. Digastric. A muscle is so termed which has two bellies. Biventer cervicis. The complexus muscle. Biventer maxilla: inferioris. The digastric muscle. BPXA. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. — B. orellana. B. orleana. Annotto. The substance so called is obtained from the pellicles of the seeds. In Jamaica and other warm climates, it is considered as a useful remedy in dysentery, possessing astringent and stomachic qualities. Blaccia:. Rubeola. Black boy gum. A red resin of New Holland, from the Xanthorrhma arborea. Black death. See Pestis nigra. Black draught. Infusion of senna with salts. Black drop. Gutta nigra. Black flux. Cream of tartar heated to red- ness, or a mixture of carbonate of potash and charcoal. Black jaundice. See Icterus. Black lead. Plumbago. Black leprosy. See Lepra. Black pestilence. Plague. See Pestis ni- gra, Black snake-root. Aetata (cimicifuga)race- mosa. Black sticking plaster. Solution of isin glass, with a little tincture of benzoin brushed over silk. Black tongue. An epidemic typhoid disease. Black turpeth. Black oxide of mercury. Black vomit. See Yellow fever. Black wadd. Peroxide of manganese. Black wash. Lotio calcis composita. Black water. The water-brash. Pyrosis Blackberry. Rubus villosus. Bladder. See Urinary bladder. Bladder-wrack. See Fucus vesiculosus. Bladdery fever. Pemphigus. Blade-bone. See Scapula. BLjESITAS. (as, atis, f.; from bloesus.) Stammering. Blacsus. BAaiooc. A term applied to one who has the legs or feet distorted outward; to one who has the spine bent forward or backward ; to a paralytic; or to one who stammers. Blain. A small wateiy vesicle of the skin. Rupia. Blanc de Troyes. Creta preparata. Bla'nca. A medicine of turpentine, various fetid gums, euphorbium, colocynth, antimony, aromatics, &c. White lead. Blanca mulierum. The whites. See Leucorrhoea. Blanch. To whiten. Blanched almonds are those deprived of their testa. Bla'nquinine. An alkaloid supposed to exist in cinchona ovalifolia. Blas. A term of Van Helmont, who applied it to the motions and influences of the stars, and to the activities of animal bodies. Blast. Afflatus. Erysipelas. BLASTE'MA. (BAaornpa. BAaartjoic; from BAaoravu, to germinate.) 1. The eruption of any morbific humor. 2. The rudimentary mass of an organ in a state of development. 3. The substance which nourishes the cytoblast, or cell-germ. BLASTODERMA. The germinal membrane or skin, within and about which the development of the nucleus takes place. Bla'tta byza'ntia. Unguis odoratus. The operculum of a shell-fish, formerly used in medicine. Blatta'ria. Verbascum blattaria. Blaud's pills. Nearly the same as tho pilula? ferri composita?. Bleaching liquid. Solution of chloride of soda or lime. Bleaching powder. Chloride of lime. Blear-eye. A weak and weeping eye, with a chronic inflammation of the eye-lids. See Lippitudo. Bleb. A bulla or small bladder. BLE'CHNUM. A genus of ferns.— B. linguifolium. See Scolopendrium vulgare.— B squamosum. See Ceterach officinalis. BLE BLO 108 Blechr-o'pyiius. A name given by some writers to the slow, nervous fever. Blechros. Slow; feeble: as, blechrosphygmia, a slow pulse. BLEEDING. 1. A discharge of blood from the animal body, from whatever cause. See Hemorrhage. 2. The operation of blood-letting for the cure or prevention of disease. See Blood-letting. Blende. Sulphuret of zinc. BLENNA. Mucus. Hence, Blennclytria, leucorrhoea — Blennenteria, dysentery — Blennisthmia, an increased flow of mucus from the pharynx and larynx— Blennogenous tissue, a tissue for the production of mucus, especially that of the skin. Blennophthalmia. Purulent ophthalmia. Blennoptysis. Catarrh. Blennopyria. Fevers with mucous disturbance. . BLENNORRHA'GIA. (From BXevya, mucus, and pnyvvpi, to burst forth.) A discharge of mucus. Gonorrhoea. Blennorrha'gic. Relating to blennorrhagia. BLENNORRHEA. (From BXevva, mucus, and peu, to flow.) A flow of mucus. The term is applicable to an increased discharge from any of the mucous surfaces, but is usually restricted to that from the urethra and vagina. Blennorrhoea may be divided into two species: 1. The Blennorrhoea simplex, which is a simple increased secretion of mucus from the urethra, proceeding from local irritation or debility. It requires rest, cold applications, tonics, and mild aperients. 2. Blennorhoea chronica. —It is the common sequel of a clap, which has either been badly treated, or has lasted long and produced great local weakness; but it occurs, also, independently of any clap, from other causes of weakness. The discharge is yellowish, slimy, and stiffens the linen. It varies greatly in quantity in different cases. Another cause of gleet is stricture of the urethra. In common cases, gleet yields to terebinthinate medicines: the copaiba and Chian turpentine are most esteem* ed. Warm stimulants are also serviceable; as cubebs, and other peppers. When these are ineffectual in stopping the discharge, tonics and cold bathing should be resorted to. Passing a bougie occasionally often so stimulates the relaxed urethra as to remove the disease. Weak astringent injections seldom fail of stopping the discharge. Solutions of acetate of lead, sulphate of zinc, or acetate of zinc, are generally the best adapted for this purpose. BLENNORRHEA. A generic term for a disease attended with mucus discharge; as, B. genitalium, leucorrhoea— B. luodes, venerea, vrethralis, urethritis or clap— B. oculi, ophthalmia— B. nasalis, coryza— B. urinalis, vesicas, cystorrhoea— B. vmtriculi, gastorrhcea— B. vagina, uteri, leucorrhoea. BLENNO'SES. Affections of the mucous tissues. Blennothorax. Catarrh ; peripneumonia notha. Blepharadeni'tis. (From the. eyebd, and adnv, a gland.) Inflammation of the Meibomian glands. Blepharelosis. Entropion. Blephari'tis. (From/?Ae0apoj>, the eyelid.) An inflammation of the eyelid. BLEPHARON. The eyelid. From this is compounded a number of words; as, Blepharadcma, or hydroblepharon— Blepharoplastice, the formation of a new eyelid—Blepharospasms, a spasm of the eyelid. BLEPHARO'NCUS. (From filetyapov, and oynoc, a tumor.) A tumor on the eyelid. The term Blcpharoncosis has been improperly substituted for this; oyKoaic means a general augmentation of the bulk of any thing. BLEPHAROPHTHA'LMIA. Blepharotis. Blepharotitis. An inflammation of the eyelid. BLEPHAROPLE'GIA. (From (Uefyapov, and nXnyn, a stroke, or paralysis.) Falling down of the upper eyelid from paralysis of the levator muscle. See Blepharoptosis. BLEPHAROPTO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from fileapov, and nruaic, from -kitttu, to fail.) Blepharoplegia. A prolapse, or falling down of the upper eyelid. It may arise from a relaxed state of the common integuments of the eyelids, or from paralysis of the levator muscle; in the latter case it is often connected with disease of the brain: some writers consider spasm of the orbicular muscle as an occasional cause. Blepharoxy'stum. An instrument used by the Greek surgeons to remove callosities from the inner surface of the eyelid. Blessed thistle. See Centaurea benedicta. Blestri'smus. Jactitation; restlessness. Ble'ville. It possesses an acidulous char, lybeate spring. Blindness. Coecitas. Blindness, nocturnal. See Hcmeralopia. BLISTER. 1. An elevation of the cuticle, arising from the deposition of a serous fluid underneath it. A blister may be raised artificially by topical applications, or it may be caused By a burn, by hard friction of the cuticle, or by disease. 2. A topical application, which raises the cuticle in the form of a vesicle, filled with a serous fluid. See Vesicatorium. Blister-fly. See Cantharis. Blister, perpetual. One that is kept open by stimulating dressings. BLFTUM. (um, i, n.; Baitov.) A genus of plants. Class, Monandria ; Order, Digynia. — Blitum capitatum. The Amarantkus blitum. A pot-herb: it has been employed as an emollient.—B. fastidum. Chenopodium vulnaria. BLOOD. The chief circulating fluid of animals, wherefrom the materials for the repair of parts and the production of secretions are derived. It is of a red color and high temperature (98° to 102°) in man and the higher animals, but in reptiles, fishes, and the inferior races little elevated above the medium in which they dwell, and of a white, or yellowish, or pink color. The amount of blood in an individual has been estimated at from 8 to 100 lbs., and it is supposed not to exceed 30 lbs. The sp. gr. is from 1042 to 1058. While circulating in the body it consists of a transparent fluid, the liquor sanguinis or plasma, in which numerous minute globules float. The globules BLO BOD 109 are of three kinds: 1. The ordinary red globule, of an elliptical and flattened figure, and about s?V, to moisten: formerly so called, because, in infants, it is tender and moist.) The top of tho head, formed by the junction of the parietal bones. Brenning. Gonorrhoea • Brevis cubiti. The anconeus. Brevissimus oculi. The obliquus inferior Brezilin. The coloring matter of Brazil wood. Bricklayer's itch. A kind of impetigo on the hands. Bricks. Bricks and brick-earth were formerly articles of the materia medica; indeed, the oil of bricks is sometimes used in the present day. See Oleum laterinum. The powder of bricks, made into an ointment with lard, has been used as an application to herpetic and other cutaneous diseases. Bricks, oil of. Oleum laterinum. BRIGHT'S DISEASE. A granular degeneration of the kidney, with albuminous unne. The symptoms are cachexia, dyspepsia, lumbar pain, inflammation of the kidney, frequent urination, dropsies, or visceral disease. Brim of the pelvis. The margin of the upper strait of the pelvis. Brimstone. See Sulphur. BRISTOL HOT WELL. Bristoliensis aqua. A thermal and slightly acidulous mineral spring, situated about a mile below Bristol. The fresh water is inodorous, perfectly hmpid and sparkling, and sends forth numerous air-bubbles when poured into a glass. It is very agreeable to the palate, but without having any very decided taste. British gum. Starch heated to 700° F. British oil. Oleum petrae vulgare. Broad ligaments. See Uterus. Brochus. Bpoxog. Laqueus. A noose; a particular kind of bandage. Bro'chus. A person with a very prominent upper lip, or whose teeth project forward. Brocoli. Brassica florida. Bro'dium. Jusculum. Broth, or the liquor in which any thing is boiled. It has also been used to designate any liquid vehicle of a medicine. Brodium salis means a decoction of salt. Bro'mal. A caustic, volatile, oily compound, made by acting on alcohol with bromine in the cold. Formula, C 4 B 3 0-f HO. Bromate. Bromas. A salt formed by the combination of the bromic acid with a base. B RO BRO 114 BROMATO'LOGY. (Bromatologia, ce, f.; from Bpupa, food, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) A discourse or treatise on aliments. BROME'LIA. A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. — B. ananas. The pine-apple. The B. penguin yields a refrigerant fruit. Bromic acid. See Bromine. BROMIDE. A compound formed by the union of bromine with a base. See Bromine. BROMINE. (Bromium; from Bpupoc, fator : so called from its peculiarly offensive smell.) Brome. An elementary body obtained from bittern. At common temperatures bromine is a deep reddish-brown liquid, of a peculiarly suffocating, disagreeable odor. Specific gravity about 3. It emits a brownish-red vapor at common temperatures, and boils rapidly at 116°. At a temperature somewhat below 0° it congeals into a brittle solid. It is slightly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. This clement is closely analogous with chlorine and iodine. Eq., 78*39; sym., Br. It forms an acid with oxygen, the bromic, BrOs, and an acid gas with hydrogen, very similar to the hydrochloric acid. Its compounds with elementary bodies and compound radicals are closely similar with those of chlorine, and are called bromides. Bromine has been lately introduced into medicine. M. Magendie regards its properties as somewhat analogous to those of iodine, but more active; he has employed it in scrofula, amenorrhcea, and hypertrophy of the heart. The bromide of potassium, also called hydrobromate of potash, may be given in distilled water or any other simple vehicle, in the dose of from three to five grains twice a day. Bromide of sodium seems to be a preparation very similar to the bromide of potassium. The bromide of potassium and sodium has been applied externally by M. Magendie, in the form of ointment, to scrofulous swellings. Thirty-four grains of the bromide may be blended with an ounce of lard, and half a drachm or a drachm of this ointment rubbed into the part at each application. The bromide of iron has been administered internally by M. Magendie: he divides ten grains of the bromide, beat up with conserve of roses and gum Arabic, into twenty pills, and gives two of the pills night and morning. Bromide of mercury has been given in syphilis; and the bromide of silver is extremely sensible to the action of light. BRO'MINUM. (um, i, n.) Bromine. Bromogra'phia. Bromography. A treatise on food. Bro'muret. The same as bromide. * BRO'MUS. 1. The Greek name of the oat. 2. A genus of grasses.— B. dioscoridis. The wild oat.— B. sterilis. The wild oat. BRO'NCHIA. Bronchi. (From Bpoy X oc, the throat.) The tubes into which the trachea divides. See Trachea. BRONCHIAL. Bronchialis. Appertaining to the bronchia, as bronchial arteries, bronchial veins, &c. Bronchial arteries. Bronchial glands. Bronchial plexus. See Trachea. Bronchial cells. See Pulmo. Bronchial cough. This auscultatory sound indicates obstruction of the cells. Bronchial respiration. See Auscultation. Bronchial tubes, dilatation of. See Bronchitis. Bronchial veins. See Trachea. Bronchiectasis. Dilatation ofthe bronchia. BRONCHI'TIS. Inflammation of the mucous lining of the bronchi. Bronchitis may be considered under two forms, the acute and tho chronic, the description of which will render the intermediate forms in which it presents itself sufficiently intelligible. 1. Acute Bronchitis. — This sometimes com mences in the bronchial tubes themselves, and sometimes extends to them from the trachea. In the majority of cases the disease arises from exposure to cold, and it is then usually accompanied with.coryza and a general inflammatory state of the mucous membrane of the nose, frontal sinuses, and windpipe. Acute bronchitis, in its lighter and more common form, is not a serious affection, and amounts, in fact, to nothing more than what is called " a cold on the chest." Sometimes, however, acute bronchitis presents itself as a very formidable affection. The difference between the more severe and lighter forms of bronchitis depends partly on the degree of inflammatory action and the extent of membranous surface affected, but principally on the site of the disease, which, in the slighter cases, is confined to the large tubes, and in the severer, extends to the minute ramifications: in the former, the turgescent state of the membrane and the increased mucous secretion offer no serious impediment to respiration; while in the latter, the same things occurring in the small tubes prevent the due aeration of the blood in the cells of the lungs to such a degree, that the patient often dies from suffocation. In the severer forms of acute bronchitis the fever is sharp, and at first usually of the inflammatory kind, the pulse being hard and quick, and the urine scanty and high-colored. The oppression on the chest is veiy great, and generally accompanied with pain, which is of a much more obtuse kind than that attendant on pleurisy; the cough is severe, frequent, and distressing; the expectoration is at first scanty, and afterward becomes copious, frothy or viscid, and sometimes streaked with blood; the increased secretion affords no relief to the symptoms, and the dyspncea and cough are aggravated by it. All the symptoms enumerated are worse toward night, at which time there is an exacerbation of fever. This state of things having continued for some days, the patient generally begins to recover, or becomes very rapidly worse. The first symptom of amelioration is a greater freedom of breathing, with a change in the expectoration, the sputa becoming thicker, whiter, and less abundant; when this happens, the expectoration evidently relieves the dyspnoea and cough. In those cases where the disease takes an unfavorable turn, a state of extreme debility and collapse supervenes very suddenly to that of excitement. Where the event is to be favorable, acute bronchitis often runs on for a week or more before a change for the better occurs; but in the fatal B RO B R 0 115 cases, the stage of collapse generally commences within four or five days, and in some in- stances the disease is exceedingly rapid in its progress, death taking place within forty-eight hours from the first attack. In young children, acute branchitis sometimes runs its course very insidiously. There may, perhaps, be no pain, little fever, and little general indication of serious disease of any kind; nor is cough always present: attentive observation, however, easily detects the mischief that is going on:. the respiration is quick, with a disposition to wheezing; on applying the ear, a mucous rattle is heard in every part of the chest; while the countenance, which is pale, anxious, and slightly livid, indicates the insufficient aeration of the blood. This state of things, unless speedily obviated, is soon followed by a sudden accession of extreme dyspncea, accompanied with great rapidity of the pulse; these symptoms abate for a while, leaving the child during the interval in a drowsy state; but they return with increased severity, and death takes place from asphyxia. In the severer forms of acute bronchitis blood-letting is generally required, but the extent to which it should be carried varies extremely in different cases. Some think that bronchitis is a disease which will never bear large bleeding; but this is an erroneous opinion: it is true, indeed, that bleeding ought not to be carried so far in bronchitis as m pleuritis or inflammation of serous membranes in general, and it is equally true that bleeding has not nearly so great an influence in subduing the inflammatory action in the former case as in the latter; nevertheless, in acute cases of bronchitis occurring in young and robust subjects, and marked by symptoms of high arterial excitement, blood may be drawn freely at the commencement of the disease, and the evacuation repeated if the pulse indicates it. Bronchitis is one of those cases in which local may often be advantageously substituted for general bloodletting; and cupping is usually preferable to the application of leeches, as the bleeding is more under control. Bleeding is. improper in epidemic or asthenic acute bronchitis. After blood-letting, where this is deemed necessary, a smart purgative should be given, as a dose of calomel and jalap; and the bowels should, of course, be kept sufficiently free throughout the disease, especially in children. Emetics are much recommended by some authors at the commencement of acute bronchitis: in the case of young children they are almost always serviceable, by exciting expectoration. Blisters and counter-irritation are useful after the first violence of the fever. Minute doses of ipecacuanha and diaphoresis by antimony are very important. Those practitioners who advocate the use of large doses of tartar emetic, recommend it to be administered in acute bronchitis in the same manner as in pneumonia. The inhalation of vapors is sometimes beneficial in acute bronchitis. In the stage of collapse and extreme debility, all antiphlogistic measures must be entirely laid aside. At the same time, as inflammation is still going on, we must not have recourse to any alcoholic or other stimulants which increase the actions of the vascular system. Stimulants of some kind are, nevertheless, essential to raise the brain from the torpor occasioned by the circulation of dark-colored blood, and to make the patient expectorate the mucus which is continually accumulating in the lungs, and threatening him with suffocation. The medicine which best answers these intentions is the carbonate of ammonia, which may be given infull doses; camphor in large doses is also a valuable stimulant in such cases; and with these may be combined the more stimulating expec* torant gum-resins, as ammoniacum, galbanum-,. &c. Dr. Copland strongly recommends the external use of turpentine. The use of narcotics has perhaps been too indiscriminately recommended in acute bronchitis. In the irritable stage, hyoscyamus, conium, or opium may be combined with the ipecacuanha and antimony, but these should be omitted in the stage of collapse, or used with a very vigilant attention to their effects. When acute bronchitis, instead of terminating in recovery or death, passes gradually into the chronic form, the treatment must, of necessity, vary accordingly. Light tonics are often serviceable when this transition seems about to take place. 2. Chronic Bronchitis. — Chronic bronchitis differs from the acute in the greater mildness and longer continuance of its symptoms, the duration of which varies from a week to many years. The expectorated matter is also of an entirely different character, being, in the chronic disease, of a thicker consistence, opaque, and of a greenish or yellowish-white color: it is often muco-purulent; and in inveterate cases distinctly purulent, and sometimes streaked with blood. Chronic bronchitis may supervene on an acute attack; but it is more frequently a primary disease, and, as such, affects elderly rather than young persons; but it occurs at all ages. In its milder forms it is often almost dormant during the fine weather of summer; but in the winter, or when there is a continuance of inclement weather, the patient is harassed with severe cough and copious viscid expectoration, especially in the morning. There are generally slight dyspncea, and acceleration' of pulse if the patient use any personal exertion; but otherwise the health may be good,, and continue so for many years. The greater number of older persons, indeed, are subject to? a slight degree of chronic bronchitis; and many labor under it to a more considerable extent, without serious derangement of the health, or abridgment ofthe ordinary term of fife. In its severer forms, chronic bronchitis is a most distressing affection. The respiration, always oppressed, becomes extremely laborious on the slightest exertion; and where the expectoration is purulent, there are hectic fever,, great emaciation, nocturnal sweats, aud occasional diarrhoea, forming frequently an aggregate of symptoms so closely resembling those of tubercular phthisis, that an accurate diagnosis between the two diseases can only be formed by the aid of auscultation. This form of bron- B RO BRO 116 chitis may be induced by a long continuance of the milder form; it may supervene on an attack of acute bronchitis; or it may be consecutive on measles or other affections of children, which involve the lining membrane of the air-passages. There is a veiy severe and fatal form of chronic bronchitis, which arises from the inhalation of metallic or other irritating particles to which persons engaged in particular arts and occupations are exposed. Lastly, chronic bronchitis forms a frequent complication of tubercular phthisis and asthma, and may be induced by any of those diseases of the thoracic viscera which occasion great disturbance of the pulmonary circulation. The only disease in which chronic bronchitis is likely to be confounded is tubercular phthisis. The history of the case, the greater dilatability of the chest, the general absence of pain, and the minor degree and less regular course of the hectic symptoms, will generally suffice to distinguish chronic bronchitis from phthisis; but auscultation and percussion afford the best criterion. In chronic bronchitis, the resonance of the chest on percussion is little diminished; in many cases not at all. The sibilant, sonorous, and mucous rattles are heard at different parts of the chest at different times, according as the mucus happens to be accumulated and the bronchi obstructed in one portion of the lungs or another. The respiratory murmur often varies much in intensity, being sometimes indistinct and sometimes puerile; but it is never permanently absent in any part of the chest. There is one circumstance, and only one, which may render the diagnosis by auscultation obscure ; when the disease has been of long standing, the bronchial tubes sometimes become dilated, a state which we shall presently advert to; and when this dilatation is considerable, a loud bronchophony, scarcely distinguishable from pectoriloquy, is heard in the situation of the dilated tube; occasionally, indeed, the sound is that of veiy distinct pectoriloquy, and the cavernous rattle is also heard. Tho dullness of sound on percussion, which surrounds a vomica, is not, however, perceived in an equal degree in the vicinity «f a dilated bronchial tube; moreover, the situation of the cavity in the two cases is generally different; vomica? being most frequently found in the subclavian and axillary regions, and dilated bronchi in the scapulary, mammary, and lateral regions. The treatment of chronic bronchitis must vary according as it is intended to be curative or merely palliative. In cases of recent date, and especially where the chronic succeeds the acute form of the disease, a complete cure may f'enerally be effected; while in cases of very ong standing, in which the texture of the bronchial membrane has undergone a morbid change and the constitutional powers are greatly impaired, our endeavors must be confined to allaying urgent symptoms as they arise, and regulating the habits of the patient in the manner best adapted to sustain the system under a continued irritation, and to guard against such causes as are likely to increase it. At an early period, blisters and the tartar •.emetic ointment are of great utility, and should be frequently applied ; and throughout the course of the disease they are useful in subduing occasional exacerbations. Where the disease is obstinate, and the patient has sufficient strength, issues and setons may be very advantageously used; but in the advanced stage, or where the constitution is feeble, their effect is much too exhausting. Blood-letting, or digitalis and colchicum, are sometimes indicated where there is too much irritation; squill and ipecacuanha, with the terebinthine balsams, are the best expectorants, but proper attention to diet and air are most serviceable. Inhalation of tar vapor has been of late recommended. Bronchitis asthenica. The bronchitis of old persons. Bronchitis epidemica. B. convulsiva. Pertussis. Bronchitis membranacea. B. plastica. Polypus brouchialis. Bronchius musculus. The sterno-thyroideus. Bronchlemit'is. (From Bpoyxog, and Aeppa, a sheath or membrane.) The specific name of croup in Dr. Good's system. BRONCHOCE'LE. (c,es,f; from Bpoyxoc the windpipe, and an An, a tumor.) Goitre A tumor on the forepart of the neck, formed by an indolent enlargement of the thyroid gland. "The tumor, when not accidentally inflamed, is free from pain, and, in its incipient state, has a soft, elastic consistence. When it has existed some time, the gland loses its natural figure, assumes a firm, fleshy feel, being firmer, however, in some places than in others, spreading toward the 6ides of the neck, and sometimes attaining a prodigious magnitude. When the adjacent cellular substance and lymphatic glands participate in the disease, the base of the swelling may extend from one side of the neck to the other. In a few instances, only one lobe is affected. Bronchocele is treated by iodine internally administered, and applied as an ointment ; if this fails, a seton passed through the tumor has caused its absorption. It has also been excised, but the hemorrhage is often dangerous. , Bronchoceph alitis. Pertussis.— Desruelles. Bro'ncho-hasmorrhagia. (From Bpoyxog, and aipoppayia, a How of blood.) A term applied by M. Andral to an exudation of blood from the bronchial membrane, as opposed to pneumo-kcstnorrhagia, or hemorrhage from the rupture of vessels in the lungs. BRONCHOPHONY. (Bronchophonia, m,U from Bpoyxog, and ipuvn, the voice.) The sound of the voice as heard by applying the stethescope over a large bronchial tube. See Auscultation. Bro'ncho-pneumonia. A form of inflammation of the lungs, which commences in the bronchial membrane, and afterward involves the parenchyma of the lungs. — Frank. Bronchorrhcs'a. Increased bronchial secretion without fever. Broncho'tomus. (From Bpoyxog, the windpipe, and repvu, to cut.) A kind of sheathed knife, formerly used in the operation of bronchotomy. BRONCHO'TOMY. (Bronchotomia, ce. f. BBU BRU 117 from Bpoyxoc, and repvu, to cut ) A surgical operation, in which an opening is made into the larynx or trachea, to afford a passage for the air into and out of the lungs, when any disease prevents the patient from breathing through the mouth or nostrils; or to extract foreign bodies which have accidentally fallen into the trachea; or, lastly, to facilitate the inflation ofthe lungs in cases of suffocation, drowning, &c. The operation is called Tracheotomy when the opening is made into the trachea, and Laryngotomy when the opening is made into the larynx. The practice of bronchotomy is of great antiquity. BRO'NCHUS. (us, i, m.; Bpoyxoc, from Bpexu, to moisten.) The trachea; also improperly substituted by some for branchus, Bpayxoc, hoarseness. Bro'ntolithe. A meteoric stone. Bronze. An alloy of copper, with a small proportion of tin. Brooklime. See Veronica beccabunga. Broom. See Spartium scoparium. Broom-rape. See Orobanche. Brossardiere, waters of. In Bas Poitu. They contain carbonates of iron and lime, muriate of soda, and sulphate of lime. BROUSSAIST. An advocate of the theories of Broussais. Brownist. See Brunonian System. BRU'CEA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Diascia. Tctrandria. — B. ferruginea. Brucea antidysenterica, A tree of Abyssinia, Wooginoos. Its bark is bitter and astringent, and valued as a remedy in dysentery and diarrhoea. This tree is generally supposed to afford the false angustura bark.— B. pseudo-ferruginea. The tree which probably yields the false angustura bark; it is little known, and frequently confounded with the Bruccos ferruginea. BRU'CIA. (a, as, f.) Brucine. Brucina, A vegetable alkaloid from the false angustura bark. It exists also in small quantity in St. Ignatius's bean, the nux vomica, and the Strychnos tiente. Its taste is exceedingly bitter and acrid. It is soluble in cold, and still more so in hot alcohol, and it is also soluble, with the aid of heat, in diluted alcohol. Nitric acid strikes a red color with brucia, and this is changed into a violet by the addition of protomuriate of tin. It is doubtful whether this is not strychnia, rendered impure by resin. It has the properties of strychnine, but in a less degree. Six grains appear to equal one of strychnine. Dose, gr. jth five to six times daily. Brucine. See Brucia. Brucourt, waters of. They contain carbonic acid, muriate and sulphate of soda, sulphate of lime, &c. Bruisewort. See Saponaria. BRUIT. Sound. A term admitted into medicine from the French to express the sounds of auscultation and percussion. Bruit de craquement. Bruit de cuir nevf. New-leather sound, produced by the friction of the pericardium, when dry and roughened by 'disease. Bruit de diable. The venous hum: a high degree of bellows sound, indicating impoverished blood ? Bruit de frottement, ascendant et de scendant. See Friction, sound of. Bruit humorique. Bruit hydropneumatique. The sound on percussing organs filled with a liquid and gas. Bruit musculaire. Bruit rotatoire. The sound which accompanies the first impulse of the heart, and is supposed to be due to muscular contraction. Bruit de farchemin. Parchment sound. The sound resembling two pieces of parchment rubbed together; heard in diseases ofthe heart, and said to be produced by thickening and rigidity of the valves. Bruit placentaire. Bruit de soufflet pia* centaire. See Auscultation. Bruit de pot fele. Sound of a cracked pot: the sound heard on percussion when a cavern exists in the lungs, which has only a small communication with the bronchi. Bruit de raclement. Sound of scraping heard when the pericardium scrapes against a bony substance, as in ossification of the coronary arteries. Bruit de rape. See Rasp sound. Bruit de scie. Bruit de lime a bois. See Rasp sound. Bruit de soufflet. See Bellows sound. Bruit de soufflet placentaire. Bruit placentaire. See Auscultation. Bruit tympanique. Tympanitic sound. The sound produced on percussing the abdomen when the intestines contain much gas. Bruma'les plantac. Plants of warm climates which flower during the time of the year corresponding to our winter. BRUNNER'S GLANDS. Brunneri glandula:.. The solitary muciparous glands of the stomach and small intestines have been so named, after Brunner, a Swiss anatomist, who died in 1727 ; these glands, however, had been previously described by Peyer. See Intestine. BRUNONIAN SYSTEM. A system of medicine by John Brown. In this system it is assumed that the living body is endowed with a peculiar property of excitability; that every agent capable of affecting the living body acts on the excitability as- a stimulant; that the effect of the operation of stimulants, or excitement, when only in a due degree, is to produce the natural and healthy functions of life; that the effect of excessive excitement is to produce exhaustion, or direct debility; and the effect of deficient'excitement to cause an accumtdation of excitability, or indirect debility. All morbid actions are supposed to arise from one or other of these states of direct or indirect debility, and all diseases are consequently referred to two classes, the sthenic or the asthenic. Brunswick green. An ammoniaco-chloride of copper. Bruta. The savine plant. Bru'tia. A kind of pitch. Pix brutia. Bru'tino. Turpentine. Brutobon. An ancient ointment. Brutole. See Brytoli. Brutua. Cissampelos pareira. Bruxaneli. A tall tree of Malabar, the bark of which is said to be diuretic, and the root an BUB B U C 118 tiarthritic. Its juice, mixed with butter, is used as a liniment for boils. BRY'GMDS. (us, i, m.; Bpvypog; from (ipv%u, to grind the teeth.) Grinding or chattering of the teeth. BRYO'NIA. (a, ce, f.) Bryony. A genus of plants. Class, Diaecia; order, Syngenesia; natural family, Cucurbitaceee. — B. dioica. B. alba. White bryony plant; called, also, Bryonia aspera. Wild vine. Wild hops. Tetterberry. The root has a very nauseous, biting taste, and disagreeable smell. It is said to be purgative, hydragogue, emmenagogue, and diuretic; and, when fresh, emetic. In small doses, it is said to operate as a diuretic, and to be resolvent and deobstruent. Given in powder from 3j. to sj., it proves strongly purgative; and the expressed juice, in the quantity of a spoonful, operates violently both upward and downward. The fresh root, when braised, is used as a cataplasm, and is discutient. Taken in an overdose, the white bryony produces inflammation of the bowels, and all the other effects of an acrid vegetable poison.— B. mechoachanna alba. See Convolvulus mechoachanna. — B. mechoachanna nigra. The jalap plant. — B. nigra. Tamus communis. — B. peruviana. Jalap. Bryonine. A bitter principle in white bryony root. Bryony, black. Tamus communis. Bryony, white. Seo Bryonia dioica. Brytole. Brutole\ A French term applied to a preparation made by macerating some medicinal substance in beer, as brutole de quinquina, cinchona beer; brutole de raifort, horseradish beer. Bry'ton. Bpvrov. Ale or beer. BU'BO. (o, onis, m.; BovHuv, from the Hebrew bobo, which is a reduplicate of the word boe, or bo, to swell.) A swelling of a lymphatic gland, particularly those of the groin or axilla. This may arise from the mere irritation of some local disorder, in which case the bubo is styled sympathetic ; from the absorption of some irritating matter, such as the venereal poison; or from constitutional causes, as in the pestilential bubo, and scrofulous swellings of the inguinal and axillary glands. The term bubo is now Beldom applied except to venereal swellings of the inguinal glands, and pestilential glandular tumors, or those which occur in the plague and fevers allied to it. BU'BON. BovSuv. 1. The Greek word for the groin, and also for a bubo or glandular swelling occurring in the groin. 2. A genus of umbelliferous plants. Pentandria. Digynia, — B. galbanum. See Galbanum.— B. macedonicum. Macedonian parsley. The systematic name of the plant which affords the semen petroselini Macedonici ofthe shops. Bubo'nium. Aster Atticus. A species of starwort. BUBO'NOCE'LE. (e, es, f; from (3ov6uv, the groin, and ktjAt}, a tumor.) An inguinal hernia. See Hernia. Bubonore'xis. Bubonorixis. A term which has been applied to a bubonocele when accompanied with a division of the peritoneum, or, in other words, when it is without a hernial sac. Bubo'nulus. A painful swelling of the lym phatic glands of the penis. BU'CCA. (a, 03,1) The cheek. The hoi, low of the cheek, that is inflated by the act of, blowing. BU'CCAL. (Buccalis, from bucca, the cheek.) Of, or belonging to, the cheek. Buccal artery. A branch of the internal maxillary arteiy. See Internal maxillary artery. Buccal membrane. The mucous membrane which lines the mouth. Buccal nerve. The buccinator nerve: a branch of the inferior maxillary nerve. Buccales glandula;. The small mucous glands or follicles situated within the cheek, under its lining membrane. Then- fluid lubricates the mouth, and assists the saliva in preparing the food for deglutition. Bu"ccea. Buccella. A mouthful; a morsel. Bucce'lla. A polypus in the nose. Bucce'laton. BovKKeAarov. A purgative medicine consisting of scammony, opium, and aromatics. BUCCINATOR, (or, oris, m.; from buccino, to blow the trampet.) Bucco-labialis. It arises from a ridge extending between the last molar tooth and the coronoid process ofthe lower jaw-bone, and from the upper jaw between the last molar tooth and pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone: it goes forward, with direct fibres, to be inserted into the comer of the mouth: it is thin and flat, covers in the mouth, and forms the walls of the cheek, to the lining membrane of which it adheres closely, and is perforated in the middle of the cheek by the duct of the parotid gland. Bucco-labial nerve. The buccal nerve. Bu'cco-pharynge'al aponeurosis. A tendinous expansion extending from the internal ala of the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone to the posterior part of the lower alveolar arch; its anterior part gives attachment to the buccinator muscle, and its posterior part to the constrictor pharyngis superior. Bu'ccula. The fleshy part under the chin. Bucella'tio. A method of stopping hemorrhage by applying lint upon a vein or artery. — Fallopius. Bucephai.on, red-fruited. The Trophis Americana. Bu'ceras. Buceros. Fenugreek. Trigonella fcenumgraicum. BUCHU. See Diosma crcnata. Buck-bean. See Menyanthes trifoliata. Buck-eye. iEsculus pavia. Buck-thorn. See Rhamnus catharticus. Buck-wheat. See Polygonum fagopyrum. Buck-wheat, eastern. See Polygonum divaricatum. BUCNE'MIA. (a, ce, f.; from Bov, and Kvnpn, the leg.) Dr. Good gives this generic name to a disease which is characterized by a tense, diffuse, inflammatory swelling of a lower extremity; usually commencing at the inguinal glands, and extending in the course of the lymphatics. The genus comprises two species : Bucnemia sparganosis, or the puerperal swelled leg, and Bucnemia tropica, or the Barbadoes leg. See Phlegmasia dolens, and Barbadoes leg. B U L BUB Bucra'nion. The Snap-dragon plant. See 119 Antirrhinum. Bo'cton. The hymen. Buffy coat. See Blood. BU'FO. (o, onis, m.) A well-known genus of Batrachian animals. The toad.— B. vulgaris. The common toad. Many superstitious notions were formerly entertained of this animal. See Bufonites. . Bufoni'tes. Bufonis lapis. A fossil body supposed to be generated in the head of toads and other reptiles, and to possess extraordinary alexipharmic virtues. Buga'ntia. A chilblain. See Pernio. Bugle. The Prunella vulgaris. Buglo'ssum. Bugloss. Buglo'ssa. B. angustifolium. B. majus. B. sativum, B. sylvestre. Anchusa officinalis. Bu'gula. Ajuga pyramidalis. Bulam fever. Remittent fever. BULB. In Anatomy, any enlargement of a part, as the bulb of the urethra, bulb of a tooth. Bulb, rachidian. The medulla oblongata. Bulbi'ferus. Bulb-bearing. BULBI PRIORUM CRURUM FORNICIS. The mammary tubercles. Bulboca'stanum. Bunium bulbocastanum. Bulboca'vernosus. The accelerator urina; muscle. Bu'lbonach. Bolbonach. Lunaria rediviva. BULBO'SUS. Bulbous. In Anatomy, applied to soft parts which are naturally enlarged, as the bulbous part of the urethra. Bu'lbulus. A little bulb. BUL'BUS. (us, i, m.) BoMog. A bulb. A globular or pyriform coated body, solid, or formed of fleshy scales or layers, constituting the lower part of some plants, and giving off radicals from the circumference of the flattened basis. Bulbus arteriosus. The anterior of tho three cavities of the heart in its early development in vertebrata. Bulbus vomitorius. See Hyacinthus muscari. Bulge-water tree. See Geoffroya jamaieensis. Bulging. See Gibbous. BULI'MIA. (a, es, f.; from Gov, a particle of excess, and Xipog, hunger.) Voracity; insatiable hunger; canine appetite: Bulimiasis, Boulimos, Bulimus, Bolismos. Bulimia, hi various degrees, is often symptomatic of worms, pregnancy, and diseases and anomalies of organization in the stomach, duodenum, and other abdominal viscera; it seems, however, sometimes to occur as an idiopathic affection, which may consist simply in excessive voracity, or may be accompanied with a sense of faintness, and in other instances by vomiting. Hence, Dr. Cullen makes three species: 1. Bulimia helluonum ; in which there is no •other disorder of the stomach than an excessive craving for food. 2. Bulimia syncopalis; in which there is a frequent desire for food, preceded by swooning. 3. Bulimia emetica; in which an extraordinary appetite for food is followed by vomiting. The real causes of this disease are little understood; it has been supposed to proceed from an acid in the stomach, from disordered states of the gastric juice, from indigested sordes, from worms, or from malformation of the stomach. Tonics are indicated in some cases, and nauseating doses of ipecacuanha may be useful in others; but, in most, a proper regulation of the diet is the most important means of cure. Bu'lithos. A bezoar concretion found in the ox. BU'LLA. («,«,£; a bubble.) A bleb. A vesicle containing a watery humor, which arises from burns, scalds, or other causes. The bulla; constitute the fourth order of Dr. Willan's arrangement of cutaneous diseases. Bulla; rotunda; cervicis uteri. Nabolh's glands. Bulla'tus. Bullate; blistered. In Pathology, the vesicular fever, because the skin is covered with little blisters. See Pemphigus. Bullo'sus. Bullatus. Bunch. Racemus. Bundle. Fasciculus. BUN IAS. A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Silictdosa. Cruciferes. Buni'tes vinum. Wine made from bunium and must. BU'NIUM. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia, Umbelliferes. — B. bulbocastanum. Earth-nut. Pig-nut. Bunyon. Bunion. Enlargement and irritation of the bursa mucosa of the great toe.- BUPEI'NA. Bulimia. Buphthalmia. See Buphlhalmus. BUPHTH A'LMUM. A genus of plants. Syngenesia, Polygamia supcrflua. Composites. Ox-eye.— B. creticum. Anthemis pyrethrum. — B. germanicum. B. majus. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum. — B. oleraccum is said to be used as a pot-herb in Cochin China. — B. salicifolium, said to be slightly narcotic. According to Pallas, its leaves are used in Persia as tea. BUPHTHA'LMUS. (us, i, m.; from Bovg, an ox, arid ouvr>, the voice.) A discordance or indistinctness of the voice. Cacopra'gia. A disease in those viscera which minister to nutrition. Cacorrhachitis. Cacorrhachis. Diseased spine. Cacorry'thmus. Disordered. Applied to an irregular pulse. Caco'sis. KaKuotc. A bad habit of body. — Hippocrates. Cacosi'tia. An aversion to food. Cacosphy'xia. A disordered or bad state of the pulse. Cacosto'machus. Unpleasant food. CACOTHY'MIA. (a, es, f.; from kokoc, and dvpoc, the mind.) A diseased state ofthe mind. Cacotri'bulus. Centaurea calcitrapa. CACOTRO'PHIA. (a, es, f.; from kokoc, and rpetpu, to nourish.) Disordered nutrition. Cacoucia coccinea. A perennial plant of South America which is emetic and cathartic. CACTACE.-E. The tribe of plants to which the cactus belongs. The species are all harmless. CACTUS. Koktoc. 1. An ancient name of the artichoke. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Monogynia. Cactacees. — C. coccinellifer. Nopal. Its leaves are the habitation of the cochineal insect. — C. melo-cactus. The melon thistle.— C. opuntia. The Indian fig, or prickly pear; the opuntia of the Pharmacopoeias. The prickly leaves abound with a muci- CJEL GAL 122 iaginous matter, and are used in the form of poultices as an emollient application. Cadaba. A genus of Indian plants, family Capparideae. The C. farinosa is said to be an antidote to snake-bites. CADA'VER. (er, eris, neut.; from cado, to fall.) A carcase, or body deprived of life. Cadaveric. Cadaverous. Cadaverosus. Appertaining to a dead body. Cadet, fuming liquor of. Alcarsin. See Cacodyl. Cadia. A leguminous plant of Egypt. The fresh leaves are said to relieve colic. Cadmi'a. Kadpeta. Katipia. A variety of different substances.— C. factilia. C. fornacum. Tutia.— C. fossilis. C. lapidosa. Calamine. — C. metallica. Cobalt. — C. nativa. Cobalt, and the lapis calamiiiaris. Cad Mil sulphas. Cadmium sulphuricum. Sulphate of cadmium. A solution of gr. i. to gr. iv. in gj. of water is used as a collyrium in spots of the cornea and torpid inflammation of the conjunctiva. CADMI'UM. (um, i, n.) Cadmium, in color and lustre, has a strong resemblance to tin, but is somewhat harder and more tenacious. It is very ductile and malleable. Its specific gravity is 8-604 before being hammered, and 8-694 afterward. It melts at about the same temperature as tin, and is nearly as volatile as mercury, condensing like it into globules which have a metallic lustre. Its vapor has no odor. Equivalent, 56. Its oxide is salifiable. Cd-j-O. Caduca membrana. C. Hunteri. See Decidua. Caduca passio. Epilepsy. CADU'CIBR'ANCHIATES. (Caducus,branchim, gills.) Those batrachians which undergo a metamorphosis, and lose their branchial apparatus before arriving at the period of maturity ; as the frog, toad, salamander, and newt. CADU'CUS. (From cado, to fall.) Caducous. Falling off ': applied generally in natural history. 1. In Anatomy, to the tunica decidua uteri. 2. In Pathology, to epilepsy. Ca'dus. An ancient measure equal to 120 pounds when applied to wine, and 105 when applied to oil. CiECAL. Cmcalio. Appertaining to the caecum. Cascal appendix. The appendix caeci vermiformis. CiE'CITAS. (From cceens, blind.) Blindness. See Caligo, and Amaurosis. CiE'CUM. (um, i, n.: from emeus, blind: so called from its being perforated at one end only.) The blind gut. The first portion of the large intestine, situated in the right iliac region. It is in this intestine that the ilium terminates by a valve, called the valve of the caecum. The appendix cmci vermiformis is also attached to it. CjE'CUS. Blind: applied, in,anatomy, to canals which are closed at one extremity, as the intestinum cmcum. Casla-dolo. See Toronia Asiatica. 0a?liaca mucosa. Mucous diarrhoea. Casli donum. Chelidonium majus. Cajli flos. Cmli rosa. The Lychnis coronaria. Casrulosis neonatorum. Cyanosis. CjESALPI'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, Decandria; order, Monogynia. All the plants afford wood which is used in dyeing: they are known in commerce under the name of Brazil woods. The principal are C. echinata, which yields the best; C. crista, and C. sappan, of Siam. CiRULiuM berolinense. C. borussicum. .Prussian blue. Cairuleum montanum. The Armenian stone. CiESARIAN OPERATION. Casarian section. The operation of making an incision into the utems to extract the child, cither after the death of the mother, or when the obstacles to delivery are so great as to leave no other alternative. Cafa. Caf. Cafar. Camphor. C affeic acid. An acid discovered by Runge, which possesses the odor of the roasted coffee when heated. Caffein. A slightly bitter, white, silky principle, obtained from coffee, tea, guarana, and paullhiia. It sublimes at 72-5°. It is the same as theine. Liebig finds it to consist of C 8 H 6 N; Oo-j-HO. He has shown that it may act as food in increasing the amount of bile formed, by furnishing nitrogen thereto. To the same end asparagine and theobromine, analogous principles, arc also destined. Caga'strum. The germ of diseases which arise from corruption.— Paracelsus. Cahen laguen. Chironia chilensis. CAINCA. Caincm radix. Cahincm. The Brazilian name of a root celebrated as an antidote to the bite of serpents, and for emetic and diuretic qualities. Dose of the bark, 3j. to 3j. The aqueous extract is used in doses of gr. x. as an emetic and purgative. It is said to be valuable in hitermittents. Pelletier gave the name of caincic acid to a substance found in the bark of the root. See Chiocca racemosa. Caipa schora. A cucurbitaceous plant of Malabar. The natives drink the juice of its fruit, with a little nutmeg, to stop the hiccough. The unripe fruit is emetic. Cajan. Phaseolus creticus. Cajeput oil. Caju-kilan. Cajuputi. See Melaleuca, and Oleum Cajeputi. Cai.au.v. Calophyllum inophyllum. Calabash tree. Crescentia cujeti. Calaf. Salix aegyptiaca. Calageri. Calagirah. Veronica anthelmintica. Calaguala. Polypodium calaguala. Calamaguo'stis. Reed grass. The Arundo calamagrostis of Linnaeus. The root has been said to possess diuretic and emmenagogue properties. Calama'riac. The reed-plants. • Calambac Calambouk. Lignum aloes. Calamina prasparata. Prepared calamine. Burn the calamine and reduce it to powder; then let it be brought into the state of a very fine powder, in the same manner that chalk is directed to be prepared. See Calamine. CA'LAMINE. ( Calamina, a, f.) Lapis calaminaris. A native carbonate of zinc. It is very heavy, moderately hard and brittle, of a gray, yellowish-red, or blackish-brown color, C AL C AL 123 insoluble in water, but soluble, with effervescence, in sulphuric acid. This mineral, pre- Sared by calcination and reduced to fine power, forms an article of the materia medica. In this state it is sprinkled on ulcers and excoriations to promote their healing. Mixed with rose or elder-flower water, it has been used as a collyrium for weak eyes. It is the basis of the Ceratum calamina, long known under the name of Turner's cerate. CALAMI'NTHA. Calamint. Melissa calamintha.— C. humilior. Glechoma hederacea. Calamita. Styrax. Calamita bianca. A very adhesive kind of white bole. CA'LAMUS. (us, i, m. KaAauoc.) Acorus calamus. (U. S.) A genus of reed-plants.— C. alcxandrinus. A medicine mentioned by Celsus, probably the Andropogon nardus. — C. aromaticus. Acorus calamus.— C. draco. The plant which yields dragon's blood. — C. odoratus. Andropogon nardus.— C. saccharinus. C. indicus. The sugar-cane.— C. scriplorius. A furrow at the bottom of the fourth ventricle of the brain, so called from its resemblance to a writing pen.— C. vulgaris. Arundo phragmites. Calapi'tte. A stony concretion found in the inside of some cocoa-nuts. Calathium. Calathidium. A depressed anthodium or capitulum. Calbia'num. An ancient plaster. Calcadinum. Calcatar. Colcotar. Vitriol. CALCA'NEUM. (um, i, u.; from calx, the heel.) The heel, or bone of the heel. Os calcis. Calcan'thum. Calcanthos. Flowers of brass; vitriol. CA'LCAR. (ar, oris, n.; a spur.) 1. The os calcis. 2. Applied by botanists to the spurred process of the ringent and personate corolla of plants. Calcarate. Calcaratus. Spurred: applied to the corols and nectaries of plants. Calcar avis. The hippocampus minor. CALCA'REOUS. ( Calcarius; from calx, lime.) Partaking of the nature of lime. Calcareous earth. See Lime. Calcareous soap. Linimentum calcis. Calcareus. Calcaria. Lime. Calcarisflos. Calcatrippa. The lark spur. See Delphinium. Calcaton. A troche containing arsenic. Calcena. Calccnon. Calccnonia. Calcinonia. Concretions of tartrate of lime.—Paracelsus. CALCEOLA'RIA. A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Slipper-wort. — C. primata is used in Peru as a laxative.— C. triflda is employed as a febrifuge. Ca lceum equi'num. Tussilago. Calchithius. Verdigris. Calcidicum. A medicine containing arsenic. Calci'fraga. Globularia alypum. Calcigerous. Bearing or containing calcareous matter, as the calcigerous cellules of the teeth. CALCII CHLORIDI LIQUOR. This preparation is made by dissolving four ounces of chloride of calcium in twelve ounces of distilled water. The dose is from Hlxx. to sij. The Liquor calcii chloridi (U. S.) is of double this strength. CALCII CHLORIDUM. Calcii chlorure turn. Chloride of calcium. Take of chalk,five ounces; hydrochloric acid, distilled water, each half a pint. Mix the acid with the water, and add the chalk to saturation. The effervescence being finished, strain and evaporate the liquor until the salt is dried. Put the salt into a crucible, and having liquefied it by exposure to the fire, pour it upon a flat, clean stone. When it is cold, break it into small pieces, and keep it in a well-closed vessel. It has been supposed to possess tonic and deobstruent properties, and acquired a high reputation in scrofula and bronchocele, which it has failed to maintain. The dose is xv. grains to 3j. Calcii oxychloruretum. C. prolochloruretum. See Calcis chloridum. Calcii oxydum. Lime. CALCINATION. (Calcinatio,onis,i.) The process of subjecting a body to the action of fire, or to a considerable degree of heat, to drive oft" its volatile parts; or to convert it into a calx or oxide. Calcinatum majus. Dulcification. Calcinatum majus Poterii. A compound of mercury, prepared by dissolving the metal in aquafortis, and precipitating with salt water. Calcinatum minus. A sweet substance. CALCINED MAGNESIA. See Magnesia. Calcined mercury. Binoxide of mercury. Calcis bichloruretum. Calcis chloridum. Calcis carbonas. See Lime, and Creta praparata. CALCIS CHLORIDUM. Chloride of lime. Oxymuriate of lime. It is much used in bleaching, under the name of bleaching powder; and an aqueous solution of it, commonly known under the name of Labarraque's disinfecting fluid, is a powerful corrector of putrid effluvia, and of great use as an application to putrid ulcers, discharges, &c. A useful solution is made with gj. to Oss. of water. Calcis hepar. Sulphuret of lime. Calcis hydras. Hydrate of lime, or slacked lime. Calcis hypochloris. Calcis chloridum. Calcis liquor. Solution of lime. Aqua, calcis. Lime-water. Take of lime, half a pound; boiling distilled water, twelve pints. Upon the lime, first slaked with a little of the water, pour the remainder of the water and shake them together; next cover the vessel immediately, and let it stand for three hours; then keep the solution upon the remaining lime in stopped glass bottles, and pour off the clear liquor when it is wanted for use. Lime is soluble in about 450 times its weight of water, or little more than one grain in one fluid ounce. Lime-water is colorless and inodorous, and has an unpleasant alkaline taste. It absorbs carbonic acid rapidly from the atmosphere, so that, if it be not carefully preserved, the whole of the lime is soon precipitated in the form of carbonate. It is given internally as an antacid, in doses of from two ounces to six, in cardialgia, diarrhoea, &c. Mixed with olive oil, it forms the celebrated application to burns, known under the name of Carran oil C AL C A L Calcis murias. C. oxymurias. Calcii chlo- 124 ridum. Calcis muriatis liquor. See Calcii chlo- ridi liquor.. Calcis os. Calcar. Calcancum. Plerna. The largest bone of the tarsus, which forms the heel. 3ft is situated posteriorly under the astragalus. It is divided into a body and processes. It has a large tuberosity behmd to form the heel, into which the tendo achillis is inserted. A sinuous cavity, as its forepart, which, hi the fresh subject, is filled with fat, and gives origin to several ligaments. Two prominences, at the inner and forepart of the bone, with a pit between them, for the articulation of the under and forepart of the astragalus. A depression, in the external surface of the bone near its forepart, where the tendon of the peronacus longus runs. A large cavity, at the inner side of the bone, lodging the long flexors of the toes, together with the vessels and nerves of the sole. There are two prominences, &t the under and back part of this bone, that give origin to the aponeurosis, and several muscles of the sole. The anterior surface of the os calcis is concave, for its articulation with the os cuboides, and it is articulated to the astragalus by ligaments. Calcis sulphuretum. Sulphuret of lime. It has been used in a bath for itch, &c. Calcitari. Alkaline salt. Calcitea. Calcitrea. Vitriol. Calciteosa. Litharge. Calcithos. Verdigris. Calcitra'pa. Centaurea calcitrapa. CA'LCIUM. (um, i, n.; from calx.) The metallic basis of lime, which is the oxide of calcium. For the officinal compound, see Calcii. Calcoi'dea ossi'cula. The three cuneiform bones of the tarsus. Calco-subphalangeus. The abductor muscles of the foot. Cal'cotar. Sulphate of iron. Ferri sulphas. Calc sinter. The calcareous deposite of some springs. Calc spar. Native crystallized carbonate of lime. It possesses the power of double refraction, and is much used in polariscopes. Calculi'fragus. (From calculus, and frango, to break.) Having the power of breaking stone in the bladder. 1. Lithon trip tic medicines. 2. The name of an instrument which is introduced into the bladder to break down calculi. See Lithotrity. 3. The scolopendrium, and pimpernel. Calculosus. Afflicted with the stone. CA'LCULUS. (us, i, m. A pebble.) In pathology, this term is applied to morbid concretions of a hard or stony consistence, which form in different cavities and other parts of the body. Calculus, arthritic. Gouty concretions; chalk-stones. See Podagra. Calculus, articular. See Concretions, articular. Calculus, biliary. Calculus hiliosus. Calculi cystici. Calculi fellci. Gall-stone. Biliary calculi are of common occurrence, and usually consist of the substance called cholesterine, blended with various proportions of coloring matter, inspissated bile, albumen, &c. Four kinds have been observed. 1. One kind is of a white color, sometimes a little yellowish or greenish. It is nearly pure cholesterine. 2. Another kind is of a round or polygonal shape, often of a gray color externally, and brown within. It exhibits concentric layers, which appear to consist of inspissated bile; and there is generally a central nucleus of the white crystalline matter, or cholesterine. 3. A third kind is of a deep brown, or green color. Its texture is made up of crystals of cholesterine, intermixed with biliverdin. A fourth kind is said to be insoluble in alcohol. Gall-stones often exist without occasioning pain or any disagreeable symptoms, so that their presence is not detected till after death. Where, however, they become impacted in their passage through tho gall-ducts, they obstruct the flow of bile into the intestines, thereby causing jaundice; and they sometimes occasion excruciating pain. Opium, the warm bath, the nitro-muriatic acid bath, and antiphlogistics, are used in these cases. See Icterus. Calculi of the ears. Masses of indurated wax. Calculus, encysted. When the calculus becomes covered or surrounded by mucus and membrane. Calculus, intestinal. See Enterolilhus. Calculi, lachrymal. Concretions sometimes form in the lachrymal passages, where they cause abscesses aud fistula;. Calculus of the mamma. Concretions found in mammary abscess. Calculus, pancreatic. Some have supposed that certain transparent calculi, which have been vomited or passed by stool, were formed in the pancreas; but there seems no good reason for any such belief. Calculi of the pineal gland. Morbid concretions have been found on dissection in the pineal gland, the presence of which was not indicated during life by any particular symptoms. They consist of phosphate of lime, like the gritty matter naturally found in the part. Calculi of the prostate gland. Stony concretions are sometimes found in the substance of the prostate gland, and occasion the same evil as any other enlargement of the part. They generally consist of phosphate of lime. Calculus, pulmonary. Concretions are sometimes expectorated in great number during life, or found in the substance of the lungs, or ramifications of the bronchi, after death. In most cases in which this occurs, it is an accompaniment of tubercular phthisis; but there are cases on record in which an expectoration of chalky concretions has taken place, from time to time, during a number of years, unconnected with any bad symptoms, and without injury to the general health of the patient. The presence of such concretions is supposed, by M. Bayle, to give rise to a form of phthisis, which he calls Phthisiecalculeuse. Calculi, salivary. Concretions which are sometimes found in the substance of the salivary glands, or in their ducts. They generally consist of phosphate of lime and animal matter. C AL 0 A L 125 Calculi, spermatic. Calculi have occasionally been detected after death in the vesic- uloe seminales. Calculi of the tonsils. Concretions produced in the tonsils. CALCULI, URINARY. Calculi vesicas, vesical calculi. Calculi formed by a morbid deposition from the urine may be found in the kidney, ureter, bladder, or urethra. Whatever be their position, they are always formed in the kidney or bladder: they are therefore renal or vesical. 1. Renal calculi. When calculous matter is separated in the kidneys, it assumes the form either of fine sand, which passes off without causing any severe symptoms, and is deposited after the excreted mine has been some time at rest, or of distinct calculi, varying in size, but large enough to occasion very distressing pain in their passage through the urinary canals. Both these varieties are, in popular language, called the gravel; and the severe symptoms arising from the passage of renal calculi through the ureters is styled a. fit of the gravel. For the sake of perspicuity, it will be best to designate mere sabulous deposites as urinary 'sand, and distinct concretions as renal calculi. a. Urinary sand is of two kinds, white and red. The white consists of phosphate of lime, or of the ammonio-magnesian phosphate, or of a mixture of the two. The red consists of uric acid. Both of these morbid states of the urine are usually connected with disorder of the digestive organs; and those general therapeutical means which are adapted to the removal of such disorder are beneficial in both. With a view to correct the state of the urinary secretion, on which the sabulous deposite more immediately depends, alkalis are given where the uric acid predominates, and the mineral acids where the deposite consists of the phosphates. In tho latter case the muriatic acid is generally found most useful. b. Renal calculi. These sometimes exist for a long time, and remain stationary in the kidney, where they may attain a considerable magnitude without giving rise to any symptoms which lead to a suspicion of their presence; or they may excite chronic inflammation and suppuration of the kidney, with bloody urine and hectic fever, which finally destroys the patient. More generally, however, they descend along the ureter, and give rise to the painful affection oommonly called a fit of the gravel. *The descent of a renal calculus is usually attended with pain in the loins, shooting down through the pelvis to the inside ofthe thighs, retraction of the testicle, and numbness of the leg of the affected side, shivering, faintness, nausea, and vomiting. In ordinary cases the calculus soon reaches the bladder, and the distressing symptoms cease for the time. It is then either voided through the urethra, with more or less pain and difficulty, or it remains in the bladder and becomes the nucleus of a vesical calculus. If the calculus become firmly impacted in the ureter, inflammation of the kidney supervenes, or a fatal suppression of the urinary secretion, which may take place in both kidneys, though there be a calculus in only one of,the ureters; or the case may terminate fatally in a more gradual manner, by inflammation and ulceration of the ureter and extravasation of urine. In a few cases an abscess has formed in the ureter, and discharged itself by a fistulous opening in the lumbar region, or in the groin, through which the urine also finds an outlet. These formidable consequences are, however, comparatively rare. The treatment, while a calculus is passing down the ureter, should consist in the use of the warm bath, which is of great service by its relaxing and antispasmodic effect; blood-letting, if necessary to obviate inflamma tion, and opiates to allay pain. The constitutional disposition to the formation of renal calculi is to be obviated by the means applicable to calculous disorders in general. These will be noticed at the conclusion of the present article. 2. Vesical calculus. A vesical calculus, or stone in the bladder, may arise from a renal calculus having passed into the bladder, and there increased in size by successive depositions upon its surface; or it may be originally formed in the bladder itself; or a foreign body, which has accidentally got into the bladder, may form a nucleus around which calculous matter is deposited : it appears, however, that calculi found in the bladder have generally their origin in the kidney. The composition of urinary calculi is very diversified. The calculi hitherto observed consist of, 1. Uric or lithic acid. 2. Urate of ammonia. 3. Phosphate of lime. 4. Ammonio-magnesian phosphate. 5. Oxalate of lime. G. Cystic oxide. 7. Carbonate of lime. 8. Silica. 9. The alternating calculus, consisting of alternate layers ofthe matters composing those already enumerated. The first five of the foregoing substances are of most frequent occurrence, but their relative frequency varies in different countries and districts. 1. Calculi composed of uric (lithic) acid are of a brown or fawn color, and, when cut through, appear of a more or less distinctly laminated texture. Their surface is generally smooth, or nearly so, being sometimes slightly tuberculated. Sp. gr., 1*5. Before the blowpipe, this calculus blackens, and gives out a peculiar ammoniacal odor, leaving a minute portion of white ash: it is soluble in solution of pure potassa, and, heated with a little nitric acid, affords a fine pink compound. 2. Urate of ammonia forms calculi, the surface of which is sometimes smooth, sometimes tuberculated; they are made up of concentric layers, and the fracture is fine earthy, resembling that of compact limestone; they are generally of a small size, and rather uncommon, though urate of ammonia often occurs mixed with uric acid. They usually decrepitate before the blow-pipe, are more soluble than the uric calculus, evolve ammonia when heated with solution of potassa, and are readily soluble C A L C AL 126 in the alkaline carbonates, which pure uric acid is not. 3. Phosphate of lime calculus is of a pale brown or gray color, smooth, and made up of regular and easily-separable lamina;. It is soluble in muriatic acid, and precipitated by pure ammonia, and does not fuse before the blowpipe. Calculi from the prostate gland are frequently composed of phosphate of lime. 4. Ammonio-magnesian, or triple calculus, is generally white or pale gray, and tho surface often presents minute crystals; its texture is generally compact, and often somewhat hard and translucent; heated by the blow-pipe, it exhales ammonia, and leaves phosphate of magnesia. It is more easily soluble than the preceding ; and oxalate of ammonia forms no precipitate in its muriatic solution. It frequently happens that calculi consist of a mixture of the two last-mentioned substances, in which case they fuse before the blow-pipe, and are hence termed fusible calculi. They are white, or nearly so, and softer than the separate substances, often resembling chalk in appearance. They are easily soluble in muriatic acid, and if oxalate of ammonia be added to their solution, the lime is precipitated in the state of oxalate. 5. Oxalate of lime forms calculi, the exterior color of which is generally dark brown, or reddish; sp. gr., 1-4 and upward; they are commonly rough or tuberculated upon the surface, and have hence been called mulberry calculi. Before the blow-pipe they blacken and swell, leaving a white infusible residue, which is easily recognized as quicklime. Small oxalate of lime calculi are, however, sometimes perfectly smooth upon the surface, and somewhat resemble a hempseed in appearance. 6. Cystic oxide is a very rare species. It is yellowish-white, crystalline, and of a waxy lustre. They are soft, and, when burned by the blow-pipe, exhale a peculiar fetid odor. They are soluble in nitric, sulphuric, muriatic, phosphoric, and oxalic acids, and also in alkaline solutions. Cystic oxide forms crystallizable compounds with nitric, muriatic, and oxalic acids. With sulphuric acid it forms a viscid, colorless, and uncrystallizable compound. The composition is C 6 NH 6 04S2. 7. Dr. Prout, and Mr. Smith of Bristol (Medico.-Chir. Trans., xi., 14), have described calculi composed almost entirely of carbonate of lime ; but this species is exceedingly rare. 8. Silica, as an ingredient in urinary sand, and in some calculi, is very rare. 9. Xanthic oxide forms a very rare calculus. It has a brown surface, scaly fracture, is brown interiorly, and acquires a resinous appearance when rubbed. It is entirely soluble in potash, and precipitated by carbonic acid. Composition, C 6 N. 2 H s 0 2 . A stone may exist in the bladder without causing much inconvenience, provided it be small, smooth, and of a rounded figure; but if it be large, rough, or of an angular figure, it is always productive of severe suffering. The degree of pain will, however, vary greatly, according to the state of the bladder and the quality of the urine. The general symptoms indicative of a stone in the bladder are, a painful itching along the penis, especially the glans; the micturition is painful, and a 6tream of urine is liable to be suddenly arrested before the bladder is empty, so that the urine is expelled by fits, and the pain is greatest immediately after its evacuation; there is a dull pain and sense of weight about the neck of the bladder; the urine is mixed with a large quantity of mucus, and frequently tinged with blood, especially after exercise. All the symptoms of stone are aggravated to an intolerable degree by the motion of a carriage, or exercise on horseback. At an advanced stage of the disease the bladder becomes inflamed, and its mucous coat suppurates; the ureters and kidneys participate in the diseased action; large quantities of blood and pus are passed with the urine; the patient becomes emaciated, and finally dies, worn out by pain and hectic fever. The symptoms attendant on enlargement of the prostate gland in some respects resemble those of stone, but the pain arising from calculus in the bladder generally comes on only in paroxysms, while that from a diseased prostate is constant. Surgeons agree that the presence of a calculus in the bladder can only be distinctly ascertained by the operation of sounding. Calculus is more common in temperate than in warm or very cold climates. It occurs more frequently in early life than in old age, but more frequently in either than during the middle period of life. Persons of sedentary habits are more liable to it than those of active habits. Luxurious persons are more obnoxious to it than those who are temperate. The disposition to gravel and urinary calculi is intimately connected with the gouty diathesis. Injuries of the spine and kidneys have been observed to give a disposition to calculus, and especially to that form of it which arises from a deposition of the phosphates. Strictures of the urethra, and enlargement of the prostate gland, favor the formation of calculi. When a stone in the bladder has become too large to pass through the urethra, it can only be got rid of with certainty by a surgical operation. See Lithotomy and Lithotrity. Certain means have long been iu use for the purpose of dissolving the stone, and rendering an operation unnecessary. There are cases on record in which the judicious use of alkalies appears to have had a marked effect on uric acid calculi. It was proposed by Fourcroy to attempt the solution of stoues in tho bladder by the injection of appropriate fluids. It appears, from the trials which have been made at different times, that alkaline injections of sufficient strength to answer the purpose are too irritating for the bladder to bear; but Sir B. Brodie has succeeded in dissolving some deposites of phosphate and carbonate of lime by nitric acid, highly diluted, sent in a stream through the bladder by means of a double catheter of pure gold. Admitting that largo stones are only to be got rid of by the aid of surgery, it becomes of great importance to obviate, if possible, the C AL C AL 127 calculous diathesis. There is more or less derangement of. the digestive functions in all; and hence a particular attention to diet and regimen, and the use of vegetable bitters and astringents, are serviceable in most cases. Among the bitters, the Uva ursi and Pareira brava are especially recommended. In the cases which depend on an acid diathesis, namely, those in which the calculus is composed of uric acid, of oxalate of lime, or of cystic oxide, the general principle is to obviate the acid tendency by alkaline medicines. There are, however, many exceptions to this rule. In cases where lithic acid is predominant, it has frequently been found most beneficial to promote a copious discharge of that acid by means of turpentine and other medicines which are known to have this effect. Dr. Prout has also found that the disposition to form oxalate cjf lime is converted by the use of muriatic acid into the common lithic diathesis; he has made similar observations with respect to the cystic oxide, and hence in these cases he recommends the use of muriatic acid where it is not contra-indicated by an irritable state of the bladder. Where the alkaline or phosphatic diathesis prevails, the mineral acids are indicated; their effect, however, is by no means so striking as that of alkalies in the acid diathesis; indeed, it is supposed by many, and probably with good reason, that the benefit derived from them is chiefly referrible to the tonic effects on the digestive organs. The muriatic acid has been found most generally useful. In the actual paroxysm of stone in the bladder the suffering is dreadfully severe, and generally admits of no effectual relief; it may, however, be considerably palliated by the use of the warm hip-bath and anodyne suppositories and enemata. Calculus, urethral. A calculus impacted in the urethra. If immovable, it is cut out by dividing the urethra longitudinally. Calculi of the uterus. They are sometimes present, but very rare, in engorgements of a chronic nature. Caldas springs. They are thermal, containing sulphureted hydrogen, sulphate of iron, and the common salts. CALDA'RIUM. The hot bath of the ancients. Caleanthum. Copperas.— Pliny. Calebash. Cucurbita lagenaria. CALEFA'CIENT. (Calefacicns ; from calefacio, to make warm.) Substances are so called which excite a degree of warmth in the parts to which they are applied, as mustard, pepper, &c. They belong to the class of stimulants. CALEFA'CTION. Calefactio. The act or process of heating. CALE'NDULA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia necessaria. Composites. — C. alpina. Arnica montana. — C. arvensis. Caltha palustris.— C. officinalis. C. sativa. Garden marigold. The plant is aperient and diaphoretic. — C. palustris. See Caltha palustris. Calendulas martiales. Ferrum ammoniatum. Calendulin. A kind of gum bassorin obtained from the marigold. Calenturas. Cinchona ? CA'LENTURE. ( Calentura, ce, f.; from caleo, to be hot.) A form of phrenitis alleged formerly to have been common among seamen in tropical latitudes. Cale'sium. A tree of Malabar, the bark of which, made into an "ointment with butter, cures convulsions from wounds, and heals ulcers. The juice ofthe bark cures aphthae, and, taken inwardly, the dysentery.— Ray. Caleza de negro. See Phytelephas. Call See Kali. Calico bush. Kalmia latifolia. Cabidum innatum. C. animale. See Calidus. CA'LIDUS. Warm. Hence calidum innatum, animal or vital heat. CALI'GO. (o, inis, f.) In pathology this term is applied to dimness of sight or blindness, caused by the interposition of an opaque body between the object and the retina: hence its species are, 1. Caligo palpebrarum. The obstruction to the light being in the eyelids. 2. Caligo cornea;. Opacities, &c. 3. Caligo lentis. The obstruction being In the lens or its capsule. Cataract. 4. Caligo pupilla;. The iris being closed. 5. Caligo humorum. The aqueous or vitreous humors having lost their transparency. 6. Caligo synizesis. Synizesis. CALIPERS. Compasses with curved legs. Bourdeloque's calipers are used to ascertain the capacity of the pelvis. CALISAYA BARK. Cinchona flava. (U.S.) Calix. See Calyx. Calli. Gouty nodes. CALLICARPA. A genus of plants. Tetrandia. Monogynia. It contains oidy one species, C. americana, which grows in South Carolina and Virginia. The leaves are used in dropsy. CALLICO'CCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. See Ipecacuanha. Callicreas. The sweet-bread. See Pancreas. Calli'gonum. See Polygonum. Callipa;di'a. The art of generating beautiful children. , Calliphy'llum. Asplenium trichomanes. Callistemon seed. Pohutu-kauva. CALLI'TRICHE. A genus of plants. Monandria. Digynia. 1. Water starwort. Water chickweed. 2. Adiantum. Callositas palpebrarum. Scleriasis. CALLOSITY. Callositas. Preternatural hardness of the skin or other parts. Callous. C alio'sus. Indurated. CA'LLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The flexible substance deposited between the divided ends of broken bones, in which the osseous matter by which they are permanently united is deposited. See Fracture. 2. A preternatural hardness of any part, especially of the skin. Calmet. Antimony. Calome'lanos turque'ti. A purgative pill made of calomel, sulphur, and resin of jalap. C AL CAM 128 CALO'MEL. Calomelas. (as, unos, m.; from naloc, and ueAag, black.) Originally applied to black sulphuret of mercury, but now to ¦calomel. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. Calomelas prascipitatum. (Ph. D.) Calomel prepared by the formula of the Dublin Pharmacopoeia; that is, by Jewell's process. Calomelas sublimatum. (Ph. D.) Calomel prepared by sublimation".' Calonia. Kalovia. Myrrh. CALOPHYLLUM. A genus of tropical plants. Poiyandria. Monogynia. The C. inophyllum, tacamahaca, &c, yield a kind of tacamahaca, and also an oil for lamps.— C. cataba produces the Oleum Sanctce Maria. Calor animalis. Animal temperature* Calor fervens. Boiling heat. Calor lentis. A gentle heat; about 100° F. Calor mordicans. The pungent heat ofthe skin in ardent fevers, which leaves an unpleasant tingling sensation on the fingers for some minutes after touching the patient. Calor nativus. Animal or vital heat. CALO'RIC. (Caloricum, i, n.; from calor, heat.) The cause which produces the sensation and effects of heat. The characteristic.effect of caloric is expansion, but it is also an agent in producing chemical change. The form and gravity of bodies is dependent on this imponderable. Its nature is utterly unknown. Caloric, latent. Insensible heat. Heat existing in all bodies, and not made evident by affecting the thermometer. Also, heat which passes into liquids, to convert them into vapor, &c. Caloric, specific. The precise amount of heat necessary to raise different bodies to a given degree of temperature. Calorific. Having the quality of producing heat, as the calorific rays of the spectrum, which are the red, orange, and yellow. Calorification. (From calor, heat, and facio, to make.) The function of generating animal heat. Calori'meter. An apparatus to measure the quantity of heat which a body gives out in cooling. Calorimotor. A galvanic arrangement by Dr. Hare for the production of great heat. It consists of one pair of plates of great surface. Calotropis gigantea. Asclepias gigantea; rmudar. Calo'type. The name given by Mr. Talbot to pictures obtained on paper rendered sensible to light by the gallo-nitrate of silver. CA'LTHA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Poiyandria. Polygynia. Ranunculacecc. — C. arvensis. C. vulgaris. Tho wild marigold. The juice has been given in scrofula. — C. palustris. Populago. It is said to be caustic and deleterious. Caltrops. See Trapa. CALUMBA. See Cocculus palmatus. The root is a good tonic. Dose, gr. x. to 3SS. Calumba, American or false. The Frasera Walteri. Calumbin. The bitter principle of calumba. Calva. Calva'ria. The skull; the vertex. Calvata ferramenta. An old name for such surgical instruments as have a button at the end. CALVI'TIES. (es, ei, f.; from calvus, bald.) Calvitium. Baldness. CALX. (Calx, cis, fcem.) 1. Lime. 2. An oxide. Calx. (Calx, cis, m.) The heel. Calx antimonii. Oxide of antimony. Calx bismuthi. Bismuth, subnitrate. Calx chloeina'ta. Chloride of lime, or bleaching powder. Seo Calcis chloridum. Calx cum kali puro. See Potassa cum calce. Calx cum potassa. See Potassa cum calce. Calx e testis. Shell lime. Calx, extincta. Slaked lime. Calx hydrargyri alba. See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. Calx salita. Calcii chloridum. Calx viva. C. usta, rccens. Quick-lime. Made by burning limestone. Caly'bio. A one-ceiled, inferior, few-seeded fruit, inclosed in a capsule, as the acorn. Calyca'nthema;. Plants which, among other characteristics, have the corolla and stamina inserted into the calyx. Calyciflo'ra.. Plants which have the sta mina inserted into the calyx. CALYCI'NUS. (From calyx, the flowercup.) Calycinalis. Calycine: belonging to the calyx of a flower. Calycula'tus. Calyculate: having a double calyx, or several successively diminishing in size. Caly'culus. (us, i, m.) A little calyx. CALYP'TRA. (a, az, f.; from nalvizru, to cover.) The veil or covering of mosses. A kind of membranous hood placed on their capsule or fructification. CALYPTRA'TUS. Calyptratc : furnished with a calyptra. CA'LYX. (yx, ids, f.; /cu/lvf; from KaAvtttu, to cover.) 1. The flower-cup. It is generally of a green color. 2. The infundibula, or membranous tubes which rise round the base of the papillae of the kidneys, and receive the urine from them, are also called calyces. See Kidney. Camandag. Camandang. A tree of the Philippine Islands. It yields a milky juice, called by the natives tague: it is used to poison arrows. CAMARA. (a, ce, f.; from nauapa, a vault.) Camarium. 1. The fornix of the brain. 2. The vaulted part of the auricle of the heart. Camarez. Its mineral waters are impregnated with the sulphates of soda and iron. Camaro'ma. (From Kauapa, a vault.) Camarosis. Camaratio. A fracture of the skull, where the bones present the appearance of an arch or vault. CA'MBIUM. (um, i, n.) I. The nutritious humor which is changed into the materials of which the body is composed. 2. The dextrine, or matter of organization found between the young bark and new wood of plants in spring. Cambine. Cambing. A tree of the Molucca Islands, the bark of which exudes a juice much esteemed against dysentery. Cambo. A village in the department of the Basses Pyrenees, where there are two mineral springs; one is an acidulous chalybeate, and the 129 CAM CAMBO'GIA. Cambo'dia. (a, a, f.) See Stalagmilis cambogioides and Garcinia. Cambu'ca. Cambucca membrata. A bubo or ulcer on the genitals. Came LAN. Anisum moluccanum. A small tree of Amboyna, the seeds of which smell like those of anise, aud are used for the same purposes. Cameli'xa. See Myagrum. Came'luda.. Camelliccs. A natural family of plants, including the genera Camellia and Thea. CA'MERA. A chamber; applied to the cavities of the eye, before and behind the iris, which contain the aqueous humor. See Oculus. Camera lucida. A prism of glass invented by Dr. Wollaston for the purpose of enabling any person to make drawings of objects. Camera obscura. A dark chamber, or box, into which the images of objects are brought to a focus by means of one or more lenses. Cameratio. See Camaroma. Caminga. See Canella alba. Cami'sia foetus. The chorion. Cammaron. Arnica scorpioides? Ca'mosiers. It has springs containing carbonate of lime, sulphur, muriate of soda, &c. These waters are purgative, and are used in diseases of the skin. CAMP A'N A. (a, ce, f.) A bell. In Chemistry, a receptacle like a bell, tor making sulphuric acid; whence the name of oleum sulphuris per campanum. Campana'cea:. Campanulaccm. Bell-shaped flowers. The name of an order in Linnams's natural method: now Campanulacea-. Campana'ceus. Bell-shaped. Campanifo'rmis. Bell-shaped. CAMPA'NULA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. — C. trachcleum. The great throat-wort. A decoction of the root has been recommended in cases of sore throat, relaxation of the uvula, &c. Campanula'te. (From campanula, a little bell.) Bell-shaped. Campeachy woon. Seo Hcematoxylon campechianum, Campe'stris. Of, or belonging to, the field. Camphene. The name given by Dumas to pure oil of turpentine: form., C 2 oHi6. Camphine. A commercial spirit used for lighting; it is merely the common oil of turpentine redistilled. Camphogen. A colorless liquid; density, 0*861. See Camphor, which is tho hydrate of camphogen. Campholic acid. A solid acid having the composition of camphor. CA'MPHOR. (a, ce, f.; from the Arabic cafoor.) Camphora. Camphire. A peculiar stearopten existing in several plants. 1. The Dryobalanops camphora, D. aromatica, a tall tree growing in forests in Sumatra and Borneo. The camphor concretes in the heart of the tree, occupying cavities a foot or a foot and a half long. The young trees contain an oily camphor. ' 2. The Laurus camphora, or Camphora officinarum, a native of China and Japan. Its CAM roots, wood, and leaves smell strongly of camphor, which is obtained by distillation. Camphor, when pure, has a strong and peculiar fragrance, and a bitter, pungent taste. It is white, semitransparent, unctuous to the touch, brittle, and of an irregular crystalline texture. Its specific gravity is -9837. It is very volatile ; boils at 400°; and sublimes in close vessels, crystallizing in hexagonal plates. It is very inflammable, and bums with a bright flame and much smoke. It is a solid essential oil; composition, C m Hh -f-2HO, tho radical being camphogen, which may be separated by repeated distillation with phosphoric acid. Camphogen resembles, in its chemical relations, benzm and naphthaline, and is found in many essential oils. Camphor is soluble in alcohol, ethers, and oils both fixed and volatile. Concentrated sulphuric acid decomposes camphor, giving rise to the formation of artificial tannin; diluted sulphuric or diluted nitric acid dissolves it; so do the muriatic, strong acetic, and fluoric acids. The addition of water to the spirituous or acid solutions of camphor instantly separates it. Alkalies have hardly any effect on camphor. Resins combine with it, forming a tenacious mass. Concrete oils of tobacco, elecampane, &c , have been called camphors, and true camphor is found in many of the aromatic salviaceous plants. Camphor, in its action on the animal economy, is stimulant, narcotic, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. Its stimulus is very diffusible, and soon followed by a sedative effect. In an overdose it causes vomiting, giddiness, delirium, and convulsions. Employed externally, it is a very useful ingredient in anodyne liniments, and twenty or thirty grains of it added to a poultice, and applied to the perineum, allays chordee. The dose of camphor is from gr. ij. to 3j. When given in the solid form, it is veiy apt to occasion pain at the cardiac orifice of the stomach, and vomiting; it is therefore best given suspended in water by means of mucilage. Camphor, artificial. Produced by the action of dry muriatic acid on turpentine oil, and other similar essences. It is a hydrochlorate of camphene; C 2 oIIi6-|-HCl. It has the appearance and odor of camphor, but is not a nervine. — Orfila. Camphor, Borneo. The native camphor of the Dryobalanops. Camphor, liquid. Camphor oil. The fluid obtained by tapping the dryobalanops. It has the odor of camphor or cajaputi, and contains an elaopten, which, when pure, is C 2 oHi 6 , according to Felouze, but which becomes C 2 oHi 6 0<, by exposure to air. Camphor, oil of. This name is given to a solution of camphor in dilute nitric acid (nitrate of camphor, Pereira); but it is also used for liquid camphor, and for the liniment of camphor. Camphor water. Mistura camphora?. Camphora: flores compositi. Camphor sublimed with benzoin. Camphora: flos. That portion of the camphor which ascends first in the process of sublimation. CAN CAN 130 Camphorata. See Camphorosma. Camphorate. Cam'phoras. (as, atis, f.) A salt formed by the union of the camphoric acid with a base; thus, camphorate of alumina, camphorate of ammonia, &c. Camphorated spirit. Camphorated spirit of wine. Tinctura camphora?. Camphorated tincture of opium. See Tinctura opii camphorata. Camphora'tus. Camphorated. CAMPHORIC ACID. Acidum camphoricum. An acid obtained by distilling nitric acid eight times following from camphor. It has an acid taste, crystallizes in prisms, is inodorous, fuses at 145 0, 4, and emits a pungent vapor, and sublimes partially into the anhydrous acid. The ordinary acid is tribasic; form., 3 HO+ C10H7O3. It combines with the earthy, alkaline, and metallic bases, and forms salts, called camphorates. CAMPHORO'SMA. A genus of plants. Tctrandria. Monogynia. — C. monspelicnsis. C. hirsuta. Camphorata of the Pharmacopoeias. Stinking ground-pine; formerly used in decoction in dropsical and asthmatic complaints. Camphrone. An oily substance produced by M. Fremy by dropping pieces of camphor into a porcelain tube containing quicklime at a red heat, and condensing the vapor. Formula C 30 H 21 O. It boils at 167° F. Camphylorrhachis. One with a crooked spine. Campsis. Kaprpic- When a bone or cartilage is bent without breakage; hence, campsis depressio, a depression. Ca'mpuli'tropous. In Botany, a name given to such ovules as bend down upon themselves till their apex touches the base. Camwood. A red dye-wood from Africa. Canabina aquatica. Seo Bidens. Canada balsam. Seo Pinus balsamea. Canada maidenhair. Adiantum pedatum. CANAL. Several foramina and passages are so called. See Canalis and the specific names. Canal, alimentary or digestive. Alimentary duct, Canalis cibarius. The entire length of the passage from the mouth to the anus. Canal, arachnoidian. Canal of Bichat. A passage produced by the extension of the arachnoid membrane over the transverse and longitudinal fissures of the brain. Canal, intestinal. See Intestinal canal. Canal of Fontana. Ciliary canal. A minute vascular canal within the ciliary ligament. Canal of Petit. Canalis Pelitianus. See Oculus. Canal of Schlemm. A minute canal at the junction of the cornea and sclerotica. Canales semicirculares. The semicircular canal. See Auris. Canaliculate. Canalicnlaltus. Channeled ; having a long furrow. Canaliculus. (Diminutive of canalis, a channel.) A little canal. See Ductus arteriosus. Canalis Arteriosus. See Ductus arteriosus. Canalis nasalis. See Ductus nasalis. Canalis venosus. See Ductus venosus. CANARIES, CLIMATE OF THE. It re- sembles, but is not quite as equable as, that of Madeira. Canary balsam. See Dracocephalum. Ca'ncamum. Various gums and resins. Cancella'te. Latticed ,• having a reticulated appearance. CANCE'LLI. (i, orum, pi. m.) Latticework. The reticular substance in bones is so called. See Os. CA'NCER. (Cancer, cri, m.) A genus of crustaceous animals.— C. pagurus. This is the common crab. Tho crab's claws, chelae cancrorum of the shops, are taken from this species.—C. ga'mmarus. Astacus marinus. Tho common lobster.— C. a'stacus. C. fluviatUis. Astacus fiuviatilis. The craw-fish. Certain concretions in the stomach of this animal constitute the crab's eyes (caiicrorum oculi) of the shops.— C. Bernhardus. Pagurus streblonya. Hermit crab. This species takes up its abode in univalve shells which it finds empty. CANCER, (cer, ceris, f.) A malignant disease ; so called because a part affected with it, being raised into a tumor and surrounded by dilated veins, bears some resemblance to a crab, for which reason it was called by the Greeks Carcinoma, from napnivoc, a crab. The following general account of this malady is condensed from Dr. Copland's Dictionary of Practical Medicine : Cancer consists of two states or stages: the first is scirrhus; the second, true cancer, or carcinoma. I. Scirrhous Stage. — Occult cancer. It commences with a tumor, a limited local hardness.; is usually single; is veiy rarely, at its commencement, detected in different parts at once; and is not surrounded by a cyst. It is distinguished, at this period, by hardness, coldness, whiteness, or paleness, insensibility, and deficiency of red blood-vessels: a state indicating the low degree of vitality of the part. The scirrhous stracture, when fully developed, consists of a firm, hard, rugged, incompressible, and unequal mass, the limits of which are not distinctly defined. Its color is generally of a light gray, and, when cut into thin slices, it is semi-transparent. Upon close inspection, it is found to consist of two distinct substances; the one hard, fibrous, and organized; the other soft, and apparently inorganic. The former composes the chief part of the diseased mass, and consists of septa, which are opaque, of a paler color than the soft part, unequal in their length, breadth, and thickness, disposed in various directions ; sometimes forming a nearly solid mass; in other instances, a number of cells or irregular cavities, which contain the soft part. The latter is sometimes semi-transparent, of a bluish color, and of the consistence of softened glue; at other times more opaque, softer, somewhat oleaginous, and like cream in color and consistence. The fibrous structure seems to be the cellular, or proper tissue of the part, in a state of induration and hyperftophy; assuming, in consequence of its increased density and bulk, an appearance similar to the fibrous or nbro-cartilaginous structure; while the softer portion, contained in the meshes and cells of the former, CAN CAN 131 appears to be merely a morbid secretion poured out by the vessels nourishing the organized fibrous tissue, and is probably the exhalation of the part, either secreted in a modified state, or accumulated and changed by the disease of its containing structure. The proportion of each of those two substances, and the modes of their distribution, vary very considerably in different scirrhous masses. Bayle makes the following species: 1. The Chondro'id, (from xovSpor, cartilage, and eidoc, likeness), or cartilaginifomi. 2. The Hyaloid (from vaAoc, glass, and eidog), or vitriform. 3. The Larinoid (from Aapiror. fat, and ctJoc) or lardiform. 4. The Bunioid (from Bovviov. a turnip, and eiSog), or napiform. 5. The Encephaloid (from eyK£'j>a?,o<;, the brain, and e«5oc), or cerebriform. 6. The Colloid (from noA7.a, glue, aud etioc), or gelatiniform. 7. The Compound cancerous; the Mixed cancerous; and the Superficial cancerous. At the commencement of scirrhous disease, the sUucture of the tissue or organ in which it is seated preserves for some time its aspect and color, being changed merely in volume and density: sometimes, however, its volume is but little augmented, while its density is veiy much increased. As the disease advances, the proper tissue of the organ becomes more obscure, and verges nearer to that already described. Scirrhous tumors do not always remain in the state now described; and the period during which they thus continue is not determinate. When once they commence, they seldom retrograde, and the part affected never is restored to its healthy state. It is chiefly in this respect that the early stages of scirrhus differ from simple induration proceeding from chronic inflammation. Scirrhus may remain nearly stationary for several years, occasioning but little constitutional disturbance; but generally an important change takes place in its structure, and the disease afterward makes rapid progress. II. Carcinomatous, or Cancerous Stage. — Open or ulcerated cancer. After a time, portions of the scirrhous mass begin to soften, and pass into a state of unhealthy suppuration and ulceration. The soft or inorganic substance resolves itself into a thin ichorous matter, very different from pus; and disorganization commences, generally about the centre of the mass, and extending toward that part of it which is nearest Mfher the surface of the body or any of the naflffal openings. After this period the diseased mass seldom increases much in bulk, but is destroyed by an ulcerative process. The malady now makes rapid progress, owing to the contamination of the adjoining structures by the morbid matter secreted by the ulcerating part, a portion of which matter is evidently absorbed, irritating the lymphatic glands, and vitiating the whole frame. In consequence of this infection, the powers of life sink. When the skin covering a scirrhous tumor ulcerates, a fungus of a cauliflower appearance, and hard, gristly structure, sometimes proceeds from the surface of the mass. In some cases, ulceration destroys both the fungus and the primary tumor. It has been observed by Sir E. Home that some cancerous sores have suddenly changed from a painful and malignant character to a more healthy aspect at some part, and even have begun to cicatrize. This apparent amendment is never permanent, for, sooner or later, the ulcerative process is renewed, and the disease pursues its usual course. Dr. Parr states that he has seen several cases thus terminate spontaneously; but the patients were all soon afterward apt off* by internal disease, probably consisting of the internal development or metastasis of the malady, cases of which occurrence are not unfrequent. Cancerous tumors generally contaminate the glands in the vicinity, particularly after ulceration has commenced. Scirrho-cancer most commonly originates in glands whose functions have been interrupted, or which have never performed the offices intended for them; or it affects parts which have been previously diseased, or havo received, at some period, an external injury. Thus it attacks the mammir, the uterus, the ovaria, the testes, the thyroid glands. It also very frequently commences in the integumental, and the digestive, and urino-genital mucous surfaces ; more particularly in the skin of the face; in the mucous membrane of the nose, lips, mouth, pharynx, and oesophagus; in the stomach, especially the pylorus and cardia; in the intestinal canal, the ileo-caecal valve, rectum, and anus, and in the urinary bladder. The viscera which are secondarily affected are commonly the lungs, bronchial glands, the liver, the omentum, the mesentery, the spleen, the pancreas, the brain, the medulla of the bones, and the skin. Several of these, particularly the liver, pancreas, mesentery, brain, Sus., may also be primarily or coevally affected with other parts. Scirrhus affects the skin in two forms: the one is that of wart, the other that of tubercle; the former being primary, the latter secondary. III. Diagnosis. —It is of great importance to be able to distinguish between this disease and various others for which it is liable to be mistaken. For instance, the simple induration proceeding from chronic inflammation has been mistaken lor scirrhus. Iu simple induration the part affected is redder, more injected, retains more of its original structure, is less indurated, and less tabulated, than scirrhus. The parts also surrounding the indurated portion are frequently slightly infiltrated with serum. Induration, the result of inflammatory action, admits of resolution, and entirely disappears, sometimes in consequence of a natural flux or evacuation, of active exercise, the return of accustomed discharges, or pregnancy. Thus the menstrual flux sometimes dissipates inflammatory induration of the mammae, or of the neck of the uterus. The fibrous production generally appears in the form of a rounded body, implanted, but isolated, in the proper structure of the organ, and adhering to it merely by means of laminated tissue. Upon dividing this structure, it grates under the scalpel; and it sometimes pre- CAN CAN 132 sents dilated vessels, which are never observed in scirrhous masses: moreover, it occasions little or no pain, and never passes into the cancerous state. Compared with tubercular or lardaccous productions, BCirrho-cancer offtS-s remarkable differences : 1st. The latter is never found isolated in the cellular tissue, or in the parenchyma of organs, in the form of granulations, or of small rounded tumors, as the tubercular formations are; nor in largely-diffused masses; as the lardaceous substance. 2d. It is never inclosed in a cyst. 3d. It does not greatly increase the volume of the part it affects; sometimes the part is even diminished, but much more dense. 4th. It is not susceptible of the same kind of softening as the tubercular and lardaccous productions ; but rather of a peculiar rarefaction, passing into a peculiar form of fungus, followed by the development of blood-vessels. 5th. Its vital properties are excited, and its sensibility becomes exalted, as the disease advances; circumstances which are never observed in connection with these productions. Cancerous ulceration is characterized by a jagged, thick, soft edge, which is turned outward. The surface of the ulcer is grayish, or grayish brown, sometimes livid brown, elevated into loose, fungous vegetations, discharging a fetid, corroding sanies or ichor, and bleeding slightly upon initation. a. Chronic inflammatory ulcers differ from the former in the absence of a fetid corroding ichor; in the hardness of their margin, which turns inward; and in the reddish and more healthy appearance of their bottoms, which in cancer is colorless, or of a livid brown, hard, irregular, fungous, sometimes with cauliform excrescences, and extremely offensive, b. Local tumors sometimes appear, particularly on the tongue, originating in uritation, and exasperated by the continuance of this cause. These usually commence with a small pimple or wart, becoming more and more hard and irritable as they increase, until they assume a scirrhus-like induration. They seldom endanger the constitution, yet appear sometimes to assume a malignant character. As soon as the carcinomatous change takes place in the scirrhous mass, the disease involves adjoining parts, and the system generally. The local suffering is more fully developed, and the vital actions of the part are changed greatly from the healthy course. The sensibility is morbidly augmented in short paroxysms; the pain being violent, and what is usually called lancinating or stinging during the exacerbations, but often slight, or almost altogether absent in the intervals. If the surface be exposed, the pain is burning, and the part is always sore. As the disease advances, and particularly as the ulceration proceeds, the paroxysms of lancinating and burning pain increase in violence, and the remissions become more imperfect and of shorter duration. The cancerous sanies is generally very fluid; but its appearance varies with the treatment, the situation of the disease, and with the diet of the patient. It is generally of a grayish white or reddish gray; it slightly effervesces with sulphuric acid, and turns'symp of violets green. The characters of cancerous cachexia are. emaciation; softness and flaccidity of the soft solids; oedema of the extremities; hectic fever; a peculiar change of the complexion and color of the whole surface of the body, which become of a pale leaden, or pale straw color, or waxy hue; and general depravation of the functions. Causes. —Scirrhus, like scrofula, is hereditary. It is almost altogether confined to persons advanced in life, and very rare before the age of thirty. Females, owing to the liability of their appropriate organs to bo attacked, are more subject to it than males, especially those who have not borne children, the disease generally appearing in them upon the cessation of the catamenia. It is generally excited by blows and external injuries, by repeated or continued irritation, the abuse of spirituous liquors, and by low and poor diet. The proximate cause of this dread ful disease is extremely obscure. The best pathologists regard cancer as essentially depending upon a weakened and otherwise morbid state of the system generally ; and arising from depravation of the vital conditions of the part affected, whereby Us nutrition, nervous sensibility, and secreting function become specifically changed, and all the fluids and solids, ¦ultimately contaminated. Treatment.—Dr. Copland conceives that tho treatment of this disease should be directed to the fulfillment ofthe following intentions : 1st. To support the energies of life, by exciting the digestive functions, and the abdominal secretions aud excretions. 2d. To soothe the morbid sensibility of the part, and promote the absorption of morbid depositions in its tissues, by means of anodynes combined with deobstruents and discutients; and, 3d. To impart vigor to the frame by suitable medicine, diet, and regimen. The preparations of iodine, given in verysmall and frequently-repeated doses, with potass, and conium, or opium, will be found among the best remedies that can be used; inasmuch as, when exhibited in this manner, they are both tonic and deobstruent. They may also be used externally in the form of ointment. Either stramonium, conium, opium, belladonna, hyoscyamus, or aconitum, may be given in various forms in the intervals between the exhibition ofthe iodine; and be combined with tonic infusions or decoctions, with the fixed or volatile alkalies, or with camphor in doses of from two to six grains. They may also be tried in conjunction with the preparations of arsenic, or of iron, or the chlorates of potashjjsoda, or lime, and as external applications also, when tho disease has gone on to ulceration. In fe-, males, scirrho-cancer is generally connected, at its commencement, with disorder or the cessation of the menstrual discharge. In such cases, the preparations of iron with ammonia, or the fixed alkalies, and aloes, are sometimes of service. Dr. Copland has observed most advantage in these cases from frequent and full doses of conium, in the form of powder, given with the sub-borate of soda. Tonic infusions, or decoctions, with liquor ammoniae acetatis, or with the carbonates of the CAN CAN 133 alkalies, and extract of conium, or the tincture of hyoscyamus; the oxymur. hydrarg. in the compound tincture of cinchona, or compound decoction of sarsaparilla; or small doses of blue pill, or hydrarg. cum creta, with camphor, and either of tho narcotic extracts; the preparations of sulphur, and the sulphurets; the phosphates of iron, or this metal combined with ammonia, and conium; the sulphates of quinine and zinc; and the balsams and terebinthinates, may severally be employed. Although the malady obviously has a constitutional origin, yet the propriety of extirpating the affected part, as soon as the true scirrhous character becomes manifest, may be conceded. After this is accomplished, the constitutional vice may be more successfully combated, and the reappearance of the local disease more probably prevented than at a later period. When, however, the system exhibits any ofthe symptoms of cancerous cachexia, whether the adjoining glands be enlarged or not, nothing will be gained by an operation; but some advantage may still accrue from judicious and energetic medical treatment, particularly from tonics combined with anodynes, alteratives, and dcobstruents. During the treatment of this malady, attention must be especially directed to the secretions and evacuations. Tho bowels ought to be kept freely open with deobstruent laxatives, combined with tonics and vegetable bitters. The diet should be nutritious and easy of digestion. Change of air and of scene, with agreeable amusements, serve essentially in assisting the influence of a judiciously-devised method of cure, and should, therefore, not be overlooked by the practitioner; and the tonic and saline mineral waters are of use. Cancer aquaticus. The cancrum oris. Cancer, chimney-sweeper's. Cancermunditorum. Cancer galeni. An eight-tailed bandage for the head. Cancer munditorum. C. scroti. A peculiar ulceration of the scrotum in chimneysweepers. It begins at the lower part of the scrotum. Extirpation of tho part is the only remedy. Cancer ossis. See Osteosarcoma. Cancer powder, Martin's. Contained rVfb. of arsenic, mixed with belladonna or other vegetable substances. Cancer root. Orobanchc virginiana. Cancer scroti. The chimney-sweeper's cancer. Cancer weed. See Sylvia lyrata. Canchalagua. Erytkresa chilensis. A bitter plant of Chili, said to be aperient, tonic, and vermifuge. Cancre'na. Gangrene. Cancroid. Cancroideus. Having a cancerous nature; used by Alibert also for cheloid cancers, or those which affect the skin, and have a flattened surface, marked like the back of a tortoise. CANCRORUM CHELiE. Crab's claws. See Carbonas calcis and Cancer pagurus. Cancrorum lapides. C. lapilli. C. oculi. See Cancer astacus. CA'NCRUM. (um, i, n.; from cancer, a spreading ulcer.) The cancer. Cancrum oris. Canker of the mouth ; the common name for ulcerated gums, and ulcers inside the cheeks. See Stomacace. Cande. A village of Haut Poitou, which has mineral waters containing sulphate of lime and iron. Candela fumalis. A pastil. Seo Pastillum. Candela medicata. A medicated bougie. Candela probatoria. A bougie. Candf.la'ria. Verbascum thapsus. Candidum ovi. White of egg. Candisa'tio. The process of candying sugar. Candle-tree oil. The solid oil of Croton sebiferum. Ca'ndcm. Canthum. Sugar candy. Candy carrot. See Athamanta cretensis. Cane sugar. See Sugar. CANE'LLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Dodecandria. Monogynia. Magnoliaceos.— C. alba. This plant produces the bark called canella. The canella alba is a native of the West Indies and South America. The bark is in quills or Hat pieces, of a light yellowish-gray color, and of an aromatic smell and taste. Alcohol extracts its aromatic principle; water does- so imperfectly. It yields a thick essential oil by distillation. It is a sufficiently good aromatic, and is sometimes used with that intention in combination with other medicines. — C. caryophyllata. Myrtus caryophyllata.— C. ceylanica. Cinnamon. — C. cubana. See Canella alba. Canella: MALABARica: cortex. Cassia bark. Canellifera malabarica. Cassia bark. Ca'nica:. Coarse meal. Canica'ceus panis. Bread made of coarse meal. Canici'da. Aconite. Canicula'ris. (From canicula, the dogstar.) Appertaining to the dog-star. Applied to the hottest days of the year. CANINA APPETENTIA. Canine appetite. See Bulimia. Canina brassica. Mercurialis perennis. Canina lingua. Seo Cynoglossum. Canina malus. The fruit of the Atropa man- dragora, Canina rabies. See Hydrophobia. CANINE. (Caninus; from canis, a dog.) Appertaining to, or partaking of the nature of, a dog. Canine fossa. See Fossa canina. Canine madness. See Hydrophobia. Canine teeth. The four eye-teeth. Caninus musculus. The levator anguli oris. Caninus risus. C. spasmus. See Risus sardonicus. Caniru'bus. Rosa canina. Canis cerebrum. The antirrhinum. Cani'ties. Canitia. (From canvs, grayheaded.) Grayness ofthe liair. Canker. See Cancer. CA'NNA. (a, . It is a colorless, inodorous, veiy inflammable gas; density, '559. It is neutral in composition. This gas is given off from marshes and the combustion of bituminous coal, and forms the explosive gas of mines when mixed with air. Olefiant gas, also called per-carburet of hydrogen, consists of C4II4, or, more properly, of C4H3-4-II, or hydrate of acetyl. It is a veiy combustible gas, and in consequence of its basis, acetyl, forms combinations with chlorine, bromine, &c, which act by replacing the hydrogen. Carbydrogen. Pyroxylic spirit. Ca'rcarus. Intermittent fever; ague. Ca'rcer. An antispasmodic medicine. Carcerulus. A compound fruit, consisting of a few dry, indehiscent, few-seeded carpels. Carche'sius. A kind of noose used in the reduction of dislocations — KapnnoLor 3poxoc. Carcine'thron. KapKcvndpov. Polygonum aviculare ? * Carcino'des. Cancer-like. CARCINO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from KapKivoq.} Synonymous with cancer. Carcinoma hasmatodes, spongiosum. Fungus haematodes. Carcinoma melanoticum. Melanosis. CARCINO'MATOUS. Cancerous. Ca'rcinus. Cancer. Carcinus spongiosus. Fungus haematodes. CARDAMFNE. (e,e*,f.) A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciform. — C. 137 CAR CAR Cardielco'sis. Ulceration of the heart. 133 pratensis. Cardamantica. Ladies' smock, or cuckoo-flower. Cardamine of the Pharmacopoeias. Said to be antispasmodic; probably inert. CARDAMOMUM. (um, i,n.) Cardamoms. The seeds of various plants of the family Scitaminees, especially the Eletta'ria cardamo'mum, which yields the cardamomum minus. The seeds are of a warm, agreeable flavor, which is due to an essential oil, and used in various pharmaceutical preparations on this account. Numerous varieties, called Java, Ceylon, large and medium cardamoms, are treated of, but the above are the only description found in the shops. Cardamo'ms, Ceylon. The grains of Paradise. Cardamomum majus. See Amomum granum paradisi. Cardamomum riPEUATUM. The common cardamom. CA'RDIA. (a, a;, f.; Kapdia.) 1. The heart. 2. The superior orifice ofthe stomach. CA'RDIAC. Cardiacus. 1. Of, or belonging to, the heart. 2. Cordial. Applied to medicines supposed to strengthen the heart. See Cordial. Cardiac* arteries. The coronary arteries ofthe heart. Cardiac confection. See Confectio aromatica. Cardiac herb. Leonurus cardiaca. Cardiac passion. The heartburn. Cardiac plexus. Cardiac nerves. The plexus of nerves which supplies the heart. Cardiac veins. The coronary veins of the heart. See Heart. Cardiacus morbus. The heartburn. Cardiagmus. Cardialgia. CARDIA'LGIA. (a, ce, f.; from Kapdia, the cardia, and aAyoc, pain.) Cordolium. Heartburn. An uneasy sensation in the stomach, with heat more or less violent, sometimes attended with anxiety and faintness, and often with an inclination to vomit, or a plentiful discharge of a clear watery fluid (pyrosis). Cardialgia is frequently a symptom of other complaints; as dyspepsia, scirrhus, chronic inflammation of the stomach, worms, retrocedent gout, suppressed menstruation, and various diseases of the heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines; but it is likewise found, in many instances, as an idiopathic affection. In idiopathic cases, the treatment consists of a proper attention to diet; tonics, with gentle stimulants, when there is no inflammation present. Alkaline medicines, combined with rhubarb, are very useful; exercise, with a proper attention to the bowels, is also necessary. Cardialgia inflammatoria. Gastritis. Cardialgia sputatoria. Pyrosis. Cardialogy. Cardialogia, A treatise on the heart. Cardia n a strophe. Malposition of the heart. Caiidia'rus. A worm said to have been found in the heart or pericardium. CARDIF/CTASIS. (From Kapdia, and eKra¦cie, extension.) The name given by Breschet to dilatation ofthe heart. Cardimelech. The vital principle. Cardinalis de lugo cortex. In the year 1653, Cardinal de Lugo administered the Peru vian bark, whence the name of Cardinal de Lugo's bark. Cardinalis flos. Cardinal flower. Lobelia cardinalis. CARDINAL HUMORS. Blood, phlegm, yellow bile, and black bile. These were supposed to originate from the four elements, and to form all the solids and fluids of the body. Cardiname'ntum. Ginglymus. Cardioce'le. The protrusion of the heart into the abdomen through a wound of the dia. phragm has been so called. CARDIO'GMUS. (us, i, m. Kapdiuypoc*- This term has been variously applied. With the Greek writers it is synonymous with cardi algia; some modern authors have applied it to angina pectoris; and Sauvages understands by it an incipient aneurism of the heart or its large vessels. Cardiogmus cordis sinistri. Angina pec toris. C ARDIOM ALA'C I A. •(From /capita, and paAaKia, softness.) Softening of the heart from deficient nutrition or from inflammation. CARDIO'NCHUS. (us, i, m.; from Kapdia, and oyKoc, a tumor.) Aneurism ofthe heart. CARDIOPA'LMUS. (From Kapdia, and ¦nalpoe, palpitation.) Palpitation ofthe heart. CARDIORRHE'XIS. (From Kapdia, and pn!-ir, a rapture.) Rupture of the heart. Cardio'tromus. Tremor ofthe heart; that is, a slight degree of palpitation. Cardi pericarditis. Pericarditis. CARDITIS, (is, idis, f.; from Kapdia.) Inflammation of the heart. Inflammation of the entire substance of the heart is of comparatively rare occurrence, although inflammation of particular parts of it is not veiy uncommon. When the muscular substance of the heart becomes inflamed, this proceeds, in a great majority of cases, from the extension of inflammation from the pericardium. See Pericarditis. Cardium edule. The common cockle. Ca'rdo. A hinge. Ginglymus. Cardopa'tium. Cariina acaulis. CA'RDUUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia, Polygamia cequalis. Composita'. — C. acanthus. Acanthus mollis.— C. altilis. C. chrysal-idhemus. C. domesticus. The artichoke.—C. arvensis. See Serratula. — C. benidictus. See Centaurea.— C.fidlonum. Dipsacus fullonum. — C. hcsmorrhoidalis. See Serratula arvensis.— C. laeteus. C. marianus. C mariae. Common milk-thistle, or Lndy's-thistle. The seeds of this plant, and the herb, have been employed medicinally. The former contain a bitter oil, and arc recommended as relaxants.— C. pinea. Atractylis gununifera.— C. sativus. Cinara scolynms. — C. solslitialis. Calcitrapa officinalis. — C. spinossimus. Carduus nutans.— C. stellatus. Centaurea calcitrapa. — C. tomentosus. Onopordium acanthium.— C. veneris. The Dipsacus sylvestris. Carebari'a. Heaviness of the head. Ca'reum. Carum carui. CA'REX. (ex, icis, f.) A genus of plants. OAR CAR 139 Sedges. — C. armaria. Sea sedge. Tho root is said to have been found serviceable in some affections of the trachea, in rheumatic pains, &c.— C. hirta. The roots of this and several other species, as C. villosa, C. disticha, and C. intermedia, are called German sarsaparilla, and are sometimes mixed with the true sarsaparilla. C aria cou. A fermented liquor made in Cayenne from a mixture of cassava, potatoes, and cane syrup. Caribasan bark. A false cinchona ; the bark of Exostcma caribccum of the West Indies. CA'RICA. The tig. Ficus carica. Carica fructus. Figs. Carica papaya. Fapaw-tree. This is indigenous, and native of both Indies and of the Guinea coast. Every part of the papaw-tree, except the ripe fruit, affords a milky juice, which is considered, when fresh, a remedy for the tape-worm. Ca'ricum. Kapiicov. An ancient escharotic and detergent. CA'RIES. (es, ei, 7.) The ulceration of a bone, or that state of a bone which is analogous to ulceration of the soft parts. The bone swells, produces a great irritation in the neighboring soft parts, with abscesses, which leave fistulous passages, from which a thin sanies exudes. It usually arises from a morbid diathesis, or poison in the system; when otheiwise, it is to be treated by stimulants and caustics. CARI'NA.** 1. The back-bone. 2. In Botany, the keel, or the lower part of a papilionaceous flower, consisting of two petals united or separate. Carinate. Carina 1 Ins. Keel-shaped; boatshaped. Cariosse. See Ady. Carious. Cariosus. Affected with caries. CARLI'NA. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Compositce. — C. acanthifolia. Artichaut sauvage, or wild artichoke.—C. acaulis. The Carline thistle; formerly used as a bitter and vermifuge. Ca'rt, o sancto. St. Charles's root. It is found in Mechoachan. Its bark has an aromatic flavor, and a bitter, acrid taste. It is said to be sudorific, and to strengthen the gums and stomach. Carlsbad, waters of. These are thermal (120° to 160° F.) and saline. Carmelite water. Eau dos Cannes. Ca'rminans. Carminative. CARMFNATIVE. Carminativus. Applied to medicines which allay spasmodic pain of the bowels, and dispel flatulence. The principal carminatives are ginger, cardamom, anise, and caraway seeds; several of the essential oils, as those of peppermint, anise, caraway, and juniper; ardent spirits, and especially aromatic tinctures. Carmine. A beautiful pigment, formed of the coloring matter of the cochineal. Carnaba'dium. Caraway seed. Carnea: columna:. See Heart. Carnelian. A reddish calcedony. CA'RNEOUS. Carneous: fleshy. Applied to some muscles of the heart. Carni'cula. A small fleshy substance. The gums. Carnifica'tion. Carnificatio. The conversion of any texture of the animal body into a substance resembling flesh, as in hepatization of the lungs. Carnifo'rmis. (From caro, flesh, and for ma, likeness.) Having the appearance of flesh. CARNI'VORA. An order of the class Mammalia, which prey upon other animals. Carnivorous. Flesh-devouring: applied to animals that live on flesh. Carnosa cutis. Seo Panniculus carnosus. Carnositas. A small fleshy growth. Carno'sus. Fleshy. CA'RO. (Caro, carnis, f.) Flesh. Caro ANSERINA. Caro gallinacea. Cutis anserina. Caro luxurians. A fungous growth. Caro orbicularis. The placenta. Caro it. C eratonia. Caroli. Syphilitic sores on the penis Carolina pink. Spigelia marilandica. Caros. Caro'sis. See Cams. Caro'ta. (a, og, chaff, and Aeyu, to pluck.) Carpologia. A disposition to pick minute objects, which accompanies the delirium of low fever. Continual picking at the bed-clothes is a frequent symptom in such cases. It is usually accompanied by a vacancy of expression in the countenance, and is indicative of great cerebral exhaustion and extreme danger. Ca'rphos. Fenugreek. CA'RPIA. (a, a, f.; from carpo, to pluck.) Lint. Carpiasus. The palmaris brevis. Carpial. Carpian. Relating to the carpus or wrist. Carpi'smus. The wrist. Carpoba'lsamum. Amyris gileadensis. Ca'rpolites. Fossil fruits and seeds. Carpologia. See Carphologia. Carpologia spasmodica. Subsultus tendi- num. CARPOLOGY. (From Kaprcog, fruit, and loyoc, a description.) A treatise on fruits. Carpo metacarpeus minimi digiti. Adductor metacarpi minimi digiti. CARPO-PEDAL SPASM. A spasmodic affection of the chest and larynx, with croupy cough, convulsions, especially of the thumbs and toes, which become bent for some time. It occurs in children of from three to nine months, and is probably connected with teething or spinal irritation. It is often readily removed by tho warm bath, carminative cathartics, lancing the gums, and gentle narcotics. Counter imtation is very useful. There is a caipo-pedal spasm somewhat symptomatic of spasm of the glottis, which is a much more fatal state. Carpo'phorum. The name of the central column, which, in the fruit of the geranium, the euphorbia, or apiaceous plants, bears the ripe carpels, and holds them together when they attempt to separate at maturity. CARPO'TICA. (From nap-nog, fruit.) Diseases affecting impregnation. The name given by J. Mason Good to the third order of his class Gcnctica. CA'RPUS. (us, i, m. Kap~og.) The wrist. The wrist is a very complex articulation, by means of which the hand moves on the forearm. It consists of eight bones, viz., the os scaphoides, lunare, cuneiforme, pisiforme, trapezium trapczoides, magnum, and unciforme. The first four of these bones form one row, and the second form another row. These bones are connected to each other, and to the metacarpal bones, by numerous ligaments, styled oblique, transverse, capsular, lateral, Sec. The three first bones of the carpus arc connected with the extremities of the radius and ulna by a capsular and two lateral ligaments. A transverse, anterior, or annular ligament is stretched from the projecting points of the pisiform and unciform bones to the scaphoides and trapezium, binding down the tendons of the flexor muscles of the fingers, and giving firmness to the articulation of the wrist. CARRAGEEN MOSS. Chrondrus crispus. A sea-weed growing on the rocks of the coasi, and collected for sale in Ireland. It produces an abundance of vegetable jelly when boiled. Carrageenin. A kind of pectin obtained by boiling carrageen moss. Carron oil. Linimentum aqua? calcis. Carrot. See Daucus carota. Carrot, candy. See Athamanta crctensis. Carrot poultice. See Cataplasma dauci. CARTHAGENA BARKS. Two varieties occur, but they aro both obtained from the Cinchona cordifolia. Carthamin. The brilliant red or rouge color obtained from safflower. CA'RTHAMUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Composita;. — C. tinctorius. Safflower, or bastard saffron. Carthamum officinarum. The seeds are strongly cathartic; they are also emetic and diuretic ? The dried flowers are frequently mixed with saffron to adulterate it. The plant is cultivated in many places on account of its flowers, which are used as a dye. CA'RTILAGE. (Cartilago, inis, f.) A white, elastic, glistening substance, commonly called gristle. Ossification takes place in a kind of cartilage. Cartilages are divided by anatomists into ohducent, which cover the movable articulations of bones ; inter-articular, which are situated between the articulations, and uniting cartilages, which unite one bone with another. Cartilage consists chiefly of chondrine, with four per cent, of bone earth. Cartilage, loose or free. Bfertions of cartilage which become free and are found between joints. They produce great irritation, and often excruciating pain during exercise. The loose cartilage should be fixed by a bandage, and extracted; but this operation sometimes ends in violent inflammation of the joint. C A R TIL A'G IN O U S. Cartilaginous. In Anatomy, applied to parts which naturally, or from disease, have a cartilaginous consistence. Cartilago annularis. The ring-like cartilage. See Cartilago cricoides. Cartilago arytasnoidea. See Larynx. Cartilago cricoi'des. C.innominata. The cricoid cartilage. See Larynx. Cartilago ensiformis. C. mucronata, C. xiphoides. Xiphoid cartilage. Ensiform cartilage. A cartilage shaped somewhat like a sword, attached to the lower end of the sternum. Cartilago gutturalis. The arytenoid cartilage. Cartilago scutiformis. C. Thyroidea. C. Clypealis. See Thyroid cartilage. Cartilago tri'quetra. The arytenoid cartilage. Cartilago xiphoides. See Cartilago ensiformis. CA'RUM. (um, i, n. Kapof.) 1. The caraway. 2. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. Umbellifcrcs. — C. carui. The caraway plant. Carvi. Cams. Caruon. The seeds have a pleasant, spicy smell, and a warm, aromatic taste. They are esteemed carminative, cordial, and stomachic. An essential oil and distilled water are prepared. ' Dose of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. x. CAR CAS 141 CARU'NCULA. (a, ce, f.; diminutive of caro, flesh.) A caruncle, or little fleshy excrescence. It is variously applied. 1. To healthy and natural parts; as the caruncula; myrtiformes, and caruncula lachrymalis. 2. To soft, fleshy excrescences which are the product of disease. Caruncula: cuticulares. This name has been given to the nymphsc. Caruncula lachrymalis. The lachrymal caruncle. A little, fleshy, conoidal, glandiform body, red externally, situated in the internal canthus of each eye. It appears to be formed of numerous sebaceous glands, from which many small hairs grow. The gum-like substance found in the inner corner; of the eye in the morning is the indurated secretion of this caruncle. Caruncul/E mamillares. The extremities of the lactiferous tubes in the nipple. Caruncula: myrtiformes. Two or more caruncles, which represent the lacerated hymen. Caruncula: papillares. The protuberances within the pelvis of tho kidney, formed by the convergence of tho tubuli uriniferi. Caruon. See Carum. CA'RUS. (ns, », m. Kapoc.) Tho most profound degree of coma. The word has been variously applied by different medical writers, but by all to some form of coma. Ca'rva. The cassia lignca. Carya. The genus to which the hickory, C. alba, belongs. Carte don. (From napva, a nut.) Carydon. A sort of fracture, where the bone is broken into small pieces, like the shell of a cracked nut. Cary'ocar. A South American genus, the trees of which yield excellent nuts, especially the C. glabrum and batryosum, which produce the Saouari nuts. Caryoces. Seo Ady. Caryocosti'num. An electuary; so named from two of its ingredients, the clove and costus. CARYOPHYLLACEjE. The chick-weed tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with leaves opposite, and tumid nodes; flowers, polypetalous, symmetrical; stamens, definite; ovarium, one-celled, with a free central placenta; fruit, a one-celled capsule, by obliteration. Caryophylla'ta. Geum urbanum. Caryophyllic acid. The heavier oil of cloves. The lighter oil is called clove hydrocarbon. Caryophyllin. The resin of cloves extracted by alcohol. Caryophylloides cortex. See Laurus culilawan. Caryophy'llum. (um, i, n.) Eugenia caryophyllata. The clove. CARYOPHY'LLUS. (us, i, m.) The clovetree. A genus of plants. Poiyandria. Monogynia.— C. aromaticus. See Eugenia caryophyllata.—C. aromaticus americanus. Myrtus pimenta.— C. hortensis. C. ruber. See Dianthus caryophyllus.— C. vulgaris. See Geum urbanum. Cary'opsis. The botanical name for the iruit of wheat, oats, &c. Cary'ota urens. A palm bearing acrid fruit. CASCARI'LLA. (a, as, f.) A name given originally to small specimens of cinchona, but now applied to another bark. See Croton cascarilla. Caschu. See Acacia catechu. Casein. See Protein. Casein of the blood. Globulin. Caseous. Resembling cheese or casein. Caseous oxide. See Cheese. Caseum. Sec Cheese. Cashew-nut. See Anacardium occidentale. Cashow. See Acacia catechu. Casminar. See Cassumuniar. Cassa'da. Cassava, See Jatropha manihot. CA'SSIA. (a, a?, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia, Le gummosa;. — C. absus. The small Egyptian lotus. The Egyptians powder the seeds with an equal quantity of sugar, and put a little of the mixture under the eyelids at the commencement of their ophthalmia.— C. alata. The systematic name of a plant, the leaves of which are bitter, nauseous in their taste, and supposed to be cathartic. They are said to cure herpes.— C. caryophylla!-ta. The clove-bark tree. See Myrtus caryophyllata. — C. fistula. The purging cassia. Called, also, C. nigra, C. fistularis, C. Alexandria, C. solutiva. This plant is now transferred to another genus. Seo Cathartocarpus. The pulp of the pods is laxative in the dose of fss. to gj.— C. latinornm. C- monspeliensinm. C. poetica. See Osyris.— C. lignca, See Cinnamomum.—C. marilandica. Indigenous senna. See Senna, American.— C. senna. One of the plants which produce senna. See Senna. — C. solutiva. See Cassia fistula. Cassia bark. See Cinnamomum. Cassia: artamentum. The pulp of cassia fistula. Cassia: pulpa. See Cassia fistula. Cassina. Ilex cassina. Cassius's precipitate. The purple powder of Cassius. Cassoleta. A kind of moist fumigation described by P. Morellus. CASSUMU'NIAR. A root which is brought from tho East Indies in irregular slices of various forms, some cut transversely, ethers longitudinally. The cortical part is marked with circles of a dusky brown color; the internal part is paler, and unequally yellow. It possesses moderately warm, bitter, and aromatic qualities, and a smell like ginger. It is recommended in hysterical, epileptic, and paralytic affections. Cassuvium pomiferum. Anacardium occidentale. C A S T A' N E A. (a, ce, f.) The chestnut. See Fagus castanea. — C. equina, The horsechestnut. See jEsculus hippocastanum. — C. pumila. The chinquapin. Castile soap. A hard soap formed of olive oil and carbonate of soda. Castjoe. See Acacia catechu. Castle-leod. The name of a place in Rossshire, in Scotland, where there is a sulphureous spring, celebrated for the cure of cutaneous diseases and foul ulcers. CAT CAT 142 CA'STOR. (or, oris, m.) 1. The name of a genus of animals. 2. Castoreum.— C. fiber. The beaver. The name of castoreum, or castor, is given to two bags, situated in the inguinal regions of the beaver, which contain a very odorous substance, soft, and almost fluid when recently cut from the animal, but which dries, and assumes a resinous consistence in process of time. The best comes from Russia. It is of grayish-yellow or light-brown color. Castor has an acrid, bitter, and nauseous taste; its smell is strong, aromatic, and fetid. It is a powerful antispasmodic. Dose, from 10 to 30 grains. Castorine. A crystalline fatty matter in castoreum. Castor oil. See Ricinus. CASTO'REUM. (um, i, n.) See Castor fiber. CASTRATION. (Castratio, onis, f.; from castro.) In Surgery, an operation by which a testicle is removed from the body. Castra'tus. One who is castrated. When this operation is performed on young persons, it produces a tendency to fatness, and the voice remains of a high pitch, and clear. Many of the best Italian singers are castrati. Castre'nsis. Belonging to a camp; as,/e-bris castrensis, camp fever. Casus palpebral superioris. Falling of the eyelid. Blepharoptosis. Catabasis. An expulsion of humors by purgation. • Cataba'ticus. Applied to a fever which gradually diminishes in severity till it terminates. Catable'ma. The outermost fillet, which secures other bandages. Catabythismomania. Insanity, with a disposition to drowning. Catacau'ma. A burn or scald. CATACAU'SIS. (From KaraKatu, to bum.) Combustion, or burning; also, spontaneous combustion. Cataceras'ticus. Having the property of obtunding the acrimony of humors. Catachri'ston. Catachrisma. An ointment. Cata'chysis. (From Karaxeu, I pour upon.) Affusion. Cata'clasis. (From Kara\Aau, to break.) The fracture of a bone. Ca'tacleis. 1. The first rib, which is placed immediately under the clavicle. 2. The subclavicular region of the chest. Catacly'sma. A clyster. Catacly'smus. 1. An embrocation. 2. The dashing of water upon any part. Catag'ma. A fracture. Catagma'ticus. Catagmatic: promoting the formation of callus. Catale'ntia. A kind of epilepsy. CATALE'PSIA. (a, ce, f.; from Kara?,au6avu, to seize, to hold.) Catalepsis. Catalepsy. It consists in a total suspension of sensibility and voluntary motion, and generally, also, of mental power; the pulsation of the heart and the breathing continuing, the muscles remaining flexible, the body yielding to and retaining any given position, in which respect it differs chief- IV from ecstasy. This condition lasts from a few hours to several days. It is very rare. Cold water douche, and stimulants along the course of the spine, are necessary means; but the cause must regulate the treatment. Catalepsia spuria. Ecstasy. Catale'ptic Relating to catalepsy. Catalo'ticus. Catuloticus. CATALPA CORDIFOLIA. A tree of the family Bignoniacece. The seeds of the catalpa have been recommended in asthma. CATALY'SIS. (From Kara, and Ivu, I loose.) The decomposition produced by a catalytic agent or by the catalytic force. This 'is accomplished without any change being produced on the agent. Hence it is called decomposition by contact, or action of presence. The action of yeast and all ferments are of this kind; or acids on starch, an d diastase on starch, by which it is changed into dextrine and glucose. CATAME'NIA. (a, or«»i, neut. plur.; from Kara, and pyv, the month.) The monthly discharge from the uterus of females. See Afoistruation. Catantlesis. Catantle'ma. A fomentation with warm water. CATAPA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from nara¦Kaaau, to sprinkle.) Catapastum-. A dry medicine reduced to powder, to be sprinkled on the body. CATA'PHORA. (a, ce, f.; from naracjepa, to sink or fall down.) A term used by some authors to designate a state of coma, and by others an unusually profound sleep. Cataphora hydrocephalica. Apoplexy. Cataphra'cta. . A bandage for the thorax, used in cases of fracture of the sternum and ribs. CATAPLAS'MA. (a, atis, n.; from nara- TTAaoau, to spread like a plaster.) A poultice. Cataplasma aceti. Vinegar poultice. Made by adding vinegar to any simple farinaceous matter. Applied to bruises and sprains. Cataplasma acetosa:. Sorrel poultice. Applied to scorbutic ulcers. Cataplasma aeratum. See Cataplasma fermenti. Cataplasma aluminis. A solution of alum is generally substituted. Cataplasma bynes. Malt poultice. Finelyground malt is to be mixed with thin yeast to the consistence of a poultice, and applied warm. Some surgeons prefer this to the yeast poultice against gangrene. Cataplasma carbonis. C. carbonis ligni. Charcoal poultice. Made by mixing very finelypowdered charcoal with linseed and warm water. It is used to correct the state of illconditioned ulcers and destroy their fetor. Cataplasma cerevisia:. C. cerevisias fescula. Strong beer poultice. Made with the grounds or dregs of strong beer, by stirring in corn meal, and heating it cautiously in a pan. It is considered a good stimulant and antiseptic for sloughing or gangrenous parts. Cataplasma conii. (Ph. D.) Hemlock poultice. R. Conii foliorum exsiccatorum, -jj.; aquae fontanae, Oij. Boil till only a pint remains when as much linseed meal as necessary is to be added. This is an excellent application to many cancerous, scrofulous, and other ill-con ditioned ulcers. CAT c pr 143 Cataplasma cumini. The old Therica Londonensis. It is now seldom ordered. Cataplasma dauci. Carrot poultice. Bruise ibj. of boiled or raw carrot root in a mortar to a pulp. Employed as an application to cancerous, scrofulous, and other irritable and unhealthy ulcers. It is a most useful application. Cataplasma digitalis. Fox-glove poultice. Linseed meal, oat meal, or crumb of bread are to be made into the consistence of a poultice, by mixing them with a strong decoction of the leaves of fox-glove. This poultice is said to be more sedative than hemlock, and to allay the pain of irritable sores. Cataplasma fermenti. C. fermenli cerevista. Yeast cataplasm. Take of flour, a pound; yeast, half a pint. Mix and expose to a gentle heat, until the mixture begins to rise. This is a celebrated application in cases of sloughing and mortification. Cataplasmi fuci. Sea-weed poultice. Cataplasma lini. Linseed poultice. Linseed meal, Ibss.; boiling water, Oiss. The linseed meal is to be gradually sprinkled into the water, while they are quickly blended together with a spoon. Corn meal is equally good. Cataplasma panis. Bread poultice. Cataplasma plumbi acetatis. R. Liquoris plumbi acetatis, 3j.; aqua? distill., Oj.; mica? panis, q. s. Misce. Practitioners who place much confidence in the virtues of lead, often use this poultice in cases of inflammation. Cataplasma quercus marini. Cataplasma fuci. Cataplasma simplex. The basis of this is one part linseed meal and two parts oat meal. Indian meal is a better substance. The surface of the poultice is to be spread with olive oil. It acts by its warmth. Cataplasma sinapis. C. sinapeos. Mustard cataplasm. Take of mustard seed, linseed, of each, powdered, half a pound; hot water, as much as is sufficient. An active rubefacient, very useful in producing counter irritation in rheumatism, low fevers, &c. CATAPLE'XIS. (is, is, f.; from Kara, and irAyoau, to strike.) A sudden stupefaction, or deprivation of sensation in any member or organ, as the eye, &c. Catapo'tium. KaraTrorioi'. A pill. Catapsy'xis. A considerable degree of chilliness, without shivering.— Galen. Catapto'sis. A sudden falling down, as of the whole body in apoplexy or epilepsy; or of a particular limb when seized with palsy. Cataputia major. See Ricinus. Cataputia minor. See Euphorbia lathyris. CATARACT. (Cataracta, a, a, f.; generally derived from narapaoou, to disturb or confound.) Cataract is usually defined to be a weakness or interruption of sight, produced by opacity either of the crystalline lens, its capsule, or the fluid of Morgagni. When the disease is seated in the lens, its capsule, or the fluid of Morgagni, it is called a true cataract; but when it consists of opaque matter deposited in front of the lens, it is denominated a false cataract. The terms lenticular, capsular, and capsulo-lcnticvlar cataracts express some of the distinctions referred to. Cataracts are also distinguished into idiopathic, or such as arise from internal, but generally unknown causes, and accidental, which originate from external violence, or active inflammation. In general, the idiopathic, sooner or later, affect both eyes; but an accidental cataract is frequently restricted to one eye. The symptoms of a cataract are of the following description: 1st. All objects, especially white ones, seem to tho patient as if covered with a mist, a circumstance that generally precedes any visible opacity behind the pupil. 2d. The decline of vision bears an exact proportion to the degree of opacity. 3d. The opacity is almost always first noticed in the centre of the pupil. 4th. When the iris is light-colored, the more opaque the cataract is, the more plainly a blackish ring is seen at the edge of the pupil; and such a ring is particularly conspicuous when the cataract is soft and large, as it then propels the margin of the uvea forward. 5th. As a cataract generally begins at the central point behind the pupil, objects placed directly in front of the eye are most difficultly seen, even in the early stage of the disease; but those which are on one side may yet be discerned, particularly if the light be not strong, which would make the pupil too diminutive to let the rays pass through the thinner transparent edge of the lens. 6th. What has just been observed likewise explains why patients, having an opacity in the center of the lens, are sometimes completely blind in a strong light, though they may enjoy a useful degree of vision in the shade, or in moderately dark places. 7 th. The eyesight of patients affected with incipient cataract may be materially assisted by convex glasses, because objects are magnified by them. 8th. To patients in this state, the flame of a candle seems to be obscured in a white, misty halo, which always becomes broader the farther the patient is from the light. When the cataract is more advanced, the flame can not be discerned, but merely the situation of the light. 9th. The action of the iris is not affected. In amaurosis, the horn-like or glaucomatous appearance is more deeply seated in the eye than the opacity of a cataract, and is somewhat concave. It is frequently of a greenish color, while the opacity of cataract is usually grayish, white, or amber-colored. The decline of vision, also, is not in a ratio to the opacity, and the patient may be entirely blind, with little appearance of defect in the eye. The pupil is likewise generally dilated and motionless, with its pupillary margin somewhat irregular. The temporary increase or decrease of blindness, a circumstance so jcommon in patients with incomplete amaurosis, depends upon circumstan ces which depress or excite the system, and not, as in cases of cataract, upon the degree of light, and the con-esponding alterations in the size of the pupil. Whiteness denotes either a dissolved lens or a capsular cataract; a gray color, a lenticular cataract; an amber color, or dark-gray, a firm lens; and light gray, a soft one. if the whole extent of the pupil is uniformly opaque, the cataract is probably one of the lens; if the opacity is streaked or speckled, it is likely to dl t CAT 144 be one of the capsule. If the opaque streaks radiate from a centre, the posterior layer of the capsule is probably affected. If the form of the opacity is convex, either the anterior capsule or the lens is the seat of it; if concave, the posterior part of the capsule. With tho light concentrated on the pupil by means of a double convex glass, all these particulars may bo ascertained. Mr. Cooper believes that the size of a cataract is a better criterion of its consistence than its color; and, at all events, that the smaller the lens is, and the darker its color, the more solid its substance will generally be; while the larger and more protuberant it is against the iris, the greater is the probability of its being soft. A cataract of the lens itself, as already explained, is termed a lenticular cataract, which may vary much in its consistence. Thus, such a cataract may be hard, as it is often found to be in elderly persons, with an amber color, the tint being deeper in proportion as the cataract is firmer. A lenticular cataract may be soft, that is to say, of a cheesy, gelatinous, or even milky consistence. Soft cataracts are more bulky than hard ones, so that they project nearly into the pupil. Hence, sight is more considerably interrupted than when the cataract is hard, and the power of distinguishing colors frequently quite abolished. The capsular cataract has a smooth and glistening surface, with streaks upon it, and it lies close to the edge of the pupil. When the lens is present, a capsular cataract is rarely unaccompanied by a lenticular one; but an opaque lens may be removed or taken away by absorption, and a capsular cataract may be left. In this case, as the opacity is merely a thin layer of the capsule, the cataract makes no projection against the iris, and the anterior chamber is not lessened by the advance of the iris toward the cornea. In children, cataracts are never hard; but in adults we meet with both hard and soft ones. A cataract is termed simple when accompanied by no other disease of the eye likely to impair its functions, or with no particular constitutional disease ; complicated, when joined with other diseases of the eye, a3 adhesion of the crystalline capsule to the iris, amaurosis, glaucoma, or a gouty, rheumatic, or syphilitic state of the system. When a cataract is free from every complication ; when it is not attended with frequent headache, nor pains in the eye; when the pupil retains its regular circular shape; when the iris possesses its natural power of motion in the different degrees of light; and when the patient can readily discern tho difference between light and darkness, and even perceive bright colors, and the outlines of objects, in shady places, where the pupil naturally expands, the prognosis is favorable. True cataract is remedied only by an operation. Whether an operation should be performed when the cataract is single, and the other eye in the enjoyment of good vision, is a question on which some difference of opinion is entertained. Diversity in the refracting power of the eyes after the removal of the lens from one of them, and tho apprehension of confused vision as the result, are the reasons usually urged against the practice, which has, however, to a certain extent, proved successful; while the continuance of a cataract in one eye not only gives a disposition to the origin ofthe same kind of opacity in the other, hut permanently impairs the sensibility of the retina itself for want of exercise. It is a general and judicious maxim, never to operate upon both eyes at the samo time. In tho case of extraction in particular, this rule is universally observed. It is also a maxim to let the patient have the benefit of preparatory treatment before he undergoes the operation. His diet should be lowered, and his bowels emptied. The age of eighteen months to that of two years is deemed an advantageous period for operating on congenital cataracts. There are three kinds of operation for cataract: 1st. The method formerly termed couching, and which is simply the removal of the cataivnct out of the axis of vision, leaving it still in the eye. It is now frequently called displacement; and has two varieties, depression and reclination. 2d. Surgeons practice extraction of the cataract; that is, they take tho opaque lens completely out of the eye. 3d. Another method, often adopted, consists in the division of the cataract into fragments, which, being exposed to the aqueous humor, become absol-bed. By depression and rcelination, we change the situation of the cataract. In depression, the lens is pushed directly below the level of the pupil. In reclination, the lens is made to turn over into the middle, and toward the bottom of the vitreous humor; so that the surface of the lens, which was previously directed forward, is now placed upward, and what was the upper edge is turned backward. Over the lens, displaced in this manner, the vitreous humor will close much more completely than over the simply depressed lens, so that it will be less likely to reascend behind tho pupil. Nor will tho retina bo so liable to be pressed upon by the cataract as after depression; yet reclination unavoidably does more extensive injury to the hyaloid membrane of the vitreous humor. Extraction is the complete removal of the cataract from the eye through an opening made in tho cornea. The incision for this purpose must form the segment of a regular circle, be smooth, and - , at the same time, of sufficient size to permit the easy passage of the cataract through it. Both in this first period of the operation, and in the subsequent one of opening the capsule, the iris should remain entirely free from injury. One of the chief dangers of extraction is that of loss ofthe vitreous humor, which, if due care he not taken, is apt to be suddenly forced out of the eye along with the cataract. Another risk is that of the iris being wounded. Sometimes the operation is followed by a prolapsus of this organ, and occasionally by a closure of the pupil from the inflammation excited in the iris by injury of its texture. The division, or breaking of a cataract piece- CAT CAT K 145 meal, may be done with a needle, either through the sclerotica or the cornea. It has the recom- mendation of being the most easy, but sometimes needs repetition. Opaque portions of the capsule, however, frequently resist absorption, and must, after all, either be extracted or displaced. The division of a cataract, when performed by passing the needle through the cornea and pupil, is termed kcratonyxis. » No method of operating for the cure of cataract should be exclusively preferred, each having its advantages in particular cases. Cataract, black. 1. A very rare variety of cataract, in which the opaque lens is black. 2. Amaurosis. Cataracta glauca. Glaucoma. Cata'ria. Nepeta cataria. Catarrh, urethral. Gleet. Catarrh, uterine. Leucorrhcea. — Acute uterine catarrh is sometimes used for metritis. CATARRHAL. Catarrha'us. Of the nature of a catarrh; thus, catarrhal fever. Catarrhe'cticus. A name given by Hippocrates to medicines supposed to have a dissolvent power. Catarriieu'ma. Catarrh. Catarrhe'xis. A sudden and violent effusion. Hippocrates applies it to a sudden and profuse diarrhoea. Schneider calls a copious and rapid discharge of blood from the bowels, catarrhexis vera. Catarriio'pia. Calarrhysis. Au afflux of morbid fluids downward. CATA'RRHUS. (us, i, m.; from Karappeu, to flow from.) Catarrh. An increased flow of mucus. Common catarrh. Catarrh, or inflammation of the lining membrane of the air passages, presents itself under two forms, common catarrh, called in ordinary language a cold, and epidemic catarrh, or influenza. The symptoms of common catarrh are a sense of fullness in the head, and of weight over the eyes, which are weak and watery, and muscular pains. The nostrils are obstructed, and pour forth a fluid. There is frequent sneezing, hoarseness of the voice, cough, generally attended with expectoration, and often a sense of fullness or soreness in the fauces. It results from exposure and atmospheric changes. A sudorific, gentle purgation, and warm clothing, usually suffice to relieve it. Catarrh is a pretty constant accompaniment of measles, and is not uufrequent in fever, smallpox, worms, dentition, rheumatism, and other diseases. In the epidemic catarrh, or influenza, the attack is very sudden; there is great heaviness over the eyes; and the fever is attended with great depression. Its violence usually abates in forty-eight hours. It is brought on by unknown epidemic causes, and sometimes precedes more violent epidemics. The treatment consists of sudorifics, febrifuges, and laxatives; bleeding is often injurious. Catarrhus .estivus. A sort of epidemic catarrh in the early summer. Catarrhus bellinsulanus. Parotitis. Catarrhus genitalium. C. vagina. C. uteri. Leucorrhcea. Catarrhus intestinalis. Diarrhoea Catarrhus intestinorcm. Mucous diar rhcea. Catarrhus pulmonum. C. pituitosus. Pul monary catarrh. Bronchitis. Catarrhus senilis. Chronic bronchitis. Catarrhus suffocativus. Croup. Catarrhus vesicae. This name has been given to a copious discharge of mucus from the bladder, which arises from chronic inflammation of its mucous coat. Catarti'smus. KarapTicrpog. The reduction of a dislocated bone.— Paulus JEgineta. Catasa'rca. Anasarca. Catasta'gmos. Distillation; also, coryza. Catasta'lticus. Catastaltic: medicines which repress evacuations. Cata'stasis. 1. The constitution or state of auy thing. 2. The restoration of a dislocated pai't. Cata'tasis. The extension of a fractured or dislocated limb, in the reduction. Cat axis. Fracture. Catchfly. The Silcnc virginica. The root is said to be vermifuge. CA'TECHU. See Acacia catechu. Catechin and catechinic acid are components of catechu. Cateia'dion. (Karetadiov ; from Kara, and eia, a blade of grass: so called from its shape.) A long-shaped instrument mentioned by Aretarns, which was thrust into the nostrils to provoke a hemorrhage in cases of headache. Cate'nje musculus. Tho anterior tibial muscle.— Spigelius. Cathje'resis. Exhaustion. CATHiERE'TICUS. (KadaipenKoc ; from nadaipu, to take away.) Catheretic. Escharotic. Catha'rha. An excrement. Any thing purged from the body naturally or by art. CATHA'RSIS. (is, cos, f.) Purgation. CATHA'RTIC (Catharticus: from KaOaipu.) Purgative. Applied to a medicine which, taken internally, or applied externally, increases the evacuations. The different articles referred to this class are divided into five orders of cathartics: 1. Stimidating, as jalap, aloes, colocyuth, croton oil: selected for indolent and phlegmatic habits, and those who are hard to purge. 2. Refrigerating, as sulphate of soda, sulphate of magnesia, supertartrate of potash, &c. These are better adapted for plethoric habits, and those with an inflammatory diathesis. 3. Astringent, as rhubarb and damask roses, which are mostly given to those whose bowels are weak and irritable, and subject to diarrhoea. 4. Emollient, as castor oil, olive oil, manna, which may be given, in preference to other ca thartics, to infants and very aged persons. 5. Narcotic, as tobacco, hyoscyamus, and digitalis. Medicines of this kind are never exhib* ited in the practice of the present day. Cathartics are also divided into laxatives, purgatives, &c. They act upon the upper portion of the canal, as calomel; upon the lower, as aloes; or throughout, as the saline purges. Cathartic clyster. Enema catharticum. Cathartic salt. Both Epsom salt and Glauber's salt are so named. See Magnesia sulphas and Sodas sulphas. CAT C A U 146 Catha'rtine. A substance of a reddish color, a peculiar smell, and a bitter, nauseous taste; soluble in water and alcohol. Obtained from senna. CATHARTOCARPUS FISTULA. Cassia fistula. A leguminous tree of the East and West Indies. The purging pulp is contained in pods two feet long. It is a gentle laxative in a small dose, but in large doses occasions nausea and griping. It is now hardly ever used except as an ingredient in compounds, as the confectio sennas, &c. Cathemeri'nus. Quotidian. CA'THETER. (Catheter, teris, m.; nade- Ttjp, from Kadinui, to thrust into.) A long and hollow tube, introduced by surgeons into the urinary bladder, to draw off the urine when the patient is unable to pass it naturally. Catheters are either made of silver, or of a mixture of metals, or of elastic gum. That for the male urethra is much longer than that for the female, and so curved, if metallic, as to adapt itself to the urethra. Catheteri'sm. Introducing the catheter. Cathi'drysis. Reduction of a fracture. Catho'lceus. An oblong fillet, applied round that bandage for the head called pcricepastrum, in order to secure it. CATHO'LICON. Catholicum. A universal medicine. Catholicum duplex. An old purgative electuary, containing rhubarb, senna, cassia, tamarinds, &c. Catholici humores. Humors which exist throughout the body were formerly so called. Ca'tias. Kariac- A knife used for cutting a dead foetus out of the womb. — Paulus JEgineta. Cati'llia. A weight of nine ounces. Cati'nus fuso'rius. A crucible. Catkin. See Amentum. CA'TLING. A long, narrow, double-edged, sharp-pointed knife, used chiefly in amputations. Cat mint. Catnep. See Nepcta. Catocatha'rtic. Caiocatharlicus. A purgative medicine. Ca'toche. Catocheis. Catalepsis. CA'TOCHUS. (us, i, m.; naToxv, from /carexo>, to detain.) Catalepsy, or ecstasis. Catomi'smus. A method of reducing a luxated humerus, by throwing the arm of the patient over the shoulder of a strong man, and the reduction was effected by action of the patient's own weight. Cato'pter. Catopron. A speculum. CATOPTRIC EXAMINATION OF THE EYE. When a lighted candle is held before a sound eye, or one affected with amaurosis, three images are seen: the first from the cornea, the other two from the anterior and posterior surface of the crystalline lens; but if either of these structures have become opaque, the image from it is either dimmed or altogether absent. It is used in the diagnosis of cataract. Catoptrics. The phenomena of reflected light. Catote'ricus. Catore'ticus. A cathartic. Catoti'ca. Dr. Good's order of diseases affecting internal surfaces, and producing dis- eased fluids. Cat thyme. Teucrium marum. It is a warm aromatic, and has been used in nervous affections. In the fresh state it is a powerful errhine. Cat's-tail grass. Timothy grass. Caucalis anthriscus. Daucus annum mi- nor. Pentandria; Monogynia. This plant is said to be diuretic. ¦ Caucaloi'des. The patella. * CAU'DA. (a, m, f.; from cado, to fall: be cause it hangs down behind.) A tail. 1. The tail of animals. 2. The os coccygis. 3. The clitoris, when elongated. Cauda equina. The spinal marrow, at its termination about the second lumbar vertebra, gives off a large number of nerves, which, when unraveled, resemble the horse's tail; hence the name. Cauda porcina. See Peucedanum. Cauda seminis. The rostrum of a seed. Caudal. Relative to the tail. Cauda'te. Having a tail. CAU'DEX. (ex, icis, m.) That part of the root and stem of a plant which is not ramified ? as caudex desccndens and caudex ascendens. Caul. Omentum. Caule'don. In the manner of a stem; to KavJirjdov naraypa, a transverse fracture. Caulescent. Caulcseens. Having a stem. CAU'LIFLOWER EXCRESCENCE. A highly vascular excrescence, growing about the anus, vulva, or os uteri, producing a watery discharge, but bleeding from the slightest cause. If in the former situation, it is often syphilitic. Cauline. Caulinus. Of, or belonging to, the stem. CAU'LIS. (is, is, m. A stem which bears the leaves as well as the flowers.' Caulocarpous. Arborescent. Caulople'gia. An injury or paralysis of the penis. CAU'MA. (a, atis, n.; Kavpa, heat.) Burning heat; febrile heat. Cauma carditis. Carditis. — C. hwmorrhagicum. Hemorrhage.— C. hepatitis. Hepatitis. — C. peripneumonia. Pneumonitis. Cause. See Causis. A burn. CAUSO'DES. Causoma. Inflammation. CAUSTIC. See Causticum. Caustic alkali. A pure alkali. Caustic barley. Cevadilla. Caustic curves. The lines produced by reflected or refracted light, which contain the greatest light and heat. Caustic lime. Fresh-burned lime. Caustic, lunar. See Argenti nitras. Caustic potash. Potassa fusa. Caustic volatile alkali. See Ammonia. Causticity. The property of a caustic. CAU'STICUM. (urn, i, n.; from naiu, to bunt) A caustic. A substance which has so strong a tendency to combine with organized substances as to destroy their texture. The caustics in most common use are the lunar caustic, or nitrate of silver, the caustic potash, and the nitrates of mercury. Causticum alkalinum. C. accrrimum. C. commune. C. potentiate. C. salinum. Potassa fusa. C E D C E L Causticum americanum. See Veratrum sab- 147 adilla. Causticum antimoniale. Muriate of anti- mony. Causticum arsenicale. Arsenical caustic. Causticum commune fortius. See Potassa cum calce. Causticum lunare. See Argenti nitras. CAU'SUS. (us, i, m. Kavaog ; from Kauo, to burn.) An ardent fever of the Greeks, supposed to be a violent bilious remittent. Causus endemicus. Endemial or tropical fever. Yellow fever. Cauterets. A village in the department of the Hautes Pyrenees, celebrated for its warm sulphureous springs. Cauteria potentialia. The active caustics. Cauterium potentiale. Potassa. CAUTERIZATION. Cauterizatio. The application of a cautery. CAUTERY. Cauterium. Cauteries were divided by the older surgeons into actual and potential : the former name was applied to a redhot iron; the latter, to what is now called a caustic. Cave'rna. (a, a:, f.; from cavus, hollow.) A cavern: the pudendum muliebre is so called by some writers. Caverno'sus. Cavernous. Formed of large cells. See Corpus cavernosum and Sinus cavernosus. CAVERNO'US RESPIRATION. A sound similar to that produced by blowing into a bottle. It is produced by cavities filled with air, existing in the lungs. Cavi'lla. Cavicula. 1. The malleolus, or protuberance of the ankle. 2. The os cuneiform. Cavitas antrosa aurio. The tympanum. Cavitas buccinata. The cochlea. Cavitas elliptica. The ampulla. Cavitates innominate. The auricles of the heart. CAVITY. (Cavitas, atis, f.; from cavus, hollow.) A term applied generally to the hollow parts of the body; thus we speak of the abdominal the thoracic cavity, the articular cavities, &c. The cavities of bones are usually named according to some real or fancied resemblance; thus we have glenoid cavities, cotyloid cavities, fossa:, sinuses, &c. Cayenne pepper. See Capsicum. Cd. Cadmium. Ce. Cerium. CEANOTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — C. americanus. New Jersey tea. The root is astringent, and yields a cinnamon-colored dye. Cebadilla. Veratrum sabadilla. Cebipira. A large Brazilian tree, decoctions of the bark of which are used in baths and fomentations, to relieve rheumatic pains in the limhs, and cutaneous diseases. Cecryphalos. Kepnva?LOC. The reticulum of ruminating animals. Cedar. Pinus cedrus. Cedar, red. Juniperus virginiana. Ce'dma. (Ked/ia: from Ksdafo, or KeSau, for OKedafa, to disperse.) A name given by the Greeks to chronic rheumatism of the joints, es» pecially the hip. Cedra, oil or essence of. Oleum cedrinum. A very important order of plants, allied to Meliacece, from which they differ in having winged, indefinite seed. Most of the species are trees of large size. Sioietenia mahogani yields mahogany, in the woods of the Spanish Main; Chloroxylon sioietenia, Indian satin-wood; while the yellow wood and the cedar of New Holland are the produce of others. In general, their bark is powerfully astringent ; that of Soymida febrifuga, and mahogany itself, is a potent febrifuge; that of Cedrela toona is a most valuable tonic in the Malayan archipelago; and Khaya senegalensis yields a similar remedy for the dangerous fevers of the Gold Coast. Cedrinum lignum. Cedar wood. See Ptnus cedrus. Ce'drinus. Appertaining to the cedar Cedrinum vinum. See Vinum cedrinum. Cedri'tes. Wine in which the resin which distills from the cedar-tree has been steeped. It was formerly employed as a vermifuge. Cedria. Cedrium. Cedreleum. This term seems to have been applied to several substan ces, but most generally to the resin of the cedar. Cedrome'lla. The citron. Cedrone'lla. Turkey balsam. Cedro'stis. Bryony. Ce'drula. A name of the Juniperus oxycedrus, or berry-bearing cedar. Cedrus. Pinus cedrus. Cedrus Americana. The arbor vitas, Cedrus bacci'fera. The Juniperus oxycedrus. Cei'ria. Keipia. The tape-worm. Celandine. See Chelidonium. Cela'strus. Ceanothus. Celauritis. Litharge. CE'LE. (From Kvln.) A tumor caused by the protrusion of any soft part: a hernia. Hence the compound terms enterocele, epiplocele, &c. Celery. Apium graveolens. Celis. A spot or stain. CELL. CELLULE. Minute spheroidal or ganizations, having a complete bounding membrane, and produced by the development of nuclei or cytoblasts. Cells are, for the most part, of very limited duration, especially such as lie on the exposed surfaces of membranes, and new individuals are produced either from the reproductive nuclei of former cells (which have thrown them out or become dissolved), or from a regular structure called the basement or primary membrane, which lies in immediate contact with the capillary system of vessels. This primary membrane is itself but a delicate aggregation of flattened, nucleated cellules, but it allows of the transudation of nutritious matter from the capillary fluids, and hence not only throws off cytoblasts, but is the medium of a regulated nutrition. The homogeneous sides of capillary vessels, and of the cellules themselves, are constructed of the basement membrane, which is a primary deposite from the blood. This tissue possesses the power of imbibition and exosmose, and thus serves, in the nutrition of each cellule, for the admission of C E L C E N 148 the peculiar aliment necessary to its growth. It is a form of protein, probably of albumen. The original form of all cellules is spheroidal; but, by unequal development, by the influence of position, and from other causes, there is often a deviation in the progress of growth: thus they become elongated and tapering, or fusiform, as in cartilaginous and cancerous tissues, and in vegetable wood; or a row of cellules may by growth become converted into a tube by the destruction of their bounding membrane; in this way the myolemma is produced. Cells are also simple or nucleated; in the latter possessing the power of producing further cellules from the nuclei, either by a kind of fissiparous generation, as in the case of the red blood globules (Barry), or by the dissolution of the mature cell and separation of the nuclei. Cellules are also free or isolated, and attached. The corpuscles of blood and various secretions furnish specimens of free cellules; the mucous membranes and skin also constantly throw off from their basement membrane free simple cellules which have performed their office, and are called the epithelium cells. These pass through their cycle of development often with great rapidity, acting as isolated bodies, and segregating mucous and other secretions, which they finally pour forth into appropriate cavities by bursting, the rudiments of their tissue being discerned in the secretions they produce, or in the excretions of the body. It is the destiny of other cellules to be imprisoned in more permanent tissues, as cartilage, bone, &c, where they are surrounded by an intercellular matter, amid which they grow by the development of nuclei, the old cells giving place to their progeny, but the process occurring with slowness. The interior of cellules contains, in the different parts of the body, every one of its component parts : thus there are adipose cellules, muscular cellules, nervous cellules, &c. All parts of the vegetable structure consist of cellules, variously modified, and containing different fluids, gases, or solids. In animals the cellular development docs not seem quite so universal; but the most important parts, as well as the largest proportion of the frame, exhibits cellular structure; and the maintenance or nutrition of glands, muscles, nerves, and the greater part, is by cellules. Cellules are always minute in animals, but vary in different parts from the th to the T*BTnj4h of an inch in diameter. Cell, germinal. Cytoblast. Cells, bronchial. See Pulmo. Cells, mastoid. See Auris. Ce'llula. (a, a, f.; diminutive of cclla, a cell.) A little cell or cavity. Cellule mastoidee. See Temporal bones. Ce'llular. Cellularis. Composed of little cells. Cellular membrane, texture, tissue, web. See Membrana. CELLULARES. The great division of the vegetable kingdom, including plants composed of cellules only, as the fungi, algas, lichens. It nearly resembles the cryptogamia of Linnreus. CELLULES. Minute cells. Cellulitis venenata. A poisoned wound. CELOTO'MIA. («,«,£; from unit), hernia, and TEfivu, to cut.) The operation for a strangulated hernia, by cutting. CE'MENT. Chemists call by this name any substance employed to unite things together by adhesion, as lutes, glues, solders, &c. Cement, soft. Cap cement. Melt six parts of resin with two of common wax, and color with red ochre. CE'MENTATION. A chemical process, which consists in surrounding a body in the solid state with the powder of some other bodies, and exposing the whole for a time, in a close vessel, to a degree of heat not sufficient to fuse the contents. Thus iron is converted into steel by cementation with charcoal. Cemente'kium. An nludel. Ce'nchrias. Cenchris. Cenchrites. A species of herpes. Ceneangei'a. Emptiness of the vessels of the body. Cenembatesis. Paracentesis. Ce'neon. The hollow of the flank.—Hippocrates. Galen. Cenificatum. A calx. Ceniote'mium. A purging remedy, formerly used in the venereal disease, supposed to bo mercurial. Ceniplam. Cenipotam. Cenigdam cenigotam. An instrument used to open the head in epilepsy!— Ruland. Cenobium. A fruit consisting of several carpels, without valves or sutures; as in the labiated plants. CENO'SIS. (From ksvou, to empty.) Synonymous with evacuation; inanition. CENOTICA. Morbid discharges, or excessive discharges. Ckno'ticus. Cenotic; evacuant. CENTAU'REA. (ea, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustanea. — C. behen. Behen album. The root is regarded in the East as a tonic.— C. benedicta. The blessed or holy thistle. It is a strong bitter, tonic and astringent. Chamomile flowers are now generally substituted. — C. calcitra!pa-. The common star-thistle, or,star knap-weed. The juice, extract, or infusion is said to cure intermittents, and has been recommended in nephritic disorders. It is tonic.— C. centaurir um. The greater centaury. Centaurium magnum and Centaurium majus. The root of this plant was formerly used as an aperient and corroborant in alvine fluxes. — C. cyanus. The blue-bottle. Cyanus. The flowers were formerly in frequent use.— C. solstitialis. Saint Barnaby's thistle. It is only a weak tonic. Centaurh cacumina. See Chironia centaurium. r CENTAURIN. The bitter principle of European centauiy (Erythraa, or Chironia centaurium). It is said to be an excellent febrifuge when combined with hydrochloric acid. Centaurioi'des. See Gratiola officinalis. Centauris. Kevravpic. The lesser centaury. Centaurite. Cnicin. Centaurium. Kevravpiov. Centaurea.— C. magnum. C. majus. See Centaurea cen- CEP CEP tauriuin.— C. minus. C. parvum. See Chiro- 149 nia centaurium. CENTAURY, AMERICAN. The Salbatia angularis. It is a good simple bitter. Dose, jss. to 3ij. Centaury, European. Chironiatentaurium. Cente'ria. Hypericum androsasmum. Centigramme. The 100th part of a gramme, or '15 grain troy. Centilitre. The 100th of a litre, or 270 fluid drachms. Centilitrum. An old liquid measure, equal to the 100th part of the Greek farpa, or pound. Centime'tre. Tho 100th of a metre: 0-39 of an inch. Centimo'rbia. Lysimachia nummularia. Centine'rvia. Plantago. Centinodia. Polygonum aviculare. CENTRAL ARTERY OF THE RETINA. A minute branch of the ophthalmic, supplying the retina, and sending a branch to the vitreous humor. Centres, nervous. The brain, spinal cord, and sympathetic ganglia .-ire so called. Centrifugal inflorescence. When the central or topmost bud opens first, it is the reverse of the centripetal or common inflorescence. Ce'ntrium. (Kevrpiov; from kevteu, to prick.) Tho epithet of a plaster recommended by Galen against stitches in the side. CENTRUM COMMUNE. Epigastric centre. The solar plexus. See Nervous system. Centrum nerveum. Centrum phrenicum. The middle tendinous portion of tho diaphragm. See Diaphragm. Centrum ovale. Centrum ovale majus. The oval expanse of white matter displayed when the hemispheres are removed down to the level of tho corpus callosum; and generally called Centrum ovale Vicussenii. Again, if the upper part of the brain be removed by a horizontal section, at a level a little above that just mentioned, there appears in each hemisphere a smaller oval expanse of white matter, which has been described by Vicq d'Azyr, and is called the small, or lateral centrum ovale, centrum ovale minus, or centrum ovale of Vicq d'Azyr. Ce'ntrum semicircula're ge'minum. Taenia semicircularis. Centrum tendinosum. See Diaphragm. Centum capita. Eryngium commune. Centumno'dia. Polygonum aviculare. Centu'nculus. Gnaphalium. CE'PA. (a, a?.n, and aiua, blood.) A sanguineous tumor of the head, sometimes existing between the bone and pericranium of new-born infants, over the parietal bone. It nearly aU ways subsides hi twenty to thirty days, but ia rare cases produces necrosis. Cephalagra. Gout in the head. Cephalagraphy. Cephalagraphia. A description of the head; usually anatomical. CEPHALALGIA, (a, f.; from and aKyoc, pain.) This term has been generally applied to a common headache, while the term cephalaia has been used to designate that obstinate and inveterate kind of "headache which in some cases resists all means of cure. Cephalalgia contagiosa. Influenza. So called from tho distressing headache which commences the attack. Cephalalgia spasmodica. Ccphalica spasmodica. Cephala'rticus. * (From KeyaTin, and aprtfw, to make perfect.) Having the property of purging the head, as errhinee, &c. CEPHALIC. Ccphalicus. (From KetpaTiij.) Pertaining to the head. 1. In Pharmacy, an errhine. 2. In Anatomy, applied to a vein of the arm which tho ancients supposed to have some particular connection with the head. Chaussier calls the internal jugular vein the cephalic vein, and tho common carotid artery the cephalic artery. Cephalic vein. Vena cephalica. Tho anterior or outermost, vein of the arm, which receives the cephalic of the thumb: it empties into the axillary vein. Cephalic powder. See Pulvis ccphalicus. Cephalic snuff. An errhine powder, the active ingredient of which is asarabacca. CEPHALI'TIS. Phrenitis. Sec Encephalitis. Cephai.o'dium. The orbicular and convex conceptacule of some lichens. Cephalodyne. Headache. Cephalogenesis. The doctrine of the development of the brain. Cephalogia. A dissertation on the head. Cephaloid. Capitate. Resembling a head, or relating to the head. Cephalo'meter. Ccphalomctrum. An instrument formerly used to estimate the size of tho foetal head during parturition. It is now laid aside; the fingers are the best cephalometer. Cephalo'nosus. This name has been given to cephalic fever, or that kind of fever in which the brain is particularly affected. CEPHALOMA. An encephaloid or medullary tumor; medullary sarcoma. Hence the adjective cephalomatous. Ce'ph alo-piiaryngeus. See Constrictor pharyngis inferior. Cephaloph yma. Cephahematoma. CEPHALO'PODA. (From and ¦xovg, a foot.) An order of molluscous animals, in which the mouth is surrounded with locomotive tentacula, as the cuttle-fish. Cephalopo'nia. Pain or heaviness in the head. Cephalo-spinai.. Ccphalo-rachidian. Appertaining to the head and spine. t Cephalo-spinal, or Cephalo-rachidian fluid. A serous fluid or halitus found between the pia mater and enccjdialon, and along the spinal marrow. C E R C E R 150 Cephalotomia. Cephalotomy. A dissection x>r opening of the head. CEPHALOTOMY. (From neQaln, and re/x-vu, to cut.) Opening the head of the foetus in preternatural labors. It is done by means of Smellie's scissors, which are introduced through a fontanelle or suture, and, being opened, are turned within the skull to break down the brain. By the pressure of the contracting uterus the brain is forced out in part, and the head becomes reduced. This operation is only warranted where there is such a deformity of the pelvis as to render the passage of the head impossible; where the child is dead, or laboring under a fatal disease, as hydrocephalus; or where #he parents refuse the Caesarian section, or the condition of the patient renders it inexpedient. CEPHALOTRIBE. (From Keipalrj, and rpi-6u, to bruise.) A powerful pair of forceps, worked by a screw at the handle, and invented by M. Bourdeloque, jun., for crushing the head of the foetus in utero. It is used after the brain has been discharged. As the skull is broken into fragments, spicula) of bone often protrude through the scalp, and may injure the mother. CEPHALOTRIPSY. (From ks§akn, and dpvTTTu, to crush.) Breaking up the skull of the foetus in utero. Cepini. Vinegar. CE'RA. (a, a, f. Knpog.) Wax. A fatty substance, which, when pure, is white, pellucid, destitute of taste. Its specific gravity is from -960 to -966. At 32° it is brittle, but becomes soft and flexible when heated to 86°, and melts at 155°. It is insoluble in cold alcohol and ether, but partly soluble in hot alcohol. That of commerce is nearly entirely derived from bees. Wax is, according to Hess, a simple hydrocarbon, C20H20O. When oxydized, it forms eerie acid. It is not saponifiable. The substances called cerin, myristicin, and ceraine, are impure products of oxydation, according to this authority. Vegetable Wax. — Proust asserts that the bloom on fruit, as well as the varnish on leaves, consists of wax. Some vegetables contain it abundantly, as the Myrica cerifera, Ccroxylum andicola, Palma carnauba, and Galactodendron utile. From these the wax may be extracted by boiling in water. Wax is employed for various economical pur- S>oses. In medicine it is emollient, and used or making plasters, cerates, and bougies. Cera alba. C.dealbata. White wax; bees' wax bleached. Cera flava. Yellow wax. Cere'e. The cornua of the uterus. — Rufics Ephesius. Cera'mium. A Greek measure of about nine gallons. CERAMURIA. Urine which deposits the earthy phosphates of a light color. Cerani'tes. A pastil used by Galen. CE'RAS. 1. Horn. 2. The wild parsnep. 3. The cornea. 4. A prefix of many words, properly written kera, as keratocele. Cerasa nigra. Prunus avium.— C. rubra. Prunus cerasus. Ce'rasin. A gum which swells, but does not dissolve in water. Cerastes. The genus of horned vipers. CE'RASUS. See Prunus cerasus and Pru- nus. CERATlS. See Ceratum and Unguentum. Cerate,*common. Ceratum simplex. Cerate for the lips. Take of white wax, fj.; olive oil, f. jij. Color the oil with alkanet root, and add it to the melted wax, stirring till cold. Emollient. Cerate, Goulard's. Ceratum plumbi compositum. Cerate, Kirkland's neutral. See Unguentum. plumbi compositum. Cerate, Marshall's. Take* of palm oil, 3vj.; calomel, §j.; acetate of lead, fss.; ungucnti hydrargyri nitratis, fij. Mix. Cerate, simple. Ceratum simplex. , Cerate, Turner's. Ceratum calaminae. Cera'tia. Ceratonia siliqua. Ceratia diphyllus. A plant from which gum anime exudes. Ceraticum. Ceratonia siliqua. Cera'tio. The fixation of mercury: mixing with wax. Cerati'tes. See Unicornu. Cera'tium. Kepariov. 1. The pod of the Ceratonia. 2. An ancient weight equal to four grains. CERATO. Kerato. A prefix of many terms containing the word keras (/cepac), horn, or cornea; lor which, see Kera- and Kerato-. Such are ceratonyxis, ceratoplastice, ceratitis, ccratodeitis, ceratotomia, &c. Ce'rato-glo'ssus. The hyoglossus. Cerato-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoidezis. CE'RATOCE'LE. Keratocele. (From Kepac, a horn, and unfa/, a hernia.) When the outer layer of the cornea is destroyed by ulceration, and the inner layer, still entire, is protruded by the pressure of the aqueous humor, it forms what is called a ceratocele, or hernia of the cornea. Ceratoi'des. (From nepaq, and eidoc, ap pearance.) Horn-like. The cornea. Ce'ratomala'gma. A cerate. See Cera turn. CERATO'NIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Polygamia. Triacia. — C. si'liqua. The carob tree. The sweet pulp of the pod is demulcent. CE'RATOTOME. ( Ceratotomus, i, m.; from Kepag, and repvu, to cut.) Baron Wenzel gave this name to the knife with which he divided the cornea. CERA'TUM. {urn, i, n.; from cera, wax, because its principal ingredient is wax.) Cerate. A composition of wax, oil, or lard, with or without other ingredients. Ceratum album. See Ceratum cetacei. Ceratum arse'nici. (U.S.) Cerateof arsenic. Take of arsenious acid, m fine powder, 3j.; simple cerate, |j. Soften the cerate and mix intimately. A dangerous application to cancerous surfaces. Ceratum calami'nje. Calamine cerate. Take of prepared calamine, yellow wax, of each Ibss.; lard, fbij. Melt the wax and lard; remove it from the fire; and, as soon as it begins to thicken, add the calamine, and stir it CER C E R constantly until the mixture becomes cold. 151 (U. S.) Ceratum cantha'ridis. (U. S.) Blistering plaster. Cerate of Spanish flies. Take of Spanish flies, powdered, Ibj.; yellow wax, resin, and olive oil, of each, f viij. Add the powder, with stirring, to the other ingredients melted together. This is the common blistering plaster of the United States. If the application produces strangury, discontinue; and employ demulcent drinks .and emollient ointments. Ceratum ceta'cei. (U. S.) C. ceti. Spermaceti cerate. Take of spermaceti, fj.; white wax, §iij.; olive oil, fvj. Add the oil to the spermaceti and wax, previously melted together, and stir them until the mixture becomes cold. Emollient. Ceratum cic'ute. Ceratum conii. Ceratum ci'trinum. See Ceratum resinm. Ceratum coni'i. Hemlock cerate. Take unguenti conii, Ibj.; spermaceti, fij.; white wax, fiij. Mix. One of the formulae of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, occasionally applied to cancerous, scrofulous, phagedenic, herpetic, and other inveterate sores. Ceratum epuloticum. C. lapidis calaminaris. See Ceratum calamine. Ceratum gal'eni. See Cold cream. Ceratum hydr'argyri compositum. (Ph. L.) Compound cerate of mercury. Take of strong ointment of mercmy, soap cerate, of each, fiv.; of camphor, fj. Mix. A resolvent for indolent swellings. Ceratum juni'perj sabine. Ceratum sabi- nae. Ceratum lithargyri acetati compositum. See Ceratum plumbi compositum. Ceratum lytte. Ceratum cantharidis. Ceratum plumbi aceta'tis. (Ph. L.) Cerate of acetate of lead. Take of acetate of lead*, powdered, jij.; white wax, fij.; olive oil, f. fviij. Mix. This cerate is sedative, cooling, and desiccative. Ceratum plumbi carb'onatis. (U. S.) Cerate of carbonate of lead. Take of plaster of carbonate of lead, fx.; of olive oil, f. fij. Melt the plaster and then mix with the oil. Desiccative and cooling. Ceratum plumbi compositum. (Ph. L.; U. S.) Compound cerate of lead. Take of solution of sub-acetate of lead, f. fiiss.; yellow wax, fiv.; olive oil, f. fix.; camphor, 3ss. Mix the wax, previously melted, with eight fluid ounces of oil; when it begins to gradually the solution of acetate of lead until it gets cold. Lastly, mix in the camphor, previously dissolved in the remainder of the oil. It is cooling, desiccative, and resolvent. Ceratum plumbi subaceta'tis. (U. S.) Ceratum plumbi compositum. Ceratum plumbi superacetatis. Cerate of sugar of lead. Ceratum refrige'rans gal'eni. Cold cream. Ceratum resine. (U. S.) C. resina jla-vas. Resin cerate. Take of resin, f v.; yellow wax, fij.; lard, fviij. Melt. Digestive and stimulant. Ceratum resine compo'situm. -(U.S.) Compound resin cerate. Take of resin, suet, yellow wax, each fly".; turpentine, Ibss.; flaxseed oil, Oss. Melt together. A stimulant and digestive cerate. Ceratum (U. S.) Savine cerate. Take of savine, in powder, % ij.; of ceratum resina3, fly. Mix the powder with the cerate, previously softened. Used to keep up a discharge from blistered surfaces. Ceratum saponis. (U. S.; Ph. L.) Soap cerate. Take of hard soap, fviij.; yellow wax, fx.; semi-vitrified oxide of lead, powdered, fly.; olive oil, a pint; vinegar, a gallon. Boil the vinegar with the oxide of lead, constantly stirring; then add the soap, and boil it again in a similar manner, until the moisture is entirely evaporated; then mix in the wax, previously melted with the oil. Resolvent; against scrofulous tumors, &c. Ceratum satu'rni. Ceratum plumbi compositum. Ceratum simplex. (U. S.) Ceratum. Simple cerate. Take of lard, fviij.; white wax, jiv. Melt. Emollient. Ceratum spermatis ceti. See Ceratum cetacei. Ceratum zinci carbo'natis. (U. S.) C. zinci carbonatis impuri. See Ceratum calaminee. Ceraunion. A meteoric stone. Cerbera tanghin. An apocynous tree of Madagascar. The fruit is the most poisonous natural production known: it produces violent convulsions, and is narcotic. Ce'rberus. Pulvis scammoniae compositus. CERCA'RLE. (From /cep/toc, a tail.) Infusorials with a large body and slender tail. Cerchnos. Cerchnus. Hoarse inspiration, or voice wheezing. Ce'rcis. The radius bone; a pestle. Cerco'sis. 1. A polypus of the uterus. 2. An enlargement of the clitoris. Ce'rea. The cerumen aurium. CEREA'LIA. The grain plants. Cerebellitis. Inflammation of the cere- bellum. CEREBE'LLOUS. Cerebellosus. Appertaining to the cerebellum. It has been applied to the blood-vessels of the cerebellum, and also to a species of apoplexy, in which this organ is supposed to be peculiarly affected, from the accompanying erection, and other signs of irritation of the generative organs. CERE'BELLUM. (urn, i, n.; diminutive of cerebrum.) The little brain. See Encephalos. CERE'BRAL. Cerebralis. Appertaining to the cerebrum or brain. Cerebral apophysis. The pineal gland. Cerebral arteries. C. veins. C. nerves. See Encephalos. Cerebral fever. A fever in which the brain is much affected. Cere'bric acid. A fatty acid of the brain and nervous system, supposed to contain nitrogen and phosphorus, and but imperfectly known. CERE'BRIFORM. Resembling in substance the brain. Encephaloid. CERE'BRITIS. Encephalitis. Inflammation of the cerebrum, or brain. C E R C E 8 152 CERE'BRO-SPINAL. Pertaining both to the cerebrum, or brain, and spinal cord; as the cerebrospinal diseases, i. e., those which indicate a disorder of the spinal cord and brain. Cerebro-s pinal fluid. The Rachidian fluid, or serous halitus found in the sheath of the spinal marrow. Cerebro-spinants. Narcotic medicines are so called by Pereira. CEREBROL. Cerebrolein. The fatty matter of the brain, supposed to contain nitrogen. It is, however, regarded as a mixture of albumen and common fats by Liebig. CEREBRUM, (nm, i, n.) The anterior portion of the brain. See Encephalos. Cerebrum abdominale. The solar plexus. — C. elongatum. The medulla oblongata and spinal cord.— C. parvum. C. posterius. The cerebellum. Cerefo'lium. ChoDrophyllum sylvestre. C. hispanicum. Scandix odorata. Cerele'um. A cerate. Ce'reus. Cere'olus. I. A wax bougie. 2. Having a waxy appearance. Cereus medicatus. A medicated bougie. CEREVI'SIA. (a, «*, f.; quasi ccrevisia, i. e., cerealis liquor, from ceres, com, of which it is made.) Any liquor made from grain, especially ale and strong beer. Cerevisia abietis. Spruce beer. Cerevisie fermentum. Yeast. Ce'ria. Taenia. Cerine. See Cera. Ce'rinus. A dull yellowish-red color. Ce'rio. The seed called a caryopsis. Ce'rion. See Achor. CE'RIUM. (um, ii, n.) A very rare metal. It is brittle, white, and volatile in a very intense heat. Eq., 46*05; symbol, Ce. It is not acted on by nitric, but is dissolved by nitromuriatic acid. It combines with oxygen in two proportions. The protoxide (Ce 2 03) is white, and the peroxide of a fawn-red color. Cernin, Saint. Upper Auvergne. It has a cold chalybeate spring. Ce'rnos. A bandage for the head. Cer'nuus. Hanging down the head; drooping. CERO'MA. An adipose, lardaceous, or waxy tumor. • Cero'ma. Ceroneum. Cerotum. A cerate. Ceropi'ssus. A cerate of pitch and wax. Ceroxylon andicola. A palm of the Andes, which yields much wax from its stem. Cerua. Ricinus communis. Cerulin. Cerulina. The blue pigment of sulphate of indigo. When it is united with bases they are called coeruleo-sulphates. CERU'MEN. (en, inis, n.; from cera, wax.) The waxy matter of the ear secreted by follicles, situated under the cuticular lining of the meatus auditorius externus. When in excess, it becomes a cause of deafness by impeding the passage of sounds. In this case, syringing the channel with warm water is an effectual remedy. Deafness may also arise from a want of the secretion, when slightly stimulating oils are useful. Ceruminous glands. See Auris. CERU'SSA. Cerusse. White lead. # Plurabi subcarhonas. Cerussa acetata. See Plumbi acetas. Cerussa citrata. Yellow oxide of lead. Massicot. Cerusse of antimony. An oxide of antimony, formed by deflagration with nitre, and washing. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. Cervaria alba. Laserpitium latifolium. Cervi spina. See Rhamnus catkxrticus. CERVI'CAL. (Cervicalis; from cerr-ex, the neck.) Belonging to the neck; as, cervical nerves, cervical muscles, &c. Cervical arteries. There are two cervical arteries, both of which generally rise from the subclavian, behind the scalenus muscle, sometimes by a common trunk, and sometimes separately. The cervicalis profunda, vel posterior, ascends obliquely backward between the transverse processes of the two lowest cervical vertebras, and continues its course directly upward on the posterior part of the spine, supplying the adjacent muscles and inosculating with the occipital artery. The cervicalis snpcrficialis, vel anterior, crosses tho neck transversely, communicating with other branches of the subclavian, and with the occipital artery. Cervical ganglia. The three ganglia formed by the great sympathetic on each sido the neck. Cervical glands. Lymphatic glands of-the neck. They are sometimes improperly called ganglia. Cervical ligaments. The anterior stretches between the basilar process of the occipital bone and the front of the first vertebra. The posterior cervical ligament is the ligamentum nucha;. Cervical nerves. See Nervous system. Cervical plexus. The plexus formed from the anterior branches of the first three cervical nerves, over the posterior scalenus muscle. Cervical vertebre. The seven uppermost of the vertebrae, which form the spine. Cervical veins. Tne veins which correspond with the cervical arteries. Cervica'i.is descendens. See Sacro lumbalis. Cervica'ria. Campanula trachelium. Cervi'nus. Fawn color. CE'RVIX. (ix, icis, f.) 1. The neck. Properly, the back part of the neck. 2. Applied also to portions of organs which somewhat resemble a neck, as cervix uteri, the neck of the uterus; cervix vesica, the neck of the bladder, &c. Cervix obstipa. Wry neck. CE'RVUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of ruminant animals.— C. dices. The elk or moose deer. — C. tarandus. The rein-deer. — C. elephas. The stag. — C. dama. The fallow deer.— C. canadensis. The Wapiti deer. — C. virginianm. The Virginian deer.— C. axis. The axis, or spotted Indian deer.— C. capreolus. The European roebuck. — C. munfjac. The Indian roebuck. CE'SPITOSE. (Cespilosus; from cespes, a sod or turf.) A plant is so called which produces many stems from one root, and which has all its leaves radical, so as to resemble a turf. C H A OH A ir>3 OESTOI'DEANS. Cestoidea. The order of parenchymatous entozoa, to which the tapeworms belong. CESTR'ACE-iE. A sub-class of plants, usually associated with the Solanacea, some of which are poisonous. Cesthi'tes vinum. (From Kcorpov, betony.) Wine impregnated with betony. Ce'strum. Betonica officinalis. CETA'CEA. Cetaceans. An order of marine mammiferous animals, including the whale, porpoise, dolphin, &c. CETA'CEUM. («m, ?:, n.) Spermaceti. Cetaceus. (From ceta, a whale.) Cetaceous. Ce'tene. The product of the distillation of ethal with anhydrous phosphoric acid. It is an oily, inflammable liquid. Form., OsgHss. Ce'terach. Asplenium ceterach. Cetine. Pure spermaceti. CETRARIA ISLANDICA. Iceland moss. It abounds in a mucilaginous and slightly bitter starch,' and is demulcent and pectoral. Cetra'rine. The bitter matter of the Iceland moss. It is colored deep blue by hydrochloric acid, and has febrifuge qualities. CE'TYLE. A hypothetical radical of a series of compounds derived from spermaceti. Form.", C32H33; symb., Ct. The hydrated oxide of cetyle is ethal. Cetylic acid, CtOs,HO, is ethylic acid. There are also a chloride and other compounds. Cevadic acid. Acidum cevadicum. Formed by the action of potash on the fat matter of the sabadilla. It is a crystalline, volatile acid. Cevadi'lla. Cevcdilla. See Sabadilla. Cevil. A medicine of Paracelsus. Ceyenne pepper. See Capsicum. Ceylon moss. The sea-weed, Fucus amylaeeus. It is very rich in a mucilaginous starch, and recommended in Europe as an article of food. Chabert's oil. A mixture of three parts oil of turpentine and one part Dippel's oil, distilled. Anthelmintic: used in tape-worm. CHjEROPHY'LLUM. (um,i, u.) A genus of plants. Penlandria. Digynia. Umbellifcra.—C. odoratum. Sweet cicely.— C. sativum. Common chervil. See Scandix cerefolium.— C. sylvestre. Bastard hemlock. Cicutaria. It possesses no remarkable property. Che'te. Human hair. Chaff. Palea}. Chafing. A superficial excoriation. It may be remedied by cooling cerates containing acetate of lead. CHAIN SAW. This is made of a strong watch-chain, the links of which have seratures on one side. One end is permanently fixed into a handle, and the other is furnished with a hook, so that it can be attached or separated from the handle according to circumstances. The chief use of the chain saw is in the operation for the removal of the lower jaw. It is a difficult instrument to manage. Chala'sis. 1. Relaxation. 2. The porcine species of scrofula.— Sauvages. Chala'sticus. XahaoTiKoc- Emollient. CHALA'ZA. (XaXaCa, a hail-stone.) 1. Chalazion. 2. Two white bodies attached to the membrane which covers the yolk of an egg are called chalaza, or grandines. 3. A mark on the seeds of plants, which corresponds with the insertion of their umbilical cord. Chala'zion. Chalazium. Hordeolum. Chalazo'sis. Xala&oic. Chalazion. Cha'lbane. Ka2.6a.vn. Galbanum. Chalca'nthum. Chalcha'nthe. XaTwavdov. Verdigris; vitriol. Chalcedo'nius. A medicine used by Galen in disorders of the ears. Chalcedony. A semi-transparent variety of quartz. Chalce'tum. Valeriana locusta? Chalcoi'deum os. The cuneiform bone of the foot. Chalci'tis. XatoiTtc. See Colcothar. Chalcus. XaTiKovg. See yEreolum. Chali'cratum. AVine mixed with water. CHALK. A common, friable species of carbonate of lime. Greta. Chalk, black. A dark-colored clay. Chalk, French. A compact, unctuous talc. Chalk mixture. Mistura cretao. Chalk, prepared. Crcta praeparata. Chalk, red. An aluminous, friable mineral, stained with oxide of iron. It has been used as an absorbent. Chalk, Spanish. Soap-stone. Chalk stones. See Gout. Chalk with mercury. Hydrargyrum cum creta. CHALY'BEATE. (Chalybcatusj from chalybs, iron or steel.) Of, or belonging to, iron. Applied to a medicine containing iron, and to mineral waters which are impregnated with iron. Chalybeated tartar. Ferri et pot&ssas tar - tras. Chalybis rubigo prjeparata. Ferri subcarbonas. CHA'LYBS. (Xafanj/. Chalys, ybis, m.) Steel. See Ferrum. Chalybs tartarizatus. Ferri et potassa? tartras. Chamjea'cte. The dwarf elder. Chameba'lanus. Lathyrus tuberosus? Chame'batos. The Rubus fructicosus. ChamjEbu'xus. Polygala chamaobuxus. Chame'cedrus. A dwarf abrotanum. Chameci'ssus. Chamcccle'ma. Ground ivy. Chamecri'sta. Cassia chamacrista. A de- coction, drunk freely, is said to be serviceable against the poison of the night-shade. Chamecypari'ssus. Santolina chamtccypa rissus. Chamedryi'tes. Wine impregnated with germander. CHAIVLE'DRYS. Chamcedrops. Tho germander. Teucriurn chamaedrys. — C. incana maritima. Teucrium marum. — C. palustris. Teucrium scordium. — C. spuria. Veronica officinalis — C. sylvestris. Veronica chamaedrys. Chamegei'ron. Xapaiyeipov. Colt's-foot. Chamele'a. Daphne alpina. Chameljea'gnus. Myrica gale. Chamjelai'tes. Wine impregnated with the chamaelea. Chamje'leon. A genus of lizards inhabiting hot climates. C H A CHE JUKI L54 Chameleon album. Carlina acaulis. Chameleon mineral. Manganate of potash. Chameleon verum. See Cnicus. Chameleu'ce. Tussilago farfara. Chameli'num. Linum catharticum. CHAMHEME'LUM.« Chamcemelon. Anthemis nobilis.— C. canariense. The Chrysanthemum frutescens. — C. chrysanthemum. The Bupthalmum germauicum.— C. fmtidtim. The Anthemis cotula. — C. nobile. See Anthemis uobilis.— C. vulgare. See Matricaria chamomilla. Chame'morus. Rubus chamsemorus. Chamemy'rtus. Ruscus aculeatus. Chamepeu'ce. Camphorosma monspeliensis. Chame'pitys. Teucrium chamaepitys. — C. moschata. Teucrium iva. Chame'plion. Erysimum alliaria. Chamerodode'ndron. Azalea pontica. Chame'rops. Teucrium chamaedrys. Chame'rubus. Rubus chamaemorus. Chamespa'rtium. Genista tinctoria. C H A M B E' R. Camera. A circumscribed cavity or place. In Anatomy, used to designate the compartments of the eye. The anterior chamber is that situated between the cornea and lens, and containing the aqueous humor; the posterior chamber lies between the retina and lens, and is filled with the vitreous humor. Chamberlain's restorative pills. A quack medicine, consisting of cinnabar, sulphur, sulphate of lime, and a little gum, or other vegetable matter. CHAMO'MILE. Chamomilla. Anthemis nobilis. — C, dog's. C, German. Matricaria chamomilla.— C, dyer's. Anthemis tinctoria. — C, Spanish. Anthemis pyrethrum. — C. stinking. C, wild. Anthemis cotula. Chamomile drops. Alcoholic spirit,flavored with essential oil of chamomile. Chamomi'lla. Anthemis nobilis.— C. nostras. Matricaria chamomilla.— C. romana. Anthemis nobilis. Champignon. Agaricus pratensis. CHA'NCRE. (French.) A primary venereal ulcer. Such ulcers, of course, are found most frequently on the genitals; but they may occur on any part of the body to which the venereal poison has been immediately applied. See Syphilis. Chandoo. A form of opium used in the East for smoking. Channeled. Canaliculatus. Chaosda. The plague.— Paracelsus. Charabe. See Carabe. CHARACEiE. A family of acrogens inhabiting water, and nearly resembling conferva?. Charantia. Momordica elaterium. CHA'RCQAL. The product of vegetable and animal matters burned without access of air. It consists of carbon with ashes, and is used in powder as a dentrifice; in cataplasms, applied to foul sores; and as a decolorizing and disinfecting agent. See Carbo. Charcoal, animal. The impure carbonaceous residue of bones. It contains 88 per cent, of phosphate and carbonate of lime, and has extraordinary decolorizing properties. Cha'rdone. The artichoke. Chards. The foot-stalks aud midribs of artichokes and the white beet: the former are blanched. They are used as vegetables or salads in Europe. Charistolo'chia. Artemisia vulgaris. CHA'ELATAN. (Italian ciarlare, to talk much.) A pretender; a quack. Hence charlatanry. Charlock. Raphanus raphanistrum. Charm. A trick played on the superstitious by incantation or otherwise, to act on the imagination. It was abundantly employed in the early ages, not only by physicians, but others; and the practice is not yet exploded. Cha'rme. Charmis. A cordial of Galen. CHARPIE. Scraped linen, or lint. Charr. Salmo alpinus. CHA'RTA. (a, ce, f. Xaprng.) 1. Paper. 2. The amnios has been called the ckarta virginea, from its likeness to a piece of line paper. Charta curcume. Turmeric paper. Charta lacmi. Litmus paper. Chartreux, poudre de. A hydrosulphuret of antimony. Kermes mineral. Chaschisch. (Arabian.) Hemp. The tops are used as a narcotic, and smoked by Eastern nations. Chasme. Chasmus. Yawning. Chaste tree. Agnus castus. Chate. Cucumis eegyptiaca. Chay. Chaya. Oldenlandia umbellata. Cheek bone. Jugale os. CHEESE. The partially dry casein and butter of milk, usually salted and pressed. Cheeses differ in the proportion of these aliments; some, as the Stilton and Neufchatel, containing a great amount of butter, while others, as the Parmesan, contain none. They owe their flavor to an incipient change of the casein, or to aromatic herbs mixed with the curd. There is no aliment so nutritious as good cheese; and it forms the principal, if not the only, animal food of large populations in Europe, but is rather indigestible to those who are unused to it. Cheese mite. Acarus sirio. Cheese rennet. Galium verum. Cheesy. Resembling cheese ; caseous. CHEIL-. Cheilo-. (From a lip.) Used as a prefix to many words, as Cheilitis. Cheilon. Inflammation of the lip. — Cheilocarcinoma. Cancer of the lip.—Cheilomalacia. Cancer of the mouth. —Cheiloplastice An operation for the restoration of a lip. Cheiloca'ce. (e, es, f.; from a lip, and tcanov, an evil.) Canker of the mouth. Cheime'thlon. Cheimetlon. A chilblain. Pernio. Cheimia. A rigor. CHEIR. (Greek.) A hand. A prefix; as in Cheirapsia. Scratching.—Cheiriater. A surgeon. — Cheirixis. Surgery. — Cheironcmia. Exercise with the hands. CHEIRA'NTHUS. A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Crucifera. — C. cheiri. The wall-flower. The flowers have a moderately strong, pleasant smell, and a nauseous, bitter, somewhat pungent taste. Ccei'ri. 1. Cheiranthus cheiri. 2. Quicksilver, aurum potabile, or antimony, &c. CHEIRO'PTERA. (From X eip, the band CHE CHE 155 and TTTepov, a wing.) A family of mammiferous animals, similar to and including the bats. OHE'LA. (a, m, f. Xn?.T], forceps; from \£u, to take.) 1. The claw of a crab. 2. A forked probe. 3. Fissures or chaps. 4. The eye-lashes. Chele cancrorum. Crab's claws. Chele palpebrarum. The tarsal ligaments. Chele'rythrine. An alkaloid said to be found in chclidonium majus. Cheli'don. The bend of the arm. Chelidonic acid. An acid said to exist in the Chelidonium majus. Chelidonine. An alkaloid of Chelidonium majus. It is bitter, insoluble, and forms salts. Formula, C4oH 2 oN 3 0 6 . CHELIDO'NIUM. (w,»,n.) 1. Bryony. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Ranunculacew. — C. majus. Tetter-wort, and great celandine. The herb and root have a faint, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, acrid, durable taste. They are aperient and diuretic, but liable to irritate the stomach and bowels. Of the dried root, from jss. to 3j. is a dose. The fresh juice is used to destroy warts, and films in the eyes; but for the latter purpose it is diluted with milk. — C. minus. Ranunculus ficaria. CHELOI'DE. Cheloi'dcs. (From a tortoise, and eidoc, resemblance.) A new form of cutaneous disease described by Alibert, consisting of raised patches of integument of a bluish-red color, traversed by white lines, accompanied with increased heat, intolerable itching, and sometimes severe and pungent pain.. CHELO'NE. (e, cs, f. 1. The tortoise. 2. An ancient instrument for extending a limb. CHELO'NIA. Chelonians. An order of reptiles including the various species of tortoise and turtle. Chelo'nion. A hump on the back. Chelsea pensioner. The name of a nostrum for rheumatism. It consists of gum guaiac, sj.; rhubarb, 3ij.; cream of tartar, fj.; flowers of sulphur, fj.; one nutmeg, and a pound of clarified honey. CHELTENHAM SPRINGS. They are both saline and chalybeate. Cheltenham salts. A mixture of sulphate of soda, 3ij.; sulphate of magnesia, 3j.; common salt, gr. x.; sulphate of iron, gr. £. Effloresced Cheltenham salts is this mixture dried by a sand-bath. Chely'scion. A dry, short cough. Che'ma. Two small spoonfuls. CHEMICAL. Pertaining to chemistry; as, chemical affinity, see Affinity; chemical equivalents, see Equivalents, &c. Chemical attraction. The attraction or force which draws together dissimilar atoms, to secure their intimate combination. It acts only at minute distances, and for the most part in solutions, or at a high temperature. It has been hitherto considered electrical, the elements or atoms combining being respectively electropositive and electro-negative; but numerous facts tend to the- conclusion that the electrical condition is not the cause of union, for chlorine will replace hydrogen in certain organic com- pounds, notwithstanding the different electrical affinities of these elements. Chemical combination. The union brought about by chemical affinity and attraction. It takes place in atoms or equivalents only, but the number combininjHn organic bodies may be very numerous. During combination, some sensible phenomenon usually occurs, as the evolution of light, heat, change of color or form; but it may also occur without this, the effect being hidden and molecular. Chemical formula. The algebraic representation of a compound; as, SC"3,HO, sulphuric acid with an atom of water. Formulas in organic chemistry become more complex, from the contractions used for the compound radical ; as, Ac0 3 ,HO, acetic acid. Here Ac represents acetyl, or C4H3. The signs employed, as =, -f-, ( ), are the same as those of algebra. Chemical nomenclature. The phraseology of chemistry, the rules of which are found in every elementary work. Chemical symbols. The contractions used to designate the elements and radicals. See Equivalents. Chemical types. Certain formulas which represent a group of compounds, and in which some, or all the elements, as hydrogen, can be replaced, in part or entirely, by chlorine, iodine, &c, without disturbance to the proportion of the other elements, and in some cases without any great difference of sensible property. M. Dumas supposes that one element may, under peculiar circumstances, replace any other of a type. Thus chlorine may take the place of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, &c. Thus chloride of ethyl, C4H5CI, is a chemical type, which, by the action of chlorine, may be changed into Cjqj'CI - —^4qj 3 CI CI—04^-,j CI—-C4CI5CI, in which the same grouping or type is perceptible. Chemist. A proficient in chemistry. CHEMISTRY. (Chimia, a, f. Xv/ieia, and also, Chemia. Egyptian.) According to Dr. Thomson, " The object of chemistry is to determine the constituents of bodies, and the laws which regulate the combinations and separations of the elementary particles of matter." The objects to which the attention of chemists is directed comprehend the whole of the substances that compose the globe. It is primarily divided into organic and inorganic chemistry, the former of which investigates the characters and properties of living objects, and their products; the latter, the elements and compounds derivable from the mineral world. CHEMO'SIS. (is, eos, f.; from x aivu > t0 gape.) Inflammation of the tunica conjunctiva of the eye. See Ophthalmia. A natural order of herbaceous exogens, distinguished with difficulty from Amarantacea by their herbaceous calyx; from Phytolaccacem by their solitary carpel, and the stamens never exceeding the number of the segments of the calyx, to which they are opposite. They consist of weeds in habiting most parts of the world. Chenopo'dio-mo'rus. Blitum capitatum. CHENOPO'DIUM. (um,ii,n.) l.C.antkel CHI CHI 156 minticum. (U. S.) 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Chenopodiacem. — C. am- brosioidcs. Mexico tea; Spanish tea. C. Mexicanum. A decoction of this plant has been recommended in paralytic cases.— C. anthelminticum. The seeds#re in great esteem for the cure of worms. They are powdered, and made into an electuary, with any proper syrup or conserve. The essential oil is officinal. — C. bonus Henricus. The leaves are emollient, and have been made an ingredient in decoctions for glysters. — C.botrys. The Jerusalem oak. This plant was formerly administered in form of decoction in some diseases of the chest; as humoral asthma, coughs, and catarrhs. — C. fastidum. C. vulvaria. The stinking orach. The very fetid smell of this plant induced physicians to exhibit it in hysterical diseases; and it is recommended by some, even in the present day, as an emmenagogue. Che'nopus. The same as chenopodium. Cherefo'lium. See Charophyllum. CHERRY. The fruit of the Prunus cerasus, of which there are numerous varieties. Good, ripe cherries are wholesome, and less liable to disagree than other plums.— Cherry, bird. Prunus padus.— C. bay. C. laurel. Prunus laurocerasus.—C, wild. Prunus virginiana.— C, winter. Physalis alkekengi. Chervil. Chcrvillum. See Scandix cerefolium. Chest. The thorax, which see. Chestnut, horse. iEsculus hippoeastanuin. Chestnut, sweet. Fagus castanea. CHEVA'STER. Chevastrc. A double- headed roller, which is applied by its middle below the chin; then running on each side, is crossed on the top of the head; then passing to the uapc of the neck, is there crossed; it then passes under the chin, where it is crossed again, &c. Chezana'nce. An ancient plaster. Chia'smos. Chiasma. The crossing of parts, like the letter chi, x> aa hi the decussation of the optic nerves. Chia terra. An earth formerly used as an application to burns. Chi'adus. A furunculus; a boil. Chian turpentine. Pistachia terebinthus. Chiasmus. Chiastos. See Chiastrc. CHI'ASTRE. (Chiasmus, i, m.; from x ia ' £u, to form the Greek letter x> chi.) Chiastos. The name of a bandage for the temporal artery. It is a double-headed roller, the middle of which is applied to the side of the head, opposite to that in which the artery is opened, and, when brought round to the part affected, it is crossed upon the compress that is laid upon the wound, and is then continued over the coronal suture, and under the chin; then crossing on the compress, it is carried, as at first, round the head, &c. Chibou. A spurious gum elemi. Chica. A fermented liquor of the Peruvians, made from Indian meal; also, a red coloring matter. Chichi'na. Cinchona. Chicken-pox. See Varicella. Chick-weed. Alsine media. Chicory. See Cichorium intybus. Chi'goe. Chigre. A small tick, Pulex penetrans, which burrows into the skin of the foot, and forms ulcerations. They are abundant in tropical climates and in the Southern States. By removing the insect from its lodgment with a needle, the worst effects are avoided. Chilblain. See Pernio. Child-bed fever. See Puerperal fever Chili, balsamum de. The Barbadoes tar, mixed with a few drops of the oil of aniseed. Chili pepper. Capsicum. Chiliophy'llon. Achillea millefolium. Chill. A rigor. Chilo-. A prefix; from£etAof, a lip. See Chcilo. Chi'lon. Chilitis. (From x the hp.) An inflamed and swelled lip.— Vogel. CHIMATHILLA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Pyrolacew. — C. maculata has spotted leaves, and resembles the next in properties.— C. umbellata. C. corymbosa. Chimaphilla. (U. S.) Pipsissewa. Winter green. The fresh leaves are said to be acrid; when dried, and in decoction, they have an astringent, tonic, and diuretic action, very similar to uva ursi. The decoction (dccoctum chimaphilla;), infusion, or extract may be used in dyspepsia, cachexies, especially scrofula, dropsies, and nephritic complaints. Dose of the decoction, a pint daily. Chimethlon. See Cheimethlon. Chi'mia. Chemistry. Chimiater. See Chymiater. Chimney-sweeper's cancer. Cancer mun- ditorum. CHI'NA. Smilax China. China chine. The Peruvian bark. China nova. A variety of red cinchona bark found in commerce m France and Germany, and differing from the C. oblongifolia. China occidentalis. American or West Indian sarsaparilla. China spuria nodosa. In scrofulous disorders it has been preferred to the Oriental China; in other cases it is of similar but inferior virtue. China, pride of. Melia azedarac. China supposita. Senecio pseudo-China. CHINCHINA. Cinchona. Chinchina de Santa Fe. There are several species of bark sent from Santa Fe, but neither their particular natures, nor the trees which afford them, are yet accurately determined. Chinchina de St. Lucia. Cinchona floribunda. Chinchina Jamaicensis. Cinchona caribaea. Chinchina rubra. Cinchona oblongifolia. Chinchunchulli. See Ionidium. CHINCOUGH. Pertussis. Chi'nicus. Chi'ninum. Chinium. Quina. Chinoidine. Chinoidina. A supposed alkaloid of cinchona, which is only an impure quinine. Chinova. Chinovine. Chinova bitter. A supposed alkaloid of China nova. CHINOVATINE. An alkaloid of Cinchona ovata. It is readily cry6tallizable, and forms salts. Its formula is C48H 27 Ni08. Chinwelk. Mentagra. Chinquapin. Castanea pumila. CHIOCOCCA. (a, m, f.) A genus of shrubs CHI, C H L 157 common in Brazil, of the sub-family Psychotriaccm, order Cinchonaccat, nearly associated to the ipecacuanhas. C. anguifuga, C. densifolia, and C. raccrnosa furnish medicinal roots. The last of them, and probably all, yield the cahinca or cainca root, remarkable for its emetic and febrifuge qualities. Cmo turpentine. Pistacia terebinthus. Chioli. Furunculus. CHIB-. Chiro-. A prefix; from ;retp, the hand; as in chironax, a surgeon; chirorrhcuma, rheumatism of the head. See, also, Cheir-. CHI'RAGRA. (a, ce, f.; from the hand, and aypa, a seizure.) The gout in the joints of the hands. CHIRETTA. Chirayta. A very bitter drug, the herb and root of the Agathotcs chiryata of India. It very nearly resembles gentian in properties, and belongs to tho same natural family. Chiro'nes. (Xeipuvec; the hand.) Small pustules on the hands and feet, inclosed in which is a troublesome worm.— Turton. CHIRO'NIA. (a, er, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Gentianea. — C. centaurium. This plant is an efficacious bitter, and has been recommended by Cullen as a substitute for gentian. The tops are directed for use, and are commonly given in infusion; but they may also be taken in powder, or prepared into an extract.— C. chilensis is a species growing in Chili, and of similar properties. — C. angn/aris. American centaury. See Sabbatia angularis. Chiro'nius. A malignant ulcer, callous on its edges, and difficult to cure. C h iro po'dist. One who operates on the feet. Chirothe'ca. A glove.of the scarfskin. CHIRU'RGIA. "(a, a, f.; from X eip, the hand, and epyov, a work: because surgical operations are performed by the hand.) Chirurgery, or surgery. Chiuu'roice. Surgery. Chirurgicai.. Surgical: appertaining to surgery. Chiru'rgus. A surgeon. Chitine. A peculiar animal product existing in the outer envelope of insects. Chittick's remedy for stone. Potash or soda dissolved in broth. Chive. 1. A stamen. 2. Allium. Chliaros. A slight fever.— Galen. Chlia'sma. A warm fomentation. CHLOA'SMA. Chlorosis.— Chloasma pseudo-porrigo. The pityriasis versicolor; checkered dandriff. CHLO-. Chlor-. A prefix; ft om chlorine, used to designate organic products resulting from the action of chlorine; as, chlonaptasc, chlonaptese, chlonaptise, chlonaptose, chlonaptuse, resultants of the action of chlorine on naphthaline, in which the vowels are employed in their alphabetical order, to designate the presence of one, two, &c, atoms of chlorine. Chlonaptalase, chlonaptalese, chlonaptalise, are another series produced by the action of chlorine on chlonaptise. — Chloro-amidc. Chloroamidide. A compound of chlorine and amidogene, as the chloro-amidide of hydrogen, or muriate of ammonia. — Chloroxenaptose, &c. Compounds resulting from we'action of nitric acid on cliloro-naptose, &c. — Chlorosalicine. The product of the action of chlorine on salicine. — Chlorophenesic, &c, acids. Products of the action of chlorine on phenyle.—Chlorosulpkuric acid is a peculiar pungent and volatile acid, consisting of chlorine and sulphurous acid. It is resolved, by solution in water, into hydrochloric and sulphuric acids. Chlorace'tic acid. An acid very analogous to the acetic in its properties and salts. It is obtained by the action of chlorine and the sun's light on pure acetic acid. It forms tabular crystals; fusible at 113° F.; boiling at 390° F. Formula, CC1 3 0 3 ,H0. Chlorace'tyle. A hypothetical radical, C4CI3, analogous to acetyle, with the hydrogen replaced by chlorine. Chloral is the hydrated oxide, and chloracctic acid the hydrated peroxide, (C4Cl3)0 3 ,HO. Chlo'ral. A colorless oily liquid, of a pen etrating odor. Boils at 199° ; sp. gr., 1-5 Procured by the action of chlorine and sun light on pure alcohol. Form., C4C1 3 0,H0. It is spontaneously converted into an isomeric, insoluble solid by keeping. Chlora'nile. A neutral product of the action of chlorine on chlorisatine. It exists in volatile, golden scales, soluble in hot alcohol, and is also derivable from oil of coal-tar; formula,Ci 2 Cl404. By solution in weak potash solution, it forms a deep purple fluid, which deposits dark purplered crystals, containing chloranilic acid and potash. This acid forms scarlet or yellow crystals, as it contains water or not; form., CuCls OcsHO, or half of this. Solution of ammonia dissolves chloranile, and forms a blood-red liquid, which deposites chloranilammon, CfiC10 3 -j-NH.i -f-4Aq. This salt, being dissolved and treated with hydrochloric acid, yields black needles of chloranilam, CiaClaOo-j-NHa. CHLORANTHUS. A genus of plants allied to the Piper, and possessing highly stimulant properties. Chxorhydric acid. Hydrochloric acid. Chloric acid. A powerful acid, very readily decomposed, C10 fl . It exists only in combination with water or bases. Of its salts, the chlorate of potash is most used, and is officinal (Potassm chloras). The chlorates yield oxygen at a high temperature, and when acted upon by strong sulphuric acid, turn yellow, and evolve chlorous acid. CHLO'RIDE. Chloridum. Chloretum. A compound of chlorine with a metal or metalloid. Chlorides are analogous to oxides in their structure, and are termed haloid salts. See the bases respectively for the officinal chlorides. Chloride of ammonium. Ammonia? murias. Chloride of hydrogen. Hydrochloric acid. Chlo'rinated. Containing chlorine, or impregnated with chlorine; as chlorinated lime or soda for chloride of lime or soda. Chi.orindopten. A volatile crystalline substance produced by the action of chlorine on indigo. When heated with potash, and distilled, it yields chlorindatmic and chlorindopterie acid; this, when separated from the potash, is a white, flocculent body, of a disagreeable odor 0 H L C H L 158 Formula, CijH+ClaO.HO. It is identical with the chlorophenine acid of Laurent. CHLO'RINE. Chlorinium. Chlorum. Chlora. (From green.) An elementary gas, of a light greenish-yellow color, and pungent odor. Sp. gr., 2-47; equivalent, 36 - 0, or 35-47; symb., CI. It is a powerful agent, combining with most elements, and peculiarly active on organic compounds. It closely resembles oxygen in its chemical properties. Its direct compounds are called chlorides, chlorurets, or chlorinated bodies. It is condensed by four atmospheres into a yellowish-green fluid. Chlorine is readily soluble in water, which takes up about two volumes, and the solution, or when moisture is present, is powerfully bleaching, disinfectant, and antiseptic. Chlorine is given off by the solution when warmed, and also from the chloride of lime or soda; or it may be prepared by the action of sulphuric acid (13 parts), water (13 parts), common salt (8 parts), peroxide of manganese (6 parts), mixed in a glass retort. It has been used in a dilute state both internally and externally. It is best obtained for medicinal purposes from the solution properly diluted. In the concentrated state it is very irritating and poisonous, producing spasm of the glottis if inhaled, and inflaming the mucous membranes. Chlorine forms four compounds with oxygen, none of which are used in medicine. Chlorine water. Aqua chlorinii. Liquor chlori. This solution has a place in the Dublin and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias, and is the proper means of using chlorine as a remedial agent. It is prepared by passing chlorine into water in a series of Wbulfe's bottles. The solution is yellowish-green, pungent, of a harsh, styptic taste, and decomposes by the action of light. In the concentrated state it has been applied as a caustic and irritant to indolent ulcers ; in the diluted state to obstinate skin diseases, cancerous sores, putrid sore throat (as a gargle), but in these is not better than a solution of chloride of soda or lime. If a dilute solution be warmed in an inhaler, it may be inhaled, and is said to have produced good effects in chronic bronchitis and the early stages of consumption. A bath of the dilute solution has also been employed in chronic affections of the liver; or the skin may be sponged with the solution in the same way as the nitro-muriatic acid solution is employed: the mixture should be strong enough to produce a prickly sensation. The diluted solution has also been administered in typhoid conditions, malignant sore throat, venereal disease, and hepatic affections. It is an excellent antidote in poisoning by hydrocyanic acid and the sulphurets. The dose is uncertain, and therefore it is best to begin with Hlx. to HI xx. in a wine-glass of water, and gradually increase it; in these doses it is tonic, stimulant, and antiseptic, and if long continued, produces ptyalism. If an over-dose be taken, white of egg is the best antidote; but magnesia, chalk, milk, or flour will answer, if given in quantity. It produces gastro-enteritis if not immediately neutralized. Chlorisatine. A transparent, orange-yellow, crystalline product of the action of chlo rine on isatine. Formula, Ci6 < There is also a bichlorisatine. Potash produces with it chlorisatinic acid. Sulphuret of ammonium forms chlorisatyde, which is resolved by heat into chlorindine. Bichlorisatine runs through similar changes. Chlo'rite. A compound of the chlorous acid (OIO4), but often improperly applied to the bleaching salts of lime and soda, which are compounds of calcium or sodium with one equivalent of oxygen and also one of chlorine. For the bleaching compounds, see Calcis chloridum, et Soda chloridum. C H L 0 R 0-. A prefix, in Chemistry, for chlorine; and used in Natural History to designate a green color. Chlo'rocarbo'nic acid. Phosgene gas. A colorless, pungent gas, formed by exposing equal volumes of carbonic oxide and chlorine to 6un-light. Formula, CO-(-Cl. It decomposes by solution in water, and forms with absolute alcohol an oily liquid, boiling at 200°, and called chlorocarbonic ether. Chlo'roform. A colorless, oily liquid, of an ethereal odor, and sweetish, hot, and aromatic taste. Sp. gr., 1-48; boiling point, 141°-4; formula, C2HCI3, or F0CI3, perchloride of formyl. It is obtained by distilling alcohol, acetone, or wood spirit from a dilute solution of chloride of lime. Alcoholic solution of potash converts it into formiate of potash. It has been recommended as a diffusible stimulus and antispasmodic, and may be substituted for the ethers, being more pleasant. It is dissolved in alcohol for use. Chlo'roid. A name given by Professor Graham to the negative pole or platinode of a battery. CHLOROPHYLL. (From x^ u P°C, green, and cpvhXov, a leaf.) The green matter of the leaves of plants. A peculiar coloring matter resembling indigo. It produces the various colors of fruits and autumnal leaves by changes in structure, the nature of which is unknown. Chloroproteic acid. A white, flocculent, nearly insoluble body, fanned by the action of chlorine on solutions of protein. Formula, C40H31N5O1.24-CI3. —Mulder. Chlorosalicylic acid. A ciystalline acid, capable of sublimation, formed by the action of dry chlorine on dry hydruret of salicyle. Formula, ChHA^CI. CHLORO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from X 7moos, green.) The green sickness. A disease which principally affects young unmarried females. It is characterized by languor, fatigue, palpitations of the heart, pains in the loins, flatulency, acidity in the stomach, constipation, perverted taste, loss of tone in the digestive organs, and universal debility. As it advances in its progress, the face becomes pale, and assumes a peculiar greenish hue; the whole body is flaccid, and pale; the feet are affected with cedematous swellings; the pulse is quick, but small; and the patient is apt to be affected with many of the symptoms of hysteria. From the commencement of the disorder, the catamenia are usually pale and scanty, and at length disappear altogether. This disease arises from a defi- C H 0 C HO 159 ciency of blood globules, and not, as is supposed, from any uterine affection, the failure of the catamenia being an effect. The cure of chlorosis is to be attempted by increasing the tone of the system. This may be effected by a generous diet, moderate use of wine, daily exercise, particularly on horseback, agreeable company, and tonic medicines, especially the preparations of iron, joined with myrrh, &c., as the Mistura ferri composita and the Pilule ferri composite. Cold bathing will be found a powerful corroborant; attention to the bowels and catamenia are also requisite. Chloro'tic. Having the appearance of chlorosis, or pertaining to chlorosis. CHLO'ROUS. Belonging to chlorine. Chlorous elements. Professor Graham's term for the negative elements of organic compounds, the principal of which are chlorine, oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen, hydrogen. Chlo'rovalerisic acid. Chlorovalerosic acid. Products of the substitution of chlorine in valerianic acid. Chloro'xylon verticillatum. A Peruvian plant yielding a green balsam. CHLO'RURET. Chlorure. Chloruretum. Syn. of chloride. Chloruret of oxide of calcium and of oxide of sodium are the chloride of lime and chloride of soda. Chlo'rydric. Hydrochloric. Choak. Croup. Cho'ana. 1. The pelvis. '2. The infundibulum of the brain. Cho'colate. Chocolatum. An oily article of diet prepared from the cacao-nut. Chocolate-tree. Theobroma cacao. Chosni'cis. The trepan. Chqeras. Scrofula. Choiros. The vulva. Choke-damp. The name giv%n by miners to all irrespirable gases or vapors, and especially those containing carbonic acid. Cho'lades. The smaller intestines. CHO'LjEMIA. (From x<>%v, bile, and aipa, blood.) Diseases characterized by the presence of bile in the blood. Icterus, especially when it arises from a gall-stone impacted in the bile ducts, is accompanied by the presence of biliphcein, or bile pigment, m the blood; the amount of cholesterine is also increased; but neither choleic acid nor bilin have been hitherto found in this blood. CHO'LAGOGUE. ( Cholagogus, i, m.; from Xokn, bile, and ayu, to drive away.) Applied to purgative medicines which bring away a quantity of bile. Cho'las. Cholago. 1. The cavity of the hypochondria. 2. The small intestines. C H O L E. (XoXn. Chole, es, f.) Cholos. The bile. Cholecyst. The gall bladder. CHOLE'DOCHUS. (From X oM, and pai, to receive.) Receiving or retaining the gall. Choledochus ductus. Ductus communis choledochus. The common biliary duct, which conveys both the cystic and hepatic bile into the duodenum. Chole'gon. Cholagogue. Cho'lehjemia. Icterus. Jaundice Cho'leia. Lameness. CHOLE'IC ACID. The choleic acid of Dernarcay is the mixture of bilifellinic and bilicholinic acids of Berzelius. Liebig gives this name to the whole organic matter of Bile, which see. Cho'lelithia. Icterus. Jaundice arising from gall-stones. Cholelithis. Cholelithos. A gall-stone. Chole'nchysis. Effusion of biliary matter, or biliphffiin. Chole'pyrrhin. The brown coloring matter of bile. See Biliphcein. CHO'LERA. (a, ee, f.; from bile, and peu, to flow.) Cholera morbus. This name is now applied to two diseases utterly dissimilar; to a common bilious disease, and to a malignant disease of recent origin, which commenced in Hindostan, and has since diffused itself epidemically in various directions. Cholera biliosa. C, English. Cholera, common. Cholera, common. Gastro-enteritis mucosa. This consists in copious vomiting and purging of bilious matter, with violent griping, cramps of the muscles of the abdomen and lower extremities, and great depression of strength. Cullen makes two species of this genus : 1. Cholera spontanea, which happens, in hot seasons, without any manifest cause, except changes of temperature. 2. Cholera accidentalis, which occurs after the use of food that digests slowly, and irritates. It is most common in the spring and autumn ; and the accidental species is often connected with the use of indigestible fruits, especially cucumbers and plums. It usually begins with soreness, pain, distension, and flatulency in the stomach and intestines, succeeded quickly by a severe and frequent vomiting and purging of bilious matter, heat, thirst, a hurried respiration, and frequent but weak and fluttering pulse. When the disease is not violent, these symptoms, after continuing for a day or two, cease gradually, leaving the Eatient in a debilitated and exhausted state; ut where the disease proceeds with much violence, there arises great depression of strength, with cold, clammy sweats, considerable anxiety, a hurried and short respiration, continued hiccough, convulsions, cramp of the extremities, with a sinking and irregular pulse, which quickly terminates in death; an event that not unfrequently happens within the space of twenty-four hours. Sometimes there is blueness of the skin. When the disease is mild, abstinence from solid food, with laxative and mucilaginous diluents, are all that is necessary; in severer cases, hyoscyamus or opium internally, with warm fomentations and sinapisms externally, are necessary. Tonics and a generous diet are to be slowly adopted, as soon as the symptoms of gastric irritation have subsided. Cholera flatulenta. C. sicca. Flatulent colic. Cholera infantum. Infantile cholera. Watery gripes. This commences with bilious diarrhoea, which degenerates into a kind of dysentery. It is soon attended with obstinate vomiting and great thirst. The skin becomes ashy; there is fever, heat of the abdomen, irri- C II o C H O 160 table pulse, drowsiness, coma, and. often convulsions; and it may terminate fatally in from three weeks to as many months. Dissections show enlargement and morbid alterations of the mucous follicles of the alimentary canal, with inflammation of the canal and engorgement of the liver. It is produced by teething, improper food, foul air, and autumnal miasm, and is very fatal in the cities of the Middle States. The chief indication in the treatment is to avoid the foul atmosphere and oppressive heat of the city, by removing the infant to the country, without which the chances are unfavorable. The vomiting is to be allayed by lime-water and minute doses of laudanum, or by counter irritation; the bowels cleared by calomel of bile, and if there be much dysentery, mucilaginous drinks are to be given, with small doses of Dover's powder and acetate of lead. Warm baths and sinapisms are sometimes to be employed, and also leeches to the epigastrium. In convalescence, which is often protracted, tonics are necessary. Cholera, malignant. Asiatic Cholera. Blue Cholera. Pestilential Cholera. Spasmodic Cholera. Epidemic Cholera. This pestilence is generally supposed to have originated at Jessore in the year 1817, from whence it reached Russia in 1828; in 1831, England; and in 1832, entered America through Montreal and Quebec. It prevailed in Europe and here during the autumnal months. The attack of tho disease in extreme cases is so sudden, that, from a state of apparent good health, or with the feeling only of trifling ailment, an individual sustains as rapid a loss of bodily power as if he were suddenly struck down, or placed under the immediate effects of some poison, the countenance assuming a deathlike appearance, the skin becoming cold (79° to 77°), and giving to the hand a sensation of coldness and moisture similar to that of the skin of a person already dead. The pulse is either feeble, intermitting, fluttering, or lost; a livid circle is observed round the eyelids; the eyes are sunk in their sockets; the tongue is cold, and either clean or covered with a slight white fur; and, in many instances, even the breath is cold. In cases of this severity, the vomiting and purging characteristic of the disease do not commonly take place so early as in milder attacks, but seem to be delayed until the almost overpowered functions of the body make a slight effort at reaction. It is worthy of remark, that unless death takes place in these extreme cases within a few hours, some effort of the animal power is made to rally the constitution; and this point is insisted upon here, because it will direct the mind of practitioners to the particular moment when bleeding, and certain other parts of practice recommended in the Indian reports, can be enforced in this country with probable success. Vomiting soon succeeds; first of some of the usual contents of the stomach, next of a turbid fluid, like whey, white of egg, water-gruel, or ricewater ; described, perhaps, more accurately as a serous fluid containing flocculi. The lower bowels seem to let go their contents; what happens to be lodged in the rectum is passed more or less in its natural state; the next discharges are similar to those thrown up from the stomach, and are passed with violence, as if squirted with a syringe. Spasms, beginning at the toes and fingers, soon follow, and extend, by degrees, to the larger muscles of the legs and arms, and to those of the abdomen. These vary in intensity, but are sometimes so violent as to put on the appearance of tetanus. There is a severe burning heal felt at the praicordia; an invincible desire for cold liquids, particularly water; and, although the skin and tongue are cold to the touch, and the pulse nearly lost, the patient complains of intenso heat, and has an almost insuperable aversion to any application of it to the skin. The next severe symptoms are an intolerable sense of weight and constriction felt upon the chest, accompanied with anxious breathing, the spasms continuing at the same time; the voice reduced to a hoarse breathing; a leaden or bluish appearance of the countenance, the tongue, fingers, and toes assuming the same color; the palms of the hands and soles of the feet becoming shriveled; the fingers and toes giving the appearance of having been corrugated by long immersion in hot water. There is, throughout, a suppression of tho secretion of urine, of the secretions of the mouth and nose: no bile is seen in tho evacuations; and it may be generally observed that all tho functions employed in carrying on life: are suspended, or alarmingly weakened, except that of the brain, which appears, in these extreme cases, to sutler little, the intellectual powers usually remaining perfect to the last moment of existence. At length a calm succeeds, and death. The last period is commonly marked by a subsidence of the severe symptoms, without improvement of the pulso or return, of natural heat; but, occasionally, it terminates in convulsive spasm. In such cases the patient succumbs in two, four, or, at m'ost, eight hours. These symptoms mark the collapsed or cold state of cholera ; but, if they be not fatal, there is a second period, called the hot, or febrile stage, which supervenes in from twelve to forty-eight hours, or upward. This is characterized by headache, return of pulse, febrile heat, and, in fact, the symptoms of continued fever, which rapidly passes into typhoid. This stago is no less dangerous than the first, death occurring on the fourth to the eighth day. This second stage is often closely allied to a typhoid bilious fever. In many cases the disease does not run its course so rapidly; but a bilious diarrhoea exists for several days, and the symptoms of the collapsed state occur during upward of thirty-six hours. The disease may also terminate, without the febrile stage, in convalescence, with great weakness, or in a copious discharge of vitiated bile. The favorable symptoms are a gradual return of warmth, the discharge of urine and of bile, and the subsidence of spasms. The evidence of the best authorities is in favor of tho epidemic, but non-contagious nature of cholera. Treatment. —Unfortunately, this is neither fixed nor very successful. Almost every thing has been tried, but the most commended means C H O C H O L lfil are: hi the stage preceding collapse, copious venesection, large doses of calomel and opium, venesection, large doses of calomel and opium, and of Dover's powder; emetics. Calomel has been administered in doses of 3j. to 38s. every hour. As the collapsed stage is approaching, hot and stimulating baths, frictions with warm turpentine and other rubefacients, cajeput oil, and internal stimulants, are employed; and in the second, or febrile stage, the treatment must depend upon the character it assumes, whether that of bilious or typhoid fever. The number of deaths exceeded one half during its visit in 1831 to 1833 here and in Europe. CHOLERIC. Chole'ricus. 1. Appertaining to cholera; n.s febris cholerica, a fever accompanied with symptoms of cholera, or the fever which succeeds to cholera. . 2. Bilious; as the choleric or bilious temperament. Cho'lerine. A slight cholera, or the incipient stage of cholera. Cho'i.errhagia. Cholerrhcea. Cholera. Chole'steric acid. It is formed when cholesterine is treated with nitric acid, and is in crystals of a yellowish-white color; insoluble in water, but dissolved by boiling alco*hol. CIIO L E' S T E RIN E. ( Cholestcrina; from X<>fy> and oreap, fat.) A pearly substance. It crystallizes in silvery scales, and is not saponifiable by potash. Formula, C38H33O, or C 3 6 H32O. Cholesterine is a product of diseased biliary secretion, constituting one form of calculus. It is also present in nervous matter, and in minute quantity in the blood. Cholic acid. That of Gmelin is .formed from a solution of bilin in potash, and precipitation by acetic acid. It is slightly soluble, crystalline, and of a sharp, sweet taste. Form., GuHwOio. The cholic acid of Liebig is formed by the action of potash on choleic acid, and is C74H60O18. Choline-soda. The name of M. Plainer for the chief crystalline component of bile, without the coloring matter. Cholinic acid. One of tho products of the digestion of dilute hydrochloric acid on bilin, with which latter it is combined. See Bile. Choloidic acid. One of the products of the action of muriatic acid on choleic acid. Formula, C7 2 Hr, 6 0i2. — Liebig. CHOLO'LITHUS. (us, i, m.; from X o*v, and TuQoc, a stone.) A gall-stone. Cholo'ma. Cholosis. (From juAoc, lame, or maimed.) Lameness, or distortion of a limb. — Galen. CHOLOSES. Morbid affections of the liver and spleen.— Alibcrt. CHOND-. Chondro-. (From X ov6poc, cartilage.) A prefix indicating cartilage: as in chondritis, inflammation of a cartilage; chondrogencsis, a formation of, or change into, cartilage ; chondrography, chondrology, a description or account of the cartilages; chondroma, a fibrous or cartilaginous tumor; chondrotomy, the cutting tor - dissection of a cartilage. Chondrin. Chondrine. A gelatinous component of the permanent cartilages. It is a form of glue. Composition, C4 8 H <0 N 6 O20, or pro£cra-f-4aq-f20.— Scherer. Chondri'lla. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia aqualis. Chondroglo'ssus. The hyoglossus muscle. Chondro-pharyngjeus. A muscle which rises in the cartilaginous part of the tongue, and is inserted in the pharynx. Cho'ndroptery'gians. Chondropterygii. The order of cartilaginous fishes. CHO'NDROS. (Xovdpoc. us, i, m.) 1. A cartilage: the xiphoid cartilage. 2. A food of the ancients. Alica. 3. A grumous concretion. Chondrosynde'smus. The union of bones by fibro-cartilage.— Galen. CHO'NDRUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of seaweeds. — C. crispus. C. polymorpkus. Carrageen, or Irish moss. It abounds upon rocks on the sea coast of Ireland, and is indigenous to the United States. It is slender, yellowish, and much curled. The decoction is gelatinous, from the pectine of the plant, and is a useful demulcent in pectoral and gastric irritations. By steeping the plant in cold water some minutes, any unpleasant flavor is separated. Cho'ne. Xuvrj. See Choana. Cho'ra. Xupa. A region. Galen uses this word particularly to signify the cavities of the eyes; but also applies it to any void space. Chord, testicular. The spermatic cord. CHO'RDA. (a, a, f.; from #opdj?, an intestine.) 1. A cord, or assemblage of fibres, fi. The tendon of a muscle. 3. Cnordee. Chorda magna. See Tendo Achillis. Chorda tympani. A branch of the seventh pair of nerves. See Auris. Chorda ventriculi. The gastric plexus of the par vagum nerve. Chordje. The genitals.— Paracelsus. Chordje lancisii. C. longitudinalesLancisii. The three lines on the superior face of the corjms callosum. Chorde tendineje. The tendons which connect the carnem columnar of the ventricles of the heart to the auricular valves. Chorde v'ocales. C. Fcrrenii. The vocal cords. See Voice. Chorde Willisii. The small fibres which cross the sinuses of the dura mater. Chorda'psus. A painful colic. Ileus. CHORDEE'. (Chorde. French.) A spasmodic erection of the penis, which is a common accompaniment of gonorrhoea. CHORE'A. (a, to anoint.) An inunction, or anointing of any part. Hence, christos, an ointment. Christmas rose. Helleborus niger. Chrceas. Scrofula. Chromate. Chro'mas. (as, atis, f.) A salt of chromic acid with a base. CHROMA'TICS. (From npufia, color.) That portion of optics which treats of colors. Chroma'togenous. Producing color; as the chromatogenous apparatus of Breschet, which consists of a system of glanduhe and ducts, to produce the color of the skin. CHRO'MIUM. A grayish-white, almost infusible metal, obtained with difficulty from chrome iron ore. Sp. gr., 5-9; eq., 28-19; sym., Cr. Its compounds, especially the chromates, are beautifully colored, of a green or yel low tint.— Ch-ome yellow is the chromate of lead.— Chrome alum. That variety of alum which contains oxide of chromium in place of alumina. Chromo'psia. Chromupsia. Colored vision. Said to occur sometimes in jaundice ? Chhomule. Chlorophyll. CHRO'NIC. (Chronicus; from xpovog, time.) Of long continuance: applied to diseases, and used in opposition to the term acute. CHRONO-. A prefix; meaning of long continuance, or chronic. CHRu'rsiA. Ohromopsia. CHRYS-. Chryso-. (From gold.) A prefix, meaning of a golden-yellow color; as, Chryse, a yellow vulnerary plaster of Paulus — Chrysclectron, golden-yellow amber—Chrysomelia, the bitter orange — Chrysolithus, a precious stone of a yellowish color— Chrysopus, gamboge. Chrysalis. Chrysalid. The grub, or inactive form of winged insects. Chrysammic acid. A product of the actkus of nitric acid on aloes. It is in golden-yellow scales; its solution, a fine purple. Formula, C 15 HN a Oi2-4-HO. CHRYSA'NTHEMUM. (urn, i, n.) A ge nus of plants. Syngencsia. Polygamia. Com positcc. — C. leucanthemum. Ox-eye daisy. For merly esteemed anti-asthmatic, but now fallei into disuse.— C. partkcniitm. Pyrethrum par thenium. ChrySi'tis. 1. Litharge. £. Gnaphaliur* orientale 1 Chrysoba'lanus. The nutmeg? Chrysoco'lla. Borax. Chryso'coma. Achillea millefolium. Chrysola'chanon. A species of atriple*. Chrysolepic acid. Picric acid, derived from aloes. Chrysosple'nium. Golden saxifrage. CHRysu'LCA. Nitro-muriatic acid. Chtho'nophagia. African cachexy. CHURRUS. The resinous exudation of tht hemp plant of India. In the East it is employ ed as a narcotic and antispasmodic; but exper iments made by Pereira in London were un successful. Chus. Chu. Chou. Choa. AGreekmeas ure of about nine pints. Chyazic acid. Prussic acid. Chyla'ria. Chyluria. A discharge of a whitish mucous urine, of the color of chyle: CHYLE. (Chylus, i, m.; from #uAoc, the juice.) The milk-like liquid observed, some hours after eating, in the lacteal vessels of the mesentery and in the thoracic duct. It is separated by digestion from the chyme, and is the substance from which blood is formed. It is obtained, for purposes of examination, from the thoracic duct of horses, and is mixed with lymph. It varies in color from opalescence to a yellowish white, and even to blood red. It coagulates in ten to fifteen minutes when drawn, and after a time separates into two or three parts. The clot is a soft, gelatinous, whitish or pink mass, and contains fibrin. There are four kinds of globules: 1. Chyle globules, which are round, grayish, and nearly twice as large as blood globules; they are also abundant in blood. 2. Blood globules, which may be absent, few in number, or abundant. 3. Fat globules, which are abundant or other wise, according to the aliments. 4. Round, transparent, colorless lymph globules, rather less than blood globules, and which do not exist in blood. Most of these float in the serum, which closely resembles the serum of blood. CIB C I D 163 Sometimes the amount of fat is so great that the chyle forms a supernatant layer resembling cream. The chyle is alkaline, and, according to Simon, that of tho horse contains from 60 to 100 parts in 1000 of solids, of which 46 to 60 parts are albumen, with chyle and lymph globules; 1 to 16 parts fat; 1 to 3 parts fibrin; 2 to 10 parts saline matters; and 2 to 8 parts spirit and water extracts, with uncertain quantities of haBmato-globulin: the proportions varying with the food. The obvious purpose of the chyle is to recruit the supply of blood, and probably the largest portion enters the blood from the veins of the stomach and lesser intestines, passing through the portal circulation. Chyliferous vessels. The lacteals. CHYLIFICA'TION. (Chylificatio, onis, f.; from chylus, and fio, to become.) The production of chyle. Chyli'sma. An expressed juice. CHYLO-. Chyl-. (Jvom chyle.) A prefix of many words; as, Chylocystis, the receptaculum chyli — Chylography, an account of the chyle and lacteal vessels — Chylorrkasa, the discharge, of a milky or chylous fluid—Chylothorax, effusion of chyle into tho chest— Chyluria, milky urine. Chylopote'sis. Chylification. CHYLOPOIE'TIC. ( Chylopoieticus; from Xvhoc, and rcoieu, to make.) Concerned in the formation of chyle; thus, chylopoietic viscera, chylopoietic vessels, &c. Chylo'sis. Chylification. Chylosta'gma. The distillation or expression of any juice. Chylostagma diaphoreticum. An old medicine. Chylous. Chylar. Chylosus. Relating to the chyle; milky. Chylous diarrhoea. A diarrhoea of infants, in which the stools are whitish and milky. It indicates great initation of the mucous follicles of the intestines. Chylus. Chyle. CHYME. (Chymus, i, m. ; from juice.) The ingested mass of food that passes from the stomach into the duodenum, and from which the chyle is prepared in the small intestines. CHY'MIA. (a, m, f. Xvpta.) Chimia. Chemistry. _ Chymia'ter. Chimiater. A chemical physician. Chymiatri'a. The art of curing diseases by chemical means or medicines. Chymistry. This and other words compounded of chymia, are now spelled with cheminstead of chym-. Chymorrhiea. Chymochezia. Chylous diarrhoea. C celiac flux. Chymosis. Chcmosis. Chymification. CHY'NLEN RADIX. A cylindrical root, of the thickness of a goose-quill, brought from China. It has a bitterish taste, and imparts a yellow tinge to the saliva. The Chinese hold it in great estimation as a stomachic, infused in wine. CIBA'TIO. (o, onis, f.; from cibus, food.) The taking of food. Cibus. Cibarium. Aliment; food. Cicateicula. 1. A small scab or cicatrix. 2. A small white spot on the yellow of the egg- Cicatrisant. Cicatrisans. That which disposes wounds and ulcers to heal. Cicatrisa'tus. Cicatrized. 1. In Surgery, applied to parts formerly ulcerated, on which the skin has formed. 2. Marked with a scar. CICA'TRIX. (ix, ids, f. ; *from cicatrizo, to heal up or skin over.) A scar upon the skin after the healing of a wound or ulcer. CICATRIZATION. (Cicatrizatio, onis, f.) That process by which ulcers and sores are healed. Cicely, sweet. See Scandix odorata. CI'CER. (cr, eris, n.) A genus of plants. Diadclphia. Decandria. Leguminosm. — C. arietinum. The chick pea-plant. The seeds have been employed medicinally, but are now fallen into disuse. In some places they are roasted and used as coffee, and in others ground into a flour for bread, or eaten as peas. Ci'cera. A small pill of the size of a vetch. Ciceha tartari. A small pill composed of turpentine and cream of tartar. CICHORA'CEjE. One of the four divisions of Compositcc. The plants belonging to this division have a milky juice. They inhabit the whole world, and are characterized by all the florets of the flower-heads being alike and ligulate. Lettuce, succory, and endive are familiar examples of Cichoracca;, which are generally bitter, with a soporific quality resembling that of opium. CICHORIUM. (um,i, n.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia atqualis. Composite. — C. cndivia. The endive. A salad possessing bitter qualities.— C. intybus. The wild succory. Cichorcum, Cichorium sylvestre-, Cichorium officinarum. The plant is bitterish,, and sometimes used as salad. The root yields a milky juice, said to be aperient and useful in phthisis. When roasted, it closely resembles coffee, and is used to adulterate it in Europe.. Cichory. Cichorium intybus.. Cicinde'la. Lampyris noctilulca.. Cici'num oleum. An oil obtained by boiling the bruised seeds of the Jatropha curcas. It is somewhat similar in its properties to castor oil.. Ci'cla. A name for the white beet. CICU'TA. (a, a, f.) 1. Some confusion has arisen among modern writers from the name cicuta having been sometimes applied to the common hemlock, or conium maculatum. 2. A. genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia.. lint' belli/ere. — C. maculata is indigenous, and very similar to the following.— G. virosa.. Water hemlock. Cow-bane. Called, also, Cicuta aquatica, Cicutaria virosa. This plant is seldom employed medicinally in the present day.. It is an active poison, producing tremors, vertigo, a violent burning at the stomach, epilepsy, convulsions, spasms of the jaw, tumefaction of' the abdomen, and death. It must be met by emetics. Cicuta'ria. Chffirophyllum sylvestre. — G. aquatica. Phellandrium aquaticum.— C. virosa. See Cicuta virosa. Cicutine. Conia. Cider. The fermented juice of apples. It C I N C IN 164 'contains from 6 to 10 per cent, of alcohol. Its acidity is due to malic acid chiefly. CILIA. (Plural of cilium.) 1. The edges of the eyelids, or the eyelashes growing from them. 2. Minute filamentary appendages common in infusory animals, by which they move, and attract particles toward themselves. 3. A pubescence of plants, which consists of hairs on the margin of a leaf or petal, giving it a fringed appearance. Ciliaris musculus. That part of the museums orbicularis palpebrarum which lies nearest the cilia, considered by Riolan as a distinct muscle. Ci'liary. Ciliaris. Belonging to the eyelid, or to cilia. "Ciliary arteries. Numerous branches of tlie ophthalmic, supplying the ciliary processes and the iris. The latter are called the long -ciliary arteries. Ciliary body. The ring formed by the union of the ciliary processes. Ciliary circle. The ciliary ligament. 'Ciliary ligament. Ligam'entum ciliarc. The circular band that unites the iris and sclerotic membrane to the choroid coat. See Eye. Ciliary nerves. Branches of the ophthalmic ganglion and nasal nerve, supplied to the ciliary processes and ligament. Ciliary processes. The folds into which the choroid coat is gathered around the margin of the crystalline lens. Ciliary veins. They have the course of tho arteries, but are so numerous and winding as to produce the vasa vorticosa of the choroid coat. Ciliary zone. The ring or zone formed by the insertion of the hyaloid membrane, along with the retina, into the capsule of the lens. Ciliatus. Fringed; bordered. CI'LIUM. (urn, ii, n.; from cilleo, to move about.) The eyelid or eyelash. Ci'llo. Cillosis. (From cilium, the eyelid.) One who is affected with a spasm or trembling of the eyelids. CILLO'SIS. (From cilium, the eyelid.) A spasmodic trembling of the eyelids. Cimex. A genus of insects. — C. domcsticus. •G. lectularius. The bed-bug. CIMICIFU'GA. (U. S.) The root of the C. ¦racemosa, C. scrpentaria. See Actca raccmosa. Cimo'lia. C. alba. See Cimolite.—C.puri.puresccns. Fuller's earth. Cimolite. Cimolian earth. Fuller's earth, of a grayish-white color; formerly used as an absorbent. Cinabaris. Cinabarum. Hydrargyri sulphuretum rubrum. Cina cina. Cinchona. •Cin'e semen. Artemisia santonica. CI'NARA. 1. The artichoke. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia a.qualis. Composite. — C. scolymm. The . artichoke. The leaves are bitter, and afford, by expression, a considerable quantity of juice, said to have been . given successfully in dropsies. CINAROCEPHA'LjE. A natural family of ¦ plants, so called from the globose shape of their ' inflorescence; as the thistle, globe thistle, burtr-dock, blue-bottle, &c. CINCHO'NA. (a, a, f.) 1. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Cinchonacea. Cinchona. 2. The pharmacopoeial name of several kinds of Peruvian barks. The trees which afford these barks grow wild in the hillyparts of Peru, Bolivia, and Columbia; the bark is stripped from the branches, trunk, and root, and dried. Three kinds of bark are now in use, and officinal in tho United States. Cortex cinchonje cordifolie. (Ph. L. & D.) Yellow, or Calisaya bark. The plant which affords this is unknown. It is in flat or curled pieces; not dark-colored, like the red; externally smooth, internally of a cinnamon color, friable and fibrous; its taste is very bitter, with some degree of astringency. It is from this species that quina is chiefly obtained. One lb. yields siij. of sulphate of quinine. Cortex cinchonje lancifolie. (Ph. L. & D.) Lance-leaved cinchona. Pale, loxa, or crown bark. The true loxa bark i3 from the Cinchona condaminea of Humboldt and Bonpland. This is the quilled bark, which comes in small quilled twigs, breaking close and smooth, friable between the teeth, covered with a rough coat of a grayish-brown color; internally smooth and of a light brown; its taste is bitter, and slightly astringent; flavor slightly aromatic. It is rich in cinchonine, according to Soubeiran. Cortex cinchona: oblongifollk. (Ph. L. & D.) This is the red bark : it is in large thick pieces and quills, externally covered with a brown rugged coat, internally more smooth and compact, but fibrous, of a dark-red color; taste and smell similar to that of the pale bark, but the taste is rather stronger. It contains both quinia and cinchonine. These three are the best kinds, and tho yellow and red barks are preferred, as containing most active matter. They are all tonic, astringent, and eminently febrifuge, especially in intermittents and typhoid diseases. Quinia and cinchonine are the active principles, and are usually, especially the former, substituted for the bark; but it has not the astringent property, and is in some cases, where a want of tone exists, as in convalescence from typhoid fevers, inferior to the powdered bark or its other preparations. The dose of the powder is 3ss. to 31J. The decoction is employed as a gargle in malignant sore throat, and as a wash to gangrenous and other sores. Large doses of the powder sometimes disagree, producing headache, constipation, vomiting, or diarrhoea. In these cases it should be appropriately combined with other medicines. Cinchona alkalies. Quinia, cinchonine, and aricina. These differ from each other only in the equivalent of oxygen. Cinchona flava. (U. S. Ph. E. D.) C. calisaya. C. regia. Cortex China; regius. C. luteus. C. ftavus. Calisaya, royal crown, or yellow bark. See Cortex cinchona; cordifolie. (Ph. L. & D.) Cinchona pallida. (U.S.) C.corona;. (E.) C. officinalis. . (D.) China Loxa. Cortex China fusee. C.deLoxa. C. Peruvianus. Pale crown loxa, or quilled bark. Bark of Cinchona condaminea. (E.) See Cortex cinchona lancifolie. (L. & D.) C IN C IN 105 Cinchona rubra. (U. S., E., & D.) China rubra. Red bark, from an undetermined species. See Cortex cinchona; oblongifolia. (L. & D.) CINCHONA BARKS, FALSE. These are derived from plants other than the cinchonas, and contain neither quinia nor cinchonine, but are usually good tonics, and often febrifuge. The chief are, Cinchona de Santa Lucia. St. Lucia bark; from the Exostema floribunda of the West Indies and Mexico. — C. Caribcea. Caribean or Jamaica bark; from E. Caribeum. — C. Peruviana. Peruvian bark (false); from E. Peruviana. — C. Brasiliana. Brazilian cinchona; from E. So uzanum. — C. Pitaya. Pitaya cinchona; plant unknown. — C. de Rio Janeiro. The bark of Buena hcxandra. CINCHONA BARKS, VARIOUS. Many other barks are found in commerce, of which the following aro the principal: Cinchona cinerea. (E.) C. Huanuco. Gray or silver cinchona; the bark of C. micrantha. (E.) It is of excellent quality, and derived from Lima. According to Goebdl, 1 lb. yields lb'8 grs. of cinchonine, and no quinia.—Cinchona de Carthagena dura. China flava dura. Carthagena hard bark; from C. cordifolia. It is inferior; 1 ft), yields about 30 grs. of quinia, and as much cinchonine, but varies. The C. de Carthagena fibrosa is a very inferior fibrous bark, also from Carthagena.—Cinchona de Santa Fe. C. aurantiaca de Santa Fc. Orange bark, from Santa Fe; derived from C. lancifolia. It is extremely inferior.—Cinchona huamalies. Huamalies, or rusty bark; from C. purpurea. It is derived from Lima, and contains about sj. of cinchona to the lb., and but little quinia.—Cinchona Jaen. Ash cinchona, the bark of C. ovata. It is very inferior, few specimens yielding more than jss. of quinia to the lb., and no cinchonine. — Cinchona nova. Kina nova. Mutis's red bark of Santa Fe; derived from C. inagnifolia. According to Pelletier and Caventon, it contains neither quinia nor cinchonine, but a new acid, the kiuovic. CINCHONACE/E. The cinchona tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs, with leaves opposite; flowers in panicles; stamens arising from the corolla; fruit inferior, either splitting into two cocci,' or indehiscent. Cinchonic acid. Kinic acid. Cinchonic red. A substance found in barks, closely resembling catechinc. CINCHONINE. (Cinchonina, a, f.) The alkaloid of pale bark; also abundant in huanuco bark. It is obtained in the same way as quinia. Cinchonine crystallizes in the form of a rhomboidal prism, it has but little taste, and requires 2500 parts of water for its solution; but when dissolved in alcohol or an acid, it has the bitter taste of bark. It partially sublimes by heat, without fusion. Formula, C- 3 oHi 2 NO. Hence it differs from quinine only in containing one equivalent less of oxygen. Gallic, oxalic, and tartaric acids form neutral salts with cinchonine, which aro soluble only with excess of acid. Hence infusion of nutgalls gives, with a decoction of good cinchona, an abundant precipitate of gallate of cincho- nine. Robiquet gives as the composition of a. subsulphate of cinchonine, sulphuric acid, 11-3 j cinchonina, 79'0. This is analogous to the sulphate of quinine. Cinchonine possesses the same medicinal properties as quinine, but in a less powerful degree. Cinchonine sulphas. See Cinchonine Cinchovatine. Chinovatine. Cinci'nnus. The hair on the temples. Cincli'sis. Cinclismus. 1. Agitation; rapid or constant motion. 2. An involuntary winking.— Vogcl. Cineres russici. Common potash. CINERI'TIOUS. (Cincrcus; from cinitf. ashes.) Of the color of ashes; gray. The cortical substance of the brain is so called, from its ash color. It is the vesicular nervous matter of modem physiologists. Cineritious tubercle. This occupies the floor of the third ventricle of the brain. Cineri'tium. A cupel. Cine'rula. A name for spodium. CINE'TICA. (From kiveu, to move.) Diseases affecting the organs of motion, that is, the muscles. The third order in the class Neurotica of J. Mason Good. Cine'ticus. (KivnriKog, having the power of motion.) Appertaining to the powers of motion, and consequently the muscles. Cine'tus. The diaphragm. Cingula'ria. Lycopodium selago? Cingulum hildani. A leather band formerly used in cases of rapture. Cingulum mercuriale. Cingulum sapientia; and cingulum stultiticc. An invention of Rulandus. " Take three drachm3 of quicksilver; shake it with two ounces of lemon-juice until the globules disappear; then separate the juice, and mix with the extinguished quicksilver half the white of an egg; gum-dragon, finely powdered, a scruple; and spread the whole on a belt of flannel." It was used to excite salivation. Cingulum Sancti Johannis. Artemisia vulgaris. Cinifica'tum. Calcined. Cinis antimonii. Antimony ash; the roasted sulphuret ore. It contains antimonious acid, sesquioxide, and unburned sesquisulphuret. CI'NNABAR. (Cinnabaris, is, f.) 1. Formerly applied to many red substances. 2. A sulphuret ore of mercury. 3. An artificial compound of mercury and sulphur, called factitious cinnabar, red sulphuret of mercury, and vermilion. See Hydrargyri sulphuretum rabrum. — C. factitia. Factitious cinnabar. — C. Grtecorum. The sanguis draconis and cinnabar.— C nativa. Native cinnabar. Cinnabar of antimony. Common cinnabar, produced during the old method of preparing butter of antimony. Cinnabarine. Cinnabarinus. Of a red lead or cinnabar color. Cinnamic acid. See Cinnamyle. CINNAMO'MUM. (mot, i, n.; from kinman, Hebrew, or kinamon, Arabic.) 1. The bark and essential oil of the Cinnamomum Zelandicum- Cinnamon. 2. A genus of shrubs. Enneandria. Monogynia. Lauracea. —C. Cassia. C. C I R C IR 166 aromaticum of Nees yields the cassia lignea, cassia buds, cassia bark and oil of commerce. This bark is thicker, coarser, more pungent, but less fragrant than true cinnamon. The Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes the oil, water, spirit, and tincture; and in the United States it is improperly grouped with cinnamon bark. It is more astringent than cinnamon: dose of the powder, gr. x. to 5SS. —C. Zelandicum. C. accuminatum. The tree yielding the fine or Ceylon cinnamon, which is tho inner bark of the branches. It owes its aromatic and stimulant qualities to the essential oil, oleum cinnamomi. The bark is also astringent. Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 3ss.; of the oil, gtt. j. to gtt. iij. — C. MAi.ABAiucuM. Malabar or .Madras cinnamon is a variety of cinnamon, but resembles cassia, and is of inferior quality.— C. Culilawan and C. xanthoneuron yield Culilawan bark, which resembles cassia, and C. sintoe the sintoe bark, which is very similar. Oinnamomum album. Cauella alba.— C. indicum. Oinnamomum cassia. Cinnamon. Cinnamomum. See Oinnamomum Zclandicum. Cinnamon suet. An oleaginous and waxy product of the cinnamon trees. CINNA'MYL. Cinnamulc. The hypothetical radical of cinnamon oil, &c. (Ci8H 8 02=Ci). Pure oil of cinnamon is the hydruret, or CiH.; but the commercial oil contains resins and an acid, which are oxides of ciunamyle. These resins, as well as cinnamic acid, CiO,HO, are formed by exposure to the air. Cinnamic acid is crystalline, and capable of sublimation. Cinnameinc is an oily derivative of cinnamyle, found in balsam of Peru, from which cinnamic acid is readily obtained by the action of alkalies. Cino'nosi. Diseases of motion. Cinoplanesis. Irregular motion. Cinquefoil. Potentilla reptans. Ci'on. The uvula. Cio'nis. An enlargement and painful swelling of the uvula. Cipipa. A kind of tapioca. CIRCiE'A. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. — C. lutciana. Enchanter's night-shade, which is now fallen entirely into disuse. Circinnate. When the leaves, inflorescence, or other parts are rolled up in a spiral manner. Circium arvense. Serratula arvensis. Circocele. See Cirsocele. * Circos. Kipaoc. The Greek for a varix. Ci'rcus. A circular bandage.— Turton. CIRCULATION. ( Circulatio, onis, f.; from circulo, about.) The course taken by the blood from the heart around the body. The aerated blood sets out from the left ventricle, and is distributed by the arteries throughout the body; entering the capillaries from these, it is again collected by the veins, and returned to the right auricle. This constitutes the great, or systemic circulation. By the contraction of the right auricle the venous blood is thrown into the right ventricle, and hence into the pulmonary artery, which distributes it to the capillaries of the lungs, where it parts with its carbonic acid, and acquires oxygen, or be- comes converted into arterial, red, or florid blood. From these vessels, the pulmonaryveins collect and pour it into the left auricle of the heart. This auricle, contracting, drives the blood into the left ventricle, and thus the circuit is completed. This is the lesser, or pulmonic circulation. There is also a small circuit accomplished through the coronary arteries and veins for the supply of the heart. The object of these currents is to supply every part with blood, and to renew its activity by aeration. Much discussion has arisen concerning the forces which propel the blood through this route, but there is little doubt that there are several, of which the chief are the contraction of the auricles and ventricles; the elasticity of the vessels, especially of the arteries, and the affinity of various elements of the blood for the tissues through which it circulates. The nervous power is also interested in the capillary circulation, as we observe in the phenomenon of blushing; nor is muscular contraction without influence. Circulation, capillary. • The passage of the blood through the system of minute or capillary vessels which penetrate every part of the tissues, and lie between the arteries and veins. It is in this circulation that nutrition, secretion, and animal heat take place, and in which arterial blood becomes changed to venous. Whatever other changes occur, we know that arterial blood here acquires carbonic acid (in the systemic circulation), from the metamorphosis of parts. The cause, of the blood's movement is only partially attributable to the heart, elasticity of the vessels, and nervous influence; it is mainly due to the affinity of the tissue or viscus, which has the capacity of attracting the blood, and, having produced a change thereon, loses its affinity, and thus the effete portion is pushed forward by the advancing current, and flows toward the veins. The matters necessary to the function and maintenance of particular organs are drawn from the capillaries by the process of absorption, and alterations effected in the blood by the penetration of fluids or gases from the surrounding tissues. The fluid of the capillaries also differs according to their size, some conveying red blood, while others carry only a serous ffuid. Any disturbance of the function of the capillaries is attended by disease. A loss of elasticity in their parietes produces a retardation of the current and accumulation of blood, which may result in engorgement or inflammation of an organ, and terminate by a change of the fluid into pus, sanies, or other morbid products. Circulation, fostal. In the foetus, there being no pulmonic circulation, the course of the blood differs from that of the adult. Arterialized blood is received from the placenta by the umbilical vein, which conveys it partly into the liver, and partly into the vena cava, by the ductus venosus. From both these it reaches the right auricle of the heart, which, by contracting, drives a small part into the right ventricle, from which it enters the pulmonary vein, and is returned by the ductus arteriosus into the aorta; but the greater part passes.through the foramen ovale, lying between the auricles. C I R C IR 107 directly into the left auricle. The blood of the left auricle is driven, by its contraction, into the left ventricle, and hence passes by the aorta through the arterial system ; but that portion which reaches the internal iliacs is diverted from the foetus, these arteries forming the umbilical arteries, and returning to the placenta, where the effete blood is aerated by contact and imbibition from the maternal fluid. The veins of the foetus discharge into the vena cava, the blood they convey being, mixed with that of the umbilical vein in the right auricle. Circulation, portal. The venous circulation through the liver. The blood of the abdominal viscera takes this route. CI'RCULUS. (Diminutive of circus, a circle.) A circle or ring. Applied to circular parts, or any part of the body which is of an annular shape, as circulus oculi, iridis, &c. • Circulus arteriosus i'ridis. The artery which runs round the iris, and forms a circle, is so termed. Circulus cilia'ris. See Ciliary circle. Circulus membranosus. The hymen. Circulus osseus. Annulus osseus. A ringlike bone in the ear of the foetus. It is placed at the bottom of the cartilaginous meatus externus, and supports the membrana tympani. In the adult it is united with the meatus. Circulus qua'druplex. A kind of bandage used by the old surgeons. Circulus tonsillaris. A plexus surrounding the tonsil, formed of the lingual and glossopharyngeal nerves. Circulus Willisii. Willis's circle. See Encpehalos. Circumagentes. The oblique muscles of the eye. Circumcalua'lis. The tunica conjunctiva. CIRCUMCI'SION. (Circumcisio, onis, f.; from circumcido, to cut about.) The removal of the prepuce from the glans penis, or of a portion of the prepuce. It is practiced by surgeons in some cases of phymosis. CIRCUMDUCTION. Circumducts. The act of moving a limb or any part around, or about a centre. Circumductions opifex. The superior oblique muscle of the eye. — Vesalius. CIRCUMFLEXA ANTERIOR. Anterior circumflex artery. The name of a branch of the humeral artery dispersed upon the muscles covering the anterior part of the shoulder joint. Circumflexa externa. The external circumflex. An artery usually arising from the profundafemoris, but sometimes from the common femoral. It is distributed to the muscles of the hip and thigh. Circumflexa ili'aca. Circumflexa ossisilii. Riaca anterior. An artery which rises nearly opposite the epigastric, from the external iliac artery, immediately before it passes under Poupart's ligament, it runs along the crest of the ilium, between the transversalis and internal oblique muscles, and inosculates with the epigastric, inferior intercostal, and lumbar arteries. Circumflexa interna. An artery given off from the profunda or femoral, opposite the external circumflex. It turns round the inner part of the neck of the thigh bone. Circumflex a posterior. Articularis posterior. A branch of the humeral artery, larger than the circumflexa anterior, passing to the back of the shoulder joint, and dispersed chiefly on the deltoid muscle. CIRCUMFLE'XUS. Circumflex. An epithet given by anatomists to objects which wind round others. Thus there is an anterior and posterior circumflex artery around the shoulder joint, a circumflex muscle of the palate, &c. Circumflexus palati. Circumflexus palati mollis. A muscle of the palate. It arises from the spinous process of the sphenoid bone, behind the foramen ovale, and from the Eustachian tube; it then runs down along the Pterygoideus internus, passes over the hook of the pterygoid process by a round tendon, which soon spreads into a broad membrane. It is inserted into the velum pendulum palati, and the semilunar edge of the os palati. Its use is to stretch the velum, to draw it downward, and to the side toward the hook. Circumfusa. The natural agents, as climate, atmosphere, heat, &c, which surround man at all times.— Halle. Circumli'tio. A liniment. Circumossa'lis membrana. The periosteum. CIRCUMSCI'SUS. Circumscissile. (From circumscindo, to cut round about.) Circumcised. Applied to a membranous capsule, separating into two parts by a complete circular fissure. CIRRHO'SIS. (From mppoc, yellowish.) A pathological condition not uncommon in the liver, which becomes condensed, granular, and of a rusty yellow color, forming the tuberculated, lobulated, mammelated, hob-nail, or gin liver of different authors. It also occurs in the lungs. Cirro'sus. Cirrose: having a cirrus or tendril. Cir'rus. Cirrhus. A tendril. CIRSOCE'LE. (e, cs, f. Kipoonnlv \ from tcipooc, varix, or a dilatation of a vein, and KnTiv, a tumor.) A varicose enlargement of the spermatic veins: it is most frequently confined to that part of the spermatic cord which is below the opening in the abdominal tendon; and the vessels generally become rather larger as they approach the testes. It occasions pain from the distension of the vessels, and is attended with a sense of weight in the loins. Usually the affection is slight, and keeping the bowels open and sustaining the scrotum by a net is all that is necessary. When the vessels are more than usually tumid, leeches should be applied, and followed by astringent lotions to the cord and scrotum. Where the disease is inveterate, surgeons recommend the removal of a considerable portion of the loose skin of the scrotum, so as to condense its structure, and this is a radical cure. Cirsoi'des. 1. Resembling a varix. 2. The upper part of the brain. 3. The spermatic veins. Cirso'mphalos. A varicose state of the veins around the navel. CIRSOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, da'A.poc, the eye.) A varicose state of the vessels of the eye. C I T C L A 168 CISSA'M PELOS. (*, f.-) A genus of plants. Diojcia. Monadclphia. Mcnispcrmaccm. — C pareira. C. caapeba. Pareira brava; called, also, Parcyra. The root of this plant, a native of South America and the West Indies, has no remarkable smell, but a sweet bitter, and somewhat austere taste. It has been extolled in nephritic and calculous complaints. The dose is from 3j. to 9ij. of the powder; or an infusion may be made with jiij. of the root to Ibj. of water, the third part of this being taken at a dose. It is said to contain a peculiar alkaloid, cissampelin. Ciste'rna. (a, as, f.) A cistern or reservoir. The fourth ventricle of the brain has been so called. — C. chyli. C. lurnbaris. The receptaculum chyli. CI'STUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Cistaccas. — C. crcticus. The plant yielding ladanum. It is a native of Syria and the Archipelago. The gumresin called ladanum exudes upon the leaves of this plant. Ladanum was formerly much employed internally as a pectoral and astringent in catarrhal affections, dysenteries, and several other diseases; at present, however, it is never used, except as an ingredient in the stomachic plaster, emplaslrum ladani. — C. ladanifcrus. This species grows in Spain, Portugal, and Provence. Its young branches afford, by boiling in water, a substance analogous to the ladanum of Crete.— C. laurifolius. This grows in the south of France, and also affords a kind of ladanum.— C. ledon. Ledum palustre. CI'TRATE. (Citras, atis, f. ; from citrus, the lemon.) A salt of citric acid. Citrate of ammonia. It is formed by neutralizing sesquicarbonate of ammonia by citric acid, and is a slight diaphoretic. Citrate of potash. This salt is used medicinally, in the form of the common effervescing saline draught, made with citric acid and carbonate of potash. It is useful in allaying irritability of the stomach and vomiting, and is a slight diaphoretic. Citrate of soda. A scruple of carbonate of soda, neutralized by a sufficient quantity of lemon-juice, or ten grains of citric acid, forms an effervescing draught, which has nearly the same effects as that made with citrate of potash. Citreolus. The cucumber. Ci'treum. Ci'trca. Citrus medica. CI'TRIC. (Citricus; from citrus, the lemon.) Of, or belonging to, the lemon. Citric acid. Acidum citricum. (U. S.) The acid of lemons. It also exists in cranberries, tamarinds, &c., and may be obtained by straining the juice, saturating with chalk, purifying the precipitate, and decomposing by dilute sulphuric acid. It is very sour, but of an agreeable flavor; soluble in hot and cold water. It is found in short, transparent, rhomboidal prisms; colorless. Sp. gr., 1-617. The formula of these is C 13 H50ii,3HO-f-2HO, but it is also formed with one equivalent of water of crystallization. The acid is tribasic. When 1 part of citric acid is dissolved in 19 of water, the solution may be used as a substitute for lemon-juice. If before solution the crystals be triturated with a little sugar and a few drops of the oil of lemons, the resemblance to the native juice will be more complete. It is refrigerant, and an antidote against sea-scurvy; but the admixture of mucilage and other vegetable matter in the l'ecent fruit of the lemon has been supposed to render it preferable to the pure acid of the chemist. It is more expensive, and seldom preferred to the tartaric acid for effervescing draughts. The solution of citric acid undergoes spontaneous decomposition. By an increasing heat it is decomposed into several products. At first it yields the hydrated aconitic acid, or pyrocitric acid; then the pyroaconitic, or citricie acid; afterward the citraconic; and, lastly, an empyreumatic oil. Citrine ointment. Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. Citri'nula. A small citron or lemon Ci'trinus. Citrine. Lemon-colored. Citron. See Citrus mcdica. Citrij'li.us. Cucurbita citrullus. CI'TRUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The lemon. 2. A genus of plants. Polyadelpkia. Icosandria. Aurantiaccas. — C. aurantium. C. vulgaris. The orange-tree and fruit. The flowers, ftores napka, are highly odoriferous, and used as a perfume. The water distilled from the flowers is called aqua Jlorum naplias. Orange flowers were once thought to possess considerable antispasmodic powers; and the distilled water is still prescribed on the European Continent. The yellow rind, c*ortex aurantii, has a grateful aromatic flavor, and a warm, bitterish taste. The juice of oranges is a grateful, acid, refrigerant, antiscorbutic drink, and is useful in bilious and some dyspeptic complaints.— C. Bigarardia yields the Bigarade, bitter, or Seville orange.— C. limctla yields the lime, a small, fragrant lemon.—The fruit of C. paradisi resembles the shaddock, which is the product of C. decumana. — C. mcdica. The lemon-tree. The juice of the lemon, which is much more acid than that of the orange, possesses similar virtues. The exterior rind is a very grateful aromatic bitter, not so hot as orange-peel, and yielding in distillation a less quantity of oil, which is extremely light, almost colorless, and generally brought from the southern parts of Europe, under the name of essence of lemons. The citron-tree is also considered as belonging to the same species, the Citrus medica. Its fruit is called cedromela, which is larger and less succulent than the lemon; but in all other respects the citron and lemon trees agree. The citronjuice, when sweetened with sugar, is called by the Italians agro di cedro. —The C. mella rosa of Lamarck is another variety of the C. mcdica. The essence prepared from this fruit is called essence of bergamotte, and essentia de cedra. Cittara. A place in the Isle of Ischia, where there are thermal waters of 100° Fahr. They contain carbonate and sulphate of lime, and muriate of soda. Civet cat. Viverra civetta and V. zibetha. CIVE'TTA. Civet: a perfume resembling, but very inferior to, musk. Cl. Chlorine. Cladonia islandica. Cetraria islandica.-— C L A C LI C. rangiferina. Reindeer moss. It i3 nutri- 1G9 tious and pectoral. CLAIRVOYANCE. A supposed mesmeric state, during which the patient sees objects otherwise out of sight, and, it is pretended, has the quality of vision diffused over the whole body! CLAP. (From the old French word clapises, public shops kept by single prostitutes.) See Urethritis. CLA'RET. Clarctum. 1. A light French wine, drunk in this country chiefly m summer. Claret is an excellent drink in typhoid fevers. See Vinum. 2. A name formerly given to several factitious wines. CLARIFICATION. (Clarificatio, onis, f.; from clarus, clear, pure, and facio, to make.) The depuration of any thing, or process of freeing a fluid from heterogeneous matter or feculencies, as by white of egg, charcoal, which it raises at the same time, and, with its fellow, contracts the passage between the two arches, by which it shuts the opening of the fauces. CON CON Constrictor labiorum. C. oris. Orbicu- 184 laris oris. Constrictor (esophagi. Constrictor of the oesophagus. A circular bundle of fleshy fibres at the upper part of the gullet. Constrictor palpebrarum. Orbicularis palpebrarum. Constrictor pharyngis inferior. A muscle situated on the posterior part of the pharynx. It arises from the side of the thyroid cartilage, and from the cricoid cartilage, and is inserted into the white line, where it joins with its fellow, the superior fibres running obliquely upward, covering nearly one half of the middle constrictor, and terminating in a point: the inferior fibres run more transversely, and cover the beginning of the oesophagus. Its use is to compress that part of the pharynx which it covers, and to raise it with the larynx a little upward. Constrictor pharyngis medius. A muscle situated on the posterior part of the pharynx. It arises from the appendix of the os hyoides, from the cornu of that bone, and from the ligament which connects it to the thyroid cartilage; the fibres of the superior part running obliquely upward, and covering a considerable part of the superior constrictor, terminate in a point; and it is inserted into the middle of the cuneiform process of the os occipitis, before the foramen magnum, and joined to its fellow at a white fine in the middle part of the pharynx. This muscle compresses that part of the pharynx which it covers, and draws it and the os hyoides upward. Constrictor pharyngis superior. Glossopharyngeus. A muscle situated on the posterior !>art of the pharynx. It arises from the cuneibrm process of the os occipitis, before the foramen magnum, from the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone, from the upper and under jaw, near the last dentes molares, and is also connected with the buccinator muscle, with the root of the tongue, and with the palate. It is inserted in the middle of the pharynx. Its use is to compress the upper part of the pharynx, and to draw it forward and upward. Constrictor vesica urinaria. See Detrusor urines. Constrin'gens. Astringent. C ON S U L T A'T IO N. A meeting of physicians in any case of disease. Consumma'tum. Any gelatinous broth, or consomme. CONSUMPTION. (Consumptio; from consumo, to waste away.) A wasting of the body, or marasmus, especially by phthisis. See Phthisis, and Tabes dorsalis. Consu'mtio. Consumption. Contabesce'ntia. An atrophy, or wasting of any organ. CONTAGION. ( Contagio, onis, f.; from cm, and tango, to touch.) The term contagion has been used in several acceptations. 1. It has been employed to signify the communication of a disease by personal contact with the sick. 2. Jt has been employed to signify the communication of a disease, either by personal contact with the sick, or by an effluvium evolved from the body of the sick. 3. It has been em- ployed as a generic term, embracing all atmospheric and morbid poisons; all the effluvia, miasmata, infections, and poisons that cause fevers, of whatever kind; and those poisons which uniformly excite the diseases which give birth to them, as the venereal disease, the itch, tinea capitis, &c. The second of these senses is the one in which it is now generally employed. Attempts have been made to distinguish between contagion and infection, the former being restricted to the communication of disease by direct contact, and the latter to that by effluvia arising from the body of the sick, and communicated through the medium of the atmosphere; but this distinction is now properly discarded by the majority of practical writers, and the two words are considered as synonymous. Let it be understood, then, that contagion or infection means 'the fpmmunication of a disease by personal contact with the sick, or by means of an effluvium arising from the body of the sick. It is well known that some contagious diseases, as typhus, frequently originate in the an imal body when subjected to the action of certain external causes, among which the more obvious are, confinement in crowded and illventilated places, deficient or unwholesome food, intemperance, excessive fatigue, long-continued exposure to cold and moisture, and depressing passions of the mind. Such diseases are also occasionally observed to arise sporadically, without the intervention of the causes above alluded to, and, to all appearance, independently of contagion. There is, however, a class of contagious diseases which have never yet been proved to arise sporadically, and are generally believed never to do so: the contagions which produce these are therefore called specific con tagions; such are those of syphilis, measles, small-pox, cow-pox, hooping-cough, scarlatina, &c. Whether the majority of pathologists are in the right in denying the occasional spontaneous origin of specific contagions is much too large a question to be entered upon here; nor have we, in truth, sufficient data for its philo sophical determination. The following are the best known contagions to which the human body is subject: 1. The contagion of typhus; 2. hooping-cough; 3. mumps; A. purulent oph thalmia; 5. small-pox; 6. cow-pox ; 7. measles; 8. scarlet fever; 9. varicella; 10. erysipelas; 11. dysentery; 12. yaws; 13. venereal disease; 14. scald head; 15. itch; 16. hydrophobia; 17. malignant pustule; 18. glanders; 19. dissection wounds; 20. milk sickness. Among contagious poisons, some exist in the form of a liquid virus, by the insertion of which beneath the cuticle of a healthy individual, or its simple application to any part where the cuticle is very thin, the disease is communicated; such are the small-pox and syphilitic poisons: the matter of other conftigions, again, entirely eludes our senses; thus the contagion of typhus is known to us only by its effects. The poisons of small-pox, chicken-pox, measles, and hooping-cough produce such a change in the susceptibdity of the system, when once they have influenced it, as to prevent the recurrence of the disease, except in a very small number of instances, which merely form excep- CON CON 185 lions to a general rule. Other contagions, again, fortify the system to a considerable degree against any future infection of the same kind, but not nearly to the same degree as those above mentioned; thus scarlet fever generally occurs only once in a person's life-time, but still it often occurs two or three times. Lastly, many contagions confer no immunity from the future effects of the same poison; thus, having once labored under syphilis is no protection against a future invasion of that disease. Further information concerning the peculiarities of the individual morbid poisons will be found under the heads of the diseases to which they give rise ; but some diseases, as erysipelas, catarrh, pneumonia, &c., which are not usually contagious, become so under peculiar and unknown conditions. An important subject connected with contagion is that of fomitcs. It is found that the effluvia by which contagions diseases are communicated are absorbed more or'less by all porous bodies, and may, through the medium of these, be transported to distant places, and [ireserved in full activity for a length of time. The substances which thus convey contagion are called fomites. Wool, hair, cotton, feathers, woolen and cotton cloths, and other similar substances, most readily imbibe and retain the contagious miasmata. Liebig has endeavored to show that most, if not all, contagious poisons act as ferments; and being either introduced by inoculation, or by the inspiration of volatile particles into the blood or system, there establish their action after reproducing contagion, as yeast is reproduced wherever there is gluten present in the fermentable matters. Contagious. Capable of producing contagion, or of producing disease, &c, by contact, cither mediate or immediate. Continence. Chastity. Continent cause. A proximate cause. CON'TINENS FEBRIS. Continua febris. A continued fever, as opposed to a remittent or intermittent. See Febris. Continued feveh. See Febris. CONTINUITY. A perfect connection. A wound or fracture is called a solution of continuity. Contorted. Conto'rtus. Twisted. CO'NTRA-APERTU'RA. A counter opening. An opening made to give exit to matter where one which already exists is insufficient for that purpose. Contra capitan. Aristolochia anguicida. CONTRACTILITY. Contractilitas. That property of the living/fibre by which it contracts cm the application of a stimulus, whether mental, as the will, or physical. Contractility is generally said by physiologists to depend on the organic property of sensibility. On this subject, M. Broussais remarks: "Sensibility and contractility have been attributed to the living fibre; but if the real meaning of these two words reduces itself to the affirmation that tho fibre contracts because some cause determines it to do so, it is clear that the former of these two properties is necessarily involved in the latter. In effect, if the sensibility of the fibre is manifested only by its contractions, to say that it is sensible is merely to say that it contracts." CONTRACTION. ( Contract™, onis, f.; from contraho, to draw together.) 1. In Physiology, the action arising from excited contractility; that is, the shortening of a living fibre on the application of a stimulus. 2. In Pathology, the shortening of a muscle from some morbid cause. CONTRACTU'RA. (a, ee, f.; from contraho, to draw together.) Muscular contraction. Cullen has made conlractura a genus of disease in his class Locales and order Dyscinesim. The species are, 1. Contractura primaria, from a rigid contraction of the muscles; called, also, obstipitas, a word that, with any other annexed, distinguishes the variety of the contraction. Of this species he forms four varieties: Contractura ab inflammationc, when it arises from inflammation. 2. Contractura a spasmo, called, also, tonic spasm and cramp, when it depends upon spasm. 3. Contractura ab antagonistas paralit icos, from the antagonist muscles losing their action. 4.. Contractura ab acrimonid irritante, which is induced by some irritating cause. 2. Contractura articularis, originating from a disease in the joint. Contractions of muscles may sometimes, in the early stages, be remedied by stimulating liniments, the warm bath, mechanical extension, with attention to the health and cause of disease. The division of the tendon may be practiced where it is a simple contraction without loss of nervous power, &c. Contra-extensio. Counter extension. CONTRA-FISSURE. Contrafissu'ra. (From contra, against, and findo, to cleave.) Contrecoup. A fracture in a part distant from that in which the blow is received; as when the frontal bone is broken by a fall on the occiput, the bone in the latter region remaining sound. Counter-fissures are not confined to the cranium, but occur also in other bones. Contiiahe'ntia. Medicines which produce contractions: they include astringents and styptics. CONTRA-INDICATION. (From contra, against, and indico, to show.) Counter indication! A symptom which forbids the use of a remedy which might otherwise be employed: for instance, it is usual to bleed in inflammation of the lungs; but if it be accompanied with highly typhoid symptoms and great sinking of the vital powers, these form conira-indications to the use of the lancet. Contra-stimulant. See Conlro-stimulant. CONTRAYE'RVA. (a, a, f.) This herb was given as an antidote against poisons. See Dorstenia.— C. alba. C. Germanorum. Asclepias vincetoxicum. — C. nova. The Mexican contrayerva. Psoralea pentaphylla.— C. virginiana. Aristolochia serpentaria. Contre-coup. See Contra-fissure. Contrexeville, waters of. Department of Vosges. They contain carbonates of iron and lime, muriate of lime, and a matter which appears to be bituminous, and are used in diseases of the urinary organs and cutaneous diseases. CON CON 18(5 CONTRO-STIMULANT. A medicine which reduces the vital force. CONTRO-STIMULUS. A doctrine' of Rasori, that certain medicines act by reducing the vital force, as in the case of tartar emetic. CONTUSION. ( Contusio, onis, f.; from contundo, to knock together.) A braise. A lesion in which there is usually extravasation of blood, but which, when very severe, may result in complete disorganization. Cold applications and leeches are necessary in simple cases. Co'nus. A cone. Strobile. The fruit of pine-trees. CONVALESCENCE. ( Convalesccntia, a, f.; from convalesce, to get well.) The recovery of health after the cure of a disease. The period of convalescence is that space from the departure of a disease to the recovery of the strength lost by it. CONVALESCENT. Recovering, or returning to a state of health after the cure of a disease. The word is frequently used as a substantive. CONVALLA'RIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Hcxandria. Monogynia. Liliaccte. — C. majalis. The lily of the valley. May-lily. A water distilled from the flowers or root is used in Germany as a nervine. When dried and powdered they are purgative, in the dose of 3j. to jj.— C. polygonatum. The Solomon's seal. The root has been used externally as an astringent, and application to bruises, and internally as a corroborant. Convoluta ossa. See Spongiosa ossa. Convolu'te. Convolutus. Rolled up, or folded. Applied to bones, membranes, leaves, &c. CONVOLUTION. Convolutio. (From convolvo, to roll together.) A substance rolled upon itself so as to appear folded is said to be convoluted, as the brain and intestines. Convolutions of the brain. See Encephalos. Convolutions of the intestines. See Intestines. Convolvulin. A feeble alkaloid discovered by Marquart in scammony. CONVOLVULA'CEiE. The bind-weed tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, climbing, and shrubby plants, with leaves alternate; flowers regular, monopetalous; stamens inserted into the base of the corolla; ovarium superior, 2-4 celled; seeds albuminous. CONVO'LVULUS. («*, i, m.) 1. Iliac passion. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Convolvulaccw. — C. Americanus. See Convolvulus jalapa. — C. batatas. The sweet potato. — C. cantabrica. The cantabrica. Lavender-leaved bind-weed. It is anthelmintic and actively cathartic.— C. colubri'nus. Cissampelos pareira. Convolvulus jalapa. The Linneean name of the jalap plant. Called, also, C. Americanus, C. mcxicana. This plant has been lately ascertained to belong to the genus Ipomcea. It is a native of Mexico. The best jalap is in oval-pointed tubers, covered with a thin, wrinkled, brown cuticle ; sometimes it is in thin slices. It has a heavy, disagreeable smell, and a sweetish, slightly pungent taste. It is hard, compact, and internally of a light brown or grayish color, with dark brown streaks. The active principle of jalap is partly dissolved both by water and alcohol, and entirely by diluted alcohol. The active principles appear to be resin and extractive matter. The root, powdered, is a very common, efficacious, and safe purgative, as daily experience evinces; but, according as it contains more or less resin, its effects must, of course, vary. In large doses, or when joined with calomel, it is an excellent hydragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. The operation of jalap is rendered much less irritating by the addition of a few grains of carbonate of potash. Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 3j. Convolvulus major albus. See Convolvulus sepium.— C. maritimus. See Convolvulus soldanella. — C. mechoacan. C. macrorhizus. Mechoacan. Jalapa alba. The root was brought from Mexico, but is now entirely superseded by jalap, or used as an adulteration. — C. panduratus. Wild potato vine. This is common in the Northern States, and the root is a mild purgative.— C. perennis. The hop.— C. pes capreai. An Indian species, employed in stimulating cataplasm. Convolvulus scammonia. The scammony plant; called, also, C. Syriacus. It affords the gum-resin called scammony. It is a native of Asia Minor and Cochin China. It is from the milky juice of the root that we obtain the officinal scammony. The smell of scammony is rather unpleasant, and the taste bitterish and slightly acrid. The different proportions of gum and resin of which it consists have been variously stated, but proof spirit is the best menstruum for it. It is brought from Aleppo and Smyrna in masses, generally of a light, shining gray color, and friable texture; of rather an unpleasant smell, and bitterish and slightly acrid taste. The scammony of Aleppo is by far the purest That of Smyrna is ponderous, black, and mixed with extraneous matters. Scammony is a hydragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. Dose, gr. v. to xv. Convolvulus setium. The juice of this plant is violently purgative, and given in dropsy cal affections. A poultice of the herb, made with oil, has been recommended in white swellings of the knee-joint.— C. soldanella. The sea convolvulus. The leaves are said to be a drastic purge, but the medicine has fallen into disuse. — C. Syriacus. See Convolvulus scammonia.— C. turpe'lhum. The turbith plant. The cortical part of the root is brought from the East Indies in oblong pieces: it is of a brown or ash color on the outside, and whitish within. The best is ponderous, not wrinkled, easily frangible, and of a resinous appearance. When chewed, it at first imparts a sweetish taste, which is followed by a nauseous acrimony. It is strongly purgative, but liable to much irregularity of action; jalap, therefore, is now always preferred to it. Convulsio canina. Risus sardonicus.—Cccrealis. Raphania.— C. habitualis. Chorea.— C. Indica. Tetanus. — C. uteri. Abortion. CONVULSION. (Convulsio, onis, f.; from convello, to pull together.) A fit. A convulsion is an agitation of all the limbs of the body, CON COP 187 or of a part, occasioned by violent and involuntary contractions of the muscles, with alternate relaxations, or what are called clonic spasms. Convulsions are universal or partial. When universal, all the limbs are more or less affected, as are the muscles of the face and those of respiration. This is the case with epilepsy and hysteria, wlijch see. A convulsion fit varies much in the mode of attack as well as its progress. Sometimes the assault is sudden and without any warning, but more generally thero areprocursiveindications: these forerunners are, coldness of the extremities, dizziness in the head, spectra floating before the eyes, the tremors of some muscles, a cold air or aura creeping up a limb or up the back. The straggle itself varies in extent, violence, and duration. The muscles are alternately rigid and relaxed; the teeth gnash, and often bite the tongue; the mouth foams; the eyelids open and shut in perpetual motion, or are stretched upon a full stare, while the protuberant balls roll rapidly in every direction: the whole face is hideously distorted. The force exerted in some cases is enormous, so as to overpower the strength of several attendants. When the lungs are much oppressed, the lips, cheeks, and, indeed, the entire surface of the face and arms, are of a dark or purple hue. The paroxysm will sometimes cease in a few minutes, but occasionally it will last for hours; and, after a short period of rest, it perhaps re- , turns again with as much violence as before: tiiis happens frequently iu puerperal and infantile convulsion. Great languor commonly succeeds, sometimes headache and vertigo, but not unfrequently thero are no secondary symptoms whatever. Partial convulsions have received different names: 1. That kind which affects several muscles irregularly is called chorea. 2. When the muscles of the face only are convulsed, it produces a kind of laughter; and this is called risus sardonicus. From the particular cause, it is distinguished as being puerperal, maniacal, dental, &c. The convulsion occasionally shifts about from one to another irregularly, from the face to the arms, and from them to the feet; and in some cases, the face, or the chest, or the limbs are more affected than the other parts. The causes of convulsions aro numerous. In infants, children, and youth, the common causes are irritation of the bowels, teething, and worms. The remedies, consequently, are the appropriate purgatives, and allaying the local irritation. The gums should be properly lanced. In the puerperal convulsion, the attention must be directed to the uterus, the irritation of which is best allayed by copious, prompt, and repeated bleeding, and by the administration of opium by the mouth and rectum. Another set of causes which produce a convulsion are affections of the mind; as excess of anger, joy, grief, and fear. The treatment during the tit must apply to the state of the constitution which favors a tendency to its recurrence. The remedies in convulsions are bleeding (in plethoric persons), stimulants to the extremities, cold to the head, antispasmodics, especially in enemata; of these, ether, assafoetida, and - camphor are preferred. For children, a hot j bath is highly serviceable. • After a paroxysm the predisposing cause must be treated, and the 1 health fully restored. Convulsive. Convulsious. Somewhat f spasmodic; having the character of a convulsion. I CONVULSIVES. Medicines which increase muscular irritability, and in large doses produce * convulsions or tetanus; as strychnia, brucia, ! and the plants which contain them, t CONY'ZA. (a, m, f.) A genus of plants. Syngcncsia. Polygamia superjlua. Composi¦ to;. — C. squarrosa. Great fleabane. This was • formerly esteemed as an emmenagogue, anti, icteric, antepileptic, and vermifuge.— C. cmrui lea. Erigeron acre.— C. major. Inula viscosa ? ¦ — C. media. Inula dysenterica. — C. minor. C. pulicaria. The inula pulicaria. Its chief use was to destroy fleas. Cootertoria caktilago. The thyroid cartilage.— Castclli. COPAI'BA. (a, f.) The resinous exudation of various trees. See Copaifcra officinalis. COPAI'FERA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Dccandria. Monogynia. Mimosew. — C. officinalis. The systematic name of'the plant from which the copaiba balsam was supposed to be obtained. It is now ascertained that nearly all the species of the genus Copaifcra yield the balsam more or less abundantly, and especially C. multijuga. Copaiba is a yellow, resinous juice, of a moderately agreeable smell and a bitterish taste, very permanent on the tongue. The trees which afford it grow in the Brazils. While new, it is a colorless fluid; in time, however, it acquires a yellowish tinge, and the consistence of oil; but though by age it has been found thick, like honey, yet it never becomes solid, like other resinous fluids. By distillation in water, the oil is separated from the resin, and in the former the taste and smell of the balsam are concentrated. If the operation is carefully performed, about one half of the balsam rises into the receiver in the form of oil. The balsam unites with fixed and volatile oils, and with spirit of wine. It is given in all diseases of the urinary organs, when no inflammation is present. In gonorrhoea, after the inflammatory symptoms have abated, in gleet, and in leucorrhoea, it is a medicine of great efficacy. It exerts a stimulating effect on the kidneys, increasing their secretion, and in an over-dose causing inflammation of these organs. It often gives relief in hemorrhoids. In irritable habits this medicine is liable to excite griping, sickness, and severe pains in the region of the kidneys, so that its use can not be persevered in: theso effects are sometimes obviated by combining it with opium. Dose, gtt. xx. to 3SS. three times a day, given in the form of capsules. Copaiva. See Copaifcra. Copaiva or Copaiba capsules. The balsam placed in small gelatinous capsules, so as to b« taken without any unpleasant taste. Copaivic acid. The yellow, brittle resin of copaiba balsam. Copal. An amber-like body used in making varnishes. COPALCHE' BARK. Tho bark of Croton pseudo-China. It resembles cascarilla. COR COR 188 Copalm balsam. Liquidambar. COPHO'SIS. (KcKtoffic; from kwQoc, deaf.) Generally synonymous with deafness, though some writers have restricted it to particular kinds of deafness. Co'pos. KoTtog. Weariness; lassitude. COPPER. Cuprum. A metal of a peculiar reddish-brown color; crystallizable, hard, sonorous, very malleable and ductile, of considerable tenacity, and one of the best conductors of heat and electricity. Its specific gravity is 8-8; equivalent, 31'6; symbol, Cu. It fuses at about 2000° F. Copper is found in nature in the metallic state, and in the form of oxide, sulphuret, carbonate, sulphate, chloride, phosphate, and arseniate. Copper readily tarnishes, forming a red suboxide (Cu 2 0). The black oxide (CuO) is a powerful base, and is extensively used in the ultimate analysis of organic bodies as a source of oxygen. The salts of copper are mostly of a green or blue color, and those which are soluble are poisonous. The symptoms of poisoning are purging, vomiting, gastric distress, and often nervous disorders, such as convulsive movements, tetanus, general insensibility, or a palsy of the lower extremities. Should the patient escape the first effects, a severe gastro-enteritis will be generally established. The antidotes for cupreous poisons are albumen, as hi the white of egg, flour and water, &c. ; the ferrocyanide of potassium and sugar are also highly recommended. For the officinal preparations, see Cuprum. Co'pperas. Sulphate of iron.— C, blue. Sulphate of copper.— C, white. Sulphate of zinc. Copper nose. Acne rosea. Coprago'gus. (From Koirpor, the excrement, and ayu, to bring away.) Purgative. COpR-. Copro-. A prefix (from noivpog, excrement) of many words, little used; as, Copracratia, involuntary defecation.— Coprcmcsis, iliac passion.— Coprocriticus, a laxative.—Coprophoria, purgation.— Coprosclerosis, the induration of fa?cal matters. Coprosta'sia. Coprosta'sis. Costiveness. Co'pte. An ancient cataplasm. COPTIS. The root of C. trifolia, a ranunculaceous, indigenous plant. It is a simple, bitter tonic, like quassia. Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 388. Co'pula. 1. A ligament. 2. Sexual intercourse.—C. carnalis. Coition. Copulation. Coition. Copyo'pia. Weakness of sight. Cor. (Cor, dis, neut.) The heart. CO'RACO-BRACHIA'LIS. Coraco-brachi- ecus. A muscle, so called from its origin and insertion. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the fore-part of the coracoid process of the scapiJla, adhering, in its descent, to the short head of the biceps; inserted, tendinous and fleshy, about the middle of the internal part of the os humeri, near the origin of the third head of the triceps, called brachialus ex ternus, where it sends down a thin, tendinous expansion to the internal condyle of the os humeri. Its use is to raise the arm upward and forward. Coraco-clavicular ligament. See Ligament. Coraco-htoideus. See Omo-hyoideus. CO'RACOID. (Coracoides; from ice-pat;, a crow, and eitioc, resemblance: shaped like the beak of a crow.) Some processes of bones are so named, from a fancied resemblance to the beak of a crow; as the coracoid process of the scapula. Coracoid process. See Scapula. Coracoideus musculus. The Brachialis internus. Coral. See Corallium. CORALLI'NA. (a, a, f.) A genus of marine productions, generally supposed to be polypifers. They consist of a calcareous articulated stem, which adheres to rocks, shells, or other bodies.— C. Corsicana. C. helminthocorton. See Fucus helminthocorton. — C. officinalis. C. alba. Coralline. Sea moss. White wormseed. This was formerly administered to children as an anthelmintic. — C. rubra. See Fucus helminthocorton. Coralline. See Corallina. CORA'LLIUM. (um,i,\\.) Coral. A general name for those marine polypifers which have a stony or homy axis; as Isis, Oculina, Gorgonia, &c. — C. album. White coral. The produce of the several species of Oculina : Madrepora oculala of Linnauis. The powder of white coral has been administered as an absorbent — C. nigrum. Black coral. Gorgonia antipathe — Antipalhes of Linnams. This was formerly used in epilepsy.— C. rubrnm. Acmo. Azur. Red coral. The red coral of commerce is the hard, calcareous substance of the Isis nobilis. When powdered, it is exhibited as an absorbent earth to children, but is in no respect preferable to common chalk. Corallode'ndron. Eryfhrina corallodendron. Co'ralloid. Coralloidcs. Coral-like. CO'RCHOROS. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. The.Corchorus olitorius is cultivated in Egypt as a pot-herb, and the C. trilocularis in Barbary. Co'rculum. The embryo of seeds. CORD, UMBILICAL. 1. The cord formed by the union of the umbilical vessels and integuments, and connecting the foetus with the placenta. 2. In Botany, the tissue which connects the ovule with the c arpel. Corda. Cord. See Chorda. Corda tympani. See Chorda tympani. CordjE Willisii. See Chorda Willisii. Corda'te. Heart-shaped; like the heart on playing cards. CO'RDIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. Cordiacew. — C. myxa. The Sebesten plant. The black fruit is mucilaginous, and gently laxative; and is exhibited in form of decoction in various diseases of the chest, hoarseness, cough, difficult respiration, &c. CORDIAL. Cardiacus. A term originally adjective, but, like most others expressive of the properties of medicines, used also as a substantive. It is applied to warm and stimulating medicines which raise the spirits, and were formerly supposed to strengthen the heart, whence the name. Cordo'lium. Cardialgia. COR COR 18f) CORE, (e, es, f. Koprj.) 1. The pupil of the eye. 2. The center, or nucleus. Corecto'mia. (From Koprj, and eKTepvu, to cut out.) The operation of making an artificial pupil by cutting out a portion of the iris. Coredia'x.ysis. (From Koprj, and ScaXvu, to loosen.) The formation of an artificial pupil by detaching the iris from the ciliary ligament. Core'ma. A medicine for cleansing the skin. — Panlus JEgineta. Coremorpho'sis. (From Kopn, and fiopQuoic, formation.) The operation of forming an artificial pupil.— Wagner. Corenclei'sis. (From Kopn, and ey/cfeicnc, inclusion.) That operation for artificial pupil in which a portion of the iris is drawn through an incision in the cornea, and cut off. Coreo'ncion. Coroncion. (From Koprj, and oyKivov, a hook.) A hooked instrument used in the operation of artificial pupil. Coretomedia'lysis. (From Koprj, and ripvo, to cut, and diahvu, to loosen.) The operation for artificial pupil, by detaching the iris from the ciliary ligament. CORETO'MIA. Ceretofomia. (From Kopn, and te/ivu, to cut.) The operation for artificial pupil. Coria'ceous. {Coriaccus; from corium, leather.) Leathery. Coriander. Coriandrum sativum. CORIAN'DRUM. (um, i, n.) Coriander. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Umbelliferas. — C. sativum. The coriander plant. It is a native of the south of Europe. Every part of the plant, when fresh, has an offensive odor; but the seeds, when dried, have a tolerably grateful smell, and their taste is moderately warm and pungent. They yield their virtues entirely to rectified spirit, but only partially to water. By distillation with water they yield a small quantity of a yellowish essential oil, which smells strongly, and pretty agreeably, of the coriander. The seeds, oil, and water are carminative, and used as adjuvants in cathartic medicines. Coriannon. Corianon. See Coriandrum. Coria'ria myrtifo'lia. A poisonous French plant used in tanning, and said to be used to adulterate senna. CO'RIS. (is, is, f.) 1. St. John's wort. 2. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. — C. cretica. Hypericum saxatile.— C. lutea. Hypericum coris.— C. monspeliensis. Heath pine. Symphitum petratum. This plant is intensely bitter and nauseous, but apparently an active medicine, and employed, it is said, with success in syphilis. CORIUM. Leather. The cutis vera. Co'rium phlogi'sticum. The buffy coat of the blood. Cork. See Quercus suber. Cormus. A solid, bulbous enlargement of the lower part of the stem of liliacere, aroidse, and other plants. Corn. Clavus. — C. poppy. Papaver rhoeas. — C. salad. Valeriana locusta. CORNACEiE. The natural group to which the dogwood trees belong. Cornachi'nus pulvis. Earl of Warwick's powder. The preparations known imder this name consist of scanimony, diaphoretic anti mony, and cream of tartar, in proportions vary ing according to different receipts. CO'RNEA. (a,te,f.) C. transparent. Cpel lucida. The anterior transparent tunic of the eye. See Eye. Cornea opaca. The sclerotic. Cornea, opaque. Caligo. Cornea, sugar-loaf. Staphyloma. Corneitis. Inflammation of the cornea. Corneous. Horn-like. Corni'cula. An old cupping instrument in the shape of a horn, with an aperture at the narrow end, through which the air is exhausted by drawing with the mouth. Cornicula'ris proce'ssus. Horn-shaped process. The coracoid process of the scapula has been so called. Corniculate. Having horn-like processes. Cornifo'rmis. Horn-shaped. CO'RNINE. An alkaline substance said to exist in the Cornus Jlorida. It appears to resemble quinine in its properties. CO'RNU. (n. ind.) 1. The horn of an animal. 2. A wart. 3. A com. 4. The lateral ventricles of the brain terminate in three angular cavities, which are called their cornua, or horns. They are severally called cornu anterius, cornu dcsccndens, or inferior cornu, and cornu posterius. Cornu ammonis. Cornu arielis. When the pes hippocampi of the human brain is cut trans versely through, the cortical substance is so dis posed as to resemble a rain's horn. This is the true cornu ammonis, though the name is often applied to the pes hippocampi itself. Cornu arietis. See Cornu ammonis. Cornu cervi. Hartshorn. The horns of several species of stag, as the Cervus alecs, Ct dama, C. clephas, and C. taranda, are used medicinally. Boiled, they impart to the water a nutritious jelly, which was formerly much in esteem. The homs, when calcined, afford the cornu nstum of the Pharmacopoeias. By distillation they yield the liquor volatilis cornu cervi, or spirit of hartshorn, now superseded by ammonia. Cornu cervi calcinatum. See Cornu ustum. Cornu monocero'tis. See Unicornu. Cornu rupicapr.sc. Chamois horn. Cornu ustum. Cornu cervi calcinatum. Burn pieces of hartshorn in an open fire until they become thoroughly white; then powder, and prepare them in the same manner as is directed for chalk. Burned hartshorn has been supposed to possess absorbent, antacid, and astringent properties. It consists of phosphate of lime, with minute proportions of carbonate of lime and phosphate of magnesia; it has evident ly, therefore, no antacid or absorbent power, and is probably altogether inert as a medicine. CORNUA. The turbinated bones; also, pro cesses of the hyoid and other bones. Cornua lachrymalia. The lachrymal ducts Cornua sacralia. Two tubercles, some times united, at the inferior and outer side of the sacrum, by the side of which the last sacral nerves pass out. Cornua sphenoida'lia. Ossicula Bertini. COR COR 190 Cornua uteri. The angles of the uterus where the Fallopian tubes arise. CO'RNUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of shrubs. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Cornacece. — C. circinata, C.ftorida, and C. sericea. These indigenous species of dogwood are admitted into the Pharmacopoeia. The bark is bitter, astringent, and aromatic, and by some supposed to resemble cinchona bark. The dose is 3j. to jj. in powder or decoction.— C. mascula. A European tree, the fruit of which is of the size and form of an olive, and is edible. The bark is said to be febrifuge. — C. sanguinea. The cornel. The fruit is moderately cooling and astringent. It yields an oil useful for burning. Cornu'tus. Cornutc. Horn-shaped. COROA. Coruova. Comova. The name of a bark introduced into Europe from the East Indies. The tree which aftbrds it is not yet known. It is said to be a powerful bitter and febrifuge. TrommsdoifFhas found in it a peculiar soft resin and an aromatic bitter principle. CORO'LLA. (a, ally applied to the grating sound which is heard C R I CRI 196 when the ends of a fractured bone are rubbed on each other. Crepitus lupi. Lycoperdon bovista. Crescentia cujete. The fruit of this West Indian tree js acidulous, and useful in some bowel complaints. CRESCENTIA. Enlarged lymphatics in the groin. CRESS. A number of plants with a pungent flavor.—£?., garden. Lepidium sativum.— C, Indian. TropoGoluin majus.— C, sciatica. See Lepidium iberis. — C, water. C, wild. Sisymbrium (nasturtium) aquaticum. Crest. See Crista. Crested. Cristatus. CRE'TA. (a, se of tartar emetic is the best in this case. The remedy principally relied on in the present day, and which in many instances has acted like a charm, is large and repeated doses of calomel. Of this, not less than five or six grains are commonly given to very young children, and continued every two or three hours, till there is a discharge of green, bilious matter, which seems to be the criterion of its having taken effect. When depletion has been carried far enough, and the disease still continues, the apjjlication of a blister on the back of the neck or between the shoulders may be serviceable. Other means of counter irritation are also to be employed. Where suffocation is imminent, tracheotomy should be performed. Spasmodic croup is a very different disease from the former, tho peculiarity of which is inflammation, and a membrane-like secretion, neither of which exist in (his, which is of a purely nervous or spasmodic nature. See Laryngismus stridulus. Croup, false. C. cerebral. C. spurious. Pseudo-croup. Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus stridulus. Croup, hysteric. A croup-like cough, occurring as a nervous symptom in some cases of hysteria. Croup-like convulsion. Inward fits. A convulsive affection of young children, unattended by external fits, occurring often at intervals, with carpo-pedal spasm, and supposed by some authors to be a chronic croup. It is sometimes of long continuance, but is dangerous from the occurrence of spasm of the glottis. It is a nervous affection arising from gastric and dental irritation. Croup-like inspiration. Laryngismus stridulus. Crowfoot. Sec Ranunculus. — C. crane's'•ill. Geranium pratense. Crow-silk. Conferva rivalis. Crown. See Corona. CROWN BARK. Loxa bark. Cortex cin;honae lancifolite. Crown, imperial. Corona imperialis. Crown of a tooth. The uppermost part, which is incased in enamel. CRU'CIAL. (Crucialis; from crux, a cross.) Cross-like. Applied, in Anatomy, to some parts disposed in the manner of a cross, as the crucial ligaments of the knee joint. 2. In Surgery, to an incision made in the shape of a cross. Crucial bandage. The T bandage. Crucial ligaments. The ligaments of the knee joint. See Ligament. Crucia'tus. Cruciate. Cruciformis. C R U' C IB L E. Crucibulum. A chemical vessel in which substances are exposed to the heat of a fire or furnace. They are of various materials, as earthenware, porcelain, iron, black lead, platina, &c. CRUCI'FERiE. (From crux, crucis, a cross, and fero, to bear.) The cruciferous tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, seldom shrubby plants, with leaves alternate; flowers, polypetalous; sepals, four, deciduous, cruciate, alternating with four cruciate petals; stamens, six, hypogynous, tetradynamous; fruit, a siliqua, or silicula. Crucifo'rmis. Cruciatus. Cross-like. CRUDE. Unprepared; raw. Applied to coarse natural or artificial products which require purification; as crude sulphur, crude antimony. CRU'DITAS. (From crudus, raw.) A crudity. A term applied to undigested substances in the stomach, and formerly to humors in the body unprepared for concoction. Cruenta expuitio. Haemoptysis. CRU'OR. (or, oris, m.) The red part of the blood when coagulated. See Blood. Cruorin. The soluble product obtained by boiling fibrin and albumen in water. It is produced in the analysis of blood by M. Denis's process. Crupsia. Chromopsia. Cru'ra. The plural of cress, which see. CRURjE'US. (From crus, a leg.) Cruralis. A muscle situated on the forepart of the thigh. It arises, fleshy, from between, the two trochanters of tho os femoris, firmly adhering to the forepart of the os femoris throughout the greater part of its' length; and is inserted, tendinous, into the upper part of the patella, behind the rectus. Its use is to assist the vasti and rectus muscles in the extension of the leg. CRU'RAL. Cruralis. Belonging to the crus, leg, or lower extremity. Crural arch. The inguinal arch formed by l'oupart's ligament. Crural artery. The femoral artery. Crural canal. C. ring. The femoral ring. Crural hernia. Femoral hernia. See Hernia cruralis. Crural nerve. A branch from the lumbal' plexus. It lies on the outside of the psoas muscle and femoral artery. It supplies the muscles and integuments of the thigh. The chief branch is the saphena nerve, which supplies the knee, anterior portion of the leg, and upper part of the foot. Crural plexus. The lumbar plexus. Cruralis. See Crurmus. CRUS. (Crus, re's, n.) 1. The leg; the thigh. 2. The root or origin of some parts of the body, from their resemblance to a leg; as Crura cerebri, Crura cercbclli; Crura of the diaphragm.— C. clitoridis. See Clitoris.— -C. penis. See Penis. CRU'STA. (a, a, fA 1. A shell. 2. A scab. 3. The scum of a fluid. Crusta genu equinjE. The morbid crust or com on the knees of some horses. Knee scab. Horse crust. It has been often recommended in nervous diseases, especially epilepsy. Dose of the powder, gr. v. to 9j. Crusta inflammatory. C. phlogistica. C. pleurilica. The huffy coat of inflamed blood. Crusta lactea. Milk scab. See Porrigo, Larvalis, &c. Crusta petrosa. See Denies. Crusta villo'sa. C. vermicularis. The mucous coat of the stomach and intestines. CRUSTA'CEA. A class of articulated animals protected by a hard shell. Crusta'ceous. Shell-like. Covered with a shell, or resembling a shell. Cru'stula. An effusion of blood under the CRY CUC 200 tunica conjunctiva of the eye, from a bruise or any other cause. Crymo'des. (Kpvuudec; from Kpvuoc, cold.) An epithet of a fever, wherein the external parts are cold and the internal hot. Crymodynia. Chronic rheumatism. Crymoses. Diseases caused by the action of cold. Cryo'phorus. The frost-bearer, an instrument to demonstrate the production of cold by evaporation at low temperatures. Crypso'rchis. One whose testicles have not descended. CRY'PT M. Crypta. (From Kpvnru, to hide.) 1. A follicle, or little pit; a. follicular gland. 2. The little rounded appearances at the end of the small arteries of the cortical substance of the kidneys, that appear as if formed by the artery being convoluted upon itself, are called crypto:. Cryptoce'phalus. (From KpvKroc, and ice- a head.) A monstrosity, in which the head is very small, and does not project from the trunk. CRYPTOGA'MIA. (a, ,c, f.; from Kpvnroc, and yapar, a marriage.) Plants without stamens or pistils. It contains four orders: Filices, Musci, Alga, and Fungi. CRYSTAL. (Crystallus,i,m. KpvoraUoc.) When bodies assume the solid form, their particles becoming connected in a certain order, so as to constitute defined mathematical figures. Every substance susceptible of crystallization appears in some primitive form, as the cube, tetrahedron, octahedron ; and all the secondary forms arise from the decrement of particles from the edges and angles of these primitive forms. Crystal mineral. Sal prunella?. Crystalli. Pemphigus, and also varicella. Crystallin. The azotized body of which the crystalline lens is formed. It closely resembles casein in composition. Crystallin a. A vesicle. Crystalline. Crystallinus. Resembling crystal; having the form of a crystal. Crystalline lens. C. humor. See Eye. CRYSTALLIZATION. ( Crystallizatio, onis, f.; from crystallus, a crystal.) The process in which crystallizable bodies tend to assume a regular form. The circumstances which are favorable to the crystallization of salts are two: 1. Their particles must be divided and separated by a fluid, in order that the corresponding faces of those particles may meet and unite. 2. In order that this union may take place, the fluid which separates the integrant parts of the salt must be gradually evaporated, so that it may no longer divide them. Crystallization, water of. The water which combines with many salts to give them a regular or crystalline form. It is driven off by heat, and leaves the substance in powder, as when alum is heated. There are usually several equivalents of water present in such crystals. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. The science which investigates the forms, modifications, &c., of crystals. Crystalloid. Crystalline. Crtts, synovial. The bursas mucosae. Cte'dones. Pectinated. Cteis. 1. The os pubis. 2. The incisor teeth were called KTiveg. Cte'nobra'nchiata. Syn. of pectinibranchiata. CU. Copper. CUBA, CLIMATE OF. This island is mostly selected as a place of residence for consumptives; and Havana being the most convenient city, is selected by the invalid. The mean temperature of the year is high, being 78° F.; but the northern coast is subject to high winds during tho fall and winter. The south coast would be preferable. CUBE'BA. (a, m, f.; from cubabah, Arab.) See Piper cubeba. Cubebin. A substance extracted from cubebs, closely analogous, if not identical, with piperin. Formula, C34H17O10. — Gregory. Cubebs. See Piper cubeba. Cubebs, oil of. Oleum cubeba;. Cubic nitre. Nitrate of soda. Cubiforme os. See Os cuboides. Cubit.eus externus. See Extensor digitorum communis. Cubitjeus internus. See Flexor sublimis, and profundus. CU'BITAL. (Cubitalis; from cubitus, the fore-arm.) Belonging to the fore-arm. Cubital artery. The ulnar artery. Cubital nerve. The ulnar nerve. Cubitalus musculus. See Anconeus. Cubito-suprapalmaris. Belonging to the fore-arm and back of the hand. An artery derived from the ulnar bears this name, and also the attending vein. C U' B IT U S. (us, i, m.; from cubo, to lie down.) 1. The fore-arm, or that part between the elbow and wrist. 2. The larger bone of the fore-arm is called os cubiti. See Ulna. CUBOI'DES. Cuboid; resembling a cube. Cuboides os. Os cubiforme. A tarsal bone of the foot. See Tarsus. Cuckow-flower. Cardamine pratensis. Cuckow pint. Arum maculatum. CUCU'BALUS. A genus of plants. Decandria. Tryginia. — C. bacciferus. The berrybearing chickweed, which is sometimes used as an emollient poultice.— C. behen. The Behen officinarum, or spatling poppy, formerly used as a cordial and alexipharmic. Cuculla'ris. The trapezius muscle. Cuculla'tus. Hooded; cone-shaped. CUCU'LLUS. A hood; a bandage for the head; an odoriferous cap for the head. CUCUMBER. See Cucumis sativus.— C, bitter. See Cucumis colocynthis.—C, squirting. C, wild. See Momordica elaterium.— C, tree. Magnolia acuminata. CU'CUMIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of plants. Monascia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitacea. Cucumis agrestis. C. asininus. Momordica elaterium. Cucumis colocynthis. The bitter apple, bitter gourd, or bitter cucumber. An annual vine, native of Syria and Africa. The fruit is a round pepo, the size of a small orange, yellow, and smooth on the outside when ripe; trilocu lar, each cell containing many ovate, compress- CUM CUP 201 ed whitish seeds, enveloped by a white, spongy pulp (colocynthidis pulpa). The pulp is inodorous, extremely bitter, and nauseous. Ether, alcohol, and water extract its virtues. It is a drastic purgative, producing violent gripbig, and is mostly given in the form of extract, combined with aloes and other drags. Dose, gr. ij. to gr. v. Cucumis melo. Musk melon. This fruit must be eaten moderately, as it is liable to produce flatulence and colic. Cucumis sativus. Cucumber plant. It is cooling and aperient, but very apt to disagree with bilious stomachs. Cucumis sylvestris. See Momordica elaterium. Cu'cuniA. A hood. An odoriferous cap for the head, containing aromatic drugs. Cucurbit. Cucurbita. An alembic. CUCU'RBITA. A genus of plants. Mmimcia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitaccm — C. citrullus. The water-melon plant. The seeds of this plant were formerly used medicinally. An infusion is said to be diuretic. Water-melon is cooling and somewhat nutritious, but disagrees with many. — C. lagenaria. The gourd, the pulp of which is bitter and purgative.— C. melo pepo is the large squash, and C. ovifera the small vegetable maivow.— C. pepo. The common pumpkin. The seeds contain a large proportion of oil, which may be made into emulsions. Cucurbita cruenta. A cupping glass. CUCURBITA'CEiE. Plants resembling the gourd. Cucurbiti'nus. The ta\nia solium. See Taenia. CUCURBI'TULA. C. cruenta. A cupping glass. Cucurbitula cum ferro. Ciqming. Cucurbitula sicca. Dry cupping. Cudbear. The coloring matter of the lecunora tartarea. Cudweed. See Filago. CuiCHf nchullis. Ionidium microphyllum. CU'LEX. The gnat family. — C. pipiens. The common gnat. The best application to the bitten part is diluted spirit of hartshorn. Culilawan. See Cinnamommn Culilawan. Culinary. Relating to the kitchen, or to cookery. Culm. Cu'lmus. Straw. The stem of grasses, rushes, and plants nearly allied to them. Cu'lter. Cultellus. A knife or shear. The third lobe of the liver. Cultrate. Shaped like a plough-share. Culver's physic. Leptandra virginica. Cumamus. Sea Piper cubeba. Cumana brassica. Red colewort. Cumin. Cuminum cyminum. CU'MINUM. A genus of plants. Ucptandria. Digynia. UmbelUferm, — C. asthiopicum. See Sison.— C. cy'minum. The cumin plant. The seeds have a bitterish taste, accompanied with an aromatic, though not agreeable flavor. They are generally preferred to other seeds for external use in discussing indolent tumors. CUMYL. A hypothetical radical existing in oil of cumin; form., CioHnO;>. — Cnminolc, or pure essential oil of cumin, is a hydruret, or C.n HnOrf-H. — Cuminic acid, which is crystalline, is the hydrated oxide, CwHnOa-f-HO. Cunea'lis sutuba. The suture by which the os sphenoides is joined to the os frontis. CUNEIFORM. (Cuneiformis; from cuneus, a wedge, and forma, likeness.) Wedge-like. Cuneiform iaossa. The sphenoid bone. See Tarsus. Cune'olus. (From cuneus, a wedge.) A crooked tent to put into a fistida. CUNI'LA. A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Salviacea. The C. mariana is thought to be febrifuge.— C. bubula. Marjoram. Pliny. — C. mascula. The inula dysenterica.—C. pulcgioides. Hedeoma pulegioides. Cup. A measure of four ounces, used in bleeding. Cu'pel. A shallow earthen vessel like a cup, made of bone earth, used in assaying. CUPELLATION. Cupcllatio. The purifying of perfect metals by means of an addition of lead, which, at a due heat, becomes vitrif ied, and promotes the vitrification and calcination of such imperfect metals as may be in the mixture, so that these last are carried off in the fusible glass that is formed, and the perfect metals are left nearly pure. Cupola. The infundibulum of the cochlea. CUPPING. Cupping is performed by glasses, called, from their shape, cucurbitula:, of different sizes and shapes, mostly open like a cup, a spirit lamp, and a scarificator. When the operation is about to be done, a basin of warm water, a piece of fine sponge, and the lighted lamp must be at hand. As many of the cupping-glasses as may be judged necessary are to be put into the basin. Each glass is then to be held for an instant only over the flame of the spirit lamp, aud immediately placed upon the skin; and the moment the glass is applied, the skin and integuments are drawn up, and become swollen, from the blood being drawn into the small vessels. When nothing more is done, the operation is called dry cupping. But cupping being mostly intended to remove a quantity of blood, the operator proceeds, after the glass has been on a minute, to remove it, and quickly applies the scarificator, and immediately puts on the cupping-glass, having used the spirit lamp as before. When the glasses are so full as to bo in danger of falling off, or the blood is coagulated in them, they should be removed, emptied, and applied again. CUPRE'SSUS. A genus of plants. Manascia. Monadclphia. Conifcrm. The cypresstree — C. scmpe'rvirens. The cupressus of the shops. Every part of the plant abounds with a bitter, aromatic, terebinthinate fluid, and is said to be a remedy against intermittents. Its wood is extremely durable. CUPRI ACETAS. (U.S. - ) Verdigris. A pale green substance, of a crystalline structure, consisting of a mixture of acetates of copper. By levigating, and preparing like chalk, it constitutes the cupri acctas pra-paratus (U. S.). It is, like all the salts of copper, poisonous, and used only in ointment, ungucntum cupri acctas. Cupri ammoniaretum. Cupri ammonio-sulplias. See Cuprum ammoniatxim. ' Cutri ammoniati nquoR. C. ammoniati C U R cus 202 aqua. C. ammoniati solutio. See Liquor cupri ammo nio-sulphatis. Cupri limatura. Copper filings. Cupri rubigo. Verdigris. Cupri subacetas. C. subacctas pra-parata. C. diacetas. See Cupri acctas. Cupri sulphas. Cuprum vitriolatum. Sulphate of copper. Blue stone. Blue vitriol. It possesses corrosive and styptic qualities; is esteemed as a tonic, emetic, astringent, and escharotic; and is exhibited internally in the cure of dropsies, hemorrhages, and as a speedy emetic. Tho dose, as a tonic and astringent, is one sixth of a grain, gradually increased to gr. ij.; as an emetic, from gr. v. to gr. xv. Externally, it is applied in cases of hemorrhages, hffimorrhoids, leucorrhcea, phagedenic ulcers, and condylomata. Cupro-sulphate of ammonia. See Cuprum ammoniatum. CU'PRUM. (um, i, n.) See Copper. Cuprum AMMONIACALE. See Cuprum ammo- niatum. Cuprum AMMONIATUM. (U.S.) Cupriammoniosulphas. Ammonia; cupro-sulphas. Ammoniated copper. Ammoniacal sulphate of copper. Ammonio-sulphate of copper. Take of sulphate of copper, f ss.; sesqui-carbonate of ammonia, ,~vi. Rub them together in a glass mortar till the effervescence ceases, then dry the ammoniated copper, wrapped up in bibulous paper, in the air. It is to be kept in a well-stopped bottle. This preparation is much milder than the sulphate of copper. It is found to produce tonic and astringent effects on the human body. Its principal internal use has been in epilepsy and other obstinate spasmodic diseases, given in doses of half a grain, gradually increased to five grains or more, two or three times a day. For its external application, see Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. Cuprum vitriolatum. See Cupri sulphas. Cu'pula. The cup of the acorn. CUPULIFERjE. The oak and chestnut tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves alternate; flowers, amentaceous, dioecious, apetalous; ovarium inferior, inclosed in a, cupule; fruit, a horny or coriaceous nut. CURA'TTO. Cura. The treatment of a disease or injury. Cura ayenacea. A decoction of oats with nitre, &c. , Cura fahis. Abstinence from food. Cura mkdeana. The operation of transfusion. CURA RI. A violent poison used by the South American Indians to poison weapons. It is supposed to be derived from a strychnos, and contains an alkaloid (curarinc) of a yellowish amorphous form, which is very active. CURATIVE. Curativus. Relative to a cure ; capable of cure. Curcas. See Jatropha curcas. Curcu'lio. 1. The throat. 2. A genus of coleopterous insects. Curcum. See Chelidonium. majus. CURCU'MA. (a, a, f. Arabic, cwkum.), 1. Turmeric. 2. A genus of plants. Monandria. Monogynia. Zingibcrace.a:. — C.longa. C. rotunda. The tumieric plant. The root is im- ported from the East Indies. It is of a yellow color; its odor is somewhat fragrant; to the taste it is bitterish, slightly acrid, exciting a moderate degree of warmth in the mouth, and, on being chewed, it tinges the saliva yellow. The yellow coloring matter (cucurmin) is resinous, and soluble in ether and alcohol. It is used in curry powder, in dyeing, and furnishes a chemical test of tho presence of uncombined alkalies.— C. anguslifolia, C. leuchorrhiza, and C. rubescens all yield East Indian arrow-root. — C. zcdoaria. See Zedoary. Curd. The coagulum of milk. CURE'TTE. (French.) An instrument, shaped like a little scoop, for taking away any opaque matter that may be left behind the pupil, after extracting the cataract from the eye. Currant. See Ribes, and Vitis. Curry. A condiment, containing turmeric, red and black pepper, and aromatic seeds, in various proportions. Cursuma. Curtuma. See Ranunculus ficaria. Curva'tor coccy'gis. A muscle described by Albinus. Curva'tus. Curvate: bent. CURVATURE. (From curvo, to bend.) A curved or bent condition. A departure from the erect or straight line. In Pathology, a departure from the proper or normal figure and direction; as curvature of the spine, curvature of a bone, in mollitcs ossium. Curvature of the spine. When the spinal column deviates from its regular figure. The curvature may be lateral, or forward. It arises from various causes. 1st. Debility of the muscles, caused by tight lacing, want of exercise, a constrained posture. This occurs in youth, and may be remedied by proper exercise, tonics, the removal of all injurious causes, and occasional support. 2d. Rickets. See Rachitis. .Id. Caries of the vertebra;, by which the body being destroyed, there is curvature forward, as in Pott's disease. 4th. Hydrorachis, which see. 5th. Psoas and lumbar abscess, producing caries of the adjacent vertebra. 6th. Accidents to the vertebra', producing dislocation, softening, inflammation, and ending in curvature. CUSCO CINCHONA. A spurious bark resembling the yellow. Sulphate of soda does not, however, produce any precipitate in the in fusion, as it does in that of yellow bark. Cusco'nin. Aricina. CUSCU'TA. Dodder. A genus of plants. Tctrandria. Digynia. — C. epilhymum. The dodder of thyme. A parasitical plant, possessing a strong, disagreeable smell, and a pungent taste, very durable in the mouth; formerly recommended in melancholia, as a cathartic.— C curopcea. Common flax dodder. CUSPARIA. (a, t is said, with remarkable success. Cyno'sbatus. Cyno'sbastos. Cynospa'stum. Rosa canina. Cyopho'ria. Pregnancy. Cyparissus. See Cupressus. Cyperaceje. The natural family of rushes. CY'PERUS. A genus of rushes.— C. antiquorum. The large rush of Syria and Egypt, which furnished the ancient papyrus.— C. esculentus. The rush-nut. The root resembles the chestnut. — C. longus. Galangale. The root of this plant is aromatic.— C. rotundus. The round cyperus. The root is a grateful aromatic bitter. CYPHO'SIS. Cyphoma. Kvuua, Kvtjtoc; from kvutu, to bend.) Gibbosity. A hump back. Cypress. Cyprus. Cupressus sempervirens. Cypress spurge. Esula minor. Cy'prinum oleum. Kvnpivov elaiov. It was composed of oil of unripe olives, aspalathus, calamus, myrrh, cardamum, elecampane, and Jews' pitch.— Dioscorides. CY'PRINUS. A genus of fishes. The five following are used as food.— C. alburnus. The bleak.— C. barbus. The barbel. — C. carpio. The carp.— C. gobio. The gudgeon.— C. leuciscus. The dace. Cyprium jes. Copper. Cy'psele. Cypsela. Cypselis. 1. Tho wax of the ear. 2. A seed vessel. Cyrto'nosus. 1. The rickets. 2. Curved spine. CYRTO SIS. Cyrto'ma. (From Kvproc, curved.) The same as gibbosity, or curvature. A tumor. Cyrtosis cretinismus. Cretinism.— C. rachia. Rachitis. Cy'ssarus. The l^ectum. Cyssa'nthemon. Cyssophyllon. Cyclamen. Cyssotis. (From nvaoq, the anus.) An inflammation of the rectum. Tenesmus. CYST. Ky s t. (From kvotic, a bladder.) A membranous sack or cavity in which morbid products are collected; such products are said to be encysted. CYST-. A common prefix. (From Kvartg, the bladder.) The following are not much used: Cystectasy, Cystectasia. Lithectasy.— Cystcrethismus. Irritability of the bladder.— Cystiphlogia, Cystophlogia. Cystitis.—Cystoblennorrhata, Cysto-catarrhus, Cystorrhma. Synonymes of cystirrhcea.— Cystolithic. Relating to urinary calculi. — Cystoncus. Swelling of or about the bladder.— Cystophlegmatic. Relating to cystirrhcea, or a flow of mucus from the bladder.— Cystopyic. Relating to suppuration of the bladder. CYSTA'LGIA. (a,a-,f.) Painful spasmodic affection of the bladder. Such affections are not very common, but they are occasionally met with. The spasm comes on in paroxysms, which sometimes equal in severity those of the stone. C ysteo'lithus. A stone in the urinary bladder or gall bladder. Cy'sthus. KvoOoc. The anus. CY'STIC. Cysticus. Belonging to the urinary or gall bladder; as cystic duct, cystic bile, &c. C YS C Y T 206 Cystic duct. The duct leading from the gall bladder. Cystic oxide. See Cystin. Cystica medicamenta. Medicines used in diseases of tho bladder. CYSTICE'RCUS. (us, i, m.; from kvotic, and KepKoc, a tail.) The wiled bladder-worm. A genus of worms of the hydatid tribe, consisting of a cylindrical body, terminated by a caudal vesicle, and having a head furnished at its base with four nipples or suckers. Those which have been found in the human subject are, C. tenuicollis, about an inch long : its head is very small.— C.finnia. This species is always inclosed in a delicate cyst. It is of the size of a linseed. — C. Fisckerianus. Found in the choroid plexus of a man, where they caused no inconvenience.—C. dicystus. Once found in the ventricle of the brain in apoplexy. It presented two vesicles; the one the ordinary caudal bladder, the other embracing the body anteriorly.— C. punctalns. Found in the choroid plexus. Its caudal bladder is globular, and presents several white spots. CYSTIN. Cystic oxide. A rare constituent of urinary calculi, soluble in alkalies and acids. It is obtained in six-sided, transparent crystals or plates, is insoluble in water and alcohol, and gives oft' a peculiar odor when burned. It has neither acid nor alkaline reaction, and seems to form salts with both these classes of bodies. Formula, Cf,H.jN04S 3 ; hence it is remarkable for the large amount, 25-5 per cent., of sulphur it contains. Cystirrha'gia. A discharge from the bladder, mostly of blood. CYSTIRRIKE'A. (From kvotic, and peu, to flow.) Discharge of mucus from the bladder; vesical catarrh. It is mostly accompanied with strangury, and depends on irritation of the bladder. Warm diluents, the turpentines, and antiphlogistic regimen are necessary. CY'STIS. (From kvotic, a bag.) 1. A cyst, bladder, or small membranous bag. 2. The urinary bladder. 3. The membranous bag surrounding or containing any morbid substance. Cystis cuoledocha. C. fellea. See Gall bladder. Cystis urinaria. See Urinary bladder. CYSTI'TTS. (is, idis, f. Kvotic.) Inflammation of the bladder. Inflammation affects chiefly the mucous coat of the bladder, but all the coats may be implicated. The disease may be either acute or chronic. The acute form is known by acute pain in the region of the bladder, attended with fever and hard pulse, a frequent and painful discharge of urine, or a suppression, and generally tenesmus. If the disease be not soon subdued, the restlessness and anxiety increase, the extremities become cold, vomiting supervenes, and delirium and other marks of great general irritation; the disease runs its course with rapidity, and subsides or destroys the patient in a few days. The treatment is the same as in nephritis. Chronic inflammation of the bladder is attended with a highly irritable state of the organ, and a very copious excretion of mucus along with the urine, whence the name of catarrhus vesica; which has been applied to it. CY'STITOME. (From kvotic, and reuvu, to cut.) The name of an instrument for opening the capsule of the crystalline lens. — Lafaye. Cy'sto-bubonoce'le. A rare species of hernia, in which the urinary bladder is protruded through the inguinal aperture. CYSTOCE'LE. (From kvotic, and Knly, a tumor.) Hernia of the bladder. This is rare. It occurs most frequently at the inguinal ring, less at the crural ring; the bladder has also been known to protrude through the perinanim, vagina (vaginal cyslocele), or thyroid foramen. Cystodynia. Pain in or about the bladder. Cy'stomeroce'le. A hernial protrusion of the bladder through the femoral ring. See Cystoccle. Cystopi.asty. The reparation of vesico-vaginal fistula by paring its edges, dissecting a nap from the external labium, and uniting this by suture to the edges. CYSTOPLE'GIA. (From kvotic, and nlno- Co, to strike.) Paralysis of the bladder. Cystople'xia. The same as cystoplegia. CYSTOPTO'SIS. (From kvotic, and TrtTrrw, to fall.) A name given by Vogel to a relaxation of the internal coat of the bladder, whereby it protrudes into the urethra. Cystospa'sticus. Cystospaslic. (Fromkvotic, and onau, to draw.) Relating to spasm of the bladder. CYSTOTO'MIA. (a, ec, f.; from kvotic, and teuvu, to cut.) The operation of cutting or puncturing into the bladder. CY'TINUS. A genus of plants. Gynandria. Octandria. — C. hypocistis. Rape of cystus. A fleshy, pale-yellowish plant, parasitical on the roots of several species of cystus in the south of Europe, from which the succus hypocistidis is obtained. CY'TISINE. Cytissina. A bitter principle resembling erne tin; nauseous, emetic, and poisonous. It is found in the seeds of the Cytisus laburnum, or common laburnum, and also in asarum and arnica. One to two grains are emetic and purgative; in larger doses it is an acrid poison. Cy'tiso-geni'sta. Spartium scoparium. Cytisus bcoparius. The spartium scoparium. CYTOBLAST. (From kvtoc, a cell, and (i?MOToc, a germ.) A nucleus, areola, or cellgerm. A minute spot discovered on the growing cells of those parts of animals or plants undergoing development or frequent reparation, which is found to be the rudiment of a new cell. Cytoblastema. The blastema orfluid which nourishes the cytoblast. Dextrine in plants,, and the liquor sanguinis in animals, are the principal blastema or cell food; but it differs according to the place of the cytoblast. DAN DAT 207 DaBERLOCKS. Fucus esculentus. Dace. Cyprinus leuciscus. DACRY-. A prefix (from 6anpov, a tear) of many words seldom employed; as Dacryadenalgia. Disease of the lachrymal gland.—Dacryadenitis. Inflammation of the lachrymal gland.— Dacryodes. A sanious ulcer, &C. Dacry'dium. Scammony. Dacryo'ma. (From daxpvu, to weep.) Epiphora. Dacty'lion. • Preternatural adhesion of the fingers to each other. A congenital deformity, or the consequence of burns.— Vogel. Dactylitis. Paronchia. Dactylius aculeatus. An annellated worm found in diseased urine. DA'CTYLUS. («*, i, m. AaKTvlog.) 1. A finger. See Digitus. 2. The date. Dadyl. A product from oil of turpentine. D.bdalia suaveolens. Boletus suaveolens. 1. A small torch or candle. 2. A bougie. DvEMONOMA'NIA. Dcemonia. (a, «, f.; from daipuv, a demon, and pavia, madness.) A melancholy where the patient supposes himself to be possessed by devils. Daffodil. Narcissus pseudonarcissus. Daffy's elixir. Compound tincture of senna, with the addition of aniseed and elecampane root. Dahlin. A kind of starch or inulin. DAGUERREOTYPE. A process whereby the images of objects formed in a camera, obscura are made to depict themselves on a plated surface. The silver is prepared with iodine, or compounds of iodine with bromine or chlorine, and being acted on by light, it is exposed to the vapor of mercury, and washed in a solution of hyposulphite of soda, &c. The impressions are exquisite, and the process furnishes every one with the means of securing perfect representations of natural or artificial objects. Daisy, ox-eye. See Chrysanthemum. Dalby's carminative. A nostrum much used as a carminative for children. It consists of carbonate of magnesia, 3ij.; oil of peppermint, 1U j.; oil of nutmeg, ttlij.; oil of aniseed, tltiij.; tincture of castor, 33s.; tincture of assafoetida, HI xv.; tincture of opium, HI v.; spirit of pennyroyal, itlxv.; compound tincture of cardamoms, 333.; peppermint water, gij. Dam a. A deer. See Ccrvus. Damask rose. See Rosa ccntifolia. Dammara australis. See Cowdic gum. Dammaric acid. An acid resin of cowdie gum, soluble in weak alcohol. Formula, C 40 H30OB. Dammaran. A component of cowdie gum, soluble in pure alcohol. Formula, C 4 oH 3 iO a . Damna'tus. Terra damnata. The refuse of distillation. Damson. Prunus domestica. Dandelion. See Lcontodon taraxacum. Dandriff. See Pityriasis. Danevert springs, Sweden, contain carbon- D. j ic acid, carbonate and sulphate of iron, sul i phates of soda and lime, and muriate of soda, j Danse de saint guy. Dansc de St. Witt. See Chorea. DA'PHNE. (e, et, f.) A genus of plants. Octandria. Monogynia. Tyrnelacem. — D. alpina. This species of dwarf olive-tree is said to be purgative in the dose of 3ij.— D. gni'dium. Tho tree which affords the Garou bark. Spurge-flax. Flax-leaved daphne. The bark has the same properties as mezereon.— D. laure'ola. The spurge-laurel. Laureola daphnoides. The bark is used in the same way as that of tho mezereon.— D. lintearia. The lace bark of Jamaica has analogous properties. Da'i-hne meze'reum. The mezereon. Mezereum. (U. S.) This plant is extremely acrid; the berries (grana cnidii) also have the same effects; and, when swallowed, prove a powerful corrosive poison. The bark of the root (cortex radicis mczcrei) is officinal, and is a component of the compound sarsaparilla decoction. It is very acrid, which arises from the presence of a volatile oil and resin. The bark, steeped in vinegar, is vesicating, and is sometimes used with the same intention as savine. It is also stimulant and diaphoretic. Its use in syphilis is very questionable, but in cutaneous diseases it seems more serviceable. It is also used in decoction (gj. to Oj. of water), of which f. gij, three times a day, is a dose. In over-doses it is an acrid poison, and is to bo met by diluents, dilute acids, and encouraging the vomiting. Daphnel/e'on. Oil of bay-berries. DATIININE. The bitter, crystalline principle of the daphne alpina, mezereon, &c. It is hard, of a grayish color, evaporates in acrid, acid vapors, is sparingly soluble in cold, but moderately in boiling water. It is not the active principle of mezereon, and appears to resemble asparagin. Daphnoi'des. Daphni'tis. Daphne laureola. Da'rsis. Excoriation. Da'rta. A severe impetigo. DA'RTOS. (From depu, to excoriate.) A condensed cellular structure under the skin of the scrotum. It is by means of the dartos that the skin of the scrotum is corrugated and relaxed. DARTRE. A term vaguely applied by French writers to cutaneous diseases: generally speaking, it corresponds with herpes and impetigo. Da'syma. Trachoma. Date. The fruit of phoenix dactylifera. Date plum, Indian. Dyospyrus lotus. DATU'RA. («, a, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacea;. Nearly all the species resemble the datura stramonium in effect. Several are used in the East Indies, as D. arborea, D. fcrox, D. fasluosa, D. metel, and D. tatula. Datura stramonium. Stramonium. (U. S.) Thorn apple. Jamestown weed. The leaves D E A DEC 208 (folia stramonii), roots (radix stramonii), aud seeds (semina stramonii) are officinal. Of these, the seeds are the most active, and contain dalurine. The odor of the plant is fetid and narcotic, the taste bitter and nauseous. Its medicinal powers are extracted by water or spirit. Stramonium acts nearly like belladonna. It numbs pain, without producing sleep; dilates the pupil, though not so fully; causes dryness of the throat, headache, and nervousness. In over-doses it produces delirium, convulsions, and sometimes palsy, and is to be met by emetics, acid diluents, and astringent decoctions. It seems to be most useful in neuralgias and chronic rheumatism. Its use in mania and asthma, especially when smoked, is very questionable. Dose of the powdered leaves, gr. j.; of the seeds, gr. ss., to be gradually increased. Cataplasms of the fresh-bruised leaves have been very successfully used in sores of a highly irritable and painful nature. DATU'RINE. Daturia. Dalurina. Daturium. A highly poisonous alkaloid of stramonium. It crystallizes in colorless, brilliant prisms, of a bitter and tobacco-like flavor. It requires 280 parts of cold and 72 of boiling water for solution, and is very soluble in alcohol. It resembles in properties hyoscyamia, and dilates the pupil. Dauci'tes visum. Must, in which bruised carrots have been steeped. DAU'CUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The carrot. 2. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Umbellifcrai — D. alsaticus. Oreoselinum. — D. annuus minor. Caucalis anthriscus.— D. carota. D. saliva. Daucns. (L.) Carota. (U. S.) The carrot plant. The scraped root forms a good poultice, and the seeds are a warm aromatic. The boiled root is moderately nutritious.—D. crcticus. See Athamanta.— D. Macedonius. Apium graveolens. — D. montanus. D. selenoides. Oreoselinum. — D. seprinius. Scandix cerefolium?— D. sylvestris. D. vulgaris. Wild carrot, or bird's nest. The seeds possess demulcent and aromatic qualities. Daura. Hellebore. Leaf-gold.— Ruland. Davy's safety lamp. An oil lamp surrounded by gauze wire, to prevent explosions in coal mines. Day-mare. See Ephialtes. Day-sight. See Hemeralopia, and Nyctalo- pia. Dead-nettle. Lamium album. Deadly nightshade. Atropa belladonna. Deafness. See Dysccaza. Deaf-dumbness. See Aphonia. Dealbatio. See Albatio. Dearticula'tio. See Diarthrosis. DEATH. The final cessation of the vital processes, the action of which maintains life. — Death, apparent. Asphyxia.— D., partial. D., molecular. Gangrene. Mortification.— D., black. The plague of the fourteenth century. — D., sudden. The sudden loss of vital power. It may arise from organic disease of the heart or arteries, apoplexy, hemorrhage into the lungs, or excessive uterine hemorrhage, or from ner vous shocks, such as that of a severe operation. D e a u r a t i o. The w rapping up of pills in gold leaf. DEBILITAS. Debility, (as, atis, f.) Weakness. Decay of power, flauvages has a peculiar class of diseases under the name of Debilitates, or those characterized by debility. Debilitants. Medicines which reduce excitement. Decagy'nia. An order of plants with ten pistils. Deca'xdria. A class of plants with ten stamens. DECANTATION. Decantalio. The pour ing off of a liquor clear from sediment. Decarbonization. The removal of carbon in the aeration of the blood. Decide'ntia. Synonymous with cataptosis. D E CID U A. In Anatomy, a very thin and delicate membrane, membrana decidua, which adheres to the internal surface of the gravid uterus. It is generally supposed by anatomists of the present day that the decidua is a sac without any aperture, lining the uterus previously to the descent of the ovum; and that when the ovum descends it pushes the decidua before it, and is enveloped by it, except at the part where the placenta is afterward formed. That part of the membrane which lines the uterus is called tunica decidua uteri, and that which covers the ovum is called tunica decidua rcflcxa. DECI'DUOUS. ( Dcciduns; from decido, to fall off or down; to die.) Falling off. In Botany, applied to trees, shrubs, &C, which lose their leaves as winter approaches. DE'CLINE. 1. Remission. The abatement of a disease or paroxysm. 2. The result of old age; an enfeeblement of the vital powers. 3. Tabes. Phthisis. Declining. Declinatus. Declivis. 1. Applied to steins, pericarps, &c., when bent down like a bow, with the arch downward. 2. A muscle of the abdomen, because of its posture. Obliquus descendens. Declinatus. See Declining. Decli'vis. Declining; descending. DECO'CTION. The process of boiling; also used for the form of medicine in which the active matters are boiled with water. To make a decoction (decoctum), the drugs should be well bruised, or if fresh, sliced; the boiling should be conducted in a closed tin or copper vessel, and not so far prolonged as to produce decompositions among the vegetable matters. Decoctions do not keep well, and in summer are seldom fit for use after forty-eight hours. The officinal decoctions are given under Decoctum. Decoction of the woods. D. sudorific Decoctum guaiaci compositum. Decoction, pectoral. Decoctum hordei compositum. DECO'CTUM. (um, i, n.; from decoquo, to boil.) A decoction. In a chemical point of view, it is a continued ebullition with water, to separate such parts of bodies as are only soluble at that degree of heat. The following are among the principal decoctions used in medi cine. Decoctum album. See Mistura cornu ustt. Decoctum aloes compositum. (Ph. L.) Compound decoction of aloes. Take of extract of liquorice, 3vij.; carbonate of potash, jj.; DEC DEC O 209 aloes, powdered, myrrh, powdered, saffron, of each, siss.; water, a pint and a half. Boil down to a pint, and strain; then add compound tincture of cardamoms, f. gvij. Dose, f. gss. to f. giss. Decoctum alth.eje. (Ph. D.) D. althern officinalis. Decoction of marsh mallows. Take M dried marsh mallow roots, giv.; raisins, stoned, gij.; water, Ovij. Boil to live pounds, and strain. Demulcent drink. Decoctum amyli. (Ph. L.) Take of starch, gssrf water, Oj. Rub them together, and boil for a few minutes. Used as an enema, either alone or as a vehicle. Decoctum anthemidis. D.anthemidisnobilis. Chamomile decoction. Take of chamomile flowers, gj.; caraway seeds, gss.; water, Ibv. Boil fifteen minutes, and strain. (Ph. E.) Decoctum astragali. Take of the root of the Astragalus exscapus, gj.; distilled water, Oiij. These are to be boiled till only a quart of fluid remain. The whole is to be taken, a little warmed, in the course of twenty-four hours. This remedy was tried very extensively in Germany, and said to exert, very powerful effects as an antisyphilitic. Decoctum ave'nje. Water gruel. Boil of oatmeal, gj., in water, Ovj. to Oij., constantly stirring. Strain. A demulcent vehicle. Decoctum bardanjk. Take of bardana root, gvj.; of distilled water, Ovj. Boil down to two quarts. From a pint to a quart in a day is given, in those cases where sarsaparilla and alteratives are supposed to be necessary. Decoctum ca'ssi.k fistul.ic. Decoction of cassia fistula. Take of cassia pulp, gij.; water, Oij. Boil a few minutes, decant the fluid parts, and add of syrup of violets, gj., or of manna, gij. A French fonnula. It is laxative. Dose, f. giv. to f. gvj. Decoctum cetra'ri.e. See Decoctum lickcnis. Decoctum chamjkmki.i. See Decoctum anthemidis. Decoctum chimaphi'lje. (U. S.) Decoction of pipsissewa. Decoction of wintergreen. Take of chimaphila leaves, bruised, gj.; of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A gentle alterative tonic. Dose, gj. to gij. A pint may be taken daily. Decoctum chro'ndri. Decoction of carrageen moss. Take of carrageen moss, gss. Steep in cold water for ten minutes, then boil in water, Oiij., fpr a quarter of an hour. This is nutritious and demulcent, and may be combined with milk, &c. Decoctum cinchon.sc. (U. S.) Decoction of cinchona. Decoction of Peruvian bark. Take of cinchona bark, braised, gj.; water, a pint. Boil for ten minutes in a vessel slightly covered, and strain the decoction while hot. According to the option of the practitioner, the bark of either of the species of cinchona, the cordifolia, or yellow, the oblongifolia, or red, or the lancifolia, or quilled, may be used. This way of administering the bark is very general, as all the other preparations may be mixed with it, as necessity requires. It is a very good astringent lotion for prolapsus of the uterus or rectum. Dose, f. gij. Decoctum colu'mbj; compo'situm. Compound decoction of columba. Take of columba root, binised, of quassia shavings, each 3ij.; of orange peel, 3j\; of powdered rhubarb, 3j.; of carbonate of potash, 333.; of water, f. fxx. Boil to a pint, and add to the strained liquid tinctura lavandula?, f. fss. A tonic decoction of the former United States Pharmacopoeia. Decoctum commune rno clystkre. Decoctum malvsB compositum. Decoctum cornu. See Mistura cornu usti. Decoctum corn'us flo'ridj:. (U. S.) Decoction of dogwood bark. Take of dogwood bark, bruised, gj.; of water, Oj. Boil for ten minutes, and strain while hot. This is an imperfect substitute for cinchona. Dose, f. gij. Decoctum cydonije. (L. Ph.) Decoction of quince seeds. Take of quince seeds, 3ij.; water, a pint. Boil over a gentle fire for ten minutes, then strain. Demulcent. Decoctum daphnes mezerei. Decoction of mezereon. Take of the bark of mezereon root, gij.; liquorice root, braised, gss.; water, Oiij. Boil with a gentle heat down to two pounds, and strain. From four to eight ounces of this decoction may be given four times a day, in some obstinate venereal and rheumatic affections. It operates chiefly as a sudorific. Decoctum diaphoreticum. Decoctum guaiaci compositum. Decoctum digitalis. (Ph. D.) Decoction of foxglove. Take dried foxglove leaves, 3j.; water enough to produce f. gviij. of decoction. As soon as the water begins to boil, remove it, and digest for fifteen minutes. It is sedative Dose, 3ij. Decoctum dulcamara:. (U.S.) Decoction of woody nightshade. Decoction of bittersweet. Take of the incised stalks of dulcamara, gj.; distilled water, Ojss. Boil to a pint, and strain. This remedy has been employed in inveterate cases of scrofula; in cancer and phagedama; in lepra and other cutaneous affections. Its chief use is as a diuretic in dropsy. Dose, gss. to gj. three times a day. Decoctum geoffrajb inermis. (Ph. D.) Decoction of cabbage-tree bark. Take of bark of the cabbage-tree, bruised, gj.; water, Oij. Boil it, with a gentle fire, down to one pint, and strain. Then add of syrup of orange peel, gij. This is a powerful anthelmintic and narcotic. If disagreeable symptoms should arise from an over-dose, we must immediately purge with castor oil, and dilute with acidulated drinks. Dose to adults, gjss. Decoctum (Ph. D.) Decoction of liquorice. Take of liquorice root, bruised, gijss.; of water. Oj. Boil a few minutes, and strain. A demulcent and pectoral vehicle. Decoctum guaiaci officinalis compositum. D. lignorum. Compound decoction of guaiacum. Decoction of the woods. Take of guaiacum raspings, giij.; raisins, stoned, gij.; sassafras root, liquorice, each gj.; water, Ox. Boil tho guaiacum and raisins with the water, over a gentle fire, to one half; adding, toward the end, the sassafras and liquorice. Strain the liquor, without expression. A slight alterative diaphoretic, of which one or two pints may be DEC DEC 210 taken daily. The French use a similar preparation, made purgative by senna and rhubarb. Decoctum hamato'xyli. (U. S.) Decoction of logwood. Take of logwood, rasped, gj.; of water, Oij. Boil to Oj., and strain. A good astringent. Dose, f. g^. Decoctum hellebori albi. See Decoctum veratri albi. Decoctum hordei. (U. S.) D. hordei distichi. Barley water. Take of pearl barley, gij.; water, four pints and a half. First wash with cold water; next, having poured upon the barley half a pint of water, boil for a few minutes. Let this water be thrown away, and add the remainder of the water, boiling; then boil down to two pints, and strain. Demulcent drink. Decoctum hordei compositum. (Ph. L.) D. pectoralc. Compound decoction of barley. Take of decoction of barley, two pints; figs, sliced, gij.; liquorice root, sliced and bruised, fas.; raisins, stoned, gij.; water, a pint. Boil down to two pints, and strain. A pectoral and demulcent drink. Decoctum hordei cum gummi. Barley water, Oij.; gum arabic, gj. The gum is to be dissolved in the barley decoction while warm. It then forms a suitable diluent in strangury, dysury, &c. Decoctum kina kina. Decoctum cinchonas. Decoctum lichenis. (U. S.; Ph. L.) D. iiehenis islandici. Decoction of Iceland moss. Take of Iceland moss, gj.; water, a pint and a half. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Tonic and demulcent. The dose is from gj. to giv. This is now called Decoctum cetrarim. Decoctum ligno'rum. Decoctum guaiaci compositum. Decoctum lobelia. Tako a handful of the roots of the Lobelia syphilitica; distilled water, Oxij. These are to be boiled in the usual way till only four quarts remain. Formerly supposed antivenereal. Dose, a pint or more daily. Decoctum lusitanicum. The form of this is not precisely known, but it resembles the D. sarsaparilla: compositum, with the addition of walnut peel, red Banders wood, &c. Sulphuret of antimony is boiled with the vegetable matter, but as it is insoluble, it can yield little to its efficacy. Decoctum malva compositum. Compound decoction of mallows. Take of mallows, dried, gj.; chamomile flowers, dried, gss.; water, a pint. Boil for a quarter of an hour, and strain. For glysters and fomentations. Decoctum mezerki. See Decoctum daphnes mezerei. Decoctum papaveris. (Ph. L.) Decoction of poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, bruised, giv.; water, four pints. Boil for a quarter of an hour, and strain. This preparation possesses slight anodyne properties, and is used as a fomentation in acute ophthalmia, painful swellings, &c. Decoctum pectoralk. See Decoctum hordei compositum. Decoctum folyga'la senega. Decoctum senegas. . Decoctum pro enemate. See Decoctum malum compositum. Decoctum pro fomento. See Decoctum papaveris. Decoctum pyko'lje. Decoctum chimapilas. Decoctum quercus alba. (U. S.) D. qucrcus roboris. Decoction of oak bark. Take of oak bark, gj.; water, Oiss. Boil down to a pint, and strain. This astringent decoction is chiefly used for external purposes. Decoctum sarsaparilla. (U. S.) Decoction of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, sliced and bruised, gvj.; boiling water, Ovj. Boil down to Oiv., and strain. Supposed to be al» terative. Dose, Oj. to Oiss. daily. Decoctum sarsaparilla compositum. (U. S.) Compound decoction of sarsaparilla. Take of decoction of sarsaparilla, boiling, four pints ; sassafras root, sliced, guaiacum wood shavings, liquorice root, bruised, of each, gj.: mezereon root bark, 3iij. Boil for a quarter of an hour, and strain. A gentle sudorific and alterative. Dose, Oj. or more daily. Decoctum sarza. See Decoctum sarsaparilla;. Decoctum scopa'rii compo'situm. (Ph. L.) Decoction of broom. Take of broom tops, juniper berries, and dandelion roots, of each, gss.; of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A diuretic and laxative. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Decoctum senega. (U. S.) Decoction of senega. Take of senega root, gj.; water, two pints. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Dose, f- 3ij- Decoctum smila'cis sarsapari'lla. D. sarsa;. Decoctum sarsaparillas. Decoctum sudor'ificum. Decoctum guaiaci compositum. Decoctum tara'xaci. (U. S.) Decoction of dandelion. Take of bruised dandelion root, gij.; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, and strain. Laxative and aperient. Dose, f. gij. Decoctum tormenti'lla. (Ph. L.) Decoction of tormeutil. Take of bruised tormentil root, gij.; of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. Astringent. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Used also as an injection in lcucorrhosa, &c. Decoctum ulmi. (Ph. L.) D. ulmi campestris. Decoction of elm bark. Take of fresh elm bark, bruised, giv. ; water, Oiv. Boil down to two pints, and strain. This may be employed with great advantage as a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia. Demulcent. Decoctum uva ursi. (U. S.) Decoction of uva ursi. Take of uva ursi leaves, gj.; of water, f. gxx. Boil down to a pint, and strain. A valuable astringent in urinary diseases. Dose, f. giss. Decoctum vera'tri. (Ph. L. &. D.) D. veratri albi. ( U. S.) Decoction of white hellebore. Take of veratrum album root, in powder, gj.; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, strain, and, when cold, add of alcohol f. gij. It is a violeut purgative and emetic, and but rarely used internally. It has been found beneficial as a wash in cutaneous affections, as tinea, psora, lepra. DECOLLATION. The removal of the head. Decapitation. DECOLORATION. The blanching or loss of the natural colorof any object. The removal DEF DEL 211 of adhering coloring matters. It is effected by the action of animal charcoal. DECOMPOSITION. Dccompositio. 1. Decay; putrefaction. 2. The separation of the component parts or principles of bodies from each other. The principal agents in effecting this are heat and electricity. Decomposition uy contact. Catalysis. Decompo'situs. A term applied to leaves, and meaning doubly compound. DECORTICATION. Dccorticalio. The stripping of any thing of its bark, husk, or shell. Dec heme nt. Dccrcmcntum. Decrease or decline. DECREPITATION. Dccrcpitatio. A kind of crackling noise, which takes place when some bodies, especially salts, are exposed to a certain degree of heat. DECU'BITUS. (From dccumbo, to lie down.) Tho attitude or disposition of the body of a patient when in the horizontal posture. This fonns an important feature in some diseases. Decumbent. Decu'mhcns. Lying down. Drooping. Decu'rrent. Decurrens. Applied to leaves which run down the stem in a leafy border or wing. Decurtatus. Decreasing to a point. Decu'ssate. Dccussatus. Applied to leaves and spines which are in pairs, alternately crossing each otheri DECUSSATION. Dccussatio. (From dec usso, to cross each other.) When nerves or muscular fibres cross one another, this distribution is called decussation. Decusso'rium. An ancient instrument to depress the dura mater after trepanning. Dedolation. The producing a wound with loss of substance. Deer-berry. Gaultheria procumbens. Defectus logula. Aphonia. DEFECATION. 1. The separating or freeing any thing from its feces. 2. The process of relieving one's self of fa?ces. Defectio animi. Fainting. Dcliquium animi. DEFENSIVES. Dcfensiva. Formerly applied to plasters and dressings of wounds, and to cordial medicines, or such as resist infection. De'ferens. The vas deferens. Defi'xus. Impotent. DEFLAGRATION. Dejlagra'lio. A rapid combustion, such as that which takes place when a mixture of sulphur and nitre is inflamed. Deflagrator. A powerful galvanic machine of Dr. Hare. Deflectio. Defieclcns. Derivative or revulsive. Defle'xus. Deflex: bending outward in a small degree. D E F L O R A; TION. The extinction of the marks of virginity by connection with the male. See Virginity. Defluvium capillorum. Baldness. Falling off" of the hair. DEFLU'XION. (Dejluxio, onis, f.; from defiuo, to run off.) 1. A catarrh or cold. 2. A descent of humors from a superior to an inferior part. A term much used by the humoral pa- thologiets. Deforma'tio. Deformation. A deformity. DEGENERATION. Degenerescence. In Natural History and Physiology, a gradual falling off or deterioration in any class of animals, or of any particular organ in the animal or vegetable body, from the operation of natural causes. In Pathology, degeneration signifies a morbid chango in the structure of parts, as cancerous degeneration. DEGLUTITION. (Dcglutitio,onis,i.; from de, and glutio, to swallow.) The act of swallowing. All the muscles of the tongue, those of the velum of the palate, of the pharynx, of the larynx, and the muscular layer of the oesophagus, are employed in deglutition. This action is produced by tho reflex function, or excito-motory system, as well as by the voluntary. Deglutition, difficult. Deglulitio difficilis. D. impcdita. D. lasa. Dysphagia. De'gmus. A gnawing pain. DEGREE. A step or stage ; an arbitrary measure on a scale of temperature, &c.; as the degree of violence, the degree of a thermometer. Dehi'scent. Dchi'scens. (From dehisco, to gape.) Gaping. Applied in botany to capsules which split, when ripe, to give exit to tho seed. Dejectio alvi. Defecation. DEJECTION. (Dejectio, onis, f.; from dejicio, to go to stool.) A discharge of fascal matter from tho bowels, or the matter discharged. Dejecto'kius. Purgative. De la Motte's golden drops. See Gouttes du General la Moltc. Dela'psus. Dela'psio. Prolapsus. Delcroix's depilatory. A mixture of quicklime, orpiment, and a vegetable powder. DELETE'RIOUS. (Dclcterius; from cfy/cw, to hurt.) Poisonous; not wholesome. Deliga'tio. (From deligo, to bincrnp.) The application of a bandage. DELIQUE'SCENCE. (Deliquescentia; from dcliquesco, to melt down.) Deliquation, or the spontaneous assumption of the fluid state by certain bodies, when left exposed to the air, in consequence of their attracting water from it, as in the case of the chloride of calcium and carbonate of potassa. DELI'QUIUM. (um, i, n.) 1. A fainting. Syncope. 2. The spontaneous solution of a deliquescent salt. Dei.iquium animi. Fainting. See Syncope. DELIRIFA'CIENTS. Medicines which dilate the pupil, produce dysphagia, partial aphonia, delirium, and, finally, stupor; such as belladonna, stramonium, and hyoscyamus. DELIRIOUS. Dclirans. Affected with delirium. It is commonly applied to the mild forms of delirium, as incoherence. DELI'RIUM. (um, i, n.; from deliro, to rave.) The confusion of ideas which occurs in the progress of diseases from disturbed function of the brain. Delirium is either violent and frantic, delirium ferox, as in acute inflammation of the membranes of the brain, or low and muttering, typhornania, as in low fever. Delirium furiosum. D. maniacuni. Mania — D. senile. The imbecility and moral insani- ty of the aged. DEL DE M 9.12 Delirium traumaticum. The nervous reaction which follows the collapse or prostration of severe accidents or surgical operations on some feeble constitutions. The symptoms and treatment are completely analogous with those of delirium tremens. Delirium tremens. D. ebriosilatis. D. potatorum. Delirium of drunkards. An affection of the brain nearly peculiar to drunkards. A person having been much addicted to the use of ardent spirits, omits his accustomed stimulus, and the approach of an attack of delirium tremens is almost invariably announced by the patient being remarkably irritable, with fretfulness, anorexia, and mobility of the body. Watchfulness next'occurs, and the patient gets little or no sleep. He has frightful dreams, sees remarkable sights, or hears extraordinary sounds. He then begins to fancy that some conspiracy is forming against him, entertains suspicions about certain persons or things, and imagines that some mischief is intended toward him. Then he is perpetually busied about his affairs, and so on. Some patients in this affection are very much alarmed, and fancy that a person in the next room is waiting to assassinate them. The skin is damp and relaxed, and there is a variable, active expression of the eye, and almost always tremor of the bauds. The pulse is soft, compressible, and seldom above one hundred, except under great bodily exertions. The prognosis is generally rather favorable, if the ordinary health of the patient be not very bad, and if he bo not far advanced hi life. In the treatment of this disease, opium is our sheet anchor. It should be given in large doses, as sixty minims of the tincture every hour or two, its effect being cautiously watched. If sound sleejj be thus induced, the patient usually wakes free from disease. Iu many cases, the judicious use of alcoholic stimulants is of signal service; and these means, with laxatives, gentle diaphoretics, and proper moral management, will generally bring the case to a successful issue. Bleeding, to a small extent, may be required at the commencement, when the patient is young and plethoric, and there are symptoms of determination of blood to the head; but, generally speaking, bleeding should be considered as out of the question in this disease: patients who are largely bled hardly ever recover. If the patient express a desire for food, he may be allowed light articles of diet: in some cases even animal food has been given with advantage ; and, indeed, it might not be easy to give any good reason why this should be refused, if the state of the stomach be such as to incline the patient to ask for it. After an attack, the patient should be directed to diminish his potations gradually, so as to finally abandon a disgusting and brutal habit. DELITE'SCENCE. (From dclitesco, to hide one's self.) The sudden resolution of an iniflammation. Delivery. See Parturition. Deloca 7 tio. Dislocation. De'lphinate. A salt of delphinic acid with a. base. DELPHI'NIA. (a, a, f.) Delphinium. Delphine. Delphia. A vegetable alkaloid in stavesacre. See Delphinium staphisagria. ' Delphi'nic acid. Syn. of phocenic acid. DELPHI'NIUM. (urn, ii, n.) 1. The larkspur. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Trigynia. Ranunculaecce. — D. consolida. The larkspur. The root and seeds are acrid and bitter, acting as a purgative and emetic in large doses. It is the delphinium of the United States Pharmacopoeia.— D. staphisagria. Stavesacre. The seeds are large, rough, of an irregular triangular figure, and of a blackish color. They are very -bitter, acrid, and nauseous, and seldom used except to destroy vermin, and as an anthelmintic in decoction. They contain delphinia. Pure delphinia is a whitish, odorless powder, said to be crystalline when wet. of an extremely acrid and bitter taste; soluble in alcohol and ether. It fuses at 248° F. It possesses an alkaline reaction, and forms salts. Formula, It is recommended by Mr. Turnbull in rheumatism and neuralgias, and chiefly employed externally in lotion or ointment. The ointment may be made with 3ss. to 5j\ of lard. Internally, the dose is one twelfth of a grain. An over-dose produces a prickling sensation over the body, burning pain, purging, and convulsions. Dk'lphys. The uterus, or female organs. Dei.tiform. Deltoid. D E L T O I' D. Dcltoidcs and deUoideus. (From A, and euhr, a likeness.) The name of a muscle of the superior extremity, situated on the shoulder. It arises exactly opposite to the trapezius, from one third part of the clavicle, from the acromion and spine of the scapula, and is inserted, tendinous, into the middle of the os humeri, which bone it lifts up directly; and it assists-, with the supra-spinatus and coraco-brachialis, in all the actions of the humerus, except the depression; it being convenient that the arm should be raised and sustained, in order to its moving on any side. De'manus. Without a hand. Deme'nted. Afflicted with dementia. DEME'NTIA. (a, a, f.; from de, from, and mens, mind.) Fatuity. A form of insanity in which unconnected and imperfectly defined ideas chase each other rapidly through the mind; the powers of continued attention and of reflection are lost, and even the perceptive power at length becomes indistinct. Dementia is sometimes an accompaniment of old age, and is a frequent termination of mania. Demiazygos. See Semiazygos. Demimetal. See Semimetal. Demi'ssor. A catheter. DEMODEX FOLLICULORUM. A minute acarus inhabiting the sebaceous follicles of persons living in cities, whose skin is not sufficient ly excited by pure air, &c. — Erasmus Wilson. Demonomania. Dsemonomania. Demonstrator of anatomy. A teacher of practical anatomy on the subject. Demoti'vus la'psus. Sudden death. DEMU'LCENT. (Demulcens; from demulceo, to soften.) A medicine which obviates acrimony, not by correcting or changing its nature, but by involving it in a mild and viscid matter, which prevents it from acting upon tho DEN DEN Denticulate. Denticula'tus. Set with lit- 213 sensible parts of our bodies, or by covering the surface exposed to their action. Catarrh, diarrhoea, dysentery, calculus, and gonorrhoea are the diseases in which demulcents are employed. The principal are gum tragacanth, linseed, althcea officinalis, malva sylvestris, okra, slippery elm, ichthyocolla, liquorice, the starches, olive oil, quince seeds, cetaceum, wax, and almond oil. Demusculatus. Lean; emaciated. Dendroi'd. Dcndroides. Having a treelike appearance. Dendroli'banus. Rosmarinus officiualis. DENGUE. An epidemical fever, having many of the symptoms of rheumatic fever, which appeared in the West Indies, and some of the Southern States, in 1827 and 1828. It was of a very violent character, and sometimes attended with eruptions on the skin, but not fatal. The duration of the active stage was seldom more than three days. It was treated by general antiphlogistic means. Denigra'tion. Denigratio. Tho process or act of becoming black: applied to a diseased part. DENS. (s,tis,m.) A tooth. See Teeth. Dens caballinus. Henbane. — D. canis. See Erythronium.— D. leonis. Taraxacum. De'nsity. The same as specific gravity. De'ntagra. The toothache. Odontalgia. Tooth forceps. DE'NTAL. (Dentalis; from dens, a tooth.) Appertaining to the teeth. Dental arches. The arch formed by the teeth when arranged in the jaws, or by the alveoli. Dental arteries. The teeth of the upper jaw are supplied by branches from the infraorbilar and superior alveolar arteries. The lower jaw by the in ferior maxillary. Dental formula. A formula or notation to designate the number and species of teeth in a mamifer. It is an important generic character. Thus, in the genus Fclis, the formula is, incisors, £; Tjanmes, \, \ ; premolars (or bicuspids), f; molars, f, In man: incisors, £; canines, i, i; prtumolars, %, % ; molars, 3, In these, the upper figures refer to the upper jaw, the lower to the lower jaw; and when the figures are repeated, as s, |, it means on each side of the upper and lower jaw. Dental nerves. See Teeth. Dental tulp. The internal pulpy and vascular substance filling the center of the teeth. Denta'lis la'pis. See Tartar. Denta'ria. Plumbago europasa. Dentarpa'ga. An instrument for drawing teeth. DENTA'TA. The second vertebra of the neck. It differs from the other cervical vertebra} in having a tooth-like process at the upper part of the body, whence its name. DE'NTATE." (Dcntatus; from dens, a tooth.) Toothed: applied to roots, leaves, petals, MURIATIC OR .MARINE acid. Chlorine. Dephlogisticaticd nitrous air. The protoxide of nitrogen. Depilation. Depilatio. The loss of hair: naturally, as in baldness, or by artificial means. DEPI'LATORY. (Dcpi/atorius; from de, of, and pilus, the hair.) Any application which removes hairs. They aro usually formed with caustic lime and orpimeut, but a pitch plaster applied over the part, anil torn oft'violently, will remove the hair.. DEPLETION. (Dcplelio; from deplco, to unload.) The act of diminishing the fullness of any part, more especially of the sanguiferous system; hence blood-letting is a means of depletion. The term is also applied to any system of evacuation by which a plethoric state is subdued, as also to the effect of morbid evacuations. Depletory means. Such means or processes as tend to depletion. Blood-letting, purgatives, emetics, abstinence, counter - irritation, are all, under different circumstances, depletory means. DEPLUMATION. (From de, and pluma, a feather.) A disease of the eyelids, which causes the hair to fall oft'. DEPO'SIT. Deposition. (From depono, to lay down.) The laying or falling down of any substance. In Physiology, the accumulation of fat, muscular fibre, &c, in their proper place, by the vital forces. In Pathology, the accumulation of fat, &c, hi abnormal positions, or the occurrence of new growths, as of the cancerous tissue, is termed a morbid deposit. The sediment of urine is also called a deposit. Deposi'tio. Deposition. The depression of the lens, in the operation of couching, has been so called. DEPRAVATION. (Depravatio ; from depravo, to corrupt.) The corruption or change for the worse in the solids or fluids of the body, whereby they become morbid. Also, the perversion of a sense, as the depravation of sight or taste. Deprehe'nsio. 1. Catalepsy. 2. Diagnosis. DEPRE'SSANTS. Remedial means which diminish the frequency of the pulse, and reduce the vital energy. Blood-letting, tartar emetic, tobacco, digitalis, and nauseating doses of ipecacuanha are the chief. Depre'ssed. Pressed down; flattened. Applied to seeds, it means flattened from above downward. DEPRESSION. (Dcpressio, onis, f. ; from deprimo, to press down. The state of a part that has been pressed down. In Anatomy, a hollow fossa or slight excavation. In Surgery, it is applied, 1. To fractures of the cranium, in which a portion of bone is forced inward. 2. To couching, an ojieration for cataract, consisting in the removal t>f the opaque lens out of the axis of vision by means of a needle, the lens being depressed into the vitreous humor. DEFRE'SSOR. (or, oris, m.) Any muscle which depresses the part on which it acts. Depressor ala: nasi. See Dcjiressor labii superioris alaiqne nasi. Depressor anguli oris. A muscle situated below the under lip. It arises, broad and fleshy, from the lower edge of the lower jaw, near the chin, and is inserted into the angle of the mouth, which it pulls downward. Depressor labii inferioris. It pulls the under lip and skin of the side of the chin downward, and a little outward. Depressor labii' superioris al.eque nasi. Incisivus medius of Winslow. It is situated above the mouth, draws the upper lip and ala nasi downward and backward. It arises, thin and fleshy, from the superior maxillary bone, runs upward, and is inserted into the upper lip and root of the ala of the nose. Depressor labii superioris proprius. See Depressor labii superioris alatquc nasi. Depressor labiorum communis. See Depressor anguli oris. Depressor oculi. See Rectus inferior oculi. Depre'ssorium. An instrument to guard the dura mater when the skull is cut or sawed in operations. Depre'ssus. Depressed. DEPRI'MENS. D. oculi. The rectus infe- rior oculi. Deprimens auricula:. The retrahens auriculis. Deprimens maxill.e biventer. The digastricus. Depu'rant. Applied to a medicine supposed to purify the fluids of the body. DEPURATION. (Depuralio, onis, f.) 1. The defecation or clarification of any thing. 2. The process of removing morbid parts from tho humors. Depurato'rius. Depuratory. Any thing which makes clean or purifies the body from morbid humors, whether by the process of disease, or by hygienic and remedial means. Derbia. Impetigo. Derbyshire neck. Bronchocele. DERIVATION. (Derivatio, onis, f. ; from derivo, to drain off.) The drawing away any DES DEU 215 morbid action from its original seat to another *nd less important part. Thus vesicatories, epispastics, and local stimulants act by derivation or revulsion. DERIVATIVES. Revulsives. Medicines adapted to procure a derivation. See Derivation. DE'RMA. The skin. Derma'lgia. A rheumatic pain or neuralgia of the skin, attributable to a morbid condition of the cutaneous nerves. Dermata'gua. Pellagra. Dermati'tis. Dcrmatis. Diffuso inflamma- tion of the skin, or erysipelatous inflammation. Dermato'graphy. Dennography. The anatomical description of the skin. Dermatoi'd. Dermatoi'dcs. Resembling skin. This epithet lias been applied to the dura mater. Dermato'logy. A discourse or treatise on the skin. Dermato'lysis. Cutis pendula. Excessive development or hypertrophy of the skin, whereby it hangs in large, loose folds about the person. Dermohje'mia. Excessive vascularity, congestion, or hyperaunia of the skin. Dermoid. Derma toid. Dermoto'my. Dcrmotomia. The dissection of the skin. Derosne's salt. A crystalline substance obtained by digesting opium in ether. DESCE'NDENS NONI. The descending cervical branch of the ninth pair, or hypoglossal nerves. Descenso'rium. A furnace in which the distillation by descent is performed. Desce'nsus. (From dcscendo, to move downward.) Destillatio per descensum. A distillation when the fire is applied at the top and round the vessel, the orifice of which is at the bottom. DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY. The anatomy which treats of the form, appearance, position, distribution, and connection of parts, without reference to the particular textures of which they are composed. Deshler's salve. The unguentum resina? compositum is an imitation. * DESICCATION. (Desiccalio; from desicco, to dry up.) The drying up of any thing moist. DESI'CCATIVE. (Dcsiccativus; from desicco, to dry up.) Possessed of a drying property. Applied especially to medicines used to dry up ulcers; as calamine, calomel, &c. Despie'ntia. This word properly means folly, but it has been used in medical language to signify delirium. DE'SMA. (From Seapog, a ligament or bandage.) A ligament. Desmography. A description of the ligaments. Desmoi'd. Resembling a ligament. The various fascia of the body, the aponeuroses and ligamentous membranes, consisting of condensed cellular tissue, are termed desmoid tissues. Desmolo'gy. A treatise on the ligaments. Desmorrhe'xis. The rupture of a ligament. De'smos. A bandage. DESPUMATION. (Despumatio, onis, f.; from despumo, to clarify.) The clarifying a fli*id, or separating the scum from it. DESQUAMA'TION. (Desquamatio, onis, f.; from desquamo, to scale off.) The separating of lamina?, or scales, from the skin or bones. It is more properly applied to the skin; in the case of bones it is generally called exfoliation. Desquamato'rium tre'panum. Trepanum e.rfoliativum. A kind of trepan formerly used for detaching lamina? from exfoliating bones. Destillatio. See Distillation. Destii.latio per descensum. See Descensus. DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. Distillation of organic bodies at a red heat, whereby they aro disorganized, and yield volatile and empyreumatic products. DESUDA'TIO. (o, onis, f.; from desudo, to sweat much.) 1. Excessive sweating. 2. A miliary eruption to which children are chiefly subject. See Sudarnina. Dete'ntio. Detentia. Catalepsy. DETE'RGENT. (Detergens; from detergo, to wipe away.) Applied to a medicine which cleanses foul wounds or ulcers. Such are derived from the class of stimulants or emollients. DETERMINATION. The afflux or incipient congestion of blood or other humors in a part; as the determination of blood to the brain, producing convulsions, apoplexy, Sao. 5 the determination of blood to the lungs, producing congestion of the lungs. Detona'tion. An explosion. DETRA'CTOR. (or, oris, m.; from detraho, to draw.) Dctrahcns. Applied to a muscle, the office of which is to draw the part to which it is attached away from some other part. Detrahens quadratus. See Platysma myaides. Detri'tus. 1. The fragmentary remains of any crashing or disorganizing process; as the detritus of a broken calculus. 2. The disorganization of a tissue, by suppuration, softening, gangrene, &c. DETRUNCATION. Dctruncatio. (From de, from, and truncus, the body or trunk.) The separation of the head from the body. Used in operative obstetrics for the separation of the head in embryotomy. DETRU'SOR URI'NjE. The muscular coat of the bladder, the office of which is to expel the urine from the bladder. Deurens febris. An ardent fever. Deute'ria. The bad symptoms arising from retention of the placenta.— Vogcl. Deute'rion. The secundines. D E U T E R 0 P A T HI 'A. (Deulcropatheia; from oevrepog, second, and tmOoc, a suffering.) A. sympathetic affection where a second part suffers; as where the stomach is disturbed from an injury of the head. DEU TO-. (From Sevrepog, second.) A common prefix in chemistry, signifying two, twice, or double; as, Deutoxide. The second oxide, or binoxide. — Dentochloride, Deutosulphate, Deutiodide, &c, which mean, respectively, the bichloride, bisulphate, biniodide; and each contains two ecpiivalents of the agent designated. Deutoxide of azote. Binoxide of nitrogen. DI A D I A 216 Devalga'tus. Bandy-legged. DEVELOPMENT. This term usually means growth, but is also employed by St. Hilaire to designate particular stages in the entire growth of the body at which a change occurs in the rapidity of addition to parts or the manner of growth. Devonshire colic. The painter's colic. See Colica pictonum. D E W. The deposit of line particles of moisture, which takes place whenever a body having a temperature below the dew point is introduced into the air; also, the moisture precipitated on clear evenings upon the ground, in consequence of its rapid cooling from radiation. Exposure to the dew-fall is remarkably injurious to health, especially in low, marshy, and warm locations, where the moisture is very abundant. The dew acts in two ways: as a depressing means, arresting the insensible perspiration and chilling the body; and, secondly, as a medium for the conveyance, and perhaps formation, of miasmata, which thus come in contact with the system. Dew-berry. Rubrus trivialis. Dew-claws. Crusta genu equina. Dew point. The temperature measured by a thermometer at which dew falls or disappears on any surface exposed to the atmosphere. It is easily measured by exposing a little ether in a clean watch glass, and immersing a delicate thermometer therein. The temperature at the moment of the deposit of dew is the dew point. Dexocardia. When the heart beats on the right side, as in pleurisy and pneumothorax. DEXTRINE. Soluble starch; a gummy substance existing abundantly in plants, and readily procured by heating to 120° a mixture of starch and infusion of malt. The solution differs from gum in possessing the power of causing a deviation of a ray of circularly polarized light toward the right hand. Its composition is isomeric with starch, C12H10O10; and in nutritiousness and general properties it belongs to the amylaceous family of organized bodies. DI-. A prefix (from dig, twice) used in chemistry, anatomy, &c. In Chemistry, di-, in dioxide, dichloride, &c.,has not the same meaning as deuto- or bin- oxide, &c, but it is used to designate the preponderance of the electropositive body. Thus dichloride of copper means a compound in which there is two atoms of copper and one of chlorine, and not two of chlorine; dioxide of copper, where there is two atoms of copper and one of oxygen. DIA-. A prefix (from 6ia, through). It signifies, in composition, extension, perversion, separation. In the old Pharmacy, it meant the presence of the ingredient before which it was written; as diacydonium and dialocs, medicines containing the quince and aloes. DIABE'TES. (es, is, m. Ataforrw; from fiiaBaivu, to pass through.) An immoderate flow of urine. There are three species of this complaint: 1. Diabetes insipidus, in which there is a superabundant discharge of limpid urine, of its usual urinary taste. 2. Diabetes mellitus, in which the urine is very sweet, abundant, and contains a great quantity of sugar. 3. Diabetes chylosns, in which the mine is abnn- dant and of a whitish aspect, often coagulating. It is a rare form. £ Great thirst, with a voracious appetite, gradual emaciation of the whole body, and a frequent discharge of urine, containing a large proportion of saccharine and other matter, which is voided in a quantity even exceeding that of the aliment or fluid introduced, are the characteristics of the mellitic form of the disease. Those of a shattered constitution, and those who are in the decline of life, are most subject to its attacks. It not unfrequently attends on hysteria, hypochondriasis, dyspepsia, and asthma ; but it is always much milder when symptomatic than when it appears as a primary affection. Diabetes may be occasioned by the use of strong diuretic medicines, intemperance of life, and hard drinking; exposure to cold; excess in venery; severe evacuations, or by any thing that tends to produce an impoverished state of the blood, or general debility. It has, how* ever, taken place in many instances without any obvious cause. Under a long continuance of the disease, the body becomes much emaciated, the feet cedematous, great debility cirises, the pulse is frequent and small, and an obscure fever, with all the appearances of hectic, prevails. The urine in diabetes mellitus, from being at first insipid, clear, and colorless, soon acquires a sweetish or saccharine taste, its leading characteristic ; and, when subjected to experiment, a considerable quantity of saccharine matter is to be extracted from it. Sometimes it is so loaded with sugar as to be capable of being fermented into a vinous liquor. In some instances, the quantity of urine in diabetes is much greater than can be accounted for from all the sources united. Cases are recorded in which 25 to 30 pints were discharged in the space of a day, for many successive weeks, and even months. With respect to the proximate cause of diabetes mellitus, many hypotheses have been advanced concerning it. The following are the principal: That the disease depends upon, 1. A morbid action of the stomach and chylopoietic viscera. 2, A morbid state of the blood, produced by a diseased action of the assimilating powers. 3. A diseased condition of the kidneys. The formation of the saccharine matter is very generally believed to depend on a process in the stomach and bowels somewhat analogous to germination on starchy materials. Indeed, diastose has been detected in matters vomited from the' stomach. In the treatment of diabetes, we are led to that of the insipid species first, and then that of the mellitic. 1. Of the insipid species. This is mostly cured by tonics, stimulants, and mineral acids, as Peruvian bark, cascarilla, and the like, with sulphuric acid, taking care to invigorate the system by proper air, exercise, and diet. The drink should be diminished. When symptomatic of any other disease, its remedies must also be conjoined. As a sympathetic affection,, it very commonly attends hysteric and nervous D I A DI A 217 diseases, against which the practitioner's attention must also be directed. The prognosis is not unfavorable where there is no disease of the kidneys. 2. Of the mellitic, or true diabetes. This is one of those affections in which almost every medicine and every plan has been resorted to, from which it is natural to infer that it is very little under the control of any. The indications of treatment are, 1st. To diminish the sources from which sugar can be derived. 2. To diminish the secretion of urine. 3. To relieve the disorder of the stomach and bowels, and allay urgent symptoms. The first point is attained by the uso of an animal diet, with gluten, bread, using no vegetable or amylaceous compounds. Secondly, the drink should be diminished to the least quantity, and be free from stimulating or diuretic property. The clothing should bo warm, and sudorifics, with the hot bath, be frequently employed. In the third place, dyspepsia should be properly treated; irritation about the bladder or kidneys must be subdued by demulcents, bleeding, or counterirritation, and opiates. Debility must be counteracted by tonics. Hygienic means should be at all times adopted. The prognosis is unfavorable where the disease is of long duration, there is much emaciation, and organic affection of the kidneys. The mineral acids, especially the phosphoric, and also iodine, have been recommended as a means of arresting the saccharine formation. Diabetes anglicus. D. saccharinus. D. veins. Synonymes of diabetes mellitus, or 1 rue diabetes. Diabetes hystericus. D. spurius. False or spurious diabetes. The diabetes insipidus of Cullen, which consists chiefly in a preternatural discharge of urine, with nervous symptoms. Diabetes infantilis. Profuse and sweet urine, occurring as a symptom in teething. It is a rare affection, but is fully detailed by Dr. Morton in his Phthisiologia. Diabetes lacteus. D. chylosus. Urine abundant, and of a milky color, sometimes coagulating spontaneously. A rare disease, found in persons of luxurious habits. Diabe'tic sugar. The sugar found in diabetic urine. It is the samo as grape sugar, or glucose. See Sugar, tests for, DIABRO'SIS. Erosion. Diabro'tica. Errosives. Diacatho'licon. (From 6ia, and KadoAixor, universal.) A laxative electuary, so called from its general usefulness. It was composed of senna leaves, pulp of cassia and of tamarinds, root of male fern and of rhubarb, violets, aniseed, liquorice root, sweet fennel, and sugar. DIACAU'SIS. Excessive heat. Diacau'stic A burning glass. Diacentau'rium. A powder containing centaury. Diace'raton. A collyrium mentioned by Celsus, of which hartshorn was the principal ingredient. Diachalci'teos. A plaster containing colcothar. Diachari'sta. Certain medicines applied to the fauces. Diachohe'ma. Diachoresis. An excretion Diachrisis. Anointing or inunction. Diachry'sum. A plaster for fractured limbs. DIA'CHYLON. Diachylum. Formerly any emollient plaster. Two diachylon plasters are known, one as white, or simple diachylon, the other as yellow diachylon, or diachylon with gums. See Diachylon simplex, and Diachylon cum gummi. Diachylon cum gummi. Yellow diachylon. Gum diachylon. This is made with simple diachylon, lb iij.; galbanum, strained, gviij.; common turpentine, frankincense, each fiij. Diachylon simplex. The emplastrum plumbi. Diacine'ma. A subluxation. Dia'clasis. A small fracture. DIACLY'SMA. (From to wash out.) A gargle or wash for the mouth. DIACO'DIUM. Diacodion. Syrup of poppies is a substitute. Diacolocy'nthus. A medicine of colocynth. Dia'cope. Diacomma. A deep cut or wound. Diacou'stics. Tho examination of sound which has been transmitted through various media. Dia'crises. A class of diseases in which the secretions are vitiated. DIA'CRISIS. Diagnosis. Diacydo'nium. Marmalade of quinces. DIADE'LPHIA. Diadclphous. (From dec, twice, and adetyoQ, a brother.) A class in the sexual system, embracing those the flowers of which are hermaphrodite, and have the male organs united below into two sets of cylindrical filaments. Diade'ma. A diadem. A bandage for the head. Diadermiatria. The endermic treatment of disease. Diade'xis. A translation of humors from one place to another. Dia'doche. Diadexis. Dia'dosis. 1. The distribution of nutritious matter throughout the system. 2. The remission of a disease. DLE'RESIS. {is, is, f.; from diaipeu, to divide or separate.) A solution of continuity, as a wound or ulcer. A removal by cutting, as in some surgical operations. Diajre'ticus. (From diaipeu, to divide.) Escharotic. Corrosive. DliE'TA. Diastema. (From diairao), to nourish.) Diet; food. See Diet, and Aliment. Dietetic See Dietetic. Diaglau'cium. An eye-water containing the juice of the glaucium. DIAGNO SIS. (is, is, f.; from diayivactKu, to discern or distinguish.) Biacrisis. The art of recognizing a disease by its symptoms, and of distinguishing one disease from another. Diagnostic I'athoguomonic; characteristic of a disease. Diagry'dium. See Dacrydium. Diahermoda'ctylum. A purging medicine containing hennodactyl. Diai'um. A troche, the chief ingredient of which was violets. DIALEI'MMA. (AiaActpua; from dia?.eu7u, to intermit.) The intermission of a fever. D I A DI A Diale'fsis. An intermission; a vacant space 218 between the folds of a bandage. Diali'banum. A medicine of frankincense. Dia'loes. Several medicines containing aloes. Dialtha'a. An ointment chiefly of marsh mallows. Diai.u'ric acid. A powerful acid, crystalline and soluble, obtained by the action of sulphureted hydrogen on alloxantine. Formula, C8N 3 H 3 0 7 +HO. DIA'LYSES. ( The plural of dialysis.) The name of an order in the class Locales of Cullen's Nosology, embracing diseases in which there is solution of continuity manifest to the eye or touch. DIA'LYSIS. (is, is, f.; from tW.t/o, to dissolve.) Relaxation or weakness of the limbs. Diai.ytica. Medicines which heal wounds. Diamagnetic. Having the property of transmitting the magnetic inlluence, as is the case with all metals, &c, which do not acquire magnetism. D i a m a r g a ri' t o n• An antkhite in which pearls wore the chief ingredient. Diamasse'ma. Diamastema. A masticatory. Dia'mbra. A cordial medicine containing amber, musk, &c. Diamo'ron. A syrup of mulberries. Diamoto'sis. The introduction of lint into nn ulcer or wound. Dia'na. The moon. Silver. Diananca'smus. The reduction of a dislocation. DIA'NDRIA. Diandrous. (From die, twice, and avvp, a man.) A class of plants with two stamens. DIA'NTHUS CARYOPHYLLUS. The clove pink. The Bowers, which have air agreeable •smell, were formerly used as an art tmatic. Diapalma. An omtment containing sulphate of zinc. Diapa'sma. A medicine reduced to powder, and sprinkled over the body, or any part. Diapede'sis. The transudation or escape of blootl through the coats of a vessel; also, transudation of blood through the skin or any membrane. Diape'.vsia. The sanicle. DIA'PHANOUS. (Diaphanosus; from dia, through, and tyaivu, to shine.) Transparent. Pincl called the delicate serous membranes diaphanous membranes, as the arachnoid. DIAPHORE'SIS. (is, is, f.; from diafopeu, to carry through.) A perspiration. Profuse perspiration. * DIAPHORETIC. ( Diaphorelicus; fromdt- That which, from being taken internally, increases the discharge of perspiration by the skin. To secure diaphoresis, it is necessary that the patient be kept warm in bed, for the temperature of the skin must be elevated. This class of medicines comprehends five orders' 1. Pungent diaphoretics, as the volatile salts and essential oils. 2. Calefacicnt diaphoretics, .such as serpentaria, contraycrva, guaiacum, mezereon, and valerian ; these are given in cases where the circulation is low and languid. " 3. Stimulant diaphoretics, as the ethers. wines, turpentines, and mercurial preparations, which are best fitted for the vigorous. 4. Antispasmodic diaphoretics, as opium, ¦musk, camphor, ipecacuanha, dulcamara, and antimonial preparations. 5. Diluent diaphoretics, as water gruel, whey, &c. But the vapor bath, frictions, and exercise, | with warmth, are perhaps among the most I certain and active diaphoretics. Diaphoretic. Sweating, attended with ini creased perspiration. Diaphoretic ANTIMONY. See Antimonium diaphoreticum. Diaphoreticum joviale. Set; Anlihccticum poterii. Diaphoretic, mineral. The diaphoretic antimony. See Antimonium diaphoreticum. Diaphoreticum martiale. Sec Antimonium diaphoreticum martiale. DI'APHRAGM. (Diaphragma, matis, n.; from tiiatypaoau, to separate by a partition.) The midriff'. A muscle that divides the thorax from the abdomen. It is composed of two muscles: the first and superior ra these arises from the sternum, and the ends of the last ribs on each side. Its fibres, from this semicircular origin, tend toward a center, and ter minute in a tendon, or aponeurosis, which is termed the centrum tendinosutn; and was called by the old anatomists, centrum ncrveum. The second and inferior muscle comes from the vertebral of the loins by two productions, of which that on the right side comes from the first, second, and third vertebras of the loins; that on the left side is somewhat shorter; and botli these portions join, and make the lower part of the diaphragm, which joins its tendons with the tendon of the other, so that they make but one muscular partition. It is pierced in the middle for the passage of the vena cava; in its lower part for the oesophagus, and the nerves, which go to the upper orifice of the stomach, and betwixt the productions of the inferior muscle, passes the aorta, the thoracic duct, and the vena azygos. This muscle is one of the chief means of inspiration and expiration; it also acts an important part in vomiting, the expulsion of fasces, hiccough, &e. Diaphragm. Auy portion or septum between two parts or cavities. 1 Diaphragma. A partition. Hence, Diaphragma cerebri, the tentorium.— D. narium, the septum narium. \^ DIAPHR AG M A' T I C. Diaphragmati> cus. Appertaining to the diaphragm. Diaphragmatic arteries. Arteria diaphragmatica. Arteria phrcnica. The diaphragm is supplied by four arteries: two superior, rising from tho internal mammary artery, and distributed on the thoracic surface of the diaphragm; and two inferior, rising from the abdominal aorta, or from the cceliac, and dis tributed to the abdominal surface of the diaphragm. Diaphragmatic gout. Angina pectoris.' Diaphragmatic hernia. A rupture, with protrusion of part of the alxlominal viscera through the diaphragm. Diaphragmatic nerves. See Phrenic nerves. D I A D I A 219 DiArnraomatic plexus. There are two: one situated on the right, and one on the left side of the diaphragm. They are formed by branches from the solar plexus, and accompany the ramification of the inferior diaphragmatic arteries. Diaphragmatic ring. The natural aperture through which the vena cava ascendens passes through the diaphragm. Diaphragmatic veins. Four veins corresponding with the diaphragmatic arteries. They pour their blood into the vena cava above and below the diaphragm. ' DIAPHRAGMATI'TIS. Diaphragmitis. (From Sidfypaypa, the diaphragm.) Inflammation of the diaphragm. The diaphragm, being lined above by the pleura and below by the peritoneum, often becomes affected in lesions of these membranes, increasing the symptoms often to a violent extent, affecting the respiration, and superadding eei - ebral symptoms. Hence this form of the disease has been called paraphrenias, from resembling inflammation of the brain. It may arise in the diaphragm or be secondary. The treatment is the same with that of plenritis and peritonitis, but calls for the most active remedies. Large quantities of blood are to be abstracted. After having cleared tin; bowels by a mercurial and saline purgative, full doses of antimonials, with calomel, warm bath, and blisters, are the best remedies. Inflammation in the muscular structure of the diaphragm, or the true diaphragmatitis, produces the same symptoms, with the exception of the nature and seat of the pain. It exists chiefly as a secondary disease, being often produced by tho retrocession of gout or rheumatism from the limbs. It is a most violent and dangerous affection, and often kills in a short time. DIATTITHORA. (From diafdeipu, to corrupt.) 1. Corruption of any part. 2. Abort ion. Diaphyla'ctic Diaphylacticus. Prophylactic. DIA'PHYSIS. (Aiadvmr; from diaQva, to divide.) An interspace. Applied, 1. To the crucial ligaments. 2. To the shaft of a long bone. Dia'plasis. The replacing a luxated or fractured bone in its proper situation. DIAPLA'SMA. (a, atis, n.; from ihanXaa<7M, to anoint.) An unction or fomentation applied to the whole body or any part. D I A' P N O E. (From dianveu, to breathe through.) A gentle perspiration. Diapnoge'nous. That which produces perspiration. DIAPNOIC. (Diapnoticus, or diapnoicus ,' from (UaTrvEu, to transpire.) A medicine which promotes gentle perspiration. Diapohe'ma. Anxiety. Jactitation. DIAPYE'MA. Diapyesis. (From 6ia, and ¦7TV0V, pus.) Suppuration. DIAPYE'TTC. Diapyclicus. (From dianvnpa, a suppuration.) Applied to a medicine which promotes suppuration. Hence, Diapyetica. DIARH/E'MIA. A morbid thinness'of the blood from deficiency of globules, whereby it transudes through the membranes. Dia'rius. (From dies, a day.) Diary. Of one day's length. Diaroma'ticum. (From Sta, and apofiariKov, an aromatic.) A composition of spices. DIARRHAGE. Fracture. Dia'rrhodon. Several collyra, &c, of which roses are an ingredient. DIARRHGS'A. (a, 6epa, a skin or membrane.) Angina pellicularis. The name given by M. Bretonneau to a peculiar variety of pharyngitis, accompanied by the formation of a false membrane, which was epidemic at Tours in 1818 and the three succeeding years. DlPHTHERITIS TRACHEAI.IS. ClOUp. Diphy'llous. Diphyllus. Two-leaved. 'Diplasia'smits. The re-exacerbation of a disease. DI'PLOE. (,;, es, f.; from dtn2.au, to double.) The cancellat ed sub stance between the two tables of the skull. DIPLOGA'NGLPATA. A name given by Dr. Grant to the articulated animals, because the ganglionic knots are somewhat increased in size. Diploge'nesis. An organic defect arising from the union of two parts. DIPLO'MA. (a, atis, n.; dinluua ; from dinXou, to double.) 1. A writing which confers some privilege, and especially as relates to medical affairs, a. license to practice physic or surgery. 2. A double vessel: to boil in diplomate, is to boil in what is called a water-bath. DIPLONE'URANS. Vertebrate animals, because they have two nervous systems, the spinal and sympathetic. Dr. Grant has subsequently applied this term to an order of worms. DIPLO'PI A. (a, w, f,; from dinTiooc, double, and pnropat, to see.) A disease in which the person sees an object double. It is mostly symptomatic of indigestion, intoxication, worms, hysteria, &c. \ Diplo'sis. The diploe. x. Diploso'ma crenata.# An entozoon having the appearance of two worms attached together. It has been passed from the bladder, and may be four or more inches in length. Dippel's animal oil. Oleum animale Dippelii. Djpsacon. Dipsacum. See Dipsacus. DI'PSACUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. The teasel. The D. fullonum, or fuller's teasel, is considered diuretic in France. The D. sylvestris also yields an antiscorbutic root. 2. A diabetes. Dipse'ticus. Productive of thirst. DIPSOMA'NIA. (From dtfa, and uavia, madness.) The thirst of drunkards. DIPSO'SIS. (From difa, thirst.) Morbid thirst. See Polydipsia. D I S D IS V 225 DI'PTERA. (From die, twice, and irrepov, a wing.) Insects having two wings. DIPTERA'CE-ffi. Dipteroca'rpea. A family of dicotyledonous trees peculiar to the Indian Archipelago. They are polypetalous, with hypogynous, indefinite stamens, subulate anthers, concrete carpella, an ovarium of several cells, a tubular calyx with imbricate aestivation, fruit surrounded by a foliaceous calyx. They abound in a resinous or camphoraceous sap. DI'PTERIX. A genus of trees. Diadclphia. Octandria. The D. odorata of Guiana yields a wood having the properties of guaiac, and an odoriferous bean called the Tonquin bean. Di'pterous. Having two wing-like appendages, as in the case of some seeds. Dipyri'tes. Dipyros. Bread twice baked. DIRCA PALUSTRIS. The leather wood. A small indigenous shrub found in boggy places. Octandria. Monogynia. Natural family, Thymelam. The berries, which are small and of a yellow color, are said to be narcotic and poisonous. The bark is acrid, and produces vomiting and purging in doses of ten grains. It seems to be very analogous to the mezereon bark in properties. DIRE'CTOR. (or, oris, m. ; from dirigo, to direct.) 1. A grooved instrument for guiding the knife in some surgical operations. 2. The name of a muscle. Director penis. Erector penis. DIRI'GENT. Diri'gcns. Directing: that constituent of a compound medicine which determines its action. Thus guaiac is said to direct the action of nitre to the skin, while squill determines it to the kidneys. Diringa. See Acorns calamus. Dirt-eating. A morbid appetite common among negroes, and producing tho cachexia Africana. Disce'ptum. The diaphragm. DISCHARGE. In Pathology, a morbid increase in the secretion of any organ. Disciform. Disciformis. Resembling a disk or quoit. Di'scoid. .Discoides. Disciform. DISCRE'ET. Discre'tus. Distinct or separate. Applied to eruptions which are not confluent, but in which the pustules, &c, are separated from each other. Discreto'rium. The diaphragm. Discri'men. 1. An old bandage used in bleeding from the frontal vein. 2. The diaphragm. DI'SCUS. (us, i, in.; from dioKoc, a quoit or disk.) The disk, or central part of' a leaf or compound flower. DISCISSION. Resolution. The overcoming the inflammatory action of a tumor, so as to re-establish a healthy function in the part.' This is effected by stimidants, astringents, leeches, &c., according to circumstances. Discu'ssives. Discussiva. Discutients. DISCU'TIENT. (Discuticns; from discutio, to shake to pieces.) Discusorius. Diachyticus. Applied to those substances which possoss a power of discussing or resolving tumors. DISEASE. Morbus. Any deviation from the natural and healthy actions of the whole system, or any particular organ. Diseases are, Local. Affecting some particular part. Constitutional. Affecting the whole system. Specific. Marked by some disordered vital action, not common to diseases in general. Idiopathic. Primary, and not dependent on any other disease. Symptomatic, or Sympathetic. Dependent on some other disease. Periodical. Recurring at fixed periods. Acute. Severe, and of short continuance. Chronic. Of long continuance. Sporadic. Arising from adventitious causes affecting the individual. Epidemic. Generally diffused among a population. Endemic. Peculiar to, or especially prevalent in, a certain region. Intercurrent. Sporadic, but occurring during the prevalence of epidemic or endemic diseases. Contagious, or Infectious. Communicable from one individual to another by personal con tact, or by effluvia diffused through the air Congenital. Bom with the individual. Hereditary. Descending from parents to their offspring. Acquired. Neither hereditary nor congenital, but dependent on some cause operating after birth. Sthenic. Attended with strong activity of the vital powers. Asthenic. Attended with sinking of the vital powers. Diseases of artisans. Besides the common causes of disease to which all mankind are more or less subject, there are some connected with particular occupations and modes of life, the investigation of which is alike important in a practical and philosophical point of view. These causes of disease may, in a general way, be referred, 1. To confinement and bad ventilation. 2. To the effects of temperature and moisture. 3. To sedentary habits. 4. To over-fatigue. 5. To excessive exertion of some parts of the body, and inactivity of others. 6. To constrained and unnatural postures. 7. To the noxious influence of animal, vegetable, or mineral particles inhaled with the air, or otherwise applied to the body. 1. Confinement and bad ventilation produce scrofula, consumption, and deformities. 2. Temperature and moisture produce rheumatism, asthma, catarrhs, and visceral affections. 3. Sedentary habits, languor, nervousness, dyspepsia, constipation, haemorrhoids, leucor rhoea, obesity. 4. Over-fatigue, loss of vital powers, hernias, affections of the spine and kidneys. 5. Excessive exertion of some parts of the body, and inactivity of others. —Those who use the eye are subject to amaurosis and cataract; those who use the lungs, to asthma and pulmonic diseases. 6. Constrained and unnatural postures. —The evils arising from this cause are curvature of the spine, dyspepsia, gastrodynia, constipation, haemorrhoids, asthma, and pulmonary diseases. 7. The action of animal, vegetable, or mineral particles, inhaled with the air, or otherwise ap+ DIS UIS 226 plied to the body. — The principal morbific agents of this kind are mercury, lead, copper, arsenic, antimony, zinc, tin, the mineral acids, animal putrefaction, vegetable putrefaction, soot, and fine powders of various kinds, which produce mechanical irritation. Disecoi'a. Deafness. DISGORGEMENT. The process of emptying or relieving of an excess of blood, secretion, &c., any viscus; as the disgorgement of the liver or bile. The reverse of engorgement. DISGUST. A loathing, or mental repugnance to any thing or action- It is a symptom connected with affections of the brain or nervous system. DISINFECTANTS. Agents which destroy disagreeable effluvia or miasma. Chlorine gas, either derived from muriatic acid, or as thrown off from chloride of lime or soda, or the chlorine water, is the chief disinfectant. The vapor of heated vinegar, nitrous acid, and lime, are also recommended by some. Where the foul odor arises from decaying vegetable matters or privies, a strong solution of sulphate of iron, or an abundance of charcoal, are good remedies. With respect to miasms, the action of fire, growing trees, and chlorine vapors form the best disinfectants. Disinfecting liquid, Labahuaque's. A solution of chloride of soda. DISINFECTION. The process of dispelling and neutralizing contagious miasmjpta. This is done by the copious admission of fresh air, and the use of certain chemical substances, as chlorine, and the vapors of vinegar. The action of heat and the purifying effects of growing trees are also important. Disk. See Discus. DISLOCA'TION. (Dislocatio, onis, f.) Luxation. The displacement of the articular extremity of a bone. When dislocation takes place as the result of violence, it is called primitive, or accidental; when it happens as a consequence of disease which has destroyed the textures forming the joint, it is called consecutive, or spontaneous. 1. Dislocations are distinguished, with respect to their extent, into the complete or incomplete; the latter term is applied when the articular surfaces still remain partially in contact; this only occurs in ginglymoid articulations, as those of the foot, knee, and elbow. The complete luxation almost always occurs in the orbicular articulations. 2. The direction of a dislocation is named upward, downward, forward, and backward, in the orbicular articulations; and lateral, forward, and backward, in the ginglymoid. 3. Dislocations are further distinguished, according to the accompanying circumstances, into the simple, when unattended by a wound, communicating internally with the joint and externally with the air; and tho compound when attended by such a wound. The indications of treatment are, 1st. To reduce the bone to its proper place, which is to be done by couuter-exteusion. 2d. To retain it in the natural situation, which is effected by bandages, or, if necessary, by splints. 3d. To attend to any distressing symptoms which may arise hi consequence of the injury; these aiochiefly nervous. DISORGANIZATION. A change in the structure of a part. It may be partial, as in the change from a fibrous to a granular texture; or complete, as in gangrene and sphacelus. DISPE'NSARY. (Dispensarium, ii, n. -, from dispendo, to distribute.) The place in which medicines are prepared or advice given. DISPE'NSATORY. ( Dispensatorium, ii, n.) A book treating of medicines. Dispe'rmus. Dispermous, or two-seeded Dispe'ksion. In Optics, the separation which the different colored rays of light undergo in passing through a refracting prism, whereby the spectrum is formed. DISPLA'CEMENT. In Pharmacy, a process by which the active principles of various drugs are procured in making tinctures, infusions, &c. The medicine, in a moist state, is placed in the displacement apparatus, or percolator, which is a sort of funnel, having a fine sieve, and sometimes a stopcock, in its lower part, and furnished with a cap or stopper above. A coarse powder of the drug is first mixed with sufficient water, alcohol, or ether to saturate it thoroughly. This may be done in a mortar, or in the tight percolator, the stopcock being closed. The powder or mixture is packed in the percolator so as to be somewhat pressed, the degree depending upon the substance and menstruum; for when water is used, the material must be looser than when alcohol or ether is employed. The mixed mass is allowed to remain in the closed vessel from a few minutes to twelve hours. When it is to be drawn off, a further addition of the fluid is made, so that the prescribed quantity be employed, the addi tion being made slowly. The stopcock is now opened, and the filtered fluid received in a proper vessel. Further additions of the menstruum are to be made until the prescribed quantity of tincture or infusion is obtained. The fluid employed must be the same throughout; but, that none may be wasted, the quantity remaining in the powder after the process is completed may be obtained by pouring water upon it to the same amount as the spirit, &c, present. Disposition. See Diathesis. Dissecting abscess. An abscess which intrudes between the muscles, separating or dissecting them from one another. \^ DISSE'CTION. (Disscctio, onis, f. ; N from disseco, to cut asunder.) The cutting to of any part of an animal or vegetable for tho purpose of examining its structure. See Anatomy. Dissection wound. The wound, however slight, received during dissections, is often extremely dangerous, and especially if the subject be fresh, and death has occurred through puerperal fever, diffuse cellular inflammation, or inflammation of any serous tissue. The consequences of the wound are either inflammation of the lymphatics of the arm, or a typhoid fever with diffuse inflammation of the cellular tissue. The symptoms are, depression, nausea, rigors, severe headache, and vomiting. These occur within eighteen hours of the injury. There is, D 1 S D I U 227 next, extremely severe pain in the shoulder of the affected arm ; a pustule usually appears soon after on or near the wound. There is a swelling of the axilla, neck, and side, which becomes of a junk color. The fever at this time is a most dangerous typhoid, cutting off the patient before other local symptoms are developed. But, instead of following this course, tho first symptoms may be nervous, so aggravated as to resemble hydrophobia, and producing a fatal result in forty hours; or the diffuse inflammation may begin at the wrist; or, thirdly, tho principal local symptom may bo inflammation of the absorbents of the arm, beginning at the hand, and traceable in red lines. Should the disease continue, the cellular inflammation ends in suppurations and gangrene, which exhaust the patient, or undermine his constitution. The prognosis is unfavorable, more than two thirds of these cases resulting fatally. The worst symptoms are severe constitutional and nervous distress: the cases where the inflammation begins in the hand are least dangerous. If the patient be of a bad constitution or in feeble health, the risk is greater. The indications of -treatment are, 1st. To support the nervous system. 2d. To eliminate the poison. 3d. To relieve pain, and promote the discharge of pus and sloughs. The sesquicarbonate of ammonia, wine, and diffusible stimulants, with attention to the bowels; calomel, hi doses of gr. v., given every three hours, to produce salivation; and camphor or morphia, to relieve pain, are necessary at first. As soon as any pain is perceived in the axilla, numerous leeches should be applied, and the bleeding encouraged by fomentations. If swelling takes place, incisions must be made into it to allow the escape of serum or pus. The after-treatment consists in the use of tonics, country air, and a light, nutritious diet. It is to be remarked that severe typhoid fevers are sometimes produced from a miasm surrounding the dead body, and where no puncture has occurred. If any wound be perceived in dissection, the proper means are to wash the hands and suck the part vigorously, applying, as soon as possible, thvc, and onep/iariopor, emission.) Slow or impeded emission of semen during coition, insufficient for the purpose of generation. According to Cullen, the species are, 1. Urethralis, when the obstruction is in the urethra. 5. Dysuria calcnlosa, from stone in the bladder. C. Dysuria mucosa, from an abundant secretion of mucus. The causes which give rise to these diseases are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned either by gonorrhoea or by the use of acrid injections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, inflammation of the kidneys or bladder, considerable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal veins, a lodgment of indurated faeces in the rectum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the absorption of cantharides applied externally or taken internally, and excess in drinking either spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder prove the most frequent cause. A gouty affection of the neck of the bladder will sometimes occasion these complaints. 2. Nodosus, when a tumor is formed in either corpus cavernosum penis. 3. Preeputialis, when the impediment is from a strakness of the orifice of the pnepuce. 4. Mucosus, when the urethra is obstructed by a viscid mucus. 5. Hypcrtonicus, when there is an excess of erection of the penis. (i. Epilcpticus, from epileptic fits coming on during coition. 7. Apractodcs, from a want of vigor in the genitals. 8. Reflnns, in which the semen is thrown back into the urinary bladder. Dysthkkapeu'tos. Difficult to heal. If it proceeds from a calculus in the kidney or ureter, besides the affections mentioned, it will be accompanied with nausea, vomiting, and acute pains in the loins and region of the ureter and kidney of the side affected. When a stone in the bladder or gravel in the urethra is tin; cause, au acute pain will be felt at the end of the penis, particularly on voiding the last drops of urine, and the stream of water will either be divided into two, or twisted like a corkscrew. If a scirrhus of the prostate gland has occasioned the suppression or difficulty of urine, a hard, indolent tumor, unattended with any acute pain, may readily be felt in the perineeum, or by introducing the finger inU> the rectum. The cure of this disease, which is always symptomatic, requires the removal of the several causes, and the administration of those medicines and means which are recommended for the removal of the primary affection. DYSTHETICA. (From dvoOenica, a bad State of body.) The fourth order of the class Hwmatica of Good, including cachexies. DYSTHY'MIA. (a, w, f.; from dvg, bad, and y'tvpog, mind.) Despondency. Melancholy. DYSTO'CIA. Dystochia. (a, ae, f.; from 6vg, and tiktu). to bring forth.) Difficult parturition. .. Dystocia dyscyesis. Morbid pregnancy. DYSTCECHI'ASIS. (»«,»«,/.; from 6vc, badly, and oroixog, order.) An irregular disposition of the hairs on the eyelids. DYSU'RIA. (a, a-, f.; from due, and ovpov, urine.) Difficulty in discharging the urine. When there are frequent, painful, or uneasy lirgings to discharge the urine, and it passes off E E AGLE STONE. See Aelilis. EAR. See Auris. Ear, inflammation of. See Otitis. Ear-pick. A small probe and scoop to extract ear-wax. EARTH. (Terra, a, f.) Chemically there aro nine earths, namely, Baryta, Strontia, Lime, Magnesia, Alumina, or clay, Glucina, Zirconia, Yttria, Thorina. They are oxides of metals: of these, the first four are called alkaline earths. They are also powerful bases, and form numerous salts. Ear-shaped. See Auriculatc. Ear-trumpet. An instrument to assist audition in those partially deaf. It should be of the figure of a parabolic conoid, and of silver. A long tube, however convenient, is injurious to its efficacy. Ear-wax. See Cerumen. Earth, absorbent. See Absorbent. Earth, aluminous. E., argillaceous. Alumina. Earth of bones. Phosphate of lime Eaith, bolar. See Bole. Earth, heavy. Barytes. Earache. See Otalgia. E B r E C II 235 Earth, Japan, See Acacia catechu. Earth, sealed. Terra sigillata. See Bole Earth-nut. See Bunium bulbocastanum. Earth-worm. Lumbricus terrestris. Eaton's STYPTIC. Chiefly a solution of green vitriol in alcohol. EAU. Water. A French word, used to designate several fluid medicines, chiefly spirituous. Eau d'arquebusade. Aqua vulncraria spirituosa. A vulnerary water formerly in great repute, consisting of alcohol distilled with many aromatic herbs. Eau de belloste. A mixture of equal parts of muriatic acid, brandy, and saffron, with or without the addition of water. It was formerly employed as a resolvent. Eau de Broccheiri. A styptic water of feeble properties, said to be a solution of creasote. Eau des carmes. Aqua mclissa; composita. A preparation much esteemed in France as a stomachic, stimulant, &c. It consists of spirit of balm, eight parts; spirit of rosemary, thyme, and canella, of each one part; spirit of nutmeg, two parts; spirit of anise, marjoram, hyssop, sage, angelica, and cloves, of each one part; spnit of orange peel, four parts; spirit of coriander, two parts. Eau de Cologne. A perfumed spirit of lavender. Eau de Javelle. A solution of chloride of soda. Eau de luce. Spiritus ammonia? suechiatus v. aromaticus. Eau de Naphre. A water distilled from the leaves of the bitter orange. Eau de rabel. Aqua Rabclii. A mixture of one part of concentrated sulphuric acid with three of alcohol. Eau de vie. Brandy. Eau medicinale. Aqua mcdicinalis Hussonii. A nostrum long celebrated for the cure of gout. It is generally believed to bo a vinous infusion of the root of colchicum, and does not differ in its operation from the vinum colchici of our Pharmacopoeias. Some say it is a vinous infusion of the flowers of colchicum. Eau vegeto-minerar.e. See Aqua vegetomincralis. Ebeaupin spring. Near Nantes. It contains carbonic acid; carbonates of lime, magnesia, and iron; muriates of lime, magnesia, and soda, &c. EBENACE/E. The name given by Jussieu to a family of plants allied to the tree which produces ebony, Diospyros ebenum. E'benum. Ebenus. Ebony. Ebla'nin. Pyroxanlhiu. It is derived from crude pyroxalic spirit. E'BONY. Diospyros ebenum: formerly esteemed in medicine as a diaphoretic and alterative. Ebracteate. Ebractea'lus. Without a bractea, or floral leaf. Ebriecasum. An affection of the mind resembling drunkenness. — Paracelsus. Ebriety. Intoxication. Ebsemech. Quicksilver. EBULLITION. (EbullUio, onis. f.; from ebullio, to bubble up.) Boiling. This fakes place during the change which a fluid undergoes from a state of liquidity to that of an elastic hody, in consequence of the ajwlication of heat, which dilates and converts it into vapor. The fixed temperature during boiling result* from the pressure of the air. E'bulus. See Samhucus ebulus. Ebur. Ivory. Ebur eossile. Fossil unicorn. See Uni- cornu. Ebur ustum nigrum. Ivory black. ECBO'LIC. (From ck6paoou, to remove obstructions.) Synonymous with deobstruent. Ecphra'xis. The opening of obstructed pores; deobstruent. ECPHRO'NIA. (a, a-, f. or ek- Qpoown ; from enypuv, extra metitem, out of one's mind.) Insanity. Craziness. Melancholy. E'cphyas. 1. An appendix, or excrescence. 2. The appendicula cseci vermiformis. ECPHY'MA. (a, atis, n.; from eKvu, cdu co, egero.) A cutaneous excrescence. It is used as a generic term, and includes warts, corns, physconia, and callosities.— E. adematicum is phlegmasia dolens. Ecphyse'sis. A quick expulsion of the air from the lungs. E'cphysis. 1. An apophysis, appendix, or process of any kind. 2. The duodenum. Ecpie'sma. 1. A fracture of the skull, with depression of the bone. — Galen. 2. An expressed juice.— Dioscorides. Ec pie's mos . A disorder of the eye, in which the globe is almost pressed out of the socket by an afflux of humors. Ecplero'ma. In Hippocrates they are hard balls of leather, or other substances, adapted to fill the arm-pit, while by the help of the heel, placed against a ball, and repressing the same, a luxated os humeri is reduced into its place. ECPLE'XIS. (is, is, f.: from ekkatiogu, to terrify or astonish.) A stupor or astonishment, from sudden external accidents. E'cpneusis. Ecpnoe. Expiration. ECPTO'MA. Ecptosis. (From EKTwrrw, to fall out.) A falling down of any part: applied to a luxation; the expulsion of the placenta; the falling off of gangrenous parts; to hernia of the uterus, &c. E c p y ' c t i c u s. Rendering the fluids more solid. ECPYE'MA. (a, atis, n.; from ek, and ttvov, pus.) A collection of pus ; an abscess. ECPYE'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ekttvu, to suppurate.) Humid scall. A generic term for suppurating skin diseases, as porrigo, impetigo, ecthyma, &c. Ecpyesis ecthyma. Ecthyma.— Good. Ecpye'tic. (Same etymon.) Suppurative. Ecre'gma. Ecre'xis. A rupture. Ecrhy'thmos. Irregular: applied to the pulse. E'croe. E'crysis. A discharge ECSARCO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from ek, and oapl;, flesh.) A fleshy exciescence. Ecsesmata. Syn. of eczema.— Blancard. E'CSTASY. (Ecslasis, cos, f. EKoraoig ; from to be out of one's senses.) 1. An ecstasy. This disease consists in a total suspension of sensibility and voluntary motion, and mostly of mental power; the muscles are rigid, the body erect and inflexible; the pulsation of the heart is felt, and the breathing not affected. The exciting cause of this disease is generally some mental affection. It differs from catalepsy and trance in the inflexible and rigid state of the muscles, and the obvious continuance of the breathing and the heart's action. It occasionally exists with a plethoric state of the blood-vessels, in which case bleeding and depletions are found useful. In other more obviously nervous states, the nervous stimulants and aperients are to be preferred. The cold-water dash, especially when directed along the spine, EOT E C Z 237 is often very useful in rousing the patient. 2. In Hippocrates it signifies a delirium. E'ctasia. Aneurism. E'ctasis. Extension or expansion. Ecstatic trance. Catalepsy. E'ctexis. Melting or softening of parts. Ecthli'mma. An ulceration of the skin caused by pressure. Ecthli'psis. Elision or4xpression. E' C T H Y M A. (a, atis, n. Eic6vfia ; from ek8vu, to break out.) An eruption of large, round, and distinct pustules, seldom very numerous, unaccompanied by fever, and not contagious. It occurs chiefly on the extremities, and may arise from debility, or as a sequel of measles, small-pox, and scarlatina. Thero are three species in this genus: 1. The Ecthyma vtdgarc consists of a partial eruption of small, hard pustules, on some part of the extremities, or on the neck and shoulders, which is completed in three or four days. In the course of a similar period, the pustules successively enlarge, and inflame highly at the base, while pus is formed in the apex; and in a day or two more they break, pour out their pus, and afterward a thinner fluid, which speedily concretes into brown scabs. In a week more the soreness and inflammation subside, and the scabs soon afterward fall off, leaving no mark behind. 2. The Ecthyma infantile occurs in weakly infants during the period of lactation. This species is precisely like the former; but, instead of subsiding, often reappears for weeks together. The principal means of cure will be found in changing the nurse; and the advantages of better aliment will bo aided by proper clothing and exercise. 3. Ecthyma luridum. The most obvious peculiarity is the dark red color of the base, which is likewise hard and elevated, and of a larger size; they appear slowly, but in long succession, and spread widely, the face alone being exempt from their occurrence. They appear in older persons of a broken constitution, and often degenerate into ulcers. The treatment must be chiefly directed to the amendment of the constitution, by good diet, the occasional use of the warm bath, and by cinchona and decoction of the woods internally. Ectillo'tic Applied to that which eradicates tubercles or corns, or destroys superfluous hair. E'ctome. Ectomius. Excision. Ectomon. Ektouov. Black hellebore. ECTO'PIA. (a, «, f.; from ekto-koc, out of place.) A displacement of any part; a luxation. E'ctopia ani. Prolapsus of the anus. Ectopia. An order in the class Locales of Cullen's Nosology. Ectoprotic Eccoprotic. Ectri'mma. An excoriation. Ectro'ma. An abortion. E'ctrope. 1. A duct by which morbid humors are drawn off. 2. Ectropium. ECTRO'PIUM. Ectropion. (From e/crpe-7tu, to evert.) An eversion of the eyelids, so that their internal surface is in part the outermost. There are two species of this disease: one produced by an unnatural swelling of the lining of the eyelids; the other arising from a contraction of the skin covering the eyelid, or of that in the vicinity, by which means the edge of the eyelid is first removed for some distance from the eye, and afterward turned completely outward, together with the whole of the affected eyelid. This disease is only to be cured by a surgical operation. That practiced by Sir William Adams is now generally resorted to. It consists, first, in removing the whole of the fungous growth by a small, curved bistoury; next, in stripping away a piece of the edge of the tarsus, in the form of the letter V; afterward, in separating the eyelid from the cheek, whenever it adheres to it; and, finally, in supporting the lid, now raised into the proper place, and confining the edges of the cut eyelid, brought into a state of juxtaposition by a proper bandage. The divided edges heal by the first intention; and the cure is often completed in a fortnight, with a restoration of the eyelid to its healthy form. ECTRO'SIS. (is,is,f. Enrpuoic, from e/o TiTpuoKU, to miscarry.) A miscarriage. Ectro'tic. Ectyroticus. Ectyloticus. 1. Causing an abortion. 2. Applied to methods of promoting the development of pustules, diseases, &c. ECZEMA. (Enfrua ; from Enfru, to boil out.) Eczesma. A cutaneous disease, characterized by an eruption of small vesicles on various parts of the skin, usually set close or crowded together, with little or no inflammation round their bases, and unattended by fever. It is not contagious. The eruption is attended with tingling and smarting rather than itching. The species are: 1. Eczema solare. Summer rash, or heat spots, produced by heat. It commonly lasts two or three weeks, and is unattended by much irritation. Cool bathing, a gentle purgative, and attention to clothing, is all that is necessary. 2. Eczema impetiginodes. A local eczema, produced by the irritation of various substances, especially sugar, and hence called Grocer's itch. Small, separate vesicles, containing a transparent fluid, slightly elevated: they are attended with pain, heat, smarting, and often with intense itching. When they break, the acrid lymph that is discharged irritates and inflames the surrounding cuticle, which becomes thickened, rough, reddish, and cracked, as in the impetiginous state. The treatment consists of removing the irritating cause, and using washes of acetate of lead, or poultices. 3. Eczema rubrum. This most remarkable variety, arises from the irritation of mercury, whence it has been called eczema mercuriale, and erythema mercuriale and hydrargyria; but it may also be produced by exposure. This species usually commences with stiffness, burn ing heat, and itching in the inner surface of the thighs, and about the scrotum in men; or in the groins or axillae, or neck. The surface becomes red, and rough, from innumerable minute, clear vesicles. These grow to the size of a pin's head, and become white and opaque. The eruption extends over the body in large patch- EF F E L A 238 es, producing soreness, swelling, and much itching. The ichorous discharge of the vesicles produces great inflammation and excoriation, often extending over the whole body. The disease may last several weeks, but usually only ten days. Towards its close, the surface becomes covered with blackish scabs, which desquamate, leaving a rough skin, as in slight psoriasis. The constitution is not much affected, but irritable persons may suffer from repeated attacks. The treatment is entirely palliative. It consists of using the warm bath, emollient poultices, washes, and cerates, with great cleanliness of the linen. The mineral acids and sarsaparilla, or cinchona, are also serviceable. Eczema mercuriale. See Eczema rubrum. Eczesma. Eczema. EDENTA'TA. Edcntals. The fifth order of mammalia: animals which are without incisor teeth, and some without any teeth. Edenta'te. Without teeth. Edes. Edetz. Amber. Ede'ssenum. An old collyrium. Edic. Edich. Edir. Iron. Edu'lcorant. Edulcorans. Applied to a medicine supposed to purify the fluids by depriving them of their acrimony. EDULCORA'TION. Edulcoratio. 1. The affusion of water on any substance to remove from it saline or other particles which are soluble in water. 2. Sweetening. Edulcora'tor. A dropping bottle, for supplying small portions of fluid. It is merely a vial having a perforated cork, through which passes a small tube. Eel. Mursena. Eel fat. Adeps anguillec. This is obtained from eels while roasting, and was used as an ointment for stiff joints. E'FFERENT. Efferens. Carrying or transporting: applied to vessels, &c, which convey fluids from glands, as the vasa effcrentia, which carry lymph to the thoracic duct. Efferent nerves. Those which convey nervous impressions from the centers to the periphery. EFFERVESCENCE. (EJervesccnlia, ce, f.; from effervesco, to grow hot.) 1. That agitation 'which is produced by mixing substances together which cause the evolution of a gas. 2. A low degree of ebullition. Effervescing draught. A pleasant carbonated drink, which may be used as a vehicle for saline medicines. It is made with bicarbonate of soda, 388., dissolved in a wine-glass of water, and acted on by a table-spoonful of lemon juice, or tartaric acid, 3j. E F F E'T E. Effatus. Barren; worn out; impoverished. Applied principally to such active agents as have lost their power by use. E'ffila. Freckles. EFFLORESCENCE. EJJloratio. (Efflorescentia, a;, f.; from effloresco, to blow as a flower.) 1. In Pathology, a morbid redness of the ekin; an exanthem; also, the class of exanthematous diseases. 2. In Chemistry, when bodies are spontaneously converted into a dry powder. It is usually occasioned by the loss of water of crystallization in saline bodies. Car- bonate of soda and sulphate of iron are instan ces. EFFLU'VIUM. (um, ii, n.; from effiuo, to flow out.) An exhalation. Generally such a» are noxious, or disagreeable to the senses. Effractu'ra. A fracture of the cranium, in which the bone is much depressed. EFFUSION. (Effusio, onis, f.; from effundo, to pour out.) In pathology, the escape of any fluid out of the vessel or viscus naturally containing it, and its lodgment in another cavity,, in the cellular substance (infiltration), or in the substance of parts. Effusion also sometimes signifies the morbid secretion of fluids from the vessels; thus pathologists frequently speak of coagulable lymph being effused on different surfaces. Ege'ries. Egestio. An excretion or evacuation. EGE'STA. (a, w, f.; from egero, to carry out.) The fieces and matters carried out of the healthy body. Egg. See Ovum. Egg plant. Solatium melongena. Egg-shaped. Ovatus. Egopho'ny. Egobronchophony. See CEgophony. Eighth pair of nerves. The par vaguin. See Nervous system. Eilamides. The membranes involving the brain. Eile'ma. In Hippocrates it signifies painful convolutions of the intestines from flatulence. Ei'leon. The ilium. Ei'leos. See Ileus. Ei'spnoe. Inspiration of air. EJA'CULATORY. Ejaculans. (From ejaculor, to cast out.) . Ejacvlalorus. The vessels which convey the semen to the penis are called ejaculatory ducts. These are the epididymis, the vasa deferentia, and the vesicula,' seminales. EJACULATOR seminis. See Accelerator urincc. Eje'ction. A dejection or excrement. ELABORATION. A certain change or process through which it is supposed aliments, chyle, &c, pass to become assimilated to the fluids, &c, of the living body. Elaca'lli. Euphorbia uervifolia. ELjEAGNA'CEjE. A natural order of shrubby, arborescent exogens, inhabiting the entire northern hemisphere down to the equator, having leprous leaves, superior fruit, tubular calyx, and apetalous flowers. They are distinguished from Thymelacea; by the ovule being erect, from Prolcacca! by the valvate calyx and the dehiscent fruit of the latter, and from Santalacece by the superior ovary. The berries of some species are eaten in Persia and Nipaul. Ela:a'gnon. Vitex a gnus castus. Eljeo'meli. A sweet purging oil. Ela:opha'nes. Having the appearance of oil. ELjEOS A'CCH ARUM, (um, i, n.; from eauiov, oil, and caicxapov, sugar.) A mixture of an essential oil with sugar. Elaidate. A salt of elaidic acid. Elaidic acid. An acid resulting from the saponification of elaidiue. Formula, C72HC6O5. Elaidine. A substance resembling etearine, which results from the action of nitrous acid upon olive, almond, and some other oils. ELE ELE 239 ELA1N. (From eXaiov, oil.) Oleiue. The oily principle of solid fats and oils. It is an oleate of glycerin. Elaiodate. A salt formed by the elaiodic acid with a base. Elaiodic acid. See Oleoricinic acid. Elaiodon. (From e?Miov, oil.) A namt given by Herberger to the fluid part of volatile oils. , ELAIS GUINEE'NSIS. A palm of Guinea and the West Indies. It yields the Mac/caw fat, an emollient, fatty substance. Elalde'hyde. A fluid resulting from the spontaneous change of aldehyde. Elao'pten. The liquid portion of a volatile oil, to distinguish it from the stearoplen, which is solid, as in the case of camphor. E'laps. A sub-genus of vipers. Ela'sma. A lamina of any kind. A clysterpipe. ELASTIC. (Elasticus; from eXaaTyc, impulsor, which is from eXavveiv, to impel, to push.) Springy; having the power of returning to the form from which it has been forced to deviate. Elastic fluid. A gas. Elastic gum. Caoutchouc. ELASTICITY. Elasticitas. A force in bodies by wnich they endeavor to restore themselves to the posture from which they were displaced by any external force. Elate'rine. A crystallizable matter distinct from elatin, found by Mr. Hennel in the juice of elaterium. ELATE'RIUM. (um, i, n. EXarnptov ; from eXavvu, to stimulate or agitate.) 1. Any drastic purgative. 2. At present it signifies a peculiar substance deposited from the juice of the wild cucumber. See Momordica elaterium. Elathe'ria. A name of the cascarilla bark. E'LATIN. The active principle of elaterium. See Momordica elaterium. Elati'ne. Antirrhinum elatine. Elayl. The name of Berzelius for olefiant gas or an isomeric compound. ELCA'JA. Trichilia emetica. An Arabian tree, the fruit of which is emetic, and is employed in ointments for the cure of itch and other cutaneous diseases. ELCO'SIS. (is, eos, f.; from sXkoc, an ulcer.) Ulceration. Sauvages applies this term especially to a cachectic disease attended with fetid, carious, and chronic ulcers. Elder. See Sambucus. Elder, dwarf. See Sambucus ebulus. Elder ointment. See Unguentum sambuci. Eleca'mpane. See Inula helenium. Elecampane camphor. See Helenin. Eleca'mpin. Inulin. ELECTRIC Pertaining to electricity. Electric aura. The current produced when a highly-charged vessel or conductor discharges its electricity from a pointed rod. The aura is sometimes made to act upon delicate parts of the body, as the eye, and produces a stimulant or irritating effect; or the same result may be produced by taking a current, by means of a pointed conductor, from the electrified patient. Electric bath. This term is employed to designate that means of using electoicity iu medicine which consists in placing the patient on the glass stool, and putting him in contact with the prime conductor of the machine, either directly by his hand, or by means of a chain. It is the most gentle method of using electricity, and enables the operator to act-upon any part by receiving sparks, or the aura therefrom. Electric fishes. The species of the class Pisces are so called which have the power of discharging electric shocks; the most remarkable are the Torpedo, Gymnotus, and Silurns, or Malapterurus electricus. Electric friction. A term introduced by Cavallo to designate the irritating action of taking sparks from a person in the electrical bath through a piece of flannel. It is said to be one of the most permanent and efficacious means of using this agent. Electric shocks. The sudden administration of a large amount of electricity from a Leyden jar, whereby the patient is thrown into a partial and rapid convulsion. The shock may be regulated by the size of the jar, or be of half a pint, a pint, or quart; or it may be of any force, by using the medical electrometer. Shocks from a pint jar are usually sufficiently severe. Electri'cal. Pertaining to electricity. Electrical balance. There are two ma chines bearing this name: Coulomb's torsion electrometer, and Harris's balance electrometer. See Electrometer. Electrical battery. A number of Leyden jars arranged in a box or frame, and communicating with each other by metallic rods, so that the whole can be discharged together. Electrical column. An electrical pile of De Luc, consisting of thin plates of two metals, with paper between them, arranged like the pairs of a galvanic battery. The pairs are inclosed in glass tubes, and produce a feeble electrical current for some years. Electrical machine. There are two kinds in use, the plate and the cylinder machine. The plate machine consists of a circular plate of thick glass, through the centre of which passes an axis by which it can be rapidly rotated. The plate and axis are sustained by uprights of baked wood, which also carry cushions of leather or silk, against which the plate brushes in its revolutions, and receives its excitement. The cushions sometimes carry pieces of silk to assist the excitement; and they aro also smeared with an amalgam of tin and mercury, or with mosaic gold, for the same purpose. There is also attached to the machine a metallic part, called the prime conductor, which is sustained by one or more glass legs. The conductor is of every shape and size, but usually cylindrical, with rounded ends. At the part nearest the glass plate it is furnished with many wires, set within a tenth of an inch from the glass, for tho purpose of collecting the electricity evolved. Tho cylinder machine differs from the former only in the figure of the glass, which is cylindrical, and the position of the rubbers. ELECTRICITY. (From nXeKrpov, amber, which becomes electrical by heat.) An im ponderable body or agent, manifesting itself by attracting or repelling light bodies, by produ- ELE ELE 240 cing light, decomposing water and certain fluids, and producing a shock or involuntary muscular motion in the bodies of animals when it is made to pass through them. An agent having some or all of these properties is set free when chemical action takes place, and when many bodies are heated or nibbed: in the former ca*e it is usually termed Galvanism, in the latter Electricity; but the line of demarcation between them is indistinct. Matter, as respects frictional electricity, is either susceptible of excitement, electric or nonconducting, as dry wood, glass, resins, furs, silk; or it is non-electric or conducting, as metals and moist substances. When two of the former, as glass and silk, are rubbed together, electricity is made free. An electrical machine is therefore a contrivance in which glass and silk, or leather variously prepared, are made to rub together, with an arrangement for retaining the electricity produced. When bodies are electrified or excited, it appears that they attract some forms of matter and repel others. They attract all unexcited substances, and such as are in a different electrical state, while they repel all which have been similarly excited. In virtue of this phenomenon, it has been supposed that there are two electrical fluids, or two electrical states. These are severally called the positive, pins, or vitreous electricity, and the negative, minus, or resinous electricity. When two substances become excited by friction, one is negative, or indicates a loss of electricity, while the other becomes positive. The like fluids always repel, and the unlike attract. An excited body influences all those within a certain distance, inducing in them the electrical state, and this takes place whenever an electrical change occurs in the vicinity of a body. Thus, if one wire be conducting electricity, any wire in the neighborhood will also be thrown into the electrical state. This action of excited matter is called induction : hence we have induced currents, induced electricity, &c. The effects of electricity also differ. When it gives powerful shocks to the body, or decomposes fluids, it is said to have tension, or intensity; when, on the other hand, it develops great heat, as in certain galvanic arrangements, it is said to have quantity. An electric current is an influence propagated along a wire or conductor. When it passes through fluids of a certain composition (binary), it produces decomposition or electrolysis. In this case, the wires which conduct the electricity are termed electrodes, that which conducts the positive or vitreous fluid is called the anode, and that at the other side the cathode. Electricity has been often recommended in medicine, especially in diseases attended with a loss or derangement of nervous power, as paralysis, chorea. It is commonly administered by placing the patient on a stool furnished with glass feet, and making him hold the prime conductor of a machine. This causes the electrical fluid to flow over his body. It is occasionally given in smart shocks from a Leyden vial, or he may be placed between conducting rods and currents 6ent through his body. Its operation is very uncertain, and it is difficult td say how much good it has effected, while it is at all times a very disagreeable therapeutical agent. Electricity from the machine can only be administered during dry weather, and therefore this implement is not as serviceable as the magneto-electrical machine. Electricity, voltaic. Galvanism. Electrizers, Harrington's. Plates of copper, zinc, &c, which, being applied to the body, and connected by a wire, produce a feeble current. . Electro'de. 1. A surface by which electricity passes; a pole. 2. Any substance which becomes electrical by friction or heat. Electro'dyna'mics. The phenomena of electricity in motion, or the action of conductors on each other when conveying electricity or galvanism. Electroly'sis. The direct or primary decomposition of bodies by galvanism. Electroly'te. A substance capable of being primarily decomposed by a galvanic current. E LE'C TRO-M A'GNETIS M. That portion of electrical science which investigates the reciprocal relations of electrical or galvanic currents to magnets. The basis, of thi* science rests in the discovery of (Ersted, that a conductor placed near a magnetic needle affects it, producing a movement more or less intense, and varying in direction according to the position of the conductor, or the force of the traversing current. The most remarkable phenomena of this department of electricity are the rotatory movements produced by galvanic currents operating on temporary magnets, and the surprising power which may be produced in temporary magnets, by which they can sustain tons of weight. The temporary magnets are merely bars of soft iron, either curved or straight, around which are wound many hundred feet of fine copper wire, covered with silk; the ends of this wire being placed in contact with the poles of a galvanic battery, the soft iron becomes a powerful temporary magnet. See Galvanism, and Magneto-electricity. ELECTHO'METER. An implement to measure electricity. There are several known to electricians. Henley's quadrant electrometer measures the electrical excitement of an object by the repulsion of a pith ball attached to a wire. Coulomb's torsion electrometer is an ex tremely delicate instrument, in which the repulsion of a pith ball is also used as the means of producing motion; but the amount of repulsion is measured by the twisting of a glass thread or fibre of cocoon silk. Harris's balance electrometer consists of a fine balance, from oneV arm of which a metal hemisphere is suspended a short distance from a stand, which is excited by contact. The suspended hemisphere is thereby attracted, and the force necessary to separate them is ascertained in grains in the scale pan. Electro'meter, medical. Lane's electrometer. This is a useful implement for regulating the force of sparks or shocks taken from the prime conductor. It consists of a curved 241 ELE brass rod, which is attached to the conductor; this sustains a glass rod sufficiently long to bin- der the passage of sparks, and is terminated by a brass knob, through which passes a brass wire, each end of which is also furnished with brass knobs. The shocks are taken by the patient holding one of these knobs hi his hand, while the other is forced near to the conductor. The violence of the shock is thus regulated by the distance at which the knob is placed from the prime conductor ; thus sparks of half an inch, one inch or two, three or more inches, may be administered. Electro'phorus. Volta's electrophorus. This is a cake of resin, accompanied by a disk of metal, surmounted by a glass handle. By exciting the resin with a silk rubber, it continues active for weeks, and a spark is obtained whenever the metallic disk is removed, and touched or applied to a conductor. Ele'ctropolar. A term used to designate that condition of a conductor in which one end or surface is negative and the other positive. This condition occurs when electricity is induced. Ele'ctropuncture. See Acupuncture. Ele'ctroscope. An instrument for the dis- covery of electrical excitement. It differs from an electrometer, with which it is usually confounded, in not measuring t \m degree of excitement. Two pith balls, connected by a dry silk thread, form a good electroscope. Two ships of gold leaf, inclosed in a glass case, and connected at one end by a brass rod, with a knob or plate of brass, constitute the gold-leaf electroscope. Ele'ctro-stimulation. The prickly sensation produced by veratria, &c. — Turnbull. Ele'ctrotint. An engraving formed by the electrotype from an original painted in thick colors, so as to produce sufficient inequalities to hold engravers' ink. Ele'ctrotype. Casting by the galvanic current. Any metallic object being immersed in a proper solution of a metal, the latter is precipitated on the mold by means of a galvanic current, so as to produce a perfect fac simile or impression. ELE'CTRUM. {um, i, n. Elenrpov.) Succinum. Amber. Electrum minerale. An old tincture of metals. ELECTUA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) An electuary. The form of medicine now called a confection. See Confectio. Electuarium antimonii. Take confectio senna?, jj.; guaiaci gummi, hydrargyri cum sulphure, antimonii ppt. sing., ?ss.; syrupi simplicis, q. s.: mix. This electuary was formerly used in chronic cutaneous diseases, generally in conjunction with decoction of elm bark or of sarsaparilla. The dose is one or two drachms twice a day. Electuarium cassi.e. Confectio cassia?. Electuarium catechu compositum. (Ph. E.) Electuary of catechu. Take of catechu, jiv.; kino, fiij.; cinnamon, nutmeg, each fj.; opium, diffused in a sufficient quantity of Spanish white wine, 3iss.; syrup of red roses, boiled to the consistence of honey, Ibij i- Reduce the E L I solids to powder, and, having mixed them with the opium and syrup, make them into an elec tuary. A useful aromatic astringent. Ten scruples contain one grain of opium. Dose, 3ss. to 3j. Elkctuaiuum cinchonje cum soda. Car bonate of soda, sij.; powder of cinchona, ?j.; mucilage of gum arabic, q. s.: mix. The dose is two drachms twice or thrice a day. Electuakium lenitivum. Confectio senna?. Electuarium oriATUM. E. Thebiacum. Confectio opii. Electuarium scammonh. Confectio scammonii. Eleh'sphacos. A species of sage. E'LEMENT. ( Elementum, i, n.) A substance which can no further be divided or decomposed by chemical analysis. See Equivalent. E'lemi. A fragrant resin. See Amyris elem fera. Eleochry'sum. Gnaphalium stcechas. ELEOPTE'NE. The fluid portion of essential oils which have been partly solidified by cold. The solid portion is termed, the stearopten, or stcaroptcnc. Eleoseli'num. Apium graveolens. Elephantia. Elephantiasmus. See Etc- phantiasis. ELEPHANTIASIS, (is, is, f. EXeavnaaic, from e?.e(pac, an elephant.) Elephantiasis Graxorum. E. arabum. E. arabica. It is a disease of warm climates, as Africa, the East and West Indies, Madeira, and the Isle of France; but occasional instances seem to occur in all climates. It is principally characterized by the appearance of shining tubercles, of different sizes, of a dusky red or livid color, on the face, ears, and extremities; together with a very thickened and rugous state of the skin, a diminution or total loss of its sensibility, and a falling off of all the hair, except that of the scalp. The tubercles finally ulcerate, tho skin becomes fissured, and parts suffer from gangrene. The disease lasts for years, and death ultimately supervenes from internal inflammations. This formidable leprosy of the ancients is not, however, contagious. It is the Juxam of the Arabians. See, also, Barbadoes leg, and Lepra. There is a disease of India, called Baras, often confounded with elephantiasis. This begins with circumscribed, pale blotches on the skin of the extremities, which are perfectly insensible. This state sometimes spreads over the whole body, the pulse falls to 50 or 60, the extremities become swelled and stiffen, bowels costive, mind dull, and little pain. Ulcers occur, which gradually, year by year, dismember the fingers and toes. During this the health is not much affected, except that the faculties are benumbed. The patient often dies in old age of some other disease. It is said that the disease is cured in its first stage by the Asclcpias gigantea, especially in combination with alterative doses of mercury and antimony, and with topical stimulants. Elephantiasis Italic a. See Pelagra. E'LEPHAS. 1. The elephant. 2. Elephantiasis. 3. Aqua fortis. 4. Ivory. ELI E M A 242 ELETTA'RIA. (a, «,f.) A genus of plants, to which is referred the lesser cardamom plant, Elcttaria cardamomum. See Alpinia cardamomum. Eleutheria. Eleutcria. Cascarilla hark. See Croton eleutheria. Eleva'tio. Elevation; sublimation. ELEVATOR, (or, oris, m.; from clcvo, to lift up.) L A muscle is so called, the office of which is to lift up the part to which it is attached. See, also, Levator. 2. A surgical instrument, with which to raise any depressed portion of bone, especially of the cranial bones, after fractures and depressions. It is merely a bar or lever of steel, with one end made slightly rough, for the puipose of raising the bone. Elevator ani. See Levator ani. Elevator labii inferioris proprius. See Levator labii inferioris. Elevator labii superioris proprius. See Levator labii superioris alaque nasi. Elevator labiorum. See Levator anguli oris. Elevator nasi alarum. See Levator labii superioris alaque nasi. Elevator oculi. See Rectus superioris. Elevator palpebra: superioris. See Lc- vator palpebral superioris. Elevator scapula:. See Levator scapula. Elevator testiculi. The cremaster mus- cle. Elevator urethra. The transversus perina?i muscle. Elevato'rium. The elevator. Eli'banum. The same as olibanum. Elichry'sum. Gnaphalium stcechas. Eli'drion. Elidrium. 1. Gum mastich. 2. Tho rhaponticum. 3. Mercury. 4. An alloy of silver, gold, and brass. Eli'gma. A linctus. See Eclegma. Elioseli'num. See Eleoselinum. ELIQUATION. 1. An operation by means of which a more fusible substance is separated from another which is less fusible. It consists in the application of a degree of heat sufficient to fuse the former, but not the latter. 2. Colliquation. Elithroid. See Elytroid. Elixa'tion. Seething, or boiling. ELFXIR. (Elixir, n. ind.; from the Arabic elekser, quintessence.) A term formerly applied to many preparations, and chiefly to compound tinctures. Elixir acidum Halleri. A mixture of sulphuric acid and alcohol, used as a styptic in hemorrhages. Elixir aloes. Tinctura aloes et myrrhs. Elixir antiasthmaticum Boerhaavii. Boerhaave's antiasthmatic elixir. This is composed of alcohol, aniseed, and the roots of orris, asarabacca, sweet flag, liquorice, and elecampane. The dose is twenty or thirty drops. : Elixir paregoricum. Paregoric elixir. The tinctura camphora? composita, and tinctura opii ammoniata. Elixir proprietatis. Elixir of nature. An old preparation nearly corresponding with the compound tincture of aloes now in use. Elixir proprietatis cum acido. The elixir proprietatis. acidulated with sulphuric acid. Elixir proprietatis tartarizatum. The elixir proprietatis, with the addition of salt of tartar. Elixir sacrum. A tincture made principally of rhubarb and aloes. Tinctura rhei et aloes. Elixir salutis. E. of health. Tinctura senna? composita. Elixir stomachicum. The compound tinoture of gentian. Tinctura gentiana? composita. Elixir vita: mathioli. This was composed of a great number of aromatic and stimulant substances, digested in alcohol. Elixir vitrioli. E. of vitriol. Acidum sulphuricum aromaticum. Elixivia'tio. Lixiviation. Elk. Cervus alcis. Ella'gic acid. Acidum cllagicum. An insoluble acid existing in old nut-galls which have been changed by exposure to air; it is a moist powder. Form., C17II2O4. Elleborum. See Hclleborus. Elli'psoid. A solid of such a figure that ev ery section is an ellipse. Elli'ptic. Ellipticus. Of an elliptical shape. Elm. See Ulmus. Elm-leaved sumach. See Rhus coriaria. Elo'des. Marshy; also, the sudor anglicus. ELONGATION. (From clongo, to lengthen out.) 1. An impdWect luxation, where the ligaments are only lengthened, and the bone not put out of its socket. 2. The extension of a limb for the purpose of reducing a dislocation or fracture. ELUTRIATION. (Elulriatio; from elutrio. to cleanse.) The pouring a liquor out of one vessel into another, in order to separate tha clear fluid from the sediment. Decantation. ELU'VIES. (es, ei, f.; from eluo, to wash out.) A swamp or quagmire. Some writers give this name to the discharge of a fluid, and especially to fluor albus. Eluxa'tion. The same as luxation. Elymagro'stis. Panicum. E'LYMUS. A genus of grasses. ELYTRITIS. Elytroilis. Inflammation of the vagina. ELYTROCE'LE. A hernia in the vagina. Ely'troid. Elytroides. Like a sheath. The tunica vaginalis is so called by some writers, because it includes the testis like a sheath. This epithet is also given to a pessaiy invented by M. Jules Cloquet. Elytro'ncus. Elylrophyma. A swelling or tumor of the vagina. ELYTRUM. (Elytron, a sheath; from eXvu, to involve.) 1. The membranes involving the spinal cord are called eXvrpa by Hippocrates. 2. The wing sheaths of an insect. 3. The female vagina. ELYTROPTO'SIS. (From elvrpov, and nruoir, a falling down.) A name given by Callisen to inversion of the vagina. Also, prolapsus of the vagina. ELYTRO'RRHAPIIY. (From elvrpov, and pap], a suture.) . The operation of restoring the vagina by suture in cases of fissure, or of closing it in procidentia uteri. Emacia'tion. Leanness. See Atrophy, and Marasmus. E M B EMI 243 EMA'NSIO MENSIUM. Retention of the menses. See Amenorrhea, and Chlorosis. Ema'rginate. Emarginatus. Nicked: that is, having a small, acute notch at the summit. Ema'sculate. Emasculatus. Applied to a male deprived of the generative power. EMASCULATION. The act of destroying the generative power in the male by lesion or removal of the organs on which it depends. Embalming. The preservation of the dead body. The most common means employed by the Egyptians was by saturating every part with asphaltum. Emba'mma. The Greek name of. any liquid condiment in which the food was dipped. EMBOTTEMENT. A French word, used to designate that hypothesis of generation which regards the embryos of successive periods as incased within one another. E'mbole. The setting of a dislocated bone. Embo'npoint. (From the French.) In good condition; rather stout, but not corpulent. Embo'risma. An aneurism. Embre'gma. An embrocation. EMBROCATIO. (o, onis, f.; from euGpexu, to moisten or soak in.) An embrocation; a fluid application to rub any part of the body with. The following embrocations are useful: Embuocatio aluminis. Take of alum, 3ij.; vinegar and proof spirit, of each, Ibss. For chilblains and diseased joiuts. Embrocatio ammonia;. R. Embrocationis ammonias acetatis, gij.; aquae ammonias, 3ij. For sprains and bruises. Embrocatio ammonia: acetatis. R. Liquoris ammoniae acetatae, solutionis saponis, sing., gj. M. For bruises with inflammation. Embrocatio ammonia: acetatis camphor- ATA. R. Solutionis saponis cum camphora, liq. ammoniae acetatae, sing., gj.; aquae ammoniae purae, gss. For sprains and bruises. It is also frequently applied to disperse chilblains which have not suppurated. It is said to be the same as Steer's opodeldoc. Embrocatio cantharidis cum camphora. R. Tinct. cantharidis, spiritus caniphorae, sing., gj. M. This may be used in any case in which the object is to stimulate the skin. The absorption of cantharides, however, may bring on a strangury. Embroca'tion. Embrocatio. E'mbroche. An embrocation. E'MBRYO. Embryon. (From euCpvu, to bud forth.) 1. The fcetus in utero is so called before the fifth month of pregnancy. 2. The germ of a plant; the corculum of Linnaeus. Embryo'ctony. Synonymous with embryotomy. Embryo'graphy. The anatomical description of the foetus. Embryon. See Embryo. Embryothla'stes. Embryulhlasta. Embryorectes. An instrument for breaking the bones of a dead foetus to promote its delivery. EMBRYOTOMY. (Embryotomia, m, f.; from ep&pvov, and reuvu, to cut.) The dismemberment of the foetus while in utero, to extract it. EMBRYU'LCIA. (a, a- Aoc, the brain, and ht/at), a tumor.) A hernia of the brain. Hernia cerebri. Encephaloh.e'mia. Hyperhaemia, or congestion of the brain. ENOE'PHALOID. (From syKEoaXor, and eidog, resemblance.) Cerebriforrn. "Resembling the matter of the brain. The epithet given by Laenuec to that species of morbid matter which constitutes the mass of the diseaso called fungus hatmatodes. Encephaloid matter is found also irregularly blended with other morbid formations, in the substance of malignant tumors, as with schirrus, melanosis, cancer. , Encephalo'malacia. Softening of the brain. ENCE'PHALOS. Encephalon. (EyKeQa- Aoc; from ev, in, and KEipaXrj, the head.) The contents of the cranium, which are the cerebrum, cerebellum, tuber annulare, a Mi medulla oblongata, with their investing membWnes, their blood-vessels, and nerves. The whole generally weighs in the human subject about fortyeight or fifty ounces. It is invested by three membranes: the dura mater, the tunica arachnoides, and the pia mater; these also pass down from the brain upon the spinal cord, and invest it to its termination. The dura mater axXvpn), which is external, is thick, firm, and resisting, and consists of fibro-serous membranes, being a compound structure; the outer lamella being fibrous, the inner serous, and derived from the arachnoid membrane. It is in close apposition with the cranium, which it lines, at the same time that it invests the brain, and sends inward processes. It is, moreover, prolonged in a tubular form through the spinal cord, and along the foramina of the skull and vertebra?. The processes of the dura mater are the following : The falx cerebri is in the longitudinal fissure between the hemispheres of the brain, forming a partition between them. It extends from the crista galli of the ethmoid bone to the internal occipital protuberance, on a level with which it branches out at each side, becoming blended with the tentorium cerebelli. Between the duplications of the membrane, along the sagittal suture, is formed the longitudinal sinus, ani at their lower edge the inferior longitudinal sinus. On the surface of the dura mater, in the sinus, or upon the cerebral hemispheres, small albuminous masses occasionally exist, called glandular Pacchioni. The tentorium cerebelli spreads out from the base of the falx, and serves to support the posterior lobes of the brain; one border of it is attached all around to the lateral grooves on the occipital bone, and to the margin of the pars petrosa; the other, concave and free, encloses an oval interval, which transmits the crura ce rebri, processus ad testes, and basilar artery. The falx cerebelli is a narrow fold placed between the lobes of the cerebellum, extending vertically from the under surface of the tentorium to the foramen magnum; its base lodges the occipital sinuses. The arachnoid membrane has been described. See Arachnoid membrane. The pia mater is made up of a thin lamella of cellular tissue, permeated by a multitude of minute capillary arteries. It' invests the medulla spinalis, as well as the brain, and dips into the sulci between the convolutions of the latter; we also find it enclosed within the ventricles, where it is named "plexus choroides." Its inner surface is in close contact with the cerebral substance; the external is in apposition with the arachnoid membrane on the surface of the convolutions, but loses all connection with it after passing into the sulci. Plexus choroides. —In the fissure observable at the base of the brain, between the inner margin of its middle lobe and the crus cerebri, the pia mater, which invests the external surface, is continuous with that process of it (plexus choroides) which is found in the ventricles; so that when we trace it, we find it, as it were, entering at the inferior cornu of the ventricle where it corresponds at first with the interstice between the corpus fimbriatum and the crus cerebri, and afterward lies along the floor of the ventricle, in which it ascends upon the thalamus nervi optici, and unites at the foramen or fissure of Monro with the plexus of the other side. At its entrance into the ventricle the plexus is drawn together so as to resemble a small vascular bundle, and becomes invested by the arachnoid membrane, which, by its reflection from the sides of the ventricles to the plexus, maintains the integrity of the cavity. Where the pia mater is prolonged on the medulla oblongata, it forms a small plexus, which enters into the fourth ventricle, and becomes also invested by a duplicature of the arachnoid. As the membrane descends into the spinal canal it becomes firm, resistant, and much paler in color. Its inner surface is in close contact with the cord, the exterior is but slightly connected with the arachnoid; but the nerves, at the different points at which they pass outward, derive from it their immediate investment, or neurilema. The difference of character here pointed out between the spinal and cerebral parts of the pia mater, appears to MM. Jules and Hippolyte Oloquet sufficient to induce them to consider it as a distinct structure. But it would be difficult to show where the continuity of the membrane is interrupted; and as to any difference of character and consistence that may appear, they are merely such E N C E N C 250 as may be supposed to atise from the different •circumstances in which the membrane is placed. In the spine it is exposed, at least in some degree, to the influence of motion' and pressure, which necessarily produce the same effect on it as on cellular tissues elsewhere; that is to say, they render it thick and lamellar. Again, in the skull it is in contact with gray substance, in the spine with white; so that we can readily account for the difference of the vascularity in the membrane, by recurring to the relative vascularity of the structures with which it is in contact. , The cerebrum. —The part of the central mass of the nervous system which is lodged within the skull, presents, even on a superficial inspection, a division into parts, which differ in jrosition, size, and form, as well as in the arrangement of their components; these have been named cerebrum, cerebellum (or great and little brain), cerebral protuberance, and, lastly, the connecting link between these and the spinal part, viz., the medulla oblongata. The brain {cerebrum) forms the largest portion of the central mass of the nervous system, and occupies the principal part of the cranial cavity. It extends from the frontal bone to the occipital fossae, resting on the orbital processes of the former, on the tentorium cerebelli posteriorly, and in the center descends into tho middle fosse, at the base of the skull. Its superior surface is convex and arched, corresponding with the vault of the cranium, benea th which it IB placed, and presents along the middle line a deep fissure, running from before backward, by which it is divided into two equal parts (hemispheres). The surface of the brain is rendered unequal by several depressions and elevations marked upon it. The elevations are called convolutions (gyri), and are situated between the depressions (sulci). The course of the convolutions is winding and tortuous, as the name implies, and their size presents many varieties in different places. It should be observed, that the anterior extremity of the brain, which corresponds with the frontal bone, is narrower than the posterior, which is in apposition with the occipital bone. Hemispheres. —The external surface of each hemisphere is convex in its general outline; the internal is Hat and compressed, as it rests against its fellow of the opposite side, the falx major being interposed between them. The inferior surface presents several depressions and •inequalities, corresponding with those of the base of the skull. Lobes. —On the inferior surface of each hemisphere is observed its division into three lobes. The anterior lobe rests on the orbital process of the frontal bone and the smaller wing of the sphenoid bone; the posterior is supported by the tentorium cerebelli; and the middle is received into the central fossa, at the base of the skull. The anterior is separated from the middle lobe by a deep fissure (fissura Sylvii) ; but there is no precise line of demarcation between the latter and the posterior. The Brain — its external surface. —The relation of size, form, and situation of the different ¦objects seen on the external surface of* the brain should be carefully noted, as allusions are constantly being made to them during the description of the parts deeply seated, and also when tracing the progress of its development in the human subject, or in the animal series, and particularly when, after the manner of Gall and Spurzheim, we follow the course of the nervous fibers through the successive steps of their expansion, as the phrase is, from the medulla upward into the cerebral hemispheres. Nothing of consequence remains to be noticed on the superior and external surface in addition to what has been already stated. The Brain — its base or inferior surface. When we turn to the inferior surface, we observe that it presents in the middle line, and in front, a fissure, being the continuation of the longitudinal one, which establishes the separation between the hemispheres. It lodges the anterior extremity of the falx cerebri, its depth being limited by the corpus callosum, which passes across from one hemisphere to the other. The inferior surface of each anterior lobe, as it corresponds with the orbital plate on which it rests, is slightly concave. Sulcus olfactorius. —A few lines external to the longitudinal fissure, and parallel with it, is a, groove, resembling one of the sulci, which lodges the olfactory nerve, and at its posterior extremity is a rounded papilla, from which one root of that nerve is derived. Fissure of Sylvius. —Posterior to the groove just noticed is the fissure (fissura Sylvii) which marks the separation between the anterior and middle lobes, and lodges the middle artery of the brain. It inclines from within outward and upward, and gradually terminates among the convolutiAs on the exterior of the hemisphere, its directMi corresponding with that of the small wing of the sphenoid bone. At its internal termination it forms a right angle with another fissure, which extends from before backward, and which is bounded externally by the middle lobe, internally by the crus cerebri and tractus opticus, and deserves notice because it transmits the pia mater from the external surface into the lateral ventricle. The angular part of the anterior lobe, which is included between the internal termination of the fissure of Sylvius, the longitudinal fissure, and the commissure of the optic nerves, has been named by Vicq d'Azyr substantia perforata antica, and by Reil lamina cribrosa, because it presents several foramina for the transmission of vessels. It deserves attention, inasmuch as the white lines seen at its inner border are continuous with those of the corpus callosum. Optic commissure. — Between the fissura? Sylvii, and corresponding with the interval between their internal terminations, is situated the commissure of the optic nerves. It is flat and quadrilateral in its form: one surface looks upward to the brain, and is connected with the anterior termination of the corpus callosum, which passes upon it in the form of a thin semitransparent lamella; the other surface rests upon the depressed part of the sphenoid bone, which lies before the pituitary fossa; the lateral and anterior margins are free, but the posterior one is intimately connected with a delicate E N C E N C 251 stratum of gray matter, which is inserted between the nerves as they converge to their commisstire. Tuber cinereum. —The piece of gray matter just referred to is called by Soemmering tuber cinereum: it extends from the posterior margin of the optic commissure to the corpora albicantia, gradually becoming a little thicker and firmer; for in front it is so thin as to be torn by the slightest touch. Its superior surface forms part of the floor of the third ventricle ; the inferior one is slightly convex, and gives attachment by its center to a funnel-shaped process, called infundibulum (tige pituitaire). This is a thin, elongated process of reddish-gray matter, inclined obliquely downward and forward from the tuber cinereum to the pituitary gland: its extremities are slightly expanded, and its center constricted, which gives it an hour-glass shape. Pituitary gland or body. —The pituitary gland appears to have received its name from its being supposed, in the infancy of anatomy, to communicate with the nose, and to secrete the viscid mucus (pituita) of that cavity; it is lodged in the excavation in the upper surface of the body of the sphenoid bone, and is unequally divided into two portions or lobes: the anterior, which is larger and more firm than the other, is convex in front, and concave behind, so as to receive the other, whose border is round and convex. The situation of the pituitary gland is peculiar: it is interposed between the two lamellae of the fibro-serous membrane. The dura mater will be found to line the surface of the bone on which the gland rests; but the arachnoid membrane, after having formed a funnel-shaped process round the iufundibulum, is reflected off from it at its lower extremity, and stretched across the upper surface of the gland until it reaches the clinoid processes, where it becomes continuous with the inner lamella of the fibro-serous membrane. When cut into thin slices, it appears to consist of two substances, one being reddish-gray, the other white. Mammillary bodies. — Immediately behind the tuber cinereum are placed two small bodies, called corpora mainmillaria (albicantia, pisiformia). Their size is about that of a pea, but they are not quite round, being slightly compressed on three sides. Placed in apposition with one another, they are connected by a delicate process of gray matter, of which substance the greater part of their mass consists; they are, however, invested by a lamella of white matter, derived from the anterior pillars of the fornix, of which they may be regarded as the termination. Behind the mammillary bodies is situated a thin lamella of white substance, which is pierced by a number of foramina for the transmission of vessels, and called locus perforatus, and sometimes pons Tarini. Its shape is triangular, the sides being formed by the crura cerebri, the base by the mammillary bodies, the apex being at the border of the pons varolii: it forms part of the floor of the third ventricle. The crura cerebri are two thick, rounded bodies, about three fourths of an inch long, and situated toward the center of the base of the brain, from which they project rather prominently. They are extended from the pons varolii forward and upward to tho under surface of the hemispheres, into which they seem as if inserted. They are nearly in contact behind, but diverge as they pass forward, so as to leave an interval, which is occupied by the locus perforatus. The external surface of the crura consists of white matter, which is about two lines thick, and presents a distinctly fibrous character ; within this is inclosed a quantity of gray substance, so dark as to have received the name of locus niger. iTho arrangement of these struct ures can be readily seen by making a transverse section of the cins: the dark part is found to be convex interiorly, and concave above, so that the section of it presents a lunated form. The optic nerves rest upon the external surface of the crura as they pass forward to their commissure. The great commissure, corpus callosum. —All the jiurts of the brain hitherto noticed can be examined without any division of its texture, as they are placed superficially; but several are inclosed within its interior, which can not be seen without dissection. Between the hemispheres, and extending transversely from one to the other, is placed the corpus callosum (mesolobe, commissura magna cerebri); its form is that of a broad layer of white fibres placed horizontally, but nearer to the anterior than to the posterior margin of the brain. Its extent from before backward is about three inches, but its breadth from side to side can not be assigned, as it becomes blended with the substance of the hemispheres. Its superior surface is convex in its general outline, and concealed by the hemispheres, which overlap it. When these are removed, a superficial linear impression will be perceived exactly in the middle line, and at each side of it a slight longitudinal elevation. To this the term raphe, or suture, is applied, as it indicates the point at which the union of the hemispheres takes place when their development is being completed. The fibres obviously are transverse from without inward, for they commence at the circumference of the hemispheres, and terminate by their junction along the raphe. The inferior surface of the corpus callosum forms the roof of the lateral ventricles on each side, and toward the middle line it rests on the fornix, with which it is blended posteriorly: in front it gives attachment to the septum lucidum. Its anterior extremity, which, when viewed externally, presents a rounded border, is prolonged downward and backward to the base of the brain, where it forms a thin, semi-transparent lamella. This reflected part is nearly horizontal in its direction, so that it lies beneath the coqeora striata, and above the commissure of the optic nerves, to which it adheres, but still passes backward, and becomes continuous with the tuber cinereum in the middle line, while at each side its margins are blended with the substantia perforata. The posterior border of the corpus callosum is thick and rounded at the middle line, its thickness being greater (as may be seen when it is cut through perpendicularly) than that of the ante- ENO E N C 252 nor border, owing to its l'eceiving a greater number of converging fibres from the posterior lobes. A little more externally, the border of the corpus callosum gives off at each side two fasciculi of fibres, which can be traced, one into the posterior, the other into the descending cornu of the ventricle; one of these forms the medullary investment of the hippocampus minor, the other that of the hippocampus major. Lateral ventricles (ventriculi triconies). —Be- the corpus callosum are situated the lateral ventricles, occupying the interior of the hemispheres. Their shape is very irregular, and can scarcely be said to bear* a resemblance to any known figure. Each of them may be considered as divisible into a body or central portion, and three cornua or diverticula, which pass away in different directions. Tho central part lies horizontally: one cornu extends forward from it into the anterior lobe, another backward into the posterior, and the third downward into the middle one; each of these presents certain peculiarities referrible to the parts seen within them, which deserve notice. In the central part will be observed the corpus striatum and thalamus nervi optici, and between them the taenia semicircularis; also the margin of the fornix, and part of the plexus choroides. These objects are for the present merely enumerated ; each of them shall be noticed separately. Septum inter ventriculos. —Previously to describing the objects just named, it may be observed that the lateral ventricles are separated by a partition (septum lucidum), which extends from the corpus callosum perpendicularly down to its reflected lamella in front, and to the fornix behind; it is round and broad before, but becomes narrowed to a point posteriorly. It consists of two thin lamella of white substance, between which is a fissure, or interval, called the fifth ventricle. Fornix. —Beneath the corpus callosum and septum lucidum is a triangular lamella of white matter, which is extended from behind forward over the third ventricle, and is thence termed fornix. Its upper surface gives attachment to part of the septum lucidum, and posteriorly becomes united with the corpus callosum; the inferior one overlays the third ventricle and the thalami nervorum opticorum, but is separated from them by the velum interpositum. Some oblique lines are traced on this surface, on which account it has been termed lyra, or corpus psalloidcs. The anterior extremity of the fornix is nairow, and divides into two fasciculi (pillars of the fornix"), which curve downward at the fore part of the third ventricle, immediately behind the anterior commissure, and terminate at the base of the brain by investing the corpora mammillaria. The base or posterior extremity of the fornix gives off at each angle a thin, flat process, which passes into the descending cornu of the ventricle, and assumes the name of corpus fimbriatum. The anterior cornu of each ventricle inclines forward and outward, diverging from its fellow of the opposite side; the corpus striatum (its fore part) projects a little into its floor: the remainder of it resembles a groove in the cerebral substance. The posterior cornu, called the digital cavity, converges toward that of the opposite side, and presents in its floor the hippocampus minor (calcar unguis). This is a slight elevation, composed of alamella of white matter (continuous with, or derived from the corpus callosum), inclosing some cineritious substance ; it gradually tapers to a point, and reaches to within an inch of the posterior ex tremity of the hemisphere. The inferior or descending cornu passes at first backward and outward from the body of the ventricle; but, after descending a little, it changes its direction altogether, and proceeds forward and inward, to terminate at the base of the brain, within a few lines of the fissure of Sylvius. This is the largest of the cornua: its convexity looks outward and backward, its concavity in the opposite direction: the under surface of the thalamus forms its roof, and the plexus choroides rests loosely on its floor, concealing the hippocampus major and corpus fimbriatum. The hippocampus major (cornu ammonis) resembles in shape a cerebral convolution; it is curved so that its convex border looks outward, and the concave inward, conforming with the direction of the cavity in which it lies. Its anterior extremity expands somewhat, and presents two or three, and sometimes as many as five small prominences, separated by slight depressions, which make it to resemble somewhat the back of the hand when shut close. Some of the older anatomists called it pes hippocampi, from its resemblance to the clubbed foot of some of the lower animals. External to the part where the cornu makes its curve forward, a slight elevation is observed, which is called pes accessorius. Corpus fimb rial um. —Along the inner border of the cornu is a narrow falciform process of w r hite substance (corpus fimbriatum), which is adherent by one edge to the floor of the cornu. It gradually becomes narrow, and ends in a point a little behind the pes hippocampi. Near the inner border of the corpus fimbriatum a nairow line of cineritious substance (fascia dentata) is placed; it is not perceptible until the middle lobe, together with the inferior cornu of the ventricle, is drawn outward, as it is excluded from the cavity of the cornu by the reflection of the arachnoid membrane; its free border is marked by several transverse notches, giving it a dentated appearance, from which its name is derived. The cornu ammonis consists externally of a lamella of white substance, which, if traced upward into the body of the ventricle, will he found continuous with the corpus callosum. The corpus fimbriatum, in like manner, will be found continuous with the fornix. The corpora striata (ganglions cerebraux superieurs, Gall) are two in number, situated one in the body of each lateral ventricle. Each of these bodies is pyriform in its shape, the larger extremity being turned forward and inward, the smaller backward and outward. The superior surface is smooth and slightly prominent in the cavity, all the rest being imbedded in the substance of the hemisphere. E N C ENC 253 Their position is so oblique, that though in front they are separated by not more than three or four lines, their posterior extremities are from an inch and a half to two inches apart, the interval being occupied by the optic thalami and the third ventricle. Their external surface is composed of gray substance, but internally the gray and white are intermingled, so as to produce a striated appearance, whence the name is derived. The white fibres here found are continuous with those of the anterior pyramids and of the crura cerebri. They spread out considerably as they pass through the mass of gray matter of which the corpora striata consist, and appear to be at the same time enlarged and increased. Hence these bodies are considered by Dr. Gall to be ganglia of increase placed in the course of the fibres which are diverging to form the cerebral hemispheres. The optic thalami (thalami nervorum opticorum, ganglions cerebraux posterieurs, Gall) are placed behind and between the corpora striata. The upper surface of each projects into the body of the corresponding ventricle; the inferior ono forms the roof of its descending cornu, and the external is blended with the corpus striatum and the substance of the hemisphere. The internal surface of each thalamus, which is contiguous to that of the opposite side, is united to it by a soft lamella of gray substance called the soft commissure (commissura mollis). The union, however, may be called partial, for before and behind the commissure a small interval exists, where the thalami are unconnected, being merely in apposition. Corpora gcniculata. —On the posterior border of each thalamus are observed two slightly raised papillae (corpus gcniculatum internum et externum), which are connected by medullary striae to the tubercula quadrigemina, the external one being also united to the origin of the optic nerve. Taenia semicircularis. —The contiguous borders of the optic thalamus and corpus striatum are separated by a thin fasciculus of nervous matter, of a pale straw color (taenia semicircularis), commencing near the anterior pillar of the fornix: it extends from before backward between the bodies just named, and can be traced as far as the posterior border of the thalamus, and for a little way into the roof of the descending cornu, where it seems to cease. Pineal gland and its peduncles. —Along the inner margins of the thalami two delicate white fasciculi arise, and pass backward, converging to the pineal gland, whose peduncles they form, and, at the same time, constitute its only bond of connection with the substance of the brain. The pineal gland is a small mass of gray substance of a conical shape, and is sometimes called conarium, occasionally acervulus. Its base rests on the tubercula quadrigemina; it usually contains in its interior some sabulous matter; at its first formation it consists of two masses, which unite into one. The third ventricle. —The optic thalami inclose between them a narrow cavity (third ventricle), which corresponds exactly with the middle line, and resembles a longitudinal fissure. Its sides are formed by the thalami, its floor by the locus perforatus and tuber cinereum ; the velum interpositum and fornix cover it in. The anterior commissure, and the pillars of the fornix, bound it in front. Into this cavity leads an aperture (foramen commune anterius, foramen Monroi), which is a rima between the anterior pillars of the fornix and the thalami, and which establishes a communication between the third and the lateral ventricles ; a foramen leads out of it downward and forward (iter ad infundibulum). It may be observed that the infundibulum becomes imperforate at its middle, which appears to be owing to a small cul-de-sac of arachnoid membrane which is prolonged into it. From the posterior extremity of the ventricle another foramen opens into a canal (iter a, tertio ad quartum vcntriculum; aqueeductus Sylvii), which leads obliquely downward and backward into the fourth ventricle. Commissures, anterior and posterior. —Two cord-like fasciculi are stretched across the extremities of tlte third ventricle, and prolonged into the hemispheres which they connect, serving as commissures. The anterior commissure lies just before the pillars of the fornix, and as it extends laterally it will be found imbedded in the substance of the corpora striata at each side, but does not become blended with them; its extremities arch backward a considerable way, so as to form a curve whose convexity looks forward. The posterior commissure is much shorter than the preceding, and extends but a few lines on each side into the thalami: it lies behind the ventricle, before the tubercula quadrigemina, and above the aqueduct of Sylvius. The cerebellum. —The second division of the central mass of the nervous system is the cerebellum, which differs in situation and size, as well as in the arrangement of its component parts, from the cerebrum. It is lodged in the recess formed between the tentorium cerebelli and the inferior occipital fossae, its weight, as compared with that of the brain, being as 1 to 16 in the infant, and as 1 to 8 in the adult. Its surface, instead of convolutions, is divided into a number of concentric lamellae (folia cerebelli), placed perpendicularly on their edges, and inclosed one within the other. If, however, the sulci between them be opened, several other lamellae will be found inclosed within them, but smaller, more irregular, and with various degrees of inclination. Lobes. —The cerebellum is divided into two lateral lobes, the division being established behind by a fissure, which receives the falx cerebelli, and in front by a deep excavation, which lodges the medulla oblongata. Superior vermiform process. —The superior surface of the cerebellum is slightly depressed on each side where the tentorium rests upon it, but along the middle line a rounded ridge (pro cessus vermiformis superior) runs from before backward, and seems as if produced by the rippling up or admixture of the lamellae of the lobes as they extend from without inward. There appear to be from sixty to seventy lamellae on the upper surface of the cerebellum, which are aggregated into five fasciculi. E N C E N C 254 Inferior vermiform, process. — The inferior surface is convex, and dips down into the occipital fossa?; along the middle line runs the inferior vermiform process, interposed between the lateral lobes; it resembles a lobule formed of short transverse plates; its anterior extremity has been compared to a mammillary process. The mass of medullary matter inclosed within the cerebellum is connected with three pairs of medullary fasciculi, viz., processus e cerebello ad testes, corpora rcstiformia, and crura cerebelli, which require a detailed notice. Processus e ccrcbello ad testes. —From the interior of the lobes, two fasciculi of white fibres pass forward and upward to the lower pair of the tubercula quadrigemina; the name given to them indicates the points between which they lie; they converge in their ascent, and are connected by a semi-transparent medullary lamella, named the valve of Vieussens. The valve (valvula Vieussini) presents on its upper surface a slight groove, running from above downward, aud sometimes alinetir lidge, like a raphe : it overhangs the fourth ventricle. Posterior pyramids (corpora rcstiformia, pyramides posterieures).—Two white, rounded Srocesses pass obliquely upward and outward om the medulla oblongata into the cerebellum, named by Ridley " restiform" bodies, by Gall "posterior pyramids;" we have already noticed them as part of the medulla oblongata. Peduncles of the cerebellum (crura cerebelli). —These are the largest of the fasciculi here referred to; they are at first concealed within the lobes, and even when about to emerge from their substance they are overlapped by some minor lobules. They incline forward and inward, descending somewhat, and become continuous with the fibres of the pons varolii, which are thus derived from the crura cerebelli. The pons, from its mode of formation, bears the same relation to the cerebellum that the corpus callosum does to the cerebrum, as it is composed of converging fibres, and may therefore be called a commissure. Fourth ventricle. —The cerebellum incloses a cavity called the " fourth ventricle," the roof of which is formed by the valve of Vieussens and processus ad testes, the sides by the lobes of the cerebellum; the dorsal surface of the medulla oblongata forms its floor, and it is completed inferiorly by a reflection of the arachnoid membrane: a process of pia mater projects into it at this situation, called plexus choroides minor. Corpus dentalum. —If a vertical section be made of one of the lobes of the cerebellum in such a way as that two thirds of its breadth shall lie external to the incision, an oval nucleus of gray substance (corpus dentatum, vel rhomboideum) will be exposed: its texture is usually firm, and its border notched, so as to give it a dentated appearance. Gall considers it as a ganglion of increase to tho formative fibres of the cerebellum. The surface of the section here indicated presents rather a peculiar appearance: the white substance will be found so disposed as to represent the stalk and branches of a tree, hence called arbor vita;. The branches project into the lamella? of the cere- bellum, which are not unfrequently, in figurative phrase, termed folia, for the gray substance invests them so as to make them resemble pinnatifid leaves. If a horizontal section be made so as to divide the lobe into two equal parts, the quantity of white substance will appear considerably greater than that of the gray. Tuber annulare. — The cerebral protuberance (nodus cerebri, pons varolii, protuberantia annularis) is much the smallest portion of the central mass, its relative size being to that of the rest as 1 to 72. It is placed beneath the cerebrum, above the medulla oblongata, and before the cerebellum, having intimate relations with each by continuity of substance; hence it has been termed nodus cncephali. It is a square mass, its depth being about equal to its length. Its anterior surface is convex, and rests against the basilar process of the occipital bone, and is composed of the converging fibres of the cerebellum, disposed so as to form a portion of a ring, which incloses the contiguous extremities of the crura cerebri and medulla oblongata: it is termed protuberantia annularis, or pons varolii. Its upper surface is bounded by a transverse line, marking its separation from the crura cerebri, and the lower by another line, which divides it from the medulla oblongata:, along its middle is a shallow groove, running from above downward, which corresponds with the basilar artery. Tubercula quadrigemina. —Upon the posterior surface of the cerebral protuberance, which is almost entirely concealed by the cerebellum, are placed four white, rounded bodies (tubercula, vel corpora quadrigemina), disposed in pairs, one above the other, and separated by two decussating lines. The upper pair are the larger, and called nates; the lower, testes: they are connected in front with the thalami, inferiorly with the processus ad testes and the valve of Vieussens, and between their upper surface and the corpus callosum is a rima or fissure {fissure of Bichdt), through which the arachnoid membrane enters to line the ventricles. Communication between the ventricles of the brain. —The irregular vacuities disposed in the interior of the cerebellum and brain communicate freely with one another by certain constricted portions, or foramina. If, while the brain and cerebellum remain in situ, the latter be divided by a vertical incision made from the valve of Vieussens downward through its substance, the fourth ventricle will be exposed. This cavity contracts toward its upper part into a tube (aqueduct of Sylvius), which is directed upward and forward, under the tubercula quadrigemina and the posterior commissure, into the middle or third ventricle. Tho latter again communicates at each side with the lateral ventricles by a rima (foramen Monroi), situated between the pillars of the fornix and the thalami, on which they rest. When the ventricles have been distended with fluid, this rima assumes a rounded form, and then only represents a foramen. These vacuities, then, should be considered, not as so many separate cavities, but as a series of compartments of one cavity contained within the cerebral mass; and this is the appearance they present during the earlier periods E N C E N 0 255 of fcetal life. The cavity, however, is not a shut sac, for the membrane which lines it is continous with that which invests the external sui'face of the brain and cerebellum. It has been already stated that the arachnoid membrane passes in through the fissure of Bichat. Two other fissures are situated, one on each side, between the corpus fimbriatum and the crus cerebri, through which the pia mater enters, to form the plexus choroides. These may be considered as chinks between the portions of cerebral substance just referred to; but they are closed up by the manner in which the arachnoid membrane is reflected from the sides of the cornua of the ventricles upon the plexus choroides. Medulla oblongata. —The upper part of the spinal cord, before it emerges from the cranium, is called medulla oblongata. It is broad and thick superiorly near the pons vaiolii, but tapers gradually toward the occipital foramen. Its anterior aspect is rounded, the posterior is somewhat flattened, and each presents a continuation of the median sulcus (anterior and posterior), by which it is divided into two symmetrical parts. The lateral depressions, which correspond with the points of origin of the spinal nerves, are also continued upward into the medulla oblongata. But though iuferiorly the divisions established by these lines are so slightly marked as to have escaped notice until Ghaussier directed his attention to the subject, yet in the superior part (medulla oblongata) they are so well defined as to have been deemed deserving of particular names. The anterior and posterior pair have been called the anterior.aud posterior pyramids; the middle, from their shape, the corpora olivaria. These, according to Gall, are made up of the primitive or formative fibres of the cerebrum and cerebellum; for if they be traced upward, the anterior pyramids and the corpora olivaria will be found continuous with the fibres which are expanded into the cerebral hemispheres, while the posterior pyramids (usually called, since Ridley's time, corpora resliformia) are evolved into the lobes of the cerebellum. Besides these parts, which have been noticed by all anatomists, SirC. Bell has described another, which is situated between the corpus olivare and restiforme. This consists of a narrow line of white matter, which may be traced along the medulla oblongata, and from thence downward between the anterior and posterior roots of the spinal nerves. It is but slightly marked in the lower part of its extent, but becomes piore perceptible opposite the corpus olivare; after which it narrows, and ceases altogether at the margin of the pons, " not being continued upward into the cerebral mass." This may be termed tractus respiratorius, as it gives origin to the class of respiratory nerves as established by Sir C. Bell. Structure. —A transverse section of the medulla shows it to consist of a thin lamella of white matter, inclosing the gray or cineritious substance. The latter is disposed in a very peculiar way: it presents two lateral portions, each of a crescentic form, their concavities looking outward; the convex sides of each are turned toward the middle line, and are con- nected by a short, transverse fasciculus of gray matter. The anterior comua of the lateral masses are rather thick and rounded; the pos terior extend as far as the corresponding collat eral sulci. The anterior pyramids (corpora pyramidalia) aro close together, being separated only by the anterior sulcus, and extend, inclosed between the corpora olivaria, from the margin of the pons varolii to the foramen magnum. Some of the fibres of pyramid which are close to the sulcus pass across it obliquely, and so a decussation is produced between them. The rest continue their coui'se uninterruptedly, so that only a part of the pyramids change place, or decussate. The olivary bodies (corpora olivaria), when stripped of their medullary lamella, are found to consist each of an oblong mass of gray matter, surrounded by a fringed or scalloped border, and attached toward the middlfc line by a slight petiole. Owing to this arrangement, it presents, when divided by a transverse section, an arborescent appearance. The posterior pyramids (corpora restiformia, pyramides posterieures, Gall) correspond with the posterior and lateral parts of the medulla; they diverge as they ascend toward the lobes of the cerebellum. Tho posterior aspect of the medulla oblongata is slightly concave, and divided into two lateral parts by the median sulcus, to which two oblique lines converge, giving it an indented appearance. This has been termed calamus scriptorius. One or two elongated cords aro also observable on this surface, which have not as yet received names, "but whose offices may one day be discovered." Intimate structure of the Brain. —The cerebral hemispheres are considered by Gall as resulting from an expansion or evolution of the fibres of the medulla oblongata, which he therefore terms primitive, or formative fasciculi. Diverging fibres. —The fibres of the anterior pyramids may he traced upward to the margin of the pons, where they become somewhat constricted. From the inner border of each, some fibres pass across the middle sulcus, and mutually change plaee> or decussate; those of the right side passing to the left, and vice versa. If an incision, a line or two in depth, be made through the pons, so that one lateral half of it may be turned outwai-d, the fibres of the pyramid will be observed to pass into a quantity of gray substance lodged in the interior of the nodus encephali. In this situation the fibres diverge and separate, and are also considerably increased: at the upper margin of the pons they become continuous with the crus cerebri. Here an additional inci'ease is derived from their passage through the gray substance lodged in the interior of the crus, after which they proceed through the inferior cerebral ganglion (thalamus nervi oplici), and in the next place through the superior one (corpus striatum), being successively increased and rendered still more divergent, until finally they reach the anterior and middle lobes, where they are evolved into their inferior, external, and anterior convolutions The corpus olivare contains within itself a small ganglion; its fibres pass, with- E N C END 256 out any decussation, into the gray substance lodged iu the cerebral protuberance, where, like the pyramids, they receive additions, after which they pass into the crus cerebri, of which they form the posterior and inner part. Continuing their ascent, after being increased in the locus niger, they pass through the optic thalamus, and thence into the corpus striatum, receiving additions as they radiate through each, and finally-are continued upward into the convolutions at the summit of th|s hemisphere, and backward into those of the posterior iobe. Previously to entering the optic thalamus, some fibres of the corpus olivare have been observed to turn inward, so as to give to the tubercula quadrigemina their medullary investment, and also to unite with those of the opposite side, to form the valve of Vieussens. Finally, the diverging fibres, traced up, as has been pointed out, through their successive steps of increase, terminate hi the gray substance of the cerebral convolutions. Converging fibres. —Another order of fibres may be observed, quite distinct from those above noticed, and taking a different direction. These are called the " converging fibres," as they commence at the peripheral terminations of the preceding set, and pass from without inward to the middle line, so as to connect the lateral parts, and bring them into relation with one another; on which account they are called commissures. The anterior and posterior commissures are formed in this way, as is also the corpus callosum; though the greater number of the fibres which compose the latter are transverse, those toward its extremities are oblique. This is owing to the manner in which the converging fibres of the anterior lobe are constrained to pass from before backward, and those of the posterior lobe from behind forward, in order to gain the corresponding borders of the corpus callosum. By this arrangement a greater number of fibres is collected to its extremities, which renders them thicker (particularly the posterior one) than any other part of its extent. Some of the inferior fibres thus traced from without inward, instead of uniting with the corresponding set along the middle line, become reflected downward from the under surface of the corpus callosum to the fornix, and so form the septum lucidum. The convolutions of the posterior lobe are brought into relation with those of the middle one by means of the fornix, the fibres of which are stretched from behind forward, in such a way that while its body is in a manner unattached, the extremities are identified with the parts just referred to. Diverging fibres of the cerebellum. —The formative fibres of the cerebellum are derived from the posterior pyramids, or corpora restiformia; they pass upward and outward, and soon meet the corpus rhomboidoum, which is considered as the ganglion of the cerebellum: the fibres are supposed to proceed through the gray substance of which it is composed, though it is difficult to demonstrate the fact; after which they pass outward, diverging into the lobes of the cerebellum. Converging fibres. — From the peripheral terminations of the diverging fibres in the folia a new set arise, which incline inward toward the middle line. These are the converging fibres, which, by their union, form the crura cerebelli; and the fibres of each eras, expanding as they pass downward and inward, constitute by their junction the pons varolii, which brings the lateral lobes of the cerebellum into relation, and becomes thereby their commissure. The processus a cerebello ad testes bring the lobes of the cerebellum into intimate connection with the cerebral hemispheres. The weight of the brain in the adult is about three pounds; that of the cerebellum about four ounces and a half, and of the medulla oblongata half an ounce. Vessels. —The brain is supplied with blood by the two internal carotid arteries, and the two vertebral; its residual blood is returned by the two internal jugular vehis. The preceding anatomical description of the encephalos is taken from Professor Quain's Manual of Anatomy. Nine, or, according to the arrangements of Soemmering, twelve pair of nerves, rise from the brain, and make their exit at the different foramina of the skull. See Nervous System. Enchara'xis. A scarification. Enchilo'ma. See Enchyloma. ENCHO'NDROMA. - (From ev, and a cartilage.) Cartilaginous exostosis. A development of gelatinous cartilage in a bone, by which it becomes much swollen. It is not malignant, and is of very slow growth. Amputation or extirpation is completely efficacious. Encho'ndrus. Granular. Cartilaginous. Encho'rios. Enchorial. Endemic. Enchri'stum. Enchriston. An ointment. Enchylo'ma. An inspissated juice. An elixir, according to Lemery. Enchylosis. Extraction. Enchy'ma. Enchysis. Infusion. Plethora. Enchymo'ma. An infusion or pouring in of fluids. In the writings of the ancient physicians, this word expresses a sudden injection of blood into the cutaneous vessels, which arise from joy, anger, or shame; and, in the last instance, is what we usually call blushing. Enchymo'sis. Enchymoma. E'nchyta. Applied to medicines which are dropped into the eyes. — Galen. ENCLY'SMA. (From tv, and Klvfa, to cleanse out.) A clyster. ENCOZ'LIA. (From ev, within, and KoiXta, the belly.) The abdominal viscera. Enccelitis. Inflammation of the abdominal viscera. Encolpi'smus. The introduction of any medicament into the female vagina. Encra'nium. Encranis. Encranion. The cerebellum. Encye'sis. Encymon. Encymosa. Pregnancy. Fecundation. ENCY'STED. (From ev, in, and Kvonq, a bag.) Saccatus. A term applied to those tumors which consist of a fluid or other matter, inclosed in a sac or cyst. ENCY'STIS. An encysted tumor. Endeixis. Indication. ENDE'MIC. (Endemius; endemicus; from ev. in, and dnuoc, people.) A disease is so term- END E N E R 257 ed which is peculiar to, or particularly prevalent in, a particular region; as agues about marshes, bronchocele in hilly countries. Enchorial is a synonyme. ENDERMATIC. Endermic (Endermatiens; from ev, and depuanicoc, cutaneous.) Applied to that method of using medicmes in which they are rubbed into the skin, especially after the cuticle has been removed by a blister. ENDERMIC. Improperly written for Endermatic. Endive. Endi'via. Cichorium endiva. ENDO-. A prefix. (From evdov.) Within; of frequent use in science. ENDOBRANCHIA'TA. (From evdov, within, and fipayxia, gills.) A family of the class annelides, which nave no external gills. ENDOCARDITIS. (From evdov, within, and Kapdia, the heart.) Inflammation of the lining membrane of the heart. See Heart, diseases of the. ENDOCARDIUM. The serous membrane lining the interior of the heart. Endoca'rp. Endocarpium. The inner coat or shell of a fruit. Endocolitis. Dysentery. Endodonti'tis. Inflammation of the mem- brane lining the internal cavity of a tooth. Endogastri'tis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the stomach. ENDO'GENOUS. Endogena:. (From evdov, and yevvau, to engender.) Applied to plants, the vessels of which are dispersed through the whole stem, and are so disposed that the oldest are exterior, and hence the growth of the plant takes place from within; as palms, reeds. Endometritis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of.the womb. E'ndonenteri'tis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the intestines. E'ndocesophagi'tis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the oesophagus. E'ndophlebi'tis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of a vein. E'ndophlceum. The liber, or innermost layer of the bark of trees. Endophy'llous. When the young leaves are surrounded by a sheath, as in endogenous plants. E'ndopleura. The internal integument of the seed. E'ndorrhiza. Plants having a sheathed rootlet, as in the case of endogens. E'ndosis. Evdooic. The remission of a fever. ENDOSMO'SE. Endosmosis. (FromevcW, within, and uofioc, impulsion.) The passage of liquids or gases through membranes from the exterior to the ulterior: a phenomenon of capillary attraction. E'ndospermium. The albumen orperisperm of seeds. E'ndosteitis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of a bone. E'ndostome. The orifice of the inner integument of the ovule. Endosmome'ter. An instrument to show the action of endosmosis, in the case of fluids, through a membrane. E'ndothecium. The lining membrane of the» anther. Ene'cia. (From 7}veKvc, continuous.) The generic name given by Mason Good to continued fever. E'NEMA. (a, atis, n.; from evinui, to inject.) A glyster, or clyster. A liquid medicine thrown into the rectum. They are administered, 1. For emptying the bowels. 2. Relaxing the powers off the body; as when tobacco infusion is used to effect the reduction of a strangulated hernia. 3. To kill worms in the rectum, as the thread-worm. 4. To defend the bowels from the irritation of the bile or acrimonious secretions. 5. To restrain a diarrhoea. 6. To nourish the body, when aliment can not bo received or retained in the stomach. 7. To allay spasms in the intestines, the stomach, the lungs, and kidneys. 8. To allay vomiting, caused by inverted peristaltic movement* of the small intestines. The following forms are in use: Enema ano'dynum. Take of starch jelly, Oss.; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. to gtt. lx. Mix. Used in cases of dysentery or violent purging, and pain in the bowels. Enema antispasmodicum. Take of tincture of assafcetida, gss.; tincture of opium, gtt. xl.; gruel, Oss. Mix. For spasmodic affections of the bowels. Enema colocynthidis. Take compound extract of colocynth, 9ij.; soap, gj.; water, Oj. Useful in obstinate constipation. Enema commune. Common or domestic glyster. Take of water gruel or molasses water, Oss. to Oj.; a spoonful of salt, and a little oil. A cathartic glyster. Enema fcetidum. Add of tincture of assafcetida, f. 3ij., to the laxative enema. Enema laxativum. Take of sulphate of magnesia, gij.; dissolve in three quarters of a pint of warm gruel, or broth, with an ounce of fresh butter or sweet oil. Enema nicotiana:. Take of the infusion of tobacco from a half to a whole pint. Employed in cases of strangulated hernia. A very dangerous enema. Enema nutriens. Take of strong beef tea, twelve ounces; thicken with arrow-root or warm jellies. Enema opii. Enema anodynum. Enema tabaci. See Enema nicotiana. Enema terebinthina:. Take of oil of turpentine, half an ounce; the yolk of one egg, and half a pint of gruel. The turpentine being first incorporated with the egg, add to them the gruel. This clyster is used with good effect in violent fits of the stone, and in cases of ascarides. ENEPIDE'RMIC TREATMENT. The application of plasters, &c, to the skin, without abrasion or friction. E'NERGY. (Energia, at, f.; from evepyeu, to act.) A term conveniently applied in physiology to certain powers of which we see the operation, but are ignorant of the nature: thus we speak of the vital energy, the nervous energy, &c. Enerva'tion. A state of weakness; the act of debilitating. E N T ENT 258 Ehe'rvis. Enervius. Ribless: applied to leaves which are without lines or ribs. Engala'ctum. Salsola kali. Engastrimy'thus. A ventriloquist. Engeiso'ma. A fracture of the skull, in which the broken portion of bone slides under the adjacent sound portion.— Kuhn. Enghien springs, near Paris, contain sulphureted hydrogen gas, muriates of magnesia and soda, carbonates of lime and magnesia, free carbonic acid, &c. Englo'tto-ga'stor. A ventriloquist. ENGOMPHO'SIS. (is, is, m.; from ev, and jop$oc, a nail.) That species of articulation which resembles a nail driven into wood, as a tooth into its socket. Gomphosis. Engo'nios. The flexure, or angle made by the bending of a joint. ENGORGEMENT. A French term synonymous with congestion. Engoument. A French term signifying obstruction. Thus engoument des bronches, obstruction of the bronchi by effused mucus. Enhasmon. Evaiuov. An old plaster. Eni'xcm paracelsi. Supersulphate of potash. ENNEA'NDRIA. Enncandrous. (From evvea, nine, and avnp, a man.) A class of plants with hermaphrodite flowers and nine stamina. Enneapha'rmacum. A medicine composed of nine simple ingredients. Enneaphy'llum. Bear's-foot. Ennui'. Listlessness; mental languor. Eno'dis. Without knots. Eno'rmon. The vital principle. ENOSTO'SIS. (From ev, in, and ooreov, a bone.) A tumor formed in the medullary canal of a bone. ENRY'THMUS. (Evpvdpog; from ev, and pvduoc, number.) An irregular pulse. ENS. An entity. By this term Paracelsus signified a natural power capable of influencing the human body. Of such powers he enumerates five: an ens astralc, ens venenale, ens naturale, ens spirituale, and ens Deale. In Alchemy, an active body, as ens martis. Ens martis. An oxide of iron. Ens primum solare. Antimony. Ens veneris. The muriate of copper. Ensa'tus. Sword-shaped. E'nsiform. (Ensifonnis; from ensis, a sword, and forma, resemblance.) Swordshaped; sword-like. In Anatomy, applied to some parts from their resemblance; as the ensiform cartilage. See Cartilago ensiformis. Ensta'ctum. A liquid medicine, applied stillatim, or drop by drop. ENTA'SIA. Entasis. (From evraoic, intentio vehementia.) The generic name applied by Dr. Good to constrictive spasm, embracing trismus, tetanus, priapism.— E. loxia. Torticollis.—E. systremna. Cramp.— E. tetanus anticus. Emprosthotonos. ENTA'TlCUS. (rZvTariKoc ; from evretvu, to strain: provocative.) Applied to that which excites venereal inclination. Ente'lipathia. Nymphomania. ENTELMI'NTHA. A synonyme of cntozoa. Enterade'nks. The mucous intestinal glands ENTERALGIA. (From evrepov, the intestine, and aXyoc, pain.) The generic name given by Swediaur to painful affections of the bowels. Enterele'sia. Pain casued by the invagination or strangulation of the intestines. — Alibert. Enteremphra'xis. Obstruction of the intestines. * Entere'nchyta. An instrument for administering clysters. A clyster-pipe. ENTE'RIC. (Entericus; from evrepov, the intestine.) Appertaining to the intestines. ENTERICA. A generic term of Dr. Good for diseases affecting the alimentary duct.. ENTERPTIS. (is, idis, f.; from evrepov, an intestine.) Inflammation of the intestines. Inflammation may attack any portion of the intestinal canal, and any of the three textures, mucous, muscular, or serous, which enter into its formation. The term enteritis has been most frequently applied to the commonest form of acute inflammation of the intestines, namely, that in which all the three coats are more or less implicated. See Inflammation of the Stomach and Intestines. Enteritis, follicular. Typhoid fever. ENTERO-. A prefix. (From evrepov.) An intestine; of common occurrence in medicine and surgery. Enterobro'sis. Perforation of the intestines. ENTEROCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from evrepov, an intestine, and KnXrj, a tumor.) An intestinal rupture, or hernia. Eveiy hernia may be so called that is produced by the protrusion of a portion of intestine, whether it is at the groin, navel, or elsewhere. Enterocystoce'le. A hernia including a portion of the bladder and of intestine. ENTERODE'LA. A section of polygastric infusorials, in which the alimentary canal is terminated by a mouth and anus. E'NTERO-EPI'PLOCE'LE. (From evrepov, an intestine, eninAoov, the omentum, and kvat/, a tumor.) A rupture formed by the protrusion of part of an intestine, with a portion of the omentum. ENTERO-EPIPLO'MPHALUS. (From evrepov, ennrAoov, and the navel.) An umbilical hernia, in which both intestine and omentum are protruded. Most umbilical hernia? are of this kind. ENTERO-GASTROCE'LE. (From evrepov, yaornp, the belly, and Knlr), a tumor.) An abdominal hernia. ENTERO'GRAPHY. (Enterographia; from evrepov, and ypa ENTERO-I'SCHIOCE'LE. (From evrepov, an intestine, loxtov, the ischium, and unTin, a tumor.) An intestinal hernia at the ischiadic foramen. ENTERO'LITHUS. (us, i, m.; |om evrepov, and aiOoc, a stone.) Intestinal concretion, or calculus. This term embraces all those concretions which resemble stones, generated in the stomach and bowels. Intestinal calculi are common in many of the inferior animals, and they also occur in man, but much less frequently. They commonly consist of hair, or refuse matters, with phosphates. Magnesia sometimes forms these calculi. ENTEROLO'GY. (Enterologia, n, a suture.) A suture of the intestines, or the sewing together the divided edges of an intestine. Enterorrhe'xis. Perforation or rupture of the intestines. Enterorrh'cea. Diarrhoea. E'NTERO'SCHEOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from evrepov, oo%eov, the scrotum, and kwat), a rupture.) A scrotal hernia. ENTERO'SES. A class of diseases, including all such as are situated in the intestines.— Alibert. ENTERO'TOME. A form of scissors, invented by J. Cloquet, for readily opening the intestines in dissections. ENTEROTO'MIA. Enteroto'my. The dissection of the intestines. In Surgery, the cutting into the intestines to form artificial anus, or for any other object. Enteroz'oa. See Entozoa. Enthelminthis. Worms. See Entozoa. E'nthlasis. A depressed fracture of the skull.— Galen. ENTHUSIASM. (Enthusiasmus ; Evdovoiaopoc; from evdvoiafa, to rave.) The delirious raving of those who fancy themselves inspired. — Galen. Entire. Integer. Entomo'line. The substance also called chitine. ENTOMO'LOGY. (From evrofia, insects, and "koyoc, a discourse.) The history, organi zation, and classification of insects. ENTOMO'STRACEANS. The division of crustaceans which are covered with a thin, horny tegument or shell, in two or more pieces. ENTO NLA. (From the Greek.) Tension. Tonic spasm. A generic term; as in Entonia catalcpsis, catalepsy, &c. Ento'phyta. Parasitical fungi. ENTOZO'A. Entozoaria. (From evrot, within, and £uov, an animal.) Parasitical animals. We shall consider the diseased actions to which they give rise under the head Invermi nation. The entozoa of the human body may be divided into those which inhabit only the alimentary canal, and those which are found in other parts. Of divine entozoa there are two classes : First class: those which are generated and nourished in the human intestinal canal. Second class: those insects or worms that accidentally enter the human prima?, and never propagate their species in that canal, but are soon eliminated from the body. The first class contains: Order I. Round worms. Genus I. Intestinal ascarides. Character. — Body round, head obtuse, and furnished with three vesicles. Species 1. Ascaris lumhricoides. The long round worm, or lumbricoid ascaris. The Ascaris of Rudolphi. Character. — When full grown, a foot in length. Mouth triangular. 2. Ascaris vermicularis. The thread or mawworm. The Oxyuris of Rudolphi. Character. —When full grown, half an inch in length; tail terminates in a fine point. Genus II. Intestinal trichurides. Charac ter. —Body round, tail three times the length of the body, head without vesicles. Species 1. Trichuris vidgaris. The trichuris, or long thread-worm. This worm is the Trichocephalus dispar of Rudolphi. Character. — The head furnished with a proboscis. Order II. The flat worms. Genus 1. Intestinal tape-worm. Character. —Body flat and jointed. Species I. Tamia osculis marginalibus. The long tape-worm. The Tamia solium of Rudolphi. Character. —The oscula are situated upon the margin of the joints. 2. Tamia osculis superficialibus. The broad tape-worm. The Bothriocepkalus latus of Rudolphi. Character. —The oscula are placed upon the flattened surface. The second class contains: 1. The Fasciola hepatica, or fluke; very rarely found in man. 2. The Scarabaus. Several species have been found in the meatus auditorius exlernus, the alvine canal, the rectum, the vagina, &c. 3. The GZstrus, a fly, the ovula of which are deposited under the skin in wounds or fetid ulcers, and where the larva? or maggots produce great mischief. 4. The Gordius, or horse-hair worm, which inhabits soft stagnant waters, and is taken into the stomach with the water. 5. The Hirudo, or leech, which is taken in the same way. C. The Musca. Several of this ENU EP H 260 genus deposit their eggs in the nose, antra of Highmore, and in the rectum: especially the M. carnaria, or flesh-fly; the M. vomitoria, or blow-fly; the M. cibaria, or pantry-fly; the M. vutris, or hopper-fly maggot. The third class comprehends those animalcules which are found in other parts, as the Tiscera of the head, thorax, &c, and under the skin. These are, 1. The Acephalocystis, or hydatid. This is formed like a bladder, whitish, and distended with an aqueous fluid. They are sometimes formed in the natural cavities of the body, as tho uterus, abdomen, and ventricles of the brain, but more frequently in the liver, kidney, and lungs, where they produce diseased actions of those viscera. They are usually found in a large cyst containing fluid ¦when in the liver, but are rare. 2. The Cysticcrcus, or bladder-tail hydatid. See Cysticercus. 3. The Polycephalus, or many-headed worm. See Polycephalus. 4. The Echinococcus. See Echino-coccus. 5. The Filaria medinensis, or Guinea worm. See Filaria. 6. The Acarus of the itch. See Scabies. The symptoms arising from the presence of entozoa in the intestines, and the treatment required for their removal, will be found under the head Invermination. Entozoon folliculorum. Acarus folliculorum. Entrails. Tho viscera of the abdomen; the intestines. Entricoma. The ciliary edge of the tarsal cartilage. ENTRO'FIUM. Entropion. (From ev, and rpercu, to turn.) A disease of the eyelids, in which the eyelashes and eyelid are inverted toward the bulb of the eye. This may arise from swelling of tho lids or other causes, and soon produces irritation of the conjunctiva, or trichiasis. The eyelids must be returned to their normal position by reducing the swelling, or by removing a small portion of skin, or drawing the hairs out and cauterizing the bulbs. Entypo'sis. The glenoid cavity. Enucleation. The shelling of fruits, or taking out the kernel or core of any thing, as an almond, a tumor, &c. E'nula. E. campana. Inula helenium. ENURE'SIS. (is, is, f.; from evovpeu, to make water.) An incontinency or involuntary flow of urine. This disease usually proceeds either from relaxation or a paralytic affection of the sphincter of the bladder, induced by various debilitating causes, as too free a use of spirituous liquors, manustupration, and'excess in venery; or it arises from compression on the bladder, from a diseased state of the organ, or from some irritating substance contained in its cavity. Dr. Cullen makes two species: 1. Enuresis atonica, the sphincter of the bladder having lost its tone from somo previous disease. 2. Enuresis ab irritationc, vel compressione vesica, from an irritation or compression of the bladder. It is often cured by the internal exhibition of the tinctura cantharidis, uva ursi, by tonics, and by stimulating the rectum with aloetic suppositories: blisters to the perineum are also serviceable. When symptomatic of stone, or any other disease, it requires the remedies for such complaint. EP-. EPH-. EPI-. Common prefixes from ein, above, upon; and meaning exterior, above, increase, addition. Epacma'sticos. EiraicpaoTiicoc. Applied by the Gree|ss to a fever which gradually increases in severity till it arrives at the crisis. Epa'cme. The increase or exacerbation of a disease. Epago'gium. The prepuce. Epanadiplo'sis. Reduplication: applied to the return of the cold fit of an ague before the hot fit is ended. Epana'stasis. A tubercle or pustule. Epancylo'tus. A serpentine bandage. EPANE'TUS. (From eiravinpi, to remit.) A generic term applied by Dr. Mason Good to remittent fevers. The species are, E. hectica. Hectic.— E. malignus fiavus. Yellow fever.— E. mitis. Remittent fever. Epapha:'resis. Eira&aipeoic. Repeated evacuation, and especially that of blood. Epa'rma. Eparsis. (From eiraipu, to ele vate.) A tumor of any part. Epe'ncranis. The cerebellum.— Galen Efheba:'um. Parts above the pubes. E'phedra. Ephedrana. The buttocks. Ephe'lcis. The crust of an ulcer. E P H E' LIS. (is, ides, f.; from em, and vXloc, the buu.) This term denotes not only freckles, E. leniicularis, and the larger brown patches, E. diffusa, which likewise arise from exposure to the direct rays of the sun, as the name imports, but also those large dusky patches, which are very similar in appearance, but occur on other parts of the surface which are constantly covered. The best applications to such blemishes are very dilute alcohol, mineral acids, and potash, so dilute as just to be sensible to the tongue. One form of diffused ephelis is of a brownish color, and followed by desquamation of the skin, and is symptomatic of uterine and intestinal disturbance. EPHE'MERA. Ephcmerus. (From ein, and npepa, a day.) A fever of a day's duration. Ephemera maligna. E. sudatoria. See Sudor anglicus. Ephe'meris. (it, idis, f.; from efyyutpic. ) An almanac. Ephe'meropy'ria. Ephemera. Ephe'sium empla'strum. A stimulating plaster described by Celsus. EPHIA'LTES. (es, is, m.; from etyallopai, to leap upon.) Nightmare. Distressing sensations during sleep, mostly preceded by a fearful dream, in which some known or unknown enemy is in close pursuit, and from whom the person affected can not escape, and is unable to speak, though he is constantly endeavoring so to do: in this struggle a great oppression or weight is felt on the chest. The causes of this affection are lying on the back, mental irritation from fatigue, and a dyspeptic state of the stomach. It sometimes arises from flatulence, caused by indigestible matter in the stomach, after too heavy a supper; which, pressing the stomach against the diaphragm, impedes respiration, or renders it short and convulsed. Inflated bites'- EPI EPI 261 tines may likewise produce similar effects, or mental perturbations. There is another species, which has a more dangerous tendency, arising from an impeded circulation of blood in the lungs when lying down, or too great relaxation ot the heart and its impelling powers. Epilepsy, apoplexy, or sudden death are sometimes among the consequences of this species of disturbeu sleep. Ephia'ltia. The herb peony. EPHIDRO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from to perspire.) A violent and morbid perspiration, producing debility. A colliquative sweat. Tonics, especially the mineral acids, are necessary to alleviate this condition. Ephi'ppium. The sella turcica of the sphenoid bone. E'phodos. 1. An excretory duct. 2. The periodical attack of a fever. Epi'alos. The name given by the Greeks to a fever in which the morbid sensation of heat is accompanied with irregular shiverings. The Latin writers call it Quercera. Epia'ltes. See Ephialtes. Epian. Frambcesia. Epica'nthis. The angle of tho eye. Efica'rp. The outer covering or skin of a fruit. Epica'rpium. A medicament or plaster applied to the wrist. Epicau'ma. Epicausis. Encauma: a burn. Epi'ceras. Trigonella fcenum gra;cum. Epicera'sticus. Demulcent medicines. Epi'cholus. Bilious. Epicho'rdis. The mesentery. Epicho'rion. The tunica decidua uteri. — Cliaussier. Epichri'sis. Inunction. Epicho'rios. Enchorios. Epichro'sis. Ephelis. Epicce'lis. -Synonymous with cilium. EPICO'LIC. (Epicoltcus; from em, upon, and kuIov, the colon.) The part of the abdomen which lies over the colon. Epico'ndyle. The protuberance at the outer side of the distal extremity of the humerus, from which the extensor and supinator muscles of the forearm and hand rise by a common tendon.—Chaussier. Epico'ndylo-cubitalis. The anconeus. Epicondylo-radialis. The supinator radii hrevis. Epicondylo-su'pra-metacarpia'nus. The extensor carpi radialis brevior. Epicondylo-supra-phalange'ttianus communis. The extensor digitorum communis. Epicondylo-supra-phalangettia'nus mi'nimi digiti. The extensor proprius minimi digiti. EPICOPHO'SIS. (From em, and Kuoc, deaf.) The same as cophosis; deafness. Castelli says that it applies more particularly to deafness supervening in the course of another disease. EPIORA'NIUM. (um, i, n.; from em, and Kpaviov, the cranium.) This term is most usually applied to the tendinous expansion of the occipito-frontalis muscle; but some writers apply it to the skin of the head, and others to the whole of the soft parts which form the 6calp. Epicra'nius. The occipito-frontalis muscle. EPI'CRASIS. (From em, and Ktpavvv/ii, to temper.) A critical evacuation of bad humors. When a cure is performed in the alterative way. it is called per Epicrasin. Epicte'nium. The parts above and about the pubes. Epicye'ma. Epicyesis. Superfcetation. EPIDE'MIC. (Epidemicus; from em, upon, and dnuoq, the people.) Applied to a disease which attacks a multitude of persons at the same time and in the same place. Epidemic diseases may arise from contagion or from some atmospheric cause, or from both combined, which last is probably the case in most instances. Epidemic of the Antilles. Tho dengue epidemic of Paris (in 1828). See Acrodynia. EPI'DEMY. An epidemic disease. The word epidemic is sometimes improperly used for this; epidemic is an adjective term. EPIDE NDRUM. (mot, i, n.) A genus of plants. Gynandria. Monandria. Orchidiaceai.—E. vanilla. Vanilla. The vanilla yields a long, flattish pod, containing a reddish-brown pulp, with small, shining black seeds, which have an unctuous, aromatic taste, and a fragrant smell. They are used by perfumers and confectioners. Epi'deris. The clitoris. EPIDE'RMIC. (Epidermicus; front «**• Sepptc, the scarf skin.) Relating to the epidermis. Epidermic method. See Endermic. EPIDE'RMIS. (is, idis, f. Emdepptq; from em, upon, and 6eppa, tho skin.) The scarf skin, or cuticle of an animal or plant. EPIDE'RMOID. (From emdepuig, and eitior, resemblance.) Resembling the epidermis. Epide'rmose. A name given by Bourchardat to that portion of moist fibrin which is insoluble in dilute muriatic acid. Epi'desis. The arresting of a discharge of blood by means of a bandage. Epide'smus. A bandage by which splints bolsters, &c, are secured. EPIDI'DYMIS. (is, is, m.; from em, upon, and oiovpoc, a testicle.) A hard, vascular, oblong substance, that lies upon the testicle, formed of a convolution of the vas deferens. It haB a thick end, which is convex, and situated posteriorly ; and a thin end, which is rather flat, and situated hiferiorly. The epididymis adheres to the testicle by its two extremities only, for its middle part is free, and the tunica vaginalis dips between it and the testicle, forming a little pouch. Epi'dosis. Increased growth or preternatural magnitude. Epi'drome. An afflux of humors. Epifagus americanus. The orobanche virginiana. Epiga/ous. A descriptive term in botairy, denoting close contact with the earth or soil. EPIGA'STRIC. (Epigastricus; from em, upon, and yaornp, the stomach.) Appertaining to the epigastrium. Epigastric artery. A branch given off by the external iliac artery just where it passes under Poupart's ligament; it ascends between the rectus muscle and the peritoneum, and then EPI EPI 262 within the sheath of the rectus, inosculating with the internal mammary. Epigastric region. See Abdomen. EPIGA'STRIUM. The part immediately over the stomach. Epigastroce'le. Epigastrioccle. Abdominal hernia?, situated at or near the epigastrium. Epigene'ma. Epiginomena. EPIGE'NESIS. (Emyeveaic; from emyivouai, to generate upon.) A theory of generation which regards the foetus as the joint production of matter afforded by both sexes. EPIGINO'MENA. (Emyivopeva ; from emyivopai, to succeed or supervene.) Adventitious symptoms occurring in the course of a disease, but not necessarily connected with it. Epiglo'ssum. Ruscus hypoglossum. Epiglottic gland. Periglottis. A collection of minute glands situated at the base of the anterior snrface of the epiglottis. These supply a fluid which lubricates the epiglottis. Epi'glotticus. Relating to the epiglottis. EPIGLO'TTIS. (is, idis, or is, is, f. ; from em, upon, and y?iUTTig, the tongue.) The cartilage at the root of the tongue that falls upon the glottis, or superior- opening of the larynx. Its figure is nearly oval; it is concave posteriorly, and convex anteriorly; the apex, or superior extremity, is loose, and is always elevated upward by its own elasticity. While the back of the tongue is drawn backward in swallowing, the epiglottis is put over the aperture of the larynx : hence it shuts tip the passage from the mouth into the larynx. The base of the epiglottis is fixed to the thyroid cartilage, the os hyoides, and the base of the tongue, by a strong ligament. Epiglo'ttum. An instrument for elevating the eyelids.— Paracelsus. Epiglou'tis. The superior parts of the buttocks. Epigo'natis. The patella. Epigo'nides. About the knees. Epi'gonum. A superfoetation. Epi'gynous. When the stamens, petals, &c, are all attached to the ovarium, which thus becomes inferior. Epila'mpsis. Tho same as cclampsis. Epilempsis. See Epilepsy. E'PILEPSY. (Epilepsia, a;, f. EmAnprpia; from eniAapSavu, to seize upon.) Falling sickness. It consists of violent convulsions, with coma, and usually foaming at tho mouth. Cullen has three species: 1. Epilepsia ccrcbralis; attacking suddenly, without manifest cause, and not preceded by any unpleasant sensation, unless, perhaps, some giddiness or dimness of sight. 2. Epilepsia sympathica; without manifest cause, but preceded by a sensation of an aura (the aura epileptica) ascending from some part of the body to the head. 3. Epilepsia occasionalis; arising from manifest irritation, and ceasing on the removal of this. It comprehends several varieties: E. traumatica, arising from an injury of the head. E. d dolore, from pain. E. verminosa, from the irritation of worms. E. a veneno, from poisons. E. exanthematica, from the repulsion of cu taneous eruptions. E. a cruditale ventriculi, from crudities of the stomach. E. ab inanitione, from debility. E. uterina, from hysterical affections. E. ex onanismo, from onanism, &c. This disease attacks by fits of a few minutes to half an hour, and goes off, leaving the person most commonly in his usual state: but sometimes a considerable degree of stupor and weakness remain behind, particularly where the disease has frequent recurrences. It is oftener met with among children than grown persons, and boys seem more subject to its attacks than girls. Its returns aro periodical, and its paroxysms commence more frequently in the night than in the day, being somewhat connected with sleep. Epilepsy may be idiopathic, hereditary, or symptomatic of irritation; it is not uncommon in youth; when it attacks those past middle age it is extremely intractable. It may pass away after other severe diseases, or may terminate in loss of mind, idiotcy, or apoplexy. There is nothing certain in the morbid anatomy. The causes which give rise to epilepsy are blows, wounds, fractures, and other injuries done to the head by external violence, together with lodgments of water in the brain, tumors, concretions, and polypi. Violent affections of the nervou3 system, sudden frights, fits of passion, great emotions of the mind, acute pains in any part, worms in the stomach or intestines, teething, the suppression of long-continued evacuations, too great emptiness or repletion, and poisons received into the body, are causes which likewise produce epilepsy. Sometimes it is hereditary, and at others it depends on a predisposition, arising from affection of the sensorium, occasioned either by plethora or a state of debility. An attack of epilepsy is now and then preceded by a heavy pain in the head, dimness of sight, noise in the ears, palpitations, flatulency in the stomach and intestines, weariness, and a small degree of stupor, and, in most cases, there prevails a sense of something like a cold vapor or aura, proceeding from some part of the body toward the head, and well known under the name of aura epileptica; but it more generally happens that the patient falls down suddenly without much previous notice; his eyes are distorted, or turned so that only the whites of them can be seen; his fingers are closely clinched, and the trunk of his body, particularly on one side, is much agitated; he foams at the mouth, and thrusts out his tongue, which often suffers great injury from the muscles of the lower jaw being affected; he loses all sense of feeling, and not unfrequently voids both urine and faeces involuntarily. The spasms abating, he recovers gradually; but, on coming to himself, feels languid and exhausted, and retains not the smallest recollection of what has passed during the fit. During the epileptic paroxysm in general, little or nothing is to be done except using precautions that the patient may not injure himself; and it will be prudent to remove any E P I EPI 263 'thing whicn may compress the veins of the neck, to obviate congestion in the head. Should there be a considerable determination of blood to this part, or the patient be very plethoric, it may be proper, if you can keep him steady, to open a vein, or the temporal artery; and, in weakly constitutions, the most powerful antispasmodics might be tried in the form of clyster, as they could hardly bo swallowed; but there is veiy seldom time for such measures. In the intervals, the treatment consists, 1. In obviating the several exciting causes. 2. In correcting any observable predisposition. 3. In the use of those means which are most likely to break through the habit of recurrence. Where the fits are directly referrible to teething, worms, or a plethoric state, &c, the removal of these predisposing causes may be followed by a cure ; otherwise there is little hope of cure; but the fits may be occasionally arrested by acting on the imagination, by emetics, powerful antispasmodics, or sedatives, especially stramonium. Metallic tonics are of great service, and the cuprum ammoniatum (gr. j. daily) and nitrate of silver (gr. v. to x. daily) have been known to produce cures; the latter, however, imparts a leaden hue to the skin when long used. Large doses of tartar emetic immediately before a fit will sometimes arrest it. EPILEPTIC. Epilcpticus. Affected with epilepsy, or of the nature of epilepsy. Epileptica passio. Epilepsy. Epileptifa'cients. Those medicines which produce effects simulating epilepsy; as prussic acid, cyanides, oil of bitter almonds.— Pereira. Epime'lis. The Arbutus uncdo ? or Mcspilus Germanica. Epi'mylis. The patella, or knee-pan. Epino'tium. The shoulder-blade. EPINY'CTIDES. (EmvvKndec ; from em, and vvf, night.) Vesicles rising during the night and disappearing in the morning. A fugacious kind of nettle-rash. Ecthyma, according to Sauvages. Epiparoxy'smus. The febrile paroxysm occurring with unusual frequency. Epipa'stum. A pulverulent medicine to be sprinkled upon any part. Epipe'talous. Epipetalus. Stamina, &c, attached to the corolla of a flower. Epipha:no'menon. Any unusual symptom or appearance. Epiphlogi'sma. A burning heat of any part. EPI'PHORA. (a, a;, f.; emcbopa ; from emepu, to carry forcibly.) The watery eye. An involuntary flow of tears. A superabundant flow of a serous humor from the eyes. It may arise from a more copious secretion of tears than the puncta lachrymalia can absorb, or, as is most common, from an obstruction in the lachrymal canal, or from irritation of the various parts of the eye. The humor flowing over the side of the cheek soon produces irritation and excoriation. Epiphra'gma. The slender membrane which sometimes shuts the peristoma of mosses. Epiphy'lla. Epiphyllous. Parasitic fungi, or other bodies growing on the leaves of other plants. Epiphyma'ta. Cutaneous diseases. EPI'PHYSIS. i s , f.• from em, upon, and cordia, irregular action of the heart, frequent sighing, trembling, a small, quick, sometimes intermrtting pulse, occasional vomiting, a pale, contracted countenance, a sense of coldness; but the tongue is seldom furred, nor are the vital and natural functions much disturbed. In this state, any sudden exertion will sometimes prove fatal. Erethri'sma. Rubefacient. ERETHRI'SMUS. A generic term of diseases attended with great irritability. Irritation. Thus, Erethrismus ebriosum is delirium tremens. — E. hydrophobia is hydrophobia.— E. mercurialis, see Erethrism. — E. simplex, fidgets. Ere'trius. Dioscorides and Galen describe two kinds of terra Eretria as alkaline and absorbent earths. •Ertj'gmos. Ercuxis. An eractation. Ergaste'rium. A laboratory. ERGOT. Ergota. See Sccalc cornutum. Ergotje'tia abortifacients. The supposed ergot fungus. Ergo/tin. Ergotinc. An unctuous, reddish, neutral powder from ergot. It does not appear to be the active principle. ERGOTr'sM. The poisonous effects of the ergot of rye. See Secale cornutum. Eri'ca. The genus of heaths. ERICA'CEjE. A natural order of shrubby exogens. It differs from Vaccinaceat and Campanulacea: in the superior ovary ; from Epacridacea: in the anther being two-celled; from Pyrolacea: and Monotropaccce in the structure of the seeds and in habit; and from all the orders represented by Scrophulariacea: and Gentianacea: in the number of the cells of the ovaiy agreeing with the lobes of the calyx and corolla. Their general qualities are astringent and diuretic, some few being poisonous. The Arbutus, Andromeda, Kalmia, Rhododendron, Azalea, all well known shrubby plants of great beauty, belong to this order. Eri'ceje. See Ericaceee. E RI'G E RON. 1. Formerly applied to groundsel. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Supcrfl.ua. Composita:. — E. canadense. Canada fleabane. An indigenous annual. The plant is bitter, acrid, and somewhat astringent. It appears to be tonic, astringent, and diuretic. Dose of the plant, 3ss. to gj., iir powder.— E. heterophytlum is also officinal. It has properties similar to those of tho following. — E. philadelphicum. Philadelphia fleabane. Scabious. A biennial herb, somewhat aromatic and bitter; it is diuretic and tonic, and has been much used in nephritic and dropsical affections. Dose, gj., in infusion or decoction, daily. Erigeron acre. Probably the Conyza cerula. ERINA'CEUS. The hedge-hog genus. | Ero'ded. Gnawed; jagged. \ Erodf/ntia. Medicines which cause erosion. | Ekodium moschatum. The geranium moschatum. Ero'mania. Erotomania. ERO'SION. (Erosio, aids, f.; from crodo, to gnaw out or eat into.) The gradual destruction of the substance of a part by increased action of the absorbents, whether spontaneous, or excited by the application of some irritating substance. Ero'sus. Jagged; gnawed. Ero'tic Eroticus. Appertaining to the passion of love ; as erotic melancholy. ERO'TOMA'NIA. (a, a, f.;' from epuc, love, and uavia, madness.) That melancholy or madness which is the effect of love. Erpes. See Herpes. Erpetology. See Hcrpetology. ERRA'TIO. (Erralicus ; from erro, to wander.) Wandering; irregular. A term occasionally applied to pains, or any disease which is not fixed, but moves from one part to another, as gout, erysipelas, &c. E'RRHINE. Errhinus. Errhinum. (Eppiva; from ev, in, and piv, the nose.) Medicines which, applied to the internal membrane of the nose, excite sneezing, and increase the secretion, independent of any mechanical irritation. Such are tobacco, asarabacca, turbith mineral, peppers, &c.; also called sternutatories. E'rrhysis. A trifling hemorrhage. E'RROR LOCI. Boerhaave introduced this term, from the opinion that the vessels were of different sizes, for the circulation of blood, lymph, and serum, and that when the larger sized globules were forced into the lesser vessels, they became obstructed by error of place Eruca sylvestris. Brassica eruca. Eru'cin. A principle of white mustard, of which little is known. ERUCTATION. (Eructatio,onis,i.) Belching. See Flatulency. ERUPTION. Eruptio. In medical lan guage, the sudden appearance of a disease on the skin; thus we speak of the eruption of measles, small-pox, scarlet fever, &c. The term applies both to the disease itself, as developed on the skin, and the act of its breaking out. ERUPTrvE fever or DrsEASEs. Such diseases as are attended with exanthem or other cutaneous efflorescences. Ervilla. See Ervum. E'RVUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. — E. ervilla. The tare. Tare meal has been made into bread, and used as a resolvent in the form of poultice.— E. lens. The lentil. They are eaten as peas. ERY'NGIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Digynia. Vmbdliferm. — E. aquaticum. Eryngium. (U. S.) The root is sudorific and expectorant, and acts similarly with contrayerva; in large doses it is emetic.— E. campestre is used in many places for that of the sea eryngo.— E. maritimum. The sea holly, eryngo. The root is sweetish and aromatic. It was formerly celebrated for its aphrodisiac powers. Eryngo. See Eryngium. Eryngo, sea. See Eryngium. ERY ERY 267 Ekyngo-lkaved lichen. See Lichen. ERY'SIMUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferce. — Eallia'ria. Sauce alone, or stinking hedge-mustard. Alliaria Camel ina. It was esteemed powerfully diaphoretic, diuretic, and antiscorbutic.—E. barbarea. The leaves were considered antiscorbutic.— E. officinale. Sisymbrium officinale. Hedge-mustard. Formerly used as an expectorant and diuretic. The seeds resemble mustard in their effects. ERYSI'PELAS. (as, atis, n. EpvafKelac; from epvu, to (haw, and nelac, adjoining; so named from its tendency to spread to the neighboring parts.) Ignis sacer, St. Anthony's fire; the rose. A peculiar form of inflammation which occurs chiefly in the skin, and is generally accompanied with swelling, vesications on the affected part, and with symptomatic fever. 1. Erysipelas 'phlegmonodcs. Phlegmonoid erysipelas. This form of erysipelas frequently occurs in the face, affecting usually one side of it only; sometimes it attacks one of the extremities ; and in both cases it is ushered in by a smart feverish attack. The color is higher than in the other species, and the burning heat and tingling in the part are exceedingly distressing. The swelling generally appears on the second night or third day of the fever; the vesications rise on the fourth and fifth, and break or subside on the fifth or six, when the redness changes to a yellowish hue, and the swelling and fever begin to dimmish, and on the eighth day both disappear; on the tenth, the new cuticle is commonly left exposed, tho old one having separated, and the brownish or dark scab, which had formed where the fluid of the vesications had been discharged, having fallen off. Phlegmonoid erysipelas frequently terminates in suppuration, and in sloughing of the cellular membrane. 2. The Erysipelas atdematodes is less severe in its attack: the tumor is more gradual in its rise and extension, is of a paler red or of a J'ello wish-brown color, and is accompanied by ess heat and local distress: its surface is smooth and shining, and, if it be strongly pressed with the finger, a slight pit remains for a short time. Vesications, which are smaller, less elevated, and more numerous than in the former species, appear on the third or fourth day from the commencement of the swelling, and are succeeded in two or three days by thin, darkcolored scabs, giving an appearance not unlike the confluent small-pox, from the edges of which a clear lymph exudes. This is a dangerous form, and often attacks persons of debilitated constitution. 3. The Erysipelas gangrenosum commences sometimes like the one and sometimes like the other of the foregoing species, and most commonly occurs in the face, neck, or shoulders. It is accompanied with symptoms of low fever, and with delirium, which is soon followed by coma, which remains through the subsequent course of the disease. The color of the affected part is a dark-red; and scattered phlyctena?, with a livid base, appear upon the surface, which frequently terminate in gangrenous ul- cerations. Even when it terminates favorably suppuration and gangrene of the muscles, ten dons, and cellular substance often take place, producing little caverns and sinuses, which contain an ill-conditioned pus, together with sloughs of the mortified parts, which are ultimately evacuated from the ulcers. It is an exceedingly dangerous affection, the vital powers being frequently quite overwhelmed from the very first of the attack, and death taking place in a few hours. A peculiar variety of gangrenous erysipelas occasionally occurs in infants, a few days after birth, especially in lying-in hospitals, and is often fatal. It most frequently commences about the umbilicus or the genitals, and extends upward or downward. The Erysipelas infantum, however, often terminates favorably in ten or twelve days. 4. In the Erysipelas erraticum the morbid patches appear, one after another, on different parts of the body. It commonly terminates favorably, however, in a week or ten days. Erysipelas is sometimes contagious and epidemic, and those once affected are liable to periodic returns. Erysipelas attacks all parts of the surface of the body; but it more frequently appears on the face, legs, and feet than in any other situation. It occurs oftener in warm climates than in temperate or cold ones. When there is little affection of the system, it is termed erythema. Erysipelas often occurs from wounds in persons of bad constitution, and may sujiervene in malignant fevers. The treatment of erysipelas must vary great ly, according to the form of the disease. When it occurs in robust, plethoric constitutions, partaking of the phlegmonous character, with severe inflammatory fever, it will be proper to begin by taking a moderate quantity of blood; then direct cooling saline purgatives, antimonial diaphoretics, a light vegetable diet, &c. But if the accompanying fever be more of the typhoid type, blood-letting is inadmissible, and the patient's strength must be supported: after clearing out the prima viae, and endeavoring to promote the other secretions by mild evacuants, when the pulse begins to fail, a more nutritious diet may be resorted to, with wine, the sulphate of quinine, ammonia, and other powerful stimulants. In the decidedly gangrenous form of erysipelas, all depletion is out of the question, and a tonic and stimulating treatment must be resorted to from the first. Opium should be given in full doses, and calomel may be useful in correcting the disordered state of the abdominal secretions. The local treatment is important. It consists of free incisions (in phlegmonous erysipelas) from the commencement, with poultices; the use of concentrated solution of nitrate of silver, and the application of cold. Blisters are used by the French. Erysipelas infantum. See Erysipelas. Erysipelas phlyctenoides. E. pustulosa. E. zoster: Herpes zoster. Erysipe'latoid. Erysipelatodes. Erysipelatous. Resembling erysipelas. Erysipelatous. Pertaining to erysipelas. ERY ESC 268 ERYTHE'MA. (a, atis, n.; from epvBpor, red.) 1. Simple redness.— Hippocrates. 2. Rash, or inflammatory blush without fever — Cullen. 3. A lesser degree of erysipelas.— Calliscn. 4. A nearly continuous redness of some portion of the skin, attended with disorder of the constitution, but not contagious.— Willan. Dr. Willan has six varieties: 1. Erythema fugax consists of red patches, of an irregular form and short duration, resembling the redness produced from pressure. These patches are symptomatic of various febrile diseases, and appear successively on the arms, neck, breast, and face. 2. The Erythema lave exhibits a uniformly smooth, shining surface, and chiefly appears on the lower extremities, in confluent patches, and is generally accompanied by anasarca. 3. The Erythema marginatum occurs in patches, which are bounded on one side by a hard, elevated, tortuous red border, in some places obscurely papulated; but the redness has no regular boundary on the open side. The patches appeal' on the extremities and loins, in old people, and remain for an uncertain time, without producing any irritation in the skin. They are connected with internal disorder, and their occurrence is to be deemed unfavorable. 4. The Erythema papulation occurs chiefly on the arms, neck, and breast, in extensive irregular patches, of a bright red hue, presenting not an inelegant painted appearance. For a day or two before the color becomes vivid, the surface is rough or imperfectly papulated. The redness afterward continues for about a fortnight; and as the eruption declines, it assumes a bluish hue, especially in the central parts of the patches. This eruption is sometimes attended with great disorder of the constitution, especially with a frequent, small pulse, total anorexia, and extreme depression of strength and spirits, and with acute pains and great tenderness of the limbs; but the general disorder is often trifling. 5. Erythema tuberculatum resembles the last variety 111 the large irregular patches of red efflorescence which it exhibits; but there are small, slightly - elevated tumors interspersed through the patches, which subside in about a week, leaving the erythema, which becomes livid, and disappears in about a week more. 6. The Erythema nodosum, which is a more common and milder complaint, seems to affect females only, and occurs on the fore part of the legs. It is preceded by slight febrile symptoms for a week or more, which generally abate when the erythema appears. It shows itself in large oval patches, the long diameter of which is panllel with the tibia, and which slowly rise into hard and painful protuberances, and as regularly soften and subside in the course of nine or ten days, the red color turning bluish on the eighth or ninth day, as if the leg had been braised. It has always gone through its course mildly, under the use of laxatives, followed by the mineral acids and other tonics. Erythema anthrax. E. gangrenosum. Anthrax. Erythema epidkmicum. E.solare. Pellagra. Erythema a frigore. E. pernio. Chil bla in. See Pernio. Erythema mercuriale. See Eczema mer~ curiale. Ery'thra: a centaurium. Synonyme of Chironia centaurium. Ery'thra?a chilensis. Chironia chilensis. Ery'threma. Erythema. Ery'thric acid. Purpuric acid, or murexan. ERYTHRPNA. A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. E. corallodendron, the coral tree. The bark of E. Indica is considered febrifuge. E. Monosperma is much frequented by the insect that forms gum lac. Erythrine. The name given by Heeren to the red coloring matter of the Lichen roccella. Erythro'danum. Rubia tinctorum. Erythroei'des. Tunica vaginalis testis. Erythro'gen. A green substance sometimes found in the gall-bladder in jaundice; it is converted into a red color when combined with nitrogen. Erythro'id vesicle. A doubtful vesicle of the early foetus, longer, but of the same diameter as the umbilical vesicle. Erythro'leine. A red, oily fluid found in litmus by Kane. Form., C20H22O4. ERYTHRO'NIUM. ( um, i, n.) 1. A name of Vanadium. 2. A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacea:. — E. Americanum. Erythronium Indicum. The root is emetic in doses of gss., but seldom used.— E. dens caninus. Dog's-tooth violet. The root has been given against colic and epilepsy, and applied externally in scald head. Erythro'phyll. The red coloring matter of autumnal leaves and fruits. It is an oxide of chlorophyll. ERYTHRO'PROTIDE. A product of the action of a concentrated boiling solution of potash on protein. It is of a reddish-brown color, readily soluble in water and in boiling alcohol. It is precipitated by the salts of lead, silver, and mercuiy, of a rose color. Formula. Ci 3 H 8 NO s . ERYTHRO'SIS. (From epydpoq, red.) A florid form of plethora, in which the blood is rich in fibriu and haematosin. It is the plethora arteriosa of some. Erythro'xylum. Haematoxylum. Ery'thrus. Rhus coriaria. E'SAPHE. (EoaQn; from eoaau, to feel with the hand.) The touch; or feeling the mouth of the womb, to ascertain its condition. E'SCHAR. (Eschara, a, f. Eloper.; from eoxapou, to scab over.) Eschara. The portion of animal substance that is destroyed by the application of a caustic, and which sloughs away. ESCHAROTIC. Escharoticus. A substance which possesses the power of destroying the texture oi the various solid parts of the animal body to which it is directly applied. This class of substances may be arranged under two orders: 1. Eroding escharotics ; as blue vitriol, alumni ustum, &c. 2. Caustic escharotics; as potassa pura, argenti nitras, acidum sulphuricum, nitricum, &c ESS E T H 269 E'SCULENT. Esculentus. Such animals and plants as may be used for food. Escu'line. A supposed alkaloid from the horse-chestnut. ES'ENBECKINE. Esenbcckina. An alkaloid obtained from the Exostema souzanum, or Brazilian cinchona. This name was given to the product from the erroneous impression that the bark was derived from the Esenbeckia fcbrifuga. ESO-. A prefix (from eau, within), signifying internal; as, Esocolitis, dysentery. Eso'enteritis. Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the bowels. Eso'gastritis. Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach. Esox lucius. The pike fish, from the liver of which an oil is obtained, which is termed, in some pharmacopoeias, oleum lucii piscis. It is used in some countries to disperse opacities of the cornea. E'sphlasis. A fracture of the skull, with depression. Espn'oic medicine. The application of medicines to tho skin with friction. Es'prit. A French word for a spirit, tincture, volatile oil, or fluid. E'SSENCE. (Essentia, a:, f.) Properly that part of any thing on which its most remarkable qualities depend. Usually volatile oils mixed with alcohol. It is also applied to some tinctures. Essence de petit grain. The volatile oil of the leaves of the orange, formerly of the young fruit. Essence of colt's-foot. This is made of equal parts of balsam of tolu and compound tincture of benzoin, with double the quantity of rectified alcohol. It is sold as a pectoral. Essence of mustard. This is made of oil of turpentine, camphor, spirit of rosemary, and flower of mustard. Essence of sarsaparilla, compound. A very concentrated state of the compound decoction of sarsaparilla. Essence of spruce. This is prepared by decoction from the twigs of the spruce fir (pinus nigra). When mixed with treacle or sugar, and water, and fermented, it spruce beer. ESSE'NTIA. An essence; an aromatic and volatile preparation; also a tincture. See Tinctura, Vinum, and Oils, Essential.' Essentia bina. A preparation used to color brandy, porter, and other strong drinks. It is made by boiling coarse sugar till it becomes black and bitter, and then mixing it with lime water to the consistence of a syrup. ESSENTIAL. Essentialis. Relating to the essence of any thing. Essential oils. See Oils, Essential. Essential salt of bark. A watery extract of Peruvian bark. Essential salt of lemons. The preparation so called is a mixture of cream of tartar and binoxalate of potash. E'SSERA. (a,at,i.) Sara. _ Bare. A species of cutaneous eruption, distinguished by broad, shining, smooth red spots, mostly without fever, and differing from the nettle rash in not being elevated. It generally attacks the face and hands. It is also applied to the nettle rash. Esthio'menus. (From eodiu, to eat.) A term formerly applied to any disease which rapidly destroyed, or, as it were, ate away the flesh; as some forms of herpes, lupus, cancer. Estival. JEstival. Pertaining to the sum mer. Estiva'tion. See sEstivation. Esula major. See Euphorbia paluslris. Esuxa minor. See Euphorbia cyparissias. E'thal. A crystalline waxy substance, derived from the saponification of spermaceti. See Cctyl. E'tcerio. An aggregate fruit, the parts of which are achenia, as in the raspberry. E'THER. See Ether, acetic. Acetic naphtha. An ethereal fluid, drawn over from an equal admixture of alcohol and acetic acid, distilled with a gentle heat from a glass retort in a sand-bath. It is an acetate of the oxide of ethyle. It has a grateful smell, is extremely light, volatile, and inflammable. Its medicinal properties nearly resemble the other ethers, and may be given in the same doses. It is seldom used. Ether, chlorine. See Chloroform. Ether-, htdric. Sulphuric or common ether. See jfEther sulphuricus rectificatus. Ether, hydrochloric hydrochloricus. It is best prepared by saturating alcohol with gaseous hydrochloric acid, and distilling with a gentle heat into a receiver surrounded by ice. It is colorless, has a penetrating odor, and sweetish taste. Composition, AeCl, or chloride of ethyle or ethule. Its sp. gr. is 0-874 at 40° F., and it boils at 51° F. A spirituous solution is used as an antispasmodic; this is the spiritus athcris hydrochlorici. Dose, f. 5j. to f. riij. Ether, hydrocyanic. This has been em ployed by M. Magendie in some cases as a sub stitute for hydrocyanic acid, but its smell was found so insufferable that its use could not be continued. Ether, hyponitrous. See jEther nilrosus. Ether, muriatic. E., marine. See Ether, hydrochloric. Ether, nitric. See JEther nilrosus. Ether, nitrous. Nitric naphtha. SeejEther nitrosus. Ether, csnanthic The aromatic liquid which imparts to wines and some spirits their peculiar odor. It is an cenanthate of oxide of ethyle; form., CuHnOa-f-AeO. Ether, sulphuric See JEther sulphuricus. Ether, vitriolic See jEther sulphuricus. E'THEREAL. (Ethereus; from eether.) A term applied to any highly-rectified essential oil or spirit. Ethereal oil. See Oleum athereum. Ethereo-sulphuric acid. Sulphovinic acid. ETHERIFICATION. The conversion of fluids into ethers; the process by which ethers are produced. The theory of etherification most countenanced is that which regards alcohol as the hydrated oxide of ethyle or ethule (AeO, HO); this being acted on by concentrated sulphuric acid, forms the hydrated bisul* EUD E U P 270 pnate of oxide of ethyle. The hydrated bisulphate is decomposed by the heat in distillation, and there arises ether or oxide of ethyle (AeO), while the water remains combined with sulphuric acid. E'therine. A solid body isomeric with etherole, and deposited from it in the cold. E'therole. An insoluble oily product of the decomposition of sweet oil of wine when heated with water. It is isomeric with olefiant gas and etherine —C4H4. E'thionic acid. A product of the action of anhydrous sulphuric acid on alcohol. Its form, is 2SO3, O4H5O. It forms crystalline salts. Ethiops. See JElhiops. E'THMOID. (Ethmoides; from eduor-, a sieve, and eidor, form; because it is perforated like a sieve.) Sieve-like. Ethmoid bone. Os ethmoides. Os elhmoideum. Cribriform bone. A bone of the head and nose. The ethmoid is a light cellular bone, over which the olfactory nerves are spread. It lies between the eyes and ethmoidal notch of the os frontis; is of a cubical figure; contained above the crista galli and cribriform plate, in the center, and running the length of the bone, is the nasal plate or azygous process, which, with the vomer, forms the upper division of the nostrils; this plate also sustains at its lower part the two superior turbinated bones. Parallel with this, and on each side, are the two flat planes forming the orbitar plates, which make up a considerable portion of the orbit. Ethmoidal cells. The cells of the ethmoid bone. Ethmoides. Ethmoid. Ethu'le. A synonyme of Ethyle. E'THYLE. Ethule. A hypothetical compound radical ( C4H6 ) existing in the ethers. Symbol, Ae. Common sulphuric ether is the oxide of ethyle, AeO; alcohol the hydrated oxide, AeO, HO. Thero aro also chlorides, bromides, &c. The oxide of ethyle acts the part of metallic oxides, forming salts, of which several are of considerable importance, as nitrous ether, which is the kyponitrite of oxide of ethyle AeO, N0 3 ). There is a carbonate (AeO. C0 2 ): oxalate, or oxalic ether (AeO, C2O3), and numerous other salts, most of which have the characters of ethers. Etiola'tion. The process of blanching plants by raising them in darkness. Etiology. /Etiology. E'tron. Hrpov. The hypogastrium. EU-. A prefix. (From ev.) Well or good; as Eiucmia. a good state of the blood.—Euehymia, when the humors are in a good condition.—Eucrasia, Euexia., a good temperament and constitution.— Euethes, benign. EUCALY'PTUS. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Monogynia. —The E. resinifera of New South Wales produces an astringent gum resin, resembling kino in properties.—The E. manifera of the same place yields a kind of manna, or eucalyptus sugar. Eua'nthemum. The chamomile. Eu'chlorine. The protoxide of chlorine; hypochlorous acid. EUDIOMETER. ( Eudiomelrum, i, n.; from evdia, purity of air, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument for ascertaining the quantity of oxygen or any other gas in a given mixture of gases. The best is Ure's. EUDIOMETRY. (Eudiometria, as.) The art of determining the quantity of any gas contained in a given bulk of atmospheric air, &c. EUGE'NIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. Icosandria. Monogynia. Myrtaceai. — E. caryophylla'ta. The clove tree of the Indies. It owes its hot, aromatic flavor to an essential oil, the oleum, caryophylli. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., in mixture. — E. jambos. Yields the Malabar plum. They are used medicinally as a mild astringent. Eugenia fimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. Euge'nin. The solid deposit from oil of cloves; the stearopten of oil of cloves. Euge'us. The uterus. Eu'le. A worm found in putrid ulcers. Eunu'chium. Lactuca sativa. Eunu'chus. One that is castrated. Eupathi'a. Health. Eupato'riacea:. A subdivision of the great natural family Composita;. EUPATO'RIUM. (w,», n.) 1. The Greek name for agrimony. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Composita;. 3. Eupatorium cannabinum. Eupatorium arabicum. The eupatorium cannabinum. Eupatorium aya pan a. A Brazilian plant which resembles E. perfoliatum in properties, but is of inferior activity. Eupatorium cannabinum. Hemp agrimony. The eupatorium of European writers. The plant was formerly much used in Europe, especially as a diuretic, and in dropsies. It was also considered emetic and purgative. Eupatorium gra:corum. The agrimonia eupatoria. Eupatorium mesues. Theachilleaageratum. Eupatorium perfoliatum. Thoroughwort. Boneset. This indigenous perennial finds a place in the Pharmacopoeia, and is reputed tonic and diaphoretic. In larger doses it is cathartic and emetic. The Infusum eupalorii pcrfoliati is officinal. It has been much used in intermittents. Eupatorium pilosum. A synonyme of E. tcucrifolium. Eupatorium purpureum. Gravel-root. This resembles the E. perfoliatum in tonic action. It is also said to be diuretic. Eupatorium teucrifolium. E. verbenifolium. This indigenous perennial resembles the E. perfoliatum m its properties. Eupatorium veterum. The eupatorium of the ancients. Agrimonia eupatoria. Eupe'psia. Good digestion. Eupe'ptic. Eupepticus. Easy of digestion. EUPHO'RBIA. (a,ee,{.) A genus of plants. Dodecandria. Trigynia. Euphorbiaceas. Euphorbia antiquorum. A plant formerly supposed to produce the Etiphorbium. Euphorbia canariensis. This yields the gum euphorbia of the Canaries. Euphorbia corollata. Large flowering spurge ; an indigenous perennial. The root is emetic and purgative, and the whole plant acrid. Dose of the dried root, as an irritating e u r E VO 271 emetic, gr. x. to 3j. In smaller doses it is purgative, and when gr. i. to gr. ij. are employed, diaphoretic. The juice of the fresh plant is desiccative. Euphorbia cyparissias. The cypress spurge. This, like most of the spurges, is very acrimonious, inflaming the eyes and oesophagus after touching them. It is now fallen hito disuse, whatever virtues may have been ascribed to it formerly, one of which, no doubt, was that of opening the bowels, for it was called poor man's rhubarb. Euphorbia ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha spurge. American ipecacuanha 6purge. This is an indigenous perennial, growing in the Middle and Southern States. The root is an irritating emetic and purgative in doses of gr. x. to Euphorbia lathyris. The plant which affords the lesser cataputia seeds. The seeds possess purgative properties, but if exhibited in an over-dose, prove drastic and poisonous: a quality common to all the Euphorbiaceee. Euphorbia officinarum. The plant which affords the euphorbium, an inodorous gum-resin, in yellow tears, which have the appearance of being worm-eaten; said to be obtained from several species of euphorbia. It is imported from Mogadore. It contains an active resin, and is very seldom employed internally, but it enters as an ingredient into some resolvent and discutient plasters. Euphorbia palustris. The greater spurge. The juice is used in Russia as a common purge; and the plant is given, in some places, in the cure of intermittents. Euphorbia paralias. Sea spurge. Every part of this plant is violently cathartic and irritating, inflaming the mouth and fauces. EUPHORBIA'CEiE. A natural order of exogenous plants, inhabitants of almost all parts of the globe; nearly allied to Malvaceai and Rkamnaceat, especially agreeing with the former in the starry structure of the hairs, the monadelphous stamens, and the definite number of ovules in three united carpels. Their sensible properties are, on the whole, poisonous and exciting, both being of a volatile nature, and often dispelled by heat. Independently of the volatile principle there are two others, viz., caoutchouc and turnsol. The bark of several crotons, the wood of Croton tiglium and common box, the leaves of the latter, of Cicca disticha, and of several euphorbias, are sudorific; and many other species, among which Ricinus may be mentioned, are purgative; the latter produces castor oil. EUPHO'RBLE GUMMI-RESINA. Euphorbium. A waxy, resinous body, derived from several species of euphorbia by incising the stems. The powder is an irritating and dangerous emetic and cathartic when taken internally, and is seldom or never prescribed. When added to Burgundy pitch, it may be employed as a rubefacient. See Euphorbia officinarum. EUPHRASIA. (a,m,f.) I.Euphrasia. 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Scrophulariacea. — E. officinalis. Eye-bright. It is supposed to be useful in diseases of the eyes, but is inert. E'upion. A volatile, oily component of oil of tar. It boils at 117°; sp. gr., 0*74; and has a pleasant odor. EUPLA'STIC. (From ev, and nXaaic, formation.) Favorable to the formative forces. A term employed by Lobstein for the elaborated matter out of which animal tissues are formed, and opposed to cacoplastic, which means unfit for further organization. Eury'mthos. Regularity of the pulse. EUSTACHIAN TUBE. Tuba euetachiana. Iter apalato ail aurem. The tube which forms a communication between the posterior nares and the ear; so named after its discoverer, Eustachius. See Auris. Eustachian valve. See Valvula Eustackii. Eusthe'nia. Vigorous health.— Hippocrates. Eutro'phia. Vigorous nutrition. EVA'CUANTS. (From evacuo, to empty.) Medicines or agents which cause a discharge from some emunctory, as purgatives, emetics sialagogues, &c. EVACUA'TION. A discharge, more especially of foeces. Also, tho act of discharging, by artificial means, the contents of an abscess, &c. EVAPORA'TION. (Evaporatio, onis, f.) The slow conversion of any substance into vapor. It differs from distillation in its object, which chiefly consists in preserving the more fixed matters, while the volatile substances are dissipated fnd lost: and the vessels are accordingly different; evaporation being commonly performed in open, shallow vessels, and distillation in an apparatus nearly closed from the external air. Evaporation is a process of infinite importance in the economy of nature; and in the animal body, evaporation from the skin (spontaneous evaporation) and lungs is one of the most obvious causes of diminution of temperature. EVENTRA'TION. (From ex, out of, and venter, the belly.) Any condition arising from tumor or wounds in which the bowels are displaced or protruded. A ventral hernia is one form of eventration; an extensive wound from which the bowels protrude is another form. Evergreen. Sempervirens. EVERRI'CULUM. A scoop, used to clear the bladder from the small calculous particles which may remain after the operation of lithotomy. Eve'rsio palpebral. Ectropium. Evil, king's. Scrofula. Evi'ration. Castration. EVOLUTION. (Evolutio, onis, f.; from evolvo, to unroll.) 1. In Physiology, it means development. 2. That hypothesis respecting generation which supposes that the germ is not organized in the body of the parent, but preexistent, already organized, and only developed by the process of generation, is called the hypothesis of Evolution: it is opposed to that of the Epigcnesis. Compare Epigcncsis. Evolution, spontaneous. In Obstetrics, this term has been applied by Dr. Denmau to that case in which the arm and shoulder of the child being protruded from the vagina, a spontaneous turning takes place, and the child is expelled by the breech, as if in a natural pre E X A E XC 272 mentation of that part. The occasional occurrence of the fact is generally admitted, but the opinions of obstetricians are divided as to the precise manner and extent to which it takes place. Evo'mition. Evomitio. Vomiting. EVU'LSION. ( Evulsio ; from cvello, to pluck up.) The forcible extraction or removal of a part: a term sometimes employed by surgeons. EXA'CERBATION. (Exacerbatio; fromea;-aeerbo, to become violent.) An increase of intensity in the symptoms of a disease recurring at intervals. The term is generally applied to an increase of febrile symptoms, and is synonymous with paroxysm. Exas'matosis. Haematosis. EXjE'RESIS. (From eS-atpeu, to remove.) That division of the art of surgery which comprises the removal of whatever is injurious or superfluous to the body; as the extraction of foreign bodies, amputation of limbs, excision of tumors, &c. Examblo'ma. Examblo'sis. An abortion. EXANASTOMO'SIS. (From e£, and avaoropou, to relax or open.) The opening of the mouths of vessels to discharge their contents. EXANGI'A. (o, f.; from ef, and ayyeiov, a vessel.) The generic name given by Mason Good to diseases which consist in enlargement, breach, or other morbid perforation of a large blood-vessel, without external op«iing. The genus includes aneurism, varix, and cyania. EXA'NGUINOUS. (Exanguis; iromex, and sanguis, blood.) Deficient in blood. The pale color of patients suffering from hemorrhages, chlorosis, &c., is termed exanguinous. EXA'NIA. (From ex, out of, and anus.) Prolapsus of the rectum. See Procidentia ani. EXANTHE'M. Exanthema. (Eijavdnpa; from ejjloresco, to effloresce, or break forth on the surface.) Exanthisma. 1. An eruption of the skin, called a rash. 2. In the present day nosologists have limited it to an eruption or rash which is accompanied with fever, and which has its regular periods of efflorescence and decline. In Dr. Willan's arrangement it is appropriated solely to those appearances which are usually called rashes; namely, to patches of superficial redness of the skin, of various extent and intensity, occasioned by an unusual determination of blood into the cutaneous vessels, sometimes with partial extravasation; it has no reference, therefore, to the existence of fever or contagion. It comprehends measles, scarlet fever, nettle rash, rose rash, purples, and erythema. Exanthem mercuriale. Eczema mercuriale. Exanthema, carbuncular. Anthrax. EXANTHE'M ATA. The name of an order of diseases, of the class Pyrexia; of Cullen's Nosology. Ex anthem atic. Exanthematicus . Eruptive. EXANTHEMA'TICA. The genus of eruplive fevers in Good's Nosology. EXANTHE'SIS. (EfavtVtc; from efrvdeu, to effloresce.) Properly, the breaking out of an efflorescence on the skin; but applied, also, to the efflorescence itself. Exanthi'sma. See Exanthema. Exanthro'pia. The earne as misanthropy. Exarchia'ter. A chief physician. Exarthre'ma. Exarthroma. Exarthrosis. A dislocation or luxation. Exarthro'ma. ~E.l-apOpuua. A dislocation. Exarthro'sis. E\apdpuoic. A dislocation. EXARTICULA'TION. (From ex, out of, and articulus, a joint.) A luxation or dislocation of a bone from its socket. Exca?caria agallocha. Lignum aloes. Exci'puxum. A chemical receiver. E X C I'SIO N. (From excisio, to cut out.) The cutting out of parts, as tumors, &c., which are not sufficiently large or prominent to be amputated. We do not say the penis was excised, but a tumor was excised. EXCITABI'LITY. (From excito, to excite.) That condition of living bodies wherein they can be made to exhibit the functions and phenomena which distinguish them from inanimate matter; or the capacity of organized beings to be affected by various agents called stimuli. EXCTTANT. Exciting; stimulating. Applied to medicines which excite the actions of the system, excitantia. These are either general, acting on the whole system, as alcohol, or particular, acting only on certain parts, as diuretics, expectorants, &c. EXCITA'TION. Excitement. (From excito, to excite.) 1. That state in which excitability is called into action. 2. The act of awakening excitability. 3. The result of tho action of the exciting powers, as the circulation, mental action. Exciting cause. See EXCI'TO-MO'TORY SYSTEM. A division of the nervous system made by Dr. M. Hall. It consists of the tubercula quadrigemina, medulla oblongata, medulla spinalis, and the true spinal nerves. This system is brought into action by exterior agency, without the direct influence of the will. Thus the emission of semen is the result of an excito-motory phenomenon. The nerves of the gland, being excited, convey an impression to the spinal cord, and this reflects a nervous influence to the proper organs, which produces an emission altogether independent of the will. These nerves are therefore said to act by reflex action, and their function is termed the reflex function. The phenomena of respiration and nutrition, as well as the heart's action, are under this influence. EXCORIA'TION. (Excoriatio, onis, f.; from excorio, to take off the skin.) An abrasion of the skin. E'XCREMENT. (Excremeidum, i, n.; from excerno, to separate from.) Any useless matter ejected from the body, but generally applied to the faeces discharged from the bowels. Excrejienti'tious. Of the nature of excrement. EXCRE'SCENCE. ( Excrescentia, a, f.; from excresco, to grow from.) Any preternatural growth; as a com, a wart, piles, hydatids, &c. EXCRE'TION. (Exeretio, onis, f. ; from excerno.) 1. The expulsion, by the various outlets of the body, of such matters as would be superfluous or injurious if they remained. 2- EXO E X 0 S 273 Any matter so thrown off, as the faeces, urine, &c. E'XCRETORY. (Excretorius; from excerno, to purge, sift, &c.) This term is applied to the ducts which convey the secreted fluids from the glands. Some glands have only one excretory duct, and others several. Excretory organs. Those organs, viscera, or teguments which furnish a matter or product to be thrown off from the body; they are the reverse of secretory organs. The skin and the mucous membranes are of this class. Excu'tia ventri'culi. A stomach brush. An instrument consisting of a ferule of iron or brass, with a bunch of hog's bristles at the end of it. It was formerly used to extract foreign bodies from the oesophagus; and some absurdly attempted to cleanse the stomach of viscous matters by means of it. Exelco'sis. Ulceration. Exera'ma. Matters vomited.—Hippocrates. E'XERCISE. (Exercitalio, onis, f.) The use of the muscles in subordination to the will. Exercise has been divided into active and passive; but many of the movements included in the latter can not properly be called exercise. Bee Gestation. Active exercise comprehends walking, running, dancing, and all those exercises usually termed athletic. They are of great importance in the preservation of health and in the removal of disease. The ancient physicians paid much more attention to this subject than the modern, insomuch that gymnastic medicine formed, with them, a distinct department of the art. Exercitation. Gymnastics. Exerrho'sis. An insensible discharge; as that of the insensible perspiration. EXFOZ'TATION. (From ex, outward, and fastus.) Extra-uterine pregnancy, where the ovum is developed otherwise than in the litems. EXFOLIATION. (Exfoliatio; from exfolio, to cast the leaf.) The separation of a dead piece of bone from the living. Exfoliati'vum tre'panum. A raspatory, or instrument for scraping exfoliating portions of bone. Exfolia'tivus. Conducive to exfoliation. Exhatla'nts. Exhalant vessels. Those capillary vessels which pour out a fluid. EXHALATION. 1. The throwing off of vapor; evaporation. 2. A vapor or effluvium. EXHAU'STION. 1. The state brought about by excessive fatigue, want of food, great mental effort, anxiety. 2. The effect produced by the action of the air-pump in removing air from vessels. Exhorrhi'za:. Dicotyledonous or exogenous plants. Exhuma'tion. The act of disinterring a corpse. / Exi'schios. A luxation of the thigh bone. EXO-. A prefix. (From the Greek, cfu.) Outward; of great use in words derived from that language. E'xochas. E'xoche. In general, a tumor. Paul of .flSgina applies the term to soft tubercles at the anus—probably piles. EXOCY/STIS. Exocyste. (From e&, with- out, aud kvotic, the bladder.) A prolapsus of the inner membrane of the bladder. EXO'GENOUS. (From ef, outside, and yeivofiai, I grow.) A term applied to those plants a transverse slice of whose stem exhibits a central cellular substance or pith, an external cellular and fibrous ring or bark, and an intermediate woody mass, and certain fine lines radiating from the pith to the bark through the wood, and called medullary rays. They are called exogens, because they add to their wood by successive external additions, and are the same as what are otherwise called dicotyledons. They constitute one of the primary classes into which the vegetable world is divided, characterized by their leaves being reticulated; their stems having a distinct deposition of bark, wood, and pith; their embryo with two cotyledons; and by their flowers usually formed on a quinary type. Our forest trees and most garden vegetables are of this kind. Exo'gens. See Exogenous. Exomphalocele. Exomphalus. EXO'MPHALUS. (From cf, out of, and ouaAOC, the navel.) Exomphalos. An umbilical hernia. See Hernia umbilicalis. Exo'ncus. Exoncoma. Exoncosis. A large tumor. EXOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, a-, f.; from ef, out, and ofyBaluoc, the eye.) A swelling or protrusion of the bulb of the eye, to such a degree that the eyelids can not cover it. It may be caused by inflammation, when it is termed exophthalmia iriflammatoria; or from a collection of pus in the globe of the eye, when it is termed the exophthalmia purulenta; or from a congestion of blood within the globe of the eye, exophthalmia sanguinea. Exo'rmia. A generic term, meaning an eruption, and employed by the Greek physicians with papula, ecthyma, lichen, &c. EXOSMO'SIS. (From cf, and uopor, impulsion.) When the current is the reverse of Endosmosis, which see. EXOSTE'MA. A genus of trees of the natural family Cinchoniacea; indigenous in Brazil, Pern, and South America, and yielding a portion of the false cinchona barks.— E.ftoribunda of the West Indies yields the St. Lucia bark.— E. carihhmum furnishes Caribbean or Jamaica cinchona bark.— E. penMianum yields the false cinchona, or Peruvian bark.— E. souzanum the Brazilian cinchona, the bark of which contains esenbeckine. Exosto'me. The foramen of an ovule. EXOSTO'SIS. (is, is, m.; from e£ and oateov, a bone.) Hyperostosis. A morbid enlargement, or hard tumor of a bone. The bones most frequently affected with exostosis are those of the cranium, the lower jaw, sternum, humems, radius, ulna, bones of the carpus, the femur, and tibia. There is, however, no bone of the body which may not become the seat of this disease. It is not uncommon to find the bones of the cranium affected with exostosis in their whole extent. The ossa parietalia sometimes become an inch thick. Exostosis, however, mostly rises from the surface of the bone, in the form of a hard, round tumor; and venereal exostoses, or nodes. EXP EXT 274 are observed to arise chiefly on compact bones, and such of these as are only superficially cov- j :.i Ca. «... X- 1 4_ 4.1 I ered with soft parts; as, for instance, the bones of the cranium, and the anterior surface of the tibia. Exostosis steatomodes. Osteosteatoma. EXO'TIO. (Exoticus; from e%u, without.) Belonging to a foreign country. EXPANSION. 1. The increase of bulk which a body undergoes by the recession, of its particles from one another, so that it occupies a greater space while its weight remains the same. Expansion is one of the chief effects of the agency of caloric. 2. A prolongation or expanded condition, as of aponeuroses. EXPE'CTANT MEDICINE. That theory or practice of medicine which consists in observing the course of a disease, leaving the system to the operations of nature for restoration, unless derangement occurs or symptoms arise too serious to be neglected. It has found much favor in France. EXPE'CTORANT. (Expcctorans; fromea;-pectoro, to discharge from the breast.) Applied to that which increases the discharge of mucus from the bronchial tubes. EXPE'CTO RANTS. Medicines which produce or assist expectoration. The principal of these are squills, the fetid gums, honey, liquorice, horehound, garlic, ipecacuanha, tartar emetic, senega root, balsam of tolu and benzoin, myrrh, and ammoniacum. EXPECTORA'TION. (Expectoratio, onis, f.) The act of ejecting matters from the chest; also the sputum. Expectoratio sanguinis. Haemoptysis. Expellant. Expellens. Driving out; expulsive. Experience. Knowledge or tact acquired by practice. Experiment. A practical test. Something done in order to discover an uncertain or unknown effect.— Bacon. EXPIRATION. (Expiralio; from expiro, to breathe.) That part of respiration in which the air is expelled from the lungs. E'xpiratory. That which assists in the process of expiration. EXPLORATION. Explora'tio. (From exploro, to search out.) The investigation of the physical signs of disease, as opposed to the diagnosis derived from symptoms. Exploration, as it is called, is used chiefly in diseases of the thorax and abdomen, and consists of, Inspection, or examination by the eye; Palpation, manual examination, or examination by the sense of touch; Mensuration, or geometrical measurement, with a view to ascertaining the comparative size of the two sides of the chest or belly; Percussion, or striking with the hand, which affords indications cognizable both by the touch and the sense of hearing; Auscultation, which affords indications recognized only by the ear, either unaided or assisted by the inten r ention of the stethoscope. Explora'torium. A sound. EXPRESSED OIL. An oil obtained by pressing, as olive oil from the olive, almond oil from the almond, castor oil, &c. EXPRESSION. (Expressio, onis, f.; from exprimo, to press out. x 1. A mechanical operation by which the juices of plants and various fixed oils are obtained. 2. The indications of the state of the feelings, passions, and sensations, presented by the countenance, attitude, and gesture. EXPUI'TION. (From exspuo, to spit out.) The act of spitting. EXPULSIVE. Expulsorius. 1. A bandage constructed for exerting pressure on parts, so as to expel pus or other fluids, is called the expulsive bandage. 2. The pains which occur in the second stage of parturition, and by which the child is expelled, are called expulsive pains. 3. Diaphoretics have been called expulsive medicines. EXSANGUI'NITY. (From ex, and sanguis, blood.) Bloodlessness. See Anamia. Exse'rtus. Protruding. EXSICCA'TION. (Exsiccatio; from cxsieco, to dry up.) Drying. A pharmaceutical and chemical operation, by which plants, chemical preparations, &c, are deprived of their humid ity. This is done by exposure to the,sun, or to fire, in an oven, &c, on dry or absorbent sub stances. ' Exstipula'tus. Without stipulate. EXSTRO'PHIA. Ecstrophia. (From ek orpetpu, to invert.) Extroversion. The dis placement of an organ, especially the bladder. Exsucca'tio. Synonymous with Echymoma Extemporaneous prescription. That form of prescription which is written at the bedside of the patient. Extensibility. The property or capacity of being extended. EXTE'NSION. (From extendo, to stretch out.) 1. In Physics, the property of occupying a portion of space. 2. In Surgery, the act of pulling a broken or dislocated bone outward from the body, to bring the end into a natural position and restore the parts. It is the reverse of counter extension. EXTE'NSOR. (or, oris, m.; from extendo, to stretch out.) A term applied to those muscles the office of which it is to extend any part; the term is in opposition to flexor. Extensor brevis digitorum pedis. A muscle of the toes, situated on the foot. Extensor brevis of Douglas. It arises, fleshy and tendinous, from the fore and upper part of the os calcis, and soon forms a fleshy belly, divisible into four portions, which send oft* an equal number of tendons that pass over the upper part of the foot, under the tendons of the extensor longus digitorum pedis, to be inserted into its tendinous expansion. Its office is to extend the toes. Extensor carpi radialis brevior. An extensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the forearm. Radialis externus brevior of Albinus. Radialis secundus of Winslow. It arises, tendinous, from the external condyle of the humerus, and from the ligament that connects the radius to it, and runs along the outside of the radius. It is inserted by a long tendon into the upper and back part of the metacarpal bone of the middle finger. It assists hi extending and bringing the hand backward. Extensor carpi radialis longior. An extensor muscle of the carpus, situated on the EXT EXT 275 Core-arm, that acts in conjunction with the former. Radialis externus longwr of Albinus. Radialis externus primus of Winslow. It arises thin, broad, and fleshy, from the lower part of the external ridge of the os humeri, above its external condyle, and is inserted by a round tendon into the posterior and upper part of the metacarpal bone that sustains the fore-fingers. Extensor carpi ui.naris. Ulnaris externus of Albinus and Winslow. It arises from the outer condyle of the os humeri, and then receives an addition from the edge of the ulna; its tendon passes in a groove behind the styloid process of the ulna, to be inserted into the inside of the basis of the metacarpal bone of the little finger. * Extensor digitorum communis. A muscle situated on the fore-arm, that extends all the joints of the fingers. Extensor digitorum communis mantis of Douglas and Winslow. Extensor digitorum communis, sen digitorum tensor of Cowper. Cum cxtensore propria auricularis of Albinus. It arises from the external protuberance of the humerus; and at the wrist it divides into three flat tendons, which pass under the annular ligament, to be inserted into all the bones of the fore, middle, and ring fingers. Extensor digitorum longus. See Extensor longus digitorum pedis. Extensor indicis. See Indicator. Extensor longus digitorum pedis. A muscle situated on the leg, that extends all the joints of the four small toes. Extensor digitorum longus. It arises from the upper part of the tibia and fibula, and the interosseous ligament ; its tendon passes under the annular ligament, and then divides into five, four of which are inserted into the second and third phalanges of the toes, and the fifth goes to the basis of the metatarsal boiie. This last Winslow reckons a distinct muscle, and calls it Peroneus brevis. Extensor longus pollicis pedis. See Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. Extensor magnus. See Gastrocnemius. Extensor major pollicis manus. See Extensor secundi internodii. Extensor minor pollicis manus. See Extensor primi internodii. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. An extensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the fore-arm. Abductor longus pollicis manus of Albinus. Extensor primi internodii of Douglas. Extensor primus pollicis of Winslow. Extensor primi internodii pollicis of Cowper. It arises, fleshy, from the middle and posterior part of the ulna, from the posterior part of the middle of the radius, and from the interosseous ligament, and is inserted into the os trapezium, and upper part of the metacarpal bone of the thumb. Extensor pollicis primus. See Extensor primi internodii. Extensor pollicis secundus. See Extensor secundi internodii. Extensor primi internodii. A.muscle of the thumb, situated on the hand, tlfct extends the first bone of the thumb obliquely outward. Extensor minor pollicis manus of Albinus. This muscle, and the Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus, are called Extensor pollicis primus by Winslow; Extensor sccundi internodii by Douglas; Extensor sccundi internodii ossis pollicis by Cowper. It arises, fleshy, from the posterior part of the ulna and from the interosseous ligament, and is inserted, tendinous, into the posterior part of the first bone of the thumb. Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. An extensor muscle of the great toe, situated on the foot. Extensor longus of Douglas. Extensor pollicis longus of Winslow and Cowper. It arises by an acute, tendinous, and fleshy beginning, some way below the head and anterior part of the fibula, along which it runs to near its lower extremity, connected to it by a number of fleshy fibers, which descend obliquely, and form a tendon, which is inserted into the posterior part of the first and last joint of the great toe. Extensor secundi internodii. A muscle of the thumb, situated on the hand, that extends the last joint of the thumb obliquely backward. Extensor major pollicis manus of Albinus. Extensor pollicis secundus of Winslow. Extensor tertii internodii of Douglas. Extensor internodii ossis pollicis of Cowper. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the middle part of the ulna and interosseous ligament; it then forms a tendon, which runs through a small groove at the inner and back part of the radius, to be inserted into the last bone of the thumb. Its use is to extend the last phalanx of the thumb obliquely backward. Extensor secundi internodii indicis proprius. See Indicator. Extensor tarsi magnus. The gastrocnemius and soleus muscles together. • Extensor tarsi minor. See Plantaris. Extensor tarsi suralis. See Gastrocnemius interim s. Extensor tertii internqdii indicis. See Prior indicis. Extensor tertii internodii minimi digiti. See Abductor minimi digiti manus. Extenuatio. Leanness. Externus auris. The laxator tympani. ExTERNCS mallei. See Laxator tympani. EXTINCTION OF MERCURY. The tritu- ration of mercury with other substances till the globules disappear. EXTINCTIO VOCIS. Imperfect aphonia. Extipula'tus. Witfiout stipulaj. EXTIRPATION. (Extirpalio; from extirpo, to eradicate.) The complete removal or destruction of any part, either by cutting instruments or the action of caustics. E'XTRACT. (Extractum, i, n.; from extraho, to draw out.) In Pharmacy, it includes all those preparations from vegetables which are separated by the agency of various liquids, and afterward obtained from such solutions, in a solid state, by evaporation of the menstruum. It also includes those substances which are held in solution by the natural juices of fresh plants, as well as those to which some menstruum is added at the time of preparation. Extract ok lead. Goulard's extract. The subacetate of lead. EXTRACTION. (Extractio; from extraho, to draw out.) The taking extraneous substances out of the body. Thus we speak of the E X T E X T 276 txtraction of bullets and splinters from wounds, and of stones from the urethra or bladder. Sur- geons also sometimes apply the term extraction to the removal of tumors out of cavities; as, for instance, to the taking of cartilaginous tumors out ft" the joints. They seldom speak of extracting any diseased original part of the body, though they do so in one instance, viz., the cataract. EXTRACTIVE. The mixture of gum, sugar, and peculiar principles dissolved from plants by any menstruum. This mixture was formerly considered a chemical body, but it has no determinate constitution. Extractive matters of blood. In blood and all the secretions of the body there is a certain amount of animal matter, not gelatinous, and being no known form of protein, which is called extractive. EXTRACTS. Various extracts, as of valerian, sabine, &c, are ordered by some pharmacopoeias ; but, being evaporated decoctions, are often without much activity, the oily parts being evolved during inspissation. EXTRA'CTUM. (From extraho, to draw out.) An extract. Extractum aconi'ti. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Extract of aconite. Take of aconite leaves, fresh, Ibj.: bruise them in a stone mortar, sprinkling on a little water; then press out the juice, and evaporate. Narcotic and diuretic. Dose, one grain to five grains. Extractum aconiti alcoho'licum. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of aconitum. Take of dry aconitum leaves, in coarse powder, Ibj.; dilute alcohol, Oiv. Moisten the leaves with alcohol; let it digest twenty-four hours; put in a displacement vessel, and add the alcohol gradually. When the alcohol has ceased passing, add water to the leaves to keep them covered so long as a clear fluid percolates. Distill off the alcohol, mix, and evaporate. Dose, internally, gr. one sixth. Used chiefly in ointment in neuralgic pains. Extractum aloes purifica'tum. (Ph. L.) Purified extract of aloes. Take of aloes, powdered, fifteen ounces; boiling water, a gallon. Macerate for three days in a gentle heat; then strain, and set it by, that the dregs may subside. Pour off the clear solution, and evaporate. The dose is from five to fifteen grains. Purgative. Extractum anthe'midis. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of chamomile. Take of chamomile flowers, dried, a pound; water, a gallon: boil down to four pints, strain while hot, and evaporate. The dose is ten grains to a scruple. A mild tonic. Extractum artemi'sle absi'nthii. (Ph. D.) Extract of wormwood. A strained de¦coction, evaporated. Tonic. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. Extractum bellado'nna?. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of belladonna. Take of deadly nightshade leaves, fresh, a pound. Prepare as E. aconiti. It is anodyne, and dilates the pupil. Dose, gr. £ to gr. iijj. Extractum belladonna: alcoholicum. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of belladonna. Prepared .as the E. aconiti alcoholicum. Extractum casc ari'llas resino'sum. Al- coholic extract of cascarilla. Cascarilla bark ia digested with alcohol, then with water, and the mixed liquids strained and inspissated. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. Extractum catechu. See Acacia catechu. Extractum catharticum. Extractum colocynthidis compositum. Extractum catholicon. A purgative extract resembling extractum colocynthidis compositum. Extractum chamjemei.i. Extractum anthemidis. ' Extractum cicutac. Extractum conii. Extractum cincho'na:. Extract of bark. The London Pharmacopoeia has an E. cinchona) cordifolia;, E. cinchona! lancifoliat, and E. cinchona; oblongifolia;. The formula for each is the same. Take of the bruised bark, fifteen ounces; distilled water, four gallons: boil down in a gallon of water to six pints, and strain the liquor while hot. In like manner, boil down the bark in an equal measure of water four times, and strain. Lastly, all the liquors being mixed, evaporate to a proper consistence. This extract should be kept soft for making pills, and hard to be reduced to powder. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. Extractum cinchona. (U. S.) Take of Peruvian bark, in coarse powder, ibj. Proceed as in E. aconiti alcohol, but make Ovj. of infusion with water. Evaporate all to an extract. Extractum cinchona: resino'sum. (Ph. L.) Resinous extract of bark. Take of lanceleaved cinchona bark, bruised, a pound; rectified spirit, four pints: macerate for four days, and strain. Distill the tincture in the heat of a water-bath until the extract has acquired a proper consistence. The dose is ten grains to half a drachm. Extractum colch'ici aceti'cum. (Ph. L.) Acetic extract of meadow saffron. Take of the fresh cormus of meadow saffron, a pound; acetic acid, three fluid ounces: bruise, gradually sprinkling with the acetic acid, then press out the juice, and evaporate. The dose is from one to two grains twice or thrice a day. It is used in the same cases as the other preparations of colchicum. Extractum colchici cormi. (Ph. L.) Extract of meadow saffron. Take of the cormus of fresh meadow saffron, a pound. Bruise, sprinkle with a little water, press out the juice, and evaporate. It is given in the dose of a grain every four hours, and is a very efficacious preparation of colchicum. Extractum colocy'nthidis. (Ph. L.) Extract of colocynth. Take of colocynth, ibj.; water, two gallons. Boil six hours, strain, and evaporate. The dose is from five to thirty grains. Cathartic. Extractum colocynthidis compo'situm. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Compound extract of colocynth. Cathartic extract. Take of colocynth pulp, gvj.; aloes, gxij.; scammony, powdered, giv.; soao, giij.; cardamom, powdered, gj.; proof spirit, a gallon. Macerate the colocynth in the spirit lor four days in a gentle heat; strain the solution, and add it to the aloes, scammony, and soap; evaporate, the cardamom being mixed in toward the end of the process EXT EXT 277 The dose is from five to thirty grains. A valuable cathartic. Extractum conii. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of hemlock. Take of fresh hemlock leaves, Ibj. Prepare as in E. aconiti. The dose is from five grains to a scruple. Narcotic, &c., as the plant. Extractum conii alcoho'licum. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of hemlock. Prepare as for E. aconiti alcoholicum. Extractum corticis peruviani. Extractum cinchona?. Extractum digit'alis. (Ph. L.) Extract of foxglove. Take of fresh leaves of digitalis, ibj. Prepare as E. aconiti. Of very uncertain strength. Dose, gr. ss. to gr. ij. An arterial sedative. Extractum dulcamara:. Prepared by displacement from coarse powder. Extractum elate'rii. Extract of elaterium. Cut the ripe wild cucumbers into slices, and pass the juice, very gently expressed, through a very fine hair sieve; then set it by for some hours, until the thicker part has subsided; the thinner part, which swims at the top, s being rejected. Diy the thicker part which remains by a gentle heat. The dose is from half a grain to three grains. Hydragogue cathartic. Extractum genista:. Extractum spartii scoparii. Extractum gentia'na:. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of gentian. Take of gentian, sliced. Prepare as E. anthemidis. It may be prepared by displacement with cold water. Dose, from ten to thirty grains. Tonic. Extractum glycyrrhi'za:. Extract of liquorice. Take of liquorice root, sliced. An evaporated decoction. Extractum hx m a to'x y li. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of logwood. Take of logwood, powdered. Prepare as the E. anthemidis. Dose, from ten grains to half a drachm. Astringent. Extractum helle'bori alcoholicum. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of black hellebore. Prepared like E. aconiti alcoholicum. Extractum hellebori nigri. (Ph. D.) Extract of black helleboro root. Prepared as the E. anthemidis. Cathartic, gr. x. to 3j.; said to be emmenagogue in doses of gr. iij. to ST- ™j- Extractum humuli. See Extractum lupuli. Extractum hyoscy'ami. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Extract of henbane. Take of fresh henbane leaves. Prepare as in E. aconiti. Dose, from three to twenty grains. Anodyne. Extractum hyoscyami alcoholicum. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of hyoscyamus (henbane). Prepared from the dried leaves, like the E. aconiti alcoholicum. Extractum .tala'pa:. (U. S.) Prepared like the E. cinchona?, U. S. Extractum jalapa;. Extract of jalap. Take of jalap-root, powdered, two pounds; rectified spirit, a gallon; distilled water, two gallons: macerate the jalap-root in the spirit for four days, and pour oft' the tincture; boil down the remaining powder in the water to half a gallon; then strain the tincture and decoction separately, and let the former be distilled and the latter evaporated, until each be- gins to grow thick; mix these and evaporate. The dose is from ten to twenty grains. Hy dragogue cathartic. Extractum jugla'ndis. (U. S.) Extract of butternut. Formerly prepared like E. anthemidis, but now by displacement. Cathartic. Dose, 3j. Extractum krame'ri-e. (U. S.) Extract of rhatany. Prepared by displacement. Astringent. Extractum i.actu'cs:. (Ph. L.) Extract of lettuce. Take of fresh lettuce leaves. Prepare as E. aconiti. Dose, from five to ten grains twice or thrice a day. Anodyne. Extractum lupu'li. (Ph. L.) Extract of hops. Take of hops, half a pound; boiling water, two gallons. Macerate for twenty-four hours, boil down to a gallon, strain while hot, and evaporate. This extract contains the bitter and narcotic principle of the hop, without the aromatic. Dose, gr. v. to 3j. Extractum nucis vomi'cje. (U. S.) Alcoholic extract of mix vomica. Take of nux vomica, Ibj.; soften by steam; slice dry, and reduce to a coarse powder. Macerate with alcohol, and place in a displacement apparatus, adding alcohol as long as the product is bitter; distill and inspissate. It acts like strychnia, producing tetanic convulsions, but is not very uniform. Dose, gr. ss. to gr. ij. The pharmacopoeias of Edinburgh and Dublin have the same extract differently prepared. Extractum opii purific'atum. (Ph. L.) E. opii aquosum. E. opii gummosnm. Extract of opium. Take of opium, sliced, twenty ounces; distilled water, a gallon; pom - a small quantity of the water upon the opium, and macerate it for twelve hours; add the remaining water gradually, and rub them together until the mixture be complete. Set it by, that the feculencies may subside; then strain and evaporate. Dose, from half a grain to five grains. Extractum papa'veris. (Ph. L.) E.papaveris albi. E. papaveris somniferi. Extract of white poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, bruised, and freed from the' seeds, fifteen ounces; boiling distilled water, a gallon. Macerate for twenty-four hours, then boil down to four pints; strain the hot liquor, and evaporate. Six grains are about equivalent to one of opium. Extractum pareir*:. Extract of pareira. Take of pareira, bruised, two pounds and a half; boiling distilled water, two gallons. Macerate for four-and-twenty hours, boil down to a gallon, strain while yet hot, and evaporate to a proper consistence. This extract may be supposed to contain the virtues of the plant, if indeed the latter possess any. See Cissatnpelos pareira. The extract is given in doses of from ten grains to half a drachm. Extractum podoph'ylli. (U. S.) Extract of May-apple root. Prepared as E. cinchona;, TJ. S. Cathartic; a substitute for jalap. Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. Extractum quassia. (U. S.) Extract of quassia. Take of rasped quassia, 8>j.; water, q. s. Prepare by displacement. Tonic, Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. EXT E X U 278 Extractum qujsrcus. (Ph.D.) E.corlicis quercus. Extract of oak bark. An evaporated decoction. Astringent. Dose, gr. x.-"$j. Extractum quinia*. Made by evaporating the mother liquor, after crystallization, in the preparation of sulphate of quinine. A very active preparation. Dose, gr. ij. to gr. x. Extractum hhki. (Ph. L. & D.) Extract of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, powdered. An aqueous and alcoholic extract, strained. Dose, from ten to thirty grains. Extractum RUTJE. E. rul of fever vary in different countries and constitutions. Dr. Twcedie, in his illustrations of fever, FEB FEB 285 gives the following valuable statement of the results of the dissection of 521 cases of fever, .selected from the records of the London Fever Hospital: Cases in which the fever was not apparently complicated with local inflammation in any organ 163 Cases complicated with cerebral affection 114 • thoracic affection 103 abdominal affection 71 cerebral and thora- cic affection . . 26 cerebral and ab- dominal affection 30 cerebral, thoracic, and abdominal affection ... 14 We must conclude, then, that tho proximate cause of fever remains to be discovered, and we may sum up our knowledge of the subject in the often quoted words of Fordyce, one of the most accurate and philosophical of medical reasoners. "A fever," says this author, " is a disease that affects the whole system; it affects the head, the trunk of the body, and the extremities; it affects the circulation, the absorption, and the nervous system; it affects the skin, the muscular fibers, and the membranes; it affects the body, and affects likewise the mind. It is, therefore, a disease of the whole system, in every kind of sense. It does not, however, affect the various parts of the system uniformly and equally; but, on the contrary, sometimes one part is much affected in proportion to the affection of another part." For the treatment of continued fever, as well as for some further description of its varieties, the reader is referred to the articles Synochus and Typhus. See, also, Fever. Febris acmastica. Synocha. Febris alba. See Chlorosis. Febris algida. See Algida febris. Febris amatoria. This has been used both for chlorosis and hectic fever. Febris Americana. Yellow fever. Febris ' amphimerina. A quotidian ague. See Ague. Febris ampullosa. Pemphigus. Febris anabatica. Continued fever. Febris anginosa. See Scarlet fever. Febris angiotenica. Synocha. Febris aphthosa. See Aphtha. Febris ardens. See Causns and Remittent fever. Febris asodes. See Asodes. Febris bullosa. See Pemphigus. Febris carcerum. F. carceraria. Jail fever. Typhus gravior. Febris castrensis. Camp fever. Febris catarrhalis. A fever' attended with symptoms of catarrh. Febris catarrhalis epidemica. Influenza. Febris causodes. Synocha. Febris chole'rica. Bilious fever. Febris contagiosa. Typhus. Febris continua. Continued fever. Syoocha. Febris continua putrida. Synochus. Febris continua icterodes caroliniensis. Yellow fever. Febris culicularis. Miliary fever. See Miliaria. Febris diaria. Ephemera. Febris elodes. See Elodes. Febris epiala. See Epialus. Febris epidemica cum angina. Cyuanche maligna. Febris erysipelatosa. See Erysipelas. Febris esserosa. Miliary fever. See Miliaria. Febris exanthema'tica. A fever with an eruption. See Exanthema. Febris flava. The yellow fever. See Remittent fever. Febris ga'strica. Gastric fever. Fever in which the digestive organs are chiefly affected. Febris hectica. See Hectic fever. Febris hectica maligna nervosa. Typhus mitior. Febris hepatica. Bilious fever. Febris horrifica. See Algida febris. Febris hunga'ria. Lues Pannonia. A form of camp fever formerly prevalent in Hungary. Febris hydrocephalica. Acute internal hydrocephalus. Febris hydro'des. A fever with profuse sweats. Febris iliaca inflammatory. Enteritis. Febris inflammatoria. Inflammatory fe ver. See Fever and Inflammation. Febris inflammatoria simplex. Synocha. Febris intermittens. An intermittent fe ver. See Ague. Febris intestinalis ulcerosa. Typhus. Febris intestinorum. Enteritis. Febris lactea. Milk fever. A febrile state sometimes induced when the milk begins to be secreted after parturition, and which is mostly of the synochous type. Febris larvata. Masked fever. Febris lenta. Slow fever. See Typhus. Febris lenticularis. A fever, attended by an eruption like small lentils. Febris lochialis. Lochial fever. Febris maligna. See Typhus. Febris maligna biliosa. F. maligna flava. Yellow fever. Febris maligna cum sopore. Typhus gra vior. Febris marasmodes. Hectic fever. Febris miliaris. See Miliaria. Febris morbillosa. See Rubeola. Febris mucosa. Febris pituitosa. Mucous fever. A form of continued fever described by the French writers. It chiefly attacks those of the lymphatic temperament, and is characterized by irritation of the gastro-enteric mucous membrane, with redundant mucous secretion from this, and sometimes from the other mucous membranes. Febris mucosa verminosa. Infantile remittent fever. Febris nautica pestilential!3. Typhus gravior. Febris nervosa. See Typhus. Febris nervosa epidemica. F. nervosa exanthematica. Typhus gravior. Febris nosocomiorum. F. nosocomialis. The fever of hospitals; generally of the typhoid kind? 5 F K I F E M 286 Febris palustris. Marsh fever. See Ague and Remittent fever. Febris pestilens. See Pettis. Febris petechials. See Typhus. Febris phthisica. Hectic fever. Febris pituitaria. See Febris mucosa. Febri3 puerperum. F. puerperalis. Puerperal fever. Febris purpurata maligna. Typhus gravior. Febris putrida. See Typhus. Febris putrida nervosa. Typhus gravior. Febris putrida sanguinea. Typhus mit- lor. Febris quercera. See Querccra. Febris remittens. See Ague. Febris remittens infantum. Infantile re mittent fever. Febris rheumatica inflammatoria. Acute rheumatism. Febris rubra. Scarlatina. Febris rubra pruriginosa. Urticaria. Febris sanguinea. F. sanguinea acuta Inflammatory fever. Febris sanguinea putrida. Typhus. Febris sapropyra. Typhus gravior. Febris scarlatina. See Scarlatina. Febris synocha. See Synocha. Febris tabida. Hectic fever. Febris tropica. Yellow fever. Febris typho'des. Typhoid fever. Febris urticaria. See Urticaria. Febris variolosa. See Variola. Febris vesiculosa. See Erysipelas. Febris virginum. Chlorosis. FEBRURE'S LOTION. A celebrated application to cancerous sores. It consists of: white arsenic, gr. x.; distilled water, Oj. Dissolve the arsenic completely, and then add of extract of conium, fj.; of solution of s,ubacetate of lead, f. giij., and of tincture of opium, f. $j. Small quantities of the lotion are to be applied to the ulcerated surface with a camel's-hair pencil. FE'CULA. See Fascula. Fecula amylacea. Starch. Fecula marant.e. Arrow-root starch. Feculence. The dregs. Feculent. Excreinentitious ; of the nature of dregs or refuse. FECU'NDATION. (From fecundo, to make fruitful.) The access of the male semen to the ovule produces fecundation or impregnation, and, after this effect, it commences to develop or is vivified. The portions of the semen termed seminal animalcules are those which reach the ovary. Fecu'ndity. The faculty of reproduction, and the extent of this power. The average result of marriages is equal to four cliildren for the entiro country. FEET, DISTORTION OF THE. Children are ofteu born with the feet distorted inward or outward. The defect when the feet turn inward is called varus; when they are turned outward it is styled valgus. See Club-feet. FEIGNED DISEASES. Under this head are generally included tho diseases simulated by impostors to answer their own ends, and also diseases which, though real," have* been voluntarily induced or aggravated. Such de ceptions are practiced chiefly by vagrants to excite compassion and extort money, or by soldiers or sailors to escape duty. In the case of soldiers, this has got the name of malingering. It is highly necessary for the practitioner to be aware of the various devices by which diseases are simulated. Much useful information on this subject is to be found in the different works on legal medicine, especially those of Mahon and Fodere. Dr. Hennen's Military Surgery may also be consulted with great advantage. FEL. (fel,fcllis,{.) Bile, which see. Fel bovinum. F.bovis. F.tauri. Ox bile. This was formerly used in medicine as a tonic. Dose, gr. ij. to gr. v., in pill. The bile of the hog has been used in the same way. Bile is employed in the arts to remove grease from various textures. Fet. natuRjE. Aloes. Fel-wort. Gentiana lutea. Felli'culus. The gall bladder. Felliflua tassio. Cholera. Fellinic acid. An acid combined with bilin, and separated by hydrochloric acid as an insoluble mass; soluble in alcohol. Fellis obstructio. F. suffusio. Jaundice. Felon. See Paronychia. FEMALE. (From fas mina, a woman.) The animal which bears the fretus, as distinguished from the male. Femen. The inner part of the thigh. Fe'mero-tibial. Fcmcro-tibialis. Connect- ed with the thigh bone, or femur, and the tibia Femi'neus. Female. FE'MORAL. (Femoralis; from femur, the thigh.) Of, or belonging to, the thigh. Femoral artery. Arteria femoralis. Crural artery. A continuation of tho external iliac along the thigh, from Poupart's ligament to the ham. For about two inches of its course below Poupart's ligament it is called the inguinal or common femoral artery. This gives on the external pudic arteries, and divides into the proper femoral and the profunda. Tho proper femoral artery passes down the thigh, covered by the fascia, between the vastus interims and second head of the triceps; about the middle of the inside of the thigh, it is situated behind the sartorius muscle ; it afterward perforates the triceps muscle and passes into the ham, where it is called popliteal: it finally divides into the anterior and posterior tibial. The branches of the proper femoral artery are the external and internal circumflex, which, however, arise in many subjects from the profunda; and the ramus anastomoticus magnus. FE'MORAL BONE. Fe'moris os. The thigh bone. A long cylindrical bone, situated between the pelvis and tibia. Its upper extremity presents three considerable processes; these are the head, the trochanter major, and trochanter minor. The head is received into the acetabulum of the os hinomiiiatum. It is covered by a cartilage, to which the strong, round ligament is attached. The head is supported obliquely by the cervix or neck, which is about an inch long. At its basis we observe two oblique ridges, which extend from the trochanter major to the tro- FEN F E K 287 chanter minor. Around this neck is attached the capsular ligament of the joint. Posteriorly and externally, from the neck of the bone, is the trochanter major. Anteriorly, and immediately below the neck, is a small process called trochanter minor. These two processes have the name of trochanters, from the muscles that are inserted into them, being the principal instruments of the rotatory motion of the thigh. Below these processes the body of the bone begins. It is smooth except in the middle of its posterior surface, which presents a rough ridge, called tinea aspera. The lower extremity is larger than the up- J>er, somewhat flattened, and terminates in two arge protuberances, called condyles, which are united before so as to form a pulley, but are separated behind by a considerable cavity, in which the crural vessels and nerves are placed. Femoral hernia. See Hernia cruralis. Fe'morasus. The cruraeus muscle. Fe'.moralis. The triceps cruris muscle. Femorocele. See Hernia cruralis. FE'MUR. (Femur, oris, n.) The thigh. The thigh consists of one bone, the os femoris; of several muscles, the psoas magnus, iliacus internus, gluteus maximus, medius, and minimus, the pectineus, triceps, obturator externus and internus, pyriformis, gemini, quadratus, tensor vagina; femoris, sartorius, gracilis, rectus, crureus, vasti, semimembranosus, semitendinosus, and biceps. These muscles are bound by a strong fascia, and surrounded by the common integuments. The ligaments of the thigh are those of its articulation with the os innominatum, viz., the ligamentum teres and capsulare. The artery is the femoral, a continuation of the external iliac. Its veins and absorbents are numerous, and run parallel with the artery. The nerves are formed by the lumbar and sacral, and are the ischiadic, the obturator, and the crural. The glands are the inguinal and synovial. FEN E'STRA. (a, ce, f.; a window.) A name given by anatomists to two foramina in the ear. Fenestra cochlearis. , The fenestra rotunda. Fenestra oculi. The pupil. Fenestra ovalis. An oblong pr elliptical between the cavity of the tympanum and the vestibulum of the ear. It is shut by the stapes. See Auris. Fenestra rotunda. A round foramen leading from the tympanum to the cochlea of the ear. It is covered by a membrane in the fresh subject. See Auris. Fenestra vestibularis. The fenestra ovalis. Fenestral bandage. A bandage with interstices between the folds, to allow of the discharge of pus or other matters. Fene'strate. Having the appearance of a window, as when the tissue of a leaf between the woody parts is incomplete. FENNEL. Anethum fceniculum. Fennel, hog's. Feucedanum. Fennel, sweet. Anethum (fceniculum) dulce. Fennel, water. Phellandrium aquaticum. Fenugreek. See Trigonella. Feramk'ntum. Any surgicalinstrumentof iron. Ferinus. Ferine. Savage; brutal: applied to acute and malignant diseases. FERME'NT. An azotized body in an early state of oxidation, and capable of producing fermentation in certain solutions or mixtures, as yeast, &c. FERMENTATION. (Fermentalio, onis, i. v from fcrmcnto, to ferment.) Tho molecular process by which complex organic substances are resolved into simpler forms in a moderate temperature (50° to 120°), by the agency of yeast or other ferments formed of decaying azotized matters. The presence of oxygen gas and abundant moisture are necessary to the process. The most common case of fermentation is the conversion of grape sugar into alcohol and carbonic acid, as seen in tho processes of making beer, wine, or bread. Lactic acid or butyric acid are products of fermentation when the temperature and other conditions are regulated. The putrefactive fermentation of earlier writers is that which occurs in matters containing much nitrogen, and carbonate of ammonia is one of the results. The acetous fermentation is a different affair, and depends upon the continued access of oxygen ; it is now distinguished as a case of eremacausis. In the common fermentation of malt or sugar, there is developed in tho fluid certain minute fungoid conferva:, called torula or saccharomyces, which give additional interest to the process, otherwise considered merely as a case of molecular motion propagated from the ferment. The amount of yeast required is always proportional to the sugar to be changed, and unless there be azotized matter in the solution, no new yeast is produced. Whatever means interfere with tho conditions of fermentation (antiseptics), hinder the process, as cold, exclusion of oxygen, dryness, aromatic bodies, metallic salts, or spirituous bodies, which hinder the decay of the ferment by abstracting oxygen, combining with it to form a firm solid, or decomposing it into more stable substances. Liebig and others have pointed out the similarity between the action of ferments and contagious and miasmatic bodies. In inoculation or vaccination, a portion of a morbid product is introduced into the system of a healthy person, and causes a molecular change throughout the body, ending in the production of an increased amount of the matter of the pustules (or ferment) ; or miasm, entering the lungs, acts upon the solids and fluids as a molecular force, without producing any additional ferment, except in the case of plague. These analogies are instructive, to say the least of them. Fermentation, mucous. That kind of molecular action which results in the production of a mucous substance. It occurs at low temperatures, and resembles tho saccharine fermentation. Fermentation, panary. The saccharine fermenUition occurring in bread dough. Fermentation, saccharine. When sugar is produced from starch, as in malting and germination. FERME'NTUM. (um, i, n.; quasi fcrvi mentum, from ferveo, to ferment.) Yeast. FER F E R 288 Fermentum cerevisije. Yeast; barm: the ecum which collects on beer while fermenting, and has the property of exciting that process in various other substances. Medicinally it is antiputrescent and tonic, and has been found useful internally in the cure of typhus fever, administered mixed with seven parts of beer. Externally it is used as a cataplasm. FERN. A ciyptogamic plant of the highest development. See Filiccs. Fern, female. Fteris aquilina. 41 Fern, male. Aspidium filix mas. See Fern, male shield. < Fern, male shield. The Nephrodium filix mas, the root and buds of which have been highly recommended as vermifuges. Fern, mules. Asplenium hemonitis. Fern root. The root of Aspidium filix mas. FERO'NIA ELEPHANTUM. A large tree of India, family Amentacea. A gum exudes from the stem closely resembling gum arabic. Ferra'ria. The scrofularia aquatica. FERREIN, CANAL OF. The supposed channel formed by the closed eyelids for the passage of the tears. Ferrein, pyramids of. The small papilla? of which the cones of the kidney are formed. FERRI ACETAS. (Ph.D.) Acetate of iron. Iron liquor. Take of precipitated sesquioxide of iron, 1 part; acetic acid, 6 parts. Digest three days, and filter. It is a styptic and mild tonic. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. xxv., in water. Ferri acetas tinctura. (Ph. D.) Tincture of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of potash, 2 parts; sulphate of iron, 1 part; alcohol, 26 parts. Digest seven days; pour off the clear fluid, and preserve in a well-stopped bottle. An agreeable chalybeate. Dose, f. sss. to f. sj. Ferri alkalini liquor. Alkaline solution of iron. Take of iron, 3iiss.; nitric acid, f. gij.; distilled water, f. gvj.; solution of subcarbonate of potash, gvj. Having mixed the acid and water, pour them upon the iron, and when the effervescence has ceased, pour off the clear acid solution; add this gradually, and at intervals, to the solution of subcarbonate of potash, occasionally shaking it, until it has assumed a deep brown-red color, and no further effervescence takes place. Lastly, set it by for six hours, and pour off the clear solution. This preparation was first described by Stahl, and called tinctura martis alkalina. The dose is from half a drachm to a drachm. Ferri ammo'nio-chlo'ridum. (Ph. L.) Ferritin ammoniatum. (U. S.), Ammonio-chloride of iron. Take of sesquioxide of iron, fiij.; hydrochloric acid, f. 5x.; hydrochlorate of ammoma, Ibiiss.; distilled water, four pints. Pour the acid on the sesquioxide, and digest in a sand-bath for two hours; afterward add the hydrochlorate of ammonia, dissolved in distilled water; strain and evaporate all the fluid; lastly, reduce the residuum to powder. This preparation is a mixture of sesquichloride of iron and hydrochlorate of ammonia. It is tonic and astringent, in doses of from three to fifteen grains, or more, in the form of bolus or pills, prepared with some gum. It is exhibited in most cases of debility, m chlorosis, asthenia, menorrhagia, intermittent fevers, &c. See Tinctura ferri ammonio-chloridi. Ferri carbo'nas. See Ferri sesquioxydunu Ferri carbonas prjecipitatus. (U. *S.) See Ferri sesquioxydum. Ferri carbonas (U.S.) This is common iron-rust. Ferri carbonas saccharatum. (Ph. E.) Saccharine carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, giv.; carbonate of soda, gv.; pure sugar, gij.; water, Oiv. Dissolve the salts separately, each in two pints of the water; mix; collect the precipitate on a cloth filter, wash it with cold water, press out as much of the water as possible, and immediately rub with the sugar, already powdered. Dry the mixture at a temperature not much above 120° F. The sugar checks, in a measure, the peroxidation of the iron. The preparation is similar to the Pilular ferri carhonatis (U. S.). It is used in the same cases as the pills, or the Mistura ferri composita. Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. Ferri citras. Citrate of iron. A mild chalybeate, very similar to the acetate of iron. Ferri cyanuretum. Prussian blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferri et ammonia: murias. See Ferri ammonio-chloridum. * Ferri et potassa: tartras. (U. S.) See Ferri potassio tartras. Ferri ferrocyanas. Prussian blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. F. ferrocyanuretum. (U. S.) Ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. Ferro-sesquicyanuret of iron. Ferroprussiate of iron. Ferrocyanide or ferrocyanuretofiron. Prussian blue. Berlin blue. This substance is so abundantly made for commercial purposes that there is no occasion to introduce any pharmaceutical processes. It may be made extemporaneously by adding a solution of ferrocyanide of potassium to a solution of any persalt of iron, as the persulphate. Prussian blue occurs in masses of a rich blue color; it is tasteless, insoluble in water, alcohol, and dilute acids, but soluble in oxalic acid and strong mineral acids, frequently with decomposition. The composition of the pure anhydrous prassian blue is Fe7Cya, but there is also a substance called basic prussian blue, or basic sesqui-ferrocyanide of iron, formed by adding solution of yellow ferrocyanide of potassium to a solution of a protosalt of iron, and exposing the precipitate to air: this body has the composition of Fe7Cyg- r -2(Fe203), or one equivalent of prussian blue with two of sesquioxide of iron: it is soluble in water. There is another substance resembling prussian blue, called TurnbulVs blue, or ferridcyanide of iron (Liebig), which is formed when red ferridcyanide of potassium is added to a protosalt of iron: the composition of this is Fe 6 Cy6. The therapeutic action of prussian blue is not certainly known, but it is regarded as a tonic and febrifuge. It seems to have been useful in intermittents, epilepsy, and neuralgia, or, in other words, to be an antiperiodic medicine. It is not very active, for two drachms scarcely affected a dog. It has also been used in ointment to foul ulcers. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x FEE FEE T 289 every four hours, in intermittents. The dose may be much increased. Ferri ferro-prussias. Ferri ferro-hydroeyanas. Prussian blue. Ferro-prussiate of iron. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferri filum. Iron wire. Ferri iodidum. (Ph. L., E., D., & U. S.) Iodide of iron. Take of iodine, gij.; iron filings, Jj.; distilled water, a pint and a half. Mix the iodine with a pint of the water, and to these add the iron. Heat them in a sand-bath, and pour off the liquor when it has acquired a greenish color. Wash what remains with the half pint of water, boiling. Let the mixed and strained liquors evaporate at a heat not exceeding 212° in an iron vessel, that the salt may be dried. Keep it in a well-stopped vessel, the access of light being prevented. The solution obtained is one of iodide or protiodide of iron: it is of a green color, and by evaporation with as little contact of air as possible, green tabular crystals may bo formed. By evaporation to dryness and heating moderately, this salt is fused, and on cooling becomes an opaque crystalline mass of an iron-gray color and metallic lustre. When exposed to the air it attracts moisture, and is very soluble both in water and in alcohol. In order to prevent the deposition of sesquioxide of iron by the absorption of oxygen, the solution should be kept with an iron wire in it. This medicine has been lately introduced into practice by Dr. A. T. Thomson, who recommends it in every form of scrofula, in chlorosis, atonic amenorrhcea, hysteria, secondary syphilis, incipient cancer, and other cases. The dose is from three grains, increased to eight grains or more. The Liquor ferri iodidi is an officinal preparation, which see. There is also a syrup, the Syrupus ferri iodidi, twelve parts of which contain one grain of the fresh iodide of iron. Ferri lactas. Lactate of iron. Lactate of the protoxide of iron. This is made by slowly digesting fine iron wire in lactic acid. It has no advantage over the ferri carbonas saccharatum, and is used in the same cases. Dose, in the day, gr. x. to 9j., given in lozenges or pills. Ferri limatura purificata. Purified iron filings. These possess slight tonic and deobstruent virtues, and are calculated to relieve chlorosis, and other diseases in which steel is indicated, where acidity in the prima? via? abounds. Ferri oxydi squama:. (Ph.D.) The scales of iron from a smith's forge. They consist of a mixture of protoxide and peroxide of iron. See Ferri oxydum nigrum. Ferri oxydum fuscum. See Ferri sesquioxydum. Ferri oxydum hydratum. See Ferri sesquioxydum hydratum. Ferri oxydum nigrum. (Ph. D. & E.) Magnetic, or black oxide of iron. Iron scales. It is made by washing and triturating the scales of a smith's forge. It is a mixture of the protoxide and peroxide in fluctuating proportions. It has the tonic, astringent, and deobstruent action of the chalybeates. Dose, gr. v. to two or fhre-3 times daily. Ferri oxydum rubrum. (Ph. E. & D.) Red oxide of iron, or rust. See Ferri sesquioxydum. Ferri percyanidum. (Ph. L.) Prussian blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferri pernitras. Pernitrate of iron. Nitrate of the peroxide of iron. This is readily made by neutralizing dilute nitric acid by iron filings. It is a powerful astringent, and has been found useful in chronic diarrhoeas. Dose, commence with gr. j., and increase gradually. Ferri persulphas. Persulphate of iron. Sulphate of peroxide of iron. This is readily formed by boiling a solution of common sulphate of iron with a little dilute nitric acid. The persulphate is pow-erfully astringent and styptic. Dose, half a grain, gradually increased. Ferri phosphas. (U. S.) Phosphate of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, gv.; phosphate of soda, gvj.; water, Cj. Mix the solutions, and wash the precipitate with warm water. It is an insoluble slate-colored powder, consisting of a mixture of the pro to and perphosphate of iron, and said to be useful in amenorrhcea and dyspepsia, and is a mild chalybeate. Dose, gr. v. to 9ss., in pill or lozenge. Ferri pila. Iron filings. Ferri potassio tartras. (Ph. L.) Potassiotartrate of iron. Ferrum tartarizatum. Take of sesquioxide of iron, three ounces; hydrochloric acid, f. gx.; solution of potash, Ovss., or as much as may be sufficient; bitartrate of potash, gviiss.; distilled water, Ciss. Mix the sesquioxide of iron with the acid, and digest for two hours in a sand-bath. Add to these two gallons of the water, and set aside for an hour; then pour off the supernatant liquor. The solution of potash being added, wash the precipitate frequently with water, and while yet moist, boil it with the bitartrate of potash, previously mixed with a gallon of the water. If the liquor should be acid when tried by litmus, drop into it solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia until it is saturated. Lastly, strain the liquor, and with a gentle heat let it evaporate, so that the salt may remain dry. This salt is composed very nearly of one equivalent of tartrate of potash and one of tartrate of the sesquioxide of iron. It is a mild and efficacious chalybeate, and is less nauseous 1 to the taste than the other preparations of iron. The dose is from grs. x. to 3ss., in solution or bolus, combined with an aromatic bitter. Ferri protocarbonas. Protocarbonate of iron. The officinal preparations of this body are the Ferri carbonas saccharatum, Pilules ferri carbonatis, and Mistura ferri composita, which see. Ferri protosulphas. F.p.viridis. Protosulphate of iron. Sulphate of the protoxide of iron. Green vitriol. See Ferri sulphas. Ferri prussias. Prussiate of iron. Prussian blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferri ramenta. Iron filings. Ferri rubigo. See Ferri sesquioxydum. Ferri scobo. Iron filings. Ferri sesquioxydum. (Ph. L.) Ferri subcarbonas. Ferri carbonas. Ferrum preecipitar turn. Formerly called Chalybis rubigo praparor ta and Ferri rubigo. Sesquioxide of iron; also called subcarbonate of iron. Take of sulphate FE R FEE 290 of iron, Jviij.; carbonate of soda, gix.; boiling water, one gallon. Dissolve the sulphate of iron and carbonate of soda separately, each in half a gallon of water; then mix the solutions together, and set it by, that the precipitated powder may subside; then, having poured off the supernatant liquor, wash the precipitate of iron with hot water, and dry it. It possesses mild corroborant and stimulating properties, and is exhibited with success in leucorrhcea, chlorosis, dyspepsia, rachitis, &c. Dose, from two to ten grains. Ferri sesquioxydum hydratum. Ferri oxydum hydratum. (U. S.) Hydrated oxide of iron. Hydrated peroxide, sesquioxide, or tritoxide of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, giv.; sulphuric acid,f. 3iijss.; nitric acid,f. syj.,orq.s.; aqua ammonia, q. s.; water, Oij. Dissolve the sulphate in the water, add the sulphuric acid, bod, and add the nitric acid gradually, so that the solution becomes of a brown-red color. Allow the solution to cool; filter, and add to the filtrate the ammonia, stirring it briskly. Throw the precipitate on a calico filter, and wash with warm water until the filtrate does not precipitate a solution of nitrate of barytes. The moist precipitate, which is the hydrated peroxide, should be kept as a thick magma in a tight bottle if it is to be used as an antidote for arsenic; otherwise, if it is to be made into pills, it should be pressed as dry as possible, and dried at a temperature not exceeding 181) F. It is a reddish-brown magma, and composed, according to Guibourt, of 3-5 per cent, ot sesquioxide, the rest being water, with a minute amount of ammonia. In cases of poisoning by arsenic, it is best to give it in the state of magma, a table spoonful being administered every five minutes. A large proportion is necessary to neutralize the poison, and no fears are to be apprehended from the action of an excess of sesquioxide. Ferri subcarbonas. See Ferri sesquioxydum. Ferri sulphas. (Ph. U. S., L., E., & D.) Sulphate of iron. Sulphate of protoxide of iron. Formerly called Ferrum vitriolatum. Green vitriol. Take of iron filings, eight ounces; sulphuric acid, fourteen ounces; water, four pints. Mix together the sulphuric acid and water, and add thereto the iron; then, after the effervescence has ceased, filter the solution, and set it aside that crystals may form. Evaporate the decanted liquor that it may again yield crystals. Dry them all. This is an excellent preparation of iron, and is exhibited in many diseases as a styptic, tonic, astringent, and anthelmintic. Dose, from one grain to five grains. It is emetic in doses of gr. x. to 3j. Ferri sulphas exsiccatum. (Ph. E.) Dried or exsiccated sulphate of iron. This is formed by drying the powdered sulphate at a temperature of about 300° F., whereby it loses most of its water of crystallization, and becomes a grayish powder. It is used in preparing the Pilules ferri, sidphas (Ph. E.). Ferri sulphas calcinatum. Peroxide of iron, formed by keeping the sulphate exposed for a long timo to a red heat, whereby the sulphuric acid is driven off. Ferri sulphuretum. (Ph. U. S., D., & E.) Sulphuret of iron. Take of iron filings, giv. ; sulphur, gij. Mix, and place in a covered crucible, and expose to an obscure red heat till they unite. It is only employed in forming sulphurated hydrogen. 1 Ferri tartarum. (Ph. D.) See Fern polassio-tartras. Ferric acid. A very instable oxide of iron, of the composition FeC-3, scarcely known in the insulated state. Ferric oxide. Peroxide of iron. FERRIDCYA'NOGEN. A hypothetical compound radical, consisting of two atoms of ferrocyanogen; form., CyeFej. It is tribasic, and forms an acid with hydrogen, the ferridcyanic, which exists in red prussiate of potash, or ferridcyanide of potassium. Its composition is C 6 Fe 2 +H 3 , or Cfdy,H 3 . Ferridcyanide of iron. Turnbull's blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. FE'RRO-. A common prefix in chemistiy (from ferrum, iron), attached to those compounds in which this element unites with cyanogen and other radicals. Ferro-chya'zic acid. The ferrocyanic acid. Ferrocy'anate. Ferrocyanas. The same as ferrocyanide. Ferrocyanate of potash. The old name for ferrocyanide of potassium, or yellow prussiate of potash. Ferrocya'nic acid. A yellow, acid, crystalline body, being a compound of ferrocyauogen and hydrogen: Cfy,Hj. It is bibasic Ferrocyanide of iron. The modern name of Prussian blue, or 3Cfy,Fe4, formerly called ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. See Ferri ferrosesquicyanidum. Ferrocyanide of potassium. Prussiate of potash. Yellow prussiate of potash. The yellow salt obtained by burning animal matter with potash in the presence of iron. The crystals are quadrangular prisms, soluble, and composed of Cfy,Kj-j-3HO. It is of great use in the laboratory as a test for iron, copper, and other metals, and for the production of other compounds of cyanogen. It has not much therapeutic action, two drachms producing little or no effect, but it is recommended by Dr. Smart as both a nervous and arterial sedative. Dose, ten to twenty grains every six hours. Ferrocya'nogen. A hypothetical radical, supposed to form tho basis of the ferrocyanide* Its formula is CyaFe; symbol, Cfy; and equivalent, 105-87. The most permanent compounds are with potassium, iron, and hydrogen. Ferro-prussic acid. FeiTocyanic acid. Ferro-se'squicya'nic acid. The ferridcyanic acid. Ferro-sesquicyanidk of iron. Prussian blue; now called Ferrocyanide of iron. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. Ferro-tartrate of ammonia. A salt of tartrate of iron and ammonia. It is a good, mild chalybeate. Ferro-tartrate of potash. Ferro-tartras polassii. See Ferri potassio-tartras. Ferroso-ferric oxide. The magnetic iron ore, or scales from the smith's anvil, is so called by Berzelius. See Ferri oxydum nigrum. F E R FE V 291 Ferroso-ferric sulphate. The partiallychanged sulphate of iron, when it contains both proto and per sulphate of iron, is so called by Berzelius. Berzelius. Fe'rrous oxide. Protoxide of iron. Ferrugi'neus. 1. Appertaining to iron. 2. Chalybeate. 3. Having a yellowish-brown color, like the rust of iron. Fe'rrugo. (Ph. E.) The ferri sesquioxydum hydratum. FE'RRUM. (um, i, n.) The metal iron, which see. Ferrum ammoniatum. See Ferr$ammoniaehloridum. Ferrum oxydatum hydratum. The hydrated sesquioxide of iron. See Ferri sesquioxydum hydratum. Ferrum POTABILE. See Ferri polassio-tartras. Ferrum pr.ecipitatum. See Ferri sesquioxydum. » Ferrum salitum. Muriate or chloride of iron. Ferrum tartarizatum. See Ferri potassiotartras. Ferrum vitriolatum. See Ferri sulphas. Ferrureted chyazic acid. Ferrocyaiiic acid. Fersac. The measles have been so called. FERTILE. Fertilis. Fruitful. Applied, 1. In Physiology, to women, and the female of brute animals, which are prolific. 2. In Botany, a flower which produces a seed capable of vegetation, or such as have both stamens and pistils. Fertilization. Impregnation: a term chiefly used in botany. FE'RULA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera. Ferula africana galbanifera. The galbanum plant. See Galbanum. Fkrula ammonifera. The plant now called Dorema ammoniacum. Ferula assafcetida. The systematic name of the assafcetida plant. Assafwtida. A native of Persia. The drug is the inspissated juice, obtained by scarifying the plants. That is accounted best which is clear, of a pale reddish color, and variegated with a great number of white tears. This concrete juice consists of two thirds of gum, and one third of resin and volatile oil, in which its taste and smell reside. It yields all its virtues to alcohol. Triturated with water, it forms a milk-like mixture, the resin being diffused by the medium of the gum. It is the most powerful of all tho fetid gums, and is a most valuable remedy : employed in hysteria, hypochondriasis, flatulent colics, and nervous diseases. Where we wish it to act immediately as an antispasmodic, it should be used in a fluid form, as that of tincture, from half a drachm to two drachms. When in the form of enema, one or two drachms of the solid are to be diffused in eight ounces of warm milk or water. It is sometimes applied externally in the form of plaster as a stimulant and discutient. It is expectorant, emmenagogue, arid a nervous stimulaut. Dose of powder, gr. v. to 9j. Ferula PERSica. Stinking giant fennel. This plant was supposed by Willdenow to yield the Sagapenum. The source whence this drug is derived is still uncertain. See Sagapenum. Ferula tingitana. A species yielding the African ammoniacum. Ferulacca. Bubon galbanum. FE'RVOR. (From ferveo, to boil.) A violent or scorching heat. It designates a sensation much more acute than that termed ardor. Fetlock. A tuft of hair growing behind the pastern-joint of horses. FEVER. (From fervor, a violent heat.) Fevers constitute a class of diseases marked by rigors, increased heat, disturbed circulation,, prostration, and, most commonly, local inflammation of some viscus. They are divided into continued, intermittent, and remittent, or into active and typhoid. The following subdivision, by Pinel, is much more scientific: 1. The Angeio-tenic, or inflammatory fever, situated in the organs of circulation. 2. The Meningo-gastric, or bilious fever, originating in the mucous membrane of the intestines. 3. The Adeno-meningeal, a form of gastric fever, depending on disease of the mucous follicles. 4. The Ataxic, or irregular fever, in which the brain and nervous system aro chiefly affected. 5. The Adynamic, or fever characterized by prostration or depression of the vital powers. For the characteristics of fever and most of the species, see Febris. Fever, adynamic. Typhoid fever. Fever, asthenic. Typhus fever: also used for fevers in which there is great prostration. Fever, asthmatic. An intermittent fever, in which the respiratory function is much disturbed. Fever, ataxo-adynamic. Fevers in which the nervous system is much affected, and when there is great prostration. Fever, bilious. F., bilio-gastric. The common bilious remittent of tho autumn.. Fever, bilious remitting. Yellow fever. Fever, bilious remittent, of infants. See Fever, infantile remittent. Fever, bladdery. Pemphigus. Fever, brain. Phrenitis. Fever, camp. Typhus gravior. Fever, cerebral. Phrenitis. Fever, childbed. Puerperal peritonitis. Fever, congestive. A fever in which there is much oppression, with obscure symptoms, and in which reaction is veiy slow. It is associated with congestion of some viscus, and originates from the action of miasm in warm climates. Fever, contagious. This term is applied to typhus fever usually. Fever, continued. See Febris continua.. Fever, diary. Ephemeral fever. Fever, double. Those forms of complex intermittent in which two paroxysms occur in one day, are termed double quartans, double quotidians, &c. Fever, ephemeral. Simple fever of short duration. Fever, exacerbating. Remittent fever. F I B FIB sever, endemic. F., endemial. Remittent 292 fever. Fever, entero-mesenteric. Typhoid fever. Fever, hospital. Typhus gravior. Fever, icteric. A lever in which jaundice supervenes. Fever, infantile remittent. A low fever occurring in childhood, which resembles in symptoms hydrocephalus, and seems to originate in disturbance of the gastric and intestinal organs. Fever, inflammatory. ' See Synocha. Fever, intermittent. See Ague. Fever, jail. Typhus gravior. Fever, low. Typhus fever. Fever, malignant. Typhus gravior. Fever, milk. The slight febrile disturbance which precedes the secretion of milk in women. Fever, mixed. Synocha. Fever, paludal. Ague. Fever, paroxysmal. Remittent fever. Fever, pestilential. Typhus gravior, when very severe. The plague. Fever, putrid. Typhus gravior. Fever, ship. Typhus gravior. Fever, spotted. A form of typhus gravior attended with sudden prostration, intractable vomiting, spontaneous hemorrhages, or petechia? of a purple or black color. Fever, stranger's. Remittent or yellow fever. Fever, tertian. That form of ague in which the paroxysm returns every third day. Fever, typhoid. Entero-mesenteric fever. Fever with meteorism, rose-colored spots on the abdomen, sudamina, torpor, lesion of Peyer's gland, and enlargement of the spleen.—Copeland. Fever, verminous. Fever produced by the irritation of worms. The bilious remittent fever of children is sometimes so called. Fever, vernal. Ague in the spring. Fever, yellow. A very violent fever, more or less adynamic, and complicated with jaundice and the vomiting of black matter. It is endemic, originates in miasm, and is chiefly confined to the tropics, but sometimes occurs in the autumn, after a hot, moist season, in cities situated in marshy districts. The treatment, where the prostration does not occur at the outset, consists in bleeding and the free use of calomel; but bleeding is often fatal to persons of debilitated constitutions. Feverfew. Matricaria pyrethrum. Fever root. The triosteum perfoliatum. Feverwort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. FEVILLEA CORDIFOLIA. Antidote co- coon. A climbing shrub of the West Indies, the seeds of which are used as a stomachic and hydragogue, and said to be useful as an antidote for poisoning by fish. In large doses they are purgative and emetic. The seeds abound in a mild, oil, which may be extracted by pressure. FI'BRE. (Fibra, ce, f.) A simple filament. Many of the textures of animal and vegetable bodies are manifestly composed of fibres. Fiber. Castor fiber. Fibra sanguinis. Fibrin. FI'BRIL. A small, thread-like fibre; the little roots. Fibrili.je. Minute fibres. FI'BRIN. Fibrine. A protein compound of animals and plants. It exists in the soluble state in blood, and insoluble in muscle. It is obtained readily from fresh blood by beating with twigs, to which it attaches itself in fibres, and maybe washed white. It is elastic, insoluble, tasteless, and inodorous; by long boiling it is, however, partly changed and dissolved. Dried in vacuo, it loses 80 per cent, of water, and becomes homy. Fresh venous or muscular fibrin, triturated with one and a half times its water and one third nitrate of potass, at % temperature of 100° to 120° F., and left for twenty-four hours, becomes gelatinous, and eventually fluid. This does not occur with arterial fibrin, or that long exposed to air. All the forms of fresh fibrin are slowly dissolved by concentrated acetic acid, dilute caustic potass, phosphoric acid, or hydrochloric acid. In solution it closely resembles albumen. Pure fibrin, according to Mulder, consists of, Carbon. . 54-56 Oxygen . 22-13 Hydrogen. 6-90 Phosphorus 0-33 Nitrogen . 15-72 Sulphur . 0-36 This agrees with the formula C400H310N00 OjioP-S., but it is common to use the formula C48H360hN 6 -|-(S.P.) They both contain an ash of from 0 7 to 2-5 per cent, of phosphates of lime, magnesia, &c. The per centage of fibrin in normal blood is, according to Simon, about 0-3, but it is increased in inflammatory diseases to as much as 1-2, and is deficient in chlorosis, &c. Hence the division of diseases into those with excess of fibrin, or hyperinosis, and those with deficiency, or hypinosis. Vegetable fibrin precipitates itself in the fibrous state from vegetable juices. Fibro-cartilage. The fibrous cartilage of the ear, trachea, and other parts of the body. FIBROUS. Fibrosus. Composed of fibres. Fibrous membranes. Those membranes which are made up of fibres. Pathologists designate by this term the periosteum and the various fascia?, more especially those which have a fibrous texture, and differ from the muscular tissues in being of a gelatinous composition. Fibrous nervous tissue. See Nervous matter. FI'BULA. (a, ee,f.', a clasp or brace.) A long bone of the leg. It is situated on the outer side of the tibia, and forms, at its lower end, the outer ankle. Its upper extremity is formed into an irregular head, on the inside of which is a slightly concave articulating surface. Externally, the head of the fibula is rough and protuberant, serving for the attachment of ligaments, and for the insertion of the biceps cruris muscle. Immediately below it, on its inner sido, is a tubercle, from which a part of the gastrocnemius internus has its origin. Immediately below this head the body of the bono begins. It is of a triangular shape, and appears as if it were slightly twisted at each end in a different direction. It is likewise a little curved inward and forward. Of the three angles of the bone, that which is turned toward FIL •FIS 293 the tibia is the most prominent, and serves for the attachment of the interosseous ligament. The lower end of the fibula is formed into a spongy, oblong head, externally rough and convex, internally smooth, and covered with a thin cartilage where it is received by the external triangular depression at the lower end of the tibia. Below this the fibula is lengthened out, so as to form a considerable process, called malleolus externus, or the outer ankle. It is smooth, and covered with cartilage on the inside, where it is contiguous to the astragalus, or first bone of the foot. At the lower and inner part of this process there is a spongy cavity, filled with fat; and a little beyond this, posteriorly, is a cartilaginous groove, for the tendons of the peroneus longus and peroneus brevis, which are here bound down by the ligamentous fibres that' are extended over them. Fi'bular. Appertaining to the fibula; as fibular artery, fibular nerve, &c. Fica'ria. Ranunculus ficaria. Fica'tio. The development of a tubercle of the kind called fiats. FICOI'DEjE. A natural order of shrubby or herbaceous exogens, inhabiting hot sandy plains. They are related to Crassulaceas, Chenopodiaccas, and Silenacca, and especially to Cactacem; but are distinguished by their embryo being curved round mealy albumen, a superior calyx, and perigynous stamens. The succulent leaves of some are eaten, while others yield soda. Ficoi'des. Fig-like. FI'CUS. (us, i, f.; and us, us, f.) 1. A species of condyloma, so named from its being shaped like a fig. 2. A genus of plants. Polygamia. Diascia. Urticaceas. Ficus carica. Tho fig-tree. Carica. Ficus vulgaris. Ficus communis. The fresh fruit is wholesome and laxative; the dried fruit will sometimes disagree. Ficus Indica. See Lacca. Fida. An alchemical name of gold or silver. Fidgets. Restlessness and uneasiness, with a constant desire of changing the position. Fidicina'lis. The lunmricales muscles have also been called fidicinales, for their action in moving the fingers. Fifth pair of nerves. See Nervous system. Fig. Ficus carica. Figwort. Ranunculus ficaria and scrofularia. FIL A'GO. (ago, aginis, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia neccssaria. Composita;. — F. leontopodium. The herb lion'sfoot, formerly used in diseases.— F. pigmas is astringent. FI'LAMENT. (Filamentum; from filum, a thread.) 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to a small, thread-like portion adhering to any part, and frequently synonymous with fibre. 2. In Botany, to the stamen of a flower, which consists of the filament, anther, and pollen. The filament is the column which supports the anther. FILARIA. (a, as, f.) A genus of worms in Rudolphi's classification.— F. Medinensis. The Guinea-worm. It is of a white color, and about the thickness of a violin string; is commonly found in the legs, but sometimes in the muscular part of the arms. While it moves under the skin it creates no trouble; but, in time, the Elace near the mature filaria suppurates. If it e drawn, it excites considerable uneasiness, especially if broken, for the part left within creates intolerable pain. These worms are of different lengths, and may bo three yards and a half long. There is also a species sometimes found in the aqueous humor of the eye, the F. oculi. File'llum. The fromum of the prepuce. File'tum. The fromum of the tongue.—Editors of Castclli. FI'LICES. (Plural of Mse.) Ferns. They are plants which bear then* fruit on the back of the leaf or frond. Filicina. A supposed alkaloid, derived from the root-stock of the male fern. Fiu'cula. Adiantum capillus veneris. Filiform. Filifm-mis. Thread-like. Filipe'ndula. Spiraea filipendula. Filipendula aquatica. (Enautho fistulosa. Filius ante fatrem. Any plant the flower of which comes out before the leaf, as colt'sfoot. FI'LIX. See Polypodium. Filix flqrida. Osmunda regalis. Filix fkmina. Pteris aquilina. Filix mas. Aspidium filix mas. FILLE'T. A ribbon of linen employed by accoucheurs instead of the blunt hook, for the purpose of bringing down the extremities of the foetus in certain presentations. FILTER. A contrivance for filtering. Paper, linen, and woolen cloth are commonly employed. Filtrate. The part which passes through the filter. FILTRATION. (Fillratio; from fdtrum, a strainer.) An operation by means of which a fluid is mechanically separated from solid particles. Filtration is performed through bibulous paper, fine linen, sand, a sponge, charcoal, &c, according to circumstances. Fi'ltrum. A filter. FI'LUM. (um, i, n.) A thread or filament. Filum arsenicale. Sublimed arsenic. FI'MBRIA. (a, The strawberry plant. F R A FR E 301 FRAGI'LITAS OSSIUM. Fragility or brittleness of the bones. See Malacostcon. Fra'gmen. Fragmcntum. A splinter of a bone. Fra'gum. Fragaria vesca. FRAMBCE'SIA. (From framboise, Fr. for a raspberry.) The yaws; a disease that is endemial to the Antilles Islands as well as Africa. It appears with excrescences like mulberries growing out of the skin in various parts of the body, which discharge an ichorous fluid. The ichor possesses contagious properties, and the disease appears but once. The period during which the eruption is in progress varies from a few weeks to several months. " When no more pustules are thrown out," Dr. Winterbottom observes, " and when those already upon the skin no longer increase in size, the disease is supposed to have reached its acme. About this time it happens, on some part of the body or other, that one of the pustules becomes much larger than the rest, equaling or surpassing the size of a half-dollar piece: it assumes the appearance of an ulcer, and, instead of being elevated above the skin, like others, it is considerably depressed; the surface is foul and sloughy, and pours out an ill-conditioned ichor, which spreads very much, by corroding the surrounding sound skin: this is what is called the master or mother yaw." When arrived at its acme, however, the eruption continues a considerable time without undergoing much alteration, often without very materially injuring the functions, and it seldom proves dangerous, except from the mischievous interference of ill-directed art. The master yaw sometimes remains large and troublesome after the rest of the eruption has altogether disappeared. It requires to be treated with gentle escharotics, and soon assumes a healing appearance under these applications. Stronger caustics are requisite for the cure of the crab yaws, or tedious excrescences which occur on the soles of the feet. Fra'ngipan. An extract of milk, made by evaporating skimmed milk to dryness, and mixing with pounded almonds and sugar. It is used to prepare artificial milk. Fra'ngula. Rhamnus frangula. Frankincense. Formerly olibanum, but now the resin of the spruce fir. FRA'SERA. (a, a, f.) 1. The American ¦calamba. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Gentianea. — F. Walteri. F. car- American calumba; false calumba. An indigenous plant, which has a triennial root (radix Fraseri), of a spindle shape, fleshy, of a yellow color, and somewhat resembling calumba. It is a simple bitter, without astnngency, and of no particular value, certainly inferior to calumba. Dose, 3ss. to sj., in powder or infusion. Fraxine'lla. Dictamnus albus. Fra'xinine. A crystallizable bitter principle, obtained from the bark of the Fraxinus excelsior. FRA'XINUS. (us,i, f.) A genus of plants. Polygamia. Dixcia. — F. excelsior. The ashtree. Fraxinus. The bark is bitter, and has been exhibited in intermittents. The seeds are diuretic in the dose of a drachm.— F. ornus. The tree from which manna flows. Many other trees and shrubs have likewise been observed to emit a sweet juice, which concretes upon exposure to the air, and may be considered of the manna kind, especially the F. rotundifolia and excelsior. The best manna is in oblong pieces or flakes, moderately dry, friable, very light, of a whitish or pale yellow color, and in some degree transparent: the inferior kinds are moist, unctuous, and brown. It is a gentle purgative, and is apt, in large doses, to create flatulency and gripes, both of which are prevented by a small addition of some warm carminatives. It purges in doses of from 5j. to fij. The dose for children is from one scruple to three. — F. rotundifolia. This tree also affords manna. Freckle. Ephelis. FREEZING POINT. The degree of cold at which water freezes; it is thirty-two degrees of Fahrenheit. Freezing mixture. Frigorific mixture. A preparation by which a very low degree of cold may be suddenly obtained. Such mixtures are sometimes of great service in surgery, and also furnish the chemist with the means of condensing many preparations, and testing the freezing point of fluids. The following table is by Mr. Walker: Mixtures with Snow. Mixtures. Therm, folia Snow, or pounded ice, two parts, ) C by weight: > «, < to —5° Muriate of soda 1 ) j3 ( Snow or pounded ice . . . 5 i g L Muriate of soda 2>«< to—12 a Muriate of ammonia . . . 1 ) g ( Snow or pounded ice . . . 24 ~\ S ( Muriate of soda 10 I p j t0—l8 ° Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 j ej ) Nitrate of potash . . 5 J S L Snow or pounded ice . . . 12 ) 2 C Muriate of soda 5 ( "} to—25 y Nitrate of ammonia . . . 5 ) ( Dilute sulphuric acid . . . 2 > from-lr-32 0 Snow 3< to—23° Concentrated muriatic acid . 5 ) from-{-32 0 Snow . . . . . . . . 8 < to—27° Concentrated nitrous acid . 4 / from-|-32 0 Snow 7 $ to—30° Muriate of lime 5 > from-f-32° Snow 4 S to—40° Crystal, muriate of lime . . 3 > from- T -32° Snow 2 J to—50° Fused potash ..... 4 "> from-r-32° Snow 3 5 to—51° These mixtures may also be made by the rapid solution of salts, without the use of snow or ice. The salts must be finely powdered, dry, and intimately mixed. Mixtures without Snow. Mixtures. Therm, falls Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 } fi. om _i_5oo Nitrate of potash . . . . 5 > . ino Water .16) 10 Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 ~\ Nitrate of potash .... 5 i from+SO 0 Sulphate of soda . . . . 8( to+lO 0 Water . . 16 J F RI FRO 302 Mixtures. Thorm. ftlto Nitrate of ammonia . . . 1 ) from-f-50 0 Water ........ 1 $ to +4° Nitrate of ammonia ... 1 1 from-l-50 o Carbonate of soda . . . 1 > . "* 7Q Water 1 ) Sulphate of soda .... 3 ) from-f 50° Dilute nitrous acid.... 2 J to — 3° Sulphate of soda .... 6 Muriate of ammonia ... 4 1 from-f-50° Nitrate of potash . ... 21 to—10° Dilute nitrous acid .... 4 J Sulphate of soda . . . . 6 ) {rom+5QO Nitrate ot ammonia . . . 5 > to—14° Dilute nitrous acid .... 4 ) Phosphate of soda .... 9 ) from-|-50 o Dilute nitrous acid .... 4 ( to —12° Phosphate of soda . . . . 9 1 from , 5QO Nitrate of ammonia . . . 6 > to—21° Dilute nitrous acid .... 4 ) Sulphate of soda .... 8 ? from-f-50° Muriatic acid 5 J to — 0° Sulphate of soda .... 5 ? from-f-50° Dilute sulphuric acid ... 4 J to — 3° Fre'missement catairx. The purring tremor. FRE'MITUS. (Latin.) Shuddering. In physical diagnosis, the sensation communicated to the hand iti certain morbid states of the res- piratory organs, and resembling a feeble vibration. Thoracic fremitus may be produced by speaking (vocal fremitus), by coughing (tussive fremitus), by the bubbling of air through fluids in the luug (rhoncal fremitus), by the collision and nibbing together of plastic matter exuded upon the pleural surfaces (rubbing fremitus), and by pulsation of the lung ( pulsatile fremitus.) Fre'na. The sockots of tbe teeth have been so called. French berries. See Rhamnus infectorius. FRIABI'LITY. (Friabilitas; from frio, to crumble.) The property of being easily crumbled or reduced to small particles by pressure. FRI'ABLE. Possessed of friability. Friars' balsam. Tinctura benzoini com- posita. Fric'atorium. A liniment. FRICTION. (Frictio, onis; from frico, to rub.) Friction is a therapeutical agent of considerable power; by means of it, the circulation is stimulated in debilitated parts, and medicinal substances are made to penetrate the pores of the skin. Friction, sound of. In auscultation, the sound of friction, or bruit de frottement, is a sound which is heard when there is consider- able roughness on the surface of tho pulmonary or costal pleura. It is synchronous with the respiratory movements. Friesland green. Brunswick green. FRIGI'DITY. FrigidUas. 1. A sensation of coldness. 2. Impotence. 3. Frigidity of the stomach. The Anorexia exhaustorum (Sauv.) is a want of appetite arising from excessive venery or other exhaustion. Frigori'fic. Possessed of the power of inducing cold. Frigorific m-xturk. See Freezing mixture. Fri'gus. Cold. Frigus tenuo. A rigor. FRITILLARIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacca. — F. imperialis. The crown imperial has an ac rid bulb, which has been used as a resolvent, externally applied. Frog tongue. Ranula. FROLE'MENT. (French.) Touching lightly, or grazing. Used to designate a slight rustling sound in diseases of the heart — the Frolement pericardique, or rustling noise of the pericardium. It resembles the rustling of a thick silk, and accompanies the systole and diastole of the heart, indicating a roughness of the pericardium, produced by thickening from disease. Frond. The leaves of ferns and lichens are so called. FRO'NS. (s, tit, f. or m.) 1. The forehead. 2. (front, dis, f.) The leaf of cryptogamous plants, to signify that tho stem, root, and leaf are all in one, as in ferns, fuci, &c. FRO'NTAL. (Frontalis; from frons, the forehead.) Belonging to the forehead. Frontal artery. The arteria supra-orbitalis, a branch of the ophthalmic distributed to the muscles of the forehead. Frontal bone. See Frontis os. Frontal nerve. A branch of the ophthal mic nerve derived from the fifth pair. Frontal sinus. See Frontis os. Frontal spine. The spine or ridge on the inner side, aud centrally, of the os frontis, to which the falx cerebri is attached. Frontalis. See Frontal. Frontalis verus. See Corrugator supercilii. Fro'ntis os. The frontal bone. Os coronale. Os inverecundum. The external surface of this bone is smooth at its upper convex part, but below several cavities and processes are observed. At each angle of the orbits the bone juts out to form two internal and two external processes; and the ridge under the eyebrow, on each side, is called the superciliary process, from which the orbitar processes extend backward, forming the upper part of tho orbits; and between these tho ethmoid bone is received. The nasal process is situated between the two internal angular processes. At the internal angular process is a cavity for the caruncula lachrymalis; and at the external, another for the pulley of the major oblique muscle. The foramina are three on each side: one in each superciliary ridge, through which a nerve, artery, and vein pass to the integuments of the forehead ; a second near the middle of tho Internal side of the orbit, called internal orbitar; the third is smaller, and lies about an inch deeper in the orbit. On the inside of the os frontis there is a ridge (the frontal spine), which is hardly perceptible at the upper part, but grows more prominent at the bottom, where the foramen ceecum appears; to this ridge the falx is attached. The frontal sinus is placed over the orbit on each side: except at this part the frontal bone is of mean thickness between the parietal aud occipital, but the orbitar process is so thiu as to be almost trauspareut. Fronto-acthmoid forames. The foramen coecum of the os frontis. F U L FUM blowpipe, when assayed, as they begin to cool below the red heat. 303 FROST-BITE. A state of numbness, with diminished or arrested circulation in a part, more especially the toes, ears, and nose, from their exposed position, arising from the action of severe cold. Unless this condition be relieved, the part becomes mortified and sloughs off. The circulation is restored by friction, especially with flannel; by the action of water Blightly warm, but not hot; and by stimulating frictions and lotions; but before the latter are applied it is necessary to restore the organ in some degree, otherwise, if used at first, they would lead to injurious consequences. FRUCTIFICATION. (Fructiftcatio, onis, f.; from fructus, fruit, and facio, to make.) Under this term are comprehended the flowers and the fruit of a plant. F R U' C T U S. (us, us, m. ; afruor.) The fruit of a tree or plant. By this term is understood, in Botany, the produce of the germen, consisting of the seed-vessel and seed. Fructus acido-dulces. Subacid fruits. Frugi'vorous. Feeding on fruits. Fruit. Fructus. Fruit-stalk. Pedunculus. Frumenta'ceous. Frumentaccus. Applied to plants like wheat. FRUME'NTUM. (um, i, m.) Wheat; also, all the cerealia, the grains of which make bread. Frutesce'ntia. Frutescence. The mature state of a fruit. FRU'TEX. (ex, icis, m.) A shrub. Frutico'se. Frulicosus. Shrubby. FU'CUS. (us, i, m.) A sea weed. Cryptogamia. Alga;. — F. bacci'ferus. Gulf-weed is eaten raw or pickled.— F. digitatus. Sea girdle and hangers. It affords soda.— F. edulis. Red dulce is eaten raw or broiled, when it tastes like roasted oysters. — F. esculentus. F. teres. F. fimbriatus. Daberlocks. Edible fucus. It has a broad, plain, simple, swordshaped leaf, springing from a pinnated stalk.— F. helminthocorton. This plant has great repute in destroying all species of intestinal worms!— F. natans. Sea lentil. Said to be useful against some forms of dysuria. — F. palmatus. Handed fucus. Dulce. Consists of a thin-lobed leaf like a hand, and is eaten either raw, boiled, or broiled.— F. pinnatifidus. Pepper dulce is warm, like cresses.— F. saccharinus. Sweet fucus is very sweet, and when diy, exudes a substance like sugar. — F. vesiculosus. The sea oak. Sea wrack. Bladder wrack. Burned in the open air, and reduced to a black powder, it forms the JEthiops vegetalilis of the shops, which, as an internal medicine, is similar to burned sponge, containing a considerable quantity of iodine. FUGA'CIOUS. Fugax. (From fugere, to fly.) Fading or perishing quickly. A descriptive term, much used in botany, to distinguish between organs which rapidly fade away and those which are persistent; also used m pathology, as fugacious redness, &c. FU'LCRUM. (um, i, n.) A prop or support. The roots, branches, and trunk were called fulcra. FULGU'RATION. In Chemistry, a sudden brilliancy emitted by gold and silver before the Fuli'ginous. Fuliginosus. 1. Sooty, or full of smoke. 2. Of a dark brown color. FULI'GO. (o, onis, f.; quasi fumiligo; from fumus, smoke.) Soot. Wood-soot. Fuligo ligni. It has a pungent, bitter, and nauseous taste. The tincture prepared from this substance, tinctura fuliginis, has been recommended as a powerful antispasmodic in hysterical affections. FULIGO'KALI. (From fuligo, soot, and kali, potassa.) A remedy for chronic cutaneous diseases, prepared by boiling 100 parts of soot and 20 parts of potassa in water, then filtering and evaporating the solution. A sulphureted fuligokali is prepared by dissolving 14 parts of potassa and 5 of sulphur in water, then adding 60 parts of fuligokali, evaporating, and drying the residuum. Fuller's earth. An argillaceous earth Fulminating gold. Spe Aurum. Fulminating mercury. See Mercury Fulminating platina. See Platina. Fulminating silver. See Argentum Fulmination. Detonation. FULMI'NIC ACID. It exists in fulminates, but has not been separated. It is bibasic— Cy 2 0 2 -|-2HO. Fullness of blood. Plethora. Fumans nix. Quick lime. FUMA'RIA. (a, a:, f.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Papaveraceat. — F. bullosa. The root was formerly given to restore the suppressed menses, and as an anthelmintic. — F. officinalis. The fumitory Fumaria. The infusion of the dried leaves, or the expressed juice of the fresh plant, was esteemed for its property of clearing the skin of many disorders of the leprous kind. Fuma'ric acid. An acid existing in fumaria and Iceland moss; also derived by heating the maleic acid. Fumigating pastilles. A preparation for the purpose of burning in sick rooms, and yielding an agreeable odor; they are made of fine charcoal, nitre, and cascarilla bark powdered, or gum benzoin, and united with mucilage. FUMIGA'TION. (Fumigatio, onis, f.; from fumus, smoke.) The application of fumes, to destroy contagious miasmata or effluvia. The most efficacious substances for this purpose are chlorine, chloride of lime, the vapor of nitric acid, and that of the muriatic. Fuming liquor of Boyle. Fuming liquor of Beguine. Hydrosulphuret of ammonia. Fuming liquor of Cadet. Fuming liquor of arsenic. Chloride of arsenic. Fuming liquor of Libavius. Bichloride of tin. Fuming acid of Nordhausen. The concentrated sulphuric acid obtained by distilling green vitriol. It consists of two atoms of sulphuric acid and one of water. Fumitory. Fumaria officinalis. FUMUS. (us, i, m.) Smoke. Fumus albus. Mercury. Fumus citrinus. • Sulphur. Fumus duplex. Sulphur and mercury. Fumus rubens. Orpiment. FUN FUN 304 Fumus terras. Fumitory. FUNCTION. (Functio, onis, f.) Iu Physiology, any action by which vital phenomena are produced. The functions of the living body are now generally distributed into, 1. Those of nutrition, embracing digestion, absorption, circulation, secretion, assimilation, and the evolution of heat. 2. Those of relation, embracing sensation, the intellectual and moral phenomena, the voice, and voluntary motion. 3. The generative functions, or those which relate to the perpetuation of the species, including coition, gestation, parturition, and lactation. We have also a subdivision into organic and animal functions, the latter being the functions of relation, and the former the fiuictions of nutrition and generation. Fu'nda. 1. A four-headed bandage used in injuries of the face, especially fracture of the lower jaw; called, also, funda Galcni and funda maxillaris. 2. The sling used by obstetricians. Funda Galeni. See Funda. Funda maxillaris. See Funda. Fundament. (Fundamcntum, i, n.) The anus. Fundament, falling down of. Prolapsus ani. FU'NDUS. (us, i, m. Latin.) The base or bottom of an organ; a term much used in anatomy, as fundus uteri, &c. FU'NGI. (Plural of fungus.) An order of the class Cryptogamia, including mushrooms, toadstools, puffballs, &c. Fungic acid. The expressed juice of fungi, boiled to coagulate the albumen, then filtered. Fu'ngiform. Fungiformis. Resembling a fungus. Fungiform papilla:. The papilla- near the edges of the tongue have been so called. Fu'ngin. The fleshy part of mushrooms, de- { rived by alcohol and water of the soluble parts, t is azotized, and highly nutritious. Fungo'id. Fungoides. Somewhat resembling a mushroom. Fungo'id disease. Fungus haematodes. Fungo'sity. A fungous ulcer or excrescence. FUNGOUS. Fungosus. Similar to a fungus. Fungous ulcer. See Ulcer. FU'NGUS. (us, i, m.) 1. In Surgery, a luxuriant and unhealthy growth of a texture softer than that which is natural to the part from which it springs. 2. In Botany, the name of an order of plants in the Linnaean system, belonging to the class Cryptogamia. Fungus articuli. Spina ventosa. Fungus, bleeding. Fungus haematodes. Fungus cerebralis. Encephaloid. Fungus cerebri. Hernia cerebri. Fungus hasmatodes. Spongoid inflammation. Soft cancer. Medullary sarcoma. A peculiar form of malignant disease, having a remarkable similarity to the substance of the brain. Most commonly it presents itself in masses, contained in fine membranous partitions; but it has three varieties, as originally pointed out by Laennec. The first is the encysted, which varies from the size of a filbert to that of an apple. The unencysted, which may be very small, but in other instances obtains the magnitude of a child's head. Its exterior is not so irregular as that of the encysted, though divided into lobules, with fissures between them. The infiltrated or diffused consists of masses, which are not circumscribed, and the medullary substance presents a diversified appearance, in consequence of its being blended in various proportions with the tissues among which it is produced. It is generally of the same consistence as the cerebral medulla, but sometimes much softer. It varies also in color: in some instances it is quite white; in others light red; and it has occasionally been found to be of a deep red color. A section of the tumor exhibits numerous bloody points. A vascular organization is conspicuous in it, and as the coats of its vessels are remarkably delicate, the circulation of the blood through them is readily interrupted ; hemorrhage from congestive rupture takes place; and the effused blood is mixed with the brain-like matter. When superficial, medullary sarcoma begins as a colorless swelling, soft and elastic to the touch, unless bound down by a fascia, in which case it has a firm, tense feel. When immediately subcutaneous, it is elastic, and hence liable to be mistaken for a tumor containing fluid. When it occurs in the testicle, it is frequently supposed at first to be hydrocele. Like cancer, it has a tendency to spread to the absorbent glands, which become converted into a similar substance. In every sense of the expression, it is a new formation, an adventitious growth, whether situated in the cellular membrane, in the tissue of the muscles, in that of the viscera, or within the orbit, or in any cavity, or on any surface of the body. When it occurs in deep-seated parts, it has an invariable tendency to make its way to the surface; and, when this happens, a considerable swelling arises, the skin at length becomes thin and discolored, and, from being at first smooth, now projects irregularly; openings are formed in these projections, and a medullary growth springs up, which sometimes bleeds profusely. It is only at this period of the disease that the name of fungus haematodes is at all applicable; and even now it is not very correct, as the mass is not a fungus, but a substance of medullary consistence. Medullary sarcoma seems to be a constitutional disease, and rarely confined to one organ. It has been observed in the eye, the brain, the lungs, the heart, the liver, the spleen, the kidneys, the bladder, the uterus, the ovaries, the mamma?, the mesenteric glands, the dura mater, the bones, and the thyroid gland. It may commence in almost every texture, or upon every surface. Sometimes it originates in the antrum, from which it extends to the brain, through the orbit. An early symptom of this terrible and very common organic disease is a wan, pale complexion, such as is remarkably indicative of what may be termed a fatal organic disease. Medullary sarcoma is not uncommon in young subjects and persons below the middle age, whereas cancer chiefly attacks individuals between the ages of forty-five and fifty, or older persons. With regard to the treatment, we FUR FT A fj 305 know of no medicine which can correct the state of the constitution upon which this disease depends. The only chance of curing it is by the removal of the tumor at an early period of its formation, before the lymphatic glands and several other parts of the body have become affected. Thus, if the disease has extended up the spermatic cord, castration will be of no avail. Extirpation seldom brings a radical cure. Fungus igniarius. Boletus igniarius. Fungus la'ricis. Boletus laricis. Fungus medullaris. 1. Fungus hajmatodes. 2. An encephaloid tumor. Fungus melitensis. See Cynomorium. Fungus petrasus. Agaricus mineralis. Fungus phalloides. Phallus impudicus. Fungus rosaceus. See Bedcguar. Fungus salicis. Boletus suaveolens. Fungus sambucinus. Peziza auricula. FUNI'CULUS. (Funiculus; diminutive of funis, a cord.) A little cord. Funiculus spermaticus. The spermatic ;ord. Funiculus umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. Funiculus varicosus. Cirsocele. Funis arborum. Smilax kevis. Funis umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. Funnel-shaped. Infundibuliform. Furca'le os. Furcella. Furcula. The clavicle. FURCA'TUS. Furcate; forked. Furcella. See Furcate os. Furce'lla inferior. Tho ensiform cartilage. Fu'rcula. The clavicle. Furcula superior. The upper bone of the sternum, and also the clavicle. FU'RFUR. (ur, uris, m.) 1. Bran. 2. Pityriasis. Furfura'ceous. Furfuraceus. A term applied to the bran-like sediment occasionally deposited in the urine. Furfura'tio. Pityriasis. FURNACE. (Furnus, i, m.) The furnaces employed in chemical operations are of three kinds: 1. The cvaporatory furnace, which has received its name from its use: it is employed to reduce substances into vapor by means of heat, in order to separate the more fixed principles from those which are more volatile. 2. The reverberatory furnace, which name it has received from its construction, the flame being prevented from rising, but made to play over an arched surface. It is appropriated to distillation. 3. The forge furnace, in which the current of air is determined by bellows. Furnace cadmia. Tutty or tuttia. FURNUS. j(us, i, m.) A furnace. Furnus ane'mius. A wind furnace. Furor uterinus. See Nymphomania. Furuncle. A boil or furunculus; also called a sthenic furuncle. Furuncular anthrax. Anthrax, which see. Furunculi ventriculus. The core of a boil.— Celsus. FURU'NCULUS. F. verus. F. lenignus. (From furo, to rage; so named from its heat and inflammation before it suppurates.) A boil. An inflammatory, circumscribed, and very painful swelling immediately under the skin. It seldom exceeds the size of a pigeon's egg. It always has a central core, and is mostly found in persons in strong health, and in the vigor of youth. Sometimes, however, boils occur in cachectic habits. A boil always suppurates, and sooner or later discharges its contents. This disease rarely requires medical or surgical treatment, unless the person has many, and then bleeding and purging are required in plethoric constitutions, and an alterative course of sarsaparilla in weak and unhealthy ones. Furunculus gangrasnosus. F. malignus. Anthrax. Fuselol. Fousel oil; oil of grain spirits. FUSIBILITY. The susceptibility of fusion. FUSIBLE. Possessed of fusibility. Fusible calculus. See Calculi, urinary. Fusible metal. A combination of three parts of lead with two of tin and five of bismuth. It melts at 197° F. FU'SIFORM. Fusiformis. Spindle shaped. FUSION. (Fusio; from fundo, to pour out.) A chemical process, by which bodies are made to pass from the solid to the liquid state, in consequence of the application of heat. The chief objects susceptible of this operation are salts, sulphur, and metals. Salts are liable to two kinds of fusion: the one, which is peculiar to saline matters, is owing to water contained in them, and is called aqueous fusion; the other, which arises from the heat alone, is known by the name of igneous fusion. FUSTIC. A dye-wood, derived from the Morus tinctoria. There is also another dye, called young fustic, derived from the Rhus co~ tinus, or Italian sumach. Ftada. An alchemical name of mercury. GAL GAL 306 G. The symbol for glucinum. Among the Greeks, an ounce weight. Gabal. See Cabala. Gabbara. A mummy. Gabia'num oleum. Petroleum rubrum. Gabi'rea. Ta6ipca. A kind of myrrh. GADUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of fishes, order Jugulares, including the codfish, haddock, and the Baltic torsk. Gadus mo'rrhua. The codfish. This fish, well known in our markets, abounds in the Northern seas. Its flesh is white, and is much eaten. When salted, it is also well-flavored and in general esteem. Tho liver oil is officinal. See Oleum jccoris asclli. Gagel. Myrica gale. GALA'CTIA. (a, as, f.; from yala, lac, milk; or yaXaKTivog, lactcus, milky.) Mislactation: a genus of disease in Good's nosology, embracing defective, excessive, vitiated, premature, erratic, and other morbid secretions of the milk. Galactic acid. Lactic acid. Galactina. Aliment prepared with milk. Galactinus. Food made of milk. GALACTIRRHOZ'A. (a, «?, f.; from yala, milk, and pen, to flow.) An excess or overflow of milk. Galactites. A calcareous mineral of the ancients, used as an astringent and as a promoter of milk. Galactode'ndron utile. Tho cow or milk tree of South America. GALACTO'PHORUS. Galactophorous. (From yala, milk, and oo), to drive in a nail.) Gomphoma. A species of immovable connection of bones, in which one bone is fixed in another, like a nail in a board, as the teeth in the alveoli of the jaws. GO'NAGRA. (a, ae, f.; from yovv, the knee, and ay pa, a seizure.) The gout in the knee. Gona'lgia. See Gonyalgia. Gongro'na. Bronchocele. Gongy'lion. A pill. GONIO'METER. (From yuvia, an angle, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument for measuring angles, especially those of crystals. GONORRHOEA, (a, ce, f.; from yovv, the semen, and peu, to flow.) 1. A flow or discharge of semen. Spermatorrhoea. As a disease, it is an involuntarry emission of thg seminal fluid without copulation. It is mostly caused by an indulgence of libidinous ideas, sometimes with an erection of and sometimes without. Gonorrhoea dormientium. If it takes place in strong and vigorous constitutions, and especially from a superabundant secretion of seminal fluid, the best remedies are blood-letting and purgatives, with a low and abstemious diet, and regular exercise. Or it may arise in relaxed persons: this is the gonorrhoea laxorum, and requires that sexual intercourse should be forbidden, and the system invigorated by cold sea-bathing, &c. 2. The clap is also called gonorrhoea, from an old notion that the discharge consisted of semen. The gonorrhoea benigna is supposed to arise from irritation, unconnected with venereal contamination, and gonorrhoea virulenta, maligna, or venerea, when it arises from the application of the venereal virus. See Urethritis. Gonorrhoea balani. A gonorrheal discharge, affecting the glans penis only. Gonorrhce'al. Relating to the clap, or gonorrhoea virulenta. GONYA'LGIA. (a, a, f.; from yovv, the knee,,and aXyor, pain.) Gonialgia. Gcnalgia. Pain in the knee. Goose. Anser domesticus. Goose-foot. Chenopodium. Goose-grass. Goose-share. Galiumaparine. GO'RDIUS. (us, i,m.) A genus of animals. Class, Annelides. Order, Abranchia. — G. aquaticus. The hair-tail worm", or Seta equina, found in stagnant marshes.— G. mcdinensis. See Filaria medinensis. GO'RGET. The name given to an instrument used in the operation of lithotomy. Gorgets are of two kinds, cutting and blunt. The cutting gorget is a kind of knife, furnished with a beak, which runs in the groove of the staff, so that the gorget being pushed along it, divides the neck of the bladder and the prostate gland. The blunt gorget is merely a sort of large directory for guiding the forceps into the bladder. The gorget is now seldom used, the cutting one being superseded by a simple knife, and the blunt one by the use of the finger. The gorget for fistula in ano is a wooden staff or bougie, to receive the point of the bistoury when it cuts through the intestine. GORGO'NIA. A genus of corals.— G. anti'pathes. Antipathes. Black coral was formerly used in epilepsy. GOSSY'PIUM. ( M m, ii, n.) 1. Cotton. 2. A genus of plants. Monadclphia. Polyandria. Malvacea;. — G. herbaceum. The cotton plant. Go'tium. A goitre. See Bronchocele. Goulard's cerate. The ceratum plumbi subacetatis (U. S.). Goulard's extract. A saturated solution of acetate of lead. See Liquor plumbi subacetatis. Gourd, bitter. Cucumis colocynthis. Gourd-worm. Distoma hepaticum. GOUT. Several names are given to this disease, according to the part affected; as arthritis, podagra, chiragra. It has also been called dolor podagricus, febris podagrica, Sec. It is characterized by pain in the joints, chiefly of the great toe, or, at any rate, chiefly of the feet and hands, returning at intervals, with more or less of swelling, and redness of the skin, the functions of the stomach being mostly disturbed previous to the attack. It is a very painful disease, preceded usually by flatulency and indigestion, and accompanied by fever, pains in the joints of the hands and feet, particularly in that of the great toe, and which returns by paroxysms, occurring chiefly in the spring and beginning of winter. It most frequently attacks the male sex, particularly those of a corpulent habit and robust frame, who use wine and luxurious eating. It seldom attacks before forty. There are three species: 1. The regular Gout. —A paroxysm sometimes comes on suddenly, without any previous warning; at other times it is preceded by an unusual coldness of the feet and legs, a suppression of perspiration in them, and numb ness, or a sense of prickling along the whole of the lower extremities; and with these symptoms the appetite is diminished, the stomach is G o u GO U 318 troubled with flatulency and indigestion, a degree of torpor and languor is felt over the whole body, great lassitude and fatigue are experienced after the least exercise, the body is costive, and the urine pallid. The pain is intense, and resembles that of a dislocated bone, and is attended with the sensation of cold; and this pain becoming more violent, is succeeded by rigors and other febrile symptoms, together with a severe throbbing and inflammation in the part. Sometimes both feet become swelled and inflamed, so that neither of them can be put to the ground; nor can the patient endure the least motion without suffering excruciating pain. In a few hours ho falls asleep, and a gentle sweat breaks out, and terminates the paroxysm, a number of which constitutes what is called a fit of the gout. The duration of the fit will be longer or shorter, according to the disposition of the body to the disease, the season of the year, and the age and strength of the patient. When a. paroxysm has thus taken place, although there is an alleviation of pain at the expiration of some hours, still the patient is not entirely relieved from it, aud for some evenings successively he has a return both of pain and fever, which continue, with more or less violence, until morning. At first, an attack of gout occurs, perhaps, only once in two or three years; then every year, and at length it becomes more frequent, and is more severe, and of longer duration, each succeeding lit. In the progress of the disease, various parts of the body are affected, and translations take place from one joint or limb to another; and, after frequent attacks, tho joints lose their strength and flexibility, and become so stiff as to be deprived of all motion. Concretions of a chalky appearance are likewiso formed upon the outside of the joints, and nephritic affections arise from a deposit of the same kind of matter in them, which, although fluid at first, becomes gradually dry aud firm. This matter is chiefly a compound of the uric acid and soda, and other urates. 2. Atonic Gout. —It sometimes happens that, although a gouty diathesis prevails in the system, yet, from certain causes, no inflammatory affection of tho joints is produced; in which case the stomach becomes particularly affected, and the patient is troubled with flatulency, indigestion, loss of appetite, eructations, nausea, vomiting, and severe pains; and these affections are often accompanied with much dejection of spirits, aud other hypochondriacal symptoms. This is what is called atonic gout. A great variety of anomalous symptoms are referrible to the same source. 3. Podagra relrograda. —Retrocedent gout. After the inflammation has occupied a joint, instead of its continuing the usual time, and going off gradually, it ceases suddenly, and is translated to some internal part. The term retrocedent gout is applied to occurrences of this nature. When it falls on the stomach, it occasions nausea, vomiting, anxiety, or great pain; when on the heart, it brings on syncope; when on the lungs, it produces an affection resembling asthma; and when it occupies the head, it is apt to give rise to apoplexy, or palsy. 4. Misplaced Gout is when the gouty diatnesis, instead of producing the inflammatory affection of the joints, occasions an inflammatory affection of some internal parts, and which appears from the same symptoms that attend the inflammation of those parts from other causes. Besides the more easily recognized forms of gout, there is no doubt that the gouty diathesis gives rise to a specific inflammation of various membranous parts. This is exemplified in the gouty form of iritis. (See Iritis.) It appears also to exert, occasionally, a pernicious influence on the nervous system; and Beer admits a distinct form of gouty amaurosis. In attempting the cure of this disease, our attention must be directed to the paroxysm, and to the management during its absence; and particularly to the state of the constitution and previous habits, which may demand different and opposite plans. Treatment of the Paroxysm of a regular Fit of Gout. —The practice is to endeavor to subdue the paroxysm by bleeding, leeches, purgatives, sudorifics, local astringents, refrigerants, &c, so managed as to prevent any danger of repelling the gout to some internal organ, and thus converting a regular paroxysm into a retrograde or atonic gout. The medicine which is most used during this fit, and which possesses the power of shortening its duration, and sometimes of hindering the access, is the Vinum colchici, prepared either from the roots or seeds. It is administered in doses of 3j., combined with carbonate of magnesia, every two or three hours, until purging or vomiting aro produced. It is, however, to be used with great caution, as it often irritates the stomach and heart. In atonic gout, our uniform attempt should be to produce a transfer from the part on which it has seized, and fix it in the extremities: in retrocedent gout, on the contrary, to render the vacillating attack on the extremities more per manent, and prevent it from shifting to any other qu.'irter. To obtain the first intention, we have to strengthen and even stimulate the system generally by warm tonics and a generous diet, and, above all things, to take off the severe suffering, it may consist, from the affected organ: for the longer tho fit continues there, the less capable is it of any instinctive remedial exertion. At the same time, we may solicit the paroxysm to the extremities by putting the feet into warm water. In atonic gout, the sufferings, though widely different according to the seat of the disease, are almost insupportable. In the head the pain is maddening, or the disorder is accompanied with great horror, or resembles the stupor of apoplexy: in the stomach there is a faintness like that of death, with the sense of weight and coldness; or there is a gnawing or a burning agony, or a spasmodic stricture which seems to cut the body in two, and renders breathing almost impossible; often, also, accompanied with a rapid and sinking palpitation of the heart. It is of importance to determine accurately that these anomalous symptoms are really those of gout, of which we nave chiefly to judge from the general character of the patient's con- G R A G R A 319 etitution, his hereditary predisposition, habits of life, and the ailments to which he has been previously subject. In most cases, too, during the paroxysm, and especially where the stomach is affected, the warmest cordials are necessary : as brandy, the aromatic spirit of ammonia, spiritus sctheris nitrosi, or the tincture of ginger or of capsicum. Sinapisms, hot applications externally, are to be freely used; but our sheetanchor is opium; and it should be given freely, and in union with some preparations of antimony, so as to act toward the surface generally, and thus to restore to tho living power its interrupted equilibrium. In gout, the intervals of this disease are of as much importance to be attended to as its paroxysms. A cautious change of diet, from excess of wine to a moderate use, plain food, regular exercise, the use of the bath and fleshbrush, a regular state of the bowels, and suitable clothing, are the essential steps toward a cure. All that irritates or weakens nervous energy, as excessive study or vCnery, must be controlled. Where the system, and especially the digestive function, is weak, it will be necessary to superadd a course of invigorating medicines, as stimulants, bitters, and astringents. Where uric acid gravel is a common symptom, doses of phosphate of soda, of -y. daily, dissolved in a quart of water or ordinary beverage, may be used to obviate any tendency to the formation of calculus. Gout, diaphragmatic. Angina pectoris. Gout, rheumatic Acute rheumatism, especially in the extremities. Gout-stone. See Chalk-stone. Gout-weed. See yEgopodium. Gouttes d'or du General Lamotte. De Lamotte's golden drops. A medicine prepared by dissolving nitrate of gold in alcohol. It has gained great reputation in gout and nervous diseases, in which, however, there is no reason to believe that it possesses any real efficacy. Gouty amaurosis. See Amaurosis. Gouty concretions. See Gout. Gouty iritis. See Iritis. Gowland's lotion. This is made by triturating an ounce of bitter almonds, and two ounces of sugar, with two pounds of distilled water; then adding to the strained liquor two scruples of corrosive sublimate, previously ground with two drachms of rectified alcohol. It is used in obstinate cutaneous diseases. GRA'CILIS. (So named from its slenderness.) Rectus interior femoris, sive gracilis interior of Winslow. A long, straight, and slender muscle of the thigh, situated immediately under the integuments, at the inner part. It arises, by a broad and thin tendon, from the anterior part of the ischium and pubis, and soon becoming fleshy, descends nearly in a straight direction along the inside of the thigh. A little above the knee, it terminates in a slender and roundish tendon, which afterward becomes flatter, and is inserted into the middle of the tibia, behind and under the sartorius. This muscle assists in bending the thigh and leg inward. GRAIN. Granum. A weight, the 60th part of a drachm, and r | ff of an ounce troy or apothecaries. Gkains of paradise. See Amomum granum paradisi. GRA'MEN. (en, inis, n.) Grass. Any kind of grass-like herb. Gramen arundinaceum. See Calamagrostis. Gramen caninum. Triticum repens. Gramen crucis cyperioidis. Gramen eegyptiacum. Egyptian cock's-foot grass, or grass of the cross. The roots and plants are diuretic. Gra'mia. The sordes of the eyes. Graminaccm. The natural family of the grasses. Gra'mma. A scrapie. Gra'mme. 1. The iris. 2. A French weight, 15*434 grains Troy. Granadi'lla. The passion-flower. The fruit is refrigerating. Guana actes. Elder-berries. Ghana FINA. G.nigra. G.jaspeada. Cochineal. Grana moi.lucca. Grana tiglia. The seeds of the Croton tiglium. See Croton tiglium. Grana moschata. The seeds of the hibiscus abelmoschus. Grana paradisi. See Amomum granum paradisi. Ghana sylvestria. Granilla. A variety of the cochineal. Granatri'stum. A carbuncle.— Paracelsus. GRANA'TUM. (um, i, n.; from granum, a grain, because it is full of seed.) The pomegranate. See Punica granatum. Grandino'sus. The os cuboides. Gra'ndo. Chalazion. Grani'ferus. Bearing grain. Gra'nular disease of the kidney. Bright'a disease of the kidney. Granular liver. Cirrhosis of the liver GRANULATED ZINC. Zinc which is re duced to small masses by pouring the melted metal in small quantities into water. GRANULA'TION. (Granulatio, onis, f.; from granum, a grain.) 1. In Surgery, the little grain-like fleshy bodies form on the surfaces of ulcers aud suppurating wounds, and serve both for filling up the cavities and bringing nearer together and uniting their sides, are called granulations. The color of healthy granulations is a deep florid red. When livid they are unhealthy, and have only a languid circulation. Healthy granulations, on an exposed or flat surface, rise nearly even with the surface of the surrounding skin, and often a little high er; but when they exceed this, and tak) on a growing disposition, they are unhealthy, become soft, spongy, and without any disposition to form skin. Healthy granulations are always prone to unite to each other, so as to be the means of uniting parts. 2. In Chemistry, the method of dividing metallic substances into grains or small particles, in order to facilitate their combination with other substances, and sometimes for the purpose of readily subdividing them by weight. Granula'tus. Granulated. 1. In Surgery, applied to ulcers. 2. In Botany, beaded. Gra'nule. Granulum. A little grain. GRA'NUM. (um, i, n.) A grain or kernel. Granum cnidium. Daphne inczereum. GR A GU A 320 Granum infectorium. See Kermcs. Granum kermes. See Kermes. Granum moscht. See Hibiscus. Granum paradisi. See Amomum. Granum regium. The castor oil seed. Granum tiglii. Croton tiglium. Granum tinctoria:. See Kermes. Grape. See Vitis vinifcra. Grape sugar. See Glucose. Graphioi'des. An epithet of the styloid -processes of the temporal bone and ulna. Graphi'scus. Cyalhiscus. Generally used by the Greek writers to signify a scoop or probe with a hollow at the end of it. Graph'ite. Graphites. Plumbafip, or black lead. Grassa. Borax. Grass oil of namur. A volatile oil derived from the andropogon nardoides. GRATPOLA. (a, moptysis. Thus produced it is called hcemoptysis plethorica: sometimes it is produced by external violence, and this is called hcemoptysis violenta : calculous matter, irritating and eroding the vessels, causes the species denominated hcemoptysis calculosa: vomica? bursting in the lungs, and ulcerating the vessels, gives rise to the hcemoptysis phthisica: and when the bleeding is caused by the suppression of some customary evacuation, it is termed hcemoptysis vicar ia. A spitting of blood arises most usually between the ages of sixteen and twenty-five, from any violent exertion, as likewise by wounds, plethora, weak vessels, hectic fever, coughs, irregular living; or it may be vicarious or symptomatic. It is often a symptom in pleurisy, peripneumony, and many fevers, and often arises, and is the presage of a favorable termination. It was long supposed that the discharge of blood from the lungs was. always connected with the rupture of vessels; but it is now well ascertained that, in many cases of haemoptysis, the blood simply exudes from the bronchial membrane without any breach of structure, and HEM HAL 325 that even a fatal hemorrhage may arise from this source". Unless the discharge of blood be excessive, haemoptysis is seldom attended with immediate danger to life, but it is nevertheless generally a formidable symptom, as being connected with Home organic lesion of tho thoracic viscera. Sometimes the hemorrhage is so profuse as to be fatal; and occasionally, owing to the rupture of a large vessel, the lungs are inundated with blood, and the patient dies instantaneously. See Apoplexy, pulmonary. In this hemorrhage, which is mostly of the active kind, the antiphlogistic regimen must be strictly observed, particularly avoiding heat, muscular exertion, and agitation of the mind, and restricting the patient to a light, cooling, vegetable diet. Acidulated drink will be useful to quench the thirst, without too much liquid being taken. Where the blood is discharged copiously, but no great quantity has been lost already, it will be proper to attempt to check it by bleeding freely, if the habit will allow: and sometimes, where there is pain in the chest, local evacuations and blisters may be useful. Digitalis is also a proper remedy, particularly where the pulse is very quick, from its sedative influence on the heart and arteries. Antimonials in nauseating doses have sometimes an excellent effect, as well by checking the force of the circulation, as by promoting diaphoresis; ,and opium, or some other narcotic, to relieve pain and quiet cough, which may, perhaps, keep up the bleeding. Astringents, especially acetate of lead, with opium or supersulphate of potass, are of great use. Cold bathing and the shower bath have been often serviceable. Should haemoptysis occasionally exhibit rather the passive character, evacuations must be sparingly used, and tonic medicines will be proper, with a more nutritious diet. Ha.moptysis phthisis. Phthisis pulmonalis. HEMORRHAGE. (Hemorrhagia, ce, f.; from aiua, and pnocu, to break out.) A bleeding, or flow of blood. Blood, from whatever organ it flows, may have two causes for its issue. The vessels may be ruptured by a morbid distension and impetus, or they may give way from debility and relaxation. The former are active, the latter passive hemorrhages. The great predisposing cause of active hemorrhage, wherever it makes its appearance, is congestion or plediora. A plethoric diathesis will, however, only predispose to a bleeding somewhere or other, and hence there must be a distinct local cause that fixes it upon one particular organ rather than upon another. See Epistaxis, Hemoptysis, Hematemesis, Menorrhagia, &c. Hasmorrhage from the bowels. This may arise from dysentery or haunorrhoids. Hemorrhage from the lungs. Haemoptysis. Hemorrhage from the nose. Epistaxis. Hemorrhage from the stomach. Haematemesis. Hemorrhage from the urinary organs. Hsematuria. Hemorrhage from the uterus. Menorrhagia. HEMORRHA'GIE. Hemorrhages. An order in the class Pyrexia: of Cullen's Nosology. HEMORRHGE'A. Passive hemorrhage.— Swediaur. Hasmorrhcea petechials. A name given by Dr. Adair to purpura hemorrhagica. HEMORRHOIDAL. Hemorrhoidalis. Of, or belonging to, the hemorrhoidal vessels. Hemorrhoidal arteries. Artcrie hemorrhoidales. The arteries of the rectum are so called: they are sometimes two, and at other times three in number. 1. The upper hemorrhoidal artery, which is the great branch of the lower mesenteric continued into the pelvis. 2. Tho middle hemorrhoidal, which sometimes comes off from the hypogastric artery, and very often from the pudical artery. It is sometimes wanting. 3. The lower or external hemorrhoidal is almost always a branch of the pudical artery, or that artery which goes to the penis. Ha:morrhoidal veins. Vena hemorrhoir dales. These are two. 1. The external, which evacuates itself into the vena iliaca interna. 2. The internal, which convoys its blood into the vena porta;. H.emorrhoides oris. A discharge of blood from the turgid veins of the palate;, uvula, and fauces, arising from suppression of the hemorrhoidal discharge.— Btancard. Hemorrhoides uteri. Varicose veins in and around the genital organs in women.— Btancard. Hjemorrhoides vesica:. A varicose state of the veins around tho neck of the bladder. HEMO'RRHOIS. 1. A flow of blood. 2. The piles, which see. Hasmorrhois procedens. Protocele. Ha:mo'rrhous. Coluber cerastes. Hemospa'stic That which has the power of drawing blood to a part. HEMOSTASIA, {a, a, f.; from aipa, and larrjpi, to stand.) A stagnation of blood. HE MOST A'TIC. (Hemostaticus; from aipa, blood, and orau, to stop.) Having the power to stop a hemorrhage. See Styptic. Hasmosta'tica. See Hemastatica. Hajmosta'tics. See Hemastatica. Hacmotro'phv. Excess of sanguineous nourishment. HAGGA'RD. An expression of the countenance, and'especially the eye, in which there are terror and despondency combined, and which may be a symptom of cerebral disease or madness. Hagiospe'rmum. Artemisia santonica. Hagio'xylum. Guaiacum. Hair. See Capillus and Pilus. Hair lichen. Lichen pilaris. A species of rash, in which the eruption is confined to the roots of tho hair, and desquamation occurs after ten days. Hair, falling off of. Alopecia. Hair, platted or matted. Plica. Hair-worm. Seta equina. Hairy river-weed. Conferva rivalis. Hake. Gadus merluccius. Hala'tium. A medicine composed of salt and purgatives. Halberd-shaped. Mast ale. Hai.che'mia. The art of fusing salts. HAN H AR 326 Halec. Clupea harrengus. Halelas'um. A mixture of salt and oil, used by the ancients to swellings of the joints. Halica'cabum. Fhysalis alkekengi. Halices. Yawning after sleep. Ha'limus. Atriplex halimus. Halini'trum. Nitre, or rock salt. HA'LIT US. (us, Us, m.; from halo, to breathe out.) 1. A vapor. 2. The breath. Halitus of the blood. A volatile animal oil which rises from fresh blood. HALLUCINATION. (Hallucinatio, o/iis, f.; from hallucinor, to err.) Depraved imagination. A genus of mental disease in Good's Nosology. See Alusia. Ha'llus. The great toe. Ha'lmyrax. The nitre of Media. Halmyro'des. Acrimonious. HA'LO. (o, onis, m.; from a'Aur, an area or circle.) See Areola. Halo signatus. The ring of stria: formed by the impression of the ciliary processes on tho anterior surface of the vitreous humor. HA'LOGENK. (From a%c, sea-salt, and yevvau, to produce.) The class of bodies which, like chlorine, form salts with metals. HA'LOID. (From a/.c, sea-salt, and eidor, resemblance.) Having the structure of salt. The haloid salts are the compounds of chlorine, iodine, bromine, cyanogen and its compounds, and fluorine with the metals. Besides the simple haloid salts, Berzelius distinguishes the three following kinds of combination: hydrohaloid salt, or combinations of a simple haloid salt with the hydracid of its radical; oxy-haloid salts, or combinations of a metallic oxide with a haloid salt of the same metal; double haloid salts, consisting of two simple haloid salts, which contain different metals, but the same non-metallic ingredient, or of two haloid salts, consisting of the same metal, but having the other ingredients different; or, lastly, ot two simple haloid salts, both the elements of which are wholly different. Haloni'trum. The efflorescence found on the damp walls of inhabited places. Halote'chnia. That part of chemistry which treats of salts. Ham. Poples. HAMAME'LIS VIRGIN1CA. Witch-hazel. An indigenous shrub, of the family Bcrberidcee, the bark of which is astringent and tonic. HA'MMA. (Afipa; from a-rw. to bind, or fit on.) A truss for a heraia. Hamo'sus. Hooked. HAMPSTEAD SPRINGS. Near London. They are chalybeate. HAMULA'RIA. A genus of worms of Rudolphi.—H. subcompressa has been found in the bronchial glands. HA'MULUS. (us, i, m.) A little hook. In Anatomy, applied to the hooked processes of the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone. Hamulus cochlea:. The hook of the cochlea, a process by which the lamina spiralis terminates upon the axis. HAND. Manus. The hand is composed of the carpus or wrist, metacarpus, and fingers. Tho arteries of the hand are the palmar arch, and the digital arteries. The veins are the dig- ital, the cephalic of the thumb, and the salvatella. The nerves are the external and internal cutaneous. Handala. Colocynth. Hands, dropped. The paralysis of the hands induced by the lead poison. Hanging. See Sttspcnsio. Hannay's lotion. Preventive wash. A nostrum for preventing venereal infection. It is a solution of potash. Hapho'nusi. Diseases of the sense of touch. HAPSIS. Aijur. 1. The sense of touch. 2. A lesion of any kind. Hippocrates uses the phrase aipaic pEvuv to signify delirium. Ha'psus. Au old name for a compress of lint or other material. Harde'ri gla'ndula. Gland of Harderus. A gland found in ruminant and pachydermatous quadrupeds, and also in birds. It is situated near the inner angle of the eye, and secretes a thick, whitish fluid, which is diffused over the eye-ball. Hardesia. Lapis hibernicus. Hardhock. The spiraea tomentosa. Hare. Lepus timidus. HARE-LIP. Labium Ieporinum; called, also, Lagocheilus and Lagosloma. A fissure or longitudinal division of one or both hps. Children are frequently bom with this kind of malformation, particularly of the upper lip. Sometimes the portions of the lip which ought to be united have a considerable space between them; in other instances they are not much apart. The cleft is occasionally double, there being a little lobe, or small portion of the lip, situated between the two fissures. The fissure may extend to the bones of the palate. It is remedied by paring the edges of the fissure, and uniting them by a suture. Hare-eye. Lagophthalmia. Hare-brained passion. Way ward and violent passion, leading to acts of violence. Harengus. Clupea harengus. Harma. Appa. A collyrium. II arm ala. Peganum harmala. HARMO'NIA. Harmony. (From apu, to lit together.) A species of synarthrosis, or immovable connection of bones, in which bones aro connected together by means of rough margins, not dentiform: in this manner most of the bones of the face are connected together. Ha'rpax. Ha'rpaga. Amber. HARROGATE SPRINGS. They are situated near Knaresborough, Yorkshire, England. HaiTogate possesses at present no less than fourteen wells, which are in greater or less repute. Six of them are sulphureous, five pure chalybeate, one saline chalybeate, and two saline, containing only a trace of iron, and no sulphur. Hart's tongue. Asplenium scolopendrium. Hart-wort. Laserpitium siler. Hart-wort of Marseilles. Seseli tortuo- sum. HARTFELL SPRINGS. Near Moffat, Scotland. They contain iron dissolved by sulphuric acid, and are much celebrated in scrofulous affections and cutaneous diseases. Hartshorn. See Cornu cervi. Hartshorn, spirit of. Aqueous solution HE A HE A 327 of ammonia, formerly prepared from the hart's horn. Harvest bug. Acarus autumnal is. HA'STA. (a, a>, f.) A spear; applied to parts of animals and vegetables which are supposed to resemble this instrument. Hasta regia. Asphodelus luteus. Hasta'te. Hastatus. Spear or halberd shaped. Haste'lla. A splint like a spear, used for fractured limbs. HASTINGS, CLIMATE OF. This place, in the south of England, enjoys a remarkably mild and equable climate, being protected from northerly winds by the adjacent cliffs. Hatchet-shaped. Dolabriform. Hatfield's tincture. A nostrum, consisting of guaiac, soap, and rectified spirit of wine. HAUNCH. The lower part of the trunk, bounded by tho hip joints, and including the pelvis. HAU'STUS. (us, us, m.; from haurio, to swallow.) A draught or single dose of a liquid medicine. Haustus niger. The infusum senna? compositum. HAVANNAH, CLIMATE OF. This city, and other parts of Cuba, are much selected as a winter resort for consumptives, and the temperature is high, but the variation is considerable, being twice as great as in the island of Madeira ; thero are also sharp winds occasionally. Havers's glands. Glands in and about the synovial membrane of joints. Haversian canals. The nutritious foramina and minute tubuli in the structure of the hard bones, whereby they receive blood-vessels and capillaries. Hawk. A species of the genus Falco. Hawk-weed. See Hypochceris. Hawk-weed, greater. See Sonchus. Hay, camel's. Juncus odoratus. Hazel-nut. Corylus avcllana. Head. See Caput. HEADACHE. Cephalalgia. Headache, or pain in the head, as a generic term, has received a variety of specific names; hence cephalalgia venerea, rheumatica, nervosa, inflammatoria, stomachica, intermittens, &c. Ordinary cases of headache depend on one of the following causes: 1. A weakness or exhaustion of the power of the brain. 2. A sympathy with the stomach and chylopoietic viscera. Their cure, consequently, is to be effected by nervous tonics when the disease is nervous, and by removing the states of stomach and chylopoietic viscera which excite the sympathetic headache. Restis in all cases necessary: cold, and pressure on the head, often give relief; and if the pain be considerable, a small dose of opium, or Dover's powder, immediately after a warm pediluvium or fomentation, and a warm bed. Headache is very often a symptomatic affection; so much so that thero are very few diseases in which it does not take place. It is a prominent symptom in all fevers and inflammations, and in many nervous diseases, the venereal disease, and rheumatism. Headed. Capitulate. HEALTH. That state of the living body in which all its functions are duly performed. Hearing. Auditus. See Auris. HEART. Cor. A hollow, muscular viscus, which forms the center of the circulating system in the higher orders of animals. Some observations on the general mechanism of the heart will be found in the article Circulation. The human heart is irregularly pyramidal in its shape, and lies between the lungs, inclosed in its proper investing membrane, the pericardium. It is placed so obliquely, that if a line corresponding with its axis were passed through it at the moment of its pulsation, its direction, taken from base to apex, would be downward, forward, and to the left side. The anterior surface of the heart is convex in its general outline; the posterior is flat, and rests on the diaphragm: the lower, or right border, is rather thin, and longer than the upper, which is rounded. The heart's surface is marked on its anterior and posterior aspect by two lines, of which one runs transversely, the other from above downward; their position indicates the division of the organ into four different compartments, or cavities. The base of the heart (which is comparatively thin and flaccid in its structure) consists of that part which is in immediate connection with the veins (pars cordis venosa), and is divided into two cavities, called auricles, from the fact that each is surmounted by an appendage resembling an ear (au ricula). It is separated from the lower or pyramidal part by a deep transverse groove (sulcus anriculo-ventricularis). These circumstances are most distinctly observable when the heart is distended. The portion between the I transverse sulcus and the summit is thick and ! muscular, and connected with the arterial ! trunks ; it consists of two cavities (ventricles), the division between which is indicated by two slight grooves extending from the base to the apex, and lodging the descending branches of the coronary vessels. When we consider the heart in its physiological relations, we adopt a different mode of division; for we find it to be a double organ, made up of two hearts, one for the pulmonary circulation (cor pulmonale), occupying the right side, and consisting of an auricle and a ventricle; the other for the system at large (cor system!-cum), also consisting of two cavities of the same denomination. The pulmonic heart is the agent for the circulation of black blood, the systemic circulates red blood. Now, as no two of these cavities agree in form, or in the arrangement of their components, it becomes necessary to describe each separately. The right auricle rests on the diaphragm, and forms the right and anterior part of the base of the heart. It presents two parts, which, though not marked off by any precise line of division, yet differ in size and form. One of these, large and flaccid, occupies the interval between the vena? cava), so as to receive directly the blood which they convey, and is hence named sinus venarum cavarum. The other projects forward and inward, between the right ventricle and the root of the aorta, like an appendage to the general cavity; and so it is sometimes named H E A H E A 328 "auricular appendage," but more frequently auricula, from some resemblance to a dog's ear. It is triangular in form, compressed, and slightly dentated at its border. It is thicker and more fleshy than the sinus. The external surface of the auricle, unattached in the greater part of its extent, is prolonged upward, and to the left side, into its auricular appendage; inferiorly it is connected with the right ventricle, internally with the left auricle, and into its two extremities open the venae cava?. In order to examine the interior of the auricle, an incision may be made from the junction of the cavae across to the auricula, from the middle of which another may be earned upward into the superior cava. If the lower border of this incision be drawn forward, the cava; will be observed to incline inward at an angle, their conflux being marked by a slight elevation, called Lower's tubercle (tuberculum Loweri). The greater part of the cavity forms a pouch (sinus), which is smooth, and but slightly muscular m its structure. The inner surface of the auricula is distinguished from the rest by several fleshy fasciculi, which run transversely upon it, called musculi pectinati. The inner side of the auricle is thin and smooth; it corresponds with, or is formed by, the partition (septum auricularum) which separates it from the left auricle. At its lower part, and just above the orifice of the inferior vena cava, is situated an oval depression (fossa ovalis, vestigium foraminis ovalis), indicating the original communication between the auricles : it is bounded superiorly by a prominent convex border of a lunated form, its concavity looking downward, and named annulusfossa; ovalis. Though the development of the septum be carried to the full extent, that lamella of it which closes the foramen ovale having extended up to a level with the annulus, we often find its upper border merely in apposition, but not united by adhesion to the corresponding part of the septum, so that an oblique or valvular aperture remains between the auricles ; still, during the action of the organ, there is sufficient provision against any communication between these cavities. At the line of union between the inferior cava and the auricle is situated a crescentic fold of the lining membrane, called valvula Eustachii. This in the fmtal state is large ; in the adult it is comparatively diminutive, aud often even perforated by several foramina. One border of the valve rests upon the wall of the auricle, with which it is continuous. Another is free and unattached, being of a crescentic form; its upper extremity blends itself with the inner border of the annulus ovalis, and the inferior with the corresponding part of the orifice of the vena cava inferior. Between this valve (its left side) and the ventricular opening is situated the orifice of the coronary vein, protected by a valve. Several minute foramina may also be observed in different parts of the auricle, resembling the orifices of small veins, and called foramina Tkehesii. Placed obliquely between the appendix and the inferior cava, we observe the auriculo-ventricular opening, of an elliptic form, and about an inch in diameter; round its cir- cumference is attached the base of the tricuspid valve, the rest of which lies in the cavity of the ventricle. The right ventricle (ventriculus puluionalis) extends from the base of the right auricle to the apex of the heart. Its form is somewhat triangular : to see its interior it will be found convenient to make an angular or V-shaped flap, by dissecting up its anterior wall. When this is done, we observe that the interior surface presents a number of rounded, fleshy fasciculi, which are called columna! carncm, and are divisible into three orders. The first, adherent by both extremities, are free in the rest of their extent; others are but slightly prominent, being attached by their extremities, and also by the greater part of their circumference; the third set form three or four fasciculi, which are directed from the summit toward the base of the ventricle, where they are connected with the borders and apices of the tricuspid valves, through the medium of several tendinous processes, called chorda; tendinecc. Tho base of the ventricle is prolonged upward, its surface becoming at the same time quite smooth, somewhat in the form of a funnel, where it gives attachment to the pulmonary artery, so that the mouth of this vessel is placed higher up, and to the left of: the auricular opening. At its orifice three membranous folds are placed, called sigmoid valves. One border of these is attached at tho line of union of the ventricle with the artery; the other is free in the cavity of the latter, and presents in its middle a small granule, called nodulvs or corpus aurantii. The tricuspid valve is so called from its being divided into three points or processes, formed by the lining membrane of the auricle and ventricle. Each is triangular in its form; their bases, which are continuous and undivided from one another, being attached all round the circumference of the opening, while in the rest of their extent they lie within the cavity of the ventricle. One of them rests upon the septum, or corresponds with it; another with the anterior wall of the cavity; while the third, or larger, is inclined obliquely upward, and, as it were, interposed between the auricular and pulmonary apertures. The free margin of each is a little thickened, and gives attachment to the chorda) tendineae. The left auricle (sinus pulmonalis) is situated at the posterior part of the base of the heart, where the greater portion of it is concealed by the pulmonary artery and the aorta, which, overlap it, the auricula alone being visible, without detaching these vessels, or inverting the position of the heart. When distended, it is of a square form, and into its angles open the pul monary veins, those of the left lung being very close together. From its upper and left ex tremity projects the auricula, which is narrower, but longer and more tapering than that of the right side. Its margins are more deeply dentated, and present some angular inflections or zigzags. Its point rests on the root of thepulmonary artery. Tho interior of the left au ricula presents musculi pectinati similar to those in the right, but the general cavity of the auricle is smooth. A slight depression may be ob- HE A HE A 329 served in the septum auricularum, corresponding with the fossa ovalis. In the inferior part of the cavity is situated the auriculo-ventrictdar opening, the circumference of which, gives attachment to the mitral valve. r> The left ventricle (ventriculus aorticus) occupies the left border of the heart, about one tliird of its extent appearing on the anterior surface, the rest being placed posteriorly, owing to the obliquity of the septum ventriculorum. Its cavity can be conveniently exposed by making two incisions through its wall, parallel with the septum, and uniting at an angle near the apex. When the flap thus formed is drawn upward, the great thickness of the walls of the cavity, as compared with those of the right ventricle, is rendered manifest. The columna) camea> resemble those of the right side, but are thicker, and directed, for the most part, from the base to the apex of the heart. Their intersections are exceedingly numerous at the summit of the cavity, and along its posterior wall, but the upper part of the anterior one is comparatively smooth. Two fleshy fasciculi of considerable size, commencing by smaller bundles, one from, the anterior, the other from the posterior surface, pass upward, and terminate each in a blunted extremity, from which numerous chorda) tendinea) branch off to be inserted into flie edges of the mitral valve. The auriculo-ventricular opening is guarded by a valve, similar in structure to that of the right side, but differing from it in presenting but two pointed processes; hence it has been termed the mitral valve (valvula mitralis). The larger division of it looks toward the aortic opening. To the right side of, and before the large opening just noticed, is situated a smaller one, which communicates with the aorta, and is guarded by three valvular folds of the lining membrane, similar in structure and form to those of the pulmonary artery, and also called sigmoid or semilunar valves. The heart is covered by the serous layer of the pericardium, which is reflected upon it, and lined in its interior by a membrane of apparently similar structure, which not only serves as a coating for its proper substance, but also forms folds or valves at the auriculo-ventricular openings at each side, as well as the semilunar valves, where it is prolonged into the aorta and the pulmonary artery. Between the investing and the lining membrane is placed the proper muscular tissue of the organ. The heart receives its blood by the two coronary arteries; its veins terminate in the right auricle; its nerves come from the cardiac plexus, and appear veiy small as compared with the bulk and quantity of matter of the organ; a circumstance which was much insisted on in the discussion of the long-litigated question, Do the fibres of the heart possess their susceptibility to impression (irritability) per se, or do they derive it from the nerves ? HEART, DISEASES OF THE. The heart is subject to a variety of diseases, which may be distinguished into sympathetic, inflammatory, and organic. 1. Sympathetic affections. —These consist in irregularity, increase, or diminution of the heart's action, or painful nervous affections of the heart, arising from various causes not operating immediately on the organ itself. Thus palpitations and syncope are frequently the results of dyspepsia, hysteria, agitation or distress of mind, and other causes which tend to disturb the nervous functions. Neuralgic affections of the heart, also, are not uncommon. 2. Inflammatory affections. — Three distinct textures are involved in the structure of the heart, namely, the pericardium, a sero-fibrous membrane, which forms its outer envelope; the muscular structure of the heart itself; and the endocardium, or serous membrane which lines its cavities. Each of these textures is liable to inflammation, which, when seated in the pericardium, is termed Pericarditis; when in the membrane lining the cavities of the heart, Endocarditis; and when in its muscular substance, Carditis. a. Pericarditis. —This may assume an acute, subacute, or chronic form. It may proceed from the same remote causes which induce inflammation of other serous membranes; or it may be caused by extension of inflammation from the pleura; or it may arise from the metastasis of rheumatism, which is the most frequent cause, especially in young patients. The symptoms of pericarditis are extremely variable and deceptive; and it has been frequently found, on dissection, to have existed in a severe degree in cases where it had altogether escaped the attention of the practitioner. Generally speaking, the following are the principal symptoms of acute pericarditis: sharp, burning pain in the region of the heart, accompanied by an attack of aciite inflammatory fever; the pain shoots to the left scapula and shoulder, and often descends some way down the arm; it is increased by full inspiration and by the movements of the ribs, and also by pressure between the ribs over the apex of the heart, and in the epigastrium; the respiration is hurried and laborious, and there is a sense of constriction in the praecordial region, with restlessness and anxiety; the patient can nqt lie on the left side, and generally feels least distress when lying on the back; the state of the pulse varies extremely ; it is always frequent, but is sometimes full, hard, and vibratory, and at others feeble, irregular, or intermittent; in the advanced of the disease the pulse is generally feeble and irregular, though the action of the heart continues violent; there is frequent fainting, and extreme anxiety, restlessness, and misery. The duration of this disease is very various; if not checked, it sometimes proves fatal in two or three days, and at other times is protracted for several weeks. This diversity of symptoms and duration depends on the nature and progress of the organic changes which take place m the course of the inflammation. These changes consist, for the most part, in effusions of lymph or serum, which are more or less copious, and take place more or less rapidly. Thus, if serum be effused in large quantity at an early period, the action of the heart will almost from the first be much oppressed, and the pulse feeble and irregular; if the effusion be more gradual, these symptoms will not occur till a more advanced H E A II H A 330 period : again, if a copious exudation of coagulating lymph take place, and glue the pericardium to the heart, serous effusion will be restrained, tho symptoms dependent on it averted, and the duration of the case protracted. Inflammation of the pericardium does not often extend to the muscular substance of the heart, and when it does 60, there seem to be no very well established symptoms by which the fact can be ascertained; this, however, is of little consequence in practice, because the treatment is not influenced by it. The physical signs of pericarditis are, increased impulse of the heart; bellows sound; and, where there is considerable effusion, a more than usual dullness on percussion in the cardiac region. When there are partial exudations of lymph on the opposite surfaces of the pericardium, the sound of friction is not uncommon. The physical signs, taken in conjunction with the symptoms, generally speaking, remove all obscurity from the diagnosis of pericarditis. The symptoms of chronic pericarditis are those of the acute in a less degree, and the accompanying fever is of the hectic kind. The increased impulse of the heart and the bellows sound exist, but are less remarkable than in the acute form; when there is effusion of serum or lymph within the pericardium, the dullness on percussion is the same. Pericarditis may be considered as almost always a fatid affection, except in those instances of the acute disease in which the inflammation is cut short by vigorous practice, before any organic change has ensued. When pericarditis terminates m adhesion of the pericardium to the heart, the patient frequently remains for some months, or even for several years, free from any symptoms which appear formidable, but this state always, sooner or later, induces enlargement of the heart, generally hypertrophy with dilatation; and when this takes place, it goes on very rapidly to a fatal issue. The signs by which an adhesion of the pericardium to the heart may be recognized are not always very distinctly marked, nor are some which have been brought forward as particularly diagnostic, sufficiently established to merit much confidence. In a general way, when we find, after acute or chronic inflammation of the pericardium, that there is a permanently increased dullness on percussion in the cardiac region, with a degree of dyspnoea aud more or less oppression on the chest, we may infer that this lesion has probably taken place. b. Endocarditis. —Inflammation of the lining membrane of the heart assumes an acute, subacute, or chronic form. It frequently arises from the metastasis of rheumatism, and its causes may in general be considered as similar to those of pericarditis. Endocarditis is a disease which has been recognized by pathologists only within the last few years, nor have its symptoms yet been determined with the accuracy that could be wished. In the acute form there is generally no severe pain, but rather a sense of oppression, anxiety, and faintness. There is a very tumultuous action of the heart, and great increase of impulse, frequently ac- companied with a tremor or vibration, which, in some instances, amounts to what is called the purring tremor. The pulse varies much; it is generally very rapid and irregular, but does not partake of the force of the heart's aotton, being usually soft and weak; it is sometimes hard and vibratory, and is then generally more regular. There is usually a bellows sound, which is more distinct in proportion to the strength of the heart's action, and which is rougher, or approaches more to the rasp sound, in proportion to the tumefaction of the valves, and the effusion of lymph on the surface of the lining membrane of the heart. The more chronic forms of endocarditis are frequently very difficult to distinguish from chronic pericarditis, unless where the latter is attended with copious serous effusion or extensive adhesion, in which case percussion may greatly aid the diagnosis. On the dissection of those who have died of acute endocarditis, the lining membrane of the heart presents various appearances, according to tho degree and duration of the inflammatory action; increased vascularity, thickening, softening, albuminous exudations, puriform deposits: if the case be of some duration, the depositions of lymph become vascular, and give rise to excrescences, vegetations, organized false membranes, and various adhesions. Chronic endocarditis gives rise to narrowing of the different orifices of the heart, cartilaginous and osseous induration of the valves, and, as particularly illustrated by M. Andral, to hypertrophy of the ventricles. Inflammation of the lining membrane of tho heart may be readily conceived to conduce to the thickening of the parietes of that viscus ; first, by direct irritation of the contiguous muscular substance, as we find the muscular coat of the stomach thickened in chronic gastritis; secondly, by stimulating the muscular fibres to increased action, both by the morbid stimulus of the disease, and by the opposition offered by the narrowing of the heart's apertures, just as the muscular coat of the bladder is thickened by a structure of the urethra. c. Carditis. — General inflammation of the substance of the heart is a rare disease. Induration and softening of the entire muscular substance are, however, sometimes found; and as these occasionally present themselves in cases of pericarditis, and are found to occupy only a superficial portion of the muscular substance contiguous to tho pericardium, it is reasonable to infer that they are the result of au extension of inflammation from that membrane, and consequently, that when they occur, independently of pericarditis, they are the result of primary inflammation of the substance of the heart. Dr. Latham has recorded a solitary instance of universal suppuration of the substance of the heart. There appear to be no distinct instances of gangrene of the heart. Partial carditis is not so rare, but still not common. It terminates in abscess or ulceration, more frequently the latter. Ulcers occupy the external or the internal surface of the heart, but the latter oftener than the former. Ulceration is the most common cause oiTupture of the II E A II E A 331 heart, which, iiowever, is a very rare accident. The treatment of pericarditis, endocarditis, and carditis may be considered under one head, as it is perfectly similar in all. In acute cases it consists, in the first place, hi a very bold and early use of the lancet, and a rigid observance of all the particulars of the antiphlogistic regimen. We need be less cautious in the abstraction of blood in this than in any other case of acute inflammation; the very center of life is attacked, and a fatal event is certain if the disease be not speedily subdued: still reference must be had to the strength of the patient; if a decided impression have been made by the lancet, cupping and leeches may be sufficient to subdue the remaining inflammatory action. In some cases of debilitated patients, they may, indeed, supersede the use of the lancet altogether, for this is one of the cases of inflammation in which local bleeding has a very powerful effect. The next most important remedy after bloodletting is mercury, which, in this, as in other cases, is a powerful means of preventing effusion, or causing the absorption of such matters as may already have been effused: with this view calomel should be given in the manner best suited to insure its effect on tho mouth, namely, in small doses frequently repeated. Antimonial diaphoretics and saline purgatives are also serviceable. Digitalis may be useful in keeping the pulse down, and opium, combined with the calomel, has frequently a very beneficial effect; other narcotics and antispasmodics may also be useful according to circumstances. In the rheumatic and gouty forms of carditis, colchicum is highly esteemed by some practitioners. The use of counter-irritants is better adapted to the subacute and chronic states of carditis than to the acute. Chronic carditis demands the same treatment as the acute, but in a very moderate degree; small evacuations of blood, general or local, and continued counter-irritation by blisters, setons, tartar emetic ointment, &c, are the principal means; mercury is also applicable here on the same principle as in the acute disease. When lymph has been effused within the heart or pericardium, and become organized, the case is beyond the reach of art; and when pericarditis has terminated in serous effusion, if the patient survive any length of time, the case, in effect, becomes one of dropsy of the pericardium, on the treatment of which little need be said, because no treatment is, generally speaking, of any avail. 3. Organic diseases of the heart. —The most remarkable of these are, Induration, Softening, Atrophy, Hypertrophy, Dilatation, Morbid growths, Morbid deposits and degenerations, Diseases of the valves and orifices of the heart. 1. Indtiration. —Induration of the muscular substance of the heart is not common. It appears to be always the result of inflammation either extending from the pericardium to the muscular substance, or originating in the latter. 2. Softening. —A pale and flabby state of the muscular substance of the heart is frequent in leucophlegmatic aud dropsical subjects, but this may be considered as indicative of debility rather than of absolute disease. Distinct softening of the heart is, like induration, rare, and, like it, appears to be always the residt of inflammatory action. * 3. Atrophy. —Most writers on diseases of the heart mention cases of diminished size of this organ, but the etiology of the affection appears to be entirely unknown. 4. Hypertrophy. — Hypertrophy, or morbid increase of the muscular substance of the heart, is very common. It is more frequent, and greater in degree, in the left ventricle than in the right. In most cases both ventricles are more or less affected. The auricles also are occasionally hypertrophied, but always in connection with diseases of the ventricles or valves. Hypertrophy may occupy the parietes of only one cavity of the heart, or of all. M. Bertin divides hypertrophy into, a. Simple hypertrophy, in which the walls of the cavities are merely thickened without any change in the capacity of tho cavities; b. Hypertrophy, with increase of the capacity of the cavities; c. Hypertrophy, with diminution of the capacity of the cavities. Hypertrophy may arise from any of those causes by which the substance of muscles in general is augmented; namely, from any of those causes which occasion a permanent increase in the force or frequency of contraction. Hence simple nervous palpitation, if habitual, may occasion hypertrophy; it seldom does so however, to any great extent; inflammation of the pericardium or endocardium, obstruction of the orifices of the heart, are the common causes of this affection: we have already noticed the manner of their operation, when speaking of endocarditis. The essential sign« of simple hypertrophy are, a full and hard pulse, which is almost always regular, and generally more or less vibratory; dyspnoea; and increased impulse of the heart, with diminished sound. Hypertrophy, with diminution of the capacity of the cavities, is indicated by nearly the same signs, except that in some cases it appears to be attended by symptoms of obstructed circulation. Hypertrophy with dilatation presents, as might be expected, the mixed characters of these two states; there is increase both of impulse and of sound, and the symptoms will vary according as the hypertrophy or the dilatation predominates. If we consider tho respective relations of the right and left cavities of the heart to the pulmonary and systemic circulation, we shall be prepared to expect a difference in the symptoms of hypertrophy, when situated in the one and in the other. In hypertrophy of the right cavities, the respiration is more embarrassed, the complexion is inclined to livid, and haemoptysis is more frequent. In hypertrophy of the left cavities, the brain suffers more than the lungs; the carotid arteries pulsate very strongly; there is a remarkable tendency to apoplexy, and other forms of cerebral disease, and the patient is frequently annoyed with pain, drowsiness, or throbbing in the head, noises in the ears, and other disagreeable sensations. Hypertrophy of the auricles is not accompanied with any diagnostic symptoms; but this is of little consequence, because it is always con - HE A H E A 332 nected with and dependent on some disease or obstruction of the corresponding ventricle. The stethescope aids the symptoms, in enabling us to determine which side of the heart is affected with hypertrophy; when the increased impulse is perceived under the bottom of the sternum, we infer that the right ventricle is hypertrophied; when it is increased between the cartilages of the fifth and seventh ribs, on the left side, we infer that the left ventricle is diseased; and when we find increased impulse in both these situations, we conclude that both sides of the heart are affected. 5. Dilatation. —Dilatation of the cavities of the heart may take place without any change in the thickness of the parietes; or it may be accompanied with thickening; or it may be accompanied with preternatural thinness of*heir parietes: hence we hove Simple dilatation, Dilatation with hypertrophy, and Dilatation with attenuation. Various causes may occasion temporary distension of the cavities of the heart, but when these causes are removed, the cavities return by their own elasticity to their natural dimensions. Permanent dilatation, therefore, is as distinctly a disease as hypertrophy; and it seems better entitled to rank as a primary disease, inasmuch as it is oftener found unconnected with inflammation or obstruction. Dilatation of the heart, indeed, seems always to depend on an original or acquired debility of its muscular fibres, because in some instances, where we find it independently of other disease, It can only be attributed to such debility, and in other instances, again, where it is induced by the same exciting causes as hypertrophy, we must presuppose some such debility to account for the occurrence of dilatation, in place of the thickening which would be the natural result of over-action were the organ more robust. a. Dilatation with hypertrophy is a mixed case, combining the symptoms and signs of dilatation with those of hypertrophy. There is one symptom, however, which IS considered very diagnostic of this state, namely, turgoscence of the external jugular veins, and a pulsation of these veins synchronous with that of the arteries: the rationale of this symptom has not yet been satisfactorily explained. b. Simple dilatation, as it is called, is in reality a case of dilatation with hypertrophy, in which the dilatation predominates over the hypertrophy; for since the parietes of tho heart are extended, without diminution of their thickness, there must have been a real increase of substance. c. Dilatation with attenuation. —This affects the right ventricle rather than the left, but in most cases both ventricles aro involved. The auricles, also, are sometimes affected, most commonly from disease of the auricular valves. In dilatation of the cavities of the heart with attenuation, the symptoms are, in many respects, precisely the reverse of those of hypertrophy. The heart palpitates, but its action is feeble and oppressed; the pulse is soft and weak, though seldom irregular, except in an advanced stage of the disease; the circulation is languid, and the evolution of animal heat deficient; the lungs are oppressed with venous congestion, whence arise dyspnoea, cough, oedema of the lungs, and passive hemorrhage from the bronchial membrane; effusion takes place within the cavities of the pleura, pericardium, or both; the countenance is of a leaden hue; the functions of the brain are torpid, from insufficient aeration of the blood; the liver is extremely liable to become enlarged, and ascites ensues as a consequence of the obstruction of the portal, veins: the prevalence of the dropsical diathesis generally shows itself first in the lower extremities, but is never confined to these; and, when it once shows itself, is certain eventually to invade one or more of the great cavities of the body. The above are the consequences of a considerable degree of dilatation, but minor degrees frequently exist for many years without occasioning any formidable symptoms; and slight dilatation of the heart is very common in cases of asthma, and other diseases which obstruct the pulmonary circulation. The physical signs of dilatation of the heart, with attenuation of its walls, are exactly the reverse of those which indicate hypertrophy. The impulse of the heart is diminished, while its sound is increased and heard over a greater extent of the chest than is natural. We can here only state the physical signs of this ancT other affections of the heart in a very general manner, referring the reader for more minute information to the elaborate treatises on auscultation which have appeared of late years in France and in England, at the same time cautioning him not to adopt too implicitly some of the minor distinctions pointed out by their authors, and never to trust absolutely to the ear, unless the information thus obtained be corroborated by the symptoms of the case. The different forms of dilatation of the heart have been designated by some pathologists under the title of Aneurism of the heart, dilatation with hypertrophy being called Active aneurism, and dilatation with attenuation, Passive aneurism; these, however, are unmeaning terms, and should be banished from pathology. 6". Morbid growths. —These consist chiefly of fungous growths and excrescences, which spring from the lining membrane of the heart, and acquire various degrees of vascularity and'consistence, and present various forms and appearances. The only known cause of these morbid productions is inflammation of the endocardium, and they are more frequently found springing from that portion of the membrane which covers the valves, in which case the valves themselves are often ossified. It is probable that in some cases the excrescences in question originate from the gradual organization of portions of lymph effused on the surface of the inflamed membrane; in other cases there seems to be no reason to attribute them to such an origin, and they are probably caused by some unknown perversion of action in the vessels of the membrane itself, like polypi in other parts. They are more frequently met with in the left than in the right cavities of the heart. Morbid growtliB, of a bony consistence, are occasionally met with, usually attached to the valves, but II E A HE A 333 sometimes springing from other parts of the endocardium. 7. Morbid depositions and degenerations. — These consist chiefly in the formation of bony matter, and in fatty and greasy degenerations. Ossific deposits are common in the pericardium and under tho lining membrane of the heart, in the situation of the valves. They have occasionally, also, been found in the muscular substance of the heart, large portions of which, in some rare instances, have been found converted into bone. Fat is often deposited, in very large quantities, within the pericardium, and sometimes insinuates itself between the muscular fibres, causing atrophy of the muscular substance. In other cases, small portions of the substance of the heart, generally toward the apex, have been found infiltrated with a greasy matter. It does not appear that these latty and greasy degenerations are productive of any particular bad effects. 8. Diseases of the valves and orifices of the heart. —The valves of the heart, consisting of fibrous membrane invested on each side by the serous membrane which lines the cavities of the heart, are, like other parts of similar texture, particularly liable to cartilaginous induration and to ossification. It would appear that these changes always commence in the fibrous part, and are consequently situated under the serous membrane. All the valves of the heart are liable to these diseases, but those of the left side are much more so than those of the right. The induration of the valves on the right, also, seldom goes beyond the cartilaginous stage, or, at all events, not so frequently as on the left side. The mitral valve is more frequently diseased than any other; next to this, the semilunar valves of the aorta: disease of the tricuspid valve is not very common, aud that of the semilunar valves of the pulmonary artery very rare. Bony degenerations of the valves of the heart appear to be of two very different kinds; in the one a cartilaginous induration becomes gradually converted into an imperfectly organized bone; in the other, a calcareous matter, which possesses no organization, is deposited in a caseous or steatomatous nidus. The former appears to be generally the result of inflammation of the endocardium, or of straining of the valves, from over-action of the heart; the latter of that ossific diathesis, prevalent in old age, which occasions bony depositions in various parts of the arterial system. Fungous growths, or vegetations, as they are strangely called, are frequently found springing from the serous membrane of the indurated valves. Disease of the valves, when to any considerable extent, is almost always connected in the relation of cause or effect with hypertrophy or dilatation; the case, therefore, is usually a mixed one, in which the symptoms and signs of hypertrophy or dilatation are complicated with others indicative of obstruction to the free exit of the blood from the cavities of the heart. The symptoms of hypertrophy or of dilatation are greatly aggravated by the presence of the valvular disease, and to these are superadded intermission or irregularity of the pulse; the bellows, or rasp sound; and, occasionally, the purring tremor. In general, disease of the auriculo-ventricular valves occasions more ir regularity of the pulse than that of the semilunar valves; the pulse, also, is more affected by disease of the valves on the left than on the right side of the heart. .The degree of roughness of the sounds which attend the contractions of the heart depends chiefly on the degree of valvular obstruction; and the sound varies from the softest bellows sound to the roughest rasp sound. The situation in which the sound is heard most distinctly indicates the particular valve which is diseased. In the case of the mitral valve, the sound seems nearest when the stethescope is applied at the left margin of the sternum, between the third and fourth ribs; when the aortic valves are affected, the sound is most distinct about the middle of the sternum (speaking relatively both to its length and breadth); when the tricuspid valve is diseased, the sound is clearest at a point a little to the right of the mesial line of the sternum, opposite to the space between the third and fourth ribs. The purring tremor is sometimes present and sometimes absent; it is chiefly heard when the action of the heart is increased by a fit of palpitation. It is not by itself at all diagnostic of disease of the valves, because it occurs, also, in other morbid states of the heart. It is to be observed, also, that a single auscultation is by no means sufficient to enable us to form a just opinion as to the presence or absence of disease of the valves, since, from causes not easily explained, we may be able to detect no sound one day, although it be loud and distinct on another. The above is a very rude, though, it is hoped, not very incorrect outline of the pathology and semeiography of the organic diseases of the heart; the limits of this dictionary do not permit us to extend it. With respect to the treatment of these diseases, the general principles which should guide the practitioner may be stated in few words. When, as most frequently happens, the organic change is consecutive on some other disease, as, for example, hypertrophy on inflammation of the investing or lining membranes of the heart, or passive dilatation on congestion in the lungs, it is our business to remove the cause, if this be possible, before the effects have become serious ; again, when we can perceive no manifest cause of such structural changes, we have no immediate means of preventing or arresting them: hence the curative treatment of such diseases resolves itself entirely into that of the affections on which they may be consecutive. With respect to the palliative treatment, it consists in the avoidance of all causes which can hurry or disturb the circulation, as too active exercise, strong emotions of the mind, the use of indigestible aliments, or sudden vicissitudes of temperature; the occasional use of bloodletting, when necessary to relieve congestion; of digitalis, to allay increased action of the heart; and of those means calculated to obviate disorders of the digestive organs, which have very great influence in producing an irritable state o* the heart. By a judicious observance of these rules, the fatal termination of organic diseases of the heart may often be kept atbay for a long H E C HEL 334 time, and the patient exempted from any very severe suffering. Heart, displacement of the. Ectopia cordis. This may occur congenitally, or by the pressure of neighboring organs. This organ has also been found variously malformed. Heartburn. Cardialgia. Heart-shaped. Cordate. Heart-wort. Laserpitium album. Heart's-ease. Viola tricolor. HEAT. Caloric. Heat, absolute. This term is applied to the whole quantity of caloric existing in a body in chemical union. Heat, animal. Animal temperature. Heat, free. Heat that is sensible to the touch or thermometer. Heat, latent. When any object is in equilibrium with the bodies which surround it with respect to its heat, that quantity which it contains is not perceptible by any external sign or organ of sense, and is termed combined caloric, or latent heat. Heat, prickly. Lichen tropicus. Heat, sensible. Free heat. Heat, specific. The amount of heat required to bring a given body to a certain temperature, as compared with the number of degrees necessary to elevate water or another body, is termed its specific heat. This is ten aud a half times greater in water than mercury. Heat, vital. Animal temperature. Heath. Erica vulgaris. Heavy carbonated hydrogen. Carbureted hydrogen. Heavy inflammable air. Carbureted hydrogen. Heavy spar. Sulphate of barytes. HE'BE. (H6v; from r/6au, flores, vigeo.) Tho hair which grows upon the pubes, or the age when it appears. Hebe'tudo. Amaurosis. — Paulus JEgineta. HEBRADE'NDRON. A genus of trees, family Guttifera, inhabiting Ceylon, Siam, and the East Indies. The II. cambogioides yields gamboge, and was mistaken formerly for the Stalagmitis cambogioides, which see. HE'CTIC. (Hecticus; cktikoc; from rftc, habit.) Appertaining to the habit or constitution. Hectic fever. Febris hectica. A disease of great perplexity and irregularity. The character of the disease is well given by John Hunter in the following words: "Hectic may be said to be a slow mode of dissolution; the f'eneral symptoms are those of a low or slow ever, attended with weakness, but more with the action of weakness than real weakness: for, upon the removal of the hectic cause, the action of strength is immediately produced, as well as every natural function, however much it was decreased before. The particular symptoms are debility; a small, quick, and sharp pulse; the blood forsaking the skin; loss of appetite; often rejection of all aliment by the stomach; wasting; a great readiness to be thrown into sweats; sweating spontaneously when in bed; frequently a constitutional purging." It commonly commences slowly and insidiously, aud is not suspected for some months; and the only symptoms noticeable are, lassitude upon slight exercise, loss of appetite, and a wasting of the flesh. But if these symptoms be connected with a general increase of pulse, so that the artery beats from ninety to a hundred, or a hundred and twenty strokes in a minute, there will be a real ground for apprehension. Where the disease is evidently symptomatic, the case must depend upon curing, or, if incurable, upon removing, when this can be accomplished, the part affected. Where idiopathic, we must combat, as far as we are able, the irritable diathesis; and above all things endeavor to strengthen, without increasing, the action of the machine. The best sedatives, as well as tonics, arc vegetable acids. The state of tho body should be attended to; exercise, light, nutritious diet, and light bitters, with sarsaparilla, may bo employed, but with little hope of recovery. Hectic opy'r a. Hecticopyretos. Hectic fever. Hectogramme. One hundred grammes, equal to 3 ounces 1 drachm and 434 grains troy,, or 1543-4 grains. Hectolitre. A measure of 100 litres, or 211-35 pints. HEDE'OMA. (a, a, f.) I. American pennyroyal. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria.. Monogynia. Labiate. — H. pulegioides. American pennyroyal. A very common indigenous plant, of an aromatic, pungent smell, closely re - sembling pennyroyal. It is astimulant aromatic, and given in popular practice as a tea in menstrual retentions. The oil, oleum hedeomce, is officinal. HEDERA HELIX. //. arborea. The ivy. The leaves are very nauseous; the berries are said to be emetic. The stalk yields, by exudation, the Gummi hedera. It has a strong, resinous, agreeable smell, and an astringent taste. Though never used in the practice of the present day, it possesses corroborant, astringent, and antispasmodic virtues. Hedera terrestris. Glechoma hederacea^ Hedera'cea:. Plants allied to the ivy. Hedge garlic. Alliaria oflicinalis. Hedge hyssop. Gratiola officinalis. Hedge mustard. Erysimum alliaria. Hedgehog. Erinaceus. Hedgehog mushroom. Hydnum ermaceum. He'dra. E6pa. A fracture of the cranium, with depression.— Hippocrates. Hedyo'smos. Mint. Hedy'pnois. The dandelion. HEDY'SARUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. — H. alhagi. A 6mall shrub of Persia and Mesopotamia. Its leaves become covered during the night with a granular manna or honey dew, which is used as food, and has a little laxative quality. Helco'ma. Ulceration. Helcy'drion. A little ulcer. Helcy'ster. The crotchet. H ele'nine. A concrete volatile oil of the Inula helenium: it is crystalline: form., CieHioOj. Hele'nium. Inula helcnium. HELE'NIUM AUTUMNALE. Sneezewort. An indigenous, perennial, composite plant, H E t II E M 335 which is bitter and acrid. It is said to be useful in interrnittents. Heleoselinum. Eleoselinum. Helianthemum. . Helianthus. HELIA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustranea. Composita:. —//. annuus. The sun-flower. The seeds have been made into a nutritious bread. — H. tuberosus. Jerusalem artichoke. The tubers somewhat resemble tho potato. HELIC A'LIS. Appertaining to the helix, or border of the ear. Helicalis major. See Helieis major. Helicalis minor. See Helieis minor. He'licine arteries. The short, curved vessels and arteries of the penis. HE'LICIS MAJOR. A proper muscle of the ear, which depresses the part of the cartilage of the ear into which it is inserted: it lies upon the upper or sharp point of the helix, or outward ring, arising from the upper and acute part of the helix anteriorly, and passing to be inserted into its cartilage a little above the tragus. HELICIS MINOR. A proper muscle of the ear, which contracts the fissure of the ear: it is situated below the helieis major, upon part of the helix. It arises from the inferior and anterior part of the helix, and is inserted into the crus of the helix, near the fissure in the cartilage opposite to the concha. Helicotre'ma. The foramen by which the scalae of the cochlea of the internal ear communicate. Heliosco'pios. Helianthus andheliotropium. HELIOSTAT. (From riAior, the sun, and larnpi, I stand.) A mirror which is so adjusted as to move with the sun, and thus throw a beam of light in the same direction during the day. He'liotrope. Heliotropium. Heliotropius lapis. The blood-stone. Heliotro'pii succus. See Croton. Heliotropium indicum. Convolvulus batatas. Heliotropium majus. This is the heliotropium europesum of Linnaeus, which is bitter throughout. Heliotropium tricoccum. See Croton. Helis fui.vescens. Symptomatic diffused ephelis.— Stoediaur. HE'LIX. (ix, icis, m. EAtf; a spiral line; from ft Aw, to turn round.) The external circle or border of the outer ear, that curls inward. The genus of snails.— H. pomatia. The garden snail. It was formerly used in medicine. Hellebora'ster. Helleborus foetidus. Helleborastrum. See Helleborus. Hellebore, American. Veratrum viride. Hellebore, black. Helleborus niger. Hellebore, white. Veratrum album. HELLE'BORUS. (««, i, m.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Jtanuneulaeece.—H. albus. See Veratrum album. Helleborus fcetidus. Stinking hellebore, or bear's-foot. Helleboraster. The leaveB possess anthelmintic powers. It commonly operates as a cathartic, sometimes as an emetic, and, in large doses, proves highly deleterious. Helleborus nioer. Helleborus. Black hellebore. Christmas rose. The root, when fresh, is bitterish, and somewhat acrid: it has a nauseous, acrid smell. The ancients esteemed it as a powerful remedy in maniacal cases. At present it is exhibited principally as an alterative, or, when given in a large dose, as a purgative. It often proves a very powerful emmenagogue in plethoric habits, where steel is ineffectual or improper. It is also recommended in dropsies, and some cutaneous diseases. Dose, in powder, gr. iij. to 3ss., as an alterative; above this it is a drastic purge. Helleborus orientalis. The root of this Eastern species is still used in the Levant, and was formerly much esteemed in mania, epilepsy, and dropsy. Helmet. Galea. Helmet-flower. See Author a. HELMI'NTHAGOGUE. (Hclminlhagogus; from eApivc, a worm, and ayu, to drive out.) Synonymous with anthelmintic. Helmi'nthia. Helminthiasis. HELMINTHIASIS. (is,is,f. EApivdiaoir, from eAptvg, which signifies any species of worm.) A disease in which worms, or the larva) of worms, are bred in any part of the body. Helmi'nthic. Helmmthicus. Appertaining to worms. Helminthoco'rton. Fucus helminthocorton. HELMINTHOLO'GY. A treatise or description of worms. HELO'DES. (From eloc, a swamp.) 1. A fever, characterized throughout by profuso sweating. The sweating sickness. 2. Marsh fever. Helonias officinalis. Veratrum sabadilla. Helo'pvra. Hylepyretos. Marsh fever. He'los. The tumor formed by prolapsus iridis. HELO'SIS. (From euu, to turn.) An eversion or turning out of the eyelids. Helvella esculenta. According to Persoon, this and the H. mitra are eaten for the morel, with which they are confounded. He'lxine. See Parietaria. He'matine. See Hamatin. Hematosin. See Hasmatosin. Hematu'ria. See Hematuria HEMERALO'PIA. (a, ce, f.; from ypepa, the day, and uij>, the eye.) A defect in the sight, which consists in being able to see in broad daylight, but not in the evening. It proceeds from too great an habitual exposure to light, whence the retina becomes torpid, and requires a strong stimulus to arouse it. Atnoontide, therefore, it is sensible to the impression of objects, but does not clearly discern them in the shade, toward tho close of the day, or by ordinary candle-light. He'meralops. One who sees only in the day-time. HEMEROCA'LLIS. A genus of plants. Hexandria, Monogynia. Liliaceoe. — H.fulva. Tawny day-lily. The leaves are cooling, and the roots aperient. HEMI-. A prefix (from vpiove, half), meaning half, and corresponding with semi. Hemicerau'nios. A bandage for the back and breast. — Galen. HEMICRA'NIA. (a, ce, f.; from vptatc, HEP HEP 336 half, and Kpaviov, the head.) A pain that affects only one side of the head. It is generally nervous or hysterical, sometimes bilious; and, in both cases, sometimes comes at a regular Seriod, like an ague. When it is accompanied y a strong pulsation, like that of a nail piercing the part, it is denominated clavus. HEMIDE'SMUS INDICUS. An asclepiaaAor, the navel.) A tumor at the navel containing water. This may arise from mere distension in cases of ascites, or from an umbilical hernia, the sac of which contains serum. . Hy'dromyiu'nga. Dropsy of the tympanum. Hy'dronephro'sis. A cyst in the kidney, filled with urine, and originating in the obstruction of the uriniferous tubes. Hydro'nosos. Sudor anglicanus. Hydroophoria. Ovarian dropsy. Hydro-oxyde. Synonymous with hydrate. HYDRO'PATHY. Hydropathia. (From vdup, and iradoc, disease.) The water cure. A mode of treating disease by the external and internal use of water and diaphoresis. Hydropede'sis. A violent sweating. HY'DROPERICA'RDIUM. Hydro-pericarditis. (From vdup, and nepiKapdiov, the pericardium.) Hydropcricardia. Dropsy of the pericardium. This occurs as a consequence of inflammation of the pericardium, and as an accompaniment of hydrothorax. It is indicated by orthopncea, palpitation, and irregular action of the heart, preternatural dullness of sound on percussion in the cardiac region, and a sound of fluctuation. It is generally connected with organic disease of the heart, and then is always incurable. Hy'drofersulphu'ric acid. Bisulphuret of hydrogen. HYDROPHO'BIA. (a, cc, f.; from vdup, water, and Qofcu, to fear.) Canine madness- Hydrophobia never originates spontaneously in man, nor is it known to do so except in dogs and canine animals; the bite may occur from twenty-one days to nine months before any effect is perceptible, but the usual period is from thirty to sixty days. This disease is considered by all pathologists as the consequence of a morbid poison, introduced into the system by the bite of a rabid animal. Two or three days before the violent symptoms occur, there is some indisposition. The pathognomonic symptoms are extreme nervousness, spasm about the chest and throat, extreme horror of fluids, with great thirst, and a parched mouth, foaming at the mouth, extreme anxiety, gasping respiration, pain and uneasiness about the prajcordia. The patient, from the great thirst he endures, continually calls for water, but is often thrown into convulsions or spasms of the whole body when it is presented to him. This condition lasts from two to five days, and the patient dies either in convulsions or from extreme prostration. No unequivocal case has ever recovered. Treatment. —If the patient applies shortly after the bite, the part must be dissected out. It is usual to apply potassa fusa to the wound, and if this is done soon enough, the effects will be averted. When the violent symptoms have occurred, the treatment consists chiefly hi exhibiting largo doses of opium and camphor, but every means have been tried without success: blood-letting, immersion in water, antispasmodics, volatile alkali, &c. It is worthy of consideration whether the inhalation of ether may not be an appropriate remedy. This agent produces a complete sedative action on the nervous system, which in hydrophobia is thrown into violent action. Hy'drophlegma'sia;. The genus of acute idiopathic dropsies of M. Rayer. HY'DROPHTHA'LMIA. Hydropthalmium, (From vdup, water, and o, f.; from virep, above, and rpovoa, flatus.) A distension of the womb, from a collection of air in its cavity. Hysteropto'sis. Prolapsus uteri. Hysterorrhoc'a mucosa. Leucorrhoea. — Swediaur. HY'STEROTOMATO'CIA. (From vvrepa, ICH IC T 360 the womb, re/ivu, to cut, and tokoc, parturition.) The extraction of the child by the Caesarian operation. HYSTERO'TOMUS. (From varepa, the womb, and refivu, to cut.) A kind of bistouri cachi, which has been used to divide the neck of the womb. HYSTEROTOMY. (Hystcrotomia, a, f.; from varepa, the womb, and re'fivo, to cut.) The Caesarian operation. HYSTRICI/ASIS. (From vorpiS, a hedgehog or porcupine.) A rare disease of the hairs in which they stand erect. Ht'stricis lapis. Bezoar hystricis. Htstri'tis. Hysteritis. I small proportion of some balsam, spread on black silk, is the court-plaster of the shops. ICHTHYOLOGY. (From i X dvg, and loyor, a discourse.) That department of natural history which treats of fishes. ICHTHYOSIS. (u, is, f.; from t X 6vc, a fish; on account of the resemblance of the scales to those of a fish.) The fish-skin disease. It is characterized by a thickened, hard, rough, and, in some cases, almost horny texture of the integuments of the body, with some tendency to scaliness, but without the deciduous exfoliations, the distinct and partial patches, or the constitutional disorder which belong to lepra and psoriasis. The species are: 1. Ichthyosis simplex. —It commences with a thickened, harsh, and discolored state of the cuticle, which becomes of a warty character, and tho color nearly black. 2. Ichthyosis cornea. —Several rare cases of a rigid and horny state of the integuments, sometimes partial, but sometimes extending nearly over the whole body, have been recorded by authors; and occasionally such a condition of the cuticle has been accompanied with the actual production of excrescences of a homy texture. These, however, are rare occurrences. The varieties arc, I. nacrea. When the scales are pearly.—/. pellagra. Pellagra.—/. sebacea. When the scales are of sebaceous matter. Ichthyosis is very intractable; it may, however, sometimes be cured by sulphur waters, with constant bathing and frictions to the skin. Icica aracouchini. A tree of Guayana, which yields the aracouchini balsam. ICOSA'NDRIA. Icosandrous. (From encoai, twenty, and avnp, a man or husband.) Plants with hermaphrodite flowers, having twenty or more stamina inserted into the inner side of the calyx or petals. I • The symbol for iodine. Iateria. The curative art. Ia'tralei'ptes. A physician who cures diseases by inunction. IA'TRALETTIC TREATMENT. The curative means which consists in the application of medicines to the skin with friction. I a't re u solo'gia. Therapeutics.— Sprcn- Ia'trochy'micus. Ia'trochy'nua. The physicians of the chemical school of which Paracelsus was the head were called Iatro-chymici. Ia'trognomi'ca. Medical knowledge.— Hufeland. Ia'troli'ptice. The method of curing diseases by inunction. Ia'tro-mathema'ticus. An iatro-mathematician, or mathematical physician. One who explained the actions of the body and of medicines by mechanical laws. Ia'tron. Iatros. A physician. Iatro'phic acid. Crotonic acid. Iatrotechnice. The art of medicine. Ibe'ris. Lipidium iberis. Ibicuiba. A Brazilian nut, the kernel of which is said to be balsamic. Ibirace. Guaiacum. Ibi'xuma. Saponaria officinalis. ICE. Glacics. Water made solid by the application of cold. It is frequently applied to the head in cases of inflammation of the brain, and used by surgeons to resolve external inflammations, to stop haemorrhages, and constringe relaxed parts, and to reduce hernias. Ice-cap. A bladder containing pounded ice, and applied to the head in inflammation of the brain. Iceland moss. Cetraria islandica. Iceland spar. Crystallized carbonate of lime. I'CHOR. (or, oris, m. lA'wp-) A thin, aqueous, and acrid discharge. I'chorous. Of the nature of ichor. ICTERI'TIA. 1. Icterus. 2. Erysipelas has been called Icteritia rubra. Icteritia alba. Chlorosis. I'chthya. 1. Tho skin of the Squatina. 2. an instrument like a fish-hook for extracting the fcetus. Icteroides. Relating to icterus; of a yellowcolor. I'CTERUS. {us, i, m. ? from iKrepoc, a yellow thrush.) The jaundice: characterized by yellowness of the skin and eyes, first observable in the tunica albuginea; the fieces are gray, and the urine of a deep color. Jaundice mostly comes on with languor, inactivity, loathing of food, disturbed sleep at night, acidities of the stomach and bowels, frequent sense of nausea. As it advances the skin and eyes become of a deep yellow; there is a bitter taste in the mouth, with frequent nausea and vomiting; a dull, obtuse pain is felt in the right hypochondrium. Ichthy'asis. See Ichthyosis. ICHTHYOCO'LLA. (a, ce, f.; from i X 6vg, a fish, and KoAAa, glue.) Isinglass. Fish-glue. Pure gelatine. It is chiefly obtained from the swimming-bladder of the sturgeon. Cooper's isinglass is nearly as good, and much cheaper: this is prepared from bones and cartilage, and is a clear kind of glue. Isinglass, boiled in milk, forms a mild, nutritious jelly, and is thus sometimes employed medicinally. A s dution in water, with a very ICT I K A 361 which is much increased by pressure. It arises from disturbed function of the liver, and when very severe is termed I. viridis, green jaundice, or I. nigra, black jaundice. It has been distinguished into the following species: Icterus biliosus, or cholasus. This species is produced by a thick, inspissated bile plugging up the mouth of the ductus communis choledochus. It comes on very insidiously; is not attended by any pain, and. soon gives way to proper treatment. A vomit, purgatives, and alterative doses of mercury are to be used; but it often lasts several weeks or months. Icterus calculosus, or chololithicus. Gall-stone jaundice. This is caused by a gallstone, formed in the gall bladder, getting out of the bladder into the cystic or common choledic duct, and there stopping the bile in its course into the bowels. There is violent pain at the pit of the stomach, darting upward between, the shoulders. The treatment of this species consists in allaying the pain by opiates, in doses proportioned to the degree of pain. If it be very severe, from 50 to 100 drops of laudanum should be administered in camphor mixture, and repeated according to circumstances. Fomentations to the painful parts are serviceable, and, above all, warm baths. The bowels are to be kept open, and irritability of the stomach allayed by sodawater, &c. » Icterus gravidarum. Jaundice of pregnant women. This takes place, now and then, aboiit the seventh or eighth month of pregnancy, and is caused by pressure of the uterus on the bileducts. It vanishes after labor. Icterus hepaticus. Hepatic jaundice. This embraces all instances of jaundice that are produced by organic diseases of the liver, gallbladder, pancreas, or any other viscus, and by tumors in the vicinity, as aneurism, enlarged glands, or adventitious structures, which, by pressure on, or by encompassing the gall-ducts, or by destroying them, cause jaundice. Hepatic jaundice is mostly accompanied by a dull and sometimes a severe pain; and it is a chronic disease for the most part, and attended by itching and defcedations of the skin, anasarcous swellings of the legs, and frequently ascites. Icterus infantum. Jaundice of infants, or yellow-green. It affects children at or soon after their birth, and usually continues for some days, but is harmless; a dose of calomel frequently removes it. The cause is a partial retention of meconium. Icterus spasmodicus. Spasmodic jaundice. This is, of all, by far the most common species. It arises chiefly from indigestible food, and is attended with great pain in the stomach, and severe vomiting. It is to be treated by opiates and relaxants. Opium is to be administered in doses proportioned to the extent of pain; and fomentations and the warm bath are to be resorted to occasionally. A blister to the pit of the stomach is often successful in relaxing the spasm. Great good results, when the stomach will bear it, from the compound powder of ipecacuanha, in regular and small doses, and the use of warm pediluvia at bed-time. The mercurial preparations, nitric acid, and especially the nitro-muriatic acid, applied, diluted, by sponging, and taken internally, are most efficacious remedies in the chronic forms of icterus. Icterus albus. Chlorosis. Icterus niger. I. viridis. See Icterus. Icterus neonatorum. See Icterus infantum Ictodes fcetidus. Dracontium fcetidum. I'CTUS. (us, us, and ti, m.; from ico, to strike.) 1. A stroke or blow. 2. The pulsation of an artery. 3. The sting of a bee or other insect. Ictus sons. A stroke of the sun. See Coup de sote.il. IDEO'LOGY. (Ideologia, oc, f.; from i6ea, a thought, and Aoyog, a discourse.) The doctrine of ideas. Idiocrasia. See Idiosyncrasy. Idiocy. See Amentia. IDIOPA'THIC. (Idiopathicus; from idior, peculiar, and nadoc, an affection.) A disease which is primary, and not symptomatic of, or consecutive upon, any other disease, is styled idiopathic. IDIOSY'NCRASY. (Idiosyncrasia, a:, f.; from idioc, peculiar, ovv, with, and Kpaoic, a temperament.) A peculiarity of constitution, in which a person is affected by certain agents, which, if applied to the generality of persons, would produce no effect. Idiotism. Amentia. Idiotro'pia. Idiosyncrasy. Igasu'ric acid. The acid with which strychnia is combined in mix vomica, &c. IGNA'TIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — I. amara. The plant which yields St. Ignatius's bean. These beans are of a roundish figure, very irregular and uneven, about the size of an ordinary nutmeg, semitransparent, and of a hard, horny texture. They are very bitter. Infusions are given in the cure of intermittents, &c. They contain strychnia. Ignatiifaba. Ignatius's bean. Ignatia amara. I'GNIS. (is, is, m.) Fire. 1. The evolution of heat and light which attends combustion. 2. Universal solvents. 3. The heat, redness, and acrimony of a disease. Ignis actualis. The actual cauteiy. Ignis calidus. A gangrene. Ignis columella:. Erysipelas. Ignis fatuus. A luminous appearance or flame, frequently seen in the night in different marshy places, arising from inflamed gases, especially the phosphureted hydrogen. Ignis frigidus. A gangrene. Ignis gehenna:. The fire of hell. The universal solvent was so called by the alchemists. Ignis fersicus. 1. Erysipelas. 2. A carbuncle. Ignis fotentialis. The potential cautery. Ignis rota:. Fire for fusion. Ignis sacer. See Sacer. Ignis sancti Antonii. Erysipelas. Ignis sylvaticus. I.volagrius. I.volaticus. Strophulus volaticus. IGNITION. (From ignis, fire.) The act of catching fire, or the state of a burning substance. Iran radix. A somewhat oval, oblong. I L E IL t 362 sompressed root, brought from China. It is extremely rare, and appears to be from an orchis. Plaphts. Arctium lappa. I'LEAG PASSION. (Passio iliaca. Eikeog, iXeoc, a kind of a colic, the seat of which is the intestinum ileum.) It consists of severe griping pain, vomiting of a faecal matter, and costiveness, accompanied by retraction and spasms of the abdominal muscles. The griping pain is very severe: the person at first vomits bilious fluid, which soon smells like faaces, and at length becomes perfectly stercoraceous, from the peristaltic motion of the bowels being inverted through their whole course; so that, after a time, injections thrown into the rectum will pass along the whole tract of the intestines into the stomach, and escape through the mouth by vomiting. In some cases the skiu becomes yellow. Ileus arises from many causes, aud is generally symptomatic of other diseases. 1. The most common cause is strangulated hernia. 2. Another frequent cause is an intussusception, or a retention of a part of the bowel within another. Acrid, cold, and indigestible esculents, cold beverages on a heated stomach, taking cold in the feet when disposed to intestinal derangements, unalimentary substances swallowed by mistake, as metallic money, pieces of glass, plum, cherry, or other fruit-stones, worms, calculous or other balls congested in the intestines and obstructing the regular movement, as scybala, gall-stones, intestinal calculi, are mentioned as having produced ileus; and, as a symptomatic affection, it is common in tumors, cancerous or otherwise, and stricture. It has also supervened in gout and rheumatism. The medical treatment consists in removing the exciting causes, if possible, by carminative aperients, fomentations, and glysters; and if, at .the commencement, there are evidences of an inflammatory state, blood should be abstracted freely from the arm, and by leeches on the abdomen. The griping and spasmodic pain, and a restoration of the intestines from a state of inverted action to their proper peristaltic motion, which is sure to remove their constipation, are the points to which attention is to be directed. Dry and humid fomentations, and warm baths, and warm and copious glysters, afford a rational chance of success. The last should be rendered emollient by an admixture of oil, and aperient by the addition of infusions of senna or decoction of colocynth, so that both intentions of cure should be curried forward at the same time. In combination with these, opium and various other narcotics may be tried. Purgatives, combined with antispasmodics, should also be administered by the mouth: though the vomiting is sometimes so incessant that little or nothing can be fairly swallowed; and vast quantities of vitiated and varied secretions are poured out. Calomel is decidedly the most likely to answer, in doses of about two, three, or four grains. Dr. Cullen, on the advice of De Haeii, recommends a continued stream of warm water thrown forcibly and with a proper syringe into the rectum, so that it may play upon the constricted portion of the intestine, and declares that he has found this remedy to be one of the most powerful and effectual. The disease is very fatal. If it be produced by a hernia, it should be reduced, or the operation performed, if not too late. Ileaca passio. Ileac passion. I'lech. Ylech. A first principle. — Paracelsus. Ilei'tis. Inflammation of the ileum. See Inflammation of the Stomach and Intestines. ILEO-.- A prefix; from ileum, the small intestine. Ileo-ccecal valve. Valvula ileo-ccecalis. Tho valve situated at the junction of the ileum and ceecum. Ileo-colic artery. Arteria ileo-colica. A branch of the superior mesenteric artery, distributed to the ileum and commencement of the colon. Ileo -colitis. Inflammation of the intestines. Ileo-LUMBAR artery. Arteria ilco-lumbalis. A branch of the internal iliac artery, distributed to the psoas and iliacus internus muscles. I'LEUM. Ileon. (From eiAeu, to turn about; from its convolutions.) Ileum intestinum. The last portion of the small intestines, about fifteen hands' breadth in length, which terminates at the valve of the caecum. ILEUS, (us, i, m.) See Ileac passion. ' I'LEX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Tetragynia. I/icicai. — /. aquifolium. European holly. The leaves have been used to cure intermittent fevers.— I. cassina. I. vomitoria. Cassina. This tree grows in Carolina; the leaves are bitter and aromatic. They are considered as stomachic and stimulant. They are used as expectorants, and, when fresh, are emetic.—i". majbr and /. opaca are sometimes used. The /. paraguayensis furnishes the Faraguay tea. I'LI A. (The plural of He, eiln.) 1. The flanks. 2. The small intestines. I'LIAC. Iliacus. Belonging, situated near to, or connected with parts about the flanks. Iliac arteries. Arteria; iliacw. The arteries so called arc formed by the bifurcation of the aorta, near the last lumbar vertebra. They are divided into internal and external. The internal iliac, also called the hypogastric artery, is distributed in the fcetus into six, and in the adult into five branches, which are divided about the pelvis, viz., the little iliac, the gluteal, the ischiatic, the pudical, and the obturatory; and in the fcetus, the umbilical. The external iliac proceeds out of the pelvis, through Poupart's ligament, to form the femoral artery. Iliac fossa. A broad and shallow cavity at the upper part of the abdominal or inner surface of the os iliacum. Another fossa, alternately concave and convex, on .the femoral or external surface, is called the external iliac fossa. Iliac mesocolon. A fold of the peritoneum, which embraces the sigmoid flexure of the colon. • Iliac region. The side of the abdomen, between the ribs and the hips. IM M IMP 363 Ili'acus. Iliac. Iliacus internus. Iliacus of Winslow. A thick, broad, and radiated muscle, which is situated in the pelvis, upon the inner surface of the ilium. It arises, fleshy, from the inner lip of the ilium, from most of the hollow part, and likewise from the edge of that bone, between its anterior superior spinous process and the acetabulum. It joins with the psoas magnus, where it begins to become tendinous, and, passing under the ligamentum Fallopii, is inserted in common with that muscle. The tendon of this muscle has been seen distinct from that of the psoas, and in some subjects it has been found divided into two portions. The iliacus internus serves to assist the psoas magnus in bending the thigh, and in bringing it directly forward. Ili'adus. Iliadum. Pcidos. Piaster. Terms applied by Paracelsus to the first matter of all things, consisting, according to him, of mercury, salt, and sulphur. I'licin. A bitter substance of the holly. Ili'ngos. Vertigo. Ilio-. Terms compounded with this word denote parts connected with the ilium, as iliolumbar, ilio-sacral, &c. I'LIUM OS. The haunch bone. See Innominalurn os. Ille'cebra. Sedum acre. ILLI'CIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Magnoliaceoc. — I. ani'satum. The yellow-flowered aniseed-tree. The star aniseed. The seeds are used with the same views as those of the Pimpinella anisum. The same tree is supposed to furnish the aromatic bark called Cortex anisi slellati, or Cortex lavola. — I. ftoridanum is similar, and the bark of /. parvijlorum resembles sassafras. Illinctus. The same as linctus. Illi'tio. Tho process of anointing. ILLO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from lAAog, the eye.) A distortion of the eyes; strabismus. Illutame'ntum. Any substance used in illutation. ILLUTA'TIO. (o, onis, f.; from in, and lutum, mud.) Illutation; a besmearing any part of the body with mud, and renewing it as it grows diy. I'llys. One who squints. Imbeci'litas oculorum. . Nyctalopia. IMBECILITY. Imbecililas. Weakness, especially of the faculty of judgment. Imber'bis. Beardless. IMBIBI'TION. ( Imbibitio, onis, t ; from imbibo, to receive into.) The absorption of a liquid into the pores of a solid. M. Magendie considers imbibition as a property universal throughout the organic tissues, with the exception of the epidermis; and regards it in these, as in inorganic bodies, as referriblo merely to capillary attraction. IMBRICA'TE. Imbrica'tus. Tiled; arranged like tiles upon a house. Applied to leaves, as those of the Euphorbia paralia. IMME'RSUS. 1. Immersed; plunged under water. 2. The subscapularis muscle. IMMOVABLE APPARATUS. Bandages or supports in dislocations and fractures, which are imbued with starch or gum when applied, so that they become rigid, and can not be read ily removed. Lmpa'ction. A form of fracture in which portions of bone project and others are de pressed. Impasta'tio. Thq, formation of a paste. IMPA'TIBNS. (ens, entis, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — /. balsa'mina. Considered vulnerary and diuretic.—/. noli me tangere. Said to be diuretic. IMPENETRABILITY. (From in, not, and penctro, to penetrate.) An essential property of all matter, by which it occupies a given space, to the exclusion of every other body. IMPERATO'RIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera. —/. oslru'thium. The master-wort. The roots have a fragrant smell, and a bitterish, pungent taste. It is an inferior aromatic. IMPERFECT. Impcrfectvs. Such flowers as want either anther or pistil, or both. IMPERFORATION. ( Imperforatio, onis, f.) The preternatural occlusion of any part which is usually pervious. Impe rial beverage. Ptisana imperialis. A cooling and laxative drink, made by mixing half an ounce of supertartrate of potash with the same amount of lemon peel, four ounces of sugar, and three pints of boiling water. IMPE'RME ABLE. Impcrmcabilitas. Capable of resisting the passage of gases and fluids. IMPETI'GINES. (The plural of impetigo; from impeto, to infest .) An order of the class Cachexia, the genera of which are characterized by cachexia and deformity of the external parts of the body with tumors, eruptions, &c. IMPETFGO. (o, inis, f.; from impeto, to infest.) A disease of tho skin, called tho humid or running tetter. It is characterized by the appearance of the small, psydracious pus. tules. It is not accompanied by fever, not contagious, nor communicable by inoculation. It chiefly occurs on the extremities, and under the following forms, according to Bateman: 1. Impetigo Jigurata is tho most common variety. It appears in circumscribed patches, of various figures and magnitude, attended with much itching. It is often a very tedious affection. 2. Impetigo sparsa. The pustules are hero dispersed more especially about the extremi ties. 3. Impetigo erysipclatodes. This form of the disease, in its commencement) presents nearly the ordinary appearances of erysipelas, namely, a redness and puffy swelling of the upper part of the face, with oedema of the eyelids, and is accompanied with slight febrile symptoms for the space of two or three days; but, on a minuto examination, the surface, instead of the smooth polish of erysipelas, is found to exhibit a slight inequality, as if it were obscurely papulated, and in a day or two the true character of the disease is manifested by the eruption o£ numerous psydracious pustules overtho inflamed and tumid skin, instead of the large, irregular bulla) of erysipelas. 4. Impetigo scabida. In this more rare and severe form of the disease, one or more of the limbs become encased in a thick, yellowish. IMP INC 364 scabby crust, not unlike the bark of a tree, which is accompanied with a disagreeable heat and itching, and renders the motion of the af- J- 1 l• l j. a* 1. j • r__i rm,• fected limbs difficult and painful. This crust is the result of the concretion of an acrimonious humor, which is discharged in great abundance from numerous psydracious pustules, as they successively form, break, and ulcerate over the surface of the limb. The foregoing species aro to be treated by sulphur, purges, and alteratives, bathing, mercurial alteratives, and mild unguents. In all other respects the health is to be improved. 5. Impetigo rodens is a rare but intractable species of the disease, probably of a cancerous nature, in which the cellular membrane is affected as well as the skin, and seems to shrink away as the ulceration and discharge go on. The disorder commences with a cluster of pustules, sometimes intermixed with vesicles, which soon break, and discharge, for a long period of time, an acrid humor, from open pores or from under scabs; and the skin and cellular texture are slowly, but deeply and extensively, corroded, with extreme irritation and pain, which are only to be alleviated by large doses of opium. The disease commonly begins on the side of the chest or trunk of the body, and gradually extends itself. Impetigo has been used by various authors for itch, lepra, and most pustular affections. Impetum faciens. The vital energy. PMPETUS. (From impeto, force.) 1. The actual force or momentum of a moving body. 2. The paroxysm of a disease. 1'mpia herba. • Gnaphalium. IMPLANTATION. (From implanto, to ingraft.) A term applied to a monstrosity, in which two bodies are united, but only one is perfectly developed, while the other remains in a rudimentary state. 1. Implantatio externa. This is of two kinds: 1. Implantatio externa aqualis, in which the parts of the imperfect embryo are connected with corresponding parts of the perfect one; as when the posterior parts of the body of a diminutive fcetus hang to the front of the thorax of a fully-formed child, or where a third foot, parasitic hand, or supernumerary jaw is present; and, 2. Implantatio externa inosqualis, in which the perfect and imperfect fcetus are connected by dissimilar points. 2. Implantatio interna. In this case one fa'tus contains within it a second.— Mutter. IMPLICATED. Implicalus. Celsus, Scribonius, and some others, call those parts of physic so which have a necessary dependence on one another; but the term has been more significantly applied by Bellini to fevers, where two at a time afflict a person, either of the same kind, as in the case of a double tertian, or of different kinds, as in the case called a semitertian, which is a mixture of a tertian and a quo.tidian. Implu'vium. 1. The shower bath. 2. An embrocation. IMPONDERABLE. (From in, not, aud pondus, weight.) Without appreciable weight. Light, heat, and the various forms of electricity are called imponderables. IMPOSTHUMA. Imposthume. A term corrupted from apostema. An abscess. Im'potency. Impotence. See Sterility. Impo'verished. According to the humoral pathologists, the blood or any secretion was impoverished when it was thin and remained fluid, and cachexies arose from this condition. Impregnation. Impregnatio. See Conception and Generation. Impu'ber. Impubis. Not of the age of pu berty. Impu'lse, diastolic. The short stroke of the heart after each pulsation; the back stroke. INANI'TION. (Inanitio, onis, f.; from inanio, to empty.) The absence of nutrition from want of food. Starvation. Inaura'tion. The gilding of pills, &c. INCANDE'SCENCE. (From incandesco, to become white hot.) The bright light emitted by heated bodies. Incanta'tion. Incantatio. A way of curing diseases by charms, much practiced in ancient times, and adopted also by Paracelsus, Van Helmout, and other enthusiasts among the moderns. Inca'nus. Hoary; glaucous. INCARCERATION. (From in, and career, a prison.) 1. When a hemia is constricted so as to hinder the passage of faeces, it is said to be incarcerated. 2. The word is sometimes used synonymously with strangulation. INCA'RNATION. (Fromira,and caro, flesh.) Synonyme of granulation. Inca'rneus. Having the property of producing granulations. Ince'nditjm. Incensio. A burning fever or inflammation. Incerni'culum. (From incerno, to sift.) 1. A strainer or sieve. 2. The pelvis of the kidney. I'ncidence. The meeting of one body or agent with another, as when light or heat strikes upon a surface. Incide'ntia. Medicines supposed to promote the discharge of phlegm. INCINERATION. Incineratio. (Fromiwcincro, to reduce to ashes.) The reduction of any substance to ashes by combustion. Incised wound. A wound made by a sharp instrument, and not torn or lacerated. INCI'SION. Incisio. A clean cut made into the soft parts with a sharp instrument. INCISFVUS. Relating to the incisor teeth. Incisivum foramen. Foramen incisivum. Incisivus inferior. Levator labii inferioris. Incisivus lateralis. Levator labii superioris absque nasi. • Incisivus medius. Depressor labii superioris alaeque nasi. INCI'SOR. (or, oris, m.; from incido, to cut, from its use in cutting the food.) The four front teeth of both jaws are called incisores, because they cut the food. INCISO'RIUM. (um, i, n.) A table whereon a patient is laid for an operation. Incisorium foramen. Foramen incisivum. Inci'sed. Incisus. Cut; snipped. Incitants. Incitantia. Synonyme of exci- tants. INCOMPATIBLE. Substances which can I N D IN 0 365 not with propriety be prescribed together in the same formula, on account of their having a chemical action on each other, are said to be incompatible. IN C 0 M P RE'SSIBILITY. The property which some bodies possess of resisting any force tending to compress them into smaller dimensions. Masses of matter are all in some degree compressible, but some are extremely incompressible. INCONTINENCE. Incontinentia. (From in, and contineo, to contain.) Inability to retain the natural evacuations. INCORPORATION. Incorporate. The intimate mixing and blending of bodies so as to make them of uniform substance. INCRA'SSANS. (From incrasso, to make thick.) Formerly applied to medicines supposed to have the property of thickening the fluids. Incrassantia medicamenta. Increme'ntum. Increase; growth. INCRUSTATION. Incrustatio. The accu- mulation of a crust of rigid particles over any substance; this sometimes takes place on the surface of the cartilages, &c. INCUBATION. Incubatio. (From incubo, to sit upon.) 1. The period of time a bird sits upon her eggs before the young are produced. 2. In Medicine, the period during which any virus or morbific agent is developing itself in the body before the obvious marks of disease become apparent. This time varies considerably, many months sometimes elapsing between the bite of a rabid dog, when the poison is introduced, and the appearance of hydrophobia. I'NCUBUS. (From incubo, to he upon; because the patient fancies that something lies upon his che6t.) The nightmare. See Ephialtes. Incu'rvus. Curved inward. INCUS, (us, udis, f.; a smith's anvil.) The largest of the bones of the tympanum, so named from its shape. See Auris. Indehi'scent. Not opening when ripe: applied to seed-vessels. Indented. Sinuatus. INDEX, (ex, icis, c. g.; from indico, to point out; because it is generally used for that purpose.) The fore finger Index of refraction. A term in Optics, expressing the constant ratio which exists between the sines of the angles of incidence and refraction. This differs with various bodies, inasmuch as their refractive qualities differ. Indian arrow-root. Maranta. Indian cress. Tropajolum majus. Indian cucumber. The root of the Medcola virginica. Indian date-plum. Diospyros lotus. Indian fig. Cactus opuntia. Indian hemp. The term usually signifies the Apocynum cannabinum; but the Cannabis indica is also spoken of under this name. Indian leaf. Malabathrum. Indian pink. Spigelia marilandica. Indian physic Gillenia trifoUata. Indian rubber. Caoutchouc. Indian tobacco. Lobelia inflata. Indian turnip. Arum triphyllum. Indian wheat. J. corn. Zea mays. India'na radix. Ipecacuanha. INDIANA SPRINGS. A spring near Jeffersonville is highly charged with sulphureted. hydrogen, and is, at the same time, chalybeate. I'ndica camo'tes. The potato. I'NDICANT. (Indicans; from indico, to show.) Relating to an indication. Indicating days. Critical days. INDICATION. ( Indicatio, onis, f.; from indico, to show.) That which demonstrates what ought to be done. It is threefold: preservative, which relates to the preservation of health; curative, which relates to the cure of a present disease ; and vital, which respects the powers and reasons of diet. INDICATOR. An extensor muscle of the fore finger, situated on the lower and posterior part of the fore arm. It arises, by an acute, fleshy beginning, from the middle of the posterior part of the ulna; its tendon passes under the same ligament with the extensor digitorum communis, with part of which it is inserted into the posterior part of the fore finger. Indicum lignum. Logwood. Indicus morbus. The venereal disease. INDI'GENOUS. (Indigenus; ab indn, i. e. f ¦in et geno, i. e., gigno, to beget.) Applied to things which are peculiar to any country, as animals, plants, or diseases. Indige'stion. See Dyspepsia. Indignabu'ndus. The rectus hitemus oculi. Indignato'rius. The rectus internus oculi. I'NDIGO. A blue coloring matter extracted from the Indigofera tinctoria; anil, or the indigo plant. It is massive, of a deep blue; insoluble, tasteless, and inodorous. It has been recommended as a medicine in epilepsy, chorea, and hysteria. It is said to produce vomiting and constriction of the fauces, but the action is uncertain. The dose is from gr. v. to or more, in electuary. Indigo, sulphate of. The solution of indigo in sulphuric acid. INDIGO'FERA. A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosm. — I. tinctoria. I. anil. The name of the plant which affords much of the indigo of commerce. Indigogene. White indigo, which, by oxygenation, becomes blue. Deoxydized indigo. Indigo'tic acid. A product of the action of nitric acid on indigo. It is whitish, crystalline, and very insoluble. Form., CuELNOo-j-HO. It is isomeric, if not identical with nitro-salicylic acid. Indigo'tin. Pure indigo blue, procured bj sublimation. Form., C16H5NO2. — Dumas. INDOLENT. (From in, and doleo, to be in pain.) Without pain: applied to tumors which exhibit but little pain. INDU'CTION. Inductio. (From in, and duco, to lead.) 1. The process, in philosophy, of raising individual facts into generalizations. 2. In electricity, the action which an electrified body induces in adjacent and quiescent matter. See Electrical induction. Indu'plicate. - A kind of vernation or aestivation, in which the margins of the leaves are folded inward, and the external faces of these are applied to each other without twisting or imbrication. INF " INF 366 iNOU'RANS. (From induro, to harden.) Applied to medicines which were supposed to condense the animal fibres. Medicamenta indurantia. INDICATION. Induratio. The hardened and usually thickened condition which results from inflammation, especially of a chronic character. Indu'sium. A shirt or under garment. 1. The amnios. 2. The involucrum, or thin, membraneous covering of the fructification of ferns. Ine'brfants. Intoxicating bodies. Inequa'lis. Unequal. Ine'rmis. Unarmed; without spines. INE'RTIA. (From incrs, slothful.) 1. The passive and indifferent condition of matter. 2. Inactivity. Inertia of the womb. A morbid state of the womb during or subsequent to labor, in which muscular contractions cease, thus impeding parturition, or producing hemorrhage. If it occur during labor, a dose of ergot will usually overcome this condition. After parturition, every means are to be used to produce contraction, as by the use of ergot, the introduction of the hand into the uterus, the injection of cold water into the rectum, &c. INFANCY. Infantia. The period of childhood preceding the seventh year. INFANTICIDE. (From infans, a child, and ccedo, to kill.) The murder of a young child. This, in the case of newly-born infants, may be the result of criminal intent, or of neglect; tho latter constituting infanticide by omission. Infa'rction. Constipation; the state in which the contents of any viscera are crowded together. Infection. See Contagion. INFE'RIOR STRAIT. In obstetrics, the lower strait or boundary of the pelvis, which is constituted by the rami of the os pubis, the tuberosities of the ischium, and the os coccygis posteriorly with the integuments. INFERO BRANCHlA'TA. An order of gasteropoda, the gills of which are situated below the mouth. I'nferus. Inferior. Infibula'tio. 1. An impediment to the retraction of tho prepuce. 2. Syn. of ancteriasmus. INFI'RMARY. Infirmarium. A kind of hospital, where the relief is, however, mostly out-door, and patients are not furnished with beds. INFILTRATION. Inflllratio. Effusion, or the accumulation of any fluid into the cells of an organ or texture. The fluid may be serous, puriform, sanguineous, or of any kind. Anasarca and oedema are instances of infiltration. INFLAMMABLE. ( Inflammabilis; from inflammo, to burn.) Chemists distinguish by this term such bodies as inflame with facility. See Combustion. Inflammable air. Hydrogen gas. Inflammable air, heavy. Carbureted hydrogen. INFLAMMATION. (Inflammatio, onis, f.; from inflammo, to set on tire.) Inflammation is a stal e generally characterized by redness, tension swelling, beat, and pain. It is of some duration, aud speedily introduces extravasation from the blood in the part. Inflammation, when severe, is attended with pyrexia, or inflammatory fever, and an altered condition of the blood. The pyrexia is concisely defined by Cullen: a sense of coldness and debility, succeeded by increased heat of the skin, increased frequency of pulse, and a general derangement of the other functions. 1. The heart's action is at first depressed, but becomes sharp and quick, increasing the temperature of the body, and establishing the febrile reaction. 2. The secretions are diminished. 3. The nervous system becomes disturbed, and pains in the back, head, limbs, w y ith tremors, storpor, hallucinations, intervene. When the principal disturbance is in the circulation, the fever is called inflammatory; but when the heart is less excited, the secretions much changed, and the nervous system much depressed, with storpor, the fever is typhoid. The blood, a few days after the invasion of fever, exhibits the butfy coat which is produced by an excess of fibrin or of modified fibrin. Inflammation, when it invades internal organs, in addition to the foregoing general symptoms, is also attended with a remarkable disturbance in the functions of the particular organ, as well as the parts which sympathize with it. Terminations of inflammation. —The essential condition of an inflamed organ consists iii an accumulation of blood; and in the effort to relieve this, several results may occur. 1. Resolution, or the perfect restoration of the circulation. 2. Increased secretion. 3. Hemorrhage, dropsy, or effusion of coagulable lymph, according to the nature of the tissue assailed. 4. Suppuration. When this takes place in a cavity or cyst, an abscess is formed ; when on the surface of a tissue, an ulcer; and it is accompanied by hectic fever if extensive. 5. Gangrene, or the death of the part. The occurrence of gangrene is marked by, 1. The sudden cessation of pain. 2. A sinking and irregular pulse. 3. A change in the expression of countenance, from that of febrile excitement to exhaustion. 4. Delirium. 5. Cold sweats. Several of these results may occur in different parts of the same texture. The remoter effects of these terminations are adhesions of parts, dropsies, indurations of the substance of organs. The results of inflammation depend upon the tissues attacked. 1. That of the skin terminates in rashes, pustules, vesicles, scales, ulcers, and gangrene. 2. The mucous membranes terminate in secretions of a muco-purulent fluid, coagulable lymph, or in softening, thickening, passive hemorrhage, ulceration, contraction, sloughing, and tubercular formation. 3. In the cellular tissue it ends in effusion of blood, lymph, serum, or pus, or finally in induration or gangrene, but is most commonly phlegmonous and circumscribed. 4. Inflammation of the fibrous tissues ends in thickening, the effusion of a gelatinous matter, the deposition of bony or calcareous matter, and probably ulceration and gangrene, although this is often denied. 5. The serous tissues exhibit the most diffuse inflammation, which rapidly terminates in effusion of serum, whey-like fluid, coagulable lymph (caus- 1 N F INF 367 ing adhesions), blood; and it may exhibit ecchymosed spots: it seldom ends in thickening, tubercle, or ulceration. 6. Inflammation of the solid viscera terminates in softening; but if chronic, in induration: abscess is uncommon except in the liver. 7. Inflammation affecting glands has an aptitude to terminate speedily in suppuration. Sometimes, however, they suppurate very slowly, and occasionally induration takes place. In consequence of these various terminations of inflammatory action and other peculiarities, it is common in practice to subdivide inflammation into the following varieties: 1. Healthy, or adhesive; that which disposes the part to heal or cicatrize. 2. Unhealthy; that which disposes to ulceration, erosion, sloughiug, &c. 3. Common; that induced by common causes, as incisions, punctures, &c. 4. Specific; that induced by inoculation, &c, as variola, clap, &c. 5. Acute, sub-acute, and chronic; with reference to its intensity and craration. 6. Phlegmonous; that which is circumscribed, and disposed to suppuration. 7. Erysipelatous; that which is diffused, and less disposed to suppurate. 8. Gangrenous; that which leads to mortification, or the death of a part. The theories of inflammation are sufficiently numerous, but it is now generally believed that it arises from a retardation of the circulation of blood iu the capillaries of the part; this is produced by some sufficient cause, and acts upon the system by disturbing the harmony of tho other functions through the nervous system. The treatment of inflammation is particularized under the several diseases attacking the organs of tho body. In general terms, it may be said to consist of depletion by blood-letting, general or local, by purgation, diuresis, and the action of sudorifics. Relaxants are often useful, especially hot poultices and fomentations, the vapor bath. Refrigerants, as ablution with cold water, the douche, and ice applied in bladders to the part, are of the highest service in inflammations of the skin and encephalou, but must not be used in disorders of the respiratory or abdominal organs or heart. Metallic astringents are useful to the skin and exposed portions of the mucous membrane. Counter-irritation by blisters, sinapisms, tartar emetic ointment, croton oil frictions, or by issues and setons, are of the highest advantage after the first evacuations. Sedative lotions are also applied topically to painful ulcers. The symptomatic fever is treated by bloodletting, low diet, the use of diluents, purgatives, emetics in nauseating or diaphoretic doses, especially tartar emetic and other antimonials, mercurials in alterative doses, especially calomel combined with opium, and such sedative medicines as foxglove and lead, and especially the antiphlogistic regimen. The most effectual mode of accomplishing the last purpose is to withdraw entirely all animal diet, and every sort of food or drink containing animal matter, and all malt or fermented liquors, aud to restrict the patient rigidly to the use of aqueous diluents, the vegetable ptisans, and such small quantities of farinaceous and gelatinous food, and the saccharine fruits, as maybe sufficient to sustain life, without stimulating in any degree the heart or arteries. Emetic tartar, in very large doses, has been employed of late years in the treatment of several inflammatory diseases, especially in inflammation of the lungs; and some are of opinion that it possesses a specific power, since it has been observed to act beneficially without producing any sensible effect. In general, however, it is a most depressing agent; and, even admitting it to possess all the efficacy which its advocates claim for it, it may fairly be doubted whether, in most cases, a severe hypercatharsis, and keeping the patient in a state approaching to syncope for a length of time, may not leave more permanent debility than a reasonable abstraction of blood. When inflammation has proceeded to suppu ration, it is generally advantageous to augment the allowance of food, and in some instances to allow a proportion of wine or malt liquor; and wherever typhoid symptoms occur, the strength is to be sustained by diffusible stimulants, especially the carbonate of ammonia. Inflammation of the bladder. See Cystitis. Inflammation of the brain. See Encephalitis. Inflammation of the breast. See Mastitis. Inflammation of the choroid membrane. See Iritis. Inflammation of the dura mater. See Encephalitis. Inflammation of the eye. See Ophthalmitis. Inflammation of the intestine. See Inflammation of the stomach and intestines. Inflammation of the iris. See Iritis. Inflammation of the kidney. See Nephritis. Inflammation of the liver. See Hepatitis. Inflammation of the lungs. See Pneu- monitis. Inflammation of the peritoneum. See Peritonitis. Inflammation of the riA mater.. See Encephalitis. Inflammation of the pleura. See Pleuritis. Inflammation of the retina. See Retinitis. Inflammation of the stomach. See Inflammation of the stomach and intestines. INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH AND INTESTINES. This may attack tho peritoneal or the mucous coat, and in either case may involve the muscular structure. See Peritonitis. The mucous membrane of the stomach is liable to inflammation from a variety of causes, but the principal are excess in the use of ardent spirits, and poison. The idiopathic gastritis mucosa of drunkards is characterized by pa'in at the epigastrium, vomiting, even of the mildest food, low fever, and that trembling hand which never fails to accompany diseases of alcoholic origin. When in its utmost intensity, the vessels of the mucous membrane often give way, and a burst of hemorrhage succeeds. The cure of this disease cm be effected only INF INF Infla'tus . Inflated; distended like a blown 368 by that most difficult of all things, a reformation in the habits of a drunkard. Its relief may be obtained by leeches to the epigastrium, followed by a blister, and the internal administration of some mild mucilage, such as the mistura amygdalae, holding in solution five grains of nitre, which may be repeated three times a day. Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the small intestines occurs in adults both as an idiopathic affection and as symptomatic of other diseases—in an acute as well as chronic form. Symptoms. — Mucous enteritis is attended with a diffused soreness over the whole abdomen rather than with pain. This is sometimes increased on pressure, but never to the extent that prevails on peritoneal inflammation. There is no considerable tension in the belly. The pulse is quick, with thirst, languor, and considerable febrile oppression. By these symptoms we distinguish inflammation of the mucous membrane of the bowels from that state of irritation of the membrane which exists in common cases of diarrhoea; but it must never be forgotten that the two states of disease are closely allied, and, in fact, run into each other by insensible degrees. The tongue in mucous enteritis is red and smooth, and eruptions take place about the lips. Vomiting is frequently noticed, with loss of appetite, indigestion, and irregularity in the alvine evacutions. Diarrhoea is almost uniformly present; the stools are slimy, and tinged with blood; there may be tenesmus. In severe cases, pure blood is occasionally passed in considerable quantity. The disease is not itself fatal, but may give rise to peritoneal inflammation; it may advance to ulceration of the mucous coat, with softening and perforation. An early bleeding is often useful; leeches, with counter-irritation, and the warm bath; gentle purgatives, as castor oil, rhubarb, and manna, only are admissible. Demulcents and anodynes are afterward used to allay the irritation of the bowels, and tonics may be used when this has been accomplished: blue pill and extract of hyoscyamus constiuvte a very serviceable medicine in allaying irritation. The diet must be of milk and light jellies; change of air, with gentle exercise, are necessary. Particular symptoms, as vomiting and tenesmus, must be met. Inflammation of the large intestine gives rise to those symptoms which constitute what is generally called dysentery. See Dysentery. Inflammation of the testicle. See Orchitis. Inflammation of the tunica arachnoides. See Encephalitis. Inflammation of the urethra. See Urethritis. Inflammation of the uterus. See Hysteritis. Inflammation of a vein. See Phlebitis. INFLAMMATORY. (Inflammatorius; from inflammatio. ) Of the nature of inflammation. Inflammatory crust. The buffy coat. See Blood. Inflammatory fever. See Febris. Infla'tio. In Pathology, a windy swelling. See Pneumatosis. bladder. Infle'xus. Curved, or bent inward. INFLORESCENCE. (Inflorescentia, a, f.; from infloresco, to flower or blossom.) A term used by Linnaeus to express the particular manner in which flowers are situated upon a plant. The compound inflorescences are, 1. The Verticcllus, or whorl. 2. The Capitulum, or tuft. 3. The Spica, or spike. 4. The Racemus, or cluster. 5. The Corymbus, or corymb. 6. The Umbella, or umbel. 7. The Cyma, or cyme. 8. The Fasciculus, or fascicle. 9. The Panicula, or panicle. 10. The Thyrsus, or bunch. 11. The Spadix, or sheath. 12. The Amentum, or catkin. INFLUE'NZA. (a, as, f.) The Italian word for influence. Epidemic catarrh is so named, because it was supposed to be produced by a peculiar influence of the air &c. See Catarrhus. Infra-orbitar foramen. Foramen infra orbitarium. A foramen in the superior maxillary bone, immediately below the orbit. It gives egress to the infra-orljjtary twig of the second branch of the fifth pair of nerves, and to a small twig of the internal maxillary artery. Infra-scapula'ris. (From infra, beneath, and scapula, the shoulder-blade.) A muscle named from its position beneath the scapula- See Subscapularis.- INFRASPINATUS. (From infra, beneath, and spina, the spine.) A muscle of the humerus, situated on the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from all that part of the dorsum scapula? which is below its spine; and from the spine itself, as far as the cervix scapula?. The fibers run obliquely toward a tendon in the middle of a muscle, which runs forward, and adheres to the capsular ligament. It is inserted, by a flat, thick tendon, into the upper and outer part of the large protuberance on the head of the os humeri. Its use is to roll the os humeri outward, to assist in raising and supporting it when raised, and to pull the ligament from between the bones. This muscle and the supra-spinatus are covered by an aponeurosis, which extends between the costa? and edges of the spine of the scapula, and gives rise to many of the muscular fibers. INFUNDIBULIFORM. Infundibuliformis. 1. Funnel-shaped. 2. In Anatomy, applied to the circular ligament of the atlas, and to a fascia connected with the anatomy of hernia. See Fascia. INFUNDI'BULUM. (um, i, n.; a funnel: from inf undo, to pour in.) 1. A canal that proceeds from the lower and anterior part of the third ventricle of the brain to the pituitary gland. See Encephalon. 2. The beginnings of the excretory duct of the kidney, or cavities into which the urine is first received from the secretory cryptae, are called infundibula. See Kidney. Infu'sion. See Infusum. INFUSO'RIA. Infusory animus. A class of the animal kingdom, comprehending those animalcules which are found in infusions of organic substances and in stagnant waters. INFUSUM. (*, n.; and infusio, onis, f.; from inf undo, to pour in.) An infusion. A preparation made by pouring water, of any INF INF 369 required degree of temperature, ou such substances as have a loose texture, as thin bark, wood, in shavings or small pieces, leaves, flowers, &c., and suffering it to stand a certain time. The process itself, as well as the liquor resulting from it, is called infusion. The following are among the most approved infusions: Infu'sum angustu'r.e. (U.S.) See Infusum cusparia. Infu'sum anthe'midis. (U. S.) Inf. anth. nobilis. Infusion of chamomile. Take of chamomile flowers, gj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for ten minutes in a lightly-covered vessel, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum armora'cije. (U. S.) I. armoracia; compositum. Compound infusion of horseradish. Take of fresh horseradish root, sliced, mustard seeds, bruised, of each, gj.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for ten minutes, and strain. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum aura'ntu compo'situm. (Ph. L.) Compound infusion of orange peel. Take of orange peel, dried, gss.; lemon peel, fresh, 31J.; cloves, bruised, $j.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for a quarter of an hour, and strain. A stomachic bitter. Dose, gij. Infu'sum buchu. (U.S.) Infusum diosma?. Infu'sum calu'mba:. J. colomba. (U. S.) Infusion of calumba. Take of calumba root, sliced, gss.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. gj. to f. giij. Infu'sum caryophy'lli. (U. S.) Infusion of cloves. Take of cloves, braised, 31J -; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Stimulant stomachic. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum cascari'llac. Infusion of cascarilla. Take of cascarilla bark, bruised, gj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Aromatic bitter. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum cassia: senna:. Infusum senna?. Infu'sum cate'chu compo'situm. (U. S.) Compound infusion of catechu. Take of catechu, ground, gss.; cinnamon bark, bruised, sj.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and strain. Aromatic astringent. Dose, f. gjss. Infu'sum chama:meli. Infusum anthemidis. Infu'sum chire'tta:. (Ph. E.) Infusion of chiretta (chirayta). Take of chiretta, dried, Jss.; boiling water, Oj. Infuse two hours, and strain. Tonic and stomachic, like gentian. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Infu'sum cincho'na:. (U. S.) Infusion of cinchona. Take of cinchona bark, bruised, gj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij- Infu'sum cincho'na: compo'situm. (U. S.) Cinchona bark, in powder, one ounce; aromatic sulphuric acid, one fluid drachm; water, one pint. Macerate for twelve hours, occasionally shaking. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum cuspa'ria:. (U. S.) Infusion of cusparia. Take of cusparia bark, bruised, gss.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Stimulant tonic. Dose, f. gj. tof. gij. Infu'sum digita'lis. (U. S.) Infusion of foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, dried, a drachm; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four hours, and strain; then add tincture of cinnamon, f. gj. Dose, f. gss. Infu'sum dio'sma?. (U. S.) Take of the leaves of diosma, gj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate lor four hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Infu'sum eupatorii perfoliati. (U. S.) Take of thoroughwort, bruised, one ounce; boiling water, one pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Dose, f. gij. Infu'sum gentia'na: compo'situm. (U. S.) Compound infusion of gentian. Take of gentian root, sliced, gss.; orange peel, dried, coriander seeds, of each, one drachm; dilute alcohol, giv.; boiling water, a pint. First pour on the alcohol, and three hours after, the water. Macerate for twelve hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum humu'li. (U.S.) Infusion of hops. Take of hops, gss.; boiling water, Oj. Infuse for two hours, and strain. Narcotic bitter. Dose, Infu'sum Krame'rue. (U.S.) Takeofthe root of rhatany, an ounce; boiling water, a pint Macerate for four hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum lini. (U.S.) Infusion of linseed. Take of linseed, braised, gss.; liquorice root, sliced, 3ij.; boiling water, one pint. Macerate for four hours, and strain. Dose, a cupful. Infu'sum lini compo'situm. I. lini usitatis- simi. See Infusum lini. Infu'sum lupuli. Infusum humuli. Infu'sum Mentha: simplex. (Ph. D.) Infusion of spearmint ( mint). Take of dried mintleaves, rij.; boiling water, enough to yield f. gvj. of strained infusion. Stomachic and carminative: a vehicle for laxatives, &c. Dose, f. gij., or more. Infu'sum menthas compo'situm. (Ph. D.) Take of the infusion of mint, f. gvj.; white sugar, 3ij.; oil of spearmint, gtt. iij., previously dissolved in compound tincturo of cardamom, f. gss. Mix. A grateful carminative; useful in nausea and as a vehicle. Dose, f. gij. Infu'sum parei'ra:. (Ph. L.) Takeofthe root of pareira, 3vj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. Infu'sum picis liqui'da:. Tar water. Infu'sum pruni virginiana:. (U. S.) Infusion of wild cherry bark. Take of wild cherry bark, braised, gss.; cold water, Oj. Macerate for twelve hours (or more in winter), and strain. It is tonic and slightly sedative. Dose, f. gij. to f. giij., three or lour times a day. Infu'sum qua'ssia?. (U. S,) Infusion of quassia. Take of quassia wood, 3ij.; cold water, a pint. Macerate for twelve hours, and strain. A pure bitter. Dose, f. gss. to f. gij. Infu'sum rhei. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) Infusion of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, sliced, two drachms; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Cathartic. Dose, f- Sj- Infu'sum rosa: acidum. (Ph. D.) Infusum rosa? compositum. Infu'sum rosa: compo'situm. (U. S.,Ph. L.) Inf. rosa; gallica. Take of the petals of red rose, dried, gss.; boiling water, Oiiss.; dilute sulphuric acid, 3iij.; sugar, giss. Pour the water upon the petals of the rose, in a glass vessel; ING I N J 370 then add the acid, and macerate for six hours. Lastly, strain the infusion, and add tho Bugar to it. Refrigerant and tonic. Dose, f. gij. Infu'sum sarsapari'llas. (U. S.) Infusion of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, bruised, gj.; boiling water, Oj. Digest for two hours, and strain. This may be made by displacement with cold water, after macerating the pounded root for twelve hours. Dose, f. giv., or more. Infu'sum scopa'rii. (Ph. L.) Take of fresh broom tops, gj.; boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for four hours, and strain. Diuretic. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Infu'sum sennas. (U.S.) I. sennce compositum. Infusion of senna. Take of senna leaves, jj.; coriander seed, 3j.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and strain. Cathartic. Dose, gij. to giv. Infu'sum senna: cum tamari'ndis. (Ph. D.) I. senna compositum. (Ph. E.) Infusion of senna with tamarinds. Take of tamarinds, gj.; senna, coriander seeds, bruised, of each, 3j.; sugar, gss.; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four hours, and strain. Aperient and refrigerant. Dose, f. gij. to f. giv. Infu'sum serpenta'ria:. (U. S.) Infusion of Virginian snake root. Take of serpentaria, gss.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Infu'sum simaru'ba:. (Ph. L.) Infusion of simarouba. Take of simarouba bark, bruised, 388.; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Dose, f. gj. to f. gij. Infu'sum spige'lia:. (U. S.) Infusion of pink root. Take of pink root, gss.; boiling water, Oj. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Used as a vermifuge. Dose, f. gj. for a child of three years: it is commonly mixed with a cathartic. Infu'sum taba'ci. (U. S., Fh. L. & D.) Infusion of tobacco. Take of tobacco leaves, sj.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and strain. Half is used for an enema. Infu'sum ulmi. (U. S.) Infusion of slippery elm bark. Take of the bark, sliced, gj.; boiling water, Oj. Macerate twelve hours, and strain. Demulcent. Dose, ad libitum. Infu'sum valeria'nac. (U. S.) Take of valerian, gss.; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and strain. Dose, f. gij. Infu'sum zingibe'ris. Infusion of ginger. Take of ginger, bruised, sij.; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for two hours, and strain. Carminative. Dose. f. gj. INGE'STA. (Ingestus; from ingero, to throw in.) The aliments taken into the body. INGLU'VIES. (es, ei, f.) 1. Gluttony. 2. The craw, crop, or gorge of a bird. Ingravidation. Pregnancy. I'NGUEN. (en, inis, ft.) The groin. The lower and lateral part of the abdomen, above the thigh. I'NGUINAL. (Inguinatis; from inguen, the groin.) Appertaining to the groin. Inguinal artery. The external iliac in the groin. Inguinal glaniis. The lymphatic glands situated in the groin. They are found both above and below the aponeurosis. Inguinal heRni v. /. canal. See Hernia. Inguinal ligament. See Poupart's liga- ment. INHALA'TION. The drawing in of fumes or vapors along with the breath. The inhalation of vapor of warm water is very serviceable in some cases of inflammation of the mucous membrane of the air passages and throat. The steam may bo rendered anodyne by the addition of henbane seeds, poppy-heads, ether, or opium; or gently stimulant by vinegar, &c. Tar vapor is of great service in chronic bronchitis, in which disease chlorine has also latoly been found useful. The chlorine vapor is produced by adding, at first, gtt. y. to gtt. x. of aq. chlorinii to warm water in the inhaler. The dose may be increased to gtt. xl. Inhalation of ether. Dr. Beddoes and Davy discovered that if the vapor of common sulphuric ether were inhaled, it at first produced excitement, but rapidly brought on a state of torpor, which was extremely deep, and appeared to them a dangerous effect. But this soporific action of ether is now known to be almost, if not quite harmless, hundreds of persons having been kept under its influence for hours without any bad results. Hence it has been adopted as a preparative step in the performance of painful and tedious operations, and even in parturition, but does not appear in the latter case to bo safe. The ether may be placed in a common inhaler, or in a bottle with two necks, through one of which the patient inspires, while air passes into the fluid by the other. The stupor comes on in a few minutes and the inhalation is stopped, the effects continuing from five to fifteen minutes after each administration. If there be occasion, the dose may be repeated a number of times. Under this influence, the patient is without the slightest perception of pain; and it appears that the operations are remarkably successful. The inhalation seems to be improper in cases attended with irritation of the brain. INHA'LER, MUDGE'S. A quart pewter pot, the lid of which screws on, and is furnished with a flexible tube, through which the patient draws air, which enters at some apertures in the upper part of the handle, and passes through the thickness of the fluid. Inhe'rent. Inherent. Pertaining to a thing. INHUMA'TION. Inhumatio. The placing of a patient in an earth bath. I'nion. Iviov. The occiput. Initis. Fibrous inflammation. Injacula'tio. A violent spasmodic pain in the stomach, and immobility in the body.— Van Helmont. INJE'CTION. (Injectio, onit, f.; from injicio, to cast into.) 1. A medicated liquor to be thrown into a natural or preternatural cavity of the body by means of a syringe. Those injections which are thrown into the rectum are called enemata. 2. A composition with which the vessels of any part of the body are filled for anatomical purposes. For ordinary purposes, it may be made of four parts of tallow, one part of resin, and one part of bees'-wax; to which, when INN I N N 371 melted together, there is to be added some oil of turpentine, having a sufficient quantity of coloring matter (vermilion for red, and king's yellow for yellow) suspended in it to color the injection. But for a fine preparation, the following may bo used: 1. The fine injection. Composed of brown spirit varnish and white spirit varnish, of each four parts; turpentine varnish, one part; and coloring matter, one part, or as much as is sufficient. A little of this, while hot, is first thrown into the arteries, into the minute branches of which it is to be forced by, 2. The coarse injection. Composed of bees'wax, two parts; resin, one part; turpentine varnish, one part; and coloring matter, q. s. To the bees'-wax and resin, melted together, add the turpentine varnish, and then the coloring matter, suspended in some oil of turpentine. 3. In Pathology, the presence of an increased quantity of blood in the vessels of a part is sometimes called injection of the vessels. I'nnatk diseases. Those which are congenital. INNERVA'TION. The vital process by which a part is supplied with nervous energy. INNOMINA'TUS. (From in, priv., and nomen, a name.) Some parts of the body are so called: thus, the pelvic bones, which in the young subject are three in number, to which names are given, become one in the adult, which is without a name. An artery from the arch of the aorta, and the fifth pair of nerves, have also had this unmeaning designation applied to them. Innominata arteuia. The first branch given oft' by the arch of the aorta. It soon divides into tho right carotid and right subclavian arteries. Innominati nervi. The fifth pair of nerves. Innominatum foramen. A foramen on the petrous portion of the temporal bone, for the passage of the vidian nerve. Innominatum os. A large, irregular bone, situated at the side of the pelvis. It is divided into three portions, viz., the iliac, ischiatic, and pubic, which are usually described as three distinct bones. The os ilium, or haunch-bone, is of a very irregular shape. The lower part of it is thick and narrow; its superior portion is broad and thin, terminating in a ridge, called the spine of the ilium, and more commonly known by the name of the haunch. The spine rises up like an arch, being turned somewhat outward. Externally, this bone is unequally prominent, and hollowed for the attachment of muscles; and internally, at its broadest fore part, it is smooth and concave. At its lower part, there is a considerable ridge on its inner surface. This ridge, which extends from the os sacrum, and corresponds with a similar prominence both on that bone and the ischium, fonns, with the inner part of the ossa pubis, what is called the brim of the pelvis. The whole of the internal surface behind this ridge is very unequal. The OS ilium has likewise a smaller surface posteriorly, by which it is articulated to the sides of the os sacrum. Its upper part is rough and porous; lower down it is more solid. It is firmly united to the os sacrum by a cartilagi- nous substance, and likewise by very strong ligamentous fibers, which are extended to that bone from the whole circumference of this irregular surface. The spine of this bone, which is originally an epiphysis, has two considerable tuberosities, one anteriorly, and the other posteriorly, which is the largest of the two. The ends of this spine, too, from their projecting more than the parts of the bone below them, are called spinal processes. Before the anterior spinal process the spine is hollowed, where part of the sartorius muscle is placed; and below the posterior spinal process there is a very large niche in the bone, which, in the recent subject, has a strong ligament stretched over its lower part, from the os sacrum to the sharppointed process of the ischium; so that a great hole is formed, through which pass the great sciatic nerve and the posterior crural vessels, under the pyriform muscle, part of which is likewise lodged in this hole. The lowest, thickest, and narrowest part of the ilium, in conjunction with the other two portions of each os innominatum, helps to form the acetabulum for the os femoris. The os ischium, or hip-bone, which is the lowest of the three portions of each os innominatum, is of a very irregular figure, and usually divided into its body, tuberosity, and ramus. The body externally forms the inferior portion of the acetabulum, and sends a sharp-pointed process backward, called the spine of the ischium. This is the process to which the ligament is attached, which was just now described as forming a great foramen for the passage of the sciatic nerve. The tuberosity is large and irregular, and is placed at the inferior part of the bone, giving origin to several muscles. In the recent subject, it seems covered with a cartilaginous crust; but this appearance, as in the spine of the ilium, is nothing more than the tendinous fibers of the muscles that are inserted into it. The tuberosity, which is the lowest portion of the trunk, supports us when we sit. Between the spine and the tuberosity is observed a sinuosity, covered with a cartilaginous crust, which serves as a pulley, on which the obturator muscle plays. From the tuberosity, the bone, becoming narrower and thinner, forms the ramus or branch, which, passing forward and upward, makes, with the ramus of the os pubis, a large hole, of an oval shape, the foramen magnum ischii, which affords, through its whole circumference, attachment to muscles.. This foramen is more particularly noticed in describing the os pubis. The os pubis, or share-bone, which is tho smallest of the three portions of the os innominatum, is placed at the upper and fore part of the pelvis, where the two ossa pubes meet, and are united to each other by means of a very strong cartilage, which constitutes what is called the symphysis pubis. Each os pubis may be divided into its body, angle, and ramus. The body, which is the outer part, is joined to theos ilium. The angle comes forward to form the symphysis, and tho ramus is a thin apophysis, which, uniting with the ramus of the ischium, forms the foramen magnum ischii, or thyroideum, as it has been sometimes called, from its resem- INS INS 372 bianco to a door or shield. This foramen is somewhat wider above than below, and its greatest diameter is from above downward, and obliquely from within outward. In the recent subject it is almost completely closed by a strong, fibrous membrane, called the obturator ligament. Upward and outward, where we observe a niche in the bone, the fibers of this ligament are separated to allow a passage to the posterior crural nerve, an artery, and vein. The great uses of this foramen seem to be to lighten the bones of the pelvis, and to afford a convenient lodgment to the obturator muscles. The three bones now described as constituting the os innominatum on each side, all concur to form the great acetabulum, or cotyloid cavity, which receives the head of the thigh bone; the os ilium and os ischium making each about two fifths, aud the os pubis ono fifth of the cavity. This acetabulum, which is of considerable depth, is of a spherical shape. Its brims are high, and in the recent subject it is tipped with cartilage. The brims, however, are higher above and externally than they aro internally and below, where we observe a niche in the bone (namely, the ischium), across which is stretched a ligament, forming a hole for the transmission of blood-vessels and nerves to the cavity of the joint. The cartilage which lines the acetabulum is thickest at its circumference, and thinner within, where a little hole is to be observed, in which is placed the apparatus that serves to lubricate the joint, and facilitate its motions. We are likewise able to discover the impression made by the internal ligament of the os femoris, which, by being attached both to this cavity and to the head of tho os femoris, helps to secure the latter in the acetabulum. The bones of the pelvis serve to support the spine and upper parts of the body, to lodge the intestines, urinary bladder, and other viscera, aud likewise to unite the trunk to the lower extremities. But, besides these uses, they are destined, in the female subject, for other important purposes; and the accoucheur finds, in the study of these bones, the foundation of all obstetrical knowledge. INOCULATION. (Inoculaiio,onis,i.) The insertion of a poison into any part of the body. It was first practiced by physicians with that of the small-pox, because we had learned from experience that by so doing we generally procured fewer pustules, aud a much milder disease, than when the small-pox was taken hi a natural way. Inoculation, cow-pox. Vaccination. Inoculation, Jennerian. Vaccination. INORGA'NIC. (From in, without, and organum, an organ.) 1. Without organs; as distinguished from animals and plants which have this endowment. 2. In Chemistry, inorganic signifies mineral or other bodies which are in no way derived from organic products, and are capable of resisting a high temperature before decomposition. IN OS C U L A'T 10 N. (Inosculalio, onis, f.; from in, and osculum, a little mouth.) Anastomosis. The union of the extremities of vessels. INSALIVA'TION. Insalivatio. The admixture of food with the saliva of the mouth. Insalu'brious. Unhealthy. INSA'NIA. (a, es, f.) Insanity, or deranged intellect. INSANITY. ImanUas. Madness. The varieties are: 1. Moral insanity, a morbid perversion of the natural feelings and affections simply. The three following modifications of tho disease may be termed Intellectual insanity, in contradistinction to the preceding form. They are severally, 2. Monomania, or partial insanity, in which the understanding is partially disordered, or under the influence of some particular illusion on one topic: this was formerly called melancholy. 3. Mania, or raving madness, in which the understanding is generally deranged; the reasoning faculty, if not lost, is confused and disturbed in its exercise; the mind is in a state of morbid excitement, and the individual talks absurdly on every subject to which his thoughts are momentarily directed. 4. Incoherence, or dementia. " Rapid succession or uninterrupted alternation of insulated ideas, and evanescent and unconnected emotions ; continually repeated actsof extravagance; complete forgetfulness of every previous state; diminished sensibility to external impressions; abolition of the faculty of judgment; perpetual activity." We may, then, describe insanity as a chronic disease, manifested by deviations from the healthy and natural state of the mind, such deviations consisting either in a moral perversion, or a disorder of the feelings, affections, and habits of the individual, or in intellectual derangement, which last is sometimes partial, namely, in monomania, affecting tho understanding only in particular trains of thought; or general, and accompanied with excitement, namely, in mania, or raving madness; or, lastly, confounding or destroying the connections or associations of ideas, and producing a state of incoherence. The following description of mania by Chiaruggi is of extraordinary skill: " Among the phenomena of the first stage of this disease, we are struck by impetuous, audacious, shameless habits, a bold, menacing aspect ; the natural evacuations are deficient; the skin becomes of a slaty color; the forehead contracted; the eyebrows drawn up; the hair bristled; the breathing hurried. Tho countenance begins to glow; the eyes become fiery and sparkling; the looks are wandering, and scarcely ever fixed; the eyelids are by turns drawn widely open and closely shut; the eyeballs are prominent, as if pushed' forward out of the orbits. With this wild and menacing appearance is combined a patient endurance of hunger, and a remarkable insensibility of cold. If sleep visits the patient at all, it is short, unquiet, and easily disturbed. In the second stage, anger, violence, and the loss of reason manifest themselves in their greatest intensity; shrieking, roaring, raging, abusive expressions and conduct toward the dearest friends and the nearest relations, who are now looked upon as the bitterest enemies. The patient tears his clothes to tatters, destroys, breaks in pieces INS INS 373 whatever comes in his way. A striking and characteristic circumstance is the propensity to go quite naked. Whoever touches the patient is abused or struck by him. Strange, confused ideas, absurd prejudices, occupy the mind. Stillness soon follows, or a murmuring sound, as if the patient were alone: on the other hand, when he is alone, talking and gesticulating as if he were in company. If such individuals are confined and tied during the height of their paroxysms, for their own security or that of others, nothing can be compared to the truly satanical expression which their countenances display. In this state they throw hastily away, with cries and shrieks, all the food presented to them, except fluids, which thirst compels them to receive. When, after some days, hunger begins to be felt, they swallow eveiy thing with brutal greediness; they even devour, as it has often been observed, their own excrements, which, black and offensive, escape from them in great quantity, or smear with them clothes, beds, and walls. Notwithstanding his constant exertion of mind and body, the muscular strength of the patient seems daily to increase; ho is able to break the strongest bonds, and even chains; his limbs seem to acquire a remarkable nimbleness and pliability, and a singular aptitude of performing movements and actions which appear almost supernatural. Chiaruggi saw a woman; who, clothed in a strait-waistcoat, and laced down in her bed like a child in a cradle, drew out her limbs from this double confinement with the greatest nimbleness and pliancy. Bold, however, and impudent as such patients are, yet they are, according to common observation, although not without exceptions, easily daunted by a strong, threatening voice, by the sight of stocks, by close though harmless restraint. After their violence has expended itself, they become still, gloomy, appear to be reflecting or brooding over something; but they break out again, before it can be anticipated, into a new storm of rage. At length comes on the third stage. A real cessation of violent paroxysms now ensues, exhaustion, sleep, though unquiet, disturbed by fearful dreams. The pulse is small, the aspect of the whole body squalid, the countenance pallid and meager. The patient is obdurately silent, or sings and laughs in a strange manner, or chatters with incessant volubility. These uncertain intervals, which often put on the appearance of fatuity, aro frequently interrupted by new but short renewals of violence. Memory, for the most part, remains unimpaired through all the stages, and during the highest intensity of the disease the senses appear to acquire an unusual degree of acuteness and susceptibility. A patient who had recovered described to Chiaruggi all the scenes of his wild revery and long-continued mental per* turbation. It has often been observed that maniacal patients of this description are never attacked by any epidemic, and are seldom affected by any contagious malady. According to Mead and many others, even consumptive disorders, dropsies, and other chronic maladies, have disappeared on the accession of violent insanity. When patients are not freed from the disease after a succession of attacks, which come on like so many paroxysms of fever, one or the other of the following events eusues: either the powers of mind are exhausted to that degree that the disease subsides into a permanent fatuity; or this appearance of fatuity is only a space of calmness interposed between relapses of violent madness, which now and then break out, like the eruptions of a volcano, after a long period of repose; or the patient falls into a state of melancholy, or of complete mental confusion; or, finally, his madness becomes chronical, and he scarcely recovers from this condition, in which sense and understanding appear to be lost in incoherence. Chiaruggi saw a woman who had sat during twenty-five years on a stone floor, in a fearfully demented state, beating the ground with her chains without ceasing by day or by night." There are certain concomitants of insanity which have great influence on the treatment and prognosis—and principally general paralysis, which, beginning in the tongue, gradually affects the limbs, neck, sphincters, and, finally, the whole body. Such cases are nearly always fatal, and seem to depend upon chronic inflammation of the substance of the brain. There is a greater tendency to apoplexy, epilepsy, and convulsions in the insane, as well as acute inflammations. Phthisis pulmonalis, obstinate constipation, and dysentery are remarkably frequent and fatal in insanity. Cachexies, with skin diseases, are also frequent. The prognosis, so far as insanity is concerned, is rendered unfavorable by the cerebral complications. Mania seems to be most curable when treated early, and occurring in young persons under thirty years. In all forms, the number of recoveries seldom exceeds two fifths. The chief predisposing causes of insanity are hereditary predisposition, tho melancholic temperament, and diseases or injuries of the brain. Other causes, however, both moral and physical, might be enumerated as predisposing to one or other form of insanity: as religious fervor, disappointments in business, love, or ambition. The chief exciting causes of insanity are injuries and diseases of the brain, intoxication, insolation, excess in venery, intestinal irritation, and morbid conditions of the uterine system. The treatment of insanity resolves itself into medical and moral. With respect to the former, the general principle which should guide our practice is simple. Of the actual physical state which constitutes insanity we are entirely ignorant: we can not, therefore, at present hope to strike at the root of the disease; we know, however, that certain morbid conditions of the brain and other organs accompany its progress, and exercise an important influence on the event of the case; to these, therefore, the resources of medicine should be directed, according to the general principles of the science, always keeping in view, however, that we are not dealing with ordinary idiopathic affections, but with the accompaniments of a peculiar and usually a protracted malady. Although medical treatment has great influence in many cases, the moral treatment is, on the whole, the more important, since by means of this we have the more direct control over the mental disorder. I N S INT INSE'CTA. Insects. A class of articulated animals. Insula cerebri. The intennediate lobe of the brain. 374 INSENSIBI'LITY. Loss or absence of sensation, a symptom in cerebral affections. INSE'RTION. Inscrtio. The attachment of a muscle to the part it moves. It is hence distinguished from origin. Inse'ssus. Insessio. A hot bath, simple or medicated, over which the patient sits. Inside'ntia. Any thing floating in urine. INSIDIOUS. Insidiosus. Pathologists give this name to diseases which do not at first appear so formidable as they are, and which are apt to elude the attention of the practitioner. Insipie'ntia. Syn. with dementia. INSOLATIO. (o, onis, f.; from in, ami sol, the sun.) Insolation. Exposure to the direct rays of the sun. This is a frequent source of disease. IN S O L U B I'L IT Y. The state in which a solid does not lose its form when immersed in a fluid: it is usually applied to the action of water on the solid. Solution is but an inferior exhibition of attraction between the fluid and solid; and the line of separation between chemical action and solution is by no means apparent. INSO'MNIA. Insomnia. Insomniata. (From in, without, and somnus, sleep.) Sleeplessness; absence of sleep; watching. It may be a peculiarity or idiosyncrasy, but is most usually a symptom, and especially of nervous diseases. INSPIRATION. (Inspiratio, onis, f.; from in, and spiro, to breathe.) In Physiology, the act of drawing the air into the lungs. See Respiration. INSPISSA'TTON.- (From in, and spissatus, thickened.) The pharmaceutical process of evaporating a decoction or juice to a thick consistence, for the purpose of preservation. Instep. The metatarsus. INSTILLATION. Instillatio. The act of pouring a fluid drop by drop. INSTINCT. (Instinctus, us, m.) That power of living bodies by which they spontaneously assume those modes of action which are necessaiy for the preservation of the individual, or the perpetuation of the species, independently of any ratiocination. Instinctive motions. Those involuntary actions which are excited immediately through the nerves—a part of the reflex function. The principal instinctive motions are, 1. The closure of the eyelids. 2. The act of sucking. 3. The act of closing the hand. 4. The act of swallowing. 5. The closing of the glottis. 6. The action of the sphincters. 7. Inspiration, as an involuntary act. 8. The act of sneezing. 9. The act of vomiting. 10. The emission of semen. All these phenomena take place even in the anencephalous child, on the due application of the appropriate stimuli. INSTITUTES OF MEDICINE. The theory of medicine, especially the connection of physiology and therapeutics with the practice of medicine. INSUFFLATION. Insufflatio. (From in, and suffio, to blow.) The act of injecting or blowing air or vapor into a cavity, as when tobacco smoke is thrown up the rectum, or the process of artificial respiration is established. INSULATION. (From insula, an island.) Applied in electricity to the state of a body surrounded by non-conductors. I'nteger. Entire. Intege'rrimus. Most perfect or entire. Applied to leaves, the margin of which has no teeth, notches, or incisions. INTE'GRAL PARTICLES. The most minute particles of which a body is formed. The phrase differs from atoms or elementary particles in this respect, that it designates parts which may be produced by mechanical subdivision, whereas the latter are applied only to the chemical constituents of bodies which can not be separated by mechanical forces. INTE'GUMENT. Intcgumentum. (From in, and lego, to cover.) That which covers any part of a body or thing. The integument of the human body is the skin; and the phrase common integuments is employed in anatomy for the skin, with the cellular tissue and fat which invest the outer parts of the body. Intellect. See Mens. INTE'MPER ANCE. The abuse of drink or food. Intemperance in alcoholic drinks, especially of the stronger kinds, as from dram-drinking, is one of the most serious causes of organic disease of the stomach, bowels, and liver, a large number of these complaints being traceable to this cause only. Intempe'ries. Bad constitution or condition of the air or human body. INTENSITY. In Electricity and Galvanism this expression is synonymous with quantity, and represents the amount of electrical excitement as betrayed in the heating effects of the agent. INTENTION. Intcntio. 1. The object proposed by any one. 2. In Surgery, union by tho first intention is that which takes place without suppuration: the parts, being in close contact by means of unirritating dressings, rapidly unite, the exterior cicatrizing. Union by the second intention is where suppuration intervenes before the restoration of the parts. INTER-. A prefix (from- inter, between), signifying intermediate, or denoting intervals. Interakti'cular. Between the joints. Intercadent pulse. When there is a supernumerary pulsation at intervals. Interce'llular. Lying between the cells, as the intercellular spaces, passages, substance, &c. Interclavicular. A ligament passing from one clavicle to the other. INTERCA'LARY DAYS. Those days in the course of a fever when an imperfect or injurious attempt at a crisis is made; as the third, fifth, ninth, thirteenth, and nineteenth. INTERCO'STAL. (Intercostalis ; from inter, between, and costa, a rib.) A name given to muscles, vessels, &c., which are between the ribs. Intercostal arteries. Arteria; intercostalcs. The arteries which run between the ribs. The superior intercostal artery is a branch of the subclavian. The other intercostal arteries are given off from the aorta. INT INT 375 Intercostal muscles. Intercostales externi tt interni. Between the ribs on each side are eleven double rows of muscles: these are the intercostales externi and interni. The intercostales externi arise from the lower edge of each superior rib, and, running obliquely downward and forward, are inserted into the upper edge of each inferior rib, so as to occupy the intervals of the ribs, from as far back as the spine to their cartilages; but from their cartilages to the sternum there is only a thin aponeurosis covering the internal intercostales. The intercostales interni arise and are inserted in the same manner as the external. They begin at the sternum, and extend as far as the angles of the ribs, their fibers running obliquely backward. These fibers are spread over a considerable part of the inner surface of the ribs, so as to be longer than those of the external intercostales. Some of the posterior portions of the internal intercostals pass over one rib, and are inserted into the rib below. These distinctions, however, are altogether superfluous, as they are evidently nothing more than appendages of the intercostals. The number of these portions varies in different subjects. Most eommoidy there are only four, the firsX of which runs from the second rib to the fourth, the second from the third rib to the fifth, the third from the fourth rib to the sixth, and the fourth from the fifth rib to the seventh. The internal intercostals of the two interior false ribs are frequently so thin as to be with difficulty separated from the external; and, in some subjects, one or both of them seem to be altogether wanting. Intercostal nerve. Ncrvus intercostalis. Great intercostal nerve. Sympathetic nerve. The great intercostal nerve arises in the cavity of the cranium, from a branch of the sixth and one of the fifth pair, uniting into one trunk, which passes out of the cranium through the carotid canal, and descends by the sides of the bodies of the vertebra) of the neck, thorax, loins, and os sacrum: in its course it receives the small accessory branches from all the thirty pair of spinal nerves. In the neck it gives off three cervical ganglions, tho upper, middle, and lower, from which the cardiac and pulmonary nerves arise. In the thorax it gives off the splanchnic or anterior intercostal, which perforates the diaphragm, and forms the semilunar ganglions, from which nerves pass to all the abdominal viscera. They also form in the abdomen ten peculiar plexuses, distinguished by the name of the viscus to which they belong, as the cceliac, splenic, hepatic, superior, middle, and lower mesenteric, two renal, and two spermatic plexuses. The posterior intercostal nerve is dispersed in accessory branches about the pelvis and ischiatic nerve. Intercostal spaces. The intervals between the ribs. Intercostal veins. These accompany the intercostal arteries, and empty their blood into the vena azygos. INTERCURRENT. Inlercurrens. 1. Diseases which occur sporadically during the (>revalence of epidemic or endemic diseases lave been termed intercurrent diseases. 2. Also, a disease which arises in the course of another. Inte'rcus ao.ua. Anasarca. Intercu'taneus. Subcutaneous. Interde'ntium. The intervals between teeth of the same order. Interdigi'tium. Corns or warts between the toes or fingers. Interfasmi'neum. The perineum. INTERFERENCE. In Optics, the phenomenon resulting from the intermixing or interference of two rays of light, whereby bands of colors arc produced when their paths bear a certain ratio to each other. Iaterlu'nius. Epilepsy. Interma'xillary. Situated between the maxillary or jaw bones. Intermediate. Intermedins. That which lies between two other bodies, or is of a mid' die nature or quality. Intermediate vascular system. Tho pillary system. INTERMISSION. Intcrmissio. The interval which occurs between the paroxysms of periodical pains, fevers, &c. In agues, this period is almost one of health. INTERMITTENT. (Intermittens; from intermitto, to discontinue.) An intermittent disease is one which ceases and returns again at regular or uncertain periods, as agues, &c. Intermittent fever. See Ague. Internode. Iiderno'dis. Tho space between the joints of a plant. Interno'dia digitorum. The phalanges. Internu'ntii dies. (From internuncio, to go between.) Applied to the doctrine of critical days synonymously with dies indices. Internus auris. 71 mallei. The tensor tympani muscle. INTERO'SSEI MANUS. These are small muscles situated between the metacarpal bones, and extending from the bones of the carpus to the fingers. They are divided into internal interossei interni and external interossei externi; the former are to be seen only on the palm of the hand, but the latter are conspicuous both on the palm and back of the hand. Interossei pedis. These small muscles, in their situation between the metatarsal bones, resemble the interossei of the hand, and, like them, are divided into internal and external. INTEROSSEOUS. (Interosseus; from inter, between, and os, a bone.) Between bones: applied to muscles, ligaments, &c., which are situated between bones. Interosseous arteries. Branches of the ulnar and dorsalis carpi arteries, distributed over the interosseous ligament of the forearm and between the interossei muscles. Intero'sseous nerve. A branch of the median nerve, which passes over the interosseous ligament of the forearm in company with the artery. Interpola'ti dies. Intercalary days. Interrupted. Interruptus. Broken in its regular form. Interscapu'lium. 1. The spine of the scapula. 2. The fossa on each side of the spine. INTERSE'PTUM. (um, i, n.; from inter, INT INT 376 and septum, an inclosure.) The uvula, or the septum narium. Interseptum virginale. The hymen. INTERSPINALS. (From inter, and spina, the spine.) Muscles, nerves, &c., are so named which are situated between the processes of the spine. Intersfina'les. The portions of muscle between the spinous processes of the neck, back, and loins, distinguished by the names of interspinales colli, dorsi, et lumborum. Those which connect the processes of the back and loins are rather small tendons than muscles: they draw these processes nearer to each other. Interstice. An interval. INTERSTITIAL. (From intersto, to stand between.) Applied to a substance which is situated in the interstices of an organ intercellular spaces), or to an action which takes place in those interstices; as interstitial matter, interstitial absorption, &c. I'NTERTRANSVERSA'LES. Four distinct small bundles of muscular fibers, which fill up the spaces between the transverse processes of the vertebra? of the loins and neck, and serve to draw them toward each other. INTERTRI'GO. (o, inis, f.; from inter, between, and tero, to rub.) An- excoriation, or galling of the skin, about the anus, groins, axilla, or other parts of the body, attended with inflammation and moisture. It is most commonly produced by the irritation of the urine, or from riding; in infants it often arises without any external cause. It is relieved by the liquor plumbi acetatis dilutus, ointment of oxide of zinc, powdered starch, and the compound sarcocolla powder. INTERVERTEBRAL. Situated between the vertebra?. Intervertebral cartilages. The cartilages between the vertebra?. INTESTI'NA. An order of entozoary animals in the system of Cuvier, which comprehends two groups: 1st. Cavitaria: worms which have distinct stomachs. 2d. Parenchymata : worms of a cellular structure, as the tape worms. Intestinal canal. See Intestine. INTESTINE. (Intestinum, i, n.; from intus, within.) The convoluted membranous tube that extends from the stomach to the anus. The intestines are situated in the cavity of the abdomen, and are divided into the small and large, which have, besides their size, other circumstances of distinction. The whole length of the intestinal tube in the human subject is about six times that of the body. The small intestine comprises about the upper four fifths of the tube, and the large intestine the remaining fifth. • The small intestines are supplied internally with folds, called valtndat conniventes, and have no bands on their external surface. The large intestines have no folds internally; are supplied externally with three strong muscular bands, which run parallel upon the surface, and give the intestines a saccated appearance; they have also small fatty appendages, called appendiculcs epiploicee. The first portion of the intestinal tube, for about the extent of twelve fingers' breadth, is called the duodenum: it lies in the epigastric region, makes three turnings, and, between the first and second flexure, receives, by a common opening, the pancreatic duct and the ductus communis choledochus. It is in this portion of the intestines that chylification is chiefly performed. The jejunum commences where the duodenum ends, aud is situated in the umbilical region. It is every where covered with red vessels, and, about an hour and a half after a meal, with distended lacteals. The ileum occupies tho hypogastric region and the pelvis; is of a more pallid color than the former, and terminates by a transverse opening into the large intestines, which is called the valve of the ileum, valve of the caecum, or the valve of Tulpius. The beginning of the large intestines is firmly tied down in the right iliac region, and, for the extent of about four fingers' breadth, is called the cacum, having adhering to it a worm-like process, called the processus cceci vcrmiformis, or appcndicula caeci vermiformis. The colon or great intestine then commences: it ascends toward the liver, passes across the abdomen, under the stomach, to the left side, where it is contorted like the letter S, and descends to the pelvis: hence it is divided in this course into the ascending portion, the transverse arch, and the sigmoid flexure. When it has reached, the pelvis it is called the rectum, whence it proceeds, in a straight line, to the anus. The intestinal canal is composed of three membranes or coats: a common one from the peritoneum, a muscular coat, and a mucous or villous coat, the villi being formed of the fine terminations of arteries and nerves, and the origins of lacteals and lymphatics. The mu cous coat is perforated by the ducts of numer ous simple glands or follicles, by which it is supplied with mucus. These glands are solitary or in clusters. The former are named Brun ner's glands, and are most numerous in the duodenum, though they exist throughout the tube; the latter are named Peyer's glands, which are found in the jejunum and ileum, but most numerously in the ileum. The intestine*, are connected with the spine by the mesentery; the duodenum has also a peculiar connecting cellular substance, as have likewise the colon and rectum, by means of which the duodenum is firmly accreted to the back, the colon to the kidneys, and the rectum to the os coccygis, and, in women, to the vagina. The remaining portion of the tube floats in the cavity of the abdomen. The arteries of this canal are branches of the superior and inferior mesenteric, and the duodenal. The veins evacuate their blood into the vena porta?. The nerves are branches of the eighth pair and intercostals. The lacteal vessels, which originate principally from the jejunum, proceed to the glands, in the mesentery. Intestinum circumvolutum. The ileum. Intestinum crassum, v. GRANDE, v. magnum v. plenum. The colon. Intestinum tenue. The jejunum and ileum- IN T O'L E R A N C E. The condition of the IN V IN V 377 body which indicates the impropriety of employing certain remedies, as intolerance of blood-letting, antimony, &c. INTO'XICANTS. The medicines which produce the therapeutical effects witnessed in drunkenness, i. e., paralysis with stupefaction: snch are wines, alcohols, ethers, Cannabis indica, and protoxide of nitrogen. INTOXICATION. Intoxicatio. (From in, and toxicum, a poison.) The effect of an alcoholic liquor taken in excess. Intoxication, where profound, presents us with a true case of poisoning: there is complete loss of voluntary power, the inspirations aro few and stertorous, and there is occasionally loss of power over the sphincters. In such cases death may supervene from apoplexy in a few hours. The treatment consists in the use of the stomach pump, or emetic doses of sulphate of zinc; enemas of salt and water to clear the bowels, and opening the jugular vein when the head is much affected. I'ntrafolia'ceous. Intrafoliaceus. Within the leaves: applied to stipuhe which are above the foot-stalk, and internal with respect to the leaf. Intrinsic. A property inherent, or appertaining to, any substance, and not adventitious. Intro'itus. An entrance; the act of enter- Intro'rse. Introrsum. Turned inward, or toward the axis of a body. I'NTROSUSCE'PTION. Intro susceptio. (From intro, within, and suscipio, to receive.) Intus-susceplio. When one portion of intestine slips within another, the accident is called introsusception. It takes place more frequently near the termination of the ilium than in any other situaton. See Ileac passion. INTUMESCE'NTLE. (From intumesco, to swell.) Swellings. An order of diseases in Sauvages' Nosology, including polysarcia, pneumatoses, and all cases of great increase of the whole or part of the body. Intumesce. To swell up. I'NTUS-SUSCE'FTION. Inius-svsceptio. 1. Introsusception. 2. Nutrition. The interstitial deposition of particles, by which the existence of living bodies is sustained and their waste supplied. ' I'ntybus. Cichorium endivia. I'NULA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Elecampane. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superfi.ua. Composita:. — I. critkmoides. Caaponga. The leaves, &c., are pickled for the use of the table: they are gently diuretic.— I. dysenterica. The lesser inula. This was once considered as possessing great anti-dysenteric virtues.—/. helenium. Common inula, or elecampane. Helenium. It was formerly in high estimation in dyspepsia, pulmonary affections, and uterine obstructions, but is now fallen into disuse. I'nulin. A variety of starch, obtained from the helenium, dahlia, and other roots. INU'NCTION. Inunctio. 1. The act of anointing, or rubbing in an ointment. 2. A liniment or ointment. Inu'stion. The operation of a cautery. INVAGINA'TED. Invaginatus. (From in, and vagina, a sheath.) When one portion of a tube is includsd in another: applied especially to the case of introsusception, where one portion of intestine is folded within another. Invagina'tio. Introsusception. INVASION. Invasio. The first portion of the attack of a disease is termed the invasion of the disease. Inverecu'ndum os. The frontal bone. INVERMINA'TION. (Inverminatio; from in, and vermis, a worm.) Under the present title of invermination we shall consider the morbid states occasioned by the presence of these animals. Worms often inhabit the human intestines without producing any inconvenience, but they usually give rise to great irritation. 1. The primary symptoms are griping pains, more particularly about the navel; the presence of worms eliminated with or without the faeces; fetid breath; acrid eructations; slimy stools; and inflammation of the bowels. 2. The secondary symptoms are, occasional sickness and vomiting, variable and voracious appetite, wasting away of the body, heat and itching about the anus, and a vast number of sympathetic affections, such as headache, vertigo, disturbed dreams, grinding of the teeth during sleep, picking of the nose, tenesmus, paleness of the countenance, dizziness, &c. *. and also the formation of a regular disease, as verminous colic, a remittent fever, a state that stimulates hydrocephalus, convulsion fits, chorea Sancti Viti, peripneumonia, and even hemorrhages. The treatment of verminous symptoms and diseases consists in getting rid of the worms, by destroying them, or driving them from the body, and by strengthening the system generally, particularly the alvine canal. In every case the bowels must be kept freely open, or the vermifuges will not act successfully. The list of vermifuges is almost interminable. They may conveniently be divided into two classes: 1. Those that dislodge and drive away intestinal worms by some mechanical or other external action; as all drastic purges, all oleaginous vermifuges, as oil of beech nuts, castor, and sulphur; petroleum, sea salt, tin filings, and the down of the pods of cowhage. 2. Those that destroy them by killing them before they are expelled; as the male fern, hellebore, fetid hellebore, cevadilla, tansy, savine, rue, dittany, tobacco, wormseed, oil of turpentine, the bark of the bulge-water-tree and of the cabbage-tree, the spigelias, and Indian scabiosa. Many of these are hardly worth noticing. Inversio palpebrarum. Entropium. INVE'RSION. Inversio. The turning of any thing inside out, or the state of any thing turned inside out. Inversion of the uterus. See Uterus, inversion of. INVERTEBRA'TA. Invertebrates. (From in, without, and vertebra.) The animals which are destitute of an internal osseous system or back bone. This subdivision of the animal kingdom includes mollusca, articulata, neumatoneura, and acrita. Involuce'll. Involucellum. A partial involucrum. 10 D 10 D 378 INVOLU'CRUM. (um, i, n.; from in, and volvo, to wrap up; because parts are inclosed by it.) A wrapper. I. In Anatomy, 1. A name of the pericardium. 2. A membrane which covers any part. II. In Botany, a leafy calyx, remote from the flower: applied particularly to umbelliferous plants. Involucrum cordis. The pericardium. Involucrum membranaceum. The decidua reflexa. Involucrum nervorum. The neurilemma. Involu'te. Involutus. Rolled inward. Involv'entia. Demulcents. Inward fits. A popular name for the croup- Hke convulsion.— Underwood. FODATE. (lodas, atis, f.) A compound of the iodic acid with a base. Io'des. (luder; from tor, verdigris.) JEruginous; of the color of verdigris. Applied by Hippocrates to green bilious matters ejected by vomiting— eueroi tudeeg. IO'DIC ACID. Acidum iodic um. It is colorless, semi-transparent, and crystallizes in sixsided tables, ot a strong acid aud astringent taste, aud destitute of smell. It is IO5; equivalent, 166*36 ; and forms salts resembling the chlorates. I'ODIDE. lode. Iodurct. A compound of iodine with a simple body. Iodide of ammonium. A deliquescent salt, formed by the action of ammonia on solution of hydriodic acid. It does not keep well, and has been used in ointment in the same cases as iodide of potassium. Iodide of arsenic. This is strongly poisonous, and has only been used externally in some cases of herpes, in the form of ointment made with gr. iij. of the iodide to gj. of lard. Iodide of arsenic and mercury. See Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. Iodide of barium. This has only been used externally to scrofulous swellings. An ointment may be made with gr. iv. of the iodide to gj. of lard. Iodide of gold. See Auri iodidum. Iodide of iron. See Ferri iodidum. Iodides of mercury. See Hydrargyri. Iodide of potash. See Potassii iodidum. Iodide of starch. Iodidum amyli. ¦ A blue, insoluble compound, formed by the action of iodine on starch. It may be made by adding an ounce of finely-powdered starch to a mixture of 24 grs. of iodine in a little water, and drying at a gentle heat. Dose, 33s., gradually increased : m over-doses it produces gastric irritation. There is no particular value in the preparation. Iodide of sulphur. It is formed by heating 4 parts of iodine with 1 of sulphur. This has been employed by M. Biett in some tuberculous affections of the skin. An ointment is made, 5 parts of the iodide to 96 of lard, or 8 parts of the iodide to 144 of lard, of which a drachm is used at one friction. Iodide of zinc. Dr. Ure recommends this as a powerful external remedy for scrofulous tumors. The proportion for an ointment is a drachm of the iodide to an ounce of lard. Some prefer the iodide of zinc to the iodide of potassium in such cases. I'ODINE. (Iodium, ii, n.; from tuSeg, violetcolored.) Iodinium. Iodi'na. Iodine is an elementary solid, of a grayish-black color and metallic lustre, sp. gr. 4 95. Its fracture is lamellated, and it is soft and friable to the touch. Its taste is very acrid, although it requires 7 000 parts of water for solution. It gives a deep brown stain to the skin, which soon vanishes by evaporation. In odor, and power of destroying vegetable colors, it resembles very dilute aqueous chlorine. The solution is of an orange-yellow color, and in small quantity tinges raw starch of a purple hue. It melts at 227° F., and is volatilized, under the common pressure of the atmosphere, at the temperature of 350°. The vapor is of a rich violet color. Its symbol is I, and equivalent 126-57. It is powerfully electro-negative, and resembles chlorine and bromine in its combinations. It is obtained from sea-weeds. With oxygen it forms an oxide and three acids, the iodous, iodic, and periodic, and with hydrogen the hydriodic acid. Iodine exerts a very powerful action on the animal economy. In an over-dose it is a violent irritant poison. Orfila swallowed 6 grains, and was immediately affected with heat, constriction of the throat, nausea, eructation, salivation, and cardialgia. In ten minutes he had copious bilious vomitings, and slight colic pains. His pulso rose from 70 to 90. About 70 or 80 grains proved a fatal dose to dogs. It is to be treated by mucilages. Iodine, properly administered, is a medicine of great efficacy. Its most obvious action iB that of stimulating the capillary circulation throughout the system, and increasing the activity of the absorbents. Hence it is particularly adapted to scrofulous and other chronic enlargements of the glands, and to enlargements of the abdominal viscera. It has been regarded as a specific in scrofula, but on veiy insufficient grounds, since its general action above alluded to is quite sufficient to explain its beneficial effects in many strumous affections. It has been found useful as an emmenagogue; and it frequently produces good effects in syphilis, acting apparently in a manner somewhat analogous to mercury. It has been used with various success in schirrus, chronic enlargements of the glands, joints, periostitis, chronic hydrocephalus, and many other cases. It is used internally and externally in the form of tincture and ointment. See Tinctura iodinii and Unguentum iodinii. It is less frequently given alone, however, than in combination with the iodide of potassium, which renders it more easily soluble in water. The common dose of iodine is from gr. i to gr. i. twice or thrice a day. When long continued, it is apt to produce nervous irritability, disordered bowels, and wasting of the mammas and testes. These effects are called Iodism or Iodosis. I'odine bath, Lugol's. Iodurcted bath. A bath recommended by Lugol in scrofulous diseases, and often used, with beneficial results. The bath for men consists of a solution of 3j. to 3iij. of iodine, in double the quantity of iodide of potassium, dissolved in a pint of water, and added to from 200 to 300 quarts of water. The IPE IPE 379 mixture is made in a wooden bath. For children, gr. xxx. to gr. xxxvj., dissolved in 3j\ of iodide, are mixed in 3G quarts of water. J'odine solutions, Lugol's. Three solutions are recommended by Lugol: 1. Stimulating washes, consisting of gr. ij. to gr. iv. of iodine, dissolved in double the quantity of iodide of potassium, and mixed with a pound of water. 3. solution of iodiue, gss., in iodide of potassium, gj., and six ounces of water. 3. A caustic solution, consisting of an ounce of iodine and iodide, dissolved in two ounces of water. The last has been found a very serviceable application to fungoid excrescences. I'odinum. Iudinium. Iodina. Iodine. I'odofoiim. See Carbonis sesqwi-iodidum I'ouism. The morbid effects of iodine. I'ODO-H YDRARG y'rATE OF POTASSIUM. A double salt of iodide of potassium and biniodide of mercury, made by dissolving three and a half grains of iodide of potassium and four and a half grains of the biniodide of mercury in water, and mixing, so that the solution amounts to one fluid ounce. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., three times a day. This preparation has been highly recommended for its equalizing effect on the circulation, and its action in chronic inflammations of the bronchii, dyspepsia, scrofula, cutaneous diseases, and diseases attended with dropsical effusion. I'odosis. The morbid effects of iodine. I'odukets. Synonymous with iodides. I'odureteh. Impregnated with iodine. PONIDIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Violacea. — I. ipecacuanha, a native of Brazil, yields a root called false Brazilian ipecacuanha, containing five per cent, of emetine, and of which jss. to jj. is an emetic dose.— I. microphyllum of Quito possesses similar properties. This plant is called cuichunchully by the natives. IO'NTHUS. (us, i, m. lovdoq.) 1. The down on the face which precedes the beard. 2. A small tubercle on the face; a variety of acne. Io'taci'smus. A defect in the organs of speech, which renders a person incapable of pronouncing the letter ./ or G soft. IPECACUANHA, (a, a, f.) Ipecacuan. This valuable root is supplied from many species of Viola, and by the cephalis ipecacuanha. The Psychotria cmetica yields the Peruvian drug. The title of ipecacuan is generally given to the roots of the following plants, besides those mentioned in South America: Viola parvijlora, V. Ipecacuanha, V. Calceolaria, Cynanchum Ipecacuanha, C. tomentosum, and Asclepias currassavica; and sometimes to Euphorbia Ipecacuanha, Dorstenia Brasiliensis, and D. arifolia. In St. Domingo, several species of Ruellia, which provoke vomiting, are named false ipecacuan. There is very little of the white ipecacuan in the shops. Both the gray and the brown varieties of the root are brought to this country, packed in bales, from Rio Janeiro. Both are in short, wrinkled, variously bent and contorted pieces, which break with a resinous fracture. The gray is about the thickness of a small quill, full of knots and deep circular fissures, that nearly reach down to a white, woody, vascular cord that runs through the heart of each piece; the external part is compact, brittle, and looks smooth; the brown is smaller, more wrinkled, of a blackishbrown color on the outside, and white within: the white is woody, and has no wrinkles. In choosing ipecacuanha," the larger roots, which are compact, and break with a resinous fracture, having a whitish-gray, somewhat semitransparent appearance in the inside of the cortical part, with a pale, straw-colored medullary fibre, are to be preferred. The powder is slightly odorous and very nauseous. It owes its properties to an extractive substance called Emetine, which is sparingly soluble in water and alcohol. The dose, as an emetic, is 3j. to 3ss.; and as a sudorific and expectorant, gr. j. to gr. iij., in combination. As an emetic, it is mild, safe, and certain in its operation; but it is a mistake that, when given in larger doses than are necessary, it does not operate violently, but only in a shorter space of time. It does not act so quickly as many other emetic substances; but it evacuates completely the contents of the stomach, and does not so much weaken it as antimonial emetics. It is given at the commencement of continued fevers, the progress of which is sometimes cut short by its operation; and it is, also, frequently found to stop the paroxysm of an intermittent, when given immediately before the accession of the cold stage. At the commencement of inflammation of the pharynx, larynx, and trachea, when the inflammation dqps not run very high, in cynanche tonsillaris, purulent ophthalmy, abscess, and every case in which it is necessary to evacuate the stomach, or to increase the energy of the absorbent system by full vomiting, ipecacuan has found useful. In doses sufficient to excite nausea, without producing vomiting, ipecacuan is given with excellent effects in dysentery and obstinate diarrhoea, in which cases its efficacy seems to arise in a great degree from the nausea, which is kept up by the repetition of the small doses, diminishing the arterial excitement and determining to the surface. Perhaps, also, to the nausea may be attributed much of the bene fit which results from the use of ipecacuan in spasmodic asthma, dyspnoea, pertussis, and epilepsy. In nauseating doses, also, owing to the nausea lessening the force of the circulation, it has been employed with the best success in uterine and pulmonary hemorrhages. As a sudorific, it is used in acute rheumatism, arthritic affections, dropsy, and other diseases in which sweating is necessary. It is generally given, in these cases, in combination with opium and neutral salts, according to the mode introduced by Dover (see Pulvis ipecacuanha compositus). Its expectorant powers have been found' exceedingly useful in catarrhal affections, pneumonia after bleeding, and in the early stage of phthisis, in which its diaphoretic effect is also beneficial. Ipecacuanha, American. /., spurge. The root of the Euphorbia ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha, annulated. /., Brazilian. I., Lisbon. I., gray. The root of the Cephaelis ipecacuanha, which furnishes most of the drug. Ipecacuanha, black. /., Peruvian. I., IRI I RR 380 striated. The Peruvian root, derived from the Psyehotria emetica. Ipecacuanha, false Brazilian. The root of the Ionidium ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha lozenges. These are made of ipecacuanha, sugar, and tragacanth, each containing one fourth of a grain of the ipecacuanha. They form a very convenient medicine in slight coughs. Ipecacuanha, undulated. I., white. The root of the Richardsoniana scabra. IPOMjE'A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Convolvulacem. — I. qua'moclit. Batata percgrina. The cathartic potato. Ipomaca jalapa, or I. purga, has been shown by Dr. Coxe to be the true source of the Mexican jalap. See Convolvulus jalapa. Iqueta'ia. Sorofularia aquatica. Iracu'ndus. The abductor muscle of the eye. IRIDA'CEjE. The cornflag tribe of monocotyledonous plants. Smooth herbaceous plants, with leaves equitant; flowers, hexapetalous, triandrous; stamens, three; ovarium, three-celled, many-seeded. I rid as'a edulis. An edible sea-w r eed of Scotland. IRIDECTOMEDIALYSIS. (From tpir, iris, cKropn, excision, and oiaAvote, separation.) The operation for artificial pupil by excision and separation. Iridectomia. Iridencleisis. Iridotomia. See Coretomia and the allied words. , IRIDENCLEISIS. (From ipic, iris, and eykaciu, to inclose.) The strangulation of a detached portion of the iris. Iride'scent. The property of shining with many colors, like the rainbow. iRl'DIUM. An extremely infusible metal, found with another, called osmium, in the black powder left after dissolving platinum. Its sp. gr. is 21-8 to 26-0; equivalent, 98-84; and symbol, Ir. PR IS. (is, idis, f.) 1. In Anatomy, the septum between the anterior and posterior chambers of the eye, which is perforated in the middle by the pupil. 2. In Botany, a genus ofplants. Triandria. Monogynia. Iridacem. —I. florentina. Florentine orris. The recent root is acrid and purgative; when dry, it has a pleasant odor of violets, and is used in dentifrices. — /. florentine. See Iris florentina. . — I. germanica. The common iris, or flower-de-luce. Iris nostra. The fresh root has a strong, disagreeable smell, and an acrid, nauseous taste. It is powerfully cathartic. — I. nostra. Iris germanica. — /. palustris. See Iris pseudacorus. — 2". pseuda'corns. The yellow water-flag. The root is given internally, when perfectly dry, and possesses considerable astringent power. The expressed juice is said to be a useful application to serpiginous eruptions and scrofulous tumors. Irish moss. Chondrus crispus. IRITIS, (is, idis, f.; from iris, the name of a membrane of the eye. The more proper term is Iriditis.) Inflammation of the iris: it produces the symptoms of deep-seated or internal inflammation of the eye. See Ophthalmitis. IRON. Ferrum. Iron is abundantly distributed in ores, combined with sulphur, carbonic acid, oxygen, &c., from which it is obtained by smelting. It is very ductile and tenacious, may be welded, and is susceptible of magnetism. Sp. gr., 7-7, and melts at a high point. It decomposes water at a red heat, and combines readily with oxygen and other electro-negatives. Steel and cast iron are carburets of this metal. It forms four compounds with oxygen, the protoxide, FeO, which is the base of the green sulphate and other salts; the black oxide, Fe 3 04, which is magnetic, and produced by the smith's forge; the peroxide, Fe 2 Os, which is also a base, many of the salts of which are red; and the ferric acid, FeO a . which has an acid reaction, and forms salts with potash, baryta, &c. Its symbol is Fe, and equivalent. 27-18. Medical virtues. —The general medicinal properties of the compounds of iron, and the several preparations of it, are to constringo the fibres, to quicken the circulation, to promote the different secretions in the remoter parts, and at the same time to repress inordinate discharges into the intestinal tube. By the use of chalybeates, the pulse is very sensibly raised; the color of the face, though before pale, changes to a florid red; the alvine, urinary, and cuticular excretions are increased. Iron is given in most cases of debility and relaxation; in passive hemorrhages; in dyspepsia, hysteria, and especially chlorosis, and in most of the cachexia). For the preparations, see Ferrum. Iron, hydrated peroxide of. See Ferri sesquioxydum hfdratum. IRREDU'CIBLE. Not capable of being restored to the natural position; applied in surgery to those fractures, hernias, or luxations in which expeditious restoration is impracticable. IRRIGATION. Irrigatio. The systematic watering or moistening of any part of the body, especially by the dropping of water. It is a powerful antiphlogistic means, and attended with sedative effects. IRRIT ABPLITY. ( Irritabilitas, atis, f.; from irrito, to provoke.) Vis insita of Haller. Vis vitalis of Gaertner. Oscillation of Boerhaave. Tonic power of Stahl. Muscidar power of Bell. Inherent power of Cullen. The property of tho muscular and other living fibres to be thrown into action under certain stimuli, whether nervous, chemical, or mechanical. IRRITANT. Irrilans. That which produces irritation in a vital organ. Irritant agents resemble stimulants in some degree. They may be mechanical, chemical, or specific, in the latter case producing an action in a remote organ without apparent contact. IRRITATION. Irritatio. 1. The action of a stimulus on a part endowed with irritability, or the state of a part the irritability of which is excited by a stimulus. The term is applied to the action both of natural and morbid stimuli, but more frequently the latter. 2. The affection induced by the presence of morbid matters &c., in the stomach and bowels, &c, which produces symptoms resembling those of arach nitis, pleuritis, peritonitis, &c. 3. A subacute ISC ISC 381 inflammation of an organ is frequently called an irritation of the part. ISA'TINE. A product of the oxidation of blue indigo, by heating it with weak nitric acid. It forms beautiful red crystals, of sparing solubility, and capable of sublimation. Formula, C16H5NO4, or blue indigo plus two atoms of oxygen. By the action of potash it is converted into isatinic acid, and into isatyde when an alcoholic solution is mixed with sulphuret of ammonium : the latter is composed of isatine plus one atom of hydrogen. Chlorine, bromine, and some of their compounds produce a number of compounds by replacing one or two atoms of the hydrogen of isatine: these are termed chlorisaline, bromisatine, &c, and also produce acids by the action of potash, respectively called chlorisatinic, &c, acids. I'SATIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. Tctradynamia. Siliquosa. heguminosa. —/. tinctoria. Glastmn. Woad. It yields an inferior indigo. I'sca. lona. A fungous excrescence growing on the oak and hazel. ISCH-. Ischi-. Ischo-. A prefix (from ioX u > to restrain), signifying a check or hinderance; also, from the ischium bone. Ischas'mia. The suppression of a customary discharge of blood. Ischas'mon. Any medicine which restrains bleeding. ISCHIA'DIC. Ischiatic. Appertaining to the ischium. Ischiadic artery. A branch of the internal iliac, which passes out at the ischiadic foramen, between the pyriform and gemelli muscles, in company with the great sciatic nerve. It is distributed within the pelvis to the rectum and the internal obturator, pyriform, coccygeal, and levator ani muscles; after its passage out of the pelvis, it is distributed chiefly to the rotator muscles of the thigh. It sends a twig down on the surface of the sciatic nerve. Ischiadic foramen. See Innominatum os. Ischiadic notch. See Innominatum os. Ischia'lgia. Sciatica. Ischiatic Ischiaticus. See Ischiadic. Ischiatic nerve. See Sacro-sciatic nerve. ISC HI'AGRA, (a, cs, f.; from lo X iov, the haunch, and aypa, a seizure.) This name has been given to hip gout, and also to neuralgia of the sacro-sciatic nerve. See Sciatica. Ischidro'sis. Suppression of the perspiration. I'SCHIAS. (as, adis, f. loxiac.) The hip gout. A rheumatic affection of the hip joint. Ischiatoce'le. See Ischiocele. Ischioble'nnia. A suppression of a habitual or morbid discharge of mucus. I'schio-caverno'sus. The erector penis muscle. ISCHIOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from io X iov, the hip, and lenln, a tumor.) A hernia at the ischiadic foramen. See Hernia. Ischio-clitoreana arteria. The branch of the internal pudic, which furnishes the two arteries of the clitoris. Ischio-clitorianus. The nerve of the clitoris —a branch of the pudic. Ischio-clitoride'us. The erector clitoridis. Ischio-cocctge'us. The coccygeus muscle Ischio-femoralis. The adductor magnus femoris. Ischio-fjmoro-peroneus. The biceps femoris. Ischio-perinea'lis. The transversus perinei. Ischio-popliti-tibial. The semi-membrano- sus muscle.— Chaussier. Ischio-prastibialis. The semi-tendinous muscle.— Chaussier. Ischio-prosta'ticus. The muscular fibres, called transversus perinei alter. Ischio-pubi-femoralis. The adductor mag nus femoris.— Dumas. Ischio-pubi-prostaticus. The transversus perinei.— Dumas. Ischio-trochanteria'ni. The gemelli muscles.—Chaussier. Ischio'sis. Sciatica. I'SCHIUM. (um, i, n.; from toxic, the loin; so named because it is near the loin.) A bone of the pelvis of the fcetus, and a part of the os innominatum of the adult. See Innominatum os. Ischnopho'nia. A tenuity or shrillness of the voice. Ischno'tis. Emaciation. Ischolo'chia. Suppression of the lochia. Ischome'nia. Amenorrhcea. Ischure'tic Ischureticus. Having the power of relieving a suppression of the urine. ISCHU'RIA. Ischuria vera. (From to restrain, and ovpov, the urine.) A retention of urine. When there is a frequent desire of making water, attended with much difficulty in voiding it, the complaint is called a dysury: and when there is a total retention of urine, it is known by the name of an ischury. Both ischuria and dysuria are distinguished into acute, when arising in consequence of inflammation; and chronic, when proceeding from any other cause, such as calculus, &c. The causes which give rise to these diseases are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned either by venereal sores, or by a use of acrid injections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, inflammation of the bladder or kidneys, considerable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal veins, a lodgment of indurated faeces in the rectum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the absorption of cantharides applied externally or taken internally, and excess in drinking either spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder, or lodging in the urethra, and thereby producing irritation, prove the most frequent cause. Gouty matter falling on the neck of the bladder will sometimes occasion these complaints. There are four species of ischuria: 1. Ischuria renalis, coming after a disease of the kidneys, with a troublesome sense of weight or pain in that part. 2. Ischuria ureterica, after a disease of the kidneys, with a sense of pain or uneasiness in the coarse of the ureters. 3. Ischuria vesicalis, marked by a frequent desire to make water, with a swelling of the hypogastrium, and pain at the neck of the bladder. 4. Ischuria urethralis, marked by a frequent desire to make water, with a swelling of the hypogastrium, and pain of some part of the urethra. I s o ISO 382 In dysury there is a frequent inclination to make water, attended with a smarting pain, neat, and difficulty in voiding it, together with a sense of fullness in the region of the bladder. The symptoms often vary, however, according to the cause which has given rise to it. If it proceed from a calculus in the kidney or ureter, besides the affections mentioned, it will be accompanied with nausea, vomiting, and acute pains in the loins and regions of the ureter and kidney of the side affected. When a stone in the bladder, or gravel in the urethra, is the cause, an acute pain will be felt at the end of the penis, particularly on voiding the last drops of urine, and the stream of water will either be divided into two, or bo discharged in a twisted manner, not unlike a corkscrew. If a scirrhus of the prostate gland has occasioned the suppression or difficulty of urine, a hard, indolent tumor, unattended with any acute pain, may readily be felt in the perineum, or by introducing the finger in ano. Dysury is seldom attended with much danger, unless, by neglect, it should terminate in a total obstruction. Ischury may always be regarded as a dangerous complaint, when it continues for any length of time, from the great distension and often consequent inflam mation which ensue. In those cases where neither a bougie nor a catheter can be introduced, the event, in all probability, will be fatal, ns few patients will submit to an operation for drawing off the urine before a considerable degree of inflammation and tendency to gangrene have taken place. Ischuria spasmodica. Suppression of urine from spasm of the bladder. 9 Ischuria spuria. When the urine does hot reach the bladder. Ischuria vesicalis e muco. A complaint of children and old men, in which the urine is very turbid and ropy, and comes away with difficulty and pain. It arises from an irritable condition of the prostate or bladder, and is to be treated by mucilages, solution of potash, and copaiba, when fever is absent; otherwise, by antiphlogistics. Isinglass. Ichthyocolla. Isis NOBiLis. Red coral. ISO-. A prefix (from taoc, equal), denoting equality or similarity. Isochi'menal. Having the same winter temperature. See Isothermal. I'sochroma'tic Having the same color. ISO'CHRONOS. (From iaac, equal, and Xpovoe, time.) Isochronous. Applied to two or more actions which are performed in an equal length of time; thus the pulsations of the arteries throughout the body are isochronous, or very nearly so. Iso'crates. Wine mixed with an equal quantity of water. Iso'dromus. Isochronos. I'solateh. Synonymous with insulated. I'solu'cine. A principle found in the Polygala senega. ISOME'RIC. (From taoc, equal, and uspoc, a part.) In Chemistry, compounds which consist of the same elements united in the same ratio, and yet differ in their sensible properties. ISO'MERISM. (From iau.c, equal, and ue~ pia/ioc, a portioning out.) The state of an isomeric compound. See Isomeric. ISOMORPHISM. (From 100c, and uopfa form.) Similarity of figure. Having the same crystalline form; this is associated with the same number of atoms, but of unlike elements, and also with similar properties. Thus, alum consists of sulphuric acid, alumina, and potash; but either of these bodies may be replaced by certain other isomorphous bodies; the sulphuric acid by the selenic, chromic, or manganic acids: the last two of these produce a difference of color in the crystal, but little else. The alumina may be replaced by peroxide of iron, sesquioxide of manganese, or sesquioxide of chromium; and the potash by soda or oxide of ammonium. Thus, the alum may have none of its primary constituents, but isomorphous atoms of the same number. Isomo'rphous groups. The substances which can mutually replace one another entirely or in part, belong to the same isomorphous group. Several groups have been detected, of which the following are known: 1. Silver Ag. Gold Au. 2. Arsenious acid (in its unusual form) AsiOs- Sesquioxide of antimony .... SbtOs* 3. Alumina AhOz. Sesquioxide of iron FeiOs. " chromium .... CnOi. " manganese . . . M112O3.. 4. Phosphoric acid PO5. Arsenic acid AsOa, 5. Sulphuric acid SOs. Selenic acid SeOa. •Chromic acid CV0 :J . Manganic acid MnOj-6. Hypermanganic acid Mn^O;. Hyperchloric acid C70 7 . 7. Salts of potash KO. Salts of oxide of ammonium . . . NHiO~ 8. Oxide of silver ....... AgO. Oxide of sodium NaO. 9. Baryta BaO. Strontia SrO. Lime (in arragonite) CaO. Oxide of lead PbO. 10. Lime (in Iceland spar) .... CaO. Magnesia MgO Protoxide of iron FeO. " manganese .... MnO " zinc ZnO " cobalt CoO. " nickel NiO. " copper C11O. " lead(inplumbocalcite) PbO. ISO'PODA. (From iaac, and Trove, a foot.) Au order of crustacean animals which has all J A E J A L 383 tne legs alike, and calculated for locomotion and prehension. Isosta'thmos. laooraOpog. A medicine for a cough used by the Greeks. ISOTHE'RMAL. (From toog, and depprj, heat.) Having the same average temperature. Geographical lines drawn over the surface of countries, and passing through places having the same average heat, are termed isothermal lines. They are very irregular, in consequence of the occurrence of mountains and large lakes or surfaces of water, which modify the temperature. The terms Isothermal and Isochimenal are used also; the first, to designate a line showing the places having the same summer heat, and the last, those with the same mean winter temperature. According to Humboldt, the isothermal line which corresponds to the temperature of 32° F. passes between Ulea, in Lapland, lat. 66°, and Table Bay, on the coast of Labrador, lat. 54°. The isothermal line of 41° passes near Stockholm, lat. 59J°, and St. George's Bay, Newfoundland, lat. 48°. The line of 50° passes through the Netherlands, lat. 51°, and near Boston, in the United States, lat. 42£°; that of 59° between Rome and Florence, lat. 43°, and Raleigh, in North Carolina, lat. 36°. In all these cases, we see that the isothermal lines, in passing from the western side of the continent of Europe to the eastern coast of America, deviate very considerably toward the south, the deviation in one case amounting to 11£° of latitude. In passing over the American continent they again recede to the northward; and in California, and to the north of that peninsula, along the western side of the continent, the annual temperature is nearly the same as under similar latitudes in the west of Europe. From the western to the eastern side of the old continent, the flexure of the isothermal curves and the diminution of the mean annual temperature under the same parallels are not less conspicuous. The isothermal line of 55° passes through Nantes, lat. 47°, and Pekin, lat. 39J°. Edinburgh and Kasan (in the east of Russia) have the same latitude; but the mean annual temperature of the former is 48°, while that of the second is below 38° F. Issue. See Fonticulus. Issue peas. These are turned from the small orange berries, or Curaijoa oranges. I'STHMION. Isthmus. (From ladfioc, a narrow piece of land between two seas.) The fauces, or passage between the mouth and gullet. Isthmi'tis. Inflammation of the throat. Isthmus hepatis. The lobulus anonymous of the liver. Isthmus of the thyroid gland. A band of fibres which unites the two divisions of the thyroid gland. Isthmus Vieussenii. The ridge surrounding tho remains of the foramen ovale, in the right auricle of the human heart. Itch. See Scabies. Itch, baker's. I., bricklayer's. I., grocer's. Seo Psoriasis. Itch insect. Acarus scabiei. I'TER. A passage communicating between two or more parts. Iter ad infundibulum. The foramen commune anterius of the brain. See Encepkalon. Iter a palato ad aurem. The Eustachian tube. See Auris. Iter a tertio ad quartum ventriculum- The aqua?ductus Sylvii. Itinera'rium. The catheter; also, a staff used in cutting for tho stone. I'TIS. A suffix (from irnc, v. iraftoc, hasty), used to denote inflammation : for this purpose, it is added to the genitive case of the Greek word for the organ affected. I'VA FRUTE'SCENS. Acorymbiferous plant, which produces the Mexican quinquina, celebrated in its native country as a febrifuge. Iva pecanga. .Sini lax sarsaparilla. I'VORY. The dust is occasionally boiled to form jelly, instead of isinglass, for which it is a bad substitute. In 100 parts there are 24 gelatine, 64 phosphate of lime, and 0 - l carbonate of lime. Ivory black. Animal charcoal. Ivy. Hedera helix. Ivy, ground. Glecoma hederacea. I'xia. Carlina gummifera Ixia. l!jia. A varix. Ixine. Atractylis gummifera. J. JAOE'A, (a, a>, f.) 1. A name given to several herbs; among others, to the pansy. 2. •A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustranea. Composita:. Jaceranta tinga. Acorns calamus. Jagga'ry. Coarse palm sugar. JALA'P. Jala'pa. Jala'pium. The root of the Ipomcsa jalapa of Mexico; a well-known, valuable purgative. Dose, gr. x. to 9j. See Convolvulus jalapa. Jalapa alba. White jalap. See Convolvulus mechoacan. Jacinthus. Hyacinthus. Jack-by-the-hedge. Erysimum alliaria. Jacobas'a. Senecio .Tacobsea. Jala'pin. The chief resin of jalap, of a soft consistence, and soluble in ether. Formula, C«H340m- Jalapic acid is another acid resin of the same body, existing in small quantity. It is also called Rhodcoretine. Formula, C49 H 35 0 2 o. Jacob's membrane. Membrana Jacobi. A delicate membrane covering the retina. See Eye. Jacobson's nerve. Jacobson's anastomosis. See Petrous ganglion. JACTITATION. Jactitatio. The constant tossing arising from restlessness in acute diseases. Jaleyrac A village of Auvergue, where there is a mineral spring containing carbonate* of soda and lime. Jaen bark. See Cinchona barks, carious. J E C JUG JE'OUR. (ur, oris, or jecinoris, n.) The liver. See Liver. 384 Jamaica bark-tree. The Bursera gummi' fera, which yields a terebinthinate resin, of an agreeable flavor. Jamaica, climate of. See West Indies. Jamaica kino. See Coccoloba uvifcra. Jamaica pepper. See Myrtus pimenta. JAMAIOI'NA. Jamaicine. An azotized alkaloid, derived from the cabbage-bark-tree (Andira inermis). It is of a brownish-yellow color, crystallizable, fusible, soluble, and very bitter. It appears to be an active purgative. Ja'mblichi sales. A preparation with sal ammoniac, some aromatic ingredients, &c. James's analeptic pills. These are made of equal parts of James's powder, ammoniacum, and the aloes aud myrrh pill beat up with tincture of castor. James's powder. See Antimonialis pidvis. Jamestown weed. Datura stramonium. .Ta'nipha manihot. A synonym of Jatropa manihot. •JANITOR. 1. A door-keeper. 2. The pylorus, from its being at the entrance of the intestine. Janua emplastrum. An old plaster containing betony. Januarii cataplasma. An old cataplasm used in diseases of the spleen. Janitrix. The vena porta;. Japan earth. See Acacia catechu. Japan sago. The fecula of the Cycas revoluta, and other cycadse. Japo'nica terra. Acacia catechu. Jasminea:. A natural family of plants, of which the genus jasminum is the type. JA'SMINUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Jasminea:. — J. officinale. The jessamine. The essential oil has been used as a liniment in paralysis and rheumatism. Jasminum arabicum. A synonyme of Coffea arabica. Jaspacha'tes. Jaspar agate. Jasper. Jaspis. A sub-species of rhomboids! quartz. JA'TROPH A. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Moncecia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiacea:. — J. curcas. The physic nut. The seed is oblong and black. It affords a quantity of oil, which is given, in many places, as the castor oil is in this country, to which it is veiy nearly allied. The seeds of the J. mullifida are of an oval and triangular shape, of a pale brown color, are called purging nuts, and give out a similar oil. — -J. elastica. The juice of this plant affords Indian rubber. — J. manihot. The plant which yields the cassada root. Some species have an acrid root, which, however, becomes mild by the action of heat. Ja'tropic acid. Syn. of crotonic acid. Jaundice. See Icterus. Jaundice, black. Mehena. Jaw-bone. The maxillary bone. Jaw, fallen. Trismus nascentium. .Tecora'ria. 1. Marchantia polymorpha. 2. An epithet of the basilic vein, because it was usually opened in diseases of the liver. Jectiga'tio. A species of epilepsy. Jecur uterinum. The placenta. Jeju'nitas. Jejunium. Hanger. Jejuni'tis. Inflammation of the jejunum. JEJU'NUM. (um, i, n.; from jejunus, hungry or empty.) Jejunum intestinum. The second portion of the small intestines, so called because it is generally found empty in the dead body. Jelly. See Gelatine. Jelly, vegetable. Pectine. Jerusalem artichoke. Helianthus tubero- sus. Jerusalem cowslips. Pulmonaria officinalis. Jerusalem oak. Chenopodium botrys. Jerusalem oak, American. Chenopodium anthelminticum. Jerusalem sage. Pulmonaria officinalis. JE'RVINE. Jcrvina. A vegetable alkaloid, obtained by M. Simon from the rhizome of Veratrum album, in which it exists along with veratria. It is a crystalline powder; fusible, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, and forming sparingly soluble salts with sulphuric, nitric, and hydrochloric acid, but a very soluble acetate. Its formula is C00H45N2O3. Jessamine. .Tasminum officinalis. Jesuita'nus cortex. Jesuiticus cortex. Cinchona bark. Jesuit's bark. Cinchona bark. Jesuit's drops. Balsamum polychrestum. Elixir venereum. Composed of guaiac, Peruvian balsam, and sarsaparilla. The Tinctura benzoini composita of the present day frequently answers to this name. Jewell's calomel. A very fine calomel, obtained by subliming along with vapor of water. Jew's ears. Peziza auricula. Jew's pitch. Bitumen .Tudaicum. Joint. See Arliculus. Joint, stiff. See Anchylosis. Jointed. See Articulalus. Judaci compositio. An application consisting of lime, nitre, and urine, recommended by Celsus against gangrene. Judau emplastrum. The name of two plasters, one recommended by Celsus for a broken head, and the other by Aetius as a detergent and iucamative. Judicato'rii dies. Critical days. Jugal process. The zygomatic process. Jugal nerves. The zygomatic nerves. JUGA'LIS. (Fromjugum, ayoke.) Jugal: appertaining to the cheek, or os jugale. I Jugale os., (So called from its resemblance, or because it is articulated to the bone of the upper jaw, like a yoke.) Os males. Os zygomaticum. The cheek bone. The ossa malarum are the prominent square bones which form the upper part of the cheeks. They are situated close under the eyes, and make part of the orbit. Jugalis sutura. Jugal suture. The sagittal suture, and also the zygomatic suture, have been so called. Jugame'ntum. The cheek bone. JU'GLANS. (ans, andis, f.) A genus of Jamaica bark. See Cinchona barks, false. JU N JUZ 385 plants. Moncecia. Polyandria. Juglandacece. — I. cincrea. I. cathartica. Juglans. (U. S.) The butter-nut. An extract of the root bark is laxative in doses of gr. x. to 33s. Juglans regia. The walnut-tree. Juglans. The green fruit is very astringent: an extract is used as a vermifuge, and the rind also enters into the Lisbon diet-drink, which is anti-venereal. JU'GULAR. (Jugularis; from jugulum, the throat.) Belonging to the throat. Jugular fossa. A cavity in the suture of the temporal and occipital bone, in which is lodged the commencement of the internal jugular veins. Jugular veins. The veins so called ran from the head down the sides of the neck, and are divided, from their situation, into external and internal. The external, or superficial jugular vein, receives the blood from the frontal, angular, temporal, auricular, sublingual, or ranine, and occipital veins. The internal, or deep-seated jugular vein, receives the blood from the lateral sinuses of the dura mater, the laryngeal and pharyngeal veins. Both jugulars unite, and form, with the subclavian vein, the superior vena cava, which terminates in the superior part of the right auricle of the heart. Ju'gulum. The throat, or anterior part of the neck. JU'GUM PENIS. An improper instrument for the purpose of compressing some portion of the urethra to prevent the dribbling of urine in cases of incontinence. Jujuba. Jujube. Rhamnus zizyphus. JU'LEP. Julapium. Julepus. Those forms of medicine which are now called mixtures, were formerly called juleps, as camphor jidep, the mistura camphora;. July-flower. Dianthus caryophyllus. Jumnisum. Yeast.— Ruland. Jumble beads. The seeds of the Abrus precatorius. JU'NCUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Juncus odoratus. Andropogon schamanthus. JUNGERMANNIA'CEiE. (Jungermannia, one of the genera.) A very small natural%rder of acrogenous or cryptogamic plants, resembling mosses in appearance, and, like them, growing upon the bark of trees, and in damp ground in shady places. They bear their seeds m cases containing spiral threads, whicn, by their elasticity, disperse the former when ripe. Until lately they were considered to form a part of Hepatica;. Jungle fever. A remittent fever of India, similar to the yellow fever. Juniper. Juniperus communis. Juniper resin. Sandarach; an exudation from the Juniperus communis. Juniperum vinum. Wine impregnated with the flavor of juniper berries. JUNI'PERUS. (us, i, f.) 1. A genus of plants. Dimcia. Monadelphia. Conifera. 2. The berries of Juniperus communis. Juniperus communis. The -juniper-tree. Juniperus. The tops and berries are aromatic, diuretic, and carminative, from the oil (Oleum juniperi) they contain. The tree also yields the resin called gum sandarach. Juniperus lycia. This was supposed to yield the Olibanum, or frankincense, a resin of an aromatic odor. Juniperus oxycedrus. J.phcenicea. Berry cedar. The wood yields, by distillation, the fetid oil called Huile de cade. What is called American olibanum exudes from the bark. Juniperus sabina. The savin-tree. Sabina. Savina. Sabina sterilis. The leaves and tops possess a hot, aromatic, and disagreeable taste, due to an essential oil (Ol. sabines). They are stimulant, emmenagogue, and diuretic, ana also used as a vermifuge, and to procure abortion. Externally, savin is recommended as an escharotic to foul ulcefs, syphilitic warts, &c. A strong decoction of the plant in lard and wax forms a useful ointment to keep up a constant discharge from blisters, &c. See Ceratum sabinoc. Juniperus virginiana. Red cedar; an indigenous plant, commonly called savine: it is somewhat similar to the J. sabina in property. Ju'piter. Tin. .TURIBALI. An Asiatic tree of the family Meliacece, the bark of which is said to be febrifuge. JURISPRUDENCE, MEDICAL. Synony mous with Forensic Medicine. JUS. (s, uris, n.) Broth or potage. Ju'sculum. (um, i, n.) The same. Jussa. Gypsum.— Ruland. JUSTI'CIA. (a, os,{.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. — J.adhatoda. A plant of Ceylon, supposed by the natives to have the power of expelling the dead fcetus. — J. ecbolium, A Malabar plant, the roots and leaves of which are supposed to be lithontriptic.— J. pectoralis, of the West Indies, is slightly astringent. Justamond's arsenical caustic. Apreparatiou made by melting together antimony and arsenic in line powder. JUVA'NTIA. (From juvo, to assist.) Those means, whether dietic, regiminal, or medicinal, which do good to sick people. Juxtangi'na. (From juxta, near, and angina, a quinsy.) Inflammation of the muscles of tho pharynx. Juzam. The Arabic name of the tubercular elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis Gracorum. KEB KID 386 K. K. The symbol for potassium (kalium). Kaath. Acacia catechu. vvaau, to puncture.) A term used in Germany to designate an operation for cataract, in which the needle is passed through the cornea. KE'RMES. Coccus baphica. C. quercus illicis. Round reddish grains, about the size of peas, obtained from the branches of the scarlet oak of southern Europe. The Confectio alkermes was prepared with these, which were supposed to possess corroborant and astringent virtues. ILEMPFE'RIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Monandria. galanga. The greater galangal root. It is aromatic, and has the mixed flavor of pepper and ginger.— K. rotunda. The officinal zedoary. Zedoaria. The roots are in long pieces, zedoaria longa, or in roundish pieces, zedoaria rotunda. They have an agreeable camphoraceous smell, and a bitterish aromatic taste. Kermes mineral. Kermes mineralis. See Antimonii sulphuretum. Kahi'nca. See Cainca. Ka'jeputi oleum. See Melaleuca. Ke'rva. Ricinus communis. Kakodtl. See Cacodyl. KA'LI. (An Arabian word ; indeclinable.) The vegetable alkali. See Potash. Kali acetatum. Potassa; acetas. Ketchup. The prepared liquor of the mushroom, made by sprinkling salt on that vegetable, and collecting the fluid which escapes. Keyser's pills. They contained an impure acetate ofifnercury. Kiaster. See Chiastre. Kali aeratum.. Potassa; carbonas. Kali arsenicatum. Potassse arsenias. Kali citratum. Potassa; citras. Kibes. A name for chilblains. Kali pr.eparatum. Potassa; subcarbonas. KIDNEY. An abdominal viscus that secretes the urine. There are two kidneys, situated in the upper and back part of the abdomen, in the lumbar region. The kidney is between four and five inches in length; is rounded anteriorly, flattened posteriorly, convex and uniform at its outer margin, and has a deep depression or sinus toward the vertebra;, surrounded with unequal edges, where the renal vessels and nerves enter. The right kidney is connected to the liver and duodenum, the left to the spleen, and both to the muscles on which they are placed, and to the renal glands and colon, by cellular substance, and by the peritoneum; which last, reflected from the liver and spleen to the kidneys, have by some been called the ligaments of the kidneys. They are also connected to the aorta and vena cava by their blood-vessels, and to the bladder of urine by the ureters. Each kidney is surrounded by loose cellular substance, which commonly contains a considerable quantity of fat, from which it is termed tunica adiposa. Under the tunica adiposa there is a membrane composed of the original proper coat and cellulsir substance incorporated, which adheres closely to the kidney, and is reflected over the edges of the sinus, to be joined to the pelvis and large vessels. It consists of an outer part called cortical, and an inner termed medullary. The cortical substance, termed also secerning, surrounds the kidney, and is about a fourth or third part of an inch in thickness; it likewise sends in partitions, which separate the medullary parts from each other. The medullary, termed also tubular or uriniferous substance, is more compact and of a paler color than the former, and is divided into a number of distinct columns, each of which terminates in a projection called papilla, vel processus mammillaris. The papilla are merely the continuation of the uriniferous part, though frequently considered as a third division of the substance of the kidney. Each kidney has one, and sometimes more arteries, of great proportional size, which run transversely from the aorta, and a vein still larger than the Kali purum. Potassa fusa. Kali sulphuratum. Sulphuretum potassa; Kali tartarizatum. Potassa? tartras. Kali vitriolatum. Potassa; sulphas. Ka'lium. Potassium. KA'LMIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of handsome indigenous shrubs. Decandria. Monogynia. Ericaceae. — K. latifolia. Mountain laurel; calico bush; is a common evergreen. The leaves are narcotic, and produce, in an overdose, nausea, vertigo, temporary blindness, difficult respiration, and weak pulse. A Poisoning by this plant, which sometimes occurs from eating birds that have fed on it, is to be met by stimulating emetics (mustard), and nervous and arterial stimulants, as the spiritus ammonia; aromaticus. The leaves have been used in decoction and ointment to cutaneous diseases. The dried leaves are, according to Dr. Bigelow, inactive in doses of gr. x., in some instances. «— K. angustifolia, sheep laurel, and K. glauca, or swamp laurel, are poisonous. Karabi'tis. Phrenitis. Kareo. Ripogonum parviflorum. Kassander. Convolvulus panduratus. Kau'ri resin. Cowdie gum. Keeled. Carinatus. Keiri. Cheiranthus cheiri. Kelp. Incinerated sea-weed. Kennel-wort. Scrofularia nodosa. Kenospu'dia. A brown study. KENTUCKY, SPRINGS OF. There are some remarkable mineral waters, called Olym- Eian springs, near the mouth off the Licking liver, one of which is sulphureous, another chalybeate, and a third saline and sulphureous. The salines at Big-bone Lick are resorted to by invalids. Near Harrodsburgthere is a spring containing a large proportion of Epsom salt. KERA-. A prefix, used synonymously with cera, which see; as in the case of Keratitis, JCeratomus, Keratocele, &c. Kerastrosis. Hystriciasis. KERATONY'XIS. (From Kepae, a horn, and KID KN E 387 artery, which terminates in the cava: they enter at the sinus of the kidney, and are included in cellular substance, which accompanies theft throughout their course. The right renal artery is longer than the left, in consequence of the vena cava, behind which it passes, being placed upon the right side of the aorta. The artery, as it approaches the kidney, is divided into branches, which are afterward minutely distributed through the cortical substance, forming arches and anastomoses; but these are found to be much less frequent than are commonly described, for a fine injection thrown into a branch of the artery fills only the ramifications belonging to that branch. The small branches, after turning and winding in various directions, pass partly toward the surface of the kidney, where /hey form irregular stars, some of which supply the proper membrane. Others turn inward in a waving direction, and form corpuscles, or acini, disposed after the manner of clusters of small berries, which can only be seen distinctly by the assistance of glasses, after a minute injection. The corpuscles were considered by Dr. Nichols as the globular terminations of blood-vessels, and termed by him Globuli arteriarum termini; but these globuli were afterward observed by Mr. Hewson and others to consist of small vessels intimately intermixed. The lymphatics of the kidney run from without inward, and terminate in the lumbar glands, and afterward in the thoracic duct. The superficial lymphatics are so 6mall as seldom to be seen, excepting in the diseased state of this organ. The nerves are from the semilunar ganglion, formed by the great sympathetic and eighth pair. They compose a plexus which surrounds the blood-vessels, and accompanies them in the kidney. From the minute extremities of the renal artery, in the corpuscles situated in the cortical substance, the uriniferous tubes arise. They are mixed with some extremely small blood-vessels, and constitute the medullary substance of the kidney. By degrees they unite into larger tubes, which run in a radiated manner, the direction being from the outer edge or circumference, toward the sinus or inner part of the kidney. The radiated tubes, becoming still larger in their passage, terminate in the papilla:, which are of a compressed conical form, and at a little distance from each other. The papilla: are twelve or more in each kidney, the number varying according to that of the original lobes of which the kidney is composed, and likewise from some of the papilla? being occasionally incorporated with each other. Upon the points of the papilla? are the terminations of the uriniferous tubes—large enough to be distinguished by the naked eye—through which the urine distills from the substance of the kidney. Round the root of each papilla, a membranous tube arises, termed infundibulum or calix, which receives the urine from the papilla. The infundibula are commonly the same in number with the papilla?; the number, however, varying in different subjects, two or more of the papilla? sometimes opening into the same infundibulum. The infundibula join into two or three large trunks at the sinus of the kidney, which afterward form a dilatation of considerable size, of the shape of an inverted cone, and termed pelvu of the kidney. Tho pelvis is placed between the principal branches of the renal artery and vein, partly within, but the greater part of it without the body of the kidney, and contracts into a long tube, about the size of a goose-quill, called the ureter. Kidney, inflammation of. See Nephritis- Kidney-shaped. Reniform. Ki'dria terrestris. Barbadoes tar. KI'ESTEIN. Kjesten. A caseous substance which rises on the urine of women after the third month of pregnancy. It appears from, the second to the sixth day, resembles the floating globules of fat on cold broth, and falls in three or four days to the bottom. It is a very valuable test of pregnancy, and appears also in the urine whenever the secretion of milk is arrested in a person suckling. Kikekunemalo. A resin similar to copal. Ki'ki. Ricinus communis. Kina kina. Cinchona. Kinate. Kinas. A salt of kinic acid- Kincough. Pertussis. King's evil. Scrofula. King's yellow. Sulphuret of arsenic KINIC ACID. (Acidum kinicum; from kina, a name of cinchona.) A peculiar acid found in all the species of the genus cinchona, and therefore called also cinchonic acid. Kinki'na. Cinchona. KI'NO. The African kino, which is the best, is thought to be the produce of the Pterocarpus crinaceus; the Botany Bay kino of the Eucalyptus rcsinifera; the East India or Amboyna kino of the Nauclea Gambir. The predominant principles in all are tannin and extractive matter. The best menstruum for kino is diluted alcohol. The medicinal virtues of kino are very similar, though inferior in power to those of catechu. The dose in substance is from ten grains to half a drachm as an astringent. Ki'none. A derivative of kinic acid, obtained as a sublimate in golden crystals; soluble, volatile, and pungent. Form., C26H 8 0g. It is readily decomposed by reducing agents. , Kino'vic acid. An acid derived from Cinchona nova. Ki'otome. Kio'tomus. An instrument of Dessault for dividing pseudo-membranous bandsin the rectum and bladder. Kirchwasser. A liqueur distilled in Switzerland from the Mahaleb cherry. Kirkland's neutral cerate. This is prepared by melting gviij. of lead plaster with giv. of olive oil, stirring in giv. of prepared chalk; adding to the mixture, when sufficiently cooled, giv. of acetic acid, and 3iij. of sugar of lead in powder; aud, lastly, stirring the whole till it is nearly cold. Klo'pemania. Kleptomania. Monomania-,, with a great desire to commit theft. KNEE. The joint of the femur with- th»-tibia, a complex articulation consisting- of a< ginglymus, and having the patella in front: Knee-holly. See Ruscus. Knee-housemaids. A swelling of the knee,, from an inflamed condition of the bursa, arising from kneeling. Knee jointed. Geniculate. LAB LAC 388 Knee-pan. The patella. Knee-scab. The crusta genu equina. KNIFE. A cutting instrument used in surgery, and usually larger than the bistoury. The principal are the amputation knife, of large size; the double-edged knife, for the division of parts between bones; the lithotomy knife, with a long, narrow blade, and the cataract knife, of a triangular figure. KNOT, PACKER'S. A bandage used to arrest hemorrhage from the temporal artery, and in dislocations or fractures of the lower jaw. A double-headed roller is first applied at its center to one temple, over the compress, and carried round to the other temple, crossed, and brought back; here the bandage is crossed so as to form a single knot; one end is then taken over the head, and the other under the chin. This is repeated several times, so as to form several knots, the roller being six or seven yards long. Knot, surgeon's. A double knot made by passing the thread twice through the same noose. Knot-grass. Polygonum aviculare. Knot-root. Collinsonia canadensis. Knox's powder. This consists of eight parts of common salt and three of chloride of lime. By dissolving an ounce of it in a tumbler of water, a solution is obtained similar to Labarraque's disinfecting fluid. *'KOA-KOA. The Hartighsia spectabilis, a New Zealand tree of the family Meliacece, the leaves of which are very bitter, and have been used as a substitute for hops in the manufacture of beer. Kolto. The plica polonica. KOR'E. Kopn- The pupil of the eye. A word much used in composition, and properly written core: see the compounds of this. Koumis. A vinous liquid which the Tartars make by fermenting mare's milk. Krameria. Crameria triandria. Krame'ric acid. An acid found by Peschier in the rhatany root. Ky'estein. See Kiestein. Kreasote. See Creasote. KRE'ATIN. (From apeac, flesh.) One of the components of the spirit extract of flesh, discovered by Chevreul, of an indifferent nature, and crystallizing in rectangular crystals. KYLL'OSIS. (From nvlloc, crooked.) See Club-feet. Kymia. A cucurbit.— Ruland. Kymit. Sublimed cinnabar. — Ruland. Kynanche. Cynanche. Kysthos. Kvodoc. The vagina. L T A • The symbol for lithium. LABARRAQUE'S DISINFECTING FLUID. A solution of chloride of soda. Labdanum factitium. A mixture of yellow wax, hog's lard, and ivory black. La'bdanum. Ladanum. LABE'LLUM. (um, i, n.) A little lip. The inferior lip of the ringent and personate corolla. Labial. Labialis. Pertaining to the lips. LABIA'TjE. An extensive family of plants, characterized by a two-lipped, monopetalous corolla, an irregular number of stamens, and four-lobed ovary. They are mostly herbs, or small shrubs, with highly aromatic flowers and leaves, as the mint, lavender, sage, &c. None of them are known to be poisonous. Labiate. Labiatus. Lipped; having lips. LA'BIUM. (um, i, n.) 1. In Anatomy, the lip of animals. 2. In Botany, applied to corols of plants, which are termed unilabiate, bilabiate, &c.; and from their position in certain flowers, superior, inferior, &c. Labium leporinum. Hare-lip. Labium pudendi. The parts forming the orifice of the female vagina, exterior to the nymphae, are called labia pudendi. LABORATORY. Laboratorium. (From laboro, to labor.) A place properly fitted up for the performance of chemical operations. Labour. See Parturition. Labour, premature. See Abortion. Lab rum. 1. The extremities of the lip. 2. 'The upper lip of insects. LABYRINTH. (Labyrinthus, i, m.) That part of the internal ear which is behind the cavity of the tympanum; it is constituted by the cochlea, vestibulum, and semicircular canals. LAC. (Lac, tis, n.) 1. Milk. See Milk. 2. The name of a peculiar substance produced by an insect on certain trees. See Coccus. Lac ammoniaci. Mistura ammoniaci. Lac amygdala:. Mistura amygdala?. Lac asininum. Ass's milk. Lac assafcetida:. Mistura assafcetida?. Lac bubulum. Cow's milk. Lac capra:. Goat's milk. Lac caprinum. Goat's milk. Lac equinum. Mare's milk. Lac humanum. Human milk. Lac pressum. The curd of milk. Lac sulphuris. Sulphur pra?cipitatum. Lac vaccinum. Cow's milk. Lac villum. Ewe's milk. Lac virgineum. L.virginis. 1. Any milky medicine. 2. The Mercurius philosophorum. Lacca. See Coccus lacca. La'ccic acid. Acidum laccicum. A peculiar acid, of a wine-yellow color, obtained from stick lac. Lacer'ated. Torn. La'cerus. Rugged. LA'CHRYMA. (a, ce, f. Aaicpvua, a tear.) A tear. See Tear. Lachryma abiegna. Terebinthina argentoratensis. LA'CHRYMAL. Lachrymalis. Of or belonging to the tears, or parts near where they are secreted; as lachrymal bone, duct, gland, &c Lachrymal apparatus. The parts which secrete and conduct the tears. These consist of the lachrymal gland which secretes the tears; of the puncta lachrymalia and ducts, into which LAC LAC 389 the tears pass from the eye and the eyelids; of the lachrymal sac, which receives the tears from the lachrymal ducts; of the nasal duct, which conveys the tears from the sac downward into the nose. The lachrymal gland is situated within the orbit, at its upper and outer part, beneath the fossa, in the orbitar plate of the frontal bone, and is about the size of a small almond. The gland is of a yellowish-white color, of an oval and flattened figure, and is connected with the surrounding parts by loose cellular tissue. It is composed of numerous small portions united by cellular tissue. Its excretory ducts are so small in the human subject that they are not easily discovered. Their number is from six to eight. They leave the gland along its front edge, and, descending between the tarsal ligament and the conjunctiva, perforate the latter toward the temporal side of the eye, and near the ciliary edge of the upper lid. The puncta'lachrymalia are two small orifices situated at the edges of the eyelids, just within their ciliary margins, and toward the inner side of the eye. Each punctum is situated in the center of a small eminence, and the two openings are opposite to each other, so that they meet when the eye is shut. From the puncta lachrymalia, two small ducts are continued through the eyelids to the lachrymal sac. The superior duct proceeds from the punctum, first a little upward, and then turning inward at an acute angle, is continued obliquely downward and inward close to the ciliary border of the upper lid, and immediately beneath the conjunctiva lining it. The inferior duct first descends, and then turning inward at an acute angle, is continued obliquely upward and inward, and close to the ciliary border of the lower lid. In the latter part of their course, the two ducts, following the direction of the edges of the lids, gradually approach each other, and then proceeding transversely behind the tendon of the orbicularis palpebrarum, terminate in the external part of the lachrymal sac. The two ducts may terminate in the sac by distinct orifices, or they may unite into a common .»duct just before they reach the sac. The lachrymal sac is lodged in the groove formed by the os unguis, and by the nasal process of the superior maxillary bone. Above it is closed, and has a rounded form. Below it contracts, and is here continued into the nasal duct. The nasal duct, continued from the lower end of the lachrymal sac, descends obliquely backward through the canal formed by the os unguis, by the superior maxillary and inferior spongy bones. It terminates in the nose on the outside of the inferior spongy bone, and at about one third from its front extremity, by a small slit-like opening. The nasal sac and lachrymal sac are together about an inch and a quarter in length. Lachrymal bone. See Unguis os. Lachrymal duct. Ductus lachrymalis. The excretoiy duct of the lachrymal gland. See Lachrymal apparatus. , Lachrymal gland. Glandula lachrymalis. A glomerate gland, situated above the external angle of the orbit, in a depression of the frontal bone. Its use is to secrete the tears. See Lachrymal apparatus. Lachrymal nerve. Nervus lachrymalis. A branch of the ophthalmic nerve. Lachryma'tio. 1. Epiphora. 2. Profuse weeping. Lacinia'ted Lacinatus. Jagged; fringelike ; cut into numerous irregular portions. La'cmus. Litmus. Laco'nicum. A stove or sweating-room. Lacquer. A solution of lac in alcohol. La'ctate. A salt of lactic acid with a base. Lactate of iron. See Ferri lactas. LACTA'TION. (Lactatio, onis, f.; from lactco, to suckle.) The suckling of a child or other young animal. LA'CTEAL. (Lactens; from lac, milk; because the fluid they absorb looks like milk.) 1. In Anatomy, this term is applied to the absorbents of the mesentery, vasa lactea, which originate in the small intestines, and convey the chyle from thence to the thoracic duct. They are very tender and transparent vessels, possessed of a great number of valves, which, when distended with chyle, give them a knotty appearance. They arise from the internal surface of the villous coat of the small intestine, perforate the other coats, and form a kind of network, while the greater number unite one with another between the muscular and external coats. Thence they proceed between the lamina; of the mesentery to the conglobate glands. In their course they constitute the greater part of the glands through which they pass, being distributed through them several times, and curled in various directions. The lacteals, having passed these glands, go to others, and at those nearest the mesentery. From these glands, which are only four or five, or perhaps more, the lacteals pass out and ascend with the mesenteric artery, and unite with the lymphatics of the lower extremities, and those of the abdominal viscera, and then form a common trunk, the thoracic duct, which, in some subjects, is dilated at its origin, forming the receptaculum chyli. La'cteus. Milky. Lacte'scent. Lactescens. (From lac, milk.) Milky; abounding with milk, or a milk-like fluid. LACTIC ACID. Acid of sour milk. By evaporating sour whey to one eighth, filtering, precipitating with lime-water, and separating the lime by oxalic acid, Scheele obtained an aqueous solution of what he supposed to be a peculiar acid, which has accordingly been termed the lactic. It is a colorless, syrupy fluid, intensely sour, and very soluble; sp. gr., 1-215; formula, C6H5O5+HO. It is the product of the lactic acid fermentation, and found in several animal secretions, especially urine and gastric juice. Its salts are mostly soluble. In consequence of the presence of lactic acid in matter undergoing digestion, it has been proposed to make use of this body as a remedy in atonic dyspepsia. For this purpose, it may be given in doses of gr. ij. to gr. v., in lozenge or J rills, or, what is much more convenient, in the brm of sour buttermilk. It is not milk only. LAG LAN 390 "but most vegetablejuices; and starch, beet-root, sour-kraut, &c, in a state of decomposition, which liberates iactic acid; and that its presence is remarkably conducive to the digestive process, is proved by the rapid fattening of animals fed upon these bodies, when soured by its presence. Lactic acid fermentation. See Fermentation. La'ctica. Arabic for typhus fever. LACTI'FEROUS. Lactiferus. (From lac, and fcro, to bear.) That which conveys milk, as the lactiferous tubes of the mamma. Lactiferous swelling. A tumefaction of the breast, from the stoppage of one or more of the tubes, which should be opened by puncture. Lacti'fuge. Lacti/uga. That which has the property of drying up the secretion of milk. La'ctin. Sugar of milk. It nearly resembles glucose, but is readily crystallizable. Formula, C U H 24 0 M . LACTU'CA. (a, ee, f.) 1. The lettuce. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Composita:. — L. elongata, American wild lettuce, is similar in properties to the L. virosa.—L. graveolens. Lactuca virosa.— L. sativa. The lettuce. It is esteemed a wholesome, aperient bitter anodyne.— L. scari'ola. Lactuca sylvestris. This has a greater degree of bitterness than the lettuce. Lactuca virosa. The opium, or strongscented lettuce. L. graveolens. It has a strong smell, resembling that of opium, and a bitterish, acrid taste, and abounds with a milky juice, in which its sensible qualities reside. The inspissated juice, called Lactucarium, is aperient, diuretic, and anodyne: it has been used as a substitute for opium. Dose, gr. x. to 3j., daily. Lactucarium. See Lactuca viro sit. The inspissated juice of the garden lettuce is also called by this name. (U. S.) Lactuce'lla. Sonchus arvensis. Lactu'cic acid. An acid body detected in the milky juice of Lactuca virosa by Klink: it closely resembles oxalic acid in its properties. Lactuci'mina. The thrush. Lactu'cin. A crystalline, yellowish resinoid body, bitter and combustible. It possesses anodyne properties. Lactu'men. Porrigo larvalis. LACU'NA. (a, ce, f.; from lacus, a channel.) The mouth or opening of the excretoiy duct of a .muciparous gland, as those of the urethra, and .other parts. Lacunosus. Dotted; pitted. La'cus lachryma'rum. 1. A small space in the inner angle of the eye, toward which the tears flow. 2. The lachrymal sac. La'danum. See Cistus crelicus. Ladies' bedstraw. Galium aparine. Ladies' mantle. Alchemilla arvensis. Ladies' smock. Cardamine pratensis. LjETIFICA'NTIA. (From Icetifico, to make glad.) Medicines intended to dispel melancholy, as the various diffusible stimulants. LjE'VIS. Smooth and even; level. Lasvitas intestinorum. Diarrhoea, or lien- tery. Lagenasform. Bottle-shaped. LAGE'TTA LINTEARIA. The Jamaica lace-bark-tree. A small tree of the family Thymelacece, which resembles mezereon in its properties. LAGNE'SIS. (From Aayvnc, lustful.) Inordinate desire for sexual intercourse. A generic term in Dr. Good's system, including nymphomania and satyriasis. Lagochei'lus. Hare-lip. L AGOP H THA'LMI A. Lagophthalmos. (From Aayuog, a hare, and o6a2pog, an eye.) The hare's eye. A disease in which the eye can not be shut. It is either connate or symptomatic of paralysis, or some disease causing a protrusion or enlargement of the eye. Lagopo'dium. Flantago media. Lago'stoma. The hare lip. LAKES. Insoluble compounds of coloring matters, with alumina, oxide of tin, and other bases. Lakeweed. Polygonum hydropiper. LALLA'TION. Lambdacismus. Vicious pronunciation, in which the letter I is rendered unduly liquid, or substituted for an r. Lalo. Adansonia digitata. Lamac Gum arabic. Lambdaci'smus. Lallation. LAMBDOIDAL SUTURE. Sutura lambdoidalis. The suture that unites the occipital bone to the two parietal bones. So called because it has somewhat the shape of the Greek letter A. Lambdoides os. The os hyoid. Lambiti'vum. A linctus. LAME'LLA. (a, a, f.; diminutive of lamina, a plate of metal.) A thin plate of any substance. LA'MIN A. (a, ce, f.; from sAau, to beat off.) A layer or plate. In Anatomy, a thin layer of any organic substance, as a lamina of bone, &c. Lamina cornea. A lamina at the anterior part of the tamia semicircularis. Lamina cribrosa. The sieve-like portion of the sclerotic coat of the eye, where the optic nerve enters. Lamina spiralis. The plate of bone which winds spirally round the modiolus of the cochlea, j LAMINARIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of seaweeds, of which the L. saccharina and L. digitata are eaten. Laminated. Composed of thin lamina?. LA'MIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — L. album. Dead nettle. It may be doubted whether it possesses any medicinal properties. Lamp-black. A charred resinous substance, procured by the imperfect combustion of resinous bodies. Lamprey. Lampern. Petromyzon marinus. Lampsana. Lapsana. LA'NA. (a, a, f.) Wool. A species of hairy pubescence like wool. Lana philosophica. Oxide of zinc. Lana'tus. Woolly. Lanceola'te. Lanceolatus. Lance or spear shaped. LANCE'T. Lance'tta. A lancet. An instrument used for bleeding and other purposes. LAP LAB 391 La'ncinating. Lancinans. An acute, darting pain, compared to the thrust of a lance into the part. It is painfully developed in cancer. La'ncisi, nerves of. Some filaments found on the anterior portion of the corpus callosum are so called. Land-scurvy. The Purpura hemorrhagica of Bateman, or Morbus maculosus Werlhofii of the Germans. LA'NGUOR. A state of depression, atony, or debility. L a n t h a'n i u m. Lantanum. A new metal, occurring in cerite, and but little known. Lanu'go. Soft wool; down. Lao'nica cura'tio. An old method of curing the gout, by evacuating the morbid matter by topical applications. Lapa'cticus. Purgative. — Galen. La'para. The flank. This word is used to form some compounds, as laparotomy. LAPAROCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from Aarcapa, the flank, and KrjArj, a rupture.) A rupture thiough the side of the belly. La'paro-entero'tomy. The operation of opening the abdomen through the flank. La'pathum. Rumex hydrolopathum. — L. acutum. Rumex acutus. Lapideous. Stony. Lapides cancrorum. See Cancer. Lapidi'llum. Lapidillus. A scoop for removing fragments of stone from the bladder. Lapilli cancrorum. See Cancer. Lapillous. Stony. LAPIS, (is, idis, f.) 1. A stone. 2. A calculus. Lapis ageratus. See Agcratus. Lapis bezoar. Bezoar. Lapis cairuleus. Lapis lazuli. Lapis calaminaris. Calamine. Lapis calcareus. Carbonate of lime. Lapis cyanus. Lapis lazuli. Lapis divinus. Lapis ophthalmicus. A compound of vitriol, nitre, alum, and camphor. Beers' lapis ophthalmicus consists of equal parts of subacetate of copper, nitre, and alum, melted together. It is used to form collyria. Lapis haematites. Haematites. Lapis hibernicus. Irish slate. A kind of slate containing pyrites, occasionally powdered by the common people, and taken in spruce beer. Lapis hystricis. Bezoar hystricis. Lapis infernalis. Potassa fusa. Lapis la'zuli. Lapis cyanus. Lapis cei~uleus. Azure stone. Formerly exhibited as a purgative and emetic, and given in epilepsy. Lapis lydius. Lydian stone. A flinty slate. Lapis medicamentosus. This name has been given to two compounds, the one consisting of white vitriol, sal ammoniac, cerusse, Armenian bole, and vinegar; the latter of iron filings, mastich, saffron, aloes, myrrh, &c. The former is the one most commonly known by the name, and was used as an application to ulcers. Lapis ophthalmicus. Lapis divinus. Lapis philosophorum. The philosopher's stone. A wonderful substance, imagined- to have the power of transforming all the baser metals into gold, and of curing all diseases. Lapis porcinus. Bezoar hystricis. Lapis septicus. Potassa fusa. Lapis simias. Bezoar simiae. Lapis specularis. Selenite. Lapis syderitis. The magnet. La'ppa. Arctium lappa. LA'PSANA. (a, e, f.) A genus of plants Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Composite. — L. communis. Dock-cresses. Nipple-wort. This plant is a lactescent bitter, and similar to chicory, dandelion, and endive. Laque'us gu'tturis. A malignant inflammation of the tonsils. La'rbason. Antimony.— Pliny. Larch. Pinus larix. LARD. Hog's fat melted down. See Adeps suilla. Larda'ceous. Of the consistence and nature of lard. A morbid product found in tumors, resembling lard. Larix europea. The larch-tree, Pinus larix. Larkspur. Delphinum consolida. Lartigne's piles. Pills of extract of colchi- cum, with extract of digitalis, used in France in gout. La'rva. 1. A mask. 2. The imperfect, or caterpillar, and maggot stage of insect existence. Larva'lis. Larval: pertaining to a larva. LARYNGEAL. Larynge'us. Appertaining to the larynx. Laryngeal arteries. Branches of the thyroid arteries distributed to the larynx. The superior thyroid artery is called laryngeal by some anatomists. Laryngeal nervjjs. These are the superior laryngeal nerve, given off from the pneumogastric in the upper part of the neck, and the inferior laryngeal, more frequently called the recurrent of the par vagum, which is given off from the pneumogastric within the thorax. LARYNGISMUS, (us, i, m.; from larynx, the windpipe.) A genus of disease of Dr. Good, including spasmodic croup. This writer observes, that while the general symptoms of the L. stridulus make a near approach to those of croup, the suddenness of its attack, and the absence of inflammation, and the peculiar secretion, form strong pathognomonic distinctions between them. The spasm suddenly subsides in a short time, though it may, perhaps, return in an hour, or half an hour, or even a few minutes; and in the interval the patient enjoys perfect ease, though the voice is rendered hoarse from the previous straining. Croup is, moreover, an exclusive disease of children ; stridulous spasm of the larynx is sometimes found in adults. The treatment should be speedy. An emetic of antimony, with a diaphoretic and purge, are often enough; but if the spasm be not overcome, opium, and a blister over the throat, should be used. The late Dr. Hugh Ley, in an able monograph on laryngismus stridulus, has introduced an entirely new pathology of this disease. He regards it as arising from pressure on the nerves of respiration, in consequence of enlargement of the thoracic or cervical absorbent glands; and instead of referring the constriction of the LAB LAT 392 glottis to spasm of the muscles which close that orifice, he refers it to loss of power in the muscles which open it. The tendency of dentition and inflamed and ulcerated states of the scalp to produce laryngismus stridulus, is explained by Dr. Ley, from their well known influence in causing enlargement of the lymphatic glands. This view of the subject throws no light on the exciting cause of any individual paroxysm; but those which have preceded it are not more satisfactory in this respect. Dr. Ley has argued the point with much ingenuity, supported by great knowledge of the subject; but it does not seem likely that his pathology of this disease will be generally adopted. LARYNGITIS. (is,idis,i.; from larynx, the part affected.) A suppurative inflammation of the mucous membrane which lines the larynx, or the cellular tissue connecting it to the parts beneath. It mostly forms a part of croup, or more extended inflammation of the air passages, having all its characters; but occasionally the inflammation is confined to the larynx. The disease makes its approach with the common Bymptoms of inflammatory fever; the voice immediately becomes hoarse and indistinct, the breathing laborious, with a painful sense of constriction m the throat. The fauces are red and inflamed, swollen and turgid; the face and eyes partake of the swelling, as in cases of threatened strangulation. The symptomatic fever is strong; the larynx is very painful to the touch; and a little pressure here, like an attempt to swallow, is productive of spasms, threatening the patient with instant death from suffocation, and causing him to pant for air. This disease attacks adults. Laryngitis, as now described, is an extremely acute disease, and destroys by suffocation in a few hours, or a day or two, unless promptly and actively opposed, and even when the attempt to cure is so conducted under the most experienced practitioners. In the treatment of this disease, the most active remedies are to be promptly used: bloodletting, generally and locally, and blistering, are to be immediately flown to; and blood must be taken from the arm ad deliquium, and repeated as the judgment and experience of the practitioner may justify and direct. Calomel, in full doses, should be followed by strong infusions of senna with salts while the patient can swallow. If, notwithstanding the judicious enforcement of these means, the symptoms are still urgent, tracheotomy must be performed, and iced lotions kept about the larynx. Laryngitis often exists in a chronic form. This is a disease that affords a very different state of things: the voice is hoarse, the swallowing always a little painful, and pressure on the larynx gives pain. It is common to coachmen, and those who drink drams. It requires demulcent gargles, mercurial alteratives, leeches, and blistering, with great attention to diet, and the interdiction of spirits. Lartngogra'phy. Laryngo'logy. An account or description of the larynx. LARYNGO'PHONY. (Laryngophonia; from Aupvyf, the larynx, and $uvn, the voice.) The sound of the voice as heard through the stethe- scope applied over the larynx. In disease, la ryngophony or pectoriloquy is heard over the chest when there is a cavity in the lungs. LARYNGO'TOMY. (Laryngolomia, ce, f.; from Aapvyl;, the larynx, and repvu, to cut.) See Bronchotomy. Laryngo-tracheitis. Croup. LA'RYNX. (x, gis, f. Aapuyf.) A cartilaginous cavity, situated behind the tongue, in the anterior part of the fauces, and lined with an exquisitely sensible mucous membrane. It is composed of the annular or cricoid cartilage, the scutiform or thyroid, the epiglottis, and two arytenoid cartilages. The superior opening of the larynx is called the glottis. The laryngeal arteries are branches of the external carotids. The laryngeal veins evacuate their blood into the external jugulars. The nerves of the larynx are from the eighth pair. The use of the larynx is to constitute the organ of voice, and to serve also for respiration. La'ser. Assafcetida. LASERPI'TIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — L. chironium. Panax. Hercules' all-heal, or wound-wort. The seeds and roots are warm, and similar to those of the parsnip. The inspissated juice resembles opoponax.— L. latifolium. White gentian. Gentiana alba. The root of this plant possesses stomachic, corroborant, and deobstruent virtues.— L. siler. Heartwort. The seeds and roots have an agreeable smell, and a warm, glowing, aromatic taste. LASSITU'DO. (o, onis, f.) Lassitude. A feeling of weakness and debility, independent of fatigue. LATENT. Latens. (From lateo, to be hidden.) That which is hidden; thus latent heat is that not appreciable by the touch. Latent period. Certain diseases lurk in the system for a longer or shorter period before their presence is manifested by any symptoms; this period is called their latent period. Thus we speak of the latent period of small-pox, of measles, &c, meaning thereby the time that elapses from the moment of infection to the accession of the symptoms. LATERAL. (Lateralis; from lotus, the side.) Situated on the side of any thing. Lateral operation. The name given to one mode of cutting for the stone, because the prostate gland and neck of the bladder are divided laterally. See Lithotomy. Lateral sinus. See Sinus. Lateralis morbus. Pleurisy. LATERITIOUS. (Lateritius, made of brick ; from later, a brick.) A term applied to a sediment resembling brick-dust, occasionally deposited in the urme. LATEX. In Botany, the proper or hidden juice of a plant. It is highly organized, usually milky, containing albuminous, fibrous, and non azotized parts. It circulates in a peculiar, anastomosing system of vessels, called the laticifcrous tissue, or cinenchyma. La'thyris. Tithymalus latifolius. LATHYRUS. (us,i, m.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. The vetch. Lati'bulum. (From lateo, to lay hid.)- L A U L AZ 393 The fomes, or hidden matter of infectious dis eases. La'tica. A quotidian fever with long paro* ysms. Latissimus colli. The platysma myoides. LATISSIMUS DORSI. A muscle of the hu- merus, situated on the posterior partof the trunk. It arises from the posterior half of the upper edge of the spine of the os ilium, the spinous processes of the os sacrum and lumbar vertebras, and from five or six, and sometimes from seven, and even eight, of the lowermost ones of the back; also tendinous and fleshy from the upper edges and external surface of the four inferior false ribs, near their cartilages, by as many distinct slips; those from the sacrum and lumbar vertebra?, obliquely upward and forward; and those from the vertebra? of the back, transversely outward and forward, over the inferior angle of the scapula, where they receive a small, thin bundle of fleshy fibers. It is inserted by a strong, flat, and thin tendon into the fore part of the posterior edge of the bicipital groove. Its use is to pull the os humeri downward and backward, and to turn it upon its axis. Lattice-work. Cancellatus. Latus. Broad. Latus ani. The levator ani muscle. LAU'DANUM. (um, i, n.; said to be from laus, praise, on account of its valuable properties.) See Tinctura opii. Laudanum abbatis Rousseau. See Rousseau's drops. Laudanum liquidum Sydenhami. Vinum opii. Laudanum opiatum. L. simplex. Extractum opii. Lvugh, sardonic The canine laugh. See Risus sardonicus. Laughing gas. The protoxide of nitrogen. LAURA'CEiE. The cinnamon tribe of di- cotyledonous plants. Leaves, entire, alternate; flowers, apetalous; stamens, perigynous; fruit, baccate or drupaceous; seeds, without albumen. Laurel. See Laurus. Laurel, bboad-leaved. Laurel, mountain. Kalmia latifolia. Laurel, cherry. L., poison. Prunus laurocerasus. Laurel, spurge. Daphne laureola. Laurel water. The distilled water of the prunus laurocerasus. Laurel, white. Magnolia glauca. Laurent, saint. A place five leagues from Joyeuse in France, where there is a thermal spring of the temperature of 127° F. Laure'ola. Daphne laureola. Lau'rine. A fatty, camphoraceous, and acrid body, derived from the berries of the laurel. Lau'roce'rasus. Prunus laurocerasus. LAU'RUS. (us, i, and us, f.) 1. The laurus nobilis. 2. A genus of plants. Enneandria. Monogynia. Lauracca. Laurus camphora. See Camphor. Laurus cassia. Wild cinnamon-tree. See Cinnamomum. Laurus cinnamo'mum. See Cinnamomum. Laurus culila'wan. See Cinnamomum. Laurus nobilis. The sweet bay-tree. The leaves and berries have a sweet, fragrant smell, and an aromatic, astringent taste. Laurus persia. This species yields the Avigato pear, which, when ripe, melts in the mouth like marrow, which it greatly resembles in flavor. Laurus pichu'rim. This is one of the plants which produce the pichurim bean, called, also, Brazilian, and Carthagena bean. The bean is of an oblong-oval shape, heavy, of a brown color, and a musky odor. It is aromatic and carminative, but is now little used. Laurus sa'ssafras. The sassafras-tree. Sassafras. The wood has a fragrant smell, and a sweetish, aromatic, sub-acrid taste; the root, wood, and. bark agree in their medicinal qualities, but the bark is the most fragrant. It is an ingredient in the Decoctum sarsaparilla compositum, or Decoctum lignorum; but the only officinal preparation of it is the essential oil, which is carminative and stimulant, and may be given in the dose of from two drops to ten. Lautissima vina. Wines strongly impregnated with myrrh were formerly so called. Lavandula. Lavender. Lavendula spica. Lava'tion. Washing or sponging the body. Lj'vement. Lavamen. An enema. Lavender, French. See Lavendula stce chas. LAVE'NDULA. (a, a, f.) 1. Common lavender. 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — L. spica. The common lavender. Lavender oil has been long recommended in nervous debilities, and various affections proceeding from a want of energy in the animal functions. An essential oil, a simple spirit, and a compound tincture, are officinal. — L. stcechas. French lavender. It is much less grateful in smell and flavor than the common lavender. La'ver. 1. The brook-lime. 2. A sea-weed, Ulva lactuca. Laver, shield. See Ulva lactuca. LAVIPE'DIUM. (um, ii, n.; from lavo, to wash, and pes, the foot.) A bath for the feet. LAWSO'NIA INERMIS. The true alkanna, or henna of Egypt. The root is astringent, and may be used as a substitute for the Anchusa. Lax. A diarrhoea. LA'XATIVE. (Laxativus; from laxo, to loosen.) Gently purgative. LAXA'TOR. (or, oris, m.; from laxo, to loosen; so called from its office to relax.) A name applied to muscles, &c, the office of which is to relax parts into which they are inserted. Laxator tympani. L. auris internus. A muscle of the internal ear, that draws the malleus obliquely forward toward its origin; consequently, the membrana tympani is made less concave, or is relaxed. Laxator tympani minor. A very small muscle of the ear, described as rising from the upper part of the meatus auditorius externus, and in serted into the inferior part of the handle of the malleus. Most anatomists deny its existence. Laxity. Laxitas. An atonic or relaxed state. La'xus. Lax; loose. LAZZARETTO. (Italian.) A solitary build- LEE LEK 394 ing attached to most foreign sea-ports, for the performance of quarantine. LEAD. Plumbum. A bluish-white metal, soft, slightly malleable, little ductile; sp. gr., 11-38; melts at 612° F., and soon oxydizes on the surface if exposed to air. When exposed to pure water it becomes oxydized, and is readily acted on by acids. Symbol, Pb. Eq., 103'6. It forms several compounds with oxygen, of which the protoxide, PbO, is a powerful base. The carbonate, or white lead, is poisonous. For the salts, see Plumbum. The oxides of lead are poisonous, and the salts have been till lately considered so; but the experiments of Dr. A. T. Thomson have rendered it probable that the carbonate is the only really poisonous salt of this metal. See Plumbi acetas. The symptoms of lead poison are those which constitute the disease called Colica pictonum. See Colica and Poisons. The preparations of lead used in medicine are, 1. The subcarbonate. See Plumbi subcarbonas. 2. The red oxide. See Minium. 3. The semivitreous oxide. See Lithargyrum. 4. The acetate. See Plumbi acctas. 5. The solution of the acetate. See Plumbi diacetatis liquor. 6". The dilute solution of the acetate. See Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilutus. 7. The Iodide. See Plumbi iodidum. Lead, red. See Minium. Lead, white. Plumbi subcarbonas. Leadwort. Plumbago europoaa. Le.e'xa. An old plaster.— JEtius. LEAF. Folium. A laminar expansion of a plant, generally of a green color, aud performing the most important functions of the plant. Leafstalk. The petiole. Leamington springs. Saline springs at Leamington, near Warwick, England. LEANNESS. Extenuatio corporis. This occurs in many, individuals as a natural state. In consumption and atrophy the frame gradually wastes away to an extreme degree of leanjiess, while, in acute fevers, an equal degree of attenuation is often produced in two or three weeks. Leaping ague. A disease of Scotland, said to be characterized by preternatural activity of mind and body. Leather. Tanno-gelatine. An insoluble and almost indestructible compound of gelatine with tannic acid. Leather-wood. Dirca palustris. LEBANON SPRINGS. A simple thermal water, of 72° F., at Lebanon, near Albany, New York. Lecanorin. A white, crystalline body, from Lecanora tartarea. Lectualis. 1. Relating to a bed. 2. A chronic disease. LE'DUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Ericacea. — L. palustre. Cistus ledon. Marsh tea. This plant has a bitter, sub-astringent taste.— L. latifo- Hum, or Labrador tea, is considered tonic. LEECH. Hirudo. Bdella. A genus of animals of the order Annelides. The leeches H. medicinalis, H. provincialis, and the horseleech, H. sanguisuga, inhabit stagnant waters. The mouth is armed with three teeth, and it sucks by making a vacuum over the wounded part. A good European leech will draw two drachms of blood, which it disgorges when the mouth is rubbed with salt, and may be used several times. They bite more freely when the part is rubbed with sugar or milk, and the leech confined in a glass or small cylindrical net of brass wire. When applied to the mouth or a cavity, they are to be placed in a proper tube. A leech-bite sometimes bleeds obstinately, but may be arrested by pressure, and the application of caustic nitrate of silver. Leeches should not be kept in spring water, as they very soon die: the vessel should bo filled with water from a pond, and the water changed sufficiently often. It must not be allowed to become tinctured with drugs; and a free supply of air is necessary. Leek. Allium p or rum. LEG. Crus. The portion of the lower extremity extending from the knee to the foot. Leg, swelled. Phlegmasia dolens. Le'gna. The extremities of the pudenda muliebra. LEGU'MEN. (ere, inis, n.) A legume. A peculiar, solitary kind of fructification, formed of two oblong valves, without any longitudinal partition, and bearing the seeds along one of its margins only, as the pea, bean. Legu'mine. Vegetable casein, derived chiefly from the seeds of leguminous plants. LEGUMINO'SjE. (From legumen, a legume.) The pea and bean tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbs or trees with leaves alternate; stamens, perigynous, monadelphous, or diadelphous; ovarium, superior, solitary, simple; fruit, leguv minous; seeds, without albumen. Legu'minous. Leguminosus. Appertaining to a legume. Leienteria. Lienteria. LEIP-. A prefix (from aeittu, to leave), signifying a deficiency or want. Lkii'ii.k'ma. Anaemia. Leipopsy'chia. Syncope. Leipothy'mia. Syncope. Lei'pyrias. A very malignant continued fever, accompanied with erysipelatous affection of some of the internal viscera, and in which the internal parts are much heated, while the external parts are cold.— Oalen. Lemithocorton. Helminthocorton. Lemon. Citrus medica. Lemon, acid of. Citric acid. Lemon scurvy-grass. See Cochlcaria. Le'nientia. Medicines which allay irritation. LE'NITIVE. (Lenitivus; from lenis, gentle.) Medicines which operate mildly. Lenitive electuary. Confectio senna? composita. LENS. (Lens, tis, f.) 1. The lentil. Ervum lens. 2. In Natural Philosophy, a piece of glass or other transparent material, so shaped as to be capable of converging or diverging the rays of light. Lens, crystalline. See Eye. LENTI'CULA. 1. A smaller sort of lentil. 2. A freckle; ephelis. 3. A surgical instrument, employed for removing the jagged particles of bone from the edge of the perforation made in the cranium with the trephine L E P L E S 395 Lenticula marina. Fucus nutans. LENTI'CULAR. Lcnticularis. Shaped like * lens; of a discoid form. Lenticular cataract. See Cataract. Lenticular ganglion. The ophthalmic ganglion. Lenticulare os. The os orbiculare of the ear. See Auris. Lenticular papilla:. The papilla? situated at the posterior part of the tongue. Lentiform. The same as lenticular. Lenti'go. A freckle; ephelis. Lentigo ephelis.— Frank. Lentil. Ervum lens. Lentil, sea. Fucus nutans. Lenti'scus. See Pistachia lentiscus. LE'NTOR. (or, oris, m.; from lentus, clammy.) A viscidity or siziness of any fluid. Leonti'asis. Elephantiasis. LEO'NTODON. (on, ontis, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia equalis. Composite. — L. taraxacum. The dandelion or pissabed. The young leaves, in a blanched state, have the taste ot endive, and are used as salad. The roasted roots resemble chicory. The expressed juice is bitter, aperient, and diuretic. It has been employed with alleged advantage in hepatic obstructions, jaundice, dropsy, and some cutaneous diseases. The extract, Ext. taraxaci, is officinal. Leontopo'dium. Filago leontopodium. LEONU'RUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiate. — L. cardiaca. The mother-wort. The leaves have a disagreeable smell and a bitter taste, and are said to be serviceable in disorders of the stomachs of children, to promote the uterine discharge, and to allay palpitation of the heart. Leopard's bane. Arnica montana. LEP-. LEPI-. A prefix (from A?7rac, and Aenic, a scale), denoting the presence of scalelike parts or appendages. Le'pidin. A substance obtained by Leroux from the Lepidium iberis. LEPI'DIUM. (um,ii,\\.) A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. ¦ Crucifere. — L. iberis. Iberis. Sciatica cresses. This plant possesses a warm, penetrating, pungent taste, like cresses, and is recommended as an antiscorbutic, antiseptic, and stomachic.— L. sativum. Dittander. This plant possesses warm, nervine, and stimulating qualities. LEPIDO'PTERA. (From fame, a scale, and nrepov, a wing.) An order of insects which have scaly wings. The butterflies and moths. Lepidosarco'ma. A scaly tumor. LEPIDO'SIS. ( is, is, m.; from Aettic, squamma, a scale.) Scale-skin. See Ichthyosis. Lepi'dote. Leprous; covered with scales. Lepori'num labium. Leporinum rostrum. Hare-lip. Lepori'nus oculus. Lagophthalmia. LE'PRA. (a, e, f.; from Aenpoc, scaly.) The leprosy. This name has been given to several diseases. See Lepra arabum, Lepra judaicum, and Lepra grecorum; but it is uow restricted to a common form of cutaneous disease, which Dr. Willan describes as characterized by scaly patches of different sizes, but having always nearly a circular form. 1. Lepra vulgaris exhibits, first, smalL distinct elevations of the cuticle, which are reddish and shining, but never contain any fluid; these patches continue to enlarge gradually till they nearly equal the dimensions of a dollar The scales accumulate on them so as to form a thick, prominent crust, which is quickly reproduced. This species sometimes appears first at the elbows or on the forearm, but more generally about the knee, and may spread over the whole body. The constitution remains unaffected for years. 2. Lepra alphos, v. alphoides. The scaly patches are smaller than those of the lepra vulgaris, and also differ from them in having their central parts depressed or indented. This disorder usually begins about the elbow, with distinct, eminent asperities, of a dull red color, and not much longer than papilla;. These, in a short, time, dilate to nearly the size of a half dime. Two or three days afterward the central part of them suffers a depression, within which small white powdeiy scales may be observed. The surrounding border, however, still continues to be raised, but retains the same size and the same red color as at first. 3. Lepra nigricans differs little from the lepra vulgaris as to its form and distribution. The most striking difference is in the color of the patches, which are dark and livid. The different forms of lepra are exceedingly intractable, often resisting all remedial means. A regular diet, frequent ablutions, the use of sulphur and tar ointments where the skin is not too irritable, and alteratives internally, constitute the chief remedies; tar has been administered internally with great advantage. If the skin be very irritable, a fomentation with infusion of the Solanum dulcamara is veiy useful, as well as its internal use in doses of two or three ounces daily. Lepra a'rabum. L. tuberculosa. The tubercular elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis grecorum. Lepra grascorum. The term lepra was applied by the Greeks to a scaly disease of the skin, which appears to correspond with the lepra vulgaris of Willan. The alphos corresponds with the lepra alphoides. The melas corresponds with the lepra nigricans. Lepra judaic a. Leprosy of the Jews. Moses mentions three kinds, viz.: 1. The boak, which appears to correspond with the L. alphos. 2. The berat cccha, beras asved, or melas of the Greeks. 3. The berat lebena, beras bejas, and leuce of the Greeks. Lepra mercuriale. Eczema mercuriale. Lepri'asis. The specific name of Dr. Good for leprosy. Lepidosis lepriasis. Leprosy. See Lepra. LE'PROUS. Leprosus. Affected with leprosy. Lepta'ndria tirginica. Veronica virginica. Lepty'ntica. Attenuants. Lepty'smus. Emaciation. Le'pus. (us, oris, m.) A hare. ¦ Lere'ma. Dotage. Le'ros. Light delirium. LESION. (Lesio, onis, f.; from ledo, to hurt.) An injury. This word is now very generally used in pathology; thus we speak of LEU LEV 396 lesion of structure, or organic lesion; lesion of function, &c. L e't hal. Lethalis. Mortal; relating to death. Letha'rgica: arteria:. The carotids. LETHA'RGIC. Lethargicus. Appertaining to lethargy. LE'THARGY. (Lethargus, i, m.; from TinQt], forgetfulness.) A heavy and constant sleep, with scarcely any intervals of waking: when awakened, the person answers, but, ignorant or forgetful of what he said, immediately sinks into the same state of sleep. Lethargy is veiy nearly allied to mild forms of apoplexy, and may arise from the same causes. Retrocedent gout has been known to produce lethargy The cure of lethargy is to be attempted by a diligent search into the cause, the removal of which generally establishes health. If any suppressed discharge or eruption can be traced, we should endeavor to reproduce it by all possible means; and if any general or local plethora exist, bleeding, purgatives, and active exercise must be resorted to, with an abstemious plan of diet. Lethargy is frequently the result of a determination of blood to the head, but it is also, frequently, a purely nervous affection; and, in the latter case, a generous diet is proper, with blisters, and medicines which stimulate the nervous system, especially ammonia. Lethe'a. A name of the poppy. Le'theon. The process of inhaling ether. See Inhalation of Ether. Lettuce. See Lactuca. Leucaca'ntha. The cotton-thistle. Leuca'nthemum. See Chrysanthemum leucanthemum. Leuca'smus. Vitiligo. LEUC-. LEUCO-. A prefix (from Aevnog, white), signifying whiteness. LEU'CE. (Aevkjj ; from Aevnor, white.) A disease mentioned by the Greek writers, characterized by smooth, shining patches on the skin, on which the hairs turned white and silky, and the skin itself, and the subjacent parts, lost their sensibility. It is the Vitiligo alba of Celsus, and the beras bejas of the Arabians. Leucele'ctrum. White amber. LEU'CINE. A product of the action of potash on proteine. It crystallizes in brilliant white scales, and is soluble in hot water, alcohol, and ether; with nitric acid it forms crystalline needles of nitro-leucic acid. Leucola'chanum. Valeriana sylvestris. LEUCO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from Aevkoc, white.) Leucoma and albugo are often used synonymously, to denote a white opacity of the cornea of the eye. Both of them, according to Scarpa, are essentially different from the nebula, for they are not the consequence of chronic ophthalmy, attended with varicose veins, and an effusion of a milky serum into the texture of the delicate continuation of the conjunctiva over the cornea, but are the result of violent acute ophthalmy. In this state, a dense coagulating lymph is extravasated from the arteries, sometimes superficially, at other times deeply into the substanoe of the cornea. On other occasions, the disease consists of a firm, callous cicatrix on this membrane, the effect of an ulcer or wound, with loss of substance. The term albugo strictly belongs to the first form of the disease, leucoma to the last, more particulaxly when the opacity occupies the whole, or the chief part of the cornea. If inflammation still exists, antiphlogistics are to be used; and otherwise, topical stimulants to favor absorption. Leuconymphas'a. Nymphasa alba. Leucopa'thia. The albino state. Leucopha'gium. Blanc-mange. LEUCOPHLEGMA'SIA. (a, ce, f.; from AevKoc, white, and tpAeyua, plegm.) A tendency in the system to a dropsical state, known by a pale color of the skin, a flabby condition of the solids, and a redundancy of serum in the blood. Leucophlegma'sia dolens. Phlegmasia dolens. Leucophlegma'tic. Affected with, or appertaining to, leucophlegmasia. Leuco'piper. White pepper. Leucopy'ria. Hectic fever. LEUCORRHffi'A. (a, ce, f.; from Itvuoc, white, and peu, to flow.) Fluor albus. The whites. A secretion of whitish mucus from the vagina of women, arising from debility, or a chronic inflammation of the organs. The discharge is attended with some foetor, smarting in making water, pains in the back and loins, anorexia, and atrophy. In some cases the discharge is of so acrid a nature as to produce effects on those who are connected with the woman somewhat similar to venereal matter, giving rise to excoriations about the glans penis and praeputium, and occasioning a discharge from the urethra. Immoderate coitiqn, injury done to the parts by difficult and tedious labors, frequent miscarriages, immoderate flowings of the menses, profuse evacuations, poor diet, an abuse of tea, and other causes, giving rise to general debility, or to a laxity of the parts more immediately concerned, are those which usually produce the discharge. Besides the discharge, the patient is frequently afflicted with severe and constant pains in the back and loins, loss of strength, failure of appetite, dejection of spirits, paleness of the countenance, chilliness, and languor. Where the disease has been of long continuance, and very severe, a slow fever, attended with difficult respiration, palpitations, faintings, and swellings of the lower extremities, often ensues. It is to be treated by hygienic means, especially mild exercise, and a non-stimulating, nutritious diet; astringents are sometimes useful as an injection. The cause, whatever it be, should be sought after, and removed, if possible. LEVA'TOR. (or, oris, m.; from levo, to lift up.) A muscle, the office of which is to lift up the part to which it is attached. Levator anguli oris. A muscle situated above the mouth, which draws the corner of the mouth upward, and makes that part of the cheek opposite to the chin prominent, as in smiling. It arises, thin and fleshy, from the hollow of the superior maxillary bone, between the root of the socket of the first grinder and the foramen infra orbitarium, and is inserted LEV LIC 397 into the angle of the mouth and under lip, where it joins with its antagonist. Levator ani. Levator magnus seu internus of Douglas. A muscle of the rectum. It arises from the os pubis, within the pelvis, as far up as the upper edge of the foramen thyroideum and joining of the os pubis with the os ischium, from the thin, tendinous membrane that covers the obturator internus and coccygreus muscles, and from the spinous process of the ischium. From these origins, its fibres are inserted into the sphincter ani, acceleratores urina?, and anterior part of the two last bones of the os coccygis, surrounding the extremity of the rectum, neck of the bladder, prostate gland, and part of the vesiculae seminales. Its fibres, joining with those of its fellow, form a funnel-shaped hole, that draws the rectum upward after the evacuation of the fajces, and assists in shutting it. The levatores ani also sustain the contents of the pelvis, and assist in ejecting the semen, urine, and contents of the rectum, and, perhaps, by pressing upon the veins, contribute to the erection of the penis. Levator ani parvus. Transversus perinei. thin tendon into the cartilage that supports the upper eyelid. Levator parvus. See Transversus perinei. Levator proprius scapulje. See Levator scapula. Levator scapulje. Levator proprius scapula;. A muscle situated on the posterior part of the neck, that pulls the scapula upward and a little forward. It is a long muscle, nearly two inches in breadth, and is situated obliquely under the anterior edge of the trapezius. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the transverse processes of the four, and sometimes five superior vertebra? colli, by so many distinct slips, which soon unite to form a muscle that runs obliquely downward and outward, and is inserted, by a flat tendon, into the upper angle of the scapula. Its use is to raise the scapula upward and a little forward. Levatores costarum. See Intercostal muscles. LEVER. Vectis. An obstetrical instrument for aiding the descent of the child's head through the pelvis. It is applicable to the same cases as the forceps, but the latter is a preferable instrument, and the lever is now hardly ever used. Levator coccygis. The coccygeus muscle. Levator labii inferioris. Levator menti. It arises from the lower jaw, at the roots of the alveoli of two incisor teeth and the cuspidatus, and is inserted into the under lip and skin of the chin. Levator labii superioris alasque nasi. A muscle of the mouth and lips, that raises the Upper lip toward the orbit and a little outward; it serves, also, to draw the skin of the nose upward and outward, by which the nostril is dilated. It arises by two distinct origins: the first, broad and fleshy, from the external part of the orbitar process of the superior maxillary bone, immediately above the ioramen infra orbitarium; the second, from the nasal process of the superior maxillary bone, where it joins the os frontis. The first portion is inserted into the upper lip and orbicularis muscle; the second, into the upper lip and outer part of the ala nasi. Levator labii superioris proprius. A muscle of the upper lip. It arises under the edge of the orbit, and is inserted into the upper lip. Levator oculi. See Rectus superior oculi. Levator palati. Levator palati mollis of Albinus. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the extremity of the petrous portion of the temporal bone, where it is perforated by the Eustachian tube, and also from the membraneous part of the same tube, and is inserted into the whole length of the velum pendulum palati, as far as the root of the uvula, and unites with its fellow. Its use is to draw the velum pendulum palati upward and backward, so as to shut the passage from the fauces into the mouth and nose. Levator palati mollis. See Levator palati. Levator palpebra: superioris. A proper muscle of the upper eyelid, that opens the eyes by drawing the eyelid upward. It arises from the upper part of the foramen opticum of the sphenoid bone, above the rectus superior oculi, near the trochlearis, and is inserted by a broad, upper eyelid. Levator parvus. See Transversus perinei. Levator proprius scapula?. See Levator scapula. Levator scapula;. Levator proprius scapula. A muscle situated on the posterior part of the neck, that pulls the scapula upward and a little forward. It is a long muscle, nearly two inches in breadth, and is situated obliquely under the anterior edge of the trapezius. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the transverse processes of the four, and sometimes five superior vertebra; colli, by so many distinct slips, which soon unite to form a muscle that runs obliquely downward and outward, and is inserted, by a flat tendon, into the upper angle of the scapula. Its use is to raise the scapula upward and a little forward. Levatores costarum. See Intercostal muscles. LEVER. Vectis. An obstetrical instrument for aiding the descent of the child's head through the pelvis. It is applicable to the same cases as the forceps, but the latter is a preferable instrument, and the lever is now hardly ever used. It is improperly called a lever, as it does not act on the principle of the lever; it resembles a single blade of the forceps. Leviathan penis. Priapusceti. The penis of the whale, which, when dried and powdered, was formerly used iu leucorrhoea and dysentery. • LEVIGA'TION. (Lavigatio, onis, f.; from lavigo, to make smooth.) The reduction of a hard substance by trituration to an impalpable powder. Levi'sticum. Ligusticum levisticum. Levi'tas intestinorum. Lientery. Lexipha'rmacon. Alexipharmacon. Lexipyre'ticus. Febrifuge. Ley. See Lixivium. Leyden jar. L. phial. See Electricity. LIA'TRIS SPICATA. An indigenous bulbous plant, which, with other species, are said to be diuretic. Liba'dium. The lesser centaury. Lib anion. A collyrium.— Paul of Libano'tis. Rosemary. Li'banus. 1. The cedar of Lebanon. 2. The frankincense-tree. Liber. The inner bark of trees. Libu'rnum. Viburnum lantana. Li'chanus. The fore finger. LI'CHEN. or Aixnv. Lichen, enis, or enos, m.) 1. In Pathology, an extensive eruption of papula; affecting adults and children, connected with internal disorder, usually terminating in scurf; recurrent, not contagious. The varieties of lichen are distinguished under the,denominations of simplex, agrius, pilaris, lividus, tropicus, circumscriptus, and urticatus. Lichen simplex. —Distinct red papula? arise first about the cheeks and chin, or on the arms, accompanied with an unpleasant sensation of tingling, which is somewhat aggravated during the night. In about a week the color of the eruption fades, and the cuticle begins to separate. The duration is from ten to twenty days. The febrile state, at the beginning of this disorder, lasts five or six days: it is gener LIC LIE 398 ally relieved on the appearance of the eruption. Lichen circumscriplus is characterized by clusters or patches of papula?, which have a welldefined margin, and are of an irregularly circular form. Some of them are stationary for a week or two, and disappear; but others extend gradually, by new papulated borders, into large figured forms, which coalesce. As the borders extend, the central areas become even, but continue slightly red and scurfy. Lichen agrius is preceded by nausea, pain in the stomach, headache, loss of strength, and deep-seated pains in the limbs, with fits of coldness and shivering; which symptoms continue several days, and are sometimes relieved by the papulous eruption. The papula? are distributed iu clusters, or often in large patches, chiefly on the arms, the upper part of the breast, the neck, face, back, and sides of the abdomen; they are of a vivid red color, and have a redness, or some degree of inflammation, diffused round them to a considerable extent, and attended with itching, heat, and a painful tingling. Lichen pilaris. —This is merely a modification of the first species of lichen, and, like it, often alternates with complaints of the head, or stomach, in irritable habits. The peculiarity of the eruption is, that the 6mall tubercles or asperities appear only at the roots of the hairs of the skin, being probably occasioned by an enlargement of their bulbs, or an unusual fullness of the blood-vessels distributed to them. Lichen lividus. —The papula? characterizing this eruption are of a dark red or livid hue, and somewhat more permanent than in the foregoing species of lichen. Lichen tropicus. —Prickly heat. It consists of numerous papullae, about the size of a small pin's head, and elevated so as to produce a considerable roughness on the skin. The papula? are of a vivid red color, and often exhibit an irregular form, two or three of them being in many places united together; but no redness or inflammation extends to the skin in the interstices of the papula?. Dr. Bateman has introduced another species, Lichen urticatus. —In its first appearance it is in irregular, inflamed wheals, so closely resembling the spots excited by the bites of bugs or gnats as almost to deceive the observer. The inflammation, however, subsides in a day or two, leaving small, elevated, itching papula?. There may be a recurrence for months. It is peculiar to children. A species of lichen has lately been described by M. Biett under the name of Lichen gyratus, in which the papula? are arranged in a spiral form. Most of the forms of lichen require little treatment. Laxatives, bathing, mild diet, suitable clothing, exercise, and occasionally a mild ointment or tonic remedy, is all that is necessary. II. In Botany, a genus of plants. Cryptogamia. Alga. There are several species, some of which are used in medicine. Lichen aphthosus. Muscus camutalis. This is said to have a good effect in some complaints of the intestines. Lichen arboreus pullus. Lichen olivarius. Lichen caninus. The ash-colored ground liverwort. L. terrestris. L. cinereus terrestris. Formerly supposed to cure hydrophobia. Lichen cinereus terrestris. See Lichen caninus. Lichen cocciferus. L. coccineus. Lichen pyxidatus. Lichen islandicus. Cetraria islandica. Lichen marinus. Ulva lactuca. Lichen olivarius. Tree liverwort. L. arboreuspullus. An infusion of this is considered as strengthening to the lungs, and given in hemorrhages, and against old coughs. Lichen plicatus. It is slightly astringent, and is applied with that intention to bleeding vessels. Lichen prunastri. This is astringent, and is used to strengthen the lungs. Lichen pulmonarius. L. arboreus. Pectoral moss. Tree lungwort. Oak lungs. This sub-astringent and rather acid plant was once in high estimation in the cure of diseases of the lungs. Lichen pyxidatus. The cup moss. L. pyxidatus major. L. coccineus. Used by the common people in the cure of hooping-cough. Lichen roccella. Canary archel. Herb archel. Roccella. R. tinctorum. This plant has been employed medicinally with success in allaying the cough attendant on phthisis, and in hysterical coughs. The principal use is as a blue dye, litmus. Lichen saxatilis. Muscus cranii humani. Usnea. This moss, when growing on the human skull, was formerly in high estimation in epilepsies. Lichen velleus. This has the same virtues as the lichen pulmonarius. Lichenia'sis strophulus. Strophulus. Liche'nin. The starchy matter of lichens. LICHE'NS. Lichenis. Plants of a very low organization, which grow on the bark of trees or rocks, when they form a kind of incrustation, or upon the ground, when they consist of irregular lobes parallel with the earth's surface. Occasionally, iu all situations, they are found in a branched state ; but then subdivisions are generally irregular, and without order. Their fructification consists of hard nuclei, called shields, which break through the upper surface of the thallus, or main substance of the lichen, are of a peculiar odor and texture, and contain the reproductive particles. Lichens abound in the cold and temperate parts of the world. The greater part are of no known use; but some, as the reindeer moss ( Cenomycc rangiferina), the Iceland moss (Cetraria islandica), and various species of Gyrophora, are capable of sustaining life, either in animals or man. The Iceland moss, when deprived of its bitterness by soaking in an alkali, and then boiled, becomes, indeed, a diet recommended to invalids. Others are used as tonic medicines, as Variolaria faginea and Parmelia parietina. Their principal use is, however, that of furnishing the dyer with brilliant colors: orchall, cudbear, and perolle, with many more, are thus employed. LI'EN. (en, enis, m.; from Tieiog, soft or smooth. 1 ) The spleen. See Spleen. LIG LIG 399 Lien sinarum. Nymphaea nelumbo. LIENTE'RIA. (a, ce, f.; from Aetoc, smooth, and evrepov, the intestine.) Lientery. See Diarrhoea. Lienteria urinalis. Diabetes. LIFE. Biog. Vita. The word life has been used in two acceptations: in the one it means the aggregate of the phenomena resulting from the activities of an organized body; in the other it means the cause of those activities. Haller established the existence of two great modifications of vital power, namely, sensibility and irritability. The former of these he believed to reside exclusively in the brain and nerves, the latter in the muscular fibre. He believed that the muscles have a nervous power, or vis nervca, distributed to them from the brain through the nerves, distinct from their proper irritability, or vis insita. We now recognize an animal and an 'organic sensibility; an animal and an organic contractility, of which last, irritability is one of the species; or, according to Bichat, an organic life, consisting of the force which maintains the functions of the part and repairs waste, and an animal life, which is the life of relation to other objects by vision, locomotion, intelligence, voice, &c. Life-everlasting. Gnaphalium margaritaceum. LI'GAMENT. (Ligamentum, i, n. ; from ligo, to bind.) An elastic and strong membrane, connecting the extremities of the movable bones. Ligaments are divided into capsular, which surround joints like a bag, and connecting ligaments. The use of the capsular ligaments is to connect the extremities of the movable bones, and prevent the efflux of synovia; the external and internal connecting ligaments strengthen the union of the extremities of the movable bones. The ligaments of the joints and viscera are described under the several parts. Ligamenta ala'ria. Alar ligaments. Two ligaments of the knee joint, a major and a minor, are named alar, from their wing-like shape. Ligamenta interspinalia. Interspinous ligaments. The ligaments which pass between the spinous processes of the vertebra;. Ligamenta intertransversalia. Intertransverse ligaments. The ligaments which pass between the transverse processes of the vertebras. Ligamenta radiata. The ligaments passing between the inner end of the clavicle and the sternum; also, those which pass from the extremities of the cartilages of the ribs over the sternum. Ligamenta subflava. See Spinal cord. Ligaments, crucial. The ligaments which cross each other within the knee joint. Ligaments, lateral. Ligaments situated at the sides of a joint, as the lateral ligaments of the knee and wrist. Ligaments, vaginal. The sheath-like ligaments of the flexor tendons of the fingers. Ligamentum annulare. Annular or ringlike ligament: the name of a strong ligament ¦»n each ankle and wrist. Ligamentum arteriosum. The ductus ar teriosus Of the foetus, which becomes a ligament after birth, is so called. LlGAMENTUM BRACHIO-CUBITALE. The brachio-cubital ligament. The expansion of the lateral ligament, which is fixed in the inner condyle of the os humeri, runs over the capsular, to which it closely adheres, and is inserted like radii on the side of the great sigmoid cavity of the ulna; it is covered on the inside by several tendons, which adhere closely to it, and seem to strengthen it very considerably. Ligamentum brachio-radiale. Thebrachioradial ligament. The expansion of the lateral ligament which runs over the external condyle 01 the os humeri, is inserted round the coronary ligament, from thence all the way down to the neck of the radius, and also in the neighboring parts of the ulna. Through all this passage it covers the capsular ligament, and is covered by several tendons adhering closely to both. Ligamentum capsulare. See Ligaments. Ligamentum ciliare. See Ciliary ligament. Ligamentum conoides. A ligament which passes from the root of the coracoid process to the clavicle. Ligamentum deltoides. The triangular ligament which passes from the malleolus internus of the tibia to the astra galus, os calcis and os naviculare. Ligamentum denticulatum. A ligament extending the whole length of the spinal marrow. Ligamentum fallopii. The round ligament of the uterus, and also Poupart's ligament, have been so called. Ligamentum infundibuliforme. The ligament which joins the atlas to the occipital bone. Ligamentum interclaviculare. The ligament which joins the two clavicles behind the top of the sternum. Ligamentum interosseum. The ligament uniting the radius and ulna, and also that between the tibia and fibula. Ligamentum latum. The broad ligament of the liver, and that of the uterus. Ligamentum nucha:. Cervical ligament. A strong ligament which arises from the perpendicular spine of the occipital bone, and descends on the back part of the neck, adhering to the spinous processes of the cervical vertebra;. Ligamentum orbiculare. The ligament which binds the neck of the radius to the ulna. Ligamentum ovarii. The thick, round portion of the broad ligament of the uterus, by which the ovarium is connected with the uterus. Ligamentum tosticum Winslovii. Posterior ligament of Winslow. This consists of irregular bands, passing obliquely over the back part of the capsular ligament of the knee joint from the external condyle of the femur to the upper and inner part of the tibia. Ligamentum Poupartii. Fallopian ligament. Poupart's ligament. A ligament extending from the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium to the crista of the os pubis. Ligamentum rhomboides. Ligamentum rhomboideum. The ligament which binds the clavicle to the first rib. Ligamentum rotundum. The round ligament of the uterus. See Uterus. LIG LIG 400 Ligamentum teres. The round ligament of the hip joint. See Femoris os. Ligamentum trapezoides. Ligamentum trapezoideum. A ligament which passes from the point of the coracoid process of the scapula to the under edge of the clavicle. Ligamentum triangulare. A ligament extending from the coracoid to the acromial process of the scapula. LFGATURE. (Ligatura, ce, f.; from ligo, to bind.) A thread or silk of various thickness, covered with white wax, for the purpose of tying arteries or other parts. Ligatures should be round and very firm, so as to allow their being tied with some force, without risk of breaking. LIGHT. Lux. Light is that which proceeds from any body producing the sensation of vision, or perception of other bodies, by depicting an image of external objects on the retina of the eye. Explanation of certain terms in optics. —A ray of light is an exceedingly small portion of light as it comes from a luminous body. A medium is a body which affords a passage for the rays of light. A beam of light is a body of parallel rays. A pencil of rays is a body of diverging or converging rays. Converging rays are rays which tend to a common point. Diverging rays are those which come from a point, and continually separate as they proceed. The radiant point is the point from which diverging rays proceed. The focus is the point to which the converging rays are directed. Light is distinguished into two kinds, viz., natural light, proceeding from the sun and stars, and artificial light, proceeding from bodies which are strongly heated: this glowing or shining appearance is called incandescence. The Jihenomena of light may be referred to the folowiug heads: 1. Radiation, or the emission of light, like that of caloric, in all directions, in the form of radii, or rays. A collection of such rays accompanying each other, is termed a pencil. The radiant point is the point from which diverging rays proceed; the focus, the point into which converging rays are collected. 2. Reflection, or the rebound of a ray of light, as of caloric, from a polished surface; the angle of incidence being equal to the angle of reflection. 3. Refraction, or the break of the natural course of a ray of light, as it passes into a transparent substance, as glass or water; this is termed ordinary refraction. If a ray fall upon the surface of Iceland spar, or certain other substances, it will be split into two portions, making an angle with each other, and each pursuing its own separate course; this is called double refraction ; one of these rays following the same rule as if the substance were glass or water, the other undergoing extraordinary refraction. 4. Polarization, or the property by which a ray of light, after its emergence from the substance, or reflection from the surface of a body, acquires poles or sides with different properties, in relation to the plane of its incidence. Polarized light may be procured from common light in three ways, viz.: 1. By reflection from the surfaces of transparent and opaque bodies. 2. By transmission through several plates of uncrystallized bodies. 3. By transmission through bodies regularly crystallized, and possessing the property of double refraction, as Iceland spar, rock crystal, &c. 5. Decomposition, or the division of a ray of light in traversing a prism into its constituent colors; the appearance thus produced is called the prismatic spectrum. See Prism. 6. Phosphorescence, or the emission of light from certain substances. These are artificial compounds, as Canton's phosphorus; some bodies when strongly heated, as lime; certain marine animals, in the living or dead state, as the medusa; certain animalcules, as the fire-fly of the West Indies, the glow-worm, &c.; vegetable substances, as rotten wood, &c. The light of the sun is very complex, containing seven colors, and other agents than simple light, as heat and the chemical rays. It is essential to the production of the green matter of vegetation and the welfare of animals. Light carbureted hydrogen. Carbureted hydrogen gas. Ligne'ous. Ligneus. Woody. LI'GNIN. Lignine. The pure fibre of wood, divested of starch and other impurities; according to Payen, it consists of an investing or cellular matter, cellulose, C12H10O10, isomeric with starch, the true internal matter, or lignin, being C3;,H2402o- Fine linen from hemp or flax is insoluble in water, decays very slowly, and is converted into dextrine by tho action of dilute sulphuric acid and heat, and finally into starch sugar. Li'gnone. An alcoholic spirit found in pyroxylic spirit. Ligno'sus. Ligneous. LI'GNUM. (um, i, n.) Wood. Lignum agallochi veri. See Lignum aloes. Lignum aloes. L. agallochi veri. L.aquiloe. L. calamhac. L.'aspalathi. Aloes wood. Supposed to be from the Excataria agallocha, the bark as well as the milk of which is purgative. Lignum agjuila:. L. aspalathi. Lignum aloes. • Lignum braziliense. Cassalpina. Lignum calambac. Lignum aloes. Lignum campechense. Haematoxylon. Lignum colubrinum. Strychnos colubrina. Lignum indicum. Guaiacum. Lignum moluccense. Croton tiglium. Lignum nephriticum. Guihmdina. Lignum pavana:. Croton tiglium. Lignum rhodium. Aspalathus. Lignum sanctum. Guaiacum. Lignum santali rubri. Pterocarpus Lignum sappan. Haematoxylon. Lignum serpentinum. Ophioxylum. Lignum vita:. Guaiacum officinale. Lignum's antiscorbutic drops. A quack preparation of corrosive sublimate. LI'GULA. (a, ce, U a strap.) 1. The clavicle. 2. The glottis. 3. A measure containing ten scruples. 4. The small transparent membrane on the margin of the sheath and base of the leaves of grasses. Lioula'te. Ligulatus. Strap-shaped shaped like a strap or ribbon. L IM LIN 401 LIGUS'TICUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of alkali; sp. gravity, 2-3. By exposure to moistplants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifercs. ure it slacks, and becomes a hydrate, losing — L. levisticum. Lovage. Levisticum. The much of its caustic quality. It is a powerful odor is very strong and ungrateful; its taste base, uniting with most acids; its presence in is warm and aromatic. It abounds with a yel- solution is made known by the insoluble white lowish, gummy, resinous juice, very much resembling opoponax. Its virtues are carminative, diaphoretic, and deobstruent; therefore it is chiefly used in hysterical disorders and uterine obstructions. The leaves, eaten in salad, are accounted emmenagogue. The root, which is less ungrateful than the leaves, is said to possess similar virtues, and may be employed in powder LIGU'STRUM. (um, i. n.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Olcaccoe. — L. vulgare is the privet: the leaves are slightly astringent and bitter. LILIA'CEjE. A family of endogenous plants, remarkable for their brilliant flowers, including the lilies, hyacinths, tuberoses, &c. They are characterized by six petals, six stamens, superior ovary, anthers bursting inwardly. Lilia'ceous. Liliaceus. Resembling the lily; such plants as have a liliaceous corolla and a three-lobed stigma. Lilia'cine. A bitter, crystallizable body obtained from the lilac. Liliaci'nus. Liliacinc. Lilac color. Lilia'go. The Anthcricum liliastrum; formerly said to be alexiphannic and carminative. LI'LIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacea. — L. candddum. L. album. The white lily. The roots are mucilaginous and emollient. — L. convallium. See Convallaria majalis.— L. croceum. See Hemerocallis.— L. martagon. The martagon lily. Linnaeus tells us that the root of this plant forms a part of the ordinary food of the Siberians.— L.purpurcum. L. rubrum. See Hemerocallis. Lily. See Lilium. Lily, may. Convallaria majalis. Lily, water. Nymphaca alba. Lily, white. Lilium candidum. Lily of the valley. Convallaria majalis. Li'ma bark. See Cinchona barks, various. LIMATU'RA. (a, ce, f.; from lima, a file.) File-dust; filings. Limatura ferri. Iron filings. These, when taken internally, become more or less oxidized in the stomach and intestines: they act, therefore, as a mild chalybeate. The dose is from gr. v. to 3ss. Limatura stanni. Tin filings. See Stannum. LI'MAX. (ax, acis, m.; from limits, slime.) The slug. It was formerly much used in decoction for consumption and atrophy. LIMB US. (us. i, m.) The limb, brim, or border. Iu Botany, applied to a part of the corolla. See Corolla. Limbus luteus. The foramen of Soemmer mg. Lime. Citrus limetta. LIME. Calx. The oxide of calcium. It .3 obtained by heating marble, limestone, chalk, tt oyster shells at a red heat; is white, friable, cas a hot, caustic taste, and the properties of an precipitate it forms with oxalate of ammonia. Its formula is CaO; eq., 28-5. Several preparations of lime are used medicinally. See Calcis chloridum, Calcis liquor, Calcii chloridum, Calcii chloridi liquor, Creta precparata, Potassa cum calce. Lime-tree. Tilia europosa. Lime-water. Calcis liquor. Limne'mic. Limnoemicus. Pertaining to a marsh; paludal. LI'MON. (Hebrew.) A lemon. See Citrus medica. Limonade, minerals. Mineral lemonade. The French, strangely enough, give this name to w y ater acidulated with a mineral acid, and sweetened. These preparations are used as drinks in fevers and inflammations. Limonade, nitric. Water acidulated with nitric acid, and sweetened. Limonade, sulphuric Water acidulated with sulphuric acid, and sweetened. Limonade, tartaric Water acidulated with tartaric acid, and sweetened. Limonia malus. The lemon. LIMO'NIUM. 1. The lemon. 2. Valeriana rubra. 3. Polygonum fagopyrum. 4. Pyrola rotundifolia. 5. Statice limonium, which is said to possess astringent properties. LIMO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from Aipoc, hunger.) Morbid appetite. A genus of diseases, characterized by depraved, excessive, or defective appetite.— Good. Limosis avens. Insatiable appetite.. Limosis expers. Anorexia. Limosis helluonum. Gluttony. Limosis pica. Pica. LINA'CEiE. The flax tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with leaves usually alternate; flowers, symmetrical, polypetalous; stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, entire, many-celled; seeds, compressed and inverted. LIN A M E'N T U M. (From linum, linen.) Lint; a tent of lint for a wound. Linangi'na. Cuscuta europaea. Lina'ria. Antirrhinum linaria. LI'NOTUS. (us, -as, m.; from lingo, to lick.) Lohoc. Eclegma. Elexis. Elegma. Eclectos. Ecleitos. Blinctus. A loch; a lambative. A term in pharmacy, that is generally applied to a soft substance, of the consistence of honey, which is licked off the spoon. LI'NEA. (a, ce, f.; from linum, a thread.) A line: applied to some parts which have a line-like appearance. Linea alba. Linea centralis. A tendinous line that extends from the scrobiculus cordis to the navel, and from thence to the pubes. It is formed by the tendinous fibres of the internal oblique ascending, and the external oblique descending muscles, and the transversahs, interlaced with those of the opposite side. Linea aspera. The rough edge along the posterior edge of the femur. Linea ilio-pectinea. The lateral margin of the brim of the pelvis, formed by the upper LIN L I N 402 edge of the os pubis and the lower and internal margin of the ilium. Linea innominata. Linea ilio-pectinea. Linea quadrata. The posterior intertrochanteric line, along which the quadratus is attached. Linea semilunaris. The white line on the outer margin of each rectus muscle of the belly, formed by the union of the abdominal tendons. Linea: transversa:. The hues which cross the recti muscles of the abdomen. LINEA'R. Linearis. Strap-shaped. Lineatus. Lineate, or streaked. Ling. Gad us molva. LI'NGUA. (a, a, f.; from lingo, to lick up.) The tongue. See Tongue. Lingua avis. L. passerina. The seed-vessel of the Fraxinus. Sparrow's tongue. Lingua canina. Cynoglossum officinale. Lingua cervina. Scolopendrium vulgare. LPNGUAL. Lingualis. Relating to the tongue. Lingual artery. A branch of the external carotid in the tongue: it is called the ranino artery. Lingual nerve. 1. The hypo-glossus nerve. 2. A branch of the inferior maxillary, or third branch of the fifth pair. LINGUA'LIS. Lingual muscle. Basio-glossus. A muscle of the tongue. It arises from the root of the tongue laterally, and runs forward between the hyo-glossus and genio-glossus, to be inserted into the tip of the tongue, along with part of the stylo-glossus. Its use is to contract the substance of the tongue, and to bring it backward. Lingue'tta laminosa. A thin process of gray matter, extending upon the valve of Vieussens. Lingula'te. Lingulatus. Linguiformis. Tongue-shaped. Liniment. See Linimentum. Liniment, anodyne. Linimentum opii. Liniment, Kentish's. Linimentum terebinthinse. Liniment of mercury. Linimentum hydrargyri compositum. Liniment of verdigris. Linimentum aeruginis. Liniment, volatile. Linimentum ammonia;. LINIME'NTUM. (um, i, n.; from lino, to anoint.) A liniment. A medicament of a mediate consistence, between an ointment and oil, used to rub upon diseased parts. A medicine similarly applied, but of thinner consistence, is called an embrocation. Linimentum a?ru'ginis. (Ph. L.) Liniment of verdigris. Take of verdigris, powdered, gj.; vinegar, f. gvij.; clarified honey, gxiv. Dissolve the verdigris in the vinegar; strain; add the honey gradually, and boil it down to a proper consistence. Stimulant, detergent, and slightly escharotic: applied to indolent ulcers, syphilitic sores, and diluted as a gargle. Linimentum album. Ceratum cetacel. Linimentum ammo'nias. (U. S.) Linimentum ammonia; fortius. Volatile liniment. Strong liniment of ammonia. Take aqua ammonia;, f. ?ss.; olive oil, f. gij. Shake until they unite. A stimulating application and rubefacient. LlNIMENTUM AMMONITE COMPOSITUM. (Ph E.) Compbund liniment of ammonia. Take of strong aqua ammonia, f. gv.; tincture 01 camphor, f. gij.; spirit of rosemaiy, f. gj. Mix. Rubefacient, vesicating, and caustic. Linimentum ammonia: sesquicarbo'natis. (Ph. L.) Linimentum ammonice subcarbonatis. Liniment of sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Take of solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia, f. gj.; olive oil, f. giij. Shake them together until they unite. A stimulating liniment, mostly used to relieve rheumatic pains; milder than the linimentum ammonia;. Linimentum anodynum. Linimentum opii. Linimentum aqua: calcis. Linimentum calcis. (U. S.) Liniment of lime-water. This consists of equal parts of linseed oil and limewater. An application to burns and scalds. Linimentum arcei. Unguentum elemi compositum. Linimentum ca'mphoras. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Camphor liniment. Take of camphor, gj.; olive oil, f. giv. Dissolve. Anodyne and resolvent. Linimentum camphora: compo'situm. (Ph. L.) Compound camphor liniment. Take of camphor, giiss.; solution of ammouia, gviiss.; spirit of lavender, a pint. Mix the ammonia and spirit in a glass retort, and distill a pint. Dissolve the camphor in the product. An anodyne stimulant in paralytic, spasmodic, and rheumatic diseases, and for bruises, sprains, &c. Linimentum canthari'dis. (U. S.) Liniment of blistering flies. Take of Spanish flies, in powder, gj.; oil of turpentine, Oss. Digest three hours in a water-bath, and strain. Rubefacient and epispastic. There is a French Linimentum cantharidis camphoratum, consisting of soap, camphor, oil, and tincture of cantharides: a mild rubefacient. Linimentum crotonis. Liniment of croton oil. Mix of croton oil, one part; olive oil, five parts. Used as a counter-irritant, it produces a pustular eruption. Linimentum hydra'rgyri compositum. (Ph. L.) Mercurial liniment. Take of strong mercurial ointment, prepared lard, of each, giv.; camphor, gj.; rectified spirit, f. $j.; solution of ammonia, f. giv. Powder the camphor with the spirit, then rub it with the ointment and lard; then add gradually the ammonia, and mix. If it be frequently or largely applied, it affects the mouth more rapidly than the mercu rial ointment. Linimentum opii. (Ph. I*) Linimentum opiatum. This consists of compound soap lini ment, f. gvj., and tincture of opium, f. gij. It is a resolvent anodyne embrocation. Linimentum saponaceum hydrosulphuratum. (Ph. P.) A French preparation of common soap, five parts; oil of poppy, ten parts; and sulphuret of potassium, one part. Used in itch and cutaneous affections. Linimentum saponis. See Tinctura saponis camphorata. Linimentum sapo'nis compo'situm. Compound soap liniment. Linimentum saponis camphoratum. (U. S.) Take of soap, giij.; camphor, gj.; oil of rosemary, oil of origanum, of each, f. 3j.; alcohol, Oj. Dissolve the camphor and oils in the spirit, then add the soap, and L I P L I Q 403 macerate until melted. Anodyne and mild stimulant. Linimentum saponis cum opio. Linimentum opii. Linimentum simplex. (Ph, E.) Simple liniment. Take of olive oil, four parts; white wax, one part. Melt. Also, the Unguentum cera. Linimentum terebi'nthina:. (U. S.) Turpentine liniment. Take of resin cerate, Ibj.; oil of turpentine, Oss. Mix. Applied to burns. Linimentum terebi'nthin-k vitriolicum. Vitriolic liniment of turpentine. Take of olive oil, f. fx.; oil of turpentine, f. giv.; dilute sulphuric acid, 3iij. Mix. This preparation is said to be efficacious in chronic affections of the joints, and in the removal of long-existing effects of sprains and bruises. Linimentum volatile. Linimentum ammonia? sesquicarbonatis. (a, at, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. — L. horealis has a bitter, subastringent taste, and is used in the form of fomentation for rheumatic pains. LINNjE'AN SYSTEM. The sexual system. A plan of classifying plants on the number and position of the stamens aud pistils of the flower. Linospe'rmum. Linum usitatissimum. Linozo'stis. Mercurialis vulgaris. Linseed. Linum usitatissimum. LINT. Li'nteum. Charpie. A soft, woolly substance, made by scraping old linen cloth, and employed in surgery as the common dressing in all cases of wounds and ulcers, either simply, or covered with different unctuous substances. LPNUM. (um, i, n. Aivov.) 1. Linseed. 2. A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Pentagynia. Linacca. — L- catharticum. L. minimum. Purging flax. It is an effectual and safe cathartic. A handful infused in half a pint of boiling water is the dose for an adult.— L. usitatissimum. Common flax. The seeds have an unctuous, mucilaginous, sweetish taste. On expression, they yield a large quantity of oil; boiled in water, they yield a large proportion of a strong mucilage, which is in use as an emollient or demulcent in cough, hoarseness, and pleuritic symptoms, and is likewise recommended in nephritic pains and stranguries. The meal of the seeds is also much used externally, in emollient and maturating cataplasms. The expressed oil is purgative. Lip. See Labium. Lipa'ria. Obesity. LIPAROCE'LE. (From linapoc, fat, and Krfhv, a tumor.) A fatty tumor. The name has been especially given to a fatty tumor iu the scrotum. Liparotri'chia. A diseased condition of the hair, in which it is more oily than natural. — Frank. LI PA'S MA. (Ainaopa; from %nraivu, to grow fat.) The Greek name for any medicine used externally by inunction, for the purpose of fattening the body. LIPO'MA. (From At7roc, fat.) An encysted fatty tumor. Lipopsy'chia. Syncope. Lipothy'mia. Syncope. LIPPITU'DO. (o, onis, f.; from lippus, blear-eyed.) Blear-eyedness. A chronic disease of the tarsi, the result often of acute ophthalmia. It consists in an exudation of a puriform matter from the margin of the eyelids. This matter glues the tarsi of the eyelids together during the night. The margins of the eyelids are red, and tumid, and painful. When it affects the augles of the eyes, it is called L. angularis; when there is much itching, L. pruriginosa; and the syphilitic eruption of the eyelids of infants, L. syphilitica neonatorum. Lipy'ria. See Leipyria. Liqua mumia. Human fat.— Ruland. Liqua'tion. A process of separating tin, lead, &c, by melting. * Liquefa'cient. That which has the property of liquefying the solids. LIQUEFACTION. Liquatio. Liqueficalio. The conversion into a liquid. The word is, therefore, in some instances, synonymous with fusion, in others with deliquescence, and in others with solution. LIQUEUR. A strong aromatic spirit. Liqu'id. Liquidum. A feebly elastic fluid. LIQUIDA'MBAR. (ar, aris, f.) A genus of plants. Monacia. Polyandria. — L. styraci'flua. The tree which affords both the liquidam! >ar and liquid storax. The liquidambar is a resinous juice of a yellow color, inclining to red, at first about the consistence of turpentine, by age hardened into a solid, brittle mass. The Styrax liquida is also obtained from this plant by boiling. Their use is chiefly as stomachics, in the form of plaster. Liquiri'tia. Glycirrhiza glabra. LI'QUOR. (or, oris, m.; from liqueo, to become liquid.) A liquor: applied to some preparations, before called waters; as the aqua ammonia, &c. Liquor aethere'us oleo'sus. Oleum a?thereum. Liquor acthereus vitriolicus (sulphuricus). See JEther sulphuricus. Liquor aluminis compositus. (Ph. L.) Compound solution of alum. Take of alum, sulphate of zinc, of each, gj.; boiling water, Oiij. Dissolve, and strain. A detergent and astringent wash; also used as a collyrium and injection. Liquor ammonia:. See Ammonia. Liquor ammonia: acetatis. See Ammonia acetatis liquor. Liquor ammonia: carbon atis. L. ammonia sesquicarbonatis. See Ammonia sesquicarbonatis liquor. Liquor ammonia: hydro'sulpha'tis. Ammonia? hydrosulphuretum. Liquor amnii. See Amnios. Liquor anodynus mineralis. Spiritus a?fheris sulphurici compositus. Liquor anodynus vegetabilis. A mixture of equal parts of acetic ether and rectified spirit of wine. Liquor antimonii tartarizati. See Antimonii tartarizati liquor. Liquor aquilegius. Spirit of wine. Liquor argenti nitratis. (Ph. L.) Taks of nitrate of silver, 3j\; distilled water, f. fj. Dk L I Q LIT 404 solve. Keep it iu a well-closed bottle, preserved from the light. Liquor arsenicalis. See Arsenicalis liquor. Liquor arsenici et hydrargyri h"ydrio- DATis. See Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. Liquor barii chloridi. (U.S.) L. baryta muriatis. See Barii chloridum. Liquor, Boyle's fuming. Ammonia; hydrosulphuretum. Liquor calcii chloridi. See Calcii chloridi liquor. Liquor calcis. See Calcis liquor. Liquor chorii. A gelatinous fluid which lies between the chorion and amnios in early gestation. It forms tho false waters. Liquor cotunnii. See Cotunnius, liquor of . Liquor cupri ammoniati. See Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. (Ph. L.) Solution of ammonio-sulphate of copp6r. Dissolve a drachm of the ammonio-sulphate of copper in a pint of distilled water. It is a mild escharotic and detergent wash for indolent ulcers, &c. Liquor cupri sulphatis compositus. Take of alum and sulphate of copper, gijj.; sulphuric acid, 3ij.; water, Oij. A powerful styptic. Liquor entericus. Tho mucous secretion of the bowels. Liquor ferri alkalini. See Ferri alkalini liquor. Liquor ferri iodidi. (U. S.) Solution of iodide of iron. Take of iodine, gij.; iron filings, gj.; clarified honey, f. gv.; distilled water, q. s. Dissolve the iodine in gx. of the water, in a glass vessel, and add the iron slowly. Heat the mixture until it begins to appeal - green, then add the honey; warm again, and filter. Wash the filter with distilled water, and collect nntil gxx. of solution are obtained in all. It is to be kept in closely-stopped bottles. Dose, gtt. x". to gtt. xxx. Liquor hydrargyri nitrici. (Ph. P.) A solution of nitrate of mercury. Liquor hydrargyri oxymuriatis. L. h. bichloridi. See Hydrargyri bichloridum. Liquor iodini compositus. (U. S.) Compound solution of iodine. Take of iodine, 3yj.; iodide of potassium, giss.; distilled water, Oj. Dissolve. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. xij. Liquor mineralis anodynus Hoffma*ni. Hoffmann's anodyne liquor. See Spiritus atheris sulphurici compositus. Liquor Morgagni. A fluid found between the crystalline lens and its capsule. Liquor morphia: sulphatis. (U. S.) Solution of sulphate of morphia. Take of sulphate of morphia, gr. viij.; distilled water, Oss. Dissolve. Dose, f. 3j., or gr. Jth of morphia, or f. 3ij., equal to gr. Jth. Liquor muci. The pellucid and non-coagulable fluid hi which the mucous particles float. Liquor nervinus bangii. Tinctura letherea camphor at a. Liquor of ammonia. See Ammonia. Liquor of Scarpa. The aqua labyrinthi. Liquor opii sedativus of Battley. An aqueous solution of opium.— Pereira. Liquor pericardii. The serous fluid of the jjericardiurn. Liquor potassa;. See Potassa liquor. Liquor plumbi diacetatis (subacetatis, U. S.).. See Plumbi diacetatis liquor. Liquor potassa; arsenitis. (U. S.) See Arsenicalis liquor. Liquor potassa; citratis. Solution of citrate of potass; used as a gentle diaphoretic. Liquor potassii iodidi compositus. (Ph. L.) A weak solution of the liquor iodini compositus. Liquor puris. The pellucid and albuminous fluid in which the pus globules swim. Liquor sanguinis. The clear albuminous fluid of blood, in which the globules are suspended. The plasma. Liquor seminis. The transparent fluid of semen, in which the granules, &c, float. Liquor silicum. A solution of silicious matters in potash, made by fusing them together. Liquor soda; chlorinata;. (U. Si) Liq. soda chloridii. Liq. soda oxymuriatica. Solution of chloride of soda.' Take of chloride of lime, Ibj.; carbonate of soda, Ibij.; water, Ciss. Make a solution of the soda in three pints of water, and of the chloride in the remainder. Filter these solutions, and mix them; and, lastly, decant the clear parts. Preserve it in wellstopped bottles, in the dark. Used as a disinfectant, to foul ulcers, &c, and internally in putrid fevers, &c. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3j. Liquor subcarbonatis (carbonatis) potassa:. See Potassa carbonatis liquor. Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. A solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia with some aromatic. Liquor (Swietenis) of Van Swieten. L. syphilicus Turneri. See Hydrargyri bichloridum. Liquor tartari emetici. See Antimonii tartarizati liquor. Liquor zinci sulphatis cum camphora. See Aqua zinci sulphatis cum camphora. Liquorice. See Glycirrhiza. Liquorice, Spanish. See Glycirrhiza. Lire'lla. In Botany, a sessile receptacle, containing polyspermous elytra, as iu opegrapha. Lisbon diet drink. Decoctum lusitanicum. LIRIODE'NDRON TULIPIFERA. The tulip-tree. The bark of the root is officinal. It is an aromatic bitter, and a good tonic. The dose, in powder, is 3SS. to 3ij. LITHAGO'GUE. Lithagogus. (From li- Oog, a stone, and ayu, to bring away.) Having the power of expelling the stone. Formerly applied to medicines supposed to expel small calculi from the kidneys or bladder. Litharge. See Lithargyrum. Litharge plaster. Emplastrumlithargyri. LITHA'RGYRUM. (um, i, n.; and us, i, m.; from hidog, a stone, and apyvpog, silver.) Lith' argyrus. Litharge. An impure protoxide of lead, in an imperfect state of virrifaction. The white is called litharge of silver, and the red has been improperly called litharge of gold. LITHE'CTASY. (From At0oc, a stone, and eKraaig, dilatation.) Cystectasy. The operation for the removal of stone from the bladder, by slowly dilating the neck of the bladder without cutting or lacerating the prostate, ar LIT LI V 405 incision being first made in the perineum, and the membranous portion of the urethra opened. LITHI'A. A rare alkali, the oxide of lithium. It closely resembles potash and soda. The carbonate is sparingly soluble. Symbol, LO; eq., 14 62. Li'thias. Lithiate. A salt of lithic acid, with a base. LITHI'ASIS. (is, is, f.; from lidos, a stone.) 1. The formation of stone or gravel. 2. A disease of the eyelids, in which their margins are beset with small, hard tumors. LI'THIC. Lithicus. Relating to the uric acid, as the lithic diathesis. Lithic acid. Uric acid. Lithic acid calculus. See Calculi, urinary. LITHI'UM. (um,i,n.) A white metal, the basis of lithia. Sym., L.;. equiv., 6"42. Lithoi'des. Stone-like; applied to the petrous portion of the temporal bone. LITHO'L AB UM. (From lidoc, a stone, and 2.ap6avu, to seize.) An instrument for extracting the stone from the bladder. Civiale thus names the forceps he uses in the operation of lithotrity. Litho'logy. Lithologia. A discourse or treatise on calculi. LITHONTRITTIC. (Lithontripticns; from ?udog, and rpi6u, to wear away.) In the strict sense of this term, a lithontriptic medicine should be one which has the power of breaking up and dissolving calculi. It is now generally applied leather to such medicines as have a power of obviating the calculous diathesis. See Calculi, urinary. LITHONTRITTOR. The name of an instrument for reducing calculi in the bladder into small particles or powder, which is then washed out or voided with the urine. The following instruments are used by Baron Heurteloup : " L'instrument a trois branches, avec un foret simple," consisting of a canula, three teuacula, and a drill, for crashing stones equal in diameter to the drill. " L'instrument a trois branches, avec Ic mandrin a, virgule," applicable to stones of from eight to ten lines in diameter; the " virgule," or shoulder, being employed to excavate the calculus. " L'instrument d quatrc branches," or " jnnce d forceps," adapted to stones of from twelve to eighteen lines in diameter, and furnished with a " mandrin a virgule," the " virgule" of which makes a larger excavation than that of the preceding instrument. " Le brisc coque," or the shell-breaker, adapted to breaking down the shell formed by the previous excavations; and also flat and small stones. LITHOSFE'RMUM. (um, i, u.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Boragincaz.—L. officinale-. GromwelL The seeds are occasionally used as diuretic, and for obviating strangury, in the form of emulsion. Litho'tome. Cystotoums. LITHOTOMY. (Lithotomia, ce, f.; from Xidog, a stone, and repvu, to cut.) The operation of cutting into the bladder, m order to extract a stone. Several methods have been rec- ommended for performing this operation, but there are only two which can be practiced with any propriety. One is, where the operation is to be performed immediately above the pubes, in that part of the bladder which is not covered with peritoneum, called the high operation. The other, where it is done in the perineum, by laying open the neck and lateral part of the bladder, so as to allow of the extraction of the stone, called the lateral operation, from the prostate gland of the neck of tho bladder being laterally cut. The lateral operation is the common one. The high operation is only used under particular circumstauces. LITHO'TRITY. (Lithotritia, ce, f.; from "kidoq, and rirpau, to break.) The operation of breaking and comminuting a vesical calculus by means of a peculiar forcep, so that its fragments may be discharged with the urine. This operation has been practiced with great success, in many instances, by Civiale, Heurteloup, Costello, and others. It appears to be applicable in a much larger number of cases than might at first have been supposed; but it is the opinion of the best surgeons that, although very extensively useful, it can never entirely supersede lithotomy, which will be required when the stone is above a certain size, and in children. Lithotripsy. Synonyme of lithotrity. Lithu'ria. Urine containing uric acid and urates. LITMUS. A prepared blue coloring matter, used by chemists spread on paper to detect the presence of acids, which turn it red. Litra. Air pa. A pound weight. Litre. A French measure, equal to 2-1135 pints English. Li'tron. Niter. Li'tus. A liniment. LI'VER. Hepar. A large abdominal viscus, of a deep red color, situated undef the diaphragm, in the right hypochondrium, its smaller portion occupying part of the epigastric region. In the adult it generally weighs from three to four pounds. In the fcetus it is much larger proportionally than in the adult. The use of the liver is to secrete the bile. In the human body, the liver is divided into two principal lobes, the right of which is by far the largest. They are divided on the upper side by a broad ligament, and on the other side by a considerable depression or fossa. Between and below these two lobes is a smaller lobe, called lobulus spigelii. This is situated between the two greater lobes, but rather belonging to the right great lobe. From its situation deep behind, and from its having a perpendicular papillary projection, it is called also lobulus posterior, or papillatus. To the left side it lias the fissure for the lodgment of the ductus venosus; on the right, the fissure for the vena cava; and above, it has the great transverse fissure of the liver, for the lodgment of the cylinder of the porta; obliquely to the right, and upward, it has a connection with the lower concave but* face of the great lobe, by the lobulus caudatus, which Winslow calls one of the roots of the lobulus spigelii. It is received into the bosom of the lesser curve of the stomach. On the under surface of the liver there are two small LIV L IV 406 lobes or processes, namely, the lobulus anonymus aud lobulus caudatus. The lobulus anonymus is the anterior point of the right lobe of the liver. Others define it to be that space of the great lobe between the fossa of the umbilical vein and gall-bladder, and extending forward, from the fossa, for the lodgment of the vena porta;, to the anterior margin of the liver. It is called, also, lobidus quadratus, and lobulus accessorius. The lobulus caudatus is a tail-like process of the liver, stretching downward from the middle of the great right lobe to the lobulus Spigelii. It is behind the gall-bladder, and between the fossa vena; portarum and the fissure for the lodgment of the vena cava. The ligaments of the liver are five in number, and consist of duplicatures of the peritoneum. 1. The right lateral ligament, which connects the thick right lobe with the posterior part of the diaplmigm. 2. The left lateral ligament, which connects the convex surface and margin of the left lobe with the diaphragm, and, in those of whom tho liver is very large, with the oesophagus and spleen. 3. 77te broad or middle suspensory ligament, which passes from the diaphragm into the convex surface, and separates the right lobe of the liver from the left. It descends from above through the large fissure to tho concave surface, and is then distributed over the whole liver. 4. The round ligament, which in adults consists of the umbilical vein, indurated into a ligament. 5. The coronary ligament. The liver has two surfaces, one superior, which is convex and smooth, and one inferior, which is concave, and has holes and depressions to receive, not only the contiguous viscera, but the vessels running into the liver. The margins of the liver are also two in number: the one, which is posterior and superior, is obtuse; the other, situated anteriorly and inferiorly, is acute. The small lobes on the under surface of tho liver, which have just been described as the lobulus anonymus and lobulus caudatus, are called, by some anatomists, tubercles of the liver. Upon looking on tho concave surface of this viscus, a considerable fissure is obvious, known by the name of the fissure of the liver. In order to expose the sinus, it is necessary to remove the gall-bladder, when a considerable sinus, before occupied by the gall-bladder, will be apparent. The blood-vessels of the liver are the hepatic artery, the vena porta;, aud the vena cava; hepatica;, which are described under their proper names. The absorbents of the liver arc very numerous. The liver has nerves, from the great intercostal and eighth pair, which arise from the hepatic plexus, aud proceed, along with the hepatic artery and vena porta;, into the substance of the liver. On tearing the substance of the liver, or pressing it between the fingers, it will be perceived to consist of a number of small, hard glandular bodies, connected by cellular membrane. These are called acini, from their resemblance in shape to grape-stones. They are also called lobules; but this creates confusion, because larger masses of the liver are also called lobules. We shall, therefore, designate them as acini. The small vessels, which receive the bile secreted by the acini, are called pari biharii: these converge together throughout the substance of the liver toward its under surface, and at length form one trunk, called ductus hepaticus, which conveys the bile into either the ductus communis choledochus or the ductus cysticus. See Gall-Madder. The liver and its vessels are invested by a membrane called the capsule of Glisson, which will presently be described; and it is covered by the peritoneum, like the other abdominal viscera. The well-known use of the liver is to secrete the bile. Various opinions, however, have been entertained as to the intimate structure of the liver, and the parts immediately concerned in the secretion of the bile. The late researches of Mr. Kiernan have gone far to determine these points. The following is an abstract of his most important observations. The vessels of the liver are: I. The hepatic veins, which consist of, a. The intra-lobular hepatic veins, which are contained within the lobules: one of these occupies the center of each lobule, and receives the blood from four or six smaller branches which terminate in it. The intra-lobular veins correspond in their ramifications with the form of the lobules, whose substance is placed around them; and, as will presently be shown, they receive the blood from a plexus formed in the lobule by the portal vein. b. Hepatic veins, which are contained in canals formed by the lobules: these, for the sake of perspicuity, we shall call canalicular veins. The formation of the canals differs according to the relation of the contained vessel to the intra-lobular veins: where the intra-lobular terminate directly in the canalicular vein, the canal of the latter is necessarily formed by the bases of the lobules resting upon it, and the contained vein is termed snb-lobidar ; where the canalicular vein is not formed immediately by the intra-lobular, but by the junction of several other canalicular veins, the canal containing it is fonned by a tubular inflection of the surface of the liver; so that, in the one case, the canals are formed by the continuity of the bases of the lobules, and in the other, by the continuity of those surfaces which will be presently described as capsular. II. The portal veins, hepatic ducts, and hepatic arteries, which must be described together, because they accompany each other thi'oughout their course, being all contained in the portal canals. These canals begin at the transverse fissure, where they are continuous with the concave surface of the liver; and, like those of the larger hepatic veins, they are formed by the capsular surfaces of a certain number of the lobules. To understand the distribution of the vessels contained in these canals, we must trace the course of Glisson's capsule. The liver is invested by a membrane, which stands related to it much as the pia mater does to the brain: it is a cellulo-vascular membrane, which is reflected inward at the transverse fissure, and incloses in a sheath the portal veins, the hepatic arteries LO A L I V 407 the ducts, the nerves, and the absorbents: it is here that it is called the capsule of Glisson, in the ordinary language of anatomists. A continuation of this membranous sheath accompanies the contained vessels to their minutest ramifications; it enters the interlobular fissures, and, with the vessels, forms the capsules of the lobules; it finally enters the lobules, and, with tho blood-vessels, expands itself over the secreting biliary ducts.. Hence arises a natural division of the capsule into three portions—a vaginal, an interlobular, and a lobular portion. At the transverse fissure, the duct, the vein, and artery divide into branches, which enter the vortal canals, invested with the above-described membrane, the membrane lining the canals and inclosing the vessels. These branches, again, divide and subdivide into smaller branches, which enter smaller canals; and every canal, however small, contains one principal branch of each of these vessels; frequently, however, two ducts and two arteries are contained in the same canal. To the larger vessels the terms hepatic ducts, portal veins, and hepatic arteries may be restricted, in order to distinguish them from the branches. The excreting ducts are composed of the hepatic ducts contained in the canals, of their vaginal branches, also contained in canals, and of the interlobular branches, which, arising from the vaginal branches, ramify in the interlobular fissures. The interlobular ducts enter the lobules, in which they form plexuses: these plexuses may be called the lobular-biliary, or secreting biliary plexuses, the ducts composing them being tho secreting organs of the bile. The excreting ducts and their branches are invariably accompanied by the arteries and portal veins, and their branches, the former conveying blood to their coats, the latter conveying it from them. A duct is never unaccompanied by an artery and a vein, the vein being always a branch of the portal. The veins and arteries also enter the lobules: the veins form plexuses, the branches of which terminate in the intralobular hepatic veins; and, from the blood circulating through these plexuses, the bile is secreted. The lobular arteries are exceedingly minute, and few in number: they are the nutrient vessels of the lobules, and probably terminate in the plexuses formed by the portal vein. From the ducts, veins, and arteries, therefore, three sets of branches arise, namely, the vaginal, the interlobular, and the lobular branches. It has, then, been shown, that all the vasa vasorum of the liver are branches of the hepatic artery and portal vein; that branches of the portal vein arise in the coats of the hepatic veins themselves; and that the veins of the coats of the vessels constitute the hepatic origin of the portal vein. The arterial blood having circulated through the coats of the vessels, becomes venous, and is conveyed by the veins arising in the coats of the vessels into those branches of the portal vein which correspond to the vessels in the coats of which the veins arise: thus, from the coats of the vaginal ducts, veins, and arteries, they convey the blood into the vaginal veins; and from the coats of the interlobular ducts, veins, and arteries, into the interlobular veins. From the coats of the hepatic veins and inferior cava, the blood is conveyed into the interlobular portal veins. In the vaginal and interlobular veins, the blood conveyed from the coats of the vessels becomes mingled with the proper portal blood. This mixed blood is conveyed by the interlobular veins into the lobular venous plexuses, in which the lobular arteries probably terminate after having nourished tho secreting ducts. From the mixed blood circulating through the plexuses, the bile is secreted by the lobular or secreting biliary plexuses. The blood which enters the liver by the hepatic artery fulfills three functions: it nourishes the liver; it supplies the excreting ducts with mucus; and, having performed these purposes, it becomes venous, enters the branches of the portal vein, and contributes to the secretion of the bile. The portal vein fulfills two functions: it conveys the blood from the artery, and the mixed blood to the coats of the excreting ducts. It has been called the vena arteriosa, because it ramifies like an artery, and conveys blood for secretion; but it i3 an arterial vein in another sense, being a vein to the hepatic artery, and an artery to the hepatic vein. The hepatic veins convey the blood from the lobular venous plexuses into the vena cava inferior. Liver, granulated, hob-nailed, mammillated, tuberculated. See Cirrhosis. Liver, inflammation of. See Hepatitis. Liver of sulphur. 1'ota.ssii sulphuretum. Liver spot. Cloasma. Liverwort. Marchantia polymorpha. Liverwort, American. Hepatica aineri- cana. Liverwort, ash-colored. Lichen caninus. Liverwort, ground. Lichen caninus. Liverwort, Iceland. Cetraria islandica. Liverwort, noble. Marchantia polymorpha. Liverwort-tree. Lichen olivarius. LIVIDITY. Lividitas. See Livor. LI'VOR. (or, oris, m.; from liveo, to be black and blue.) Lividity. A dark color of the skin of any part, produced by a bruise or other cause. Certain states of the circulation occasion lividity; thus a part is livid when about to pass from the state of erysipelas into that of gangrene; and the complexion of the face is livid in diseases which obstruct the pul monary circulation. LIX. (Lix, licis, f.) Ashes, or water mixed with ashes. It is most frequently used to signify wood ashes. Lixi'vial. (Lixivialis; from lix, wood-ash.) Salts extracted by lixiviation. LIXIVIA'TION. Lixiviatio. The process of dissolving, by warm water, the saline and soluble particles of cinders or ashes. Lixi'vium. A ley. Lixivium saponarium. L. causticum. See Potassa liquor. Lixivium tartari. See Potassa subcarbonatis liquor. Ln. Lanthanum. Loadstone. The magnet, especially the natural magnet. Loa'thing. Disgust. LO C L O N 408 Locate. Lobatus. Lobed. Divided into segments or lobes. Lobe. Lobus. Lobed leaf. Lobate. LOBE'LIA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The lobelia inflata. (U.S.). 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Monogamia. Lobeliacece. — L. cardinalis. Cardinal flower. The root of this is esteemed vermifuge. — L. infiata. Indian tobacco. Bladder-podded lobelia. It is a sedative, the operation of which is very similar to that of tobacco, but is safer and more manageable. It has been found very useful in some cases of asthma, and has also been employed in other diseases of the air passages, and as an arterial sedative in fevers, as it acts in the same way as large doses of tartarized antimony. It acts as an emetic in doses of 3j.— L. syphilitica. Blue cardinal flower. The root tastes like tobacco, and is emetic, aud a drastic purge. It has been used in decoction as an anti-syphilitic. — L. tupa. This is a very violent acrid poison. Even the odor of the flowers is said to cause excessive vomiting.— L. urens. This also is a very poisonous plant. LOBE'LIACEjE. The lobelia tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or shrubs, with leaves alternate; flowers, axillary or terminal; stamens, syngenesious; ovarium, inferior; fruit, capsular. Lobe'line. Lobclinp:. A semi-fluid aromatic and acrid body, found m Lobelia infiata, and said to resemble nicotine. Lobster. Cancer gammarus. LO'BULUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of lobus, alobe.) A small lobe.— L. accessorius. •L.anonymus. L. caudatus. L. Spigelii. See Liver. Lobulus auris. The lower lobe of the ear. Lobulus pneumogastricus. A lobule of the cerebelluni, near the origin of the eighth pair of nerves. Lobulus of the par vagum. A small tuft at the inferior part of the cerebellum. LO'BUS. (us, i, m.) A lobe ; the more or less separate parts of which some of the viscera are composed; as glands, the ear, the liver, &c. LOCAL. Localis. Belonging to a part and not the whole. A common division of diseases is into general and local. LOCALES. (The plural of localis.) The fourth class of Cullen's Nosology, which comprehends morbid affections that are partial, and includes eight orders, viz., Dysesthesia, Dyscrexiaz, Dyscinesiaz, Apoccnoses, Epischeses, Tnmores, Ectopia, and Dialyses. Localis membrana. The pia mater. LO'CHIA. (From Tioxevu, to bring forth.) The cleansings. A discharge from the uterus of parturient women after labor. It is sanguineous for three or four days, and afteiward serous. It lasts from fourteen to twenty-one days. LOCHIORRHOZ'A. (From loxia, and peu, to flow.) An excessive discharge of the lochia. — Sagar. Locked jaw. See Trismus. LO'COMO'TION. Locomotio. (From locus, a place, and moveo, to move.) The capacity of moving from place to place. LOCULAME'NTUM. (um,i,n.) In Botany, means the space or cell between the valves and partitions of a capsule. Lo'culici'dal. When of a cap sule takes place along the dorsal suture of thecarpels. Lo'cus nigek. A dark mark in the center of the section of the crus cerebri. Lo'cus perforatus. Pons Tarini. A grayish substance situated between the crura cerebri, and much perforated by vessels. LOCU'STA. 1. The spikelet of grasses. 2. Valeriana locusta. Logwood. Haernatoxylon campechianum. Lohoch. Looch. Loch. A linctus. LOIMIC. (Loimicus; from Aoipoc, a pestilence.) Appertaining to a pestilence. Loins. The lumbar region of the back. Lomenta'cea:. An order of plants in Linnams's Fragments, consisting of such as have legumes and not papilionaceous corollas. Lomenta'ceous. Lomcntaceus. Of the nature of a lomentum. LOME'NTUM. 1. A Latin name for the meal of beans. 2. Bread made of such meal. 3. The name of a pigment used by the ancients. 4. In Botany, a bivalve pericarnium, divided into cells by very small partitions, never lateral like those of the legume. Lonchi'tis. Asplenium ceterach. Longaon. Longanon. The rectum. LONGE'VITY. Longcevitas. The prolongation of life to a period much above 70 years. According to the tables of mortality of Philadelphia, only one in 100 attain an age over 100' years. In modern times, Thomas Parr reached 152; Henry Jenkins, 169; Peter Torten, 185; John Roriu and wife, 172 and 164; and it would appear that the longevity of the moderns is greater than that of the ancients; but this is a matter which must remain in doubt, from the want of sufficient data. LO'NGING. A common phrase for the capricious appetite of some nervous women during uterine gestation. When it is not manifested for injurious articles, it is well to gratify the longing, lest the woman should become nervous and distressed by it; but a taste for alcoholic drinks, frequently assumed at this time, should not be encouraged. LONGI'SSIMUS. The longest. Parts are so named from their length, compared to that of others; as longissimus dorsi, &c. Longissimus dorsi. This muscle, which is somewhat thicker than the sacro-lumbalis,. arises with that muscle between it and the spine. It ascends upward along the spine, and is inserted by small double tendons into the posterior and inferior part of all the transverse processes of the vertebra) of the back. From its outside it sends off several bundles of fleshy fibres, interspersed with a few tendinous filaments, which are usually inserted into the lower edge of the ten uppermost ribs, not far from their tubercles. The use of this muscle is to extend the vertebra) of the back, and to keep the trunk of the body erect; by means of its appendage it likewise serves to turn the neck obliquely backward, and a little to one side. Longissimus femoris. The sartorius. Longissimus manus. Flexor tertii internodii pollicis. Longissimus oculi. Obliquus superior oculi LOP LOT Lopha'dia. Lophia. The first vertebra of the neck. 409 LONGITU'DINAL. Longitudinalis. Parts are so named from their direction. Longitudinal sinus. Longitudinal sinus of the dura mater. A triangular canal, proceeding in the falciform process of the dura mater, immediately under the bones of the skull, from the crista galli to the tentorium, where it branches into the lateral sinuses. The longitudinal sinus has a number of fibres crossing it, which are called Chorda Willisii. Its use is to receive the blood from the veins of the pia mater, and convey it into the lateral sinuses, to be carried through the internal jugulars to the heart. The inferior longitudinal sinus is that situated along the lower edge of the falx. It receives blood from the falx, corpus callosum, &c., and discharges it into the torcula Herophili. Long-sightedness. See Presbyopia. LO'NGUS. Long. In Anatomy, some parts are so named from their comparative length; as longus colli, &c. Longus colli. A muscle, situated close to the anterior and lateral part of the vertebra; of the neck. Its outer edge is in part covered by the rectus internus major. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, within the thorax, from the bodies of the three superior vertebra; of the back, laterally ; from the bottom and fore part of the transverse processes of the first and second vertebras of the back, and of the last vertebra; of the neck; and likewise from the upper and anterior points of the transverse processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, and third vertebrae of the neck, by as many small, distinct tendons; and is inserted, tendinous, into the fore part of the second vertebra of the neck, near its fellow. This muscle, when it acts singly, moves the neck to one side; but, when both act, the neck is brought directly forward. LONICE'RA. (a, at, f.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. — L. diervilla. Dicrvilla. The young branches are employed as a remedy in gonorrhoea and suppression of urine. — L. pericli'menum. Common honey-suckle, formerly used in the cure of asthma, for cleansing sordid ulcers, and removing diseases of the skin. LOOCH. Lohock. Alinctus. The French Pharmacopoeia contains several of these, but they are of no moment, being usually demulcent preparations for coughs, of which tragacanth, yellow of egg, almonds, and the pectoral syrups are the chief components. Loose-strife. Lythrum salicaria. Loose-strife, creeping. Lysimachia nummularia. Looseness. Diarrhoea. LO'PEZ. Radix lopeziana. Radix indica lopeziana. The root of an unknown tree, growing, according to some, at Goa. It appears that this medicine has been remarkably effectual in stopping colliquative diarrhoeas, which had resisted the usual remedies. Those attending the last stage of consumptions were particularly relieved by its use. It seemed to act, not by an astringent power, but by a faculty of restraining and appeasing spasmodic and inordinate motions of the intestines. Dr. Gaubius compares its action to that of simarouba, but thinks it more efficacious. Loqua'city. A symptom in hysteria and slight mental affections. Loquet.a abolita. Aphonia. LORDO'SIS. (Aopdwtrtc; from Aopdoc, curved, bent.) A curvature of the spine forward. — Hippocrates. Lorj'ca. A kind of lute, with which vessels were coated before they were put into the fire. Lorind matricis. An imaginary epilepsy of the womb. LOTIO. (o, onis, f.) A lotion. Lotio acidi pyrolignei. Lotion of pyroligneous acid. R-. Acid, pyrolign., 3ij.; aq. distillat., gvj. Misce. This is injected into the meatus auditorius by Mr. Buchanan for the purpose of improving the secretion within the passage, and stopping morbid discharge from it. (See his Illustrations of Acoustic Surgery, 8vo, Lond., 1825.) In particular cases, attended with much irritability, ho uses the following formula: R-. Plumbi acet., gr. x.; acid, pyro lign., gutt. xx.; aq. distillat., gvj. Misce. Lotio aluminis. Alum lotion. Aluminis, gss.; aquae distillatae, Ibj. Misce. Sometimes used as an astringent injection, sometimes as an application to inflamed parts. Lotio ammonias acetatis. Lotion of acetate of ammonia. Liq. amnion, acetatis; spirit, vin. rectif.; aqua; distillatas, sing., 3iv. Misce. Properties discutient. Lotio ammonias hydrochloratis. Lotion of sal ammoniac, or muriate of ammonia. A strong lotion, of gj. to gij. of the salt to f. gxij. of water, is a resolvent and discutient wash, and applied to contusions, ecchymoses, white swellings, tumors, chilblains, &c. A weaker lotion,, of 3j. to siv. of the salt to Oj. of water, is used as a wash in itch, to ulcers, and as an injection in leucorrhoea and gonorrhoea. Lotio ammonias muriatis cum aceto. Lotion of muriate of ammonia and vinegar. R-. Amnion, mur., gss.; aceti, alcohol, sing., ibj. Misce. This is one of the most efficacious discutient lotions. It is, perhaps, the best application for promoting the absorption of extravasated blood in cases of ecchymosis, contusions, sprains, &c. Lotio ammonias opiata. Lotion of ammonia and opium. Spiritus ammon. comp., 3iiiss.; aquae distillatae, 3iv.; tinct. opii, gss. Misce. Applied by Kirkland to some suspicious swellings in the breast, soda and bark being also given internally. Lotio boracis. Lotion of borax. R-. Boracis, 3j.; aq. simplicis, giiis.; spir. vinos., gss. Misce. This lotion is recommended by Sir Astley Cooper as one of the best applications to sore nipples. Lotio calcis composita. Black wash. Add about 3j. of calomel to a pint of lime-water, and shake the mixture well. When used, the black powder of oxide of mercury should be shaken up, for its properties depend on this. It is a favorite application to venereal sores, and for this purpose may be made much stronger. It is also useful in ringworm and other cutaneous affections. LUM LOU Lotio flava. L. phagedenka. See Yellow wash. Lovage. Ligusticum levisticum. Love-apple. Solanum lycopersicum. Tho 410 Lotio gall a:. Lotion of gall nuts. R. Gallaruin contusarum, 3ij.; aqute ferventis, Ibj. To be macerated one hour, and strained. This astringent lotion is sometimes used with the view of removing the relaxed state of the parts, in cases of prolapsus ani, prolapsus uteri, &c. Lotio hei.leboei albi. Lotion of veratrum album. Jfe. Decocti hellebori albi, ibj.; potassa; sulphureti, gss.; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. Occasionally applied to tinea capitis, and some other cutaneous diseases. Lotio iiydrargtri amygdalina. Amygdaiine lotion of corrosive sublimate. R. Amygdalarum amarum, gij.; aqua; distill., ibij.; hydrarg. oxymuriatis, 3j. Rub down the almonds with the water, which is to be gradually poured on them; strain the liquor, and then add the oxyniuriate of mercury. This will cure several cutaneous affections. Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis. Lotion of corrosive sublimate. R. Hydrargyri oxymuriatis, gr. ijss.; arabici gummi, gss.; aqua; distillate, ibj. Misce. Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis composita. Compound lotion of corrosive sublimate. R. Hydrarg. oxyinur., gr. x.; aq. distillat. bullientis, gss.; tinct. canthar., gss. Misce. Applied by Dr. H. Smith to scrofulous swellings. Lotio nigra. Lotio phagedenica mitis. See Lotio calcis composita. Lotio opii. Opium lotion. R. Opii purif., yss.; aqua; distillate, Ibj. Misce. A good application to irritable, painful ulcers. It is best to dilute it, especially at first. Lotio picis. Compound lotion of tar. R. 1'icis liquids;, giv.; calcis, gvj.; aqua; ferventis, ibiij. To be boiled till half the water is evaporated. The rest is then to be poured off for use. This a2)plication is sometimes employed in tinea capitis, and for the removal of an extensive redness frequently surrounding old ulcers of the legs, in persons whose constitutions are impaired by copious porter-drinking, gluttony, and other forms of intemperance. Lotio plumbi acetatis. Lotion of acetate of lead. R. Liq. plumbi acet., sij.; aq. distill., Ibij.; spirit, vinos, tenuioris, sij. The first and last ingredients are to be mixed before the water is added. Tho common white wash; an application universally known. Lotio potassii sulphureti. Lotion of sulphuret of potassium. R. Potassii sulph., 3ij.; aquas distill., Ibj.; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. Used in cases of porrigo, psoriasis, lepra, &c. Lotio zinci sulphatis. Lotion of sulphate of zinc. R. Zinci sulphatis, 31J.; aq. ferventis, ibj. Misce. Sometimes used in lieu of the lotio plumbi acet. It forms a good astringent application for a variety of cases. When diluted with one additional pint of water, it is the common injection for gonorrhoea. LO'TION. (Lotio, onis, f.; from lavo, to wash.) An external fluid application or wash. Lotions are usually applied by wetting linen with them, and keeping it on the part affected. Loti'um. A Latin name of urine. Louse. See Pediculus. Lousi'ness. See Phthiriasis. tomato. Low spirits. Hypochondriasis. Loxa bark. See Cinchona barks, various. LOXA'RTHROS. (From Aofof, oblique, and apdpov, a joint.) Loxarthrus. An obliquity of the joint, or wrong position of the parts forming a joint, without dislocation or spasm, as in the case of a club foot. Lo'xia. Wry neck. Lozenge. See Trochiscus. LU'CID. Lueidus. Clear; transparent. In Medicine, applied to the intervals of quiet and apparent reason in mental affections; as lucid interval. Lu'dus helmontii. Ludus Paracelsi. 1. A species of marl formerly believed to be efficacious in calculous disorders. 2. A calculus from the human bladder. LU'ES. (es, is, f.; from Ivu, to dissolve, because it produces dissolution.) 1. A pestilence or poison. 2. Syphilis. Lues deifica. Epilepsy. Lues indica. Framboesia. Lues neurodes. A typhus fever. Lues venerea. Syphilis. Lugol's preparations of iodine. See Io- dine. Lu'jula. Oxalis acetosella. LUMBA'GO. (o, inis, f.; from lumbus, the loin.) A rheumatic affection of the muscles about the loins. LUMBAR. Lumbalis. Belonging to the loins; as lumbar region, &c. Lumbar abscess. Psoas abscess. The abscess sometimes forms a swelling about Poupart's ligament; sometimes below it; and frequently the matter glides under the fascia of the thigh. Occasionally it makes its way through the sacro-ischiatic foramen, and assumes rather the appearance of a fistula in ano. The uneasiness in the loins, and the impulse communicated to the tumor by coughing, evince that the disease arises in the lumbar region; but it must be confessed that we can hardly ever know the existence of the disorder, before the tumor, by presenting itself externally, leads us to such information. The lumbar abscess is sometimes connected with diseased vertebra;, which may either be a cause or effect of the collection of matter. The disease, however, is frequently unattended with this complication. The situation of the symptoms of lumbar abscess renders this affection liable to be mistaken for some other, viz., lumbago and nephritic pains, and, toward its termination, for crural or femoral hernia. The first, however, is not attended with the shivering that occurs here; and nephritic complaints are generally discoverable by attention to the state of the urine. The distinction from crural hernia is more difficult. In both, a soft, inelastic swelling is felt in the same situation; but in hernia it is attended with obstructed faeces, vomiting, &c, and its appearance is always sudden, while the lumbar tumor is preceded by various complaints before its appearance in the thigh. In a horizontal posture, the abscess, also, totally disappears, while the hernia does not. If it be discovered L IT N L UP 411 before the formation of pus, blisters, counterirritation, moxas, and leeches are to be used to prevent suppuration, otherwise the matter is to be discharged, and restoratives used to sustain the strength. Lumbar plexus. It is formed of the anterior branches of the first four lumbar nerves. Lumbar region. Rcgio lumbalis. The loins. Lumbaris externus. Qnadratus lumborum muscle. Lumbarus internes. Psoas magnus muscle. Lumbo-sacral. Belonging to the lumbar and sacral regions. LUMBEICA'LIS. (From lumbricus, the earth-worm.) Kesembling the earth-worm. An epithet of certain muscles. Lumbricales manus. ' Fidicinalcs. The small flexors of the fingers which assist the bending the fingers when tho long flexors are 111 full action. They arise, thin and fleshy, from the outside of the tendons of the flexor profundus, a little above the lower edge of the carpal ligaments, and are inserted by long, slender tendons into the outer sides of the broad tendons of the iuterosseal muscles, about the middle of the first joints of the fingers. Lumbricales pedis. Four muscles like the former, that increase the fiexion of the toes, and draw them inward. Lumbricoi'des. Like the lumbricus. LUMBRI'CUS. The common earth-worm, and the long, round worm which inhabits the intestines of man and other animals. See Entozoa. Lumbricus terrestris. The earth-worm. Lumbus veneris. Achillea millefolium. LUNA, (a, a, f.; the moon.) The alchemical name of silver. Luna cornea. Chloride of silver. Luna fixata. Oxide of zinc. Lunar caustic. Argenti nitras. LUNA'RE OS. One of the bones of the car- pus; so named from its shape. Lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria. Lunaria rediviva. Bulbonach. A plant formerly esteemed as a warm diuretic. Lu'nate. Crescent shaped. LU'NATIC. (Lunaticns; from luna, the moon.) Applied, 1. Adjectively, to any disease supposed to be influenced by the changes of the moon. 2. Substantively, to a maniac. Lunatus. Lunulatus. LUNG. Pulmo. The lung in the right cavity of the chest is divided into three lobes, that in the left cavity into two. They hang in the chest, attached at their superior part to the neck by means of the trachea, and are separated by the mediastinum. They are also attached to the heart by means of the pulmonary vessels. The substance of the lungs is of four kinds, viz., vesicular, vascular, bronchial, and parenchymatous. The vesicular substance is composed of the air cells. The vascular invests those cells like a network. The bronchial is formed by the ramifications of the bronchia throughout the lungs, having the air cells at their extremities; and the spongy substance that connects these parts is termed the parenchyma. The lungs are covered with a fine membrane, a reflection of the pleura, called pleura-pulmonalis. The internal surface of the air cells is covered with a very fine, delicate, and sensible mucous membrane, which is continued from the larynx through the trachea and bronchia. T he arteries of the lungs are the bronchial, a branch of the aorta, and the pulmonary, which circulates the blood through the air cells to undergo a certain change. The pulmonary veins return the blood that has undergone this change, by four trunks, into the left auricle of the heart. The bronchial veins terminate in the vena azygos. The nerves of the lungs are from the eighth pair and great intercostal, through the pulmonary plexus. The absorbents are of two orders: the superficial, and the deep-seated; the former are more readily detected than the latter. The glands of these viscera are called bronchial. They are muciparous, and situated about the bronchia. In youth the lungs are of a light red color, or grayish; but they become of a bluish and darker color with age, and appear marbled, exhibiting numerous spots of black matter. The lungs of an infant which has breathed float in water, but this is not the case if it has not respired. See Docimasia. Lung-wort. Pulmonaria officinalis. Lung-wort-tree. Lichen pulmonarius. Lunularis. See Lunulatus. Lunula'tus. Lnnatus. Lunularis. Lunulate: crescent-shaped, or half-moon-like. LU'PIA. (From Xvrzeu, to molest.) 1. A genus of disease, including encysted tumors, the contents of which are of a pultaceous consistence; as mcliccris, atheroma, steatoma, and osteosteatoma. Lupino'sus. The porrigo lupinosa. LUPI'NUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Diadclphia. Decandria. Leguminosm. — L. albus. The white lupin. The seed was used as food. It is occasionally exhibited to remove worms, and made into poultices. LU'PULIN. Lupuline. Tho yellow, fragrant matter of hops, supposed to be the pollen. Lu'pulus. Humulus lupulus. LU'PUS. (its, i, m.; a wolf.) 1. A malignant disease of the face, otherwise called noli metangere. See Noli me tangere. 2. The term was intended by Dr. Willan to comprise, together with the " noli me tangere," affecting the nose and lips, other slow tubercular affections, especially about the face, commonly ending in ragged ulcerations of the cheeks, forehead, eyelids, and lips, and sometimes occurring in other parts of the body, where they gradually destroy the skin and muscular parts to a considerable depth. Sometimes the disease appears in the cheek circularly, or in the form of a sort of ringworm, destroying the substance, and leaving a deep and deformed cicatrix: other parts are occasionally the seat of this disease. By the knife or the caustic, a separation has sometimes been made of the morbid from the sound parts, and the progress of the disease arrested. And in some cases, where the ulceration was very slow, and unaccompanied by much inflammation, the internal use of arsenic has been found beneficial. Lupus cancrosus. Cancer. Lupus vorax. Herpes exedens. L Y C L Y M 412 Lurid. Luridus. 1. A pale yellowish-purple color. 2. Ghastly. Lu'ridas. An order of plants in Linnseus's Fragments, consisting of those which are highly poisonous, as Datura, Solatium, Nicotiana. LU'SCITAS. (From luscus, blind of one eye.) Beer gives this name to a distortion of the eyeball which resembles squinting, but differs from it in the inability to move the affected eye when the other is closed. LUSUS NATURAE. A sport of nature; a monster. Lute. Lutum. Lutea corpora. Corpus luteum. Lute'ola. Reseda luteola. Lute'oline. The yellow coloring matter of the Reseda luteola is thus named by Chevreuil. Lu'teus. Yellow. Lu'trum. Aovrpov. A bath. Also, an ophthalmic medicine. LU'TUM. (um, i, n.; the Latin for clay or mud.) C'amentum. Lute. A composition with which chemical vessels were covered, to preserve them from the violence of the fire, and to close exactly their joinings. LUXA'TION. (Luxatio; from luxo, to put out of joint.) A dislocation of a bone from its proper cavity. See Dislocation. Lyca'nche. Synonymous with cynanche. Lycanthro'pia. A species of melancholy, in which the patients leave their houses in the night, and wander about like wolves. Lychnis segetum. Agrostemma githago. Lyco'ctonum. A species of aconitum; aconite. LYCOPE'RDON. 1. Lycoperdon bovista. 2. A genus of fungi.— L. bovista. The puffball. A round or egg-shaped fungus. It dries internally into a very fine, light brownish dust, which is used by some to stop hemorrhages.— L. cervinum. Deer-ball has the character of being aphrodisiac.— L. tuber. The truffle, or Tuber cibarinm. A solid fungus, of a globular figure, which grows under the surface of the ground, and attains the size of a potato. It has a rough, blackish coat, and is destitute of fibres. There are several species, all of a grateful flavor, esteemed by connoisseurs. L y c o p e'r si gum. Solanum lycopersicum. The tomato. LYCOPO'DIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Cryptogamia. Lycopodiacea. — L. davatum. The club-moss. Lycopodium. This plant affords a great quantity of sporules, which are much esteemed in some places to sprinkle on young children, to prevent excoriation. A decoction of the herb is said to be a specific in the cure of the plica polonica.— L. selago. Upright club-moss. The decoction of this plant acts violently as a vomit and a purgative, and was formerly employed to produce abortions. LYCO'PSIS. (is, idis, f.) 1. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 2. The pharmacopceial name of the wall bugloss, Echium agyptiacum, the Asperago atgyptiaca of Willdenow. LY'COPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Salviacece. — L. europmus. This plant is sometimes used as an astringent.—L. virginicus is said to be a mild -anodyne. Lycore'xia. Lycorexis. Morbid appetite. Lye. An alkaline solution. Ly'gmus. Avypoe. The hiccough. Lying in. Parturition. LYMPH. Lympha. The liquid contained in the lymphatic vessels. Two processes may be employed to procure lymph. One is to lay bare a lymphatic vessel, divide it, and receive the liquid that flows from it; but this is a method difficult to execute, and besides, as the lymphatic vessels are not always filled with lymph, it is uncertain: the other consists in letting an animal fast during four or five days, and then extracting the fluid contained in the thoracic duct. The liquid obtained in either way has, at first, a slightly opaline rose color. It has a strong, spermatic odor; a salt taste; it sometimes presents a slight yellow tinge, and at other times a red madder color. But lymph does not long remain liquid; it coagulates. Its rose color becomes more deep, an immense number of reddish filaments are developed, irregularly arborescent, and very analogous in appearance to the vessels spread in the tissue of organs. When we examine carefully the mass of lymph thus coagulated, we find it formed of two parts: the one solid, and forming a great many globules, among which the liquid remains. The solid part of the lymph, which may be called the clot, has much analogy with that of the blood. It becomes red by the contact of oxygen gas, and purple when plunged in carbonic acid. The specific gravity of lymph is to that of distilled water as 1022-28 to 1000 00. Chevreuil analyzed the lymph of the dog. Water 926-4 Fibrin 4-2 Albumen 61-0 Muriate of soda 6-1 Carbonate of soda 1-8 Phosphate of lime ) Phosphate of magnesia . . . > 0-5 Carbonate of lime ) Total 1000-0 Subsequent analysts have found some fat. L'Heretier obtained -05 per cent. Its specific gravity is greater than that of water; in consistence it is thin, and somewhat viscid. The quantity in the human body appears to be very great, as the system of the lymphatic vessels forms no small part of it. The lymphatic vessels absorb this fluid from the tela cellulosa of the whole body, from all the viscera, and the cavities of the viscera; and convey it to the thoracic duct, to be mixed with the chyle. 1. The use of the lymph is to return the superfluous nutritious fluid from every part. 2. The serous exudation of membranes is sometimes improperly called lymph. Ly'mphadenitis. Inflammation of a lymphatic gland. Lymph cataract. Spurious cataract. See Cataract. Lymph globules. Lymph corpuscules. The globules floating in lymph. L Y M L YS Lympha'ngiolo'gia. A treatise on the lymphatics. 413 LYMPHATIC. (Lymphaticus; from lympha, lymph.) 1. Of the nature of lymph. 2. The name of an absorbent vessel, that carries a transparent fluid or lymph. The lymphatic vessels of the human body arc small and transparent, and originate in every part of the body. With the lacteal vessels of the intestines, they form what is termed the absorbent system. Their termination is in the thoracic duct. See Absorbent, Lacteal, and Thoracic duct. Lymphat ics of the head and neck. —Absorbents are found on the scalp and about the viscera of the neck, which unite into a considerable branch, that accompanies the jugular vein. Absorbents have not been detected in the human brain. The absorbents from the right side of the head and neck and from the right arm pass into the angle between the right subclavian and the jugular vein, and form a trunk which lies upon the right subclavian vein, and receives a very considerable number of lymphatic vessels from the right side of the head, thyroid gland, neck, the arm, the right side of the thorax and diaphragm, from the lungs of this side, and from tire parts supplied by the mammary artery. Both in this and in the great trunk there are many valves. Of the upper extremities. —The absorbents of the upper extremities arc divided into superficial and deep-seated. The superficial absorbents ascend under the skin of the hand in every direction to the wrist, from whence a branch proceeds upon the posterior surface of the forearm to the head of the radius, over the internal condyle of the humerus, up to the axilla, receiving several branches as it proceeds. Another branch proceeds from the wrist along the anterior part of the forearm, and forms a network, with a branch coming over the ulna from the posterior part, and ascends on the inside of the humerus to the glands of the axilla. The deep-seated absorbents accompany the larger blood-vessels, and pass through two glands about the middle of the humerus, and ascend to the glands of the axilla. The superficial and deepseated absorbents having passed through the axillary glands, form two trunks, which unite into one, to be inserted with the jugular absorbents into the thoracic duct, at the angle formed by the union of the subclavian with the .jugular vein. Lymphatics of the inferior extremities. —These are also superficial and deep-seated. The superficial ones lie between the skin and muscles. Those of the toes and foot form a branch, which ascends upon the back of the foot, over the tendon of the crura?us anticus, forms, with other branches, a plexus above the ankles, then proceeds along the tibia over the knee, sometimes passes through a gland, and proceeds up the inside of the thigh to the subinguinal glands. The deep-seated absorbents follow the course of the arteries, and accompany the femoral artery, in which course they pass through some glands in the leg and above the knee, and then proceed to some deep-seated subinguinal glands. The absorbents from about the external part of the pubes proceed to the inguinal glands. The subinguinal and inguinal glands send forth sev. eral branches, which pass through the abdomi. nal ring into the cavity of the abdomen. Of the abdominal and thoracic viscera. —The absorbents of the lower extremities accompany the external iliac artery, where they are joined by many branches from the uterus, urinary bladder, spermatic cord, and some branches accompanying the internal iliac artery; they then ascend to the sacrum, where they form & plexus, which proceeds over the psoas muscle, and, meeting with the lacteals of the mesentery, form the thoracic duct, or trunk of the absorbents, which is of a serpentine form, about the size of a crow-quill, and runs up the dorsal vertebrae, through the posterior opening of the diaphragm, between the aorta and vena azygos, to the angle formed by the union of the left subclavian and jugular veins. In this course it receives the absorbents of the kidneys, which are superficial and deep-seated, and unite as they proceed toward the thoracic duct; and the absorbents of the spleen, which are upon its peritoneal coat, and unite with those of the pancreas—a branch from the plexus of the vessels passing above and below the duodenum, and formed by the absorbents of the stomach, which come from the lesser and greater curvature, and are united about the pylorus with those of the pancreas and liver, which converge from the external surface and internal parts toward the porta? of the liver, and also by several branches from the gall-bladder. Use of Lymphatics. —The office of these vessels is to take up substances which are applied to their mouths: thus the fluid of circumscribed cavities, and of the cells of the cellular membrane, are removed by the lymphatics of those parts; and thus mercury and other substances are taken into the system when rubbed on the skin. Lymphatic gland. See Gland. Lymphatic veins. The absorbents Lymphatics. Lymphatic system or vessels- See Lymphatic. Lymphiza'tion. The effusion of coagulable lymph. Lymphoche'zia. Serous diarrhoea. Lympho'sis. The elaboration of lymph. Lynch's embrocation. This consists of olive oil, scented with some volatile oils, and colored with alkanet root. Lyncu'rium. The tourmaline. Lyngodes. A fever in which hiccough is a prominent symptom. — Hippocrates. Lypema'nia. Melancholy. Lypo'ma. Lipoma. LY'RA. (a, a:, f.; from "kvpa, a lyre, or musical instrument.) Psalterium. Corpus psalloides. The triangular medullary space between the posterior crura of the fornix of the cerebrum, which is marked with prominent medullary fibres, that give it the appearance of a lyre. LY'EATE. Lyratus. Lyre-shaped. Ly'rus. Arnica montana. Lysigy'ia. Relaxation of limbs.—Hippocrates. LYSIMA'CHIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — L. nummu- MAC MAG 414 jirxa. Money-wort. It was formerly accounted vulnerary, and to possess antiscorbutic and astringent qualities.— L. purpurea. Lythrum salicaria. Lysipnos. Avonrovoc. The epithet of an antidote, consisting of opium, henbane seeds, mandrake, and other narcotics, &c. LYSSA. (a, a:, f. Avaaa, rabies.) Hydrophobia. Lyssode'ctus. One who labors under hydrophobia. LY'THRUM. (am,i,n.) A genus of plants. Dodecandria. Digynia. — L. salicaria. Willowherb. The herb, root, and flowers possess a considerable degree of astringency. LYTTA. (a, e, f.) The name of a genu* of insects. See Cantharis. M M. Contraction for manipulus, a handful; and misce : thus m. f. haust. signifies mix, and let a draught be made. Macandou. (Javanese.) A tree growing in Malacca, the fruit of which is roasted and eaten as a cure for dysenteries, cholera morbus, and other complaints.— Bontius. Macapatli. Sarsaparilla. MACARO'NI. A preparation from wheat, containing an excess of gluten, and suitable as a gluten bread, in diseases requiring that article. Macula'te. Maculatus. Spotted. Mad apple. Solauum melongena. Madar. See Mudar. MADARO'SIS. (is, eos, f. Ma6apomc; from padapoc, bald or smooth.) Falling off" of the hair, especially of the eye-lashes. Madden's vegetable essence. This consists chiefly of the Infusum rosce compositum, with an increased proportion of acid. Madder. Rubia tinctorum. MADEIRA, CLIMATE OF. This island is, in the equability of its temperature, tho most desirable place known for the consumptive where the necessary comforts can be procured. Both the summer and winter are mild, and it is therefore fitted for the permanent residence of the patient. Madness. Insanity. Madness, canine. See Hydrophobia. Ma'dor. Moisture. A sweating. Madwort, Galen's. See Marrubium. Magellanicus cortex. See Wintera. Mace. Ma'cis. See Myrislica moschata. Macedonian parsley. See Bubon. Macedonicum semen. Smyrnium olusatrum. M A' C E R. The bark of the root of a tree growing in Malabar. It is astringent, and used against alvine fluxes.— Piso. MACERA'TION. (Maccratio, onis, f.; from macero, to soften by water.) An infusion, either with or without heat, wherein the ingredients are intended to be almost dissolved in order to extract their virtues. Maggot pimple. Acne punctata. Magisterium plumbi. Carbonate of lead. Macerona. Smyrnium olusatrum. MACHAO'NIA ARS. Medicine has been MA'GISTERY. (Magisterium, ii, n.; from magister, a master.) Magistery. A term used by the old chemists to signify a peculiar and secret method of preparing any medicine, as it were, by a masterly process. The term was also long applied to all precipitates. Magistery of bismuth. The subnitrate of bismuth. See Bismuth. so called from Machaon, the son of ..Esculapius. MA'CIES. (es, ei, f.; from maceo, to grow lean.) Emaciation. See Marasmus. Mackarel. Scomber scomber. MACRO-. A prefix (from paupog, large), bignifying magnitude, largeness. » Macrobio'tic Long-lived. Macroce'phalus. 1. Having a large head. 2. Physeter macrocephalus. Macro'piper. Piper longum. MACROPNQC'A. (a, e, f. ; from pattpor, long, and irvew, to breathe.) That 6tate of the breathing in which the inspiration is long and deep. Macro'tys racemosa. Acetaaa racemose. Magistra'l. Extemporaneous. MAGISTRA'LIS. Such medicines as are prescribed extemporaneously. MA'GMA. (a, atis, n.; from paoow, to blend together.) 1. A thick ointment. 2. The dregs of any thing after the thinner parts are strained off*. 3. A confection. MA'GNES. A loadstone or magnet. Magnes arsenicalis. Arsenical magnet. A composition of equal parts of antimony, sulphur, and arsenic, mixed and melted together so as to become a glassy body. Magnes epilepsia:. Native cinnabar. MA'CULA. (a, as, f.) A spot; a permanent discoloration of some portion of the skin, often with a change of its texture, but not connected with any disorder of the constitution. Macula germinativa. Nucleus germinativus of Wagner. Macula matricis. A mother's mark. See Nevus maternus. MAGNE'SIA. (a, e, f.) 1. The ancient chemists gave this name to such substances as they conceived to have the power of attracting any principle from the air. 2. The name of one of the alkaline earths, having a metallic basis, called magnesium. • Magnesia calcinata. See Magnesia usta. Magnesia, Henry's. A preparation of the calcined magnesia, remarkable for its condensed state. Macula:. An order of Dr. Willan's cutaneous diseases, which comprises those discolorations of the skin which are permanent, and most of which are the result of an alteration of the natural texture of the part. It comprehends Ephelis, Nevus, Opilus, and moles. Macula: hepatica:. Cloasma. Macula: volatica:. Pityriasis fugax. Magnesia usta. M. calcinata. M. pu- MAG MAG 415 ra. Calcined magnesia. The protoxide of magnesium. A white, very sparingly soluble, earthy body, with slight alkaline reaction. It forms a hydrate with water, and readily neutralizes most acids. Symbol, MgO; eq., 20*67; sp. gr., 2-3. It is readily obtained by heating common magnesia to redness. It is given as an absorbent and antacid in cardialgia, spasms, convulsions, and tormina of the bowels of infants; pyrosis, flatulencies, and other diseases of the prima via;; constipation, leucorrhoea, rickets, scrofula, crusta lactea, and podagra. The dose for an adult is from a scruple to a drachm. Magnesia vitriol at a. See Magnesia: sulphas. Magnesia water. Aerated magnesian water. Fluid magnesia. This is made by mixing half an ounce of carbonate of magnesia with one gallon of water, and impregnating it with ten times its volume of carbonic acid gas, by means of a forcing pump. It is a good antacid, and the carbonic acid it contains renders it a salutary stimulant to the stomach. Magnesia: carbonas. Magnesia subcarbonas. Magnesia alba. Carbonate of magnesia. It may be made as follows: Take of sulphate of magnesia, four pounds; carbonate of soda, four pounds and eight ounces; distilled water, four gallons. Dissolve the carbonate of soda and the sulphate of magnesia separately in two gallons of the water, and strain; then mix, and boil the liquors, stirring constantly with a spatula for a quarter of an hour; lastly, pour off" the liquors, and wash the precipitated powder with boiling distilled water, and dry it. It is in the form of very fine powder, considerably resembling flour in its appearance and feel; it has no sensible taste on the tongue; it gives a faint greenish color to tho tincture of violets, and converts turnsole to a blue. It is employed medicinally as an absorbent, antacid, and purfative, in doses of from half a drachm to two rachms. Magnesia: sulphas. Sulphas magnesia; purificata. Magnesia vitriolata. Sal catharticus amarus. Sal catharticum amarum. Sulphate of magnesia. Epsom salt. Bitter purging salt. This salt exists in several mineral springs, as that of Epsom, from which it was formerly obtained : it is now afforded, however, in greater abundance and more pure, from the bittern left after the extraction of salt from sea-water. When pure, it crystallizes in small quadrangular prisms, terminated by quadrangular pyramids or dihedral summits. Its taste is cool and bitter. It is very soluble, requiring only an equal weight of cold water, and three fourths its weight of hot. It effloresces in the air, though but slowly. If it attracts moisture, it contains muriate of magnesia or of lime. Exposed to heat, it dissolves in its own water of crystallization, and dries, but is not decomposed nor fused but with extreme difficulty. Epsom salt is a mild purgative, operating with sufficient efficacy, and in general with ease and safety, rarely occasioning any gripes, or the other inconveniences of resinous purgatives. Six or eight drachms may be dissolved in a proper quantity of common water, or four, five, or more in a pint or quart of the purging mineral waters. These solutions may likewise be so managed, in small doses, as to produce evacuation from the other emunctories: if the patient be kept warm, they increase perspiration, and, by moderate exercise in the cool air, the urinary discharge. Some allege that this salt has a peculiar etfect in allaying pain, as in colic, even independently of evacuation. MAGNE'SIUM. The white, malleable, and fusible metallic base of magnesia. Sym., Mg.; eq., 12-69. Magnesium, oxide of. Magnesia. Magnesium, chloride of. This has been recommended as a saline aperient in the dose of an ounce, but is less useful than the sulphate of magnesia. MAGNET. (Magnes, etis, m. WLayvvs. payvnrnc.) The loadstone. See Magnetism and Electricity. Magnetic oxide of iron. The mixed protoxide and peroxide, or ferroso-ferric oxide of iron, remarkable for its magnetic properties. MA'GNETISM. There are some native oxides of iron which have the remarkable property of attracting iron. These are called loadstones, magnetic iron ores, or natural magnets. If a bar of tempered steel be rubbed in a certain direction with a loadstone, it acquires a similar property of attracting iron, and permanently retains this property. If a slender bar of iron be rendered magnetic, and poised on a fulcrum, or suspended by a thread, so as to admit of free horizontal motion, it will vibrate north and south. The ends so directed are called its north and south poles. A temporary magnet is that made of soft or pure iron, around which a current of electricity or galvanism is made to circulate along a spiral wire. It attains great power for the time that the fluid passes only, and may be made and broken with astonishing frequency. Magnetissi, animal. Mesmerism. A hypothesis that the action of the nervous fluid of one person can be made to control that of another, causing him to lose consciousness in part, and act and think like his maguetizer, &c, &c. Nothing of the kind can be done; but very nervous persons can be thrown into a nervous condition resembling sleep, hysteria, or catalepsy. The maguetizer proceeds by motions of his hands, or passes. MAGNETO-ELECTRICITY. Magneto-electric induction. The electrical current induced in a spiral or helix of wire, in the center of which a fixed or temporaiy magnet is introduced. A capital magneto-electric machine by Clark is made for medical purposes. MAGNO'LIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of handsome flowering trees. Polyandria. Polygynia. Magnoliacca;. The Magnolia glauca, M. acuminata, and M. tripctala are officinal, and the magnificent M. grandifolia is equally entitled to notice. The bark, and especially that from the root, is, when fresh, aromatic, pungent, and bitter; and in doses of a drachm, frequently given, has been found serviceable in intermittents, especially where a typhoid tendency existed. It is gently stimulant, tonic, and diaphoretic, and may be used in the form of dilute M AL M AL 416 tincture, and powder of the fresh root; but drying and infusion impair its virtues. Magnum dei bonum. Cinchona bark. MAGNUM OS. The third bone of the lower row of bones of the carpus, reckoning from the thumb toward the little finger. Magy'daris. The root of the laserwort. Mahagony. Mahagoni. Swietenia mahagoni. Mahaleb. A species of cherry. Mahmoudy. Scammony. Mahy's plaster. The United States Pharmacopoeia substitutes for this the Emplastrum plumbi carbonatis. Maidenhair. M., Canada. M., English. See Adiantum. Maidenhair, black. M., common. Seevisplenium. Maidenhair, golden. See Polytrichum. Maidenhair-tree. Ginan itsio. The Gingko biloba. In China and Japan, the fruit is said to promote digestion, and to purge. The oil is used at the table. Maize. Indian corn. Zea mays. Majanthemum. Convallaria majalis. Majora'na. Origanum majorana. Majorana syriaca. Teucrium marum. MAL. (French.) A disease. Mal de la rosa. Rosa asturica. Lepra asturica. A disease endemic in the Asturias. It appears to be a variety of pellagra. Mal de San Laza'ro. A severe leprosy, common in the southern islands of the West Indies, Colombia, and the upper portion of South America. Mal de Siam. Yellow fever. Mal del Sole. Pellagra. Mal des ardens. The name of a pestilential erysipelas or carbuncle, which was endemic in France in the twelfth centuiy. Mal rouge de Cayenne. Cayenne leprosy. A disease which commences with an eruption orus niger. MELANO'SIS. (From pelavou, to become black.) A species of morbid deposit first described by Laennec. It is of the same color as the pigmentum nigrum; and, according to Vauquelin and Berzelius, is a similar substance. Melanotic matter is found encysted in irregular masses, infiltrated into the texture, or deposited on the surface of organs, in which case the matter is liquid; lastly, associated with other morbid formations in malignant tumors, as with cancer, fungus haematodes, &c. No organ seems to be exempt from this disease; but the cellular and adipose textures are most frequently affected with it. It is not uncommon in the lungs, and gives rise to a form of phthisis. This disease is called black cancer by Dupuytren, and melanoma by Dr. Carswell. Melanosis, like cancer and fungus haematodes, is a malignant and incurable disease. The only chance of saving the patient is by extirpation or amputation, where these are practicable. Melanosis is more common in the horse than in man, and it is observed that white and gray horses are more subject to it than those of any other color. Melano-urine. Urine of a black color, usually due to blood. Melante'ria. Sulphate of iron. MELANTHA'CEjE. The colchicum tribe of monocotyledonous plants. Herbs with a rhizome, sometimes fleshy; leaves, sheathing at the base; flowers, 'hexapetaloideous, tubular; stamens, six; ovarium, three-celled; seeds, albuminous. Melanthelas'um. Oil extracted from the seeds of the Nigella sativa. Mela'nthium. Nigella sativa. Me'las. 1. Black. 2. Lepra nigricans. MELASMA. (From peXag, black.) Melasmus. A disease that appears not unfrequently upon the tibia of aged persons, in form of a livid black spot, which in a day or two degenerates into a very foul ulcer. Melas pe'rmum. Nigella sativa. Melasses. Molasses. Mela's sic acid. The name of the acid that is present in melasses or treacle; it is also produced by boiling sugar with alkaline solutions. Melatro'phia. Wasting of the limbs. Meleagris gallipova. The turkey. Melege'ta. Meleguetta. Grains of paradise, Melei'os. A species of alum. Meli. MeXi. Honey. See Mel. ME'LIA AZEDARAC. Pride of China. A tree of the family Meliacece, much cultivated in the Southern States for shade. The bark of the root is cathartic and emetic, and used in decoction as a vermifuge; dose, one or two tablespoonfuls eveiy two hours, of a decoction made of giv. of the bark to a quart of water, boiled down to a pint. MELI'CERIS. (is, idis, f.; from pe%i, honey, and Kepag, wax.) Meliceria. An encysted tumor, the contents of which resemble honey in consistence and appearance. Meli'craton. Wine mixed with honey. Meligei'on. A foetid humor discharged from ulcers, attended with a caries of the bone, of the consistence of honey. Melilot. Melilotus. Melilo'tus. Trifolium melilotus officinalis. M e l 1 m e'l u m. A liquor prepared with quinces and honey. Meliphy'llum. Melissa officinalis. MELI'SSA. (a, e$, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiata. — M. calamintha. Common calaminth. Thisflplant smells like wild mint, and is used in form of tea against weakness of the stomach, flatulent colic, uterine obstructions, hysteria, &c. — M. citrina. Melissa officinalis.— M. grandiflora. Mountain calamint. It is moderately pungent, and more aromatic than common calamint. — M. nepeta. Field calamint. Spotted calamint. It was formerly used as an aromatic. — M. officinalis. Balm. It has a roughish, aromatic taste, and a pleasant odor like the lemon. It was formerly much esteemed in nervous diseases. Melissa turcica. See Dracocephalum. Melissophy'llum. Melittis melissophyllum- Melitasmia. Diabetes; so called from the presence of sugar in the blood. MEL MEM 425 Meliti'smus. The name of a linctus, of which honey was an ingredient. MELITTIS MELISSOPHYLLUM. The mountain balm. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. This plant is seldom used in the present day: it is said to be of service in uterine obstructions and calculous diseases. Melitto'ma. A confection made with honey. Melizo'mum. A drink with honey. Mella'go. A name for any medicine of the consistence of honey. Melli'na. A drink with honey. Me'llita. Preparations of honey. ME'LLONE. A compound radical, derived from the sulphocyanide of potassium. It is a grayish powder, of the composition C 6 N 4 ; symbol, Me; equivalent, 92-94. With hydrogen it forms the hydromellonic acid, a gelatinous and sparingly soluble compound; with potassium it also combines directly, forming the mellonidc of potassium, MeK. Melam, which is one of the products of the slow decomposition by heat of sulphocyanide of ammonium, has a composition which relates it to mellone, being Ci2NnH 9 , or 2Me-j-3NH 3 . Melam, like mellone, is converted into cyanuric acid by reagents; it is also converted into an artificial organic base (melamine) by the action of boiling potash. This is capable of neutralizing acids: it consists of Me-(-2 NHs. Me'lo. 1. The melon. Cucumis melo. 2. Staphyloma. Meloca'rpus. The fruit of the aristolochia. ME'LOE. 1. A name formerly given to the genus Cantharis, which see. 2. The name of a genus of coleopterous insects, with blistering properties.— M. proscarabazus. This insect, when touched, exudes from each joint of its legs an acrid fluid, of an oily consistence and deep yellow color; said to be useful against hydrophobia, &c. They are a strong poison, causing suffocation, vomiting, aud death.— M. variabilis. This is said to have the same acrid properties as the above. Besides the above, the M. pustulata is employed in China, the M. majalis in Europe, and the M. trianthemaz in Hindostan, as blistering flies. Me'loe niger. The insect so called by Professor Woodhouse is the cantharis atrata. Meloe vesicatorius. Cantharis. Melolontha vitis. Cantharis vesicatoria. Melon. Cucumis melo. Melon, water. Cucurbita citrullus. Melo'ngena. Solanum melongena. MELOPLA'STIC. (From pifkov, the cheek, and izAaoou. to form.) Relating to the restoration of the cheek; hence the meloplastic operation is that for the restoration of any part of the cheek injured or lost by wounds, ulcers, or burns. MELO'SIS. ( Mr; auoi f; from pnXn.a probe.) Exploration by means of a probe. Melo'tis. Mr/Awrtc. A little probe; also, that particular instrument contrived to search or cleanse the ear with, commonly called Auriscalpium. MELOTHRIA PENDULA. The small, creeping cucumber plant. Triandria. Mono- gynia. The American bryony. The inhabitants of the West Indies pickle the berries of this plant, and use them as we do capers. MEMBRA'NA. (a, ce, f.) See Membrane and Texture. Membrana adiposa. Adipose membrane. Membrana arachnoidea. Arachnoid membrane. Membrana capsulo-pupillaris. Avascular membrane, extending backward from the pupillar margin of the iris in the fcetus of the mammalia and of man, and connecting the margin of the capsule of the lens with the margin of the iris. Membrana cellulosa. See Texture. Membrana corticalis. The external transparent coat of the ovum of marnjnalia, before the formation of the embryo, as observed by Von Baer. Membrana decidua. The deciduous membrane which is developed upon the inner surface of the uterus before the ovum reaches the organ. It consists of a whitish-gray, moist, and soft mass, similar to coagulated fibrin, and entirely formed of nucleated cells. Membrana germinativa. The germinal membrane; the earliest development of the germ in fishes and the amphibia, in the form of a thin stratum of yolk of definite extent. It gradually extends itself over the whole surface of the yolk, so as to assume the form of a vesicle including the mass of yolk. Membrana hyaloidea. The transparent membrane which encloses the vitreous humor of the eye. Membrana intermedia. A term applied to the membrane which, in the ovum of the bird, lies between the rudimentary nervous centers and the mucous layer of the germinal membrane. Membrana Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. A delicate membrane which invests the external surface of the retina, first described by Dr. Jacob of Dublin. See Eye. Membrana media. The name given by the earlier writers to that part of the allantois which lies in contact with the amnion, and which contains but few vessels. Membrananictitans. Palpebratertia. Palpebra interna. A sort of third eyelid, which exists in most quadrupeds, and in birds. It is placed at the inner corner of the eye, and varies in shape and extent in different animals, according to circumstances. Membrana pigsienti. The internal layer of the choroid membrane, which retains the pigmentum nigrum in its place. Membrana pinguidinosa. Adipose membrane. Membrana pituitaria, or schneiderian. The membrane which lines the cavities of the nose. Membrana pupillaris. Velum pupilla;. A very delicate membrane, of a thin and vascular texture, and an ash color, arising from the internal margin of the iris, and totally covering the pupil in the foetus till the seventh month, when it gradually disappears. Membrana reticularis. Cellular membrane. MEM MEN 426 Membrana ruyschia'na. The internal lamina of the choroid membrane of the eye. Membrana sacciformis. A synovial membrane which forms a duplicature between the radius and the ulna. Membrana schneideria'na. The mucous membrane which lines the nose and its cavities, secretes the mucus, and affords a surface for the expansion of the olfactory nerves. Membrana semilunaris. The name given to the conjunctiva at that part of its course where it is posterior to the caruncula, and a little external to it. This membrana semilunaris has been supposed to be the rudiment of the membrana nictitans, or the third eyelid of the lower p-nimals. The membrane covering the cavity of the drum of the ear, and separating it from the meatus auditorius externus. Membrana versicolor. The name of a brilliant and variously-colored membrane, which forms part of the choroid in many animals. Mr. Dalrymple denies that any such membrane exists iu the human eye. Membrana vitellina. The vitelline membrane, lying within the ovicapsule, and surrounding the yolk of the ovum. Membranaceous. Membranaccus. Of the laminated form of a membrane. Membrana; reunientes. A term recently applied by Rathke to certain parts of the embryo of all the vertebrate classes. To the very thin membranous part of the abdominal walls in the embryo ho gives the name of membrana reuniens inferior, and to the corresponding part in the dorsal region the name of membrana reuniens superior; while he reserves the terms lamina: abdominales and lamina; dorsales for the thicker parts of the abdominal and dorsal regions of the embryo, which, advancing from each side, at length meet above and below in the middle line. When these thicker lamina? haVe thus united and inclosed the cavities to which they belong, the membrana) reunientes have lost their office. MEMBRANE. (Membrana, ce, f.; quod membra tegat; because it covers the limbs.) In Anatomy, a thin, expanded substance, composed of cellulur texture, the elastic fibres of which are so arranged and woven together as to allow of great pliability. For the varieties of membrane, see Texture. Membrane, basement, or primary. See Cell. Membranes of the fostus. The tissues which envelop the fcetus are the decidua, chorion, and the amnion. Membraniform. Membraniformis. Of the laminated form of a membrane. Membrano'logy. Membranologia. Applied to that part of anatomy which treats of membranes. Hymenology. Membrano'sus. The tensor vagina? femoris. , Membranous. Membrano'sus. Having the structure or texture of a membrane. Membranu'la. A small or delicate membrane. ME'MBRUM. A member; a limb. Membrum virile. The penis. Memo'eije os. The occipital bone. Menagogue. Emmenagogue. MENDO'SUS. (From itiendax, counterfeit.) This term is used by some in the same sense as spurious or illegitimate: Mendosat costa, false or spurious ribs; Mcndosa sutura, the squamous or bastard suture of the skull. MENINGE'AL. Mcningeus. Relating to the meninges, or membranes of the brain. Meningeal arteries. The arteries which creep on the external surface of the dura mater are so called. The principal is the middle meningeal, meningca media, or spinous artery of the dura mater, which is a branch of the internal maxillary, and enters the cranium through the spinous foramen of the sphenoid bone. There are also two small arteries, called anterior and posterior meningeal, the former a branch of the internalcartotid,and the latter of the vertebral. MENI'NGES. (The plural of meninx.) The name given to the pia mater and dura mater of the brain. MENINGI'TIS. (From pnviyf, a membrane of the brain.) Inflammation of the membranes of the brain or spinal cord. See Encephalitis, and Spinal cord, diseases of the. Meni'ngo-cephalitis. Inflammation of the brain and membranes. Meningo'fhylax. An instrument to guard the membranes of the brain while the bone is cut or rasped after the operation of the trepan. Meningo'sis. The junction of bones by means of membrane. ME'NINX. (x,gis,(. Mwvtyf.) Before the time of Galen, meninx was the common term of all the membranes of the body; afterward it was appropriated to those of the brain. See Dura mater and Pia mater. Menis pe'rmic acid. An acid of the seeds of menispermum cocculus. Menispe'rmine. A white, crystalline, fusible alkaloid, derived from the testa of the cocculus indicus, along with an isomeric body, called paramcnispermine. Formula, CisHisNOj. MENISPE'RMUM. (um,i,\\.) A genus of plants. Diascia. Dodecandria. Menispermaceas.—M. cocculus. The plant bearing the cocculus indicus, Indian berries, or Indian cockles. They are brought from Malabar and the East Indies; are poisonous, bringing on nausea, fainting, and convulsions. They are frequently employed to intoxicate or poison fishes. The deleterious ingredient is an alkaloid called picrotoxia. Cocculus indicus is little used in medicine, but is sometimes employed to kill vermin and render beer intoxicating. Menispermum palmatum. See Cocculus palmatus. Menispermum tuberculatum. M. verrucosum. This Chinese plant is tonic and somewhat astringent. The Bengal menispermum cordifolium possesses similar properties. Menoli'psis. The cessation of the menses. MENORRHA'GIA. (a, as, f.; from pnvia, the menses, and pnyvvpc, I break out.) Hamorrhagia uterina. Flooding. An immoderate flow of the menses or blood from the uterus, characterized by pains in the back, loins, and MEN MEN 427 belly, similar to those of labor, attended with a preternatural flux of blood from the vagina, or a discharge of menses more copious than natural. Dr. Cullen distinguishes six species: 1. Menorrhagia rubra; bloody, from women neither with child nor in childbirth. 2. Menorrhagia alba; serous, usually called the fluor albus. See Leucorrhoea. 3. Menorrhagia vitiorum, from some local disease 1 , as ulcer, cancer, &c. 4. Menorrhagia lochialis, from women after delivery. See Lochia. 5. Menorrhagia abortus. See Abortion. 6. Menorrhagia Ndbothi, a serous discharge from the vagina in pregnant women. This disease seldom occurs before the age of puberty, and is often an attendant on pregnancy. It is, in general, a very dangerous aft'ection, more particularly if it occur at the latter period, as it is then often so rapid and violent as to destroy the female in a very short time, where proper means are not soon adopted. Abortions often give rise to floodings, aud at any period of pregnancy, but more usually before the fifth month than at any other time. Moles, in consequence of an imperfect conception becoming detached, often give rise to a considerable degree of hemorrhage. The causes which most frequently give rise to floodings are violent exertions of strength, sudden surprises and frights, violent fits of passion, great uneasiness of mind, uncommon longings during pregnancy, over-fullness of blood, profuse evacuations, general weakness of the system, external injuries, as blows and braises, and the death of the child, in consequence of which the placenta becomes partially or wholly detached, and when the placenta is attached over the os uteri. The treatment must differ according to the particular causes of the disease, and according to the different states of constitution under which it occurs. The hemorrhage is more frequently of the active kind, and requires the antiphlogistic plan to be strictly enforced, especially obviating the accumulation of heat in every way, giving cold, acidulated drink, and using cold, local applications; the patient must remain quiet in the horizontal 2'osture; the diet be of the lightest and least stimulant description ; and the bowels kept freely open by cooling laxatives, as the neutral salts, &c. It may be sometimes advisable in robust, plethoric females, particularly in the pregnant state, to take blood at an early period, especially where there is much pain, with a hard pulse; digitalis and antimonials in nauseating doses would also be proper under such circumstances. But where the discharge is rather of a passive character, tonic and astringeut medicines ought to be given: rest and the horizontal position are equally necessary, costiveness must be obviated, and cold, astringent applications may be materially useful, or the escape of the blood may be prevented mechanically. In alarming cases, perhaps, the most powerful internal remedy is the superacetate of lead, combined with opium, which latter is often indicated by the irritable state of the patient. A nourishing diet, with gentle exercise in a carriage, and the prudent use of the cold bath, may contribute to restore the patient when the discharge has subsided. MENO'STASIS. (From finv, a month, and araaic, a cessation.) Menostasia, A suppression or retention of the menses. Mens. The mind. Me'nsa. A table. The second lobe of the liver is so called by some old writers. ME'NSES. (From mensis, a month.) The sanguineo-serous fluid discharged at the menstrual periods. See Menstruation. Menses, immoderate flow of the. See Menorrhagia. Menses, interruption of. See Amcnor' rhata. Menses, retention of. See Amenorrhcea. Menstrual flux. The menses. MENSTRUATION. (Menstruatio, onis, f.; from menses. ) From the uterus of eveiy healthy woman who is not pregnant, or who does not suckle, there is a discharge of a sanguineous fluid, at certain periods, from the time of puberty to the approach of old age; and from the periods or returns of this discharge being monthly, it is called menstruation; and the discharge is called catamenia, and menses. At whatever time of life this discharge comes on, a woman is said to be at puberty, though of this state it is a consequence, and not a cause. The early or late appearance of the menses may depend upon the climate, the constitution, the delicacy or hardness of living, and upon the manners of those with whom young women converse. In this country, girls begin to menstruate from the thirteenth to the sixteenth year of their age, and sometimes at a later period, without any signs of disease ; but if they are luxuriously educated, it commences at a more early period. Some girls begin to menstruate without any preceding indisposition; but there are generally appearances or symptoms which indicate the change which is about to take place. These are usually more severe at the first than in the succeeding periods; and they are similar to those produced by uterine irritation from other causes, as pains in the back and inferior extremities, complaints of the viscera, with various hysteric and nervous affections. These commence with the first disposition to menstruate, and continue till the discharge comes on, when they abate or disappear, returning, however, with considerable violence in some women, at every period during life. The quantity of fluid discharged at each evacuation depends upon the climate, constitution, and manner of living; it usually amounts to about five or six ounces. The discharge commonly lasts from three to six days. It is a secretion from the uterus, and differs from blood in not coagulating. It fits the uterus for conception; and, according to modern observations, occurs at the time of the passage of an ovum from the ovary. It is usually arrested about the forty-fifth year of age, but may stop from forty to fifty-five years. It is only during the years of menstruation that conception oc- curs. Menstruation, painful. M., laborious. Dysmenorrhcea. * MEN MER 428 Menstruation, profuse. Menorrhagia. Menstruation, vicarious. When the nat- ural discharge is arrested, and hemorrhage occurs from the nose, lungs, or other organs. MEN'STRUUM. (um, i, u.) A solvent. The principal are water, alcohol, ether, oils, and acid and alkaline liquors. MENSURATION. Mensuralio. A means of exploring the chest by measurement. For this purpose a piece of tape is extended from the median line, over the sternum to the spinal processes of the dorsal vertebra, at various points, and first on the one side and then on the other. In a well-formed chest, the measures will be equal on each side; but when there is effusion on one side, the measures there will be in excess, or when there is wasting of the lung from any cause, the chest on that side will be contracted. In hypertrophy and dilatation of the heart, the cardiac side will be of greater extent than the right side. Menta. Mentula. MEN'TAGRA. (a, a, f.; from mcntum, the chin, and ay pa, a prey.) An eruption about the chin, forming a tenacious crust, like that on a scald head. See Sycosis. Mentagra infantum. A species of porrigo. ME'NTAL. Mcntalis. 1. Relating to the mind. 2. In Anatomy, relating to the chin (from mentum, the chin), as the mental artery, &c. Mental foramen. The outer orifice of the inferior dental foramen, situated on the outer side of the inferior jaw bone, under the canine tooth. It gives passage to tho mental nerve and artery. ME'NTHA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiata;. — M. aquatica. Menthastrum. Mentha rolundifolia palustris. Water-mint. It is less agreeable than the spearmint, and in taste more bitter and pungent. — M. cataria. Nepeta cataria. — M. cervi'na. Hart's pennyroyal. This plant possesses the virtues of pennyroyal in a very great degree, but is remarkably unpleasant. — M. crispa. Curled-leaved mint. This species of mentha has a strong and fragrant smell; its taste is warm, aromatic, and slightly bitter.— M. piperita. Peppermint. M. piperitis. It has a more penetrating smell than any of the other mints; a strong,pungent taste. The stomachic, antispasmodic, and carminative properties of peppermint render it useful in flatulent colics, hysterical affections, retchings, and Qther dyspeptic symptoms, acting as a cordial, and often producing an immediate relief. Its officinal preparations are, an essential oil, a simple water, and a spirit. Dose, of the oil, gtt. j. to gtt. iij. — M. pidegium. Pennyroyal. Pulegium. Pulegium regale. Pulegium latifolium. This plant is considered as a carminative, stomachic, and emmenagogue. The officinal preparations of pennyroyal are, a simple water, a spirit, and an essential oil. Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. — M. saracenica. Tanacetum vulgaris.— M. sativa. M. spicata. Mentha viridis.— M. viridis. M. vulgaris. Spearmint. Mint. It is not so warm to the taste as peppermint, but has a more agreeable flavor. Its medicinal qualities are much less than those of peppermint. The officinal preparations of spearmint are, an essen- tial oil, a conserve, a simple water, and a spirit. Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. Muntha'stkum. Mentha aquatica. Mento-labial. Relating to the chin and lip Mento-labiahs. The depressor labii inferioris. Me'ntula. The penis, or the clitoris. Mentu'lagra. A disorder of the penis, causing impotence. ME'NTUM. (um, i, n.) The chin. MENYA'NTHES. (es, eos, or it, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Gentianacew. — M. trifoliata. The buck-bean. Menyanthes. The whole plant is so extremely bitter, that in some countries it is used as a substitute for hops in the preparation of malt liquor. It is an excellent tonic, laxative, and of use in skin diseases and scurvy. Meny'anthine. The bitter extractive of the buck-bean. MEPHI'TIC. Mephiticus. Applied to that which emits a noxious smell or exhalation. Mephitic acid. The carbonic acid. Mephitic air. Nitrogen. ' ' MEPHFTIS. (is, is, f.; from mephuhitk, a blast, Syr.) A poisonous exhalation. MEROA'PTAN. A remarkable fluid, belonging to the ethyl group, in which sulphur replaces the oxygen, the form, being C 4 H 6 S2. Its sp. gr. is '842; it is inflammable, smells like onions, and possesses the singular property of combining with mercury and other metals to form mercaptides. MERCU'RIAL. Mercurialis. 1. Containing mercury, or relating to mercury. 2. Lively, active, sanguine. Mercurial disease. M. rash. Eczema mercurialis. Mercurial erethrism. See Erethrism. MERCURIA'LIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. Dieecia. Enneandria. — M. annua. French mercury. It is an emollient oleraceous herb, gently aperient.— M. perennis. M. sylvestris and M. montana sylvestris. The dog's mercury. A poisonous plant. It produces vomiting and purging. * MERCU'RIUS. (us, i, m.) Mercury. See Mercury, and Hydrargyrum. Mercurius acetatus. See Hydrargyri acctas. Mercurius alkalizatus. See Hydrargyrum cum cretd. Mercurius calcinatus. See Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. Mercurius chemicorum. Quicksilver. Mercurius cinereus. Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. Mercurius cinnabarinus. See Hydrargyri sulphuretum rubrum. Mercurius corrosivus. Corrosive sublimate. M. .corrosivus albus. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. Mercurius corrosivus ruber. Red precipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. Mercurius corrosivus sublimatus. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. Mercurius cosmeticus. Hydrargyrum am moniatum. Mercurius dulcis sublimatus. Calomel. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. MER MES Mercury, English. Chenopodium bonus henricus. 429 Mercurius emeticus flavus. See Hydrargyri sulphas flavus. Mercurius mortis. See Algaroth. Mercurius prascipitatus albus. See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. Mercurius prascipitatus dulcis. Calomel. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. Mercurius prascipitatus nicer. See Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. Mercurius prascipitatus ruber. M. pracipitatus corrosivus. Red precipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. Mercurius vitas. See Algaroth. MERCURY. Hydrargyrum. Hydrargyrus. Mercurius. Quicksilver. A brilliant white metal, fluid above 39° F.; sp. gr., 13-54. It boils at 620° F., becoming volatilized, unchanged in vacuo, but passing into the red oxide if long exposed to air. Symbol, Hg; eq., 202; but it is also taken at 101 by some chemists, which circumstance has produced great confusion in the nomenclature, as the «?4&-compounds of one set of authors represent the proto-salta of the other; the proto-compounds of one the bi-salts of others. Thus calomel is a subchloride in one case, and chloride in the other; corrosive sublimate is called chloride and bichloride of mercury. The term mercurous compounds is also used to designate the proto-compounds, and mercuric salts the bi-compounds. It is readily dissolved by nitric acid. It forms two oxides, HgO, the black or protoxide, and binoxide or peroxide, and there are analogous compounds of mercury with chlorine, iodine, bromine, sulphur, &c. Medical use. —The compounds of this metal are very important articles in the materia medica. There is scarcely a disease against which some of the preparations are not exhibited; and over the venereal disease it is believed by many practitioners to possess a specific power. The red sulphuret is used in fumigation where a rapid effect is desired on the system; and the metal has been used to remove obstructions in the bowels by its weight. Mercurial preparations act generally on the system by stimulating the absorbents, and locally on the injured organ. It increases the pulse, produces an irntable condition, and sometimes a slight hectic (Erethrismus mercurialis). During this state, the patient is very liable to cold and febrile attacks. Locally, it affects the bowels, producing painful purging; or the mouth, causing irritable gum3, fetid breath, and may lead to inflammation and gangrene. These effects are to be arrested in the first case by opium, and in the second by astringents, gargles, cathartics, mineral acids, and bark, in all cases stopping the further supply of mercury. This medicine does little injury unless long used, but in some persons it produces great prostration, tremblings, irregular action of the heart, coldness, or it may give rise to the peculiar eruption called Eczema mercuriale. For the preparations of mercury, see Hydrargyrum, Pilula hydrargyri, and Unguentum. Mercury, American. Rhus radicans and R. toxicodendron are so called in the Northern States. Mercury, dog's. Mercurialis perennis. Mercury, French. Mercurialis annua. MEROBALNE'UM. (From uepoc, a part, and PaXaveiov, a bath.) A partial bath, as a hip-bath, bath for the feet, &c. MEROCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from uepoc, the thigh, and kvav, a tumor.) A femoral hernia. See Hernia. Me'ros. The thigh. Me'rus. Genuine or unadulterated; as merum vinum, pure wine. Mesaras'um. The mesentery. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM CRYSTA'LLINUM. The ice plant. Icosandria. Pentagynia. The juice, in a dose of four spoonfulls every two hours, is asserted to have removed obstinate spasmodic affections of the neck of the bladder, which did not yield to other remedies. MESENTERIC. Mcsentericus. Belonging to the mesentery. See Mesentery. Mesenteric artery. Arteria mesenterica. Two branches of the aorta in the abdomen are so called. The superior mesenteric is the second branch of the abdominal aorta: it is distributed upon the mesentery, and gives off the ileo-colica, colica dextra, and colica media. The inferior mesenteric is the fifth branch of the abdominal aorta: it sends off the colica sinistra, and its termination forms the internal hemorrhoidal. Mesenteric glands. Glandule mesenterica;. These are conglobate, and are situated here and there in the cellular membrane of the mesentery. The chyle from the intestines passes through these glands to the thoracic duct. Mesenteric nerves. Nervorum plexus mcsentericus. The superior, middle, and lower mesenteric plexuses of nerves are formed by the branches of the great intercostal nerves. Mesenteric veins. Vena mesenterica. They all run into one trunk, which evacuates its blood into the vena porta;. See Venaporta. Mesenteri'tis. Peritonitis. ME'SENTERY. (Mesenterium, ii, n.; from jxeaoe, the middle, and evrepov, an intestine.) A membrane in the cavity of the abdomen attached to the vertebra; of the loins, and to which the intestines adhere. It is formed of a duplicature of the peritoneum, and contains within it adipose membrane, lacteals, lymphatics, lacteal glands, mesenteric arteries, veins, and nerves. Its use is to sustain the intestines in such a manner that they possess both mobility and firmness ; to support and conduct with safety the blood-vessels, lacteals, and nerves; to fix the glands, and give an external coat to the intestines. It consists of three parts: one uniting the small intestines, which is the proper mesentery; another connecting the colon, termed mesocolon ; and a third attached to the rectum, termed mesorectum. See Mesocolon. Mesera'ic. Meseraicus. Mesenteric. Mesi're. A disorder of the liver mentioned by Avicenna, accompanied with a sense of heaviness, tumor, inflammation, pungent pain, and blackness of the tongue. Me'site. An ethereal body existing in pyroxylic spirit. MET M B S Mesitic alcohol. Acetone. Meso'phuyum. The part between the eyebrows. 430 Mesityle. A compound radical of Dr. Kane. Formula, CeHs. According to this author, acetone is the hydrated oxide of mesityle. Mesit'ylene. An oily fluid, boiling at about 300° F., derived from the distillation of acetone with fuming sulphuric acid. Formula, CeH*. Mesmerism. Animal magnetism. MESO-. ME SOS-. A prefix (from peaog, the middle), signifying the middle state or position. Meso'carp. The central portion of the pericarp of seeds; this is called the sarcocarp in fleshy fruits. Mesoca/cum. The reflexion of the peritoneum which keeps the crecuin in its place. Mesoce'phalon. The pons varolii. MESOCO'LON. (on, i, m.; from peoog, the middle, and kuaov, the colon.) The portion of the mesentery to which the colon is attached. In the pelvis, the peritoneum spreads itself before the rectum. Where that intestine becomes loose, and forms the sigmoid flexure, the peritoneum rises considerably, with a figure adapted for receiving the hollow colon. But above, on the left side, the colon is connected with but little loose peritoneum, spread upon the psoas muscle as high as the spleen, where the part which gives a coat to the colon, being extended under the spleen, receives and sustains that viscus in a hollow superior recess. Afterward the peritoneum, from the left kidney, from the interval, between the kidneys, from the large vessels, and from the right kidney, emerges forward under the pancreas, and forms a broad and sufficiently long continuous production, called the transverse mesocolon, which, like a partition, divides the upper part of the abdomen, containing the stomach, liver, spleen, and pancreas, from the lower part. The lower lamina of this transverse production is continued singly from the right mesocolon to the left, and serves as an external coat to a large portion of the liver, and descending part of the duodenum. But the upper lamina departs from the lumbar peritoneum at the kidney, and region of the vena cava, farther to the right than the duodenum, to which it gives an external membrane, and beyond this and the colon it is joined with the lower lamina, so that a large part of the duodenum lies within the cavity of the mesocolon. Afterward, in the region of the liver, the mesocolon is inflected, and, descending over the kidney of the same side, includes the right of the colon, as far as the intestinum caecum and the appendix, and terminates almost at the bifurcation of the aorta. Mesocra'nium. The crown of the head, or vertex. Mesodm'itis. Inflammation of the mediastimnn. Mesoga'strium. The umbilical region of the abdomen. Meso-glo'ssus. The genio-glossus muscle. Mesolobe. The corpus callosum.— Chaus- sier. Mesome'ria. The parts between the thighs. Mesompha'lium. The navel. Mesophl'asum. The middle portion of the bark, of a green color. Mesophy'llum. The green, cellular, central portion of the leaf. Mesopleu'rii. The intercostal muscles. Meso'sperm. The central envelope of the seed. MESORE'CTUM. (um, i, n.; from peoog. and rectum. ) The portion of peritoneum which connects the rectum to the pelvis. MESO'THENAR. The name given by Winslow to the muscular mass consisting of the abductor, and part of the short flexor of the thumb. Mesotho'rax. The central division of insects. MESOTFCA. Diseases affecting the substance of organs without derangement of the general health.— Good. Mesoxalic acid. An acid derived from alloxan. It is crystalline, sour, and bibasic. Formula, C 3 H 4 ,2HO. Mespilus germanica. The medlar-tree. Rosacea;. The immature fruit is astringent, and the seeds mucilaginous. META-. A prefix (from pera, after, with), denoting change. META'BASIS. (From ueraOatvu, to digress.) Metabolc. A change of remedy, of practice, or disease; or any change from one thing to another, either in the curative indications, or the symptoms of a distemper. Meta'bole. See Metabasis. Metabo'lic That which passes through organic transformations, as the class of winged insects. METACARPAL. Metacarpalis. Belonging to the metacarpus. Metacarpal bones. See Metacarpus. Metacarpal phalanges. The phalanges ol the wrist. METACA'RPUS. (From fiera, after, and Kapnoc, the wrist.) Metacarpium. That part of the hand which is between the wrist and the fingers. It has five longitudinal bones that are situated between the wrist and the fingers, which are distinguished into the metacarpal bone of the thumb, fore finger, &c. Metac e'to n e. A colorless liquid, with an agreeable odor, boiling at 183° F., obtained in the distillation of sugar with lime. Formula, C 6 HsO. Metaco'ndylos. The last joint of a finger. Metacore'sis. Metastasis. Metalde'hyde. A hard, ciystalline, inodorous solid, resulting from the spontaneous transformation of aldehyde. METALLU'RGIA. (a, a, f.; from peral- Wov, a metal, and epyov, work.) Metallurgy. That part of chemistry which relates to the treatment of metals. METAL. (Metallum, i, n. ilLeraXlov.) Metals are the most numerous class of elementary chemical bodies, distinguished by the following general characters: 1. A peculiar lustre, which continues in the streak, and in their smallest fragments. 2. They are fusible by heat; and in fusion may retain their lustre and opacity. 3. They are all conductors of electricity and caloric. MET MET 431 4. Many are malleable, or may be drawn into wire, and are called ductile. 5. When their saline combinations are electrolized, the metals separate at the negative pole. 6. When exposed to the action of oxygen, chlorine, iodine, sulphur, bromine, or phosphorus, and at an elevated temperature, they generally take fire; and, combining with one or other of these six elements in definite proportions, are converted into earthy or salinelooking bodies, called oxides, chlorides, iodides, sulphurets, bromides, phosphurets, &c. 7. They are capable of combining in their melted state with each other, in almost every proportion, constituting the important order of metallic alloys, in which the characteristic lustre and tenacity are preserved. A list may be found under the word Element; for their properties, see the metals severally. Metallic. Of the nature of a metal. Metallic brush. A metallic brush was recommended by Westring for the purpose of conveying galvanism to a part. METALLIC TINKLING. An auscultatory sound heard where there exists within the chest a preternatural cavity containing air, or when air is present in the cavity of the pleura. It resembles the sound produced by gently striking with a pin a glass or metallic cup, or by letting grains of sand fall into a glass. Laennec supposed that this sound was always indicative of the coexistence of pneumothorax, empyema, and a fistulous communication between the pleura and the bronchi. It is now ascertained, however, that neither the effusion of a liquid nor a bronchial fistula are necessaiy to its development, although these circumstances are most frequently coexistent with pneumothorax, and a fistulous opening is generally instrumental in the production of the sound. The metallic tinkling occurs as a sign of pneumothorax, or of a large excavation in the substance of the lungs, the former being the cause in a great majority of instances. There is a variety of the metallic tinkling called the amphoric resonance, or metallic resonance— bourdonnement amphorique of Laennec: it resembles the sound produced by blowing quickly and forcibly into an empty decanter, or other large vessel with a small aperture. The two sounds above mentioned often pass into each other, or coexist or alternate with each other, in the same case; generally speaking, however, the sound seems to partake more of the amphoric character when the cavity containing the air is very large. Metallic tractors. Dr. Perkins, in the last century, introduced a method of treating diseases by drawing over the affected part two small metallic rods, made of different metals. These rods were called metallic tractors, and the operation was called tractoration. The use of tractors has been called Perkinism. ME'TALLOID. (From peraMwv, a metal, and eiJoc, resemblance.) The metallic bases of the alkalies and earths were at first called metalloids, but they are now classed with the metals. Mftame'ric. Isomeric. Metamorph'opsia. A species of depraved vision, in which the image of objects is changed from opacities or clouds in the eye, or in which imaginary objects appear to be seen. METAMO'RPHOSIS. (From pera, and fiopn, form, and AOyoc a discourse.) A theory in botany which MOB refers all the parts of inflorescence to the leaf, and regards them but as modifications. MORPHO'NOMY. (From pop$n, and vopoc, a law.) The law of development or organic formation. Mo'rpio. Pediculus pubis. MORS. Mortis. Death; the cessation of life without undue violence. Morsel'lus. A lozenge. Mo'rsulus. 1. A little mouthful. 2. A lozenge. MO'RSUS. (us, us, m.; from mordeo.) A bite, sting, or grasp. Moksus dia'boli. The fimbria? of the Fallopian tubes. Morsus ventri'culi. Cardialgia. Mort de chien. The spasmodic cholera of hot climates. Morta. Pemphigus. Mo'rtal. Morta lis. Subject to death. MORTA'LITY. Mortalitas. The rate or proportion of deaths in a given place, disease, &c. The mortality of different countries differs from the climate, food, and moral condition of the inhabitants. The statistical details upon which the estimates of mortality in any place must be based, are seldom of much value except those formed within a few years. It would appear from these that in the United States the average duration of life is forty years, while in South America it is but thirty years, and in Em-ope about forty-three years. Mortality, bills of. The register kept in cities of the deaths, marriages, and births. MORTAR. A cup-shaped vessel of strong materials, for the purpose of pulverizing solids, &c. Mortars are commonly made of brass of hard earthen-ware, but for chemical purposes are of agate and hard steel. Mortari'olum. 1. A little mortar. 2. The socket of a tooth. MORTIFICATION. (Mortificatio, onis, f.; from mors, death, and jio, to become.) When any part of a living individual loses its vitality, so that the circulation and all the other functions cease, it is said to be in a state of mortification. It may be acute and chronic; the former is also sometimes called humid gangrene, and the latter dry gangrene. The terms gangrene and mortification are often used synonymously; but gangrene properly signifies the state which immediately precedes mortification, while the complete mortification, or absolute death of a part, is called sphacelus. A part which has passed into the state of sphacelus is called a slough. When a part becomes gangrenous it loses its natural heat and sensibility, it becomes livid, and vesications appear on its surface. Although this state generally leads to that of complete mortification, a degree of vitality remains, and in some rare instances the circulation is re-established, and the part restored to health. When sphacelus has taken place, the part becomes black and putrid; it is entirely dead and disorganized, and the living system must either cast it off, or sink from the effects of the absorption of putrid matter. In the former case a distinct line of demarcation of a vivid red is seen between the dead and live parts. MOT MOB 440 The ordinary causes of mortification are, inflammation, particularly that of the erysipelatous kind; interruption of the circulation, or innervation of parts; severe mechanical injury; intense cold; certain poisonous articles of food; and specific contagion. Mortification, supervening on inflammation or injury, is attended with a sudden and overwhelming depression of the vital powers; the pulse is very rapid and feeble, the countenance cadaveious, and the surface of the body covered with a cold sweat. Hiccough is a common symptom, especially in mortification of the abdominal viscera; as in cases of strangulated hernia. The following are peculiar cases: 1. Gangrama senilis, or dry gangrene of old age, which usually commences in the shape of a purple or black spot on the under surface of one of the smaller toes, and gradually extends up the limb. It is sometimes attended with great pain and constitutional disturbance, proving rapidly fatal, and at other times with hardly any pain, little derangement of the system, and a more protracted, though equally fatal issue. 2. The mortification arising from ergotism. See Secale cornutum. 3. Hospital gangrene. Phagedama gangrenosa, which is generally supposed to arise from specific contagion. It consists in a very rapid destruction of parts, not by the formation of ordinary sloughs, but by the conversion of the parts into an ash-colored viscid substance, interspersed with bloody specks. It appears to be an affection intermediate between phagedenic ulceration and ordinary gangrene. It prevails only in hospitals, where it is sometimes a perfect scourge, attacking every wound, however trivial, so that the slightest operation can not be performed with safety. Treatment. —The first injury to the part is of an active kind: there is symptomatic fever, aud full, quick pulse: in this stage, bleeding, purgation, antiphlogistic regimen, and hot poultices to the part, are necessary to hinder the gangrenous termination; but if these do not succeed, the pulse becomes feeble, the fever passes away—then nutritious soups, wine, carbonate of ammonia, bark, and small doses of opium, frequently given, are the chief remedies. It will be advisable to apply stimulant remedies to excite the ulcerative inflammation, by which the dead are separated from the living parts, as cloths dipped iu camphorated spirits of wine, turpentines, and resins, in the form of hot dressings, tincture of myrrh and bark, warm vinegar, and the red oxide of mercury. When the gangrene is situated in the extremities, aud the farther progress of the disease is stopped, we either wait for the natural separation, treating the ulcerated surface like a common sore, or we perform amputation at a higher point in the limb. In general, it will be better to amputate as soon as the gangrene has stopped, and the line of separation is fairly marked; because, in this case, we have it in our power to remove the limb at the place most convenient for making a serviceable stump. We heal the wound by the first intention, by which we effect a cure in a far shorter time than we could cicatrize a large ulcerated surface; and we always procure a stump covered by a cushion of strong integuments, including the true skin; whereas, after natural separation, the stump is only covered with a tender cuticle, which is prone to ulcerate upon the slightest accident. Mo'rum. Morus nigra. MORUS NIGRA. The black mulberry-tree. Mulberries abound with a deep violet-colored, mucilaginous, and acid juice, which allays thirst, partly by refrigerating, and partly by exciting an excretion of mucus from the mouth ana fauces. The bark of the root is said, by Andree. to be useful in cases of tamia. Moschelje'um. A compound aromatic oil, containing musk. Mosaic gold. Aurum musivum. Moschata nux. Myristica moschata. Mosch. Musk. Moscha'tus. Musky. MO'SCHUS. (us, i, m.; Mosch, Arabian.) Musk. See Moschus moschiferus. Moschus moschiferus. The musk animal, a ruminating quadruped resembling the antelope. The musk is secreted in a small pouch near the navel. It is slightly unctuous, of a black color, having a strong, durable smell, and a bitter taste. It yields part of its active matter to water by infusion; by distillation the water is impregnated with its flavor; alcohol dissolves it, its impurities excepted. It is prescribed as a powerful antispasmodic, in doses of three grains or upward, even to half a drachm, in the greater number of spasmodic diseases, especially in hysteria and singultus, and also in diseases of debility. In typhus it is employed to remove subsultus tendinum, and other symptoms of a spasmodic nature. In cholera it frequently stops vomiting; and, combined with ammonia, it is given to arrest the progress of gangrene. Moseley's pills. These consist of rhubarb and ginger. Mosquito. Culex. MOSS. The species of musci which grow on walls, old wood, trees, damp ground, &c. Mos s, carrageen. M., Irish. Chondrus crispus. Moss, pectoral. Lichen pulmonarius. Moss, sea. Fucus helminthocorton. Mosy'llum. Cinnamon. MOTHER. 1. Mater. 2. Applied to many chemical preparations and plants. Mother of pearl. The shining internal part of those shells which produce pearls. Mother of thyme. Thymus seiTiyllum. Mother-water. When sea water, or any other solution containing various salts, is evaporated, and the crystals taken out, there always remains a fluid containing deliquescent salts, and the impurities, if present. This is called the mother-water. • Mother-wort. Leonurus cardiaca. Mother's mark. M. spots. Nawus. Motility. Motivity. The power of moving. MO'TION. Motio. Motus. 1. The act of movement: it is commonly used for a motion of the bowels. 2. Iu Physiology, motions are divided into voluntary, and excited when it is produced by the reflex function. We have also a limited degree of movement spoken of as tho MUG .MUC 441 motion of irritability, as in the contraction of the muscular fibre of the heart, and ciliary motion, which is seen in the cilia; of animals, and of the cells of mucous tissues. MOTOR, (or, oris, m.; from moveo, to move.) A mover or stirrer: applied to muscles, &c. Motor oculi. See Motores oculorum. Motor oculi externus. The sixth pair of nerves. Motor tract. The prolongation of the anterior columns of the spinal marrow through the pons varolii iuto the crura cerebi, along which the three motor nerves arise. Moto'res oculorum. (Nervi motores oculorum; so called because they supply the muscles which move the eye.) The third pair of nerves of the brain. They arise from the crura cerebri, and are distributed on the muscles of the bulb of the eye. Motory. Motor. Motive. That which is concerned iu movement; that which produces movement. Motos. Moroc. Lint. Mould. Fontanella. MOULDFNESS. That state of early decay in which numerous minute fungi are produced. Mountain ash. Sorbus aucuparia. Mountain parsley, black. Athamauta oreoselinum. Mouse-ear. Hieracium pilocella. MOUTH. Os. The aperture in animals by which the food is taken in. In man, parts which constitute it are the common integuments, the lips, the muscles of the upper and under jaw, the palate, two alveolar arches, the gums, the tongue, the cheeks, and salivary glands. The bones of the mouth are the two superior maxillary, two palatine, the lower jar, and thirty-two teeth. The arteries of the external parts of the mouth are branches of the infra-orbital, inferior alveolar, and facial arteries. The veins empty themselves into the external jugulars. The nerves are branches from the fifth and seventh pair. The use of the mouth is for mastication, speech, respiration, deglutition, suction, and taste. Mouth, sore. Aphtha. MOXA. A process of counter-irritation, produced by burning a small cone or cylinder of prepared cotton wool, the pith of the sunflower, or other combustible body, on the skin, and thus forming an eschar. The cotton wool burns more rapidly if prepared by soaking in a solution of nitre, and drying. Moxa Japanica. Artemisia chinensis. Moxibu'stion. The cauterization by moxa. Mu'cate. Mucas. A salt of mucic acid. MUCIC ACID. Acidum mucicum. A white, pulverulent, slightly soluble acid, produced from grape sugar or gum by the action of nitric acid. Foravula, Ci2H 8 Ou-f-2HO. By heat it is partly converted into the volatile pyromucic acid. MU'CILAGE. (Mucilago,inis, f.) An aqueous solution of gum. MUCILAGINOUS. Mucilaginosus. Gummy. Mucilaginous extracts. Extracts that readily dissolve in water, scarcely at all in spirits of wine, and undergo spirituous fermentation. Mucilago. Mucilage. Mucilago acacia:. (U. S., Ph. L.) Mucilage of acacia. Mucilago gummi arabici. Take of acacia gum, powdered, fiv.; boiling water, Oss. Rub the gum with the water gradually. Demulcent. Mucilago a'myli. (Ph. L.) Starch mucilage. Take of starch, 3iv.; water, a pint. Rub together, and boil. Demulcent; used in enemas. Mucilago seminis cydonii. See Decoctum cydonia. Mucilago tragacantha:. (Ph. D.) Mucilage of tragacanth. Take of tragacanth, powdered, 3j.; water, f. gviij. Macerate till dissolved. A pleasant demulcent. Mu'cin. The animal matter of mucus. Muciparous. Producing mucus; a name given to the follicles of the mucous membrane. Mucoca'rneus. An abscess which is partly fleshy and partly mucous. Mucoce'le. A distension of the lachrymal sac with mucus. Muco-enteritis. Enteritis. Mu'cor. Mucus. Mouldiness. Muco'sity. Mucositas. Mucous; having somewhat the nature of mucus. MU'COUS. Mucosus. (From mucus.) Of the nature of mucus. Mucous glands. Glandula mucosa. Muciparous glands. Glands that secrete mucus, such as the glands of the Schneiderian membrane of the nose, the glands of the fauces, oesophagus, stomach, intestines, bladder, urethra, &c. Mucous membrane. Mucous web. See Texture. Mucronata cartilago. Mucronatum os. The ensiform cartilage of the sternum. Mucrona'te. Mucronatus. Sharp-pointed , dagger-pointed. Mucu'na pruriens. Dolichos pruriens. MUCUS, (us, i, m.; from the mucus of the nose.) The secretion of the mucous membrane. It forms a layer of greater or less thickness on their surfaces, and it is renewed with more or less rapidity; the water it contains evaporates under the name of mucous exhalation; it also protects these membranes against the action of the air, of the aliment, the different glandular fluids, &c. It is secreted by the epithelial cells, and contains their debris, with albuminous and saline matters, and much water. Mu'cus Malpighia'nus. The rete mucosum. MUCUS, VEGETABLE. Gum. MU'DAR. The Indian name of the Calotro- vis gigantea, an asclepiadaceous plant. The bark of the root is esteemed alterative and sudorific, and employed in venereal and cutaneous affections in the dose of gr. iij. to gr. 3ss. The dried milky juice is said to be a bitter preparation, and contains a peculiar body called mudarine. Mu'ffle. A small, semicylindrical vessel of earthen-ware, with slits on the upper side, in which cupels are placed in the furnace, so that their contents may be strongly heated, and yet exposed to the action of air. Mugwort. Artemisia vulgaris. Mugwort, chinense. Artemisia chinense. MUR M US. Mv'lm.. Pustules contracted either by heat or cold. 442 Mulberry. Moras nigra. Mulbe'rry calculus. The oxalate of lime calculus. See Calculus. Mule. See Hybrid. Mule's fern. Asplenium hemionitis. Mulie'bria. 1. The menses. 2. The vulva. Mullein. Verbascum thlaspus. Mullet. See Mullus. MU'LLUS. A genus of fishes, of the order Thoracici. — M. barbalus. M. ruber. The red surmullet. — M. sarmuletus. The striped surmullet. Mulsum. Hydromeli. Multa'ngular. Multangularis. Many cornered or angular. Multicuspidati. The three large molars. MULTI'FIDUS. Multifid. Divided into many parts. Multifidus spinas. Under this name Albinus has included those portions of muscular flesh, intermixed with tendinous fibres, which lie close to the posterior part of the spine, and which Douglas and Winslow have described as three distinct muscles, under the names of transrcrsales, or transverso-spinales, of the loins, back, and neck. Tho multifidus spina; arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the upper convex surface of-the os sacrum, from the posterior adjoining part of the ilium, from the oblique and transverse processes of all the lumbar vertebra;, from the transverse processes of all the dorsal vertebra;, and from those of the cervical vertebra;, excepting the three first. From all these origins the fibres of the muscles run in an oblique direction, and are inserted, by distinct tendons, into the spinous processes of all the vertebra; of the loins and back, and likewise into those of the six inferior vertebra; of the neck. When this muscle acts singly, it extends the back obliquely, or moves it to one side; when both muscles act, they extend the vertebra; backward. M u r. tiflo'rc s . Many-flowered. Multiforme os. Ethmoid bone. Multilobular. Multilocularis. Having many cells: applied to seed-vessels. Multipartite. Multipartitns. Having many and deep divisions. Mu'ltipes. 1. The wood-louse. 2. The polypus. Mu'ltivalve. Multivalvis. Having more than two valves. Mummy. Mumia. Powder of mummy was long considered alexipharmic. Mumps. Parotitis. MUNDICATI'VUS. Mundificans. (From mundo, to cleanse.) Having the property of purifying and cleansing away foulness. Mungos. Ophiorrhiza mungos. MURiE'NA. (a, a, f.) A genus of fishes of tho order Apodes. — M. anguilla. The common eel.—AT. conger. The conger, or sea eel. —- M. helcna. Af. romana. The Roman eel. Mural. Muralis. Appertaining to a wall. Mura'ria. Asplenium murale. Mure'xan. Purpuric acid. A product of the decomposition of uric acid. Mure'xide. Purpurate of ammonia: a crys- talline body of a rich red by transmitted, and green by a reflected light. It is derived from uric acid. Formula, CnHeNsO.?. Muria. Brine. Muriacite. Gypsum. MU'RIAS. (as, atis, f.) A muriate or chloride. Murias ammonias. Ammonia; murias. Murias antimonii. Chloride of antimony. Murias barytas. Barii chloridum. Murias calcis. Calcii chloridum. Murias ferri. Ferri chloridum. Murias ferri ammoniacalis. Ferri ammonio-chloridum. Murias hydrargyri. There are two muriates of mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite, and Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. Murias hydrargyri ammoniacalis. Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. Murias hydrargyri oxygenatus. See Hydrargyri bichloridum corrosivum. Murias potass as. Potassii chloridum. Murias potass.e oxygenatus. Potassa; chloras. Murias sodas. Sodii chloridum. Murias stibii. Chloride of antimony. MURIA'TIC. (Muriaticus; from muria, brine.) Belonging to sea-salt. Muriatic acid. Hydrochloric acid. Muriatic acid, oxygenated. Chlorine. Muriatic ether. Ether hydrochloric. Muricate. Muricatus. Sharp-pointed. Murmur, respiratory. See Auscultation- MU'SA. (a, pog. The kidney. See NEPHROTOMY. (Nephrotomia, a, f; from vefypog, a kidney, and repvu, to cut.) 1. NEE NEE 450 The operation of extracting a -stone from the kidney, a proceeding which, perhaps, has nev- er been actually put in practice. The cutting into the kidney, the deep situation of this viscus, and the want of symptoms by which the lodgment of a stone in it can be certainly discovered, will always be strong objections to the practice. 2. The dissection of the kidney. Nepi'otes. Infancy. NE'RIUM. (mot, it, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocynea-.. — N. antidysente'ricum. The tree which yields the codaga pala bark. Cortex codages palcc. It grows on the coast of Malabar. The bark has an austere, bitter taste, and is recommended in diarrhoea, dysentery, &c., as an astringent.— N. oleander. Rose bay. The wood is poisonous; a decoction of the leaves, bark, &c., is used to destroy vermin and cure itch.— N. tinelorium. This tree of Hindostan affords indigo. Ne'roli oleum. Essential oil of orange flowers. Neroni'ana. Blood-letting. Nerva'lia ossa. The parietal bones. Nervams. Nervous. NERVE. (Nervus, i, m.; from vevpov.) The nerves are those long white cords which arise from the brain and spinal cord, and are distributed to all parts of the frame, endowing it with sensation and motion. The nerves are distinguished into cerebral and spinal: the cerebral nerves are generally reckoned as nine pairs; the spinal are thirty pairs, and are divided into twelve pair'of dorsal, five pair of lumbar, and five of sacral. Cerebral Nerves. 1. The first pair, or olfactory. These rise from the under and back part of the anterior lobes of the cerebrum by three filaments, two of which are white, and one gray. One of the white filaments may be traced into the corpus striatum. Each olfactory nerve forms a bulb on the cribriform plate of the pthmoid bone. From this, numerous filaments, which are distinguished into internal, middle, and external, pass through the foramina of the cribriform plate, and are distributed to the Schneiderian membrane. 2. The second pair, or optic nerves. These arise partly from the nates, and partly from the optic thalami. They proceed forward, beneath the crura cerebri, to which they adhere, and meet from the opposite sides in front of the sella turcica, forming a commissure. The nerves then diverge, and each passes through the foramen opticum into the orbit, and expands into the retina. 3. The third pair, or motores oculorum. These arise from the under, inner, and back part of the crura cerebri. They penetrate the dura mater, pass through the cavernous sinuses, and proceed through the foramina lacera anteriora into the orbit, where they are distributed to all the muscles of the eyeball, except the superior oblique and the abductor. Each gives a filament to the ophthalmic ganglion 4. The fourth pair, pathctici, or trochleares. These arise from the valve of Vieussens. They pass between the crura cerebri and cerebellum to the cavernous sinus, along the outer side of which they run to the foramina lacera anteriora r through which they enter the orbit, and are distributed chiefly to the superior oblique muscle of the eyeball. They are the smallest of the cerebral nerves. 5. The fifth pair, or trigcmini. These are the largest of the cerebral nerves. One is given off on each side, from the lower and anterior part of the crus cerebelli, near its junction with the tuber annulare. It consists of very numerous filaments, which are divisible into two fasciculi, of which the anterior or smaller may be traced through the pons varolii to the medullary fibers prolonged from the corpus pyramidale, while the posterior and larger fasciculus is found to arise from the corpus restiforme. The compound nerve, thus constituted, enters the dura mater just below the tentorium, aud passes into a canal formed for it by that membrane. Here the fasciculi, which form the nerve, diverge: those derived from the posterior root form the Gasserian ganglion; while those derived from the anterior root pass forward beneath the ganglion. From the anterior margin of the Gasserian ganglion arise the ophthalmic, superior maxillary, and inferior maxillary nerves. The portion which separates from the rest, and passes beneath the ganglion, makes its exit from the cranium at the same foramen as the inferior maxillary nerve, with which it immediately afterward incorporates. Now the ophthalmic and superior maxillary are nerves of sense only; but the inferior maxillary is also a motor nerve, which power it derives from that portion which has been just described as unconnected with the ganglion. Hence the trigeminal nerve, taken as a whole, is a compound nerve, entirely analogous to those of the spine. For the distribution of the three great branches of this nerve, see Ophthalmic nerve and Maxillary nerve. 6. The sixth pair, or abducentes. These arise on each side from the tuber annulare, near the groove which divides it from the medulla oblongata. They pass along the basilar process of the occipital bone, penetrate the dura mater, pass through the cavernous sinus, and enter the orbit through the foramen lacerum anterius, to be distributed to the abductor muscle of the eyeball. 7. Tho seveidh pair. Each of these consists of two nerves, the facial or portio dura, and the auditory or portio mollis. See Portio dura and Portio mollis. 8. The eighth pair. These consist on each 6ide of three distinct nerves, the glosso-pharyngcal, the nervus vagus, and the nervus accessorius. The glosso-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus vagus are situated at the upper and lateral part of the medulla oblongata. The nervus accessorius ascends along the side of the spinal cord and medulla oblongata to join the other two nerves. The glosso-pharyngeal nerve arises on each side by several filaments from the lateral part of the medulla oblongata, immediately below the tuber annulare, and behind the corpus olivare. These filaments unite into a single N E R NER 451 nerve, which is situated directly above the nervus vagus. It is distributed to the root of the tongue, pharynx, and larynx. The nervus vagus arises by many filaments, arranged perpendicularly along the lateral part of the medulla oblongata, immediately below the origins of the glosso-pharyngeal nerve. These filaments form six or eight cords, which are united in the form of a flattened band. The glosso-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus vagus proceed together outward and forward to the foramen lacerum posterius, through which they pass out of the cranium. The nervus accessorius arises by several filaments from the lateral part of the spinal cord, between the anterior and posterior origins of the cervical nerves. They unite into a single nerve, which ascends through the foramen magnum into the skull, and thence proceeds outward to the foramen lacerum posterius, through which it passes w*ith the two other divisions of the eighth pair. For the distribution of the two latter nerves, see Pneumogastric nerve and Accessorius nervus. 9. The ninth pair, lingual, hypo-glossal, or motores lingua?.. Each nerve arises by numerous filaments from the furrow between the corpus pyramidale and corpus olivare. It passes through the anterior condyloid foramen, descends behind the posterior portion of the digastric muscle, and forms an arch with its convexity downward; it then passes between the mylo-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles to the tongue, throughout the muscular substance of which it is distributed. From the above-mentioned arch, a twig, termed descendens noni, runs down in front of the sheath of the common carotid artery to the sterno-hyoid, sterno-thyroid, and adjacent muscles. Soemmering and other anatomists have divided the encephalic nerves into twelve pairs, viz., 1. The olfactory. 2. The optic. 3. Motores oculorum. 4. Pathetici. 5. Trigemini. 6. Abducentes. 7. Facial. 8. Auditory. 9. Glosso-pharyngeal. 10. Nervus vagus. 11. Accessory nerves. 12. Lingual. This arrangement, though not commonly adopted, is the true and natural one, as the twelve pairs of nerves just enumerated are perfectly distinct. Spinal Nerves. Those nerves are called spinal which pass out through the lateral or intervertebral foramina of the spine. They consist of thirty-one pairs; and each nerve has two roots, the one rising from the anterior, and the other from the posterior column of the cord. The fibres of the posterior root converge, and, while yet enclosed in the sheath of the cord, form a ganglion. The fibres of the anterior root converge in like manner, passing by the ganglion, unite with the fibres of the posterior root, and form one nerve. Each nerve thus formed is therefore a compound nerve. The researches of Sir C. Bell have demonstrated that the spinal nerves have a double function; the anterior nerves being j motor nerves, and the posterior, sensatory \ nerves. The spinal nerves are divided into ! Cervical Nerves. The cervical nerves are eight pairs. The first are called the occipital or suboccipital : they arise from the beginning of the spinal marrow, pass out between the margin of the occipital foramen and atlas, form a ganglion on its transverse process, and are distributed about the occiput and neck. The second pair of cervical nerves send a branch to the accessory nerve of Willis, and proceed to the parotid gland and external ear. The third cervical pair supply the integuments of the scapula, the trapezius, and triangularis muscles, and send a branch to form with others the diaphragmatic nerve. The fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth pair all converge to form the brachial plexus, from which arise the six following? i Nerves of the Upper Extremities. 1. The supra-scapular. 2. The subscapxdar. 3. The thoracic, which are usually three in number. Two of them are anterior, and distributed to the pectoral muscles. The third, a very long branch, is posterior, aud distributed to the serratus magnus muscle. 4. The circumflex, or axillary nerve, which sometimes arises from the radial nerve. It runs backward and outward around the neck of the humerus, aud ramifies in the muscles of the scapula. 5. The external cutaneous, which perforates the coraco-brachialis muscle to the bend of the arm, where it accompanies the median vein as far as the thumb, and is lost in its integuments. 6. The internal cutaneous, which descends on the inside of the arm, where it bifurcates. From the bend of the arm the anterior brartch accompanies the basilic vein, to be inserted into the skin of the palm of the hand; the posterior branch runs down the internal part of the forearm, to vanish in the skin of the little finger. 7. The median nerve, which accompanies the brachial artery to the cubit, then passes between the brachialis internus, pronator rotundus, and the perforatus and perforans, under the ligament of the wrist to the palm of the hand, where it sends off branches in every direction to the muscles of the hand, and then supplies the digital nerves, which go to the extremities of the thumb, fore, and middle fingers. 8. The ulnar nerve, which descends between the brachial artery and basilic vein, between the internal condyle of the humerus and the olecranon, and divides in the forearm into an internal and external branch. The former passes over the ligament of the wrist and sesamoid bone to the hand, where it divides into three branches, two of which go to the ring and little finger, and the third forms an arch toward the thumb, in the palm of the hand, and is lost in the contiguous muscles. The latter passes over the tendon of the extensor carpi ulnaris and back of the hand, to supply also the two last fingers. 9. The radial nerve, which sometimes gives off the axillary nerve. It passes backward, about the os humeri, descends on the outside of the arm, between the brachialis externus and N E R N E R 452 internus muscles, to the cubit; then proceeds, between the supinator longus and brevis, to the superior extremity of the radius, giving off various branches to adjacent muscles. At this place it divides into two branches; one goes along the radius, between the supinator longus and radialis internus, to the back of the hand, and terminates in tho interosseous muscles, the thumb, and three first fingers; the other passes between the supinator brevis and head of the radius, and is lost in the muscles of the forearm. Dorsal Nerves. The dorsal nerves are twelve pahs in number. The first pair gives off a branch to the brachial plexus. The upper dorsal nerves are distributed to the muscles of the back, intercostals, serrati, pectoral, abdominal muscles, and diaphragm. The five inferior pairs go to the muscles of the thorax and abdomen. Lumbar Nerves. The five pair of lumbar nerves are bestowed about the loins and muscles, skin of the abdomen and loins, scrotum, ovaria, aud diaphragm. The second, third, and fifth pair unite and form the obturator nerve, which descends over the psoas muscle into the pelvis, and passes through the foramen thyroideum to the obturator muscle, triceps, pectineus, &c. The third and fourth, with some branches of the second pair, form the crural nerve, which passes under Poupart's ligament with the femoral artery, sends off branches to the adjacent parts, and descends, in the direction of the sartorius muscle, to the internal condyle of the femur, whence it accompanies the saphena vein to the internal ankle, to be lost in the skin of the great toe. The fifth pair are joined to the first pair of the sacral nerves. Sacral Nerves, and Nerves of the Inferior Extremities. There are five pair of sacral nerves, all of which arise from the cauda equina, or termination of the medulla spinalis, so called from the nerves resembling the tail of a horse. The four first pair give off branches to the pelvic viscera, and are afterward united to the last lumbar, to form a large plexus, which gives off The ischiatic nerve, the largest in the body. The ischiatic nerve, immediately at its origin, sends off branches to the bladder, rectum, and parts of generation; proceeds from the cavity of the pelvis through the ischiatic notch, between the tuberosity of the ischium and great trochanter, to the ham, where it is called the popliteal nerve. In tho ham it divides into two branches. 1. The peroneal, which descends on the fibula, and distributes many branches to the muscles of the leg and back of the foot. 2. The tibial, which penetrates the gastrocnemii muscles to tho internal ankle, passes through a notch in the os calcis to the sole of the foot, whero it divides into an internal and external plantar nerve, which supply the muscles aud aponeurosis of the foot and the toes. Besides the encephalic and spinal nerves, there is a set of nerves constituting what is called the sympathetic or ganglionic system. JThis has, till of late years, been described as a single nerve, called the great sympathetic or great intercostal, arising from the fifth and sixth cerebral nerves; but it is, in truth, a great collection of ganglia, connected by filaments with each other, an'd with almost every nerve of the frame. For a description of its course, see Intercostal nerve. According to the views of Sir C. Bell, there is a particular system of nerves which minister to respiration. The medulla oblongata is composed of three fasciculi on each side : an anterior, which gives origin to nerves of motion; a posterior, which gives origin to nerves of sensation ; and a middle, which gives rise to respiratory nerves. A great portion of the spinal nerves concur in producing the respiratory movements; but there are certain nerves which are the special respiratory nerves of particular regions, and are therefore most important. These are, 1. The portio dura, or respiratory of the face. 2. The nervus vagus, or respiratory of the larynx. 3. The glosso-pharyngeal. 4. The accessory nerve, or superior respiratory. | 5. The phrenic, or great internal respiratory. C. The posterior thoracic, or external respiratory. Nerveless. Enervis. NE'RVINE. (Nervinus; from nervus, a nerve.) Neurotic. Applied to that which relieves disorders of the nerves. All the antispasmodics, and the various preparations of bark and iron aro nervines. Nervorum resolutio. Apoplexy and palsy have been so called. NERVOUS. Nervosus. Appertaining to a nerve. Applied, in Medicine, to fevers and affections of the nerves, and to medicines which act on the nervous system. Nervous attack. An attack of pain, spasm, rheumatism, and nervous symptoms generally. Nervous centers. The brain, spinal marrow, and ganglia. See Nervous matter. Nervous diathesis. That description of constitution which predisposes to nervous diseases. Nervous diseases. See Neuroses. Nervous fever. See Typhus. Nervous fluid. See Nervous system. Nervous headache. See Cephalalgia. Nervous matter. The substance of tho nervous system is distinctly separable into two kinds: that of the ganglia and centers, and that of the long nerves and plexuses. The ganglionic system is also called the nerves of organic life, and the long nerves those of animal life, or of relation; and in the inferior animals are often absent. The structure of these differs essentially. The long nerves consist of a fibrous system. They are composed of minute transparent tubes, of to of an inch in diameter, and less in the brain. This contains, firstly, a hollow cylinder of opaque white matter (Schwann's), and secondly, in the center of the latter is a thread of the transparent or cineritious nervous matter, constituting the axis cylinder. Bundles of these fibres are usually NER NE R 453 inclosed in a cellular neurilemma, which also serves to insulate them. In the development of the fibrous nervous tissue, the tube is formed of an accretion of cellules, and the nervous centers are subsequently introduced. The fibrous system constitutes the white or medullary portion of the brain, and of all the long nerves. Its function appears to be solely the transmission or conduction of nervous influences from the organic portions. The terminations of this system dip into all the other tissues of the body, and are looped, returning upon themselves, so far as examination has been made. A -plexus of these seems to be intended for the accumulation of sensory or motory power from several ganglia into one structure, by which paralysis is in some measure averted. The fibres are farther divided into afferent or centripetal, or those which convey nervous impressions from the outside or periphery to the inner ganglia, and efferent or centrifugal fibres. The organic, ganglionic, or vesicular nervous tissue (gelatinous of Henle) is found in the cineritious matter of the brain, the spinal cord, ganglia, axis cylinder of fibrous nervous tissue, and is also dispersed over tho tissues on which the nerves of sense are scattered, as tho pituitary membrane, retina, papilla; of the tongue, and, in all probability, over every part of the periphery where the fibres terminate or are looped. This tissue consists of globules, called nerve or ganglion globules. They are not necessarily associated in any definite course, but often lie amid fibrous nervous tissue, bloodvessels, or are scattered over surfaces. The primary form of the globule is spherical, but they are flattened, stellated, &c, under the influence of pressure. They exhibit the rudiment of a nucleus usually, are to tn au inch in diameter, and contain granules of transparent cineritious nervous lrfatter, without any of the white substance. In the ganglia, brain, &c., their mass appears colored, but this arises from tho. presence of pigment cellules. The globules usually occupy the centre of ganglia, but in the brain are arranged on tho outside; and in every case their position is such as to allow them to be abundantly supplied by bloodvessels. Function. —The vesicular tissue is that in which all nervous activity, sensation, and impression occurs. It is grouped at both ends of the conducting or fibrous tissue, and undergoes constant metamorphosis under the stimulus of appropriate agents. The metamorphosis occurs from the periphery inward, and the result (imponderable or nervous fluid) is conveyed by the fibres to remote organs, and there another change occurs in the vesicular tissue, which affects the ad j acent organ. The result of this metamorphosis is the production of changed tissues, perhaps the white substance, and, secondly, phosphoric acid, which is known to increase in the urine with nervous activity, and to be derivable but in small quantity from the other tissues. The principal feature of the metamorphosis is, therefore, the oxydation of the phosphorus of the vesicular tissue; the result, an imponderable nervous influence, very analogous to, but different from, electricity. Accompanying this, there is a constant accre- tion of nerve aliment from the blood freely circulating amid the vesicles. The effects of metamorphosis in the ganglionic system is fourfold: 1st. The production of sensation. 2d. Of motion. 3d. The reflex action of the spinal system, by which involuntary actions are carried on by the specific excitement of different bodies, as in the case of respiration, deglutition, &c. 4th. In the local vesicular matter of tissues and ganglia, it is accompanied with suitable changes in the tissues and organs they control, as secretion, repair, &c., &c. The essential condition of nervous activity is an abundant supply of pure arterial blood; but the function can not be maintained without rest, during which repair occurs. If rest be withheld, waste occurs, and irritability, and a condition approaching to inflammation arises. If the circulation be in excess by reason of its rapidity, the nervous development is exalted to disease, delirium and convulsions occur. If congestion arises, by which the supply of aerated blood is nearly cut off, nervous prostration arises ; the samo result flows from impure blood and deficiency of blood. On the other hand, all the functions of the nervous system are exalted by au active circulation; sensation is keener, the mind more vigorous. An excited circulation in parts gives rise to pain, even in organs which are usually passive. The composition of nervous matter, according to Fremy, is as follows: 100 parts contain 20 of solid matter, one third of which is fibrin and albumen, derived from the neurilemma and investing tissue; one third common fat, cholesterine, cerebric and oleophosphoric acid, and the other third of osmazomc, which is a proteine compound undergoing change, and saline matters. Nervous matter, and especially the brain, is remarkable for the large proportion of phosphorus present in its tissue. This amounts to from 8 to 18 parts in 1000, or one twentieth to one thirtieth of the whole solid portion. Moreover, it has been observed that thero is a deficiency of this element in the brain of idiots. Cerebric acid is a white, ciystalline, and granular solid, slightly soluble in hot water, in which it also becomes of a gelatinous appearance. It is a fat acid, and forms insoluble compounds for 'the most part. It is distinguished from most fats by containing both nitrogen and phosphorus, and i3 peculiar to> the nervous system. Oleophosphoric acid is dissolved in combination with soda by ether. It forms soaps with alkalies, and, when boiled in water or alcohol, is resolved into a neutral oil, called Ccrcbroleine, and two per cent, of phosphoric acid. This oil is almost identical with oleine of human fat. The oleophosphoric acid is not known in a pure state; but it is very remarkable that it totally disappears as the brain putrefies, leaving us to infer that it may be the product of the metamorphosis of cerebric acid by oxydation in the functions of the brain and nervous system, and an intermediate step toward tho removal of the effete phosphoric acid and restoration of oleine to general nutrition. NERVOUS SYSTEM. This consists of tho NEE N EU 454 encephalos and its nerves; the spinal cord and its nerves; and the ganglia of the sympathetic, and filaments connecting them with each other. The brain is generally considered as the organ of the mind. Physiologists, in general, have considered the brain as a single organ. Drs. Gall and Spurzheim, however, regard it as a congeries of organs, each of which is the seat of somo particular intellectual power, moral quality, or animal instinct. Several conjectures have been formed as to the particular functions of the cerebellum. The only two which seem worthy of any attention are those of Flourens and Gall. Flourens found in his experiments on animals, that when the cerebellum was removed, the animals retained the power of moving their muscles, but were no longer able to combine their action into ordinary movements, and were incapable.of standing, walking, springing, Hying, &>c. M. Flourens hence concludes that the cerebellum is the regulator of motion, and this opinion is counte nanced in some degree by the experiments of several other physiologists. Dr. Gall regards the cerebellum as the organ of the sexual instinct. Sir C. Bell regards the central portion of the medulla oblongata as presiding over respiration, and giving origin to the nerves which minister to that function. The anterior and posterior columns of the spinal marrow preside respectively over common motion and sensation. Dr. M. Hall has fouud, that in the case of the spinal nerves, the action is of a reflex kind, and due in every case to the action of a stimulus, whether mechanical, chemical, or mental. In the simplest case, the extremity of the nerve, as of a sphincter, is irritated by an appropriate stimulus. It contracts independently of the will; and even if the cerebrum be removed, this irritation being communicated to the spinal center, it gives rise to an appropriate motion. Thus a morsel of food throws the muscles of the pharynx into action. Less is positively known of the functions of the sympathetic than of any other portion of the nervous system. The most prevalent ideas are, that it is either the source of that power by which the organic functions are carried on, or the medium through which the actions of the different parts of the nervous system are in some way combined and modified for the production of the organic functions. Attempts have been made at different times to explain the intimate actions which take place in the nerves when they are thrown into operation. Thus it has been supposed that the nerves contain a subtle fluid, called the nervous fluid, on the motions of which sensation and voluntary motion depend. Another hypothesis, maintained by Hartley, refers the phenomena of the nervous system to vibrations in the nervous substance. Dr. Wilson Philip, from his well-known and striking experiments on the power of galvanism in sustaining the action of parts after their nervous communication with the brain is cut off, infers that the nervous and galvanic energies are identical. Nervous quinsy. The globus hystericus.— Heberden. Ne'rvus. (us, i, m.) A nerve. Nervus sympatheticus medius. The fifth pair. Nestiatria. The treatment of disease by fasting. Nes'tis. ISvotic. The jejunum. Nettle. Urtica dioica. Nettle, dead. Lamium album. Nettle-rash. See Urticaria. NEURA'LGIA. (a, os, f.; from vevpov, a nerve, and aAyoc, pain.) Pain in a nerve. Various parts of the body arc liable to be affected with excruciating pain, which is quite independent of any inflammation of the part, and which may often be traced in the course of the nerves. Such affections all come under the head of neuralgia. In many cases they appear to be strictly idiopathic; in some, they are symptomatic of derangement in the digestive or other functions ; and in a third class of cases they are the result of injuries of the nerves from accidents or surgical operations. The principal seats of neuralgia are, vhe branches of the fifth pair of nerves; the sacro-sciatic nerve; the nerves of the female breast; and those of the hands and feet. When the disease occupies the branches of the fifth pair of nerves, it is called neuralgia facialis, or tic douloureux; when it is seated in the sacro-sciatic nerve, it is often confounded with very different affections, under the name of sciatica. 'In a few cases of neuralgia, the neurilemma has been observed to be inflamed; and hence it has been hastily inferred that neuralgia consists in inflammation of a nerve; in the majority of cases, however, no such appearances are to be detected; and hence, when they occur, they are to be regarded as merely an effect of the disease. The treatment of neuralgia will vary greatly according to its cause. Where it is symptomatic, the primary disease is to be-attacked; when it is idiopathic, powerful tonic medicines, morphia, leeches, and local counter-irritation are generally found the most effectual means of cure. Veratrine, aconitine, daturine. and belladonna have of late years received much notice in neuralgia, applied in ointment or endermically. Carbonate of iron, in large doses, seems to have been more frequently successful than any other remedy, but bark and arsenic are also in many instances decidedly useful. Where the disease has any tendency to periodicity, the bark is to be preferred to any other medicine. Division of the affected nerve has often been resorted to, but the relief derived from this is very temporary, for the nervous connection is no sooner re-established than the pain returns. In a few melancholy instances, neuralgia is utterly incurable, and the patient dies worn out by years of torture, which admits of only partial relief from large quantities of opium. Neuralgia cubito-digitalis. When the pain is from the minor condyle to the hand. Neuralgia faciei. Tic douloureux. Neuralgia along the facial nerve. Neuralgia, femoro-popliteal. Sciatica. Neuralgia of the heart. Angina pectoris Neurasthe'nia. Irritability; debility of the nerves. NEURILE'MMA. (a, atis, n.; from vevpov, N I C NIP 455 and Xeuua, the bark or covering.) The sheath which invests the nerves, and also the several fibrils of which they are composed. Neu'rine. The fatty and albuminous matter of which the nerves are formed. See Nervous matter. Neuritis. Inflammation of a nerve. Neurobla'cia. *Insensibility in a nerve. Neurody'nia. Neuralgia. Neurography. Neurology. A treatise on the nerves. NEUROLOGY. (Ncurologia, a, f.; from vevpov, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of the nerves. NEURO'MA. Neuroma'Hon. A painful tumor situated on a nerve, and being a swelling of it, or placed at the extremity ol a nerve, as in the case of the painful subcutaneous tubercles of Wood. Neurome'tores. The psoas muscles. Neu'ron. A nerve. Neurono'sos. Neurosis. A disease of a nerve. Neuropa'thic. Relating to a disease of the nerves. NEURO'PTERA. (From vevpov, and nrepov, awing.) The name of an order of insects with four membranous wings of similar length. NEURO'SES. (PI. Neurosis.) Nervous diseases. The second class of Cullen's Nosology is so called: it comprehends affections in which sense and motioh are disturbed, without either idiopathic pyrexia or topical disease. NEUROSTHE'NIA. (From vevpov, and adevoc, force.) Preternatural nervous excitation; the condition of inflammation in the nerves. NEUROTICA. (From vevpov, a nerve.) Nervous; appertaining to the nerves: applied to, 1. Diseases of the nervous system. 2. Nervine medicines. NEUROTOMY. (Neurotomia, a, f.; from vevpov, and repvu, to cut.) The dissection of the nerves, or the division of a nerve. Neur-ypno'logy. An account of the nervous sleep produced by fatiguing the muscles of the eye, and commonly called magnetic sleep. NEUTRAL. Neutralis. In Chemistry, saline ¦compounds which do not possess the characters of an acid or alkali. Neutral mixture. The liquor potassa; citratis, made by saturating lemon juice with bicarbonate of potash; a pleasant refrigerant and diaphoretic. Dose, 3'j. to gss. NEUTRALIZATION. Nculralisatio. When acid and alkaline matter are combined in such proportions that the compound does not change the color of litmus or violets, they are said to be neutralized. New Italian doctrine. Contro-stimulus. New Jersey tea. Ceauothus americana. New leather sound. An auscultatory sound resembling the creaking of the leather of a new saddle. It is supposed to arise from the friction of the heart on the pericardium when the latter is roughened by disease from consolidated lymph, &c. > Ni. Nickel. Nicaragua wood. The wood of caesalpina •echinata. NPCKEL. A metal of great hardness, of a uniform texture, and of a color between silver and tin; and magnetical. Symb.,Ni. Equiv., NICOTIA'NA. (a,*,f.) 1. Tobacco. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Sola nanur. — N. americana. Nicotiana tabacum. — N.minor. Nicotiana rustica.— N.rustica. Green tobacco. This is much weaker than the Virginian tobacco.— N. taba'cum. The Virginian tobacco. Tabacum. The leaves are narcotic, emetic, purgative, diuretic, and sternutatory. A decoction of the leaves is sometimes applied as a wash in porrigo, scabies, and other cutaneous affections. The fumes and inftision are employed as enemata in strangulated hernia and some other cases; they occasion extreme faintness and relaxation, and require to be used with proper caution, lest these effects take place to a fatal extent. Vauquelin has obtained a peculiar principle from this plant, in which its active properties reside. See Nicolin. Other species, as the N. fruticosa, paniculata persica, and quadrivalvis, yield also tobacco when prepared. Nicotia'nin. Tobacco camphor. A stearopten obtained by distilling prepared tobacco with water; it is volatile, solid, and extremely acrid, having the smell of tobacco. It is produced by the curing of the leaves, not being found in the green plant. NI'COTIN. Nicotina. It is a colorless oily alkali, and has the peculiar taste and smell of the plant. It dissolves both in water and alcohol; is volatile and poisonous. Formula (CioHgN)? NICTITATION. Niclitatio. Twinkling, or winking of the eyes. Ni'dulans. (From nidulor, to place in a nest.) Nidulate. Hidden, as in a nest. NIGE'LLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Pentagynia. — N. officinarum. Agrostemma githago.— N. sativa. Devil in a bush. Fennel flower. This plant was formerly employed medicinally as an expectorant and deobstruent, but is now fallen into disuse. Nigella'strum. Agrostemma githago. Niger. Black. Night-blindness. See Hemeralopia. Nightmare. See Ephialtes. ' Nightshade, American. Phytolacca decandria. Nightshade, deadly. Atropa belladonna. Nightshade, Palestine. Solanumsanctum. Nightshade, woody. Solanum dulcamara. NIGRITIES. (From niger, black.) A caries is called nigrities ossium; a blackness of the bones. Nigritu'do. Melanosis. Nihil album. Nihilum album. A name formerly given to the flowers or oxide of zinc. Ninzi radix. Ninzin. Sium ninsi. NIPPLE. Papilla. The small projecting body in the middle of the breasts of women. See Mamma. Nipple shield. A disk of box-wood or ivory, made of such a figure as to fit the nipple, so that the infant can draw milk without biting or irritating it when ulcerated. The elevation corresponding to the nipple is perforated, and covered with a prepared teat made of the skin of a cow's teat. Nipple-wort. See Lapsana. NIT NOC 456 Nirles. Herpes phlyctamodes. Ni'sus. Effort; straining. NISUS FORMATIVUS. A creative or form- ative effort. This phrase is used by Blumenbach synonymously with vital activity. Ni'tidus. Polished; smooth; shining. NI'TRAS. (as, atis, f.) A nitrate. A salt of nitric acid with a salifiable base. Nitras ammonias. Ammonianitrata. Nitrate of ammonia. This salt has been employed internally as a diuretic and deobstruent, and externally as a discutient. It is also sialagogue. But its principal use is as the source of protoxide of nitrogen, which it yields at a gentle heat. Nitras argenti. See Argenti nitras. Nitras calcis. Nitrate of lime. Calcareous nitre. By particular treatment this salt becomes phosphorescent. See Baldwin's phosphorus. Nitras potass as. Nitre. Nitras potassas fusus. Sal prunella;. Nitrum tabulatum. This salt, besides the nitric acid and potash, contains a little sulphuric acid. Nitras soda:. Alkali mineralc nitralum. Nitrum cubicum. Nitrate of soda. A neutral salt composed of soda and nitric acid. Its virtues are similar to those of nitrate of potash, for which it may be safely substituted. NITRATE. See Nitras. Nitrate of potash. See Nitre. Nitrate of silver. See Argenti nilras. NI'TRE. (Nirpov. Nitrum, i, n.) Saltpetre. Potassm nitras. Saltpetre. Nitre is procured abundantly from natural beds in India. It may also be made artificially by combining decaying animal and vegetable matter with moist earth and lime, and washing the mixture occasionally, by which nitrate of lime is obtained, which, being treated with wood ashes, is converted into nitrate of potash. When pure, it is found in anhydrous, colorless, six-sided prisms, with dihedral summits. It is soluble in seven parts of water at 60°. It is fused below a red heat, and decomposed by farther heat. It has a cooling, saline taste; is refrigerant and diuretic ; dose, gr. v. to sss. It is a powerful antiseptic and detergent body, and an irritant poison in large doses. It is au ingredient in gunpowder and fireworks. Composition, KO,NO,->. NITRIC. (Nitricus; from nitrum.) Of, or belonging to, nitre. Nitric acid. Acidum nitricum. It is obtained by the action of sulphuric acid and heat on nitrate of potash or soda. When pure, it is a colorless fluid, of a pungent odor, extremely caustic, sp. gr. 1-5, and contains fifty-four parts of real acid and nine of water, being a definite compound, the anhydrous acid being unknown; formula, NOs-f-HO. The acid is used as a caustic to warts and indolent ulcers. Aquafortis of commerce is impure dilute nitric acid, and contains from 25 to 50 per cent, of acid. Dilute acid— acidum nitricum dilutum(V. S.) —consists of acid, f. 3j'.; water, f. 3ix. This is farther diluted in practice, and used in typhoid fevers, chronic affections of the liver, and as a tonic and febrifuge. Dose, gtt. x. to 3ss. in a glass of water. When long used it produces ptyalism. Nitric oxide. Deutoxide of nitrogen. Nitric oxide of mercury. See Hydrargyri nitrico-oxydum. Nitrico-oxtdum htdrargyri. See Hydrar' gyri niirieo-oxydum. NI'TROGEN. (Nitrogenium, ii, n.; from virpov, nitre, and yevvau, to generate.) Azoto. An elementary, colorless, inodorous gas, forming four fifths of the atmosphere, irrespirable, not supporting having in this state no activity. Sym., N.; eq., 14-06; sp. gr., •972. It forms five compounds with oxygen, of which NO, the protoxide, is the laughing gas, and NO5, nitric acid. Nitrogen, with hydrogen, NH 3 , forms ammonia. This substance abounds in animal products, and in the most nutritious parts of vegetables. Nitrogen, deutoxide of. A compound of N0 2 . It is a transparent gas, and appears sometimes to act as a compound radical. Nitrogen, protoxide of. See Nitrogen. Nitro-leucic acid. See Leucine. NI'TRO-MURIA'TIC ACID. Acidum nitromuriaticum (U. S.). Aqua rcgia. Mix nitric acid, giv., and muriatic acid, gviij. They become yellow, and acquire the power of readily dissolving gold. This mixture evolves chlorine. It is used 111 a very dilute state to sponge the feet, &c, and as an internal remedy in chronic affections of the liver and obstinate constipation, but is very irritant, and not to be used where febrile symptoms exist. Dose, til v. to fix., in a wine-glass of water. Nitro-sa'ccharic acid is formed by the reaction of nitric acid on sugar of gelatine. It is colorless, crystallized in prisms, and soluble. Form., (C 8 H 7 N.206+2N0 5 )-4-4HO.— Mulder. Nitro-salicylic acid. See Salicyle. . NI'TROUS. Nilrosus. Of, or belonging to, nitre, or its combinations. Nitrous acid. Acidum nitrosum. The red fumes produced by exposing binoxide of nitrogen to oxygen. It may be condensed by cold or pressure into a colorless fluid, and. consists of NOi. It is soluble in nitric acid, but decomposed by water. Nitrous oxide. Protoxide of nitrogen. Laughing gas. Ni'trum. Nitre. Nitrum flammans. Nitrate of ammonia. Nitrum purificatum. Purified nitre. Nitrum stibiatum. Nitrum antimoniatum. Anodynum mineralc. An old preparation, made by dissolving the antimonium diaphoreticum in water, and evaporating to dryness. Nitrum vitriolatum. Soda? sulphas. NO'BILIS. (Quasi noscibilis; from nosco, to know.) Noble. Some objects of natural history, so called by way of eminence: thus gold and silver are called noble metals, and nobilis is the specific name of several plants. NOC T AM BUL A'TION. (Noctambulatio, onis, f.; from nox, night, and ambulo, to walk.) Sleep-walking. Oneirodynia activa. Noctisu'rgium. Sleep-walking. Nocturnal blindness. See Hemeralopia and Nyctalopia. NOCTURNAL EMISSION. An emission of semen during the night, from weakness of the generative function or libidinous dreams. It is to be treated by tonics in the former case, and by the antiphlogistic regimen in plethoric youth. N 0 M N OS 457 Nodding. Nutans. NODE. (Nodus, i, m.; from anad, Hebrew, to tie.) 1. In Surgery, a hard, circumscribed tumor, proceeding from a bone, and caused by a swelling of the periosteum. Nodes appear on every part of the body, but are more common on such as are thinly covered with muscles, as the os frontis, forepart of the tibia, radius, and ulna. As they increase in size, they become more painful, from the distension they occasion in the "periosteum. When they continue long, the bone becomes completely carious. Syphilitic nodes are treated by iodide of potassium and frictions over the part with unguentum hydrargyri. 2. In Botany, the joints that have small elevations, as observed in the stems of grasses, &c. Nodo'sus. Nodose; knotty. NO'LI ME' TA'NGERE. Lupus. A species of malignant herpes or lupus, affecting the skin, and not unfrequently the cartilages of the nose, very difficult to cure, because it is exasperated by most applications. The disease generally commences with small, superficial spreading ulcerations, which become more or less concealed beneath furfuraceous scabs. The whole nose is frequently destroyed by the progressive ravages of this peculiar disorder, which sometimes can not be stopped or retarded by any treatment, external or internal. Nodulus. A little node. Nodus cerebri. The pons varolii. NO'MA. (a, a, f.; from vepu, to eat.) Cancer aquaticus. An ulcer that attacks the skin, and often the cheek or vulva of young girls. It appears in the form of red and somewhat livid spots; is not attended with pyrexia, pain, or tumor, and in a few days becomes gangrenous. It is to be treated by caustics; and tonics internally, or, if seen early, by the antiphlogistic plan. NOMENCLATURE. The authorized and methodical words of a science. In Chemistry, a good nomenclature has been one of the most important steps toward the rapid advance of the science. Nomenclature, anatomical. The terms above, below, inside, outside, can convey correct ideas of the relative position of the different parts of a body only while the body and all its parts remain in the same position; now this not being the case with the living animal body, infinite confusion arises from the use of such terms. The late Dr. Barclay, of Edinburgh, made a very praiseworthy attempt to introduce terms which should apply equally well in all positions of the body; and it is a great pity that his "Anatomical Nomenclature" has not been generally adopted, for it is very simple, and admjj-ably suited to the end in view. The following table exhibits the names given by Dr. Barclay to the different aspects of the body: 1. Aspects of the head, neck, and trunk. —A perpendicular plane, dividing the body into halves, is called the mesial plane. The aspect of any part looking toward this plane is called its mesial aspect; the aspect of a part looking to the right of this plane is its dextral aspect, and to the left, its sinistral aspect. 2. Aspects of the head: Inial. Looking toward the occiput (tviov} Coronal. Toward the crown of the head. Basilar. Toward the base of the skull. Glabellar or antinial. Toward the space between the eyebrows. 3. Aspects of the neck and trunk: Atlantal. Looking toward the atlas. Sacral. Toward the sacrum. Dorsal. Toward the back. Sternal. Toward the sternum. 4. Aspects of the four extremities: Proximal. Looking toward the end nearest the trunk. Distal. Toward the end farthest from the trunk. 5. Aspects of the atlantal extremities: Radial. Looking toward the radius. Ulnar. Toward the ulna. Anconal. Toward the ancon or olecranon. Thenal. Toward the palm of the hand (devap). 6. Aspects of the sacral extremities: Tibial. Looking toward the tibia Fibular. Toward the fibula. Rotular. Toward the rotula or patella. Popliteal. Toward the poples or ham. 7. Terms of aspect common to the head, neck, trunk, extremities, aud viscera: Dermal. Looking toward the skin. Peripheral. Toward the circumference. Central. Toward the centre. All these adjective terms are converted into adverbs by substituting d for the terminal I or r. Thus, what is generally called the upper surface of the diaphragm is the atlantal surface; and adverbially, that surface is said to be situated atlantad. The under surface of the brain is its basilar surface; and adverbially, it is said to be situated basilad. Noni descendens. A branch of the ninth pair of nerves. See Nerve. NON-NATURALS. Res non-naturales. Un der this term the old physicians comprehended air, eating and drinking, sleep and watching, motion and rest, the retentions and excretions, and the affections of the mind. Nooth's apparatus. An apparatus contrived by Dr. Nooth for impregnating water with gases, particularly the carbonic acid. No'pal. Nopalnochetzth. The cactus that feeds the cochineal insect. Norlandica bacca. Rubus arcticus. NO'RMAL. Normalis. (From norma, a rule.) According to rule; regular; usual. Norris's drops. According to Dr. Paris, this is a solution of emetic tartar in rectified spirit, with the addition of some vegetable coloring matter. Norton's drops. A colored solution of corrosive sublimate. Nose. Nasus. See Nares. Nose, bleeding of the. Epistaxis. Nosocomia'lis. Nosocomial. Appertaining to a hospital, as febris nosocomialis. NOSOCOMI'UM. (um, ii, n.; voooicopeiov r from voaoq, a disease, and noptto, to take care of.) Nosodochium. A hospital or infirmary for the sick. Noso'des. Sickly; insalubrious. NOT N U C 458 Nosoge'ny. The origin of diseases. Nosodochi'um. A hospital. NOSO'GRAPHY. Nosographia. The de¦cription of diseases. NOSO'LOGY. (Nosologia, ee, f.; from voaoc, Order I. FEBRES. § 1. Intermittentes. 1. Tertiana. 2. Ouartana. 3. Quotidiana. § 2. Contiaua. 4. Synocha. ¦5. Typhus. 6. Synochus. Order II. PHLEGMASIA. 7. Phlogosis. Order I. COMATA. 41. Apoplexia. 42. Paralysis. Order It. ADYNAMIC 43. Syncope. 44. Dyspepsia. 45. Hypochondriasis. Order I. MARCORES. 67. Tabes. 68. Atrophia. Order II. INTUMESCENTIA. § 1. Adiposa. 69. Polysarcia. Order I. DYSESTHESIA. 90. Caligo. 91. Amaurosis. 92. Dysopia. 93. Pseudoblepsis. 94. Dysecoia. ' 95. Paracusis. 96. Anosmia. 97. Agheustia. 98. Anaesthesia. Order II. DYSOREXIjE. § 1. Appetitus errona. 99. Bulimia. 100. Polydipsia. 101. Pica. 102. Satyriasis. 103. Nymphomania. 104. Nostalgia. NOSTA'LGIA. (a, a, f.; from vooroe, a return, and aXyoc, pain.) A vehement desire for revisiting one's country, attended with melancholy, loss of appetite, and want of sleep. Nostoc. Temella nostoc. Nostoma'nia. The madness of nostalgia. Nostril. See Naris. NO'STRUM. This word means our own, and is applied to quack or private medicines. No'tence'phalus. (From vuroc, the back, and cyKttyaXoc, the brain.) A monster in which the brain forms a hernia behind, and rests upon the dorsal vertebra; which are open posteriorly.—O. St. Hilaire. Notch. A depression, as the ethmoidal notch, fee, Notched. Erosus. 8. Ophthalmitis. 9. Phrenitis. 10. Cynanche. 11. Pneumonitis. 12. Carditis. 13. Peritonitis. 14. Gastritis. 15. Enteritis. 16. Hepatitis. 17. Splenitis. 18. Nephritis. 19. Cystitis. 20. Hysteritis. 46. Chlorosis. Order III. SPASMI. 47. Tetanus. 48. Convulsio. 49. Chorea. 50. Raphania. 51. Epilepsia. 52. Palpitatio. § 2. Flatuosa 70. Pneumatosis. 71. Tympanites. 72. Physometra. § 3. Aquosa. 73. Anasarca. 74. Hydrocephalus. 75. Hydrorachitis. 176. Hydrothorax. § 2. Ajipetiius dejicientes. 105. Anorexia. 106. Adipsia. 107. Anaphrodisia. Order III. DYSCYNESLE. 108. Aphonia. 109. Mutitns. 110. Paraphonia. 111. Psellismus. 112. Strabismus. 113. Dysphagia. 114. Contracture. Order IV. APOCENOSES. 115. Profusio. 116. Ephidrosis. 117. Epiphora. 118. Ptyalismus. 119. Enuresis. and Aoyoc, a discourse.) That division of medical science which considers the most appro priate names of diseases, and their methodical arrangement or classification. The following is Cullen's system: CLASS I.—PYREXLE. 32. Urticaria. 33. Pemphigus. 34. Aphtha. Order IV. HEMORRHAGIC. 35. Epistaxis. 36. Haemoptysis. 37. Haemorrhois. 38< Menorrhagia. Order V. PROFLUVIA. 39. Catarrhus. 40. Dysenteria. 61. Hysteria. 62. Hydrophobia. Order IV. vesani,e. 63. Amentia. 64. Melancholia. 65. Mania. 66. Oneirodynia. 53. Asthma. 54. Dyspnoea. 55. Pertussis. 56. Pyrosis. 57. Colica. 58. Cholera. 59. Diarrhoea. 60. Diabetes. CLASS III.—CACHEXIA. 83. Syphilis. 84. Scorbutus. 85. Elephantiasis. 86. Lepra. 87. Frambcesia. 88. Trichoma. 89. Icterus. CLASS IV.—LOCALES. 135. Lupia. 13G. Ganglion. 137. Hydatis. 138. Hydarthrus. 139. Exostosis. Order VII. ECTOPIA 140. Hernia. 141. Prolapsus. 142. Luxatio. Order VIII. DYALYSES. 143. Vulnus. 144. Ulcus. 145. Herpes. 146. Tinea. 147. Psora. 148. Fractura. 149. Caries. NO'TIIUS. (NoOoc, spurious.) Spurious. Bastard. See Bastard. NotiVus. The spinal marrow. Nouffler's remedy, Madame. A vermifuge treatment, consisting of a decoction of aspidium filix mas, followed by a drastic purge of calomel scammony, and contrayerva. Nube'cula. The same as nebula Nuc amentum. Amentum. Nucesta. Myristica moschata. NU'CHA. (a, a, f.; Arabic.) Nucha capitis. The hind part or nape of the neck. The part is so called where the" spinal marrow begins. Nuci'sta. The nutmeg. Nucleated cell. That which is furnished with one or more cytoblasts or nuclei. •NU'CLEUS. (us, i, m.; a nuce, from the 21. Rheumatismus. 22. Odontalgia. 23. Podagra. 24. Arthropuosis. Order III. EXANTHEMATA. 25. Variola. 26. Varicella. 27. Rubeola. 28. Scarlatina. 29. Pestis. 30. Erysipelas. 31. Miliaria. CLASS II.—NEURO'SES. 77. Ascites. 78. Hydrometra. 79. Hydrocele. § 4. Solida. 80. Physconia. 81. Rachitis. Order III. IMPETIGINES. 82. Scrofula. 1120. Gonorrhoea. Order V. EPISCHESES. 121. Obstipatio. 122. Ischuria. 123. Dysuria. 124. Dyspermatismus. 1125. Amenorrhoea. Order VI. TUMORES. |126. Aneurismn. 127. Varix. 128. Ecchymoma. 129. Scirrhus. 130. Cancer. 131. Bubo. 132. Sarcoma. 133. Verruca. 134. Clavus. NYC N YS 459 nut.) 1. A kernel or fruit inclosed in a hard shell. 2. When the center of growth is a glob- ule, tumor, or morbid concretion, which has an obvious difference from the surrounding parts. 3. A cytoblast.' Nucleus cicatricula:. A granular mass situated beneath the germinal disk in the hen's egg, also called cumulus proligerus, or nucleus of the germinal disk. Nucleus germinativus. The germinal spot found in the germinal vesicle of the ovum. It is synonymous with macula germinativa. Nu'cula. A little nut. Nucula saponaria. Sapindus saponaria. Nu'dus. Naked. Numidia melea'guis. The guinea-fowl. Nummula'ria. Lysimachia nummularia. Nut. Nux. Nut, Barbadoes. N., purging. Jatropha curcas. Nut, butter. Juglans cinerea. Nu'tans. Nutant: drooping or nodding. Nutmeg. Myristica moschata. NUTRITION. (Nutrilio, onis, f.) The function by which the molecular changes and decompositions of the body is repaired; by which, notwithstanding the loss which occurs in muscular structure by motion, the muscle does not waste away, but actually increases by action. It is the result of the imbibition from the blood of its appropriate food by each system of cellules throughout the body. In a more enlarged sense, it includes the great functions of digestion, respiration, circulation, secretion, and innervation, by which the appropriate food of each organ is prepared and brought to the part. Nutri'tion, force of. Plastic force. Nutritive center. A cell which originates a succession of cellules. Nutritious. Nntricius. Capable of sustaining life. Nutri'tum unguentum. A composition of litharge, vinegar, and oil. NUX. (x, cis, f.) A fruit which has a hard shell. Nux aquatica. Trapa natans. Nux aromatica. Myristica moschata. Nux barbadensis. Jatropha curcas. Nux cathartica. N. cathartica americana. N. medica. Jatropha curcas. Nux metella. N. mechil. Strychnos nux vomica. Nux moschata. N. myristica. Myristica moschata. Nux pistacia. Pistacia vera. Nux purgans. Jatropha curcas. Nux serapionis. Ignatia amara. Nux vomica. Strvchnos nux vomica. NYCTALO'PIA. \a, m, f.; from wft the night, and an eye.) A defect in vision, by which the person sees little or nothing in the day, but in the evening and night sees tolerably well. This disease is dependent upon a peculiar irritability of the retina, produced by two very different causes: a sudden exposure to a stronger light than the eye has been wont to sustain, and a deficiency of the pigmentum ni- gram. Sedative applications, as dilute tincture of belladonna, and the internal use of hyoscyamus and conium, with cinchona or cascarilla, are likely to be beneficial where the disease proceeds from an accidental irritability, taking care to remove the causes. In old age, and an early deficiency of the black pigment, medicine can do but little. Ny'ctalops. One who sees only in the night; also, the disease called nyctalopia. Nycthe'merum. The space of twenty-four hours. Nycto'basis. Walking in the sleep; somnambulism. NY'MPHA. (a, a, f.; from vvpfa, a waternymph.) A membranous and fleshy fold, situated just within the external labia of the female parts of generation, one on each side. NYMPH IE'A. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Ranunculacea. — N. alba. The white water-lily. Formerly employ ed as a demulcent and slightly anodyne remedy. — N. glandifera. Nympnoe nelumbo. — N. lotus. The Egyptian lotus. The root is used as food. — N. lutea. The yellow water-lily. N. major lutea. Formerly used as the N. alba. — N. nelumbo. The pontic, or Egyptian bean. N. indica. The fruit is eaten either raw or boiled, and is a tonic and astringent. Nymphoi'des. Resembling the water-lily. NYMPHOMANIA, (a, ce, f.; from vvp$a, nympha, and pavta, madness.) Excessive and violent desire for coition in women. It is a species of temporary madness, or a high degree of hysterics. Its immediate cause is a preternatural irritability of the uterus, and nympha;, and clitoris of women, or an unusual acrimony of the fluids in these parts. Its presence is known by the wanton behavior of the female; she speaks and acts with unrestrained obscenity, and, as the disorder increases, she scolds, cries, aud laughs by turns. While reason is retained, she is silent, and seems melancholy, but her eyes discover an unusual wantonness. The symptoms are better or worse until the greatest degree of the disorder approaches, and then, by every word and action, her condition is too manifest. The strong and sanguineous require bleeding and cooling purgatives, with an abstemious diet, to remove this disease; and the nervous and irritable, sedatives, tonics, and a more generous diet. If it arise from local causes, as acrid secretions, irritation of the parts, the attention must also be turned to removing these by leeches, lotions, anodynes, &c. Marriage, or sexual intercourse, is the most natural remedy. NYMPHO'NCUS. (From vvptba, and oyicog, a tumor.) A swelling of the nympha;, or a tu mor of the nympha;. NYMPHO'TOMY. (Nymphotomia, ee, f.; from vvpa, and repvu, to cut.) The operation of removing the nympha, when too large or diseased. NYSTA'GMUS. {us, i, m.; from vvarau, to nod sleepily.) An involuntary movement of the eyes, such as happens when a person is very sleepy. O B L 0 B L 460 O* The symbol for oxygen; also, a con- traction in medical formulae for octarium, a pint. Oak-tree. Seo Quercus. Oak, Jerusalem. Chenopodium botrys. Oak, sea. Fucus vesiculosus. Oak leather. Xylostroma giganteiun. Oak lungs. Lichen pulmonarius. Oat. See Avena. Obcorda'te. Obcordatus. Inversely heartshaped. Obelas'a. The sagittal suture of the skull. Obeli'scothe'ca. Cystus helianthemum. OBE'SITY. (Obesitas, atis, f.; from obesus, fat.) See Polysarcia. Object glass. In a microscope, the lens nearest to the body under examination. OBLFQUUS. Oblique. 1. In Anatomy, a term applied to parts from their direction. 2. In Botany, it means the same, as radix obliquus, but sometimes it means twisted. Folium obli- quum, for example, is a leaf, one part of which is vertical, the other horizontal; as in Fritillaria obliqua. Obliquus ascendens abdominis. See Obliquus internus abdominis. Obliquus ascendens internus. See Obliquus internus abdominis. Obliquus auris. See Laxator tympani. Obliquus capitis inferior. Seo Obliquus inferior capitis. Obliquus capitis superior. See Obliquus superior capitis. Obliquus descendens abdominis. See Obliquus externus abdominis. Obliquus descendens externus. See Obliquus externus abdominis. Obliquus externus. See Obliquus externus abdominis. Obliquus externus abdominis. A muscle of the abdomen. It is a broad, thin muscle, fleshy posteriorly, and tendinous in the middle and lower part, and is situated immediately under the integuments, covering all the other muscles of the lower belly. It arises from the lower edges of the eight, and sometimes, though rarely, of the nine inferior ribs, not far from their cartilages, by as many distinct fleshy portions. From these several origins, the fibres of the muscle descend obliquely forward, and soon degenerate into a broad and thin aponeurosis, which terminates in the linea alba. About an inch and a half above the pubes, the fibres of this aponeurosis separate from each other, so as to form an aperture, which extends obliquely inward and forward, and more than an inch in length, and is wider above than below, being nearly of an oval figure. This is what is sometimes, though erroneously, called the ring of the abdominal muscles, annulus abdominis, for it belongs only to the external oblique. This opening, or ring, serves for the passage of the spermatic vessels in men, and of the round ligament of the uterus in women, and is of a larger size in the former than in the latter. The two tendinous portions, which, by their O separation, form this aperture, are called the co lumns of the ring. The anterior, superior, and inner column passes over the symphysis pubis, and is fixed to the opposite os pubis. The posterior, inferior, and exterior column approaches the anterior one as it descends, and is fixed behind and below it to the os pubis of the same side. The fibres of that part of the obliquus externus which arises from the two inferior ribs, descend almost perpendicularly, and are inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the outer edge of the anterior half of the spine of the ilium. From the anterior superior spinous process of that bone, the external oblique is stretched, tendinous, to the os pubis, forming what is called PouparVs, or Fallopius's, or the inguinal ligament. This muscle serves to draw down the ribs in expiration; to bend the trunk forward when both muscles act, or to bend it obliquely in one side, and, perhaps, to turn it stightly upon its axis, when either acts singly; it also raises the pelvis obliquely when the ribs are fixed; it supports and compresses the abdominal viscera, assists in the evacuation of the urine and faeces, and is likewise useful in parturition. Obliquus inferior. See Obliquus inferior capitis, and Obliquus inferior oculi. Obliquus inferior capitis. A muscle of the head. It is very obliquely situated between the two first vertebrae of the neck. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the middle and outer side of the spinous process of the second vertebra of the neck, and is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the lower and posterior part of the transverse process of the first vertebra. Its use is to turn the first vertebra upon the second, as upon a pivot, aud to draw the face toward the shoulder. Obliquus inferior oculi. Obliquus minor oculi of Winslow. An oblique muscle of the eye, that draws the globe of the eye forward, inward, and downward. It arises, by a narrow beginning, from the outer edge of the orbitar process of the superior maxillary bone, near its junction with the lachrymal bone, and, running obliquely outward, is inserted into the sclerotic membrane of the eye. Obliquus inferior sive major. See Obliquus inferior capitis. Obliquus internus. See Obliquus internus abdominis. Obliquus internus abdominis. A muscle of the abdomen. It is situated immediately under the external oblique, and is broad and thin like that mnscle. It arises from the spinous processes of the three inferior lumbar vertebra?, the os sacrum, from the whole spine of the ilium, and from two thirds of the posterior surface of Poupart's ligament; it likewise sends off some fibres, which descend upon the spermatic cord as far as the tunica vaginalis of the testis, and constitute the cremaster muscle, which sur rounds, suspends, and compresses the testicle. From these origins, the fibres of the interna. OB S OC C 461 oblique ran in different directions, and are inserted into the cartilages of the fifth, fourth, and third of the false ribs, into the lower edge of the cartilage of the second false rib, and the linea alba; the posterior layer is inserted into the cartilages of the first of the false, and the last of the true ribs, and likewise into the linea alba. This muscle serves to assist the obliquus externus. Obliquus major abdominis. See Obliquus externus abdominis. Obliquus major capitis. See Obliquus inferior capitis. Obliquus major oculi. See Obliquus superior oculi. Obliquus minor abdominis. See Obliquus interims abdominis. Obliquus minor capitis. See Obliquus super-ior capitis. Obliquus minor oculi. See Obliquus inferior oculi. Obliquus superior capitis. This little muscle, which is nearly of tho same shape as the recti capitis, is situated laterally between the occiput and the first vertebra of the neck. It arises from the upper and posterior part of the transverse process of the first vertebra of the neck, and, ascending obliquely inward and backward, is inserted into the occipitis, behind the back part of the mastoid process. The use of this muscle is to draw the head backward, and assist in its rotatory motion. Obliquus superior oculi. Trochlearis. An oblique muscle of the eye, that rolls the globe of the eye, and turns the pupil downward and outward. It arises from the edge of the foramen opticum, runs straight to the upper part of the orbit, where a cartilaginous trochlea is fixed to the inside of the internal angular process of the os frontis, through which its tendon passes, and runs a little downward and outward, inclosed in a loose membranaceous sheath, to be inserted into the sclerotic membrane. It rolls the eye inward. Obliquus superior sive minor. See Obliquus superior capitis. Obliquus superior sive trochlearis. See Obliquus superior oculi. OBLITERATION. In medical language, the disappearance of any part of the animal body that has become useless; thus the ductus venosus is obliterated after birth. Obli'vion. Oblivio. Amnesia; failure of the memory. Oblo'ngus. Oblong. Oboma'sum. The fourth stomach of ruminants. Obova'te. Obovatus. Nearly of an oval shape. Ovate, with a broader end uppermost. OBSERVATION. Observatio. The act of thoroughly examining and recording phenomena. Obsidia'num. 1. Obsidian. 2. Glass of antimony. OBSOLETE. Obsoletus. In the language of Botany, it is applied to parts of plants which are by nature imperfectly developed, or of which only a vestige remains. OBSTETRIC. (Obstetricus; from obstetrix, a midwife.) Belonging to midwifery. OBSTE'TRICS. Midwifery. The art of assisting women in childbirth, and treating their diseases during pregnancy and after delivery. Obstipa'tion. Costiveness. Obsti'pus. Obstipitas. Wry neck. OBSTRUCTION. Obstruct™. A stoppage or hinderance. In Medicine, it is used very vaguely for the arrest of a function or secretion, as obstruction of the liver. Obstru'ctio alvi. O. inlestinalis. Constipation. OBSTRUENS. (From obstruo, to shut up.) Closing the orifices of the ducts or vessels. Medicines supposed to have this power have been called obstruentia. OBTUNDENTS. - Obtundcns. (Fromohtundo, to make blunt.) Having the property of obviating or blunting irritation; as bland, oily, or mucilaginous matters, which form a covering on inflamed and irritable surfaces, particularly those of the stomach, lungs, and anus. OBTURATOR, (or, oris, m.; from obturo, to shut up.) A stopper up, or that which covers any thing. Obturator artery. A branch of the hypogastric or epigastric, which passes out at the obturator foramen, and is distributed to the anterior part of the thigh. Obturator externus. A small, flatmuscle, situated obliquely at the upper and anterior part of the thigh, between the pectinalis and the fore part of the foramen thyroideum, and covered by tho abductor brevis femoris. It arises from all the inner half of the circumference of the foramen thyroideum, and from part of the obturator ligament. Its radiated fibres collect and form a strong roundish tendon, which runs outward; and, after adhering to the capsular ligament of the joint, is inserted into a cavity at the inner and back part of the root of the great trochanter. The chief uses of this muscle are to turn the thigh obliquely outward. Obturator foramen. The large foramen between the ischium and pubis. Obturator internus. A considerable muscle, a great part of which is situated within the pelvis. It arises from somewhat more than the upper half of the internal circumference of the foramen thyroideum of the os innominatum. It is composed of several distinct fasciculi, which terminate in a roundish tendon that passes out of the pelvis through the ischiatic notch; and after running between the two portions of the gemini, which inclose it as in a sheath, is inserted into the cavity at the root of the great trochanter. This muscle rolls the os femoris obliquely outward. Obturator ligament. A fibrous membrane which nearly covers the foramen. Obturator nerve. A nerve of the thigh, that is lost upon the muscles situated on the inside of the thigh. Obtu'se. Obtusus. Blunt. O C C I'P IT A L. Occipitalis. Belonging to the occiput or back part of the head. Occipital artery. A branch given off by the external carotid beneath the parotid gland, and which supplies the muscles of the occipital bone. O DO OCT 462 Occipital bone. Os occtpitis. This bone forms the posterior and inferior part of the skull, is of an irregular figure, convex on the outside, and concave internally. Its external surface, which is very irregular, serves for the attachment of several muscles. The inferior portion of the bone is stretched forward in form of a wedge, and hence is called tho cuneiform process, or basilary process. At the base of this process are two condyles. In the inferior portion is the foramen magnum. Besides this, there are four other smaller foramina, viz., two before, and two behind the condyles. On looking over the internal surface of the os occipitis, we perceive the appearance of a cross, formed by a very prominent ridge, which rises upward from near the foramem magnum, and by two transverse sinuosities, one on each side of the ridge. This cross occasions the formation of four fossae, two above and two below the sinuosities. The os occipitis is joined, by means of the cuneiform process, to the sphenoid bone, with which it often ossifies. It is connected to # the parietal bones by the lambdoidal suture, and to the temporal bones by the additamentum of the temporal suture. Occipi'to-atloid. That which is connected with the occiput and atlas. Occipito-axoid. That which is connected with the occiput and axis, or second vertebra. Occipito-fronta'lis. A single broad muscle, that covers the cranium, pulls the skin of the head backward, raises the eyebrows upward, and, at the same time, draws up aud wrinkles the skin of the forehead. It arises from the posterior part of the occiput, goes over the upper part of the os parietale and os frontis, and is lost in the eyebrows. O'CCIPUT. The back of the head. OCCLU'SION. Occlusio. The state of being shut; imperforation; as occlusion of the pupil; occlusion of the rectum. Occlu'sus. Occluse; shut up ; closed. Occu'lt. Occultus. Hidden. Ocheteu'ma. The opening of the nostril. O'chetus. A canal or duct. O'cheus. The scrotum- O'CHRA. 1. Ochre. 2. The fore part of the tibia. Ochra'ceus. Ochre-like; applied to designate a yellowish color striped with brown. Ochtho'des. An indolent ulcer. Ocima'strum. A species of basil. O'CIMUM. (um,i,n.) Ocymum. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiate.—O. basi'licum. Common or citron basil. It is supposed to possess nervine qualities.— O. caryophylla'tum. O. minimum. Small or bush basil. It is mildly balsamic. Ocob. Sal ammoniac.— Ruland. OCO'TEA. A genus of plants. Lauraeece. — O. pichu'ria. This, as well as the Laurus pichurim, is said to yield the pichurim bean.— O. cy'mbarum. This yields the Orinoco sassafras. O'CREA. The membrane that enfolds the flower-stalks in Cyperus, &c. Octahe'dron. A regular solid of eight sides. It is the most common form of crystal, and may be primary, or derived from the cube or from the tetrahedron. Octa'nus. Aii erratic intermitting fever which returns every eighth day. OCTA'NDRIA. Octandrous. (From oktu, eight, and avr/p, a husband.) A class of plants, having hermaphrodite flowers, with eight stamens. OCTA'RIUS. A piut.; the eighth part of a gallon. It contains sixteen fluid ounces in officinal measures. Octavus humeri. O. humeri Placentini. Teres minor. OCU'LAR SPECTRES. Imaginary bodies resembling flies, lights, spots, &c, floating before the eyes. Ocula'ria. Euphrasia officinalis. Ocula'ris communis. The motor oculi nerve. Oculi adductor. See Rectus internus. Oculi attollens. See Rectus superior. Oculi cancrorum. See Cancer. Oculi depressor. See Rectus inferior. Oculi elevator. See Rectus superior. Oculi levator. See Rectus superior. Oculi obliquus inferior. See Obliquus in fcrior oculi. Oculi obliquus major. See Obliquus superior oculi. Oculi obliquus minor. See Obliquus inferior oculi. OCU'LIST. One who treats diseases of the eye especially. Ocui.o-musculares. Vicq d'Azyr gives this name to the third pair of nerves. OCULO-MUSCULARES COMMUNES. Chaussier thus calls the third pair of nerves. Oculo-musculares externi. Chaussier gives this name to the sixth pair of nerves. Oculum movens primus. See Rectus inter nus. Oculum movens quartus. See Rectus in ferior. Oculum movens secundus. See Rectus ex ternus. Oculum movens tertius. See Rectus superior. OCU'LUS. (us, i, m.; from okkoc, the eye.) The eye. See Eye. Oculus bovinus. Hydrophthalmia. Oculus bovis. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum. Oculus bubulus. Hydrophthalmia. Oculus cacsius. Glaucoma. Oculus elephantinus. Hydrophthalmia Oculus genu. The knee-pan. Oculus lachrymans. Epiphora. Oculus purulentus. Hypopion. OCYTO'CIC. Oxytocic. (From oft>c, quick, and tokoc, labor.) That which expedites parturition ; as ergot. Odaxe'smos. (Odat-r/opoc.) A pungent itching; especially that which is felt in the gums of children before the protrusion of the teeth. ODOME'TER. (From odoc, a road, and perpov, a measure.) A wheel, the axis of which turns a graduated scale, so that the distance over which it passes on a road is recorded in feet and miles. It may be attached to a carriage wheel, or rolled along by the hand. Odontago'gos. The name of an old instra ment to draw teeth. ODO'NTAGRA. (a, ema cerebri. A morbid state of the brain, in which it appears injected with a watery fluid. QDdema compact. CE. concrete. Induration of the cellular tissue. GSdema glottis. CEde'me dela glotte. Angina adematosa. An cedematous swelling of the mucous membrane surrounding the aperture of the glottis. It occurs chiefly in persons debilitated by chronic diseases, or convalescents from acute ones. It produces paroxysms of suffocation with crowing inspiration, which last a few minutes and return at intervals. The intervals become shorter as the disease advances, and the patient dies, generally in the course of a few days. The affection is almost uniformly fatal, and no known treatment makes any impression on it. Tracheotomy or laryngotomy should be performed in such cases. (Edema hystericum. CE. fugax. CE. spasticum. The anasarca hystericum. GSdema lacteum. Phlegmasia dolens. G£dema of the lungs. The serous infiltration into the tissue of the lungs that often follows pneumonia and the exanthemata. The respiration is rendered laborious thereby, the respiratory murmur being almost lost, although the thorax is distended; there is also a slight rale crepitant. On percussion the sound is clear. The cough may be attended by fluid expectoration, and there may be puerile respiration at the summit of the lung. This condition usually subsides during a well-managed convalescence, but should be met by diuretics, exercise, and sudorifics. GSdema puerpe'rum. Phlegmasia dolens. GCdema uvu'las. See Stapkylasdema. GSde'mato'des. Like to an oedema. GSde'mosa'rca. A tumor, partly an asdema and sarcoma. GCNA'NTHE. (c, es, f.) A genus of umbelliferous plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — CE. crocata. The hemlock dropwort. CEnanthe. An active poison, that has too often proved fatal by being eaten in mistake instead of water-parsnip. The juice, cautiously exhibited, promises to be an efficacious remedy in inveterate scorbutic eruptions. It is a violent poison in large quantities, producing convulsions, teta- CE S O OIL 464 nus, and death; and is to be treated by vomiting, if practicable. In smaller doses, as fss. _*Til_ _ • • _ 3 «J ... J of the juice, it produces vertigo, vomiting, and rigors. (ENA'NTHIC ETHER. A volatile oily body, to which the peculiar vinous flavor of wine is owing; by boiling with potash it becomes converted into atnanthic acid (CmHi302,HO) and alcohol. Liebig traces its existence to the free tartaric and racemic acids of certain grapes, which yield the oil by their transformation. GSnelas'um. A mixture of oil and wine. QENO-. A prefix (from oivoc, wine), relating to the presence of wine; containing wine, as anogala, milk and wine. GSno'meli. Wine sweetened with honey. GSnosta'gma. Spirit of wine. QEnothe'ra biennis. The evening primrose. A common indigenous plant, said to be useful as an external application to tinea capitis and skin diseases. GE'nothio'nic acid. Sulphovinic acid. GESOPHAGA'US. This name has been given to the muscular fibres surrounding the upper part of the oesophagus. CESOPHAGE'AL. Relating to the gullet or oesophagus. Oesophageal cords. The long branches of the par vagum, which descend along the oesophagus. Oesophageal glands. The mucous follicles of the oesophagus. Oesophageal tube. The oesophagus. CESOPHAGI'SMUS. (us, i, m.) A term applied by some to inflammation of the oesophagus, by others to dysphagia, and by Vogel to spasmodic stricture of the oesophagus. OESOPHAGITIS, (m, idis, f.; from esophagus, the seat of the disease, and itis, inflammation.) Inflammation of the oesophagus. It is not a common disease, but does exist both in a } flegmonous and erysipelatous form. The celular tissue that connects its coats may be the seat of the inflammation, which, like phlegmonous inflammation in any other part, may be resolved, or end in suppuration. The surface of the membrane which lines the oesophagus may be inflamed, and extend more or less throughout its whole extent. The symptoms of this disease are a sense of heat or burning in the oesophagus, with painful and difficult deglutition, and these generally circumscribed, or confined to a part which is pointed out by the patient: if it be high in the canal, it will be in the neck; if low, in the back, between the shoulders, and under the sternum. As an idiopathic disease, it is very rare. Dissections have found inflammation here in fatal cases of hydrophobia. In stricture, smallpox, measles, and tumors in the neighborhood, it is symptomatic. The cure is to be effected by the usual means, bleeding, saline purgatives, and blistering; and if the fever which attends be of the phlogistic character, and urgent, by a perseverance in their use, and the exhibition of diaphoretics. CESOPHAGO'TOMY. (CEsophagotomia, from oiooayoc, the gullet, and repvu, to cut.) The operation of cutting into the gullet to extract a foreign body. (ESO'PHAGUS. (us, i, m.; from 010, to carry, and ayo, to eat: because it carries the food into the stomach. The membranous and muscular tube that descends from the pharynx to the upper orifice of the stomach. It is composed of three tunics or membranes, viz., a com mon, muscular, and mucous. Its arteries are the oesophageal branches, which arise from the aorta. The veins empty themselves into the vena azygos. Its nerves are from the eighth pair and great intercostal; and it is every where, under the internal or mucous membrane, supplied with glands that separate the mucus of the oesophagus, in order that the masticated bole may readily pass down into the stomach. (Estroma'nia. Nymphomania. (E'STBUM. (From oiarpog, venereal orgasm.) 1. The orgasm, or strong excitement experienced during the operation of the appetites or passions.— CE. venereum. The excitement during coition. 2. The clitoris. (E's ypos. (Esype. The oily matter from the wool of sheep. Offa alba. O. helmontiana. A white coagulum formed by a mixture of rectified spirit of wine with urine. OFFI'CINAL. (Officinalis; from officina, 'a shop.) Any medicine directed by the Pharmacopoeia, and receiving the assent of physicians. Offusca'tio. Amaurosis. OIL. See Oleum. Oil, almond. See Oleum amygdala:. Oil of allspice. Sec Oleum pimento;. Oil of amber. Oleum succini. Oil, British. An empirical embrocation for contusions and sprains, containing linseed oil, oil of turpentine, and petroleum. Oil, carron. Linimentum calcis. Oil, castor. See Ricinus communis. Oil of chamomile. See Anthemis nobilis Oil of cod-liver. Oleum jecoris aselli. Oil of corn spirit. Oil of grain. Hydrated oxide of amyl. Oil, Dipple's. See Oleum animale. Oil, empyreumatic. Oleum animale. Oil of euphorbia. An expressed oil from the ripe seeds of the Euphorbia lathyrus, or spurge caper. When fresh it is inodorous and insipid, but soon becomes rancid and acrimonious. Five to ten drops are said to be powerfully purgative, but it does not act uniformly. Oil, fixed. An organic substance, fluid or solid, readily combustible, composed of oleine, stearine, or margarine, variously combined, and commonly consisting of two of these. Oils are saponifiable by alkalies, and all contain glycerine. When heated they yield a variety of products, of which sebacic acid, margaric acid, and acroleine are remarkable. Oil of garlic. This essential oil contains sulphur, and is remarkable for its aoridity and volatility. It is obtained from the bulbs. It is a sulphuret of allyl, CeHs-f-S. A small quantity is found in assafcetida. Oil, Haerlem. An empirical preparation of oil of turpentine, balsam of sulphur, &c., used in nephritic complaints. Oil of linseed. See Oleum lini. Oil of mace. See Oleum macis. Oil of neat's-foot. Oleum bubulum. OLE OLE 465 On., nut. Juglans cinerea. Oil, olive. See Olea europaa. Oil, palm. See Cocos butyracca. Oil of pennyroyal. See Oleum pulegii. Oil of peppermint. Seo Oleum menthce pi- perita. Oil of potato. The same as oil of corn spirit. Oil, rock. See Petroleum. Oil of spearmint. See Mentha viridis. Oil of spira:a. See'Salicyle. Oil, sulphureted. See Oleum sulphuratum. Oil of tar. The impure, red-colored volatile oil, resembling oil of turpentine, obtained by distilling tar with water. Oleum picis liquida?. Oil of vitriol. See Sulphuric acid. Oil, volatile. Volatile or essential oils are altogether different, in a chemical point of view, from fixed oils. They are not compounds of glycerine with fat acids, but are compounds of carbon and hydrogen, and susceptible of conversion into acids or resins by the action of oxygen. They are aromatic, pungent, aud often extremely volatile. They are divided into three classes: 1. Those without oxygen, and containing carbon and hydrogen in the ratio of CstL; as oil of turpentine, juniper, savine, oil of elemi resin, oil of lemons, cedret, orange rind, copaiba, cubebs pepper. 2. Those essential oils which consist of carbon, hydrogen, aud oxygen. The formula? of these differ, but many resemble O10H10O. To this class belong nearly all the ordinary essential oils, except the above. 3. This class includes those essential oils which contain, besides the preceding elements, sulphur. They are extremely pungent, and often foetid; as the essential oil of mustard, garlic, assafoetida, &c. Oinomania. Delirium tremens. Ointment. See Ungucntum. Okra'. &kra gumbo. Hibiscus escideiilus. A malvaceous annual, the fruit of which abounds in a demulcent mucilage. OLDENLA'NDIA. (a,a,i.) A genusofplants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera. — O. umbella'la. The roots of this plant, of Coromandel, are used by dyers and calico printers as madder. O'LEA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Monandria. Monogynia. Oleacea. — O. europaa. The olive. Oliva, and Olea sativa. The fruit is put, while green, into salt and water for the table, and pressed for oil when ripe. Olive oil (oleum oliva) is emollient, and laxative in large doses. It is chiefly used in liniments. OLEA DEST1LLATA. (U. S. & Ph. L.) O. essentialia. (Ph. D.) O. volatilia. (Ph. E.) Distilled or essential oils. These are prepared by placing the herbs, flowers, &c, in a still, covering with water, and distilling into a large refrigeratory. The oil passes over with water, and after impregnating it with some portion, begins to separate, and is to be collected for use and stopped in tight vessels. Essential oils are usually very pungent, and possess the medicinal property of the plant from which they are derived. The officinal oils of the United States Pharmacopoeia are, Oleum anisi. Oil of anise. See Pimpinella anisi. Oleum cari (carui). Oil of caraway. See Carum carui. Oleum chenopodii. Oil of wormsoed See Chenopodium anthelminticum. Oleum fkniculi (O. funiculi dulcis, PL D.). Oil of fennel. See Anethum fceniculum. Oleum Gaultheri.e. Oil of partridge berry. See Gaultheria procumbcns. Oleum hedeoma:. Oil of American pennyroyal. Seo Hedeoma pulegioides. Oleum juniperi. Oil of juniper. Seejwntpcrus communis. Oleum Lavandula:. Oil of lavender. See Lavandula spica. Oleum Mentha? piperita:. Oil of peppermint. See Mentha piperita. Oleum Mentha: viridis. Oil of spearmint. See Mentha viridis. Oleum monarda:. Oil of horsemint. See Monarda punctata. Oleum origani. Oil of marjoram. See Origanum vulgare. Oleum pimenta:. O. volatile myrti pimentos. Oil of pimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. Oleum pulegii. Oil of European pennyroyal. See Mentha pulegium. Oleum rosmarini. (U. S.) O. roris marini. (Ph. D.) Oil of rosemary. See Rosmarinus officinalis. Oleum sassafras. (U. S.) O. volatile lauri sassafras. (Ph. E.) Oil of sassafras (bark of the root). See Laurus sassafras. For the other essential oils, not officinal in the United States Pharmacopoeia, see the plants which yield them. Olea fixa. (U. S.) Olea expressa. O. pinguia. Fixed or expressed oils, distinguished from the preceding by want of volatility. They are obtained by pressing the seeds, &c, either without previously heating them, or after boiling or roasting. They are for the most part bland, lighter than water, and vary in consistence from tallow and suet tQ olive oil. By exposure to air they nearly all absorb oxygen and become rancid, or precipitate resinous bodies; hence they are to be preserved in well-stopped vessels. Some oils, as linseed, rape, walnut, nut, are so prone to oxydation, especially after heating, as to be called drying oils, from the resinous products they yield. Olea fugacia. Those essential oils, as of flowers, which are extremely volatile. Olea medicinalia. Oils in which drugs are boiled or infused. OLEA'CEiE. The olive tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves opposite; flowers, regular, monopetalous, hermaphrodite, or dioecious; stamens, two; ovarium, simple, superior, two-celled; seeds, pendulous. Oleagi'nous. Resembling oil; oily. Olea'men. Oleamentum. A liniment of oils. Olea'nder. See Nerium oleander. Olea'ster. The wild olive. OLE'CRANON. (on, i, n.; from ulevij, the ulna, and upavov, the head.) The elbow, or process of the ulna, upon which a person leans. Olefiant gas. Heavy carbureted hydrogen Hydruret of acetyl, AcH. Oleic acid. Acidum oleicum. An acid produced by the saponification of oleine. Form., OhU;!'.)0 4 . When distilled it yields sebacio acid. OLE OLE 46fi Oleine. The fluid part of fixed oils and fats; oleate of glycerine. O'lene. Qlevn- The cubit, or ulna. Oleo-phosphoric acid. An acid of the brain. See Nervous matter. Oleo-resins. The native combinations of resins with essential oils, which form various terebinthinate and balsamic substauces. O'leo-ri'cinate. A salt formed by oleoricinic acid with a base. O'leo-rici'nic acid. Elaiodic acid. An acid from saponified castor oil. OLEOSACCHARUM. (um, i, n.; from oleum, oil, and saccharum, sugar.) An essential oil, ground up with sugar. OLERA'CEOUS. Oleraceus; from olus, a pot-herb.) Of the nature of pot-herbs. Olera'cea?. Plants like beets, chenopodium, spin age, &c. Olette spring. In France, department of East Pyrenees. It is hot; temperature 190° F. O'LEUM. (um, ei, n.; from olea, the olive.) A fat or unctuous body, either solid or fluid, insoluble in water, combustible with flame, and volatile in different degrees. They are distinguished into fat, and essential oils. Under the former head aro comprehended oil of olives, almonds, rape, ben, linseed, hemp, cocoa, &c. Essential oils differ from fat oils by the following characters: their smell is strong and aromatic ; their volatility is such that they arise with the heat of boiling water, and their taste is very acrid. They are obtained by pressure, distillation, Sac., from strong-smelling plants, as that of peppermint, aniseed, caraway, &c. The use of fat oils in the arts and in medicine is very considerable: they are medicinally prescribed as relaxing, emollient, and laxative remedies; they enter into many medical compounds, such as unguents, plasters, &c, and they are often used as food. Essential oils are employed as cordial, stimulant, and antispasmodic remedies. Oleum abietinum. The resinous juice which exudes spontaneously from the silver and red firs. It is supposed to be superior to that obtained by wounding the tree. Oleum jethereuh. (U. S.) Ethereal oil. Oleum vini. Take of alcohol, Oij.; sulphuric acid, Oiij.; solution of potash, f. 5ss.; distilled Water, f. fj. Mix the acid and spirit cautiously, and allow it to stand for twelve hours; then distill until a black froth arises, and immediately remove the retort from the sand bath. Separate the supernatant liquor from the heavier, and expose the former to the air for a day. Add to it the solution of potash mixed with the water, and agitate. Lastly, when sufficiently washed, separate the ethereal oil which subsides. It is of a yellow color; penetrating, aromatic odor, and somewhat sharp and bitter taste. Its specific gravity is 1-133. It is insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. It is used only for the preparation of the spiritus eetherts sulphurici compositus. Ethereal oil is, according to Serullus and Liebig, a double sulphate of oxide of ethyle (ether) and etherole. Its formula is CsHgOi-f-2SO3. Its properties seem to be similar to those of ether in a concentrated degree. Oleum ammoniatum. See Lin. amm. fortius- Oleum amygdala;. A very bland, well-flavored oil, expressed from almonds. Oleum animale. Oleum animale Dippelii. An empyreumatic oil obtained by distillation from bones and animal substances. It is some times exhibited as an antispasmodic and diaphoretic in the dose of from ten to forty drops. Oleum anthe'midis. Oil of chamomile; for merly called Oleum c floribus chamatmeli. See Anthemis nobilis. Oleum anthos. Oleum rosmarini. Oleum badia'ni. The volatile oil of stai aniseed (IlUcium anisatum). It resembles oil ot anise, and is used to adulterate it. Oleum balsa'mi. The balsam of Mecca, ob tained from the Amyris gdeadensis. Oleum benzo'ini. Volatile oil of benzoin. This rises when benzoin is heated in a sand bath, and may then be separated from the benzoic acid and empyreuma by distillation with water. It is a perfume, and said to be sudorific when taken internally. Oleum berga'mii. O. bergamotos. The perfumed oil of the Citrus bergamiai Oleum bubu'lum. (U. S.) Neat's-foot oil, obtained by boiling the feet of oxen which have been deprived of the hoof. It remain* fluid at a low temperature. Oleum cajupu'ti. (U. S.) Cajuput oil. The essential oil of the leaves of the Melaleuca cajupufi, prepared in the East Indies. It is of a bluish-green color, camphorous odor, sp. gr 0 - 97, and extremely volatile. It is highly stim ul'ant, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. x., in emulsion or with sugar. Oleum calcis. Linimentum calcis. Oleum camphoratum. See Linimentum cam phora. Oleum carpathicum. See Bals'amum carpathicum. Oleum ca'rui. O. cari. Formerly called Oleum essentiale carui. Oleum essentiale e seminibus carui. The oil of caraway is an admirable carminative, diluted with rectified spirit into an essence, and then mixed with any proper fluid. See Carum carui. Oleum caryophy'lli. (U. S.) The stimu lant and aromatic oil of the clove. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., in mixture. Oleum ce'drinum. Essentia de cedro. The oil of the peel of citrons, obtained without distillation, in Italy. Oleum cinnamo'mi. Oil of cinnamon. A warm stimulant and pleasant stomachic. Given in the dose of from one to three drops, rubbed down with some yolk of egg, in a little wine, it allays disturbance of the stomach from morbid imtability, and is particularly serviceable in debility of the prima? via? after cholera. It is much used dissolved in water. Oleum copaiba?. (Ph. E.) Essential oil of copaiba. Take of copaiba, jj.; water, Oiss. Distill, separate the oil from the distillate, and return the water to the retort so long as any oil can be separated from it. It is colorless, aromatic, and acrid to the taste; sp. gr., 0 878. It is isomeric with oil of turpentine: CioH g . It has all the properties of the balsam. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. xx.. to be increased, given on sugar. OLE OLE 467 Oleum cor.nu cervi. Oil of hartshorn. Animal oil. This is applied externally as a stim- ulant in paralytic affections of the limbs. Oleum croto'nis. Oleum tiglii. Oleum cube'ba?. (U. S., Ph. E.) Volatile oil of cubebs. Distill the powder of cubebs with water. About ten and a half per cent, of the oil is obtained. It is nearly colorless, odorous, hot and pungent to the taste. Formula, Ci 5 Hi 2 . The oil, by keeping, deposits colorless crystals of Cubcb stearopten. It is an admirable substitute for the powder. Dose, at first, gtt. x. to gtt. xij., gradually increased, to be given in emulsion or on sugar. Oleum e vitellis. Oil of eggs. This is obtained by boiling the yolks of eggs and pressing them. It is used on the Continent for oxydizing mercury. Oleum ergo'ta?. The oil of ergot of the shops is the ethereal tincture evaporated at a Sentle heat. It is slightly colored, but becomes ark by age; is oily, and rather acrid. It possesses the peculiar properties of ergot in doses of gtt. xx. to gtt. 1., given in weak spirits and water.— Wright. Oleum fili'cis maris. Oil of male fern. An ethereal or alcoholic extract. It appears to be eminently anthelmintic in doses of f. 3ss. to f. 31., in pill, followed by castor oil or other cathartics. Oleum gabianum. See Gabianum oleum. Oleum jatro'pha? curca'dis. Oil of physicnut. It resembles croton oil in its action. Oleum je'coris aselli. Cod-liver oil. There are several varieties, but that which is common is of a brown color, and has the odor of cod liver. It contains a minute quantity of iodine and bromine, and is used in chronic rheumatism and scrofulous diseases. It also appears to be beneficial in chronic skin diseases. The medicine produces no apparent action, and must be continued a long time. Dose, f. f ss., increased to f. fiij., three times a day. Oleum juniperi. Oleum essentiale juniperi baccce. Oleum essentiale e baccis juniperi. Oil of juniper. Oil of juniper berries possesses stimulant, carminative, and stomachic virtues, in the dose of from two to four drops, and in a larger dose proves highly dfciretic. It is often administered in the cure of dropsical complaints, when the indication is to provoke the urinary discharge. See Juniperus communis. Oleum lava'ndula?. Oleum esseiUialc lavendula. Oleum essentiale e Jloribus lavendula. Oil of lavender. Though mostly used as a perfume, this essential oil may be exhibited inter- Bally, in the dose of from one to five drops, as a stimulant iu nervous headaches, hysteria, and debility of the stomach. See Lavandula spica. Oleum lauri. Oleum laurinum. It is expressed from bay-berries, and is sometimes rubbed on sprains and bruises unattended with inflammation. Oleum limo'nis. The essential oil of lemons possesses stimulant and stomacnic powers, but Is principally used externally, mixed with ointments, as a perfume. Oleum lini. Linseed oil is emollient and demulcent in the dose of from half an ounce to an ounce. It is frequently given in the form of clyster in colics and obstipation. Cold-drawn linseed oil, with lime water and extract of lead, forms, in many instances, the best application for bums and scalds. See Linum usitatissimum. Oi.eum lini cum calce. Liuiinentuui calcis. Oleum lucu piscis. See Esox lucius. Oleum macis. Oleum myristicm expressum. Oil of mace. A fragrant sebaceous substance, expressed in the East Indies from the nutmeg. There are two kinds. The best is brought in stone jars, is somewhat soft, of a yellow color, and resembles in smell the nutmeg. The other is brought from Holland, in flat, square cakes. The weak smell and faint color warrants our supposing it to be the former kind sophisticated. Their use is chiefly external, hi form of plaster, unguent, or liniment. Oleum ma'cidis. Oleum macis stillatitium. Essential oil* of mace. It is of a pale yellow color, and has the aromatic flavor and stimulant properties of the mace. Oleum malabathri. An oil similar in flavor to that of cloves, brought from tho East Indies, where it is said to be drawn from the leaves of the cassia-tree. Oleum martis per deliquium. Tho liquid muriate of iron was formerly so called. Oleum Mentha? piperita?. Formerly called Oleum essentiale menlha piperitidis. Oil of peppermint. Oil of peppermint possesses all the active principles of the plant. It is mostly used to make the simple water. Mixed with rectified spirit, it forms an essence, which is put into a variety of compounds, as sugar-drops aud lozenges, which are exhibited as stimulants, carminatives, and stomachics. See Mentha piperita. Oleum Mentha? viridis. Formerly called Oleum essentiale menthat sativa:. Oil of spearmint. This essential oil is mostly in use for making the simple water, but may be exhibited in the dose of from two to five drops as a carminative, stomachic, and stimulant. See Mentha viridis. Oleum morrhua?. See Oleum jecoris aselli. Oleum myri'stica?. The essential oil of nutmeg is an excellent stimulant and aromatic, and may be exhibited, in every case where such remedies are indicated, with advantage. Oleum myristica? expressum. Oleum macis. Oleum neroli. See Neroli oleum. Oleum oliva?. O. olivarum. See Olea europaa. Oleum origani. Formerly called Oleum essentiale origani. Oil of origanum. A very acrid aud stimulating essential oil. It is employed for alleviating the pain arising from caries of the teeth, and for making the simple marjoram water. See Origanum. Oleum palma?. See Cocos butyracea. Oleum petra?. Naphtha. Oleum petra. vulgare. British oil. Common oil of petre. This is variously made, but most frequently with oil of turpentine, Barbados tar, and oil of rosemary. Oleum phospho'ratum. (Ph. Bor.) Phosphorated oil. Take of phosphorus, in'small pieces, gr. xij.; fresh almond oil, f. fj. Melt the phosphorus in the oil by a water bath, and then agitate as long as it appears to dissolve OLE O M E 468 any. An oun< e takes up about gr. iv. Given as a nervous stimulant in cases of great pros- tration from typhoid diseases. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. x., in emulsion, to begin with. Oleum picis liquidje. „Oleum pini rubrum. Oil of tar. An impure oil of turpentine distilled from tar. It is sometimes used as a topical application in tinea and cutaneous affections, in the form of ointment. Oleum pimenta:. See Myrtus pimenta. Oleum pini. Oleum terebinthinse. Oleum pulegii. Formerly called Oleum essentiale pulegii. Oil of Europeau pennyroyal. A stimulant and antispasmodic oil, which may be exhibited in hysterical and nervous affections. Seo Mentha pulegium. Oleum pyr'o-animale. Oleum animale. Oleum ricini. See Ricinus communis. Oleum rosmarini. Formerly«called Oleum essentiale roris marini. Oil of rosemary. The essential oil of rosemary is an excellent stimulant, and may be given with great advantage in nervous and spasmodic affections of the stomach. See Rosmarinus officinalis. Oleum sabi'njs. Oil of savine. See Juniperus sabina. Oleum sassafras. Obtained from the root of sassafras by distillation with salt water. An •agreeable stimulating carminative and sudorific. Oleum sesa'mi. (U. S.) Oil of benne. A colorless bland oil expressed from the seeds of the Sesamum orientate, and used as food in the East. In large doses it is laxative. Oleum sina'peos. This is pressed from the husks of black mustard seed. It resembles coarse linseed oil, and has but little acrimony. It is used as a liniment in rheumatism. Oleum spica:. An inferior oil of lavender. Oleum su'ccini. (U. S.) Oil of amber. Mix the amber with its weight of fine sand, and distill from a glass retort, over a sand bath, the heat gradually increasing. The result is an acid liquid, au oil, and concrete acid. Separate the oil, and preserve it in well-stopped bottles. Used in liniments. Oleum succini rectifica'tum. (U.S.) Rectified oil of amber. Take of oil of amber, Oj.; water, Ovj. Distill over four pints, and separate the oil. It is nearly colorless, or of an amber color; limpid; a strong odor, acrid taste; sp. gr., 075; boils at 186°. Externally it is rubefacient; internally, stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. xv., in emulsion. •Oleum sulphu'ratum. See Balsamum sulphuris. Oleum syri.e. See Dracocephalum moldav-icum. Oleum tartari per deliquum. Solution of carbonate of potash. Oleum templi'num. Oleum templinum verum. A terebinthinate oil, obtained from the fresh cones of the Pinus pumilio of Linnaeus. Oleum terebi'nthina:. Oil of turpentine. For the uses, see the Oleum terebinthinm purificatum. Oleum terebinthina? purificatum. Oleum terebinthinasrectificatum. (Ph.L.) Purified oil of turpentine. Take of oil of turpentine, a pint; water, four pints. Distill the oil cautiously. Stimulant, diuretic, and sudorific virtues are attributed to this preparation, in the dose of from ten drops to twenty, which are given in rheumatic pains of the chronic kind, especially sciatica. Its chief use internally, however, is as an anthelmintic and styptic. In cases of tape-worm it is given in doses of from ?ss. to eveiy eight hours, till the worm is expelled. It is a remedy of extraordinary power in such cases. Uterine, pulmonic, gastric, intestinal, and other hemorrhages, when passive, are more effectually relieved by oil of turpentine than by any other medicine. Externally, it is applied, mixed with ointments and other applications, to bruises, sprains, rheumatic pains, indolent ulcers, burns, and scalds. Oleum terr.e. Petroleum. Oleum tiglii. (U. S.) Croton oil. The expressed oil of the seeds of the Croton tiglium. It is obtained from the East Indies,.and is a brownish oil, of a disagreeable odor and acrid taste. It is a drastic purge in doses of one, two, or three drops, and should be given in pill, but in mania and difficult deglutition may be applied to the tongue; whenever there is intestinal irritation it should not be used. It has also been used externally as a counter-irritant, as it produces a pustular eruption. Oleum visi. Oleum {ethereum. Oleum vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. Oleum vitrioli dulce. Oleum aethereum. Oleum vivum. Bitumen. Olfa'ction. The faculty of smelling. OLFACTORY. Olfactorius. Relating to the sense or apparatus of smelling. Olfactory foramina. The foramina of the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. Olfactory nerves. Nervi olfactorii. Tho first pair of nerves are so termed, because they are distributed to the organs of smelling. Olfa'ctus. The sense of smell. Oli'banum. Juniperus lycia. OLIG-. OLIGO-. A prefix (from ohiyoc, little, few), denoting paucity, smallness, pover ty, as in Oligozmia, anaunia. Oligochy'lus. Little nutritious. Oligotrophia. Deficient nourishment Olisthe'ma. A luxation. Oli'va. See Oka europaea. Oliva'ceous. Of an olive color. OLIVARIS. (From oliva, the olive.) Re., sembling the olive: applied to two eminences on the lower part of the medulla oblongata, called corpora olivaria. Olive. See Olea europaia. Olive, spurge. See Daphne mezereum. O'LIVILE. The name given by Pelletier to the substance which remains after gently evaporating the alcoholic solution of the gum which exudes from the olive-tree. It is a white, brilliant, starchy powder. Olophly'ctis. Phlyctama. Olopho'nia. Congenital malformation of the vocal organs. — Good. Olusa'trum. Smyrnium olusatrum. O'magra. Gout in the shoulder. Oma'sum. Omasus. The third stomach of ruminants; the manyplies. OMENTITIS, (is, idis, f.; from omentum, tho caul.) Epiploitis. Inflammation of the ON A OPE 469 omentum or epiploon. It usually occurs only in connection with general inflammation of the peritoneum. See Peritonitis. 0 M E' N T U M. (mm, i, n.; from omen, an omen: so called because the soothsayers prophesied from an inspection of this part.) The omentum or caul. Epiploon. It is a duplicature of the peritoneum, with more or less of fat interposed. It is distinguished into the great omentum and the little omentum. 1. The omentum majus, omentum gastrocolic cum, arises from the whole of the great curvature of the stomach, and even as far as the spleen, from whence it descends loosely behind the abdominal parietes, and over the intestines to the navel, and sometimes into the pelvis. Having descended thus far, its inferior margin turns inward and ascends again, and is fastened to the colon and the spleen, where its vessels enter. 2. The omentum minus, or omentum hepatico gastricum, arises posteriorly from the transverse fissure of the liver. It is composed of a duplicature of peritoneum, passes over the duodenum and small lobe of the liver: it also passes by the lobulus spigelii and pancreas, proceeds to the colon and small curvature of the stomach, and is implanted, ligamentous, into tho oesophagus. It is in this omentum that Winslow discovered a natural opening, the foramen of Winslow. Besides the greater and lesser omentum, some anatomists distinguish a colic omentum, which binds down the colon, and a gastro-splenic omentum, which passes between the stomach and the spleen. OMNI'VOROUS Omnivorus. Animals which feed both upon flesh and vegetables aro called omnivorous. OMO-. A prefix (from upoc, the shoulder), pertaining to the shoulder. O'Moco'tyle. The glenoid cavity O'MO-HYOIDE'US. A muscle situated between the os hyoides and shoulder, that pulls the os hyoides obliquely downward. It arises from an organ. Pathologists call those organic diseases in which there is a visible change in the structure of the organ, as opposed to diseases of function, in which the action only of the organ is changed. Organic chemistry. The chemistry of organic matters, or such as are directly or indirectly derived from plants or animals. The investigation or analysis of such bodies is proximate or ultimate: the former when the parts are merely separated by solvents, as water, alcohol, ether, and acids; the latter when the elementary composition is ascertained. Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, combined in binary, ternary, or quaternary compounds, with a small amount of saline matters, form the majority of organic bodies; sulphur and phosphorus are present in a few only. The modern process of organic analysis is briefly described in Kane's and in Graham's Chemistry. These manipulations require great experience and skill. Vegetable tissues are distinguished from animal by the great amount of nitrogen in the latter. Organic force. The plastic force whereby the development of cellules is effected. Organic molecules. Certain animated cellules or monads, supposed by Spallanzani to exist iii the semen of males. These have received the name of vital germs, spermatozoa, komunculi, and animalcules. ORGANISATION. Organization. Organisatio. The construction of the parts of an animal or vegetable body, with reference to a determined function. O'RGANISM. This term is generally applied to the sum total of the organs and powers which give rise to the phenomena of life in any living being. Organoge'ny. The formation of the organs. Organogra'phy. A treatise on the organs Organoto'my. Anatomy. O'RGASM. (Orgasmus, i, m. Opyaapoc ; from opyau, to desire vehemently.) A state of excitement and vital turgescence of any organ: applied especially to the organs of generation, the excitement of which is termed the venereal orgasm. Orga'stica. Diseases affecting the orgasm. The second order of the class Genetica of Good. Orge'at. A drink made with syrup of almonds. Ori'cia. A species of fir. Orienta'lia folia. The leaves of senna. Orifi'cium. The orifice or entrance of any organ or thing. ORI'GANUM. (um, i, n. Opeiyavov.) 1. The Origanum vulgare. 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiate. — O. creticum. O. dictamnus. Dittany of Crete. The leaves have been recommended as an emmenagogue and alexipharmic.— O. marjorana. Sweet marjoram. It is more fragrant than the- 0 R Y OS 474 wild marjoram.— O. syriacum. Teucrium marum.— O. vulgare. Wild'marjoram. Origa- This grain contains little azote. Being nearly all starch, it has a tendency to constipate those persons who are unused to it. The decoction is demulcent. num. heracleoticum. Origanum, This plant has an agreeable aromatic smell, a pungent taste, and is said to be emmenagogue, tonic, stomachic, &c. The dried leaves are employed in medicinal baths and fomentations. The essential oil is officinal. % Os. The symbol of osmium. OS. 1. (os, ossis, n.; Heb., ozam, strength?) A bone; a hard, dry part of the body, of a whitish color, and composed of a spongy, compact, or reticular substance. Bones are long and hollow, or flat and compact, &c. Most have several processes and cavities; that at the end of a bone, if smooth and round, is called its head; and its condyle when flattened either above or laterally. The part beneath the head is the neck. Rough processes are called tuberosities, or tubercles; but the longer and more acute, spinous or styloid processes. Thin, broad processes, with sharp extremities, are the crista!, or sharp edges. Some are distinguished by their form, as the alar, or pterygoid; mamillary, or mastoid ; dentiform, or odontoid, &c. O'RIGIN. In Anatomy, the commencement of a muscle, as distinguished from its insertion into the part it moves. Oris constrictor. Orbicularis oris. Orleana terra. Annotto. Bixa orellana. Ormskirk medicine. An alleged remedy for hydrophobia, invented by a Mr.- Hill, of Ormskirk. ORNITHO'LOGY. (From opwft a bird, and Aoyoc, an account.) That department of natural history which treats of birds. Ornithopo'dium. Tho Omithopus perpusillus and the Omithopus scorpioides have been so called. A Table of the Bones. HO. r Frontal 1 Bones of the £ ari . ete *? cranium or J ' ' ' I • S. : : : : ! Sphenoid .... I f Superior maxillary . 2 Jugal 2 Nasal 2 Bones of the j Lachrymal .... 2 face . . .1 Palatine 2 { Inferior spongy . . 2 Vomer 1 Inferior maxillary . 1 ( Incisores 8 Denies or teetk< Cuspidati .... 4 ( Molares 20 Bones of the / TI « tongue . . . . . . 1 Bones of the ( Malleus 2 ear, within J Incus 2 the temporal ] Stapes 2 bones . . Orbiculare os ... 2 O'rnus europaia. The modern name for the Fraxinus ornus. O ROB A'N CHE. (c, es, f.) A genus of plants. Gynandria and Didynamia. Angiospcrmia.—O. virginiaca is said to have been used in Martin's cancer powder. Orobry'chis. Orobanche. O'ROBUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Legumino8a>. — O. tuberosus. The heath-pea. The root of this plant is said to be nutritious. ORPIMENT. (Orpimentum, i, n.) A sulphuret of arsenic. It is used as a pigment and as a depilatory. Orpine. Sedum telephium. O'rrhos. Oppog. Serum; whey. Also, in Medicine, 1. The perineum. 2. The extremity of the sacrum. Bones of the Upper Extrem. Bones of the Trunk. Bones of the Head. Orris. Iris florentina. Orseille. Lichen roccella. O R T H 0-. A prefix (from opOog, erect, straight), denoting the erect or straight position. Orthoco'lon. A stiff joint, with an extended state of the limb. C Cervical 7 i ( Vertebral Dorsal . 12 «, ! ( Lumbar 5 . » | Sacrum 1 ] P Coccygis os 1 .ISSJ ; ; ; ; 2 J The pelvis , . Innominata ossa . . 2 'n.*-*, .{«£*: : ;; : ::;* The arm . . Humeri os . . . . 2 rpi j* < Ulna 2 The forearm \ n&diua 2 (Naviculare os . . . 2 Lunare os . . . . 2 Cuneiforme os . . . 2 ( Carpus or J Orbiculare os . . . 2 wrist { Trapezium os . . . 2 s I Trapezoides os . . 2 { I Magnum os ... 2 J! Unciforme os . . . 2 H Metacarpus 10 {Phalange* 28 ORTHOPA'DIA. Orthope'dic. (From opdog, and 7ratc, a child.) That branch of surgery which relates to the correction of the deformities of children, especially club foot. O R T H O P N CE 'A. (a, m, f.; from opdog, erect, and irvon, breathing.) Inability of breathing in the recumbent posture, so that the patient is obliged to sleep propped up by pillows, as in hydrothorax and other cases. Orthopnea cardiaca. Angina pectoris. Orthopnea convulsiva. Asthma. Orthopnea cynanchica. O. membranacca. Croup. Orthopte'ra. Straight-winged insects; as the locusts, grasshoppers. Orthotro'pal. When the embryo is straight, and corresponds with the ends and axis of the seed. Orvieta'num. An old antidote to poisons. ORY'ZA. (a, at, f.; from orez, Arabic.) 1. Rice. 2. A genus of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Graminea;. — O. saliva. The rice plant. 28 OS c O S T O 3 c h k o-c a r c i'n o m a . Chimney-sweeper'i cancer. The th igh . . Femur 2 475 Bones of the Low. Extf. t 1 > Sesamoid bones of the thumb and great > g toe, occasionally found $ Total 248 Bone consists of gelatine, &c, 33*3; phosphates of lime and magnesia, 54*2; carbonate of lime and other salts, of soda, &c, 12*5.—Berzelius. Bu t the composition of different bones and those of various animals differ. The animal matter may be dissolved out by hot water in a digester; it yields a soup containing gelatine I and fat. On the other hand, the phosphates and earthy matter may be dissolved by strong acids, the gelatine remaining in the shape of the bone. By burning, the animal matter is destroyed, and the earthy parts fall to pieces, showing that the animal matter serves to bind together the mineral. In mollities ossium there is a deficiency of gelatine, and iu the ulceration or gangrene of bones it is that part that is destroyed. By distillation, bones yield an impure ammonia. 2. (Os, oris, n.) The mouth. 1. In Anatomy, applied to openings of parts; as os externum and internum, os tinea;, &c. Os externum. The entrance into the vagina is so named, in opposition to the mouth of the uterus, which is called the os internum. Os internum. The orifice or mouth of the uterus. Os leoms. Antirrhinum linaria. Os sepia;. The cuttle-fish bone. When powdered, it is used as an absorbent and dentifrice, and consists of carbonate of lime, with a little animal matter. Os spongiosum. The spongy bones are two in number, ossa spongiosa inferior a. The ethmoid bone has two turbinated portions, also called the superior spongy bones, ossa turbinata. They consist of a spongy lamella in each nostril. The convex surface of this lamina is turned toward the septum narium, and its concave part toward the maxillary bone, covering the opening of the lachrymal duct into the nose. From their upper edge arise two processes: the posterior hangs upon the edge of the antrum Highmorianum; the anterior joins the os unguis, and forms a part of the lachrymal duct. They are lined with the pituitary membrane; and, besides their connection with the ethmoid bone, are joined to the ossa maxillaria superiora, ossa palati, and ossa unguis. Besides the ossa spongiosa inferiora, there are sometimes two others, situated lower down, one in each nostril. Os tincas. The mouth of the womb. Osce'do. (o, inis, f.) The thrush. Also, yawning.— Turton. O'scheal. Relating to the scrotum. L Patella 2 . J Tibia 2 ( Fibula 2 f Calcaneus .... 2 Astragalus .... 2 Cuboides os ... 2 Naviculare os . . . 2 Cuneiformia ossa . . 6 .fi ] Metatarsus 10 H {Phalanges 28 OSCHEOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from oaxeov, the scrotum, and a tumor.) 1. Any tumor of the scrotum. 2. A scrotal hernia. O'SCHEON. Oc X eov. The scrotum. Oscheophy'ma. A swelling of the scrotum. Oschi'tis. Inflammation of the scrotum. Oscilla'tio. Boerhaave gives this name to muscular irritability. Oscilla'tion. Movement similar to that of the pendulum. OSCILLATO'RIA. Plants of the lowest organization, living in wet or damp places, and consisting of threads, which have sometimes an apparent movement. O'scitant. Oscitation. Yawning or gaping. Osculato'bius. The sphincter muscle of the lips. O'smazome. Extract of meat, having the smell of broth. It is a proteine compound in a changed condition. O'sme. Odor. OS'MIUM. A metal discovered by Tennant among fragments of crude platina, and so called by him from the pungent and peculiar smell of its oxide, osmie acid. Osmono'si. Diseases of the faculty of smell. OSMU'NDA. (a, at, f.) A genus of ferns.— O. lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria.— O. regalis. The osmund-royal. Filix fiorida. Its root possesses astringent and emmenagogue virtues. Osphre'sis. Tho sense of smell. O'sphys. Oovc. The loins. Ossa incisoria. See Ossa inter maxillaria. Ossa intermaxillaria. Quadrupeds have two bones of the face which do not exist in man. They are situated between the superior maxillary bones, and are called ossa intermaxillaria, ossa incisoria, or ossa labialia. These bones contain the roots of the incisor teeth in animals which possess these teeth, but they exist also in the edentata. Ossa labiali a. See Ossa intermaxillaria. Ossa spongiosa. See Os spongiosum. Ossa usta alba. O. calcinata. Bones burned into a white powder, consisting of a subphosphate of lime. It is used as an absorbent, and in cases of rickets. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. O'SSEOUS. Osseus. Bony. OSSICULUM, (um, i, n.; diminutive of os, a bone.) A little bone. Ossicula auditus. O. auris. The small bones of the internal ear are four in number, viz., the malleus, incus, stapes, and os orbiculare, and are situated in the cavity of the tympanum. Ossicula Bertini. Cornua sphenoidalia- The triangular processes of the sphenoid bone, or ossa triangularia. OSSIFICA'TION. (Ossificatio, onis, f.; from os, a bone, and facio, to make.) The formation of bone. See Osteogeny. Ossi'fragus. Osteocolla. Ossi'vorus. A particular kind of tumor occurring in the thigh.— Ruysch. OST-. OSTEO-. A prefix (from ooreov, a bone), denoting the presence of a bone or osseous matter. OS'TAGRA. (From ooreov, a bone, and OS T OVA 476 ay pa, seizure.) A forceps to take out bones with. Ostea'lgia. Pain in a bone. Ostei'tes. Osteocolla. Ostempye'sis. Ostempyosis. Suppuration occurring in the interior of a bone. OSTEOCO'LLA. (a, ce, f.; from ooreov, and koaaou, to glue.) Glue-bone, or bone-binder. A particular carbonate of lime, formerly applied to fractured bones to promote the formation of callus. Osteoco'pus. Osteodynia. Pain in a bone. Osteogene'tic That which favors the formation of bone or callus. Osteoge'nicus. Osteogeneticus. OSTEO'GENY. (Osteogenic, as, f.; from ooreov, a bone, and yeveia, generation.) The growth of bones. In tho rudimentary state there is a gelatinous or cartilaginous tissue, more or less of the figure of the bone; into this, in prooess of development, red blood-vessels ramify and accumulate toward one or more points (the points of ossification) ; they then commence the deposition ol phosphate of lime, &c. From those, as radii, the ossification is continued throughout the whole texture, the vessels being soon hidden by the deposit. In this way the condyles and heads of the long bones are fonned separately from the shaft, and not perfectly united until the fifteenth year. From this time throughout life the bone is supplied with absorbents as well as arteries, and the function of waste and repair goes on slowly, but in the same way as in other tissues. OSTEO'GRAPHY. (Osteographia, a, f.; from ooreov, and ypau, to describe.) A description of the bones. Osteo'lithos. Osteocolla. OSTEO'LOGY. (Osteologia, ce, f.; from ooreov, and Xoyog, a discourse.) The doctrine of the bones. Osteo'ma. A bony tumor. OSTEOMALACIA. (Froxnooreov,andpalakoc, soft.) Softness of the bones. Malacosteon. Oste'on. A bone. Osteono'si. Osteonu'si. Diseases of the bones. Osteopce'dion. An ossified fcetus. O'STEO-SARCO'MA. (From ooreov, and oapKupa, a fleshy tumor.) Osteosarcoeis. 1. Any tumor which contains a mixture of bony and soft matter. It is most commonly applied, however, to a tumor commencing in the medullary structure of a bone, and afterward blended with osseous matter. Such tumors may be of a malignant character or otherwise. 2. Spina ventosa. Osteo-sarcosis. See Osteosarcoma. Osteo'sis. Ossification; osteogeny. O'STEO-STEATO'MA. (From ooreov, and oreap, fat.) A tumor composed of fatty and beny matter. OSTEOTO'MIST. (From ooreov, and repvu, to cut.) A strong pair of forceps, the upper ends of which are made of a cutting oval ring, for the purpose of cutting the bones of the fcetus in utero. Osteoto'my. The cutting of a bone. Osthe'xia. Osthexy, or the ossific diathesis. Osti tis . Inflammation of the membranes of a bone. Ostia'rius. The pylorus. OSTPOLUM. (um, i, n.; diminutive of ostium, a door.) A little door. The valves of the heart have been called ostiola. Also, the small openings or mouths of vessels. O'STIUM. {um, ii, n.) A door or opening. A foramen. Ostium abdominale. The opening of the fimbriated end of the Fallopian tube. Ostium uterinum. The opening of the Fallopian tube into the uterus. Ostrea edu'lis. The common oyster. They are easy of digestion, and nutritious. Tho shells ( Ostrea testae) are similar in properties to the carbonate of lime. See Creta. Ostrea maxima. The scallop. Ostruthium. Imperatoria ostruthium. Osyris alba. Poet's cassia, or gardrobe; Poet's rosemary. Dicecia. Triandria. The whole shrub is astringent. Otacou'stic. A synonym of acoustic. OTA'LGIA. Otagra. (From ovg, urog, the ear, and aXyog, pain.) The ear ache. Ota'lgic. Otalgicus. Pertaining to otalgia. Ote'nchytes. A syringe for the ears. OTIC. O'ticus. Appertaining to the ear, as the otic ganglion. Otic ganglion. A ganglion of the inferior maxillary nerve, at the inner margin of the foramen ovale of the sphenoid bone. Oti'tes. The little finger. OTFTIS. (is, idis, f.; from ovg, the ear.) Inflammation of the internal ear. Otitis is known by pain in the internal part of the ear, confusion of sound, deafness, and more or less fever. It is not uncommon with children, but is seldom attended with much disturbance of the system. It is sometimes a serious disease, producing much fever and even delirium, and ending in suppuration. The treatment is by bleeding, blisters, and purges. Otoco'nite. A morbid calcareous concretion found in the sack of the vestibule. Otogra'phy. Otolo'gy. A treatise on the ear. Otoli'th. A natural calcareous body found in the labyrinth of fishes. Ototo'my. A dissection of the ear OTOPLASTY. Otoplasticc. ( From ovg, the ear, and nXaoou, to form.) An operation for the restoration of the external ear when destroyed. Otoplatos. Otoplados. A foul ulcer behird the ear. OTOPYO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ovg, aud iruov pus.) A purulent discharge from the ear, OTORRHEA, (a, ce, f. ; from ovg, and pen, to flow.) A discharge from the ear, usually of puriform matter, as iu chronic otitis. Otto op roses. Oleum rosa;. Ounce. See Weights and Measures O'uron. Ourema. Urine. OURA'RI. A powerful poison, derived from the Strychnos toxifera of Guayana. It produces death by convulsions and a loss of power in the respiratory muscles. O'utre. Unusual; strange; not tasteful. Oval. O V A'R IAN. ( Ovarianus; from ovarium. > Ovarial; belonging to the ovarium. 0 V u O V u 477 OVA'RIUM. Ovary. (Diminutive of ovum, an egg.) The ovaria are two flat, oval bodies, about an inch in length, and rather more than a half in breadth and thickness, suspended in the "broad ligaments, about the distance of one inch from the uterus, behind and a little below the Fallopian tubes. They include a number of vesicles, or ova, joined to the internal surface of the ovaria by cellular threads or pedicles, and contain a fluid which has the appearance of thin lymph. They differ very much in their number in different ovaria. The outer coat of the ovaria is given by the peritoneum; and whenever an ovum is passed into the Fallopian tube, a fissure is observed at the part through which it is supposed to have been transferred. These fissures healing, leave small longitudinal cicatrices on the surface. The corpora* lutea are oblong glandular bodies, of a yellowish color, found in the ovaria of all animals when pregnant, and, according to some, when they are salacious. They are said to be calyces, from which the impregnated ovum has dropped. They are largest and mcst conspicuous in the early state of pregnancy, and remain for some time after delivery, when they gradually fade and wither till they disappear. Tho ovaria arc the seat of a particular kind of dropsy, which most commonly happens to women at the time of the final cessation of the menses, though not unfrequently at a more early period of lite. It is of the encysted kind, the fluid being sometimes limpid and thin, and at others discolored and gelatinous. In some cases it has been found contained in one cyst, often in several; and in others the whole tumefaction has been composed of hydatids not larger than grapes. The ovaria are also subject, especially a short time after delivery, to inflammation, terminating in suppuration, and to scirrhous and cancerous diseases, with considerable enlargement. In the former state, they generally adhere to some adjoining part, as the uterus, rectum, bladder, or external integuments, and the matter is discharged from the vagina by stool, by urine, or by an external abscess of the integuments of the abdomen. Ovary. The ovarium. Ovate. Ovatus. Egg-shaped. OviCA'rsuLE. The membrane which en- virons the ovule in the ovary. In the higher animals it is of a different substance from the rest of the ovary. O'VIDUCT. (Oviductus; from ovum, and ductus, a canal.) The duct or canal through which the ovum, or egg, passes. In the human species, the Fallopian tube is so called, which runs from the ovary to the bottom of the womb. Oviductus muliebris. The Fallopian tube. OVFPAROUS. (Oviparus; from ovum, and pario, to bring forth.) Animals which exclude their young in an egg. Ovis aries. The common sheep. Ovorum testa;. Egg-shells. OVO-VIVI'PAROUS. Animals which bring forth an egg in which the fcetus is already alive, the process of incubation being carried, on in the body of the parent. This occurs in some of the shark family. Ovuia graafiana. The Graafian vesicle. The serous transparent vesicles found in the structure of the ovary, and which constitute the ova which are to be hereafter developed. Ovula Nabothi. Naboth's glands. O'VULE. 1. Ovulum. 2. The rudimentary seed inclosed in the carpels of plants. It con tains a nucleus and two tunics, and is impregna ted by the direct entry of the boyau of the pollen. Ovu'liger. A kind of hydatid found in the wrist joint.— Raspail. . Ovu'line. The decidua reflexa. O'VULUM. (urn, i, n.; diminutive of ovum.) A little egg. O'VUAI. (urn, i, n.; from the Greek uov, an egg.) An egg. In physiological language this term is applied to the capsule containing the prolific germ of animals. Thus the egg of a bird, the vesicles (Graafian vesicles) found in the ovarium of mammiferous animals, the spawn of fishes, are all ova. The fowl's egg is variously used in pharmacy: the white (album ovi) to clarify fluids; the yellow (vitellus ovi) to suspend camphor and resins in emulsion; the shell (testa ovi) as an absorbent in the place of chalk, and the oil (oleum ovi) as an emollient. Of the Eggs of the Human Ovarium. —Tho vesicles in the ovarium of females are called the eggs, ova or ovula. When fecundation takes place iu one or more of these, they pass, after a short time, along the Fallopian tube into tho uterus. It would appear, from recent observations, that at the time of heat in animals, or at the menstrual period in the human female, a particular vesicle or more take on a certain development, becoming a Graafian vesicle, and rising to the surface of the ovarium; if impregnation does not take place, this merely develops an internal spherical membrane, the rudiment of the yolk bag, and a germinal spot with a pellucid center or zona pellucida, and then bursting the ovicapsule, escapes into the uterus, and is carried away with the menses. On the other hand, impregnation takes place when the spermatozoa of the male semen, reaching the fissure over the pellucid point of the germinal spot, becomes attached, or capable of acting thereupon. The result of this action is the production of two cellules in the pellucid center, which become developed into the mulberry mass of physiologists. The mulberry mass, consisting of a congeries of cellules, develops in its progress three membranous tissues; by the greater expansion of some of its cells, these take place on the side of the yolk cellule, or yolk bag, and are together called the germinal membrane ; but, in reality, consist of the rudiments of a serous layer, which is outermost, a middle mucous layer, and an internal vascular layer. This germinal membrane completely invests the nutritious matter of the yolk bag, constituting a temporary stomach. Of this development, it is only a part of the mulberry mass, consisting of a central cell (the area pellucida), and the cells arranged around it, forming the cicatricula, or germ spot of the germinal membrane, which are permanent. The nucleus of the central cell, area pellucida, or embryonic cell, undergoes rapid development, and changes its form from a ring to a pear-shaped body, and ovu 0 V u 478 finally appears as two parallel lines, inclosing a space between them which enlarges at one end; this, which is the rudiment of the spinal marrow and brain, is called the primitive trace in the incubated egg. The latter portion of these changes take place in the uterus of viviparous animals. We have, in these parts, the rudiments of the tissues to be developed in the fcetus: from the primitive trace, the nervous centers; from the vascular layer of the germinal membrane, the vascular system, which at first consists of an extensive set of minute vessels, meeting in two trunks to form the omphalo-mesenteric vessels of the foetus, whereby its nutrition is secured, these being the rudiments of the umbilical vessels. The thickening of the trunk, into which the two vessels unite, forms the punctum saliens, or first rudiment of the heart. The rudiment of the digestive apparatus is formed by the approach of the ends of the mucous layer immediately below the embryo: this fold forms a cavity, which becomes pinched off from the yolk bag. In mammals the separation of the abdominal cavity from the yolk bag is delayed, and the rudiment adhering to the umbilical cord is known by the name of the umbilical vesicle. In the mean time, the outer or serous layer of the yolk bag is becoming developed into the sac of the amnion. Development of the ovum in the uterus. —The ovum, in the first moments of its abode in the uterus, is free and unattached; in the course of the second month it becomes covered with filaments, which ramify in tho manner of bloodvessels, and are implanted into the decidua. In the third month they are seen only on one side of the ovum, are more deeply implanted into the deciduous membrane, and, taken together, form the placenta. The ovum, in the rest of its surface, presents only a.soft, flocculent layer, called the decidua rcjlexa. At first its two membranes have yielded to its enlargement while becoming thicker or more resisting: the exterior is called the chorion, the other the amnion. The liquid contained by the latter augments in proportion to the volume of the ovum. In the second month of pregnancy there exists also a certain quantity of liquid between the chorion and amnion, but it disappears during the third month. Up to the end of the third week the ovum presents nothing indicative to the eye of the presence of the germ; the contained liquid is transparent, and partly coagulable as before. At this period there is seen, on the side where the ovum adheres to the uterus, something slightly opaque and gelatinous, all the parts of which appear homogeneous; in a short time certain points Become opaque, two distinct vesicles are formed, nearly equal in volume, and united by a pedicle, one of which adheres to the amnion by a small filament. Almost at the same time a red spot is seen in the midst of this last, from which yellowish filaments are seen to take their rise: this is the heart, and the principal sanguiferous vessels. At the beginning of the second month the head is very visible, the eyes form two black points, very large in proportion to the volume of the head; small openings indicate the place of the ears and nostrils; the mouth, at first very large, is contracted afterward by the development of the lips, which happens about the sixtieth day, with that of the ears, nose, extremities, &c. The development of all the principal organs happens successively until about the middle of the fourth month; then the state of the embryo ceases, and that of the foetus begins, which is continued till the termination of pregnancy. All the parts increase with more or less rapidity during this time, and draw toward the form which they must present after birth. Before the sixth month the lungs are very small, the heart large, but its four cavities are confounded, or at least difficult to distinguish; the liver is large, and occupies a great part of the abdomen; the gall-bladder is not full of bile, but of a colorless*fluid, not bitter; the small intestine, 1 in its lower part, contains a yellowish matter, in small quantity, called the meconium; the testicles are placed upon the sides of the superior lumbar vertebrae; the ovaria occupy the same position. At the end of the seventh month, the lungs assume a reddish tint which they had not before; the cavities of the heart become distinct ; the liver preserves its large dimensions, but removes a little from the umbdicus; the bile shows itself in the gall-bladder; the meconium is more abundant, and descends lower in the great intestine; the ovaria tend to the pelvis; the testicles are directed to the inguinal rings. At this period the fcetus is capable of life, that is, it could live and breathe if expelled from the uterus. Every thing becomes more perfect in the eighth and ninth months. We can not here follow the interesting details of this increase of the organs; they belong to anatomy: we shall consider the physiological phenomena that relate to them. Functions of the ovum and of the fetus. — The circulation is the best known of the functions of the foetus: it is more complicated than that of the adult, and is performed in a manner quite different. In the first place, it can not be divided into venous and arterial; for the foetal blood has sensibly every where the same appearance, that is, a brownish-red tint: in other respects it is much the same as the blood of the adult; it coagulates, separates into clot and serum, &c. The placenta is the most singular, and one of the most important organs of the circulation of the foetus. It adheres, by its exterior surface, to the uterus, presents irregular furrows, which indicate its division into several lobes or cotyledons. Its foetal surface is covered by the chorion and amnion except at its center, into which the umbilical cord is inserted. Its parenchyma is formed of sanguiferous vessels, divided and subdivided. They belong to the divisions of the umbilical arteries, and to the radicles of tho vein of the same name. The vessels of one lobe do not communicate with those of the adjoining lobes; but those of the same cotyledon anastomose frequently, for nothing is more easy than to make injections pass from one to anothor. The umbilical cord extends from near the center of the placenta to the umbilicus of the child; its length is often near two feet; it is formed by the two umbilical arteries and the o vu O X A 479 vein, connected by a very close cellular tissue, and it is covered by the two membranes of the ovum. In the first months of pregnancy, a vesicle, which receives small vessels, being a prolongation of the mesenteric , arteiy and the meseraic vein, is found in the body of the cord, between the chorion and the amnion, near the umbilicus. It contains a yellowish fluid, which seems to be absorbed by the veins of its parietes. The umbilical vein, arising from the placenta, and then arriving at the umbilicus, enters the abdomen, and reaches the inferior surface of the liver; there it divides into two large branches, one of which is distributed to the liver, along with the vena porta, while the other soon terminates in the vena cava, under the name of tho ductus venosus. This vein has two valves, one at the place of its bifurcation, and the other at the junction with the vena cava. The heart and large vessels of the fietus capable of life are very different from what they become after birth : the valve of the vena cava is large; the partition of the auricles presents a large opening, provided with a semilunar valve, called the foramen ovale. The pulmonary artery, after having sent two small branches to the lungs, terminates almost immediately in the aorta, in the concave aspect of the arch; it is called, in this place, the ductus arteriosus. The last character proper to the circulating organs of the foetus is the existence of the umbilical arteries, which arise from the internal iliacs, are directed over the sides of the bladder, attach themselves to the urachus, pass out of the abdomen by the umbilicus, and go to the placenta, where they are distributed as just mentioned. The motions of the heart are very rapid in the foetus; they generally exceed 120 in a minute: tho circulation possesses, necessarily, a proportionate rapidity. What are the relations of the circulation of the mother with that of the foetus? Anatomists differ in this respect. It was long believed that the uterine arteries anastomosed directly with the radicles of the umbilical vein, and that the last divisions of the arteries of the placenta opened into the veins of the uterus; but the acknowledged impossibility of making matters injected into the uterine veins pass into the umbilical veins, and reciprocally to cause liquid matters injected into the umbilical arteries to reach the veins of the uterus, caused this idea to be renounced. It is, at present, generally admitted, that the vessels of the placenta and those of tbe uterus do not anastomose, but that the passage of fluid is by imbibition. The cutaneous and mucous follicles are developed, and seem to possess an energetic action, especially from the seventh month; the skin is theu covered by a pretty thick layer of sebaceous matter, secreted by the follicles. The mucus is also abundant in the two last months of gestation. All the glands employed in digestion have a considerable volume, and seem to possess some activity: the action of the others is little known. Of the functions of the fcetus little is known. The stomach and upper intestines contain, at a late period, a fluid somewhat resembling chyle, and the lower bowels a toughish, yellowishgreen matter, called the meconium, but the origin and office of these is unknown. Ovum philosophicum. Ovum chymicum. A cucurbit. Ox. Bos taurus. O'XACID. An acid, the active element of which is oxygen. Ox-eye daisy. The Chrysanthemum leucanthemum. Ox's tongue. Picris echiodes. O'XALATE. (Oxalas, atis, f.) A salt of oxalic acid with a salifiable base. OX A'LIC ACID. Acidum oxalicum. A vegetable acid apd product of the action of nitric acid on starch or sugar. In the crystallized state it is colorless; an oblique rhombic prism; soluble in eight parts of water; intensely sour. It is composed of OsOa.HO-t-2HO; is a powerful acid, and extremely poisonous, producing inflammation of the stomach and intestines in doses of J\j. Antidote, chalk mixture or lime water. It is not necessary in medicine, but is much used in the arts, and is, especially in combination with ammonia, a valuable test for lime. Oxalic ether. Oxalate of ethyle. A color less aromatic liquid; sp. gr. 1-093, boiling at 364° F. It may be preserved under water, if pure. It is formed by distilling four parts of superoxalate of potash, five of sulphuric acid, and four of alcohol, at 90° centig., mixing the product with water, and washing. Its formula is AeO,C 2 0 3 . When an excess of ammonia is added to the ether, oxamide is precipitated, a white, crystalline powder, insoluble in cold water. Formula, CsOs-f-NHz, which is interesting from its being converted into oxalate of ammonia by boiling with a very small amount of an acid, and from being produced from oxalate of ammonia by heat. When the ether, or an alcoholic solution, is in excess, and the ammonia less in quantity, it forms beautiful pearly crystals, formerly called oxamethan, now considered the oxamate of ethyle, or AeO,C 4 NH 2 O fl . The wood-sorrel tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, under-shrubs, or trees, with leaves alternate; flowers, symmetrical; stamens, hypogynous; fruit. capsular. 0' X A LIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Pentagynia. Oxalidacere. — O. acelosella. Wood-sorrel. The leaves are esteemed refrigerant, antiscorbutic, and diuretic. Its sourness is derived from the presence of a quodroxalate of potash. Oxa'lme. A mixture of vinegar and salt. OXALU'RIA. That condition of the urine in which oxalates are developed. It is very frequent, especially in dyspepsia, and diseases attended with great loss of flesh. The oxalate of lime forms miuute octahedral crystals, readily discovered by the microscope. OXALU'RIC ACID. A product of the decomposition of parabanic acid by ammonia. It is a crystalline white powder, decomposable by long boiling in water into oxalate of urea and O X Y 0 X Y 480 free oxalic acid. Its formula is C fi N 2 IIa07+HO, and-it is one of the resultants of the contmued action of oxygen on uric acid. Oxamide. See Oxalic ether. Oxame'than. See Oxalic ether. O'XIDE. (Oxydum, i, n.) A compound of oxygen with an element or other body. Numerous oxides are, however, called acids when they become sour, or are capable of neutralizing alkalies. The most powerful oxides are protoxides; and these are bases. A protoxide contains one equivalent of oxygen; a binoxide or deutoxide, two equivalents; a sesquioxide, three, with two equivalents of the base; a tritoxide or teroxide, three equivalents of oxygen; a quadroxide, four equivalents; and a peroxide represents the highest state of oxydation, which varies much with different bodies. A dioxide is a compound of one equivalent of oxygen with two of base. Oxide of carbon, gaseous. Carbonic oxide. Oxiodic acid. Iodic acid. Oxyalco'hol blow-pipe. See Marcet's blotvpipe. Oxyca'ntha. Berberis vulgaris. Oxyce'drus. 1. A kind of cedar. 2. Spanish juniper. Oxychloric acid. Perchloric acid. Oxychloride. Oxychloruret. A compound in which chlorine is united to a metallic oxide. Oxychloride of antimony. See Algaroth. Oxyco'ccos. Vaccinium oxycoccos. Oxy'cratum. Oxycrate: dilute vinegar with honey. Oxycro'ceum empla'strum. An old anodyne plaster. OX YD A'TI ON. Oxidation. (Oxydatio, onis, f.) The process of converting substances into oxides by combining them with oxygen. Oxyde'rcicus. Having the property of strengthening the sight. Oxydum arsenici album. See Arsenic. Oxydum cupri viride acetatum. Verdigris. See JErugo. Oxydum ferri luteum. See Ferri sesquioxydum. Oxydum ferri nigrum. Black oxide of iron. The scales which fall from iron, when heated, consist of iron combined with oxygen. This is not a protoxide, as formerly supposed, but consists of Fe 3 04. These have been employed medicinally as a chalybeate, but they are not powerful. Oxydum ferri rubrum. Red oxide of iron; the peroxide. Its properties aro less active than those of the protoxide. Oxydum hydrargyri cinereum. O. hydrargyri nigrum. See Hydrargyri oxydum. Oxydum hydrargyri rubrum. See Hydrargyri binoxidum. Oxydum plumbi album. See Plumbi subcarbonas. Oxydum plumbi rubrum. See Minium. Oxydum plumbi semivitreum. See Lithargyrus. Oxydum stibii album. See Antimonii oxydum. Oxydum stibii semivitreum. Glass of antimony. See Antimonii vitrum. Oxtdum stibii sulphuratum. Crocus of antimony. See Antimony. Oxydum zinci sublimatum. See Zinci oxydum. OXYECOI'A. (From ofuo, and anon, the sense of hearing.) Preternatural acuteness of the sense of hearing. It is generally symptomatic of irritation of the brain. Oxyga'la. Sour milk. Oxy'garum. Garum and vinegar. O'XYGEN. (Oxysenium, ii, n.; from o$vc, acid, and yevvau, to generate.) Oxygen gas is an elastic and invisible element, without taste or odor. Its specific gravity is 1-1057; and 100 cubic inches weigh 34-129 grains. Its equivalent is 8 on the hydrogen and 100 on the oxygen scale; symbol, O. It is little soluble in water It is indispensable to respiration, but produces death by over-excitement if pure. It is the great supporter of combustion. It combines with every combustible body, with all the metals, and with the greater number of vegetable and animal substances. The act of its combining with bodies is called oxydation or oxygenation; and the bodies with which it is combined are either oxides or acids. There are a great number of bodies from which we may, by art, obtain oxygen gas. It is most amply obtained from the oxides of manganese, lead, or mercury; from nitrate of potash, chromate of potash, and from chlorate of potash. It is procured with great ease by warming a mixture of peroxide of manganese and chlorate of potash. Oxygen exists to the extent of 23 per cent, by weight in air, forms 8 parts in 9 of water, and is found in nearly every mineral and organic body to a large amount. This element is the most active in nature, producing change in metals and organic structures, bringing about the decay of minerals and all organized bodies. Oxygen water. Water charged with oxygen by the pressure of three or more atmospheres. It is said to be serviceable as a gentle stimulant to the stomach in atonic dyspepsia. Oxygenated muriatic acid. Chlorine. Oxygenation. Oxydation. Oxy'glycum. A kind of apomel. OXY-HY'DROGEN BLOW-PIPE. A form of apparatus for the combustion of a jet of hydrogen in oxygen gas. Dr. Hare's blow-pipe consists of two gasometers, in which the separate gases are stored. They each discharge their contents through a tube furnished with a stop-cock into a compound jet made by passing brass wire into a tube. The brass wire is so closely packed as to hinder the passage of the flame backward into the tubes. The flame of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe has a temperature far beyond the hottest available furnace, and is capable of melting many bodies which would be otherwise infusible, and hence is of great service in the arts. Oxyiode. The synonym of iodate. Oxyla'pathum. Rumex acutiy. O'XYMEL. (el, elis, n.; from o%vc, acid, and PAD PA I Oxyphlegma'sia. An acute inflamma. tion. H h 481 fu?ii, honey.) Honey and vinegar boiled to a syrup. Take of clarified honey, ten pounds; acetic acid, a pint and a half. Heat the honey, and add the acid to it. (Ph. L.) This preparation of honey and vinegar possesses expectorant virtues, and is given with this intention in humoral asthma and other diseases of the che6t, iu doses of one or two drachms. It is also employed in the form, of gargle, when diluted with water. Oxymel a:ruginis. O. cupri stibacctatis. See Linimentum arrnginis. Oxymel co'lchici. Oxymel of meadow-saffron is an acrid medicine, and altogether superseded by the Vinum colchici. Oxymel scilla:. Take of clarified honey, Ibiij.; vinegar of squills, Oij. Coil them in a glass vessel, with a slow fire, to the proper thickness. This oxymel is an excellent expectorant. In an over-dose it acts as an emetic. The dose is from 3ss. to 3ij. It is a very frequent ingredient in cough mixtures. Oxymel simplex. Oxymel. Oxymurias hydrargyri. Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. Oxymurias potassa:. Potassa? chloras. Oxymuriate of lime. The bleaching salt of lime. See Calcis chloridum. Oxymuriatic acid. Chlorine. Oxymy'rrhine. Oxymy'rsine. Myrtus communis. Oxyno'sema. Oxynosos. Oxynusos. Acute disease. Oxyodic. Iodic. OXYO'PIA. (a, os, f.; from ofuc, acute, and uib, the eye.) The faculty of seeing more acutely than is usual. Oxyosphresia. Acuteness of smell. Oxyphos'nia fructus. The tamarind. Oxypho'nia. Paraphonia. OXYPRO'TEIN. The tritoxide of protein, being the substance forming the bufly coat of inflamed blood. Formula, C40H31N 615-f-HO, of Mulder. It appears to possess the neutralizing properties of an acid. Oxypru'ssic acid. The chlorocyanic acid. Oxyre'gmia. An acid eructation. Oxyrinchus. Raia oxyrinchus. Oxyrrho'dinon. Oil of roses and vinegar. Oxysa'ccharum. A composition of vinegar and sugar. O'xysalt. A salt in which oxygen exists both in the acid and base. Oxysul'phuret. The sulphuret of a metallic oxide. Oxyta'rtarus. Acetate of potash. OXYTOCUS (OfyTOKor, from ofyc, quick, and tiktu, to bring forth.) Expediting delivery. Oxytriphy llum. Oxalis acetosella. OX YU'RIS. Oxyurus. (From ol-vc, sharp, pointed, and ovpa, the tail.) The thread-worm, or ascaris. See Entozoa. Oyster. Ostrea edulis. Oyster laver, green. Ulva lactuca. OZiE'N A. (a, ce, f.; from oft, a stench.) An ulcer situated in the nose, discharging a fetid purulent matter, and sometimes accompanied with caries of the bones.. It is usually connected with venereal or scrofulous disease. Ozone. The odoriferous body produced by the action of the electrifying machine. O'zymum. See Ocymum. P ]P • 1. The symbol for phosphorus. 2. Pugillus, a pugil, or eighth part of a handful; also, pars or partes, a part or parts. PA'BULUM. (um, i, 11.; from pasco, to feed.) Food; aliment. Pabulum vita:. The food of life. Such are the different kinds of aliment. The animal heat was so called. Pachya'mia. Paehosmia. A thick state of the blood. PACHYBLEPHARO'SIS. Pacheablepharosis. (From iraxvc, thick, and (3AE(f>apov, the eyelid.) Morbid thickening of the eyelid from inflammation of its tissues, or the presence of excrescences. PACHYDE'RMA. Pachydermata. (From ¦xaxvc, and depua, the skin.) An order of mammifers characterized by the thickness of their hide, as the elephant, rhinoceros, &c. Pachy'ntica. Medicines which have the property of incrassating or thickening the fluids. Pa'cinian coRruscLEs. Small nervous tubercles found on the nerves of the hand and foot, and rarely upon other spinal nerves or the branches of the great sympathetic. Their office is unknown. Pad. A small cushion placed on splints, &c, to adapt them to the limbs, or to parts subjected to pressure. Pasda'nchone. A fatal kind of angina peculiar to children, described by some old writers. Pa:'darthro'cace. The joint evil. The scrofulous affection of the joints to which children are subject. Pa:'datro'phia. The emaciation of children; tabes mesenterica. Pac'diatri'a. The medical treatment of children. PjE'DO-NOSOLOGY. Pasdonosologia. (From 7ratc, a child, voooq, a disease, and Aoyof, a discourse.) The study of the diseases of children. PiEDOTRO'PHIA. (From naic, a child, and rpeipu, to nourish.) That department of hygiene which relates to the nourishment of infants and children. PiEO'NIA. (a, a, f.) 1. The pasony. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Digynia. Ranunculacece. — P. officinalis. All parts of the common paeony, and especially the root, were formerly used in epilepsy, but they are now considered almost inert. Pa'gina. The surface of a leaf. Paigil. Primula veris. PAL PAL 482 Pain.* Dolor. PAINS, AFTER. The pains experienced by lying-in women after the birth of the child. They are often extremely severe, and require the use of camphoraceous anodynes. Pains, labour. See Parturition. Paint, Indian. Sanguinaria canadensis. Painter's colic. See Colica pictonum. Pakfong. The white copper of the Chinese, said to be an alloy of copper, nickel, and zinc. Palatal. Palatine. Palate. See Palatum. PALA'TI OS. The palate bone. The palate is formed by two bones of very irregular figure. Each of these may be divided into four parts, viz., the inferior, or square portion, the pterygoid process, the nasal lamella, and orbitar process. The square part helps to form the palate of the mouth. The upper part of its internal edge rises into a spine, which makes part of the septum narium. The pterygoid process is united with the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone, with which it helps to form the pterygoid fossoo. The nasal lamella is nothing more than a very thin, bony plate, which arises from the upper side of the external edge of the square part of the bone. The orbitar process is more irregular than any other part of the bone. It has a smooth surface, when it helps to form the orbit. This fourth part of the os palati likewise helps to form the zygomatic fossa on each side, and there its surface is concave. Between this orbitar process and the sphenoid bone a hole is formed, through wiiich an artery, vein, and nerve are transmitted to the nostrils. This hole is called the posterior palatine foramen. Palati tensor. See Circumflexus palati. PA'LATINE. Palatinus. Appertaining to the palate. Palatine arteries. There are two: 1. The superior, or palato-maxillary, a branch ofthe internal maxillary, distributed to the velum palati and nasal fossa;. 2. The inferior palatine, a small branch of the facial. Palatine foramina. There are two, the anterior and posterior. See Foramen incisorium and Palati os. Palatine nerves. These are three branches derived from the spheno-palatino ganglion. Palato-labialis. The external maxillary artery. — Chaussier. Pala'to-pharynge'us. A muscle situated at the side of the entry of the fauces. It arises from the middle of the velum pendulum palati, at the root of the uvula, posteriorly, and from the tendinous expansion of the circumflexus palati. The fibres are collected within the posterior arch behind the tonsils, and run backward to the top and lateral part of the pharynx, where the fibres are scattered and mixed with those of the stylo-pharyngeus. It is inserted into the edge of the upper and back part of the thyroid cartilage. Its use is to draw the uvula and velum pendulum palati downward and backward, and at the same time to pull the thyroid cartilage and pharynx upward, and shorten it. Palato-salpinge'us. Circumflexus palati. Palato-staphilinus. See Azygos uvula. PALA'TUM. (um, i, n.; from polo, to Hedgein.) The palate, or roof of the mouth. Palatum durum. The hard or bony palate. Palatum molle. The soft palate. This lies behind the bony palate; and from the middle of it the uvula hangs down. Pa'lea. Palaa. Chaff. Palea'ceus. Paleaceous; chaffy, or covered with chaff. Palimpi'ssa. Dried pitch. Palindro'mia. A regurgitation of humors to the more noble parts; the return of a distemper.—Hippocrates. Paliu'rus. Rhamnus paliurus. PALLA'DIUM. A metal, associated with platina; scarcely distinguishable from the crude platina, though it is harder and heavier. PALLIATIVE. ( Palliativus; from pallio, to dissemble.) Applied to any thing which is given with an intent to palliate or relieve a disease, but is not capable of effecting a cure. Pallidws morbus. Chlorosis. PA'LLOR. (From palleo, to be pale.) Palo ness; the appearance of the countenance in those suffering from anosmia, chlorosis, and some organic diseases. Pallor virginum. Chlorosis. Palm. See Palma. Palm oil. The solid, fragrant oil of the elais guiueensis. It contains a peculiar acid, the Palmitic. PA'LMA. (a, at, f.; from naUu, to move.) 1. The palm ofthe hand. 2. A palm tree. Palma ady. See Ady. Palma Christi. Ricinus communis. PALMA'CEjE. Palma;. Palms. The chief division of endogens. Palms attain often an altitude of nearly 100 feet, and are capped by a magnificent frond of leaves. Their fruit is usually of great value, affording much sugar or oil. Palmar arch. The radial artery forms an arch in the palm of the hand, which is called the deep palmar arch, and the ulnar artery one which is called the superficial palmar arch. See Radial artery and Ulnar artery. Palmar aponeurosis. See Palmaris longus. PALMA'RIS. Belonging to the hand. Palmaris brevis. Palmaris brevis vel caroquadrata of Douglas. A small, thin, cutaneous flexor muscle of the hand, situated between the wrist and the little finger. Fallopius tells us that it was discovered by Cananus. Winslow names it palmaris cutaneus. It arises from a small part of the internal annular ligament and inner edge of the aponeurosis palmaris, and is inserted by small bundles of fleshy fibres into the os pisiforme, and into the skin and fat that cover the abductor minimi digiti. This muscle seems to assist in contracting the palm of the hand. Palmaris cutaneus. See Palmaris brevis. Palmaris longus. A flexor muscle of the arm, situated on the forearm, immediately under the integuments. It arises from the inner'condyle of the os humeri, terminates in a long, slender tendon, which, near the wrist, separates into two portions, one of which is inserted into the internal annular ligament, and the other loses itself in a tendinous membrane, that is nearly of a triangular shape, and extends over PAN PAN 483 tho palm of the hand, from the carpal ligament to the roots of the fingers, and is called aponeurosis palmaris. Some of the fibres of this expansion adhere strongly to the metacarpal bones, and separate the muscles and tendons of each finger. This muscle bends the hand, and may assist in its pronation : it likewise serves to stretch the aponeurosis palmaris. Palma'te. Palmatus. Hand-shaped. Pa'lmine. A white, crystalline fat, formed by the action of nitrous acid on castor oil. It is a palmate of glycerine. Palmi'pides. Web-footed birds. Pa'lmos. Palmus. A palpitation of the ¦Heart. Pa'lmula. A date. Palo de vaca. The galactodendron utile. PALPA'TION. Palpatio. (From palpo, to feel.) Manual examination. Exploration. PA'LPEBRA. (a, os, f.; a palpitando, from their frequent motion.) The eyeiid, distinguish-, ed into upper and under; at each end they unite and form the canthi. Palpebral superioris, levator. See Levator palpebral superioris. Palpebrarum aperiens rectus. See Levator palpebral superioris. Pa'lpebral. Appertaining to the palpebra. PALPITATION. (Palpitatio, onis, f.; from valpito, to beat, leap, or throb.) 1. A throbbing motion of any part, particularly of the heart. 2. When the strokes of the heart are increased in frequency or force. Pa'lpus. Palpitation of the heart. Palsy. Paralysis. Palsy, lead. The paralysis of the hands produced by lead poison. Palsy, mercurial. Erethrismus mercurialis. Palu'dal. Relating to a marsh or swamp. Palus sanctus. Guaiacum wood. Palu'stris. Palustrine. Relating to a marsh, lake, or swamp. Pamphi'lium. A plaster of Galen. PAMIT'NIFORM. (Papiniformis ; from pampinus, a tendril, and forma, a likeness.) Resembling a tendril; applied to the spermatic cord and the thoracic duct. PAN-. A prefix (from nav, neuter of irac, all), signifying all, every one, eveiy thing. PANACE'A. (a, a>, f.; from irav, all, and aaeopai, I cure.) A universal remedy. Panacea anglica. P. solutiva. Magnesia. Panacea dulcis holsatia?. P. duplicate. P. glauberi. The sulphate of potash. Panacea lapsorum. The arnica montana. Panacea mercurialis. Calomel. Panacea vegetabilis. Saffron. PANA'DA. Panata. Panatella. (Italian.) Bread boiled in water to the consistence of pap. Panale'thes. An old cephalic plaster. Pa'naris. Panaritia. Paronychia. Pa'nary. Pertaining to bread. PA'NAX. (ax, acis, f.) A genus of plants. Polygamia. Diaicia. Araliaccos. — P. quinquefolium. Ginseng. The root is sweetish and warm. The Chinese ascribe extraordinary virtues to it, but it is of little value. Panchymago'gum minerale. Calomel. Panchymago'gus. An old term for medicines, supposed to purge all humors. Pancos'nus. Synonymous with epidemic. Pancra'tium. 1. An athletic exercise used by the Greeks. 2. The squill. Scilla maritima. PA'NCREAS. (as, atis, n.; from 7raj»> all, and upeac, flesh.) A glandular viscus of the abdomen, of a long figure, situated in the epigastric region under the stomach. The prolonged portion at the right extremity has been called. Pancreas ascllii. It is composed of numerous small glands, the excretory ducts of which unite and form one duct, called the pancreatic duct, which perforates the duodenum with the ductus communis choledochus, and conveys a fluid, in its nature similar to saliva, into the intestines. The pancreatic artery is a branch of the splenic. The veins evacuate themselves into the splenic vein. Its nerves are from the par vagum and great intercostal. The use of the pancreas is to secrete the pancreatic juice, which is to be mixed with the chyle in the duodenum. The precise office of this secretion is unknown. Pancreas asellii. See Pancreas. FANCREATIC. Pancreaticus. Of, or belonging to, the pancreas. Pancreatic duct. See Ductus pancreaticus. Pancreatic juice. See Pancreas. Pancreatic sarcoma. A variety of tumor described by Abernethy, occurring among the lymphatic glands of the subcutaneous tissue, and having the tuberculated appearance and color of the pancreas. Pancreati'tis. Inflammation of the pancreas. Pa'ncreatoid. Resembling the pancreas. Pancreato'ncus. A hard tumor of the pan creas. Pancre'ne. The pancreas. Pandali'tium. A whitlow. PANDE'MIC. (Pandemicus; from nav, all, and dnpoc, the people.) Synonymous with epidemic. PANDICULATION. (Pandiculatio, onis, f.; from pandiculo, to gape and stretch.) Yawning and stretching, such as often accompanies the cold fit of an ague. Pandu'riform. Panduriformis. Fiddleshaped. A leaf which is oblong, broad at the two extremities, and contracted in the middle. PAN POLE. A species of compound inflorescence, which bears the flowers in a sort of loose, subdivided bunch or cluster, without any order, appearing like a branched raceme. Panicula'te. Paniculhtus. Like a panicle. PA'NICUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of grasses. — P. italicum yields the Italian millet-seed.— P. miliaccum yields the millet-seed. PA'NIS. (it, is, m.) Bread. Panis cuculi. Oxalis acetosella. Panis porci'nus. A species of cyclamen. PANNI'CULUS. (us, i,m.; a small piece of cloth; from pannus, cloth.) Applied, in Anatomy, to the adipose membrane, panniculus adiposus; and to the subcutaneous muscle of quadrupeds and birds, panniculus carnosus. Panno'nica. Hypochaeris maculata. PA'NNUS. (us,i,m.; a piece of cloth.) 1. A tent for a wound. 2. A disease of the eye. PAP PAR 484 See Pterygium, 3. An irregular mark upon the skin. Pannus lenticularis. Ephelis. Pannus hepaticus. Diffused symptomatic ephelis. PaWchia. A bubo in the groin. PANOPHO'BIA. (a, a, f.; from Tlav, a Greek deity, and $o(>oc, fear.) That kind of melancholy which is principally characterized by groundless fears. Panophthalmitis. Inflammation of the whole eye. Pansy. Viola tricolor. Pantago'gue. Expelling all morbid humors. Panto'lmius. A troch described by Paulus iEgineta. Pa'nting. Anhelation. Pantophobia. See Panophobia. PA'NUS. (us, i, in.; « weaver's roll.) 1. A glandular tumor or bubo. 2. Synonymous with phygethlon. PAP A'VER. (er, cris, n.) 1. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Papaveraeem. 2. The white poppy, papaver album. Papaver album. P. officinale. The white poppy. See Papaver somniferum. Papaver erraticum. See Papaver rhosas. Papaver nigrum. The black poppy. A variety of the white poppy producing black seeds. Papaver rhceas. P. erraticum. The red poppy. The heads of this species, like those of the somniferum, contain a milky juice of a narcotic quality, from which an extract is prepared that has been successfully employed as a narcotic. The flowers have somewhat of the smell of opium, and a mucilaginous taste, accompanied with a slight degree of bitterness. A syrup of the flowers is thought useful as an anodyne and pectoral, and is prescribed in coughs and catarrhal affections. Papaver somni'ferum. The white poppy, from which opium is obtained. This is the concreted milky juice of the capsule or head of the poppy, and is brought from Turkey, Egypt, and the East Indies. It should be of a rich brown color, a tough consistency, and a tolerably smooth and uniform texture. Its peculiar narcotic smell should be strong and fresh. Its taste is nauseously bitter, and slightly warm and acrid. When good opium is carefully dried, it becomes brittle, and affords a yellow-brown powder. The East India opium is darker, has an empyreumatic smell, and is not as active as the Turkey. Opium consists of morphia, narcotine, codeine, and other less important bases, with mucilage, oil, &c. It yields its properties fully to alcohol, and partially to water. Opium is stimulant in small doses, sedative and narcotic in larger. It is exhibited in painful and spasmodic affections, quiets instability of the gastric and intestinal muscular coat, promotes the alterative action of mercury, and seems to suppress abnormal excess in the secretions. It is contra-indicated in inflammatory affections of the brain, and in fever before the bowels have been relieved ; but under other circumstances is freely administered. In intermittents it often breaks up a paroxysm. In acute inflammations, given in large doses, it sometimes breaks up the irritation at once. In typhoid diseases and gangrene it acts as a cordial. In over-doses it is poisonous, producing tremors, torpor, and apoplexy. The patient is to be roused and kept awake, and emesis produced by sulphate of zinc or a mixture of mustard. Vomiting is to be encouraged, and the bowels opened by enemas; subsequently, the strength is to be sustained by stimulants. Dose, as a stimulant, gr. \ to gr. \ ; as a sedative, gr. j. to gr. v. The capsules, or heads of the poppy, are also directed for medicinal use in the form of fomentation—see Decoctumpapaveris; and the syrupus papaveris, prepared from them, is a useful anodyne, which often succeeds in procuring sleep whero opium fails: it is, however, more especially adapted to children. The seeds of this species of poppy contain a bland oil, and in many places are eaten as food: as a medicine, they have been usually given in the form of emulsion in catarrhs, stranguries, &c. PAPAVERA'CEjE. The poppy tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with leaves divided, alternate; flowers, polypetalous, single on long peduncles; petals, four, or some multiple of four, cruciate; stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, solitary; seeds, numerous. Papaw. The Carica papaya. Papilionacea:. A name for the leguminosa?. PAPILIONACEOUS. (From papilio, a butterfly, which it resembles.) Papilionaceus. Butterfly-like. Applied to the corolla of plants, like the pea and bean. PAPI'LLA. (a, cs, f.; (vompappus, down.) 1. The nipple of the breast. See Mamma. 2. The fine termination of a nerve, &c.; as the nervous papillae of the tongue, skin, &c. Papilla: medullares. Small eminences on the medulla oblongata. Papillo'sus. Papillose; pimpled. Pappo'sus. Pappose; furnished with a pappus of seed-down. PA'PPUS. (us, i, m.; from Tro7T7roc.) 1. In Anatomy, the hair on the middle of the chin. 2. The seed-down. PA'PULA. (a, ce, f.; diminutive of pappa, a nipple.) A very small and acuminated elevation of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, not containing a fluid, nor tending to suppuration. The duration of papulae is uncertain, but they terminate, for the most part, in scurf. PAPULiE. Pimples. An order in Dr. Willan's arrangement of cutaneous diseases, characterized by very small and acuminated elevations of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, very seldom containing a fluid, or suppurating, and commonly terminating in scurf. The order contains Strophulus, Lichen, and Prurigo. PA'R. (ar, aris, n.; a pair.) A pair; applied more especially to the pairs of nerves arising from the brain. Par cucullare. So Casserius calls the cricoarytenoid muscle. Par vagum. The eighth pair of nerves. Seo Pneumogastric nerve. PARA-. A prefix (from 7rapa, near, about), signifying resemblance, diminution, or defective. Paraba'nic acid. An animai acid, derived PAR PAR 485 from the action of nitric acid on uric acid or alloxan. It is a colorless, crystalline body, of the composition C 6 N 2 0 4 2HO, and one of the products of the. oxydation of uric acid. PARABY'SMA. (a, atis, n.; UapaSvapa; from irapa6vu, to intrude, to cram in, to congest.) Turgescence. Dr. Good has applied this term to a genus of diseases comprehended by Cullen and others under that of physconia. PARACELSISTS. The followers of Paracelsus, who first introduced mineral remedies, and laid the foundation of the present decisive treatment in the place of the ancient mode of exhibiting simples. PARACENTESIS, (is, is, f.; from irapaicevteu, to pierce through.) Tapping. The operation of evacuating the water in ascites, dropsy of the ovarium, &c. Para'cme. Decline. PARA'COE. (From Trapa, diminutive, and aKovu, to hear.) Dullness of hearing. Paracolle'ticus. Agglutinant; causing the union of parts pretematurally separated. Para'cope. YlapaKonrj. A slight delirium.— Hippocrates. Paracru'sis. (HapaKpovoLc; from napaKpovopat, to be delirious.) A slight delirium. PARACU'SIS. (is, is, f.; from Trapa, wrong, and aicovu, to hear.) Depraved hearing. There are three species: 1. P. imperfecta, or deafness; when existing sounds are not heard as usual. 2. P. imaginaria; when imaginary sounds are heard, not from without, but excited within the ear. 3. P. acris. P. oxycoia. Painfully acute hearing, a symptom in otalgia and cerebral diseases. In attempting the removal of deafness, the first thing to be done is to remove from the auditory canal eveiy thing that may obstruct the passage to the ear, as wax, tumors, &c., by syringing with warm water, which will cause the person to hear. If the internal ear, or the immediate organ of hearing, be the seat of the cause of deafness, little can be done, because the cause is not known; but blisters behind the ear, stimulating applications to the auditory canal and around the ear, are often useful. Paracy'anogen. A solid black substance, isomeric with cyanogen, which is left in the retort after the decomposition of the cyanide of mercury, &c. PARACYE'SIS. (is, is, f.; from napa, badly, and kvtjoic, pregnancy.) Extra-uterine or morbid pregnancy. Paracyna'nche. Cynanche. Paradise, grains of. Paradisi grana. See Amomum granum paradisi. Para'dox. A statement which appears absurd and contrary to experience, but is nevertheless true. Para'ffine. A fatty, indifferent substance, derived from the distillation of coal-tar. PARAGEU'SIS. (is, is, f.; from Trapa, badly, and yeva, gustum prabco. ) Morbid or depraved taste. Paraglo'ssa. A swelled, prolapsed, or displaced tongue. Parago'ge. The articulation of a bone. Para'guay tea. Ilex paraguayensis. Parala'mpsis. Some writers use this word to express a cicatrix in the transparent part of the cornea of the eye. Para'lias. Euphorbia paralias. Paralla'gma. Parallaxis. The transposition of a solid part from its proper place; as where one part of a broken bone lies over another. Paralle'la. A scurfy, syphilitic eruption, affecting only the palms of the hands, and running down them in parallel lines.— Forestus. Paralo'phia. The lower and lateral part of the neck, near the vertebra;. PARA'LYSIS. (is, is, f.; from napalvu, to loosen or weaken.) Palsy. A disease known by a loss or diminution of the power of voluntary motion, affecting any part of the body. The most usual form of palsy is when one side of the body is affected: it not uncommonly seizes the lower extremities, or all parts below the pelvis; sometimes the arms only; trad occasionally a part, as one side of the face, one eyelid, the tongue, or the muscles of deglutition. Cullen has four species: 1. P. partialis, when partial, or palsy of some particular muscle. 2. P. hemiplegica, when it affects one side longitudinally. 3. P. paraplegica, palsy of one half of the body, taken transversely, as both legs and thighs. 4. P. venenata, when it arises from the sedative effects of poison. Paralysis is also symptomatic of several diseases ; as worms, scrofula, syphilis, &c. It may arise in consequence of an attack of apoplexy. It may likewise be occasioned by any thing that prevents the flow of the nervous power from the brain into the organs of motion; as tumors pressing on the spinal cord or on the nerves. It may also be occasioned by the metastasis of morbid actions to the head by the suppression of usual evacuations, and by the pressure made on the nerves by luxations, fractures, wounds, or other external injuries. The long-continued application of sedatives will likewise produce palsy, as we find those whose occupations subject them to the constant handling of white lead, and those who are much exposed to the poisonous fumes of metals or minerals, are very apt to be attacked with it. Whatever tends to relax and enervate the system may likewise prove an occasional cause of this disease. It usually comes on with a 6udden and immediate loss of the motion and sensibility of the parts; but in a few instances it is preceded by a numbness, coldness, and paleness, and sometimes by slight convulsive twitches. When the heac) is much affected, the eye and mouth are drawn on one side, the memory and judgment are much impaired, and the speech is indistinct and incoherent. If the disease affects the extremities, and has been of long duration, it not only produces a loss of motion and sensibility, but likewise a considerable flaccidity and wasting away in the muscles of the parts affected. When palsy attacks any vital part, such as the brain, heart, or lungs, it soon terminates fatally. When it arises as a consequence of apoplexy, it generally proves very difficult to cure. Paralytic affections of the lower extremities, ensuing from any injury done to the spinal marrow by blows and other accidents, usually prove incurable. Palsy, although a dangerous r a r PAR 486 ¦disease in every instance, particularly at an advanced period of life, is sometimes removed by the occurrence of a diarrhoea or fever. The general indications are, to remove, as far as possible, any compressing cause, and to rouse the nervous system. It will sometimes be proper, where the attack is sudden, the disease originating in the head, with great determination of blood to that part, particularly in a plethoric habit, to open the temporal artery or jugular vein, or apply cupping-glasses to the neck, and exhibit active purges, with the other means pointed out under apoplexy. But where the patient is advanced in life, of a debilitated constitution, and not too full of blood, the object should rather be to procure regular and healthy discharges from the bowels, obviate irritation in the brain by blisters in the neighborhood, and procure a steady determination to the skin by gently stimulant diaphoretics, as ammonia, guaiacum, &c, in moderate doses, regularly persevered in. Emetics have been sometimes very useful under these circumstances, but would be dangerous where congestion in the brain existed. Certain narcotic substances have been found occasionally successful, as aconite, arnica, toxicodendron, mix vomica, and opium; but the tendency of the latter to produce fullness of the vessels of the head must greatly limit its use. Various local means of increasing the circulation and nervous energy in the affected parts are resorted to iu this complaint, often with decided benefit. In all cases it is proper to keep up sufficient warmth in the limb, or the disease may be rendered incurable. But in addition to-this, in tedious cases, fomentations, the vapor bath, friction, electricity, and a variety of stimulant, rubefacient, or even vesicatory embrocations, liniments, and plasters, may assist materially in the recovery of the patient. In those cases where there is pain discovered over some of the lumbal* or dorsal vertebrae, with loss of power below the affected portions, issues, moxas, and other cauteries are employed over the part, and occasionally with great advantage. A suitable diet, according to the habit of the patient, warm clothing, the prudent use of the cold bath, and other means calculated to strengthen the system, must not be neglected. Paralysis agitans. The shaking palsy. Synclonus ballismus. Paralysis, Bell's. The paralysis of the face, arising from a lesion of the portio dura of the seventh pair of nerves. Paralysis herba. Primula veris. Paralysis rachialgia. Colica pictonum. Paralysis spinalis. Paralysis paraplegica. See Paralysis. Paralytic stroke. See Paralysis. Para'lyzers. A subdivision of narcotics, including conia, and such agents as produce effects resembling a transient paralysis.—Pareira. PARAME'NIA. (a, ce, f.; from Trapa, badly, and pnv, the menses ) Disordered menstruation. The species are, Dysmenorrhcea, Amenorrheea, Menorrhagia, and Vicarious Menstruation. Paramenispe'rmine. A principle existing with menispermine in the testa of cocculus indicus. Parame'ria. The inner part of the thigh. Par'amesus. The ring finger. PARARAMO'RPHIA. (From Trapa, wrong, and uopiuou, to bridle.) When the prepuce, being retracted, can not be returned again over the glans, but makes a sort of ligature behind the corona. Cold lotions and leeches generally reduce the inflammation and remove the constriction; but if it does not give way to these, and the glans is strangulated, it will be necessary to divide the prepuce in order to set it at liberty. See Phimosis. PARAPH O'N I A. (a, a, f.; from Trapa, wrong, and cj>uvn, sound.) Alteration of the voice. Dr. Oullen makes the following species: 1. P. puberum. The voice of puberty. 2. P. rauca. The voice hoarse and rough, from dryness, or a flaccid tumor of the fauces. 3. P. rcsonans. Rough voice, from obstruction of the nares, with hissing sound in the nose. 4. P. palatina. From the uvula being wanting, or divided, and commonly attended with harelip, the voice rough, obscure, and disagreeable. 5. P. clangens. An acute, shrill, and weaktoned voice. 6. P. comatosa. A sound emitted at inspiration, from relaxation of the velum palati and of the glottis. In all these instances the change of the voice is symptomatic, and the cure depends on the removal of the primary disease. PARA'PHORA. (a, a, f.; from irapatbepu, to transfer.) A slight kind of delirium, or lightheadedness in a fever. Some use this word for a delirium in general. PARAPHRENE'SIS. (is, is, f.) A delirium ; also, a paraphrenias. Paraphrenias. Synonym of diaphragmatitis. Paraphro'nia. Delirium. PARAPHRO'SYNE. (From irapachpoveu, to be estranged iii mind.) Mental derangement; used in the same sense as mania. Paraphrosyne temulenta. Delirium tremens. Paraphymosis. See Paraphimosis. PARAPLE'GIA. (a, ce, f.; from Trapa¦kaijoou, to strike inharmoniously.) Palsy of the upper or lower half of the body. See Paralysis. Parapleuritis. Pleurodynia. Parapople'xia. A slight apoplexy. PARA'PSIS. (is, is, f.; from Trapa, perperam, and annual, tango.) Dr. Mason Good's generic name for disorders of the sense of touch. Pararthre'ma. A subluxation. Pararrh'ythmos. A pulse not suitable to the age of the person. Parascepa'stra. A bandage to go round the whole head.— Galen. PAR PAR 487 Para'schide. A splinter of a broken bone. Parasi'ta. Parasites. Parasite. An animal or plant that is para- sitical. PARASITICAL. (Parasiticus; from napacirog, a parasite.) Parasitic. An animal is so termed that receives its nourishment from the bodies of others; as worms, polypi, hydatids, &c. A plant is so called that does not take root in the earth, but sends its roots into other plants. Paraspa'dia. When the urethra opens at the side of the penis. Para'sphagis. The neck near the clavicles. PARA'STATES. (UapaoTarrjC ; from napiorrjui, to stand near.) Any thing situated near another. Applied by the Greek anatomists to the epididymis, to the prostate gland, and to the commencement of the vas deferens. Parastre'mma. A convulsive distortion of the mouth, or any part of the face. Parasynanche. Cynanche parotidea. Parata'rtaric acid. Racemic acid. PARA'THENAR. (ar, oris, n.; from Trapa, near, and ftevap, the sole of the foot.) Winslow called a portion of the abductor of the little toe by the name of parathenar major, and the short flexor of the same toe he called parathenar minor. Paratrg'phe. Imperfect or misdirected nutrition. Pa'rchment sound. See Bruit de parchemin. Pare'ccrisis. Disordered secretion. PAREGO'RIC. (Paregoricus; from Trapayopea, to mitigate, to assuage.) Anodyne. Paregoric elixir. The tinctura camphora; composita. Parei'a. Tlapeia. The cheek. Parei'ra brava. Cissampelos pareira. Parence'phalis. The cerebellum. Parenchephalocele. A hernia of tho cerebellum. PARE'NCHYMA. (a, atis, n.; from ttooeyxvu, to strain through; because the ancients believed the blood was strained through it.) 1. The spongy and cellular substance or tissue that connects parts together. It is applied to the connecting medium of the substance of the viscera. 2. The green, succulent layer of the leaf or bark. Pa'resis. An imperfect palsy. PAR PETAL. (Parietalis; from paries, a wall.) Appertaining to a wall, or to the side of an object. Parieta'le os. The parietal bones are two arched and somewhat quadrangular bones, situated one on each side of the superior part of the cranium. The only foramen toward the upper and posterior part (the parietal foramen) serves for the transmission of a small vein to the longitudinal sinus. On the inside of their upper edge is a furrow, which corresponds with the longitudinal sinus of the dura mater; and lower down, toward their posterior and inferior angle, is a smaller one for part of the lateral sinuses. PARIETA'RIA. (a,ae,i.) A genus of plants. Polygamia. Monacia. — P. officinalis. The wall pellitory. It was formerly in high estimation as a diuretic. Parietes. (The plural of paries.) A name given to those parts which form enclosures. Pari'lline. Pariglin. The same as smilacine. PA'RIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. Octandria. Tetragynia. — P. quadrifolia. The herb Paris, or true love. It is narcotic and emetic. PARPSTHMIA. (From napa, and tarOuiov, the fauces.) 1. The parts constituting the fauces. 2. Inflammation of the fauces. — Hippocrates. Paristhmio'tomus. An old instrument with which the tonsils were scarified. PARISTHMPTIS. (is, idis, f.; from Trap loBpiov, the tonsil gland.) Inflammation of the fauces; cynanche. Paris white. Prepared chalk. Park-leaves. Hypericum androsaunum. Parodo'ntis. A painful tubercle upon the gums. Parody'nia. Morbid or perverted parturition. Parodynia secundaria.dolorosa. The after-pains. Paroni'ria. Disturbance of the sleep by unpleasant dreams. PARONYCHIA, (a, ce, f.; from Trapa, about, and owf, the nail.) A whitlow, or whitloe, of the finger. These abscesses are situated more or less deep, which has induced the writers upon the subject to divide them into several species: accordingly, they have ranged them under four heads, agreeably to the places where they are formed. The first kind is formed under the cuticle, on one side of the nail, and sometimes all round it. The second is seated in the fat lying under the skin, between that and the sheath which involves the flexor tendons. The third is described by authors to be formed within the sheath; and they still add a fourth species, arising between the periosteum and the bone, which they ca\\ felon. Poultices are particularly useful in whitlow. In all cases where the pus is deep seated, the abscess must be opened with the lancet. Paro'pije. The external angles ofthe eyes. PARO'PSIS. (is, is, f.; from Trapa, badly, and otpiQ, visus, sight.) Dr. Mason Good's generic term for disorders of the sense of vision. See Dysopia. Paro'psis illusoria. Pseudoblepsis. Paropsis lateralis. Lateral vision. See Dysopia. Paropte'sis. A provocation of sweat by a fire or the dry bath. Parora'sis. Weak or depraved sight.— Galen. PARORCHFDIUM. (um, ii, n.; from Trapa, and opxi&iov, a testicle.) Malposition of the testicle, whether consisting in its detention in the abdomen or at the groin, or in a retraction of the organ into the groin. Paro'rchido-enterocele. Intestinal hernia, complicated with malposition of the testicle.-— Sauvages. Paro'smia. Parosmis. Morbid or depraved smell. Paro'stia. Defective ossification. Parotide'us. The parotid gland. P A E PAR 488 PAROTID GLAND. Glandula parotidea. Parotit. A large conglomerate and salival gland, situated under the ear, between the mammillary process of the temple bone and the angle of the lower jaw. The excretory duct of this gland perforates the buccinator muscle, and opens into the mouth opposite to the space between the second and third molar tooth of the upper jaw. It secretes the saliva. Parotido'ncus. A swelling of the parotid gland. PARO'TIS. 1. The parotid gland. 2. An inflammatory swelling of the parotid gland. PAROTI'TIS. (is, idis, f.; from parotis, the parotid gland, and itis, inflammation.) Cynanche parotidea. The mumps. An inflammation of the parotid gland. As the inflammation takes place, the cheeks become swollen and painful, there is difficulty in opening the mouth and in swallowing. Very little constitutional derangement attends this disease. It is believed to be contagious. It attacks children, and declines about the fourth or sixth day. It is seldom of moment, and is treated by applying flannel or stimulating liniment, and opening the bowels; but it may pass by metastasis to the testes, mammse, or brain. It may, however, become malignant in scrofulous and cachectic persons. PA'ROXYSM. (Paroxysmus, i, m.; from irapol-vvu, to aggravate.) 1. An obvious increase of the symptoms of a disease which lasts a certain time and then declines. 2. A periodical attack or fit of a disease, as that of an ague. Parsley. Apium petroselinum. Parsley, black mountain. Athamanta oreoselinum. Parsley, fool's. GSthusa cynapiuin. Parsley, Macedonian. Bubon macedoni- cum. Parsley, stone. Amomum verum. Parsnip. Pasthiaca satiVa. Parsnip, cow's. Heracleum spondylium. Parsnip, water. Sium nodiflorum. Parthenia'strum. Parthe'nium. Matri- caria parthenium. Parthenium mas. Tanacetum vulgare. Parti'te. Partitas. Cut, as it were, almost to the base; and, according to the number of incisions, bipartite when two, tripartite when three, quadripartite when four, quinque-parlite when five, &x. Pa'rtridge-berry. Gaultheriaprocumbens. Partu'rient. Parturiens. Pertaining to childbed; the lying-in state. Parturifa'cient. That which assists or causes parturition; as ergot. PART URI'TION. (Parturitio, onis, f.; from pario, to bring forth young.) The expulsion of the fcetus from the uterus. A viable foetus may be born at seven months, or even before, but this seldom occurs, it being usually nine months old before birth; but instances are related where the child was ten months old; hence the French have allowed that a child may be legitimate when born 299 days after conception. The physical causes that determine the exit of the foetus are the contraction of the uterus, and that of the abdominal muscles; by their force the liquor amnii flows out, the head of the foetus is engaged in the pelvis, it goes through it, and soon passes out by the vulva, the folds of which disappear. These different phenomena take place in succession, and continue a certain time; they are accompanied with pains more or less severe, with swelling and softening of the soft parts of the pelvis aud external genital parts, and with an abundant mucous secretion in the cavity of the vagina. All these circumstances, each in its own way, favor the passage of the foetus. To facilitate the study of this complicated action, it must be divided into several periods. The first period of childbirth. —It is constituted by the precursory signs. Two or three days before childbirth, a flow of mucus takes place from the vagina, the external genital parts swell, and become softer: it is the same with the ligaments that unite the bones of the pelvis; the cervix uteri flattens, its opening is enlarged, its edges become thinner; slight pains, known by the name of flying pains, are felt in the loins and abdomen. Second period. —Pains of a peculiar kind come on: they begin in the lumbar region, and seem to be propagated toward the cervix uteri or the rectum; they are renewed only after considerable intervals, as a quarter or half an hour. Each of them is accompanied with an evident contraction of the body of the uterus, with tension of its neck, and dilatation of the opening: the finger, directed into the vagina, discovers that the envelopes of the fcetus are pushed outward, and that there is a considerable tumor, which is called the waters: the pains very soon become stronger, and the contractions of the uterus more powerful; the membranes break, and a part of the liquid escapes; the uterus contracts on itself, and is applied to the surface of the fcetus. Third period. —The pains and contractions of the uterus increase considerably; they are instinctively accompanied by the contraction of the abdominal muscles. The woman who is aware of their effect is inclined to favor them, in making all the muscular efforts of which she is capable: her pulse then becomes stronger and more frequent, her face is animated, her eyes shine, her whole body is in extreme agitation, and perspiration flows in abundance. The head is next engaged in the pelvis: the occiput, placed at first above the left acetabulum, is directed inward and downward, and comes below and behind the arch of the pubis. Fourth period. —After some instants of repose, the pains and. expulsive contractions resume all their activity: the head presents itself at the vulva, makes an effort to pass, and succeeds when there happens to be a contraction sufficiently strong to produce this effect. The head being once disengaged, the remaining parts of the body easily follow, on account of their smaller volume. The section of the umbilical cord is then made, and a ligature is put round it at a short distance from the umbilicus. Fifth period. —If the accoucheur has not proceeded immediately to the extraction of the placenta after the birth of the child, slight pains are felt in a short time, the uterus contracts PAS PAR 489 freely, but with force enough to throw off the placenta, and the membranes of the ovum: this expulsion bears the name of delivery. During the twelve or fifteen days that follow childbirth, the uterus contracts by degrees upon itself, the woman suffers abundant perspirations, her mammas are distended by the milk that they secrete; a flow of matter, which takes place from the vagina, called lochia, first sanguiferous, then whitish, indicates that the organs of the woman resume, by degrees, the disposition that they had before conception. Such is the course of a natural labor, the accomplishment of which implies the completion of the natural term of gestation —a proper confirmation on the part of the mother —and a natural development and normal position of the part of the fcetus. Various deviations from these conditions give rise to different irregularities in the process of parturition, attended with greater or less danger to the mother and child. The subdivision of labors has been carried by many writers to a frivolous degree of minuteness, especially by some French authors. The classification adopted by Dr. Burns is perhaps the most practically useful. It is as follows: Class I. Natural labor. Labor taking place at the end of the ninth month of pregnancy; the child presenting the central portion ofthe sagittal suture, and the forehead being directed at first toward the sacro-iliac symphysis; a due proportion existing between the size of the head and the capacity of the pelvis: the pains being regular and effective; the process not continuing beyond twenty-four hours, seldom above twelve, and veiy often not for six. No morbid affection supervening, capable of preventing delivery, or endangering the life of the woman. This comprehends only one order. Class II. Premature labor, or labor taking place considerably before the completion of the usual period of utero-gestation, but yet not so early as necessarily to prevent the child from surviving. This comprehends only one order. Class III. Preternatural labors, or those in which the presentation, or position of the child, is different from that which occurs in natural labor; or in which thauterus contains a plurality of children, or monsters. This comprehends seven orders. Order I. Presentation ofthe breech. Order 2. Presentation of the inferior extremities. Order 3. Presentation of the superior extremities. Order 4. Presentation of the back, belly, or sides of the child. Order 5. Malposition ofthe head. Order 6. Presentation of the funis. Order 7. Plurality of children, or monsters. Class IV. Tedious labor, or labor protracted beyond the usual duration; the delay not caused by the malposition of the child, and the process capable of being finished safely, without the use of extracting instruments. This comprehends two orders. Order 1. Where the delay proceeds from some imperfection or irregularity of muscular action. Order 2. Where it is dependent principally on some mechanical impediment. Class V. Laborious or instrumental labor; labor which can not be completed without the use of extracting instruments, or altering the proportion between the size of the child and the capacity of the pelvis. This comprehends two orders. Order 1. This case admitting the use of such instruments as do not necessarily destroy the child. Order 2. The obstacle to delivery being so great as to require that the life of the child should be sacrificed for the safety of the mother. Class VI. Impracticable labor; labor in which the child, even when reduced in size, can not pass through the pelvis. This comprehends only one order. Class VII. Complicated labor ; labor attended with some dangerous or troublesome accident or disease, connected in particular instances with the process of parturition. This comprehends six orders. Order 1. Labor complicated with uterine hemorrhage. Order 2. Labor complicated with hemorrhage from other organs. Order 3. Labor complicated with syncope. Order 4. Labor complicated with convulsions. Order 5. Labor complicated with rapture of the uterus. Order 6. Labor complicated with suppression of urine, or rupture of the bladder. The number of irregular labors, as compared with the natural, does not amount to more than two per cent., and those requiring the use of instruments do not exceed four to six in a thousand. PA'RTUS. (us, us, m.; from pario, to bring forth young.) 1. Labor. 2. The young when brought forth. PARU'LIS. (is, idis, f.; from 7rapa, near, and ovaov, tho gum.) An inflammation, boil, or abscess in the gums. A gum-boil is often a primary disease, depending on an inflammation of the gums from accidental and common causes, in which case the lancet, or leaving it to nature, soon restores the gum to a healthy state. But sometimes it arises from a carious tooth, or from cutting the dentes sapientiae. From the first of these the gum-boil frequently returns, and requires the removal of the tooth; from the latter, much irritation is often produced, and the jaw and face swell considerably. If there be constitutional disturbance with it, leeches and purgatives are to be resorted to. Paru'ria. Morbid secretion or discharge of urine. Pa'sma. A dry powder to sprinkle over the body. See Catapasma. PA'SSA. 1. A grape or raisin. 2. A whitlow.—Paracelsus. Passa minor. Uva passa minor. PASSIFLO'RA. (a,as,f.) A genus of plants. Gynandria. Pentandria. Passijloras.—P. laurifolia. Bay-leaved passion-flower. A native PAT P D 490 of Surinam. The fruit is grateful.— P. malifdrmis. Apple-shaped granadilla. The fruit is esteemed a delicacy in the West Indies. Passio. In medical language, a disease or affection. Passio hysterica. See Hysteria. Passio ileaca. See lleac passion. PASSION. (UaOmia. Passio, onis, f.; from patior, to suffer.) By passion is generally understood an instinctive feeling become extreme and exclusive. The passions have great influence on health, and are hence divided into depressing and animating. See Pathema animi. Passion, cceliac. Diarrhoea coeliaca. Passion, hysteric Hysteria. Passion, ileac. Ileac passion. PASSIVE. Passivus. A medical term applied to the varieties of disease in which the vital force or tone of the organs seems to be diminished, and there is little reaction. When the affection is the result of debility, as passive hemorrhage, it occurs by exudation ofthe blood. Pa'ssula. A small raisin. Passula major. A raisin. Passula'tus. Applied to some medicines in which raisins are the chief ingredients. Pa'ssum. Raisin wine. Pa'sta. A cake or lozenge. Pasti'lles, fumigating. See Fumigating pastilles. PASTFLLUM. (mot, i, n. ; diminutive of pasta, a lozenge.) Pastillus. A pastil or troch. PASTINA'CA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The parsnip. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umlcllifcrcc. — P. opopanax. See Opopanax.— P. saliva. The parsnip. Its roots are sweet and nutritious. The wild roots are used as a diuretic. PATE ARSENIC ALE. Arsenical paste. This consists of seventy parts of cinnabar, twenty-two of dragon's blood, and eight of white arsenic, made into a paste with saliva at the time of its application. It was much used in France as a caustic to destroy cancerous tumors. PATE'LLA. (a, tc, f.; diminutive of patina, a dish.) Rotula. The knee-pan. A small flat bone, which in some measure resembles the common figure of the heart, and placed at the fore part of the joint of the knee. Anteriorly it is a little convex, and rough for the insertion of muscles and ligaments; posteriorly it is smooth, covered with cartilage, and divided by a middle longitudinal ridge into two slightly concave surfaces, both exactly adapted to the pulley of the os femoris. Pa'tens. Patent. Expanding. Spreading. PATHE'MA. (a, atis, n.) Passion; emotion; affection. Pathemata animi. Passions of the mind. These are divided into the exciting and depressing ; and each of these, again, in a medical point of view, info such as excite suddenly and with temporary violence, or more slowly and permanently. Passions are subdivided into, 1. Exciting. a. In a violent degree; as rage, intense enthusiasm, b. More moderately; as joy, emulation, desire, hope, benevolence, love. 2. Depressing. a. In a violent degree; as terror, grief, b. More moderately; as fear, jealousy, envy, re* sentment. 3. Calming ; as veneration, admiration, con- temptation. Persons of strong, active imaginations, sanguine in temperament, and eager in their pursuits and expectations, are most liable to, and suffer most from, the violently exciting passions. The effects are often apoplexy, palsy, hemorrhage, jaundice. The depressing passions are, in different degrees, sedative. The more violent ones are sometimes fatal in a moment. The others slowly undermine the constitution, weaken every function, and produce indigestion and dropsy. PATHE'TICUS. (Pathetic; from Ttadoe, an affection.) Appertaining to the passions. , Pathetici. The fourth pair of nerves. Patheticus musculus. The superior oblique muscle of the eye. PATHOGE'NY. Pathogenia. (From tto-6or, a disease, and yeveaic, generation.) That portion of pathology which relates to the origin of disease. PATHOGNOMONIC. (Pathognomonics; from Vaflof, a disease, and yivuoKu, to know.) A term given to those symptoms which are peculiar to a disease. They are also termed proper or characteristic symptoms. PATHO'LOGY. (Pathalogia, a:, f.; from nadog, a disease, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of diseases. That branch of medicine which treats of the nature of diseases. It is divided into general pathology, which regards what is common to a number of diseases taken as a class; and special pathology, which treats of individual diseases. Pathological anatomy. The dissection of diseased structures. Patho'mania. Moral insanity. See Insanity. Pa'thos. UaOoc. An affection; a disease. Patie'ntia. Patience. Rumex patientia. Pa'tor na'rium. The sinus, cavity, or chasm of the nose. , Patrum cortex. Cinchona bark. Pa'tulous. Patulus. Open: a descriptive term often used. Patu'rsa. The venereal disease. Paul's betony. Veronica officinalis. Paulina confectio. See Aristarchi antidotus paulina. PAULLI'NIA. (a, m, f.) A genus of sapindaceous plants.— P. sorbilis. A plant of South America, and especially Brazil, the seeds of which are used in the form of extract, and called Guarana or Guarine, as a stimulating tonic. This substance has been introduced into European pharmacy, and was supposed to contain a peculiar principle termed guarine, but which is found to be theine or caffeine, the same substance as exists in tea and coffee. Pavana. See Croton tiglium. Pavi'lion of the ear. The expanding portion, or ala auris of the ear. Pavo cristatus. The pea-fowl. The flesh of this bird is delicate when young. PA'VOR. (or, oris,m.) 1. Fear. 2. The itch. Pb. The symbol for lead; plumbum. Pd. The symbol for palladium. PEC P E D 491 Pea. Pisum sativum. Pea-fowl. Pavo cristatus. Peach. Amygdalus persica. Peagle. Primula veris. Pear. Pyrus communis. Pearl. See Margarita. Pearlash. An impure carbonate of potash. Pearl barley. See Hordeum. PEARL WHITE. The subnitrato of bis- muth. Pearson's solution. This consists of a solution of one grain of arsenito of soda in a fluid ounce of water. Pe'ccant humors. Secretions or fluids in a diseased state. Peche'dion. Hnxediov. The perineum. Pechegu'era. A pulmonary disease occurring in infants of three or four months in South America, and which is speedily fatal. Pechurim. See Pichurim. Pechy'agra. The gout in the elbow. Pe'chys. THwxvc- The cubit, or elbow. Pechyty'rbe. The scurvy.— Forest. Pecquet's duct. See Thoracic duct. PE'CTEN. (en, inis, m.) The pubes. Pe'ctic acid. See Pcctine. PECTINA'LIS. (So named from its arising at the pccten, or pubes.) Pectinaus of authors. A small flat muscle, situated obliquely between the pubes and the little trochanter, at the upper and anterior part of the thigh. It arises, broad and fleshy, from the anterior edge of the os pectinis, or pubis, as it is more commonly called, as far as its spine; and, descending obliquely backward and outward, is inserted, by a short and broad tendon, into the upper and anterior part of the linea aspera of the os femoris, a little below the lesser trochanter. This muscle serves to bend the thigh, by drawing'it' upward and inward, and likewise assists in rolling it outward. Pectina'te. Pectinalus. (From pectcn, a comb.) 1. Comb-like; having the appearance of a comb. 2. The fasciculated muscular fibres of the right auricle of the heart are called musculi pectinati. Pectinjeus. See Pcctinalis. Pectinous. RQlating to pectine. PE'CTINE. A, non-azotized and indifferent body of plants, abounding in fruits and some roots. It closely resembles gum tragacanth, and is gelatinous. By the action of alkalies it yields an uncrystallizable acid, the pectic, Ci 2 H 8 O 10 +2HO. PE'CTORAL. (Pectoralis; from pectus, the breast.) Appertaining to the breast. Pectoral medicines are those which relieve diseases of the chest. Pectoral moss. Lichen pulmonarius. Pectoralis major. A broad, thick, fleshy, and radiated muscle, situated immediately under the integuments, and covering nearly the whole anterior part of the breast. It arises from the cartilages of the fifth and sixth ribs, almost the whole length of the sternum, and from more than a third of the anterior part of the clavicle. From these origins the fibres run in a folding manner toward the axilla, and are inserted, by a broad tendon, into the os humeri, above the insertion of the deltoid muscle, and at the outer side of the groove which lodges the tendon of the long head of the biceps. This and the latissimus dorsi form the cavity of the axilla, or arm-pit. Its use is to move the arm forward, or to raise it obliquely toward the sternum. Pectoralis minor. A small, fleshy, and digitated muscle, situated at the anterior and lateral part of the thorax, immediately under the pectoralis major. It arises from the upper edges of the third, fourth, and fifth ribs, near where they join their cartilages, and is inserted, by a flat tendon, into the upper part ofthe coracoid process of the scapula. The principal use of this muscle is to draw the scapula for ward and downward; and when that is fixed, it may likewise serve to elevate the ribs. PECTORI'LOQUY. (Pectoriloquium; from pectus, the chest, and loquor, to speak; so called because the voice seems as it it proceeded directly from the chest of the patient.) When the stethescope is applied over an excavation of the lungs which communicates with the bronchia;, the voice appears to come direct through the tube of the instrument from the chest of the patient to the ear of the auscultator. This phenomenon is called pectoriloquy. It is distinguished into perfect, imperfect, and doubtful. The two latter are with difficulty distinguishable from bronchophony, and are not at all to be depended on unless in conjunction with the symptoms. Pectoriloquy is most frequently heard in the subclavicular and axillary regions, because vomica; are most frequently formed in the upper part of the lungs. Pectoriloquy may be suspended if the bronchial tubes, which communicate with the excavation, be obstructed. If the morbid cavity communicate with a great number of bronchia, or with the cavity of the pleura, the pectoriloquy is much diminished, or ceases altogether. Pectoris os. See Sternum. Pe'ctus. The breast or thorax. Pectu'sculum. The metatarsus. Peda'te. Pedatus. Like a bird's foot. Pede'thmus. Pedesis. A pulsation. Pedicellate. Pcdiccllatus. Having a small or partial stalk. Pedice'llus. A small flower-stalk. Pe'dicle. A little stalk. Pedicula'ria. Delphinium staphisagria. PEDICULA'RIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Lousewort. The P. palustris is said to kill lice. It is somewhat acrid, and has been used in decoction as an application to indolent ulcers. PEDICULA'TION. Morbis pcdicularis. That disease of the body in which lice are continually bred on the skin. PEDI'CULUS. (us, i, m.) A louse. A genus of insects, of the order Aptera. Two species are found on the human body, the P. humanus, the common louse, infesting the head; and the P. pubis, or crab-louse, found chiefly on the pubes. They are destroyed by mercurial preparations, tobacco infusion, &c. Pedicus. Extensor brevis digitorum pedis. PEDILU'VIUM. (From pes, the foot, and lavo, to wash.) A bath for the feet. Pe'dion. The sole of tho foot. PEL PEL Pedi'tio. Epilepsy. 492 Pe'dora. Sordes of the ej es, ears, and feet. PEDU'NCLE. Pedunculus A flower-stalk, or that which springs from the stem, and bears the flowers and fruit, and not the leaves. Pedicellus is a partial flower-stalk, the ultimate subdivision of a general one; as in the cowslip. Peduncles of the brain. The crura cerebri. Peduncles of the cerebellum. See Encephalos. Peduncles of the medulla oblongata. The corpora restiformia. Pedunculate. Pedunculatus. Growing on a fruit-stalk: opposed to sessile. Peganela/um. Oil of rue. PE'GANUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Dodecandria. Monogynia. — P. ha'rmala. The Assyrian wild rue: the same in its properties with the common rue. Pe'ge. Hnyn. The internal angles of the eye were called pcgaz. Pelada. A species of baldness: a shedding of the hair from a venereal cause. Pela'rium. A collyrium. Peleca'nus. An instrument to draw teeth. Pelio'ma. YleXiufia. An extravasation of blood of a livid color. Pelio'sis. Purpura heemorrhagica. Pe'llis. The skin. Pellis summa. The epidermis. PELLA'GRA. (a, a, f.) Pelagra. Elephantiasis Italica; from its great frequency in some parts of Milan and Padua. About March or April, a shining red spot appears on the back of the hand, or some part of the body, resembling the common erysipelas, but without much itching or pain; this elevates the skin a little, producing numerous small tubercles of different colors; the skin becomes dry, and cracks. At length it falls off in white furfuraceous scales; but the shining redness underneath still continues; the health is good. Next spring the skin disease extends; the health now suffers slightly; headache and despondency occur; in the winter every thing appears well again; but in the third spring, or later, the cerebral symptoms become very manifest; vertigo, extreme melancholy, and, Anally, delirium, with great emaciation occur, complicated with bulimia, or entire loss of appetite, storpor, and frightful convulsions. Before the latter symptoms even ten years may elapse. It is epidemic to certain unhealthy districts, and is to be treated by change of air, habitual cleanliness, warm bathing, nutritious diet, and tonics. PELLFCLE. Pellicula. (From pellis, the skin.) A slender skin. In Medicine, it is applied to such an appearance on the surface of urine; and to very delicate membraneous productions. In Botany, to the delicate skin which covers some seeds and other parts. Iu Chemistry, a delicate formation of crystals, &c., on the surface of a fluid. Pellitory. See Parielaria. Pellitory, bastard. Achillea ptannica. Pellitory of Spain. Anthemis pyrethrum. Pe'lma. The sole of the foot. Pelosin. A colorless body, of an alkaline reaction, derived from the root of the Cissampelos pareira. Pe'lta. The shield of lichens. Pelta'lis cartila'go. The scutiform cartilage of the larynx. Pelta'te. Peltatus. Target-shaped. PE'LVIC. Pelvicus. Pertaining to the pelvis. Pelvic aponeurosis. The ligamentous attachments of muscles to the brim of the pelvis and the upper part of the iliac fascia. Pelvi-trochante'ric. That which relates to the pelvis and great trochanter of the femur. PELVPMETER. An instrument for measuring the diameter of the pelvis in the living body. Two French instruments bear this name, but are not used, because the index finger is a better pelvimeter than any mechanical contriv ance. The first is a pair of callipers with blunt points, the measures with which are taken on the outside of the body; the other, called the pelvimeter of Coutouly, is a sliding scale, which is introduced within the vagina, and extended so that the ends may be over the sacrum and symphysis pubis. PE'LVIS. (is, is, f.; from neTivr , a basin.) It is composed of the two ossa innominata, the os sacrum, and os coccygis. It contains the rectum and urinary bladder, the internal organs of generation, and is lined and covered by muscles and common integuments. It is wide and expanded at its upper part, and contracted at its inferior aperture. The upper part is bounded by an oval ring, which parts the cavity of the pelvis from the cavity of the abdomen, the linea ilio-pectinca, or superior strait. This circle is denominated the brim of the pelvis: it is formed by a continued and prominent line along the upper part of the sacrum, the middle of the ilium, and the upper part, or crest of the os pubis. The lower part of the pelvis is denominated the outlet or inferior strait. It is composed by the arch of the ossa pubis, and by the sciatic ligaments. In a female pelvis, the distance between the os sacrum and os pubis, or the antero-posterior diameter in the bone, is 4£ inches at the brim ; that between the two ossa ilia, 5i inches, and the oblique diameter about 4| inches. At the outlet the proportions are reversed, the distance between the symphysis pubis and os coccygis being longer than that between the ossa ilia. The depth of the fore part of the pelvis, at the symphysis of the pubis, measures about an inch and a half; behind it is six inches, and at the sides, inches. The pelvis has two axes, the direction of which must be carefully attended to by the obstetrician. The axis of the brim is indicated by a straight line drawn from the umbilicus to the point of the coccyx; the axis of the outlet by a straight line drawn from the first bone of the sacrum to the orifice of the vagina. Pelvis auris. The cochlea of the ear. Pelvis cerebri. The infundibulum. Pelvis of the kidneys. See Kidney. PEN PER 493 Pemphigoides. The name of a fever accompanied with an eruption of vesicles. PE'MPHIGUS. (us, i, m.; from -xEpibiZ, a bubble or vesicle.) P. helveticus, P. major, and P. minor. An eruption, consisting of vesicles of various sizes, from a pea to a walnut, and mostly attended by fever. The eruption is transparent, like small bladders filled with a pellucid or slightly-colored fluid. The vesicle is mostly almond-shaped, and has an inflamed base, and when it breaks the part is disposed to ulcerate. The fever may be either synocha or typhus. It is ushered in by sickness at stomach, great oppression about the pra;cordia, headache, lassitude, and weariness on the least exertion, with stiffness and rigidity of the joints. The eruption comes out as veiy small, distinct red spots, a little elevated above the surface of the skin, and much resembling the first appearance ofthe small-pox. It is not contagious in the simple forms. The fever in pemphigus is mostly a mild or malignant typhus, and requires the same remedies—port wine and bark, with mineral acids. The best application to the eruption, when the vesicles break, is finely-powdered starch. PE'MPHIX. (Iv, igis, f.; Iteufig, a vesicle or bubble.) See Pemphigus. Pemptas'us. An ague, the paroxysm of which returns every fifth day. PENjE'A. (a, at, f.) A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. — P. mucronata and P. sarcocolla are said to yield sarcocolla. This is brought from Persia and Arabia in small grains of a pale yellow color, and is a gummy body. Pe'ndulous. Pendulus. Pendant; hanging down. PE'NETRATING. Penetrans. (Fromperaetro, to pierce through.) 1. Applied to a medicine supposed to pass through the pores and stimulate. 2. To a wound which pierces the splanchnic cavities. Penici'lliform. Penicilliformis. Pencilshaped. PENIGI'LLUS. (us, i, m.; diminutive of peniculum, a brush.) Penicillum. 1. A tent or pledget. 2. The secreting extremities of the vena porta; are called pcnicilli. See Liver. Peni'dium. White barley-sugar. PE'NIS. (is, is, m.; a, pendendo, from its hanging down.) Membrum virile. It is divided by anatomists into the root, body, and head, or glans penis. It is composed of common integuments, two corpora cavernosa, and one corpus spongiosum, which surrounds a canal, the urethra, that proceeds from the bladder to the apex of the penis, where it opens by the meatus urinarius. The fold of the skin that covers the glans penis is termed the prepuce, and the band which ties the prepuce to the under surface of the glans is called the fromum prceputii. The arteries of the penis are from the hypogastric and ischiatic. The veins ofthe penis form the vena magna penis, which empties itself into the hypogastric vein. The glands of the penis are Cowper's glands, the prostate, muciparous, and odoriferous glands. The nerves of the penis are branches of the sacral and ischiatic. Penis ce'rebri. The pineal gland. Penis mulie'bris. The clitoris. Penniform. Penniformis. Resembling a writing-pen or feather. Pennyroyal. Mentha pulegium. In the United States, the Hedeoma pulegioides has received this name. Pennyroyal, hart's. Mentha cervina. Pentada'ctylon. 1. The herb cinquefoil 2. The castor-oil plant. PENSACOLA, CLIMATE OF. This place is one of the best situations for the valetudinarian in the United States, the temperature being remarkably mild, and the position sufficiently sheltered from severe winds. Penta'gon. Pentagonal; five-sided. PENTA'NDRIA. Pentandrous. (From irevre, five, and avnp, a husband.) The plants which have hermaphrodite flowers and five stamens. Pentaneu'ron. Plantago lanceolata. Pentapha'rmacon. Any medicine consisting of five ingredients. Pentaphylloi'des. Fragaria sterilis. Pentaphy'llum. Potentdla reptans. Pentaphy'llous. Pentaphyllus. Fiveleaved : applied to leaves, calyces, &c. Pentapleu'rum. Plantago lanceolata. Penta'tomum. Potentilla reptans. Pento'robus. Pasonia officinalis. PENZANCE, CLIMATE OF. This place, in Cornwall, England, possesses one of the most genial and regular climates in Britain, and is a good winter residence for the consumptive. Peony. Pa;onia officinalis. Pepa'nsis. Pepasmus. Maturation or concoction. Applied by the humoral pathologists to the humors of the living body. Pepa'sticus. Applied formerly to medicines supposed to promote concoction. Pe'pita nux. St. Ignatius's bean. Pe'flus. Peplos. Peplion. Euphorbia peplus. PE'PO. (From ¦kettto, to ripen.) A fleshy, succulent pericarpium, the seeds of which are inserted into the sides of the fruit. The gourd. Pepper. See Piper. Pepper, dulce. Fucus pinnatifidus. Pepper, Guinea. P., Cayenne. Capsicum annuum. Pepper, Jamaica. oints of the fingers, and directed perpendicuarly on the part; it. should also be made with equal force in the different parts of the chest examined. Percussion is sometimes performed w r ith the intervention of a piece of wood, ivory, or other sonorous body: it is then termed mediate percussion. The ivory instrument generally used for this purpose is called a pleximeter. The thorax of a healthy individual gives out a clear sound on percussion in its anterior and lateral parts. Whenever, in the progress of disease, any denser substance takes the place of air within the thorax, there is a corresponding diminution of sonorousness: hence hepatization and tubercles of the lungs, hypertrophy of the heart, effusions of serum, lymph, or other matters, all occasion a diminution of sound in the regions which they respectively occupy; while iu pulmonary emphysema, pneumothorax, and large empty excavations in the substance of the lungs, the sound on percussion is greater than natural. In percussing the abdomen, the patient should, be laid on his back. See Bruit. PERCU'TEURAMARTEAU. One of Baron Heurteloup's lithotrity instruments, iu which the stone is crushed by the, blows of a mallet instead of the pressure of a screw. Perde'tum. Sium sisarum. Perdi'cium. Parietaria officinalis. PERE'NNIAL. Perennis. Lasting naturally more than two years. Perennial worm-grass. Spigelia marilandica. Perete'rion. The trepan. PERFECT. A flower is said to be perfect or complete that has both calyx aud corolla, and one or more stamens and pistils. Perfo'lia'ta. Bupleurum perfoliatum. Perfo'liate. Perfoliatus. Leaves which surround the stem at their base. PE'RFORANS. See Flexor profundus perforans. Perforans casserii nervus. The external cutaneous nerve. Perforans profundus. See Flexor longus digitorum pedis profundus perforans. Perforans tertii internodii digitorum pedis. See Flexor longus digitorum pedis profundus perforans. Perforans vulgo profundus. P. manus. See Flexor profundus perforans. Perfora'ta. Hypericum perforatum. Perfora'tio ventriculi. Perforation of the stomach; gastrobrosis. PERFORATION. Perforatio. (From perforo, to pierce.) A term employed to denote a solution of continuity, from disease of the parietes of a hollow organ, as of the intestines, or from accidents. Spontaneous perforation is that which occurs without having been preceded by any perceptible modification of function, local or general. PERFORATOR. An obstetrical instrument for the purpose of opening the foetal head while in utero. Smellie's forceps. See Cranium, perforation of. PERFORATUS. (From perforo, to pierce through.) Applied to muscles. 1. Flexor brevis digitorum pedis and flexor sublimis perforatus. 2. The coraco-brachialis muscle. Perforatus,seu flexor secundi internodii digitorum pedis. See Flexor brevis digitorum pedis perforalus sublimis. Perfri'gio. Perfrigcratio. Extreme coldness; shivering. Pergame'nous. Like parchment. PERI-. (From 71 ept, around.) A prefix signifying around, about, or enveloping, as pericardium, enveloping or surrounding the heart. Perije'resis. A circular or curved incision about a tumor. Peria'mma. An amulet. PERIA'NTH. Pcrianthium. (From rcepi, and avdoc, a flower). The calyx, especially when colored like a corolla. Perible'psis. That kind of wild look which is observed in delirious persons. Peri'bole. Round. A translation of morbific humors from the center to the surface of the body.— Hippocrates. PERIBRO'SIS. (From irepi, around, and PpuoKu, to eat.) An ulceration or erosion at the corners or uniting parts of the eyelids. It most frequently affects the internal commissure. It arises from the acrimony of the tears, or from segylops, which sometimes extends to the corners of the eyelids. PERICARDITIS, (is. idis, f.; from -.repi- Kapdtov, the pericardium.) Inflammation ofthe pericardium. See Heart, diseases of the. PERICA'RDIUM. (um, ii, 11.; from nepi, about, and napoia, the heart.) The membranous bag that surrounds the heart, and the arterial and venous trunks connected with it. The pericardium consists of two layers, an external or fibrous, and an internal or serous. The 6erous membrane lines the fibrous one, and is reflected over the heart after the manner of serous membranes in general. Its use is to secrete and contain the vapor of the pericardium, which lubricates the heart, and thus preserves it from concreting with the pericardium. PER PER Peiuodus sanguinis. The circulation of the blood. 495 PERICA'RP. (From nepi, about, and napnog, a seed.) The seed-vessel or covering of the seed of plants. PERICARPIUM. (From nept, about, and carpus, the wrist.) A medicine applied to the wrist. Pericha/tium. A scaly sheath investing the base of the,fruit-stalk of some mosses, as in the genus Hypnum. P E RIC H O'N D RIU M. (um, ii, n.; from nepi, about, and ;roj>dpoc, a cartilage.) The fibrous membrane that covers a cartilage. Perichri'sis. Perichrislon. A liniment. Peri'clasis. A compound fracture. Pericly'menum. Lonicera periclimenum. PERICNE'MIA. (a, m, f.; from wept, and Kvnprj, the tibia.) The parts about the tibia. PERICRANIUM, (tern, ii, n.; from nepi, and Kpaviov, the cranium.) The fibrous membrane of the bones of the cranium. Peridiastole. In interval of time next after the diastole of the heart. Peri'dium. The round, membraneous, dry case of the seeds of some angiospermous mushrooms. Peridi'dymus. The serous covering of the testicle. Periglo'ttis. The epiglottic gland. Perigo'nium. The perianth, or coverings of the stamens in flowers. Peri'graphe. Vesalius applies this term to the linea; transversa; of the rectus abdominis muscle. Peri'gynous. When the petals and stamens are attached to the sides of the calyx. Perily'mph. The liquor of Cotunnius. Pe'rin. Tlnpiv. 1. A testicle. 2. The perineum. Perinasoce'le. A rupture in the perineum. Perina:us transversus. Transversus peynaei. Perine'al. Relating to the perineum. PERINE'UM. (um, i, n.; from nepiveu, to flow round, because that part is generally moist.) The space between the anus and organs of generation. Perine'uron. The neurilemma. Periny'ctis. Synonymous with epinyctides. PERIOD. (Periodus, i, m. ; neptodog ; from nept, about, and oSog, a way.) A stated time. In medical language there are said to be five periods of a disease: the invasion, the augment, the state or full development of the disease, the decline, and the termination. With respect to intermittent diseases, the term period is sometimes applied synonymously with interval, that is, it means the time that elapses from the commencement of one paroxysm to the commencement of the next. Perio'dic acid. A compound of IO7, analogous to the perchloric acid, and but little known. Periodical diseases. Diseases of which the symptoms recur at stated intervals, as agues. PERIODI'CITY. The disposition of certain phenomena to recur at stated times. Periods of life. The most remarkable periods in the life of man after birth are Infancy, Dentition, Puberty, the Climacteric period, and that of Decay. Periodus lunaris. The menstrual period. Periody'nia. An acute circumscribed pain. — Hippocrates. Perio'rbita. The periosteum ofthe orbit. PERIO'STEUM. (um, *, n.; from nepi, and ooreov, a bone.) The fibrous membrane which invests the external surface of all the bones. Periosti'tis. Inflammation of any portion of the periosteum. Periosto'sis. A tumor formed by a thickening of the periosteum. Peri'phery. The circumference; the outside of the body, or of any object. Periphimosis. Phimosis. Peripi.eumo'nia. Pneumonia. PERIPLOCA. (a, ce,i.) A genus of asclepiadaceous plants, of which P. indica (of Willdenow) or Hemidesmus indicus (of R. Brown) furnishes Indian sarsaparilla, and P. scammonia (Linnaeus) the Smyrna scammony. Periply'sis. A profluvium or excessive discharge. PERIPNEUMONIA, (a, tt, f.; from nepi, and nvevpuv, the lung.) Peripneumony, or inflammation of the lungs. See Pneumonitis. Peripneumonia notha. P. catarrhalis. Bastard or spurious peripneumony. See Bronchitis, chronic. PERIPYE'MA. Peripycsis. (From nepi, and nvov, pus.) A collection of matter about any part, as round a tooth, in the gums. PERIRRHCE'A. (From nepippeu, to flow about.) A reflux of humors in a dropsical or other case to any of the larger emunctories for its excretion. Periscyphismus. Periscythismus. P e r i s c y t h i's m u s. A surgical operation, which consisted in making transverse incisions in the forehead, and triangular ones above the temples. Perisperm. The testa of a seed. Perispha'i.sis. Circumduction. PERISTA'LTIC. (Peristalticus; from ntpioreXTiu, to contract.) The vermicular motion of the intestines, by which they contract and propel their contents, is called the peristaltic motion. PERISTAPHYLI'NUS. (From nepi, about, and orjupvlv, the uvula.) Applied to two muscles connected with the uvula. Peristaphylinus externus. The circumflexus palati. Peristaphylinus internus. The levator palati. Perista'phylo-pharynge'us. The upper portion of the palato-pharyngeus muscle. Periste'rium. Verbena officinalis. Periste'rna. The lateral portions of the thorax. Peristo'le. The peristaltic action. Peristome. Peristomium. Peristoma. The fringe-like margin of many mosses. Peristro'ma. The mucous coat of the intes- tines.— Pecquet. PERISYSTOLE, (e, es, f.; from nspiorel-7.u, to compress.) The pause or time between a contraction and dilatation of the heart. It is so short, a portion of time as to be scarcely perceptible, except in dying persons. PER PER 496 Perithe'cium. The sac-like fructification of some fungi. Perito'me. A circular cut. Periton.eore'xis. A bursting of the peritoneum. PERITONE'UM. (um, i, n.; from irepireivu, to extend round.) A serous membrane, by which all the viscera of the abdomen are surrounded. It begins from the diaphragm, which it completely lines, and at the last fleshy fibres of the ribs, and the external lumbar fibres, it •jompletes the septum, in conjunction with the pleura, with which it is continuous through the various intervals of the diaphragm. Posteriorly, it descends before the kidneys; anteriorly, behind the abdominal muscles. It dips into the pelvis from the bones of the pubes, passes over the bladder, and descends behind; and being again carried backward at the entrance of the ureters, in two lunar folds, it rejoins upon the intestinum rectum that part of itself which invests the loins, and in this situation lies before the rectum. It has various prolongations for covering the viscera. The shorter productions of this membrane are called ligaments, and are formed by a continuous reduplication of the peritoneum,, receding from its inner surface, inclosing cellular substance, and extending to some viscus, where its plates separate, and, having diverged, embrace the viscus ; but the intermediate cellular substance always accompanies this membranaceous coat, and joins it with the true substance of the viscus. Of this short kind of production, three belong to the liver, one or two to the spleen, and others to the kidneys, and to the sides of the uterus and vagina. By these means, the tender substance of the viscera is defended from injury by any motion or concussion, and their whole mass is prevented from being misplaced by their own weight, and from injuring themselves, being securely connected with the firm sides of the peritoneum. It invests the intestines, being prolonged into folds forming the mesentery and epiploon. It is, like other serous tissues, a complete sack. PERITONITIS, (is, idis, f.; from irepiTovaiov, the peritoneum.) Inflammation of the peritoneum. When inflammation takes place in the peritoneal covering of the viscera, the symptoms are similar to those which inflammation of the viscera produces; and the disease takes the name of the viscus in which the disease is: thus, inflammation of the peritoneal covering of the liver produces symptoms of hepatitis; that of the stomach, symptoms of gastritis, and so on. The symptoms of pertonitis, when the viscera are not affected, are, tenderness in the part when pressed, and fixed pain, accompanied by fever, and, generally, considerable disturbance ofthe system. It may be produced by any of the causes of inflammation, and requires the free use of the lancet, leeches, blisters, the warm bath, and fomentations, and the same internal remedies as reduce inflammatory fever, and inflammation in other parts. There is a particular form of peritonitis mcident to lying in women, which is sometimes epidemic, and which is very violent and fatal. See Puerperal fever. There is a chronic form of peritonitis, which may either be primary, or consecutive on the acute. Its course is usually protracted, and its symptoms obscure. It is generally fatal. Peritonitis, ttphoha?mic. Puerperal fever. Peritro'pal. When the embryo of a seed is turned from the axis nearly to a right angle. Perityphlitis. Inflammation ofthe cellular tissue about the cascum. Periwinkle. Vinca minor. Perizo'ma. 1. A girdle. 2. The diaphragm; a truss. Perkinism. See Metallic tractors. Per'la. A pearl. Margarita. Perlate acid. Superphosphate of soda. Permanent. Persistent. Permanga'nic acid. A compound of Mg 3 Or existing in the red mineral chameleon. It may be obtained as a crimson solution from permanganate of baryta by the action of sulphuric acid. PERMEABI'LITY. (From germeo, to pass through.) That property of certain bodies, as membranes, the cellular tissue, &c, of allowing particular gases and fluids to pass through their, substance. It is the result of a capillary or porous texture. PE'RNIO. (o, onis, m.) A chilblain. A chilblain is a painful inflammatory swelling, of a deep purple or leaden color, to which the fingers, toes, heels, and other extreme parts of the body are subject, on being exposed to a severe degree of cold. Protection from cold and stimulating embrocations are to be employed. Perni'trate. Pernitras. A nitrate of the peroxide of a metal, as pernitrate of iron. See Ferri pernitras. Perodacty'leus. The flexor longus digitorum pedis profundus perforans. Perome'lia. Congenital want of any limb.— Good. PE'RONE. (From neipu, to fasten; so called because it fastens together the' tibia and the muscles.) The fibula. „ Perone'al. Relating to the fibula. Peroneal artery. The fibular artery; a branch of the popliteal. Peroneal nerve. The external popliteal nerve is the peroneal. Perone'us. Hepovaioc. Belonging to the fibula. Peroneus anticus. See Peroneus brevis. Peroneus brevis. This muscle is the peroneus secundus, seu anticus, of Douglas; the peroneus medius, seu anticus, of Winslow; and the peronatus secundus of Cowper. It arises from the anterior and outer part of the fibula, its fibres continuing to adhere to the lower half of that bone. Its round tendon passes through the groove in the malleolus externus, along with that ofthe peroneus longus, after which it runs in a separate groove to be inserted into the upper and posterior part of the tubercle at the basis of the metatarsal bone that supports the little toe. Its use is to assist the peroneus longus. Peroneus longus. This muscle, peroneui primus, seu posticus, of Douglas; peroneus maximus, «ew posterior, of Winslow ; and peronaut primus of Cowper, is situated somewhat anteriorly along the outer side ofthe leg. It arise* PER PER I i 497 from the external lateral part of the head of the tibia, the upper anterior surface, and outer side ~c *1— a\ i_ t. ¦ • _ i j of the fibula. It terminates in a long, round tendon, which runs obliquely behind the malleolus internus, where it passes through a cartilaginous groove in common with the peroneus brevis, being bound down by an annular ligament. When it has reached the os calcis, it quits the tendon of tho peroneus brevis, and runs obliquely inward along a groove in the os cuboides, under the muscles on the sole of the foot, to be inserted into the outside of the posterior extremity of the metatarsal bone that supports the great toe. Near the insertion of this muscle we find a small bursa mucosa. This muscle draws the foot outward, and likewise assists in extending it. Peroneus maximus. P. posticus. P. primus. See Peroneus longus. Peroneus medius. P. secundus. See Peroneus brevis. -0 Peroneus tertius. This is the name given by Albinus to a muscle, which by some writers is called nanus Vesalii, or Vesalius's ninth muscle of the foot, but by most considered in the present day as a portion of the extensor longus digitorum pedis. It is situated at the anterior, inferior, and outer part of the leg, along the outer edge of the last-described muscle, to which it is intimately united. It arises, fleshy, from the anterior surface of the lower half of the fibula, and from the adjacent part of the interosseus ligament. Its fibres run obliquely downward toward a tendon which passes under the annular ligament, and then running obliquely outward, it is inserted into the root of the metatarsal bone that supports the little toe. This muscle assists in bending the foot. PERO'XIDE. The highest state of oxydation of any compound without acid properties. Perospla'nchnica. Congenital want of a portion ofthe viscera.— Good. Perry. A vinous liquor made from pears. Pe'rsea. The name given to the genus Laurus by Sprengel. Pe'rsica. The peach. Amygdalus persica. Persica'ria. Polygonum persicaria. Persi'cus ignis. Persian fire. Anthrax. Persi'mmon. Diospyros virginiana. • Persi'stent. Persistans. Permanent. PERsrsTENS febris. A regular intermitting fever, the paroxysms of which return at constant and stated periods. Persona'ta. Arctium lappa. PERSONATE. Personatus. (From persona, a mask.) A term applied to a gaping blossom or monopetalous corolla, when irregular, and closed by a kind of palate, as in Antirrhinum. PERSPIRA'TION. (Pcrspiratio, onis, f.) The fluid secreted by the sudoriparous follicles. These are very minute follicles, situated in the adipose cellules below the corium, and terminating in the ridges of the skin by a single spiral or tortuous tube. The number averages twenty-eight hundred in a square inch of the skin, and seven millions over the whole body. Their secretion is usually thrown off as a vapor, being heated by the body; but, under a high dew-point, and when in great excess, it becomes a fluid. In these two states it is called insensible and sensible perspiration, or sweat. This fluid consists chiefly of water; it also contains lactic acid, epithelium scales, carbonic acid, salts of soda, potash, and phosphates, the solid contents varying from J to 1$ per cent. The total amount from the body varies with the temperature, amount of water drank, and dewpoint, from 1£ pounds to five or more pounds daily. Besides this there is exhaled, by common evaporation from the lungs, about eighteen ounces of fluid daily, which is called the pulmonary exhalation, and is a fixed quantity. It appears that upward of 100 grains of effete azotized matter is discharged from the skin daily. The kidneys act vicariously with the skin m the amount of fluid thrown off in the day, and under different circumstances. Besides the sudoriparous glandulat, certain parts of the skin are furnished with sebaceous follicles, especially the axilla?, &c. These glands are of the same general structure as the foregoing, but often more complex; they secrete the oily and odorous matter of the skin, which mixes with the perspiration. Perspiration varies in respect to, 1. The tern' perature of the atmosphere. —Thus men have a more copious, viscid, and higher-colored sweat in summer than in winter, and in warm countries than in colder regions. 2. Sex. —The sweat of a man is said to smell more acrid than that of a woman. 3. Age. —The young are more subject to sweat than the aged, who, during the excessive heat of the summer, scarcely sweat at all. In disease, the importance of perspiration is made very apparent, fevers being associated with its absence or diminution, and a favorable crisis being frequently seen in connection with its re-establishment. Hence the importance of diaphoretics in medicine. Persu'lphate. Persulphas. The sulphate of a peroxide, as persulphate of iron. See Ferri persulphas. PERTURBATION. (From perturbo, to disturb.) In Medicine, disturbance of the natural progress of a disease by therapeutic agents. Pcrturbating medicine, a term applied to a mode of treating diseases by very active means, fitted to change their natural course or arrest their progress. PERTU'SSIS. (is, is, f.; from per, much, and tussis, cough.) The hooping-cough. A disease known by a convulsive strangulating cough, accompanied with a peculiar sonorous inspiration or whoop, returning by fits, that are usually terminated by vomiting; and by its being contagious. It attacks children; occurs but once; the fits are most violent at night and morning; and it usually lasts six weeks or more; but if it continues during a longer time, change of air is necessary. Hooping-cough usually subsides without danger, but it may induce inflammation of the bronchia;, convulsions, hydrocephalus, and other fatal affections of the brain or lungs. When vomiting occurs naturally, nature adopts the most effective treatment, and the disease is of short duration. In plethoric patients bleeding may be necessary, but the principal dependence is in nauseating doses of ipecacuanha*. PES PET 498 The bowels should be kept open, a blister employed in severe cases, and assafoetida and sed- atives where the complaint does not readily give way, and the convulsive symptoms are severe. Warm clothing, and a mild, abstemious diet, are necessary. Peruvian balsam. Myroxylon peruiferum. Peruvian bark. Peruvianas cortex. See Cinchona. Peruvian ipecacuanha. The root of the Psychotria emetica : it is exported from Carthagena, and constitutes the striated or black ipecacuanha. Peruvianas cortex flavus. Cinchona cordifolia. Peruvianus cortex ruber. Cinchona oblongifolia. PERVE'RSION. Perversio. 1. A change which is of a morbid nature. 2. A diseased state of the humors. P E R VIG PL IU M. ( um, ii,n.; from per, much, and vigilo, to watch.) Watching, or a want of sleep. Pervi'nca. Vinca minor. PES. (es, cdis, m.; a foot.) The foot. It consists of the tarsus, metatarsus, and toes. It has its proper muscles and tendons, arteries, veins, aud nerves. Pes accessorius. A swelling on the outer wall of the cornu ammonis, somewhat resembling the hippocampus major, but of smaller size. Pes alexandrinus. Anthemis pyrethrum. Pes anseri'nus. The radiated expansion of the portio dura on the side of the face. Pes cati. Gnaphalium dioicum. Pes colombi'nus. Geranium rotundifolium. Pes equinus. Club foot. Pes hippocampi. Two columns at the end of the fornix of the brain, which diverge posteriorly. Seo Encephalos. Pes leonis. Alchemilla vulgaris. Pes tigridis. A species of Ipomeosa. PE'SSARY. (Pessarium, ii, n.; from neaaoc, a small stone.) An instrument made of wood, ivory, caoutchouc, or other materials, introduced into the vagina to -support the uterus in cases of prolapsus, or in vaginal hernia;. Pessaries are of various forms; as the globe pessary, the ring pessary, the conical pessary, &c. Pessu'lus. Pcssus. A pessary. Pestile'nce. A plague. P E S TIL E'N TIA L. ( Pestilentialis; from pestis, the plague.) A disease which is epidemic and malignant. Pestile'nt-wort. Tussilago petasites. Pestilo'chia. Aristolochia virginiana. PE'STIS. (From perdo, to destroy.) Pestis contagiosa. P. orientalis. The plague, a disease characterized by typhoid fever, which is contagious in the extreme; prostration of strength, vomiting of bilious matter, buboes, and carbuncles; petechia;, hemorrhage, and colliquative diarrha;a. It is miasmatic, requires a high temperature for its development, and is remarkably fatal, running its course in four or five days, sometimes less. There is little hope from treatment, but that for severe typhus is the best, with every exertion to maturate the buboes when they appear; and the most rapidly fatal cases occur without these abscesses. The dis- ease is peculiarly malignant in the Levant and Egypt. Dissections have discovered the gall bladder full of black bile, the liver very considerably enlarged, the lungs, kidneys, and intestines beset with carbuncles. They have likewise discovered all the other appearances observed in typhus fever. The plague may be communicated by inoculation with the matter of the buboes. Pestis bellica. Typhus gravior. Pestis nigra. The black pestilence, or black death of the fourteenth century. It originated in Asia, and passed over the world, and is said to have destroyed a fourth part of the people of that time. It was a true Eastern plague, with black petechia?, and attended by a typhoid pneumonia. PE'TAL. (Pelalum, i, n.) The name of the colored leaflets of the corolla of a flower. Petaloi'des. 1. Resembling a petal. 2. Urine which has in it flaky suMltances resembling leaves.— Hippocrates. Peta'sites. Tussilago petasites. PETE'CHIA. (a, a-, f.) Peticula. A red or purple spot, which resembles a flea-bite. It arises from a small extravasation of blood under the skin. When the extravasation is larger, so as to resemble a bruise, it is called a vibex. Petechia; and vibices are common in malignant fevers. Petechia; sine febre. Purpura simplex. Pete'chial. Having, or resembling, petechia;. Petechial scurvy. Scorbutus. Peti'olar. Petiola'ris. Fixed to the petiole or leaf-stalk. Peti'olate. Petiola'tus. Leaves which are furnished with a stalk. PETFOLUS. (us, i, m.; from petalum, a leaf.) A petiole. The leaf-stalk of a plant. Petra'pium. Bubon macedonicum. PETRO'LEUM. Petrela'um. (From irerpa, a rock, and oleum, oil.) A natural liquid bituminous substance. Petroleum barbadense. Barbadoes tar. A veiy dark-colored liquid bitumen, brought from Trinidad and other places. Petroleum rubrum. A species of naphtha from the village of Gabian in Languedoc. Petroleum sulphuratum. See Balsamum sulphuris barbadense. Petromyzon fluviatilis. The lesser lamprey.—P. bronchialis. The lampem.— P. marinus. The true lamprey. Petro-occipital. Belonging to the petrous portion of the temporal bone and the occipital bone, as the suture between these. Petro-pharynga;us. The constrictor pharyngis superior. Petro-salpingo-pharyngeus. The levator palati mollis muscle. Petro-salpingo staphylinus. The levator palati. Petrosal sinus. See Sinus. Petroseli'num. P. vulgare. Apium.— P. macedonicum. Bubon macedonicum. Petro-sphenoidal suture. The small suture situated between the anterior margin of the petrous portion of the temporal bone and the posterior margin of the sphenoid bone. PH A P H A 499 Petro-staphylinus. The levator palati mollis muscle.— Chaussier. PETRO'SUS. Petrous. (From Trerpa, a rock.) A portion of the temporal bone is the os petrosum, or petrous portion, on account of its great hardness. See Temporis os. Petrous ganglion. Petrosal ganglion. See Ganglion petrosum. PEUCE'DANUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umhellifcros. — P. officinale. Hog's fennel. The root has a fetid smell, and an acrid, unctuous, bitterish taste. The dried juice yields a gum-resin. Both are recommended as nervine and antihysteric.—P. si'laus. Meadow saxifrage. The roots, leaves, and seeds have been commended as aperients, diuretics, and carminatives. Pewter. An alloy of 17 parts of antimony to 100 parts of tin, with a little copper. PEYER'S GLANDS. Peyeri glandula:. The clustered mucous glands of the small intestines, especially the ileum. See Brunner's glands, and Intestines. PEZI'ZA. (a, os, f.) A genus of fungi.— P. auricula. Jew's ears. A membranaceous fungus resembling the human ear. It is astringent. PHA'CIA. (Qanta, a lentil.) A cutaneous spot or blemish, called by the Latins lentigo and lenlicula. Phaci'tis. Inflammation of the crystalline lens. * Phacohymeni'tis. Inflammation ofthe capsule of the crystalline lens. PHAGEDENA, (a, a, f.; from ayu, to eat.) A species of ulcer that spreads very rapidly. Phageda:na gangrenosa. Hospital gangrene. Phagede'nic Phagedasnicus. 1. An ulceration which spreads very rapidly. 2. An escharotic body. Phalacro'sis. Baldness. Pha'lacrum. A probe.— Turton. Phala'nges. The plural of phalanx. Phalango'sis. I. An affection of the eyelids, where there are two or more rows of hairs upon them. 2. Ptosis. PHA'LANX. (x, gis, f.; from (paXay!;, a battalion.) The small bones of the fingers and toes are distinguished into the first, second, and third phalanges. PHA'LARIS. (is,idis,f.) A genus of plants. Gramincas. — P. canariensis. Canary grass. The seed are ground into meal, and make a coarse sort oLbread in the Canaries. Phallo'carcino'ma. Cancer of the penis. PHA'LLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The penis. 2. A genus of fungi.— P. esculentus. The morel fungus. It grows on moist banks and wet pastures in May, and is used as a delicacy, in the same manner as the truffle, for gravies and stewed dishes, but has an inferior flavor.— P. impudicus. The stinkhorn. PHANEROG A'M 0 U S. Phancrogamia. (From tyavtpog, distinct, and yapoc, marriage.) Those plants which bear perfect flowers, as distinguished from the cryptogamia. PHANTA'SMA. Phantasm. (From pavra£a, to make appear.) The imaginary per- ception of an object. It may arise from disease of the eye or of the sensorium. PHARMACEUTIC. (Pharmaceuticut ; from apfiaicevu, to exhibit medicines.) Belonging to pharmacy. Pharmaceu'tice. Pharmacy. Pharmaci'en. (French.) An educated druggist. Pharmacochy'mia. Pharmaceutic chemistry. Pharmacodynamics. That branch of materia medica which treats of the effects or power of medicines. Pharmacogno'sia. That part of pharmacy which treats of the simple drugs. PHARMACOLOGY. (Pharmacologic, a,as, f.; from tfrappaicov, and 2.oyoc, a discourse.) The study of Pharmacy. PHARMACOPOEIA, (a, a, f.; from dapuanov, and noieu, to make.) 1. The art of preparing medicines. 2. A dispensatory. Pharmacopo'la. A druggist. Pharmacopo'lium. A drug store. Pharmacopo'sia. A liquid medicine. Pharmacothe'ca. A medicine chest. Pharma'cum. A medicine or poison. PHARMACY. ( Pharmacia, as, f.; from j>apfiaitov, a medicine.) The art of preparing remedies for the treatment of diseases. Pharynge'thron. The pharynx, or fauces. PHARYNGE'AL. (Pharyngeus; from cJapvvf, the pharynx.) Belonging to, or affecting the pharynx. Pharyngeal arteries. The superior or pterygopalatine artery is a branch of the internal maxillary. The inferior arises from the external carotid on a level with the facial artery, and divides into a pharyngeal and meningeal branch. Pharyngeal nerve. A branch of the pneumogastric or eighth pair, distributed to the pharynx. This nerve, uniting with the glossopharyngeal, the superior laryngeal, and with branches from the first cervical plexus, form the network of nervous filaments called the pharyngeal plexus. PHARYNGITIS, (is, idis, f.; from pharynx, and itis, inflammation.) An inflammation of the membrane which forms the pharynx. It is known by the unnatural florid color of the pharynx, especially about the lower part of the fauces; and this is accompanied by feverishness of the inflammatory kind, which is seldom considerable. In most cases of phlegmonous tonsillitis the pharynx is also affected. Dr. Cullen declares that he never saw a case in which the inflammation was confined to the pharynx t it constantly spreads in a greater or less degree to the tonsils and neighboring parts. The mode of treatment is the same as in tonsillitis. Pharyngitis, diphtheric. Inflammation of the pharynx, with the formation of false membrane. ' Pharyngitis, follicular. Inflammation of the mucous follicles of the pharynx, sometimesextending to the larynx, and constituting one variety of the clergyman's sore throat. Pharyngo'cele. A morbid enlargement of the pharynx and gullet. PHARYNGOPLE'GIA. (From and PHI P H L 500 nXeacru, to strike.) Pharyngolysis. Paralysis of the pharynx, a symptom of general paralysis or of approaching death. Pharyngo-staphyli'nus. A muscle originating in the pharynx, and terminating in the uvula. The palato-pharyngeus. Pharyngo'tome. Pharyngotomus. A spring lancet furnished with a case, for scarifying the tonsils. PHARYNGOTO'MIA. (a, ce, f.; from and repvu, to cut.) 1. The operation of cutting into the pharynx. 2. Scarification of the tonsils. PHA'RYNX. (x, gis, f. Atto tov c6epu, because it conveys the food into the stomach.) The muscular bag at the back part of the mouth. It is shaped like a funnel, adheres to the fauces behind the larynx, and terminates in the oesophagus. Its use is to receive the masticated food, and to convey it into the oesophagus. PHASE'OLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. —P. cre'ticus. Cajan. Cayan. A decoction of the leaves is said to restrain bleeding from piles. —P. vulgaris. The kidney-bean. Phasianus co'lchicus. The pheasant.—P. gattus. The common or domestic fowl. Pha'tnium. The socket of a tooth. Phausi'nges. A blister or pustule produced by heat. PHELLA/NDRIUM. («m,n,n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera;. —P. aquaticum. Water-fennel, or fine-leaved water-hemlock. It possesses narcotic and poisonous qualities, which are best counteracted by acids, after clearing the prima; viae. Phenecin. A purple substance obtained by Mr. Crura from indigo; the hydrate of indigo. Pheni'gmus. ' A disease accompanied with a red color of the skin without fever.— Sauvagcs. PHENOMENON. In the plural phenomena. (From aivopai, to appear.) A remarkable occurrence. The phenomena of a disease are its symptoms. Phi'ala. A phial, or small bottle of one, two, or a few ounces contents. Philadel'phus. Galium aparine. Phiua'tros . An amateur, or student of medicine. Philonium londinense. Confectii opii. Philosopher's stone. Lapis philosopho- rum. PHILLY'RIA. (a,ce,f.) A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Mock privet. The P. media and P. latifolia yield a peculiar crystalline principle of a bitter taste and supposed tonic properties, called phillyrine. PHFLTRUM. (um,i,n.; fromc6tAew,tolove.) 1. A philtre, or medicine to excite love. 2. The groove between the nose and the upper lip. Phimo'sicus. Relating to phimosis. PHIMO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ?.eyu, to burn.) Inflammation. Phlegmasia dolens. Phlegmasia lactea. P. alba. A disease which mostly occurs to women soon after delivery; and hence it has been called the puerperal tumid leg. The disease usually appears from ten to sixteen days after parturition : the symptoms are pyrexia, stiffness of the thigh; pain and weight, mostly on one side; the thigh becomes hot, tender, and white; the pain becomes excruciating, and extends along the leg; there is oedema; the crural veins can frequently be traced as a hard cord; the swelling extends, and the pain diminishes. The limb may become of thrice its natural size; it does not pit, but is unyielding, and presents hard knots in various parts. This state of things lasts for several weeks, when the limb returns to its natural state, the affection ending in resolution. This disease is now well known to be an inflammatory affection of the crural and uterine veins, arising from the presence of the gravid uterus, &c, the swelling being due to an effusion of serum and coagulable lymph, which is reabsorbed. But it sometimes ends in suppuration, and the formation of ulcers difficult to heal, or in gangrene. Some of the veins are often obliterated. The cure is to be attempted first by leeches applied down the course of the limb, poppyhead fomentations, and alvine evacuants; and afterward, as soon as the inflammatory symptoms have abated, by local stimulants, so as to excite the torpid absorbents to increased action, of which the volatile liniment, with laudanum, may be advantageously used by frictions. Mercurial liniment is occasionally beneficial. The chronic weakness is to be removed by a continuation of the friction, bathing, an elastic bandage round the limb, pure air, and, if necessary, bark, cascarilla, and a generous diet. PHLEGMA'SLE. Inflammations. The second order in the Pyrexia; of Cullen, characterized by pyrexia, with topical pain and inflammation ; the blood, after venesection, exhibiting a buffy coat. Phlegmatopy'ra. Adeno-meningeal fever. Phlegmatorrha'gia. A cold. Phlegmhymeni'tis. Phlegmymenitis. Inflammation of a mucous membrane. PHLE'GMON. (on, onis, m.; from QXeyu, to burn.) Phlegmone. An inflammation of that kind which is otherwise called healthy inflammation I such as attacks the cellular tissue, ending in resolution or suppuration, as in an abscess. Phle'gmonoid. Resembling phlegmon. Phlegmonoid erysipelas. Erysipelas. Phlegmonous. Of the nature of phlegmon. Phlegmonous inflammation. Inflammation leading to suppuration. PHLOGI'STTC. (Phlogisticus; from cMoyifo, to burn.) Inflammatory. Phlogi'ston. A supposed general inflammable principle of Stahl. Phlogisticated air. Nitrogen gas. PHLOGO'SIS. (From QKoyou, to inflame.) Inflammation. See Inflammation. Phlogo'tic. Phlogoticus. Inflammatory. PHLORI'DZINE. (From floioc, bark, and pt£a, a root.) A crystalline principle closely resembling salicine, and having tonic and febrifuge properties, extracted from the bark of the root of the apple, pear, plum, &c, trees. The crystals are deposited from a decoction of these barks as it cools; *hey have a sp. gr. of 1-429, and are readily soluble in water at 70° F., or above, or in alcohol, and but little soluble in cold water or ether. The composition of phloridzine is C42H J3 Oi8-f-6HO; hence it only differs from salicine in containing two atoms more of oxygen. It has been found very serviceable in intermittents, ten to twenty grains arresting a paroxysm. By the action of boiling dilute sulphuric acid it is converted into a resinous body, Phloretine, C30H15O10? When moist phloridzine is exposed to the action of air and ammonia, it is converted into a deep red color, which dissolves in ammonia, and may be precipitated by acids: this is called Ph'loridseine, and has the composition C42H29N2O26, or phloridzine plus eight equivalents of oxygen and two equivalents of ammonia. When dried, it forms a rich blue coloring matter, similar to indigo. P H L Y C T 2E'N A. (a, at, f. Qlvnraivai, small bladders; from ?.v£u, to boil.) A small pellucid vesicle, that contains a serous fluid. Phly'ctenoid. Resembling a phlyctama. Phlycti'dium. A circular pustule encircled by an inflamed zone, as in the small-pox. ( Phly'ctis. A tumor with great heat. Phly'sis. 1. Phlyctama. 2. A whitlow. Phlyza'cium. See Pustule. Phlyzacion. Ecthyma. Phobodi'psia. (a, a, f.; from o6eu, to fear,, and diipn, thirst.) Fear of drinking. Phocenic acid. See Phocenine. PHOCE'NINE. M. Chevreuil found in the oil of the porpoise (Delphinium phoccena) a peculiar fatty matter mixed with elaine. This he named Phocenine. When saponified it yields a volatile odoriferous acid, called the Phocenic acid. Phceni'ceus. Crimson. Phcenici'smus. The measles.— P/ouquet. Phcenici'tes lapis. The lapis judaicus. Phceni'cius morbus. The tubercular ele- phantiasis. Phceni'gmus. 1. A red eruption on the skin, without fever. 2. A rubefacient. PHR PHO 502 PHCE'NIX. (ix,icis,i.) A genua of palms. —P. dactyli'fera. The date-tree. PHO'NICUS. (From uvij, the voice.) Relating to the voice. Pho'nica. Phonono'si. Diseases of the vo- cal organs. Phora. Gestation. Pho'sgene gas. Chloro-carbonic acid. PHOSPHATE. (Phosphas,p,tis,l) A salt of phosphoric acid with a base. Phospha'tic acid. Phosphoric acid. Phosfhatic diathesis. A morbid state of the constitution, tending to the formation of calculi of the phosphates. Pho'sphite. Phosphis. A salt of phosphorous acid. PHOSPHORE'SCENCE. Phosphorescentia. The luminous appearance which is presented by phosphorescent bodies. Phosphore'scent. Having the property of being luminous in the dark. PHOSPHORIC ACID. Acidum phosphoricum. The acid compound of phosphorus and oxygen, POs; equiv., 71-4. *It exists in three forms : bibasic (pyrophosphoric acid) acid; glacial, or metaphosphoric acid, obtained by fusing the hydrated; and, 3dly, the hydrated, or tnbasic acid. The glacial acid is used to a small extent in medicine: it is intensely sour, very soluble, and deliquescent; sp. gr., 2-68. It is sparingly used as a febrifuge in the form of lemonade, and as an injection, but does not seem to be superior to other acids. Phosphoric acid exists abundantly in bones, the urine, and most animal fluids, in combination with bases. It is also found in the mineral aud vegetable kingdom. Phosphorous acid. Acidum phosphorosum. It is very sour, reddens vegetable blues, and neutralizes bases; is deliquescent, and a powerful deoxydizing agent. Formula, P0 3 ;.eq., 55-4. PHO'SPHORUS. (us, i, m.; from uc, light, and tbepio, to bear.) An extremely combustible element, of a grayish-yellow color, consistence of wax; sp. gr., 177, melting at 113°, and boiling at 572° F.; phosphorescent in the dark, and emitting a white smoke in the air. It may A be distilled if air be absent, otherwise it inflames and becomes oxydized. It is insoluble in water, but dissolves in oils and ether. Its symbol is P; eq., 31*4. This element is obtained by decomposing bones, and it is present in nearly every tissue of the human body/combined with proteine, &c. It forms four compounds with oxygen: P 2 0> the oxide; PO, hypophosphorous acid; PO3, phosphorous acid; and the phosphoric acid, P0 5 . It also combines with the metals, forming phosphurets, and with chlorine, &c. With hydrogen it yields two gaseous bodies, of which one is self-inflammable in tho air, the phosphureted or perphosphureted hydrogen. It is soluble in ether, and the JEther phosphoratus (q. v.) is one mode of administering it. It is a powerful nervous stimulant, but may cause death from inflammation of the stomach; hence it is rarely employed. Begin with a dose of Jj-th to 1th of a grain, "in ether or emulsion, during the day. It often acts as a stimulus to the generative function. Pho'sphuret. Phosphuretum. A combination of phosphorus with a metal. Phosphureted hydrogen. See Phosphorus. Photoge'nic. Produced by the action of light. The Daguerreotype (which see) is sometimes called a photogenic drawing. PHOTOGRAPHY. (From ciwc, and ypau6eu, to dread.) Such an intolerance of light that the eye, or, rather, the retina, can scarcely bear its irritating rays. Such patients generally wink or close their eyes in light, which they can not bear without exquisite pain or confused vision. The proximate cause is too great a sensibility in the retina. It is a particular symptom of mternal ophthalmia. When a symptom of any disease, it requires the treat, ment of that disease; and when a mere nervous affection, cold bathing, cold applications to the eyes, and tonics are proper. PHOTO'PSIA. (a, a-, f.; from uc, and orpig, vision.) Lucid vision. An affection of the eye in which the patient perceives luminous rays, ignited lines, or coruscations. Phototy'pe. A drawing or engraving produced by the action of light. See Photography. Phragmi'tes. Arundo phragmites. Phra'gmus. The rows of teeth. PHRE'NES. (From (ppnv, the mind; because the ancients imagined that the mind was seated there.) 1. The pra'cordia. 2. The diaphragm. Phrene'sis. Phrenetiasis. Cephalitis. Phre'nic Phrcnicus. Belonging to the diaphragm. Phrenic arteries. See Diaphragmatic arteries. Phrenic nerve. Diaphragmatic nerve. It arises from a union of the branches of the third, fourth, and fifth cervical pairs on each side, passes between the clavicle and subclavian artery, and thence descends by the pericardium to the diaphragm. Phrenic veins. See Diaphragmatic veins. PHRENI'CA. (From prjv, the mind.) Phrensy. Inflammation of the brain. See Encephalitis. P H T P H T 503 Phrenitis latrans. Hydrophobia. PHRENO'LOGY. (Phrenologia,a,U from A. • J 1 *, ¦!• v ml__A ¦typnv, the mind, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) That system of mental philosophy which regards the brain as made up of numerous (42) parts, each subservient to a particular affection, instinct, or quality. The development of each of these qualities is associated with the relative size of the organ in different brains. Of the general principle that the size of the brain and its peculiar development is connected with the intelligence of an individual, there is little doubt, but the location of 42 organs is probably very premature. The following are the organs: 1. Conservation. 23. Time. 2. Alimentation. 24. Language. 3. Destruction. 25. Coloring. 4. Cunning. 26. Eventuality. 5. Courage. 27. Talent for construe-6. Choice of places. tion. 7. Concentration. 28. Musical talent. 8. Attachment for life, or 29. Talent for imitation. marriage. 30. Comparison. 9. Attachment. 31. Causality. 10. Reproduction. 32. Discrimination. 11. Philoprogbnitiveness. 33. Vanity. 12. Property. 34. Self-esteem. 13. Circumspection. 35. Firmness, persever-14. Perception of substance ance. or objects. 36. Conscience. 15. Configuration. 37. Veneration. 16. Size. 38. Hope. 17. Distance. 39. Benevolence. 18. Geometrical sense. 40. Sentiment of the mar. 19. Resistance. vellous. 20. Localities. 41. Poetical sentiment. 21. Numbers. 42. Sentiment of the beau-22. Order. tiful in arts. Phrensy. See Phrenitis. Phrice'. An intense sensation of cold; a shivering. Phrico'des febris. Febris horriflcus. Phtha'rma. A generic term for the diseases of the eye; hence P. calligo is calligo, P. cataracta is cataract, &c. Phtheiriasis. See Phthiriasis. Phtheiro'ctanum. Phtheirium. Delphinium staphisagria. PHTHIRIA'SIS. (is, is, vel cos, f.; from ¦ 6etp, a louse.) Morbus pcdiculosus. Pediculatio. Phtheiriasis. A disease in which several parts of the body generate lice, which often puncture the skin, and produce little sordid ulcers. Phthi'sicus. Phthinodes. Phthisical. Relating to consumption or phthisis. Phthisiolo'gy. Phthisiologia. A treatise on phthisis. Phthisi-pneumonia. Phthisis pulmonale. PHTHI'SIS. (it, i», c* cos, f. Mime; from voKiov, a bigbeUied fellow.) Any enlargement of the abdomen: known by a tumor occupying chiefly one part ofthe abdomen, increasing slowly, and neither sonorous nor fluctuating. The species are, 1. Physconia hepatica. —Enlarged liver, which may arise from morbid turgescence of the bileducts, scrofula in children, or from tumors. 2. Physconia peritonei. —Tumefaction of the peritoneum. One instance of this was from the acephalocyst, or headless bladder-worm. 3. Physconia splenica. An obvious increase of the size of the belly. Enlarged spleen may occur in agues, or from tumors and morbid conditions. 4. Physconia omentalis. —Enlarged omentum from tumors and morbid growths. v 5. Physconia renalis. —An enlargement of the kidney produced by morbid growths. 6. Physconia uterina. —This is, perhaps, the most frequent case of physconia. The uterus itself, and its appendages, are often diseased, and so enlarged as to cause a great swelling of the abdomen, and often at a period and under circumstances to favor the opinion of the female being pregnant. The swelling may be caused by restrained menses, from obstruction in the vagina; by other secretions into the uterus or its appendages; by depositions of morbid substances, either cartilaginous, cephalomatous, or of other natures; by many diseased states of the ovaria; by ovarial, tubal, or extra-uterine fcetation, etc. In the first case, the obstruction is to be removed by the knife, or suitable means. 7. Physconia mesenterica. — Many cases are recorded of glandular enlargements of the mesentery causing this disease, but they are rare. 8. Physconia intcslinalis. —Pendulous or pot belly. A laxity of the intestinal canal produces an enlargement of the belly, which is cured by tonics, diet, and exercise. Morbid growths of the intestines also occasionally cause physconia. PHYSE'MA. Physesis. (From to inflate.) 1. A windy tumor. 2. Tympanitis. Physeter macroce'phalus. The spermaceti whale. Spermaceti, called in the pharmacopoeia Cetaccum, is an oily, concrete, crystalline, semitransparent matter, obtained from the cavity of the cranium of several species of whales, but principally from the Physeter macrocephalus, or spermaceti whale. It is emollient, and mostly used in cerates, ointments, &c. PHYSIC. (hvoiKij; from voir, nature.) The science of the laws of nature, more especially of the movements, pressure, and sensible properties of things. The word is now used to designate natural philosophy. PhYsio-autocratia. The vis medicatrix naturae. PHYSIOGNOMY. (Physiognomic; from. voic, nature, and yivuoKu, to know.) The art of judging of the characters of individuals by their countenances, gestures, and other external peculiarities. There is a kind of physiognomy which is of great importance in the practice of medicine, and which embraces the PHY PIC 505 expression of the countenance as affected by certain diseased states: the complexion of the C 1 „r «.!._ l 1- e _i- i__J — .1— face and of the whole surface of the body, the attitude of the patient, and his manner of speaking and moving. The practitioner, who has a discerning and experienced eye in medical physiognomy, will attain, in many cases, to a readiness of diagnosis, and a certainty of prognosis, which will astonish those who have neglected this study. The reader will find many accurate remarks on the physiognomy of disease in Dr. Marshall Hall's work on Diagnosis. The principal traits observable in the countenance are, 1. The oculo-zygomatic trait, commencing at the greater angle of the eye, and lost a little below the projection formed by the cheek bone. This is the index of disorders of the cerebro-nervous system. 2. The nasal trait, beginning at the upper part of the ala nasi, and embracing in a semicircle, more or less perfect, the outer line of the orbicularis oris. A trait is sometimes observed toward the middle of the cheek, forming a kind of tangent with the nasal trait, and sometimes constituting the dimple of the cheeks; this is called the genal trait. These indicate disorders ofthe digestive passages and abdominal viscera. 3. The labial trait, beginning at the angle of the lips, and lost on the lower portion of the face. It indicates diseases of the heart and air passages. 4. To these may be added the face grippee, or pinched-in face, a term applied by the French to the expression of the countenance in peritonitis; the features are altered, and appear drawn up toward the forehead, which is wrinkled, and the nose pointed. PHYSIO'LOGY. (Physiologic, ce, f. voioTioyta; from tyvoic, nature, and Aoyof, a discourse.) This term, in its original meaning, is synonymous with natural philosophy, and in this sense it was used by the Greeks. It is now restricted, however, to that branch of natural knowledge which relates to the laws of life and the functions of living beings. Physiology is divided into general and special, the former having for its object the general laws of life, the latter the functions of particular organs. It is also divided, like anatomy, into human, which relates to man, and comparative, which relates to the inferior animals and to vegetables. Phy'sis. HO* Picrik. A bitter substance obtained from foxglove, and said to be the impure Digitaline PIL P I L 506 PFCRIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia equates. Composite. — P. echoides. The common ox-tongue. The leaves are said to relax the bowels. Picrogly'cion. Impure solanine derived from the dulcamara. Picroliche'nine. An intensely bitter nonazotized crystalline body found in Variolara amara. Pi'cromel. Bilin rendered impure by the action of acetic acid. PIC R O T O'X IN. Picrotoxia. Picrotoxic acid. The poisonous principle of the cocculus indicus. It crystallizes in white, brilliant, semitransparent four-sided prisms, which are bitter and soluble; they produce a kind of intoxication: about ten grains will kill a dog. This substance is, according to Pelletier and Cotierbe, a feeble acid, and not an alkaloid. Its composition is C12H7O5, but this is doubtful. Piedmont truffle. Lycoperdon tuber. Pie'strum. An instrument to compress the head of a dead fcetus, for its more easy extraction from the womb. Pig-nut. Bunium bulbocastanum. Pigmenta'rius. A druggist. Pigment cells. Cellules, wherever situated, which contain coloring matter, as the pigment cells of the pigmentum nigrum. PIGME'NTUM. (um, i, n.; from pingo, to paint.) A pigment. This name is given by anatomists to a mucous substance found in the eye, which is, 1. The pigment of the iris, which covers the posterior surface of the iris, and is called also uvea, from the resemblance of its color to that of the grape. 2. The pigment of the choroid membrane, a black or brownish mucus, which covers the anterior surface of the choroid membrane, and is called pigmentum nigrum. This substance is the same as the black matter of melama, the lungs, freckles, &c. The depth of its shade varies with the color of the hair and skin. Pigmentum indicum. Indigo. Pike. The esox lucius. Pi'la hy'stricis. The bezoar hystricis. Pi'la mari'na. A globular mass of marine plants, formerly esteemed in scrofula and as an anthelmintic. Pila're malum. Trichiasis. An unnatural condition of the hair. Pila'tio. A capillary fracture of the skull. Pilchard. The clupea pilchar.dus. PILE, GALVANIC. An apparatus for exhibiting the phenomena of galvanism, and consisting of a pile or column of metallic plates of zinc and copper, and discs of wet card, placed in succession to each other in the same regular order throughout the series. Pile of De Luc. —An electrical column, constructed of pieces of paper, silvered on one side by means of silver leaf, and alternating with thin leaves of zinc, the silvered surfaces of the paper discs being always in the same direction. Dry pile.—' The inappropriate name of an arrangement of pairs of metallic plates, separated by layers of farinaceous paste, mixed with common salt. The apparatus evidently owes its efficacy to the moisture of the paste. Secondary piles. —Piles formed simply of discs of copper and moistened card, placed alternate ly. These have no power of developing electricity by their own action, but are capable of receiving a charge by being placed in the circuit of a powerful voltaic battery, and of thus acquiring, though in an inferior degree, the properties of the battery itself. PILES. Hemorrhoids. Piles are small tumors produced by the dilatation of the hemorrhoidal veins and cellular coat of the rectum, whereby erectile tumors of a spongy nature are formed; these are either internal or extruded, and discharge mucous or blood. Piles occur mostly in sedentary persons of a relaxed habit, and are produced from violence at stool and during pregnancy. They are accompanied by uneasiness in the loins and rectum, inability to use exercise without distress, costiveness, and general ill health. Treatment. —Rest, the horizontal posture, laxatives, abstinence, and the topical application of the unguentum galia; compositum. If there be great irritation, leeches, cooling lotions, and more active astringents may be used, as solutions of sulphate of zinc; iron, or alum combined with opium, where the pain is severe. The most common arrangement of piles is into, 1. The blind piles, or internal piles, as they exist in their simplest state, consisting of nothing more than a varicose state of the veins, with more or less thickening of the internal membrane of the bowel. 2. The mucous piles, in which the mucous follicles are excoriated, and pour out a quantity of mucus, which mixes with some pus or sanies, and is discharged. 3. The bleeding piles, which are attended with bjeeding, from excoriation, stricture, &c. 4. The excrescenlial, in which there are fleshy excrescences about the verge of the anus or within the gut. These are mostly large, loose, and flabby within the bowel, and of great size; and externally they are of various shapes, resembling, as it was supposed, figs, on which account they have been denominated fici, condylomata. They are to be removed by the knife. Pile'ous. Pilosus. Relating to the hair. PI'LEUS. 1. The cap of a gymnospermous fungus, which forms the upper round part or head, as in Boletus and Agaricus. 2. A kind of nipple-shield. Pilewort. Ranunculus ficaria. Pill. See Pilula. Pill, blue. Pilula; hydrargyri. Pill, compound calomel. P., Plummer's. See Pilule hydrargyri chloridi composite. Pill, mercurial. Pilula; hydrargyri. Pilose'lla. Hieracium pilosella. Pilosella major. Hypochaeris minima. Pilo'sus. Hairy. Pilous. Pilosus. Hairy. PILU'LA. (a, e, f.; diminutive of pila, a ball.) A medicine of a globose form, subsolid consistence, and about five grains weight. The consistence of pills is best preserved by keeping the mass in bladders, and occasionally moistening it. The mass for a number of pills being PIL PIL 507 ascertained, it may be divided by a rule on a tile, or by a machine. Pilula? alefha'ngina?. PilulcE aloephanginm. ¦Pills composed of aloes and aromatics. Pilulje aloes. (U. S.) P. aloetica. (Ph. E.) Aloetic pills. Take of powdered aloes and soap, each, gj. Beat with water into a proper mass, and divide into 240 pills. Dose, from two to four pills, as a cathartic. Pilula: aloes et assafcetida:. (U. S. & Ph. E.) Pills of aloes and assafcetida. Take of assafcetida, aloes, and soap, each, gss. Beat with water into a proper mass, and divide into 180 pills. Used in costive dyspepsias. Dose, two or three pills. Pilula: aloes composita:. (Ph. L. & D.) Compound aloetic pills. Take of aloes, powdered; gj.; extract of gentian, gss.; oil of caraway, forty minims; simple syrup, sufficient. Form a uniform mass. From fifteen to twentylive grains prove moderately purgative and stomachic. Pilula: aloes et ferri. (Ph. E.) Pills of aloes and iron. Take of sulphate of iron, three parts; aloes, two parts; aromatic powder, six parts; confection of roses, eight parts. Mix thoroughly, and divide into five grain pills. A valuable emmenagogue in atonic states. Dose, from one to three pills. Pilula: aloes et myrrha?. (U.S.) P. aloes cum myrrha. (Ph. L. & D.) Aloetic pills with myrrh. Take of aloes, gij.; saffron, gss.; myrrh, gj.; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat into a uniform mass. From ten grains to a scruple of this pill prove stomachic and laxative, and are calculated for delicate females, especially where there is uterine obstruction. Pilula: asiaticas. Asiatic pills. Arsenious acid, gr. Iv.; black pepper, powdered, 3ix.; gum arabic, sufficient to make 800 pills. Extensively used in the East Indies in syphilis, elephantiasis, &c. Each pill contains gr. T y of arsenic. Pilula? assafcetida:. (U. S.) Assafcetida pills. Take of assafcetida, giss.; soap, gss. Incorporate with water, and divide into 240 pills. Antispasmodic. Dose, from two to three pills. Pilula? assafcetida. (Ph. E.) P. assafmtida composite. Pilulae galbani compositae. Pilula? cambogia? composita?. (Ph. L.) Compound gamboge pills. Take of gamboge, powdered, 3j.; aloes, powdered, 3iss.; ginger, powdered, 33s.; soap, two drachms. Mix. Active purgative. Dose, from gr. x. to 3j. PlLULA CATHARTICA? COMPOSITA?. (U. S.) Compound cathartic pills. Take of compound extract of colocynth, in powder, gss.; extract of jalap, in powder, and calomel, of each, 3nj.; gamboge, in powder, 3ij. Form into a mass with water, and divide into 180 pills. Dose, from two to three pills. Pilula? calomelanos et opii. (Ph. E.) Calomel and opium pills. Take of calomel, three parts; opium, one part; confection of roses, sufficient. Mix, and divide into pills, each containing gr. ij. of calomel. Each pill contains two thirds of a grain of opium. Valuable in rheumatism, and various inflammatory and painful diseases, and to produce ptyalism. Pilula? cochia?. P.coccie. P. colocynthidis. These are made from the Edinburgh receipt for , colocynth, and contain more aloes than the extract of the London Pharmacopoeia. PlLUL.fi COLOCYNTHIDIS ET HYOSCYAMI. (Ph. E.) Pills of colocynth and henbane. Take of compound extract of colocynth, two parts; extract of hyoscyamus, one part. Mix. Tho henbane diminishes the pain and griping of the purge. Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. Pilula: conii composita:. (Ph. L.) Compound pills of hemlock. Take of extract of hemlock, 3V.; ipecacuanha, powdered, 3j.; mucilage, sufficient to make into mass. Antispasmodic, slightly narcotic, and expectorant, and used in spasmodic coughs, &c. Dose, gr. y. to gr. x., three times a day. Pilula: copa'iba?. (U. S.) Copaiba pills. Take of copaiba balsam, gij.; fresh magnesia, 3j. Mix, and let the mass solidify; this requires several hours. Divide into 200 pills. Dose, from two to six pills. Pilula: cupri ammoniati. (Ph. E.) P. cupri ammoniureti. Take of ammoniated copper, powdered, one part; bread crumb, six parts ; solution of carbonate of ammonia, sufficient. Beat into a proper mass, and divide into pills, each containing half a grain of the ammoniated copper. Antispasmodic, and used in chorea, epilepsy, &c. Dose, from one to five or more pills, gradually increased. Pilula: de caccio'nde. Astringent pills containing catechu. Pilula: de cynoglosso. A French formula. They contain opium, hyoscyamus, myrrh, olibanum, saffron, castoreum, &c. Anodyne. Pilula: digitalis et scilla?. (Ph. E.) Pills of foxglove and squill. Take of digitalis leaves, squill root, dried and powdered, each, one part; 1 aromatic electuary (powder), one part. Beat into a proper mass with syrup, and divide the mass into four grain pills. Diuretic. Used in dropsies arising from disease of the heart. Dose, one or two pills. Pilula: ferri carbonatis. (U.S.) Pills of carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate ofiron, giv.; carbonate of soda, gv.; clarified honey, giiss.; syrup and water, sufficient. Dissolve the iron and soda each in a pint of water; add to each a f. gj. of syrup, and then mix them in a quart bottle well stoppered; set it by for the precipitate to subside; collect the precipitate, wash it with warm water sweetened with syrup (f. gj. to the Oj.) so long as it acquires a saline taste. Place the precipitate on a flannel cloth, express as much water as possible, and mix the mass with the honey. Lastly, warm the mixture over a water bath until it has a proper consistence. Pilula: ferri composita:. (U. S., Ph. L., D., & E.) P. ferri cum myrrha. Compound iron pills. Pills of iron and myrrh. Take of myrrh, powdered, 31J.; carbonate of soda, sulphate of iron, of each, 3j- 5 syrup, a sufficient quantity. Eub the myrrh with the carbonate of soda; add the sulphate of iron, and rub them again; then beat the whole together, and divide into 80 pills. These pills answer the same purpose as the mistura ferri composita. The dose is from ten grains to one scrapie. Pilula: ferri sulphatis. (Ph. E.) Pills of sulphate of iron. Take of dried sulphate of PIL PIL 508 iron, two parts; extract of taraxacum, five parts; confection of roses, two parts; liquorice root, powdered, three parts. Beat together, and divide into five grain pills. Each pill contains five sixths of a grain of the salt of iron. An astringent and stimulating tonic. Dose, from one to three pills. Pilula? ga'lbani composita?. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) Compound galbanum pills. Take of galbanum, gj.; myrrh, sagapenum, of each, giss.; assafcetida, gss.; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat until they form a uniform mass, of which make 480 pills. A stimulating antispasmodic and emmenagogue. Dose, from 9j. to 38s. Pilula; gummi. P. gummosa;. Pilula; galbani composita;. Pilula? ex helleboro et myrrha. A French vermifuge and emmenagogue* pill. Pilula? hydrargyri. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) Mercurial pills. Blue pill. Take of mercury, gj.; confection of roses, giss.; liquorice root, powdered, gss. Rub the mercury with the confection until the globules disappear; then add the liquorice root, and beat the whole together. Divide into 480 pills. Dose, from five grains to a scruple. Three grains of the mass contain one of mercury. Pilula? hydrargyri chloridi composita?. P. hydrargyri submuriatis composita;. Compound pills of chloride of mercury. Take of calomel, oxysulphuret of antimony, each, 3ij.; guaiacum resin, powdered, gss.; treacle, 3y. Rub until they are incorporated. It is exhibited as an alterative in a variety of diseases, especially cutaneous eruptions, pains ofthe venereal or rheumatic kind. Dose, from five to ten grams. In about five grains of the mass there is one grain of calomel. Pilula? hydrargyri chloridi mitis. (U. S.) Calomel pills. Take of calomel, gss.; gum arabic, powdered, 3j. Mix together, and then add syrup, q. s. Mix, and make 240 pills. Each pill contains one grain. Pilula? hydrargyri iodidi. (Ph. L.) Pills of iodide of mercury. Take of iodide of mercury, 3j.; confection of dog-roses, siij.; ginger, powdered, sj. Beat them until they are incorporated. Dose, from five to ten grains. For the virtues, see Hydrargyri iodidum. Pilula? ipecacuanha? composita?. (Ph. L.) P. ipecac, cum opio. Compound pills of ipecacuanha. Take of compound powder of ipecacuanha, 3iij.; squill, fresh dried, ammoniacum, each,3j.; mixture of gum acacia, sufficient. Beat until incorporated. These pills are anodyne, diaphoretic, and expectorant. Dose, from five to ten grains. Pilula? opii. (U.S.) Pills of opium. Take of opium, powdered, 3j.; soap, gr. xij. Mix, and make 60 pills. Dose, one pill. Pilula? plumbi opiata?. (Ph. E.) Acetate of lead and opium pills. Take of acetate of lead, six parts; opium, powdered, one part; confection of roses, one part. Make into four grain pills; each contains three grains of acetate of lead and half a grain of opium. Valuable in dysentery, profuse secretions, or hemorrhage of the bronchial mucous membrane, and severe diarrhoea. Dose, from one to three grains. PlLULJE QUINIA? SULPHATIS. (U. S.) Pills of sulphate of quinine. Take of sulphate (di sulphate) of quinine, gj.; gum arabic, powdered, 3ij.; syrup, q. s. Mix, and divide into 480 pills. Each contains one grain. Pilule rhei. (U. 8.) Pills of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, powdered, 3yj.; soap, 3ij. Mix, and make 120 pills. Each contains three grains of rhubarb. PlLULA? RHEI COMPOSITA?. (U. S. & Ph. E.) Compound pills of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, powdered, gj.; aloes, powdered, 3vj.; myrrh, powdered, gss.; soap, 3j.; oil of peppermint, 3ss.; syrup, sufficient. Mix the powders together, then beat the whole until incorporated, and divide into 240 pills. These pills form a good stomachic laxative. Dose, from gr. x. to gr. xx. Pilula? rhei et ferri. (Ph. E.) Pills of rhubarb and iron. Take of dried sulphate of iron, four parts; extract of rhubarb, ten parts; confection of roses, five parts. Make into five grain pills. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, from two to four pills. Pilula? rufi. Pilula; aloes et myrrha?. Pilula? subcarbonatis soda?. (Ph. E.) Take of the carbonate of soda, dried, four parts; hard soap, three parts. Make into pill mass. Antacid. Pilula? thebaica?. Opium pills. Pilula? veratria?. (Turnbull.) Veratria pills. Take of veratria, gr. j.; extract of hyoscyamus, liquorice powder, of each, gr. xij. Make 12 pills, of which one may be taken every three hours. May be used in neuralgia, gout, rheumatism. Pilula? sagape'ni composita?. (Ph. L.) P. aloes et assafmtidce. (Ph. E.) Compound pills of sagapenum. Take of sagapenum, gj.; aloes, 3SS.; syrup of ginger, sufficient. Beat them until incorporated. These are laxative and antispasmodic. Dose, from five to ten grains. Pilula? sapo'nis composita?. (U. S.,Ph. L.) P. saponis cum opio. (Ph. D.) Pills of soap and opium. P. saponaceaz. Take of opium, powdered, gss.; soap, gij. Beat together until incorporated, and divide into 240 pills. Five grains of the mass contain one of opium. Pilula? scilla? composita?. (U. S.) P. scUlaz cum zingiberis. Compound squill pills. Take of squill root, powdered, 3j.; ginger root, powdered, ammoniacum, powdered, of each, 3ij.; soap, 3iij.; syrup, sufficient. Mix, and divide into 120 pills. An expectorant and diuretic pill, mostly administered in the cure of asthma and dropsy. Dose, from ten grains to a scruple. Pilula? sty'racis composita?. (Ph. D.) P. e styrace. Compound pills of storax. Take of purified storax, 3iij.; opium, powdered, saffron, each 3j. Beat them together until incorporated. These pills are balsamic, stimulant, and slightly expectorant. They are used in chronic pulmonary affections. Dose, from gr. iii. to gr. x. PI'LUS. (IltAoc, wool carded.) The short hair which is found all over the body. The hair of the head, eyebrows, and eyelids are termed pili congeniti; and that which grows from the surface of the body after birth, pilt postgcniti. PIN PIN 509 Pimele. Fat. Pimeli'tis. Inflammation of the adipose tissue. PIMELO'SIS. (From mueT-rj, fat.) The conversion of any texture into fat by disease; as Pimelosis hepatica, fatty degeneration of the liver. Pime'nta. Pime'nto. Myrtus pimenta. Pimpernel. Anagallis arvensis. Pimpernel, water. Veronica beccabunga. PIMPINE'LLA. (a, cs, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferw. — P. alba. A variety of the P. magna.—i\ anil sum. The anise plant. Anisum. A native of Egypt. Anise seeds have an aromatic smell, and a pleasant, warm, and sweetish taste. An essential oil and distilled water are prepared from them, which are employed in flatulencies and gripes, to which children are more especially subject: also in weakness of the stomach, diarrhoeas, and loss of tone in the prima? via?. Dose of the oil, gtt. iij. to gtt. x.— P. italica. Sanguisorba officinalis.— P. magna. The greater pimpinella. P. nigra. The root has been extolled by some in the cure of erysipelatous ulcerations, tinea capitis, rheumatism, and other diseases.— P. nigra. Pimpinella magna. — P. saxi'fraga. Burnet saxifrage. The roots have an unpleasant smell, and a hot, pungent, bitterish taste; they are recommended by several writers as a stomachic and stimulant. Pimple. Papula. Pinaste'llum. Peucedanum silaus. Pinchbeck. An alloy of copper and zinc, made to imitate gold foil, and called Dutch gold. Pinckne'ya pubens. See Georgia bark. Pine. See Pinus.' Pine-apple. Bromelia ananas. Pine-thistle. Atractylis gummifera. Pinea. Pinus pinea. Pi'neal. Like the fruit of the pine. PINEAL GLAND. Glandula pincalis. A small heart-shaped gland, about the size of a pea, situated immediately over the corpora quadrigemina in tho brain. See Encephalos. Pineus purgans. Jatropha curcas. PINGUE'DINOUS. (Pingucdinosus; from pinguis, fat.) Fatty; greasy. Pingue'do. Fat. PINGUI'CULA. (a, a, f.) 1. A form of pterygium. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. Monogynia. — P. vulgaris. Butterwort. Sanicle. The leaves are cathartic, and applied to chaps. Pinhones indici. Jatropha curcas. Pinic acid. An acid found in colophony. It crystallizes in triangular plates, and reacts like an acid. Pink, Indian. P., Carolina. P. root. Spigelia marilandica. PI'NNA. (a, a, f. Tlivva, a wing.) 1. The name of the latter and inferior part of the nose, and the broad part of the ear. 2. The leaflet ef a pinnate leaf. Pinna'culum. A pinnacle: applied formerly to the uvula, from its shape. Pinna'te. Pinnatus. A leaf which has several leaflets proceeding laterally from one stalk. Pin nati fid. Pinnatifidus. Leaves which are cut transversely into several oblong parallel segments. Pi'nnula. The leaflet of bipinnate and tri pinnate leaves. Pint. Octarius. A measure of the eighth of a gallon: the imperial pint of sixteen fluid ounces contains 34-659 cubic inches. PI'NUS. (us, i, and us, f.) A genus of gymnospennous plants. Moncecia. Monadelphia. Coniferai. Pinus abies. The Norway spruce-fir, which affords the Burgundy pitch and common frankincense. 1. Pix burgundica. P. abietis. (U. S.) P. arida. The prepared resin. When genuine it has a very peculiar odor; and, although brittle in cold weather, it assumes a tenacious viscidity when gently heated or kneaded in the warm hand. It therefore forms an excellent adhesive and gently stimulating plaster, exciting some degree of irritation, ana often a slight serous exudation from the parts to which it is applied, and is used in pulmonary affections, rheumatisms, &c. 2. Abietis resina. Thus. Common frankincense. This is a spontaneous exudation. It is applicable to the same purposes as Burgundy pitch. Pinus australis. P. paluslris. The longleaved Southern phie. Pinus balsamea. The balsam of Gilead firtree. Canada balsam. The Canada balsam is one of tho purest turpentines. For its properties, see Turpentine. Pinus canadensis. The hemlock pine. The pitch derived from it, Pix canadensis, is also called hemlock gum. Pinus cedrus. The true cedar. Pinus cembra. This affords the Carpathian balsam and Briancon turpentine, and the shoots the Riga balsam, by distillation. This balsam, called Oleum Germanis and Oleum Carpathir cum, is obtained both by wounding the young branches and boiling them. It is mostly diluted with turpentine, and comes to us in a very liquid and pellucid state, rather white. Pinus larix. The tree which yields the larch agaric, and Venice turpentine. The larchtree. The Venice turpentine issues spontaneously through the bark. It is thin; of a clear whitish or pale yellowish color; a hot, pungent, bitterish, disagreeable taste, and a strong smell, without any thing of the aromatic flavor of the Chian kind. Orenburgh gum and Briancon manna exude from the bark of this tree. Pinus mughos. The pinus pumilio. Pinus picea. The silver fir, or common fir. From it is obtained the Strasburgh terpentine, by puncturing the small vesicles of the bark in which it is contained, and common turpentine by larger incisions. Pinus pinaster. The cluster pine, which yields Bordeaux turpentine, &c. Pinus pinea. The stone pine-tree. The young and fresh fruit are eaten; they are nutritive, aperient, and diuretic. Pinus pumi'lio. Mountain pine. Mughos pine. The turpentine, Hungarian balsam, exudes from this tree. Pinus rigida. barren pine. A pine which yields much turpentine and tar. PIS PIT 510 Pi.vus sylvestris. The Scotch fir. Common, turpentine is the fluid which flows out on the tree being wounded in hot weather; by distillation with water it yields the Oleum terebinthina, the residue being common resin. The white, harder turpentine of winter is the Resina flava, or R. alba. The Pix liquida, or tar, is produced by cutting the wood into pieces, which are inclosed in a large oven constructed for the purpose. It is well known for its economical uses. Tar water, or water impregnated with the more soluble parts of tar, was some time ago a very fashionable remedy in a variety of complaints, but in the present practice it is not much used. Common pitch is tar inspissated; it is now termed in the Pharmacopoeia, Pix nigra. PI'PER. (er, eris, n.) Pepper. A genus of plants. Diandric. Trigynia. Piperacea. Piper album. See Piper nigrum. Piper angustifolium. The matico plant of Peru. Piper betel. The leaf of this plant is chewed by the Malays. Piper brasihanum. P. calecutieum. Capsicum annuum. Piper caryophyllatum. Myrtus pimenta. Piper caudatum. Piper cubeba. Piper cube'ba. The plant yielding cubebs. It is a warm spice, of a moderately pungent taste, imported from Java. Of late cubebs have been successfully given internally in the cure of the common gleet and clap. Dose, 3SS., in powder. There is an oil extracted from them, the Oleum cubeba. Dose, gtt. x. Piper decorticatum. White pepper. Piper favasci. The clove-berry-tree. Piper guineense. P. hispanicum. P. indicium. Capsicum annuum. Piper jamaicense. Myrtus pimenta. Piper longum. Long pepper. The berries are gathered while green. They possess the same qualities as the Cayenne pepper, in a weaker degree. Piper lusitanicum. Capsicum annuum. Piper methyeticum. The cava plant of the Sandwich Islands, the root of which is inebriating. Piper murale. Sedum acre. Piper nigrum. P. aromatieum. Black pepper. Black and white pepper are obtained from the same plant, but the latter is cleared of the black covering which gives color to the former. They owe their aromatic pungency to an oily resin, and contain a white, crystalline substance, called Piperine, which is an antiperiodic, and used in intermittent fever like quinine. PI'PERINE. Piperina. A white, crystalline principle of pepper; form., C34H19NO6. See Piper nigrum. Piperi'tus. Peppered. Pipsi'ssewa. Chimaphilla umbellata. PISA, CLIMATE OF. Pisa, in Italy, has been long celebrated for its mild and moist climate ; it is, however, relaxing and somewhat oppressive. It is a favorable residence for consumptive patients and those laboring under chronic bronchitis. PISCTDIA BRYTHRINA. The Jamaica dogwood-tree, a small tree of the West Indies. Diadelphia. Decandria. The fruit is used to poison fish, and is acrid and narcotic. PISCES. (Plural of piscis, a fish.) One of the great subdivisions of the vertebrata, including the fishes which respire in water. Pisi'form. Pisiformis. Pea-like. PISIFO'RME OS. The fourth bone of the first row of the carpus. Pismire. Formica rufa. Piss-a-bed. Leontodon taraxacum. Pissaspha'ltus. Bitumen. Pisselaxium. Petroleum. PISTA'CIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. Dioscia. Pentandria. Terebinthacea. — P. lentiscus. The tree which affords mastich.— P. terebinthus. The tree which gives out the Cyprus, Ohio, or Chian turpentine.— P. vera. The tree which affords the pistachio nut. The nut is sweet and oily. Pistachio nut. See Pistacia vera. PISTI'L. Pistillum. The female organ of a flower; also the ovary. Pistilli'ferous. Pistil-bearing: applied to flowers or florets which contain one or more pistils, but no stamens. . Pistolo'chia. Birthwort. Aristolochia pistolochia. Pisum sativum. The common pea. A very nutritious, but somewhat flatulent article of food, of which there are many varieties. Pit of the stomach. The epigastrium. Pitai'na. A new crystalline alkaloid obtained from the Pitaya cinchona. Pitaya bark. One of the false cinchonas, the history of which is very obscure. Pitch. Pinus sylvestris. Pitch, Burgundy. Pinus abies. Pitch, Jew's. Bitumen judaicum. Pitch-tree. See Pinus abies. Pitcher-shaped. Urceolate. Ascidiatus. Pittacal. A blue coloring matter of heavy oil of tar, resembling indigo, and probably azotized. Pitta'cium. A pitch plaster. Pitto'ta. Medicines containing pitch. PITTSBURG SPRING. A chalybeate and saline spring, situated at about four miles from the city. PITUFTA. (a, a.f.) Phlegm; that is, viscid mucus. Pitu'itary. Pituitarius. Of, or belonging to mucus. Pituitary body. See Pituitary gland. Pituitary fossa. The sella turcica of the sphenoid bone. Pituitary gland. Glandula pituitaria. Corpus pituitarium. A process of the brain, situated in a duplicature of the dura mater, in the sella turcica of the sphenoid bone. See Encephalos. Pituitary membrane. Membrana pituitaria. Schneiderian membrane. The mucous membrane that lines the nostrils, and sinuses communicating with the nose, is so called, because it secretes the mucus of those parts, to whioh the ancients assigned the name of Pituit a. PITYRFASIS. (is, is, f.; from mrvpov, bran; P L A P L A 511 to named from its bramiy-like appearance.) A genus of scaly diseases. It consists of irregular Jmtches of small thin scales, which repeatedly brm and separate, but never collect into crusts, nor are attended with redness or inflammation, as in the lepra and scaly tetter. 1. Pityriasis capitis. — Dandriff. Cleaning the parts with soap and water, and combing, are necessary. 2. Pityriasis rubra. —The cuticle is at first only red and rough, but soon becomes mealy or scurfy, and exfoliates, leaving a similar red cuticle underneath, which undergoes the like process, the scaliness becoming greater as the exfoliation is repeated. This complaint is attended with a dry and unperspiring surface, a troublesome itching, and a feeling of stiffness. There is also a general languor and restlessness. When the redness and scales disappear, the patches are left of a yellowish or sallow hue. It is treated by sarsaparilla and gentle alteratives. 3. Pityriasis versicolor. Chloasma. —It chiefly affects the arms, chest, and abdomen. It is diffused very irregularly, and being of a brown color, it exhibits a singular checkered appearance on the skin, and usually lasts for years. Pity'ron. Bran. PIX. (ix, ids, fi; from irioaa.) Pitch. See Pinus sylvestris. Pix abietis. P. alba. See Pinus abies. Pix arida. See Pinus abies. Pix bru'tia. A thick and resinous kind of pitch'used by the ancients. Pix burgundica. See Pinus abies. Pix canadensis. See Pinus canadensis. Pix liquida. Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. Pix nigra. P. atra. Pitch. Pix sicca. P. solida. Pitch. Pl. Platinum. PLACE'BO. (I will please.) An epithet given to any medicine adapted rather to please than benefit the patient. PLACE'NTA. (From TrAa/touc'a cake.) P. uterina. The after-birth. A soft, spongy organ, formed of the uterine decidua, chorion, and numerous vessels from the umbilical cord. The vessels are arranged in tufts, consisting of loops of capillaries. These, being covered by the decidua, push themselves into the venous sinuses formed by the uterine vessels of the mother, and by contact with her oxygenized blood, the fluid they convey becomes arterialized. The placenta, therefore, serves as the organ of respiration for the fcetus as well as a means of supply of blood by penetration. The placenta is ovoidal, about six inches across and one thick. It is, for the most part, attached to the anterior and upper part of the uterus, but occasionally lies over the os uteri, producing dangerous hemorrhage before and at the time of labor. It is subject to various diseases of structure intimately connected with the death of the fcetus and miscarriage. Placenta febrilis. Theaguecake. See Ague. Placenta previa. When the placenta lies over the mouth of the womb. Placenta sanguinis. The coagulum ofthe blood. Placenta, vegetable. A cellular tissue within the carpels of plants, and from which the ovules arise. Place'ntula. A rudimentary placenta. Plada'rotes. A soft, discolored tumor within the eyelid. PLAGUE. See Pestis. Plague, black. See Pestis nigra. Plague, cold. A congestive fever of the Southern States, in which there is little or no reaction. It may be a pneumonia, or of a bilious character. Pla'gula. A compress, pledget, or splint. Plaice. The pleuronectes platessa. Plaited. Plicate. Plana'ria latruscu'la. The distoma hepatica. Blanche's ronoN. Mistura scammonii flavored with cherry-laurel water. PLANE. (From planum, flat.) A superficies, or surface without curvature, every point of which falls within a series of straight lines. Plane'tes. YlWavvrnc. Erratic; wandering : sometimes applied to intermittent fevers. PLANT. (Planta, as, f.) An organized body belonging to the vegetable kingdom. PLA'NTA. 1. A plant. 2. The lower part of the sole of the foot, comprehended between the tarsus and toes. PLANTA'GO. (o, inis, f.) 1. The Plantago major. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Plantaginem. — P. coro'nopus. Buck's-horn plantain. Its medicinal virtues are the same as other plantains.— P. latifolia. Plantago major.— P. major. The broad-leaved plantain. The leaves have an austere, bitterish, subsaline tasto, and are said to be refrigerant, attenuating, astringent, and diuretic.— P. psy'llium. The branching plantain, or fleawort. The decoction of the seeds is recommended in hoarseness and asperity of the fauces. Plantain. Plantago major. Plantain-tree. Musa sapientum. Plantain, water; Alisma plantago P L A'N TAR. Plantaris. Appertaining to the sole of the foot. Plantar aponeurosis. The strong, tendinous expansion which lies under the integuments in the sole of the foot. Plantar arteries. Two branches of the posterior tibial. Plantar ligaments. The ligaments on the under side of the foot, which unite the tarsal and metatarsal bones. Plantar nerves. There are two: 1. The internal plantar, derived from the posterior tibial, and supplying the first three toes, &c. 2. The external plantar, which is distributed to the outer side of the fourth and the fifth toe, and the muscles of the outer side of the foot. PLANTA'RIS. The plantar muscle. A muscle of the foot, situated on the leg, that assists the soleus, and pulls the capsular ligament of the knee from between the bones. It arises from the upper and back part of the outer condyle of the os femoris. It adheres to the capsular ligament of the joint; and, after running obliquely downward and outward for the space of three or four inches, along the Second origin of the gastrocnemius internus and under the P LE P L E 512 gastrocnemius externus, terminates in a long, thin, and slender tendon, which adheres to the inside of the tendo Achillis, and is inserted into the inside of the posterior part of the os calcis. Its use is to assist the gastrocnemii in extending the foot. Planti'grada. Plantigrade animals. Mammifers which walk on the sole of the foot. PLANUM OS. The orbitary plate of the ethmoid bone is so called from its plane surface. Pla'nus. Flat; smooth. PLASMA. (From ¦xlaoou, to form.') The liquor sanguinis. The fluid portions of living blood in which the corpuscles float. It is not to be confounded with the serum of the blood, inasmuch as it differs from serum in the presence of soluble fibrin. Plaster. See Emplastrum. Plaster of Paris. Gypsum. PLASTIC. Plastieus. (From to form.) 1. Having the power of forming or producing parts; as Plastic force, the formative power; Plastic element, that from which growth takes place. 2. That which may be molded, as Plastic clay. Pla'ta. The shoulder-blade. Plati'asmus. A defect of speech, produced by an excessive development or broadness of the lips, as in the negro. PLATI'NUM. Platina. A white, brilliant, malleable, and ductile metal; almost infusible; sp. grav., 21"5. It is not acted upon by ordinary solvents, but is dissolved by aqua regia, being converted into the chloride. Symbol, Pt; equivalent, 98 68. It is of great value in chemistiy for crucibles, from its infusibility and indestructibility. The bichloride, PtCl 2 , is a test for potash, and forms interesting double 6alts with the alkaline salts. The bichloride and chloride of platinum and sodium have been used in medicine in the same way as the corresponding salts of gold, but without any particular advantage. Platinum, spongy. A porous kind of platinum, obtained by heating the chloride of platinum and ammonium to redness. It possesses the remarkable property of causing hydrogen and oxygen to unite, and other similar changes to take place. Platinum, black. A black, pulverulent preparation of platinum, similar in its effects to spongy platinum. Platyco'ria. An enlarged pupil. Platyophtha'lmum. Antimony. PLATY'SMA-MYOIDES. Musculus cutaneus of Winslow. A thin muscle on the side of the neck, immediately under the skin, that assists in drawing the skin of the cheek downward ; and when the mouth is shut, it draws all that part of the skin to which it is connected below the lower jaw upward. Ple'ctana:. The cornua uteri. Ple'ctrum. The styloid process of the temporal bone; also the uvula. PLEDGET. A small compress of lint, to be applied over wounds, ulcers, &c, to protect them, or absorb the discharge. Plenck's solution. Mercury rubbed with ¦mucilage until it is so far divided as to become suspended in the mixture. Ple'res archo'nticum. An old cephalic powder mentioned by Lemery. Plero'sis. Ple'smone. See Plethora. PLESIOMO'RPHISM. (From nAijoiog, near, and popfn, form.) A term used to denote a similarity between different crystals in their angles, but not an identity. PLETHO'RA. (a, a:, f. mrjBupa; from iTATjdu, to fill.) An excessive fullness of the blood-vessels. This may be conceived to arise from an increased quantity of blood, or a diminished capacity of the vessels; in the former case it is called plethora ad molem ; in the latter, plethora ad spatium. When the quantity of blood is too great for the strength of the vessels, it is called plethora ad vires. Plethora may arise from a highly entonic state of the arterial system, and is called sanguine plethora; or from a lax and weak state of the arterial system, in which case it is called serous plethora or atonic plethora. Pleumonia. See Pneumonitis. PLEU'RA. (a, m, f. TYkevpa, a rib, or tho side of the chest.) The serous membrane which lines the internal surface of the thorax, P. costalis, and covers its viscera, P. pulmonalis. The cavity of the thorax is every where lined by this membrane, which consists of two distinct portions or bags, which, by being applied to each other laterally, form the septum called the mediastinum: this divides the cavity into two parts, and is attached posteriorly to the vertebra? of the back, and anteriorly to the sternum. The two lamina? of the septum do not every where adhere to each other; for at the lower part of the thorax they are separated, to afford a lodgment to the heart; and at the upper part of the cavity they receive between them the thymus gland. The pleura is plentifully supplied with arteries and veins from the internal mammary and the intercostals. Its nerves, which are very inconsiderable, are derived chiefly from the dorsal and intercostal nerves. The surface of the pleura, like that of the peritoneum and other membranes lining cavities, is constantly bedewed with a serous moisture, which prevents adhesions of the viscera. Pleura'lgia. Pleurodynia. Pleurenchy'ma. The woody, or fusiform tissue of plants. Pleu'risy. Pleuritis. Pleurisy, false. Pleurodynia. Pleurisy root. Asclepias tuberosa. Pleurisy, rheumatic Pleurodynia. PLEURFTIS. (is, idis, f.; from irlevpa, the pleura.) Pleurisy or inflammation of the pleura. It assumes an acute and a chronic form. 1. Acute pleurisy. —In some instances the inflammation is partial, or affects one place in particular, which is commonly on the right side; but, in general, the morbid action is communicated throughout its whole extent. The disease is occasioned by exposure to cold, and by all the causes which usually give rise to other inflammatory complaints; and it attacks chiefly those of a vigorous constitution and plethoric habit. In consequence of the previous inflammation, it is apt, at its departure, to leave behind a thickening of the pleura, or adhesions to P L E PLU 513 the ribs and intercostal muscles, which either lay the foundation of future pneumonic com- plaints, or render the patient more susceptible of the changes of the atmosphere than before. It comes on with an acute pain in the side, which is much increased by making a full inspiration, and is accompanied by flushing in the face, increased heat over the whole body, rigors, difficulty of lying on the side affected, together with a cough and nausea, and the pulse is hard, strong, and frequent, and vibrates under the finger, when pressed upon, not unlike the tense string of a musical instrument. If blood is drawn and allowed to stand for a short time, it will exhibit a thick, buffy coat on its surface. If the disease be neglected at its onset, and the inflammation proceeds with great violence and rapidity, the lungs themselves become affected, the passage of the blood through them is stopped, and the patient is suffocated; or, the inflammation goes on to suppuration, and an abscess is formed; or an effusion of pus or serum in the pleural cavity. When the substance of the lungs as well as the pleura is affected, the case is called pleuro-peripneumony. Tho prognosis in pleurisy must be drawn from the severity of the symptoms. If the fever and inflammation have run high, aud the pain should cease suddenly, with a change of countenance, and a sinking ofthe pulse, great danger may be apprehended; but it the heat and other febrile symptoms abate gradually, if respiration is performed with greater ease and less pain, and a free and copious expectoration ensues, a speedy recovery may be expected. If the case come early under treatment, and vigorous practice be used, the prognosis in pleurisy may almost always be favorable, as it is more under the control of the lancet than any other case of inflammation. The treatment of pleurisy consists in large bleedings from the arm, repeated if necessary, with the application of leeches or cuppingglasses; purgatives, diaphoretics, blisters, and a strict antiphlogistic regimen. 2. Chronic pleurisy. —This is principally a disease of advanced life, and seems most frequent in those addicted to the use of ardent spirits. It is very obscure hi its symptoms, and is generally fatal, bronchitis supervening toward the termination. Chronic inflammation of tho pleura gives rise to the thickening of the membrane, extensive adhesions, hydrothorax, and empyena. Occasional leeching and counter-irritation by blisters form the only treatment likely to do any good. Pleuritis broxchialis. P. humida. Bronchitis. Pleuritis spuria. Pleurodynia. Pleuroce'le. Hernia of the pleura. Pleuro-colle'sis. An adhesion of the pleura. PLEURODY'NIA. (a, a, f.; from nlevpa, and odvvn, pain.) A pain in the side, but chiefly used for rheumatism over the intercostal muscles. It is removed by warm flannel, diy cupping, or a blister. Pleuropa'thia. A disease of the lungs. P l e u'ro-pneumo'nia. Fleuro-peripneumonia. • PLEU'RO-PERIPNEUMO'NIA/ (From irXevpa, and nepmvsv/iovia.) Inflammation of the pleura and substance of the lungs existing together. Pleuro'rrhcea. A false term intended to signify a discharge from the lungs. FLEURORTHOPNiE'A. (a, m, f.; from n?.evpa, the pleura, opdoc, upright, and ttvbu, to breathe.) A pleurisy in which the patient can not breathe without keeping his body upright. Pleurostho'tonos . Plcurothotonos. PLEUROTHO'TONOS. (From ir?.evpo8eVy to ono side, and reivu, to bend.) That form of tetanus in which the body is bent to one side. PLEXI'METER. (From Tr/.rjftf, percussion, and perpov, a measure.) The name given by M. Piorry to the ivory plate which he uses in mediate percussion. The middle finger of the left hand is the best pleximeter. PLEX'US. (us, us, m.; from plccto, to twine or knit.) A network: applied to blood-vessels, absorbents, and nerves, when many are near together, the branches crossing and intertwining in the form of a net. Plexus cardi'acus. The cardiac plexus of nerves which is formed by the union of the eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. Plexus choroi'des. Choroid plexus. A plexus of vessels situated in the lateral ventricle of the brain. See Encephalos. Plexus glandulosi peyeri. Peyer's glands. Plexus, median. The solar plexus. Plexus pampinifo'rmis. The plexus of blood-vessels about the spermatic cord. Plexus pulmo'nicus. The pulmonic plexus of nerves which is formed by the union of the eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. Plexus reticularis. The network of vessels under the fornix of the brain. Plexus retiformis. The spongy tissue of the vagina. . Plexus, solar. P. Solaris. An assemblage of ganglia, and interlaced and anastomosing filaments, surrounding the two semilunar ganglia of the abdomen. It gives off numerous filaments, which accompany, under the name of plexuses, all the branches given off by the abdominal aorta. Thus, from the solar plexus are derived the phrenic, the gastric, the hepatic plexus, &c. PLI'CA. (a, a, f.; from plico, to entangle.) A plait or fold: applied by anatomists to the longitudinal folds of the mucous membrane (plica? longitudinales). Plica polonica. Plaited hair. A disease of the hairs, in which they become long and coarse, and matted and glued into inextricable tangles. It is peculiar to Poland, Lithuania, and Tartary. Plica semilunaris. A slight doubling of the conjunctiva on the outer side of the caruncle. Plica'ria. Lycopodium clavatum. Plicate. Plica'tus. Plaited; folded. Plin'thius. WlivOioc;. The fourfold bandage. .go, PLUGGING. The introduction of lint or pieces of rag into a wound, the vagina, uterus, &c., to stop hemorrhage or sustain the parts. PNB PLU 514 The tampon or plug may be rendered astrlnfent by immersion in a cold decoction of oak ark, solution of acetate of lead, &c., or otherwise medicated. Plum. Prunus domestica. Plum, Malabar. Eugenia jambos. Plumace'olus. A pledget. Plumba'gin. A principle detected by Dulong in the root of the Plumbago curopaa. PLUMBA'GO. (o, inis, f.) 1. A native form of carbon, of an unctuous and soft consistency, metallic brilliancy, and nearly incombustible; used for lead pencils, crucibles, &c. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Plumbagineai. — P. europaia. Toothwort. The root was formerly esteemed as a cure for the toothache, arising from caries. Plumbi ace'tas. P. supcracetas. Acetate of lead. Sugar of lead. It possesses sedative and astringent qualities in a very high degree. It is constantly used in lotions, and, combined with opium, is useful in hemorrhages. The dose is from one to three grains. It is poisonous only when it is decomposed and deposits the carbonate. Plumbi diacetatis liquor. Plumbi acetatis liquor. Plumbi subacetatis liquor. (U. S.) Solution of diacetate of lead. Goulard's extract. Take of acetate of lead) gxvj.; oxide of lead, powdered, gixss.; water, 4 pints. Boil for half an hour, agitating frequently, and when the liquor is cool, add as much distilled water as will make it up to six pints, and strain. This has long been a celebrated refrigerant application in cases of local inflammation. It is to be mixed with distilled water in the proportion of from one to two drachms to a pint of water. Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilutus. Liquor plumbi acetatis dilutus. Aqua vegeto mineralis. Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. Diluted solution of diacetate of lead. Take of solution of diacetate of lead, a fluid drachm and a half; distilled water, a pint; weak spirits, two fluid drachms. Mix. This is an unnecessary formula, as every surgeon dilutes the Goulard's extract with water according to his own discretion. Plumbi chlo'ridum. Chloride of lead. Take of acetate of lead, nineteen ounces; boiling distilled water, three pints; chloride of sodium, six ounces. Dissolve the acetate of lead and chloride of sodium separately, the former in three pints of distilled water, and ttie latter in one pint. The liquors being then mixed together, wash the precipitate, when cold, with distilled water, and dry it. It is used for preparing the hydrochlorate or muriate of morphia. Plumbi iodi'dum. (Ph. L.) Iodide of lead. Take of acetate of lead, nine ounces; iodide of potassium, seven ounces; distilled water, a gallon. Dissolve the acetate of lead in six pints of the water, and filter. Add to the solution the iodide of potassium, dissolved in two pints of the water; wash the precipitate, and dry it. The iodide of lead, as obtained by the above process, is a bright yellow powder, little soluble in cold water, but readily so in boiling water, from which it is again deposited, on cooling, in the fonn of crystalline scales. This medicine has been found veiy effectual in resolving scrofulous tumors, and in the hands of M. Velpeau has succeeded when iodine and its other compounds have failed. The dose is from half a grain to four grains. An officinal ointment is now prepared from it. See Unguentum plumbi iodidi. Plumbi oxydum hydra'tum. Hydrated oxide of lead. Take of solution of diacetate of lead, six pints; distilled water, three gallons; solution ot potash, six pints, or as much as may be sufficient to precipitate the oxide. Mix. Wash the precipitate with water until nothing alkaline remains. This is used for preparing the disulphate of quinine. Plumbi oxidum semivitreum. See Lithar- gyrum. Plumbi oxidum (oxydum) rubrum. Red lead. Plumbi carbo'nas. Plumbi subcarbonas. Subcarbonate of lead; commonly called cerusse, or white lead. This article is made in the large way in white-lead manufactories, by exposing thin sheets of lead to the vapor of vinegar. This preparation is seldom used in medicine or surgery but for the purposo of making other preparations, as the acetate. It is sometimes employed medicinally in form of powder and ointment, to children whose skin is fretted. It should, however, be cautiously used, as there is great reason to believe that complaints of the bowels of children originate from its absorption. Plumbi subcarbonas. See Plumbi carbonas. PLU'MBUM. (mot, i, n.) Lead. In cases of poisoning by the preparations of lead, the best antidote is a solution of a sulphate, as Epsom salt, sulphate of soda, or dilute sulphuric acid. See Colica pictonum. Plumbum candidum. Tin. Plumbum cinereum. Bismuth. Plumbum nigrum. Black lead. Plumbum rubeum. The philosopher's stone is so called in some old books. Plumbum ustum. Burnt lead. Plumme'ri pilulje. Plummer's pills. See Pilula; hydrargyri chloridi composites. Plumo'se. Plumosus. Feathered. Plu'mula. A little feather. The upper part of the embryo. Plunket's cancer remedy. Take of ranunculus flammula, one handful; dog's fennel, three sprigs, both well pounded; brimstone, in powder, three middling thimbles-full; white arsenic, the same quantity: incorporate all in a mortar, and make into small balls the size of a nutmeg, and dry in the sun. These balls must be powdered and mixed with the yolk of an egg, and laid over the sore or cancer upon a piece of bladder, which must be cut to the size of the sore, and smeared with the yolk of an egg. The plaster must not be stirred until it drops off" of itself, which will be in a week. Clean bandages are often to be put on. Pluviome'ter. A rain gauge. PNEUMA. (From nvevp, nvevparoc, wind, air, gas.) Denoting the presence of air. Pneumarthro'sis. (From nvevpa, and p.p~ dpov, a joint.) The secretion of air into an articular cavity. It may occur after articular rheumatism, and usually disappears spontaneously in a few days or hours. PNE PNE 515 PNEUMA'TIC. (Pneumaticus; from nvevua, wind; relating v. air.) Of, or belonging to, air or gas. Pneumatic trough. Any wooden or metallic vessel used for the purpose of making experiments with gases. For this purpose it is nearly filled with water, mercury, or some other fluid. Pneuma'tica. Disease of the air passages. — Good. PNEUMATICS. (From mievpa, air.) The science which investigates the physical properties of air and elastic fluids. PNEUMATOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; nvevpa, wind, and ktjaij, a tumor.) A tumor distended with air or gas. It has been applied especially to a distension of the scrotum with gas, which may happen when there is a scrotal hernia, and the intestine is distended with gas, or when the scrotum is emphysematous. Pneumato'meter. A graduated gasometer, by which the quantity of inspired air can be measured. Pneumato'mphalus. A hernia distended with gas. PNEUMATOSIS. (From nvsvparou, to inflate.) Emphysema. Windy swelling. The species are, 1. Pneumatosis spontanea, without any manifest cause. 2. Pneumatosis traumatica, from a wound. 3. Pneumatosis venenata, from poisons. 4. Pneumatosis hysterica, with hysteria. Pneumatosis is known by a collection of air in the cellular texture under the skin, rendering it tense, elastic, and crepitating. Air in the cellular membrane is confined to one place; but in a few cases it spreads universally over the body, and occasions a considerable degree of swelling. It sometimes arises spontaneously, which is, however, a very rare occurrence, or comes on immediately after childbirth, in consequence of rupture of the lungs; but it is most generally induced by some wound or injury done to the thorax, aud which affects the lungs, in which case the air passes from these, through the wound, into a surrounding cellular membrane, and from thence spreads over the whole body. Pneumatosis is attended with an evident crackling noise, and elasticity upon pressure; and sometimes with much difficulty of breathing, oppression, and anxiety. We are to consider it as a disease by no means unattended with danger; but more probably from the causes which give rise to it, than any hazard from the complaint itself. In every species the air may be let out by very small punctures with a lancet, and a bandage applied where it can be used. The poisonous species require the internal administration of the antidote for the particular poison ; and the other species are cured by anti-hysterical remedies. Pneumatosis abdominis. Tympanitis. Pneumatosis enterica. P. ventriculi. Flat- ulence. Pneumatotho'rax. Pneumothorax. PNEUMOGA'STRIC NERVE. (FroinTn/euuuv, the lung, and yaarnp, the belly, so named from its distribution.) Nervus vagus. Par vatgum. A nerve which arises on each side by many filaments, from the lateral part of the medulla oblongata, immediately below the origin of the glossopharyngeal nerve. It passes out of the cranium along with the glosso-pharyngeal nerve, through the foramen lacerum posterius. Immediately after quitting the cranium it is slightly enlarged for about an inch of its course, forming what is called its ganglionic enlargement. It descends in the neck at the outer and back part of tne common carotid artery, in the cellular sheath of which it is included. In the neck it gives off the pharyngeal branch, the superior laryngeal, and twigs which contribute to form the cardiac plexus. It passes into the chest between the subclavian artery and vein, girding off the inferior laryngeal or recurrent nerve, which twines round the subclavian arteiy on the right side, and the aortu on the left. In the chest it sends twigs contributing to the formation of the pulmonary and oesophageal plexuses. Lastly, entering the abdomen, it is finally dispersed on the stomach, sending twigs to the omentum and to the neighboring abdominal plexuses. Pneumography. A description of the lungs. PNEu'ittO-HiE morrha'gica. Hemorrhage from the lungs, as opposed to broncho-hamorrhagia,. or hemorrhage* from the bronchia. Pneumolo'gy. A treatise on the lungs. Pneumon. The lungs. Pneumo'nia. See Pneumonitis. Pneumonia, typhoid. P., bilious. P., erysipelatous. Inflammation of the lungs, accom- E anied with inflammation of the mucous memrane. Pneumonica. Diseases affecting the lungs. — Good. Pneumoni'tic. Relating to pneumonitis. PNEUMONITIS, (is, idis, f.; from ttvevpuv, the lung, and itis, inflammation.) Inflammation of the lung. It is characterized by fever, difficulty of breathing, cough, and a sense of weight and pain in the thorax. It attacks principally those of a robust constitation and plethoric habit, and occurs most frequently in the winter season and spring of the year. At the commencement of the disease the pulse is usually full, strong, hard, and frequent; but in a more advanced stage it is commonly weak, soft, and often irregular. In the beginning the cough is frequently dry and without expectoration; but in some cases it is moist, even from the first, and the matter spit up is various both in color and consistence, and is often streaked with blood. If relief is not afforded in time, and the inflammation proceeds with such violence as to endanger suffocation, the vessels of the neck will become turgid and swelled; the face will alter to a purple color; an effusion of blood will take place into the cellular substance ofthe lungs, so as to impede the circulation through that organ, and the patient will soon be deprived of life ; or suppuration, apoplexy, or engorgement of blood. Coagulable lymph may also be thrown out, and produce hepatization; or gangrene may occur. Physical Signs. —At first there is dullness r o i POD 516 on percussion, and a crepitant rale; the voice is rather more resonant than usual. If it end in suppuration, there is coarse mucous rale, with increased dullness on percussion. If hepatization occur, the percussion is veiy dull; there is no rale, but bronchial respiration, and great resonance of the voice and cough. Our opinion as to the event is to be drawn from the symptoms which are present. A high degree of fever, attended with delirium, great difficulty of breathing, with acute pain, and dry cough, denote great danger; on the contrary, an abatement of the febrile symptoms, and of the difficulty of breathing and pain, taking place on the coming on of a free expectoration, or the occurrence of any other critical evacuation, promise fair for the recovery of the patient. It usually comes to a favorable crisis in about twelve days. Li the early period of this disease we may hope, by active measures, to bring about immediate resolution; but when it is more advanced, we must look for a discharge by expectoration, as the means of restoiing the part to a healthy state. Wo should begin by large and free bleeding. The bowels must bo well evacuated in the first instance, and subsequently kept regular; and antimonials may be given with great advantage, to promote the discharges from the skin and lungs. This is one of the cases in which tho uso of veiy large doses of emetic tartar has been especially advocated. Digitalis is proper, also, as lessening the activity of the circulation. The antiphlogistic regimen is to bo observed, except that the patient will not bear too free exposure to cold. After the urgent febrile symptoms have subsided, counter-irritation is very useful. PNEUMO'NIC. (Pneumonicus; from Tcvevpav, the lung.) Appertaining to the lungs. Pneumono'ses. Diseases of the lungs. Pneumo'-pericardium. Effusion of air into the cavity of the pericardium.— Laennec. Pneu'mo-pleuri'tis. An inflammation of the lungs and pleura. Pneumorrha'gia. Haemoptysis. Pneomotho'e. Phthisis pulmonalis. PNEUMOTHORAX. Pneumatothorax. (From nvevpuv, and dupal;, the chest.) An infiltration of air, usually with some fluid, into the cavity of the pleura. It is usually connected with pleurisy, or other diseases of the lungs, occurring suddenly, and being fatal in its result. Where the amount of gaseous matter is great, the affected side is distended ; it also emits a clear sound on percussion. If there be a communication by ulceration between the bronchial tabes and the pleura, there will be metallic resonance on auscultation, and metallic tinkling when there is both gas and fluid in the pleural cavity. Pneumoto'my. Dissection of the lungs. Pneu'sis. Respiration. Pniga'lium. The nightmare. Pnigopho'bia. Suffocation; angina pectoris. Pnix. A sense of suffocation. Pny'ma. A boil. Pod. Siliqua. .PO'DAGRA. (From novc, the foot, and — 0 The mineral acids. Phosphorus. Sulphur. Chlorine. Iodine. Hydriodate of potash. Bromine. Oxalic acid. The fixed alkalies. Nitre. Alkaline and earthy cldorides. Lime. Ammonia and its salts. Alkaline sulphurets. The compounds of arsenic. The compounds of mercury. The compounds of copper. ay pa, a taking or seizure.) Gout in the foot. See Gout. Podagra'ria. jEgopodium podagraria. Podarthkoca'ce. Caries of the articulation of the foot. Pode'cium. The peculiar foot-stalk of tho tubercles in the cup lichens. Podogy'nium. The stalk on which the ovary is placed in the passion-flower, &c. Podoni'ptrum. A bath for the feet. PODOPHYLLUM, (um, i, n.) A genua of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Podophyllcs.—P. pelta'tum. May-apple. The fruit is edible, and the root cathartic in the dose of a scruple. The leaves are said to be poisonous. Podospe'rm. The funicle or little stalk of the ovule and seed by which it is attached to the placenta of the carpel. Podothe'ca. An anatomical preparation of the scarf-skin of the foot. Poeci'ha. The piebald skin. Pogo'n. A beard. Pogo'nia. A beard on a female. POISON. Venenum. Toxicum. That which, when applied externally, or taken into the human body, uniformly effects such a derangement in the animal economy as to produce disease, may be defined a poison. Poisons aro divided, with respect to the kingdom to which they belong, into animal, vegetable, mineral, and aerial. When a substance produces disease, not only in mankind, but in all animals, it is distinguished by the term common poison; as arsenic, corrosive sublimate, &c.; while that which is poisonous to man only, or to animals, and often to one genus merely, is said to be a relative poison; thus aloes is poisonous to dogs and wolves; the Phcllandrium aquaticum kills horses, while oxen devour it greedily, and with impunity. Stramonium is a favorite food of goats, but poisonous to man. Poisons have been arranged by Orfila into four classes, namely, irritant, narcotic, narcotico-acrid, and septic, or putrefiant. Dr. Christison excludes the last, or septic class, thus reducing poisons to three classes. The following enumeration of poisons is taken from his excellent treatise on poisons: I. Irritant Poisons. The characteristic operation of these is to excite inflammation of the alimentary canal in some part, or throughout the whole of its course. To this class belong The compounds of antimony. The compounds of tin, silver, gold, platinum, bismuth, chrome, and zinc. The compounds of lead and of baryta. Euphorbia. Castor oil seeds. Physic-nut. Bitter cassadn. ManchineeL Croton oil. Bryony. Coloeynth. Elaterium. Ranunculus. Anemone. Caltha. Clematis. POI POI 517 Cantharides. Poisonous fish. Venomous serpents and insects. Diseased and decayed animal matter. Mechanical irritants. Trollius. Mezereon. Arum. Gamboge. Daffodil. Jalap. Savin. II. Narcotic Poisons. These are such as produce, chiefly or solely, symptoms of disorder of the nervous system. To this class belong Opium. Hyoscyamus. Lactuca. Solanum. Hydrocyanic acid. The vegetable substances which contain hydrocyanic acid: Bitter almonds —Cherry-laurel — Peach —Cluster cherry—Mountain ash. Nitric oxide gas. Chlorine gas. Ammoniacal gas. Muriatic acid gas. Sulphureted hydrogen. Carbureted hydrogen. Carbonic acid. Carbonic oxide. Nitrous oxide. Cyanogen. Oxygen. III. Narcotico-acrid Poisons. These possess a double action, being both local irritants, like those of the first class, and producing a remote effect on the nervous system, like those of the second. To this class belong Nightshade. Thorn-apple. Tobacco. Lobelia. Hemlock. Water hemlock. Hemlock dropwort. Fool's parsley. Monk's-hood. Black hellebore. Ipecacuanha. Squill. White hellebore. Meadow saffron. Foxglove. Strychnia. Nux vomica. St. Ignatius's bean. Method of detecting Poisons. When sudden death is suspected to have been occasioned by the administration of poison, either willfully or by accident, the testimony of the physician is occasionally required to confirm or invalidate this suspicion. He may also be sometimes called upon to ascertain the cause of the noxious effects arising from the presence of poisonous substances in articles of diet; and he should, therefore, learn the simplest and most practicable modes of obtaining, by experiment, the necessary information. The only poisons, however, that can be clearly and decisively detected by chemical means are those of the mineral kingdom. Arsenic and corrosive sublimate are most likely to be exhibited with the view of producing death; and lead and copper may be introduced undesignedly, in several ways, into our food and drink. The continued and unsuspected operation of the two last may often produce effects less sudden and violent, but not less baneful to health and life, than the more active poisons; and their operation generally involves, in the pernicious consequences, a greater number of sufferers. Method of detecting Arsenic. —This is detailed under the head of Arsenious acid. Method of detecting Corrosive Sublimate. —It False angustura. Camphor. Cocculus indicus. Upas antiar. Coriaria myrtifolia. Poisonous fungi. Poisonous mosses. Secale cornutum. Mouldy bread. Darnel grass. Seeds of lathyrus cicera. Seeds of the bitter vetch. Seeds of the common laburnum. Alcohol. Ether. Some empyrcumatic oils. may be collected by treating the contents of the stomach in the manner described under arsenic; but as it is more soluble than arsenic, no more water must be employed than is barely sufficient, and the washings must be carefully preserved for examination. If a powder should be collected by this operation, which proves, on examination, not to be arsenic, it may be known to be corrosive sublimate by the following characters: a. Expose a small quantity of it, without any admixture, to heat in a glass tube. Corrosive sublimate will be ascertained by its rising to the top of the tube, lining the inner surface in the form of a shining white crust. b. Dissolve another portion in distilled wa ter; and it may be proper to observe how much of the salt the water is capable of taking up. c. To the wateiy solution add a little limewater. A precipitate of an orange-yellow color will instantly appear. d. To another portion of the solution add a single drop of a dilute solution of subcarbonate of potash. A white precipitate will appear; but, on a still farther addition of alkali, an orange-colored sediment will be formed. e. The carbonate of soda has similar effects. f. Sulphureted water throws down a darkcolored sediment, which, when dried and strongly heated, is wholly volatilized, without any odor of garlic. For the detection of corrosive sublimate, Sylvester has recommended the application of galvanism, which exhibits the mercuiy in a metallic state. If a gold wire be used, it is stained white. Carbonate of Baryta. —It is soluble in muriatic acid, and may be precipitated as a white powder by any soluble sulphate, and this powder is insoluble in acids. Method of detecting Copper or Lead. —Copper and lead sometimes gain admission into articles of food, in consequence of the employment of kitchen utensils of these materials. 1. If copper be suspected in any liquor, its presence will be ascertained by adding a solution of pure ammonia, which will strike a beautiful blue color. It is also easily detected by a galvanic circle. 2. Lead is occasionally found, in sufficient quantity to be injurious to health, in water that has passed through leaden pipes, or been kept in leaden vessels, and sometimes even in pump water, in consequence of that metal having been used in the construction of the pump. Acetate of lead has also been known to be fraudulently added to bad wines. Lead may be discovered by adding to a portion of the suspected water about half its bulk of water impregnated with sulphureted hydrogen gas. If lead be present, it will be manifested by a dark brown or blackish tinge. This test is so delicate, that water condensed by the leaden worm of a still-tub is sensibly affected by it. Lead is also detected by a similar effect ensuing on the addition of sulphuret of ammonia, or potash. A solution of chromate of potash produces a yellow precipitate, as does alsoiodide of potassium. P O I POI 518 Treatment of Poisoning. As general preparatives to the treatment of poisoning, it is a good rule to administer mucilaginous or oily draughts, and use the stomachpump or emetics; if, however, we know at first the particular poison, its antidotes are to be used Antidotes are of two kinds. One kind takes away the deleterious qualities ofthe poison before it comes within its sphere of action, by altering its chemical nature. The other controls its poisonous action after it has begun, by exciting a contrary action in the system. In the early ages of medicine almost all antidotes were believed to be of the latter description, but, in fact, very few of the kind are known. In the instance of external poisoning, the main object of the practitioner is to prevent the poison from entering the blood, or to remove it from the local vessels which it has entered. One mode, which has been known to the profession from early times, and, after being long in disuse, was lately revived by Dr. Barry, and applied with success to man, is the application of cupping-glasses to the part where tho poison has been introduced. This method may act in various ways. It certainly prevents the farther absorption of the poison by suspending for a time the absorbing power of the vessels of the part covered by the cup. It also sucks the blood out of tho wound, and, consequently, washes the poison away with it. But possibly it likewise compresses the nerves around, and prevents the impression made by the poison on their sentient extremities from being transmitted along their filaments. Another mode is by the application of a ligature between the injured part and the trunk, so as to check the circulation. This is a veiy ancient practice in the case of poisoned wounds, and is known even to savages. But as usually practiced it is only a temporary cure. As soon as the ligature is removed the effects of the {>oison begin. It may be employed, however, or many kinds of poisoning through wounds, so as to effect a radical cure. We have seen that most poisons of the organic kingdom are in no long time either thrown off by the system or decomposed in the blood; hence, if the quantity given has not been too large, recovery will take place. Now, by means of a ligature, which is removed for a short time at moderately distant intervals, a poison, which has been introduced into a wound beyond the roach of extraction, may be gradually admitted into the system in successive quantities, each too small to cause death or serious mischief, and be thus, in the end, entirely removed and destroyed. Such is a practical application which may be made of some ingenious experiments performed not long ago by M. Bouillaud with strychnia, the poisonous principle of nux vomica. The last mode to be mentioned is by a combination of the ligature with venesection, deduced by M. Verniere from his experimental researches. Suppose a fatal dose of extract of nux vomica has been thrust into the paw of a dog: M. Verniere applies a tight ligature round the limb, next injects slowly as much warm water hrto the jugular vein as the animal can safely bear, and then slackens the ligature. The state of venous plethora thus induced com pletely suspends absorption. The ligature if next tied so as to compress the veins without compressing the arteries of the limb, and a vein is opened between the wound and the ligature in such a situation that the blood which flows out must previously pass through, or at least near, the poisonous wound. When a moderate quantity has been withdrawn, the ligature may be removed with safety; and the extraction of the poison may be farther proved by the blood that has been drawn being injected into the veins of another animal, for rapid death by tetanus will be the result. It is not improbable that in this plan the preliminary production of venous plethora may be dispensed with, and then the treatment may be easily and safely applied to the human subject. The following is a brief sketch of the treatment in cases ot the effects of some of the principal poisons. Arsenic. —For the treatment of poisoning by arsenic, see Arsenious acid. Bismuth. —No specific antidote is known for the oxide or for the subnitrate of this metal. Milk and mucilaginous diluents should be given along with purgatives. Salts of Copper. —The sulphurets of the al kalies, sugar, and albumen have all gained reputation as antidotes to these poisons; the alkaline sulphurets are now entirely disregarded; albumen and sugar have each been made the subject of recent experiments, and both appear to be of some utility, though neither have any claim to rank as specifics. Emetic Tartar. See Antimonium tartarizaturn. Preparations of Lead. —The antidote to these is Epsom or Glauber's salts, the acid of which forms an insoluble aud harmless sulphate. Preparations of Mercury. —The only one of these much known as a poison is the corrosive sublimate. Its antidote is albumen: as soon, therefore, as it is known to have been swallowed, the white of eggs should be given, mixed with water, every two or three minutes. If eggs can not be obtained, large draughts of milk may be useful as a substitute. Inflammation is to be combated by the ordinaiy means, as also the ptyalism occasioned by this in common with the other preparations of mercury. Preparations of Silver. —Of these the nitrate only requires to be noticed. It is decomposed by muriate of soda. A table-spoonfull of common salt may be dissolved in a pint of water, and a wine-glassfull given every five minutes. This may be followed by mucilaginous drinks. Preparations of Tin. —These are decomposed by all vegetable infusions and animal fluids. Milk is as good an antidote as any. Zinc. —The sulphate of zinc, or white vitriol, will generally prove an antidote to itself, being one of the most powerful emetics known. The vomiting should be encouraged by diluents, and any bad consequences that may ensue treated on ordinaiy principles. Little is known of the effects of the oxide ; it is, however, poisonous. The Mineral Acids. —When the sulphuric, nitric, or muriatic acid has been swallowed, cal- r o i POL 519 chied magnesia, mixed with water, should be immediately administered; or, if this be not at hand, chalk or soap, which can always be procured in one form or another, may be substituted for it. Neither chalk nor the alkaline carbonates are to be preferred, on account of the great extrication of gas occasioned by their decomposition, but may be given in the absence of the more appropriate antidote. Bland diluents are to be used when the acid is neutralized. Inflammation is to be obviated by the ordinary means. Oxalic Acid. —The antidote for this is calcined magnesia or chalk, which give rise to the formation of insoluble salts. Alkalies are better than useless, but they form with it soluble salts, which are themselves irritant poisons, though in a less degree than the acid. Hydrocyanic Acid. —In any considerable dose this is almost immediately fatal. The exhibition of strong stimuli, as ammonia, &c, cold allusion, bleeding from the jugular vein, and a mixture of carbonate of potash and the proto and per sulphate of iron. See Hydrocyanic acid. Alkalies and their Carbonates. —These are best neutralized by vinegar. Nitre. —Mucilaginous diluents and opium are most serviceable: bleeding may also be required. Lime. —For this also the best antidote is vinegar. Baryta and its Salts. —Sulphate of magnesia causes the formation of an insoluble sulphate, and should therefore be given largely diluted with water. Muriatc of Ammonia. —Vomiting is to be encouraged by large draughts of warm water, and inflammatory or nervous symptoms to be treated in the ordinary way. Phosphorus. —No antidote is known for this. Large draughts of water or demulcents are naturally indicated, and emetics. Alcohol. —The effects of excessive intoxication from alcoholic liquors are best counteracted by the immediate use of a strong emetic, as the sulphate of zinc or copper, and the stomachpump. Vomiting should be encouraged by draughts of warm water, and the intestines stimulated by saline enemata. Should there appear to be great determination of blood to the head, venesection, and the application of cold to the head, are indicated. Acrid vegetable Poisons. —For these we have no specific antidotes. The same general treatment is applicable in all cases of poisoning by acrid vegetable substances. If the poison has occasioned vomiting, it is to be encouraged by large draughts of warm water; and if the sensibility of the stomach has been overpowered, vomiting is to be excited by the sulphate of zinc or other active emetic, or the stomach-* pump is to be used, and the intestines stimulated by purgatives which are not af an acrid character. Inflammation of particular textures is to be treated on the usual principles. Narcotic and narcolico-acrid vegetable Poisons. —The first indication is to evacuate the stomach. When the poison is evacuated, a strong infusion of coffee or vinegar, diluted with water, may be given with advantage. Determination of blood to the head, and inflammation of particular textures, are to be obviated by the usual means, but with due reference to the depressed state of the nervous power. If the surface become cold, friction, and the application of warmth, are indicated, and the internal use of ammonia may sometimes be useful. Poison of Fish. —The symptoms arising from eating poisonous fish are so anomalous and variable that general rules for their treatment can hardly be given, and the practitioner is thrown on his individual judgment in each particular case; vomiting and purging, and diluents, are indicated to get rid of the offending matter, and weak alkaline solutions have been thought useful. Spasm is to be allayed by opium, and inflammation by the ordinary means. Cantharides. —Sweet oil should be given in large quantity to excite vomiting, and linseed tea or milk as a demulcent. Emollient enemata are to be administered. Inflammation of the intestinal canal or urinary passages is to be treated on ordinary principles. Bite of venomous Serpents. —The first indication is to prevent the absorption of the poison, which is fulfilled by the instantaneous application of a tight ligature above the wound. The bitten part is then to be cut out, or destroyed by caustic. The application of a dry cuppingglass may suspend the absorption of the poison; but such an apparatus is seldom at hand, under circumstances in which persons are liable to be bitten by serpents, and it also requires to be removed before the knife or caustic can be applied to the part; the ligature is, therefore, every way preferable. Immediately sucking the wound is an efficacious mode of extracting at least some of the poison, and it may be done with impunity if the cuticle of the lips and lining membrane of the mouth be every where entire. The second indication is to support the system against the effect of the virus, if absorbed : this is to be attempted by the use of powerful stimulants, especially ammonia combined with diaphoretics. The Tanjore pill, so cekv brated in India as an antidote to the bites of serpents, is said to consist of arsenic, pepper, mercury, and the juice of the Asclepias gigantea. The inflammation of the surrounding parts, which follows the bite of some serpents, is of the unhealthy kind, tending to gangrene, and is to be treated accordingly. Venomous Insects. —Hartshorn and oil may be gently rubbed on the injured part; and if much inflammation ensue, an emollient poultice may be applied. See, also, the particular substances for their therapeutical action and antidotes. Poison berry. The melia azedarac. Poison fangs. The hollow teeth in the upper jaws of vipers, rattlesnakes, &c., through which the poison is discharged into the wounds they make. Only such snakes as have poison fangs are venomous. Poison nut. Strychnos fiux vomica. Poison oak. Rhus toxicodendron. Poison vine. Rhus radicans. Poke-berry. P.weed. Phytolaccadecandra. Polar. Having reference to poles or polar- ity. POL POL 520 POLA'RITY. That property of bodies in consequence of which, when free, they arrange themselves in certain determinate directions, as in the case of the magnetic needle. Polariza'tion. The state of a body or agent which exhibits polarity. Thus light, heat, &c., are susceptible of polarization. Polarized light. See Light. . POLEMO'NIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Polemoniaeeat — P. catruleum. Greek valerian, or Jacob's ladder. The root is astringent. Polenta. A farinaceous food. POLES. In Geometry, the extremities of the axis of rotation of a sphere or spheroid. Hence, in Chemistry, we speak of the poles of atoms in the phenomena of cohesion and affinity, denoting thereby the points on their surfaces where union occurs under these and other forces. In Electricity and Galvanism, the poles are the points or parts which develop the phenomena of attraction and repulsion. These are termed the north and south, or austral and boreal poles, in the magnet. In the galvanic circle or battery, the poles or discharging wires are termed respectively the negative or positive pole, or the anode and cathode. Pole y-mountain. Teucrium montanum. Polia'ter. A physician authorized to prac tice in a town. — Castelli. POLICE, MEDICAL. All that relates to the preservation of health iu towns, and during epidemics. The questions of quarantine, the establishment of sanatory cordons, the registration of births and deaths, belong to this department of medicine. POLIO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ttoaoc, candidus, white or hoaiy.) A disease of the hairs, in which they are prematurely gray or hoary. Polium creticum. Teucrium creticum. Polium montanum. Teucrium inontanum. Pollack. Gadus pollacius. PO'LLEN. The fertilizing powder which adheres to the anthers of the flowers of plants, and is thrown out chiefly,in warm, dry weather. Pollen tube. The boyau, or dehcate tubular extension of the pollen grain after it reaches the surface of the stigma. The tube passes down the lax tissue of the stigma to the ovule, and conveys thereto the fovilla, or internal fluid ofthe granule. Po'llenin. A peculiar substance, insoluble, and extremely combustible, obtained from the pollen of tulips. Po'llex. The thumb, or great toe. POLLUTION. Pollutio. In Medicine, the involuntary emission of semen at night during sleep. This may be the result of a plethoric state of the organs of generation, or a want of tone arising from excess of venery, or masturbation, and is to be treated according to the cause. Pollution, self. Masturbation. POLY-. (From itoavc, many.) A prefix signifying fullness; a large number. POLYADE'LPHIA. Polydelphous. (From irolvc, many, and aielfyoc, a brother.) Plants with' hermaphrodite flowers, in which several stamina are united by their filaments into three or more distinct bundles. Polya?'mia. Plethora. POLYA'NDRIA. Polyandrous. (From itoavc, many, and avnp, a husband.) Plants with hermaphrodite flowers, furnished with several stamina, that are inserted into the common receptacle of the flower. Polycho'lia. Excess of bile. Polychre'stus. Polychrest. Having many virtues or uses. Poly'chroite. The coloring matter of saffron. POLYCHRO'ME. A crystalline body found in quassia and some other vegetables, which imparts to water a singular opaline play of colors. Its formula is CioH 8 09,HO. Polyda'ctylus. Having a supernumerary finger or toe. POLYDIPSIA, (a, at, f.; from itolkvc, much, and diipn, thirst.) Excessive thirst. It is mostly symptomatic of fever, dropsy, excessive discharges, or poisons. POLY'GALA. (a, at, f.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Octandria. Polygaleaz. — P. amara. A bitter plant. Its virtues are balsamic, demulcent, and corroborant. — P. rubella (U. S.) is veiy similar.— P. senega. The rattlesnake milkwort. Seneha. The root of this plant was formerly much esteemed as a specific against the poison of the rattlesnake, and as an antiphlogistic in pleurisy, pneumonia, &c. It is expectorant and diuretic. Its dose is from ten to thirty grains.— P. virginiana. See Polygala senega. — P. vulgaris. Common milkwort. The root of this plant is somewhat similar in taste to that of the seneka, but much weaker. POLYGA'LEjE. Tho milkwort tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous plants with leaves generally alternate; flowers, polypetalous, unsymmetrical; stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, two-celled; fruit, dehiscent. Poly'galic acid. An acrid acid found hi the Polygala senega, and other species. It is the active principle, and is soluble in water. Formula, C32Hi80n- Poly'galine. Polygalic acid. POLYGA'MIA. Polygamous. (From ttoIvc, many, and yauoc, a marriage.) A class of plants, consisting of plants having hermaphrodite flowers, and likewise male and female flowers, or both. The orders of this division are Monoecia, Diatcia, and Tricecia. Polyga'strica. A class of infusorial animalcules, having many alimentary pouches. POLYGO The buckwheat tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants with leaves alternate; flowers, occasionally unisexual ; stamens, definite; ovarium, superior; seed, with farinaceous albumen. Polygo'natum. Convallaria. POLYGO'NUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Octandria. Trigynia. Polygonaceae. — P. aviculare. The knot-grass. This plant is said to tje useful in stopping hemorrhages, diarrhoeas, &c.— P. bacci'ferum. A species of equisetum.— P. bistorta. The officinal bistort. Bistorta. Every part manifests a degree of styptic action on the taste, and the root is a powerful astringent. The common dose of bistort root, in substance, is fifteen or twenty grains; in urgent cases it is extended to a drachm. Its POL POM 521 astringent matter is totally dissolved both by water and rectified spirits.— P. divaricatum. The Eastern buckwheat plant. The roots, reduced to a coarse meal, are an ordinary food of the Siberians. — P. fago'pyrum. The buckwheat.—P. hydro'viper. Poor-man's pepper, biting arsesmart, lake-weed, and water pepper. Hydropiper. The leaves have an acrid, burning taste. They have been recommended as possessing antiseptic, aperient, diuretic virtues; and given in scurvies and cachexies, asthmas, hypochondriacal and nephritic complaints, and wandering gout. The first leaves have been applied externally, as a stimulating cataplasm. —P. latifolium. Polygonum aviculare.— P. mas. Polygonum aviculare. — P. minus. Herniaria glabra. — P. versicaria. Pcrsicaria. This plant is said to possess vulnerary and antiseptic properties; with which intentions it is given in wine to restrain the progress of gangrene. POLYME'RIC. (From itoavc, fiepog, a part.) A name given to a compound in which the ratio of the elements is the same with another body, but the number of atoms is greater. Polymeri'smus. An excess in the organs or parts of the body. Polyo'psia. A defect of vision, iu which a person sees more objects than are present. Polyperia. Congenital misconstruction. — Good. Polype'talous. Polypetahis. Many-petaled. Polyphagia. Pica. Polyphy'llous. Polyphyllus. Many-leaved. Polypla'stic. Passing through several changes of form. POLYPO'DIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of ferns.— P. aculeatum. Spear-pointed fern.— P. calaguala. The root Radix calaguala has been exhibited internally, with success, in dropsy; and it is said to be efficacious in pleurisy, contusions, abscesses, &c. — P. filix mas. Aspidium filix mas.— P. quercinum. Polypodium vulgare.— P. vulgare. Polypody of the oak. The root has a sweetish taste: a decoction of it was formerly used as a purgative. Polypody, male. Aspidium filix mas. Polypody of the oak. Polypodium vulgare. Polypo'id. Like a polypus. Polypo'sia. Great thirst. PO'LYPUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus of zoophytes. 2. A tumor, most commonly met with in the nose, uterus, or vagina, but also existing in the pharynx, liver, and other organs. It assaults the mucous membranes chiefly, is more or less pyiiform in figure, and suspended from a stalk. Polypi vary from each other, according to the different causes that produce them, and the alterations that happen in them; they may be mucous, soft, fleshy, scirrhous, or cancerous. The polypus of the uterus is of three kinds in respect to situation: it either grows from the fundus, the inside of the cervix, or from the lower edge of the os uteri. The first case is the most frequent, the last most uncommon. Polypi of the uterus are shaped like a pear, and have a thin pedicle. They are almost invariably of that species which is denominated fleshy or membranous, hardly ever being scirrhous, cancerous, or ulcerated. These tumors, if they resist the action of astringents, are to be removed by the knife, ligature, or caustic. 3. The coagulated substance which is found in the cavities of the heart of those who are some time in articulo mortis, is improperly called a polypus. 0 Polypus bronchialis. A membranous secretion thrown off from the bronchial tubes, and produced by inflammation. POLYSA'ROIA. (a,ce,i.\ from iroAvc, much, and aapij, flesh.) Troublesome corpulency, obesity, or fatness. Polyse'palous. Having many sepals. Polysoma'tia. Corpulency. Polyspa'stum. A forcible instrument for reducing luxations. Polys pe'rmous. Polyspcrmus. Having many seeds. POLY'STOMA. (a, atos, n.; from irolvc, many, and oroua, a mouth.) A genus of worms. —jP. pinguicula. This species has been found by Treutler in a fatty tumor covering the ovary of a female. POLY'TRICHUM. (um,i,n.) Polytrycon. A genus of mosses.— P. commune. The golden maidenhair. It possesses, in an inferior degree, astringent virtues. POLYTRO'PHIA. (From jroAvg, and rpetbu, to nourish.) Excessive nutrition of an organ or part, whereby it acquires a state of hypertrophy. Polyu'ria. Polyure'sis. Diabetes. POMA'CEiE. The apple tribe of dicotyledonous plants. A subdivision of rosacea;. Trees or shrubs with leaves alternate; flowers, polypetalous; stamens, perigynous; fruit, a pomum, one to five celled. Poma'ceum. Cider. Poma'mbra. Pomum ambrcs. An odoriferous ball made of ambergris, musk, civet, aromatics, &c. It was used by embalmers to put into the orbits, after taking out the eyes. Poma'tum. A fragrant ointment. Pomegranate. Punica granatum. Pommade d'Alyon. Unguentum acidi nitrici. Pommade d'Autenrieth. Tartar emetic ointment, made with 3j. of tartar emetic to 3vij. of lard. A severe vesicant. Pommade de gondret. Vesicating pomatum of ammonia. Take of lard, 3yj.; almond oil, 3ij.; suet, 3ij. Melt together, and, while hot, pour into a phial, and add of liq. ammonia, 3xij., and shake together. This produces blistering in four or five minutes. PO'MPHOLYX. (yx, ygis, f.; from a bladder.) I. A small vesicle or bubble. II. A cutaneous disease described by Dr. Willan as an eruption of bulla;, appearing without any inflammation round them, and without fever, and therefore differing most materially from the pemphigus described by nosologists. There are three varieties: 1. Pompholyx benignus exhibits a succession of transparent bulla;, about the size of a pea, or sometimes of a hazel-nut, which break in three or four days, discharge their lymph, and soon heal. They appear chiefly on the face, neck, and extremities; and occur in boys in hot weather, in infants during dentition, and in POP roE 522 young persons of irritable habit from eating acrid vegetable substances, or from swallowing a few grains of mercury. 2. Pompholyx diutinus is a tedious and painful disorder, and is usually preceded for some weeks by languor and lassitude, headache, sickness, and pains in the limbs. Numerous red pimple-like elevations of the cuticle appear, with a sensation of tingling, which are presently raised into transparent vesications, that become as large as a pea within twenty-four hours, and if not broken, afterward attain the size of a walnut. If they are rubbed off prematurely, the excoriated surface is sore and inflamed, and does not readily heal. The bulla? continue to arise in succession on different parts of the body, and even reappear on the parts first affected, in some cases for several weeks. sule within it, with several seeds; a fruit resembling an apple. Pomum Adami. Adam's apple. The protuberance in the anterior part of the neck, formed by the fore part of the thyroid gland. Pomum amoris. Solanum lycopersicum. PONDE'RABLE. (From pondus, weight.) That which possesses weight, as distinguished from imponderable matter, such as light, heat, and electricity. Pondo. A pound weight. PO'NS. (s, tis, m.) A bridge. Pons hepatis. The lobulus anonymus of the liver. Pons tarini. A layer of grayish substance, connected on either side with the crura cerebri, and forming the locus perforatus of the floor of the third ventricle. Pons varo'lii. Varolius's bridge. An eminence of the medulla oblongata, the tuber annulare : called pons from its arched appearance. See Encephalos. Ponticum mel. A poisonous kind of honey. Poor-man's pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. Poplar. See Populus. Poplar, American. The liriodendron tulipiferum. PO'PLES. (es, itis, m.) The ham, or back part of the knee joint. Poplite'al. Popliteus. Appertaining to the ham. Popliteal aneurism. Aneurism in the ham. See Aneurism. Popliteal artery. Arteria poplitea. The continuation of the crural arteiy through the hollow of the ham. Popliteal nerves. The two branches into which the sciatic divides in the popliteal space. POPLITE'US. A small muscle which rises from the external condyle of the femur and back part of the capsular ligament of the knee joint, and is inserted into the ridge at the upper and inner part of the tibia, a little below the head. The use of the popliteus is to assist in bending the leg, and to rotate it inward when bent; also, to prevent the capsular ligament from being pinched in the motions of the knee joint. Poppy. See Papaver. Poppy, horned. Argemone. Poppy, red corn. Papaver rhceas. Poppy, white. Papaver somniferum. POPU'LINE. A silky, light, perfectly white crystalline principle, obtained from the bark and leaves of the Populus tremula. It is not known to contain nitrogen, but appears to play the part of an alkaloid, being dissolved by acids and precipitated by alkalies. It has a bitter and sweetish taste; melts, when heated, into a colorless fluid, and is very little soluble even in hot alcohol. It is supposed to be allied to salicine, which exists with it in the bark of the aspen. The febrifuge properties of the aspen are supposed to depend upon this principle. PO'PULUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The Populus nigra. 2. A genus of trees. Diascia. Octandria. Ametitaceas. — P. balsamifera. One of the trees supposed to produce tacamahaca. — P. nigra. The black poplar. The young buds were formerly employed in an officinal ointment. They have a yellow, unctuous, odorous, balsamic juice.— P. tremula, the European aspen, and P. tremidoides, the American aspen. The properties of these are similar: tho bark is febrifuge and tonic, and has been used with advantage in the form of decoction in agues. Braconnot has found an alkaloid in the bark ofthe aspen, which he names Populine. Porca'te. Grooved; a surface which has many parallel ridges running across it. Porce'lain. Decomposed feldspar, of which fine ware is made. Porcelain capsules and vessels are highly esteemed by chemists, from their capacity to resist a high temperature. Porcela'inous. Having the gloss and hardness of porcelain. PORCE'LLIO. A genus of apterous insects, or, more properly, of isopodous annelides.— P. scaler. Sclater. The same virtues have been ascribed to it as to millepedes. Porcupine disease. Ichthyosis. Po'rcus. A hog. Sus scrofa. PORE. (Poms, i,m.) A passage. 1. The minute opening of the exhalant and absorbent vessels, whereby exhalation and absorption are supposed to take place. 2. The capillaries and intercellular passages are called pores. Po'ri bilia'rii. The biliary pores or ducts that receive the bile from the penicilli of the liver, and convey it to the hepatic duct. See Liver. Poroce'le. A hard tumor of the scrotum. Poro'mphalum. A hard tumor of the navel. POR POR 523 POROSITY. (From porus, a passage.) The property of bodies whereby they transmit fluids through their pores. POROTIC. Poroticus. (From rcupoc, callus.) A medicine or other body having the property of assisting the formation of callus. , Porfhyra. See Scorbutus. PoRPHYitA hemorrhagica. Purpura ha;-morrhagica. Porphyro'xix. A new alkaloid, supposed to exist in Bengal apium. Porphyry. A hard granitic stone. Porra'ceous. Of a green color, like a leek. Porrect. Extending. Porret. Allium porrum. PORRI'GO. (o, onis, f.; d porrigendo: from its spreading abroad.) Ring-worm of the scalp. Scald head. A genus of disease in Dr. Willan's arrangement, which is contagious, aud principally characterized by an eruption of the pustules called favi and achorcs, unaccompanied by fever. The species are, 1. Porrigo larvalis. Crusta-lactea. This is almost exclusively a disease of infancy. It commonly appears first on the forehead and cheeks, in an eruption of numerous minute and whitish achorous pustules, which are crowded' together upon a red surface. These soon break, and discharge a viscid fluid, which concretes into thin yellowish scabs. As the pustular patches spread, the discharge is renewed, and continues also from beneath the scabs, increasing their thickness and extent, until the forehead, cheeks, and even the whole face, become enveloped as by a mask, whence the epithet larvalis, the eyelids and nose alone remaining exempt from the incrustation. When the scab ultimately falls off and ceases to be renewed, :i red, elevated, and tender cuticle, marked with deep lines, and exfoliating several times, is left behind; differing from that which succeeds to impetigo, inasmuch as it does not crack into deep fissures. The eruption is sometimes extended to the neck and breast, but it is most commonly unaccompanied with constitutional disturbance, subsiding without ill effects. The irritation, however, may, in weakly children, produce a cachectic state, ending in hectic. The treatment, in the early stage, consists in ablutions to the surface and gentle laxatives, with alterative doses of calomel. A mild astringent ointment may be used as the discharge ceases; and when it has passed away, a diluted ointment of nitrate of mercury to gently stimulate the skiu. Chalybeates and bark will be found useful to restore the child's health, and avert a second attack. The hydrargyrum cum creta and preparations of sulphur are great favorites in the treatment of this disease. 2. Porrigo furfurans. In this form of the disease, which commences with the eruption of small achorcs, the discbarge from the pustules is small in quantity, and the excoriation slight: the humor, therefore, soon concretes, and separates in innumerable thin laminated scabs, or scale-like exfoliations. At irregular periods, the pustules reappear, and the discharge being renewed, the eruption becomes moist; but it soon dries again, and exfoliates. It is attended with a good deal of itching, and some soreness of the scalp, to which the disease is confined; and the hair, which partially falls off, becomes then less strong in its texture, and sometimes lighter, in its color. Occasionally the glands of the neck are swelled and painful. This affection attacks adult females chiefly, and is not to be mistaken for lepra, psoriasis, or pityriasis, in which there is no discharge. In the treatment, it is useful to shave the head, and apply, during the inflammatory stage, ointment of zinc or acetate of lead, with frequent ablutions; but in the inactive state, stimulating ointments, containing nitrate of mercury, the nitric oxide, tar, creasote, sulphur, or the ointment of nitric acid, will be found severally useful in different cases. 3. Porrigo lupinosa is characterized by tho formation of dry, circular scabs, of a yellowishwhite color, set deeply in the skin, with elevated edges, and a central indentation or depression, sometimes containing a white, scaly powder, and resembling, on the whole, the seeds of lupines. These scabs are formed upon small separate clusters of achorcs, by the concretion ofthe fluid which exudes when they break; and they acquire, when seated on the scalp, the size of a sixpence. Frequently there is also a thin, white incrustation, covering the intervening parts ofthe scalp, which commonly exfoliates; but, if allowed to accumulate through inattention to cleanliness, it forms an elevated crustaceous cap. The disease, however, is not exclusively confined to the head, but sometimes appears on the extremities, where the little white aud indented scabs do not exceed two lines in diameter. This variety of porrigo is liable to increase much if neglected, and is usually tedious and of long duration. The use of soap and water, or a weak solution of potash or muriatic acid, will be necessary in removing the scabs. When this is effected, the application of an ointment, containing the powder of cocculus indicus (31J. to gj. of lard), is found veiy serviceable; this may be followed by the stimulating ointments mentioned under the previous species. 4. Porrigo scutulata, ringworm of the scalp. It appears in distinct and even distant patches, of an irregular circular figure, upon the scalp, forehead, and neck. It commences with clusters of small, light yellow pustules, which soon break, and form thin scabs over each patch, which, if neglected, become thick and hard by accumulation. If the scabs are removed, however, the surface of the patches is left red and shining, but studded with slight, elevated points or papula;, in some of which minute globules of pus again appear in a few days. By these repetitions of the eruption of achores, the incrustations become thicker, and the areas of the patches extend, often becoming confluent, if the progress of the disease be unimpeded, so as to affect the whole head. As the patches extend, the hair covering them becomes lighter in its color, and sometimes breaks off short; and, as the process of pustulation and scabbing is repeated, the roots of the hair are destroyed, and at length there remains uninjured only a narrow border of hair round the head. POR POR 524 This very unmanageable form of porrigo generally occurs in children of three or four years old and upward, and often continues for several years. Whether the circles remain red, smooth, and shining, or become dry and scurfy, the prospect of a cure is still distant; for the pustules will return, and the ulceration and scabbing will be repeated. It can only be considered as about to terminate when the redness aud exfoliations disappear together, and the hah begins to grow of its natural color and texture. The disease originates in cachectic children, especially where cleanliness is neglected, and is, like the other species, communicated by contact of the ichor. The treatment is to be conducted on the same principles as in the P. furfurans, but it is much more intractable. In the irritable state, sedatives and slightly astringent lotions and ointments, with frequent ablution, are necessary. An ointment containing calomel will be found very useful in producing desiccation. In the inactive stage the stimulating ointments are employed, and occasionally a lotion of six to ten grains of nitrate of silver to f. gj. of water, is extremely valuable. In cachectic children internal medicines will be necessary, especially the vinum ferri. .5. Porrigo decalvans. This singular variety of the disease presents no appearance whatever except patches of simple baldness, of a more or less circular form, on which not a single hair remains, while that which surrounds the patches is as thick as usual. The surface of the scalp within these area; is smooth, shining, and remarkably white. It is probable, though not ascertained, that there may be an eruption of minute achores about the roots of the hair in the first instance, which are not permanent, and do not discharge any fluid. The disease, however, has been seen to occur, in one or two instances, in a large assemblage of children, among whom the other forms of the porrigo prevailed. But in other cases, and also in adults, it has appeared where no communication could be traced or conjectured. The area; gradually enlarge, and sometimes become confluent, producing extensive baldness, in which condition the scalp remains many weeks, especially if no curative measures are adopted. The hair, which begins to grow, is of a softer texture and lighter color than the rest; and in persons beyond the middle age, it is gray. The only treatment found of service in this obstinate affection is shaving the head, and applying stimulating liniments and ointments until the new hair has a healthy appearance. 6. Porrigo favosa. This species of the disorder consists of an eruption of the large, soft, straw-colored pustules denominated favi. These are not, in general, globular, with a regularly circular margin, but somewhat flattened, with an irregular edge, and surrounded by a slight inflammation. They occur on all parts of the body: sometimes on the scalp alone, and sometimes on the face, or on the trunk and extremities only; but most commonly they spread from the scalp, especially from behind the ears to the face, or from the lips and chin to the scalp, and occasionally from the extremities to the trunk and head. They are usually accom- fianied with considerable itching. Children rom six months to four years of age are most liable to this eruption; but adults are not unfrequently affected with it. The pustules, especially on the scalp, appear at first distinct, though near together; but on the face and extremities they generally rise in irregular clusters, becoming confluent when broken, and discharging a viscid matter, which gradually concretes into greenish or yellowish semi-transparent scabs. The ulcerating blotches seldom continue long or extend far before the lymphatic system exhibits marks of irritation, probably from the acrimony of the absorbed matter. When the scalp or face is the seat of the disease, the glands on the sides of the neck enlarge and harden, being at first perceived like a chain of little tumors lying loose under the skin; and the submaxillary and parotid glands are often affected in a similar manner. At length some of them inflame, the skin becomes discolored, and they suppurate slowly, and with much pain and irritation. The eruption, in these situations, is likewise veiy often accompanied by a discharge from behind the ears, or from the ears themselves, with a tumid upper lip, and inflammation of the eyes, or obstinate ulcerations of the edges of the eyelids. When the eruption appears on the trunk, although the pustules there are smaller and less confluent, and the scabs thinner and less permanent, the axillary glands are liable to be affected in the same way. The duration of this form of porrigo is very uncertain; but it is, on the whole, much more manageable than the porrigo scutulata and decalvaus. Young infants often suffer severely from the pain and irritation of the eruption, and of the glandular affections which it induces; and those who are bred in large towns, and are ill fed and nursed, are thus sometimes reduced to a state of fatal marasmus. The treatment is both internal and external; the former resembles that laid down for P. larvalis, while the external is that recommended in P. decalvans. But change of air, exercise, and a course of sulphur waters will be found particularly useful. Po'rrum. Po'rrus. The leek. Allium porrum. Port wine. See Vinum. PO'RTA. (vpa, or purpura, a purple color.) An efflorescence consisting of small, distinct, purple specks and patches, attended with general debility, but not always with fever, which are caused by an extravasation of tho vessels under the cuticle. It is divided into the five following species: 1. Purpura simplex. —This has the appearance of petechia;, without much disorder of the constitution, except languor, pain in the limbs, and a sallow complexion. The petechia; are most numerous on the breast, inside of the arms and legs, and are of various sizes, and commonly circular. There is no itching or other sensation attending the petechia;. 2. Purpura hemorrhagica. Land scurvy. This is considerably more severe: the petechia 1 are of larger size, and interspersed with vibices and ecchymoses, resembling the marks left by the strokes of a whip, or by violent bruises. They appear first on the legs, and afterward on the thighs, arms, and trunk of the body; the hands being more rarely spotted with them, and the face generally free. They are of a bright red color when they first appear, but soon become purple or livid, and when about to disappear they change to a brown or yellowish hue: the cuticle over them appears smooth and shining, PUR PUS 549 but is not sensibly elevated; in a few cases, however, it has been seen raised into a sort of vesicle, containing black blood. This more particularly happens in the spots which appear on the tongue, gums, and palate, and inside of the cheeks and lips, where the cuticle is extremely thin: the gentlest pressure on the skin, even feeling the pulse, will often produce a purple blotch, like that which is left after a severe bruise. There is a great tendency to hemorrhage, which may be fatal. The bleeding occurs from the gums, nostrils, throat, inside of the cheeks, tongue, and lips, and sometimes from the lining membrane of the eyelids, the urethra, and external ear; and also from the internal cavities of the lungs, stomach, bowels, uterus, kidneys, and bladder. There soon arises a cachectic state with extreme languor. The disease may last a few days, or be prolonged to months or years. It attacks both sexes, usually before puberty, and especially those who are confined in unhealthy and close rooms. In the slighter degrees of purpura occurring in children who are ill fed and nursed, and who reside in close places, or in women shut up in similar situations, and debilitated by anxiety; the use of tonics, with the mineral acids, and wine, will be adequate to the cure of the disease, where a good diet and exercise are superadded ; but in those who are well fed, and enjoy a pure air, it is probably associated with some congestion; and mercurial alteratives, the mineral acids, chalybeates, and general alteratives will be necessary. 3. Purpura urticans is distinguished by commencing in the form of rounded and reddish elevations of the cuticle, resembling wheals, without tingling or itching. These tumors gradually dilate; but within one or two days they subside to the level of the surrounding cuticle, and their hue becomes darker, and at length livid. They are most common on the legs, where they appear with petechia;, but also appear on the arms, thighs, breast, &c. It usually occurs in summer and autumn, and lasts from three to five weeks. Some oedema of the extremities usually accompanies it, and it is occasionally preceded by a stiffness and weight of the limbs. The same rules of treatment apply to this as to the preceding varieties of the disease. 4. Purpura senilis appears principally along the outside of the forearm, in elderly women, in successive dark purple blotches, of an irregular form, and various magnitude: each of these continues from a week to ten days, when the extravasated blood is absorbed. Tonics or any other expedient do not appear to exert any influence over the eruption. 5. Purpura contagiosa is an eruption of petechias which occasionally accompanies typhoid fevers: where they occur in close situations, they are merely symptomatic, and are very rarely seen. Purpura alba. Purpura rubra. Many writers term the miliary fever, when the pustules are white, purpura alba ; and when they are red, purpura rubra. Purpura, nautica. Sea scurvy. Purpura scorbutica. The dark-colored blotches which appear on the skin in scurvy. Purpurate op ammonia. Murexide. PURPU'REUS. Purple: applied to desig nate a particular color. See Color. Purpu'ric acid. Murexan. PURPU'RINE. The uro-erythrine of Simon- A red pigment of urine, made very apparent by adding hydrochloric acid to the warm excretion. It is abnormally developed in obstructions of the portal system, rendering the urine of a pink color, or giving pink deposits.— Golding Bird. PU'RRING TREMOR. A peculiar vibration, compared to the purring of a cat, communicated to the hand in those states of the heart or arteries in which the bellows or rasp sound is detected by auscultation. It is the Bruisscment of Corvisart, and tho Frcmisscmcnt cataire of Laennec. It requires a stronger current of the blood than is necessary to produce the bellows sound, and exists only in hypertrophies, or where there is a regurgitation of blood from the ventricles into the auricles, or from the arteries into the ventricles. Pu'rsiness. Obesity; and especially the short breathing of fat persons. Purslane. Portulaca oleracea. PU'RULENT. (Purulent} from put.) Of the nature of pus. Purulent ophthalmia. See Ophthalmitis. PUS. (us, writ, n.; pi. pura. riuoc.) Matter. A whitish, bland, cream-like fluid, heavier than water, found in abscesses, or on the surface of sores. It is distinguished, according to its nature, into laudable or good pus, .scrofulous, serous, and ichorous pus, &c. Pus taken from a healthy ulcer, near the source of circulation, as on the arm or breast, readily separates from tho surface of the sore, the granulations underneath being small, pointed, and of a florid red color, and has the following properties: it is nearly of the consistence of cream; is of a white color, and, when cold, is inodorous, but when warm, has a peculiar smell. Examined by a microscope, it is found to consist of two parts —of globules, and a transparent colorless fluid, the liquor puris; the globules are probably white, at least they appear to have some degree of opacity, and are larger than those of the blood. Pus is readily distinguished from mucus by the presence of globules, and by the action of potash, as this agent dissolves mucus, but only concretes pus into a ropy mass. Pusillatum. Pusulatum. A coarse powder. Pustula oris. See Aphtha. PU'STULE. (Pustula, a little pustule; from pus, matter.) An elevation of the cuticle, from inflammation of some of its parts, sometime* globate, sometimes conoidal in jXs form, and containing pus or lymph, which is, in general, discolored. Pustules are various in their size, but the diameter of the largest seldom exceeds two lines. There are many different kinds of pustules, properly distinguished in medical authors by specific appellations, as, 1. Phlyzacium, a small pustule containing P Y 0 P Y R 550 pus, and raised on a hard, circular, inflamed base of a vivid red color. It is succeeded by a tbiok, hard, dark-colored scab. 2. Psydracium, according to Dr. Willan, a minute pustule, irregularly circumscribed, producing but a slight elevation of the cuticle, and terminating in a laminated scab. Many of these pustules usually appear together, and become confluent. When mature, they contain pus, and, after breaking, discharge a thin, watery humor. The genera impetigo, porrigo, ecthyma, variola, and scabies, which Dr. Willan includes under the order of pustula?, have nothing in common in their character, except the appearance of pustules in some stage of their progress ; for some aro contagious aud others not, some are acute and others chronic. See, also, Achor and Favus. Pustule, malign ant. An exceedingly fatal adynamic disease, induced by a peculiar virus occasionally found in the bodies of diseased cattle and m anatomical subjects. It is highly contagious, aud produces a universal gangrene. It is culled malignant pustule from the appearance of a livid pustule on the body in some stage of the disease. PUTA'MBN. (en, i?iis, n.; from pi/to, to cut.) The bark or paring of any vegetable, as the walnut. Putre'do. Hospital gangrene. PUTREFA'CTION. (Putrefactio; from putrefacio, to make rotten, to cause to putrefy.) Putrid fermentation. Putrefaotivo fermentation. The decomposition of animal and vegetable matters attended with a fetid exhalation. The solid and the fluid matters are resolved into gaseous compounds and vapors, which escape; and into earthy matters, which remain. It is a species of fermentation, which see. Putrid fever. See Typhus. P YE LPT IS. (From irveloi, the pelvis.) Inflammation of the pelvis and calyces of the kidney. Pyelonephritis. Inflammation of all the parts of the kidney. Pye'sis. Suppuration. PY'INE. (From ttdov, pus.) A substance soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, and noncoagulable by heat, derived by Giiterbock from pus. It is identical with the tritoxide of proteine according to Mulder, but does not appear to be a uniform constituent of pus. Pylemphra'xis. (From ixvXn, a gate (porta), and eptbpaZic, obstruction.) Obstruction of the vena porta?. PYLO'RIC. (Pyloricus; from pylorus.) Belonging to the pylorus. Pyloric artery. Arteria pylorica. A branch of the hepatic artery, distributed to the pylorus and lesser curvature of the stomach. PYLO'RUS. (us, i, m.; from nvAv, an entrance, and upeu, to guard: because it guards, as it were, the entrance of the bowels.) The inferior aperture of the stomach, which opens into the intestines. Pyo'des. Purulent. PYOGE'NESIS. Pyogenia. (From Trove, aud yeveaig, generation.) The formation or elaboration of pus. This appears to be a reg- ular secretion from the blood, formed by the false membrane occupying the surface of the wound or the sides of the abscess. It is an interesting fact that pyine, a peculiar component of pus, is highly oxydized fibrin, and agrees with the matter of the buffy coat of the blood (the tritoxide of proteine). Pyoge'nic Pyogenicus. Related to the formation of pus; suppurative. PYOH.dE'MIA. (From novc, and ai/ia, blood.) A morbid state of the blood, in which pus globules occur therein. This is the case in hectic fevers, phlebitis, and, according to Gulliver and others, whenever there is suppuration going on in the system. The presence of pus in the blood is best ascertained by the microscope, the pus globules being yellowish-white, tuberculated with three to five nuclei, larger than the chyle globules, and usually grouped in threes, lours, and fives, whereas chyle globules are perfectly spherical, and swim singly. If there be a large amount of pus, Donne's test will detect it in the blood. This consists of the addition of ammonia, which forms a clear solution with blood, but converts the pus into a stiff jelly. Pyon. IIodc. Pus. PYOPOIE'TIO. (From nvov, pus, and noieu. to make.) Suppurative. Pyophtha'lmus. Hypopyon. PYORRHOEA. (From ttvov, pus, and peu, to flow.) A purulent discharge. Pyo'sis. A suppuration. PYOU'RIA. (From ttvov, pus, and ovpov, mine.) Pyuria. A purulent state of the urine. Pyracid. An acid which is most active at a red heat, as the silicic, phosphoric, boracic. PY'RAMID. Pyramis. 1. A geometrical solid, the surfaces of which are triangular planes, and the sections polygons, decreasing in size from the base to the apex. The pyramid is said to be triangular, quadrangular, pentagonal, &c, according to the number of its angles. Most prismatic crystals are terminated with pyramids. 2. A conical bony projection in the cavity of the tympanum. PYRA'MIDAL. (Pyramidalis : so called from its form.) Of the figure of a pyramid. Pyramida'le os. The cuneiform bone. Pyramidalia corpora. See Corpus pyramidale. PYRAMIDA'LIS. Pyramidalis Fallopii. Pyramidalis vel succcnturiatus. A muscle in the front of the abdomen. It is a very small muscle, situated at the bottom of the fore part of the rectus, and is covered by the same aponeurosis that forms the anterior part ofthe sheath of that muscle. It arises, by short, tendinous fibres, from the upper and fore part of the os pubis. From this origin, which is seldom more than an inch in breadth, its fibres ascend somewhat obliquely, to be inserted into the linea alba, and inner edge of the rectus, commonly at about the distance of two inches from the pubes. Its use seems to be to assist the lower part of the rectus. Pyramidalis faciei. See Levator labii tw perioris alesque nasi. Pyramidalis nasi. A few fibres of the oc cipito-frontalis muscle, which descend over the f YR P Y E 551 nasal bones, and are inserted into the compressor nasi. PYRE'CTICA. (From nvperoc, fever.) The family of fevers; the first order in the class IIcematica. — Good. Py'rene. A colorless, crystalline body, obtained from pitch. — Laurent. Pyrenoides. Kernel-shaped: applied to the odontoid process of the second vertebra. Pyrete'rium. The fire-hole of a furnace. Pyrethri'n. An acrid, resinous body found in tho bark and root of the pellitory of Spain, Anacyclus (anthemis) pyrcthrum. Pyre'thrum. Anthemis pyrcthrum. Pyrethrum sylvestre. Achillea ptarmica. PYRE'TIC (Pyreticus; from nop, fire.) Appertaining to fever. Pyre'tine. A yellow sublimate which monies over toward the end of the distillation of amber. Pyrkto'logy. Pyretologia. The doctrine of fevers. Pyre'tos. ITvperoc. A fever. PYRE'XIA. (a. ce, f.; from irvp, fire.) Fever. PYREXIAE. Febrile diseases. Tho first class of Cullen's Nosology; characterized by frequency of pulse after a cold shivering, with increase of heat, and especially, among other impaired functions, a diminution of strength. Pyre'xial. Pyrexialis. Febrile. Appertaining to fever. PYRI'FORM. (Pyriformis; from pyrus, the pear, and forma, likeness.) Pear-like; pearshaped. PYRIFO'RMIS. Pyriformis, seu iliacus externus. Pyriformis sive pyramidalis of Winslow. A small, radiated muscle of the pelvis, situated under the glutams maximus, along the inferior edge of the glutams minimus. It arises, by three or four tendinous and fleshy origins, from the anterior surface of the second, third, and fourth pieces of the os sacrum. From these origins the muscle grows narrower, and, passing out of the pelvis below the niche in the posterior part of the ilium, from which it receives a few fleshy fibres, is inserted by a roundish tendon into the upper part of tho cavity, at the root of the trochanter major. The use of this muscle is to assist in moving the thigh outward, and a little upward. Pyrites. Minerals of a metallic appearance, especially the sulphurets of iron and copper. PYRMONT. A village in Westphalia, Germany, which has a celebrated acidulous chalybeate water. Pyrmont water, Aqua Pyrmontana, is of an agreeable, though strongly-acidulated taste, and emits a large portion of gas: it contains muriates of soda and magnesia; sulphates of soda and magnesia; carbonates of iron, lime, and magnesia; and a quantity of free carbonic acid. Pyrmont water, artificial. Take of sulphate of magnesia, gr. xv.; common salt, gr. v.; carbonate of magnesia, gr. x.; iron filings, gr. v.; water, Oiij. Impregnate with carbonic acid under three atmospheres of pressure. PYRO- PYR-. (From ivvp, fire.) A prefix, denoting the action or presence of fire or of heat. Chemical principles which have passed through the ordeal of fire are often adorned with this prefix. PYRO-ACETIC SPIRIT. Pyro-acetic tether. Acetone. A substance obtained along with acetic acid by the destructive distillation of the acetates. When pure, it is a colorless limpid liquid of a peculiar penetrating odor. It is highly inflammable; sp. gr., 0792. It boils at 132°. It mixes readily with water, alcohol, ether, and turpentine. Its formula is C3H3O, or hydrated oxide of mesityle (Kane). It has been used in phthisis and pulmonary complaints. Py'ro-digitali'na. The empyreumatic oil obtained by distilling dried foxglove leaves. It seems to be an active poison, producing paralysis, &c. Pyro-ga'llic acid. An acid which sublimes when gallic acid is heated to 420° F. It forms white soluble crystals; form., C6H3O3. Pyro-ki'nic acid. An acid obtained by the action of heat on kinic acid. Py'rola. See Chimaphilla. Pyroligneous acid. Acidum pyrolignosum. Acetic acid distilled from wood. See Acetic acid. Pyroligneous ether. Methylic ether. Pyroligneous spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. Pyro-ma'lic acid. Maleic acid. Py'ro-meco'nic acid. An acid obtained from meconic acid by the aid of heat; form., C lp H30 5 ,HO. Pyro'meter. An instrument to measure the higher degrees of heat, to which the thermometer can not be applied. Daniell's pyrometer is the only one of any value. Pyro-mucic acid. One of the products of tho distillation of mucic acid: it forms brilliant white scales, fusible at 266°, and volatile: it is readily soluble. Formula, CioH305,HO. Pyro'phorus. An artificial product, which takes fire or becomes ignited on exposure to the air. Py'ro-phosphoric acid. Bibasic phosphoric acid, containing two atoms of water. It may be formed by heating phosphoric acid to 417° F. for some time. PYRO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ixvpou, to burn.) Water-brash; black water. A burning pain in the stomach, attended with copious eructation, generally with watery fluid. This fluid has been found by Mr. Goodsir to contain the acetic and lactic acids, and a peculiar cryptogamic plant, called by him the Sarcina ventriculi. See Cardialgia. Pyro-tartaric and pyro-racemic acids. Products ofthe distillation of tartaric acid. Pyrote'chnia. 1. Formerly applied to chemistry. 2. The art of making fireworks. Pyrotho'nide. Empyreumatic oil of paper or rags. Pyuo'tica. Caustics. Pyroxa'lic spirit. An alcoholic spirit obtained from the distillation of wood; sp. gr., •786; boils at 152°. Formula, hydrated oxide of methyle. PY'RUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Icosandria. Psntagynia. Pomacecs. — P. ancuparia. The mountain ash, the leaves of QUA QUA 552 which, when distilled, are said to yield prussic acid. — P. communis. The pear-tree. Pears, when ripe, are easy of digestion; the fermented juice is perry. — P. cydonia. The quince-tree. The fruit is termed Cydonium malum, or quince. Quince seeds are used in decoction in aphthous affections, and excoriations of the mouth and fauces.— P. malus. The apple-tree. Apples, in general, when ripe, afford a pleasant and easily-digestible fruit; but, when the stomach is weak, they are very apt to remain unaltered for some days, and to produce dyspepsia. They are gently laxative to some persons. Pyu'lca. Medicines which draw pus toward the surface. Pyu'lcum. A syringe used to extract pus from the cavity of any sinuous ulcer.— Ambrose Pare. Galen mentions a pyulcum, but it is not clear what sort of an instrument it was. Pyuria. See Pyoturia. Pyxaca'ntha. The barbeny. Pyxidium. A compound fruit, dehiscing by a transverse suture. PY'XIS. (is, idis, f.; from rrnfoc, the boxtree.) 1. A box. 2. A pill-box. 3. The acetabulum. Q (oL» P. An abbreviation of quantum placet, as much as you please. See Prescriptions. Quack. A charlatan. muscle.— Q. secundus et tcrtius. The ischiotrochanterianus. Quadriloba'te. Four-lobed. Quadrilocula'r. Four-celled Quadra'ngular. Quadrangularis. Fourcornered. Quadritarti'te. With four divisions. Qua'drans. A quarter. Quadrates. See Depressor labii inferioris. QUADRA'TUS. (From quadra, a square: so called from its figure.) Square-figured. Quadratus dorsi. The qudratus lumborum. Quadratus femoris. A musole of the thigh, situated on the outside of the pelvis. It is a flat, thin, and fleshy muscle, but not of the shape its name would seen to indicate. It is situated immediately below the gemini. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the external surface and lower edge of the tuberosity of the ischium, and is inserted by short tendinous fibres into a ridge which is seen extending from the basis of the trochanter major to that of the trochanter minor. Its use is to bring the os femoris outward. Quadriva'lve. With four valves. QUADRU'MAN A. (Quatuor, four, and manus, a hand.) An order of mammiferous animals which have four hands, as monkeys. Qua'druped. An animal having four feet. Quadru'plici. Fourfold. QUA RANT PNE. (From the Italian quarantina, which is from quaranta, forty, because forty days is its ordinary duration.) The term during which persons or goods coming from an infected port are kept from landing, or confined in a lazaretto. The term of the quarantine is often not nearly so long as forty days. Quars. A gall-stone.— Ruland. QUA'RTAN. (Quartanus, fourth.) Occurring every fourth day. See Ague. Quarta'rius. The fourth part of a gallon; a quart. Quartern. A fourth part of a pint; a gilL QUA'SSIA. (a, m,i.) 1. The bitter wood of the Quassia excelsa or Picrasna excelsa. 2. A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Simarubacece.— Q. amara. The Surinam quassia tree. It is almost the same in properties as the next. — Q. excelsa. Picrasna excelsa. The Jamaica or W. Indian quassia. Quassia wood has no sensible odor; its taste is that of a pure bitter, more intense and durable than that of almost any other known substance; it imparts its virtues more completely to watery than to spirituous menstrua. The watery extract is from a sixth to a ninth of the weight of the wood, the spirituous about a twenty-fourth. This bitter extract has been considered as a principle sui generis, and named quassina, or quassite. The medicinal virtues ascribed to quassia are those of a tonic, stomachic, antiseptic, and febrifuge. It has been found very effectual in restoring digestion, expelling flatulencies, and removing habitual costiveness, produced from debility of the intestines, and common to a sedentary life. It may be given in infusion, or in pills made from the watery extract: the former is generally preferred, in the proportion of three or four scruples of the wood, to twelve ounces of water. Quadratus gen.e. See Platysma myoidcs. Quadratus labii inferioris. See Depressor labii inferioris. Quadratus lumborum. Quadratus, seu lumbaris externus, of Winslow. A muscle situated laterally, at the lower part of the spine. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from about two inches from the posterior part of the spine of the ilium. From this broad origin it ascends obliquely inward, and is inserted into the transverse processes of the four superior lumbar vertebra?, into the lower edge of the last rib, and, by a small tendon that passes up under the diaphragm, into the side of the last vertebra of the back. When this muscle acts singly, it draws the loins to one side; when both muscles act, they serve to support the spine, and perhaps to bend it forward. In laborious respiration, the auadratus lumborum may assist in pulling down le ribs. Quadratus maxilla: inferioris. See Platysma myoidcs. Quadratus radii. See Pronator radii quadratus. Quadridenta'tus. Four-toothed. Quadri'fid. Four-cleft. Quadrige'mina tube'rcula. The corpora auadrigemina, or nates and testes of the brain, ee Encephalos. Quadrige'minus primus. The pyramidalis Quassia simarouba. Simarouba officinalis. QUI QUI 553 Quassin. Quassite. See Quassia. Quate'rnary. Having four parts or ele- ments. Qua'trio. Tho astragalus. Queen of the meadow. Spiraea ulmaria. Queen's root. Stillingia sylvatica. Quercera. Epialus. Quercitanus putvis. Calomel. Quercitron bark. See Quercus t'mctoria. Que'rcula. Teucrium chamoedrys. QUE'RCUS. (us, us, f.) 1. The oak. 2. A genus of trees. Moncecia. Polyandria. Cupulifera.— Q. alba. The white oak is officinal in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, but the Spanish oak, Q. falcata, and Q. prinos, are also used. The bark of these is very astringent, and somewhat tonic and febrifuge ; the decoction is also much used as a topical application to relaxed tissues, indolent ulcers, prolapsus ani et uteri, hemorrhoids, &c. Dose of the powder, 3SS. to 5.P — Q- ccrris. See Quercus infectoria.— Q. e'sculus. —The Italian oak, the acorns of which are esculent.— Q. infccto'ria. Q. cerris. The gall oak. Galia, Galia maxima orbiculata, and Nux galia, or gall-nut. Galls aro of various forms and sizes, and no less different with regard to their internal structure. The best are heavy, knotted, and of a bluish color, and are obtained from Aleppo. They aro nearly entirely soluble in water, with the assistance of heat. From 500 grains of Aleppo galls, Sir Humphrey Davy obtained, by infusion, 185 grains of solid matter, which, on analysis, appeared to contain 130 of tannin. Oak-galls are supposed to be the strongest astringent in the vegetable kingdom. Both water and spirit take up nearly all their virtue, though the spirituous extract is the strongest preparation. The powder is, however, the best form; and the dose is from a few grains to half a drachm.— Q. marina. Sea oak. Tho Fucus vesiculosus. — Q. phellos. The willow-leaved oak, the acorns of which are much sweeter than chestnuts, and much eaten by the Indians.— Q. robur. The English oak-tree. Its medical properties are the same, .as those of the Q. alba. — Q. suber. The cork-tree. The bark or cork, when burned, is applied as an astringent application to bleeding piles, and to allay the pain usually attendant on hemorrhoids, iu the form of ointment. Pessaries and other surgical instruments are also made of it.— Q. tinctoria. The black oak. This species is a native of the United States, and yields the quercitron bark, used as a yellow dye. QUI'CKENING. The period of pregnancy when the motion of the child first becomes perceptible to the mother; also, the peculiar effects which are frequently observed when the uterus quits the pelvis, and rises into tho abdominal cavity, viz., fainting, sickness, &c. The usual period of quickening is the eighteenth week after conception. Quicklime. Fresh-burned lime. Quicksilver. Seo Mercury, and Hydrargyrum. Quid pro quo. These words are applied synonymously with succedaneum, or one thing made use of to supply the defect of anotherl QUFNA. («, at, f.) Quinine. Quinia. The alkali obtained from the bark of the Cinchona cordifolia and other species. As the sulphate of quina is now prepared on a large scale for medical use, the readiest way of obtaining the quina is to decompose a solution of the sulphate by means of ammonia. Quina, when pure, is of a white color. Its taste is intensely bitter. It is very sparingly soluble in water, even when boiling. It is readily soluble in boiling alcohol, which, when evaporated, leaves it in the form of a viscid mass. It is distinctly alkaline, and forms salts with the acids. It crystallizes with difficulty; but M. Pelletier has obtained it crystallized in fine silky flocculi, by submitting to spontaneous evaporation a very pure alcoholic solution. Its composition is C20H12NO12. The medicinal properties of quina agree as nearly as possible with those ol its sulphate; and as the latter is more readily prepared, the uncombined alkali is seldom used. A number of new salts of quinine have of late been introduced into medicine, as the citrate, tartrate, acetate, phosphate, &c., but more especially the valerianate of quinine, which is thought to be a valuable tonic in cases where there is want of nervous tone, and in the depression of typhoid diseases. The citrate of iron and quinine, a preparation which adds chalybeate properties to the tonic action of quinine, is also highly recommended in scrofula and chlorosis. The other salts of quina, as the acetate, citrate, etc., have the properties of the sulphate, but in an inferior degree. The disulphato of quina is accordingly the only preparation of this alkali in general use. See Quina; disidpkas. Quinia blanca. Copalche bark. Quina-quina. See Cinchona. QuinjE disulphas. (Quinia; sulphas. U.S.) Disulphate of quina. The commercial sulphate of quinine, prepared on a large scale in France, and imported from thence. This preparation is a hydrated disulphate of quina, and consists of two atoms of quinine +SO3-T-8HO. As a medicine, it possesses the febrifuge power of the cinchona bark in the highest degree, and it is applicable to every instance in which the bark is exhibited, except as a stomachic bitter in dyspepsia, in which case it often proves too stimulating, and is inferior in efficacy to a decoction of tho bark. - The dose is from one grain to ten. In cases of ague, after the prima? viae have been properly cleared, three grains of the sulphate given every three hours during the intermission will prevent the access of the paroxysm with a .certainty that seems almost magical. It appears, also, to act as a prophylactic against intermittents, if taken occasionally. Quina? sulphas. Sulphate of quina. Quina combines with sulphuric acid in two proportions, forming a neutral sulphate and a disulphate. The former consists of one equivalent of the acid and of the alkali, and eight of water; the latter of one equivalent of acid, two of quina, and eight of water. Qu'inary. Quinarius. Of the number five Quince. Pyrus cydonia. RAD RAD 554 Quincunx. An arrangement of five bodies, so that four are placed at the four angles of a square, and one in the centre. Quinetine. A red or violet coloring matter derived from sulphate of quinine. Quinsy. Cynanche. Quinia. Quinina. See Quina. Quinine, sulphate of. See Quina: disulphas. Qu'inoa. Chenopodium quinoa. QU'INOGEN. The hypothetical radical of the cinchona alkaloids: its formula is C20H12N, and cinchonine, quinine, and aricineare the first, second, and third oxide. Qui'noline. An artificial base of an oily con- sistence, and volatile, obtained by distilling qui - nine, cinchonine, or strychnine. It is supposed to be identical with leukol. Formula, CigHgN. Quinon. Quinoyle. A product of the distillation of kinic acid. It is a compound radicaL Formula, C2r>HgOg. Quinquefo'lium. Poteutilla reptans. Quinquina. See Cinchona. Quinquina, Mexican. Iva frutescens Quinta essentia. The quintessence. Quintan. An ague, the paroxysms of which occur every fourth day. See Ague. Quotidian. An intermittent, the paroxysms of which occur every day. See Ague. Quintu'flici. Five-fold. R. R. The symbol for rhodium. R. Recipe; take. See Prescriptions. Rabbit. Lepus cuniculus. RA'BIES. (es, ei, f.) Madness: generally applied to the disease in dogs, otherwise called hydrophobia. See Hydrophobia. Rabies canina. Hydrophobia. Racemic acid. Faratartaric acid. RACE'MUS. (us, i, m.; from ramus.) A raceme, cluster, or bunch. A species of inflorescence, being a pedunculated spike. Rachia'lgia. See Rhachialgia. Rachi'dian. Pertaining to the rhachis or spinal column. Rachis. See Rhachis. 2. In Botany, a leaf which springs from too root. Ra'dicant. Radicans. A stem which clings to another body for support by means of rootlike processes. Radi'cle. Radicula. A radicle, rootlet, or little root. Radio-carpal. Belonging to the radius and wrist. Radish, garden. Raphauus sativus. Radish, horse. Cochlearia armoracia. RA'DIUS. (us, ii, m.) 1. In Anatomy, a bone of the forearm. Like the ulna, it is of a triangular figure, but it differs from that bone in growing larger as it descends. Of its two extremities, the uppermost and smallest is formed into a small, rounded head, furnished with cartilage, and hollowed at its summit, for an articulation with the little head at the side of the pulley of the os' humeri. The round border of this head, next the ulna, is formed for an articulation with the lesser sigmoid cavity of that bone. This little head of the radius is supported by a neck, at the bottom of which, laterally, is a considerable tuberosity, into the posterior half of which is inserted the posterior tendon of the biceps. Immediately below this tuberosity the body of the bone may be said to begin. We find it slightly curved throughout its whole length, by which means it is enabled to cross the ulna without compression. The lowest part of the bone is formed into an oblong articulating cavity, divided into two by a slight transverse rising. This cavity is formed for an articulation with the bones of the wrist. Toward the anterior and convex surface of the bone, this cavity is defended by the styloid process of the radius, which is covered with a cartilage that is extended to the lower extremity of the ulna; a ligament is likewise stretched from it to the wrist. Besides this large cavity, the radius has another much smaller one, opposite its styloid process, which is lined with cartilage, and receives the rounded surface of the ulna. 2. In Botany, the margin of the disk of a flower. 3. A line stretching from, the centre of a circle to its circumference. Rackasi'ri balsamum. Balsainuin rackasiri. Raco'sis. A relaxation ofthe scrotum. RA'DIAL. (Radialis; from radius, the name of a bone.) Belonging to the radius. Radial artery. Arteria radialis. A branch of the humeral artery that runs down the side of the radius. Radial nerve. The musculo-spinal nerve. It is derived from tho four inferior branches of the brachial plexus, and is distributed to the muscles of the arm and hand. Radialis externus brevior See Extensor carpi radialis brevior. Radialis externus longior. See Extensor carpi radialis longior. Radialis externus primus. See Extensor carpi radialis longior. Radialis internus. See Flexor carpi radialis. Radialis secundus. See Extensor carpi radialis brevior. RADIA'TBD. Radialus.. Radiate. Arranged in diverging lines; stellated. RADIATION. (From radius, a ray.) The emission of light, heat, &c, from a center, in straight lines, to every point of a sphere. RA'DICAL. (Radicalis; from radix, the root or base.) 1. In Chemistry, applied to that which is considered as constituting the distinguishing part of an acid, by its union with oxygen or some other acidifying principle; or to that which is capable of combining with elementary agents. It is called a compound radical when it consists of more than one element. RA'DIX. (ix, ids, f.) A root. 1. In Botany, that part of a plant which imbibes its RAN RAP 555 nourishment, producing the herbaceous part and the fructification, and which consists of the caudex, or body, and radicles. — Linnaeus. 2. In Anatomy, the term radix is applied to some parts which are inserted into others; as the fangs of the teeth, the origin of somo of the nerves, &c. Radix bengale. See Cassumnniar. Radix brasiliensis. Callicocca ipecacuanha. Radix dulcis. Glycyrrhiza glabra. Radix Indiana. Callicocca ipecacuanha. Radix kosea. Rhodiola rosea. Radix rubra. Rubia tinctorum. Radix ursina. iEthusa meum. Ra'dula. A wooden spatula or scraper. RadZTGE. Norwegian leprosy, said to resemble framboesia. Ragwort. Senecio .Tacoba;a. Ra'ia. A genus of fishes. Chondropterygia. The following are sometimes eaten as food: R.batis. The skate.— R.clacata. The thornback — R. oxyri'nchus. The sharp-nosed ray. Raia torpe'do. The torpedo or electric ray. This inhabits the Mediterranean. The touch of this fish conveys an electric shock. It is hard of digestion, and seldom eaten. Rainbow worm. The herpes iris. Raisin. See Vitis vinifera. Rale. See Rhonchus. Rama'lis vena. The vena porta;. RAME'NTA. (a, ce, f.; a radcndo.) Filings, as those of iron, zinc, &c. Rame'ntum. A species of pubescence of plants. Ra'mex. A rupture. RAMIFICATION. Ramificatio. The subdivision and branching of arteries, nerves, and other parts. RAMOLLI'SSEMENT. (French.) A term applied by the French pathologists to morbid softening of the texture of an organ ; as Ramollissement du ccrvcau, softening of the substance of the brain. Ra'mose. Rameus. Ramosus. Branched. Ramosi'ssimus. Much branched. Ra'mulus. Ramusculus. A little branch. RA'MUS. (us, i, m.) A branch, or primary division of a stem into lateral stems. RA'NA. A genus of animals. Amphibia. Reptilia. The frog. — R. esculenta. The French edible frog; the flesh is nutritious, and easily digested. Rajici'dity. The change which oils and fats undergo by oxydation from exposure to the air. Rani'nus. Raiiinc. 1. Appertaining to a frog. 2. The name of an artery, called, also, Arteria ranina. Sublingual artery. The second branch of the external carotid. RA'NULA. (a, ce, f.; from rana, a frog: said to be so called because the tumor resembles a frog, or because the patient croaks like a frog; neither of which, however, is tme.) Batrachos. Hypoglossus. Ilypoglossum. Rana. An inflammatory or indolent tumor under the tongue. These tumors are of various sizes and degrees of consistence, seated on either side of the fraenum. Children, as well as adults, are sometimes affected with them. Their contents are various: in some they resemble the saliva in others, the glairy matter found in the cells of swelled joints. Sometimes it is said that a fatty matter has been found in them; and in by far the greatest number of cases, we find that the contents resemble the saliva itself. This, indeed, might be expected, for the cause is to be looked for in an obstruction of the salivary ducts. Obstructions here may arise from a cold, inflammation, and from obstruction by a stony matter, seemingly separated from the saliva. As these tumors are not usually attended with much pain, they are sometimes neglected till they burst of themselves, which they commonly do when arrived at the bulk of a large nut. As they were produced originally from an obstruction in the salivary duct, and this obstruction can not be removed by the bursting of the tumor, it hence happens that they leave an ulcer extremely difficult to heal, nay, which can not be healed at all till the cause is removed. RANUNCULA'CE.E. The crowfoot tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with divided leaves, opposite or alternate; calyx, of 3-6 sepals ; petals, 5-15, hypogynous; stamens, hypogynous, indefinite in number; fruit, distinct; simple carpels, and albuminous seeds. They are nearly all acro-narcotic. Ranunculoi'des. Caltha palustris. RANU'NCULUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The plant called Ranunculus btdbosus. (U. S.) 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Rananculaceae. The great acrimony of most of the species of ranunculus is such, that, on being applied to the skin, they excite itching, redness, and inflammation, and even produce blisters, tumefaction, and ulceration of the part. On being chewed, they corrode the tongue; and, if taken into the stomach, may bring on all the deleterious effects of an acrid poison. Tho most virulent of the Linmean species are the R. bulbosus, scclcratus, acris, arvensis, thora, and illyricus. They are very seldom employed, but may be used as vesicants where better substances are not at hand. Their activity depends upon a volatile principle, lost by drying or heating. In cases of poisoning, the general plan appropriate to acrid medicines is to be followed, that is, emetics succeeded by diluents, and emollient and mucilaginous preparations, to be given by the mouth and injection. The species treated of by medical writers are as follows: R. abortivus. R. acris. R. pratensis. The meadow crowfoot. — R. albus. The plant which bears this name in the pharmacopoeias is the Anemone nemorosa of Linnaeus.—R. bulbosus. Bulbous-rooted crowfoot. — R. ficaria. R. vermis. The pilewort.— R. flammula. The smaller water crowfoot, or spearwort. — R. sceleratus. Marsh crowfoot. RAPE. Carnal connection with a woman by violence and against her will. RAPHA'NIA. Convulsio raphania. Cripple disease. A genus of disease in the class Neuroses, and order Spasmi, of Cullen; characterized by a spasmodic contraction of the joints, with convulsive motions, and a most violent pain returning at various periods. It begins with cold chills and lassitude, pain in the head, R AS R E C 556 and anxiety about the prsecordia. These symptoms are followed by spasmodic twitchings in the tendons of the fingers and of the feet, discernible to the eye, heat, fever, stupor, delirium, sense of suffocation, aphonia, and horrid convulsions of the limbs. After these, vomiting and diarrhoea come on, with a discharge of worms, if there are any. About the eleventh or the twentieth day, copious sweats succeed, or purple exanthemata, or tabes, or rigidity of all the joints. Raphani'strum. Raphanus raphanistrum. RA'PHANUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The radish. 2. A genus of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. Cruciferce. — R. rusticans. Cochlearia armoracia.— R. sativus. R. hortensis. R. niger. The radish. The several varieties of this plant are said to have been employed medicinally in the cure of calculous affections. The juice, made into a syrup, was given to relieve hoarseness. Mixed with honey or sugar, it was administered in pituitous asthma; and, as an antiscorbutic, its efficacy is generally acknowledged.—R. sylvestris. Lepidium sativum. RATHE, (e, es, f. Patpn, a suture.) A suture. Applied to parts which appear as if they were sewed together. Raphe cerebri. R. corporis callosi. The longitudinal eminence of the corpus callosum of the brain is so called, because it appears somewhat like a suture. Raphe scroti. R. perinei. The rough eminence which divides the scrotum, as it were, in two. It proceeds from the root of the penis inferiorly and along the perineum. RAPHIANCISTRON. (From paiov, a needle, and ayKiarpov, a hook.) An instrument consisting of a needle and hook combined, used for the formation of an artificial pupil. Raphides. The small acicular crystals found in the texture of some plants, usually oxalates of lime. Rapi'strum. Crambe orientalis and hispanica. RA'PTUS. (us, us, m.; from rapio, to seize violently.) A sudden or violent seizure. Raptus ha:morrhagicus. The outbreaking of a hemorrhage. Raptus nervorum. The cramp. Raptus supinus. Opisthotonos. Ra'pum. 1. The turnip. Brassica rapa. 2. The Campanula rapunculus. Rapu'nculus. Campanula rapunculus. Rapunculus corniculatus. Phyteuma orbiculare. Rapus. Brassica rapa. RAREFA'CTION. (From rarcfacio, to make thin.) The diminution of the density of a body; as of a gas, by the agency of caloric. Rash. See Exanthema. RASP SOUND. Bruit de rape. Bruit de lime a bois. An auscultatory sound resembling rasping on a piece of wood. A rougher sound of the same kind is called the saw sound, Bruit de scie. These sounds are a high degree of the bellows sound, and nearly always indicate organic disease of the heart. They are most developed in those cases where the orifices of the heart are contracted from disease of the valves. R\SPATO'RIUM. (From rado, to scrape.) Rasonum. Scalprum. A raspatory. An instrument for rasping bones. Raspberry. Rubus idaeus. RASU'RA. (a, a, f.; from rado, to scrape.) 1. A rasure or scratch. 2. The raspings or shavings of any substance. Ratifi'a. A liquor prepared by imparting to ardent spirits the flavor of various kinds of fruits. Ratio. 1. Proportion. 2. A reason or explanation. RATIONAL TREATMENT. In Medicine, that course of treatment of a disease which is founded on reason and ratiocination, and is not merely the result of routine or experience. The latter is empirical treatment. Rattle. Rale. See Rhonchus. RATTLES. A term very generally applied by nurses to the rattle-like, noisy breathing often heard in persons who are in the act of death, and which arises from an accumulation of mucus in the air passages. Rattlesnake. Crotalus horridus. Rattlesnake-root. Polygala senega. RAUCE'DO. (o, onis, f.; from, rancus. hoarse.) Raucitas. Hoarseness. A roughness of the voice, arising from some disease of the larynx or trachea, as catarrh, &c. Raucedo paralytica. Aphonia. RAY. The emanation of an imponderable body, as a ray of light, heat, &c , A calorific ray is that which is capable of impressing tho sensation of heat; a lu minous ray, the impression of light; a chemical ray, that which accomplishes chemical changes on certain surfaces. Ray of a flower. The margin of the disc of a composite flower. REA'CTION. An effort to overcome the force or action of an external agent. In Medicine, the vital excitement which follows depression, whether produced by disease or external agents. REA'GENT. Test. A substance used in chemistry to detect the presence of other bodies. REA'LGAR. Protosulphuret of arsenic. RECEIVER. A chemical vessel adapted to the neck or beak of a retort, alembic, or other distillatory vessel, to receive and contain the product of distillation. RECEPTACULUM. Receptacle. (From recipio, to receive.) 1. In Anatomy, a name Siven by anatomists to a part of the thoracic uct. See Receptaculum chyli. 2. In Botany, the common basis or point of connection ofthe other parts of the fructification of plants; by some called the Thalamus and the Placenta. . Receptaculum chyli. Receptaculum Pecqueti, because Pecquet was the fir6t to describe it. A dilatation at the commencement of the thoracic duct, generally opposite the third lumbar vertebra. This dilatation varies in size in different subjects, and in some there is none at Recipe. R. Take. RECLINATION. One of the operations used for the cure of cataract. See Cataract. Reclina'tus. Reclining. RECREMENTITIAL HUMORS. Those secretions which are again absorbed and em- REG EEC 557 ployed in the economy, as bile, saliva, gastric juice. Recrude'scence. The aggravation of a disease after a partial remission. RECTIFICATION. (Rcctificatio, onis, f.; from rectus, right, and fio, to be made.) A second distillation, by which volatile substances are farther purified. Recto-vaginal. Belonging to the rectum and vagina, as the recto-vaginal septum or fistula. RE'CTUM. (um, i, n.; so named from an erroneous opinion that it was straight.) The last portion of the large intestines, terminating in the anus. See Intestine. RE'CTUS. (us, i, m.) Straight. Several parts of the body, particularly muscles, are so called from their direction. Rectus abdominis. A long and straight muscle, situated near its fellow, at the middle and fore part of the abdomen, parallel to the linea alba, and between the aponeurosis of the other abdominal muscles. It arises sometimes by a single broad tendon from the upper and inner part of the os pubis, but more commonly by two heads, one of which is fleshy, and originates from the upper edge of the pubis, and the other tendinous, from the inside of the symphysis pubis, behind tho pyramidalis muscle. From these beginnings, the muscle runs upward the whole length of the linea alba, and becoming broader and thinner as it ascends, is inserted by a thin aponeurosis into the edge of the cartilago ensiformis, and into the cartilages of the fifth, sixth, and seventh ribs. This aponeurosis is placed under the pectoral muscle, and sometimes adheres to the fourth rib. The fibres of this muscle are commonly divided by three tendinous intersections, which were first noticed by Berenger, or, as he is commonly called, Carpi, an Italian anatomist, who flourished in the sixteenth century. One of these intersections is usually where the muscle runs over the cartilage of the seventh rib; another is at the umbilicus; and the third is between these two. Sometimes there is one, and even two, between the umbilicus and the pubes. When one or both of these occur, however, they seldom extend more than half way across the muscle. As these intersections seldom penetrate through the whole substance of the muscle, they are all of them most apparent on its anterior surface, where they firmly adhere to the sheath: the adhesions of the rectus to the posterior layer of the internal oblique are only by means of cellular membrane, and of a few vessels which pass from one to another. The use of the rectus is to compress the fore part of the abdomen: it may likewise serve to bring the trunk forward, and to raise the pelvis. Rectus abducens oculi. See Rectus externus oculi. Rectus adducens oculi. See Rectus internus oculi. i' Rectus anterior brevis. See Rectus capitis internus minor. Rectus anterior longus. See Rectus capitis internus major. Rectus attollens oculi. See Rectus supe- rior oculi. Rectus capitis anticus longus. See Rectus capitis internus major. Rectus capitis internus major. A muscle situated on the anterior part of the neck, close to the vertebra;. Rectus internus major of Albinus, Douglas, and Cowper. Rectus anterior longus of Winslow. It is a long muscle, thicker and broader above than below, where it is thin, and terminates in a point. It arises, by distinct and flat tendons, from the anterior points of the transverse processes of the five inferior vertebra; of the neck, and, ascending obliquely upward, is inserted into the anterior part of the cuneiform process of the occipital bone. The use of this muscle is to bend the head forward. Rectus capitis internus minor. Rectusintcrnus minor. Winslow calls it rectus anterior brevis. It is in part covered by the rectus major. It arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore part of the body of tho first vertebra of the neck, near the origin of its transverse process, and, ascending obliquely inward, is inserted near tho root of the condyloid process of the occipital bone, under the last-described muscle. It assists in bending the head forward. Rectus capitis lateralis. Rectus lateralis Fallopii of Douglas. Rectus lateralis of Cowper. This muscle is somewhat larger than the rectus minor, but resembles it in shape, and is situated immediately behind the internal jugular vein, at its coming out of the cranium. It arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore part of the transverse process of the first vertebra of tho neck, and, ascending a little obliquely upward and outward, is inserted into the occipital bone, opposite to the stylo-mastoid hole ot the os temporis. This muscle serves to pull the head to one side. Rectus capitis posticus major. This muscle, which is the rectus major of Douglas and Winslow, and the rectus capitis posticus minor of Albinus, is small, short, and flat, broader above than below, and is situated, not in a straight direction, as its name would insinuate, but obliquely, between the occiput and the second vertebra of the neck, immediately under the complexus. It arises, by a short, thick tendon, from the upper and posterior part of the spinous process of the second vertebra of the neck; it soon becomes broader, and, ascending obliquely outward, is inserted, by a flat tendon, into the external lateral part of the lower semicircular ridge of the os occipitis. The use of this is to extend the head, and pull it backward. Rectus capitis posticus minor. This is the rectus minor of Douglas and Winslow. It is smaller than the last-described muscle, but resembles it in shape, and is placed close by its fellow, in the space between the recti majores. It arises, by a short, thick tendon, from the upper and lateral part of a little protuberance in the middle of the back part of the first vertebra of the neck, and, becoming broader and thinner as it ascends, is inserted, by a broad, flat tendon, into the occipital bone, immediately under the insertion of the last-described muscle. The use of it is to assist the rectus major in drawing the head backward. R E C REG 558 Rectus cruris. See Rectus femoris. Rectus deprimens oculi. See Rectus in- ftrior oculi. Rectus externus oculi. The outer straight muscle of the eye: called, also, Abductor oculi, Iracundus, and Indignabundus. It arises from the bony partition between the foramen opticum and lacerum, being the longest of tbe straight muscles of the eye, and is inserted into the sclerotic membrane, opposite to the outer canthus of the eye. Its use is to move the eyes outward. Rectus femoris. A straight muscle of the thigh, situated immediately at the fore part. Rectus sive gracilis anterior of Winslow. Rectus cruris of Albinus. It arises from the os ilium by two tendons. The foremost and shortest of these springs from the outer surface of the inferior and anterior spinous process of the ilium; tho posterior tendon, which is thicker and longer than the other, arises from the posterior and outer part of the edge of the cotyloid cavity, and from the adjacent capsular ligament. These two tendons soon unite, and form an aponeurosis, which spreads over the anterior surface of the upper part of the muscle; and through its whole length we observe a middle tendon, toward which its fleshy fibres run on each side in an oblique direction, so that it may be styled a penniform muscle. It is inserted, tendinous, into the upper edge and anterior surface ofthe patella, and from thence sends off a thin aponeurosis, which adheres to the superior and lateral part of tho tibia. Its use is to extend the leg. Rectus inferior oculi. The inferior of the straight muscles of the eye. It arises within the socket, from below tho optic foramen, and passes forward to be inserted into the sclerotic membrane of the bulb on the under part. It pulls the eye downward. Rectus internus femoris. See Gracilis. .Rectus internus oculi. The internal straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the inferior part of the foramen opticum, between the obliquus superior and the rectus inferior, being, from its situation, the shortest muscle of the eye, and is inserted into the sclerotic membrane opposite to the inner angle. Its use is to turn the eye toward the nose. Rectus lateralis Fallopii. See Rectus capitis lateralis. Rectus major capitis. See Rectus capitis posticus major. Rectus superior oculi. The uppermost straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the upper part of the foramen opticum of the sphenoid bone, below the levator palbebrae superioris, and runs forward to be inserted into the superior and fore part of the sclerotic membrane by a broad and thin tendon. RECU'RRENT. Rccurrens. Running back. A term applied to the branches of arteries, nerves, &c., which send branches upward from their place of origin. Recurrent nerve. Nervus recurrent. A branch given off from the par vagum, on each side, in the cavity of the thorax, is so called. The right is given off near the subclavian artery, which it surrounds, and is reflected upward to the thyroid gland; the left a little lower, and reflected around the aorta to the oesophagus, as far as the larynx. They are both distributed to the muscles of the larynx and pharynx. Recurved. Recu'rvus. Rccurvatus. Bowed, or turned backward. Red antimony. See Antimonii vitrum. Red gum. Red gown. See Strophulus. Red liquor. A solution of crude acetate of iron. Red precipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum ¦rubrum. Red sanders. Tterocarpus sautalinus. Re'ddle. A species of red ochre. REDU'CTION. 1. In Surgery, the returning of a dislocated bone into its proper place. 2. In Chemistry, the operation of producing a metal from its ores or compounds. •REFLECTION. (From reflecto, to bend back.) 1. In Anatomy, a duplicature, or fold of membrane. 2. In Optics and Mechanics, the rebound, or motion in a new direction, which takes place when a moving body impinges on a resisting surface. The direction of the new motion is always related to that of the incidence, tho angles being equal, REFLEX. Reflex action or function. This name has been given to those instances of nervous action in which an impression made on the extremity of one nerve is propagated to the extremity of another, through the intervention of the nervous centers. Refle'xed. Reftexus. Reflected; bentbackward. REFRA'CTION. (From refraclus, broken back.) A change in the course of a ray, produced by its passage from a rare to a dense medium, or the reverse. The amount of refraction depends upon the degree of difference between the media. Refraction, double. A phenomenon produced by Iceland spar and other minerals. A ray of light falling upon these crystals in certain directions, is divided into two parts, and hence produces two images. Refra'ctus. Bent back, as if broken. REFRI'GERANT. (Refrigerans; from refrigero, to cool.) Possessed of the property of allaying the heat of the body or of the blood. Refrigerato'ry. A vessel filled with water, or surrounded with ice, to condense vapors,, or to make cool any substance which passes through it. Regeneration. The reproduction of injured parts. RE'GIMEN. (en, inis, f.; from rego, to govern.) A term employed in medicine to express the regulation of the diet and habits of an individual, with a view to tho preservation of health or the cure of disease. Regina prati. Spiraea ulmaria. REGION. Regio. In Anatomy, certain artificial spaces on the body, marked out for the convenience of description. RE'GIUS. (From rex, a king.) Royal: applied, 1. In Pathology, to the jaundice. 2. In. Chemistry, to the noble metals, especially gold, and to a preparation, the aqua rcgia, which has the power of dissolving gold. Regma. A three-celled dehiscent fruit R E M REM 559 REGULAR. Rcgularis. In Pathology, applied to diseases which observe their usual course, in opposition to irregular, in which the course of symptoms deviate from what is usual; as regular gout, regular small-pox, &c. Regular gout. See Gout. Regular small-pox. See Variola. RE'GULUS. Metallic matters when separ- ated from other substances by fusion. Regulus antimonii martialis. Martial regulus of antimony. An old preparation, made by heating purified iron filings in a crucible, adding sulphuret of antimony, fusing them, then adding nitre, fusing the whole together, cooling, and separating the regulus from the scoria;, then fusing a second and third time, with the addition of some more nitre each time. Regulus of antimony. See Antimony. Regulus of arsenic. See Arsenic. Regulus jovialis. Au alloy made by fusing antimony and tin. Regulus veneris. An alloy of antimony and copper. REGURGITATION. Regurgitatio. The act by which a canal, or reservoir of the body, throws back its contents to relieve itself from repletion. The puking of milk by infants is also called regurgitation. RE'LAPSE. The return of a disease soon after its cessation. RELAXATION. In Pathology, diminution of the natural and healthy tone ot parts. REMEDY. Remc'dium. (d re, and medcor, to cure.) A remedy, or that which is employed with a view to prevent, palliate, or remove a disease. Remedium divinum. Imperatoria. REMI'SSION. Remisio. A partial cessation of febrile symptoms in the course of a remittent or other fever. Remittens icterodes. Yellow fever. REMITTENT. (Remittens; from remitto, to assuage or lessen.) Applied to diseases, the symptoms of which diminish very considerably, but return again, so as not to leave the person free from the disease until it changes its character or vanishes. Remittent fever. —Aremittent fever ischaracterized by the usual symptoms of febrile action, which becomes much more intense once or oftener every four-and-twenty hours, and then remits. This exacerbation is widely different from the paroxysm of an intermittent. Iu a remittent, however marked the diminution of the fever, there is still a considerable degree of it, and nothing like au apyrexial state. This genus of fever sometimes exists iu a mild form, sometimes in the most malignant. It is a common disease with infants, and it may be observed that the febrile affections of children have almost always more or less tendency to the remittent type. The infantile remittent is generally produced by intestinal irritation; but remittent fevers in general are caused by marsh miasmata, and by peculiar poisons of vegetable and animal origin. The malignant remittent of .warm climates is called bilious remittent, from the great disorder of the hepatic system; yellow fever, from the yellow tinge which it communicates to the skin; and jungle fever, from the origin ofthe poison which produces it in swamps and jungles. 1. Mild remittent fever. —In this the pulse is very frequent (90 to 100), but regular throughout; the debility is not considerable, and the skin soon becomes relaxed, and perspires freely. It attacks young persons of relaxed habits, who are weakly, and commences mostly with some disturbance of the bowels. It occurs at all seasons of the year, but more frequently in the autumn. Fatigue, cold, or long exposure to the sun's heat often bring it into action. The patient complains of drowsiness, and is very languid ; is occasionally chilly, and afteiwardHushed, but without perspiration; the thirst is considerable, and attended by nausea and total loss of appetite. In the course of the day, but usually toward evening, the pulse quickens, the heat increases, and at length terminates in a sweat, which after a time goes off, leaving the skin hot and dry, and tho pulse still very quick. This exacerbation sometimes occurs at noon, and sometimes also in the night. If the disease be left to itself, the symptoms augment in severity daily; the head occasionally, but more frequently the liver, or some other abdominal viscus, gives proof of being loaded and oppressed, and the restlessness is intolerable; or a sudden bilious purging or vomiting supervenes, and carries elf the complaint by a salutary crisis- It generally gives way to purgatives, especially mercurial ones, followed by saline purgatives with senna, and the febrile symptoms being mitigated in the intervals by saline sudorifics. The diet should consist of very little more than farinaceous drinks. As soon as the pulse sinks, or the sweat is considerable, and the skin moist and not much heated, mild tonics, especially the mineral acids, with a light infusion of columba, gentian, quassia, chamomile, cascarilla, or cinchona, will complete the cure, though the disease usually runs on for ten days or a fortnight. 2. Infantile remittent. It is usually ascribed to worms, which are occasionally its cause; but the most common by far is crude accumulations in the bowels, from which the digestion proceeds imperfectly, producing great general imtatiou, aud considerable languor. The belly becomes tumid and painful, and the food is nauseated. The head becomes hot, heavy, and often comatose, the disease similating in this stage the commencement of hydrocephalus, with which it is very frequently confounded. See Hydrocephalus. The skin is pale or livid, with occasional flushes in tho cheeks. Remittents in the infautile and juvenile periods of life are almost always accompanied by a sluggish state of the bowels, and require the exhibition of calomel, with jalap and scammony; and if this do not act, its operation must be assisted by the infusion of senna, with sulphate of magnesia or potash. Until the bowels are well cleared, the fever goes on increasing ; but under a course of brisk cathartics, in conjunction with perfect quiet, good ventilation, and light farinaceous drinks aud diet, it will usually give way in a week or a fortnight. Particular symptoms are to be opposed by their appropriate remedies: thus, if there be much REM REM 560 coma, the head should be bathed with a cold or evaporating lotion of dilute acetic acid or spirit, or the feet fomented; if there be bilious diarrhoea, the purgative plan is to be abandoned, and the pains of the bowels allayed by absorbents, demulcents, and mild anodynes; if there be bilious or other vomitings, carbonic acid water, with veiy mild aperients, until the irritability of the stomach is allayed. 3. Bilious or autumnal remittent. — Autumnal remittents commence with lassitude, a general soreness over the body, yawning, inquietude, and most of the other concomitants of febrile action. As some of the larger organs have been more affected by the influence of the miasm than the rest, wo find them giving way in proportion: hence the head is sometimes severely affected with pain or heaviness; the bowels are overloaded with bile; or the stomach is exquisitely irritable, and rejects whatever is introduced into it. Generally the stomach suffers more disturbance than any other organ; and, along with the sickness, there is in many cases a troublesome looseness. Sometimes, however, the bowels are costive, and the stomach but little affected. The violence of the symptoms is commonly in proportion to the violence of the incursion. The exacerbation ordinarily takes place at noon, or early, in the afternoon, and consists in an increase of heat and of the pulse; for there is rarely any preceding chill, and as rarely any salutary moisture when the heat diminishes. The night is passed under extreme restlessness, vomiting, and mild delirium ; and thus the fever continues, with strong exacerbations about noon or night, and obvious remissions. At the very commencement of this fever, an emetic is generally found serviceable, as it not only clears the stomach of vitiated secretions, but is one of the best means of determining to the skin. The use of the lancet must depend on the circumstances of the particular case. Where the onset is violent, and particularly where the patient is plethoric, or of a vigorous habit, it may be employed with advantage instantly and freely; for without it, from the urgency ofthe symptoms, there can be little doubt that some large organ or other will soon become locally affected with congestion or effusion, which is always to be avoided as one of the worst symptoms that can occur; and if there be reason to suspect that such local affection exist at the time of the attack, and more especially that it be the cause of it, copious depletion will be still more necessary; for in this case not only is the fever to be contended with, but an inflammation of the affected organ to be guarded against. Except in these cases there is no call for the lancet, but, on the contrary, the loss of blood is injurious. This is particularly true in the Southern States, and in the case of Southerners just removed to the north. The common saline diaphoretics, either effervescing or not, will commonly take off the burning heat of the skin; or where the stomach is not in an irritable state, the antimonial powder, or small doses of the tartarized antimony, may be given; and with such remedies, and pediluvia or fomentation to the feet at night, the fever will mostly be diminished. Dilute acids are highly useful in form of drinks: as imperial, lemonade, oranges, the subacid fruits, and infusions of mint, balm, &c, where the bowels are not irritable. Mild aperients of rhubarb, sulphate of potash, infusion of senna, or cassia electuary, are the best aperients from time to time, unless the bilious or constipated.condition of the bowels demand calomel, or the more active purgatives. 4. Malignant remittent. —The yellow and jungle fevers owe their production unquestionably to marsh miasm; and hence they are so common in the swampy soils and morasses of the warm regions. Dr. Mosely gives an excellent account of these malignant remittents: " When a new comer is seized with a sudden loss of strength, and a desire of changing for rest into every position, without finding it in any* those symptoms which constitute the endemial fever may be expected. The following day, .but sometimes within twelve hours from the first indisposition, the violence of the disease will commence thus: There will be a faiiitness, and generally a giddiness of the head, with a small degree of chilliness and horror, but never a rigor. Then immediately will succeed a high degree of fever with great heat, and strong beating in all the arteries of the body, particularly observable in the carotid and temporal arteries; flushings in the face, gaspings for cool air, white tongue, but tinged with yellow, after the vomiting has commenced; excessive thirst, redness, heaviness, and burning in the eyes; heaviness and darting pains in the head and small of the back, and often down the thighs; pulse quick, generally full and strong, in some cases quick, low, and vacillating; skin hot and dry, sometimes with a partial and momentary moisture; sickness of stomach from the first, which increases with the disease; and, immediately after any thing is taken to quench the thirst, vomiting succeeds, in which bilious matter is brought up; anxiety and stricture, soreness, and intense heat about the pruocordia; great restlessness, heavy respiration, sighing, urine deep colored, and but little in quantity. This is the first stage of the fever, and may continue twenty-four, thirty-six, forty-eight, or sixty hours; and this constitutes its inflammatory period. " The second stage begins with the abatement of many of the preceding symptoms, and the rise of others; sometimes with a deceiving tranquillity, but with perturbation if the patient should fall into a sleep; then a yellow tinge is observed in the eyes, neck, and breast; the heat subsides, and sometimes with a chilliness; but not with that sort of strong rigor which, when it happens, terminates the disease by sweat, or by copious bilious evacuations upward and downward. The retchings are violent, and turn porraceous; the pulse flags, but is sometimes high and sometimes soft; the skin soft and clammy; the urine in small quantity, and of a dark, yellowish-brown color; the tongue, in some cases, is dry, harsh, and discolored; in others, furred and moist; there is confusion in the head, and sometimes delirium, with the eyes glassy. This stage of the disease sometimes continues only for a few hours; sometimes for REM REN 561 twelve, twenty-four, thirty-six, or forty-eight hours, but never longer. " In tho third and last stage ofthe fever, the pulse sinks, and becomes unequal and intermittent, sometimes very quick; frequent vomiting, with great straining and noise in vomiting, and what is brought up now is more in quantity, and has the appearance of the grounds of coffee, or is of a slate color. Nothing can be retained in the stomach; difficult breathing, black tongue, cold, clammy sweats, eyes hollow and sunk, yellowness round tho mouth and temples, and soon after over the whole body. " The symptoms become gradually more aggravated, accompanied with subsultus tendinum, black urine, deadly coldness of the limbs, delirium, faltering speech, hemorrhage, or oozing of blood from the mouth and nostrils, cor• ners of the eyes and ears, black bloody vomiting and stools, vibices, hiccough, muttering, coma, death." After the first prostration of strength, the disease runs on violently till the sensorial power is exhausted. Through its entire course, till the patient is sinking, the intellect is not particularly disturbed, and the organs principally affected are the abdominal. In some cases the disease opens with great violence, and rushes forward at once to its acme, and the patient is cut off in four-and-twenty hours. Though the remittents, in hot climates, generally pursue the course of febrile action that has been described, it is sometimes otherwise, aud even in milder climates; for it sometimes commences more like an intermittent, and sometimes it more resembles a continued fever, in which it has terminated, and occasionally in an intermittent. It would appear that in the caso of plethoric persons coming from the north, a copious bleeding, with from ten to twenty grains of calomel every four hours, is necessary at the outset: this treatment is to be assisted by diaphoretics and saline purges, and counter-irritation, and as soon as the inflammatory stage has subsided, quinine and mineral acids are to be administered. This treatment does not, however, answer in the case of those long under the influence of marsh miasm and a high temperature. In such cases bleeding brings about fatal results; calomel and saline medicines are first given, and followed as soon as possible by quinine, &c. In all cases where the remission is without any inflammatory condition—in all cases where there is a flabby state of the fibre, and more especially where there is a septic diathesis, bitters, such as calumba, serpentaria, and quassia, with mineral acids, will be required; and in a more decided malignant state, quinine, cascarilla, cinchona, and the like, as directed against typhus, should be administered, with brandy and cordials ad libitum. Particular symptoms call for particular remedies. a. Where there is congestion in the vascular system of an organ, topical bleedings are necessary, in addition to general blood-letting; and cold applications also, especially iced water, diluted spirit, and evaporating lotions to the shaved head, the epigastric region, or wherever the congestion may be. b. Nausea and vomiting will be best opposed by mild aperients in the effervescing state; by carbonic acid from yeast, beer, or soda-water j but the best remedy against continued vomiting of porraceous, chocolate-ground-like, or slatecolored fluids from the stomach, is a punch made with brandy, lemon-juice, and Cayenne pepper, from the last of which the. benefit is said to result. c. Comatose states call for stimulating cataplasms and fomentations, and cold, evaporating lotions to the head. Blisters have very seldom been useful. 5. Ardent remittent. Burning remittent.- A form of malignant remittent, which appears to be the same disease with the causus of the ancients. It is characterized by extreme heat, violent thirst, a rough and black tongue, the complexion inclined to yellowness, and the saliva bilious. There is commonly an acute aching in the head, nausea, great anxiety of the pra-cordia, with frequently a gnawing pain at the stomach. The bowels are unusually costive, particularly at the commencement of the disease. The tongue, mouth, nostrils, and, indeed, the whole surface of the body, is parched and fiery hot; the pulse is full and strong; the voice hoarse; tho breath short and quick; occasionally delirium. It chiefly attacks the young and vigorous, who bear it better than old persons. Tho treatment of this fever is precisely that of a synocha. 6. Typhoid remittent. Asthenic remittent. —The several forms of remittent fevers which have been described, have shown a tendency to a synochous or mixed type. There is, however, another, which clearly evinces a typhoid tendency from tho very commencement; for it is ushered in by extreme debility, both of the action of the heart, of the mental faculties and moving powers, and the common symptoms of typhus in the most aggravated form. It occurs in localities where the marsh miasm is more than usually malignant and concentrated, or where its effects on the system are favored by other depressing influences, as in the case of dispirited and ill-provided armies in unhealthy localities, or of a crowded, squalid, and ill-fed population. The disease then assumes the appearance of a highly congestive typhus, and the remedies which are applicable in the one are equally so in the other. Re'mora. 1. Ononis spinosa. 2. The name of two old instruments, not now used. REMOTE. In Pathology, applied to the more distant causes of diseases. See JEtiology. REN. (en, enis, m. Ren, aizo rov peiv ; because through them the qrino flows.) The kidney. See Kidney. RE'NAL. (Rcnalis; from ren, the kidney.) Appertaining to the kidney. Renal artery. See Emulgent. Renal gland. Renal capsule. Supra-renal gland. The supra-renal glands are two hollow bodies, placed one on each side upon the kidney. They are covered by a double tunic, and their cavities are filled with a liquor of a brownish-red color. Their figure is triangular, and they are larger in the fcetus 1 tha/i the kidneys; but in adults they are less than the kidneys. RES RES 562 The right is affixed to the liver, the left to the spleen and pancreas, and both to the diaphragm and kidneys. They have arteries, veins, lymphatics, and nerves; their arteries arise from the diaphragmatic, the aorta, and renal arteries. The vein of the right supra-renal gland empties itself into the vena cava, that of the left into the renal .vein: their lymphatic vessels go directly to the thoracic duct: they have nerves common alike to these glands and the kidneys. They have no excretory duct, and their use is at present unknown. Renal vein. The emulgent vein. Renes succenturiati. The renal capsules. Re'niform. Reniformis. Kidney-shaped. Re'nnet. It is obtained by macerating the dried, salted stomach of the calf in water. The solution possesses the power of coagulating milk. Re'nuens. The rectus anticus capitis minor muscle. Repa'ndus. Repand: waved; serpentine. REPE'LLENT. (Repellens ; from repello, to drive back.) Applications are sometimes so named which make diseases or an inflammation recede, as it were, from the surface of the body; as ice, astringents, &c. Re'pent. Repens. Creeping. REPERCU'SSION. The overcoming or resolution of a tumor, abscess, or eruption by the action of repellents. Replicate. Replica'tus. Folded; plaited so as to form a groove or channel. REPRODU'CTlON. (From reproduco, to produce again.) The function by which living animals reproduce their like. Generation. REPTI'LIA. (From rcpo, to creep.) A class of vertebrated animals, containing the snakes, frogs, lizards, &c. REPULSION. (Repulsio, onis, f.; from repello, to repel.) All matter possesses a power which is in constant opposition to attraction. This agency, which is equally powerful and equally obvious, acts an important part in the phenomena of nature, and is called the power of repulsion. Repulsion, or the separation of atoms, is also an effect of heat, whereby fluids are converted into vapors, &c. Res naturalks. Tho naturals. According to Boerhaave, these are life, the cause of life, and its effects. Res non-naturales. See Non-naturals. Res venerea. Coition. RESE'CTION. An operation for the removal of false joints or the ends of carious bones by the saw. RESE'DA. (a, yf, the pharynx.) This muscle is composed of a few fibres of the palato-pharyngeus, which it assists in dilating the mouth of the Eustachian tube. Salpi'ngo-staphyli'nus. (From a trumpet, and oratpvAij, the uvula.) See Levator palati. Salpingo-staphylinus internus. See Levator palati. Salpinx. SaXniy!;. A tube or trumpet. Salsepa'rin. Smilacine. Salsify. Tragopogon pratense. SALSO'LA. (a, as,() A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Chenopodiaceas. Several species are collected and burned for barilla. — S. kali. A plant which affords barilla. Salt. See Sal. Salt, common. Chloride of sodium. Salta'tio. Dancing: hence Saltatio Sancti Vili for chorea. Saltpetre. Nitre. Saltus Viti. Chorea. Saltwort. Salsola kali. Salubri'ous. Salubritas. Healthy. SALVATE'LLA. The vein which runs along the little finger, unites on the back of the hand with the cephalic of the thumb, and empties its blood into the internal and external cubital veins. » Salve. The common name for an ointment. See Unguentum. Salver-shaped. Hypocrateriform. SA'LVIA. (a, as, f.) 1. Salvia officinalis, or sage. 2. A genus of plants. Diandric. Monogynia. Salviaceas. — S. hortensis minor The small sage, or sage of virtue. — S. lyrata. Cancer weed.— S. officinalis. The garden sage. In ancient times sage was celebrated as a remedy of great efficacy. It has a fragrant, strong smell, and a warm, bitterish, aromatic taste, like other plants containing an essential oil. — S. sclarea. The garden clary. Sclarea hispanica. The leaves and seeds are recommended as corroborants and antispasmodics. They have a bitterish, warm taste, and a strong smell, of the aromatic kind. The seeds are infused in white wine, aud imitate muscadel. Samara. A species of capsule of a compressed form, and dry, coriaceous texture, with one or two cells. SAMBU'CUS. (us,i,i.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Trigynia. Caprifoliaceas. — S. e'bulus. The dwarf-elder, or danewort. S. humilis and S. hcrbacea. The root, interior bark, leaves, flowers, berries, and seeds of this plant have been administered medicinally, in moderate doses, as resolvents and deobstruents, and, in larger doses, as hydragogues. — S. nigra. S. vulgaris. S. arborea. The elder-tree. This plant has an unpleasant narcotic smell. The parts proposed for medicinal use are the inner bark, the flowers, and the berries. These parts are aperient, and said to be deobstruent and sudorific. Samian earth. Sami terra. A kind of clay from Samos. Samphire. Crithmum maritimum. Sampsu'chum. Sampsuchus. Amaracum. Sana'bile. Sanabilis. Curable. Sanatio. Curation. SANATIVE. (From sano, to cure.) That which cures diseases. Sancti Antonii ignis. See Erysipelas. Sanctum semen. The wormseed, or santo- nicum. Sandalifo'rmis. Sandal or slipper like. SA'NDARACH. (Sandaracha, as, f.; from saghad narak, Arabic.) This name has been given to a kind of gum-resin, and also to realgar, or sulphuret of arsenic. Sandara'cha a'rabum. Gum sandarach. See Juniperis communis. Sandaracha gras'corum. Realgar. Sand-bath. See Bath. Sanders. Pterocarpus santalinus. SANGUIFICATION. (Sanguificatio; from sanguis, blood, and facio, to make.) A natural function of the body, by which the chyle is changed into blood. Sanguifluxus. Hemorrhage. Sanguina'lis. Polygonum aviculare SAN GU IN ARIA, (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Papaveraceas.—S. canadensis. Blood-root. Puccoon. An indigenous perennial plant, the root of which is an acrid stimulating emetic and narcotic. The powdered root has been used in rheumatism, pulmonary affections, and as an escharotic to fungoid growths. The dose as an SAN SAP 577 emetic is gr. x. to 3j.; but it is not recommended for this purpose, as it reduces the pulse in the same way as digitalis. Sangui'narine. An alkaline principle said to exist in the root of the Sanguinaria canadensis, and, probably, the same as chelerythrine. SANGUI'NEOUS. (Sanguineus; from sanguis, blood.) Bloody ; appertaining to the blood. 1. In Natural History, a red or blood color. 2. In Physiology and Pathology, applied to certain conditions of the body, to diseases, and to appearances of the solids and fluids; as sanguineous temperament, sanguineous apoplexy. Sanguineous apoplexy. See Apoplexy. Sanguinis missio. Blood-letting. Sangui'nolent. Tinged with blood; bloody. Sanguipu'rgium. A gentle fever, or such a one as, by its discharges, was supposed to purify the blood. SA'NGUIS. (is, inis, m.) Sec Blood. Sanguis draconis. Dragon's blood. SANGUISO'RBA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Triandria. Monogynia. — S. officinalis. The Italian pimpernel, which was formerly much esteemed as an astringent, but is not now hi use. Sanguisu'ga. The leech. See Leech. Sanguisugum. A barbarous term for a congestion of blood in the heart. Sanicle. Sanicula europssa. Sanicle, Yorkshire. Pinguicula vulgaris. SANPCULA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferas. — S. eboracensis. Pinguicula vulgaris. — S. europosa. The sanicle. Sanicula mas. This plant was formerly recommended as a mild astringent. Its sensible qualities are a bitterish and somewhat austere taste, followed by an acrimony which chiefly affects the throat. Sanido'des. Saniodcs. One with a narrow, flat chest. SA'NIES. (es, ei, f.) A thin, unhealthy discharge, with or without an admixture of blood or pus, from fistula; or ill-conditioned sores. Sa'nitas. Health. SANTA CRUZ. This West Indian island is often selected as a place of residence for the consumptive, that is, on tho whole, inferior to the other West Indian Islands. SA'NTALUM, (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Tctrandria. Monogynia. Sanders. — S. album. The white and yellow sanders: called, also, Santalum citrinum and Santalum pallidum. The yellow sanders has an agreeable odor, like roses, and is much esteemed in the East as a perfume. Santalum rubrum. Pterocarpus santalinus. Santoli'na. Artemisia santonica. Santolina chama>cyfarissus. The systematic name of the lavender cotton. Santo'nicum. Artemisia santonica. Santonin. A non-azotized crystalline body, derived from the artemisia santonica. SANTORI'NI The fissures or interruptions in the cartilaginous portion of the meatus auditorius externus are so named, after Santorini. Santorini tubercula. The little projections on the top of the arytenoid cartilages which support tho ligaments of the glottis. Santorini vena; emissoria. See Emissoria santorini. Sap. The ascending unelaborated fluid of plants, which is little more than tho water of the soil. Saphada. A name given by Paracelsus to a scaly disease ofthe hairy scalp, resembling tinea, except that the scales are reddish. SAPHE'NA. (From oanc, conspicuous.) Venas saphenos. The two large veins of the leg, which ascend from the toes over the external and internal ankle, and evacuate part of the blood from the foot into tho popliteal veins. Sapid. Possessed of taste; not insipid. SAPI'NDUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. Octandria. Digynia. The soap-tree. — S. saponaria. The plant which affords the soapnuts, or soap-berries; called, also, Baccos bermudenscs. A globular fruit, about the size of a cherry, yellow, glossy, and so transparent as to show the spherical black nut within. The tree grows in Jamaica. It is Baid that the cortical part of this fruit has a bitter taste, that it raises a soapy froth with water, and that it is a medicine of singular and specific virtue in chlorosis. SA'PO. (o, onis, m.) Soap. A compound, in definite proportions, of certain acids in oils, fats, or resins, with a salifiable base, usually soda or potash. These oily and fat bodies are compounds ofthe stearic, oleic, margaric, &c., acids, with glycerine, and by the action of alkalies are decomposed, and stearates, &c, of the alkalies formed. The medicinal soap, Sapo amygdalinus, is made with oil of sweet almonds, and half its weight of common potash. Common or soft soap, Sapo mollis, is made of potash and oil or tallow. Spanish, or Castile soap, Sapo durus, of oil of olives and soda or barilla. Soap was formerly much used in jaundice, but is now seldom employed except externally as a resolvent aud detergent. Sapo terebi'nthina:. Starkey's soap. This is made of one part of dried and warm subcarbonate of potash, and three parts of oil of turpentine. The heated alkali is to have the oil of turpentine gradually blended with it in a warm mortar. Indolent swellings were formerly rubbed with this application, and some chronic affections of the joints might be benefited by it. SAPONA'RIA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Digynia. Caryophyllacecs. — S. nu'cula. The soap-nut. See Sapindus.— S. officinalis. The soapwort, or bruisewort. The root is employed medicinally; it has no peculiar smell; is sweetish, glutinous, somewhat bitter, and slightly acrid. It is said to be alterative, and was formerly used in syphilis, gout, rheumatism, and jaundice, in the form of decoction. Sapo'nka. The name of a pectoral medi' cine, prepared with infusion of violets, sugar and oil of almonds. Saponification. The act of submitting oily bodies to the action of a strong solution of pot ash or soda, with* heat. SAR S A R 578 SAPONULE. Saponulus. A combination of a volatile or essential oil with different bases; as Saponulc of ammonia, &c. Sapo'ta. Achras sapota. Sappan lignum. Ciesalpinia sappan. Sapropy'ra. Typhus gravior. Sapros. Sa7rpoc. Foul; putrid. Saracen's consound. Solidago virgaurea. SARATO'GA SPRINGS. StateofNew York. There are numerous springs, but the principal is the Congress Spring. This contains carbonates of soda, in ignesia, lime, and iron; and it is said, also, iodides of sodium and potassium. It is highly charged with carbonic acid gas. Some of the springs contain sulphureted hydrogen; but, on the whole, they may be considered very valuable saline springs. Sarcimina'lis. The allantoid. Sarci.na ventriculi. A minute (-_!~tlh of an inch) square, transparent, yellowish cryptogamic plant, found by Mr. Goodsir in the fluid of Pyrosis. Sarci'tes. Anasarca. 8 A' R C I U M. Sarcion. (Diminutivo of aapf, flesh.) A caruncle, or small fleshy excrescence. Sarcocarp. The fleshy part of fruits. SAKCOCE'LE. (c, es, f.; from oa»$, flesh, and KifArj, a tumor.) Hernia carnosi. Scirrhus or cancer of the testicle. It commences a3 a hard turn >r, more or less tuberculated, aud may be nearly free from pain. In this state it may remain for years; but in other cases it takes on the inflammatory state very rapidly. There is darting pain, reaching to the loins, and the parts run into an ulcerated state, which finds its way through the integuments. A phagedenic ulcer is produced, with hard edges, or there is a bleeding fungus. Sometimes an accumulation of water takes place in the tunica vaginalis, producing that mixed appearance called the hydro-sarcocelc. At other times there is no fluid iu the cavity of the tunica vaginalis; but the body of the testicle itself is formed into cells, containing either a turbid kind of water, a bloody sanies, or a purulent fetid matter. Sometimes the disorder seems to be merely local, that is, confined to the testicle, not proceeding from a tainted habit, nor accompanied with diseased viscera, the patient having all the general appearances and circumstances of health, and deriving his local mischief from an external injury. At other times, a pallid, leaden countenance, indigestion, frequent nausea, colicky pains, sudden purgings, &c.. sufficiently indicate a vitiated habit and diseased viscera, which diseased viscera may also sometimes be discovered and felt. The progress, also, which it makes from the testis upward, toward the spermatic cord, is veiy uncertain; the disease occupying the testicle only, without affecting the cord, in some subjects for a great length of time; while iu others it totally spoils the testicle very soon, and almost as soon seizes on the spermatic cord. The only efficacious remedy is extirpation of the testicle before the disease has affected the neighboring parts. Sarcoco'lla. See Penea mncronata. Sarcoco'lline. A principle of Sarcocolla. It may be obtained by evaporatiug to dryness au alcoholic or watery solution. Sa'rco-epi ploce'l e. An omental hernia complicated with a fleshy tumor. Sarco-hydrocele. See Sarcoccle. Sarcole'mma. The myolemma. Sarco'log y. The anatomy of the soft parts. SARCO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from oaoKOu), carncum reddo.) A fleshy tumor or excrescence. Sarcoma scroti. Sarcocele. Sarco'matous. Sarcomatosum. Fleshy tumors are called sarcomatous tumors Sarco'mphalus. A fleshy excrescence about the navel. Sarcophyi'a. A fleshy excrescence. Sarcophy'lle. The fleshy or cellular portion of the leaf. SARCO'PTES. A genus of minute insects, of which S. scabici or S. hominis is the itch insect. See Acarus scabici. Sarcopyo'des. Having the appearance of flesh and pus mixed together. SARCO'SIS. (is, is, f.; aapKuoiq.) 1. The generation of flesh. 2. A fleshy tumor. Sarcosto'sis. The same as Osteosarcoma. Sarco'tic. Synonymous with incarnative. Sarcous. Fleshy; pertaining to flesh. Sardi'asis. Risus sardonicus. Sardius lapis. Sarda. Carnelian. Sardonic laugh. Risus sardonicus. Sarma'tica lu'es. The plica polonica Sarmenta'ceous. Sarmentaceus. Having twigs or runners. Sarmentose. Trailing, or having runners. SARMF/NTUM. (um, i, n.; from sarpo, to prune, lop, or cut off.) A twig; a runuer. SARSAPARI'LLA. (a, ee, f.; from sarza, a brier, and parilla, a little vine—Spanish: a thorny little vine.) The root of several species of smilax. It is bitterish, mucilaginous, aud slightly flavored. Sarsaparilla is regarded as alterative, demulcent, and diuretic, but its medicinal properties are somewhat questionable. The officinal preparations are the decoction and syrup, which see. The commercial varieties are, Jamaica sarsaparilla. — Red-benrded sarsaparilla, perhaps the root of the Smilax officinalis. Its bark has a red tint, and its roots are furnished with numerous fibrous tootlets called the beard. It is imported in bundles of spirally-folded roots, and is hence called Sarsaparilla rotunda. Brazilian sarsaparilla. —Lisbon, Portugal, or Rio Negro sarsaparilla, said to be the root of the Smilax syphilitica. It is brought unfolded, with its roots tied iu buudles in a parallel direction, and hence called Sarsaparilla longa. Lima sarsaparilla. —Formerly brought from Lima, now from Valparaiso; probably the root of the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. Honduras sarsaparilla. —Mealy sarsaparilla, so termed from the mealy appearance which it presents when broken; probably the root of the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. This is the variety used in the United States. Vera Cruz sarsaparilla. —The root of the Smilax medica. It is imported unfolded.—Pcreira. Sarsaparilla, false. Aralia nudicaulis. SAX SC A 579 Sarsaparilla germanica. Carex hirta. Sarsaparillin. Saheparin. SARTO'RIUS. Sartorins seu longissimus femoris of Cowper. This flat and slender muscle is situated immediately under the integuments, and extends obliquely from the upper and anterior part of the thigh, to the upper, anterior, and inner part of the tibia, being inclosed by a thin membraneous sheath, which is derived from the adjacent fascia lata. It arises by a tendon from the outer surface and inferior edge of the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium, and is inserted, by a thin tendon, into the inner part of the tibia, near the inferior part of its tuberosity, and for the space of an inch or two below it. This tendon sends off a thin aponeurosis, which is spread over the upper and posterior part of the leg. This muscle serves to bend the leg obliquely inward, or to roll the thigh outward, and at the same time to bring one leg across the other, on which account Spigelius first gave it tho name of Sariorius, or the tailor's muscle. Sarx. Sffpf. Flesh. Sarza. Sarsaparilla. Sa'ssafras. Laurus sassafras. . Sassafras, swamp. Magnolia glauca. Satanus devorans. Antimony. Sate'llites. The veins which accompany the arteries are called Vena: satellites. Sa'the. 2a0rj. The penis. Satura'ntia. Medicines which neutralize acid in the stomach. SATURA'TION. (Satnratio, ouis, f.) A term employed, in Chemistry and Pharmacy, to express that state of a body in which it has dissolved as much of another body as it is capable of doing, or in which the acrid; acid, or caustic properties of an agent are subdued and lost by union. SATUREI'A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacece. — S. capitata. The ciliated savory. It possesses similar virtues to thyme, but in a stronger degree.—S. hortensis. S. sativa. The summer savory. It has a warm, aromatic, penetrating taste, and smells like thyme, but is milder. Satu'rnus. Saturn. Lead. SATYRI'ASIS. (is, is, m.; from Sanger, a 6atyr; because they are said to be greatly addicted to venery.) Excessive and violent desire for coition in men. Saty'rion. Saty'rium. Orchis mascula. Sauce-alone. Erysimum alliaria. Saucer. Scutella. Sauer-kraut. Cabbage preserved in brine. It is considered highly antiscorbutic. Saunders. Santalum album. Saunders, red. Pterocarpus santalinus. Sau'nia. An old demulcent medicine. SAURIA. Saurians. (From aavpa, a lizard.) The order of reptiles including the lizards, crocodiles, alligators, &c. Savine. Savina. Juniperus sabina. Savine ointment. Ceratum sabina?. Savory. Satureia hortensis. SAXI'FRAGA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Digynia. Saxifragew. — S. anrlica. Peucedanum silaus. — S. crassifolia. The root of this species of saxifrage is extolled by Professor Pallas as an antiseptic.— S. granulata. S. alba. The white saxifrage. Supposed to be diuretic, but probably without medicinal properties.— S. rubra. Spiraea filipendula.—S. vulgaris. Peucedanum silaus. Saxifrage. See Saxifraga. Saxifrage, burnet. Pimpinella saxifraga- Saxifrage, English. S., meadow. Peucedanum silaus. Saxifrage, white. Saxifraga granulata- Saxifragus. Lithontriptic. Saxon blue. The sulphate of indigo. Saxo'nicus pu'lvis. A powder formerly thought alexipharmic. It consisted of the roots of wild and cultivated angelica, of vincetoxi cum, marshmallow, polypody of the oak, net tie, and valerian, with the bark of mezereon root, and seeds of herb Paris. SAW. A surgical instrument, like the common saw, for cutting through bones and osseous tumors. Saw, chain. Seo Chain-saw. Saw, Hey's. A small saw with a curved cutting edge, used in removing pieces of depressed bone in fractures of the skull. The curvature is in the perpendicular plane, and not in every plane, as in the case of the trephine. Sb. Antimony. SCAB. A hard substance covering superficial ulcerations, and formed by a concretion ofthe fluid discharged from them. Sca'ber. Rough to the touch. SCA'BIES. (es, ei, f. ; from scabo, to scratch.) Psora. The itch. This disease is characterized by an eruption of pustules or of small vesicles, wh'ch are subsequently intermixed with, or terminate in, pustules; it is accompanied by constant and distressing itching, but not with fever, and is in all varieties conta gions. It appears occasionally on every part of the body, the face only excepted; but most abundantly about the wrists and fingers, the fossa of the nates, and the flexures of the joints. Willan has four species: 1. The Scabies papuliformis, or rank itch, consists in an extensive eruption of minute itching vesicles, which a v e slightly inflamed and acuminated, resembling papula? when examined by the naked eye; they are at all periods most numerous, and often intermixed with a few phlyzacious pustules, containing a thick yellow matter. 2. The Scabies lymphatica, or watery itch, Is distinguished by an eruption of transparent vesicles, of a considerable size, and without any inflammation at their base. They arise in succession, with intense itching, chiefly round the wrists, between the fingers, on the back of the? hands, and on the feet and toes; they often oc cur, also, about the axilla;, the Hams, the bend of the elbows, and fossa of the nates, where they are intermixed with pustules; but. they do not frequently appear, like the papuliform species, over the breast and epigastrium, nor on the thighs and upper parts of the arms. In a day or two the vesicles break, and someof them heal, under the little scab that concretes upon them : but others inflame, and become pustules, which discharge, at length, a yellow- S C A S C A 580 matter, and extend into small ulcerated blotches, over which a dark scab is ultimately form- ed; so that, during the progress of the eruption, all these appearances are intermixed with each other: the vesicles and pustules, the excoriated blotches discharging pus, the minute dry scabs, and the larger ones succeeding the ulceration, may be observed at the same time. This circumstance constitutes one of the points of diagnosis between this and other vesicular diseases. 3. The Scabies purulenta, or pocky itch, consists of distinct prominent yellow pustules, which have a moderate inflammation round their bases, and which maturate and break in two or three days, and then ulcerate, with increasing pain and inflammation. 4. Scabies cachectica. This variety of scabies exhibits, in different parts of the body, all the appearances which belong to the three foregoing species. It is occasionally, also, combined with patches resembling lichen, psoriasis, or impetigo, especially in adults, or young persons approaching the term of puberty; whence it assumes an ambiguous character. Iu several instances, this form of scabies has been obviously contagious in its double character; and, after the scabious affection has disappeared, the impetiginous patches have remained for some time in a drier form, and yielded veiy slowly to medicine; for, although this form of scabies does not so readily spread by contagion, it is much more obstinate, under the use of remedies, than the preceding. Some writers have ascribed tho origin of the itch, in all cases, to the presence of a minute insect breeding and burrowing in the skin, while others have doubted the existence of such an insect. Both these opinions appear to be-incorrect; and, probably, that of Sauvagesis right, who considers tho insect as generated only in some cases of scabies, and, therefore, speaks of a Scabies vcrmicularis as a separate species. Among the remedies appropriated to the cure of scabies, sulphur has long been deemed to possess specific powers. It may be assisted by frequent bathing and saline medicines in the cachectic and inveterate forms. SCABIO'SA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. — S. arvensis. The common field scabious. This plant possesses a bitter and subastringent taste, and was formerly much employed in tho cure of some leprous affections and diseases of the lungs.— S. succi'sa. The devil's-bit scabious. It has similar properties with the preceding species. Scabious . Erigeron heterophyllum and philadelphium. Scabri'deus. Rough: applied to plants. Scabri'ties. Roughness; lichen. SCA'LA.. A ladder or staircase. Scala ty'mpani. The superior spiral cavity ofthe cochlea. See Auris. Scala vesti'buli. The inferior spiral cavity of the cochlea. See Auris. Scald. See Ambustio. Scald-head. Porrigo favosa. SCALE. Squama. 1. In Natural History, the small lamina? which cover the surface of fishes, serpents, &c. 2. In Pathology, a lamina of morbid cuticle, hard, thickened, whitish, and opaque, of a very email size, and irregular, often increasing into layers, denominated crusts Both scales and crusts repeatedly fall off, and are reproduced in a short time. Scale, dry. Psoriasis. SCALE'NUS. (From aaalrivog, irregular or unequal.) A muscle situated at the side of the neck, between the transverse processes of the cervical vertebra? and the upper part of the thorax. The ancients, who gave it its name from its resemblance to an irregular triangle, considered it as one muscle. Vesalius and Winslow divide it into two, Fallopius and Cowper into three, Douglas into four, and Albinus into five portions, which they describe as distinct muscles. Without deviating in the least from anatomical accuracy, it may be considered as one muscle divided into three portions. The anterior portion arises commonly from the transverse processes of the six inferior vertebra? of the neck, by as many short tendons, and, descending obliquely outward, is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the upper side of the first rib, near its cartilage. The axillary artery passes through this portion, and sometimes divides it into two slips, about au inch and a half above its insertion. The middle portion arises, by distinct tendons, from the transverse processes of the four last vertebra? of the neck, and descending obliquely outward and a little backward, is inserted, tendinous, into the outer and upper part of the first rib, from its root to within the distauce of an inch from its cartilage. The space between this and the anterior portion affords a passage to the nerves going to the upper extremities. It is in part covered by the third or posterior portion, which is the thinnest and longest ofthe three. This arises from the transverse processes of the second, third, fourth, and fifth vertebra? of the neck by distinct tendons, and is inserted into the upper of the second rib, at the distance of about an inch and a half from its articulation, by a broad, flat tendon. The use of the scalenus is to move the neck to one side when it acts singly, or to bend it forward when both muscles act; and, when the neck is fixed, it serves to elevate the ribs and dilate the chest. Scalenus primus. See Scalenus. Scalenus secundus. See Scalenus. Scalenus tertius. See Scalenus. Scallop. Ostrea maxima. SCALPE'L. Scalpellum. (From scalpo, to scratch or carve.) A scalpel or common dissecting knife. Sca'lprum. A denticular raspatory, used in trepanning. Scaly. See Squamose. SC AMMO'NIUM. A purgative resinous body resembling jalap, derived from the Convolvulus scammonia, which see. Scammony. Convolvulus scammonia. Scammony, Montpellier. Cynanchummontpeliacum. Sca'ndens. Scandent. Climbing: applied to stems. SCA'NDIX. (ix, icis, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — S. cere~ folium. The officinal chervil. It is slightly S C A S C A 581 aromatic, and gently aperient and diuretic. — . odora. (Solidago, U. S.) Sweet-scented golden rod. The leaves are esteemed aromatic and stimulant, and said to be a good substitute for tea.— S. virgaurea. The golden rod. Virga aurea. The leaves and flowers of this plant are recommended as aperient and tonic in urinary obstructions, and it is said by some to be useful in stopping internal hemorrhages. SOLID. 1. In Natural PhUosophy, bodies, the particles of which cohere so firmly as not to be separated without some degree of fdrce, are called Solids. 2. In Anatomy, the solids are the bones, ligaments, membranes, muscles, nerves, and vessels. SOLFDISM. The medical doctrine which regards the vital properties of the body as resident in tl e solids, and not the fluids. According to this view, disease results from the action of morbific causes on the vital endowment of the solids. Solita'kius. Solitary. So'lium. A species of tape-worm. See Tamia. Solomon's anti-imtetigines. A solution of corrosive sublimate. Solomon's balm of gilead. An aromatic tincture, of which brandy and cardamom seeds appear to be the principal ingredients. Some say it contains cautharides. Solomon's seal. Convallaria polygonatum. SO'LUBLE. 1. Capable of dissolving, especially in water. 2. When applied adjectively to the bowels, it means in a somewhat relaxed state. Soluble cream of tartar. A solution of bitartrate of potash with borax. Soluble tartar. The tartrate of potash. Solum. The sole of the foot. SOLU'TIO. (is, ionis, f.) A solution. This term was formerly applied to the pharmaceutical preparation now termed Liquor, which see. Solutio arsenicalis. See Arsenicalis liquor. Solutio calcis. See Calcis liquor. Solutio chlorinii. See Chlorine water Solutio potassii iodidi iodureta. See Liquor iodini composita. Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. (Ph. E.) Aqua cupri vitriolati composita. Compound solution of sulphate of copper. Take of sulphate of copper and sulphate of alumina, each, three ounces; water, two pounds; sulphuric acid, an ounce and a half. Boil the sulphates in the water that they may be dissolved; then filter through paper, and add the acid. It is sometimes used as a styptic, and, when largely diluted, as an astringent coliyrium. SOLUTION. Sohdio. 1. An intimate commixture of solid bodies with fluids, into one seemingly-homogeneous liquor. The dissolving fluid is called a menstruum or solvent. 2. A crisis. Solution of continuity. A surgical phrase for a wound; the separation of parts formerly united. SOLUTI'VE. Solutivus. (From solvo, to loosen.) Laxative ; gently purgative. Solvent. Seo Menstruum. SOMA'TIC. Somaticus. (From aupa, the body.) That which pertains or relates to the body. Somatology. Soma'tomy. Anatomy. SOMNA'MBULISM. (From somnus, sleep, and ambulo, to walk.) This term is applied to sleep-walking, and also to a particular state induced by what is called animal magnetism. SOMNFFEROUS. (Somniferus; from somnus, sleep, and fero, to bring.) Having tho power of inducing sleep. Somnilo'q_uium. Talking in the sleep. Somnoi.e'ncy. Somnolentia. Sleepiness; a common symptom of some cerebral affections. So'mnium. A dream. SO'MNUS. (us, i, m.) Sleep. SO'NCHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia csqualis. Composite. — S. arvensis. The greater hawkweed. A feebly astringent plant.— S. oleraceus. The sow-thistle. Most of the species of sonchus abound with a milky juice, which is very bitter, and said to possess diuretic virtues. It is sometimes employed with that intention. Soot. Fuligo. Sophi'a. Sisymbrium sophia. SOPHISTICATION. Sophisticate. Adulteration ; counterfeiting or adulterating any thing. SOPHO'RA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Leguminose. — S. heptaphylla. A shrub, the root and seeds of which are sometimes called anticholerica: they are both intensely bitter, and said to be useful in cholera, colic, and dysury.— S. tinctoria is a synonym of Baptisia tinctoria. Sophroniste'res. The last ofthe grinding teeth. So'piens. Soporific. SO'POR. (or, oris, m.) A profound sleep, in which the person can be roused only with difficulty. It is a symptom in many cerebral diseases. Soporaria: arteria:. Arteria soporales- The carotid arteries. Soporific. Sopori'ferous. Soporiferus. Possessed ofthe power of inducing sleep. So'ra. (Arabic.) The nettle-rash. Sorbastre'lla. Pimpinella saxifraga. So'rbate. A malate. SORBEFA'CIENT. Sorbefaciens. # Absorbent ; a remedy that promotes absorption. Sorbic acid. Malic acid. SO'RBUS. (us, i, f, and um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Icosandria. Trigynia. Pomacea. — S. aucuparia. The wild service-tree. The berries of this plant are astringent, and, it is said, have been found serviceable in allaying the pain of calculous affections in the kidneys. — S. domestica is tho cultivated service-tree, the fruit of which is astringent When uuripe, and a pleasant acid when ripe. SO'RDES. (es, is, f.) When the matter discharged from ulcers is rather viscid, glutinous, of a brownish-red color, somewhat resembling the grounds of coffee, or grumous blood mixed with water, it is thus named. Other fetid excrementitious substances are also called sordes, as the matter which forms round the teeth in fever, &c. « SORE. An ulcer or excoriation. Sore, bay. An endemic disease at the Bav SPA S P E 600 of Honduras, which Dr. Mosely considers as a true cancer, commencing with an ulcer. Sore mouth, gangrenous. Caucram oris. Sore throat. See Cynanche. Sore throat, clergyman's. A chronic affection of the pharynx and larynx, occurring in clergymen and public speakers of a feeble constitution or scrofulous diathesis. It is called a follicular pharyngitis, but is more or less connected with the larynx. The treatment consists in mild antiphlogistic measures, washing the parts with a solution of nitrate of silver, and attention to the constitutional defects of the individual. Change of air, and rest from speaking, are also necessary to effect a cure. Soreness. Painful tenderness; a common symptom of inflammation in a part. Sorrel. Rumex acetosa. Sorrel, French. Rumex scutatus. Sorrel, round-leaved. Rumex scutatus. Sorrel-tree. Andromeda arborea. Sorrel, wood. Oxalis acetosella. Soro'sis. A compound fruit, being a succulent spike, as the mulberry. SOUND. 1. A metallic instrument, like a solid catheter, which surgeons introduce through the urethra into the bladder, to discover whether there be a stone in this viscus or not. 2. The impression produced on the auditory nerve by certain vibrations. See Auris. SOUNDING. Searching. The exploration ofthe bladder by means of the sound. Sounds, auscultatory. See Auscultation and Bruit. Sour dock. Rumex acetosa. Southern wood. Artemisia abrotauum. Sow. Sus scrofa. Sow-bread. Cyclamen europueum. SPA. 1. A general denomination for a mineral spring. 2. A town in France, in the department of the Ourte, famous for its mineral water, which is a very strongly acidulous chalybeate. Spa'dix. A spike, surrounded by a sheath or spathe. SPAGI'RISTS. An ancient set of physicians, who accounted for disease and other changes of the body on chemical principles. Spagyria. Chemistry. Spain, pellitory of. Anthemis pyrethrum. SPANHjEMIA. (From onavoc, poor, and aipa, blood.) Poverty of the blood, from the want of fibrin and hasmatosine, and excess of water. This coudition is said to occur in scrofula, chlorosis, scurvy, typhus, passive hemorrhages, &c. Spanish fly. See Cantharis. Spanish liquorice. Glycyrrhiza glabra. SPA'RADRAP. % Sparadrapum. An adhesive plaster spread on silk, linen, cotton, or paper; as court-plaster. SPARGANO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from airapyau, to swell.) 1. A swelling. 2. A milk abscess. Spa'rsus. Dispersed; irregularly scattered. SPA'RTIUM. (um, ii, n. Z-rrapnov of Dioscoride8.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Lcguminosm. — S. junceum. The Spanish broom. Its medicinal properties resemble those of the S. scoparium. — S. purgans. The leaves of this species are purgative, and the seeds strongly so.— S. scoparium. The common broom. Genista. The tops and leaves of this plant are employed medicinally: they have a bitter taste, and are recommended for their purgative and diuretic qualities in hydropic cases. Spasm. See Spasmus. Spasm of the larynx. Spasm of ike glottis. Laryngismus stridulus. SPA'SMA. (a, atis, n.; from orrau, to draw.) That voluntary straining which takes place in any vehement exertion, contraction, or extension of a muscle, as in running, riding, or bearing heavy burdens. It differs from spasmus, which is an involuntary, and generally a morbid contraction of a muscle. SPASMI. Spasmodic diseases. The third order of the class Neuroses of Cullen, characterized by a morbid contraction or motion of muscular fibres. SPASMO'DIC. Spasmodicus. Spasmoticus. Belonging to a spasm or convulsion. Spasmodic asthma. See Asthma. Spasmodic cholera. See Cholera. Spasmodic colic. See Colica. Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus stridulus. Spasmodic stricture. See Stricture. Spasmo'logy. Spasmologia. A treatise on convulsions. S PA'S M US. (us, i, in.; from azaa, to draw.) A cramp, spasm, or convulsion. An involuntary contraction of the muscular fibres, or that state of the contraction of muscles which is not spontaneously disposed to alternate with relaxation. When the contractions alternate with relaxation, and are frequently and preternaturally repeated, they are called convulsions. Spasms are distinguished by authors into clonic and tonic spasms. In clonic spasms, which are the true convulsions, the contractions and re luxations are alternate, as in epilepsy; but in tonic spasms the member remains rigid, as in locked-jaw. See Convulsion, Tonic spasm, and Tetanus. Spasmus cynicus. Risus caninus. A convulsive affection of the muscles of the face and lips on one side, which involuntarily forces the muscles of those parts into a species of grinning distortion. The term is used by some authors synonymously with Risus sardonicus. Spastic Spasticns. Spasmodic. Spa'the. Spatha. A sheath or covering of an immature flower, which bursts longitudinally. Spathome'le. An edged probe. SPA'TULA. (Diminutive of spatha, a broad instrument.) An instrument like a knife for spreading salve. SpAtula'te. Spatnlatus. Of a roundish figure, tapering into an oblong base. Spearmint. Mentha viridis. Spear-shaped. Hastate; lanceolate. Spearwort, water. Ranunculus flammula. SPECIES. (es,ei,t.) 1. Individual animals, plants, and minerals agreeing in their appearances or composition. Individuals or species differing in circumstances arising from accident, are termed varieties. The circumstances which are common to one or more species give rise to a division, or the formation of a genus. See SPE SPH 601 Genus. 2. An obsolete name for powders ; as Species aromaticce, Species diambra, &c. SPECIFIC. Speciflcus. Applied, 1. To that which acts on some particular organ more than on others; thus, ipecacuanha appears to have a specific action on the respiratory mucous membrane. 2. To a medicine possessed of sovereign efficacy in the cure of a particular disease ; thus, sulphur is sometimes considered as a specific for the itch, and bark for the ague. Specific gravity. See Gravity, specific. Speci'llum. A probe. SPECTACLES. An optical contrivance, consisting of a metallic frame supporting two lenses adjusted to the eyes. The lenses are to be more or less concave for the short-sighted, and convex for the far-sighted. SPECTRUM. 1. A spectre or optical illusion. 2. The elongated image of the sun or a radiant formed by a transparent prism. SPE'CULUM. (um, i, n.; from specio, to view.) 1. A mirror. 2. An instrument for opening or obtaining a view of internal parts. It commonly consists of a metallic cylindrical tube of two or more parts, the inner surface of which is highly polished. The parts are so adjusted together as to be capable of separating by a screw. Speculum ani. An instrument for distending the anus while an operation is performed upon the parts within. Speculum metal. An alloy of two parts of copper and one part of tin, for making metallic mirrors. Speculum oculi. An instrument by which the eyelids are kept open and the eye fixed. Speculum oris. An instrument to force open the mouth. Speculum vaginae. An instrument to assist in any operation belonging to the vagina or os uteri. Speculum veneris. Achillea millefolium. Speech. See Voice. Speechlessness. Aphonia. Speediman's pills. These consist of aloes, myrrh, rhubarb, extract of chamomile, and essential oil of chamomile. Speedwell. Veronica officinalis. Speedwell, female. Antirrhinum elatine. Spe'ltre. Spelter. Speltrum. Zinc. Sperm. Sperrna. Seed; semen. Spermace'ti. Cetaceum. SPERMA'TIC. (Spermaticus; from oneppa, seed.) Belonging to the testicle and ovary; as the spermatic artery, cord, and veins. See Testis. Spermatic arteries. See Testis. Spermatic plexus. There is one on each side of the body, formed by filaments from the renal plexus. The nerves follow the spermatic arteries. SPERMATOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from cneppa, seed, and KnAn, a tumor.) A swelling of the testicle or epididymis. In this case the swelling is accompanied by pain extending to the loins, without inflammation. Spermatopoie'tic. Having the property of increasing the secretion of semen. SPERM ATORRHCE'A. (a, ce, f.; from onepua, semen, and pea, fluo.) Seminal flux. See Gonorrhoea. SPERMATOZO'ON. (-zoa,-pl; fmmoirepua, and Caov, an animal.) The thread-like reproductive bodies of the spermatic cells of animals, and some plants, remarkable for their vivacious movements. The human spermatozoon is of a line in length, and resembles, in figure, the tadpole. It is supposed to find its way to the Fallopian tubes, and to come directly in contact with the ovule, to produce its fertilization. Spermothe'ca. A dilatation of the oviduct of some insects to store the sperm of the male, and to permit the fertilization of ova for a long period of time. Spermode'rm. The testa or external covering of a seed. Sphace'lia segetum. A name for the fungus producing ergot. SPHACELI'SMUS. (us, i, m.; from Aifc, to gangrene.) 1. A gangrene. 2. An inflammation of the brain. SPHA'CELUS. (us, i, m.; from ofaicu, to destroy.) Complete mortification. See Mortification. Sphjenoides. Sphenoides. Sphasra'nthus indicus. The Adaca, a plant of Malabar, which is acrid and aromatic, and said to be used in piles, the itch, and cholera. Sphasro'coccus crispus. The fucus crispua. SPfLERO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from otpaipa, a globe.) A fleshy globular protuberance. Spheno-staphylinus. Levator palati. SPHE'NOID. (Sphenoides; from atynv, a wedge, and ei6og, a likeness; because it is fixed in the cranium like a wedge.) Wedge-like: applied to a bone of the skull. See Sjihcnoid bone. Sphenoid bone. Sphenoides os. The sphenoid bone is wedged in amid the other bones of the head, and is of a more irregular figure than any other bone. It has been compared to a bat with its wings extended. We distinguish in this bone a body or middle part, and its wings or sides, which arc much more extensive than its body. Each of its wings, or lateral processes, is divided into two parts. Of these, the uppermost and most considerable portion, helping to form the deepest part of the temporal fossa on each side, is called the temporal process. The other portion makes a part of the orbit, and is therefore named the orbitar process. The back part of each wing is called the spinous process; and the two processes, which stand out almost perpendicular to the basis of the skull, have been named pterygoid processes. Each of these processes has two plates and a middle fossa facing backward: of these plates the external one is the broadest, and the internal one the longest. The lower end of the internal plate forms a kind of hook (Hamular process), over which passes the round tendon of the circumflexus palati. Its foramina are four on each side. The three first serve for the passage of the optic, superior maxillary, and inferior maxillary nerves; tho fourth transmits the largest artery of the dura mater. On each side we observe a considerable fissure, which, from its situation, may be called the superior orbitar fissure. Through it pass the third and fourth pair of nerves, a branch of the fifth, and likewise the sixth pair. Lastly at S P H 8PH 602 the base of each pterygoid process we observe a foramen, which is named pterygoidean, and sometimes Vidian, from Vidius, who first described it. Through it passes a branch of the external carotid, to be distributed to the nose. The os sphenoides, on its internal surface, affords three fossa;. Two of these are considerable ones: they are formed by the lateral processes, and make part of the lesser fossa; of the basis of the skull. The third, which is smaller, is on the top of tho body of the bone, and is •called sella turcica, from its resemblance to a Turkish saddle.. In this the pituitary gland is placed. At each of its four angles is a process. They are called the clinoid processes, and are distinguished by their situation into anterior and posterior processes. The two latter are frequently united into one. Within the substance of the os sphenoides, immediately under the sella turcica, we find two cavities, separated by a thin, bony lamella. These aro the sphenoidal sinuses. They are lined with the pituitary membrane, and, like the frontal sinuses, separate a mucus, which passes into the nostrils. In some subjects there is only one cavity; in others, though more rarely, we find three. SPHENOIDAL. Sphenoidalis. Belonging to the sphenoid bone. Sphenoidal suture. Sutura sphenoidalis. The sphenoidal and ethmoidal sutures are those which surround the many irregular processes of these two bones, and join them to each other and to the vest. SPHE'NO-MAX'ILLARY. Spheno-maxillaris. Relative to the sphenoid and maxillary bones. Sphe'no-maxi'llary fissure. Inferior orbitary fissure. Foramen lacerum inf erius. Foramen spheno-maxillare. A hole situated at the posterior part ofthe angle formed by the union of the internal and inferior parietes of the orbit. It is constituted, above, by the sphenoid bone; below, by the superior maxillary and palate bones; and before, by the malar bone; and forms a communication between the orbitar cavity and the zygomatic fossa. Sphe'no-max'illary fossa. A depression at the union of the spheno-maxillary and pterygomaxillary fissures. SPHE'NO-PAL'ATINE. Sphcno-palalinus. That which relates to the sphenoid and palate bones. Sphe'no-pal'atine ar'tery. The termination of the internal maxillary. It enters at the posterior part of the superior meatus of the nose, through the spheno-palatine foramen, and ramifies on the pituitary membrane covering the septum, the cornua, and the meatus. Sphe'no-pal'atine foramen. A round aperture, formed by the vertical portion of the os palati and the sphenoid. It establishes a communication between the nasal fossa; and the zygomatic fossa. Sphe'no-pal'atine gan'glion. Ganglion of Meckel. A small or triangular ganglion, of variable size, situated without the foramen spheno-palatinum, in the pterygo-maxillary fissure. It seems suspended, by several nervous filaments, to the trunk of the superior maxillary nerve, and gives off internal or spheno-palatine filaments, inferior or palatine filaments, and a posterior filament, which is the Vidian or pterygoid nerve. Sphe'no-pal'atine nerves. Lateral nasal nerves. These arise from the ganglion of Meckel, at its inner part, and enter the nasal fossa; by the spheno-palatine foramen. They are five or six in number, and distribute their filaments to the outer and inner parietes ofthe nasal fossa;. One of the most remarkable branches is the Naso-palaline. Spheno-talati'nus. The levator palati. SPHE'NO-PARI'ETAL. Spheno-parietalis. Belonging to the sphenoid and parietal bones. Sphe'no-pari'etal su'ture. This is formed by the articulation of the extremity of the greater ala of the sphenoid with the anterior and inferior angle of the parietal bone. Spheno-pterygo-palatinus. Spheno-salpingo-staphylinus. The circumflexus palati muscle. Spheno-staphylinus, The levator palati. SPHE'NO-TEM'PORAL. Sphcno-temporalis. That which belongs to tho sphenoid and temporal bones. Sphe'no-tem'poral su'ture. The suture at the articulation of the great ala; of the sphenoid bono with the squamous portion of the temporal. SPHINCTER, (er, eris, m.; from oiyyu, to compress.) The name of several muscles, the office of which is to shut or close the aperture around which they are placed. Sphincter ani. Sphincter externus of Albinus and Douglas. Sphincter cutaneus of Winslow. A single muscle of the anus, which shuts tho passage through the anus into the rectum, and pulls down the bulb of the urethra, by which it assists in ejecting the urine and semen. It arises from the skin and fat that surrounds tho verge of the anus on both sides, near as far as the tuberosity of the ischium: the fibres are gradually collected into an oval form, and surround the extremity of the rectum. It is inserted by a narrow point into the perineum, acceleratores urina;, and transversi perinau; and behind into the extremity of the os coccygis, by an acute termination. Sphincter ani cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. Sphincter ani externus. See Sphincter ani. Sphincter ani internus. Albinus and Douglas call tho circular fibres of tho muscular coat of the rectum, which surround its extremity, by this name. Sphincter cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. Sphincter externus. See Sphincter ani. Sphincter gula:. The superior constrictor of the pharynx. Sphincter labiorum. See Orbicularis oris. Sphincter oculi. S. palpebrarum. The orbicularis palpebrarum. Sphincter oris. See Orbicularis oris. Sphincter vagina;. This muscle arises from tho sphincter ani and from the posterior side of the vagina, near the perineum; from thence it runs up the side of the vagina, near its external orifice, opposite to the nympha;, covers the corpus cavernosum, and is inserted into the crus and body or union of the crura clitoridis. Its use is to contract the mouth ofthe vagina. 8 F I SFI 603 Sphincter vesicjs. A few fibres around the neck of the bladder, which do not, however, form a sphincter, have been so called. Sphingo'ntos. Astringent. Sphondy'lium. Acanthus mollis and herac- leum spondyliuin. Sphrongidium. Columnula. Sphy'gmicus. Relating to the pulse. Sphygmolo'gia. A treatise on the pulse. Sphygmometer. An instrument which was intended to enable the observer to see the action of the arteries more distinctly. SFHY'GMOS. (os, i, m.; from to leap or rebound.) The pulse. Sphyxis. Pulsation. SPICA. (a, os, f.) A spike. 1. A species of inflorescence, consisting of one common stalk bearing numerous sessile flowers. 2. An ear of corn. 3. Tho common spiral bandage, the turns of which cross, and form spaces like a V. Spica brevis. Alopecuris pratensis. Spica celtica. Valeriana celtica. Spica fcsmina. Common lavender. Spica indica. Nardus indica. Spica inguinalis. A bandage for ruptures in the groin. Spica duplex. A double spiral bandage. Spica mas. Broad-leaved lavender. Spica nardi. Nardus indica. Spica simplex. A common spica bandage. Spice-wood. The laurus benzoin. Spices. The warm, aromatic, and agreeable drugs, such as cinnamon, nutmeg, pimenta, &c. SPFCULA. (a, as, f.; a diminutive of pica.) 1. A spikelet, applied to grasses. 2. A pointed piece of bone is termed a spicula of bone. SriGE'LIA. (a,os,{.) 1. The Indian pink. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Spigeliacces. — S. aidhelmintica. A plant of the West Indies and South America. It is anthelmintic and narcotic: its virtues are similar to those of the Indian pink.— S. marilandica. S lonice ra. Perennial worm-grass, or Indian pink. The whole of this plant, but most commonly the root, is employed as an anthelmintic. Dr. Hope has written in favor of this plant, in continued and remitting low worm-levers. It is slightly narcotic. The dose of the powder, as an anthelmintic, is $j. to adults, and gr. x. to 3j. for children of four years old: it should be mixed with a purgative or with calomel. Spigelian lobe. See hirer. Spignel. JEthusa meum. Spikelet. A small spike, as in grasses Spikenard. See Nard of the ancients. Spike-stalk. Rhachis. SPILANTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Composites — S. acmella. The balm-leaved spilanfhus. This plant possesses a glutinous bitter taste, and a fragrant smell. The herb and seed are said to be diuretic and emmenagogue, and useful in dropsies, jaundice, fluor albus, and calculous complaints, given in infusion. Spilo'sis. A synonym of Epichrosis. Spilsbury's antiscorbutic drops. These consist of corrosive sublimate, 3ij.; prepared sulphuret of antimony, 317.; gentian root, orange peel, of each, rij.; shavings of red sanders, 3j.; digested with a pint of proof spirit, and strained. SPI'LUS. (us, i, m.; froiri gk&oc, macula.) A spot or discoloration of the skin. A mother's mark has been so called when in the form of a mere spot. SPI'NA. (a, es, f.; quasi spiculina, diminu tive of spica.) A thorn. I. In Anatomy, 1. The back bone. See Vertebra: 2. The shin bone: so called on account of its sharp edge. II. In Botany, a thorn of a plant. A prickly armature of plants, not easily removed by the finger, and proceeding from the woody part of the plant. Spina acida. Berberis vulgaris. Spina asgyptiaca. Acacia vera Spina bifida. See Hydrorachis. Spina cf.rvina. Rhamnus catharticus. Spina hirci. Astragalus tragacautha. Spina infectoria. S.purgatrix. Rhamnus catharticus. Spina ventosa. 1. A tumor arising from an internal caries of a bone. The term is a very vague one, and has been applied by some to abscess within a bone, by others to necrosis, and by others, again, to white swelling. 2. In the present day it usually signifies an encysted tumor of a bone, the parietes of which are formed with bone, and lined with a membrane of a serous texture, which secretes a serous fluid rather than pus. SPINA'CIA. (a, os, f.) A genus of plants. Diatcia. Pentandria. Chenopodiaceos. — S. oleracea. The spinach. This plant has been employed for medicinal purposes in the cure of phthisical complaints: made into a poultice, by boiling the leaves and adding some oil, it forms an excellent emollient. Spina; ventositas. A caries of a bone with an encysted tumor. SPINAL. Spinalis. Belonging to the spine of the back; as spinal nerves, spinal cord, spinal diseases, &c. Spinal cord. Medulla spinalis. Spinal marrow. This is a continuation of the medulla oblongata. It begins directly behind the origin of the ninth pair of nerves; is invested by the same membranes as the brain, and has an additional partial involucrum from the ligamentous membrane which lines the bodies of the vertebra?. On the inner side of the ligamentous lining the dura mater is situated, which passes out of the cranium by the foramen magnum occipitis, and forms a cylindrical sheath, which loosely envelops the spinal marrow, and ex tends as far as the os sacrum. At its egress from the cranium it is intimately connected to the beginning of this fibrous lining, but below the first vertebra of the neck this intimate connection between the dura mater and inner ligament of the vertebra? is discontinued, a cellular fatty substance, which surrounds the dura mater throughout the. rest of the canal, being interposed between that membrane and the ligament. The dura mater is only in contact with the tunica ai achnoidea; and this, also, only in contact with the pia mater, and lying so loosely over the latter as to be separated from it with facility through the whole length of the spine, by making a puncture in it, and distending it with air. The spinal marrow, like the brain, consists of a cortical and medullary substance SPI S P I 604 but differs in this respect, that the cineritious matter is placed within the medullary. Upon the suxface of the spinal marrow, while lying in its natural situation, many transverse wrinkles or folds are observed, which allow it to be extended in the motions of the vertebra?. It is divided into two lateral portions or cords, which are separated from each other externally by an anterior and posterior fissure continued from the medulla oblongata; and each of the lateral portions is in some measure subdivided by a superficial furrow into a large anterior and small posterior cord. The lateral portions are firmly united together by fine cellular substance, but, without lacerating either, may be separated from each other, before as well as behind, to near their middle, where they are connected by a layer of cineritious matter, which passes from the one cord into the other. When the medulla spinalis is divided transversely, the cineritious substance is observed to have a cruciform appearance, corresponding with the cords of which it is composed. The body of the spinal marrow descends in the child to the twelfth dorsal, and in the adult as far as the second lumbar vertebra, and terminates there by a conical point, which is concealed by fasciculi of nerves. The spinal cord gives rise on each side to a number of nerves, the origin and distribution of which are described in the article Nerve. The arteries of the spinal cord consist of anterior and posterior spinal arteries, and of many additional branches communicating with others from the adjacent vessels. The veins of the spinal marrow accompany their arteries, and afterward terminate in the sinus venosi of the spine. The sinus venosi consist of one on each side of the spinal marrow, which runs exterior to the dura mater, being chiefly lodged in the cellular substance, and in the ligamentous membrane which lines the fore and lateral parts of the vertebral canal. They extend from the foramen magnum ofthe occipital bone to the under ond of the os sacrum, and are so irregular on their surface, and so much divided and subdivided within by the openings of veins, as in many parts to have the appearance of cells. At the different vertebra? they are joined by cross branches, which have a semilunar form, like the surface of the bones which surround them. They communicate at their superior extremity with the lateral sinuses, and with the occipital when present, and send numberless branches outward, which open into the veins, the arteries of which anastomose with those of the spinal marrow. Spinal cord, diseases of the. The diseases of the spinal cord and its membranes, like those of tho contents of the cranium, are so frequently consecutive on inflammation, of an acute or chronic kind, that an account of the phenomena aud effects of this morbid action, when seated in the cord or its investing membranes, may suffice to give a general notion of their pathology. Acute inflammation of the spinal cord and its membranes. —This affection is distinguished by pain, more or less acute, extending throughout the length of the spine, or confined to the cer- vical, dorsal, or lumbar region. It is much increased by every movement of the spine, and is said, by some authors, to be increased by external pressure on the spine, while others deny this. The pain lancinates from the origin of the spinal nerves, and extends to different parts, according to the portion of the cord affected. In many cases the pain is more or less intermittent. There is usually acute pain at the epigastrium, sometimes extending over the whole abdomen, and increased on pressure, while various parts of the surface of the body have their sensibility exalted, so that the patient shrinks from the slightest touch. The heart palpitates, and the patient has a sense of constriction and weight about the praxordia, with difficulty of breathing. The pulse is generally frequent, small, and hard; sometimes full; or small and weak. The sensorial functions are generally little disturbed. When the commencement of the cord is chiefly affected, 6pasms of the pharynx occur, resembling those of hydrophobia; the jaw,is locked, and the voice extinct. According to Ollivier, when the tuber annulare and adjacent portion of the brain are inflamed, universal palsy ensues, followed by asphyxia and death. When the cervical portion of the cord is the seat of disease, the muscles of tho neck and upper extremities, and the external muscles of respiration, are principally affected. Inflammation of the dorsal portion of the cord produces opisthotonos; and that of the lumbar portion, spasmodic or paralytic affections of tho pelvic viscera; in both cases the lower limbs are generally paralyzed or convulsed. When hemiplegia arises from inflammation of the spinal cord, it usually affects the side of the body corresponding with that half of the cord which is diseased. The common sensibility of the surface and the sense of touch are variously exalted, abolished, or deranged; sometimes the limbs are perfectly insensible, at others the patient can not bear to be touched. Where the inflammation is confined to the anterior or posterior columns of the cord, it may be expected that the sensibility or the power of voluntary motion will be influenced accordingly. The disorder of the functions, of which a sketch has just been given, does not always exist: in a very acute case, related by Dr. Abercrombie, there was intolerable pain, but neither convulsions nor palsy. Such are the general symptoms of acute inflammation of the contents of the spinal canal, without reference to any distinction between inflammation of the substance of the cord and that of its membranes. Such a distinction, however, doubtless exists; and the difficulty of establishing it arises from the fact, that in most cases the cord and its membranes are simultaneously affected. According to Ollivier, the sensibility of the surface is always exalted in spinal meningitis, while in inflammation of the substance of the cord it is generally diminished. On a comparison of the best marked cases, it would appear that spinal meningitis is, on the whole, more frequently attended with general tonic spasm; while in myelitis the muscles ofthe back only are thus affected, and those S P I S PI 605 of the limbs with paralysis or clonic spasm. In arachnitis, also, the bowels, though sometimes loose, are generally obstinately constipated, as in tetanus; while hi myelitis, diarrhoea almost constantly prevails. Inflammation of the spinal cord is liable to be mistaken for several other diseases. Thus, in acute inflammation of the membranes, all the more prominent symptoms of idiopathic tetanus are frequently present: the trismus; the spasmodic affection of the muscles of deglutition; tho constrictive pain at the epigastrium; and the universal tonic spasms. The two disorders may, however, be distinguished by the presence of fever in the one, and its absence in the other; and by the local pain which attends the inflammatory disease. Inflammation of the cervical portion of the spinal cord approximates closely, in its symptoms, to hydrophobia; and if we conceive a person who has been bitten by a suspected dog, to oe seized, from some other cause, with inflammation of the cervical portion of the spinal cord, with its accompanying spasms of the pharynx, and general clonic convulsions, it is evident that this case might not be easily distinguished from hydrophobia. The local pain, however, and the trismus, which very frequently occurs in the case under consideration, but very rarely, if ever, in hydrophobia, together with the different mode of accession of the two diseases, may generally suffice for their discrimination. It may be suspected, however, that certain cases of hydrophobia, reported to have been cured by blood-letting, may have been nothing more nor less than inflammation of the cervical portion of the spinal cord. There are several other affections, especially rheumatism, with which inflammation of the spinal cord, in its acute or chronic form, may, by a possibility, be confounded ; but these it is unnecessary to dwell on. Chronic inflammation of the spinal cord and its membranes. —This is generally attended with little local pain, and the chief symptoms consist in palsy, cramp, anaesthesia, disordered functions of the viscera, and rapid emaciation of the frame. The principal causes of inflammation of the spinal cord and its membranes appear to be external injury, and exposure to cold and damp, as lying on wet grass. The chronic form seems sometimes to arise from venereal excesses, and other kinds of debauchery. The changes of structure resulting from spinal meningitis are thickening and opacity of the membranes, effusions of serum, blood, or pus, and gelatinous or albuminous exudations. The substance of the cord is subject to a variety of lesions, i-esulting from inflammation; and these are generally similar to the morbid changes which take place in the substance of the brain. Such are, 1. Softening, either superficial, or affecting the whole thickness of the cord. The softening is sometimes attended with increase of volume, or hypertrophy. 2. Induration, which is attended with increase of volume. Softening of the cord appears to result from chronic much more frequently than from acute inflammation; and induration of the cord seems to be always a result of chronic dis ease. 3. Suppuration, which may be more or less extensive. Dissolution of the substance of the cord into a matter resembling pus has been sometimes found to have occurred throughout the whole extent of the* cord. 4. Gangrene, which .resembles the same state as it occurs in the substance of the brain, and like it, also, is rare. Inflammation of the contents of tho spinal canal is a highly dangerous disease, and the chronic moro so than the acute. The principles of treatment are the same with those already stated as applicable to inflammation of the brain and its membranes, with the exception of the local application of cold. Spinal irritation. A general term for subinflammatory affections of the spinal cord or its membranes. Spinal marrow. See Spinal cord. Spinal nerve. The spinal accessory, or ac cessory of Willis. See Nerve. Spinalis cervi'cis. This muscle, which is situated close to the vertebra; at the posterior part of the neck and upper part of the back, arises, by distinct tendons, from the transverse processes of the five or six uppermost vertebra; of the back, and, ascending obliquely under the complexus, is inserted, by small tendons, into the spinous processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, third, and second vertebrae of the neck. Its use is to extend the neck obliquely backward. Spinalis colli. See Semi-spinalis colli. Spinalis dorsi. Transversalis dorsi of Winslow. A tendinous and fleshy mass, which is situated along the spinous processes of tho back and the inner side of the longissimus dorsi. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the spinous processes ofthe uppermost vertebra; ofthe loins, and the lowermost ones of the back, and is inserted into the spinous processes of the nine uppermost vertebra; ofthe back. Its use is to extend the vertebra;, and to assist in raising the spine. Spindle-shaped. Fusiform. Spine. Seo Vertebra. Spine'scens. Spinescent: becoming hard and horny. SPINOUS. Spinosus. Applied, in Anatomy and Natural History, to any object resembling a spine or thorn, or beset with spines or thorns. Spira'cula. Spiracles. 1. The breathing pores of insects. 2. The pores of the skin. SPIRiE'A. (a, a, f.) 1. TheSpiraatomentosa. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Pentagynia. Rosacea. — S. africana. Diosma crenata — S. filipendula. The officinal dropwort. Filipendula. The root of this plant possesses astringent properties.— S. tomentosa. This indigenous species, called, also, Hardhack (Spiraa, U. S.), is tonic and astringent, and used in diarrhoeas in the form of extract of the root. Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. for an adult.— S. trifoliata. Gillenia trifoliata.— S. ulmaria. The meadow-sweet. Queen ofthe meadows. Ulmaria. This is a beautiful and fragrant plant. The leaves are recommended as mild astringents. The flowers were supposed to possess antispasmodic and diaphoretic virtues. SPI SPI 606 SPIRAL. Spiralis. A curved line, which continually recedes from the center. Spiral bandage. The common roller, which is wound spirally round a limb, and is the most commonly used of all bandages. Spiral vessels. Fusiform cellules in plants, having a fibre wound spirally around their interior, which is capable of being drawn out. Spiratio. Respiration. SPIRIT. See Spiritus. Spirit, rectified. Alcohol. Spirit of alum. The acid liquid distilled from common alum. It contains sulphuric and sulphurous acid. Spirit of bone. S. of hartshorn. The same as Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. Impure ammonia. Spirit of salt. Hydrochloric acid. Spirit of sal volatile. Spiritus ammonia; aromaticus. Spirit of tin. Perchloride of tin. Spirit ok turpentine. Oil of turpentine. Oleum tcrebinthina. Spirit of verdigris. Acetic acid. Spirit of wine, camphorated. Spiritus camphora;. SPI'RITUS. (us, us, m.; spirit.) 1. The breath. 2. This name was formerly given to all volatile substances collected by distillation. Three principal kinds were distinguished: inflammable or ardent spirits, acid spirits, and alkaline spirits. 3. The word spirit is now almost exclusively confined to the various preparations of alcohol and ether. Spiritus astheris aromaticus. (Ph. L.) Aromatic spirit of ether. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, 3iij.; cardamom seeds, powdered, jyss.; long peppers, powdered, ginger root, sliced, each, jg. ; spirit of sulphuric ether, a pint. Macerate for fourteen days in a closed glass vessel, aud strain. An excellent stimulating and stomachic compound, which is administered in debility of the stomach and nervous affections. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. y. Spiritus a:theris hydrochlorici. Spiritus murialico-athereus. In the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia of 1735 this was ordered to be prepared by digesting ono part of hydrochloric acid with three parts of alcohol for several days, and distilling slowly. Similar to the spiritus aetheris nitrici. Spiritus astheris nitrici. (U. S.) Sweet spirit of nitre. Spirit of nitric ether. Take of nitrate of potash, powdered, ibij.; sulphuric acid, lbiss.; alcohol, Oixss.; dilute alcohol, Oj.; carbonate of potash, fj. Mix the nitrate of potash and acid in a glass retort, pour in the alcohol gradually, digest with a gentle heat for two hours, then raise it, and distill over a gallon. To this distilled liquor add the dilute alcohol and carbonate of potash, and distill again one gallon. This is a pleasant aromatic spirit, with diaphoretic, stimulant, antispasmodic, and diuretic action. Dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3j. Spiritus astheris sulphurici. (U. S.) A&ther sulphuricus cum alcohole. Spiritus atheris vitriolici. Sweet spirit of vitriol. Take of sulphuric ether, Oj.; alcohol, Oij. Mix. (Ph. E.) This preparation has the same medicinal properties as sulphuric ether, but is less active. Dose, f. 388. to f. 3iij. Spiritus astheris sulphurici compositus. (U. S., Ph. L.) Take of sulphuric ether, f. f viij.; alcohol, f. fxvj.; ethereal oil, f. 3iij. Mix. A stimulating antispasmodic. It is exhibited in fevers, nervous affections, hysteria, &c. Dose, from f. 3ss. to f. 31J. Spiritus ammonia:. (Ph. L.) Spirit of ammonia. Take of muriate of ammonia, fx.; carbonate of potash, fxvj.; rectified spirit, water, of each, Oiij. Mix, and distill three pints. A stimulating antispasmodic, chiefly used in liniments. The Spiritus ammonia; (U. S.) is the Alcohol ammoniatum, which see. Spiritus ammonia: aromaticus. Aromatic spirit of ammonia. S. ammonia; compositus. See Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. Spiritus ammonia: foctidus. (Ph. L.) Fetid spirit of ammonia. Take of muriate of ammonia, fx.; carbonate of potash, fxvj.; rectified spirit, water, of each, Oiij.; assafcetida, 5v. Mix; then, by a gentle fire, distill three pints. A stimulating antispasmodic, employed to asthmatic and hysterical patients. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3j. The preparation of this name of the Ph. E. contains the caustic spirits of ammonia. Spiritus ammonia: succinatus. Succinated spirit of ammonia. See Tinctura ammonia compositus. Spiritus anisi. (Ph. L.) Spirit of aniseed. Take of aniseed, bruised, fx.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A stimulating carminative and stomachic. The dose is from f. sss. to f. 3j. The Spiritus anisi compositus (Ph. D.) contains, also, angelica seeds. Spiritus armoracia: compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) Compound spirit of horseradish. Take of horseradish root, fresh and sliced, dried orange peel, of each, fxx. ; nutmegs, bruised, 3v.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A very warm stimulating compound, given in gout, rheumatic and spasmodic affections ofthe stomach, and in scorbutic disorders. The dose is f. 3SS. to f. 3iv. Spiritus camphora:. (U. S.) S. camphor atus. Spirit of camphor. Take of camphor, fiv.; alcohol, Oij. Dissolve. A stimulating medicine, used as an external application against chilblains, rheumatism, palsy, numbness, and gangrene. It may be given internally in emulsion. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3j. Spiritus carui. (Ph. L.) S. cari carui. Spirit of caraway. Take of caraway seeds, bruised, fxx.; proof spirit, Cj. ; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Carminative. The dose is f. 3j. to f. 31V. Spiritus cinnamomi. (Ph. L.) S. lawn cinnamomi. Spirit of cinnamon. Take of oil of cinnamon, 3ij.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Stimulant. Dose, f. 3j. to f. f ss. Spiritus cassia contains oil of cassia instead of oil of cinnamon. Spiritus colchici ammoniatus. The tinctura colchici composita (Ph. L.). Spiritus cornu cervi. Ammoniae sesquicarbonas. Spiritus frumenti. Spirits distilled from corn; as whisky, gin, &c. S P I SPL 607 Spiritus gallicus. French brandy. Spiritus jamaicensis. S. sacchari. Rum. Spiritus juniperi compositus. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) Compound spirit of juniper. Take of juniper berries, bruised, ?xv.; caraway seeds, bruised, fennel seeds, bruised, of each, fij.; dilute alcohol, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Diuretic. Dose, f. 3'j. to 31V. Spiritus lavendula:. (U. S., Ph. L.) S. lavendula: simplex. Spirit of lavender. Take of fresh lavender flowers, Ibij.; rectified spirit, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A stimulating antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. jiv. A perfume. Spiritus lavendula: compositus. (U. S.) S. lavendula? compositus matthia?. Compound spirit of lavender. Take of spirit of lavender, Oiij.; spirit of rosemary, Oj.; cinnamon bark, bruised, Jj.; nutmegs, bruised, fss.; cloves, 3ij.; red sanders wood, sliced, siij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. An elegant and useful antispasmodic and stimulant, in very general use against nervous diseases, lowness of spirits, and weakness of the stomach, taken on a lump of sugar. Dose, f. 3S8. to f. 3ij. Spiritus lumbricorum. The earth-worm distilled with spirit and water. Spiritus mentha: piperita:. (Ph. L.) S. mentha; piperitidis. Spirit of peppermint. Tako of oil of peppermint, 3iij.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. This possesses all the properties of the peppermint, with the stimulating virtues of the spirit. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. sij. Spiritus pulegii. Spirit of pennyroyal. Spiritus menthjs pulegii. (Ph. L.) This is prepared in the same manner as the spirit of peppermint. Antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij- Spiritus Mentha: viridis. (Ph. L.) S. mentha; sativa?. Spirit of spearmint. This, also, is prepared in tho same manner. Spiritus millepedarum. Millepedes distilled with dilute alcohol. Obsolete. Spiritus mindereri. See Ammonia; acetatis liquor. Spiritus myristica;. (U.S.) S. myristica; moschata?. Spirit of nutmeg. Take of nutmegs, bruised, fij.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A stimulating and agreeable spirit, possessing the virtues of the nutmeg. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3iv. Spiritus nitri (nitrici) dulcis. See Spiritus astheris nitrici. Spiritus nitri duplex. See Acidum nitrosum and Nitric acid. Spiritus nitri fumans. See Acidum nitrosum and Nitric acid. Spiritus nitri Glauberi. See Acidum nitrosum and Nitric acid. Spiritus nitri simplex. The dilute nitrous acid. See Acidum nitricum dilutum. Spiritus nitri vulgaris. A very dilute nitric acid. Spiritus oryza?. Spirits distilled from rice; as arrack. Spiritus pimenta:. (U. S.,Ph. L.) Spiritus pimento. Spiritus myrti pimentos. Spirit of pimenta. This is prepared in the same manner as the Spiritus myristicm. A stimulating aromatic medicine. Dose, from f. 3sb. to f. 3iv. Spiritus pulegii. See Spiritus mentha pulegii. Spiritus uaphani compositus. See Spiritus armoracice compositus. Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. Spiritus rector. The aroma of a plant. Spiritus rosmarini. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Spirit of rosemary. Take of oil of rosemary, 311.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A very fragrant spirit, mostly employed for external purposes in conjunction with other resolvents. Spiritus salis. Hydrochloric acid. Spiritus salis ammoniaci aquosus. See Ammonia; sesquicarbonas. Spiritus salis ammoniaci causticus. Aqua ammonia;. Spiritus salis ammoniaci dulcis. See Spiritus ammonia?. Spiritus salis ammoniaci simplex. See Ammonia; sesquicarbonas. Spiritus salis Glauberi. S. salis marini Hydrochloric acid. Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. Spiritus tenuior. Dilute alcohol. Proof spirit, which is about half tho strength of rectified, is much employed for preparing tinctures of resinous juices, barks, roots, &c. Spiritus vini gallici. French brandy. Spiritus vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. Spiritus vitrioli dulcis. Spiritus aetheris sulphurici. Spiritus vitrioli tenuis. Acidum sulphuricum dilutum. Spiritus volatilis fostidus. Spiritus ammonia; foetidus. Spiroid canal. The aquaeductus Fallopii is so named by Chaussier. Spiro'ptera hominis. A small parasitical worm sometimes found in the urine and kid ney« SPIROMETER. (From spiro, to breathe, and perpov, a measure.) An instrument for the purpose of measuring the amount of air inhaled in a given time. Spissa'ntia. A body which inspissates or thickens. Spit. Sputum. Spitting of blood. Haemoptysis. Spittle. Saliva. Spla'nchna. The intestines. SPLA'NCHNIC. (Splanchnicus; from«y-TAoy- Xvov, an entrail.) Belonging to the entrails. Splanchnic cavities. The cavities of the abdomen, chest, and head. Splanchnic nerve. A branch of the great intercostal nerve. See Intercostal nerve. SPLA'NCHNICA. A genus of diseases in Dr. Good's system, including those of the ab dominal organs without primary inflammation. Splanchnogra'phy. The anatomy of the viscera. Splanchnology. Splanchnologia. A treatise on the viscera. Spla'nchnon. An intestine or viscus. Splanchnopa'thy. Disease of the intestines. SPLEEN. (Splen, enis, m. SirAwv.) Lien SPL S P L 608 The spleen or milt is a spongy viscus, of a dark color, and variable form and magnitude. In the normal condition it is placed in the left hy- pochondrium, between the eleventh and twelfth false ribs. The internal structure of the spleen is, by some anatomists, considered as cellular, the cells communicating with each other and with the branches of the splenic vein. The mass of the spleen appeal's to be formed of a collection of reddish-brown granules, though the red substance contains very small, whitish bodies, first observed by Morgagni. They are distinct in some of the inferior animals; but in the human subject, their existence is asserted by some anatomists and denied by others. The vessels of the spleen are, the splenic artery, coming from the cceliac artery, which, considering the size of the spleen, is much larger than is requisite for the mere nutrition of it. This goes, by serpentine movements, out of its course, over the pancreas, and behind the stomach, and, after having given off branches to the adjacent parts, it is inserted into the concave surface of the spleen. It is afterward divided into smaller branches, which are again divided into others yet smaller, delivering their blood immediately to the veins, but emitting it nowhere else. The veins at length come together into one, called the splenic vein; and, having received the larger coronary vein of the stomach, besides others, it constitutes the left principal branch of the vena porta 1 . The nerves of the spleen are small; they surround the arteries with their branches; they come from a particular plexus, which is formed of the posterior branches of the eighth pair, and the great intercostal nerve. Lymphatic vessels are sometimes seen on the surface of the human spleen. The use of the spleen has not hitherto been determined. We merely know, says Professor Muller, that its importance in the economy is not great: the experiments of numerous observers have shown that it may be extirpated without any remarkable ill consequence. The function of the spleen probably consists in the production of some change in the blood which circulates through its tissue, and in thus contributing to the process of sanguification; or in the secretion of a lymph of peculiar nature, wluch, being mixed with the contents of the lymphatic and lacteal system coming from other parts, tends to perfect the formation of the chyle. The blood of the splenic vein, according to Tiedemann and Gmelin, does not differ from other venous blood; they saw it coagulate like the blood of other organs. The older physiologists, and, more recently, Autenrieth, maintain, however, that the blood has peculiar characters. Schultz, too, found the blood of the vena portae of a darker, blacker tint than other venous blood; and the dark color was most evident in animals which were fasting. Neither neutral salts nor the action of the air had the effect of rendering it of a brighter red color; its coagulum was less firm than that of other blood, and it contained less fibrin and albumen, but more fatty matter. These results have also been verified by the analysis of Simon, who further observed that the quantity of globules was much greater, and the coloring matter more abundant. The term spleen is often applied to hypochondriasis. Spleenwort. See Asplenium. Splena'lgia. A pain in the spleen Or its region. Splenemphr'axis. Obstruction of the spleen. — Vogel. SPLB'NETIC. Spleneticus. Belonging to the spleen. SPLENIC. Splenicus. Relating to the spleen, as the arteries, nerves, &c, ofthe spleen. SPLENITIS, (is, idis, f.; from oitavv, the spleen.) Inflammation of the spleen. Characterized by fever, tension, heat, tumor, and pain in the left hypochondrium, increased by pressure. This disease, according to Juncker, comes on with a remarkable shivering, succeeded by a most intense heat, and very great thirst; a pain and tumor are perceived in the left hypochondrium; and the paroxysms, for the most part, assume a quartan form; when the patients expose themselves for a little to the free air, their extremities soon grow very cold. Like the liver, the spleen is also subject to a chronic inflammation, which often happens after agues, and is called the ague cake. It attacks persons of a very plethoric and sanguine habit of body rather than others, but is very rare. During the acute stage of splenitis, we must follow the antiphlogistic plan, and by the application of blisters near the part affected. If it should terminate in suppuration, we must endeavor to discharge the pus externally, by fomentations or poultices. Spt.e'nium. 1. Spleenwort. 2. A compress SPLE'NIUS. Splenitis capitus, and Splenius colli of Albinus. A flat, broad, and oblong muscle. It arises from the four or five superior spinous processes of the dorsal vertebrae; from the last of the neck; and from the ligamentum colli. It is inserted, by two distinct tendons, into the transverse processes of the two first vertebrae of the neck, sending off some few fibres to the complexus and levator scapulae; tendinous and fleshy into the upper and posterior part ofthe mastoid process, and into a ridge on the occipital bone, where it joins with the root of that process. This muscle may be easily separated into two parts. When it acts singly, it draws the head and upper vertebrae of the neck obliquely backward; when both act, they pull the head directly backward. SPLENIZA'TION. A morbid change of the texture of the lung, whereby it becomes of a dark color, and resembles the spleen. Splenoce'le. A hernia ofthe spleen. Splenohai'mia. Engorgement of the spleen. It occurs in typhus, intermittents, and other diseases. Spleno'ncus. Tumefaction of the spleen; ague cake. SPLINT. A long piece of wood, tin, or strong pasteboard; employed for preventing the ends of broken bones from moving so as to interrupt the process by which fractures unite. Splint-bone. The fibula. Split-cloth. A bandage which consists of S P 0 ST A 609 a central portion and six or eight tails. It is used principally for the head. SPO'DIUM. Zmdiov. An ancient preparation of zinc and other bodies. — S. abaisir. Burned ashes. Metallic oxides, and a composition of white lead and oil.— S. album. Bone earth.— S. arabum. Burned ivory.—S. grecorum. Album graeoum. Spondylalgia. Pain iu the back bone. Spondy'i.ium. Heracleum spondylium. SPO'NDYLUS. (us, i, m. Sirovtfivlor, a vertebra.) The spine or back bone. Sponge-tent. See Spongia preparata. SPO'NGIA. (a, vAn, the uvula, and patyn, a suture.) The operation of uniting a cleft palate. The edges of the membrane of the palate are pared, and then brought together by the interrupted suture. Staphylosis. Staphyloma. Stak-anise. Illicium anisatum. Star-grass. Aletris farinosa. Star-like. Stellate. Star-shoot. Tremella nostoc. Star-thistle. Carlina acaulis. Starch. Amylum. Starkey's pills. The same as Malthews's pills. Starkey's soap. Sapo terebinthinae. STA'SIS. Sroffif. (From orau, to stand.) A condition of tho fluids, in which they are supposed to be nearly stagnant. STA'TICE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Pentagynia. Plumbaginea. The herb sea-thrift. — caroliniana. Marsh rosemary. This plant is astringent, and used in dysentery, and as a gargle in ulcerated sore throats.— S. limonivm. The sea-thrift. Sealavender, or red behen. The roots possess astringent and tonic qualities, but not in a very remarkable degree. STATICS. That department of physical science which investigates the conditions of equilibrium. It is the converse of dynamics. Stationary fever. Stationa'ria febris. A fever endemical ill a place for many years.— Sydenham. STATISTICS, MEDICAL. Vital statistics. The detail of facts connected with the deaths, births, diseases, epidemics, Sec., of any given place. Sta'tus. A state or condition; applied synonymously with diathesis aud temperament, as Status nervosus, the nervous diathesis. Stavesacre. Delphinium staphisagria. STEAM. The vapor of water at a high temperature. When produced under pressure, it is termed high-pressure steam, aud its heat is increased over 212°. The expression, a steam bath, means ouly a vapor bath at a high temperature; it is a powerful sudorific aud relaxant. 8TE 8 T E 611 Steam doctor. A quack who pretends to cure all diseases by the steam bath. STE'AR. Sreop, gen. orearog. Fat. Stearaconot. One of the fats of the brain, according to Couerbe. Stearic acid. The acid obtained by saponizing stearine, and decomposing tho soap by a dilute acid. It is a brilliant, white, soft body, insoluble in water; melts at 167°. Formula, CegHorA-LOHO. Ste'arine. (From areap, fat.) Iho solid component of fats, resembling wax; a stearate of glycerine. Stearoptene. A name given to the concrete portion, or camphor of volatile oils. Steatoce'le. A fatty tumor of the scrotum. STEATO'MA. (a, atis, n. j from areap, fat.) An encysted tumor, the contents of which are of a fatty consistence. STEEL. Chalybs. 1. The finest iron, combined with about one per cent, of carbon. 2. In Pharmacy, the preparations of iron are sometimes called preparations of steel, as Steel ¦wine for Vinum ferri. Steer's opodeldoc See Opodeldoc, Steer's. Stegno'sis. A constriction ; a constipation. Stegno'tics. Slcgnotica. Astringents. STE'LLA. 1. A star. 2. A bandage crossed like an X, or with many crossings like a star. Stella'te. Stellatus. Star-like. Stelochites. Osteocolla. Stem. See Caulis and Stipe. Ste'ma. Sreztt. The penis. Stemless. Acaulis. Stemless milk-vetch. Astragalus excapus. Stenothorax. One with a narrow chest. Stephens's remedy, Mrs. A pill of soap and lime, followed by a tonic mixture with soap. It was once famous as a lithontriptic. _ STERCORA'CEOUS. Stercorarius. Relating to, or being of the nature of, excrement. STERCU'LIA. (a, ~., or palm. S T O STR 613 stipita'tus. Standing on a pillar or pedicle. STI'PULE. Slipula. A leafy appendage to the proper leaves, or to their footstalks. Stipular. Stipulates. Belonging to the stipula of plants. Stitch. A sharp spasmodic pain in the intercostal muscles is commonly so called. Stizolobium. Dolichos pruriens. STOCKING, LACED. A strong stocking of cloth or wash leather, made to be laced up in front. It is used to produce equal compression along tho leg. Stqs'chas. Lavendula; stcechas. Stoschas citrina. See Gnaphalium. STO'LON. A sucker or scion. A runner which proceeds from the roots of some plants, and takes root in the earth. Stoloni'ferous. Stoloniferns. rutting forth stolons. Sto'ma. Sto/z. The month. STOMACA'CE. (From oropa, the mouth, and KaKog, evil.) Cancrum oris. Gangrena oris. Canker of the mouth. A foetor of the mouth, with a bloody discharge from the gums, which aro ulcerated along their edges. The remedies for this disease are, acid gargles with myrrh, and the internal exhibition of mineral acids, with bark or cascarilla;" good food, especially a proper quantity of vegetables, and occasional purgatives; the cold bath, and walking exercise. It occurs chiefly in scurvy. STO'MACH. (Stomachus, i, m. "Zropaxog; from oropa, tho mouth, and x EU > to pour.) A membranous receptacle, situated in tho epigastric region, which receives the food from the oesophagus. Its figure is somewhat oblong and round: it is largest on tho left side, and gradually diminishes toward its lower orifice, where it is the least. Its superior orifice, where the oesophagus terminates, is called the cardia, or cardiac orifice; the inferior orifice, where the intestine begins, the pylorus. The stomach, like the intestinal canal, is composed of three coats or membranes: 1. The outermost, which is very firm, and from tho peritoneum. 2. The muscular, which is very thick, and composed of various muscular fibres. 3. The innermost, mucous, or villous coat. These coats are connected together by cellular membrane. The arteries of the stomach come chiefly from the cceliac artery, and are distinguished into the coronary, gastro-epiploic, and short arteries ; they are accompanied by veins which have similar names, and which terminate in the vena porta). The nerves of the stomach are very numerous, and come from the eighth pair and sympathetic nerve. The lymphatic vessels are distributed throughout the whole substance, and proceed immediately to the thoracic duct. Stomach, inflammation of. See Inflammation of the stomach and intestines. Stomach-pump. An instrument for removing poisonous fluids from the stomach, and injecting water, or bland and nutritious fluids, to answer particular indications. It is an exhausting and condensing syringe, furnished with a long oesophagus tube. To inject liquids, the exhausting end is placed in the fluid, and the condensing end, furnished with the tube, is introduced into the stomach. In using the stomach-pump, it is necessary to introduce into the patient's mouth a bit of wood, perforated in the centre for the passage of the tube. To draw liquids from the stomach, the tube is attached to the exhausting end of the syringe. STOMA'CHIC. Stomachicus. That which excites and strengthens the action of the stomach. Stoma'chica ta'ssio. Gastrodynia. Stomachus. Stomach. Sto'mata. The minute apertures found on the under side of the leaves of most plants. STOMATITIS. (From arc-pa, the mouth, and itis, inflammation.) Inflammation of the mouth. This may be aphthous or follicular, gangrenous or pseudo-membraneous, with the exudation of a false membrane. These varieties are to bo treated according to general principles. They are also frequently symptomatic. Stomatopa'nus. Tumefaction of the glands of the mouth. Stomatophy'ma. A swelling of the mouth. Stomatorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the mouth. Stone. See Calculus. Stone-crop. Sedum acre. Stone-pock. The acne indurata. Stone-root. Collinsonia canadensis. Storax. See Styrax. Storax, liquid. S. liquida. Seo Liquidambar. Storax rubra officinalis. Cascarilla bark. Storax, white. Peruvian balsam. Storey's worm-cakes. These consist of calo- mel and jalap, made up into cakes, and colored with vermilion. STRABI'SMUS. (us, i, m.; from orpaCifo, to squint.) Squinting. An affection of the eyes, in which the axes of the two do not retain their natural relation. Squinting may be spasmodic, and symptomatic of cerebral affections, or it may be confirmed, and due to preternatural shortness of one of the muscles of the eyeball. In this case, the most speedy remedy is to divide the muscle. Children are very prone to squinting from habit, and this,' growing upon them, becomes, after a time, a permanent defect. In such cases, the habit is broken up by adjusting to the eye an opaque screen pierced with a central aperture. Strabositas. Strabismus. Strabot'omy. The operation of cutting the muscles of the eye in squinting. Stra'men came'lorum. Andropogon schainanthus. Stramo'nine. An alkaloid base, said to exist with daturine in the stramonium. STRAMO'NIUM. (um,ii, n.) The officinal name of the Datura stramonium, which see. Stra'ngalis. A hard, painful tumor in the breast, from obstruction of the flow of milk. STRANGULATION. Strangulatio. The close constriction of a part. Thus a hernia is said to be in a state of strangulation when the contents ofthe rupture are so constricted by the margins of the opening through which they have passed as to interrupt their natural functions. In legal medicine it means the forcible constriction of the trachea, by which respiration is suspended. S T R ST R 614 Strangula'tion, uterine. Hysteria. STRA'NGURY. (Stranguria, a, f.; from a drop, and ovpov, urine.) A difficulty and pain in passing the urine, which is excreted by drops. Strap-shaped. Ligulate. Stratio'tes. Stratioticum. Achillea millefolium. Stra'tum. A layer. Straw. Culm; culmus. Strawberry. Fragaria vesca and virgiui- ana. STRE'MMA. (a, atis, n. Zrpeppa; from arpeipu, to turn.) A strain or sprain of the parts about a joint. STRE'NGTH. Vigor: a tonic condition of the tissues of the body; great muscular development. Strengthening medicine. Tonics are so called. Chalybcates. Strengthening plaster. Emplastrum ferri. Strepitosus morbus. A disease once said to be common on the Austrian Alps, in which emphysematous tumors arise on tho neck, face, and arms, which, when not quite full of air, crepitate iike a dry bladder. Stria'te. Striata*. Scored; marked with long lines* grooved. STRUCTURE. (Striatum, es, f.) A diminution or contracted state of some tube or duct of the body, as the oesophagus, intestines, urethra, vagina, &c. It is either organic, that is, accompanied with actual thickening of tho walls of the canal, or spasmodic. Stri'ctus. Stiff and straight. STRIDOR DENTIUM. Grinding of the teeth. A common symptom during sleep in children affected with worms or other intestinal irriiation. It occurs also in fevers, as a symptom >f irritation of the braiu. Stri'ga. A bristle-like pubescence. Stri'gil. A flesh-brush. Strigme'ntum. Tho strigment, filth, or sr.des scraped from tho skin in baths and places jf exercise. Strigo'sus. Furnished with striga?. Strobilieorm. Slrobiliformis. In the form jf a cone. STRO'BILUS. (us,i, m.) A cone. A catkin, hardened and enlarged into a seed-vessel, on example of .which is in tho pines and firs. STRO NGYLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of intestinal worms in Rudolphi's classificatiou.— rf. gigas. This species of worm is said to have been found in the human kidney. It is of considerable length, being from five inches to upward of a foot. It has a flat, obtuse head, and the mouth is furnished with six flatfish papilla?. STRO'NTIA. Strontian. The protoxide of strontian, a powerful base, nearly resembling baryta and lime. It is not used in medicine, and its salts are said not to be poisonous. STRO'NTIUM. (um, ii, n.) The metallic base of strontia. It is very similar to barium. The equivalent is 43*8, and symbol, Sr. STRorm'oLUM. A little, curved, gland-like part near the scar or base of some seeds. Stro'phos. Tormina. STRO'PHULUS. (us, i, m.) A papular eruption peculiar to infants, and exhibiting a variety of forms, which are described by Dr. Willan under the titles of intertinctus, albidus confertus, volaticus, and candidus. 1. Strophulus intertinctus, the red gum or rea gown. —The papula? characterizing this affection rise sensibly above the level of the cuticle, are of a vivid red color, and commonly distinct from each other. Their number and extent variet much in different cases. They appear most constantly on the cheeks, forearm, and back of the hand, but are sometimes diffused over the whole body. The papula? are, in many places, intermixed with stigmata, and often with red patches of a larger size, which do not, however, occasion any elevation of the cuticle. The eruption usually terminates in scurf, or exfoliation of tho cuticle: its duration, however, is very uncertain This complaint occurs chiefly within the two first months of lactation. It is not always accompanied with, or preceded by, any disorders of the constitution, but appears occasionally in the strongest and most healthy children. It is however, commonly associated with alvine dis turbance. 2. The Strophulus albidus, by some termed the white gum, is merely a variety of strophulus intertinctus. In the place of the red eruptior there is a number of minute whitish specks, a little elevated, and sometimes, though not con stantly, surrounded by a slight redness. 3. The Strophulus confertus. —An eruption of numerous papilla?, varying in their size, appears on different parts of the body in infants, during dentition, and has thence been denominated the tooth-rash, or rank red gum. The papula? are smaller, and set more closely together than in the red gum; their color is not so vivid, but they are generally more permanent. 4. The Strophulus volaticus is characterized by an appearance of small circular patches, or clusters of papula?, arising successively on dif ferent parts of the body. The number of pap ula? in each cluster is from six to twelve. Both the papula? and their interstices are of a high red color. These patches continue red, with a little heat or itching, for about four days, when they turn brown, and begin to exfoliate. As one patch declines, another appears at a small distance from it; and in this manner the complaint often spreads gradually over the face, body, and limbs, not terminating in less than three or four weeks. This complaint has been by some writers denominated ignis volaticus infantum. 5. Strophulus candidus. — In this form of strophulus, the papula? are larger than in any of the foregoing species. They have no inflammation round their base; their surface is very smooth and shining, whence they appear to be of a lighter color than the adjoining cuticle. There is seldom much necessity for medicine. If the bowels be out of order, they are to be attended to; otherwise, cleanliness, a bland diet if tho child is not suckled, and attention to the clothing, are all that is necessary. Stroughton's elixir. An aromatic tincture made with, gentian, serpentaria, orange peel, cardamoms, &c. STRU'CTURE. In Physiology, 1 The ar- ST R STY 615 rangement of the tissues of a plant or animal. 2. A texture or membrane. STRU'MA. (a, a, f.) h Generally applied to scrofula. 2. Bronchocele. Struma tyrolensium. Cretinism. Stru'mous. Strumosus. Of the nature of scrofula. _ . Stru'thium. Imperatoria ostruthium. STRY'CHNIA. (a, a, f.) Strychnine. The alkaloid obtained from the Strychnos nux vomica.' Take of finely-rasped nux vomica, Ibiv.; lime, §yj.; muriatic acid, giij -; and a sufficient quantity of alcohol, sulphuric acid, ammonia, and water. Boil the nux vomica with one half, and then the other half of the muriatic acid, so as to exhaust it thoroughly; strain, and add the lime in fine powder; collect the precipitated strychnia. Take this up by alcohol, and boil the solution with dilute sulphuric acid; decolor by animal charcoal, and finally precipitate the pure strychnia by ammonia, and diy on blotting paper. Pure strychnia is crystallized in very small four-sided prisms, terminated by four-sided low pyramids. It has a white color; its taste is intolerably bitter, leaving a metallic impression in the mouth. It is destitute of smell. It is not altered by exposure to the air. It is very little soluble in cold water, 100,000 parts of that liquid dissolving only 15 parts of strychnia; but it dissolves in 2500 times its weight of boiling water. Its formula is O42H33N3O4. — Regnault. The action of strychnia on tho animal economy is precisely analogous to that of the alcoholic extract of nux vomica, only much more powerful. Half a grain blown into tho throat of a rabbit has produced trismus in two minutes, and death in five; and the eighth of a grain taken into the stomach has proved fatal to a strong dog. In minute doses strychnia has been found a very useful medicine, especially in paralytic cases, and it appears preferable to the extract of nux vomica, as being of more uniform strength. Dr. Ryan, who has used it very extensively, speaks in high terms of its efficacy in a variety of nervous diseases. The dose is ¦Jgth of a grain morning and evening, in pill, repeated more frequently as the patient gets accustomed to it. Dr. Ryan has met with few patients who would bear more than of a grain in the course of a day. Applied to the skin, it causes violent pain, and produces copious suppuration when applied on a blistered surface; it is not safe to use more than from a quarter to half a grain in this way. The salts of strychnia, of which the sulphate, hydrochlorate, and nitrate are used, may be made by bringing these acids in contact with strychnia. Strychnine. Strycknina. See Strychnia. STRYCHNOMA'NIA. (a, a, f.; from crpvxvoc, nightshade, and uavia, madness.) So the ancients called the disorder produced by eating the deadly nightshade. STRY'CHNOS. (os, i, m.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocynacece.—S. colubrina, a tree of the East Indies. It yields the Lignum colubrinum, which contains strychnia.— S. nux vomica. The tree which yields the poison-nut. Nux vomica. Nux me- tella. It is a native of the East Indies. The bark is commonly known as the false angustara bark, and is very bitter and poisonous. The seed of the fruit is the officinal mix vomica: it is flat, round, about an inch broad, and near a quarter of an inch thick, with a prominence in the middle on both sides, of a gray color, covered with a kind of woolly matter, and internally hard and tough like horn. To the taste it is extremely bitter, but has no remarkable smell. Rectified spirit is its best solvent. Nux vomica is one of the most powerful of the vegetable poisons, and is of the narcotico-acrid kind. The effects of this drug upon different animals appear to be rather uncertain. With some animals it produces its effects almost instantaneously; with others, not till after several hours, when laborious respiration, followed by torpor, tremblings, coma, and convulsions, usually precede the fatal spasms, or tetanus, with which this drag commonly extinguishes life. A fatal dose is about jij. It was formerly recommended in a variety of complaints, especially dysentery, but is now considered serviceable in paralysis and cases of deficient innervation. The alcoholic extract is the form in which it is most frequently given. The dose of this is from gr. £¦ to gr. i., given, at first, twice a day, and afterward more frequently. The dose of the powdered nut is gr. v., gradually increased to 3j. or 3ss. The nux vomica is now generally superseded by its active principle, the strychnia, which possesses all its virtues in a highly concentrated form. See Strychnia.— S. pseudo-quina. This Brazilian species yields a tonic and febrifuge bark, not at all poisonous, and used as a substitute for cinchona.— S. Saneti Ignatii. Ignatia amara.— S % tieute. This species produces the Upas tieute, one of the strong Java poisons. See Upas. — S. toxifera yields the active agent of the Ourari or Woorari poison of Guayana, which produces paralysis, with convulsions and suspended respiration. — 8. volubilis. Ignatia amara. Stu'nned. Laboring under a concussion of the brain. Stupe. Stupa. See Stuppa. STUPE FA'C IE N T. (Stupcfaciens; from stupefacio, to stupefy.) Of a stupefying quality ; narcotic. STU'POR. (or, oris, m.; from stupeo, to be senseless.) Insensibility; lethargy. STU'PPA.- 1. A stupe. A piece of cloth or flax soaked in a warm liquid, and applied as a fomentation. 2. Tow. Stu'prum. A rape. Sturgeon. Acipensor sturio. STU'TTERING. A high degree of stammering, which is a nervousness influencing the muscles of speech. Sty. Hordeolum. STY'LIFORM. Styliformis. Shaped like a style or rod. Applied to processes of bones and parts of plants. STY'LO-. Names compounded of this word belong to muscles which are attached to the styloid process of the temporal bone. Stylo-cerato-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoideus. Stylo-chondro-hyoideus. See Stylc-hyoideus. STY SUB 616 S/tylo-glossus. A muscle situated between the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, which draws the tongue aside and backward. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the styloid process, and from the ligament which connects that process to the angle of the lower jaw, and is inserted into the root of the tongue, runs along its sides, and is insensibly lost near its tip. Stylo-hyoideus. A muscle situated between the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, which pulls the os hyoides to one side, and a little upward. It is a small, thin, fleshy muscle, situated between the styloid process and os hyoides, under the posterior belly and middle tendon of the digastricus, near the upper edge of that muscle. It arises, by a long, thin tendon, from the basis and posterior edge of the styloid process, and, descending in an oblique direction, is inserted into the lateral and anterior part of the os hyoides, near its horn. The fleshy belly of this muscle is usually perforated on one or both sides, for the passage of the middle tendon of the digastricus. Sometimes, though not always, we find another smaller muscle placed v efore the stylo-hyoideus, which, from its having nearly the same origin and insertion, and the same use, is called stylo-hyoideus-alter. The use of these muscles is to pull the os hyoides to one side, and a little upward. Stylo-hyoideus alter. See Stylo-hyoideus. Stylo-mastoid foramen. Foramen stylomastoideum. A hole between the styloid and mastoid process of the temporal bone, through which the portio dura of the auditory nerve passes to the temples. Stylo-maxillary. Belonging to the styloid process and jaw. Stylo-pharyngeus. A muscle situated between the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, which dilates and raises the pharynx and thyroid cartilage upward. It arises, fleshy, from the root of the styloid process, and is inserted into the side of the pharynx and back part of the thyroid cartilage. Styloid process. A long, slender process of the temporal bone. STY'LUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A pencil or rod. 2. A probe. 3. The style or shaft of a flower. . STYMATO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from orvo, to have a priapism.) A violent erection of the penis, with a bloody discharge. Stypsis. Constriction; the action of a styptic. Stypte'ria. Alum. STY'PTIC. (Stypticus; from orv add a few grains of blue hydrated oxide of copper, then excess of potash; if sugar bo present, the fluid becomes reddish, and in a few hours the deposit becomes yellow. Moore's test is to add to urine half its weight of solution of potash, heat to boiling, and if sugar bo present it becomes of a brown color. SUGILLATION. (Sugillatio; from sugillq, to bruise.) A bruise, or ecchymosis by external causes. A spot or mark made by a leech or cupping-glass. SUICIDE. Self-murder. Suicide is mostly the result of a settled melancholy, but may take place in' delirium, or in a sudden and overwhelming fit of despondency. Sulca'te. Sulcatns. Furrowed; grooved; marked with deep lines running lengthways. SU'LCUS. A groove or furrow; generally applied to the bones. SU'LPHAS. (as, atis, f.) A sulphate or salt formed by the union ofthe sulphuric acid with a salifiable base. For the sulphates, see the bases. Sulpha'mide. A. compound of sulphurous acid with amidogene. Sulpha'milic acid. The bisulphate of oxide of amyle: an acid analogous to the sulphovinic. Sulphas aluminosus. See Alumen. Sulphas antimonii. Sulphate of antimony. Vitriolum antimonii. This is formed by boiling powdered antimony in sulphuric acid. A white saline mass results, which, when thrown into water, is resolved into a soluble supersulphate and an insoluble substdphatc. Sulphas quina:. See Quina disulpkas. Sulphate. A salt of the sulphuric acid. Sulphate of lime. Gypsum. Su'lphide. A synonym of sulphuret. Su'lphis. Sulphite. A salt of the sulphurous acid. SULPHO-. Sulph-. A prefix, from sulphur, signifying the presence of sulphur or sulphuric acid. Sulpho-benzide. A neutral crystalline body, soluble in ether, and melting at 212° F. It ii obtained by the action of anhydrous sulphuric acid on benzin. Formula, C13H5SO2. Sulpho-benzoic acid. A white crystalline acid, formed of anhydrous sulphuric acid and benzoic acid. It is bibasic. Formula, BzO, S0 3 +2HO. Sulphoc yanidk. A compound of sulphocyanogen. The sulphocyanide of potassium is a very valuable chemical test for the discovery of peroxide of iron and other metallic solutions. It is also said to exist in the saliva and other animal fluids. SULPHOCYA'NOGEN. The bisulphuret of cyanogen, CyS 2 ; symbol, Csy. It is produced when the ferrocyanide of potassium is heated with sulphur, but has not yet been insulated with certainty. It performs all the offices of a compound radical. With hydrogen it forms the Hydro-sulphocyanic acid (CsyH), which is a strong acid, and has the odor of acetic acid. It produces the sulphocyanides with metals. Sulpho-gly'ceric acid. A compound of glycerine with sulphuric acid: G10 5 ,HO,2SOs. Its salts are analogous to the sulphovinates. Sulpho-indigotic acid. The solution of indigo in sulphuric acid. Sulphole'ic acid. A product of the action of sulphuric acid on oleine. Sulpho-ma'rgaric acid. A product of the action cf sulphuric acid on margarine. Sulpho-methy'lic acid. Bisulphate of oxide of methyle: MtO,2S0 3 ,HO. It is very analogous to sulphovinic acid. Sul pho-naphtha'lic acid. A compound made by dissolving naphthaline in sulphuric acid. Sulpho-pro'teic acid. A compound of sulphuric acid and proteine, of a gelatinous appearance. When diy, it is a yellow, tough mass, insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether, but soluble in solution of potash and ammonia. There is, also, a sulpho-bi-proteic acid, formed by adding diluted sulphuric acid to a solution of proteine in acetic acid. Sulpho-salts. A salt, both ingredients of which are sulphurets. Sulpho-sina'pism. The name formerly given to the active matters of black mustard. Sulphovi'nic acid. Bisulphate of ethyle: AeO,2S0 3 -|-HO. A syrup-like liquid, of a sour taste. Its salts are very soluble, and decompose at the boiling point. It is produced when sulphuric acid is heated with alcohol, and is one ofthe essential steps of etherification. SU'LPHUR. (ur, wis, n.) Sulphur. Brimstone. An elementary body, veiy abundant in nature. Its equivalent is 16*12, and symbol, S. Sulphur is a combustible, brittle body, of a pale lemon-yellow color. Its specific gravityis l - 990. It is destitute of odor, except when rubbed or heated. It frequently crystallizes in entire or truncated octahedra, or in needles. It is a non-conductor of electricity, and hence it becomes electric by friction. When heated, it first softens before it melts, and its fusion commences at 218° F.: it is capable of subliming at a lower temperature, and takes fire at «560°. In the beginning of fusion it is very flu id, but by continuing the heat it grows tough, S U L S U L 620 and its color changes to a reddish-brown. If in this condition it be poured into water, it re- mains as soft as wax, and yields to auy impression. In time, however, it hardens again, and recovers its former consistence. Sulphur is a powerful electro-negative body, uniting with most elements, and forming sulphurets. It forms six compounds with oxygen, and unites with hydrogen, chlorine, iodine, and other haloid bodies. Sulphur has been long an esteemed article of the Materia Medica. It stimulates the system, is laxative, and promotes the insensible perspiration. It pervades the whole habit, and transpires through the pores of the skin, as appears from the sulphureous smell of persons who have taken it, and from silver being stained in their pockets of a blackish color. It is a celebrated remedy against cutaneous diseases, particularly itch, both given internally and applied externally. It has likewise been recommended in rheumatic pains, gout, rickets, atrophy, coughs, asthmas, and other disorders of the chest and lungs, and particularly in catarrhs of the chronic kind; also in colica pictonum, worm cases, and to lessen salivation. In hemorrhoidal affections it is very useful; but in most of these cases it is advantageously combined with some cooling purgative, especially supertartrate of potash. Dose, 3j. to 3ij. Sulphur antimonii prascipitatum. See Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. Sulphur auratum antimonii. See Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. Sulphur lotum. Washed sulphur. Flores sulphuris loti. Take of sublimed sulphur, a pound. Pour on boiling water, so that the acid, if there be any, may be entirely washed away; then dry it. The dose is from half a drachm to two drachms. Sulphur, milk of. See Sulphur proscipitatum. Sulphur pr.ecipitatum. Lac sulphuris. Milk of sulphur. Take of sublimed sulphur, a pound; fresh lime, two 2iounds; water, four gallons. Boil the sulphur and lime together in the water; then strain the solution through paper, and drop in as much muriatic acid as may be necessary to precipitate the sulphur; lastly, wash this by repeated affusions of water until it is tasteless. This preparation is mostly preferred to the flowers of sulphur, in consequence of its being free from impurities. The iose is from half a drachm to three drachms. Sulphur, precipitated. See Sulphur pras"vpitatum. Sulphur sublimatum. The sublimed flowers of sulphur. Sulphur vivum. Native sulphur. SuLrHUR, washed. Sulphur lotum. Sulphur waters. Those mineral springs which contain sulphureted hydrogen are so called. Sulphur-wort. Peucedanum officinale. SULPHU'REOUS. Sulphureus. 1. Of, or nelongiug to, sulphur. 2. Applied, in Natural History, to designate a bright pale yellow, without any orange tinge. " Su'lphurous acid. Acidum sulphurosum % An extremely pungent gaseous acid, produced by burning sulphur in air. Its formula is SOj; equivalent, 32-14. It is very soluble in water, and is a powerfully deoxydizing and bleaching agent. Its salts are termed sulphites. Sulphuret. A compound of sulphur. Sulphuret of antimony. See Antimonii sulphuretum. Sulphuret of carbon. Alcohol of sulphur. Bisulphuret of carbon. It may be obtained by transmitting the vapor of sulphur over fragments of charcoal heated to redness in a tube of porcelain. The compound, as it is formed, should be conducted by means of a glass tube into cold water, at the bottom of which it is collected. To free it from moisture and adhering sulphur, it should be distilled at a low temperature in contact with chloride of calcium. Bisulphuret of carbon is a transparent, colorless, inflammable liquid, which is remarkable for its high refractive power. Its specific gravity is T272. It has an acid, pungent, and somewhat aromatic taste, and a very fetid odor. It is exceedingly volatile; its vapor at 63-5° F. supports a column of mercury 7-36 inches long; and at 108° F. it enters into brisk ebullition. From its great volatility it may be employed for producing It dissolves both sulphur and phosphorus. Sulphureted hydrogen. An extremely fetid and inflammable gaseous compound of sulphur and hydrogen, SH; equivalent, 17*12. It is procured by decomposing the sulphurets: is thrown off" from decaying animal matters; and has the smell of rotten eggs. Water absorbs about three times its volume, and natural solutions are found in the sulphur springs. The gas is highly poisonous when respired: one part in 1500 of air destroying a bird. The aqueous solution has been much employed in natural waters as a remedy for cutaneous and chronic hepatic affections. A bath has also been recommended in rheumatic affections. The solution is very important in the laboratory as a test for the metals. In cases of poisoning by it, the patient should be freely exposed to the air. SULPHURE'TUM. (tun, i, n.) Sulphuret. A combination of sulphur with an alkali, earth, or metal. Sulphuretum ammonia;. A sulphuret of ammonium. Boyle's or Beguine's fuming spirit. Sulphuret of ammonia is obtained in the form of a yellow, fetid, fuming liquor, by passing sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of ammonia. It excites the action of the absorbent system, and diminishes arterial action, and has been given internally in diseases arising from the use of mercury, phthisis, diseases ofthe skin, and phlegmasia!; externally it is prescribed in the form of bath in paralysis, itch, and other cutaneous diseases. See Ammonias hydro-sulphuretum. Sulphuretum antimonii prascipitatum. See Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. Sulphuretum calcii. Sulphuret of calcium. Principally , used to form a medicated bath for various diseases of the skin. Sulphuretum hydrargyri nigrum. See Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. Sulphuretum sodii. Sulphuret of sodium. A combination of sodium and sulphur. It is SUP SUM 621 analogous to the sulphuret of potassium, which see. Sulphuretum stibii nativum. Sulphuretum stibii nigrum. Antimonium crudum. Native sulphuret of antimony. It is from this ore that the preparations of antimony are made. See Antimony. SULrHU'RIC. Sulphuricus. Belonging to sulphur. Sulphuric acid. Acidum sulphurieum. Acidum vitriolieum. A powerful acid, of an extremely caustic nature, fluid, oily, colorless; specific gravity, 1-845. It is usually of the composition, sulphur-f-3 oxygen+water; symbol, S0 3 ; equivalent, 40-16. It freezes at —15° F., and boils at 620° F. This is the strongest commercial acid, but chemists are acquainted with other forms; thus there is an anhydrous acid, being a white crystalline powder, with an intense affinity for water; there is also a dihydrate, HO,S0 3 -t-S0 3 , called the fuming acid of Nordhausen, obtained by distilling dry sulphate of iron, which is of great value in the arts. The common hydrated acid, is obtained on an immense scale by burning sulphur with nitre, and conveying the fumes into leaden chambers containing water, and charged with steam and common air; the acid thus obtained contains an excess of water, and is evaporated in platina vessels. Sulphuric acid exerts a strong affinity for water, combining with the evolution of heat, and forming a number of hydrates. The strength of the acid is always determined by the specific gravity. It is the most powerful acid known, and forms salts with eveiy base. These salts (sulphates) are readily known in solution by the action of chloride of barium, which forms an insoluble white sulphate in them. This acid is not much used in medicine. In the concentrated state it is a violent caustic, disorganizing the part instantly; accidents sometimes occur from the breaking of vessels, &c, and in such cases the nearest alkaline body or carbonate is to be instantly applied to the part, as lime, chalk, potash, soap, soda, magnesia, or their carbonates, &c, for the purpose of neutralizing the acid. In a very diluted state it is refrigerant and tonic, and much used to dissolve the disulphate of quinine. The Acidum sulphurieum dilutum, containing one part of commercial acid in fourteen parts, is officinal; the dose is from 1Ux. to f. 33s., but it should not be long used, as it produces a gastro-enteric irritation which may become permanent. This diluted acid has also been used with lard as a stimulant ointment in chronic skin diseases, and as a rubefacient. There is also an aromatic acid (Acidum sulphurieum aromalicum), which is somewhat more tonic. Sulphuris flores. See Sulphur sublimatum. Sulphuris iodidum. See Iodide of sulphur. Sulphuris lac. See Sulphur prascipitatum. Sulphydric acid. Sulphureted hydrogen. Sultan-flower. Centaurea moschata. Su'mach. The Rhus coriaria, Rhus glabra, and other species. Sumbul root. Musk root. An Eastern drug, derived from an umbelliferous plant, and possessing a strong odor of musk. Summer complaint. Diarrhoea. Summer rash. Lichen tropicus. Sunburn. Ephelis. Sun-dew. Drosera rotundifolia. S un-stroke. Coup de sulci!. SUPER. Above. A common prefix. Superarse'nias potassa:. Superarseniate of potash. A compound of potash with excess of arsenic acid. It was called Macquer's arsenical salt, from its discoverer, and has been sometimes given in medicine; it possesses similar properties to those of the white oxide of arsenic. Superbus. The rectus superior oculi. Superci'liary. Superciliaris. Belonging to the eyebrows. The superciliary ridges or arches are the prominences on the frontal bone under the eyelashes. SUPERCI'LIUM. (um, ii, n.; so called because it is supra cilium.) The eyebrow. Supercilium veneris. Achillea millefolium. SUPERFICIAL. (From super and facies, the face, or tho outer surface.) That which is upon the surface, as tho fascia, which is placed, beneath the integument, over every part of the body. Suferficialis volac. The uamc of a branch of the radial artery, which is distributed to the muscles and integuments of the vola, or palm. Superficies. The exterior surface of any thing. Supe'rfluus. Superfluous: abounding; in excess. SUPERF(ETA'TION. (Superfcetatio, onis, f.; from super, above or upon, and foetus, a foetus.) The impregnation of a woman already pregnant. How far this is a possible case has for ages been a matter of controversy among physiologists and medical jurisconsults, and it remains so to the present time. There seem to be, however, some well-authenticated cases. Supergemina'lis. Tho epididymis. Supergenua'lis. The patella, or knee-pan. Superimpregna'tio. See Superfcetation. SUPE'RIOR. A term in general use as regards the relative situation of parts. Superior auris. The attollens aurem muscle. Superli'gula. The epiglottis. Superpurga'tio. An excessive evacuation by stool. Supersalt. A salt containing more equivalents of acid than of base. SUPERSCAPULA'RIS. Two muscles are so called: the superscapularis superior, more commonly called supra-spinatus, and the superscapularis inferior, more commonly called infraspinatus. Su perus. Above. SUPINATION. (Supinatio, onis, f.; from supino, to lay with the face upward.) The act of turning the palm of the hand upward, by rotating the radius upon the ulna. SUPINA'TOR. A name given to those muscles which turn the hand upward. Supinator brevis. See Supinator radii brevis. Supinator langus. See Supinator radii longus. Supinator radii brevis. Supinator brevis SUP S UT 622 ttve minor of Winslow. This small muscle, which is tendinous externally, is situated at the upper part of the forearm. It arises from the lower and anterior part of the outer condyle of the os humeri, and from the outer edge and posterior surface of the ulna, adhering firmly to the ligament that joins the radius to that bone. From these origins its fibres descend forward and inward, and are inserted into the upper, inner, and anterior part of the radius around the cartilaginous surface upon which slides the tendon of the biceps, and likewise into a ridge that runs downward and outward below this surface. It assists in the supination of the hand by rolling the radius outward. Supinator radii longus. Supinator longus stve major of Winslow. A long, flat muscle, covered by a very thin, tendinous fascia, and situated immediately under the integuments along the outer convex surface of tho radius. It arises, by very short, tendinous fibres, from the anterior surface and outer ridge of the os humeri, about two or three inches above its external condyle, between the brachialis internus and the triceps brachii; and likewise from the anterior surface of the external intermuscular membrane, or ligament, as it is called. About the middle of the radius, its fleshy fibres terminate in a flat tendon, which is inserted into the inner side of the inferior extremity of the radius, near the root of its styloid process. This muscle not only assists in rolling the radius outward, and turning the palm of tho hand upward, on which account Riolanus first gave it the name of supinator, but it likewise assists in pronation, and in bending the forearm. Suppositorium uterinum. A pessary. SUPPOSITO'RY. Suppositorium. (From sub, under, and pono, to put.) A medicinal substance to be put into the rectum, there to remain aud dissolve gradually. Suppressed menses. See Amenorrhcea. SUPPRE'SSION. (Snpprcssio, onis, f.; from supprimo, to withhold.) The total defect or non-secretion of an excrementitious fluid; as a suppression of urine, in which the kidneys secrete none. Suppu'rans. Suppurative. SUPPURATION. (Suppuratio, onis, f.; from suppuro, to suppurate.) The formation of pus. See Inflammation, Abscess, and Pus. SUPPURA'TIVES. A variety of epispastics, producing phlegmonous inflammation: they differ in this respect from vesicants and rubefacients, which produce crythematic inflammation. SU'PRA. Above. This word, affixed to the name of an object, denotes something situated above that object, as Supra-renal gland, &c. Supra-costales. The intercostal muscles. Supra-decompo'situs. More than doubly compound: a botanical term, applied to leaves. Supra-foliaceous. Situated above the leaf. Supra-o'rbitar. Supra-orbitaris. Situated above the orbit. SUPRA-SPINA'TUS. Supra-spinatus seu supra-scapularis of Cowper. A muscle of the arm. It is of considerable thickness, and fills the whole of the cavity or fossa that is above the spine of the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from the whole of the base of the scapula that is above its spine, and likewise from the spine itself, and from the superior costa. Opposite to the basis of the coracoid process, it is found beginning to degenerate into a tendon, which is at first covered by fleshy fibres, and then passing under the acromion, adheres to the capsular ligament ofthe os humeri, and is inserted into the upper part of the large tuberosity at the head of the os humeri. This muscle is covered by a thin fascia, which adheres to the upper edge of the superior part of the basis, as well as to the upper edge of the spine of the scapula. The principal use of the supra-spinatus seems to be to assist in raising the arm upward; it may likewise serve to move the scapula upon the humerus. Su'ra. 1. The calf of the leg. 2. The fibula. Su'rculus. Tho stem of mosses. SU'RDITAS. (as, tatis, f.) Deafness. Spe Aphonia and Paracusis. SURFEIT. The consequence of excess in eating or drinking, or of something unwholesome or improper in the food. It consists in a heavy load or oppression of tho stomach, with nausea, sickness, impeded perspiration, and, at times, eruptions on the skin. Su'rgeon. One who practices surgery. SURGERY. Chirurgia. That department of the healing art which is more particularly devoted to the cure of diseases, injuries, and abnormal developments affecting the external parts of the body. Surinam bark. The bark ofthe Andira incrmis. Surinamine. A crystalline principle of tho Surinam bark. Sus. A genus of animals. Mammalia. Pachydcrma.—S. scrofa. The hog. Suspended animation. See Asphyxia. Suspension. Suspensio. Hanging. See .,48-phyxia. SUSPENSO'RIUM. (um, ii, n.; from suspendeo, to hang.) A suspensory: a bag, or bandage to suspend any part. Suspensorium he/patis. The broad ligament of the liver. Suspensorius testis. The cremaster muscle. Suspensory. That which suspends ; suspensorium. SUSU'RRUS. (us, i, m.; from susurro, to murmur.) 1. A buzzing noise, like that of bees. 2. A whisper, or low tone of voice. SUTU'RE. Sutura. (From suo, to join together.) A junction or union. 1. In Surgery, the uniting the lips of a wound by sewing. A number of different kinds of sutures have been recommended by writers on surgery, but all of them are now reduced to two, namely, the twisted and the interrupted, called, also, the knotted suture. The twisted suture is made in the following manner: Having brought the divided parts nearly into contact, a pin is to be introduced from the outside inward, and carried out through the opposite side to the same distance ; a firm wax ligature is then to be passed around it, making the figure of 8, by which the wounded parts are drawn gently into contact. SYM S YC 623 The number of pins is to be deteravined by the extent of the wound: half an inch, or at most three quarters, is the proper distance between two pins. The interrupted suture consists of single stitches made with a curved needle and thread, and the interruption is only the distance between the stitches. 2. In Anatomy, the word suture is applied to the union of bones by means of dentiform margins, as in the bones of the cranium. See Temporal, Sphenoidal, Zygomatic, Transverse, Coronal, Lambdoidal, and Sagittal Sutures. Swallow-wort. See Hirundinaria. Swan. Cygnus olor. Sweat. See Perspiration. Sweating sickness of Malwah. A violent malignant cholera. Sweet-flag. Acorus calamus. Sweet marjoram. Origanum marjorana. Sweet navew. Brassica rapa. Sweet rush. Andropogon schamanthus. Sweet sultan. The centaurea moschata. Sweet willow. Myrica gale. SWE'LLING. A morbid increase of any part; a tumor. Swelling, white. See Hydarthrus. SWIETE'NIA. (a,«,f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. — S. febri'fuga. The red dye-wood tree. The bark of this tree was proposed as a substitute for cinchona, and appears to have some febrifuge power, though not at all equal to that of the cinchona. The dose is 3j. to 3j. — S. maha'goni. The mahogany tree. The bark of the wood of this tree is of a red color internally; has an astringent, bitter taste; and yields its active matter to water. It has been proposed as a substitute for Peruvian bark, and has been used as such. Dose, half a drachm. Swimming of the head. Vertigo. Swine-pox. See Varicella. Swoon. Syncope. Sword-fish. Xiphias gladius. Sword-shaped. Lanceolate and ensiform. Sycamore. See Sycomore. Syco'ma. See Sycosis. SYCOMORE. (Sycomorus; from ovkov, a fig, and pupov, a mulberry.) The sycomore fig, a native of Egypt. The white sap has been esteemed laxative and vulnerary. Sycon. Syconus. A fruit like a fig. SYCO'SIS. (is, is, f.) A cutaneous disease, which consists of an eruption of inflamed, but not very hard tubercles, occurring on the bearded portion of the face (S. menti) and on the scalp (S. capillitis) in adults, and usually clustering together in irregular patches. The tubercles are red and smooth, and of a conoidal form, and nearly equal to a pea in magnitude. Many of them continue in this condition for three or four weeks, or even longer, having attained their full size in seven or eight days; but others suppurate very slowly and partially, discharging a small quantity of thick matter, by which the hairs of the beard are matted together, so that shaving becomes impracticable, from the tender and irregular surface of the skin. There is also considerable itching. The treatment consists at first of poultices and fomentations, and after the inflammatory stage, of the ointment of nitrate of mercury, and other stimulating and desiccative ointments. The health is affected, and requires attention: tonics are indicated. Sylvius, digestive salt of. See Saldigeslivum Sylvii. SYMBLE'PHARUM. Symblepharosis. (From ovv, with, and (iAetyapov, the eyelid.) A concretion of the eyelid to the globe of the eye. This chiefly happens in the superior, but very rarely in the inferior lid. The causes of this concretion are a bad conformation of the parts, ulcers of the cornea, imprudent scarifications, or burns, especially if the eye remains long closed after the accident. Symbolo'gica. A synonym of symptomatology SYMBOLS, CHEMICAL. An abbreviated mode of expressing the composition of bodies. The substances, instead of being written at full length, are indicated by the first and sometimes second letter of their names. See Equivalents. SYMMETRY. (Symmetria, ce, f.; from ovv, with, and perpov, a measure.) The correspondence of parts in size and shape. SYMMETRICAL. Endowed with symmetry. In Anatomy, organs are said to be symmetrical which are divided by the median Hue of the body into halves, which resemble each other more or less exactly. Sympa'sma. See Catapasma. SYMPATHETIC. Sympathetica. Relating to sympathy. Sympathetic ink. An ink or coloring matter which becomes invisible in the cold, and colored when heat or an appropriate agent is applied. There are several, but the best is the chloride of cobalt, which becomes green when warmed, fades away when cold, and can be reproduced a number of times. Sympathetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. SYMPATHY. (Sympathi'a, ce, f. Zvpna- Beia ; from ovv, with, and ixaBoc, affection.) That relation of the organs and parts of the living body to each other, whereby an action excited in one part induces a corresponding action in another part. The sympathies may be arranged into tho reflex and the direct; the former arising through the instrumentality of the brain and spinal nerves; the latter taking place independently of them, through the ganglionic nerves, and chiefly those -which are distributed to the blood-vessels, and which form communicating cords between the viscera. Sympho'resis. Congestion. Symphyseotomy. Symphyso'tomy. The Sigaultian operation. Symphy'sia. The union of parts properly separate.— Breschet. SY'MPHYSIS. (is, is, f.; from ovpfvu, to grow together.) A connection of bones by intervening cartilago or other texture. SY'MPHYTUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Boraginacecs.—S. maculosum. Pulmonaria officinalis.— S. minus. Prunella vulgaris.— S. officinale. The comfrey. ThS roots abound wilh a viscid glutinous juice, whose virtues are similar to SYN SYN 624 those of the mallow. — S. petrceum. Coris monspeliensis. Sympeoca'rpus fcstidus. The Dracontium foetid um. SYMPTOM. (Symptoma, as, f.; from ovpnrupa, a coincidence.) The sign of a disease, consisting in some deviation from the natural and healthy functions of the part. Symptoma'tic That which is a symptom of an affection. Symptomatotjo'gy. The study of the signs of disease; diagnosis. Symptomatolo'gist. One who treats the symptoms of disease, instead of ascertaining their causes. Symptc/sis. Atrophy; emaciation. SYN-. Sym. (From ovv, with.) A common prefix of words derived from tho Greek, signifying union, adhesion, similarity, &c. Syna'nchia. Asperula cynanchica. Synaptase. The emulsion of black mustard. SYNARTHROSIS, (is, is, f.; from owapdpou, to articulate.) That mode of connection of bones in which they do not admit of motion on each other. It has three species, viz., suture, harmony, and gomphosis. Synastomosis. Anastomosis. Synca'rpous. When the carpels of a fruit are united together. SYNCHONDROSIS, (is, is, f.; from ovv, with, and x a cartilage.) A species of symphysis, in which one bone is united with another by means of an intervening cartilage. Synchondroto'mia. The operation of dividing the symphysis pubis. Synchronous. Occurring in the same time. Sy'nchysis. 1. A confusion of the humors of the eye from injury or other cause. 2. A dissolution of the vitreous humor. — Benedict. SY'NCLONUS. (From ovv, together, and kAovoc, agitation.) A genus in Good's Nosology, including diseases characterized by tremulous and clonic agitation of the muscles, especially when excited by the will. Synclonus balli'smus. The shaking palsy. A disease of advanced life, consisting of a great sense of weakness in the hands and arms, gradually extending to the legs and muscles of the neck, with trembling, and ultimately constant and vehement agitation. In the last stages of this affection, the urine and faeces are involuntarily discharged. The treatment is somewhat indefinite, as it occurs in broken-down constitutions, and especially drunkards. Frictions, the hot bath, and counter-irritation along the spine are most useful. SY'NCOPE. (e, es, f.; ovyKoirn, from ovykoittu, to strike or cut down.) Fainting or swooning. An affection in which the respiration and action of the heart either cease, or become much weaker than usual, with paleness and coldness, arising from diminished energy of the brain, or from organic affections of the heart. The species are: 1. Syncope cardiaca, the cardiac syncope, arising without a visible cause, and with violent Salpitation of the heart during the intervals, and epending generally on some organic affection of the heart or neighboring vessels. 2. Syncope occasionalis, the exciting cause being manifest. The disease is sometimes pre ceded by anxiety about the preecordia, a sense of fullness ascending from the stomach toward the head, vertigo, or confusion of ideas, dimness of sight, and coldness of the extremities. The attacks are frequently attended with, or end in vomiting, and sometimes in epileptic or other convulsions. The causes are sudden and violent emotions of the mind, pungent or disagreeable odors, derangement of the prima; via;, debility from preceding disorders, loss of blood, spontaneous or artificial, the operation of paracentesis, &c. An ordinary fainting-fit is a matter of little importance, and occurs frequently in persons who are in general perfectly healthy. The actions of the system will generally bo spontaneously restored in a short time. This is accelerated by the horizontal position, which throws the blood on the brain, and thereby stimulates it to resume its wonted functions. Cold water sprinkled on the face or chest, and the internal administration of gentle stimulants as soon as the patient can swallow, may also be resorted to. The more formidable kinds of syncope, which arise from diseases of the heart or great vessels, or from profuse hemorrhage, need not be noticed here, as their consideration belongs to the particular case in connection with which they occur. Syncope angino'sa. Angina pectoris.— Parry. Syndesmolo'gy. A treatise on the ligaments. Stsde'smo-phakynge'us. The constrictor pharyngis medius. SYNDESMOSIS, (is, is, f.; from ovvdeopoc. a ligament.) That species of symphysis in which the bones are united by ligament. SYNDESMUS. (us, i, m. 2vvdeouoe ; from ovvdeu, to bind together.) A ligament. SYNECHI'A. (a, as, f. Svvercta, continuity.) A concretion of the iris with tho cornea, or with the capsule of the crystalline lens. The remote causes are, a collapse of the cornea, a prolapsus of the iris, a tumefied cataract, hypopium, or original malformation, SYNGENESIA. Syngenesious. (From ovv, together, and yeveoig, generation.) The name of a class of plants in the sexual system of Linnaeus,, consisting of plants in which the anthers are united into a tube, the filaments on which they are supported being mostly separate and distinct. The flowers are compound. _ SYNIZESIS. (is, is, f.; from ovvifr, consido, to meet.) Closed pupil. A perfect concretion of the pupil. It is known by tho absence of the pupil, and a total loss of vision. The species are: 1. Congenital. 2. Simple, the pupil being closed or obliterated from a gradual contraction, and, at length, coalition of the muscular fibres of the iris, unattended by any other change of the eye. 3. Accidental, from an inflammation or ulceration of the uvea or iris, or from a defect of the aqueous or vitreous humor. 4. Complicated, or that which is complicated with some other ocular disease. Medicines are only serviceable in the simple species, in which the tincture of belladonna often effects a cure; applications of stimulating solutions, as sulphate of zinc, dilute alcohol, ether, ar«5 also useful. When these are of no service, an artificial pupil eft S Y F 625 may be made, either by excision, incision, or separation, according to the appearance of the closure. Synneuro'sis. Synonymous with Syndesmosis. SY'NOCHA. (a, ec, f.; from ovvexu, to continue.) Inflammatory fever. SY'NOCHUS. (us, i, m.; from ovvexu, to continue.) That form of fever which is continuous; and at first inflammatory, but which becomes typhoid in its later stages. The fever of small-pox, scarlet fever, are of this mixed kind. The treatment in the early stages is antiphlogistic, and in the later that which is appropriate to typhus. Synochus putris. Typhus gravior. Synosteo'logy. A treatise on the joints. Synosteotomy. Dissection of the joints. SYNO'VIA. An unctuous and serous fluid secreted from certain glands in the joint in which it is contained. Its use is to lubricate the cartilaginous surfaces of the articulatory bones, and to facilitate their motions. SYNOVJAL. Synovialis. Of, or belonging to, the synovia, or the fluid of the joints. Synovial glands. Glandules synoviales. The fatty fimbriated structure, found within the cavities of some joints. Synovial membrane. The membrane which lines the cavities of the joints, and secretes the svnovia. Sy'ntasis. Tension. Sy'ntaxis. Articulation. SYNTENO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from aw, with, and revuv, a tendon.) A species of articulation where the bones are connected together by tendons. Synte'xis. A marasmus. SY'NTHESIS. (is, is, f.; from ovvnQnpi, I compose.) Combhiation. Sy ntheti'smus. The reduction of a fracture. Synulo'ticus. Conducive to the healing of a wound. almost always on the parts of generation; but if a person accidentally prick himself with a lancet infected with venereal matter, or if such matter happen to come in contact with any abraded part of the skin, syphilis may then commence in other situations. The symptoms of syphilis are divided into primary and secondary: the primary consist of various forms of ulceration on the genitals, or other parts to which the venereal matter may bo applied, and specific inflammation of the glands,called buboes; the secondary consist of a variety of constitutional diseases. Primary symptoms. —Primary venereal sores are of several kinds. The most remarkable one is that which was so well described by Mr. Hunter, and is called, accordingly, the Hunterian chancre. It is characterized by a tendency to assume a circular form, by an excavated surface, the tenacious and adherent quality of the matter produced on it, and by its hard, cartilaginous base and margin. It generally begins as a pimple or minute vesicle, which enlarges, and soon breaks and ulcerates. Generally speaking, venereal ulceration does not extend itself with great rapidity; neither is it the common character of the Hunterian chancre to make quick progress. Nevertheless, exceptions to this statement do occur, and these seem to depend on the state of the health; for when this is in an unfavorable condition, or certain forms of constitutional disturbance and irritability prevail, the ulceration will spread with greater quickness than usual. When the sore is situated on the prepuce or the fraenum, there is usually more inflammation present than when it is situated on the glans. When the ulcer is on the glans, it is less painful, but more disposed to give rise to hemorrhage. What, is termed phymosis is an inflammation, a thickening, and a contraction of the extremity of the prepuce, rendering it impossible to draw it back so as to uncover the glans: this case is less frequently a consequence of the Hunterian chancre than of some other primary sores on the penis. Another kind of primary sore is that which is generally called the superficial ulcer with raised edges ; it is not accompanied by induration, but its margin is veiy high; it is often seen on the outside of the prepuce; and frequently is not a single sore, but accompanied by others of the same nature; sometimes by two, three, four, or more. In many instances, we see them surrounding the orifice of the prepuce, producing a thickening of it and phymosis, which may continue long after the cure of the sores. They are frequently very obstinate, and it may be long before any impression can be made upon them, whether mercury be given in full quantities, or merely in alterative doses. After five or six weeks, they generally yield to common treatment, to mild alterative plans, namely, to small doses of mercury, aperient medicines, and antimonials, and sometimes to tonics, bark, sarsaparilla, and the mineral acids. The black or yellow wash, and lotions of the sulphate of copper or zinc, are the best applications. Another description of primary sore is tha phagedenic, as it is termed, a corroding ulcer S Y P S Y P 626 without granulations, corresponding to the description of phagedenic sores in general. It is t _ 1—.1.1- J - J destitute of any remarkable degree of surrounding induration, but its circumference is of a livid red color. It is invariably rendered worse by mercury, a fact as well established as any thing yet made out, with regard to the treatment of venereal complaints. In this form of the disease, when the treatment is injudiciously conducted, the whole of the penis will frequently be destroyed in a very short time. Sometimes considerable hemorrhage takes place, and a useful hint is afforded by it; for we commonly observe that, after loss of blood, the extension of the ravages of the disease stops, or is suspended for a time; and hence we may infer that venesection will frequently be useful in the early stages of the disease, a truth fully confirmed by experience. Another primary sore is called the sloughing ulcer. It appears first as a black spot, which increases, and is thrown off, leaving exposed to view a corroded or phagedenic surface. After the slough has separated, an ulcer remains of a painful character, with a dark blue or livid crimson margin. In this manner the disease will go on, alternately sloughiug and ulcerating, sometimes till nearly all the external parts of generation are destroyed. It appears that any sore may assume the phagedenic or sloughing condition from the bad state of the constitution, or from neglect or injudicious treatment. The venereal poison, in its passage through the inguinal glands, frequently gives rise to inflammation and enlargement of them, which, in many instances, is followed by suppuration aud ulceration. The swelling, abscess, or sore thus produced, is termed a bubo; though, if the patient happened to have a primary venereal sore on one of his fingers, he might have a bubo just above the elbow, near the inner edge of the biceps, or in the axilla; so that a bubo does not always imply a disease in the groin. But the poison of syphilis may make its way into the system, without exciting any inflammation in tho absorbent glands of the groin, or other region of the body. Secondary Symptoms. —Previously to the occurrence of secondary symptoms, the constitution may generally be observed to be somewhat disordered; there is more or less fever present, with accelerated pulse, headache, loss of appetite, pains in the limbs, aud inability to sleep. Indeed, almost all patients are particularly restless for two or three days before the appearance of any secondary symptoms; that is, before they complain of a sore throat, or perceive any traces of cutaneous disease about them. According to the Huiiteriau doctrines, when secondary symptoms take place, they are more disposed to occur iu some parts of the body than in others. On this account, Mr. Hunter divides the parts affected into two orders: the first order consisting of those in which the secondary symptoms usually first show themselves, namely, the throat and skin, with which parts the iris is also to bo arranged"- the second, including parts in which the disease produces its influence at a later period, as the periosteum and the bones, to which may be added the 1 nose, in which ulceration of the mucous membrane, the ozoana syphilitica, with or without disease of the bones, is very common: in the second order of parts are likewise to be included the ear and the testicle, to which organs, however, the effects of syphilis less frequently extend than to the other parts here specified. It is generally considered that the interval between the primary and the secondary symptoms is on an average from six to twelve weeks; but it may extend to several months, or, according to some reports, to one or two years. The earliest secondary symptoms generally commence within three months from the cure of the primary sore; but they may come on much more quickly, or even before the primary sore is healed. Almost every surgeon has had opportunities of seeing cases in which there were at the same time an uncured chancre, an unhealed bubo, a sore throat, an iritis, and so forth, all existing together. The cutaneous eruption presents considerable varieties. One form of syphilitic eruption is characterized by being scaly, and of a copper or reddish-brown color; small coppeV-colored spots first showing themselves, and the cuticle then peeling off. Some of these blotches conjoin, so as to form extensive patches; but others of the same color, and decidedly syphilitic, are, on account of their diminutive size and particular figure, sometimes termed the lenticular syphilitic lepra. If the disease advance further, scabs will form, suppuration will take place under them, and the result be a secondary venereal ulcer, which, when thus produced, affects principally such part3 of the skin as are in contact with other portions of the cutis, like the fold of the nates, the angle between the scrotum and thigh, or in the armpit. In these situations the eruption has a raised surface, from which a whitish matter frequently oozes. These copper-colored scaly blotches generally first appear on the face, hands, and wrist, and afterward on the breast and extremities, where they are particularly numerous, and assume the form of lepra or psoriasis. There is another circumstance deserving of attention, namely, when the palm of the hand or the sole of the foot, where the cuticle is very thick, is affected, an appearance is produced, constituting what is often termed the syphilitic lepra, and psoriasis of the hands and feet. There are four forms of cutaneous eruption: The first of these is the scaly, which often corresponds to the Hunterian chancre, and is in the form either of psoriasis or lepra. The second is the papular, so called from the character of its eruption, which consists of inflamed pimples, and may follow gonorrhoea, atid what some surgeons call the gonorrheal ulcer of the prepuce and corona glandis. The third is named the tubercular, as being attended with an eruption of this character; and the fourth is the pustular variety, so called also from the appearance of the cutaneous affection. The projecting incrustations, which are conical, or in the form of limpet-shells, constitute the appearance known by the name of the venereal rupia, which may follow an eruption originally either tubercular or pustular. One important fact to bo remembered is, that papular and pustular 8 YP SYP 627 eruptions, when they have reached a certain stage, may be attended with a scaly appearance, which is, therefore, not exclusively the feature of lepra and psoriasis. This circumstance may, perhaps, explain some cases in which the eruption seems to consist of scaly spots, and pustules and pimples, more or less mixed together. Secondary venereal ulceration of the skin is often preceded by an eruption, some part of which, after repeated desquamation and scabbing, is converted into sores; but, in other instances, chronic inflammation takes place, indapendently of any eruption, and ulceration follows ; and occasionally inflammation, suppuration, and secondary venereal ulceration will occur over nodes. Secondary venereal ulcers have not any regular and constant appearance; they are frequently of a round shape, more or less chronic, and with an irregular, foul, ashcolored surface; while others evince the peculiarity of healing in the centre and extending at the circumference, the unhealed part being of a tawny color, with sharp edges and a foul bottom. Besides these secondary symptoms presenting themselves as affections ofthe skin, we must not omit to specify the ragged, ulcerated fissures and clefts seen on the nates, or about the anus (rhagades ani), and especially in the fold at the lower part of the nates, and between the perineum and the thigh, or sometimes even about the roots of the finger nails. In the latter event matter forms under the nail, which becomes detached, and the discharge is remarkable for its strong, fetid, and peculiarly disagreeable smell. Such is tho venereal whitlow, as it is sometimes named. Some excrescences in venereal patients, taking place especially about the genitals, perineum, and anus, receive different names, according to their various shape and consistence; as warts, condylomata, fici, &c. They are frequently accompanied with ulceration, or purulent discharge from the urethra or vagina; and they often grow from parts which have been ulcerated, though now healed. These are effectually removed by the knife or scissors. One of the most common secondaiy symptoms is ulceration of the fauces, tonsils, and soft palate — in other words, a sore throat. What has generally been considered as the most unequivocal specimen of syphilitic ulceration of the throat, is remarked to come on without much previous inflammation, to begin on the surface of the part affected, and to extend more and more deeply; so that, when situated on the tonsils, an appearance is produced as if a portion of them had been scooped away. The sore has a sharp, prominent margin, and its excavated surface is covered with yellow, adhesive matter, that can not readily be separated from it. Besides this description of sore throat, there is another, consisting in superficial, but foul and wide-spreading ulcerations of the tonsils, velum pendilum palati, and upper portion of the pharynx, accompanied by considerable pain, restlessness, and fever. On account of its appearance, it is frequently called the ulcerous excoriation of the throat. In certain other cases, the ulcers of the throat have a phagedenic character, and are disposed, under improper treatment, to destroy the whole of the soft palate, and to extend their ravages to the pharynx, and even sometimes to the larynx, causing destruction of its cartilages, and endangering life. With this form of sore throat, when the constitution is in an unfavorable state from the injudicious use of mercury, thero is a tendency to the production of caries and necrosis in the bones of the palate, and even in the upper jaw bone and the ossa spongiosa; but if the disease be properly treated, and the employment of too great a quantity of mercury be avoided, the patient will generally escape the serious mischief to which I have alluded. One species of iritis, or inflammation of the iris, is an affection ranking as a secondary symptom of syphilis. After the appearance of disease of the skin, or sore throat, the iris sometimes inflames: this affection, which may follow, or accompany, various kinds of syphilitic eruptions, and is usually attended with pains in the limbs and joints, is noticed in the article Ophthalmitis. With regard to venereal affections of the bones and joints, if the swelling has come on suddenly, seems to be chiefly seated in the periosteum, and the pain is not remarkably aggravated at night, we may generally conclude that it is not a venereal affection. True syphilitic nodes are more indolent in their progress than the swellings just referred to; and the pain of them is always more severe at night than in the day. They are particularly disposed to occur on the central portions of the long cylindrical bones, and on such parts of the bones as are not covered by any great thickness of soft parts. Hence, the front surface of the tibia, the superficial part of the ulna, the sternum, the clavicle, and the cranium, are often the seat of nodes. There is one curious circumstance in relation to nodes, namely, they aro alleged to be rarely produced in syphilis, unless the patient has been using mercury; but in this, as in other cases of venereal diseases of the bones, it is probably the imprudent and excessive use of mercury that gives rise to them. Treatment of Syphilis. —Till of late years a very pernicious notion prevailed with respect to syphilis, namely, that it never underwent a spontaneous cure, but proceeded to destroy one texture after another till the patient fell a victim to its fury. This belief, in connection with the absolute reliance on the specific and exclusive powers of mercury, frequently gave rise to a most destructive line of practice. But it has been conclusively proved that it may be cured without mercury, and, indeed, that it may be cured without any temedies. Taking for granted what is now established beyond doubt, that syphilis is fu ceptible of cure by the natir al efforts of the constitution, when vigorous, aud exercised under favorable circumstances, and susceptible also of the influence of remedies qui'e independently of any specific effect, it becomes obvious that the disease should be treated, in a great measure, on geueral principles, the application of which must depend on the judgment of the practitioner in each individual case. The following S Y P S Y P 628 general account of the mercurial treatment is taken from the excellent chapter on syphilis in Mr. S. Cooper's First Lines of the Practice of Surgery, the source from which the greater part of the present article is derived. Whenever mercuiy is given, the wisest plan is to give it in moderation, and, above all things, to avoid the pernicious custom of putting the patient under a course, in which the mercury is given rapidly and profusely, and continued for an immoderate length of time. Experience has fully convinced me, that in no variety of chancre, nor in any other stage of the venereal disease, is it proper to give mercury so unmercifully, aud for so long a period as was formerly done. At all events, violent and long salivations should be given up. This practice, as Mr. Cooper can state from his own observation in the foul wards of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, during a period of twelve years, instead of being more successful than the present methods, often led to the most dreadful mutilations, and the number of those who lost their palates and noses was infinitely greater than what is now observed. When mercury is given, it is to be so administered as merely to produce a moderate affection of the gums and salivary glands, and not to occasion a total derangement of the whole economy. When the patient's •health is seriously impaired, as a general rule, mercury should be postponed till an amelioration in that respect has taken place. Even those practitioners who place tho greatest reliance on mercury as a specific, and still maintain that it ought to be called so, qualify their assertions by admitting that it ought not to be given under every condition of tho system; they candidly allow that neither the condition ofthe parts, nor that of the constitution, is at all times such as will let mercury be given with impunity; they confess that its rash and unscientific employment will aggravate the symptoms ; and they specify two cases in which its use is generally erroneous, namely, during excessive weakness of the system, and while the disease is complicated with excessive inflammation. But these are not the only states in which it should usually be prohibited: it should not be given during any great derangement of the system from diarrhoea, or fever, or from what is termed ercthrismus, a peculiar state of constitution, in which the patient labors under excessive irritability, weakness, palpitation of the heart, and other evils from the mercury already given. There are some constitutions in which this condition is liable also to be induced by a very slight quantity of mercury, and when it is present, the patient may die suddenly on making any trivial exertion. Mercury is used either topically, that is, as a i direct application to sores, nodes, and other local affections, or constitutionally, being introduced into the system either through the medium of the stomach or the skin. Among topical mercurial preparations, the black wash is in very common use for venereal sores, both primary and secondary. It should vary in strength according to circumstances. With regard to the manner of using it: if the sore or sores are on the outside of the prepuce, a piece of lint is dipped in the lotion and ap» plied to them ; but if the sores are under the prepuce, the introduction of lint into that situation would create too much irritation, and the lotion may therefore be occasionally injected under the prepuce with a small syringe. The yellow wash, used in the same manner, contains two grains of corrosive chloride of mercury ia each ounce of lime water. In general, mercurial ointments are not very good applications for venereal sores of any description; certainly they are not equal, in point of efficacy, to many other applications. Sometimes, however, the unguentum kydrargyri nitratis, blended with the unguentum cetaceum, or with zinc oint ment, in various proportions, may be usefully employed. Another manner of using mercury topically is that of fumigation. Mr. S. Cooper has seen sore throats, chancres, and other ulcerations, which had resisted ibr weeks and months every plan that could be devised, assume a healthy appearance, and heal up rapidly, after fumigation had been tried a few times. With respect to the introduction of mercury into the system from the surface of the body, this can be accomplished either by rubbing mercurial ointment into the skin, or by mercurial fumigation of an extensive portion of the surface of the body. Friction with the mercurial ointment, the ordinary method, and most generally adopted, as requiring no machine for the purpose, is practiced by the patient himself, who rubs some part of his body, which is frequently the inside of the thigh, for a quarter of an hour or twenty minutes before the fire, sometimes once a day and sometimes twice, with half a drachm or a drachm of the ointment. This practice has been, however, in a great measure, diminished. In certain cases, we are indeed obliged to direct mercurial frictions, as when the stomach and bowels will not bear even a small quantity of mercury, which occasionally happens, or when it is necessary to resort to more plans than one, in order to bring the system under the influence of the mineral. Under these, and perhaps a few other circumstances, we may be called upon to prescribe frictions, as well as internal preparations. Fumigating the surface of the body is not at present deemed so necessary and eligible a method of putting a patient, under the influenco of mercury as some of its admirers once endeavored to instill into the minds of the profession. It is attended with considerable trouble and inconvenience; it requires a particular machine, somewhat resembling a sedan chair, in which the patient sits naked, with his head out of an opening at the top of it. At the bottom of the machine is an iron heater, on which a preparation of mercury is thrown, which is sublimed, and covers all the surface of the patient's body. The preparation of mercury employed for this purpose is the gray oxide. Of the internal preparations, the pilula kydrargyri, or common blue pill, has the greatest reputation; it is one of the mildest of ali the internal preparations; the common dose of it is five grains; but frequently we are called upon to give a larger dose, and sometimes a smaller; from three to ten grains may be stated to be S YP S Y R 629 the ordinary average quantity proper to be iven in the twenty-four hours. We may join it with other medicines, according to circumstances, as with tho sulphate of quinine, the extract of conium, and various other medicines. We often combhie the blue pill with a small auantity of opium, in order to lessen its tenency to affect the bowels. Calomel is not so extensively employed for the cure of syphilitic complaints. The corrosive chloride of mercury, or corrosive sublimate, in the dose of one eighth of a grain twice or thrice a day, or other preparations of mercury, are sometimes employed. It is customary to use with the mercury the compound decoction of sarsaparilla, or decoction of mezereon, cinchona, and other bodies. The iodide of potassium has also received much commendation in the treatment of nodes and secondary symptoms. Besides the use of mercury aud sarsaparilla, the steps of the treatment are based on general principles, and not peculiar to this disease. One caution is necessary in the employment of mercury, namely, to watch its effects very attentively, for it will act differently in different individuals. Some will be violently salivated by a few grains of blue pill, or a scruple of blue ointment, while others will use from one to three drachms of it daily for months together, with no manifest effect on the function of the salivary glands, bowels, or other organs. The doses of mercurial preparations must then be regulated by circumstances; indeed, it is wholly impossible to give any precise rules on this head, on account of the different effects of the mineral on different individuals. The safest plan is always to begin with small quantities of mercury, watching the effects of tho medicine, aud being guided by them, and stopping it when the salivation increases, or erethrism. &c., occur. Syphilis indica. Frambcosia. SY'PHILOID. (Syphiloidcs; from syphilis, and eidoc, resemblance.) Syphilis pseudo-syphilis. Liko syphilis. The name of a disease which resembles syphilis. There are many diseases which have a close resemblance to tho venereal in its primary and constitutional forms: these have all been called syphiloid. Tho principal of this family of diseases is the pseudosyphilis, or bastard pox, of Hunter and. Abernethy. It mostly commences with local symptoms, though not always; but the local symptoms have a less resemblance to those of genuine syphilis than the constitutional by which they are succeeded. A few foul and highly irritable sores are unexpectedly discovered on the genitals, commonly larger than chancres, and less thickened than indurated, about the size of a half dime, and frequently sprouting with fungous granulations. Rarely, but very rarely, they have the appearance of a true chancre. (These are sometimes succeeded by buboes, and sometimes not; and, where buboes take the lead, they run their course more rapidly, and with more inflammation, than iu the true disease, and spread to a greater number of circumjacent glands. These often heal by the ordinaiy means without mercury, or constitutional symptoms of any kind; but not unfrequently, in a few weeks or months, they are followed by a soreness and ulceration of the tonsils, coppercolored spots over the body, and nodes or swellings of the periosteum in various bones; and sometimes these symptoms change their order of succession, or appear single. In a few instances, the constitutional symptoms take the lead, and the local follow. In all these cases, tho virus seems to be more active and irritating than that of genuine syphilis; but which, while it pursues, though with much irregularity, the same general path, runs through its course much quicker, and is more effectually coped with by the natural strength, or remedial effort of the constitution. These affections require tonics and gentle stimulants, being varieties of cachexy. Syrian oleum. A fragrant essential oil, distilled from the Canary balsam plant, or Moldavica. Syrian'herb mastich. Teucrium mastichi- na. SYRI'GMUS. (Zvpiyuoc; frpm ovpifo, to make a sound by blowing through a pipe.) This term has been applied to ringing in the ears. See Tinnitus aurium. Sy'rixga vulgaris. The common lilac. Its seeds are used in France as a tonic and febrifuge. Syringo'tomum. A knife to cut fistulas. SY'RINX. (at, gis, f. Svptyf, from tho Hebrew.) A pipe. A syringe. A fistula. Syrmai'smus. A gentle evacuation by vomit or stool. — Hippocrates. SYROP. The French for a syrup. Syrop de capillaire. Syrupus capillorum veneris. Syrup of capillaire. A syrup much used in France as a pectoral. It is made with maidenhair, liquorice water, and sugar. Syrup. See Syrupus. Syrup, hive. (U.S.) Syrupus scillre compositus. SYR U'PUS. (us, i, m. Serab, a potion, Arabic.) The name syrup is given to sugar dissolved in water. The French are very fond of syrups, and make great numbers by sweetening infusions of various substances; but tho form is rather objectionable from the occurrence of feirnentation, and the nauseous taste of many of the compounds. Syrups are generally made with the juice of vegetables or fruits, or by adding vegetable extracts, decoctions, or infusions, or other substances. To keep syrups without fermenting, it is necessary that their temperature should be attended to, and kept as near 55° as possible A good cellar will answer this purpose. They should have the sp. gr. of 1'319 when cold, unless otherwise directed. Syrupus. (U. S.) S. simplex. Simple syrup. Take of refined sugar, ibiiss.; water, Oj. Dissolve with a gentle neat, removing any scum, and strain while hot. Syrupus aceti. (Ph. E.) Sugar and vinegar. A refrigerating syrup. See Oxymel. Syrupus allii. (U. S.) Syrup of garlic. Take of fresh garlic, sliced, $ vj.; distilled vinegar, Oj.; sugar, Ibij. Digest the garlic in vinegar four days; express; allow it to become SYR SYR 630 clear, and make a syrup with the clear liquor. A stimulating expectorant, used in the coughs of children. Dose, f. jj., for a child of one year. Syrupus altha'a. (Ph. L.) Syrup of marshmallo w. Take of the fresh root of marshmallow, bruised, f viij.; refined sugar, Ibiiss.; water, Oiv. Boil down tho water with the marshmallow root to half, and press. Set it by for twenty-four hours to subside; then pour off the clear liquor, add the sugar, and boil down. An emollient and demulcent, given in coughs, hoarseness, &c. Dose, f. jj, to gss. Syrupus amygda'eac. (U. S.) 8. amygdalarum. Syrup of almonds. Syrup of orgeat. Take of sweet almonds, blanched, Ibj. ; bitter almonds, blanched, §iv.; water, Oiij.; sugar, Ibvj. Rub up the almonds with giij. of the water and Ibj. of sugar, into a paste. Mix with the rest of the water; strain with strong expression; add the sugar to the fluid, and make a syrup. Demulcent, slightly sedative; used in coughs and as a drink. Dose, f. sj. to f. 3ij. Syrupus antiscorbu'ticus. S. armoracia compositus. A French syrup of horseradish, buckbean, water cresses, and bitter orange, with wine and* cinnamon. Syrupus aromaticus. 8. dc artcmisia compositus. A French syrup of artemisia and twelve aromatic herbs and seeds. Tonic. Syrupus aura'ntiicorticis. (U.S.) S.auranlii. Syrup of orange peel. Take of fresh orange peel, gij.; boiling water, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiiss. Macerate the orange peel in the water for twelve hours in a covered vessel; then pour off tho liquor, and add the sugar. A pleasant bitter aud stomachic, used to flavor mixtures. Syrupus caryophy'iei rubri. (Ph. E.) Syrup of clove pinks. Aromatic. Syrupus co'i.chici. (Ph. E.) Syrup of colchicum, or meadow saffron. Take of tho fresh roots of colchicum, sliced, gj.; vinegar, f. gxvj.; refined sugar, gxxvj. Macerate with tho vinegar two days, shaking occasionally; strain, with gentle expression; add the sugar to the liquid, and make a syrup. Diuretic and antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. gss. Syrupus croci. (Ph. L. & E.) Syrup of saffron. Take of saffron, 3x.; boiling water, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiij. Macerate the saffron; strain, and add the sugar. This imparts a beautiful color to liquids, and is sometimes employed as a cordial. Syrupus de kina kina cum vino. A French syrup made with infusion or extract of cinchona, with wine. Syrupus de mercurio. 8. hydrargyri. A French blue pill, made with gum and syrup. Dose, gr. iij. to gr. viij. Syrupus domesticus. Syrupus rhamni. Syrupus empyreumaticus. Molasses. Treacle. Syrupus ferri iodini- Syrup of iodide of iron. According to the Ph. E., take of dry iodine, 200 grs.; fine iron wire, cleaned, 100 grs.; white sugar, powdered, givss.; distilled water, f. gvj. Boil the iodine, iron, and water in a glass matrass until f. gij. of fluid remain. Filter, while hot, into a matrass containing the sugar; make a syrup, adding water to make up f. fvj. Twelve minims contain one grain of iodide. It is a convenient means of administering the iodide, and keeps better than the solution. Syrupus ferri sesquini'tratis. A solution of sesquinitrate (pernitrate) of iron in syrup. Useful in obstinate chronic diarrhoeas. Syrupus ipecacua'nhac. (U.S.) Syrup of ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in coarse powder, gj.; dilute alcohol, Oj.; syrup, Oij. Make a tincture; in fourteen days filter; evaporate to f. gij.; filter again; then add the syrup, and evaporate to a proper consistence. This may be made by displacement. Emetic and expectorant. Emetic dose for a child of one year, f. 3j. to f. 3>j. Syrupus krame'ria:. (U. S.) Syrup of rhatany. Take of extract of rhatany, gij.; water, Oj.; sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve the extract, and make a syrup. Astringent. Dose, for a child of one year, f. 3j. Syrupus i.imo'nis. (U. S.) S. limonum. S. succi limonis. Syrup of lemon. Take of lemon juice, strained, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibij. Dissolve, and make a syrup. A very pleasant, cooling, and acid syrup, which may be exhibited with advantage in febrile and bilious affections, in drinks. Syrupus mori. (Ph. L.) Syrup of mulberry. 8. mororum. Take of mulberry juice, strained, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve, and make a syrup. Aperient and demulcent. May be given in fever drinks. Syrupus papa'veris. (Ph. L.) 8. papaveris albi. S. e meconio. S. de meconio, sive diacodium. Syrup of poppies. Take of the prepared capsules of white poppy, ibiij.; refined sugar, ibv.; boiling water, Cv. Boil down the capsules in the water to two gallons, and press out the liquor strongly. Boil down the liquor again, after being strained, to four pints, and strain it while hot. Set it by for twelve hours to clear; boil down the clear liquor to two pints, then add the sugar, and dissolve. A useful anodyne preparation. Dose, for an adult, f. 3ij. to if. 3iv. Syrupus papaveris erratici. Syrupus rheeados. Syrupus rhamni. (Ph. L.) Sy r inp of buckthorn. Take of the fresh juice of buckthorn berries, Oiv.; ginger root, sliced, allspice, powdered, 3yj.; refined sugar, Ibiv. Set by the juice for three days, that the feculencies may subside, and strain. To a pint of the clear juice add the ginger and allspice; then macerate at a gentle heat four hours, and strain; boil down what remains to one pint and a half; mix the liquors, add the sugar, and dissolve. Cathartic. Dose, f. gss. to f. gj. Syrupus rhei. (U.S.) Syrup of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, bruised, gij.; boiling water, Oj.; sugar, ibij. Macerate the rhubarb in water twenty-four hours; strain, and make the syrup. Laxative. Dose, for a child of one year, f. jj. to f. 3ij- Syrupus rhei aroma'ticus. (U. S.) Aromatic syrup of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, bruised, giiss.; cloves and cinnamon, bruised, each, Jss.; nutmegs, bruised, 3ij.; dilute alcohol, Oij.; syrup, Ovj. Make a tincture; in fourteen days strain, and evaporate to Oj., and mix in the syrup previously warmed. It may SYR SYS 631 be made by displacement, and is a carminative laxative. Dose, for a child of one year, f. 3j.; for an adult, f. gss. to f. gj. Syrupus rhos'ados. (rh. L.) Syrup of red poppy. Take of red poppy petals, fresh, Ibj.; boiling water, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiiss. Having heated the water in a water bath, add gradually the red poppy petals, frequently stirring them; then remove the vessel, and macerate for twelve hours; next press out the liquor, and set it by to settle; lastly, add the sugar, and dissolve. This is used merely as a coloring matter. Syrupus ribis nigri. Syrup of black currants. Aperient and diuretic qualities are attributed to this preparation. Syrupus rosa:. (Ph. L.) S. rosa cenlifolia. Syrup of roses. jS'. rosarum solutivus. S. e rosis siccis. Take of damask rose petals, dried, gvij.; refined sugar, Ibvj.; boiling water, Oiij. Macerate the rose petals in the water for twelve hours, and strain; then evaporate the strained liquor, by means of a water bath, to two pints; then add the sugar, and dissolve. A useful laxative for children.' Dose, from 3j. to gss. Syrupus rosa: oa'llicje. (Ph. E.) Syrup of red roses. Take of dried red rose petals, gij. boiling water, Oj.; pure sugar, gxx. Make an infusion; strain; and, adding the sugar, boil to a syrup. Slightly astringent; used as a coloring matter. Syrupus rubi ida:i. Syrup of raspberry. A pleasant aperient syrup for children. Syrupus rutac. Syrup of rue. Made by adding ten drops of oil of rue to a pint of syrup, and used by some nurses as a carminative for children. Syrupus sarsapari'll.e compositus. (U. S.) Compound syrup of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla, bruised, Ibij. ; guaiacum wood, rasped, giij.; damask rose petals, senna, liquorice root, bruised, each, gij.; oil of sassafras, oil of anise, each, HI v.; oil of gaultheria, Ttl iij.; dilute alcohol, Ox.; sugar, ibviij. Macerate the roots, wood, and leaves in the alcohol fourteen days; express, and filter. Evaporate the tincture to Oiv.; filter, and make a syrup; to which add, by trituration, the oils. The last edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia also directs this preparation to be made with water instead of alcohol, and by displacement. The roots, &c, are to be macerated with Oiij. of water for twenty-four hours; transferred to a displacement apparatus, and a gallon of liquid drawn off. This is to be evaporated, &c, according to the . above. Alterative. Dose, or more, three or four times a day. W This is an imitation of the Syrupus de sarsaparilla el senna, or Syrop de cuisinier of the French. Syrupus sarzac. (Ph. L. & E.) S. sarsaparilla. Syrup of sarsaparilla. Takeofthe sliced root of sarsaparilla, gxv.; boiling water, Cj.; sugar, gxv. Macerate the root in the water for twenty-four hours; then boil down to four pints, and strain the liquor while hot; then add the sugar, and evaporate to a proper consistence. It is used chiefly as an adjunct to the decoction. Syrupus scillas. (U.S.) Syrup of squill. Take of vinegar of squill, Oj.; sugar, ibij. Make a syrup. Expectorant, &c. Dose, f. y. to f- 3ij- Syrupus scilla; compo'situs. (U.S.) Compound syrup of squill. Take of squill root, bruised, senega root, bruised, each, "fiv.; emetic tartar, gr. xlviij.; water, Oiv.; sugar, ibiijss. Make a decoction of the roots and wafer; add the sugar to the strained liquor; evaporate to Oiij. of syrup, and add the tartar emetic while warm. Useful in dry coughs, croup. It is expectorant or emetic, according to the dose. For an adult, f. 33s. is expectorant. Syrupus sene'ga:. (U. S.) Syrup of senega. Take of senega root, bruised, giv.; water, Oj.; sugar, Ibj. Make a decoction, boil to one half, strain, and make the syrup. It may be made by displacement. An expectorant. Dose, f. 3j. to f. jrj. Syrupus senna:. (U. S.) Syrup of senna. Take of senna leaves, gij.; fennel seed, bruised, gj.; refined sugar, gxv.; water, boiling, Oj. Macerate the senna leaves and fennel seeds in the water for an hour, with a gentle heat; strain the liquor, and make a syrup. A useful purgative for children. Dose, for a child, f. 3j.; for an adult, f. gj., or more. Syrupus simplex. Syrup; syrupus. Syrupus toluta'ni. Syrup of Tolu. Take of tincture of Tolu, f. gj.;'syrup, Oiss. Mix, and evaporate to a proper consistence. A useful balsamic syrup, calculated to allay coughs and hoarsenesses. Syrupus vi'ola:. (Ph. E.) Syrup of violet flowers. A mild laxative for young children. Syrupus zingi'beris. (U.S.) Syrup of ginger. Take of tincture of ginger, f. giv.; syrup, Cj. Mix, aud evaporate to a proper consistence. A carminative and stomachic syrup. Dose, f. 3j. to siij. SYSPA'SIA. (a, a, f.; from ovoirau, contraho, convello.) A spasm. SYSSARCO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from aw, and trapf, flesh.) A species of union of bones, in which one bone is united to another by means of an intervening muscle. In this manner the os hyoides is connected with the sternum and other parts. SYSTA'TIC. Systaticiis. (From ovviarnpi, I associate.) Applied by Dr. Good to designate nervous diseases which affect several, or all, the sensorial powers simultaneously. SYSTEM. Systema. (From ovv, with, and lornui, I place.) 1. An association of organs or parts destined to carry out some purpose; as the human system, the solar system. 2. A methodical classification of objects or ideas. System, absorbent. See Absorbent and Lymphatic. System, genital. See Generation, organs of . System, nervous. See Nerve. System, vascular. The arteries and veins. Systemic circulation. The circulation throughout the body, as distinguished from that through the lungs, or the pulmonic circulation. S Y' S T O L E. (c, es, f.; from ovare7Jw, to contract.) The contraction ofthe heart. Systre'mma. The cramp. T A L TAB 632 T BANDAGE. A bandage so named from its figure. It is principally used for supporting the dressings, after the operation for fistula in ano: also, in diseases of the perineum, and those of the groin, anus, &c. Ta. The symbol of columbium. Taba'cum. Tobacco. See Nicotiana. Tabasheer. The silica found in the hollow stem of the bamboo. TABE'LLA. (a, a, f.; diminutive of tabula, a table.) A lozenge. See Trochiscus. TA'BES. (es, is, f.; from the Hebrew tab, to pine away or consume.) A wasting of the body, characterized by emaciation, weakness, and fever, but without any cough or spitting. Tho distinction of modern nosologists between atrophy and tabes is, that the latter is accompanied by fever, while atrophy is not. Tabes mesenterica. T. scrofitlosa. T. glandularis. This consists of a scrofulous affection of the mesenteric glands, which are the seat of a tubercular deposit. The disease is connected with a morbid condition of one or more of the organs of nutrition, including those of digestion and assimilation, and is uniformly accompanied with emaciation, irritability, and some degree of hectic fever. Scrofulous tabes begins with languor and want of appetite, pain in the back and loins, fullness, and, as the disease advances, pain and tenderness of the abdomen. The belly is enlarged, while the limbs are in a state of atrophy. These symptoms are accompanied or succeeded by a chalky appearance, and want of consistency in the alvine evacuations, as if the chyle wore rejected by tho absorbents, and left in the state of a milky fluid in the intestines, and the functions of the liver were at the same time impaired, the natural tinge of the bile being wanting. The evacuations are also sometimes mixed with mucus and blood, and are attended by pain, irritation, and tenesmus, somewhat resembling those which occur in a mild dysentery. Occasionally, also, there are symptoms of dropsy, aiid especially ascites. The appetite, in some cases, becomes ravenous, and worms are sometimes found in the faeces. The treatment of this species of tabes is similar in every respect to that of the other forms of scrofula. Veiy small doses of the gray oxide of mercury, or blue pill, carefully guarding against relaxing the bowels and acting on the gums, may be beneficially employed, with mild tonic bitters, conium, and sarsaparilla; and, in most cases, benefit is derived from a steady perseverance in chalybeates. But the principal reliance is to be placed in change of air, a warm, equable climate being selected, with attention to tho diet, exercise, and hygienic means generally. Tabes dorsalis. A marasmus, with dyspeptic symptoms, great prostration, feebleness of intellect, weakness of the loins, sometimes gleet and impotence, terminating in hectic. It is said to arise from venereal excesses, and es pecially from masturbation. The cure of this species is to be attempted, and often is effected, by attention to the mind; by avoiding the causes; by change of scene, and country air, with a nutritive and invigorating diet; cold bathing, especially in the sea; and the moderate use of wine, with chalybeates, cinchona, and myrrh; and abstinence from venery. Tabes coxaria. A wasting of the thigh and leg from an abscess, or other cause, in the hip. Tabes pulmonalis. See Phthisis. Tabes saturnina. The wasting from lead poison; colica pictonum. Tabes urinalis. Diabetes. Ta'iud. Tabidus. Emaciated, consumptive, or suffering from tabes. TABU'LA. (a, a, f.) A table or an extended surface. 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to the layers forming the bones of the head. These are said to be formed of a tabula externa, or external plate, and tabula vitrea, v. interna, the internal table, which is very hard and brittle, and is often broken by blows on the head, while the external table remains whole. 2. A lozenge or trochiscus. TACAMAHA'CA. \a, os, f.) A resinous substance of a yellowish-brown color, slightly aromatic taste, and fragrant smell. TA'CCA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants of the family Taccaceos, inhabiting the East Indies. The T. pinnatifida and T. oceanica yield a kind of arrow-root. TACITU'RNITY. Tacitumitas. Prolonged and morbid silence; a symptom of nervous affections, especially melancholy. TA'CT. Passive sensation, whereby the cutaneous and mucous membrane is made sensible of the presence of a body without being able to examine its parts. Ta'ctus. Tact. Tas'da. A medicated torch for fumigations T/E'NIA. (a, as, f. Tacvca, a Greek word, signifying a fillet or tape.) The tape-worm. A genus of' intestinal worms, characterized by a long, flat, and jointed body. See Entozoa. Tasnia hippocampi. The plaited edge of the posterior cms of the fornix. See Encephalos. Taenia semicircularis. T. semicircularis Halleri. A flattened white line, running in the groove between the optic •malamus and corpus striatum. See Encephalos. Tasnia tarini. A yellowish band which lies over the vena corporis striata. Ta'ffetas. A sparadrapum; a plaster spread on silk, as court-plaster. Tail. Cauda. Talc. A laminated transparent magnesian mineral. TALIACOTIAN OPERATION. An operation for the»reparation of lost or defective parts, first introduced by Caspar Taliacotius. He proceeded in the restoration of noses, and other parts, by partially detaching a portion of skin TAN TAR 633 from the arm, moulding it to a proper shape, causing adhesion, and, finally, detaching it altogether from the arm, so that it remained in its new situation. Operations of this kind are called Taliacotian operations, from their discoverer, and Rhinoplastic, Cheiloplaslic, &c, according to the part restored. Of late years several successful operations for new noses have been performed, and this is now always done by turning down a flap of integument from the forehead. Ta'lta. Talparia. 1. The mole. 2. Applied formerly to a kind of atheromatous tumor under the scalp, which sometimes produces caries and sinuses, bun-owing under the scalp. Talipes. Club-foot, which see. Tallicoonah oil. Kundah oil. An oil procured from the seeds of the Carapa toulouconna of Sierra Leone, said to be very valuable as an anthelmintic. TA'LUS. (us, i, m.; from taxillus, a small die.) 1. The ankle. 2. A bone of the ankle; the astragalus. TAMARFNDUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. Monadelphia. Triandria. Leguminosm.— T. indica. The tamarind-tree. It grows in hot climates, and is abundant in the West India islands. The preserve, called in the shops tamarinds, consists of the fruit. The tamarind is employed as a laxative and refrigerant, and especially in bilious disorders, in which the cathartic, antiseptic, and refrigerant qualities of the fruit have been found equally useful. It is given as a drink. Tamari'scus. The tamarix. TA'MARIX. (ix, ids, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Porlulaceas. — T.gallica. The tamarisk-tree. The bark, wood, and leaves of this tree were formerly employed medicinally, the former for their aperient and corroborant virtues in obstructions of the liver, the latter in icterus, haemoptysis, and some affections of the skin. Tame-poison. Asclepias viucetoxicum. Tampa bay. See Florida, climate of. Ta'mpon. (French.) A plug; hence Tamponnement, plugging. See Plugging. Tanace'tic acid. A crystallizable acid obtained from tansy. Tanace'tine. A non-azotized, resinous matter, of an intensely bitter taste, said to exist in the tansy. TANACE'TUM. (um,i,n.) 1. Tansy. 2. A genus Of plants. Syngensia. Polygamia tuperfiua. Composita. — T. balsami'ta. The officinal costmary, or alecost. An herb with a fragrant smell, somewhat like that of mint, formerly esteemed as a corroborant, carminative, ana emmenagogue.— T. kortense. The tanacetum balsamita.— T. vulgare. Common tansy. The leaves and flowers have a strong, not very disagreeable smell, due to the essential oil (the Oleum tanaceti), and a bitter, somewhat aromatic taste. They are tonic, stomachic, anthelmintic, and emmenagogue. It has been much used as a vermifuge. Tansy is also recommended in hysteria, especially when this disease is supposed to proceed from menstrual obstructions. This plant may be given in powder in the quantity of a drachm or more for a dose; but it has been more commonly taken in infusion, or drank as tea. Tana'sia. Tanacetum vulgare. Taneka'ha. An astringent substance, used also as a red dye, obtained from the Phyllocladus trichomanoides, a taxaceous tree of New Zealand. TA'NGHICIN. Tanginin. Tanguine. Tangin-camphor. A crystalline, neutral, and violently poisonous principle, derived from the extractive matter of the nuts of the Cerbera tanghin. It produces convulsions, violent efforts to vomit, and death. Tanghi'nia veneni'fera. A synonym ofthe Cerbera tanghin. TA'NNIC ACID. A vegetable acid existing in most astringent barks and fruits, especially in gall-nuts, sumach, kino, catechu. When pure it is a nearly white powder, veiy soluble and astringent. The aqueous solution absorbs air, and becomes changed into gallic and ellagic acids. The principal property of tannic acid is its ability to precipitate gelatine, and to form therewith an insoluble tanno-gelatine, which is the basis of leather. It also forms black compounds with persalts of iron. It is tribasic. Formula, Ci8ll50()-f-3HO. Tannic acid has been used in injections, but the decoction of gall-nuts or oakbark will be found active enough for most purposes. If given internally, the dose is gr. ij., as a powerful astringent. Tannin. Tannic acid. Tannin, artificial. Tho dark substance obtained by the action of nitric acid on many carbonaceous matters. Tanno'-gelatine. A flocculent, insoluble, and nearly indestructible compound of tannio acid and gelatine, forming the basis of leather. Tansy. Tanacetum vulgare. Tansy, maudlin. Achillea ageratum. Tansy, wild. Potent-ilia anserina. Ta'ntalum. A synonym of Columbium. Tapering. Acuminate; attenuate. TAPE'TUM. A shining spot in the eyes of feline and other animals. It is said to assist vision in the dusk. Tape-worm. See Entozoa. Tapioca. Jatropha manihot. Tapping. See Paraccntcds. Ta'psus. Verba8cum nigrum. Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. Tar, Barbadoes. See Petroleum. Tar ointment. Unguentum picis liquidae. Tar water. A once celebrated remedy, but now neglected more than it deserves. It is made by infusing tar in water, stirring it from time to time, and, lastly, pouring off the clear liquor, now impregnated with the color and virtues of the tar. It is drank in many chronic affections, particularly of the lungs and skin. Taragon. Artemisia dracunculus. Taranti'smus. Seo Tarentula. Tarantula. See Tarentula. Tara'xacum. (um, i, n.) Leontodon taraxacum. Tara'xis. Tdrachc. A slight inflammation of tho eye. Tarchon sylvestris. Achillea ptarmica. Tare. Ervum crvilla. TARE'NTULA. (a, a?, f.; from Tarcntum.) TAR TEA 634 An animal of the class Arachnida, and order Pidmonata. The tarentula is a native of the south of Europe, and is one of the largest European spiders. Wonderful stories have been told of the effects of its bite, which was said to produce a state of melancholy and stupor, attended with an extreme sensibility to music, and susceptible of relief only by dancing to the sound of the flute, or other instrument, till the patient fell down quite exhausted. This affection was called Tarantism. The real effects of the bite of the tarentula, as ascertained by modern experiment, is very similar to those of the common scorpion. Target-shaped. Peltate. Ta'ro. Arum esculentum. Ta'rsal. Tarseus. That which relates to the tarsus. Tarsi extensor minor. See Plantaris. TARSUS. («s,»*,m. Tapo-oc.) 1. The instep, or that part of the foot which is between the leg and m6tatarsus: it is composed of seven bones, viz?, the astragalus, os calcis, os naviculare, os cuboide3, aud three ossa cuneiformia. 2. The thin cartilage situated ut the edges of the eyelids, to preserve their thinness and shape. TARTAR. (Tartarum, i, n.) 1. The deposit which is attached to the inside of hogsheads containing wine. It is impure cream of tartar. 2. The phosphatic deposit on the teeth of persons of uncleanly habits. Tartar, cream of. The supertartrate of potash. See Potasses bitartras. Tartar emetic. Autimouium tartarizatum. Tartar, oil of. Potassss carbonatis liquor. Tartar, regenerated. Potassa? acetas. Tartar, salt of. Potassa) carbonas. Tartar, soluble. Potassa) tartras. Tartar, vitriolated. Potassa) sulphas. Tartaric acid. Acidum tartaricum. The vegetable acid existing in cream of tartar. It is found in numerous fruits. It is obtained by saturating the juice of such fruits with lime, and subsequently decomposing by sulphuric acid. The pure acid is colorless, soluble, and crystallizes in rhombic prisms. It is bibasic; formula, C8H 4 Oio-+-2HO. Diluted with water, it is refrigerant, and much used in effervescing draughts. Crystallized tartaric acid contains four atoms of water; by heating until it melts, one atom is driven off, and tartralic acid formed; by further heating to 342°, another atom is lost, and then is formed the tartrelie acid. Tartarum. Tartar. Tartarum emeticum. Antimonium tartarizatum. Tartarum regeneratum. Potassa) acetas. Tartarum solubile. Potassa; tartras. Tartarus ammoniac. Tartras ammonia). Tartarus chalybeatus. Ferri potassio-tartras. TA'RTRAS. (as, atis, f.) A tartrate or salt formed by the combination of tartaric acid with a salifiable base; as tartrate of soda, potash, &c. Tartras ammoniac. Tartrate of ammonia. A salt composed of tartaric acid aud ammonia. Its virtues are diaphoretic, diuretic, and deobstruent. It is prescribed in fevers, atonic ex- anthemata, catarrh, arthritic and rheumatic pains, hysterics, spasms,. &c. Tartras potass*. Potassse tartras. Tartras potassa: acidulus. Potassss bi- tartras. Tartras potassa: acidulus ferratus. The ferri potassio-tartras. Tartras potassa: acidulus stibiatus. Antimonium tartarizatum. Tartras soda:. Sodas potassio-tartras. Ta'sis. Extension; tension. TASTE. Gustus. Flavors are only the impressions of certain bodies upon the organ of taste. Bodies which produce it aro called sapid. The tongue is the principal organ of taste: however, the lips, the internal surface of the cheeks, the palate, the velum pendulum palati, the pharynx, and assophagus, are susceptible of receiving impressions by the contact of sapid bodies. All the nerves with which those parts are provided that are intended to receive the impressions of sapid bodies may be considered as belonging to the apparatus of taste. Thus the inferior maxillary nerves, many branches of the superior, among which it is necessary to notice the threads which proceed from the sphenopalatine ganglion, particularly the naso-palatine nerve of Scarpa, the nerve of the ninth pair, glosso-pharyngeus, appear to be employed in the exercise of taste. The lingual nerve of the fifth pair is that which •Aatomists consider the princpal nerve of taste, and, as a reason, they say that its threads are continued into the villous and conical papilles ofthe tongue. Tasteless purging-salts. Phosphate of soda. See Sodes phosphas. TAURIN. A product of the action of dilute hydrochloric acid on bilin. It remains in solution, crystallizes in colorless prisms, is hard, and has a cooling taste; formula, C4NH7O10, or, according to Lowig, a binoxalate of ammonia and water. It has been recently shown to contain 26£ of sulphur. TA'XIS. (From raoou, to put in order.) An operation by which those parts which have quitted their natural situation are replaced by the hand without the assistance of instruments, as in reducing hernia, &c. TAXUS BACCATA. The European yewtree. Tho berries are said to be poisonous, producing convulsions, dilated pupil, and other symptoms of an acro-narcotic poison. Te. The symbol of tellurium. Tea. See Thea. Tea berry. Gaultheria procumbens. Tea oil. A highly fragrant and agreeable oil, expressed from the seeds of the Camellia oleifera. TEAR. Lachryma. The limpid fluid secreted by the lachrymal glands. It consists of water, with only one per cent, of solids, being chiefly common salt and mucus. The tears aro absorbed by the orifices of the puncta lachrymalia; from thence they are propelled, through the lachrymal canals, into the lachrymal sac, and flow through the ductus nasalis into the cavity of the nostrils, under the inferior turbinated bone. The lachrymal sac appears to be formed of longitudinal and transverse muscular fibres; and its three orifices are fur- TEL T E M 635 mshed with small sphincters, as the spasmodic constriction of the puncta lachrymalia proves, if examined with a probe. Teat. The nipple. Teasel. The dipsacus fullonum. Tecnocto'nia. Infanticide. Tectum argenti. Bismuth. Te'ctus. Covered. Teel seeds. The seeds of the Sesamum ori entalc. TEETH. Small bones fixed in the alveoli of the upper and under jaw. Their number varies in different subjects ; but it is seldom seen to exceed thirty-two, and it will veiy rarely be found to be less than twenty-eight. They are divided into three classes, the incisors, canine, and molar teeth. The incisors are the four teeth in the fore part of each jaw: they have each of them two surfaces, which meet in a sharp edge. In the upper jaw they are usually broader and thicker, especially tho two middle ones, than those of the under jaw. The canine, or cuspidati, are the longest of all the teeth. There is one of these teeth on each side of the incisors, so that there are two in each jaw. Their fangs differ from those of the incisors only in being much larger, and their shape may be easily described to be that of an incisor with its edge worn off, so as to end in a narrow point instead oj" a thin edge. The molars, or grinders, of which there are ten in each jaw, are so called, because, from their size and figure, they are calculated for grinding the food. The canines and incisors have only one fang, but tho three last grinders in the under jaw have constantly two fangs, and the same teeth in the upper jaw three fangs. The grinders likewise differ from each other in their appearance. The two first on each side, or bicuspids, resemble the canine teeth. The last grinder is shorter and smaller than the rest, and from its coming through the gums later than the rest, and sometimes not appearing till late in life, is called dens sapientim. In young children there are but twenty teeth, called temporary, or milk teeth, because they are all shed between the ago of seven and fourteen, and are supplied by others of a firmer texture, with large fangs, which remain till they become affected by disease, or fall out in old age, and are, therefore, called the permanent, or adult teeth. Teeth, tartar of. Seo Tartar. Teething, difficult. See Dentition, difficult. Tegula hibernica. Lapis hibernicus. Te'gumen. Tegumentum. An integument. TE'GUMENTS. Under the term common teguments, or integuments, anatomists comprehend the cuticle, rete mucosum, skin, and adipose membrane, as being the covering of every part of the body except the nails. See Cutis. TE'LA. (a, os, f.; from texo, to weave.) A web of cloth; a texture of the body. The cellular membrane is so called, from its likeness to a fine web. Tela adifosa. The tissue in which fat is deposited. Tela aranearum. T.araneas. The spider's web; formerly employed as a mechanical styptic, and sometimes internally in intermit tents, and as an antispasmodic remedy. Tela cellulosa. The cellular tissue. Tela choroidea. The velum interpositum. Telamo'neo. Bandages; dressings. Tela mucosa. The cellular membrane. TELANGIECTASIS. (From rnAe, remote, avyeioy, a vessel, and eKraaie, dilatation.) Those cases in which the minute branches of arteries are affected, as in nsevus and varicose aneurism Tele'phium. Sedum telephium. Te'llureted hy'drogen. A gaseous com bination of tellurium and hydrogen nearly resembling sulphureted hydrogen. Tellu'ric acid. The peroxide of tellurium. TELLU'RIUM. (um, ii, n.) A metal of a tin-white color, verging to lead-gray, with a high metallic lustre, of a foliated fracture, and very brittle, so as to be easily pulverized. Its equivalent is 64 25; symbol, Te. It has two oxides, which have acid properties, the Telluric acid and Tellurous acid. TEMPERAME'NT. (From tempero, to mix together.) In ancient physiology, the different mixture of the four cardinal humors, and the predominance of one or the other, gave rise to four distinct temperaments, namely, the sanguine, the choleric, the phlegmatic, and the melancholic. Tho constitution of every individual was supposed to be conformed to some one of these temperaments, or to a mixture of several of them. In the present day, the term temperament means the peculiar habit of the body, and its species are based on the predominance of certain tissues. There are five temperaments recognized: 1. The sanguine, or sanguineous, in which the circulatory apparatus is most developed. It is characterized by a full habit, soft skin, ruddy complexion, large veins, blue eyes, and red, yellow, or auburn hair. The individual has a frequent, full pulse, is liable to inflammatory or dynamic affections, is of considerable strength, and possesses a vivid imagination, but is liable to too rapid a succession of emotions. 2. The bilious, or choleric temperament.— This is usually associated with a dark yellow ish countenance, black hair, prominent veins, strong, hard, and frequent pulse, black eyes. In such there are violent passions and emotions, with a determination of character which almost amounts to inflexibility. 3. The melancholic, or atrabiliary temperament —This is a modification of the bilious temperament, in which the vividness of the sensations is replaced by a gloomy cast of mind. The pulse is hard and contracted; the bowels are sluggish, and the vital operations slow and obstructed. This temperament is, in a measure, the result of disease, the long continuance of study, griefs, or untoward circumstances, and it engenders a suspicious frame of mind, allied, to the lowest forms of melancholy. 4. The phlegmatic, or lymphatic temperament consists in an undue development of the lymphatic system. The frame is bulky, the flesh soft, countenance fair, pulse weak and slow, eyes blue and unmeaning, the sensations dull, and the vital operations feeble. There is a disposition to sloth, with mental indifference TEM TEN 636 5. The nervous temperament. —In this there is au emaciated frame, with vivid and rapidlychanging sensations; the circulation is usually rapid, but soft; the lymphatic system is deficient. This condition is usually the result of inordinate mental application or nervous excitement. Tempe'rants. Refrigerants. TE'MPERATURE. A definite degree of sensible heat, as measured by the thermometer. Tempe'ries. Temperament. Tempering. The operation of cooling steel and iron at certain temperatures, for the purpose of regulating their hardness. TE'MPLE. (Tempus, oris, n.) The lateral and flat parts of the forehead: so called because the ravages of time are often first perceptible by the hair on the temples turning gray. Tempora. The temples. TE'MPORAL. (Temporalis; from tempus.) Belonging to the temple. Temporal aponeurosis. The strong aponeurosis which arises from the upper edge of the temporal bone, the malar and zygomatic arch. Temporal artery. Arteria temporalis. A branch of the external carotid, which runs on the temple, and gives off the frontal artery. Temporal bone. Os temporis. Two bones situated one on each side of the head, of a very irregular figure. They are usually divided into two parts, one of which, from the manner of its connection with the neighboring bones, is called os squamosum, and the other os petrosum, from its irregularity and hardness. In both these parts there are processes and cavities to be described. Externally there are three processes : one anterior, callefl the zygomatic process, which is stretched forward to join with the os malue, and thus forms the bony bridge, under which the temporal muscle passes; one posterior, called the mastoid or mammillary process, from its resemblauce to a nipple; and one inferior, called the styloid process. The depressions and cavities are, 1. A large fossa, which serves for the articulation of the lower jaw. 2. A long fossa behind the mastoid process, where the digastric muscle has its origin. 3. The meatus auditorius externus. 4. The stylo-mastoid foramen, or aqueduct of Fallopius, which affords a passage to the portio dura of the auditory, or seventh pair of nerves. 5. Below, and on the fore part ofthe last foramen, is a cavity in which the beginning of the internal jugular vein is lodged. G. Before, and a little above the fossa, is the orifice of a foramen, through which pass the internal carotid artery and two filaments of the intercostal nerve. 7. At this part is the orifice of a canal, forming part ofthe Eustachian tube. The internal surface of the bono may easily be divided into three parts. The first, uppermost, and largest, is the squamous part, which is slightly concave from the impression of the brain. The second, which is the petrous part of the bone, forms a hard, craggy protuberance, nearly of a triangular shape. On its posterior side we observe a large foramen, which is the meatus auditorius internus, which receives the seventh pair. About the middle of its anterior surface is a small foramen, hiatus Fallopii, which opens into the aqueduct of Fal- lopius, and receives a twig of the portio dura of the seventh pair of nerves. Below this is the third part, which may be called the lambdoidal angle of the temporal bone. It is concave from the impression of the brain; it helps to form the posterior and inferior fossae of the skull, and has a considerable furrow, in which is lodged part of the lateral sinus. Within the petrous part of these bones there are several cavities, processes, and bones, which belong altogether to the ear, do not enter into the formation of the cranium, and are described under the article Auris. Temporal fossa. The hollow in which the temporal muscle is situated. Temporal muscle. A muscle of the lower jaw, situated in the temple. It arises, fleshy, from the lower, lateral, and anterior part of the parietal bone; from all the squamous portion of the temporal bone; from the lower and lateral part of the os frontis; from the posterior surface of the os mala;; from all the temporal process of the sphenoid bone; and sometimes from a ridge at the lower part of this process. It is of a semicircular shape, and its radiated fibres converge, so as to form a strong middle tendon, which is inserted into the coronoid process of the lower jaw, and is continued down to the body of the bone. The principal use of the. temporal muscle is to draw tho lower jaw upward, as in the action of biting; and as it passes a little forward to its insertion, it may, at the same time, pull the condyle a little backward. Temporal nerves. 1. Branches ofthe fifth pair given off from the inferior maxillary. 2. The divisions of the seventh pair supplied to the temporal region.— Soemmering. Temporo-maxillary articulation. The articulation of the jaw bone. Temporo-maxillary nerves. The branches of the facial distributed to the temporal and maxillary regions.— Bichat. Temule'ntia. Drunkenness; or a condition resembling, or proceeding from, drunkenness. TE'NACITY. (From teneo, to hold.) The degree of force with which the particles of a body adhere together. Those substances which are of great tenacity, as some metals, can be drawn into fine wire. TENA'CULUM. (From teneo, to hold.) A pointed hook attached a handle, to hold arteries which are to be tied. Tenaculum, Assalini's. A small pair of forceps, furnished with a spring between the handles to keep the jaws closed. It is used to hold and compress small arteries which are to be tied, and is a veiy serviceable instrument where there is no assistant present. Tench. Cyprinus tinea. TE'NDON. ( Tendo, inis, vel onis, m.; from tendo, to stretch out or extend.) The white and glistening extremity of a muscle. Tendo Achillis. Achillis tendo. Tendons, twitching of the. Subsultus tendinum. Tendril. Cirrus. TENESMUS, (us, i, m.; from reivu, to constringe.) 1. A frequent inclination to go to stool, without a discharge, accompanied by straining and pain, and protrusion of the bowel. TER TER 637 It is often a symptomatic affection of diseases ofthe urinary bladder, uterus, prostate gland, piles, worms, and organic diseases of the rectum. The best remedies are opium, preparations of lead, and fomentations. A starch glyster, with laudanum, is, perhaps, the most effectual in allaying the irritation. 2. It is also sometimes used as a synonym of dysentery.^ Tennant's bleaching powder. The chloride of lime. Tenonta'gra. Gout or rheumatism in a tendon. TENOTOMY. Tenotomia. (From tenon, a tendon, and repvu, to cut.) The operation of dividing a tendon. The term is now, however, applied to the cutting of fascia;, muscles, and other tissues which serve to contract parts of the body, and produce deformities. Tension. The state of being extended or stretched. TE'N SOR. (or, oris, m.; from tendo, to stretch.) A muscle, the office of which is to extend the part to which it is fixed. Tensor fala'ti. See Circumflexus palati. Tensor tarsi. T. Horneri. A small muscle of the inner canthus of the eye, discovered by Professor Horner. It arises from the os unguis, and divides into two parts, to be inserted about the two lachrymal ducts. Tensor ty'mpani. A muscle ofthe internal ear. See Auris. Tensor vagina: femoris. A muscle situated on the outside of the thigh, which stretches the membranous fascia of the thigh, assists in the abduction of the thigh, and somewhat in its rotation inward. It arises by a narrow, tendinous, and fleshy beginning from the external part of the anterior, superior spinous process of the ilium, and is inserted a little below the great trochanter into the membranous fascia. TENT. A roll of lint or piece of sponge for dilating openings, sinuses, &c. Tent-sponge. See Spongia. Tent wort. Asplenium murale. TENTA'CULUM. (um, i, n. ; from tento, to feel.) A feeler. Tentacula are mobile appendages, destitute of joints, of various conformations, possessed by many invertebral animals, and which serve as organs of touch, or the means of attachment to foreign bodies. TENTO'RIUM. (um, ii, n.; a tendendo.) A process ofthe dura mater, separating the cerebrum from the cerebellum. It extends from the internal horizontal spine of the occipital bone, directly forward to the cella turcica of the sphenoid bone. Te pid. Tepidus. Warm; slightly warm. TERATO'LOGY. (From repag, a monster, and loyog , a discourse.) A treatise on monsters. Terbium. A supposed new metal existing with yttria. Te'rcine. The third or innermost covering of the ovule. Terebe'lla. A trepan. TEREBI'NTHINA. (a, ce, f.; from repe6iv- Bog, the turpentine-tree.) Turpentine, the produce of pine and fir trees. See Turpentine. Terebinthina argentoratensis. Strasburg turpentine. Terebinthina canadensis. Canada turpen- tine or balsam. The exudation of the -pinus balsamea. Terebinthina chia. T. cypria. The Chian or Cyprian turpentine, which exudes from the pistacia terebinthus. Terebinthina communis. See Pinus sylvestris. Terebinthina veneta. Venice turpentine. See Pinus larix. Terebinthina vulgaris. See Pinus and Turpentine. Terebinthina: oleum. Oil of turpentine. See Oleum tcrcbinthinas purificatum. Terebra'tio. Trepanning. TE'RES. Round; cylindrical: applied to some muscles and ligaments; as Teres major, Ligamentum teres, &c. Teres ligamentum. The ligament at the bottom ofthe socket of the hip joint. Teres major. This muscle, which is longer and thicker than the teres minor, is situated along the inferior costa of the scapula, and is in part covered by the deltoides. It arises, fleshy, from the outer surface of the inferior angle of the scapula, and likewise from the lower and posterior half of the inferior costa of the scapula. Ascending obliquely toward the os humeri, it passes under the long head of the triceps brachii, and then becomes thinner and flatter, to form a thin tendon of about an inch in breadth, and somewhat more in length, which runs immediately behind that of the latissimus dorsi, and is inserted along with it into the ridge at the inner side of the groove that lodges the long head of the biceps. These two tendons are included in a common capsula, besides which, the tendon of this muscle adheres to the os humeri by two other capsula; which we find placed one above the other. This muscle assists in the rotatory motion of the arm, and likewise in drawing it downward and backward, so that we may consider it as the congener of the latissimus dorsi. Teres minor. The teres minor is a thin, fleshy muscle, situated along the inferior edge of the infra-spinatus, and is in part covered by the posterior part of the deltoides. It arises, fleshy, from all the convex edge of the inferior costa of the scapula; from thence it ascends obliquely upward and forward, and terminates in a flat tendon, which adheres to the lower and posterior part of the capsular ligament of the joint, aud is inserted into the lower part of the great tuberosity of the os humeri, a little below the termination of the infra-spinatus. The uses of this muscle are similar to those of the infra-spinatus. Teretiu'sculus. Roundish. Te'retrum. The trepan. TERGE'MINUS. Doubly twin-forked: applied to a leaf-stalk when it has two leaflets at the end of each branch, and two more at the division of the fork. Te'rgum. The back. Termina'lis. Terminal. Termi'nthus. Ecthyma. Te'rnary. Ternarius. Relating to the number three; arranged in threes. Tern ate. Terna'tus. Applied to a leaf which consists of three leaflets. T E T T ES 638 Te'rnus. Arranged in threes. TE'RRA. (a, at, f.) Earth. See Earth. Terra absorbens. An absorbent earth, distinguishable from other earthy substances by its solubility in acids. Terra catechu. Acacia catechu. Terra damnata. Caput mortuum. Terra foliata tartari. Potassa) acetas. Terra japonica. Acacia catechu. Terra lemnia. T. livonica. See Bole. Terra marita. Curcuma longa. Terra ponoerosa. Baryta. Terra poxderosa salita. The chloride of barium. Terra sigillata. See Bole. Terra: oleum. Petroleum. Terre'nus. Terrene: belonging to the earth. TERTIAN AGUE. Tertiana. Tertian fever. See Ague. Tertiana duplex. A tertian fever that returns every day; but the paroxysms are unequal, every other fit being alike. Tertiana duplicata. A tertian fever returning every other day; but there are two paroxysms in one day. Tertiana triplex. A tertian fever returning every day; every other day there are two paroxysms, and but one in the intermediate day. Tertiana'hia. Scutellaria galericulata. Tertium sal. (From teitius, third.) A neutral salt, as being the product of an acid and an alkali, making a third body different from either. TESSELLA'TUS. (From tessera, a square.) Tesselated; checkered. Te'ssera. The cuboid bone. TEST. Any reagent which, added to a substance, enables us to discover its ohemical nature or composition. Test, lung. Seo Docimasia pulmonum. Test, Marsh's. See Arsenions acid. Test paper. Paper stained with litmus, turmeric, or any reagent. TE'STA. (a, at, f. ; quasi tosta; from torreo, to burn.) 1. The shell of a molluscous animal. 2. The immediate coverings of the seed. Tbsta'ceous. Testaceus. Having a shell, or of the nature of shell. Testa: preparatas. Prepared oyster-shells. Wash the shells, previously cleared of dirt, with boiling water, then prepare them by repeated washings. This is merely carbonate of lime. Testes cerebri. The tubercula quadrigemina. Testicle. See Testis. Testicle, swelled. See Orchitis. Testi'culus. 1. The testicle. 2. The or- chis mascula. TE'STIS. (is, is, m.; a witness: the testes being the witnesses of virility.) Orchis. The testicle. Two oval bodies situated within the scrotum, and covered by a strong, white, and dense coat, called the tunica albuginea. Each testicle is composed of small vessels of great length, bent in a serpentine direction, and convoluted into little masses, separated from one another by cellular partitions. In each partition there is a duct receiviug semen from these vessels; and all the ducts constitute a net, which is attached to the tunica albuginea. From this network twenty or more vessels arise, all of which are variously contorted, and, being reflected, ascend to the posterior margin of the testis, where they unite into one common duct, bent into serpentine folds, and forming a firm body called the epididymis. The spermatic arteries are branches ofthe aorta. The spermatic veins empty themselves into the vena cava and emulgent vein. The nerves of the testicle are branches of the lumbar and great intercostal nerve. The use of the testicle is to secrete the semen. Testis foeminac. T. muliebris. The ovary. TESTU'DO. 0, inis, f.) 1. A tortoise. 2. A melicerous tumor of the scalp, of a flattened shape, has been so called, from a fancied resemblance to a tortoise. TETA'NIC. Tetanicus. Appertaining to tetanus, as Tetanic spasm. TETA'NICS. The class of medicines which augment the irritability of the muscular fibre, and in larger doses produce convulsions, as strychnine and the substances containing it. ' Tetanine. Strychnine. TE'TANUS. (us,i,vn; reravoe; fvomreivu, to stretch.) Spasm with rigidity. A disease of the spinal nervous system, characterized by a general spastic rigidity of the muscles. The varieties of tetanus are, 1. Trismus, the locked jaw. 2. Opisthotonos, where the body is thrown back by spasmodic contractions of the muscles. 3. Emprosthotonos, the body being bent forward. 4. Pleurothotonos, where the body is bent to one side. These affections arise more frequently in warm climates than in cold ones, aud are very apt to occur when much rain or moisture quickly succeeds to extremely dry and sultry weather. They attack persons of all ages, sexes, and temperaments, but the male sex more frequently than the female, and those of a robust aud vigorous constitution than those of a weak habit. Tetanic affections are occasioned either by exposure to cold, or by some irritation of the nerves, in consequence of local injury by puncture, ineision, or laceration; hence the distinction of tetanus into idiopathic and traumatic. Lacerated wounds of tendinous parts prove, in warm climates, a never-failing source of these complaints. The locked jaw frequently arises in consequence ofthe amputation of a limb. Tetanus is also distinguished into acute and chronic. When the disease has arisen in consequence of a puncture, or any other external injury, tho symptoms show themselves generally about the eighth day; but when it proceeds from exposure to cold, they generally make their appearance much sooner. In some instances it comes on suddenly, and with great violence; but it more usually makes its attack in a gradual manner, in which case a slight stiffness is at first perceived in the back part of the neck, which, after a short time, becomes considerably increased, and at length renders the motion of the head both difficult and painful. With the rigidity of the head there is likewise an uneasy sensation at the root of the tongue together with some difficulty in swallowing, and T E T T E U 639 a great tightness is perceived about the chest, with a pam at the extremity of the sternum, shooting into the back. A stiffness also takes place in the jaws, which soon increases to such a height that the teeth become so closely set together as not to admit of the smallest opening. This is what is termed the locked jaw, or trismus. In some cases the spasmodic affection extends no further. In others, the spasms at this stage of the disease, returning with great frequency, become likewise more general, and now affect not only the muscles of the neck and jaws, but likewise those of the whole spine, so as to bend the trunk of the body very forcibly in some one direction. During the whole course of the disorder, the abdominal muscles are violently affected with Bpasm, obstinate costiveness prevails, and both the flexor and extensor muscles of the lower extremities are commonly affected at the same time, so as to keep the limbs rigidly extended. The muscles of the head, arms, and all the voluntary muscles also become rigid as the affection progresses. The countenance becomes hideously distorted, and expresses great distress; the strength is entirely exhausted; the pulse becomes irregular; and one universal spasm puts a period to a most miserable state of existence. Attacks of tetanus are seldom attended with any fever, but always with violent pain, and the spasms do not continue constantly, but there is Bome remission. The mind generally remains undisturbed to the last. When tetanic affections arise in consequence of a wound or local injury, they are almost sure to prove fatal; but when the disease is idiopathic, it may, in many cases, be removed by a timely use of proper remedies, although a considerable space will probably elapse before the patient will be able to recover his former strength. The chronic form of tetanus is much less fatal than the acute. The acute form usually destroys the patient within four days, though sometimes the fatal event is protracted to a much longer period; generally speaking, however, if tho patient survives the fourth day, the symptoms begin to remit in their violence, and there is a fair chance of recovery. If the patient be alive, and the powers of the constitution keep up at tho expiration of a week, there is great hope of a favorable isaue: in this case the symptoms may gradually assume a chronic form, and wear themselves out in a period varying from some weeks to many months. The general indications of cure are, 1. To remove any local irritation which may appear to have excited the disease. 2. To lessen the general irritability and spasmodic tendency. 3. To restore the tone of the system. The treatment consists of copious bleeding in the case of plethoric persons, with the administration of active purges, and large doses of opium. Where thei 'e is locked jaw, the medicines are administered by glyster. In the idiopathic disease, mercurial alteratives are frequently advantageous ; the application of cold along the spine is also resorted to in India with affirmed advantage. Tetanus infantum. Seo Trismus infantum. Tetanus maxilla inferioris. Lock jaw. See Tetanus. A quartan fever. See Ague. TETRADYNA'MIA. Tctradynamous. (From Teooapec, four, and ivvauic, power.) A class of hermaphrodite plants containing six stamens, four of which are long, and two snort. Tetra'gonus. Four-cornered; quadrangular; square. TETRAGY'NIA. (a, a:, f.; from Teaaaptc, four, and yvvrj, a wife.) An order of plants having four pistils. Tetrao tetrix. The black grouse. Tetramyrum. An ointment of four ingredients. ¦PETRA'NDRIA. Telrandrous. (From rcrpag, a quaternary, and avnp, a husband.) A class of plants with hermaphrodite flowers, having four stamens. Tetranthe'ra pichurim. The plant which yields the Faba pichurim. Tetrape'talous. Tetrapctalus, Having four petals. Tetrapha'rmacum. A Greek ointment of wax, resin, pitch, and lard. Tetraphy'llous. Tetraphyllus. Fourleaved. Tetraspe'rmous. Telraspermus. Fourseeded. Tetter. T. dry. Psoriasis. Tetter, humid. Impetigo. Tetterwort. Chelidonium majus. T E U'C RIU M. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labi* ateae. — T. capitatum. The poley-niountain of Montpelier. — T. chamaedrys. The common germander. Chamaedrys. This plant, called also creeping germander, small germander, aud English treacle, has a moderately bitter and somewhat aromatic taste. It was iu high repute among the ancients in intermittent fevers, rheumatism, and gout. Either water or spirit will extract its virtues, but the watery infusion is more bitter.— T. ckamaepilys. The common ground-pine. ChamaepUys. It has a moderately bitter taste, and a resinous, not disagreeable smell, somewhat like that of the pine. The tops or leaves were recommended as aperients, and corroborants of the nervous system, aud aro said to be particularly serviceable in uterine obstructions and paralytic affections. — T. ereticum. The poley-mountain of Candy. The plant is indigenous in the island of Candy. It has a moderately aromatic smell, and a nauseous, bitter taste. It is said to be aperient and corroborant.— T. iva. French ground-pine. It is weaker, but of similar virtues to the Teucrium chamaepitys.— T. marum. The Marum germander. It grows plentifully in Greece, Egypt, and Syria. The leaves and younger branches, when recent, on being rubbed betwixt the fingers, emit a volatile aromatic smell, which readily excites sneezing; to the taste they are bitterish, accompanied with a sensation of heat and acrimony. It is recommended as a stimulant, aromatic, and deobstruent ; and Bergius speaks highly of its utility. Dose, ten grains to half a drachm of the powdered leaves, given in wine. At present, however, marum is chiefly used as an errhine.— T. THE THE 640 scordium. The water germander. Scordium. The leaves of this plant have a smell somewhat like garlic; they are bitterish and slightly pungent. The plant was formerly in high estimation, but is now fallen into disuse, although recommended by some in antiseptic cataplasms and fomentations. TEXTURE. (Textura; from too, to weave.) It is observed in the living body that there are certain common organized materials of which the different distinct parts are formed, and which are the same in appearance, properties, aud diseases, in whatever part they are found. Such are cellular membrane, bone, muscular fibre, &c. These parts are called the textures or tissues of the body. The following is an enumeration of the textures according to Bichat: L Cellular ) 2. Nervous, animal 3. Nervous, organic 4. Arterial 5. Venous 6. Exhalant 7. Absorbent, with their glands 8. Osseous 9. Medullary 10. Cartilaginous 11. Fibrous Systems. 12. Fibro-cartilaginous 13. Muscular, animal 14. Muscular, organic 15. Mucous 16. Serous 17. Synovial 18. Glandular 19. Dermoid 20. Epidermoid 21. Pilous J Textus. A texture. Tcxtus organicus v. parenchymalis. The cellular tissue. Th. The symbol for thorium. THALAMUS, (us, i, m. OaXapog, a bed.) 1. In Anatomy, a part of the brain from which the optic nerve derives one of its origins. See Encephalos and Nerve. 2. In Botany, the receptacle. Thalamus nervi oftici. See Encephalos. Thalasso'meli. A Greek cathartic medicine. THALI'CTRUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranunculaceas.— T. ftavum. The poor man's rhubarb. The root of this plant is said to be aperient and stomachic, and to come very near in its virtues to rhubarb. Tha'llus. The frond of a lichen; and the fibrous portion of a fungus from which the cap springs. Tha'natos. Qavaroc, death; hence Thanotology, a discourse on the causes of death. THAPSIA. (a, es, f.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. TJmbelliferes. — T. asclepias. The deadly canot. The root operates violently as an emetic and cathartic. It is not used in the practice of the present day. Tha'psus. Verbascum thapsus. THE'A. (a, es, f.) Tea. The dried leaves of the tea-shrub, of which there are two species, viz., I. The Thea nigra, bohea, or black tea; and, 2. The T. viridis, or green tea, both of which are natives of China or Japan, where they attain the height of five or six feet. Much has been said and written on the me- dicinal properties of tea. In its natural state it is a narcotic plant, on which account the Chinese refrain from its use till it has been divested of this property by keeping it at least for twelve months. If, however, good tea be drank in moderate quantities, with sufficient milk and sugar, it invigorates the system and produces a temporary exhilaration; but when taken too copiously, it is apt to occasion weakness, tremor, palsies, and various other symptoms arising from narcotic plants, while it contributes to aggravate hysterical and hypochondriacal complaints. The properties of tea depend upon the presence of theine or caffein; and, with coffee, it possesses the remarkable quality of satisfying the appetite, and rendering solid food less necessary. Thea germanica. Veronica officinalis. Theba'icus. Theban: applied to articles which come from Thebes. Thebaine. A base existing in opium. It is almost insoluble in water; alkaline, and has the formula CjsHhHOs.— Kane. Thebe'sii fora'mina. The orifices of veins in the cavities of the heart. See Heart. THE'CA. (a, as, f.; from ridnpi, I place.) A case, sheath, or box. 1. The canal of the vertebral column. 2. The capsule or dry fructification adhering to tho top of the stem of mosses, lichens, &c. Theca vertebralis. The vertebral canal. Thelitis. Inflammation of the nipple. THE'NAR. (ar,aris,n.) Oevap. The palm of the hand or sole of tho foot. Thenar eminence. The fleshy mass under the thumb. THEINE. A synonym of Caffein. THEOBRO'MA. (a,as,i.) A genus of plants. Polyadelphia. Decandria. — T. caca'o. The tree which yields cocoa. Cocoa is the name given to the seed, which is ofthe size of a kidney bean, and is inclosed in a thin shell. These seeds are very oily, and apt to disagree with persons of weak digestion or of a bilious habit of body. It is ground and boiled for a drink, or manufactured with spices into chocolate. Theobro'mine. A crystalline substance, very similar to caffein, found in cocoa seeds. Its formula is C9H5N3O2. Theople'gia. Theoplexia. Apoplexy. THEORY. (From -fteupeu, to contemplate.) An argument based on the contemplation of numerous facts. It differs from an hypothesis in the circumstance that the latter is a speculation based on mere imagination, and not on facts. Theory of medicine. The philosophical explanation of the phenomena of physiology, pathology, and therapeutics. THERAPEI'A. (a, ce, f.; from depairevu, to heal.) Therapia.- See Therapeutics. THERAPEU'TICS. Therapeutice. (From ¦&epairevu, to cure.) Therapia. Methodus medendi. Therapia, or therapeutice, is that division of pathology which considers the application of the remedies and means employed with a view to prevent and to cure diseases. The cure of a disease depends on the removal of its proximate cause. This is effected either by the power of nature alone, or conjointly with the assistance of art, so that the cure of a disease THE THL S s 641 may be said to be either natural or artificial. The power of nature, denominated the vis medicatrix natures, is inherent in the solids and fluids, and it is by its exertion that a stop is often put to the progress of a disease, or that it is cured without the administration of medicine ; and it is also by its co-operation that the medical art is so beneficial. The assistance with which medical art is enabled to attempt, and to effect, the cure of diseases, is arranged under three heads: 1. The hygienic, which embraces the diet and regimen. 2. The medicinal, which regards the administration of medicines, both external and internal. 3. The surgical, or the assistance of manual and instrumental operations. THERI'ACA. (a, ce, f.; from $np, a venomous or ferocious animal.) 1. A name given to several confections, especially of an alexipharmic kind. 2. Treacle, or molasses. Theriaca andromachi. Mithridatium. Theriaca cdelestis. The tinctura opii. Theriaca Damocratis. Mithridatium. Theriaca edinensis. Confectio opii. Theriaca germanorum. A rob of juniper berries. Theriaca londinensis. A cataplasm of cummin seed, bay-berries, germander, snakeroot, cloves, and honey. Theriaca rusticorum. Garlic. Theriaca veneta. Venetian theriac. Mithridatium. Therio'ma. A malignant ulcer. THE'RMA. (a, art of the great intercostal nerve. The chest, ike the abdomen, is divided by imaginary lines into certain regions. These are, a right and left humeral, a right and left subclavian, a right and left mammary, a right aud left axillary, a right and left subaxillary, a right and left scapulary, a right and left intrascapulary, and a right and left subscapulary. THORFNA. (a, a, f.) A rare earthy oxide, discovered in 1816 by Berzelius. It resembles zirconia. Thori'num. Tho metallic base of thorina. Thorn, Egyptian. Acacia vera. Thorn-apple. Datura stramonium. Thornback. Raia clavata. Thoro'ughwort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. Thread. Filamentum. Thread-shaped. Filiform. Thread-worm. See Entozoa. Three-edged. Trigonus; trigonate. Three-fibred. Trinervus. Thrke-lobkd. Trilobate. Thrida'ce. Lactucarium. Thrix. Gfl'f. A hair. Throat. The anterior part of the neck. Thpombo'sis. The same as thrombus. THllO'MBUS. (us, i, m. ; from &pnp6ou, to clot.) A small tumor which sometimes arises after bleeding, owing to the blood escaping from the vein into the cellular structure surrounding it. Thrush. See Aphtha. T h r y'p t i c u s. Synonymous with Lithontriptic. Thu'ris co'rtex. A name of the cascarilla bark. See Croton eleutheria. THUS, (us, uris, n.; from -Qvu, to sacrifice: so called from its great use in sacrifices.) Frankincense. This name is given to the resin of the Pinus abies, and also that of the Juniperus lycia. Thus judacorum. See Thymiama. Thus masculum. See Juniperus lycia. THUY'A. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Monacia. Monadelphia. Conifer as. — T. occidentalis. The tree of life. Arbor vita. The leaves and wood were formerly in high estimation as resolvents, suderifics, and expectorants, and were given in phthisical affections, intermittent fevers, and dropsies. The distilled oil of the leaves is said to be a good anthelmintic. Thyla'cion. A word formerly used for the bag formed by the membranes of the foetus at the orifice of the womb before birth. Thy'mbra. Satureia hortensis. Thymbra hispanica. Thymus mastichina. Thyme. See Thymus. Thymeloj'a. Daphne gnidium. THYMIA'MA. (a, atis, n.; from dvpa, an odor.) Musk-wood. Thus judaorum. A species of bark in small, brownish-gray pieces, brought from Syria. It has an agreeable balsamic smell, approaching to that of liquid storax, and a subacrid, bitterish taste, accompa nied with some slight astringency. Thymio'sis. Framboesia. — Swediaur. Thymi'tes. Wine impregnated with thyme. Thy'mium. A small wart upon the skin. Thymoxa'lme. A medicine composed chiefly of thyme, vinegar, and salt. THY'MUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A small warty excrescence. 2. Common thyme. 3. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatea — T. cit.ra'tus. Thymus serpyllum.— T. creticus. Satureia capitata. — T. mastichina. The common herb mastich. A low, shrubby plant of Spain, which is employed as an errhine. It has a strong, agreeable smell, like mastich.— T. serpyllum. Wild thyme, or mother of thyme. This plant has the same sensible qualities as the garden thyme, but a milder and rather more grateful flavor. Lemon thyme, the Serpyllum citratum, is a variety. It is veiy pungent, aud has a particularly grateful odor, approaching to that of lemons.— T. vulgaris. The common thyme. It has an agreeable, aromatic smell, and a warm, pungent taste, and is said to be resolvent, emmenagogue, tonic, and stomachic. Thymus gland. Qvpog. A gland of considerable size in the foetus, situated in the anterior duplicature or space of the mediastinum, under the superior part of the sternum. An excretory duct has not yet been detected, but lymphatic vessels have been seen going from it to the thoracic duct. Its use is unknown. THYRO-. Thyreo-. A prefix, from thyroid, TIN TIB 643 denoting a connection with the thyroid cartilage. Th y'ro-arytacnoide'us. Thyro-arytesnoid. A muscle situated about the glottis, which pulls the arytamoid cartilage forward nearer to the middle of the thyroid, aud consequently shortens and relaxes tho ligament of the larynx. Thyro-efiglottideus. A small muscle arising from the thyroid cartilage, and inserted into the side of the epiglottis. It is usually considered a part of the thyro-arytamoideus. Thyro-hyoide'us. Thyro-hyoid. A muscle situated between the os hyoides and trunk, which pulls the os hyoides downward, and the thyroid cartilage upward. Thyro-pharyngeus. Tho constrictor pharyngis inferior. Thyro-pharyxgo-staphylinus. The palatopharyngeus. Thyro-phra'xia. A bronchocele. Th yro-staphyli'nus. The palato-pharyngeus. THY'ROID. Thyreoid. (Thyroides; from ¦dvpeoc, a shield, and eidog, resemblance; from its supposed resemblance to a shield.) Resembling a shield. Thyroid cartilage. Cartilago thyroides. Cartilago scntiformis. Scutiform cartilage. The cartilage which is placed perpendicular to the cricoid cartilages of the larynx, constituting the anterior, superior, and largest part ofthe larynx. It is harder and more prominent in men than in women, and forms what is called the pomum Adami in man. Thyroid gland. Glandula thyroides. A large glandiform body, situated upon the cricoid cartilage, trachea, aud horns of the thyroid cartilage. No excretory duct has been detected, and the use ofthe organ is not yet known. Thy'roideal. Thyroidcus. Pertaining to the thyroid gland or cartilage. Thyroideal arteries. The superior thyroideal artery arises from the external carotid. It gives off a laryngeal and crico-thyroid branch, and is then distributed to the thyroid gland. The inferior artery arises from the subclavian, gives off several small branches, and is distributed to the inferior part of the gland. Thyr'sus. A deuse aud close panicle, more or less of an ovate form. Ti. The symbol of titanium. TFBIA. (a, os, f.) The larger bone of the fore leg. It is of a long, thick, and triangular shape, and is situated on the internal part of the leg. Its upper extremity is large, and flattened at its summit into two articulating surfaces, a little concave, and separated from each other by an intermediate irregular protuberance. Each of these, in the recent subject, is covered by a cartilage, which extends to the intermediate protuberance, where it terminates. They receive the condyles of the os femoris. Under the edge ofthe external cavity is a circular flat surface, covered with cartilage, which serves for the articulation of tho fibula; and at the fore part of the boue is a considerable tuberosity, of an inch aud a half in length, to which the strong ligament of the patella is fixed. The body of the tibia is smaller than its extremities, and, being of a triangular shape, has three surfaces. Of these, the external one is broad, and slightly hollowed by muscles above and below; the internal surface is broad and flat, and the posterior surface is narrower than the other two, and nearly cylindrical. This last has a slight ridge running obliquely across it, from the outer side of the upper end of the bone to about one third of its length downward. Of the three angles which separate these surfaces, the anterior, from its sharpness, is called the spine, or shin. The tibia enlarges again a little at its lower extremity, and terminates in a pretty deep cavity, by which it is articulated with the uppermost bone of the foot. Its internal side is formed into a considerable process, called the malleolus internus, or inner ankle. At its back part we find a groove, lined with a thin layer of cartilage, in which slide the tendons of the flexor digitorum longus, and of the tibialis posticus; and a little behind this is a smaller groove, for the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. On the sido opposite to the malleolus internus, the cavity is interrupted, and immediately above it is a rough, triangular depression, which is furnished with cartilage, and receives the lower end of the fibula. TI'BIAL. ( Tibialis ; from tibia, the bone of the leg.) Belonging to the tibia. Tibial aponeurosis. The prolongation of the femoral aponeurosis over the fore leg. Tibial arteries. Arteria: tibiales. The two principal branches of the popliteal artery; the one proceeds forward, and is called the anterior tibial; the other backward, and is called the posterior tibial, of which the external tibial, the fibular, the external and internal plantar, and the plantar arch, are branches. Tibia'lis. Tibial. Tibialis anti'cus. A flexor muscle of the foot, situated on tho leg, which bends the foot by drawing it upward, aud at the same time turns the toes inward. Tibialis gracilis. The plautaris. Tibialis posticus. A flexor muscle of the foot, situated on the leg, which extends the foot, and turns the toes inward. Tibio-tarsal articulation. The joint formed by the tibia and foot; the ankle joint. TIC DOULOUREUX. A French term signifying a painful spasm. It is usually applied to facial neuralgia. See Neuralgia. Tick. See Acarus. TICKLING. An unpleasant excitation of the cutaneous nerves, either by handling or from disease. Tiglia grana. Tiglii oleum. See Croton tiglium. TI'LIA. (a, os, f.) A genus of trees. Polyandria. Monogynia. — T. europosa. The limetree, or linden. The flowers of this tree are supposed to possess anodyne and antispasmodic virtues. Ti'lmus. Floccilation, or picking of the bedclothes. Timac. Cissampelos caapeba. Ti'midus. Timid: the rectus inferior oculi muscle. TIN. Stannnm. A soft metal, of a yellowish-white color; malleable, though not very te- TIN T I N 644 nacious. Its specific gravity is 7*29. It melts at about 442° F. Its equivalent is 57*9, and symbol, Sn. It forms with oxygen the protoxide, SnO ? the sesquioxide, Sn 3 03; and peroxide, or stannic acid, SnC>2; it also forms compounds with most haloid bodies. The chloride, or butter of tin, is a violent cathartic. The uses of tin in the arts are veiy numerous, but it is seldom employed in the cure of diseases : the filings, however, have been used as a mechanical vermifuge, and the foil is employed by dentists. Tin, sulphuret of. Aurum musivum. TFNOA. (a, a, f.) The tench fish. Tinca? os. (So called from its resemblance to a tench's mouth.) The mouth of the uterus. Tincal. Crude borax. Soda? biboras. Tincto'rius. Dyeing; that which dyes. TINCTURA. (a, m, f.; from tingo, to dye.) A tincture. A solution of the active portions of any medicine in alcohol or other menstrua. Alcohol of sp. gr. 0*835 (rectified spirit) is employed for resinous bodies, and dilute alcohol, or proof spirit, for such as yield their properties partly to water. Ether and the preparations of ammonia are sometimes used. The drug is commonly bruised or reduced to a coarse powder, digested with the alcohol at the ordinary temperature for fourteen days, being frequently shaken, the remains expressed, and then the fluid filtered through bibulous paper. The Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes digestion at a temperature of 90° to 100° F., and seven days. Many of the tinctures can be prepared by displacement. In this case the drug should be well pounded, and moistened with spirit from six to twelve hours before it is subjected to percolation. Tinctures should be kept well stopped to avoid the evaporation of their spirit. The modern tinctures take the place of the elixirs, alcoholates, essences, and quintessences of former times. Tinctura acetatis ferri cum alcohole. (Ph. D.) Nearly the same as the tinctura ferri acetatis. Tinctura acidi sulphurici. Acidum sulphurieum aromaticum. Tinctura aconiti. (U. S.) Tincture of aconite, or monkshood. Take of aconite, ?iv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate fourteen days, express, and filter; or prepare by displacement. Used as an embrocation in neuralgia. The dose internally is Ttl x. It must be employed cautiously. Tinctura .ktherea cum phosphoro. Ethereal solution of phosphorus. A French prepar• ation, consisting of phosphorus, 4 parts, dissolved in 200 parts of sulphuric ether. It is objectionable, as the rapid evaporation of the ether sets free the phosphorus. The Oleum phosphoratum is much more eligible. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. x., as a nervous stimulant. Tinctura aloes. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Tincture of aloes. Take of aloes, powdered, fj.; extract of liquorice, fiij.; water, Oiss.; alcohol, Oss. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Stomachic and purgative. In chlorotic cases and amenorrhcea, it is preferred to other purges. Dose, f. 3\j- to f. 5j. Tinctura aloes jethe'rea. (Ph. E.) Ethereal tincture of aloes. Take of Socotrine aloes, myrrh, each, in powder, fiss. ; saffron, ?j. ; spirit of sulphuric ether, ft>j. Digest the myrrh with the ether four days, then add the saffron and aloes, and digest four days more; filter. Stimulant, emmenagogue, and cathartic. Dose, f. s|. to f. 3ij- Tinctura aloes et myrrhs. (U. S.) T. aloes composita. Compound tincture of aloes. Take of aloes, powdered, f iij.; saffron, ?j.; tincture of myrrh, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Purgative and emmenagogue. It is a useful application to old indolent ulcers. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. Tinctura aloes vitriolata. Tinctura aloes retherea. Tinctura ama'ra. Tinctura gentiana? composita. Tinctura ammoniac composita. (Ph. L.) Compound tincture of ammonia. Take of mastich, 3ij.; rectified spirit, f.3ix.; oil of lavender, 1'I xiv.; oil of amber, HI iv.; strong solution of ammonia, Oj. Macerate the mastich in the spirit, that it may be dissolved, and pour off the clear tincture; then add the other ingredients, and shake them all together. This supersedes the Spirihis ammonia: succinatus. Stimulant antispasmodic. Dose, fix. to f. 3ss. Tinctura angusturac. Tinctura cusparia?. Tinctura assafgs'tida:. (U. S.) Tincture of assafcetida. T.fatida. Take of assafcetida, g iv.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Antispasmodic and stimulant. Dose, f. 3SS. tO 3lj. ;y Tinctura assafcetida ammonia'ta. The spiritus ammonia? fcetidus. Tinctura aurantii. (Ph. L. & E.) Tincture of orange peel. T. corticis aurantii. Take of bitter orange peel, dried, g hiss.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. A mild and pleasant stomachic bitter, used as an adjunct. Tinctura balsami tolutani. Tincture of balsam of Tolu. See Tinctura tolutani. Tinctura belladonna;. (U. S.) Tincture of belladonna. Take of belladonna leaves, dried, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate fourteen days, express, and filter. Dose, gtt. xx. to gtt. 1. Tinctura benzoini composita. (U. S.) T. benzoes composita. Compound tincture of benzoin. Friar's balsam. Take of benzoin, giij.; storax balsam, strained, gij.; balsam of Tolu, gj.; aloes, gss.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. A stimulant and expectorant. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3y. Also, much used to heal ulcers and cuts. Tinctura buchu. (Ph.D.) T.bucku. (Ph. E.) Tincture of buchu. Take of buchu leaves, powdered, gv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, express, and filter; or prepare by displacement. Tonic, sudorific, and diuretic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3iv. Tinctura calumba?. T. colomba. (U. S.) Tincture of calumba. Take of calumba root, bruised, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. It may be made by displacement. Stomachic and tonic. Dose, 3j. to 3iij. TIN TIN 645 Tinctura camphor*. (U. S.) See Spiritus campnorce. Tinctura camphor* composita. T. opii camphorata (U. S.). Compound tincture of camphor. Take of camphor, 3ij.; opium, powdered, benzoic acid, each, 3j.; oil of anise, f. 3j.; clarified honey, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. This is a useful diaphoretic anodyne. Dose, f. 3j- to f. gss. Tinctura cantharidis. (U. S.) Tincture of blistering fly. T. lyttm and T. cantharidum. Take of blistering flies, pounded, gj.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. This is a veiy acrid, diuretic, and stimulating preparation, which should always be administered with great caution. Dose, 111 x. to f. 3j. Tinctura capsici. (U. S.) Tincture of capsicum (Cayenne pepper). Take of capsicum, bruised, gj.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by displacement. An arterial stimulant; also used as a gargle, when diluted. Dose, fllx. to f. 3j. Tinctura cardamomi. (U. S.) Tincture of cardamom. Take of cardamom seeds, bruised, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter; or make by displacement. A stimulating carminative. Dose, f. 3j. to f. gss. Tinctura cardamomi composita. (Ph. L. & E.) Compound tincture of cardamom. T. stomachica. Take of cardamom seeds, caraway seeds, powdered, each, siiss.; cochineal, powdered, 3j.; cinnamon bark, braised, 3V.; raisins, gv.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. A useful and elegant carminative and cordial. Dose, f. 3j. to f. gss. Tinctura cascarilla?. (Ph. L.&E.) Tincture of cascarilla. Take of cascarilla bark, powdered, gv.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by displacement. A stimulating aromatic tonic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. jij. Tinctura cassia?. (Fh. E.) Tincture of cassia. Take of cassia bark, in coarse powder, giijss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, express, and filter; or prepare by displacement. Used as an adjuvant. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3ij. Tinctura castorei. (U. S.) Tincture of castor. Take of castor, powdered, gij.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for seven days, and filter. A powerful stimulant and antispasmodic, mostly exhibited in hysterical affections in a dilute form. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3\j. Tinctura castorei ammoniata. (Ph. E.) Ammoniated tincture of castoreum. Take of castor, giiss.; assafcetida, 3X.; spirit of ammonia, Oij. Digest seven days, express, and filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3S8. to f- 3ij- Tinctura catechu. (U. S.) Tincture of catechu. T.japonica. Take of catechu, giij.; cinnamon bark, bruised, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oij- Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. An aromatic astringent, mostly given in protracted diarrhoea. Dose, f. 38s. to f. 3ij. Tinctura cicuta?. Tinctura conii. Tinctura cinchona?. (U. S.) Tincture of cinchona. T. corlicis peruviani simplex. Take of cinchona bark, powdered, f vj.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It may be prepared by displacement. Dose, f. 3j. to f. fss. Tinctura cinchona ammoniata. (Ph. L.) Ammoniated tincture of cinchona. Volatile tincture of bark. Take of lance-leaved cinchona bark, powdered, fiv.; aromatic spirit of ammonia, Oij. Macerate for ten days, and strain. Tonic, antacid, and stimulant. Dose, f. to f- 3ij- Tinctura cinchonas composita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of cinchona (Peruvian bark). Take of cinchona bark, in coarse powder, sjij.; orange peel, bruised, fiss.; Virginia snakeroot, bruised, 3iij.; saffron, cut, red Sanders wood, rasped, each, 3j-; dilute alcohol, f. fxx. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter ; or proceed by displacement. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, f. sj. to f. 3uj. Tinctura cinnamomi. (U. S.) Tincture of cinnamon. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, §iij.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3iij. or more. Tinctura cinnamomi composita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of cinnamon. T. aromatica. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, 5j.; cardamom seeds, braised, gss.; ginger root, sliced, 3iij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter; or it may be prepared by displacement. A warm aromatic. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. Tinctura colchici. Tinctura colchici seminis. (U. S.) T. scminum colchici. Tincture of colchicum. Take of the seeds of colchicum, §iv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter; or prepare by displacement. Similar to the wine of colchicum. Dose, HIxx. to 3j. Tinctura colchici composita. (Ph. L.) Compound tincture of colchicum. Take of colchicum seeds, bruised, § v.; aromatic spirit of ammonia, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Diuretic, stimulant, and antacid. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3j. Tinctura conii. (U. S.) Tincture of hemlock. Take of the dried leaves of hemlock. §iv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest for fourteen days, express, and filter. This tincture possesses all the active properties of the hemlock. It may be made by displacement. Dose, 3SS. to 3j- Tinctura colomb.e. (U. S.) Tincture of calumba;. Tinctura croci. (Ph. E.) Tincture of saffron. Take of saffron, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate, or proceed by displacement. Emmenagogue in doses of f. 3'j. Used as a coloring material. Tinctura cubeba?. (U. S.) Tincture of cubebs. Take of cubebs, bruised, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It may be prepared by displacement. It is used in the same cases as cubebs, and should be given in full doses, as two or three drachms. Tinctura cusparij:. (Ph. E.) Tincture of cusparia (angustura bark.) Take of cusparia bark, powdered, givss.; dilute alcohol. TIN TIN 646 Oij. Made by maceration or displacement. A stomachic tonic. Dose, f. 3j- to f. 31J.. Tinctura. digitalis. (U.S. & Ph. L.) Tincture of foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, dried, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. This tincture possesses the properties of the plant. Dose, ten to forty minims. For its virtues, see Digitalis. Tinctura ergot.e. Tinctura secalis cornuti. Tinctura ferri acetatis. (Ph. D.) Tincture of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of potash, two parts; sulphate of iron, one part; and rectified spirit, twenty-six parts. It is a mild chalybeate. Dose, 1'lx. to 33. Tinctura ferri ammoniati. See Tinctura ferri amnion io-chloridi. Tinctura ferri ammonio-chloiudi. (Ph. L.) Tincture of amrnonio-chloride of iron. T. ferri ammoniati. T. ferri ammoniacalis. T. forum martialium. T. martis Mynsichti. Take of amrnonio-chloride of iron, giv.; proof spirit, Oj. Digest aud strain. This is an excellent chalybeate, and may be given with cinchona in dropsical and other cachetic diseases. Dose, half a fluid drachm to two drachms. Tinctura ferri muriatis. See Tinctura ferri scsqui-clderidi. Tinctura ferri chloridi. (U. S.) Tinctura ferri sesqui-chloridi. Tincture of muriate of iron. T. ferri muriatis. T. martis in spirilu salis. Take of sesquioxide of iron, ibss.; muriatic acid, Oj.; alcohol, Oiij. Pour the acid upon the sesquioxide of iron in a glass vessel, and shako it occasionally for three days; then add the spirit, and strain. Cline strongly recommends this in ischuria, and many diseases of the kidneys and urinary passages. Dose, ten to twenty drops. It is chalybeate, astringent, and styptic. Tinctura galbani. (Ph. D.) Tincture of galbanum. Take of gaibauum, bruised, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, and filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. siij. Tinctura galea:. (U. S.) T. gallarum. Tincture of galls. Take of galls, powdered, giv.; proof spirit, Oiij. Macerate for fourteen days, aud strain. It may be prepared by displacement. Astringent. B*ose, 3SS. to 3ij. Tinctura gentiana? composita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of gentian. T. amara. Take of gentian loot, bruised, gij.; orange peel, dried, gj.; cardamom seeds, bruised, gss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It may be prepared by displacement. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, f. 3ij. Tinctura guai'aci. (U. S.) Tincture of guaiacum. Take of guaiacum resin, powdered, ibss.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Stimulant, diaphoretic, and antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 313. Tinctura guaiaci ammoniata. (U. S.) T. guaiaci composita. Ammoniated tincture of guaiacum; formerly called Tinctura guaiacina volatilis. Take of guaiacum resin, powdered, giv.; aromatic spirit of ammonia, Oiss. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Dose, f. sj. to f. 3ij- Tinctura helle'bori. (U. S.) T. helle- borinigri. Tincture of black hellebore. Take of black hellebore root, bruised, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. Dose, f. 33s. to f. ;j. For its virtues, see Helleborus niger. Tinctura humuli. See Tinctura lupuli. Tinctura hyoscy'ami. (U.S.) Tincture of henbane. Take of henbane leaves, dried, giv.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. Anodyne. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 31J- Tinctura iodi'ni. (U. S.) Tincture of iodine. Take of iodine, gj.; alcohol, Oj. Dissolve. It spoils by keeping, and deposits the iodine when mixed with water. Used externally or added to liniments. Tinctura iodi'nii composita. (U. S. &Ph. L.) Compound tincture of iodine. Take of iodine, gss.; iodide of potassium, gj.; rectified spirit, Oj. Dissolve. A convenient formula for administering iodine. Dose, ten minims, gradually increased to sixty. Tinctura jalapa:. (U.S.) Tincture of jalap. Take of jalap root, powdered, § viij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. Cathartic. Dose, f. 3ij. Tinctura kino. (Ph. L. & E.) Tincture of kino. Take of kino, powdered, giiiss.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. All the astringency of kino is possessed by this preparation. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. TincturaKrame'ria?. (U.S.) T. Crameri& Tincture of rhatany. Take of rhatany root, powdered, gvj.; dilute alcohol Oij. Either macerate or proceed by displacement. Astringent. Dose, f. 3j. Tinctura lactu'carii. (Ph. E.) Tincture of lactucarium. Take of lactucarium, in fine powder, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest or prepare by displacement. Each f. 3j. contains gr. vj. of lactucarium. Anodyne. Dose, HI xx. to f. 3j. Tinctura lavandula? composita. See Spiritus lavandulos compositus. Tinctura lobe'liac. (U. S. & Ph. E.) Tinctura of lobelia (Indian tobacco). Take of lobelia iuflata, dried and powerded, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Prepare by maceration or dis placement. Emetic and antispasmodic in doses off. sj. to f. sij., repeated every two or three hours until emesis. Expectorant in doses of 111XX. to f. 38S. Tinctura lobelia? actherea. (Ph. E.) Ethereal tincture of lobelia. Take of lobelia, dried and powdered, gv.; spirit of sulphuric ether, Oij. Digest seven days, or proceed by displacement. Antispasmodic and expectorant. Dose, HI xx. to f. 3j. Tinctura lupuli. T. humuli. (U. S.) Tincture of hops. Take of hops, gv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Tonic and sedative. Dose, ;j. to 31J. or more. Tinctura lupuli'nas. (U. S.) Tincture of lupulin. Take of lupulin, giv.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and "filter. Aromatic, tonic, and soporific. Dose, f. sj. to f. 3ij. Tinctura lyttac. See Tinctura cantharidi» TIN TIN 647 Tinctura moschi. (Ph. D.) Tincture of musk. Take of musk, powdered, 3ij.; alcohol, Oj. Macerate for seven days, and filter. Antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3iv. Tinctura myrrha:. (U. S.J Tincture of myrrh. Take of myrrh, bruised, giv.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Applied to ulcers, and used as a gargle. Tinctura nucis vomica?. (Ph. D.) Tincture of nux vomica. Take of nux vomica, rasped, gij.; alcohol, gviij. Macerate for seven days, and filter. Used where nux vomica or strychnia are indicated. Dose, 111 v. to HI x. It is also used externally as an embrocation to paralyzed parts. Tinctura olei mentha? piperi'ta?. (U. S.) Tincture (essence) of peppermint. Dissolve f. gij. of oil of peppermint in Oj. of alcohol. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. x. Tinctura olei MENTHA? vi'ridis. (U. S.) Tincture (essence) of spearmint. Dissolve f. gij. in alcohol Oj. Tinctura opii. (U.S.) Tincture of opium. Laudanum. Take of opium, powdered, giiss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It has the stimulant and narcotic action of opium. Twenty-five drops, or about thirteen minims, contain one grain of opium. Dose, 111 x. to f. 3j. Tinctura opii aceta'ta. (U. S.) Acetated tincturo of opium. Black drop. Take of opium,- gij. ; vinegar, f. 3xy.; alcohol, Oss. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Twenty drops contain about one grain of opium. Tinctura opii ammonia'ta. (Ph. E.) Ammoniated tincture of opium. Take of benzoic acid, saffron, each, 3vj.; opium, sliced, gss.; oil of anise, 3j.; spirit of ammonia, Oij. Digest seven days, and filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3j. Each drachm and a quarter contains one grain of opium. Tinctura opii camphorata. (U.S.) Tinctura camphora! composita. Tinctura quas'sia?. (U. S.) Tincture of quassia. Take of quassia, rasped, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, or proceed by displacement. Tonic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3ij. The Tinctura quassia: composita of the Edinb. Ph. also contains cinnamon and raisins. Tinctura rhei. (U. S.) Tincture of rhubarb. T. rhabarbari. T.rhabarbari spirituosa. Take of rhubarb root, bruised, giij.; cardamom seeds, bruised, gss.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, aud strain; or prepare by displacement. Dose, f. 3j. to sij., as a stomachic. Tinctura rhei composita. (Ph. L.) Compound tincture of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, sliced, giiss.; liquorice root, bruised, 3vj.; ginger root, sliced, 3iij.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, with a gentle heat, and strain. This is a mild stomachic aperient. Dose, f. gss. to giss. Tinctura rhei et aloes. (U. S.) Tincture of rhubarb and aloes. Take of rhubarb, bruised, 3X.; aloes, powdered, 3vj.; cardamoms, bruised, gss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Stomachic and cathartic. Dose, f. 3ij. to f. gj. Tinctura rhei et gentia'na?. (U. S.) Tincture of rhubarb and gentian. Take of rhubarb, bruised, gij.; gentian root, bruised, gss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It may also be prepared by displacement. Stomachic and tonic. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3iv. Tinctura rhei et senna:. (U. S.) Tine ture of rhubarb and senna. Take of rhubarb, bruised, gj.; senna, 3ij.; coriander, bruised, fennel seed, bruised, each, 3j.; red sanders, rasped, 3ij.; saffron, liquorice, each, 388.; raisins, stoned, Ibss.; dilute alcohol, Oiij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Stomachic and cathartic. Dose, gss. to f. fj. Tinctura sacra. Vinum aloes. Tinctura sangui'naria?. (U.S.) Tincture of bloodroot. Take of bloodroot, bruised, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. It may be prepared by displacement. See Sanguinaria canadensis. Tinctura sato'nis camphora'ta. (U. S.) Camphorated tincture of soap (soap liniment). Take of soap, giv.; camphor, gij.; oil of rosemary, f. gss.; alcohol, Oij. Digest the soap with the alcohol till it is dissolved; filter, and add the camphor and oil. An anodyne liniment. Tinctura scilla:. (U. S.) Tincture of squill. Take of squill root, dried, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. The virtues of the squill reside in the tincture, which is ad ministered in doses of from ten drops to a fluid drachm. Tinctura seca'lis cornu'ti. (Apothecaries'' Hall, L.) Tincture of ergot. Take of ergof; in powder, gij.; dilute alcohol, Oj. Digest for fourteen days, express, and filter. An excellent preparation, containing the active properties of ergot. Dose, f. 3j., repeated every ten minutes until its effect is apparent. Tinctura senna: composita. (Ph. L.) Tincture of senna. Take of senna leaves, giiiss.; caraway seeds, bruised, 3iiiss.; cardamom seeds, bruised, 3j.; raisins, stoned, Jr.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. A carminative, aperient, and purgative, in doses of from two fluid drachms to a fluid ounce. Tinctura senna? et jalapa?. (U. S.) Tincture of senna and jalap. Take of senna, giij.; jalap, powdered, gj.; coriander seeds, caraway seeds, bruised, each, gss.; cardamom seeds, bruised, 3y.; sugar, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oiij. Macerate for fourteen days, or prepare by displacement. Cathartic. Dose, f. 31J. to f. gj. Tinctura serpentaria?. (U.S.) Tincture of serpentary. Tincture of Virginian snakeroot T. serpentaria: virginiance. Take of serpentary root, bruised, giij.; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. It may be prepared by displacement. Tonic and stimulant. Dose, f. 3.1 • to f. 3y- Tinctura stramonii. (U. S.) Tincture of stramonium (thorn-apple). Take of stramonium seeds, bruised, giv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, or prepare by displacement. It has the properties of stramonium. Dose, at first, til x. to Hlxx., to be increased until some obvious effects arise. TIT TON 648 Tinctura thebaica. Tinctura opii. Tinctura tolutani. (U. S.) Tincture of Tolu. Take of balsam of Tolu, giij.; alcohol, Oij. Dissolve and filter. Used in making the syrup of Tolu. Tinctura Valeriana;. (U. S.) Tincture of valerian. T. Valeriana} simplex. Take of valerian root, giv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain; or proceed by displacement. An antispasmodic, used in conjunction with others. Dose, f. 3j. to f. 3iv. Tinctura Valeriana: ammoniata. (U. S.) T. Valeriana composita. T. Valeriana volatilis. Ammoniated tincture of valerian. Take of valerian root, giv.; aromatic spirit of ammonia, two pints. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. A strong antispasmodic and stimulating tincture. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. Tinctura vera'tri. T. veratrialbi. Vinum veratri. Tinctura zinci aceta'tis. (Ph. D.) Tincture of acetate of zinc. Take of sulphate of zinc, acetate of potash, each, one part ; alcohol, sixteen parts. Rub the salts together, and add the alcohol; filter through paper. An astringent collyrium and injection. Tinctura zingi'beris. (U. S.) Tincture of ginger. Take of ginger root, braised, f viij.; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by displacement. A stimulating carminative. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3j. Tincture. See Tinctura. Ti'nea. T. capitis. The scald head. See Porrigo. TINNITUS AURIUM. Ringing in the ears. A common symptom in many cerebral diseases. Tintement METALUQUE. See Metallic tinkling. TISANE. Ptisane. A French term for mucilaginous and pectoral drinks. The basis of these is usually the decoction of barley. TISSUE. A term introduced by the French anatomists for the textures which compose the cliiferent organs of animals. Tissue, areolar. T., porous. The cellular tissue. Tissue, accidental. A false tissue; theresuit of a morbid process, as the membrane of oroup, cancerous growths, tubercles. Titanic acid. Acidum titanicum. The peroxide of titanium, which acts on alkalies as a feeble acid. TITA'NIUM. A rather scarce metal, of great hardness, a copper color, extreme infusibility; sp. gr., 5 8; equivalent, 24; symbol, Ti. Tithonic. Relating to tithonicity. TITHONICFTY. The chemical force or rays existing in the spectrum, whether solar or from artificial light. Dr. Draper has made an extended series of experiments to prove that it is an independent imponderable, distinct from light, heat, and electricity. Tithonogra'pht. The same as photography. Tithono'meter. An instrument to measure the force of the chemical rays in any ray of Ugh*- Titht'balus. Euphorbia cyparissias. Tithymalus paralias. Euphorbia paralias. Tithymeljea. Daphne. Titi'llicum. The arm-pit. TITUBA'TION. (From titubo, to stagger or waver.) Restlessness, with an inclination to constant change of position. The fidgets. Toad-flax. Antirrhinum linaria. Tobacco. Nicotiana tabacum. Tobacco, English. Nicotiana rustica. Tobacco, Virginian. Nicotiana tabacum. TOCOLOGY. (From tokoc, parturition, and Aoyog.) Obstetrics. TOE. Digitus pedis. Each toe consists of three distinct bones, disposed in rows, called phalanges, or ranks of the toes. The great toe has but two phalanges; the others have three ranks of bones, the joints of which are formed by a round head on one bone, and by a pretty deep hollow for receiving it in the one above it. They also consist of muscles, nerves, bloodvessels, and integuments. Toffania aqua. See Aquelta. TOLERANCE. (From tolero, to bear.) The ability to bear any medicine or agent, especially blood-letting. Tolu balsam. Toluifera balsamum. Toluidine. A volatile base, obtained from balsam of Tolu. TOLUFFERA. (a, ee,i.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. — T. balsamum. Tho tree which affords the Tolu balsam ; balsamum tohdanum; balsam of Tolu. It grows in South America. The balsam is obtained by making incisions into the bark of the tree; it thickens, and, in time, becomes concrete; has a fragrant odor, and a warm, sweetish taste. It dissolves entirely in alcohol, and communicates its odor and taste to water by boiling. It contains benzoic acid. It has been used as au expectorant; but its powers are very inconsiderable, and it is at present employed principally on account of its flavor. It is directed by the pharmacopoeias in the Syrupus tolutani and Tinctura tolutani. . Tolutanum balsamum. See Toluifera balsamum. Toma'tum. Tomato. Solanum lycopersicum. Tombac. A white alloy of copper with ar senic. Tombeki. (Arabic.) A highly narcotic Eastern species of the lobelia, used for smoking Tomei'um. An incision-knife. Tomento'se. Downy; woolly. TOME'NTUM. (um, i, n.; a flock of wool.) 1. In Anatomy, applied to the small vessels on the surface of the brain, which appear like wool. 2. In Botany, a downy pubescence. Tomentum cerebri. The small vessels that penetrate the cortical substance of the brain from the pia mater, which, when separated from the brain, and adhering to the pia mater, give it a flocky appearance. TONE. (Tovoc; from reivu, to extend.) The natural and healthy tension of the muscular fibre. TONGUE. Lingua. A soft, fleshy viscus, constituting the organ of taste. It is composed of muscular fibres, covered by a mucous membrane, on which are a great number of nervous papillae, particularly at the apex and lateral TON TON 649 parts. About a quarter of an inch from its base is a little round pit, called the foramen cecum, which seems to form a sort of reservoir for the contiguous mucous follicles. The papilla? of the tongue are distinguished into the lenticular, which are from ten to fifteen in number, and are situated near the base of the tongue; the capitate or fungiform, smaller and more numerous than the preceding, and situated toward the edges and tip of the tongue; the conical or pyramidal, which are very numerous, and dispersed over the whole upper surface of the tongue; the filiform, which are few in number, and situated close to the tip of the tongue. The arteries of the tongue are branches ofthe ranine and labial. The veins empty themselves into the great Unguals, which proceed to the external jugular. The nerves come from the eighth, ninth, and fifth pair. Tongue, black. A typhoid fever, which was endemical in the Western States in the winter of (1842-3. Tongue-shaped. Lingulate. TO'NIC. Tonicus. A rigid contraction of the muscles, which lasts for some time without relaxation, is called a Tonic spasm. Toni'city. The elasticity of living parts. TO'NICS. (From rovou, to strengthen.) Applied to those means which increases tho tone of the muscular fibre, and impart vigor to the whole system. Tonics are divided into mineral and vegetable. The principal mineral tonics are the preparations of iron, zinc, copper, arsenic, silver, bismuth, mercury, and the mineral acids. The vegetable tonics consist chiefly of the bitters, quinine, salicine; the aromatics also have a degree of tonic power. Cold is also a powerful tonic. Tonics, mental. Those mental emotions which excite the body, as confidence, hope, and any pleasurable amusement. Tonka bean. The Tonquji bean. To'nos. Tonic spasm. TO'NSIL. (Tonsilla, csj.) An oblong, suboval gland, situated on each side of the fauces, and opening into the cavity of the mouth by twelve or more large excretoiy ducts. Tonsilla'kum gangracna. See Tonsillitis maligna. TONSILLFTIS. (is, idis, f.) There are two species of inflammation of the tonsils, the one phlegmonoid, the other erythematous or erysipelatous: they are perfectly distinct diseases. 1. Tonsillitis phlegmonoides. The common quinsy, or inflammatory sore throat of most writers. It begins with a soreness or stiffness about one side of the throat; the swallowing becomes impeded ; the mouth is clammy; and when the jaw is moved, or there is any attempt to swallow, there is a pain extending from the throat to the ear. These symptoms are attended with more or less pyrexia. If the inflammation be not resolved, the part becomes more tumid, deglutition more impeded, the febrile symptoms exacerbate more violently; suppuration soon follows, and, though the patient be in the greatest misery from the symptoms already mentioned, the abscess bursts, and he is instantly relieved. The suppuration occasionally extends round the pharynx, and a large quantity of pus is evacuated, either by spontaneous rupture or by an opening from the lancet. This species of tonsillitis is produced by cold, and is a common disease in spring and autumn, and seldom attended with any danger. It is never contagious, and mostly attacks the young and sanguine. It is apt to produce a disposition to return from slight causes. At the very commencement, the inflammation is occasionally, though not often, resolved by bleeding or leeching. A purgative, and the antiphlogistic diet are required, with iced acidulated gargles, and such antifebrile remedies as are recommended against inflammation. Many quinsies are resolved by nauseating doses of tartar emetic, given eveiy one or two hours for a day. Stimulating applications to the throat are often efficacious. When the abscess has burst, or the pus is evacuated, veiy little after-treatment is required: detergent gargles; and nourishment soon put all right again. 2. Tonsillitis maligna. This is the ulcerated, speckled, malignant, putrid, or gangrenous sore throat of authors. It is also called Angina maligna and Cynanche maligna. The inflammation is usually superficial on the membrane which covers the tonsils, and does not affect the cellular tissue beneath. No sooner does the inflammation take place, than it passes immediately into small ulcers, which have a varied appearance, being whitish, gray, brown, or black; of smaller or larger extent, sometimes the size of a pea, and sometimes much larger; mostly spreading so as to extend over the pharynx and the whole fauces, into the nostrils, aud even around the glottis, and down the oesophagus. As these ulcerations increase, they have a sloughing appearance; and the membrane of the fauces is occasionally separated in large sloughs. The local affection is attended from its commencement with typhoid fever; the pulse is small, and rapid; the heat considerable; the prostration great; and there is mostly some disturbance of the sensorium. The disease is highly contagious, and.usually epidemic; and, according to the nature of the epidemic, the character of the fever, and other circumstances, the danger is to be appreciated. A veiy frequent concomitant of the malignant, ulcerated sore throat is a scarlet eruption over the body, in a simple form, or with blotches of a scarlet color, with petechia?, or vibices. This mostly increases the danger. When attended with an eruption, malignant tonsillitis appears veiy similar to scarlet fever of a bad type. When the local symptoms are mild, the fever is seldom great, and the danger comparatively little. In conducting the cure, cleanliness, pure air, and a free ventilation are here of the utmost importance, and especially the removing of all the excretions and cleansings of the fauces, which contain the contagion in its most active form. The remedies are similar to those recommended against typhus and gangrene. The nitro-muriatic%cid is here an excellent remedy, as are the acids generally. Cinchona, cascarilla, aud calumba are the best tonics: their infusions and decoctions, and the TOR TR A 650 sulphate of quinine, may be made into mixtures, and acidulated with either of the acids. If the bowels, from the free use of acids, become loose, aromatics and astringents are proper, with spiced wine and cordials. Tho local treatment consists in the use of stimulating gargles, especially of port wine, capsicum, or the mineral acids. In the administration of these, the best rule is to proportion them to the effect they produce. The diet should consist of arrow-root, gruel, jellies, and the like, with wine or brandy. Good bottled porter is an excellent medicine. Tooth. See Teeth. Toothache. Odontalgia. Tooth-rash. Strophulus. Tooth-shape. Dentate. Tophaceous. Resembling a soft stone. TO'PHUS. (us, i, m. Toph, Hebrew.) 1. A toph, or soft swelling on a bone. 2. A concretion in the joints.' 3. Gravel. TO'FICAL. (Topicus; from ronor, a place.) Medicines applied to a particular part are called Topical. Topina'ria. The same as Talpa. TO'RCULAR. (From torqueo, to twist.) 1. A press. 2. The tourniquet. Torcular hero'phili. The press of Herophilus; the fourth sinus of the dura mater. Tordylium officinale. Seseli creticum. Torenia asiatica. A small Malabar plant, the juice of which is said to cure the clap. Tormentil. Torrnentilla erecta. TORMENTFLLA. (a, cc, f.) 1. Torrnentilla erecta. 2. A gtenusof plants. Icosandria. Monogynia. Rosacea;. — T. erecta. The upright septfoil. The root has a stroug, styptic taste: it has long been held in estimation as a good astringent. It is chiefly used hi infusion as an injection. TORME'NTUM. Tho ileac passion was so called, from its severely painful nature. Sec Ileac passion. TO'RMINA. (PI. of Tormen, inis, n.) 1. Severe griping pains in the bowels. 2. Dysentery — Celsus. Toro'sus. Protuberant. Torpe'do. Raia torpedo. The electrical ray. TO'RPOR. ( From lorpeo, to be benumbed.) A numbness, inactivity, or deficient sensation. Torricellian vacuum. The vacuum which occurs above the mercury in a long barometer tube. TO'RSION. Torsio. Twisting. The twisting or torsion of a divided artery will stop hemorrhage, and it is occasionally used for this purpose. Torsion balance. Coulomb's electrometer. Torsk. The Gad us ciliaris and brosme. TORTICO'LLIS. (is, is, m.; from torqueo, to twist, and collum, the neck.) The wiy neck. See Wry neck. • To'rtilis. Twisted. Tortuo'sus. Tortuous; twisted. Tortu'ra oris. A wry mouth. TORU'LiE. (PI. of torula.) Microscopic confervoid bodies discoverable in fermenting fluids. They are tubular. Diabetic or saccha- rine urine, which has been placed on one side for a short time in warmth, develops them; and they constitute a safe test of this condition of the urine. Torulo'sus. Torulous. Bulged out at intervals, like a cord with several knots in it. Torus. 1. A twisted cord. 2. The receptacle of a flower. TOUCH. Tactus. The sense by which we are enabled to know the properties of bodies by feeling them. This arises from the presence of the fibrilla? of the sensory nerves being distributed over every part of the skin. Touch-me-not. The noli me tangere. Touchwood. Boletus ignarius. TOU'RNIQUET. (French; from tourner, to turn.) An instrument used for stopping the flow of blood into a limb by compressing the main artery. The tourniquet is used to stop hemorrhage till some more permanent means can be put in effect, as during the amputation of a limb. It is unnecessary to describe the tourniquet, which is in constant use among surgeons. Tous les hois. A farina derived from the rhizome of the Canna coccinea. Toxica'ria mac assarie'nsis. A name of tho Bohun upas. See Upas. Toxicode'ndrum. Rhus toxicodendron. Toxicohje'mia. Poisoning of the blood. TOXICO'LOGY. ( Toxicologic, a-, f.; from a poison, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) Tho study of poisons. See Poison. To'xicum. (um, i, n.; rotjmov.) A poison. See Poison. Toxite'sia. Tho artemisia or mugwort. TRABE'CULA. (a, ce, f.) Applied to the thread-like processes in the longitudinal sinus of the dura mater, and to the small medullary fibres of the brain, which constitute the commissures. TRACHE'A. ce, f. Tpaxeia, from its roughness; from rpaxvr, rough.) Trachelos. The windpipe. The trachea is a cartilaginous and membranous canal, through which the air passes into the lungs. Its upper part is the larynx. From the larynx the canal begins to take the name of trachea, or arteria aspera, and extends from thence as far down as the fourth or fifth vertebra of the back, where it divides into two branches, which are the right and left bronchial tubes. Each of the bronchia ramifies through the substance of a lobe of the lungs by an infinite number of branches, which are formed of cartilages, separated from each other, like those of the trachea, by an intervening membranous and ligamentous substance. Each of these cartilages is nearly of an annular figure; and they become gradually less and less in their diameter. As the branches of the bronchia become more minute, their cartilages become more and more annular and membranous, till at length they become perfectly so. The trachea is furnished with fleshy or muscular fibres, some of which pass through its whole extent longitudinally, while the others are carried round it in a circular direction, so that, by the contraction or relaxation of these fibres, it is enabled to shorten itself, and likewise to dilate or contract the diameter of its passage. The trachea and its T R A TR A 651 branches, in all their ramifications, are furnished with a great number of small glands, which are lodged m their cellular substance, and discharge a mucous iluid on the inner surface of these tubes. Tho trachea receives its arteries from the carotid aud subclavian arteries, and its veins pass into tho jugulars. Its nerves arise from the recurrent branch of the eighth pair, and from the cervical plexus. Tra'cheal. Pertaining to the trachea. Tracheitis infantum. Croup. Trache'lagra. The gout or rheumatism in the neck. Trache'lium. Campanula trachelium. TRAOHE'LO-. A prefix, from rpaxrfkoc , the neck. Appertaining to the neck. Tracheloce'le. Bronchocele. Trache'lo-diaphragmatic nerves. The four pair of cervical nerves. Trache'lo-mastoide'us. A muscle situated on the neck, which assists the complexus, but pulls tho head more to one side. It is the complexus minor seu mastoideus lateralis of Winslow. It arises from the transverse processes of the five inferior cervical vertebra;, where it is connected with the transversalis cervicis, and of the three superior dorsal, and it is inserted into the middle of the posterior part, of the mastoid process. Trachelo'phvma. A bronchocele. TRAOHEO'TOMY. (Tracheotomia, ,c, f.; from rpaxeia, the trachea, and repvu, to cut.) See Bronchotomy. TRACHI'TIS. (is, idis, f.; from rpaxeia, the windpipe, and itis, the terminal, which denotes inflammation.) Inflammation ofthe trachea. See Croup. TRACHO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from rough.) An asperity in the internal superficies ofthe eyelid. It often produces a violent ophthalmia, and a severe pain, as often us the eyelid moves. It may be produced from sand falling between the eye and the eyelid of persons travelling. It tdso arises from caruncles, or fleshy warts, and from hard pustules growing in the internal superficies of the eyelid. Tractors, metallic. Perkinism. TRAC'TUS. (us, i, m.; from traho, to draw.) A drawing in length; a region; a space; a tract. Tractus motorius. Motor tract; tho name given to the prolongation of the corpora pyramidalia through the pons varolii into the crura cerebri. Tho motor nerves arise from this tract. Tractus opticus. Optic tract; a flattened band, which arises from the thalamus opticus, and turns round the crus cerebri. Tractus respiratorius. Respiratory tract; a name given by C. Bell to a narrow white band, which descends along tho side of the medulla oblongata at the bottom of the lateral sulcus. Tragaca'nth. Tragaca'ntha. Astragalus tragacantha. Tragaca'nthin. Bassorin. TRA'GICUS. A proper muscle of the ear, which pulls the point of the tragus a little forward. Tra'gium. The Dictamnus albus. Trago'cerus. The aloe plant. TRAGOPO'GON. (on, onis, m.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. Composilos — T. pratense. The common goat's beard. The young stems of this plant are eaten like asparagus. The root is also excellent, and was formerly used medicinally as a diuretic. Trago'pyrum. The Polygonum fagopyrum. Tragori'ganum. Applied formerly to several species of Origanum. Tragosei.i'num. Pimpinella saxifraga. TRA'GUS. (us, i, m.) In Anatomy, a small cartilaginous eminence of the external ear. Trailing. Procumbent. Tra'mis. Tpaui£. The raphe. Trance. See Catalepsy and Ecstasy. TRANSFORMATION. In Pathology, a morbid change in a part, which consists in the conversion of its texture into one which is natural to some other part; as when soft parts aro converted into cartilage or bone. TRANSFU'SION. (Transfusio, onis, f.; from trans/undo, to pour from one vessel into another.) The transmission of blood from one living animal to another by means of a canula. This was practiced with various success in the last century. The most important experiments on transfusion which have lately been performed are those of Dr. Blundell, who has established both the safety and utility of replenishing the vessels of persons sinking from the effects of hemorrhage, from the veins of another healthy human being. In the opinion of Dr. Blundell, a vcry moderate quantity of fresh blood is sufficient to turn the balance wavering between life and death: he considers half a pint or a pint as an ample supply. The operation of transfusion must be performed with a well-adjusted apparatus, and with the utmost caution, that no air be injected along with the blood, an accident the fatal consequences of which are well known. Transla tion of diseases. Metastasis. TRANSPIRATION. Transpiratio. The exhalation of moisture from the body or lungs, as iu*perspiratioii. TRANSUDATION. Transudate. The passing of fluids through iho cells or pores of any thing. " The term should be distinguished from perspiration, which implies a function by which the perspired fluid is secreted from the blood, whereas by transudation the blood or other fluid merely oozes through unaltered. Exosmose. TRANSVERSA'LIS. Applied very generally in the several departments of nature, especially in Anatomy, to muscles, vessels, &c, which have a transverse direction. Transversalis abdominis. A muscle situated on tho anterior part of tho abdomen: so named from its direction. It arises posteriorly from the cartilages of the seven lower ribs, being there connected with the intercostals and diaphragm; also, from the transverse process of the last vertebra, of the back, from those of the four upper vertebra' of the loins, from the inner edge of the crista ilii, and from part of Poupart's ligament; and it is inserted into the inferior bone of the sternum, and almost all the length of the linea alba. Its TR A TRI 652 use is to support and compress the abdominal viscera. Transversalis anticus primus. See Rectus capitis lateralis. Transversalis cervicis. See Longissimus dorsi. Transversalis colli. A muscle situated on the posterior part of the neck, which turns the neck obliquely backward, and a little to one side. Transversalis dorsi. See Multifidus spina. Transversalis major colli. See Longissimus dorsi. Transversalis nasi. The compressor naris. Transversalis pedis. A muscle of the foot, which it contracts, by bringing the great toe and the two outermost toes nearer each other. Transverse suture. Sutura transversalis. This suture runs across the face, and sinks down into the orbits, joining the bones of the skull to the bones of the face, but with so many irregularities and interruptions that it can scarcely be recognized as a suture. Transverso-spinalis. See Multifidus spinas. TRANSVE'RSUS. Transverse: placed across. Transversus auris. A muscle of the external ear, which draws the upper part of the concha toward the helix. Transversus perinau. A muscle of the organs of generation, which dilates the bulb of the urethra, and assists the action of the levator ani. Transversus perin.ei alter. Prostaticus in ferior of Winslow. A small muscle occasionally found accompanying the former. TRA'PA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. Telrandria. Monogynia. — T. natans. The plant which yields the Nux aquatica. The fruit is of a sweet, farinaceous flavor, somewhat like that of the chestnut, and is said to be nutritious and demulcent. Trate'ziform. Trapcziformis. Of the shape of a trapezium. TRAPE'ZIUM. (um, ii, n.; a geometrical figure.) The first bone of the second row of the carpus, so called from its shape. TRAPE'ZIUS. (us, ii, m.; from rpaxe&ov, the name of a geometrical figure: so named from its shape.) Cucullaris. A muscle situated immediately under the integuments of the posterior part of the neck and back. It arises by a thick, rouud, and short tendon, from the lower part of a protuberance in the middle of the occipital bone, and from the rough line that is extended from thence toward the mastoid process of the os temporis, and by a thin membranous tendon, which, covers part of the complexus and splenius. It then runs downward along the nape of the neck, and rises, tendinous, from the spinous processes of the two lowermost vertebra? of the neck, and from the spinous processes of all the vertebra? ofthe back, being inseparably united to its fellow, the whole length of its origin, by tendinous fibres, which, in the nape of the neck, form what is called the Ligamentum. colli, or the cervical ligament. It is inserted, fleshy, into the broad aud posterior half of the clavicle, tendinous and fleshy into one half of the acromion, and into almost all the spine of the scapula. This muscle serves to move the scapula in different directions. Its upper descending fibres pull it obliquely upward; its middle transverse ones pull it directly backward; its inferior fibres, which ascend obliquely upward, draw it obliquely downward and backward. The upper part of the muscle acts upon the neck and head, the latter of which it draws backward, and turns upon its axis. It likewise concurs with other muscles in counteracting the flexion of the head forward. TRAPEZOI'DBS OS. (From the trapezium, and eitfoc, resemblance.) The second bone of the second row of the carpus. TRAUMA'TIC. (Traumaticus; from rpavpa, a wound.) Relating to a wound. Traveler's joy. Clematis vitalba. Treacle. Molasses. The refuse of the manufacture of sugar. Treacle, mustard. Thlaspi arvense. Treacle, Venice. Mithridatium. Tree liverwort. Lichen olivarius. Tree, primrose. Oenothera biennis. Trefoil. See Trifolium. Trefoil, acacia. The Spartium spinosum. Trefoil, marsh. T., water. Menyanthes trifoliata. Tre'mbles. The milk sickness. Tremella nostoc Nostoc commune. An indigenous greenish jelly, found in stagnant waters, which is edible. Tre'mor. (or, oris, m.) Trembling. TREPA'N. ( Trepa'num, i, n.; from rpvirau, to perforate.) A surgical instrument, bearing much resemblance to a wimble, and worked in the same manner. It is used for cutting a circular portion of bone out of the skull. It is superseded by the trephine. Trepa'nning. The operation of using the trepan. TREPHI'NE. It consists of a cylindrical saw, with a handle placed transversely, like that of a gimlet, and has a perforator or center pin, which is fixed into the skull, and forms an axis on which the circular edge of the saw rotates, and which is removed as soon as the teeth of tho saw have made a groove in which they can work steadily. Trephi'ning. The operation of using the trephine. Tresis. A perforation or wound. TRIA'NDRIA. Triandrous. (From rpeic, three, and avnp, a man.) Plants which have three distinct stamens. Triangularis. Triangular. Triangularis oris. The depressor oris. Triangularis sterni. See Sternocostales. Tribulus aquaticus. Trapa natans. Tricauda'lis. Having three tails. T R PC E P S. (eps, ipitis; from tres, three,, and caput, a head.) Three-headed. Triceps adductor femoris. Under this appellation are comprehended three distinct muscles. See Adductor brevis, A. longus, and magnus femoris. Triceps auris. See Retrahens auris. Triceps cruris. A name given to the vastus internus and externus cruncus. T R I TRI 653 Triceps extensor cubiti. This muscle occupies all the posterior part of the os humeri, and is described as two distinct muscles by Douglas, and as three by Winslow. It arises by three heads. The first, or long head (the long head of the biceps extei-nus of Douglas; anconeus major of Winslow, as it is called) springs, by a flat tendon of an inch in breadth, from the anterior extremity of the inferior costa of the scapula, near its neck, and below the origin of the teres minor. The second head (the short head ofthe biceps externus of Douglas; anconeus externus of Winslow) arises, by an acute, tendinous, and fleshy beginning, from the upper and outer part of the os humeri, at the bottom of its great tuberosity. The third head (brachialis externus of Douglas, anconeus internus of Winslow), which is the shortest of the three, originates, by an acute, fleshy beginning, from the back part of the os humeri, behind the flat tendon of the latissimus dorsi. These three portions unite about the middle of the arm, so as to form one thick and powerful muscle, which adheres to the os humeri to within an inch of the elbow, where it begins to form a broad tendon, which, after adhering to the capsular ligament of the elbow, is inserted into the upper and outer part of the olecranon, and sends off a great number of fibres, which help to form the fascia on the outer part of the forearm. The use of this muscle is to extend the forearm. TRICHIASIS. Tri'chia. (From fywf, a hair.) 1. A disease of the eyelashes, in which they are turned in toward the bulb of the eye. 2. Plica. TRICHI'NA SPIRALIS. A species of entozoon, consisting of veiy minute oblong cysts, found in the muscles of voluntary motion. TRICHI'SMUS. (us, i, m.; from tfptf, a hair.) A species of fracture which appears like a hair, and is almost imperceptible. TRICHOCE'PHALUS, (us, i, m.; from i?ptf, a hair, and KetyaAn, the head.) The hairheaded worm. See Entozoa. TRICHO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from a hair.) The plaited hair. See Plica. Tricho'manes. Asplenium trichomanes. TRICHOMONAS VAGINALIS. An infusorial of an elliptical figure, and twice the size of the blood globules found by Donne in the pus of syphilitic vaginitis. TRICHO'SIS. (Tpi X uoir, from #pt& a hair.). Under this name Dr. Good arranges a genus, which embraces most of the diseases of the hair. Tricho'tomous. Trichotomus. Divided by threes. Applied in Natural History. TRICHU'RIS. (it, idis, f.; from dpi?, a hair.) The long hair-worm. See Entozoa. Trico'ccous. Three-seeded. • TRICU'SPID. (Tricuspis, tricuspidatus; from tres, three, and cuspis, a point.) Threepointed. Tricuspid valve. The valve situated between the auricle and ventricle, on the right side of the heart. Tricuspidate. Tricuspidatus. Tricuspid. Trifacial nerve. The fifth pair of nerves. Tri'fid. Trifidus. Three-cleft. TRIFO'LIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genua of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosm. — T. acetosum. Oxalis acetosella.— T. aquaticum. Menyanthes trifoliata.— T.arvense. The hare's-foot trefoil; not now used.— T. aureum. The Anemone hepatica.— T. caballinum. See Trifolium melilotus officinalis.— T. hepaticum. Anemone hepatica. — T. melilotus officinalis. The officinal melilot. M$ilotus. T. odoratum. This plant has been said to be resolvent, emollent, and anodyne. Its taste is unpleasant, subacrid, subsaline, but not bitter; when fresh it has scarcely any smell; in drying it acquires a pretty strong one, of the aromatic kind, but not agreeable. The principal use of melilot has been in clysters, fomentations, and other external applications.— T paludosum. Menyanthes trifoliata. Triga'stric Having three bellies. TRIGE'MINI. (Trigeminus; from tres, three, and geminus, double; threefold.) The fifth pair of nerves. See Nerve. TRIGONE'LLA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. — T.feenum gra:cum. The fcenugreek. Fasnum greecum. It is a native of Montpellier. The seeds have a strong, disagreeable smell, and an unctuous, farinaceous taste, accompanied with a slight bitterness. They are esteemed as assisting the formation of pus in inflammatory tumors ; and the meal, with that intention, is made into a poultice with milk. Trigo'nus. Trigonal, or three-cornered. TRIGY'NIA. Trigynous. (From rpeic, three, and yvvn, a female.) Plants having three pistils. , TR PL OB ATE. Trilobatus. Trilobus. Thrce-lobed. Applied to parts of animals and plants which are so shaped. Trilo'cular. Trilocxdaris. Three-celled. Trine'rvis. Three-nerved. Three-ribbed; applied to leaves, &c. Trinitatis herba. Trinity herb. Anemone hepatica. TRIO'STEUM. (um, i, m.) A genus of plants. Pcntandria. Monogynia. Caprifoliaceos. The T. perfoliatum, or fever root, finds a place in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The bark of the root is cathartic in doses of 3j. to 33., and emetic in larger doses. Tripartite. Tripartitus. Divided into three. Applied to parts of animals and vege tables. Tripa'strum ape'ltadis. Tripastrum Archi medis. A surgical instrument for extending fractured limbs; so named because it resembled a machine invented by Apellides or Archimedes, for lanching of ships, and because it was worked with three cords. Triphy'llous. Triphyllus. Three-leaved. Tripi'nnate. Tripinnatus. Triply pinnate. Applied to a pinnated leaf, of which the secondary petioles produce tertiary petioles on which the leaflets are implanted. Tripline'rvis. Triply-ribbed. Triplo'pia. Visus triplicalus. A species of disordered vision, in which objects are said to be seen triple. TRIQUE'TRA OSSI'CULI. Ossicula wormiana. The triangular-shaped bones which are TUB TRO 654 found mostly in the course of the lambdoidal suture of the skull. Trique'trum. (um, i, n.) A triangle. Trique'trus. Three-sided. TRI'SMUS. (us, i, m.; from rptfu, to gnash.) Locked jaw. Spastic rigidity of the under jaw. There are two species: 1. Trismus nasccntium, attacking infants during the two first weeks from their birth. 2. /[Trismus traumaticus, attacking persons of all ages, and arising from wounds. See Tetanus. Trispla'nchnic nerve. The great sympathetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. Tri'ssago. Teucrium chamaedrys. TRiTA?o'riiYA. A fever similar to a tertian. Trita?'us. A tertian fever. See Ague. TRFTICUM. (um,i, a.) A genus of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Graminaceaz. — T. rcvens. Dog's-grass. Couch-grass. A very common grass, the roots of which are agreeably sweet, and possess aperient properties.— T. hybernum. Wheat. Tri'torium. A mortar. TRITURATION. ( Trituratio, onis, f.; from tero, to rub or grind.) The act of reducing a solid body into a subtile powder. It is performed mostly by the rotatory motion of a pestle in metallic, glass, or wedgewood mortars, or by grinding. Tri'vial. In Botany, the trivial name is the same as the specific. TROC A'R. The name of an instrument used in tapping for the dropsy. It consists of a pointed Btilet, partially inclosed in a cannula. TROCHANTER. (er,ri,m.; from rpo X afr, to run; because the muscles inserted into them perform the office of running.) The name of two processes of the thigh bone, which aro distinguished into the greater and lesser. See Femur. Trochanterian. Relating to the trochanter. TROCHI'SCUS. (us, i, m.; diminutive of rpo X oc, a wheel.) A troch or round tablet. Troches and lozenges are composed of powders made up with glutinous substances into little ¦Jakes, and afterward dried. Trochisci creta:. Troches of chalk. Take of prepared chalk, giv.; gum arabic, in powder, 5j.; nutmeg, in powder, 3j.; sugar, in powder, 5yj. Mix intimately; then add sufficient water to make a mass, and divide into troches, weighing each ten grains. Absorbent and antacid. Trochisci glycyrrhiza? et opii. Troches of liquorice and opium. Take of powdered opium, gss.; liquorice, sugar, gum arabic, in powder, each, gx.; oil of anise, f. 3ij. Mix. Add water sufficient to make a mass; make into troches, weighing each six grains. Demulcent and anodyne. Trochisci ipecacuanha?. Troches of ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in powder, gss.; sugar, in powder, gxiv.; arrow root, in powder, giv.; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient quantity. Mix, and divide into troches, each weighing ten grains. Expectorant. Trochisci magnesia?. Troches of magnesia. Take of magnesia, giv.; sugar, Ibj.; nutmeg, in powder, jj.; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient quantity. Rub the magnesia, sugar, and nutmeg together; add the mucilage, and form into troches, each weighing ten grains. Antacid. Trochisci mentha? piperita?. Troches of peppermint. Take of oil of peppermint, f. 3j.; sugar, in powder, ibj.; mucilage of tragacanth, q. s. Mix, and divide into troches, each weighing ten grains. Carminative. TRO'CHLBA. (a, ce, f. Tpo X lea, a pulley; from rpe X u, to run.) A kind of cartilaginous pulley, through which the tendon of one of the muscles of the eye passes. Trochlea'ris. The obliquus superior oculi. Trochlea'tor. A nerve: so called because it supplies the musculus trochlearis of the eye. See Pathetici. TROCHOI'DES. (From rpo X oc, a wheel, and etdoc, resemblance.) Axea commissura. A species of movable connection of bones, in which one bone rotates upon another; as the first cervical vertebra upon the odontoid process of tho second. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Octandria. Monogynia. — T. majus. Greater Indian cress, or nasturtium. The fresh plant has a taste like cresses, and is recommended in scurvy. Trophe. Food; aliment; nutrition. Trophis americana. The fruit of this plant is a rough, red berry, which is eaten in Jamaica. Trowel-shaped. Deltoid. TRUE. Verus. Formerly applied to designate diseases, when they were really what the name implied, and in opposition to those which only simulated them: hence Peripneumonia vera and P. notha. Truffle. Tuber cibarium. Trunca'ted. Truncatus. Lopped; appearing as if cut oft'. TRU'NCUS. (us, i, m.) The trunk. In Anatomy, applied to the body strictly so called. It is divided into the thorax, or chest, the abdomen, or belly, and the pelvis. TRUSS. (From the French trousse.) A bandage for a hernia. It consists of a steel spring which carries two pads, one of which is adjusted over the back as a point of support, and the other over the hernia. TU'BA. (a, ce, f.; from tubus, any hollow vessel.) A tube. In Anatomy, applied to several canals, as tho Eustachian tube, Fallopian tube, &c. Tuba eustachia'na. The Eustachian tube. A tube which forms a communication between the cavity of the tympanum and the posterior nares. See Auris. Tuba fallopia'na. The Fallopian tube. A canal which arises at each side of the fundus of the uterus, and ends near the ovarium. Tube. Tuba. TU'BER. (er, eris, n.; from tumeo, to swell.) An old name for an excrescence. 1. In Anatomy, applied to some parts which are rounded, as Tuber annulare, &c. 2. In Surgery, a knot or swelling in any part. 3. In Botany, a subter-* ranean stem, like the potato. 4. A genus of fungi. See Lycoperdon. Tuber annulare. Tuberculum annulare. See Pons varolii. Tuber cibarum. The truffle. A round, tu berculated, subterrene fungus, much esteemed as a delicacy. TUB TUN 655 Tuber cinereum. An eminence of gray matter, forming part of the floor of the third ventricle of the bruin. Tuber ischii. The tuberosity ofthe ischium. TU'BERCLE. (Tuberculum, i, n.; diminutive of tuber.) A tubercle. 1. In Anatomy, applied to several elevations. 2. In Pathology, a peculiar morbid product occurring in various textures of the body, in connection with the scrofulous, or, as it is now frequently termed, the tubercular diathesis. It occurs in isolated roundish masses, or infiltrated in the texture of organs. The matter which forms tubercles is of a dull whitish-yellow or yellowish-gray color, opaque, and varying in form and consistence according to the stage of development of the tubercle, and the texture of the part in which it is formed. It is the general opinion of pathological anatomists that there is scarcely any texture of the body which may not occasionally become the seat of tubercle. It has been found on the surface of mucous and serous membranes, within mucous follicles, within lymphatic vessels, in the cellular membrane, and in the blood, especially in that contained in the cells of the spleen. Their presence gives rise to many severe and incurable diseases, as well as to the less formidable glandular affections which infest the scrofulous constitution, especially in early life. See Phthisis, Scrofula, Tabes, &c. TUBE'RCULA. An order in Willan's Cutaneous Diseases, consisting of defined, small, hard, superficial tumors, circumscribed and permanent, or suppurating partially. It comprehends nine genera, viz., Phyma, Verruca, Motluscum, Vitiligo, Acne, Sycosis, Lupus, Elephantiasis, and Frambatsia. Tubercula arantii. Corpora arantii. Tubercula quadrige'mina. Four white oval tubercles of the brain, two of which are situated on each side, at the posterior part of the third ventricle, aud over the aqueduct of Sylvius. The ancients called them nates and testes, from their resemblance in shape to those parts. See Encephalos. Tube'rcular. Tuberculatus. 1. Tuberculate: tubercled; having small warts or tubercles. 2. Relating to the presence of tubercles, as Tubercular consumption. Tuberculo'sis. The scrofulous diathesis. Tuberculous. Tubercular. Tuberculum annulare. The tuber annulare. Tuberculum Loweri. An eminence in the right auricle of the heart where the two vena? cava? meet: so called from Lower, who first described it. See Heart. Tu'berose. Tuberosus. Tuberous: knobbed. TUBEROSITY. Tuberositas. An eminence or projection on a bone. Tu'bular. Tnbularis. Tube-like. TUBULATED. Tubulatns. 1. Synonymous with Tnbulous. 2. A retort which has a small tubular production at its upper and back part, with a stopper adapted to it, is called a Tubulated retort. TU'BULI LACTI'FERI. The ducts or tubes in the nipple through which the milk passes. Tubuli seminiferi. Vasa seminalia. Minute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of the testis. According to the observations of Monro, they do not exceed the one two-hundredth part of an inch in diameter. Tubuh uriniferi. Minute, convergent, excretory tubes, constituting the tissue of the tubular substance of the kidney. Their orifices are called the Duels of Bellini. Tubulorum corona. The circle of minute tubes surrounding each of Peyer's glands in the intestines. Tu'bulous. Tululosus. Tubular Tu'bulus. A small tube or duct Tuft. Seo Capitulum and Cyme. Tulip-tree. Liriodendron tulipiferum. TUME'FACTION. A transient swelling. TUMOR. Tumour. (Tumor,oris, m.; from tumeo, to swell.) In a wide acceptation, a tumor means a swelling of any part, of whatever kind, and from whatever cause. The term, however, is usually restricted to a permanent swelling, while the swelling which arises from inflammation, and ceases along with the cause, is more generally called tumefaction. Tumors are commonly distinguished into Sarcomatous, firm, and of a fleshy consistence; and Encysted, consisting of a sac containing matter more or less pulpy, or fluid. I. Sarcomatous Tumors. —These were divided by Abernethy into, 1. Common vascular, or organized sarcoma, including tumors which appear to be composed of the lymph of the blood, rendered more or less vascular by the growth of vessels through it. 2. Adipose sarcoma, including fatty tumors. 3. Pancreatic sarcoma, so called from the resemblance of its structure to that of the pancreas. 4. The Mastoid, or Mammary sarcoma, so called from the resemblance of its structure to that of the mammary gland. 5. The Tuberculated sarcoma, composed of numerous small, firm, roundish tumors, of various sizes and colors, connected with each other by cellular membrane. 6. Medullary sarcoma, so called from its resembling the medullary matter of the brain. It is the Fungus heematodes of other writers. 7. The Carcinomatous sarcoma, or cancerous tumor. Of these different kinds of tumors, the common vascular, the adipose, and the pancreatic are considered as dev id of any malignity; the tuberculated, medullary, and carcinomatous are highly malignant: the mammary sarcoma was placed by Mr. Abernethy betweeu the two. II. Encysted tumors. These are distinguished into, 1. Steatomatosis, or those containing a fatty matter. 2. Melicerovs, containing matter somewhat resembling honey. 3. Atheromatous, containing a pap-like matter. TUNBRIDGE WELLS. In the village of Tunbridge, England. They are chalybeate, and charged with carbonic acid. Tu'ngstate. A salt of the tungstic acid. TU'NGSTEN. A rare metal of a grayishwhite or iron color, with considerable brilliancy, very hard and brittle. Its specific gravity is 17-14; equivalent, 99-7; symbol, W. There are two oxides, the brown, and the yellow or tungstic acid. TU'NIC. ( Tunica, te, f.; a coat, d tuendo TUE T YM 656 corpore, because it defends the body.) A membrane or covering ; as the coats of the eye, &c. Tunica aciniformis. See Iris. Tunica adnata. The conjunctiva. Tunica albuginea oculi. The albuginea oculi. Tunica albuginea testis. The albuginea testis. Tunica arachnoidea. The arachnoid membrane. Tunica cellulosa Ruyschii. The cellular coat of the intestines. Tunica choroides. The choroid membrane. Tunica conjunctiva. The conjunctiva. Tunica cornea. The cornea of the eye. Tunica elytroides. The tunica vaginalis. Tunica erythroides. The cremaster. Tunica filamentosa. The false or spongy chorion. See Chorion. Tunica Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. Tunica retina. The retina. Tunica vaginalis testis. See Testis. Tunica vasculosa testis. A vascular membrane lying upon the inner surface of the tunica albuginea, and constituting the nutrient membrane of the testis. Tunica vasculosa retina:. The inner and fibro-vascular lamina of the retina, which supports the outer medullary, pulpy, or mucous lamina. Tunica villosa.' The? villous, or inner coat of the intestines. Tunica'tus. Covered with an envelope. TU'RBIN ATE. ( Turbinatus; from turbo, a top.) Shaped like a top. Turbinated bones. The superior spongy portion of the ethmoid bone, and tho inferior spongy bones, are so called by some writers. See Spongiosa ossa. Turbina'tum. The pineal gland. Turbina'tus. Turbinate; shaped like a top. Tu'rbith, Montpellier. Globularia alypum. Tu'rbot. The Pleuronectes maximus. TURGE'SCENCE. Turgescentia. A condition of active congestion without perverted action. A state of distension. Tu'rgid. Turgidus. Swollen; turgid. Tu'rgor vitalis. Turgescence. Turkey. Meleagris gallipova. Turli'ngton's balsam. A popular expectorant and vulnerary, said to be made as follows : alcohol, Oviij.; benzoin, g xij.; liquid storax, giv.; socotrine aloes, gj.; Peruvian balsam, gij.; myrrh, gj.; angelica root, gss.; balsam °f Tolu, giv.; extract of liquorice root, giv. Digest for seven days, and strain. Tu'rio. A young unexpanded shoot. Turmeric. Curcuma longa. Turner's cerate. The ceratum calamina?. TU'RNING. In Obstetrics, the operation of bringing down the feet, or lower extremities of the child in utero, for the purpose of facilitating parturition when the labor is impeded or unfavorable. Turnip. Brassica rapa. Turnsole. Heliotropium europaeum. TURPE'NTINE. Terebinthina. The viscid and resinous juice of the pine trees. Those ¦employed medicinally are, 1. The Chian or Cyprus turpentine, from the Pistacia terebin* thus. 2. The common turpentine, from the Pinus sylvestris, and other species. 3. The Strasburg turpentine, from the Pinus picea. 4. The Venice turpentine, from the Pinus larix. All these are stimulating diuretics and detergents. They also stimulate the prima? viae, and prove laxative, but are now seldom given internally. The oil (Oleum terebinthince) is not only preferred for external use as a rubefacient, but also internally as a diuretic and styptic, the latter of which qualities it possesses in a very high degree. It is also a powerful local stimulant and detersive. Crude turpentine is much used by some surgeons as an application to burns. See Ambustio. Turpeth mineral. Turpcthum mineralc. Sulphas hydrargyri flavus. Turpe'thum. Convolvulus turpethum. Turu'nda. A tent or suppository. TUSSILA'GO. (o, inis, f.; from tussis, a cough: because it relieves coughs.) 1. The tussilago farfara. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia supcrflua. ' Composita;. — T. fa'rfara. Tussilago vulgaris. Colt's-foot. This plant has a rough, mucilaginous taste, but no remarkable smell. The leaves have been esteemed as possessing demulcent and pectoral virtues, and much used in catarrhal and scrofulous diseases.— T. petasites. The butter-bur. Petasites. Pestilent-wort. The roots of this plant are recommended as aperient. They have a strong smell, and a bitterish acrid taste. TU'SSIS. (is, is, f.; from the Hebrew word for sneezing.) A cough. See Cough. Tussis convulsiva. T. ferina. See Pertussis. TUTAMPNA. Parts which seem to protect certain organs, as the skull, which has been called Tutamina cerebri. Tutena'g. Zinc. TUT I A. (a, a, f.) Tutty. An impure oxide of zinc. Tutia pracparata. Prepared or washed tutty, mixed with any common cerate, was formerly used to apply to the eye in debilitated states of the conjunctive membrane. Tutsan. Hypericum audrosamium. Tutty. See Tutia. Twins. Two children born at a birth. Twining. Volubilis. Twin-forked. Bigeminus. Ty'chica. Fortuitous lesions.— Good. Tylo'sis. Tyloma. An induration of the margin ofthe eyelids. Tympani membrana. Membrana tympani. TYMPANI'TES. (es, ce, m.; from rvpiravov. a drum: so called because the belly is distended with wind, and sounds like a drum when struck.) Tympany. An elastic distension of the abdomen, with costiveness and atrophy, but no fluctuation. Species: 1. Tympanites intestinalis, a lodgment of wind in the intestines, known by the discharge of wind giving relief 2. Tympanites abdominalis, when the wind is in the cavity of the peritoneum. The intestinal species of tympanites is seldom an idiopathic disease, but mostly dependent on some other, as indigestion, colic, &c.; in which case it is removed by those remedies TEL T E M 657 which are proper against dyspepsia and colic. The tympanites abdominalis is a veiy rare dis- ease indeed. When it exists, it mostly supervenes upon other diseases, and is then called Meteorism. Ulcerated bowels, strangulated hernia, gangrene of the intestines, produce it, when the parietes of the bowels burst. It may also be caused by abscesses bursting into the abdomen, and by gangrene of any of its viscera. Tapping the abdomen has been resorted to, but without effecting a cure. It is generally fatal. Tympanites, uterine. Physometra. Tympani'tis. Inflammation of the tympanum of the ear. TY'MPANUM. (um, i, t>> Tvpnavov, a drum.) The drum or barrel of the ear. See Auris. Ty'mpany. Tympanites. TY'PHA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Monaecia. Triandria. Graminaccce. — T. aromatica. Acorus calamus. — T. latifolia. The broad-leaved cat's-tail, or reed-mace. Tho young shoots are eaten like asparagus. TYPHLO-ENTERITIS. Typhlitis. (From rvdXoc, the ceecum.) Inflammation of the ceecum, which may produce disorganization and perforation of that portion of the intestines. TypUohacmia. A disorganized state of the blood, such as exists in the worst forms of typhus. TY'PHOID. Typhoides. Typhodes. Resembling typhus. A low fever. See Fever, typhoid. TYPHOMA'NIA. (a, oc, stupor, and pavia, madness.) The low, muttering delirium which accompanies tyjmoid fevers. TY'PHUS. (us, i, m.; from rvusceral inflammations, but moro especially diseases of the thorax; and not Unfrequently it excites scrofula into action. The favorable symptoms are a swelling of the hands and feet as tho swelling of the face subsides, and a regular courso of the eruption. The unfavorable symptoms are, high fever, flattening and subsidence of tho eruption, and the invasion of inflammatory affections of the lungs, or congestions occurring in the viscera, with low typhus. In the distinct species, the treatment is gently antiphlogistic; in the confluent, the measures necessary against typhus fever are to bo employed. Variola srvmiA. Varicella. Vaiuola vaccina. See Cow-pox. Vakium os. The cuboid bone. VARIOLOID. 1. Diseases resembling the small-pox. 2. Modified small-pox, such as occurs sometimes from inoculation, or which may take place at the time of vaccination, or many years after, during tho prevalence of an epidemic of small-pox. It is u|ually very mild. VA'RIX. (ix, icis, m.; from varus, i. e., obtortus.) A dilatation of a vein. A disease known by a soft tumor on a vein which does not pulsate. Varicose veins mostly become serpentine, and often form a plexus of knots, especially in tho groins and scrotum. This disease is relieved by cold applications and pressure from bandages; and but seldom by ligature. VA'RUS. This term has been applied, adjeclivcly, to ono whose legs are bent inward; substantively, to pimples on the face, and to misplaced gout. Seq Club-foot and Acne. Varus tunctatus. Acne punctata. Va'rvicite. A native oxide of manganese. VAS. ( Vas, vasis, n.) A vessel. Vas de'ferens. A duct which arises from the epididymis, and passes through the inguinal ring, as part of the spermatic cord, into the cavity of tho pelvis, and terminates in the vesicula seminal is. Its use is to convey the semen secreted in tho testicle, and brought to it by the epididymis, into the vesicula seminalis. Vasa brevia. Tho arteries which come from tho spleen, and run along tho largo arch of the stomach to the diaphragm. Vasa deferentia muliebra. The Fallopian tubes. Vasa efferentia. The absorbent vessels, as they pass out of a lymphatic gland, are so called. Vasa inferentia. The absorbent vessels which pass into a lymphatic gland. Vasa pra?parantia. A name given by the old anatomists to the spermatic vessels. Vasa seminalia. Tubuli scminiferi. Very V E G V EI minute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of the testis. 670 Vasa umbilicalia. The name of the bloodvessels of the allantois. Vasa vasorum. The very minute vessels which supply the arteries and veins. Vasa vortico'sa. The contorted vessels of the choroid membrane of the eye. VA'SCULAR. Vascularis. That which relates to the vessels or tubes of the body. The Vascular system is the aggregate of the tubular apparatus of the body, aud includes the arteries, veins, and lymphatics; but it is also used to hidicate the blood-vessels only. See Circulation and Lymphatic vessels. VASCULA'RES. One of the primary divisions of the vegetable kingdom, including those plants which contain elongated cellules or tubes, as distinguished from the Cellulares. Va'sculum aberrans. A small convoluted duct connected with the duct ofthe epididymis. VA'STUS. (us, i, m.) The name of certain muscles. Vastus externus. A large, thick, and fleshy muscle, situated on the outer side ofthe thigh: it arises, by a broad, thick tendon, from the lower and anterior part of tho great trochanter, and upper part of the linea aspera; it likewise adheres, by fleshy fibres, to the whole outer edge of that rough line. Its fibres descend obliquely forward, and adhere to the cruraeus, with which it continues to be connected to the lower part of the thigh, where it terminates in a broad tendon, inserted into the upper part of the patella. Vastus internus. This muscle is situated at tho inner side of the thigh. It arises from between the fore part of the os femoris and the root of the lesser trochanter, and from all the inner side of the linea aspera. Like the vastus externus, it is connected with the cruraeus, but it continues longer fleshy than that muscle. A little above the knee its outer edge unites with the rectus, after which it is inserted, tendinous, into the upper part and inner side of the patella, sending off an aponeurosis which adheres to the upper part of the tibia. Vault. Fornix. Vaulted. Forniciforui. Vauqueline. Stiychnia. . Veal skin. Vitiligo. Vectis. A lever. See Lever VEGETABLE. Vegetabilis. An organism consisting of cells, either simple (Cellulares) or modified ( Vasculares), permeated by gases, and having the power of converting inorganic matters, as air, water, and carbonate of ammonia, into organic matters, as sugar, gum, lighin, oils, albumen, and their compounds. Vegetables may be aerial, aquatic, or attached to the earth. They possess the vital endowment of generating cytoblasts, but have no nervous system. In the latter particular, and the power many possess of decomposing carbonic acid in sunlight, they differ from animals. Vegetable alkalies. See Alkaloids. Vegetable jelly. Pcctine. Vegetable kingdom. The aggregate of vegetables. This kingdom has been variously classified for the convenience of naturalists, but the systems of Linnaeus and Jussieu, the latter modified by Richard, De Candolle, Brown, and Lindley, are the only two which are now retained. The artificial or sexual system of Linnaeus depends upon the number*of pistils and stamens, and their positions in the flower: the terms used are to be found in this work. Jussieu grouped plants by their affinity in structure, adopting the inflorescence and structure of the seeds principally. This is the natural system, the great superiority of which causes it to obscure every other. The principal families are mentioned in the text, and they are worthy of study on the part of the physician, from the interesting connection which often exists between the external form and sensible properties of groups, as in the Solanaceae, Ranunculacea;, &c. Vegetable physiology. The study of the functions of plants. VEGETATION. 1. The state of a vegetable, or, collectively, the vegetable kingdom. 2. A growth or distribution of parts in minerals resembling a plant. 3. In Surgery, a morbid growth resembling a fungus, but not usually of a malignant nature. Vegeto-alkalies. See Alkaloids. VE'HICLE. Vchievllum. In Pharmacy, the menstruum in which medicines are dissolved or suspended. Veil. Calyptra. VEIN. ( Vena, ce, f.) A long, membranous canal, which continually becomes wider, does not pulsate, and returns the blood from the arteries to the heart. All veins originate from the capillary vessels which connect the arteries and veins, and terminate in the auricles of the heart; e. g., the venae cavae in the right, and the pulmonary veins in the left auricle. They are composed, like arteries, of three tunics or coats, which are much more slender than in the arteries, and are supplied internally with semilunar membranes, or folds, called valves. Their use is to return the blood to the heart. The blood is returned from every part of the body, except the lungs, into the right auricle, from three sources: 1. The vena cava superior, which brings it from the head, neck, thorax, and superior extremities. 2. The vena cava inferior, from the abdomen and inferior extremities. 3. The coronary vein receives it from the coronary arteries of the heart. 1. The vena cava superior. — This vein terminates in the superior part of the right auricle, into which it evacuates the blood from the right and left subclavian vein, and the vena azygos. The right and left subclavian veins receive the blood from the head and upper extremities in the followiug manner: The veins of the fingers, called digitals, receive the blood from the digital arteries, and empty it into the cephalic of the thumb, which runs on the back ofthe hand along the thumb, and evacuates its blood into the external radial. The salvatella, which inns along the little finger, unites with the former, and empties its blood into the internal and external cubital veins. At the end of the forearm are three veins, called the great cephalic, the basilic, and the median. V E I VEN G71 The great cephalic mm along the superior !>art of the forearm, and receives the blood rom the external radial. The basilic ascends on tho under side, and receives the blood from the external and internal cubital veins, and some branches which accompany the brachial artery, called vene satellites. The median is situated in the middle of the forearm, and arises from the union of several branches. These three veins all unite above the bend of the arm, and form the brachial. The brachial vein, which receives all thenblood, and is continued into the axilla, where it is called the axillary. The axillary vein. This receives also the blood from the scapula, and superior and inferior parts of the chest, by the superior and inferior thoracic vein, the vena muscularis, and the scapularis. The axillary vein then passes under the clavicle, where it is called the subclavian, which unites with the external and internal jugular veins, and the vertebral vein, which brings the blood from the vertebral sinuses ; it receives, also, the blood from the mediastinal, pericardiac, diaphragmatic, thymic, internal mammary, and laryngeal veins, and then unites with its fellow to form the vena cava superior, or, as it is sometimes called, vena cava descendens. The blood from the external and internal parts of the head and face is returned, in the following manner, into the external and internal jugulars, which terminate in the subclavi- : The frontal, angular, temporal, auricular, sublingual, and occipital veins receive the blood from the parts after which they are named; these all converge to each side of the neck, aud form a trunk, called the external jugular vein. The blood from the brain, cerebellum, medulla oblongata, and membranes of these parts, is received into the lateral sinuses, or veins of the dura mater, one of which empties its blood through the foramen lacerum in basii cranii on each side into the internal jugular, which descends in the neck by the carotid arteries, receives the blood from the thyroideal and internal maxillary veins, and empties itself into the subclavians within the thorax. The vena azygos receives the blood from the bronchial, superior, esophageal, vertebral, and intercostal veins, and empties it into the superior cava. 2. Vena cava inferior. —The vena cava inferior is the trunk of all the abdominal veins, and those of the lower extremities, from which parts the blood is returned in the following manner. The veins of the toes, called the digital veins, receive the blood from the digital arteries, and form on the back of the foot three branches, one on the great toe, called the cephalic, another which runs along the little toe, called the vena saphena, and a third on the back of the foot, vena dorsalis pedis; and those on the sole of the foot evacuate themselves into the plantar veins. The three veins on the upper purt of the foot coming together above the ankle, form the anterior tibial; and the plantar veins, with a branch from the calf of the leg, called the sural vein, form the posterior tibial; a branch also ascends in the direction of the fibula, called the peroneal vein. These three branches unite before the ham into one branch, the sub-popliteal vein, which ascends through the ham, carrying all the blood from the foot: it then proceeds upon the anterior part of the thigh, where it is termed the crural or femoral vein, receives several muscular branches, and passes under Poupart's ligament into the cavity of the pelvis, where it is called the external iliac. The arteries which are distributed about the pelvis evacuate their blood into the external hemorrhoidal veins, the hypogastric veins, the internal pudic, the vena magna penis, and obturatory veins, all of which unite in the pelvis, and form the internal iliac vein. The external iliac vein receives the blood from the external pudendal veins, and then unites with the internal iliac at the last vertebra of the loins, forming the common iliac; the two common iliacs then form the vena cava inferior, or ascendens, which ascends on the right side ofthe spine, receiving the blood from the sacral, lumbar, emulgent, right spermatic veins, and the vena cava hepatica; and, having arrived at the diaphragm, it passes through the right foramen, and enters the right auricle of the heart, into which it evacuates all the blood from the abdominal viscera and lower extremities. Vena cava hepatica.—This vein ramifies iu the substance of the liver, and brings the blood into the vena cava inferior from the branches of the vena porta, a great vein which carries the blood from the abdominal viscera into the substance ofthe liver. The trunk of the vena porta?, about the fissure of the liver, in which it is situated, is divided into the hepatic and abdominal portions. The abdominal portion is composed of the splenic, meseraic, aud internal hemorrhoidal veins. These three venous branches carry all the blood from the stomach, spleen, pancreas, omentum, mesentery, gall-bladder, and the small and large intestines, into the sinus of the vena porta?. The hepatic portion of the vena porta? enters the substance of the liver, divides into innumerable ramifications, which secrete the bile, and the superfluous blood passes into corresponding branches of the vena cava hepatica. Velame'ntum bombtci'num. The mucous membrane ofthe intestines. VE'LUM. (um, i, n.) A veil. Velum interpositum. V. vasculosum. The tela choroidea of the brain. Velum pendulum palati. Velum. Velum palatinum. The soft palate. The soft part of the palate, which forms two arches, affixed laterally to the tongue and pharynx. Velum pupilla?. Membrana pupillaris. VE'NA. (a, a, f.; from venio, to come: because the blood comes through it.) A vein. See Vein. Vena azygos. Azygos vena. Vena medinensis. Medinensis vena. Vena porta:. Vena porlarium. The great vein, situated at. the entrance ofthe liver, which receives the blood from the abdominal viscera, and carries it iuto the substance of the livor- VER VER 672 It is distinguished into the hepatic and abdominal portion: the former ramifies through the substance of the liver, and carries the blood destined for the formation of the bile, which is returned by branches to the trunk of the vena cava; the latter is composed of three branches, viz., the splenic, mesenteric, and internal ha> morrhoidal veins. Vena? lactea?. The lacteals. VENjESE'CTION. Venesection. (Venmsectio, onis, f.; from vena, a vein, and sectio, to cut.) The opening of a vein. By modern surgeons this operation is usually performed on the Veins at the bend of the arm, and the external jugular. The current of blood should be free, and the amount taken sufficient to produce approaching faintncss, to secure the full effects of bleeding. Venena'tus. Poisonous. Vene'num. A poison. VENE'REAL. Venereus. Of, or belonging to, sexual intercourse. Venereal disease. Commonly it means syphilis. See Syphilis and Urethritis venerea. Venery. Coition. Venom. A poison. Veno'sus. Veiny; veined. Venous hum. See Bruit de diablc. VE'NTER. (ter, trie, f.) The belly. The older writers apply this tenn to the abdomen, Venter infimus. The chest was called Venter medius; and the head, Venter supremus. VENTIL A'TION. The act of renewing the air of a room or other confined place by soliciting a current from without. It is of the first importance for the preservation of health, and as a therapeutic means in low fevers and other diseases. VE'NTRICLE. (Ventriculus, i, m.; from venter.) A terra applied by anatomists to the cavities of the brain and heart. See Encephalos and Heart. Ventricle of arantius. A small cavity at the point of the calamus scriptorius of the brain. Ventricles of the larynx. Two depressions in the larynx, situated immediately above the chorda; vocales. Ventrico'sus. Ventricose: distended; bellying. VENTRI'CULUS. (us,i,m.) Tho stomach; a cavity; a ventricle. Ventriculus callo'sus. The gizzard of birds. Ventriculus fulmona'ris. The right ventricle of the heart. Ventriculus succenturiatus. That portion of the duodenum which is surrounded by the peritoneum is sometimes so large as to resemble a second stomach, and is so called by some writers. VENTRI'LOQUISM. ( Ventriloquismus; from venter, and loquor, to speak.) The art of so modulating the voice as to give the bystanders an impression that it proceeds from various distances. Ve'nula. A small vein. Ve'nus. Copper. VERATRIA. (a, as, I) Veratrine. A vegetable alkaloid obtained from the Veratrum sabadilla and V. album. It is white, pulverulent, has no odor, but excites violent sneezing, and is very acrid. Its formula appears to be C34H26NO6. It produces violent vomiting in very small doses, and, according to some experiments, a few grains may cause death. It is insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. It is said to be a drastic purge in the dose of one twelfth of a grain. It has been lately recommended as a topical stimulant in neuralgic, rheumatic, and other painful diseases. It is also applied in the form of liniment made with from six to twelve grains to an ounce of alcohol, or in that of an ointment consisting of 35s. of the veratria mixed with 31. of olive oil, and gj. of lard. The sulphate, tartrate, and other salts can be formed by acting on the base. Veratrine. See Veratria. VERA'TRUM. (um, i, n.) A genus ol plants. Polygamia. Monatcia. Melanthaccas. — V. album. White hellebore, or veratrum. Eveiy part of the plant is extremely acrid and poisonous. The dried root has a durable, nauseous, and bitter taste, burning the mouth and fauces: when powdered, and applied to issues or ulcers, it produces griping and purging ; if snuffed up the nose, it proves a violent sternutatory. The root is a violent purgative ; it likewise acts very powerfully upon the nervous system, producing great anxiety, tremors, vertigo, syncope, interrupted respiration, sinking of the pulse, convulsions, spasms, and death. Veratrum has been found useful in mania; epilepsy, and other convulsive complaints; and especially in the different eruptions; herpes, lepra, and other scaly diseases. As a powerful stimulating and irritating medicine, its use has been resorted to in desperate cases only, and even then it ought first to be exhibited in very small doses, as a grain, and in a diluted state, and to be gradually increased, according to the effects, which are generally of an alarming nature. Its active agent is veratria. — V. nigrum. Helleborus niger.— V. sabadilla. Indian caustic barley. Sevadilla. The seeds are administered with very great success as a vermifuge, and are also diuretic and emetic. The dose to a child, from two to four years old, is two grains; from hence to eight, five grains; from eight to twelve, ten grains.— V. viride. American hellebore is an indigenous swamp species; it is similar to the V. album in properties, but is said not to be purgative. VERBA'SCUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanaceas. — V. blatta'ria. Moth mullein. This is demulcent — V. nigrum. Black mullein. The V. nigrum and V. thapsus appear to be ordered indifferently by this name in the pharmacopoeias. The flowers, leaves, and roots are used occasionally as mild astringents.— V. thapsus. Tho yellow mullein. VERBE'NA. (a, 02, f.) A genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Verbenacece. — V. famina. Erysimum alliaria.— V. officinalis. Vervain. Verbenaca. This plant is destitute of odor, and has but slight bitterness and astringency. Verdigris. The subacetate of copper. Verjuice. An acid liquor pressed from green grapes or apples. VER VER 673 Vermicular. Vermicularis. Shaped like, or having the properties of a worm. Ve'rmiform. Vermiformis. Worm-like. VERMIFORM PROCESS. Processus and Protuberantia vermiformis. The substance which unites the two hemispheres of the cerebellum like a ring; and which forms a process, so called from its resemblance to an earth-worm rolled up. VE'RMIFUGE. (Vcrmifugus; from vermis, a worm, and fugo, to drive away.) Anthelmintic. Vermilion. Cinnabar. Vermina'tion. That diseased state, when the skin is infested by vermin. Vermi'nous. Produced by worms. VE'RMIS. (is, is, m.) A worm. The name generally given to the parasitical animals that infest the animal body. Seo Entozoa and Invermination. Vermis cerebri. Brain-worm. This name has been given to the Hungarian camp fever. Vermis mordicans. V. repens. A species of herpetic eruption on the skin. Vermis terrestris. Lumbricus terrestris. VERNA'TION. (From ver, the spring.) The manner in which the leaves of plants are folded or wrapped up, and expand in the spring. VE'RNIX CASE'OSA. The sebaceous matter which invests the fcetus. It consists of oily matters, epithelium scales, with a small quantity of saline matter. VERNO'NIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superjlua. Composites. — V. anthelminlica. Calagirah. An East Indian plant, much celebrated as a tonic, the seeds of which are considered a valuable vermifuge. VERO'NICA. A genus of plants. Diandric. Monogynia. Veronicaceas. — V.beccabunga. V. aquatica. The water-pimpernel and brooklime. The j uice of the fresh plant is refrigerant and antiscorbutic.— V. mas. V. officinalis. Veronica. It was formerly used as a pectoral, but is now justly forgotten. Ve rres. The boar. Verricula'ris tu'nica. Tho retina of the eve. VERRU'CA. (a, cs,i.) A wart, or thickening and induration ofthe cuticle, which is raised up in different forms. They are readily destroyed by caustic, ligature, or the knife. Verruca'ria. Heliotropium europaeuni. Verruco'se. Warty. Versa'tilis. Versatile: vane-like. VE'RTEBRA. (a, as, f.; from verto, to turn.) One of the bones of which the spine is formed. The spine is composed of two irregular pyramids, which are united at the os sacrum. The vertebra? which form the upper and longest pyramid are called true vertebra?, and those which compose the lower pyramid, or the os sacrum and coccyx, are termed false vertebra?. The true vertebra? are divided into the cervical, dorsal, and lumbar. In each of the vertebra?, as in other bones, we may remark the body of the bone, its processes, and cavities. The body may be compared to part of a cylinder cut off transversely: convex before, and concave behind. Each ver- tebra has commonly seven processes. First, the spinous process, which is placed at the back part of the vertebra. Two others are called transverse processes, and are placed on each side of the spinous process. The four others, which are called oblique processes, are much smaller. There are two on the upper and two on the lower part of each vertebra, rising from near the basis of the transverse processes. They are the articular processes. There is in every vertebra, between its body and processes, a foramen for the lodgment of the spinal marrow. Besides this, there are four notches on each side of every vertebra, between the oblique processes and the body of the vertebra. These form passages for bloodvessels, and for the nerves that pass out of the spine. The vertebra? are united together by means of fibro-cartilage. Besides the connection by means of this intervertebral cartilage, there are many strong ligaments, which unite the bones of the spine to each other. Some of these ligaments are external, and others internal. Thc cervical vertebras are seven iu number; their bodies are smaller, and of a firmer texture, than the other bones of the spine. The transverse processes are short, and forked. At the bottom of each of these processes there is a foramen, for the passage of the cervical (vertebral) artery. The spinous process is likewise shorter than that of other vertebra?, and forked at its extremity. Their oblique processes are large, and very oblique. The first, second, and seventh bone are of a peculiar form. The first, or atlas, forms a kind of bony ring. At the middle of its convex fore part is a small tubercle, which is the body. To this a ligament is attached, which helps to strengthen the articulation of the spine with the os occipitis. The back part of this anterior portion is concave, and covered with cartilage where it receives the odontoid process of the second vertebra. The posterior arch is larger than the anterior one. The transverse processes, one on each side, are longer and larger than those of the other vertebra?, and are perforated at their basis for the passage of the cervical artery. The articulating surfaces are also very large. The second, or dentata, has an upright process on its body, which is of a cylindrical shape, slightly flattened, however, behind and before. It articulates with the atlas. By this means the rotatory motion of the head is chiefly performed. The seventh vertebra has its spinal process of great length, so that it has been call ed vertebra prominens. The dorsal vertebras, which are twelve in number, are of a middle size, between the cervical and lumbar vertebra?. The bodies aro more flattened at their sides, more convex before, and more concave behind, than the other bones of the spine. Their upper and lower surfaces are nearly horizontal. Their spinous processes are long, flattened at the sides, divided at their upper and back part into two surfaces by a middle ridge. The transverse processes are of considerable length and thickness, and are turned obliquely backward. Anteriorly they have an articulating surface for receiving VES V E S 674 the tuberosity ofthe ribs, except iu the eleventh and twelfth of the dorsal vertebra?, to which the ribs are articulated by their heads only. The lumbar vertebra are five in number. Their bodies are larger than those of the dorsal vertebra?. Their spinous processes are short and thick, of considerable breadth, erect, and terminated by a kind of tuberosity. Their oblique processes are of considerable thickness. Their transverse processes are thin and long, except in the first and last vertebra?, where they are much shorter, that the lateral motions of the trunk might not be impeded. The os sacrum and os coccygis belong more correctly to the pelvis. VE'RTEBRAL. Vertebralis. Appertaining to the vertebra?, or bones of the spine. Vertebral artery. Arteria vertebralis. A branch of the subclavian, proceeding through the vertebra? to within the cranium, where, with its fellow, it forms the basilary arteiy, the internal auditory, and the posterior arteiy of the dura mater. Vertebral column. See Vertebra and Spinal cord. Vertebral disease. Rhachitis. Vertebral sinuses. See Sinuses, vertebral. VERTEBRA'TA. One ofthe primary divisions of the animal kingdom, containing all the animals furnished with a spine. VE'RTEX. (ex, icis, m.; from verto.) The crown of the head. The os verticis is the parietal bone. Ve'rtical. Verticalis. Perpendicular. Verticalia ossa. The parietal bones. VERTICFLLUS. A whorl; when the flowers or leaves surround the stem in a ring nearly on the same plane. Verticis os. The parietal bone. VERTI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from verto, to turn about.) Giddiness or swimming of the head; a dizziness, with a fear of falling, and more or less confusion of the mind and senses. The predisposing causes of this affection are such as produce debility or exhaustion of the nervous Eower, and the exciting causes are whatever as a tendency to disturb the uniformity with which the nervous power is distributed. Dyspeptic persons, those who are faint from sudden and violent evacuations, want of food, or a long course of labor, are very subject to it. It is also symptomatic of fevers and most inflammations. Verumo'ntanum. The caput gallinaginis of the urethra. Vervain. Verbena officinalis. Vervain, female. Erysimum alliaria. Vesa'nia. Madness. VESA'NIjE. The fourth order in the class Neuroses of Cullen, comprehending diseases in which the judgment is impaired, without either coma or pyrexia. VESFCA. (a, ce, f.) A bladder. Vesica fellis. The gall bladder. Vesica natato'ria. The air bladder of fishes. Vesica urinaria. The urinary bladder. VESICAL. Vesicalis. Relating to the urinary bladder, as vesical arteries, &c. See Urinary bladder. Vesica'nts. Vesicatory substances. VESICA'TORY. Vesicato'rius. (From vesica, a bladder: because it raises a bladder.) Having the property, when applied to the skin, of raising a bladder. Various substances produce this effect on the skin, but the powder of the cantharis, or blistering fly, operates with certainty and expedition, and is made use of for the purpose. Blisters act by diverting pain and inflammation to the surface. When it is not wished to maintain a discharge from the blistered part, make a puncture in the cuticle to let out the fluid, and dress with simple cerate or olive oil; hut when the case requires keeping up a secretion of pus, the surgeon must remove the whole of the detached cuticle with a pair of scissors, and dress the excoriated surface with diluted savine ointment; the cantharidis ointment has also been used, but is apt to produce strangury. VE'SICLE. ( Vesicula, ce, f.; a diminutive of vesica, a bladder.) 1. A small bladder. 2. An elevation of the cuticle, or bladder-like tumor in any part, containing a transparent watery fluid. Vesico-vaginal. Relating to the bladder and vagina. VESFCULA. (a, ce, f.) A vesicle; a small bag or bladder. In Pathology, a small, roundish elevation of the cuticle, containing lymph, but which may become opaque. It is usually succeeded by scurf or small scales. Vesicula fellis. The gall bladder. Vesicula umbilicalis. A small vesicle of the foetus, to be seen about the fifteenth day from impregnation, and beginning to disappear after the seventh week. See Ovum. VESICULjE. (Plural of vesicula.) An order of cutaneous diseases in the system of Bateman. Vesicula: diva: Barbara:. The confluent small-pox. Vesicula: gingivarum. The thrush. Vesicula: Graafiana?. Graafian vesicles. Vesicula: Nabothi. Vesicles of Naboth. The follicles in the interior of the cervix uteri. Vesicula? pulmonales. The air-cells of the lungs. Vesicula? seminales. Two membranous receptacles, situated on the back part of the bladder, above its neck. The excretory ducts are called ejaculatory ducts. They proceed to the urethra, into which they open by a peculiar orifice at the top of the verumontanum. They have vessels and nerves from the neighboring parts, and are well supplied with absorbent vessels, which proceed to the lymphatic glands about the loins. The use of the vesicula? seminales is to receive the semen brought into them by the vasa defereutia, to retain, somewhat inspissate, and to discharge it sub coitu into the urethra. VESFCULAR. Vesicularis. Having the appearance of vesicles; like small cellules or bladders. Vesicular fever. Pemphigus. Vesicular nervous tissue. See Nervous matter. VE'SPA. (a, a, f.) * A genus of insects, of the order Hymenoptera. — V. crabro. The hornet. The sting is very severe, aud the effect V IN V I N 675 best allayed by dilute ammonia.— V. vulgaris. The common wasp. VE'SSEL. Vas. In Anatomy, a tubular canal; the arteries, veins, lymphatics, and absorbents are called the vessels of the body. VESTI'BULE. Vestibulum. 1. A cavity of the internal ear, between the cochlea and semicircular canals. 2. The triangular space lying between the nympha?, boimded above by the clitoris, and below by the orifice of the urethra. Vesti'tus. Clothing. VETA. An acute headache, with great prostration, common in the region of the Andes. Veterinary. Relating to beasts of burden: hence Veterinary surgery, or farriery. Vexi'llum. The large, uppermost petal of a papilionaceous flower. VI'A. (a, a, f.) A way or passage. Used in Anatomy. Viability. The state of a child which is viable. See Viable. VIABLE. Applied to a new-born child, to express its capability of sustaining extra-uterine and independent life. Hence Viability. Via: lachrymales. The lachrymal apparatus. VI'BEX. (ex, icis; plu. VibicesA A large purple spot which appears under the skin in certain malignant fevers. Vi'bratory. Having a quick oscillating or swinging motion; quivering. VIBRIO'NES. (Plural of vibrio.) Minute animalcules, of a linear figure and low organization, sometimes found in the urine of emaciated persons. Fuchs has recognized two species, Vibrio cyanogenus and V. xanthogenus, in specimens of the blue and yellow diseased milk. Vibri'ssa:. The hairs growing inside the nostrils. Viburnum lantana. Liburnum. The berries are considered astringent. VICHY SPRINGS. Iu the department of Allier, France. They are thermal, and contain variable proportions of carbonic acid, carbonate of soda, carbonates of lime, magnesia, and iron, sulphate and muriate of soda, &c. VI'CIA. (a, cs, f.) A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. heguminosa. — V.faba. The common bean. Beans are very nutritious, but in delicate stomachs may produce flatulency. Victorialis longa. Allium victoriale. Vidian nerve. V. canal. Tlie pterygoid nerve and canal. VIGILANCE. Pervigilium. Continued wakefulness. This, when attended by anxiety, pain in the head, loss of appetite, and diminution of strength, is by Sauvages and Sagar considered as a genus of disease, and is called Agrypnia. VFLLOUS. Villosus. Shaggy; applied, in Analomy, to a velvet-like arrangement of fibres or vessels, as in the mucous membrane. Villous membranes. The mucous membranes. VFLLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The minute papillae which arise on the surface of mucous membranes, forming downj4 tissue. 2. A species of hairy pubescence. Vi'men. A slender and flexible twig. VI'NCA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — V. minor. The lesser periwinkle. V. pervinca. It possesses bitter and astringent virtues. Vinceto'xicum. Asclepias vincetoxicum. Vine. Vitis vinifera. Vine, white. V., toild. Bryonia alba. Vinegar. See Acetum. Vinegar, aromatic. Acetum aromaticum. Vinegar of squills. Acetum scillas. Vinegar, thieves'. Acetum prophylacticum. VINUM. (um, i, n.) Wine. The fermented juice of the grape and other fruits. Various wines are recognized as officinal by the pharmacopoeias. The Vinum of the Ph. U. S. is Teneriffe, a variety of Madeira; dry, rather acid, and containing about fourteen per cent, of alcohol. Sherry is the officinal wine of the Ph. L., E., & D., and is severally called Vinum album (E.), V. album Hispanicum (D.); and V. Xericum (L.). This, when pure, is a dry, strong wine without acidity. The wines used by invalids should be old, and free from acidity; but claret, port, Champagne, &c, are sometimes prescribed to meet certain indications as well as to act as diffusible stimulants. (See Wine.) The wines so employed are comprised in the following list: V. Burgundicum. Burgundy; light, acid, and astringent.— V. Campanicum. Champagne. It is sparkling and acid, acts as a diffusible stimulant rapidly, and is calculated, by the presence of free carbonic acid, to allay vomiting. — V. Canarinum. Teneriffe. — V. Lusita'nicum, V. rubrum Portuga'licum. Port wine. When old and in good condition, it is strong, and slightly astringent. It is tonic as well as stimulant, and of great service for invalids whose system is lax, but may disagree with a weak stomach.— V. Madera'icum. Madeira. It is very strong and slightly acid. It is procured of better quality than the others in the U. S., and is well adapted to the aged, infirm, and convalescents. — V. Rhena'num. Rhine wine. The hocks are light, acid wines, well adapted to cases where there is a phosphatic deposit in the uriue: they are diuretic, and very mild stimulants. In cases of low fever they are to be preferred, unless more powerful stimulants become necessary.— V. Rubellum. Claret. The clarets, of which Lafitte aud Chateau Margaux are the best, are light, acid, and astringent wines. They therefore combine a tonic property with the stimulant and diuretic. They are, with the Rhine wines, very improper in gouty cases. VINA MEDICATA. Medicinal wines. Preparations differing little from tinctures, except in the smaller quantity of alcohol they contain. They do not keep as well as tinctures, aud should be prepared in small quantity. Teneriffe or Canary wine is the officinal wine of the U. S., and the preparations are made by macerating without heat for fourteen days. The following are the important preparations. There are many in the French Codex too complex and useless to bo inserted here. These wines are indeed of little importance, since they may be extemporaneously imitated by the addition of one half water to the corresponding tinctures, and are now omitted from the London Pharmacopoeia. V I N VIS 676 Visum aloes. (U. S.) Wine of aloes. Tinctura hiera;. Tinctura sacra. Take of pow- dered aloes, gj.; cardamom seeds, bruised, ginger, each, 3j.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, occasionally shaking the mixture, and filter. A stomachic purgative. Dose, f. gss. to f. gj. Vinum am ahum. Vinum gentiana! compositum. Vinum antimonii potassio-tartratis. V. antimonii tartarizati. See Antimonii tartarizati vinum. Vinum chalybea'tum. Vinum ferri. Vinum co'lchici radicis. (U. S.) Wine of colchicum roots. Take of the cormus of colchicum, bruised, ibss.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, snaking occasionally, and strain; or prepare by displacement. Dose, gtt. xl. to t ft Vinum co'lchici seminis. (U. S.) Wine of colchicum seeds. Take of colchicum seeds, bruised, giv.; wine, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Used in gout and rheumatism. Dose, f. sss. to f. 3ij. Vinum emeticum. Antimonii tartarizatum. vinum. Vinum ergo'ta:. (U. S.) Wine of ergot. Take of ergot, bruised, gij.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3j., to assist labour. Vinum ferri. Wine of iron. V. chalybeatum. Take of iron filings, gij.; wine, Oij. Mix, and set the mixture by for a month, occasionally shaking it; then filter it through paper. Not used. Vinum gentiana; compositum. (Ph. E.) Compound wine of gentian. Take of gentian root, bruised, gss.; cinchona bark, bruised, gj.; orange rind, dried, sij.; canella bark, bruised, 3j.; dilute alcohol, f. giv.; sherry wine, Oiiss. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Stomachic and tonic bitters. Dose, f. 3ij. to f. 3iv. Vinum ipecacuanha:. (U.S.) Wine of ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha root, bruised, gj.; wine Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. The dose, when used as an emetic, is from f. 31V. to f. gj.; as a diaphoretic, about 33s.; and it is expectorant in the dose of ten or fifteen drops several times a day. Vinum opii. (U.S.) Wine of opium. Take of powdered opium, gij. ; cinnamon bark, bruised, cloves, bruised, of each, jj.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. The dose and effects are similar to those of tincture of opium. It is veiy useful in chronic ophthalmia, two or three drops being introduced into the eye every day. This practice was introduced by Mr. Ware. Vinum rhei. (U. S.) Wine of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, bruised, gij.; canella bark, bmised, sj.; dilute alcohol, f. gij. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. Stomachic and laxative. Dose, f. gss. to f. gj. Vinum ta'baci. (U. S.) Wine of tobacco. Take of tobacco, gj.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. A dangerous narcotic and antispasmodic. Not used. Vinum vera'tri albi. (U. S.) Wine of white hellebore. Take of veratrum root, bmised, giv.; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Dose, gtt. xxx., to be gradually increased. VI'OLA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Monogynia. Violacea. — V. calceolaria. It affords a kind of ipecacuanha.— V. canina. The dog violet. The root excites vomiting and purging in the dose of a scruple of the dried root. — V. ipecacuanha. It yields a species of ipecacuanha root. — V. lutea. Cheiranthus cheiri. — V. odorata. Sweet violet. Viola. The recent flowers have an agreeable sweet smell, and a mucilaginous bitterish taste. They are laxative, and said to possess an anodyne and pectoral quality.— V. palustris. Pinguicula palustris.— V. parviflo'ra. This plant affords a kind of ipecacuanha.— V. pedata. An indigenous species, thought to be a good pectoral demulcent.— V. tricolor. Heart's-ease. Pansy. It is very mucilaginous, and slightly laxative. Several German writers extol it in Crusta lactea. VIOLA'OEjE. (Viola, a violet.) The violet tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbs with leaves usually alternate; ftoioers, polypetalous; petals, hypogynous; stamens, alternate with the petals; ovarium, one-celled, many-seeded. Viola'ceous. Violaceus. A deep bluishpurple or violet color. Viola'ria. Violet. See Viola. Vi'oline. Violina. The emetic principle of the ipecacuan violets, similar to emetine. Viper. Vi'pcra. The Coluber berus. Viper-grass. See Scorzonera. Viper aria. Viperi'na. Aristolochia serpentaria. Virga aurea. Solidago virgaurea. Virga'ta sutura. The sagittal suture. Virga'tus. Rod-shaped. VIRGINIA, SPRINGS OF. Several mineral springs in the valley of Western Virginia have great medicinal value. The warm spring is a thermal of 97° F.; the hot spring has a temperature of 107°; and both are slightly sulphurous. The sweet springs are highly acidulous. The white sulphur is a strong sulphurous water, and the red sulphur is sulphurous and chalyb eate. Virgin's bower. Clematis vitalba. Virgin's milk. Lac virgineum. Virgina'le claustrum. The hymen. Virgula. The penis. Virility. Manhood; adult age. Vi'rulent. Virosus. Poisonous; pertain- ing to a virus. VI'RUS. (us, i, m.) A poison. In the language of Pathology, any matter which is the product of a disease, and is capable of producing that disease in a healthy individual by inoculation or absorption through the cuticle, is called the vims of that disease: thus we speak of the virus of small-pox, of the venereal virus, Sec. VIS. (Vis,viris, f.) Power, la.Physiology, applied to the vital power and its effects: hence Vis vitas, Vis insita, Vis irritabilis, Vis nervea, &c. Vis a tergo. Any moving power acting from behind. Vis conserva'trix.* Vis medicatrix. Vis elastica. Elasticity. Vis insi'ta. This property is defined by Haller to be that power by which a muscle, VIS VIT 677 when wounded, touched, or irritated, contracts, independently of the will of the animal that is the subject of the experiment, and without his feeling pain. Vis medica'trix nature. Vis conscrvatrix. A term employed by physicians to express that healing power in an animated body, by which, when diseased, the body is enabled to regain its healthy actions. Vis mortua. That property by which a muscle, after the death of the animal, or immediately after having been cut out from a living body, contracts. Vis nervosa. Vis nervea. The power of the muscles by which they act when excited by the nerves, as opposed to the Vis insita, or irritabilis. Vis plastica. V. formativa. The formative energy which spontaneously operates in animals. Vis vita:. The vital power. VI'SCERA. (Plural of viscus.) The intestines; the organs ofthe body. Vi'sceral. Relating to the intestines, or to a viscus. VISCIDITY. ( Visciditas; from viscus, viscid.) Viscosity: glutinous; sticky; clammy. Viscosity. Viscositas. Viscidity. Viscous fermentation. A fermentation which takes place in vegetable juices at 90° to 100° F., attended with the production of lactic acid, mannite, and a gummy substance. VIS'CUM. (um, i, n., and us, i, m.) A genus of parasitical plants. Diascia. Tetrandria. Caprifoliacecs. — V. album. V. qucrcinus. The mistletoe. This plant was anciently thought of great virtue in epilepsy and nervous diseases. VI'SCUS. (us, ens,sn.; plural, viscera.) A bowel. The organs contained in any of the three great cavities, especially of the thorax and abdomen, are called viscera. VISION. (Visus, us, m.) The function which enables us to perceive the magnitude, figure, color, distance, &c, of bodies. The organs which compose the apparatus of vision are described in the article Eye. Optically considered, the eye is a camera obscura, the retina being sensible to the undulations of light, and receiving a change therefrom, which is conveyed to the brain by means of the optic nerve. The lens and humors of the eye are destined to collect the rays of light into a focus, for their proper action on the retina; and if there be any flattening or morbid change in these parts, vision is impeded or destroyed. The amount of light entering is beautifully regulated by the iris, which contracts and dilates in proportion to the quantity and its brilliancy, diminishing the pupil to a mere point in the full glare of the sun. The pigment of the eye also serves a highly important purpose, by absorbing all the rays which are out of the axis, and hindering them from producing the confusion of vision which would otherwise occur. It is also suspected that the pigment represents the matter which has been changed by the action of light on the retina; for we can not conceive that this agent should produce such a marked effect without inducing chemical change. According to this view, the retina, a9 was suggested by Dr. Moser, is very similar in its chemical history to a Daguerre plate. Under ordinary circumstances, vision is most distinct, for small objects, at a distance of about eight inches. In abnormal or diseased conditions of the eye, this point will be advanced or removed according as the globe is flattened or elongated, producing the defects called long and short sightedness. The apparent size of an object depends upon the rays of light with which it is seen; the more convergent these are, the greater will be the size; hence distance, which diminishes the convergence or angle under which the object is seen, also diminishes the apparent size; and convex lenses, as in the microscope, which rapidly condense light, improve the magnitude of objects. The eye is not, however, a perfect machine, for the impression of an object remains there during an appreciable time, about the one sixtieth of a second, so that vision becomes confused when the change of objects is as rapid as this, the images being run into one another. This fact is the basis of several ingenious optical toys. There are, also, two spots in the retina where vision does not take place; at the entrance of the arteria centralis retina? and the foramen of Soemmering. The muscles of the eye exercise some influence in elongating or diminishing its diameter, for the purpose of adapting it to the examination of near and distant objects. Optical illusions arise from the above defects of the eye, but chiefly from errors in the mental appreciation of the size, distance, position, and relation of objects. Thus we judge of distance from the size and brilliaucy of objects, and are continually under the impression that large masses which are very distant may be near, or that bright objects are at hand. The defects called ocular spectra seem to be due to disease, or a defect of the retina or brain, for the most part. They consist in the perception of objects which are imaginary, or in the presence of moving motes, or bodies of a false color. The moving motes are supposed by some to arise from the presence of opaque particles in the aqueous humor. Vision, defective. — V. lateral. Se*e Dysopia. Visus. Vision. Visus defiguratus. See Pseudoblepsis. Visus duplicatus. See Diplopia. VI'TA. (a, as, f.; from vivo, to live.) See Life. Vita: lignum. Guaiacum officinale. Vital air. Oxygen. Vital force. Vis vita?. The formative force, which arranges the materials of growth, reproduces cellules, endows all parts of the body with irritability and sensibility, and resists the destructive action of numerous morbific agents. Vital principle. See Life. Vitalba. Clematis vitalba. VITE'LLINE. VUellinus. 1. Pertaining to the yolk of the egg. 2. Of a yellow or orange color. Vitelline vessels. The omphalo-mesenteric vessels of the incubated egg. Vite'llus. 1. The yolk of an egg. 2. The albumen of seeds. , VOI VIT 678 VI'TEX. (ex, icis, f.) A genus of plants. Didynamia, Angiospermia. — V. agnus castus. The chaste tree. The seeds, when fresh, are fragrant, and have an acrid, aromatic taste. Formerly they were celebrated as anti-aphrodisiac. Viti saltUs. See Chorea. VITILFGO. (o, inis, f.; from vilidus, a calf.) Veal skin. Celsus includes the three varieties of lepra, the alphos, melas, and leucc, under the name vitiligo. Dr. Willan applies the name to a tubercular disease which is somewhat rare, and perhaps but little known. It is characterized by the appearance of smooth, white, shining tubercles, which rise on the skin, intermixed with shining papula;. Vitiligo hepatica. Symptomatic diffused ephelis.— Sauvages. VI'TIS. (is, is, f.) 1. The grape. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. FYtacea — V. alba. Bryonia alba.— V. corinthiaca. The dried fruit or raisin called Passa corinthiaca. The small raisins called currants. — V. idaa. —Vacciniuni oxycoccus. — V. marina. Fucus nutans.— V. sylvestris. White bryony.— V. vini'fera. Tho grape vine. Tho expressed juice of the unripe fruit has a harsh, sour taste: it is called verjuice, and was formerly much esteemed, but is now superseded by the juice of lemons; for external use, however, particularly in bruises and sprains, verjuice is still employed, and considered to bo a veiy useful application. The dried fruit is termed Uva passa major. Passula major, the raisin. Vitium scrofulosum. The scrofulous diath- esis. Vitra'ria. Parietaria officinalis. VITRE'OUS. (Vitreus; from vitrum, glass.) Glassy; transparent; polished like glass. Vitreous humor. Corpus vitreum. Vitreous body. The pellucid body which fills the whole bulb of the eye behind the crystalline lens. Vitrifica'tion. The conversion of any substance into a substance like glass. Vitriol. Sulphate of iron. Vitriol, acid of. Sulphuric acid. Vitriol, blue. Sulphate of copper. Cupri sulphas.. Vitriol, greek. Sulphate of iron. Ferri sulphas? Vitriol, oil of. Sulphuric acid. Vitriol, Roman. Cupri sulphas. Vitriol, sweet spirit of. Spiritus aitheris sulphurici. Vitriol, white. Sulphate of zinc. Zinci sulphas. Vitriol ATEp kali. Potassa; sulphas. Vitriolum. Sulphate of iron. See Ferri sulphas. Vitriolum album. See Zinci sulphas. Vitriolum coxruleum. See Cupri srdphas- Vitriolum romanum. See Cupri sulphas. Vitriolum viride. See Herri sulphas. VI'TRUM. (um, i, n.) Glass. Powdered glass has been used as an irritating stimulant to the eye, to remove specks of the cornea. Vitrum antimonii. See Antimonii vitrum. Vitrum antimonii ceratum. A diaphoretic compound, made of powdered glass of antimony and yellow wax melted together, and pulverized when cold. Vitrum hypoclepticum. A funnel to separate oil from water. Vittm. The little receptacles of umbelliferous seeds, containing their aromatic oil. Vitta'tus. Spotted. VIVE'RRA. (a, a, f.) A genus of digitigradous quadrupeds.— V. civetta. The ash-colored civet or weazel. See Civetta. — V. zibe 1 1tha. The civet cat. See Zibethum. VIVITAROUS. Viviparus. In Zoology, an animal which brings forth its young alive is styled viviparous, in opposition to one which is oviparous, or lays eggs. VIVISE'CTION. (From vivus, living, and sectio, to cut.) Tho act of opening or cutting into living animals for the purpose of making physiological observations. The practice is looked upon with great repugnance by the profession, and is only to be employed where the point to be determined is of considerable importance. Vivus. Living. VOCAL CORDS. Chorda vocales. Vocal ligaments. Two ligaments which pass, one on each side, from the base of the arytenoid cartilage, and are inserted into the thyroid cartilage. They are particularly connected with tho formation of the voice. See Voice. VOICE. Vox. The sound which is produced in the larynx at the instant when the air traverses this organ, either to enter or go out of the trachea. The Apparatus of Voice. —The larynx ought properly to be considered as the organ of voice. Its size varies according to age and sex, being small in children and women, greater in young men, and still larger in adult age. The larynx consists of four cartilages and three fibro-cartilages.* The cartilages are the cricoid, the thyroid, and tho two arytanoid The thyroid joins with the cricoid by the ex tremity of its two inferior horns. In the living state, the thyroid is fixed with respect to the cricoid. Every arytanoid cartilage is articula ted with the cricoid by means of a surface, which is oblong, and concave in a transverse direction. The cricoid presents a surface which is similarly disposed to that of the arytanoid, with this difference, that it is convex in the same direction in which the other is concave. Round the articulation there is a synovial capsule, firm before and behind, and movable without and within. Before the articulation is tho thyro-arytanoid ligament; behind is a strong ligamentous band, that might be called cricoarytanoid, on account of the manner in which it is fixed. Thus disposed, the articulation admits only of lateral movements of the arytanoid upon the cricoid cartilage. No movement forward or backward can take place, nor a certain movement up and down, mentioned in anatomical books, which none of the muscles is so disposed as to produce. This articulation ought to be considered as a simple lateral ginglymus. The fibro-cartilages of the larynx are the epiglottis, and two small bodies that are found above the top of the arytanoid cartilages, and that have been called by Santorini capitula cartilaginum arytanoidearum. The muscles are, 1st. The crico-thyroid, the VOM VOI 679 use of which is to raise the cricoid toward the thyroid cartilage. 2d. The muscles crico-arytanoideus posterior, and the crico-arytosnoideus lateralis, the use of which is to draw outward the arytenoid cartilages, in separating them from one another. 3d. The arytanoid muscle, which draws the arytenoid cartilages together. 4th. The thyro-arytanoideus, a knowledge of which is more important than that of all the muscles of the larynx, because its vibrations produce the vocal sound. This muscle forms the lips of the glottis, and the inferior, superior, and lateral sides of the ventricles of the larynx. 5th. Lastly, the muscles ofthe epiglottis, which are the thyro-epiglottideus, the arytano-epiglottideus, and some fibres that may be considered as the vestige of the glosso-epiglottideus muscle that exists in some animals, whose contraction has an influence upon the position of the epiglottis. The larynx is covered within by a mucous membrane. This membrane, in passing from the epiglottis to the arytenoid and thyroid cartilages, forms two folds, called the lateral ligaments of the epiglottis. They concur in the formation of the superior and inferior ligaments of the glottis. The vessels of the larynx present nothing remarkable. The nerves are the superior and inferior laryngeal, and the recurrent nerve. The interval which separates the thyro-arytenoid muscles, and the arytenoid cartilages, is called the glottis. In the dead body the glottis presents the appearance of a longitudinal slit of about eight or ten lines long, and two Or three wide: it is wider behind than before. Here the two sides meet at the point of their insertion into the thyroid cartilage. The posterior extremity of the glottis is formed by the arytanoid muscles. If the arytenoid cartilages are brought together so as to touch on their internal faces, the glottis is diminished nearly a third of its length. It then presents a slit which is from five to six inches long, and from half a line to a line broad. The sides of this slit are called the vocal cords (chorda lips of the glottis, or rima glotlidis. These hps of the glottis vibrate in the production of the voice. Above the inferior ligaments of the glottis are the ventricles of the larynx, the cavity of which is larger than it seems at first sight. The superior, inferior, and external sides of it are formed by the thyro-arytenoid muscle, turned upon itself. The extremity, or anterior side, is formed by the thyroid cartilage. By means of these ventricles, the lips of the glottis are completely isolated upon their upper side. Above the opening of the ventricles are the superior ligaments of the glottis. They are formed by the superior edge of the thyro-arytenoid muscle ; and covered by the mucous membrane ofthe larynx. Production of the Voice. — The ah being pressed from the lungs, proceeds into the trachea. This pipe very soon becomes contracted, and the air is forced to pass through a narrow slit, the two sides of which are vibrating plates, which permit and intercept the air, and by these alternations produce sonorous undulations in the transmitted cm-rent of air. For this effect, it is necessary that the thyro-arytte noid muscles be tense, and this does not take place if the recurrent nerves which supply them be cut; then the voice is lost. The tone and intensity of the voice depend on the size of the larynx and the strength of the chest, and the compass or number of notes which can be sounded, on tho capacity of elongating and depressing the trachea, and the contraction or dilatation of the larynx. Hence the compass of the voice is susceptible of improvement by practice. Voice, articulate. Speech; the effect of modifying the sound emitted by the larynx in its passage over the tongue, and through the nostrils, teeth, and lips. Voice, bleating. V., goat's. Egophony. Voice, cavernous. V., tracheal. See Atiscultalion. Vo'la. The palm ofthe hand. VO'LATILE. ( Volatilis; from volo, to fly.) Substances the particles of which have a tendency to evaporate or diffuse themselves through the air at ordinaiy temperatures are called volatile substances: such are ether, ammonia, &c. Volatile alkali. Ammonia. Volatile salt. Sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Volatility. The property of becoming evaporated or diffused through the air. Volatiliza'tion. The act of rendering a body soluble or vaporous by heat. Volse'lla. A probang. See Probang. VOLTAIC PILE. A galvanic pile of a number of zinc and copper pairs, separated by pieces of woolen cloth steeped in a solution of salt or other agent. Voltaism. Galvanism. VOLTAME'TER. An instrument for measuring the activity of a galvanic circle. It consists of a bottle containing acidulated water, hi which the poles can be made to terminate, so that decomposition takes place therein. The bottle has a tube along which the resulting gases flow to a graduated vessel: otherwise it is closed. The activity of the current is therefore measured by the quantity of gas evolved in a given time. Volubile. Volubilis. Twining. VOLUME. The apparent space occupied by a body. The less the density of a body, the greater is its volume. VOLUNTARY. Relating to the will. Those muscles which are thrown into action in obedience to the will are called voluntary muscles, in opposition to the involuntary, which act independently of it. Motions effected by the action of the voluntary muscles are termed voluntary motions. Voluntary motions. See Voluntary. Voluntary muscles. See Voluntary. Vo'lva. The wrapper or covering of many of the fungi. Vo'lvulus. (From volvo, to roll up.) Ileac passion. Volvulus terrestris. The Convolvulus minor. VO'MER. (er, eris, m.; a plough-share.) A slender, thin bone, separating the nostrils from each other. It is attached to the ethmoid and pterygoid bones. WAT WEI 680 VO'MICA. (a, a, f.; from vomo, to Bpit up.) In a wide sense, an abscess in any of the viscera ; the term, however, is restricted to an abscess in the substance of the lungs, usually that formed by the suppuration of tubercles. VO'MITING. Vomitio. A forcible ejection of food, or any other substance, from the stomach, through the oesophagus and mouth. It is preceded by nausea, dizziness, and a flow of saliva, with a salt taste in the fauces. The mechanism of vomiting consists in the contraction of the diaphragm, abdominal muscles, and stomach, thrown into action by a reflex action of the par vagum nerve. It usually arises from irritation of the stomach and gastro-enteric membrane, but is often symptomatic of affections of the brain, testicles, kidney, and uterus. If very obstinate, it may be relieved by effervescing drinks, aromatics, or sinapisms applied over the stomach. VOMITURITION. 0, onis, f.) Retching, or the ineffectual effort to vomit. Vomitus cruentus. Haematemesis. Vo'racious appetite. Bulimia. Vox. (vox, vocis, f.) The voice. Vox abscissa. A loss of voice. Aphonia. Vulneraria aqua. Eau d'arquebusade. VU'LNERARY. Vulnerarius. (From minus, a wound.) That which assists the healing of wounds. VU'LNUS. (us, eris, n.) A wound. See Wound. Vulnus sclope'ticum. A gun-shot wound. Vulpis morbus. Alopecia, or baldness. Vultus. The countenance. See Facies. VU'LVA. (a, m, f. The womb.) Applied by anatomists, 1. To the external parts of generation in the female. 2. The foramen commune anterius of the brain. Vulva'ria. Chenopodium vulvaria. Vulvo-uterine canal. The vagina. Vomiting of blood. Haematemesis. Vo'mitio. Vomiting w w. The symbol for tungsten. Wade's drops. Compound tincture of benzoin. is a necessary and abundant component in the animal and vegetable kingdom, the objects of both of which consist of seven to nine tenths of this fluid. In minerals it is often chemically combined, acting the part of a weak acid, and forming hydrates; or it is present as a crystallizing agent, giving a regular form to the body: in this state it is called the water of crystallization. W ater i n the form of ice, and when tepid, warm, or in vapor, is an "important agent in medicine, but more as the vehicle of heat or cold than from any qualities of its own, except as a diluent. For the pharmaceutical varieties of water, see Aqua. Water-brash. Pyrosis. Water-cress. Sisymbrium nasturtium. Water-cure. Hydropathy. Water-dock. Rumex hydrolapathum. Water-flag, yellow. Iris pseudacorus. Water-germander. Teucrium scordium. WAISTCOAT, STRAIT. A strong, washleather coat, put on maniacs to restrain their motions: it is fastened behind the back, and has long arms. Wakefulness. See Agrypnia. Wake-robin. Arum maculatum. Wall-flower. Cheiranthus cheiri. Wall-fellitory. Parietaria oflichialis Wall-pepper. Sedum acre. Wall-rue. Asplenium murale. Wallwort. Sambucus ebulus. Walnut. See Juglans. Ward's essence for headache. The compound camphor liniment. Ward's paste. A remedy for the piles, nearly the same as the Confectio piperis nigri. Ward's red drops. A strong solution of emetic tartar in wine. Water-hemp. Eupatorium cannabinum. Water in the head. Hydrocephalus. Water in the chest. Hydrothorax. Water-lily, white. Nymphaea alba. Water-lily, yellow. Nymphaea lutea. Water-parsnep. Sium nodiflorum. Water-pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. Water-plantain. Alisma plantago. Water-pox. Varicella. Water-zizania. W.rice. Zizania aquatica. Watery gripes. Lienteria. See Cholera Ward's white drops. A preparation made by dissolving mercury in nitric acid, and adding a solution of carbonate of ammonia, or of corrosive sublimate and carbonate of ammonia. Warner's cordial. A tincture made with rhubarb, senna, saffron, liquorice, raisins, and brandy. Wart. See Verruca. Warty. Verrucose. Wash. A lotion. Washerwoman's scall. A variety of psoriasis diffusa. infantum. Waved. Undulated. Wax. See Cera. Wa'sting. Atrophy. Watchfulness. See Agrypnia. WATER. Aqua. A transparent fluid, without color, smell, or taste. Water absolutely pure does not exist in nature, but may be prepared by careful distillation: that from rain and Bnow is the purest. It has a specific gravity of 100 at 60° F., freezes at 32°, and boils at 212°. Its composition is one atom of oxygen with one of hydrogen (HO), and equivalent, 9. Water WEB. Tela. Applied to that which resembles a web! as the arachnoid membrane, cellular tissue, &c. Web-eye. Caligo. Web, mucous. The cellular membrane. Web, muscular. Pannus carnosus. Webster's pills, Lady. An aloetic pill. Wedg#s*haped. Cuneiform. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Apotheca- WEI WEI 681 ries have for some time practiced a division of weights and measures peculiar to themselves, and different from the standards; hence their system is called Apothecaries' Weight,sa.6\apotkecaries' measure. 1. Apothecaries' Weight. 1 pound, libra, fl> contains 12 ounces. 1 ounce, uncia, 5 "8 drachms. 1 drachm, drachma, 3 " 3 scruples. 1 scruple, scrupulum, 9 " 20 grams. 1 grain, granum, gr. ft 5 3 3 gr. French gram. Or, 1 = 12 = 96 = 288 — 5760 = 372-96 1 = 8 = 24 = 480 = 31-08 1 = 3 = 60 = 3-885 1 = 20 = 1-295 1 = 0-06475 2. Avoirdupois Weight. lb. oz. dr. grs. grammes. 1 = 16 = 256 = 7000- =453-25 1 = 16 = 437-5 = 28-328 1 = 27-34375= 1-7705 1 3> avoirdupois equals 1 lb., 2 oz., 280 grs apothecaries' or Iroy. 3. Apothecaries', or Wine Measure. 1 gallon, congius, C, contains 8 pints. 1 pint, octarius, O, contains 16 ounces. 1 ounce, fluiduncia, f. 5, contains 8 fluid drachms. 1 fluid drachm, fluidrachma, f. 3, contains 60 minims. 1 minim, minima, til, equals 1 drop of water. C O f. 5 f. 3 cubic in. litres. Or, 1 =8 = 128 = 1024 = 231- =3-78515 1 = 16 = 128 = 28-875 =0-47298 1= 8= 1-8047=0-02957 1 = 0-2256=0-00396 4. Imperial Measure, adopted by the London and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias. C O f. f f. 3 1 = 8 = 160 = 1280 1 = 20 = 160 1 = 8 FRENCH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 1. Measures of Length: the Metre being at 32°, and the Foot at 62°. English inches. Millimetre = -03937 Centimetre = -39371 English Measures. Decimetre = 3-93710 Mil. Fur. Yds. Feet. In. Metre = 39-37100 = 0 0 1 0 3-371 Decametre = 393-71000 = 0 0 10 2 9-7 Hecatometre = 3937-10000 = 0 0 109 1 1- Kilometre = 39371-00000 . = 0 4 213 1 10-2 Myriametre = 393710-00000 = 6 1 156 0 6- 2. Measures of Capacity Apothecaries' or wine Measure. Cubic inches. Tons. Hhds. Gal. Pints. Millitre = -06103 == 0 0 0 0 16-2318 minims. Centilitre = -61028 = 0 0 0 0 2-7053 fluid drachms Decilitre = 6-10280 = 0 0 0 0 3-3816 fluid ounces. Litre = 61-02800 = 0 0 0 2-1133 Decalitre = 610-28000 = 0 0 2 5-1352 Hecatolitre mm 6102-80000 = 0 0 26-419 Kilolitre = 61028-00000 = 1 0 12-19 Myrialitre = 610280-00000 = 10 1 589 3. Weights. English grains. Milligramme = -0154 Centigramme = -1544 Decigramme = 1-5444 Troy. Avoirdupois. Gramme = 15-4440 Lbs. Oz. Dr. Gr. Lbs. Oz. Dr. Decagramme = 154-4402 = 0 0 2 34-3 = 0 0 5-65 Hectogramme = 1544-4023 = 0 3 1 43-4 = 0 3 8-5 Kilogramme = 154440234 = 2 8 1 14- = 2 3 5- Myriagramme = 154440-2344 = 26 9 4 20- = 22 1 2- ROMAN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Urna. Libra. Uncia. Denarius. Scrupulus. Sextans. Chalcus. Grs. Troy Amphora . Mm 2 = 80 = 960 = 6720 = 20160 = 40320 = 403200 = 420480 Urna . . . 1 mm 40 = 480 = 3360 = 10080 = 26160 — 210600 = 210240 Congius . . i mm 10 = 120 = 840 = 2540 = 5040 = 50400 = 52920 Sextarius . . . . 1J = 20 = 140 = 420 = 840 = 8400 = 8760 Libra . . . . 1 1 = 84 = 252 = 504 = 5040 = 5256 Hemin'a' 8$ = 60 = 180 = 360 = 3600 = 3759 Acetabulum . . . . 24 = 15 = 45 = 90 = 900 = 939 Sesqui-cyathus . . . . 2{ = 15 = 45 = 90 = 900 = 939 Cyathus 1% = 10 = 30 = 60 = 600 = 626 Sescuncia . . . . U = Mf 31* = 63 = 630 = 657 Uncia 1 = 7 = 21 = 42 = 420 = 438 Cochleare 2\ mm 7i — 15 = 150 = 156 Drachma 1 = 3 = 6 = 60 = 62$ Denarius 1= 3= 6= 60 = 62} WHI WIN 682 Scrupulus. Sextans. Chalcus. Grs. Troy. 1 = 2 mm 20 mm 20f i = 1 mm 10 = 101 1 = 10 = 101 1 mm 10 mm 10* Scrupulus Scrupulus dimidatus ' Obolus Sextans Chalcus 1 = 1& White swelling. Hydarthrus. White wood. Liriodendron tulipiferum. Whites. Leucorrhoea. APPROXIMATE MEASURES. Besides these measures, other irregular measures of uncertain contents are used: A table-spoonful, cochlearium magnum —of syrup, gss.; distilled waters, 3iijss. to gss.; spirits and tinctures, 31]. to 3iij. A desert-spoonful, cochlearium mcdiocre=of water, 3ij. A tea or coffee spoonful, cochlearium parvum =of syrup, 3j. to 3ij.; distilled waters, 9jss. to 9ij.; spirit and tinctures, 9j. to 9jss.; light powder, as magnesia, 9ss. to 9j.; heavy powder, as sulphur, 9jss. to 9ij.; metallic oxide, 3j\ to 9iiij. A thimbleful, clypeola metallica pro digitis, is usually the same as a tea-spoonful. A tea-cup, vasculum pro thea=t. giij. to giv. A wine-glass, scyphus pro vino, cyathus=f. gjss. to f. gij. Weld. Woad. The Resela luteola. Whiting. Gadus merlangus. Whitlow. Paronychia. Whooping-cough. Pertussis. Whorl. Verticillus. Whortleberry, bears'. Arbutus uva ursL Whortleberry, red. Vaccinium oxycoc- cus. Widow-wail. Daphne mezereum. Wild carrot. Daucus sylvestris. Wild cherry. Prunus virginiana. Wild cucumber. Momordica elaterium. Wild navew. Brassica napus. Wildfire rash. Strophulus volaticus. Willow. See Salix. Willow-herb. Lythrum salicaria. Willow-herb, rosebay. Epilobium angus- tifolium WELDING. The property which the particles of iron possess of adhering together by the stroke of the hammer at a high heat. WEN. A circumscribed indolent tumor, without inflammation, and found on nearly every part of the body. They are usually sebaceous. Willow-leaved oak. Quercus phellos. Wilson's gout tincture. An infusion of colchicum. Wilson's muscle. The compressor ure- thra;. •Wind contusion. The disorganizing action of the blow of a spent ball, which was formerly supposed to arise from tho wind of the ball. Windy. Flatulent. WESTERN ISLANDS. The Azores, the climate of which is among the most favorable for consumptive patients, being warm, equable, and moist. WINE. Fermented grape-juice or must; also liquors that have become spirituous by fermentation. WEST INDIES. The climate is, as a matter of course, warm, and in some islands pretty equable, but in others there is much violent wind. Jamaica, Barbadoes, and St. Vincent's are preferred. Wharton's duct. Ductus Wartonianus. The must or juice of grapes consists of albuminous matters, grape sugar, fecula, bitartrate of potass, and other salts. In the process of •fermentation, the sugar is converted in part or entirely into alcohol and carbonic acid, the albuminous matters become decomposed into an insoluble yeast, and with the fecula precipitated ; and the bitartrate, but slightly changed, yields the bouquet of the wine. The difference of wines depends upon the proportions of these parts, and the manner of fermentation. When much sugar is present, the wine is either strong or sweet; when the fermentation is very slow, it becomes sparkling. The strongest wines, as Madeira, Port, Sherry, Raisin wine, Teneriffe, contain from 20 to 25 per cent, of alcohol; Hermitage, Sauterne, Burgundy, and some clarets, 15* to 17 per cent.; Champagne, Hocks, Chablis, Frontignac, Cote Roti, Tokay, from 11 to 14 per cent. The wines employed in medicine should be ripe, of the mildest quality, and free from unnecessary acidity. Port wines are preferred where a tonic effect is desired, but good Madeira is perhaps most worthy of confidence, from its being procured of better quality. For the wines used officinally, and the pharmaceutical preparations, see Vinum. Wine is universally admitted to be of important service, especially in fevers of the typhous kind, in which it is found to raise the pulse, support the strength, promote a diaphoresis, WHEAL. An elevation of the skin, like that produced by a sharp stroke of a cane, and which is seen in some forms of nettle-rash. Wheal-worm. Acarus autumnalis. Weaning. The final separation of an infant from the breast. WHEAT. Triticum. The seeds of the TrUicum hibernum and cestivum. The nutritiousness of any specimen of wheat flour depends upon the proportion of gluten it contains, which should be at least twelve per cent. Wheat, buck. Polygonum fagopyrum. Wheat, Indian, W., Turkey. Zea mays. Wheel-shaped. Rotate. WHEEZING. A noisy respiration produced by obstruction of the air passages. Whelk. A small tubercle which does not Suppurate; the same as Ionthus. WHEY. The fluid part of milk which remains after the curd has been separated. WHISKY. An alcohol obtained by distilling malt, corn, or rye. Common whisky contains about 60 to 75 per cent, of alcohol. White arsenic. Arsenious acid. White gum. Strophulus. White leg. Phlegmasia dolens. White of thi eye. Albuginea oculi. WOB WRY 683 and improve the state of the blood; and in many cases it proves of more immediate advantage than the Peruvian bark. Delirium, which is the consequence of excessive irritability, and a defective state of nervous energy, is often entirely removed by the free use of wine. In malignant sore throat; hi the secondary fever of small-pox, when attended with great debility; in gangrenes, and in typhus fevers, it is to be considered as a principal remedy; and in almost all cases of languor, and of great prostration of strength, whie is experienced to be a more grateful and efficacious cordial than can be lurnished from the whole class of aromatics and tonics. Wing. Ala. Winged. Alate and pinnate. Winter berry. Prinos verticillatus. Winter cherry. Physalis alkekengi. Winter-green. See Chimaphilla. Wintera aromatica. Drimys winteri. Winteranus spurius. Canella alba. Winter's bark. Drimys winteri. Wistar's cough lozenges. The trochisci glycyrrhiza; cum opio. Witch-hazel. Hamamehs virginica. Woad. Isatis tinctoria. Wolffian body. W. bodies. See Corpus Wolffianum. Wolf's-bane. Aconitum napellus. Womb. See Uterus. Womb, falling of the. Prolapsus uteri. Womb, inflammation of. See Hfsteritis. Womb, tympanites of the. Physometra. Wood. Lignum. Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola. Wood-louse. Oniscus asellus. WOODS. Woods, sudorific. A name given in Pharmacy to the wood of guaiacum, sassafras, and sometimes to that of mezereum, and to china and sarsaparilla. Wood-sorrel. ' Oxalis acetosella. Wood spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. Wood-spirit group. The compounds of methyle. Woody fibre. Cells of au elongated or fusiform kind, filled with lignin. Woody nightshade. Solanum dulcamara. WOOLFE'S APPARATUS. A series of glass receivers, with three necks, used in distillation, where it is desired to condense separately the products which come over. Woolly. Lanate. Wo'orari. Wooraly. The Ourari poison,' which see. Worm-bark.. Andira inermis. Worm disease. See Invermination. Worm fever. The bilious remittent of infants. Worm-grass, perennial. Spigelia marilan dica. Worm, guinea. See Dracunculus. WO'RMIAN BONES. Ossa Wormiana. Ossa triquetra. The little bones found in the course of the sutures of the head. Worms. See Entozoa. WO'RMSEED. This name is given in the United States to the seeds of the Chenopodium anthelminticum, but in Britain to the flowers, tops, and seeds of the Artemisia santonica. Wormseed oil. The essential oil of the Chenopodium anthelminticum. It is of a very disagreeable taste, but a valuable anthelmintic for children. The dose is gtt. iv. to gtt. x., in emulsion. WORMWOOD. The genus Artemisia, which see. Commonly it is used for the Artemisia absinthium. WORT. An infusion of malt. It has been found useful in the cure of the scurvy. Wort, St. John's. W., St. Peter's. Hypericum perforatum. WOUND. (Vulnus, oris, n.) A solution of continuity in any of the soft parts of the body, occasioned by external violence. Wounds are distinguished into incised, punctured, contused, lacerated, and poisoned. Wounds heal by adhesion, or the first intention, or by suppuration, granulation, and cicatrization. See Abscess. Incised wounds, in healthy subjects, will generally heal by the first intention, if properly treated. Wounds attended with slight laceration, and punctured wounds, will sometimes do the same. Severe lacerated wounds, contused wounds, and poisoned wounds, never heal in this manner. Gun-shot wounds are always attended with sloughing, which renders their treatment more uncertain than in other cases, from the occurrence of secondary hemorrhage. Wound balsam. Tinctura benzoini composita. Wound, dissection. See Dissection wound. Woundwort. Laserpitium chironium. Wrench. A sprain or subluxation. Wri'nkle. A small fold of skin. Wrinkled. Rugose; rugosus. Wrist. Carpus. ' WRY NECK. Torticollis. Caput obstipum. A permanent inclination of the head toward one of the shoulders, not arising from distortion of the vertebra). It most frequently arises from a contraction of the integuments of the neck from burns, or cicatrices from other causes; but sometimes from a permanent contraction of the sterno-mastoid or platysma myoides muscle. It has sometimes been cured by a division of the muscles and integuments, with proper attention after the operation. YBL YUO < %i X. X.ALAPPA. Jalap. Xanthic acid. An oily acid discovered by Zeise. It forms yellow precipitates with several metallic salts. XANTHOXY'LUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of trees. Dicecia. Pentagynia. Terebinthacece. — X. 'fraxineum. The prickly ash. The bark of this indigenous tree is officinal, and resembles mezereon in properties. It may be used in decoction as a stimulating sudorific. The dose is 3ij., in decoction. It is sometimes used as a stimulating wash, or in powder as a topical irritant. Xanthic oxide. Uric oxide. Xa'nthin. A yellow coloring matter of madder. XA'NTHIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Moncecia. Pentandria. — X. strumarium. The lesser burdock. This herb was formerly esteemed in the cure of scrofula. Xera'sia. A disease of the hair. — Galen. Xanthochy'mus ovaliformis. One of the trees yielding gamboge. Xerocolly'rium.' A dry collyrium. XEROPHTHALMIA, (a, ce, f.; from f»?poc, dry, and ofydaApia, an inflammation of the eye.) A dry inflammation of the eye, with diminished secretion of tears. Xanthoha:'matin. Modified lnematin of a yellow color. Xanthophy'll. The yellow coloring matter of autumnal leaves, and of fruits and flowers. It is a modification of chlorophyll. XANTHORRHI'ZA. (a, cs,i.) A genus of plants. Pentandria. Polygynia. Ranunculaccas.—X. apiifolia, or X. tinctoria. Yellow root. It is officinal in the United States. The toot possesses properties very similar to calumba, and is a simple bitter. Dose, 3ij., in infusion. XANTHORRHOZ'A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants of the tribe Asphodelece. —X. hasti'lis. X. arborea. The grass-tree of New South Wales. It produces the Botany Bay gum or resin, which is said to be tonic and stomachic, and very useful in relaxed states of the gastroenteric mucous membrane. Dose, 33s., in tincture. Xi'phium. Iris pseudacorus. XI'PHOID. (Xiphoides; from ft*Of,,,a sword, and eidog, likeness.) Sword-like: hence xiphoid cartilage for the cartilago ensiformis. Xy'lite. A volatile alcoholic liquid found in crude pyroxylic spirit. Its formula appears to be O12H12O5. An excess of potash converts it into xylitic oil, naphtha, and resin. Xyloaloes. Lignum aloes. Xylobalsamum. Amyris gileadensis Xy'loidine. A product ofthe action of strong nitrfc acid on starch. It is a white, very inflammable powder, of the form. O6H4O4, N0 5 . Xylostro'ma giganteum. Oak-leather This fungus is found in the cracks of oaks Y • The symbol for yttrium. Yam. Dioscorea alata. Yarrow. Achillea millefolium. Yawning. Oscitation. Yew-tree. Taxus baccata. Yoked. Conjugate; conjugatus. Yolk. Vitellus. Yorkshire sanicle. Pinguicula vulga Yaws. Framboesia. Yeast. Fermentum. ris. Ypsi'lo-glo'ssus. The hyo-glossus muscle Ypsi'loi'des os. The os hyoides. Y'TTRIA. A rare earth, of a white color; insoluble, insipid, and inodorous. Specific gravity, 4*842. It is an oxide of Yttrium. The metallic basis of yttria. It resembles aluminum, and has an equivalent of 32-2. Yeast cataplasm. Y. poultice. Cataplasma fermenti. Yellow arsenic Y., king's. Orpiment; the yellow sulphuret of arsenic. See Arsenic. Yellow fever. Remittent fever. Yellow root. Xanthorrhiza apiifolia. Yellow sanders. Santalum album. YELLOW-WASH. Red-wash. A lotion YU'CCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. — Y. gloriosa. Adam's needle. The roots are tuberose, and abound in a coarse meal. made by iddiug corrosive sublimate to limewater, iu the proportion of two grains to an ounce. I* is in common use as an application to veneres 1 sores. Z I N Z IN 685 z. Crocus sativus. Zaffke. Impure oxide of cobalt. Zamia integrifolia. This and other species of Zamia furnish the Florida arrow-root. Za'rza. Sarsaparilla. ZE'A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of graminaceous plants.— Z. mays. Indian com. Its seeds are very nutritious, containing from eight to twelve parts of albuminous matters, from five to ten of oil, and about seventy of starchy matters. The meal forms excellent poultices. ZEDOA'RIA. (a, ce,i.) 1. Zedoary, an inferior kind of ginger. 2. The Kaempferia rotunda. Ze'ine. An albuminous body of corn. Ze'rna. An ulcerated impetigo. ZERO. The commencement of any scale; marked 0: the zero of Fahrenheit's thermometer is 32° below the melting point of ice. # Degrees of heat, &c., below the zero, are marked — minus; those above, -f- plus. Zeru'mbet. The rhizome of the Curcuma zerumbet, similar to ginger. ZIBE'THUM. (um, i, n.) The civet. A soft, unctuous, odoriferous substance, of a whitish, yellowish, or brown color, contained in the excretory follicles near the anus of the Viverra zibetha of Linnaeus. It has a grateful smell when diluted, and an unctuous, subacrid taste, and is thought to possess stimulating, nervine, and antispasmodic virtues. Zigzag. Fexuose; fllexuosus. Zi'mone. That part of gluten which is insoluble in alcohol. ZINC. (Zincum, i, n., a German word.) This metal is of a crystalline, bluish-white color, somewhat brighter than lead, of considerable hardness, and rather brittle. Its sp. gr. is from 6-9 to 7-2; heated between 210° and 300° F., it has so much ductility that it can be drawn into wire or rolled. It fuses at 700° F., and, if exposed to the air, burns, forming dense' white vapors of oxide. It is of great use in the arts, as it changes but slowly in air. It is used in solders, and for the production of galvanism. Its oxide combines with most acids. Equivalent, 32-3; sym., Zn. Zinc, butter of. Z., chloride of. Zinci chloridum. Zinc, cyanide of. Z., cyanuret of. See Cyanuretum zinci. Zinc, vitriolated. See Zinci sulphas. Zinci acetas. Acetate of zinc. It is readily formed by decomposing a solution of 190 grains of acetate of lead by 143 grains of crystallized sulphate of zinc. The resulting solution of acetate of zinc is to be decanted, filtered, and set aside to crystallize. It crystallizes in pearly, oblique, rhomboidal plates; has a bitter, metallic taste, and is very soluble. It is an acetate of the protoxide of zinc. It is identical in properties with the sulphate. Dose, as a tonic, gr. ss. to gr. ij; as an emetic, 3ss. to 9j. It is chiefly used as an astringent wash and in- jection. The Dublin Pharmacopoeia has a Tinctura zinci acetatis, consisting of about four grains of the salt in a fluid ounce of the tincture. Zinci carbonas impura. See Calamine. Zinci chloridum. Z. chloruretum. Chloride of zinc. Butter of zinc. Muriate of zinc. It is prepared by dissolving zinc in hydrochloric acid, drying, and fusing in a matrass. Jt is a soft, deliquescent solid, of a grayish color, semitransparent, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Its composition is ZnCl. It is a powerful and acrid caustic, and in over-doses an acrid poison, affecting also the nervous system, and producing great prostration, with vomiting. The alkaline carbonates, especially carbonate of soda, will act as a partial antidote. It has been much recommended as a caustic or stimulating lotion in cancerous sores, fungous haematodes, obstinate syphilitic or scrofulous ulcers. Internally, Hufeland recommends it to be given in doses of gr. j. to. gr. ij., dissolved in ether (jEthet zinci). It is supposed to be a valuable altera tive in scrofula, epilepsy, chorea, and othei nervous diseases. Zinci cyanidum. Z. cyanurettim. See Cy anuretum zinci. Zinci hydrocyanus. Cyanuretum zinci. Zinci iodidum. See Iodide of zinc. Zinci oxydum. Zincum calcinatum. Prot •oxide of zinc. Flowers of zinc. Its properties are analogous to those of the sulphate, if given in much larger doses, but it is chiefly used as an external astringent. See Unguentum zinci. Zinci oxydum impurum. Tutty; tutia. Zinci sulphas. Sulphate of zinc. White vitriol. It is transparent, colorless, crystallizes in large right rhombic prisms, has an astringent metallic taste, is veiy soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. The crystals consist of ZnO, S0 3 -f-7Aq. In small doses of gr. j. to gr. iij., it is an astringent and tonic; in doses of 3ss. to 9j., a speedy and safe emetic; and in over-doses, an irritant poison, the antidotes for which are astringent solutions; and perhaps the alkalies or their carbonates. It is principally used as an emetic, and externally as an eyewash, and injection in gleet and leucorrhoea, in solution (gr. j. to gr. x. to f. gj. of water). Zi'ncode. The positive pole, or anode. ZI'NCOID. Zinco'ides. Like zinc: applied, in Galvanism, to the plate of zinc, or its substitute, which forms the active portion of the galvanic circle. Zincoly'te. Synonym of Electrolyte; a body capable of galvanic decomposition by the zincous pole. Zincoly'sis. Synonym of Electrolysis. Zincous element. The positive element of a compound, as opposed to the chlorous or negative element. Zincum. See Zinc. Zincum calcinatum. Zinci oxydum. Zincum vitriolatum. Zinci sulphas. Zincum vitriolatum purlficatum. Zinci sulphas. ZOO Z Y T 686 THE END. ZI'NGIBER. (Zineiberis, is, f.) A genus & —1 ¦» r i • -mm • «r • • of plants. Monandria. Monogynia. Zingiberacees — Z. album. White ginger. Ginger root when deprived of its radicles and skin.— Z. nigrum. Black ginger. The root suffered to dry with its radicles Z. officinale. The ginger plant. Zingiber commune. Zinziber. Ginger is an active aromatic, stimulant, and carminative, and serviveable in flatulent colics, debility, and laxity of the stomach and intestines. The dose is gr. x. to 3ss. Zingiber germanicum. Arum maculatum. Zinziber. Zingiber. ZIRCO'NIA. Zircon. A rare earth of the zircon or jargon and hyacinth. It is a fine white powder, tasteless, somewhat harsh to the touch, and insoluble. It unites with most acids; is insoluble in pure alkalies; but the alkaline carbonates dissolve it. The metallic base of this earth, named Zirconium, was discovered by Berzelius in 1824. It is a sesquioxide. The equivalent of the metal is 33-62 ; symbol, Zr. Zirco'nium. See Zirconia. ZIZA'NIA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. Monoscia. Hexandria. Graminaceos. — Z. aquatica. Water rice. It grows abundantly on the margin of the Western rivers and lakes. The grain was highly esteemed by the Indians. Zi'zyphus. Rhamnus zizyphus. Zn. Zinc. Zoanthro'pia. A melancholy in which the patient thinks himself converted into an animal. ZONA, (a, as, f.) A zone or belt. Zona ciliaris. The ciliary'ring of the eye. Zona herpetica. Herpes zoster. Zona pellucida. A pellucid center or spot of the young ovum. Zona tendinosa. A whitish circle around the right auriculo-ventricular orifice. Zona virginitatis. The hymen. Zonu'la. A little zone or belt. Zonula Zinnii. The ciliary ligament. Zoochy'my. Animal chemistry. Zoocy'st. A hydatid, an animal formed of a membranous cyst distended with an aqueous fluid. ZOOGE'NESIS. Zoogeny. (From foup, an animal, and yevealc, generation.) The history of the development and growth of an animal from the ovum to maturity. ZOO'LOGY. (Zoologia, es, f.; from foov, an animal, and aoyoc, a discourse.) That part of natural history which treats of animals. See Animal kingdom. Zoo'nic Zoonicus. Appertaining to an animal substance. Zoonic acid. Impure acetic acid. ZOONO'MIA. (a, a, f.; from fuov, an ani- mal, and vofioc, a law.) The laws of organic life. ZOOPHYTE. (Zoophyton, i, n.; from fuov, and ipvrov, a plant.) An animal of low organization, such as the sponges, entozoa, infusoria. A term which has been very vaguely applied in Natural History. Cuvier calls all the radiated animals zoophytes. Zoo'tic acid, Zooticum acidum. Hydrocyanic acid. ZQOTOMY. (Zootomia, es, f.; from fuov, and reuvu, to cut.) The dissection of animals. Zo'ster. The shingles. Herpes zoster, Zr. The-symbol of zirconium. Zu'char. (Arabic.) Sugar. Zumic acid. Lactic acid. ZYGO'MA. (a,